This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at |http : //books . google . com/
?K/1
THE CHEMICAL NEWS, January io, 1896,
THE
CHEMICAL NEWS
AMD
JOURNAL OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE.
WITH WHICH It INCORPOKATBD THB **CHBMICAt. OASBTTB."
% |0ttrnal af ^tactual C^tmbtrj;
IN ALL ITS APPLICATIONS TO
PHARMACY, ARTS, AND MANUFACTURES.
\a^
BOITBO BY
WILLIAM CROOKES, F.R.S., &c.
VOLUMB LXXII^iStfj.
LONDON:
PUBLISHED AT THE OFFICE, BOY COURT, LUDGATE HILL, B.C.
AND SOLD BY ALL BOOKSBLLBRS.
MPCCOXCV.
IObuiicalNsw*,
I Jaa. 10,1896.
hf NE«A' York]
/public
i^RARY/
49186
^on ,^
'^
LONDON:
k>ltINTtD BY EDWIN JOHN DAVBYt
BOY COUIIT9 LUDOATB HILL, B.C
THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
VOLUME LXXII.
EDITED BY WILLIAM CROOKBS, F.R.S., &c.
No. 1858.— JULY 5, 1895.
NEW COMBINATION OF ARGON: SYNTHESIS
AND ANALYSIS.
By M. BBRTHELOT.
Thi knowledge of the a^on of carbon disulphide upon
nitrogen when submitted to the eledric effluve led me to
try the same influence upon argon. The experiment has
been fully successful ; it gives nse to a combination more
rapid and complete than that produced with benzene, and
not apparently limited like that of phenomena of equili-
brium. In each case the mercury intervenes chemically,
as I have recognised in my recent experiments.
I operated upon 6*55 c.c. of argon, as pure as possible,
and such that benzene, employed once, did not determine
(under the influence of the effluve) a dired absorption
exceeding nine-hundredths. I brought the gas into con-
tad with liquid carbon disulphide at about 20**, a temper-
ature at which the tension of the sulphide rises to 0*98
metre. This fad has been taken account of.
After three hours of the effluve, under the conditions
described in case of nitrogen, the absorption of the argon
rose to zx per cent of its initial volume. After eight hours
it increased to 17 per cent.
The gases of the recipient were changed, and a new
dose of carbon disulphide was added.
A third readion of the effluve raised the absorption to
aa per cent ; a fourth readion to 34 per cent ; and a fifth
readion to 39 per cent.
The gases of the recipient were changed again ; a fur-
ther dose of carbon disulphide was added, and the experi-
ment was resumed. The total absorption increased then
to 56 per cent. The argon represented only 2*9 c,c. An
accident prevented me from prolonging this experiment,
which had lasted about sixty hours.
But it is scarcely doubtful but that it would have ended
in total absorption. It did not appear limited by an in-
verse readion, and it is not accompanied at the ordinary
pressure by a fluorescence visible in full daylight, and
capable of giving rise in diffused light to special spedro-
BCopic rays.
These charaders distinguish the absorption of argon by
carbon disulphide from its absorption by benzene. In fad,
the latter is slower, and is limited by readions of dissoci-
ation which stop the dired adion, effeded once, at about
9 or zo per cent with pure argon. Indeed, on separating
the unabsorbed argon from its produds, we mav renew the
adion* but always with difficulty. After sixty hours, with
renewal, I have not gone beyond 16 per cent. Lastly, the
absonption of argon by benzene determines the formation
of a fluorescent vapour, giving at atmospheric pressure a
fine green, visible in full daylight, in which we distinguish
among others the rays of the vapour of mercury, f.#., the
indication of the presence of a volatile compound of
mercury formed in the readion of argon with the nydroffen
carbide. On the contrary, no fluorescence of this kind at
this pressure is observed during the absorption of argon
by carbon disulphide.
I shall soon return anew to the study of this extraordi-
nary fluorescence. But at present I may mention that it
constitutes an essential difference between the combina-
tion of argon with the elements of carbon disulphide and
its combination with the elements of benzene. Nitrogen
gives nothing analogous.
I submitted the produd of the readion to a special ex-
amination. The compound naturally contains mercury,
but we cannot decide whether this element is associated
with argon in one and the same compound. If treated
with sodium sulphide it does not give readions analogous
to those of sulphocyanide, except a slight yellow colour-
ation (after acidification) with ferric salts.
I have succeeded in regenerating argon from the com-
pound just mentioned. In this new research I avoided
taking the produd which had absorbed the first doses of
the gas, as it might contain nitrogen if any remained in
the argon used for the experiment.
I operated upon the second produd, which had absorbed
1*2 c.c. of argon ; I submitted this produd at once to the
adion of heat, in the same tubes m which it had been
condensed over the mercury after the complete evacuation
of the gases, and operating as it had been done in case of
carbon disulphide.
Whilst this operation performed on the produd of the
absorption of nitrogen by carbon disulphide yielded only
an insignificant residue, with the produd of argon I ob-
tained o'6a c.c, !.#., equal to about half the volume of
the gas absorbed. This number, however, is too low,
considering that a very considerable part of the condensed
produd escapes the adion of heat, because of the impos-
sibility of causing the mercury to boil as far as the lower
and expanded part of the test-tubes, whereby a portion of
the transformed matter is deposited. The contraded
Eart alone is raised to about 500**. Thus the figures given
ave a merely qualitative meaning, being intended to give
some idea of the order of greatness of the phenomena.
I will add that I have caused the condensed produd, in
Preparation and Properties of Pure Melted Molybdenum. {'^']niy5^i%^"'
the annular intervals of the two tubes, to undergo three
successive heatings to dull redness, evacuating each time
the gases produced and coUeaing them again separately.
Their gross volume amounted to several c.c. by reason of
the regeneration of the carbon disulphide, a circumstance
which ensures the most complete elimination of the other
gases.
The first heating yielded, after the readion of the alco-
bolised potassa and acid cuprous chloride, and final purifi-
cation by potassa, volume « 0*41 c.c; the second heating,
0*20 c.c. ; the third heating, o*ox c.c.
The decomposition of heat is thus exhausted in the
portion of the substance capable of being heated to dull
redness.
To verify if the gas thus regenerated is really argon, I
had recourse to the only positive charaAer obtainable in
my apparatus, f.#., the produdion of the fluorescent
spedrum developed by benzene at the ordinary pressure.
I used effluve-tnbes of reduced dimensions, such that 0*40
c.c. of the regenerated gts occupied in the first place a
length of 5 or 6 cm. Bv operating thus I succeeded, in
fad, in obtaining most distmdiy, at a pressure bordering
upon that of the atmosphere, the green fluorescence cha-
raderistic of the compound of argon and benzene. The
OH^y c.c. were reduced thus in eight hours to 0*35 c.c, the
absorption taking place with the slowness charaderistic of
argon, and reaching the same limit. I repeated the same
test with 0*12 c.c. of the gas regenerated by the second
heating with the same success, and I established in both
cases the existence of the specific rays of this fluores-
cence, developed in diffused light and near the normal
pressure.
This experiment seems to me capital, since it demon-
strates that argon can enter into combination and be
regenerated with its original properties. — Comftes Rendus,
cxx., p. 1316.
PREPARATION AND PROPERTIES OF
PURE MELTED MOLYBDENUM,
By UBNRI MOISSAN.
IR a former paper we have shown that it is easy to pro-
duce cast molybdenum, by heating in the eledric furnace
a mixture of charcoal and of the oxides of this metal.
We shall now give the continuation of our researches on
this question. , ^ , , . ^ . ^
We must first mention that molybdenum, which is ob-
tained in a pulverulent state by the redudion of the
binoxide in hydrogen, was fused by Dcbray before the
blowpipe only in the form of small globules containing 4
to 5 per cent of carbon.
To prepare molybdenam we set out from pure ammo-
nium molybdate, reduced to powder and placed in a crucible
of refradory earth. No. Z2, capable of containing i kilo.
The crucible, covered with its lid, is heated for one and a
half hours in a Perrot furnace. After cooline, the oxide
is a dense powder of a violet-grey, corresponding to the
formula M0O2. One heating yields from 760 to 770 grms.
of oxide. This oxide was mixed with sugar-charcoal, in
powder, in the following proportions :—
Oxide 300 grms.
Charcoal •• .. 30 »
In this mixture the oxide is in decided excess compared
with the charcoal. The powJer is heaped up in a crucible
of coke and submitted to the adion of an arc produced by
a current of 800 amperes and 60 volts for six minutes.
We must avoid the complete fusion of the metal, so as to
leave a solid layer in contad with the crucible which
would be strongly attacked by the liquid molybdenum.
Under these conditions we obtain a metal perfedly pure
and free from carbon ; it is easy in one hour to prepare
more than i kilo.
If this preparation lasts more than six minutes, the
molybdenum obtained is liquefied, corrodes the crucible,
becomes carburetted, and we obtain a grey cast metal,
very hard and brittle.
Cast Molybdenum,
This cast metal has a specific gravity of 8*6 to 8*9,
according to its proportion of carbon. When satu-
rated with carbon it is much more fusible than molyb-
denum. When rich in carbon it is grey and brittle ; at
i2'5 per cent of carbon it becomes white, and can be
broken up upon the anvil only with difficulty. It presents
all the charaderistics of the molybdenum studied by
Debray. It rapidly dissolves carbon, and abandons it on
cooling in the state of graphite, precisely as does cast-
iron. Nevertheless, when saturated with carbon it yields
a carbide, crystallised in fine needles. Grey cast-molyb-
denum is very hard ; it scratches steel and quarts. When
melted, it becomes a very mobile liquid, which can be
poured whilst giving bright sparks and abundant fumes of
molybdic acid. We have been able to melt and cast
ingots of from 8 to 10 kilos. These castings had the fol-
lowing compositions : —
White. Grey.
Molybdenum •• .. 95'83 92*46
Combined carbon.. 3*04, 319, 254 4*90, 5*50
Graphite.. .. •• 0*00 0*00,171
Slags 0*74,0*53,0*62 — —
Molybdenum Carbide*
This compound is prepared by heating in the eledric
furnace molybdenum binoxide with an excess of charcoal.
The best proportions are : —Binoxide, 250 grms. ; charcoal,
50 grms. The duration of the heating is from eight to
ten minutes with a current of 800 amperes and 50 volts.
If we use an excess of charcoal it is found in the mass in
the state of graphite.
The regulus obtained is of a brilliant white and has a
crystalline fradure ; it splits readily. It is readily crushed
on the anvil, and we may separate from it small elongated
prisms of a distind crystallisation. Its specific gravKy
is 8'9, and its composition is MojC.
Analysis^
In the various specimens described in this memoir, the
molybdenum, after treatment with nitric acid, has been
precipitated as mercurous molybdate, and finally deter-
mined as bioxide. When the carbide contains no graphite,
the carbon was separated by pure dry chlorine, and then
determined by combustion in oxygen, according to the
weight of carbonic acid coUeded. According to this
method, the portions of carbon are always rather low.
We have obtained the following figures :—
Theory for
Mo,C.
Molybdenum . .. 93*82 — — . 94x2
Combined carbon . 5 62 5*53 5*48 5*88
Graphite — — — —
Slags 0*17
9961
If the carbide contains graphite it is attacked in a flat*
bottomed flask traversed by a current of oxygen. The
gases evolved pass into a tube filled with copper oxide,
the watery vapour is retained in a tube filled with sul-
phated pumice, and the carbonic acid is fixed in potassa.
The increase of the weight of the potassa tube shows the
carbonic acid, and, consequently, the carbon. The acid
liquid of the flask, after filtration and washing, shows the
graphite, and the molybdenum is next determined by
mercurous nitrate. This novel method gave as results : —
9. xo.
Molybdenum .. •• •• •• 92*60 9i'90
Combined carbon .. •• •• 5*15 5*45
Graphite • •. 1*61 i*^
*^"r5?«89'r*'} Prepare n and Properties of Pure Melted Molybdenum.
On taking account of the graphite and calculating the
proportion o( molybdenum to the carbon we find :~
9. 10. Theory Mo,C*
Molybdenum 94*45 94'xo 94*^2
Combined carbon •• .. 5*55 5*90 5-88
Pure Fused Molybdenum.
Pure molybdenum has a specific gravity of 9*01. It is
a metal as malleable as iron. It can be easily filed and
polished, and forged hot. It does not scratch either
quartz or glass. When free from carbon and silicon, it
scarcely oxidises in the air below a dull redness. It may
be kept for several days unchanged in water, whether or-
dinary or charged with carbonic acid. In presence of air
below dull redness, it is covered with an iridescent film,
as is steel. About 600° it begins to be oxidised, and
yields molybdic acid, which is slowly volatilised.
A fragment of molybdenum heated for some hours in a
sloping porcelain tube over an analytical furnace yields,
in the upper part of the tube, a felted mass of crystals of
molybdic acid. The metal is not covered with any other
oxide, and finally disappears, leaving a fine crystallisation
of molybdic acid. If heated before the gas-blowpipe, a
fragment of molybdenum emits vapours in considerable
quantity. If heated before the oxyhydrogen blowpipe, it
burns without melting, giving off abundant fumes of mo-
lybdic acid and leaving a blue oxide, sparingly fusible. If
heated in a current of pure oxygen, it takes fire between
500" and 600* ; and if the current is rapid the combustion
may continue without the intervention of any extraneous
source of heat.
This combustion ensues with intense incandescence,
and may serve as a fine ledure experiment.
Melting potassium chlorate attacks molybdenum with
violence. The chlorate is melted, and a fragment of mo-
lybdenum thrown upon its surface, when it becomes in-
candescent and revolves upon the surface of the liquid.
The temperature of the reaAion rises rapidly, the
molybdenum burns with flame, and there escape abundant
white fumes of molybdic acid, which remain suspended in
the air in the form of white floating filaments. Some-
times the fragment of molybdenum is raised to a tempera-
ture high enough to perforate the side of the capsule,
which is melted in contadl with the metal.
Melting potassium nitrate under similar conditions
yields a readiion similar, though less violent, with forma-
tion of an alkaline molybdate.
A mixture of molybdenum and lead peroxide heated in
a test-tube produces a great liberation of heat and light.
Sul(^ur has no adion at 440*, but hydrogen sulphide
at 1200'' transforms molybdenum into a bluish grey
sulphide, amorphous, having the properties of molyb-
denite, and leaving, on friaion, a black mark upon paper.
Fluorine does not attack molybdenum in fragments, but
if the metal is coarsely powdered, there is formed, without
incandescence, a volatile fluoride.
Chlorine attacks molybdenum at dull redness, but with-
out incandescence. With bromine, the adion takes place
at a cherry- red heat, but without great intensity.
Iodine has no adion at the temperature of softening
glass.
Silver, zinc, and lead fluorides are decomposed, but
without the formation of volatile fluorides.
Phosphorus perchloride, if slightly heated, readily at-
tacks molybdenum, forming a volatile chloride, which is
easily modified in presence of atmospheric moisture,
taking a fine blue colouration.
This readion is produced with most of the compounds
of metallic molybdenum — the oxides, the sulphide,
molybdic acid, and the molybdates. It may serve for the
rapid detedion of metallic molybdenum or its compounds.
It is effeded in the following manner ;—
Into a small test-tube we put a fragment of the sub-
stance in question, adding a little phosphorus perchloride,
and heating gently. There are formed reddish fumes of
molybdenum chloride and oxychloride which condense in
a brown ring more or less intense. If the quantity of
molybdenum is very slight, the ring tnay be scarcely
visible. It will then be sufficient to expose it to moisture
to see it take an intense blue tint, due to the formation of
hydrated chloride.
The adion of hydracids upon pure molybdenum is
almost similar to that which they exert upon cast molyb-
denum. These experiments, however, have been described
by different observers, Bucholz, Berzelius, and Debray.
We merely mention that hydrofluoric acid does not attack
it, but on adding a drop of nitric acid the adion sets in
and continues with energy. In presence of a mixture of
equal parts of the two acids the solution is complete, and
there remains a rose-coloured liquid which, with ferro-
cyanide, gives an intense red-brown colour, but no pre-
cipitate. The mass some hours afterwards coagulates to
a jelly.
In a current of nitrogen at 1200^ molybdenum, whether
in fragments or in powder, does not form a nitride.
It does not combine with phosphorus at the tempera-
ture of melting glass.
Boron combines with molybdenum at the temperature
of the eledric furnace, yielding an iron-grey melted mass
containing cavities lined with prismatic needles.
Under the same conditions, silicon yields a crystalline
silicide not fusible before the oxyhydrogen blowpipe.
The adion of carbon deserves to arrest our attention for
a few moments.
Pure molybdenum, as above described, is a soft metal,
which is easily filed and which does not even scratch
glass. If we heat a fragment of molybdenum for some
hours to a temperature close on isoo** in the midst of a
mass of charcoal in powder, it becomes cemented, takes
up a small quantity of carbon, and its hardness increases
so that it can scratch glass. If we then heat it to 300°
and plunge it suddenly into cold water, it is tempered,
becomes brittle, and hard enough to scratch rock costal.
Inversely, if we take cast molybdenum containing 4 per
cent of carbon, very hard and brittle, and heat a fragment
for some hours with molybdenum binoxide in a lined cru-
cible, it becomes refined, and its surface may then be
readily filed and polished.
I attribute this decarburation of the solid cast molyb-
denum at a temperature very remote from its melting,
point to the ready diffusion of vapours of molybdic acid
through the metal. I consider that these properties may
find applications in metallurgy.
If, in a metal saturated with oxygen, such as is ob-
tained in the first period in the Bessemer converter,
we wish to remove this oxygen, we add manganese,
which is oxidised more easily than iron, and then
passes into the slag (Troost and Hautefeuille). It has
been also proposed to employ aluminium, which has givea
good results, because it is combustible, i.^., because it
seizes on the oxygen, but which has the inconvenience of
producing solid alumina. I think that molybdenum may
be used under the same conditions; it would have the
advantage —
z. Of yielding a volatile oxide, molybdic acid, which
would be liberated immediately in the gaseous statOi
stirring up the whole mass.
2. Used in a slight excess it would leave in the bath a
metal as malleable as iron, and capable of being tempered
along with the latter.
The powder of molybdenum, which it has been
attempted to use already, cannot render the same services,
because it burns rapidly upon the surface of the bath in
contad with the air without having yielded any useful
effed.
Analysis of Pun Molybdenum,
II. xa. 13. 14.
Molybdenum .. 99*98 99'37 99*89 99*78
Carbon .. .. 0*00 o*ox 0*00 0*00
Slag 0T3 0*28 o*o8 o'i7
-^Comptfs Rendus, cxx., p. 1320.
New Gas obtained jrom Uraninite.
f CBIMI^At NlWt,
1 Jttiy 5i X895.
ON THB
NEW GAS OBTAINED FROM URANINITE.*
(Fifth Note).
By J. KORMAN LOCKYBR, C.B., F.R.S.
Ik a former commuoication I pointed out the spedro^
Bcopic evidence, famished by the isolation of lines in
certain minerals, which indicates that the complete
speArnm obtained when brdggerite is submitted to the
distillation method is produced by a mixture of gases.
In order to test this view, I have recently made some
observations, based on the following considerations :—
I. In a simple gas like hydrogen, when the tension of
^e eledric current given by an indudion coil is increased,
by inserting first a jar, and then an air-break into the circuit,
the effed is to increase the brilliancy and the breadth of
aU the lines, the brilliancy and breadth being greatest
when 4he longest air-break is used.
' a. Contrariwise, when we are dealing with a known
compound gas; at the lowest tension we may get the
coinplete spedrum of the compound without any trace
of its constituents, and we may then, by increasing the
tension, gradually bring in the lines of the constituents,
until, when complete dissociation is finally reached, the
spedmm of the compound itself disappears.
The unequal behaviour of the lines has been further
noted in another experiment, in which the produds of
.distillation of brdggerite were observed in a vacuum tube
and photographed at various stages. After the first heat-
ing, D3 and 447Z were seen bright, before any lines other
than those of carbon and hydrogen made their appear-
ance. With continued heating, 667, 50x6, and 492 also
appeared, although there was no notable increase of
brightness in the yellow line ; still further beating intro-
duced additional lines 5048 and 6347.
These changes are represented graphically in the follow*
ing diagram (ng. a) :—
It was recorded further that the jrellow line was at times
dimmed, while the other lines were brightened.
In my second note communicated to the Royal Society
on the 8th instant, I stated that I had never once seen
the lines recorded by Thal6n in the blue, at A 4932 and
4715-
It now seems possible that their absence from my pre-
vious tubes was due to the fad that the heating of the
minerals was not sufficiently prolonged to bring out the
gases producing these lines.
It is perhaps to the similar high complexity of the gas
obtained from cliveite that the curious behaviour of a
tube which Professor Ramsay was so good as to send me
must be ascribed. When I received it from him, the
*I7I'
9875.
c
6565.667.
1.
:--ll
FlQ. z.
Diigram thowiog chtngei in inteniitiei of Hdm brought aboat by varying the tension of the
■park. X. Without air-break, a. With air-break.
.«7.
Iflf.TO
SOf
6B70.
694^
667.
FlQ. a.
Diagram showing order in which linei appear in tpeAmm of vaeuum tube when broggedte is heated.
Working on these lines, the spedrum of the spark at
atmospheric pressure, passing through the gas, or gases,
distilled from brdggerite, has been studied with reference
to the special lines C (hydrogen), D3, 667, and 447.
The first result is that all the lines do not vary equally,
as they should do if we were dealing with a simple gas.
The second result is that at the lowest tension 667 is
relatively more brilliant than the other lines ; on increas-
ing the tension, C and D3 considerably increase their
brilliancy, 667 relatively and absolutely becoming more
feeble, while 447, seen easily as a narrow line at low ten-
sion, is almost broadened out into invisibility as the ten-
sion is increased in some of the tubes, or is greatly
brightened as well as broadened in others (fig. x).
The above observations were made with a battery of
five Grove cells ; the redudion of cells from 5 to 2 made
no difference in the phenomena except in reducing their
brilliancy.
Reasoning from the above observations, it seems evi-
dent that the effed of the higher tension is to break up
a compound, or compounds, of which C, D3, and 447
represent constituent elements ; while, at the same time,
it would appear that 667 represents a line of some com-
pound which is simtiltaneously dissociated.
* A Paper read before the Royai Society.
glorious yellow effulgence of the capillary, while the cur-
rent was passing, was a sight to see. But after this had
gone on for some time, while the coincidence of the
yellow line with D3 of the chromosphere was being in-
quired into, the luminosity of the tube was considerably
reduced, and the colours in the capillary and near the
poles were changed* From the capillary there was but a
feeble glimmer not of an orange tint, while the orange
tint was now observed near the poles, the poles them-
selves being obscured by a coating on the glass of brilliant
metallic lustre.
After attempting in vain for some time to determine the
cause of the inversion of D3 and 447 in various photo-
graphs I had obtained of the spedra of the produds of
distillation of many minerals, it struck me that these re-
sults might be associated with the phenomena exhibited
by the tube, and that one explanation would be rendered
more probable if it could be shown that the change in the
illumination of the tube was due to the formation of
platinum compounds, platinum poles being used. On
Mayazst I accordingly passed the current and heated
one of the poles, rapidly changing its diredion to assure
the adion of the negative pole, when the capillary shortly
gave a very strong spedrum of hydrogen, both lines and
strodure. A gentle heat was continued for some time
and apparently the pressure in the tube varied very con-
CasnicALllBwrtl
July 5. 1895. I
Standard Acid Solutions.
siderably, lor as it cooled the hydrogen disappeared and
the D3 line ehone out with its pristine brilliancy. The
experiment was repeated 00 May 24th and similar
phenomena were observed.
ON THE
OCCLUSION OF OXYGEN AND HYDROGEN
BY PLATINUM BLACK.*
(Part L).
By LUDWIG MONO. P.R.S., WILLIAM RAMSAY,
VhD., F.R.Sn mod JOHN SHIELDS, D.Sc, Ph.D.
The authors describe some preliminary experiments on
the occlusion of oxygen and hydrogen by platinum spbnge
and foil, which in general confirm the results obtained by
Graham. At most only a few volumes of these gases are
occluded by the more coherent forms of platinum.
After giving details of what they consider the best
method of preparation of platinum black, they next de-
scribe some experiments which had for their objed the
determination of the total quantity of water retained by
platinum black, dried at 100* C.^and the amount of water
which can be removed from platinum black at various
temperatures in vacuo. As the result of these experi-
ments they find that platinum black dned at 100* retains
in general 0*5 per cent, of water, and this can only be re*
moved in vacuo at a temperature (about 400**) at which
the black no longer exists as such, but is converted at
least partially into sponge. At any given temperature
the water retained by platinum black seems to be con-
stant. The density of platinum black dried at loo** C. is
19*4, or allowing for the water retained by it at this tem-
peratuie, 21*5.
The amount of oxygen given off by platinum black at
various temperatures was determined. Altogether it
contains about xoo volumes of oxygen ; the oxygen begins
to come off in quantity at about 3000 C. in vacuo, and
the bulk of it can be extra€ked at 4000 C, but a red heat
is necessary for its complete removal. Small quantities
of carbon dioxide were also extraded, chiefly between
100— 200PC.
In determining the quantity of hydrosen occluded by
platinum black the authors have carefully distinguished
between the hydrogen which goes to form water with the
oxygen always contained in platinum black, and that
which is really absorbed by the platinum pir se. Alto-
gether about 3x0 volumes of hydrogen are absorbed per
unit volume of platinum black, but of this aoo volumes
are converted into water, or only z zo volumes are really
occluded by the platinum. Part of it can be again re-
moved ;it the ordinary temperature in vacuo ; by far the
larger portion can be extraAed at about 256^3000 C, but
a red heat is necessary for its complete removal. The
amount of hydrogen absorbed by platinum is very largely
influenced by slight traces of impurity, pi'obably grease
or other matter which forms a skin over the platinum.
Platinum black in vacuo absorbs a certain quantity of
hydrogen. On increasing the pressure of the hydrogen
up to abont aoo— 300 m.m. a further quantity is absorbed,
but after this pressure is almost without tHt€t, By in-
creasing the pressure from one atmosphere up to four and
a half atmospheres, only one additional volume of hydro-
gen was absorbed. On placing platinum black charged
ynih oxygen in an atmosphere of oxygen, and increasing
the pressure to the same extent, eight and a half additional
volumes were, however, absorbed.
Platinum black charged with hydrogen and placed in an
atmosphere of hydrogen kept approximately at atmo-
spheric pressure, and platinum black charged with oxygen
and confined in an atmosphere of oxygen behave quite
difiierently when heated. In the former case hydrogen is
* bstraA of a paper read before the Royal Society.
immediately expelled on raising the temperature, whilst
in the latter case oxygen is steadily absorbed until a tem-
perature of about 36g^ C. (the temperature of maximtmi
absorption) is reached, when, on further heating, oxygen
begins to come off again.
Incidentally it was noticed that mercury begins to com*
bine with oxygen at 2370 C, and that a mixture of plati-
num black and phosphorus pentoxide absorbs oscygen at
a high temperature, probably with the formation of a
phosphate or pyrophosphate.
In the discussion of the results special refcreace is
made to the work of Berliner and Berthelot, and it is
pointed out that there is not sufficient evidence for the
existence of such chemical compounds as PtjoHs and
PtsoHa. Moreover, the authors are of opinion that the
heats of combination of hydrogen and platinum as deter-
mined by Berthelot and Favre are valueless, and that the
heat which they measured is due, for the most part if not
entirely, to the formation of water by the oxygen always
contained in platinum black. It has yet to hefrovid
that the absorption of hydrogen by pure platinum black
is attended by the evolution of heat, and as regards the
formation of supposed true chemical compounds, solid*
solutions, or alloys, the authors prefer to wait Until suffi-
cient data have been accumulated for an adequate inquiry
before coming to any definite conclusion.
ON THB
FORGING OF FLAT CRUCIBLE STEEL INGOTS
FOR TOOL MANUFACTURE.
By SEROIUS KERN, M.E.
In the Chemical News (Ixxi., p. 187) I gave a descrip-
tion of my system of casting crucible steel ingots. I
may add that the forging of ingots is going well, and the
loss through piping is remarkably smaU. Capt. Trou-
chanoff, manager of the forge of the New Admiralty, St.
Petersburg, thus reports about my system :—
** In many cases, during the manufadure of various
tools at works, having for such work crucible steel ingots,
it is much preferable to use flat ingots, cast by Mr. Kem*s
system."
St. Petertborg, June 2, 1895.
NOTE ON "STANDARD" ACID SOLUTIONS.
By H. DROOP RICHMOND.
Dr. Perman and Mr. John describe (Chemical News,
Ixxi., 296) a new method for standardising solutions.
Seeing that it has been used for at least eight years, and
has been exhaustivelv studied by Rimbach {atr,, xxvi.,
164), who even used the method of titration of borax with
acid, methyl orange being employed as indicator, for the
determination of the atomic weight of boron, it is not
corredl to call it a new method.
The process is certainly very convenient, and much
more accurate than the results of Messrs. Perman and
John would indicate — e,g,,& difference between duplicates
of o'4 per cent is shown ; certain precautions are, how-
ever, necessary, to which the authors have not drawn
attention. From the very fad of the method being
described as new, it is evidently not so well known as it
should be, and consequently no excuse need be offered for
describing the necessary precautions.
It does not do to trust to the borax having the compo-
sition Na2B407.ioOH3. The water of crystallisation
should be estimated at the time of weighing out the
borax ; half-an-hour's ignition in a muffle is usually neces-
sary to drive off all the water.
Commercial methyl-orange sometimes contains an
Determination . of Water in Sulphate of Ammonia.
i Chihical Nbws,
t July 5. 1895.
objediooable brown colouring-matter, which can, however,
be removed by one or two crystallisations from alcohol.
The solution of the borax should not be too strong ;
about ao cc of water for each x ffrm. is convenient. If
too large a proportion of neutral salts be present, the
delicacy of the end readion is impaired ; this is probably
the reason for the difference of 0*4 per cent in Messrs.
Perman and John's results.
An excellent method of preparing standard sulphuric
acid is to weigh a quantity of acid of known density (best
about 96 per cent HaS04), and dilute to a definite volume.
The excellent work of Pickering {yourn. Chitn, Soc,
Ivii., p. 64) has given us data for the calculation of the
strength of sulphuric acid from the density with great
exaditude.
It must be remembered that, whether the sulphuric
acid is weighed, or titrated with borax, or estimated with
barium chloride, that the strength of our acid is expressed
in terms of the aAnal sulphuric acid present ; when we
come to use this acid in pradice, employing, as is very
frequently the case, phenolphthalein as indicator, we
have not only the acidity of the sulphuric acid, but also
that of the dissolved carbonic acid, entering into the
readiOD. We are usually very careful in keeping our
alkali solutions free from carbonates (where they are of
minor importance, as the alkali solution is always stan-
dardised af;ainst acid solution), while we utterlv negleA
all precautions for keeping our acid solutions free from
carbonic acid.
The atomic weight of boron seems to be from the de-
terminations of Ramsay and Aston, and Rimbach, who
both used borax, zo'95, and, adopting this and the atomic
weights given by Clarke for sodium, oxygen, hydrogen,
and sulphur and chlorine, z grm. of anhydrous borax is
equal to 0*48575 grm. sulphuric acid and 0*36115 grm.
hydrochloric acid.
THE DETERMINATION OF WATER IN
COMMERCIAL SAMPLES OF SULPHATE OF
AMMONIA.
By JOHN HUGHES, F.I.C.
It is not generally usual to state the percentage o-
water present in commercial samples of sulphate o-
ammonia.
Occasionally chemists are asked to do so, also to state
the amount of acidity, and in such cases the figures are
given ; but usually only the percentage of nitrogen equal
to ammonia is reported.
The writer thinks that it would be desirable and useful
that the percentage of water lost at a 12^ F., and the
acidity expressed as H2SO4, should always accompany
the figures for nitrogen and ammonia on the certificate.
Sulphate of ammonia, when ground up in a mortar,
rapidly loses moisture in a hot dry atmosphere.
Consequently, in order to make a correA report on the
percentage of nitrogen contained in the sulphate of am-
monia in its natural state as received, it becomes neces-
sary to make two water determinations. One in the
sample as turned out in its rough damp state before
srinding, and one in the finely ground portion prepared
for the purposes of analysis ; the analytical results beine
afterwards calculated into the natural state as received
and reported accordingly.
The question of water really is a most important one,
bearing in mind the commercial value of the material and
the fad that every i per cent of water lost represents an
increase of 0*25 per cent of ammonia.
It is true that the introdudion of centrifugal machines
has largely reduced the proportions of water and acidity
in the sulphate of ammonia as sent out ; but there is still
sufficient difference between the dampness, respeAively
at the top and the bottom of the bags, to make the sam-
pling a matter of great importance.
The following twelve samples, representing one de-
livery of yellow sulphate of ammonia, were furnished
the writer by a large London manure firm, six bags
being seleded, and samples drawn respedively, from the
top and bottom of each.
The proportions of water and acidity were then care-
fully determined as above suggested, a weak solution of
litmus being employed as indicator in titration for
acidity.
Top Samples.
Water Free acid
Water as Water h loit during calcaUtedas
received, analysed. preparation. HaSO«.
X.. •• 1*98 1*26 0*72 o'gy
a*. •• x*8i 1*42 0*39 0*63
3,. •• 1*59 1*20 o*39 0*65
4.. •• 0*87 0-48 0*39 o*8i
5., .. 1*12 0*50 0*62 0*79
6., •• 1*32 0*72 060 1*03
Average. • x-45
X ••
a ••
3-
5.-
6..
0*93 0-52 o*8x
Bottom Samples.
Water Free acid
lost daring calculated ai
preparation. HaSO«.
0*98 X*24
071 0*8i
0*77 0'8o
x*oa X*22
0*73 07X
0-55 1-07
Water at
Water aa
received.
analysed.
2*62
164
2*65
1-94
2*53
176
3-14
3*13
x*97
1-34
a-39
1-84
Average.. 2*55 x*76 079 0*97
It will be noticed that the differences are considerable*
the top samples being much drier than the bottom ones,
in No. 4 the difference being as much as 2*27, representing
0*56 ammonia; and the water lost during preparation
amounting in some cases to over x per cent, representing
0*25 ammonia.
Of course this loss during preparation will vary with
the degree of grinding, the time exposed, and the temper*
ature and humidity of the atmosphere.
The following figures in seven other samples, each
representing a different delivery and analysed at a dif-
terent time, will serve to indicate the variation that may
be expedked :—
Water
Free acid
Colour.
Water ae
Water ai
lost during calculated at
received.
analyted.
preparation.
H,SO..
White..
• . 2*20
X*8o
0*40
0*29
Yellow..
.. 1*94
X50
044
0*31
Yellow..
.. 2*31
2*o6
0*25
o'X5
Grey ..
.. 296
274
0*22
0*38
White..
.. 1*70
x*xo
o*6o
0-X5
White..
.. x*90
1*40
0*50
0*23
White ..
.. x-89
X*32
0-57
025
Average •• 2'X3 x*70 0*42 0*95
The amount of acidity is of importance, because if not
excessive, say not more than 0*5 per cent, the sulphate
of ammonia can safely be shipped m double bags instead
of in the more expensive casks which were formerly used.
If the certificate of the analyst contains information
as to the percentage of water and acidity, in addition to
the figures for nitrogen equal to ammonia, the identity of
the sample with the bulk can be more readily established
than when the figures for ammonia only are stated.
In a paper published in the Chemical News (Ixii.,
p. 325) the writer drew attention to the importance of
stating the percentage of water when reporting on the
quality of wool waste, and pointed out that the omission
to do so, and to state the percentage of nitrogen for the
sample as received, had no doubt caused Uie serious
differences between analysts, which up to that date was
of frequent occurrence, but which since then have dis-
appeared.
( HffMICAIr NBVt, I
July 5. >895- '
Nature and CompoUHdn of Commercial Russian Kerosene.
He trusts that this communication niay be received by
analysts in a similar favourable manner.
79, Mark Lane, Loodon, B.C.,
June 20, 1895.
ON THE NATURE AND COMPOSITION OF THE
COMMERCIAL RUSSIAN KEROSENE.
By ?. ALFRED WANKLYN and W. J. COOPBR.
In December, 1893, and in January, 1894, in the Pkilo-
iopkUal MagoMim and in the Chemical News, the an-
nouncement was made that, by most persistent and
methodical fradionation, a homologous series of hydro-
carbons had been separated into its terms, and that its
terms differed from one another, not by the common
increment 14, but by the common increment 7. In fol-
lowing papers we have disclosed that the hydrocarbons in
question are the hydrocarbons existing in mixture in the
commercial Russian kerosene, and have published further
details.
On the present occasion we publish a tabular nsumi of
the work. The hydrocarbons of this series we have named
keroses, and in the table the Roman numeral expresses
the nomber of atoms of carbon (the atomic weight of car-
bon being 6) in the molecule of the kerose.
We have obtained an acetic compound of almost every
individual kerose, one molecule of kerose being united
with one little molecule of acetic acid. The preparation
of such compounds was described in the Chemical News
of May 24 (vol. Ixxi., p. 250).
Percentage of
V. D. Sp. gr. Boili Hydrocarbon in
at at Acetic K.
^ * ■ > xs'S^'C. •€. ^- « s
Theory. Foaad. Theory. Found.
Ay xiu. 3-144 3192 07350
As »v. 3*386 3*43 07460 85 62*04 62*33
Att XV. 363 3'^ 07510 96*5 6363 6275
Ab xvL 3*87 391 07576 X06 65'i2 64*48
B xvii. 4*ix 4*08 0*7606 ii6'5 66*48 65*9'
Bb xviii. 4*35 4*36 0*7711 127 6774 6784
Be xix. 4*59 4*59 0-7768 138 68-91 6906
C XX. 4*84 4-84 0-7843 148 70-00 6970
D xxi. 5-08 5*02 0-7975 158 71-01 70-94
Vd xxii. 5-32 5*20 0*8057 168 71*96 72*00*
D# xxiii. 5*56 5-5 X 0*8090 276 72*87 7299
E xxiv. 5-80 5*77 0-8185 186 73-68 7401
F XXV. 6*04 6*08 0-8240 197 74-47 74-64
tf xxvi. 6*28 08255 205 75*2 X 75-28
xxvii. 6*52 6-53 0*8270 2x4 75-90 77*02
O^ xxviii. 6-77 682 08287 222 76*56 77 -3 X
H xxix. 0*8338 230 77*x8 7753
HA XXX, 08392 237 7777 77*53
1 xxxi. 0*8430 246 78-34 78-34*
K xxxii. 0-8470 253 7887 79-43
L xxxiii. 0*8520 260 79-38 79*95
II xxxiv. 0*8560 267 79-87 79-83
N XXXV. 0-8590 274 8o*33 80-63'
O xxxvi. 0*8603 280 8o*77 80*55
•Mean.
2 residue, dark coloured liquid, sp. gr. 0-880, amounting
to about X3 per cent of the total kerosene.
The circumstance that the specific gravity of the liquid
keroee always rises as the molecule increases in weight
will be noted. This rise is small, but invariable, and
afiords an argument in favour of there being substantially
only one hydrocarbon scries present in the Russian kero-
sene of commerce. Apparently, however, the rise (though
it always occurs) is not always equal in extent.
The boiling-points of the keroses must be looked upon
na to some extent provisional. We are in possession of
the liquids and have not used them up in making the
acetk compounds, and we purpose to re-determlne the
boUtag-points.
A REFORM IN CHEMICAL, PHYSICAL, AND
TECHNICAL CALCULATIONS.
By C. J. HANSSBN, C.B.
(Continoed from p. 309).
Thi Dynamic Equivalutt of Heat,
If X cbm. hydrogen of atmospheric pressure and 273° N.
absolute temperature is heated to 546*^ N. absolute (273^
increase of temperature), it expands to 2 cbm. of x atmo-
sphere pressure ; it would, enclosed in a cylinder with
movable piston of x sqr. m. area, by expanding, move the
piston X m. against the pressure of the atmosphere ; and,
consequently, as atmospheric pressure upon x sqr. ro. is
SB 10330-442 kg., perform xo330*442 m.kp^r. of work.
To heat x cbm. of hydrogen 273^ N., is required*
At constant pressure
At constant volume .
273° X X7/56 cal.
273°xx2/56 „
The difference 273" x 5/56 cal. —
X365/56 « 24I calor. >■ 24*375 cal. has performed
xo330'442 m.kgrs. of work ; consequently, —
X cal.- '^330-44^ „ ^,3.3,3 ^.^g^
24*375
Exaaiy the same result do we get by calculating with
oxygen, nitrogen, or other simple gases, and likewise
with CO and with air; but, by making the calculation
with a compound gas which, in combining, has contraded
its volume, the result is apfanntly different.
For carbon dioxitU (of which x cbm. contains x| cbm.
of simple gases, are required—
At constant pressure •• •• 273^x51/1x2 cal.
At constant volume •• •• 273*^x36/1x2 „
The difference 273°xx5/xx2 cat. —
4095/xx2aB36|», calor., moves the piston x m., and perw
forms X0330-442 m.kgrs. of work. This compound gas nat
consequently absorbed exadly x| times as much neat at
the simple gas, to perform the same amount of work, bat
in this case,i of the 36,^ cal. — X2^0 cal., is absorbeid to
counterad the chemical affinity which contraded x cbm.
O and I cbm. C into x cbm. COa, and the remaining
I X 36/^ = 241 calor. perform the same amount of dynamic
work as in the first case. The same calculation made
with many other gases, gives, with absolute accuracy, the
same result: x calor. >■ 423*8x3 m.kgrs.
Water evaporates in vacuum at 219}^ N. absolute
(~53fl° N.), because, by very careful investigation of
Regnault's experiments on evaporation of water, the
author finds that in all cases, from the highest to the
lowest temperature, —
W X T
y^^ - 219I
Here T denotes the absolute temperature of the steam
(°N.), W the weight of the steam (kgr. per cbm.), and P
the absolute pressure of steam in atmospheres ; and for
all weishts, pressures, and temperatures of stean ascer-
tained by those experiments, the coefficient—
2x9-375-2x91 -!Z55
is the result. For every known pressure and weight of
steam we consequently find the corresponding absolute
temperature, T, by the equation—
T - '-255P . jjo jj absolute.
8W
Aeriform substances increase in weight in inversi pro-
portion to their absolute temperature; consequently,
vapour of water (steam) of x atmosphere and 273° N.
absolute, of which i cbm. weighs 45/56 kg., would weigh
56/56 kg. (=: I kg.) if cooled, as proportion —
56 : 45 - 273"* absolute : tt9t^ N. absotate.
8 Reform in Chemical, Physical, and Technical Calculations. {^"^JVAST^
If at 219$° N. absolute x cbm. steam of x atmosphere
weighs I kg., then i cbm. of o'oooooooi atmosphere must
weigh O'OOOOOOOI kg. If we insert these values for P and
W in the equation, we find the temperature —
T ^1755 X O'OOOOOOOI atm. ^^ o n. abs.- -5310 N.
8 X 0*00000001 kg.
where water will commence to evaporate in absolute
vacuum. By increasing the temperature, the pressure of
steam increases in the following ratio : —
Abtolate.
2198 =- 53t
2204? = - 5A\
Atmotpheret.
0*00000001 .
O'OOOOOOI • •
0*000001 ..
0*0000 X . .
0*0001
0*001 •• ..
2205?+(\,VX
2252 +(tf/X
232I +(V7'X
243 +(Wx
+(Wx
+ ('5VX
+(V,Vx
+(Wx
+ (V/x
259
283
3'9
373
454
1.50) =
I5») =
iV) =
I5») =
iV) =
1-5 •).
i*5^)«
i-5') =
2255
232i
243
259
283
>3i9
'373
•454
= 5754
= -471
= - 40I
«- 30
= -14
= + 10
= +46
« + ioo
= + i8i
= +302i
0*01 .. ..
0*1 .. ..
X'O •• ••
10*0 • • . .
100*0 . . • .
By calculating the temperatures due to 83 intermediate
pressures, and of these construct a diagram, the author
obtained a curve, which agrees well with Regnault*8 ex-
periments ; in fadl, so well that the small deviations must
be caused b^ ex1>erimtntal errors.
The specific heat of liquid water, as usually taken, si ;
the specific heat of ice (which is condensed HaO at con-
stant volume), of vaporised water (steam), and of HaO ^as
it ■:o*4. Melting i kgr. of ice absorbs 79^ calors, which
become latent. Evaporating i kgr. of liquid water absorbs
8x79^^634 calor., which become latent, minus 01 cal.
'4.
Heat rtquirtd to Mtlt Ice^ Vaporist and Decompose Water,
1 kgr. solid HaO (ice) at absolute zero of temperature
(0° abs.) contains no heat ;—
Heated to 273° abs. (-f 0° N.) it con-
tains 273x0*4 cal. ..
Latent heat of Itquefadion of ice
Total heat in x kgr. liquid water of
273^ N. abs. (0° N.)
Latent heat of evaporation per i kgr.
liquid water of 273*^ N. absolute con-
verted into vapour of 273 ** N. abs.,
634 cal. - (273° X 0*1 cal.) .. ..
Total heat in i kgr. steam of 273° N.
absolute (o® N.)
xo9*20 calor.
i88*45 „
60670
79515 H
These examples, which also hold good for lower and
higher pressures, show that although if «o*4 calor. are re-
quired to raise the temperature of x kgr. saturated steam
x° N., only 0*3 calor. are to be supplied from outer sources
of heat, while 0*1 calor., taken from the 634 calor. latent
heat of evaporation, is converted into sensible heat or
temperature.
These 0*3 calor. are, in the process of evaporation, ap-
plied thus : —
\ B 10/90 calor. per x^ N. is used to overcome atmo-
spheric resistance.
i^ff^ 5/90 calor. is used to overcome chemical affinity
of H and O.
^ a 12/90 calor. is used to overcome physical cohesion
of atoms.
Heat required to evaporate i kgr. liquid water of 273^ N.
absolute (0° N.) into steam of atmospheric pressure and
373® N. absolute (xoo«* N.)—
Latent heat of evaporation, 634 cal.
- (373*' X 0*1 cal.) = 59670 calor.
X kgr. steam heated 100° N. and 0*4 cal. <■ 40*00 „
To convert i kgr. water of o" N. into
steam of 100^ N. requires •• .. 63670 „
To evaporate i kgr. water of 273° N. absolute into
steam of xo atmospheres pressure and 454° N. absolute
(181® N.), is required :—
Latent heat of evaporation 634 cal.
- 454°xo'i cal) «s 588-60 calor.
X kgr. steam heated x8i° N. and 0*4 cal. = 72*40 ,«
To convert i kgr. of water of 273° N.
absolute (o** N.) into steam of 181^
N. requires .
66x'oo
27/90 calor. B 0*3 calor per 1° N. to be supplied
from outer sources of heat.
The 791 calor. + 634 calor « 713*25 calor. latent melt-,
ing and evaporating heat required to evaporate x kgr. ice
0° N. abs., decrease 0*3 calor. for every i* N. tempera-
ture above absolute zero ; consequently, the absolute
temperature, where water is converted into permanent
HaO gas, is found by proportion :—
o*3 cal. : 713 : 25 cal. — i'' N. : 2377*5° N. absol.
Heating i kgr. HaO at constant pressure x° N. reqairet
\l calor. ; consequently, raising the temperature from o*
absolute to 2377*5** N. absolute requires —
23775" N. X II cal. « X347J calor.,
which is equal to-~
(iH-84-8)X79jcal.= i7X79lcal.«. 13474 calor.
Water Decomposed into Simple Hydrogen and Oxygen Gas.
If we heat i kgr. of solid water (ice)« of o' N. absolute,
to x| X 23771° N. absolute = 3566J* N. absolute, we
have brought it to the temperature where the molecules
of HaO decompose into simple H and O gas. To heat x
kgr. of solid water of o^ N. absolute to this temperature
are required—
3566^'' N. X II cal. « 2020} calor.
But in order adually to split the HaO molecules into
simple hydrogen and oxygen gas of 3566I** N. absolute
temperature, are required per x kgr. :—
2 X 2020I calor. B 4041} calor.,
which is equal to^
3X(i+8+8)X79ical.-3Xi7X79l=
=51 X 79i«404ii c*Jof*
By this operation, the x kgr. of ice of o** N. abeolnte is
dissolved into I kgr. of hydrogen and { kgr. of oxygen,
which, at that temperature (3566^^ N. absolute), are
*■ 634/39 cbm. hydrogen and 3x7/39 cbm. oxygen ■« total
951/39 cbm. -r 24^y cbm. of simple gases of 3566I'' N.
absolute and atmospheric pressure.
As dissolving x kgr. of ice of o*" N. absolute temperature
into its components requires 404x1 calor., it follows that
the combustion of | kgr. hydrogen with $ kgr. oxygen
(which form x kgr. of water), must likewise develop 404it
calor. ; and, consequently, the combustion of i kgr. of H
with 8 kgrs. of O, forming 9 kgrs. of water, will pro-
duce : —
9 kgrs. X 4041} calor. absolute « 36375 75 calor. total heat
9 kgrs. of water of 273" N. abs.
contain 9 x 188*45 ^^^* • • "■ 1696*05 „
Consequently—
X kgr. hydrogen burnt with
oxygen produces 34679*70 „
if the initial temperature of the gases has been 273° N.
absolute, and the produdts of combustion are cooled down
to that temperature ; and the temperature of combustion
of H with O is 3566J' N. absolute, and 3566J' - 273" -
+3293f N.
CasmeAL Niwt, I
July 5, 189s. f
Relation between Valence and A tomic Volume.
Pntsurg exirUd by FruBtng iVaUr.^Thig prestore the
avtbor fiodt to be ■> 1904 atmosphercf •
Water hermetically enclosed in a strong vessel
renains liqatd at —34* C. (249^ C. absolute), as proved
1^ M. Bouaingault's experiment ; andprobablv it remains
liquid at all lower temperatures down to aigg^ N. abso-
lute if expansion is absolutely prevented.
(To bt contioQcd.)
3, VaMmaracade, Copenhaffea, V.
May 6, iSgs.
SPBCTROSCOPIC STUDY OF THE CARBONS
OF THE ELECTRIC FURNACE.
By n. DESLANDRBS.
H. M018SAN has recently annoanced (CompUt Rindus,
cxix., p. 1245) ^^1*^ ^^® carbons of the arc in his eledric
furnace are purified by the passage of currents of great
intensity, and are thus freed from the foreign matters
which they always contain in notable proportion.
We know that it is very difiicult to purify charcoal b^
chemical means. This property of the eleAric furnace is
therefore important, and in particular it interests spedro-
acopiau who in their researches of qualitative analysis
often employ eledrodes of carbon as pure as possible. I
have thus been led to a special study of the carbons of
the oledric furnace, to ascertain on the one hand their
▼aloe in analysis, and on the other to determine the com-
plete speArom of pure carbon.
Mottaan having placed at my disposal two carbon poles,
a positive and a negative (leneth of 0*20 metre and thick-
Beaa of 0*05 metre), which had served in his experiments,
I took from each pole small portions of charcoal at
variable diatances from the arc (0*15, o'xo, 0*05, and 0*01).
Now the specimens the most remote from the arc still
showed the rays of the ordinary impurities of charcoal,
if., the alkaUne and earthy-alkaline metals, with copper,
iron, and ailicoa ; but on anproaching the arc, the rays of
the imporities gradually diminishedf and finally disap-
pearad, excepting only the rays of calcium, which, although
OMch reduced, are still visible; this fad being due to the
proxtmity of the sides of the furnace consisting of lime.
These sides are themselves volatilised by very intense
cnnenta.
This purification of carbon seems to depend on a purely
physical cause; the foreign matters, much more volatile
than the carbon, are thrown off in the state of vapour.
In fad, the purest parts of the two poles are the caps
("mushrooms," aa the author calls them), which are
lormed at the negative pole of transportation from the
poaitiw pole to the opposite pole. With one of the caps
the following spedrum of carbon has been obtained, con-
tatniog fewer ravs than the aimilar spedrum published by
Uveiog and Dewar, Hartley and Adeney, Eder and
ValelKa^-
laiesaitits. Wave-toogtba.
8 426*70
5 392«7l
4 39i'97i>
a 3«6-83r
X 3>6'57i
a •• • 29954
X 29677
8 28375
8 28369
4 ^7475
3 864*12
8 251-19
8 25079
10 24788
8 • 22970
■ Cam pus Riudui.
RELATION BETWEEN VALENCE AND
ATOMIC VOLUME.
By HOLLAND CROMPTON.
In these {Biruhtit xxvii., p. 2178 —compare also Ziii, /•
Anorg, ChemUt viii., p. 127) J. Traube shows the exist-
ence of a relation between valence and atomic volume,
and that the '* change of valence of an elementary atom
is mostly attended with a change of the atomic volume,"
the atomic volume here in question being the atomic
solution volume.
In a memoir which I have recently submitted to the
Chemical Society of London, I showed that there exists
an intimate relation between the molecular (or atomic)
latent heat of fusion, p, and the valences of the atoms
present in the molecule, so that it is pORsible, by means
of certain simple rules laid down in the memoir, to deduce
from the valences a number £V, such that p To ■" CSV,
where To signifies the melting-point in absolute degrees
of temperature, and C is a constant which haa the same
value for all substances. The connedion of the latest
heat of fusion with the valence leads to the following
confirmation of Traube*s results :^
In the year 1870 Goldberg ICompt, Rend., Ixx., p. 1349)
established the following relation between the vapour-
f pressure p* of a solution of the melting-point T in abso-
ute temperature, and the vapour-pressure P of tho
solvent of the melting-point To:
p' R To T
where R is the constant of the Boyle-Gay Lussac equa-
tion. It may now be shown, thermo-dsmamically (Nemst,
"Theoret. Chemie, p. 125), that if P is the osmotic
pressure of a solution in which a change of volume if « is
efieded by the removal of dx grms. of the solvent, the
equation holds good : —
P milRTlnt.
dv p'
If this formula Is combined with that of Goldberg, we
have—
P
dx
^^^ ^- - CSV.
To-T dx To
Here dv/dx is the volume occupied by i mol. of the
solvent in the given solution; therefore the molecular
volume of the solvent, or that part of the solution which
separates out at the point of fusion, is the dissolved salt
in solutions near on saturation for which Traube*s rela-
tion is applicable. Consequently the molecular volume of
a salt is a fundion of the valences of the atoms forming
the molecule. — BtrichU, xxviii., No. 2, p. 148.
EXAMINATION OF BLOOD-PIGMENT
AS TO ITS POWER OF ABSORBING THE
VIOLET AND ULTRA-VIOLET RAVa*
By H. GRABBB.
As the source of light, the author used in part sunlight
and in part the light of the eledrical spark, the spedrum
of which extends to six or seven times the length of the
visible spedrum beyond H. The indudion current of a
Ruhmkorff apparatus was excited by four Bunsen ele-
ments, and served to charge a battery of nine Leyden
jars. In most of the investigations an iron and a copper
pole were used. The division of the spedrum thus ob-
tained was effeded by comparison with the photograph of
the spedrum of a spark obtained under exadly the same
• Aa Inavcoral Diiscnattoo at Dot pat, 1891.
10
Examination of Blood Pigment.
f CntMICALNlWI,
1 July 5. 1895.
conditions, and which had passed between the poles of an
alloy of lead, tin, and cadmium ; the wave-lengths of the
lines of the latter spedirum were obtained from a paper of
Hartley's {Phil. Trans., 1885). As the achromatic colli-
mator lens generally employed for photographs extending
beyond H (consisting of a plano-convex lens of calcareous
spar and a bi-convex quartz lens) was not at hand, the
author used a chromatic quartz lens, which certainly
showed only one part of the spedrum distin^ly, whilst
the other parts could be successively adjusted sharply by
a corresponding rotatory movement of the quartz prism.
The displaceable slit of the spedroscope constru^ed by
the author was placed, accurately centred, at double the
focal distance of the lens. Immediately behind the lens
was the prism, so adjusted on a movable axle that its
requisite rotation could be regulated by means of a scale
and index. As troughs there were used vessels of rock
crystal, with plane parallel sides.
For the proofs there were used the Lumi^re*s ordinary
silver-bromide plates. The time of exposure varied ac-
cording to the state of the sunlight, from 30 to 120
seconds, and for the light of the spark between 200 and
xoo elediric discharges. The proofs were developed with
iron oxalate, and fixed with a 15 per cent solution of
hyposulphite.
Soret (Comptes Rtnins, xcvii., 1269) had observed the
absorption of blood in the violet, and mentions also two
absorption bands, '* one of which, at Cdxa, is probably
due to haemoglobine, whilst the other, at Cdi7, is evidently
produced by the serum.** D*Ar8onvaI has also recognised
the absorption band of oxyhsemoglobine in the violet.
The author, whilst making use of these former researches,
has studied, by the aid of photographs, the absorptions of
oxyhaemoglobine, hsmoglobine, methaemoglobine, cyan-
methsemo^lobine, sulphomethiemoglobine, carbonic oxide
haemoglobme, haematine, hsemochromogen, and haemine,
in the violet and ultra- violet. He observed the following
absorptions :~
a. Oxyhamoglobini,—A defibrinised solution of blood
(20 per cent in a stratum of i m.m. in depth) absorbed
the rays of the wave-lengths A 465 to X 358 ; a solution of
10 per cent absorbed from A 450 to X 381. If blood was
diluted to 5 per cent the band extended from X 440 to
X 396. A I per cent solution of blood showed in the
yellow and the green merely a faint darkening, whilst
there appeared a distind band between X 427 and X 405.
On further dilution the breadth of the absorption band
decreases little ; it declines in intensity, and entirely dis-
appears at a dilution of x : 600.
b. Hamoglobint.-^V 01 reducing oxyhaemoglobine there
was used ammonium sulphide, or a solution of x part
ferrous sulphate and x part tartaric acid in xo parts of
water, to which, shortly before use, 6 parts of '* officinal
liquid ammonia*' are added. (Why does not the author
express the strength of his ammonia in some standard
universally understood ?) Both redudion liquids must be
as nearly colourless as possible before use, as they will
otherwise darken the violet. A solution of hsemoglobine
diluted to xo per cent is impervious to the rays from X 450
to X 398, and one at 5 per cent from x 447 to x 408. The
absorption in the violet here undergoes, in comparison
with oxyhsemoglobine, a displacement towards the less
refrangible part of the spedrum. The middle of the
absorption band coincides with Frauenhofer's G line,
and with a i per cent solution the absorption band-
sharply defined on both sides— is visible in the violet be-
tween X 437 and X 417. Hsemoglobine has therefore, in
the visible part of the spedrum, not one absorption band,
but two bands. In the ultra-violet haemoglobine is dis-
tinsuished from oxyhaemoglobine merely by a stronger
darkening of the most refrangible rays. A 6 per cent so-
lution is transmissive to about X 240.
c. Mtihamoglobin was generally obtained by adding
potassium ferricyanide to a solution of blood. The 10 per
cent solution, in which the four absorption bands may
still be distindlly recognised in the visible spe^um, ab-
sorbs in the violet from X 440 to X 358. The band seems
washed out towards the ultra-violet on diluting the solu-
tion. If mixed with equal parts of distilled water, this
solution absorbs from X 430 to X 382 ; if diluted to i per
cent it allows all the light to pass through without hin-
drance as far as the violet rays from X 420 to X 400. In
the ultra-violet, except a darkening of the most refran-
gible rays, there occurs no independent absorption.
By the addition of a small quantity of ammonia or
potassium hydroxide the above* described image charac-
teristic for methaemoglobine (in the so-called acid solution)
disappears, and there appears a speArum similar to that
of oxyhaemoglobine, though the first absorption band is
split into two.
Besides the two or three bands the author observed, on
sufficient concentration, also an absorption band in the
green between X 555 and X 525, which he has not found
already described. The band in the violet in a xo per
cent solution extends beyond H to X 3751 and the side
situate towards the red extends to X 445. If the solution
is diluted to 5 per cent only traces of absorption are to
be found in the yellow and the green, whilst the space
between the Frauenhofer lines G and H is darkened. In
a X per cent solution the band recedes on one side to
X 415 and on the other to X 405. In the invisible spedrum
the only difference between methaemoglobine in an acid
solution and in an alkaline solution is that by the latter
the extreme ultra-violet is more strongly darkened.
if. Cyanmethamoglobinit readily obtained by the addi-
tion of hydrocyanic acid to solutions of methaemoglobine,
behaves like haemoglobine ; but in a i per cent solution,
in a stratum of x m.m. in depth, absorbs the light rays
from X 580 to X 523. The darkening of the violet extends
beyond H, gradually fading from X 450 to X 381. On the
addition of hydrocyanic acid the methaemoglobine band
in the violet is therefore displaced towards the red. This
phenomenon is observed more distinAly in a x per cent
solution where the chief absorption is situate between
X 430 and X 410. The photographic image of the ultra-
violet show6 that the most refrangible rays are absorbed
by cyanmethaemoglobine, which increases with the in-
creasing concentration of the solution.
i. Sulphomethirmoglobim, obtained by the adion of hy-
drogen sulphide upon oxyhaemoglobine or haemoglobine,
besides the absorption band in the red, displays a band in
the violet, and a darkening in the ultra-violet similar to
that of methaemoglobine. A 10 pir cent solution absorbs
from X 452 to X 400 : in a 5 per cent solution the limits
of the band are seen at X 440 and X 408. A x per cent
solution of blood treated with hydrogen sulphide absorbs
from X 427 to X 4x5.
/. Carbon monoxide hamoglobim likewise displajrs an
absorption in the violet, even at so great a dilution that
the bands in the yellow and the green are no longer visible.
A 10 per cent solution of carbon monoxide blood shows
on the photographic plate an absorption from X 440 to
X 388. A 5 per cent solution absorbs from \ 430 to X 407.
If the solution contains x per cent of carbon monoxide
blood the two charaderistic bands in the yellow-green
disappear, but the band in the violet is seen between
X 425 and X 41X.
g, Hamatint was obtained by boiling an ammoniacal
solution of blood, or one mixed with acetic acid. The
absorptive power of acid haematine is exceedingly feeble
for the violet rays on this side of H. Beyond H, both
when the sun or the eledric spark is used as a source of
light, a very slight darkening, beginning at H and ex-
tending to about Cdx2.
The alkaline solution of haematine, even if much
diluted, shows a band, certainly much washed out ; its
limits for a 10 per cent solution may be fixed between
X 432 and X 348 ; a 5 per cent solution displays merely a
darkening of the rays between X 425 and X 358. Besides
an absorption of the extreme ultra-violet rays, there
occurs in both cases a faint darkening at Cdu and Cdi7.
h, Hamochromogin is formed on treating soliitions o
CBBMICALNlWf, I
nly 5. X895. f
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
II
hsmatioe with alkaline reduAive agents. In the forensic
demonstration of blood this substance plays a great part,
on account of its uncommonly visible absorption bands ;
since solutions of blood*spots many years old, whose
hasmatine bands would be visible only in the red, and
visible only in very concentrated solutions if converted
into hjemochromogen, show distin^ absorptions in the
green even when strongly diluted. Haemochromogen is
the more sharply charaAerised by its absorption band in
the violet, which becomes visible on great dilution, and is
therefore still more valuable for a judicial investigation.
A solution at li per cent which transmits yellow and
green light without hindrance, and consequently does not
allow the recognition of the well-known absorption
spe^mm, still absorbs strongly the rays from A 430 to
X 418. A X per cent solution causes the disappearance of
the rays between O and H in the spedrum ; a zo per cent
solution absorbs the rays from A 443 to A 400.
The most refrangible ultra-violet rays are strongly ab-
sorbed by haemochromogen ; a 4 per cent solution is im-
pervious to rays more refrangible than Cdiy.
f. Hamn^ or haematine hydrochlorate, dissolved in
methyl alcohol, shows in the violet an absorption band,
the middle of which coincides with H. The hsemin solu-
tion is perfedlly transmissive for ultra-violet light.
According to all the above the absorption band of the
blood-pigment, as well as of its derivatives, is more per-
roanent than the already more generally known and
repeatedly described absorption bands in the visible part
of the spedrum.
Hence it appears the more important that in hsemo«
globtne, carbon-monoxide haemoglobine, and haemochro-
mogen, the absorption band in the violet enters into the
visible part of the spe^rum, and can be observed by the
employment of diffused sunlight as a band defined on
both sides. According to the observations of d'Arsonval
the violet of the spe^rum can be strongly extended to-
wards the ultra-violet if the sunU dired rays or the light
of an arc, concentrated by a lens of 10 cm. in diameter
with a very short focus, are allowed to fall into the slit of
a speAroscope, and the dazzling rays from red to blue
are eliminated by means of a disc of deep blue glass.
In this manner of observation prisms and lenses of glass
may be used, which is of the greatest importance for
pradical detedlion.
In connexion with this subjed I may mention two re-
marks of A. Wetzel (Chemiktr Zeit.^ xiv.. Rep, 87) on
the recognition of blood containing carbon monoxide.
He shakes gently 10 c.c. of the substance in question
with 15 c.c. of a 20 per cent solution of potassium ferro-
cyanide and 2 c.c. of acetic acid of medium strength
(t vol. glacial acid and 2 vols, water), whereon the blood
coagulates to a mass which gradually solidifies. Normal
blood yields a black-brown clot, blood containing carbon
monoxide a light red. Or we dilute i part blood with
4 parts water, add thrice the volume of solution of tannin,
and shake round. The difference of colour between nor-
mal blood and that containing carbon monoxide increases
on standing. After twenty*four hours the normal blood is
grey, and that containing carbon monoxide crimson red.
The difference is still to be distinguished after ten months.
— Zeiiichrift fur Anal, Chem,t xxxiii., p. 771.
CORRESPONDENCE.
USB OF MINERAL OIL FOR EXCLUDING
AIR IN PAVY TITRATIONS.
To th< Editor of the Chemical News,
Sir, — I have delayed replying to Professor Brauner*s
letter published in the Chemical News (vol. Ixxi., p. 292)
until I had ascertained whether there was any foundation
for his suggestion that one of the secretaries of the Che-
mical Society, ** who alont are responsible for the
abstrads in the Procudings,** had taken the astounding
course of substituting the name '* Allen " for that of
" Soxhlet *' in the abstrad in (question.
I am now in a position to inform your readers, upon
official authority, that the Secretaries of the Chemical
Societv are not responsible for the above change of name,
alleged by Professor Brauner to have been made.
Professor Brauner says that '* instead of charging him
with dishonest adion, I should have sent him a copy of
my paper, and given him private information." Unmrtu-
nately, at the time when the abstraA appeared I was not
aware of the existence of Professor Brauner, whom I
know simply as the reader of certain papers before the
Chemical Society on March 2xst. I did all I could to
communicate with Professor Brauner. I wrote to the
Secretaries of the Chemical Society, informing them that
the device had been previously described by me in three
different journals, and I added : ** The prior publication
of the suggestion has evidently been overlooked by
Professor Brauner, to whom I shall be obliged if you will
forward this letter or communicate its substance.*' I am
informed by the Secretaries that this request was promptly
complied with, and have learned later that their letter
did not receive any acknowledgment from Professor
Brauner, who now states that he did not receive it.
As to the value of the use of mineral oil to exclude air
in performing Pavy titrations, it is curious that the device
is the only point in the paper communicated by Professor
Brauner which the Secretaries of the Chemical Society
appear to have considered worth including in the abstra^
which they prepared.— I am, &c.,
Alfred H. Allen.
Sheffield, July x, 1895.
CHEMICAL NOTICES FROM FOREIGN
SOURCES.
NoTs.— All degrees of temperature are Centigrade unless otherwise
expressed.
Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Seances, de V Academic
dcs Sciences, Vol. cxx., No. 24, June 17, 1895.
Professor Newcomb was eleAed as a Forei jn Associate
of the Academy, vice the late Prof, von Helmholtz.
Herr Bachlund was eledled a correspondent of the SeAion
of Astronomy, vic$ the late R. Wolff; and Dr. Kowalewski
correspondent of the Sedion of Anatomy and Zoology,
vict the late M. Cotteau.
Law of Absorption of the Bands of the Spedtrum
of Oxygen.— J. Jansen.— The law is that the absorbent
power of oxygen gas, relatively to these bands, is propor-
tional to the thickness of the gaseous mass multiplied by
the square of its density.
Combination of Free Nitrogen with the Blementr
of Carbon Oisulpbide.^ M. Berthelot.~The author,
whilst pursuing his researches on argon, has recognised
the diredl combination of free nitrogen with the elements
of carbon disiilphide. This combination takes place by
the influence of eledricity employed in the form of sparks
or of the effluve. When operating on 15 c.c. of nitrogen
at normal pressure, the volume having been increased to
25 c.c. bv the addition of a small quantity of liquid car-
bon disuiphide, carbon and sulphur are precipitated mixed
with condensed carbon subsulphides ; at the same time,
nitrogen is fixed on the products.
New Combination of Argon : Synthesis and
Analysis. — M. Berthelot. — (See p. i).
Preparation and Properties of Pure Melted Molyb-
denum.— Henri Moissan.- (See p. 2).
A<5\ion of Phen>l Isocyanate upon the Campholic.
Carboxyl-campholic, and Phthalic Acids.— A. Haller.
12
Immunity against the Poison of the Cobra.
i CRBMICAI. NlWS,
1 July 5. 1895.
— The compounds obtained arc the hydroxycampho-
carbonic, iso-, and terc-phthalic acids.
Discovery of a Third Permanent Radiation of the
Solar Atmoaphere in the Qas of ClSveite. — H.
Deslandres.— The permanent radiation of the solar atmo-
aphere, X 706*55, 18 emitted by the gat of cl^veile, and U
even seems to announce a new element common to the
solar and terrestrial atmospheres. There is now only a
sinele permanent radiation of the solar atmosphere which
has not been recognised on the earth ; that is the green
ray \ 531-16, called the ray of the corona. It is distm-
guished as being peculiar to the most elevated regions of
the atmosphere, which allows us to suppose that it be-
longs to a gas lighter than hydrogen.
Molecular Transformations of Chromic Hydrate.
—A Recoura.— The author has previously shown {Ann.
di Chim. ei de Physique, Scries 7, vol. iv.) the existence
of two varieties of chromium hydroxide, differing from
each other by their capacity of saturationfor acids, i. The
normal hydroxide is the precipitate produced by alkalis in
the solution of a normal salt of chromium. It can fix 6
mols. of hydrochloric acid, evolving 41 '4 pal. " « X og,
and regenerating normal chromium chlorute. The chro-
mium hydroxide of the green solution is formed by de-
composing by an alkali a solution of a salt of chromium
previously rendered green by ebullition. It fixes only 4
mols. of hydrochloric acid. Chromium hydroxide, a
hexatomic base, is transformed into a monatomic base,
like the alkaline bases, after remaining for three hours in
soda. If left for a longer time, it becomes a mixture of
monatomic hydrate and of a hydrate ol no atomicity.
Certain Basic Haloid Compounds of the Alkaline-
Earthy Metals.— M.TaMilly.— The author has prepared
and examined the strontium oxybromide and oxyiodide,
and the corresponding barium salts.
A<5tion of Heat upon the Double Alkaline Nitriles
of the Metals of the Platinum Group : Compounds
of Iridium.— A. Joly and E. Leidy.— The study of the
double nitriles of iridium and the alkaline metals presents
more difficulties than that of the corresponding com-
pounds of ruthenium and rhodium. The double insoluble
iridium and potassium salt is not remote from
(IrO)60<(OK)2, which would be the potassium salt of a
hexairidious acid. On operating at incipient ledness in
a muffle, the authors obtain a salt approximatmg to the
formula lalrOa.KaO, the potassium salt of a dodec^iridious
acid.
On the Acid Ammonium Sodium Tungstates.—
L A. Hallopeau.— The author has obtained two salts,
i6WO«.^Na203(NH4)aO-»-22HaO. which loses 15 mols.
ifSr at i^'; and iiWOs^NaaO.CNHJaO+asHaO.
losing 19 mols. of water.
Rotatory Powers of some Amylic Derivatives in
the State of Liquid and of Vapour.— Ph. A. Guyeand
A. P. do Amaral.— The results of the authors are given m
the form of tables.
BulUtin dela SocUte a'Encouragerrunt pour V Industrie
Nationale, Series 4, Vol. x.. No. xii.
New Process for the Purification of a large number
of Organic Substances. Alimentary and Otherwise ;
in particular, Sugars, Alcohols, Potable Waters, &c.
— E. Maumene.— The author^s invention is the employ-
ment of a permanganate (potassium or calcium). The
novelty of the process, as far as water is concerned, needs
no discussion, since it is admitted in a foot-note that it is
used by several London water companies.
Alloys of Iron and Chrome.— R. A. Hadbeld.—
{Journal of the Iron and Steel Institute). Abstraded by
R. Masse.
Composition and Constitution of certain Alloys.
— C. R. A. Wright.— From the Journal of the Society of
Chmical Industry.
Progress of the Blast Furnace.- Paul Bayard.— It is
here remarked that it is in Germany where the Thomas
and Gilchrist process has made the most rapid and the
most considerable progress. In 1883 it was onder 500,000
tons, and has now reached 2| miilioDS.
MISCELLANEOUS.
Immunity against the Poison of the Cobra.— Ac-
cording to a paper read before the Royal Society of
Edinburgh by Prof. T. R. Fraser, animals— man included
—can be made non-susceptible to the venom of the cobra
by the injedion of minimal doses, gradually increased.
He determined firstly the minimum dose fatal to rabbiu,
and then gradually increased the quantity until he reached
an amount fifty times greater than the original fatal limit.
A rabbit which he exhibited had thus received, in one
hundred and fifty days, cobra poison enough to kill two
horses 1 The effe^ on the general health of the subjed
was favourable; it had increased in weight from 2000
grms. to 3000 ; whilst its strength, and especially its virile
power, was signally aufl[mented. A successful antidote
for the poison of the cobra is found to be a mixture of
niv c.c. of the serum of a rabbit immunised up to thirty
times the minimum fatal dose. We fear, however, that
the shrieks of the zodphilists will render this process use-
less in the British Empire.
NOTES AND QUERIES.
*** Our Notes and Queries column was opened for the purpose of
giving and obtaining information likely to be of use to our readers
generally. We cannot undertake to let this column be the means
of transmitting merely private information, or such trade notices
as should legitimately come in the advertisement columns.
EleAric Furnace.— I shall be pleased if any correspondent can
supply me with information relating to eleAric furnaces for laboratory
purposes. --Chbm ist .
ACETONE — ^Answering all requirements.
J^CXX^ J^CETIO-Purest and sweet.
— BOI?».A.OIO-Cry»t. and powder.
OITI^IO— Cryst. made in earthenware.
Q-A-XjXjIO— Pfom best Chinese galls, pure.
S-A-XjIOITXiIO— By Kolbe's process.
T-A-^TINriO— I'or Pharmacy and the Arts.
LIQUID CHLORINE
(Compressed in steel cylinders).
FORMALIN (40^ CHaO)— Antiseptic and Preservative.
POTASS. PERMANGANATE— Cryst., large and small,
SULPHOCYANIDE OF AMMONIUM.
BARIUM.
POTASSIUM.
TARTAR EMETIC-Cryst. and Powder.
TRIPOLI AND METAL POWDERS.
ALL CHEMICALS FOR ANALYSIS AND THE ARTS.
Wholesale Agents—
A. & M. ZIMMERMANN,
6&7, CROSS LANE, LONDON, E.G.
FOR SALE. — The Chemical Gazette.
Complete Set (ant)ound and uncut), 17 volumes ; from Novem-
ber. 1842. to December. iSw.-AddreM. " PublUber," CaaiciCAL
Naws Office, Boy Court, LrOdgate Hill, Loadoa, B.C.
July la, 18,5.
I
New Studies on the Fluorescence of Argon.
13
THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
Vol. LXXII.. No. 1859.
NEW STUDIES ON THE FLUORESCENCE OF
ARGON, AND ON ITS COMBINATION WITH
THE ELEMENTS OF BENZENE.
By M. BERTHELOT.
I RAVB thoaght it useful to study in a more thorough
mmnner the conditions of the combination of argon with
beaxene under the influence of the eledrie efflave, and
those of the special fluorescence which accompanies it.
M. Dcslandres, whose special competence in questions
of photography is known to the Academy, has kindly lent
me his assistance for these new determinations effedled
by means of stronger dispersions and defined by accurate
photographs. It is my duty to express to him my thanks
for this prolonged and difficult study.
We must remember that the combination of argon with
the elements of beniene under the influence of the efHuve
U efleAed slowly ; according to the present research it is
effeAed with the cooperation of mercury, which intervenes
in the state of a volatile compound. The use of dis*
charges of great frequency does not appear to modify the
general chara^ers of the rea^ion.
At the outset we perceive nothing in diffused light ; it
is only in the dark room that we perceive a feeble violet
light, similar in its intensity to that which the effluve
generally develops in gaseous systems. After the lapse
of an hour in the dark room we see a green light ap-
pearing, which occupies the middle of the interval
Mlween the spirals of the band of platinum coiled
around the efBuve tube ; the luminous spe^rum presents
two yellow rays, 579 and 577 (in wave-lengths), a green
ray, 546, and a green band, \ 516*5, These various rays
will be defined presently.
The photographic spedrum now taken, with an hour*s
exposure, shows the principal bands of nitrogen, as well
as a blue ray, 436, a violet ray, 405, and an ultra-violet
ray, 354; these latter are fainter than the bands of
nitrogen.
During the successive hours the green light augments
without ceasing, the yellow rays and the ray 546 increase,
and the band 516*5 diminishes. After eight hours the
bands of nitrogen have almost disappeared in the photo-
graphs, doubless because the corresponding nitrogen has
been absorbed by the bensene.
Several further hours of effluve bring the fluorescence
to a brilliant emerald light, visible in full daylight : the
intensity of this phenomenon is not comparable with the
fluorescence developed by the effluve in any known gas.
The yellow and green rays may be seen and defined by
spedroscope in full daylight.
The photographs have shown the rays 579, 577, and
546; 436, 405, 354, 313. and 31a (ultra-violet). We per.
ceive, further, two violet rays, 420 and 416, scarcely
visible, and the rays 385 and 358.
The speArum observed at the end of fifteen hours
remained constant during thirty consecutive hours.
Although we have had recourse to photography to
register these phenomena, we must not confound such
emAs observable in full daylight, and at a normal
pressure, with the lights developed by the effluve on
highly rarefied gases, such as are commonly observed
with the speAroscope.
This is the signification of these rays : —
The ray 579 is precisely one of the rays visible in full
daylight, and at normal pressure which I have mentioned
iCamPtiS RtnduSf cxx., p. 800), indicating its probable
fission. We must approximate to it the rays 580*1 and
577*1, mentioned in the speArum of rarefied argon by Mr.
Crookes (Jan. 24, 1895). The ray 546 has also oeen indi*
cated (547) in my former paper, and corresponds to a
strong ray, 545*6, exhibited by Mr. Crookes to the speArum
of rarefied argon. M. Deslandres has recognised these
same rays in the spedrum of a specimen of rarefied argon
which he had prepared by means of lithium. I have veri-
fied, by juxtaposition, the coincidence of the latter ray of
rarefied argon with that of my effluve* tube. I have also
pointed out the ray 436, found in the photograph, and
very near to the 4345 of the rarefied argon by Crookes.
The rays 420 and 416 coincide with the very strong rays
420*1 — 4198 and 415*96 of the rarefied argon of Crookes.
The ray 405 may be identified with the ray 404*4 of
Crookes (argon) ; I have verified the coincidence. The
ray 385 coincides with a strong ray 385*15 of Crookes
(argon) ; the ray 354 with a group of 3547— 353*4 of
strong rays of rarefied argon (Crookes), and the ray 358
with a group of strong rays 3587—357*5, observed by
Crookes (in argon); A 516*5 is a band of rarefied hydro-
carbides; 313 and 312 are rays of the rarefied vapour of
mercury.
None of these rays, as I have already remarked, coin-
cides either with the ray of helium (587*5) or the principal
ray of the aurora borealis (557), though this latter falls
very near to a strong ray of argon (555.7). If the present
fluorescence is not tne same as that of the aurora, yet its
development and the approximation of the rays above
mentioned establish a probable relation between this
meteor and the occurrence of ar^on in the atmosphere.
There appears here a very important drcumstance.
Already, on examining the table of the rays of rarefied
argon given by Mr. Crookes, we recognise that certain of
these rays coincide with certain of the rays of the rarefied
vapour of mercury. The same coincidence is obserred
also in the finest rays visible in full daylight, at the nor-
mal pressure, .in the fluorescence developed during the
readion of benzene upon argon. Such are, according to
M. Deslandres, the yellow rays 579 and 577 ; such is the
charaderistic green ray 5461 such are the blue ray 436,'
the violet ray 405, and the ultra-violet ray 354. On the
contrary, the rays 420, 4x6, 385, and 358, belong only to
argon, and the rays 313 and 3x2 to mercury.
M. Deslandres attributes the presence of the common
rays to the presence of the vapour of mercury either in
the rarefied argon or in the fluorescent light obtained with
benzine at a normal pressure.
Nevertheless, as no known gas furnishes either this
fluorescence or these rays, under the normal pressure,
when operating over mercury, it is not possible to explain
its formation) by the mere presence of this vapour.
Otherwise we could not comprehend why they do not
equally originate with pure argon in presence of mercury
at the normal pressure, and why they are not produced at
the first moments of the effluve neither with argon satu-
rated with benzene or carbon disulphide over mercury,
nor with nitrogen under the same conditions in which it
combines with benzene and carbon disulphide. On the
contrary, with argon saturated with benzene they are
developed only after the lapse of several hours, and con-
sequently of the progressive transformation of the benzene
into one of a series ofcompounds more and more condensed.
It is one of these compounds which, at the moment of its
formation, commences to unite simultaneously with argon
and mercury, associated possibly in virtue of their common
charaaer of monatomic molecules. The fluorescence
begios whilst there still exists in the^tubes a considerable
proportion of liquid benzene ; it is then accompanied by
a decrease of the gaseous volume.
This fluorescence subsists for a very long time, even
after the benzene is no longer perceptible ; finally the
fluorescence ceases to manifest itself in full daylight, in
consequence of the very prolonged aAion of the effluve»
which at length causes the green tint to disappear, and
brings back this gaseous system to a luminosity like that
of ordinary gases. This happens doubtless in consequence
14
On Argon.
of the total destrudlion of the last traces of benzene and
of the intermediate condensation products, which would
maintain the equilibrium of dissociation of the system.
When once the green fluorescence is well established,
the compounds which develope it are stable, per st ; for it
suffices, even after twelve hours of rest, without having
disarranged the apparatus to cause the efHuve to adl anew,
to re-establish the fluorescence, in all its splendour, in
less than a minute. It is. however, extinguished imme-
diately as soon as the ele<^ric a^ion is suspended.
But if we separate the gas from the condensed matter,
the phenomenon can be no longer reproduced immediately
either upon the one or the other. The gas alone, if sub-
mitted to the aAion of the effluve, acquires almost imme-
diately a peculiar violet fluorescence, visible in the dark,
and which precedes the development of the beautiful
green fluorescence. Still this is not then reproduced,
which seems to indicate that the condensed matter may
contain one of the produAs necessary for the equilibrium.
If, on the other hand, we re-introduce fresh argon into the
tube containing the condensed matter (free from visible
benzene) the green fluorescence is not reproduced in its
totality, but at the end of some time we see appear near
the surface of the mercury, there where the rain of fire is
most intense, a localised green tint which presents specific
rays, though in a manner not very distinct. Their appear-
ance is due, no doubt, to the existence (or the regeneration)
of a trace of benzene, more or less modified. In fadt, if
we then introduce a few drops of liquid benzene into the
tube containing the condensed matter and the fresh argon
over the mercury, the adtion of the effluve for half an hour
is sufficient to cause the green tint to re-appear in full
splendour. But if there is an excess of benzene the phe-
nomenon requires several hours for its re appearance.
These various observations, in conjundion with the
limited charader of the absorption of argon, show the
existence of a complex equilibrium in which there intervene
at once argon, mercury, and the elements of benzene, or
rather a condensed compound derived from them.—
Comftes Rendu$t cxx., p. 1386.
t Chemical Nbws,
\ Joiy la, 1895.
admissible. Hence the assumption of an atomic weight
A a 40 is scarcely probable.
To the second supposition, A2. there corresponds an
atomic weight a 20, and argon must be introduced into
the eighth group of the second series, i. /., immediately
after fluorine and before sodium, which is also not too pro-
bable, though more so than the case A =40. If we accept
A3, and if its atomic weight is consequently about 14, argon
would appear as a condensed nitrogen, N3. In favour of
this view speaks the common existence of argon and ni-
trogen in Nature ; many lines of their speAra fall very
near to each other, and the inert chara^er of argon is
intelligible if formed from Na with liberation of heat, and
lastly, its formation from chemical nitrogen. This hypo-
thesis, that A B N3, might be tested by the introduaion
of boron or titanium into an atmosphere of argon through
which eledirlc sparks are caused to strike, and with strong
heating.
If we assume A4 or A5 the atomic weight of argon
would be s 10 or 8, and it would find no place in the
periodic system. If we finally accept A6, and assume
6 atoms in a mol. of arf^on, there results an atomic weight
of about 6*5, and the element falls in the first series, pro-
bably in the fifth group.
Hence the two most probable assumptions are:—
I. That argon is a polymer of nitrogen a N3. 2. That
the argon molecule is hexatomic, of course admitting
that it is a pure elementary substance.
A. Gorbow remarks that the chemical inertness of argon
is possibly due to its absolute dryness, since its discoverers
have always dried it with PzOy He is of opinion that
argon is possibly a nitrogen compound, ^.^., nitrogen
silicide.— Atfma;i Physico-Chemical Sociityt 1895, PP- ^7
to 20, and JSiiL Anorg» Chemit,
ON ARGON.
By D. MBNDELBBFF.
COMPARISON BETWEEN THE SPECTRA OF
THE GAS OF CLEVEITE
AND OF THE SOLAR ATMOSPHERE.
By H. DBSLANDRES.
Is argon a chemical individual or a mixture ? is it a
simple or a complex body ? Mendeleeff replies as fol-
lows : — ^The assumption that argon is a mixture appears
quite improbable, as is especially shown by the experi-
ments 01 Olszewski. The assumption of the composite
charaAerof argon has also little probability, though its
exceptional stability is to a certain extent charadleristic
of some compounds. If we accept argon as an element,
and further assume that its molecular weight is — 40, we
must discuss a series of suppositions as to the atomic
weight of this substance, which will evidently depend on
the number of atoms in the molecule of argon corre-
sponding to the series A, Aa, A3, . . . A». To the first
case there would correspond an atomic weight of about
40, when argon would appear as a monatomic element
and as an analogue of Cd and Hg. For this view we
have the relation K of the specific heats, which for argon
has been found a x*66. We must, however, consider
that for the biatomic molecule of chlorine K a 1*3 in-
stead of 1*4. If so adive an element as chlorine possesses
a smaller K, the extremely inactive argon must have a
greater K, although its mol. consists of two or more
atoms. For the atomic weight A » 40 there is no corre-
sponding place in the periodic system. If the density of
argon is below 20, it would come, according to its atomic
weight, between chlorine and potassium, and must find
its place in the eighth group of the third series ; though
in this series the existence of the eighth group is scarcely
The great discovery, by Prof. Ramsay, of a method of
obtaining the gas helium, previously recognised only in
the sun*s atmosphere, equally interests astronomers and
chemists.
At the outset the gas of cllveite and the sun's atmo-
sphere have been respectively identified merely by the
yellow ray D3. which they emit strongly ; still the last
communication irom Prof. Cleve seems to indicate other
common radiations. I have therefore resolved to com-
pare carefully the two lights over the greatest possible
extent of the spedrum.
A capillary spe<flral tube, closed with a plate of quartz,
was prepared and arranged so as to receive the gases
emitted by a small crystal of cl^veite, first heated and
then brought in contact with pure rectified sulphuric acid.
The spectra of the tube were accurately taken down be-
fore heating, after heating, and after the aAion of the
acid, so as to recognise the gases successively liberated
and to eliminate alien lights.
Before heating, the spe^ral tube, the pressure on which
was about ^^ m m., showed some of the rays referred to
argon ; then on heating (to about 300°; there was a plen-
tiful liberation of an oxygen compound of carbon, appa-
rently derived from a dissociated compound ; for when the
heat was continued the interior pressure increased and
diminished on allowing the tube to cool. The yellow ray
Dj appeared only when the sOlphuric acid had been in
conta^ with the cleveite, at the same time with other
strong rays, luminous and ultra-violet.
The author has collocated in a tab'e the strongest new
rays with their intensities (from i to 10, xo signifying the
strongest), and, in a parallel column, the rays already in-
CitBUlCALNtWS,)
July xa, 1895. f
Determination of Sulphur in Cast Metal^ &c.
15
dicated by Prof. Cl^ve. He remarks, in a note, that after
the ray D3 he has not detedted the rays announced by
Mr. Crookes. Opposite the above he has placed the
nearest rays of the solar chromosphere, as determined by
Mr. Young in the luminous region and by himself in the
ultra-violet region. The intensities are represented with
a scale of i to xoo, and another column shows the fre-
quency of these chromospheric rays, i.«., the number of
times that they occurred in the atmosphere in xoo obser-
vations. The rays which occur always are thus followed
by the number too ; they are called permanent rays. They
are not numerous, as we find only 11 in the luminous
region, 5 being due to hydrogen and 2 to calcium. The
four others, among which is the ray Dj, are not referred
to known elements.
The gas of cl^veite emits, therefore, besides the ray D3,
several other strong rays of the chromosphere, and in
particular the ray 447*18, which is permanent, so that the
number of the sun's permanent rays not recognised upon
the earth is reduced to two.
Lastly, other strong rays of cl^veite, such as the green
ray \ 501-60 and the ultra-violet ray \ 3888, have in the
sun's atmosphere neither the same relative intensity nor
the same frequency as the ray D3 ; thus we are led to
think that the gas is a mixture or a compound.
I will mention two other fads in support of this
opinion : —
' The ray D3 in the speAral tube is seen only in the
capillary part and at the positive pole ; it is wanting at
the negative pole, whilst the green ray \ 501 is there very
brilliant.
Lastly, Prof. Lockyer has found, in broggerite, a mine-
ral closely allied to cliveite, only a part of the foregoing
rays. — Comptes Rendut, cxx., p. xiza.
I
DETERMINATION OF SULPHUR IN CAST-
METAL, IN STEELS, AND IRON.
By LOUIS CAMPREDON.
Principles 0^ the Method,
I. Liberation of the sulphur in the form of gaseous
compounds, by attacking the metal with dilute hydro-
chloric and sulphuric acids.
2. Passage of the gases, with the addition of carbonic
.acid and hydrogen, into a tube of porcelain heated to
-redness, according to the indications of Rollet to trans-
form the sulphurous compounds disengaged into hydrogen
sulphide.
3. Causing the gas to bubble through a slightly acid
solution of zinc acetate, to retain the hydrogen sulphide
in the state of zinc sulphide insoluble in weak acetic acid.
4. Sulphydrometric titration of the zinc sulphide formed
by means of a standard solution of iodine and a solution
of sodium thiosulphate, to determine the quantity of
iodine present in excess. The end of the reaaion is
marked by the very distind disappearance of the blue
colour of the solution in presence of starch (added as
indicator), when no trace of free iodine remains.
The zinc sulphide formed, submitted to the adion of
an excess of iodine, gives ZnS-l-I = ZnI-f-S.
This reaaion, the exaditude of which has been veri-
fied, if efieded in a neutral liquid or in an acid liquid
without adion upon the zinc sulphide.
Description of the Apparatus.
It includes two continuous appliances for the produc-
tion of carbonic acid and hydrogen. These gases pass
-into a solution of silver nitrate, to hold back the sul-
phuretted compounds which they may contain ; they then
anive in the solution flask, where they mix with the
gaseous produds resulting from the adion of the acid
employed upon the metal. The gases are cooled by their
passage into a condensing flask immersed in water, and
which retains the greater part of the Watery vapour.
The gaseous mixture then traverses a tube of porcelain
heated to orange redness or to incipient whiteness, and
bubble into a Durand flask containing xoo c.c. of solution
of zinc acetate, prepared according to the diredions given
below. Finally, the gases traverse a solution of lead
acetate (slightly acidified with nitric acid), which must
not be rendered turbid by the passage of the easeout
current, thus proving that all the hydrogen sulphide hat
been kept back.
Method of Manipulation,
We operate upon 2, 5, or xo grs. of the metal, according
to its supposed proportion of sulphur.
The apparatus having been fitted up, as shown above
(the current of carbonic acid being established and
that of hydrogen arrested), we introduce the metal in
fine filings into the solution flask, taking all the
due proportions to avoid the formation of an explosive
mixture, for which purpose it is suflicient to maintain in
the tube, at the beginning of the operation, an atmosphere
of carbonic acid.
The stopper of the solution flask is inserted, and we
introduce, by means of a tube-funnel fitted with a cock,
100 c.c. of sulphuric acid at i : 5, or of hydrochloric acid
at 1 : 3. The adion is kept up in the cold for two or three
minutes, still maintaining the stream of carbonic acid ;
heat is then applied, and the current of hydrogen is
allowed to enter.
In the first Durand flask there is formed a white floe*
culent precipitate of zinc sulphide.
When the readion is completed we remove the conical
solution flask, as also the first Durand flask containing
the zinc sulphide. The tubulures are washed by means
of a jet from the washing-bottle, to remove any adhering
portions of sulphide, and we separate the tubulure. The
titration is eflfeaed in the Durand flask itself, so as to
dispense with any transfer of the precipitate.
We add, from a burette, a known quantity of iodine,
more than sufficient to decompose the zinc snlphide ac-
cording to the equation indicated above; we leave the
reagents in contaA for two or three minutes, stirring the
mixture, and then add 2 c.c. of liquid starch-paste, which
produces a greenish colouration. We then run into the
flask from a burette, stirring the liquid gently, sodium
thiosulphate, until the colouration — which was at first
deep green and then indigo-blue— disappears entirely.
The iodine aAing upon the sodium thiosulphate in pre-
sence of water produces sodium tetrathionate and hydri-
odic acid.
Preparation of the Solutions,
X. Zinc Acetic Solution, — Dissolve 10 grms. pure
zinc oxide in 25 c.c. of crystallisable acetic acid, dilute
to about half a litre, add an excess of ammonia until the
precipitate of oxide formed re- dissolves, and then render
it slightly acid with acetic acid.
2. Solution oj Iodine. — Dissolve 7*9 grms. of triply
sublimed iodine and 25 grms. potassium iodine in i litre
of water.
According to the formula of the rea^ion^
HS -f I
x6 127
we see that—
£i7 « 79
x6 T'
so that 7*9 grms. of iodine correspond to i gnn. of
sulphur.
3. Starch Liquor,^Take i grm. of wheat starch, pul-
verise in a mortar, add a little water to obtain a thin
paste, which is poured into a beaker of Bohemian glass
containing 150 c.c. of boiling water ; let settle, and de-
cant the clear liquid.
Fresh starch liquor ought to be prepared daily.
HI + S,
i6
Chemistry of the Lignocelluloses.
1 July 12. 1895.
4. Solution of Sodium ThiosulphaU. — Dissolve logrms.
thioBulphate in water, adding 2 grms. ammonium car-
bonate and water enough to make up x litre. The am-
monium carbonate increases the stability of the thio-
Bulphate.
The iodine and the thiosulphate solutions are preserved
in the dark in boiiles of yellow glass.
Concluiion,
The process just described is very expeditious ; the sul-
phur is determined in thirty minutes at most. For cast
metal 'he aAion must be prolonged a little, to make sure
that it is complete. This we ascertain by changing the first
Durand flaskj and substituting a second one containing a
clear solution of zinc acetate. If in this second flask
there is produced a precipitate of zinc sulphide, it is
titrated like the former. — Comptes Rendus, cxx., X051.
ON A NEW FORM OF CHEMICAL BALANCE.
By H. JOSHUA PHILLIPS, F.I.C., F.C.S.
Ths writer has recently been experimenting with hydro-
meters, to ascertain to what extent they could be applied
to adt as a chemical balance ; the result of which was,
after several trials, the making of an instrument which
for certain purposes will be found to be useful. The fol-
lowing is a sketch and description of the instrument :—
It consists of a glass cylinder upon the top of which
can be fixed a portable brass ring containing two upright
guide-Tods of brass, 6 inches high and J inch in diameter.
The balance proper consists of gilded brass bulbs into
which is screwed an aluminium stem. Screwed on to
the top of the stem there are arms, also of aluminium,
which are perforated at each end so that the guide-rods
can pass through them. Upon the centre of the arms
there is a receptacle for a small aluminium scoop or pan
to hold the substance to be weighed. Underneath the
arms it will be seen there are projeAing needle-points;
there is also a movable point upon one of the guide-rods.
The manner of using the instrument is as follows :— The
cylinder is first filled with cold recently-boiled water;
the bulbs and attachments are then dropped in, the
guide-rods passing through the perforations of the arms.
The balance sinks into the water until the bulbs are just
covered. Supposing 0*2 grm. of steel drillings are desired
to be weighed. A 0*2 grm. weight is dropped into the
portable pan; the bulbs then sink to a definite depth, and
which can be ascertained by bringing the movable needle-
point upon the guide-rod so as to face the point fixed
upon the arm. The weight is now taken off, and the
bulbs rise again. The sample of steel drillings is now
gradually introduced into the empty pan until the needle-
points are again opposite each olberj— {jently tapping the
instrument to remove any fridlion, — and the 0*2 grm. of
steel is thus quickly obtained. The range of weight that
such an instrument is capable of recording must of
necessity be of narrow limits. The depth to which the
instrument will sink in the liquid with a given weight,
and also its delicacy, will depend upon the diameter of
the stem. The diameter of the stem of the balance
shown in the sketch is ^g inch, and a load of 0*2 grm.
will sink it about 3I inches. The height of the cylinder
is 10 inches, and its diameter xj inches, and the total
length of the stem 5I inches. An instrument of these
dimensions will be found useful for weighing steel for
carbon tests, &c., and also for weighing certain precipi-
tates, &c. The sole makers are Messrs. Townson and
Mercer, of 89, Bishopsgate Street, London, E.C.
PaUce Chambers, Wettmioster, S.W.
CHEMISTRY OF THE LIGNOCELLULOSES:
A NEW TYPE.
By W. C. HANCOCK and O. W. DAHL.
The pith-like stem ol Aeschynomtne Aspera* offers a very
exceptional instance of wood formation. Although, from
considerations of external resemblance, it is often described
as a pith, its morphological charaderistics are those of a
true wood (De Bary, ** Comparative Anatomy of the
Phanerogams," p. 499). The readions of this wood-
substance, on tlie other hand, show important exceptions
from those characteristics of the lignocelluloses. Solutions
of aniline salts and of phloroglucol in HCl give the
faintest colouration only with the main mass of the
cellular tissue, reading stronglv with only a few' cells
situate near the central axis, and certain vessels disposed
at intervals and concentrically in the radial line of cells.
In this preliminary microscopical examination oar re-
sults were confirmed by competent botanists, who
described this wood as consisting in the main of cellulosic
tissue, with a small proportion of lignified elements dis-
posed as described.
Having submitted the material to exhaustive chemical
investigation on the lines laid down by Cross and Bevan
(** Cellulose," p. 94), we find it to be a lignocellulose of
normal constitution. Those readions and decompositions
which are related to constitution are identically those of
the typical members of the group. But these typical cha-
raderistics are associated with divergence in minor points,
and particularly in regard to the absence of those con-
stituents upon which the colour-readions in question
depend. It has previously been shown (Cross and Bevan,
Chem. Soc. Traus,, 1883, p. x8) that the yellow readlion
with aniline sulphate is a readlion of an aldehydic or
quinonic by-produd. Thus the jute- fibre substance, after
boiling in a solution of sulphite of soda, or when re-preci-
pitated from solution in ZnCIa— Aq, no longer reads with
aniline salts.
Similarly the phloroglucol readion is that charaderistic
of pentosanes, and is no doubt due to their presence in
the majority of lignocelluloses. In the particular instance
of Aeschynomtne we have a wood giving the large yield of
furfural charad eristic of the group, but the pentosan re-
adion only in scattered cells.
The wood of Aeschynotnene affords, therefore, another
and striking instance of furfural yielding constituents of
tissues not pentosans {comp. Ber., X894, xo6i).
The following are the results of experimental deter*
minations of the more important reaAions and constants.
Physical Characteristics,
The cylindrical stems are made up chiefly of thin-
* The pUnt is 00c of the Leguminosee, of aquatic habit, the wood
being modified to serve at a float. The product has eztentive iodua-
trial uses, e.g., in the raannfaAure of pith belmeti. See ** DiAiooary
of Economic FroduA^ of India," Watt, vi., p. 125.
July la, 1895. '
Chemistry 0/ the Lignocelluloses.
17
walled, air-filled cells ; i grm. of the substance having
the enormous volume of 45 to 50 c.c.
The substance in its natural form appears opaque
white ; on compressing to denser masses it is seen to have
a yellowish colour.
Reactiont,
With solution of aniline salt a faint yellow, giving the
readion of the lignocelluloses only in isolated cells.
With phloroglucol and HCl, a faint pink ; the full red
colouration charaderistic of the lignocelluloses (pentosane
constituents) in isolated cells only, as with the preceding
reagent.
With Schulze*8 solution (I in KI -f ZnCl2) a brown
colouration, giving place to greenish-blue in washing.
With a solution of iodine in strong aqueous hydriodic
acid (1*5 sp'gr.) it it stained a pure blue, not removed by
washing.
The ordinary woods are stained purple-brown with
t))is reagent, which is changed to brown on washing. In
this reaSion, therefore, there is a decided resemblance to
the celluloses.
With the aniline colours the tissue is dyed in most
cases uniformly. So also with ferric ferricyanide {infra).
In this reaAion the tissue shows the distindive charader-
istics of the lignocellulose group.
The tissue, unlike the majority of lignocellulose?, does
not reduce Fehltng*s solution on boiling.
Composiiion,
In the air-dry condition the substance retains only 8*6
per cent moisture. The mineral constituents amount to
1*9 percent.
BUnuntary Analy sis. —Tht following results were ob-
tained, calculated in the dry ash-free substance :—
C •• •• 46*9 46'a
H .. .. 7*1 6*4
These numbers are approximately those of the jute fibre
substance.
Alkalint Hydrolysis. — On boiling with alkaline solu-
tions (i per cent NaOH) the substance rapidly loses 29*0
per cent of its weight. On prolonged boiling (60 minutes)
the further adion of the alkali is only slight, the total
loss of weight being 29*8 per cent.
Cillulost. — After boiling with alkaline solutions as
above, and washing, the substance gives with chlorine the
ordinary reiidion of lignocelluloses, forming a yellow
quinone chloride, dissolved by sodium sulphite (sol.) to a
deeply coloured solution. The cellulose isolated by this
treatment amounted to 54*4 per cent.
Constants of Chlorination,
Determinations were made of the volume of chlorine
absorbed in the above readion, and of the hydrochloric
acid formed ; the quantities being calculated to the re-
duced weight of the produd, t. r., the weight after boiling
with the alkaline solution (Cross and Bevan, Chem, SoCt
55> 199)*
{a,) Weight of wood, 1*24 grms. ; reduced weight,
0*966 grm*
Conditions : Moist CI gas at 21*5" and 760 m.m.
Tine in minutes: o 5 10 15 ao 25 40 50 60 210.
C.c. gas absorbed : o 44 55 60 64 66 70 72 79 94.
Total absorption calculated to chlorine at o", 760
m.m.~84'5 cc.
(6.) Weight of substance, 2*062 grms.; reduced weight,
x*6io grms.
Conditions : Moist CI gas at 19*5* and 766 m.m.
Time in minutes : 0*5 xo 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60.
C.c. gas absorbed : 0*71 79 86 91 95 97 98 99 X02
X06.
Total absorption calculated to CI at o^ 760 m.m.
-93-3 c.c.
The main readion reaches its limit after about thirty
minutes* exposure) the subsequent exposure is due to
secondary readions, attended by decompositions of thd
chlorinated derivatives.
This conclusion is confirmed by the following deter*
minations : —
(«) (*.)
Chlorine as HCl formed in
the readion 0*1526 grm. 0*1278 gnu.
Chlorine in combination with
wood constituents • • . . 0*0750 0*1633
Total chlorine .. •• 0*2276 0*29x2
Total CI estimated by
absorption 0*2782 0*2964
It is evident that the abnormal figures of experiment (a)
are due to the prolonged exposure of the substance to
the halogen.
Taking the figures for the total absorption after thirty
minutes* exposure to the gas, when the main readion
may be regarded as completed, they are, calculated 00 the!
weight of the lignocellulose taken : in (a) 20 per cent, in
{b) 16 per cent ; mean 28*55 P^r cent.
The combined chlorine estimated in (6), also calculated
on the lignocellulose, is xo per cent. This readion,
therefore, is shown to be that generally charaderistic of
the lignocelluloses; the quantitative results being inter-
mediate between those obtained for the jute fibre, on the
one hand, and the woods on the other (** Cellulose,"
p. 180).
Furfural,
The furfural constants, determined by the method of
Flint and Tollens {Landw, Vtrs. Stat,, xlii., 381). The
furfural was estimated in the entire wood substance, and
also in the produds of the alkaline hydrolysis. Results
were as follows :—
Poifara].
Whole wood substance • •• •• xx'6p.c.
Produds of alkaline hydrolysis, soluble •• 3*6
f, I, „ insoluble. • 8*0
Of the total furfuroids, therefore, 69 per cent remain in
the residue unattacked by the alkaline solution. As the
proportion of residue is 70 per cent of the original wood
(supra), it will be seen that the ratio to the other consti-
tuents, or, in short, the distribution of the furfuroids, is
unaffeded by the alkaline treatment. The furfuroids
therefore are not present as pentosanes, or at least are in
small proportion.
Methoxyl,
The substance was treated according to the method of
Zeisel : OCH3 estimated =« 2*9 per cent, calculated on
the dry ash-free substance. This number is considerably
less than for the woods generally, and 20 per cent less
than for jute. (See Benedikt and Bamberger, Monatsheft,
ii., 260—267.)
Ftrrie Ftrricyanidt Reaction,
The readion of the lignocelluloses with the solution,
obtained by mixing ferric chloride with potassium ferri-
cyanide in equivalent proportions, is a distinguishing
charaderistic ; and the wood of Aeschynomtm gives an
equally pronounced readion, being dyed evenly to the
deepest colour with a very large increase of weight, due
to the fixation of the ferroso-ferric cyanide. The following*
results were obtained :—
(a.) X grm. lignocellulose increased to 1*958 grms.
(*•) I 1. I. It 1747 M
the lignocellulose being boiled in water to expel air, and
digested some hours with excess of solution of ferric-
ferricyanide, obtained by mixing normal solution of
FeaCle and K3Fe(CN)6 in equal volumes. The gain in
weight, due to absorption of the blue cyanides, ex-
ceeds xoo per cent, calculated on the dry aah-ftve ligno-
cellulose.
In the resulting produds the Fe was determiMd u
18
Revision of the A tomic Weight of Strontium.
! CHtmcAL Ntwk,
I July X2, 1895.
FeaOj and the N as NH3, and the molecular ratio Fe : CN
found to be 1 : 2*4. The blue cyanide fixed by the ligno-
cellulose has the co.:^ position Fe5(CN)x2*
Nitrates.
The substance shows the usual readion of the ligno-
celluloses with nitric acid in presence of sulphuric acid.
It is coloured 10 a red-brown, which gives place to a
bright yellow on washing. It gives low yields of nitrate
(ixo per cent), and in this respeA is shown to be consti-
tutionally more really related to the woods than to the
fibrous lignocelluloses. The nitrates, moreover, contain
a low proportion of O.NO2 groups, yielding on analysis
N a 7— 9 per cent— and are insoluble in the usual solvents
of these compounds.
Tkiocarhonate Rtaction {J, Chem»Soc.t 1893,837).
The lignocellulose yidds to a certain extent to the joint
adion of the caustic alkalis and carbon disulphide, the
reaAion which ensues resembling that of the jute fibre.
The substance is gelatinised, but only a small propor-
tion — 20 to 30 per cent of its weight — passes into
solution when treated with water. This affords addi-
tional evidence of the small proportion of free alcoholic
OH groups.
By the foregoing results this peculiar produd of growth
is completely identified as a lignocellulose. To botanists
tnis identification will have a special significance as pre-
senting a type of lignification of unique charaderistics.
Regarded from the chemical point of view, the most im-
portant points established and confirmed are : —
X. The existence of a lignocellulose having the essen-
tial constitutional features of the group, but devoid
of free aldehydic groups and charadlerised by colour
readions, which are only in part those of the ligno-
celluloses generally ; in others showing a close
resemblance to the celluloses.
2. Certain colour reactions, frequently regarded as es-
sentially charaderistic of the lignocelluloses proper,
are in efled due to by-produds.
' 3. Owing to the unusual conditions of growth, and
metabolism obtaining in a tissue, specialised to
lerve an exceptional fundion, these by-produds are
not formed in a large proportion of the cells, which
are nevertheless shown to consist of true ligno-
celluloses. .
4. That the true lignocelluloses contain furfural-yielding
constituents— furfuroids— which are not pentosans.
Note. — We are indebted to the authorities of the
Imperial Institute for a liberal supply of the raw material^
Laborttoryof Menrs. CroM and Bevan,
London, W.C.
A REVISION OF THE ATOMIC WEIGHT OF
STRONTIUM.
First Paper : The Analysis of Strontic Bromide.*
By THEODORE WILLIAM RICHARDS.
Earlier Work,
A GLANCE at published results shows that the atomic
weight of strontium has not been investigated for thirty*
five years. The early determinationsi eood enough for
their time, show variations which render them quite un-
satisfadory to-day ; and the case is parallel in every
resped to that of barium, which has formed the subjed
of two recent papers (Proc, Amer, Acad.^ xxviii., i;
xxix.i 55 ^«
The oldest experiments of any note upon the atomic
weight of strontium are those of Stromcycr [Schteeig, y.,
^ Contributioos from the Chemical Laboratory of Harvard Col-
lege. Proro the Frocetdingi of the AmericaH Academy.
xix., 228; Meyer u. K. Seubert*^ " Atomgewichte," p. 123),
who measured, in x8i6, the gas evolved from strontic
carbonate upon its decomposition by an acid. The result,
which is only of interest historically, gives Sr ^ 873, if
a litre of carbon dioxide weighs 1*977 gnns* under normal
conditions.
At about the same time Rose (Poggendorjps AnnaUut
viii., i8g) found that 181*25 parts of argentic chloride
could be obtained from 100 parts of strontic chloride,—
data which indicated Sr « 87*31. Twenty-seven years
afterward, in 1843, Salvetat {Comptes Rendus, xvii., 318)
determined by loss of weight the carbon dioxide in strontic
carbonate, and concluded that the metal must be 88*0,—
a result which scarcely improved the situation.
Subsequently, in 1845, Pelouze (/6i<f., xx., X047) found
the amount of silver necessary to precipitate a weighed
amount of ignited strontic chloride ; his results give the
value Srs 87*70. Thirteen years later Marignac {Liehig'i
Annalen, cvi., z68) repeated these experiments, deter-
mining also the amount of crystal water in crystallised
strontic chloride, as well as the amount of strontic sul-
phate obtainable from the salt. Thus he found that
15*000 grms. of crystallised strontic chloride yielded
89164 grms. (correded by L. Meyer u. K. Seubert,
" Atomgewichte," pp. 78, 79) of the anhydrous salt and
10*3282 grms. of strontic sulphate; moreover, 15*000
grms. of hydrated strontic chloride required 12*1515 grms.
of silver for precipitation. Another similar series of ex-
periments upon the water of crystallisation made its
amount appear 3 m.grms. more than before. These data
give basis for a number of possible values for the atomic
weight of strontium, ranging from 87*17 to 87*55, ^^^ ^^^^*
vidual figures being tabulated below.
In 1859 Dumas {Liebig^s Annalen, cxiii., 34) published
another determination of the ratio of strontic cnloride to
silver, the salt having been fused in a stream of hydro-
chloric acid. Altogether, 27*3435 grms. of strontic
chloride required in his hands 37*252 grms. of silver, the
individual values for strontium varying from 87*3 to 87*8.
Since this time the subjedt has remained untouched.
Below is tabulated a list of the various determinations,
grouped according to the ratios determined.
The Atomic Weight of Strontium.
Oxygen » 16*000.
From the carbonate : —
Stromeyer, 1816 • 87*30
Salvetat, 2843 8S*oo
Ratio of strontic and argentic chlorides: —
Rose, 18 16 ? 87*31
Ratio of anhydrous strontic chloride to silver : —
Pelouze, 1845 87*70
Marignac, 1858 87*48
Dumas, 1859 87*53
Ratio of crystallised strontic chloride to silver :—
Marignac, 1858 87*52
From the crystal water in strontic chloride: —
Marignac, 1858 8735
Ratio of anhydrous and crystallised strontic chloride to
strontic sulphate :—
Marignac, 1858 •• •• 87*2 to 87*6
SeleAed by Clarke . . • . 87*58
Seleaed by Meyer and Seubert 87*5
Sele^cd by Ostwald*. . . . 87*5
A critical review of the list reveals a great lack of
trustworthiness in all the figures. The values deduced
from the carbonate, and those involving water of crystal-
lisation, may all be thrown out at once ; and the results
yielded by the displacement of hydrochloric by sulphuric
acid are but little better. The series upon which most
* Much assistance in preparing this list has been obta'ned from
the well-known works of these authors. The figures have all been
based upon the most recently accepted atomic weights.
1
CttSMICALNtirtyl
Jnljr 12, 1895. f
RevMon 0' the AtonUc Weight of Strontium.
chemists have relied— the one based on the titration of
the chloride by means of silver— is hopelessly vitiated by
the imperfed execatioo of the method of analysis {Proc,
Amtr, Aead.f xxix., 80 et stq,). If any farther proof of
this uncertainty were needed, the following table, giving
a comparison of the work of different experimenters upon
other chlorides, would furnish it :—
MoUcular Wtight of Chhridts by the Method of
Gay-L
NaCl ,
KCl .
NH4CI <
PeloiiM.
53*4^4
'Lussac.
Ilarifiuc. Damn.
— 58468
74*539 —
53450 —
Stai.
tat. 2nd.
58*506 58-503
74*583 74600
53530 53532
Thus Pelouxe, Marignac, and Dumas all obtained low
results with the method of Gay-Lussac ; in fad, the error
sometimes exceeded the tenth of i per cent. The cause
of this error, which appeared also in the work of these
experimenters upon barium, has already been pointed out
in another paper {Proc. Amer, Acad., xxxix., 80.).
We are thus led to infer that the true molecular weight
of strontic chloride must exceed the uf ually accepted
▼alue, I58'4, by about one-tenth of i per cent, and that
the true atomic weight of strontium must be nearly 877.
This inference is confirmed by the result of the investi-
gation now to be described.
The balance and weights, and the methods of weighing
and of tabulating results employed in the work recounted
below have already been described in sufficient detail
iProe. Amir. Aead.t xxvi., 242; also xxviii., 5). The
balance seems to have increased slightly in sensitiveness
during its four years* work, owing perhaps to the smooth-
ing of microscopic roughnesses in the bearings. It is
almost needless to say a^ain that the weights were care-
fully standardised from time to time, and the small, sur-
prisingly constant corrections were alwa3rs applied. The
corredion to the vacuum standard was calculated by the
asoal formula :^
( "^"93 - 0000156) -5
\8p. gr. substance / 700
273'
7^ 273°+!*'
•B corredion in grms. for i grm. of substance.*
The values thus calculated for the appropriate sub-
waaces at ao* and 760 m.m., were as follows :—
Comction to be Applied to One Orm. of Substance.
Silver ' -0*000031 grm.
Argentic bromide . . . . +0*000043 „
Strontic bromide .. .. +o'ooox4X „
The general plan of the following work was similar to
that adopted in the case of barium. For obvious reasons
the bromide of strontium was chosen as the starting-
point ; and the investigation began with a study of the
properties of the salt, in order to determine its fitness for
the purpose.
The atomic weight of silver is assumed to be 107*93,
snd that of bromine 79'955t unless a definite statement to
the contrary is made.
PfOperH$s of Strontic Bromide,
The • properties of the bromide of strontium resemble
very ck>sely those of the corresponding salt of barium.
As is well known, however, the strontium salt usually
crystallises with six instead of with two molecules of
w^ter. The crystals, unlike those of the barium salt, are
_,^ siticeably hygroscopic in ordinary air, so that they can-
icwho^t be weighed with great accuracy ; they melt easily in
Atiustr*^ own water of crystallisation at about 100*. This
IfcboOter faa renders more difficult the quantitative drying
•fi^^K »l «* fctmotpheric prcraare ; r^rtmoipherk temperatnre «t the
r, e ot weigh.ng ) 0000136 « ttaoiUtd weight of air ditplaced by
J9^
of the salts ; indeed, in the few cases where the water of
, crystallisation was determined, it was necessary to allow
I the crystals slowly to lose their water in a desiccator be-
I fore ignition. Thus it was found in the following experi-
ment that five molecules of water were given off, the
sixth having very little, if any, tension at ordinary tem-
peratures.
Grms.
Initial weight of strontic bromide .. .. X'3305
Constant weight after three weeks over
H2SO4 0*9926
Heated to 200^ for three hours . . • • . . 0*9246
Loss of weight in dry air, found .. •••* 25*41
M •• M calc. for 5HaO -25*33
Additional loss on ignition, found •• •• « 5*11
M M If calc •« 5*o6
A week's standing in the air of the laboratory sufficed
to supply again all the water which had been lost. These
results point without doubt to the existence of a definite
substance having the formula SrBra. HjO, which is hygro-
scopic in the air and corresponds to the compound
BaBra . HjO, obtained in a similar way {Proc. Am. Acad.,
xxviii., 12, footnote). The existence of this substance has
already been inferred by Lescoeur (^fi. de Chim. et dePhys.
[6] ,xix., 553, 1890) from observations of the vapour tension
of the crystal water. Anhydrous strontic bromide is per-
haps even more hygroscopic than the corresponding salt
of barium.
Strontic bromide melts to a transparent liquid at 630°
(Carnelley), losing bromine in noticeable.quantities if ex-
posed to the air for some time at this temperature. Fused
m a current of dry hydrobromic acid the salt soon
recovers this lost bromine, and upon subsequent solution
in water shows itself to be wholly neutral both to phenol-
phthalein and to methyl orange. It will be seen that this
faA is of the utmost significance. The cold fused trans-
parent or translucent mass is much less hygroscopic than
the powder from which it was made.
The importance of driving out every trace, of water
from the salt before weighing cannot l>e .over-estimated.
Systematic experiments (Proc. Amer. Acad., xxviii., 12 ;
xxix., 58) with baric bromide and chloride led to the con-
clusion that probably neither of these salts retains water
at a red-heat, and it was to be exi>eded that the same
fa^ might be true of the substance in hand. In order to
test the point, 4 grms. of very pure strontic bromide dried
at about 400° were fused in a stream of hydrogen bromide.
The mass gained nearly 6 m.grms. in weight, showing
that the loss of bromine in the air at 400° much more
than counterbalanced a possible trace of water. Again,
XI '2610 grms. of the same specimen, dried at 305^ until
constant in weisht, were found to wei^h 11 "2630 grms.
after fusion as before. Since these gains corresponded
closely with losses of bromine found alkalimetrically io
similarly heated but unfused samples, it is evident that
very little if any water can be held by the dried salt. It
has already been pointed out that no absolute proof of
such a U€t is possible {Proc. Amer. Acad, xxviii., 14) ; and
these experiments, together with the analogy furnished by
the more manageable barium salts, seem to be the last
resort. The apparatus used for these experiments will be
described under the heading '* Method of Analysis.*'
The specific pavity of anhydrous strontic bromide has
been found by Bddeker to be 3*96. Since no more recent
data regarding this constant could be found, another
determination, described below, seemed to be needed.
3*2560 grms. of a pure specimen which had been fmed in
the air and dried at 200° in the pycnometer were found to
displace 06678 grm. of toluol at 24°. Since the specific
gravity of the toluol under these conditions, referred to
water at 4*, was found to be 0*8618, that of the strontic
bromide referred to the same standard must be 4*203.
Again, 2*3065 grms. of strontic bromide which had been
used in a stream of hydrobromic acid displaced 0*4699
grm. of toluol, thus having a specific gravity ol 4*229.
26
Electric Properties of Selenium.
t CbKMICAL NiW8)
1 Jaljf 12, 1893.
The mean of these determinations, 4*216, was adopted as
the basis of the reda^ion of the weighings to the vacuum
standard.
Strontic bromide, like baric bromide and chloride, may
be evaporated to apparent dryness over a free flame in a
platinum dish without losing a trace of halogen. Experi-
ment showed that, upon mixing pure bromide of strontium
with small quantities of bromide of calcium and barium
and crystalfising the mixture, both impurities tended
toward the mother liquors. Hence simple crystallisation
affords a method of diminating tire two most likely im-
purities.
The other properties of strontic bromide do not pertain
especially to the present work.
(To be continaed.)
PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.
PHYSICAL SOCIETY.
Ordinary Met ting , yunt 28fA, 1895.
Dr. Gladstone, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Mr. BowDEN read a note on ** An Electro'htagnttic
BffecV
A long glass tube containing mercury, and fitted with a
small stand-pipe to indicate the hydrostatic pressure, is
passed between the poles of an eledro-magnet. On
passing a current of about 30 amperes through the mer-
curt in this tube, the stand-pipe being turned so as to
indicate the pressure either perpendicular or parallel to
the lines of force of the field of the eleAro-magnet,
movements of the mercury in the stand-pipe take place.
When the stand-pipe is perpendicular to the lines of force
of the field, the mercuryfrises or falls according to the
diredion of the current. When the stand-pipe, however,
is parallel to the lines of force, the mercury always r'nes
whatever the diredion of the current.
Prof. S. P. Thompson said there appeared to be three
tinexplained effeds^ne proportional to the current and
the field, and reversible ; another, independent of the di-
redion of the current or of the field ; and a third, which
only occurred while the current was changing in strength.
In addition there may be a fourth effed, which up to now
has not been noticed. The motion of the mercury column
ill Fig. I was in the opposite diredion to that of the drag
On a condudor carrying the current. An apparent rise in
pressure might be due to a decrease in the density of the
mercury due to the heat developed by the current.
Mr. Blakbsley a^ked if the author had noticed any
changes in level in the mercury reservoirs at the ends
of the tube.
The author, in his reply, said the reservoirs at the
ends were so large that no changes of level were appre-
ciable.
Mr. Rhodes read a paper on <* Tht Armature Reaction
on a Single Phase Alternating Current Machine.**
In this paper the author gives the investigations that
were the subjedl of a verbal addendum to a paper read
before the Society on a previous occasion. He investi-
gates the lag or lead of the E.M.F.'s over the current,
and applies the results to examine whether the field ex-
citation of the generator or the motor is strengthened or
weakened by the readion of the armature currents.
Mr. TuNZSLMANN expressed a hope that the author
would amplify parts of his paper.
Mr. Blakbsley said the conclusion of the author, that
** either of two alternate current machines may be driven
as a motor by the other, irrespedive of their relative
E.M F.*8,*' is not invariably corred. The fads of the case
were these:— The E.M.F. of the motor may exceed that
of the other machine to a certain extent ; but that E.M.F.
multiplied by the cosine of the angle of eledric lag must
yield a produd not greater than the E.M.F. of the gene-
rator, — i. e.t using Mr. Rhodes's symbols, e cos $ must not
be greater than E. Mr. Blakesley gave a geometrical
proof of this ; but the same proposition had been given
by him some ten years ago, in the course of investigating
the subjed generally. This was at a time when Dr.
John Hopkinson was, with less than his usual perspicuity,
teaching that synchronous alternate current machines
could not be run in series with stability, both doing work.
Referring to the author*8 diagrams, Mr. Blakesley said
that in a problem involving so many elements' as that
under consideration, it was impossible, with the limited
dimensions of space, to represent the results with the
complete generality of a formula. Some elements had to
be taken as the independent, others as the dependent,
variables. The author had considered the power trans-
mitted to the motor, the E.M.F. of the generator, and the
angle of eledric lag, as independent ; the E.M.F. of the
motor as dependent. In Mr. Blakesley's original dia-
grams the E.M.F. *s were both considered independent, as
well as the eledric lag, and the powers applied or trans-
mitted as dependent variables. In any case the formuls
properly derived from such diagrams became perfedly
general, and it did not appear to him that the change of
method indicated could properly be called a new theory
on the subjed. As a matter of fad, diagrams based on
the independence of the E.M.F.'s and the eledric lag would
furnish a better means of discussing the question of the
stability of the motion than Mr. Rhodes*s plan, and this
might account for the. entire omission from the paper of
this important matter!
Prof. S. P. Thompson said it was impossible to discuss
the question of stability till the subjed of armature re-
adion had been thoroughly investigated. The terms lag
and lead had been used by Mr. Rhodes in a constant
manner; but this was not always done, and he recom-
mended that the phase of the current which was common
to both generator and motor be taken as the standard.
The author, in his reply, said he agreed with Mr.
Blakesley that there was a limit to the extent to which
the motor might be excited, and this upper limit could
easily be obtained from the figure given in the paper.
The question of armature readion was, however, most
important, as it might excite the field two or three times-
more than the original excitation. Since motors were de-
signed to do a certain amount of work, and not the work
to fit the motor, it was most natural to take the output of
the motor as fixed.
Mr. Shelford Bidwell read a paper on '* The Elec*
trical Properties of Selenium"
The author has continued his investigations on this
subjed, and has come to the following conclusions: —
(x). The condudivity of crystalline Se appears to depend
principally on the impurities which it contains in the
form of metallic selenides. It may be that the selenides
condud eledrolytically, and that the influence of light in
increasing the condudivity is to be attributed to its pro-
perty of facilitating the combination of Se with metals
in contad with it. (2). A Se cell having platinum elec-
trodes and made with Se to which about 3 per cent of
cuprous selenide has been added, is, even thou|^h un-
annealed, greatly superior both in condudivity and
sensitiveness to a similar cell made with ordinary Se and
annealed for several hours. (3). Red Se in contad with
copper or brass is quickly darkened by the adion of light,
owin^, it is suggested, to the formation of a selenidtj.
(4). Crystalline Se is porous, and absorbs moisture fro{|8
the air, and it is this moisture that causes the polarisatiojc
of Se after the passage of a current. (5). The preseni^t
of moisture is not essential to sensitiveness, but appeaC-
to be in a slight degree favourable to it. (6). If cuprobm
selenide is made the kathode in an eledrolytic cell, andpa
strip of platinum the anode in water, red Se mixed wi^
01ICM1C41. MlWl, I
Joly I a, ii95. •
'John Dallon and the Rise of Modern Chemistry.
21
detached particles of the selenide is deposited in the
water. (7). The photo-eledric currents sometimes set up
when lignt falls upon Se are dependent upon the presence
of moisture, and are no donbt of voltaic origin. (8). Per-
.feAly dry Se is below platinum in the thermo-eledric
series.
Prof. MiNCHiN (communicated) suggested that the
selenium *'cell,'* should be called a selenium "resistance."
A grid having one terminal made of aluminium and the
other of copper might form a true cell, and might gene-
rate an E.M.F. when light fell on it. He (Prof. Minchin)
would like to know if the author had tried any such cell
in which light, simply and solely, generated an E M.F.
He could not agree that chemical aSion must necessarily
foHow the aAion of light in a cell. For take the case of
the oldest photo-eleAric 'cell, — the thermopile, — what
chemical adion can we show here for all the energy of
the incident heat ? Chemical aAion due to light may or
may qot occur, according to the nature of the cell.
Mr. Applbyard asked whether the author had submit-
ted these selenium resistances to the adlion of elediric
osdllatioos. Prof. Minchin*8 ** impulsion ** cells were
greatly influenced by eleAric oscillations. The great
variation in the resistance with time of the author's cells
pointed rather to an effed of contact between the sele-
nium and the eleArodes than to an elementary change in
the struAure or composition. He (Mr. Appleyard) had
recently tried to crystallise a supersaturated solution of
sodium sulphate by elcdric oscillations, as well as by
dired sparks, and by currents of several amperes ; but no
crystals could be induced to form. Change of contaA
rather than change of strudlure appeared to him to be the
most promising dire^ion in which to look for an adequate
theory of selenium resistances.
Prof. Ramsay said the quantity of Se liberated in the
eleArolvtic experiment was much too great to be ac-
cotintcd for by oxygen dissolved in the water. The study
of Se was very interesting, for this substance was on the
border-land between those bodies in which the eledric
coodoAion was metallic and those in which it was known
to be eleArolytic.
The author, in his reply, said he agreed that the name
** selentum cell " was not an appropriate one. He had
not tried the effed of eledric oscillations.
The Society then adjourned till the autumn.
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
Tk€ Cimtury Scitnet Strits. jfohn Dalton and th$ Risi 0}
Uodtm Chimistry, By Sir Hbnry E. Roscob, D.C.L.,
LL.D., F.R.S. London, Paris, and Melbourne : Cassell
and Co., Ltd. 1895.
Thb position of Dalton in the history of science is now
so fully established and so universally conceded that it
reqairea no discussion, especially as his career has been
alreadv described by W. C. Henry, R. A. Smith, H. Lons-
dale, J. Harland, C. Wheeler, and F. Espinasse.
The author pronounces Dalton to be the *' founder of
modern chemistry,'* and Joule to be the " founder of
modern physics.'*
Bat it is strange that thes^ two illustrious savants are
pronounced to be ** Manchester's two greatest sons," to
be the '* great twin brethren of Manchester," while all the
lime Dalton was bom in the remote Cumberland village
of Eftglesfield, and did not become a dweller in Manchester
sintil the age of twenty-seven. Hence, whatever may
be said concerning Joule* Dalton was certainly not one
g-wbo ** aroee in the midst of a population given up to in-
dustrial pursnits, . . and where most men's
fcboogbts are engrossed in what shallow minds often look
I poo as common trade avocations." We must here note
tfith regret the political and semi-political remarks in*
trodoced. the more gratuitously since Dalton was not a
politician, but seems to have wisely felt that the position
of the philosopher, as of the poet, '* should be higher than
on the battlements of party."
It is interesting to find that Dalton, in his pre-Man*
Chester days — if we may coin such an expression, in addi*
tion to meteorology, gave some attention to botany and
entomology, and his colledions remained for tome time
in the Keswick Museum.
After arriving in Manchester, Dalton published an
English grammar, which soon disappeared from circula*
tion. But a Sheffield man re-published it some years after-
wards as his own.
Dalton seems to have predi^d, before the earliest ex*
periments of Faraday in that direAion, that the gasei
would ultimately be condensed by low temperature and
strong pressure.
A chapter is devoted to his remarkable optical defed of
colour-blindness, to which he drew attention in a memoir.
By a singular piece of bad taste, not a few Continental
authorities thought fit to call this defed '* Daltonism."
The investigations which led to the ** atomic theory '*
were entered upon early in the present century. In a
ledure delivered in January, x8co, he expressed the
opinion that the elements are periodical and absolute :•«
** I should apprehend," he writes, ** that there are a con-
siderable number of what may properly be called «/#M#fi-
tary principles which can never be metamorphosed one
into another by any power we can control." Still he holds
that ** we ought to avail ourselves of every means to re-
duce the number of bodies or principles of this appearance
as much as possible."
An account is given of the reception of the atomic
theory by other chemists and of the attitude of Dalton
towards the theories of others, such as Oay-Lussac and
Avogadro. This attitude was generally onfavourable.
He would not admit that there are the same number of
particles of a gas in a given volume and under a given
pressure.
The remaining chapters contain much intereiting
matter. We learn that, being once unwell, ** hit doAor
ordered a dose of James' powder. Next day the patient
was better, and the dodor attributed the result to his pre-
scription. * I do not well see how that can be,* said
Dalton, * for I kept the powder until I could have an
opportunity of analysing it.*" Though not a total
abstainer, he seems to have come praAically to the same
opinion as yon Helmholtz, who found that the slightest
quantity of alcohol drove away any chance of his ** arriv-
ing at any new and good scientific idea."
It is recorded that he was the first to introduce the pro-
cess of volumetric analysis. He became a Fellow of the
Royal Society in 1822, and received the first Royal Medal
in 1826. It almost sets one's teeth on edge to learn that
when Dalton was presented at Court, King William the
Fourth could think of nothing more appropriate to say
than : — ** Well, Dr. Dalton, how are you getting on at
Manchester— all quiet, I suppose ? "
Notwithstanding the existence of other memoirs of *
Dalton, this little work deserves warm recommendation.
A Tnatisi on Practical Ckimiitry and Qualitativi Analy*
sis. Adapted for Use in the Laboratories of Colleges
and Schools. By Frank Clowbs, D.Sc, Professor of
Chemistry at the University College, Nottingham;
Member of the Councils of the Institute of Chemistry
and of the Society of Chemical Indust^ ; Fellow of
the Chemical Societies of London and Berlin. Sixth
Edition. Crown 8vo., pp. 469. London : J. and A.
Chnrchill. 1895.
This work holds a convenient intermediate position be-
tween the bald epitomes which are now so common and
the elaborate woiks of Fresenius, Rose, ftc. Having
already passed through the ordeal of six editions, it may
be considered as in narroony with general reqairementt.
22
Law of Copyright in Designs.
r CttftMtCAL >BWI,
» July 12, 1895.
h has the advantages that the rarer elements are not
tgaored, special tables being famished for their recogni-
tion. Instrudions are given for the deteAion of organic
acids, alkaloids, and other organic substances. The use
of the blowpipe, the microscope, and the speAroscope is
kept in view. The student is recommended to buy pure
reagents, rather than to attempt their preparation, which
will in general involve a great outlay of time.
In nomenclature little need be said. Glucinum has,
we believe, the claim of priority, as against beryllium,
used by the author. '* Mercuria acid *' must, however, we
ittbmit, be merely a compositor's error.
The illustrations of apparatus and of laboratory ar-
rangements are eicellent, as are also the accompanying
remarks on manipulation.
Theoretical explanations are very properly relegated to
wotks on descriptive chemistry. The work, in short,
merits almost unqualified recommendation, though we
may regret the homage paid to the Chinese system in the
preface.
The Law of Copyright in Designs ; together with the
PraAice relating to the Proceedings in the Courts and
. in the Patent Office, and a full Appendix of Statutes,
. Rules, and Forms, the Internationa) Convention, &c.
■ By Lewis Edmunds. D.Sc, LL.B., F.C.S., and
F.G.S., Barristerat-Law; assisted by T. M. Stevens,
. B.C.L., and Marcus W. Sladb, B.A., Barristers-at-
. Law. London: Sweet and Maxwell. Manchester:
Meredith, Ray, and Littler. Dublin : Hodges, Figgis,
and Co. ; and Ponsonby. Melbourne and Sydney :
C. P. Maxwell. 1895. 8vo., pp. 291.
Thb registration of designs is a method for securing a
proprietary right, complementary to patents for inven-
tions. The number of designs registered annually is here
Stated as about 20,000. It appears that, after several
tentative enadments, copyright for three years was
granted to any new and original design, whether such
design be applicable to the ornamenting of any article or
for the shape or configuration thereof, and however it is
produced or applied. The classes of manufadure are
articles of metal, wood, glass, earthenware, paper-
hangings, carpets, shawls, tissues, &c. In 1883 the pre-
vious Ads were repealed, and the provisions of the
Patents, Designs, and Trade-marks Ads substituted. The
decisions under these Ads have been few, and it is ad-
mitted that many ambiguities still remain.
The question fs raised, What is a design ? Then arises
the question of novelty.
Next follows publication, which may be effeded in a
variety of ways. We come then to the question of pro-
l^rfetorship. There are, it seems, five classes of persons
who may be considered proprietors : the author of the
design ; any person who employed the author to execute
the work for good and valuable consideratibn ; any person
acquiring the design for such consideration ; a person
acquiring the right to apply the design to articles ; and,
lastly, persons on whom the design on these rights may
devolve.
There is an elaborate sedion on infringement and the
remedies.
In Part II. is given the text of the Patents, Designs,
and Trade-mark Ads from 1883 to x888, so far as they
relate to designs, followed by the designs rules of 1890
and 1893, and the details of the International Convention
for the Protedion of Industrial Properly.
The Appendices include the Statutes concerned; the
forms ; instrudions to persons wishing to register designs ;
and Orders in Council applying the provisions of the
Patents, &c., Ads, to British Possessions and Foreign
States.
Lastly, follows a bibliography of the literature of copy-
right in designs.
The book, though of less interest to the majority of our
readers than the authors* companion volume on Patents
for Inventions, will prove highly valuable to counsel and
solicitors, and more especially to patent agents.
The Prospector^s Handbook, A Guide for the Prospedor
and Traveller in Search of Metal'bearing or other J
Valuable Minerals. By J. W. Anderson, M.A., *
F.R.G.S., F.I.Inst., Author of " Fiji and New Cale-
donia." Sixth Edition, thoroughly Revised and much
Enlarged. Fcp. 8vo., pp. 176. London : Crosby Lock-
wood and Son. 1895.
This handy little book ought to be the pocket-companion
of every frontier-man and explorer of the Far South. It
will, we believe, guard the prospedor against two opposite
evils, viz., colleding and carrying away matter of no
value and overlooking precious deposits. Both these
mistakes have been very often made ; yellow micas and
certain pyrites have been taken for gold, and, on the
other hand, platinum, nickel, and cobalt have been tossed
aside as worthless. The author*s advice is the more
valuable because he is not a mere compiler, reproducing
the work of others in different language, but a field-
geologist, who has gained experience in New Zealand,
New Caledonia, Mexico, and the Western States of
America.
A valuable feature of this little book is, that it makes a
minimum demand upon the scientific or technical know-
ledge of the prospedor, as well as upon his funds and
upon his means of conveying apparatus. Processes which
are excellent in a fixed laboratory are worthless if they
require the use of heavy and delicate instruments. The
use of the blowpipe is very justly recommended. But we
would suggest that a pocket spedroscope and a good lens
will occasionally prove useful without making an objec«
tionable addition to the traveller's impedimenta.
We are glad to notice that, among the substances to be
sought for, coal and petroleum are not disregarded.
Vanadium has been overlooked ; but it is perhaps more
likely to occur among furnace-produds,&c., than in native
rocks. Nor do we find any mention of potash. Our
present commercial supply of this requisite, so necessary
alike to the chemical manufadurer and the farmer, is
confined to Germany. Hence we suggest that it should
be earnestly sought for in the Dominion, Australia, and
Africa.
An excellent feature of the work consists in the pradical
hints which are scattered through it, and which will often
dired the prospedor to search in right places.
Another useful feature is the glossary of terms used in
different countries by miners, metallurgists, &c.
But there is the less reason for us to enlarge on the
striking merits of Mr. Anderson's work as it has already
reached its sixth edition.
Year-Book of Electro-chemistry, (*• Jahrbuch dcr Elektro
chemie.") Reports on the Advances of the Year 1894
The scientific part elaborated by W. Nernst, Professor
in Ordinary at the University of G5ttingen, Diredor of
the Institute for Physical Chemistry and Eledro-
chemistry. The technical part elaborated by Dr. W.
BoRCHBRS, Teacher at the Duisburg Royal School for
Machinery and Foundnes. Vol. I. 8vo., pp. 274.
Halle : W. Knapp. 1895.
This work affords a useful summary of the progres!
effeded in eledro-chemistry during the year 1894. Prof J
W. Nernst first expounds the general scientific points 0}
view which are now accepted.
We find a notice of the researches of Kohlrausch anc
Heydweiller on the condudivity of pure water. It ha
been previously shown by the former that water becomes
less condudive the more carefully it is purified. It ij
now proved that finally a limit is reached, or, in othei
words, that water has a specific condudivity.
' In the second part of the work Dr. Borchers discussei
the applications of eledro-chemistry. He begins wit]
CbsmicalNbws,!
July 12, 1895. /
City and Guilds 0/ London InsMute.
an accooot of the produ^ion of eleAric energy from
chemical energy.
Prof. Ostwald, in a brilliant discourse delivered before
the Congress of German Ele^ro-technicists {Ziit, EUktro-
tech, nnd Electrochtmit^ 1894, Parts 3 and 4), expressed
himself to this effed:— ** The way in which may be solved
the greatest of all technical questions, the produdiun of
cheap energy, must be discovered by eledro- chemistry.
If we have a galvanic element which furnishes diredly
eledric energy from carbon and the oxygen of the atmo-
shere, in a quantity fairly proportionate to the theoretical
valne, we have a technical revolution in comparison with
which the invention of the steam-engine must vanish.
Only conceive what will be the aspeS of our industrial
places in view of the incomparably convenient and flex-
ible distribution of which ele^city is susceptible. No
amoke, no soot, no boilers, no engines, even no fire, since
fire will be needed only for the few processes which can-
not be conduded eledrically.** Every chemist will hope
that this ultimate prosped is not too fascinating to be
realised.
In discussing eledrolytic depositions and separations
the author qua'.es (Ztit. Eltktrottch. und EUcirochem,,
1894, 6 and 9, and Chtm. Zeit., 1894, Nos. 59 and 71) the
complete worthlessness of Riidorf*s diredions concerning
the current to be applied. The author is of opinion that
the prolonged adion of Meidinger elements, as recom-
mended by Riidorf, is not sufficiently constant. He
recommends the use of illuminating currents as used for
eledro-chemical analysis in the laboratory of the High
School at Stockholm. Few laboratories possess the
motive power for dynamos, and still fewer are not deterred
by the expense and the inconvenience of accumulators.
Concerning Hermite*s *' so>called disinfeding and sani-
tary processes," — treatment of sewage, — the most trust-
worthy accounts are not favourable.
Id the application of eledrolysis to dyeing there is no
novelty of value to be mentioned, the patented processes
of Skuzeck and Zelen having been long previously antici-
pated by Goppelsroder.
No one can doubt that we are, to say the least, on the
threshold of surprising modifications and improvements
which will be due to the applications of eledricity in the
chexntcal arts.
Cify and Guilds of London Institute for the Advancement
of Technical Education, Report to the Governors,
March, 1895. Gresham College, Basinghall St., B.C.
1895.
Most of our readers will already be acquainted with the
general constitution of the City and Guilds of London
Institute, and with the movement of which it is at once
the seat and the embodiment. We have here a list of the
Governors, including the ex-officio members of this body,
the Presidents of the Royal and the Chemical Societies,
of the Council of the Society of Arts, and of the Institu-
tion of Civil Engineers. The President of the Institute
of Chemistry is not here included. Then follow the
representatives of the Corporation and of those Guilds
who are taking part in the promotion of technical educa-
tion, i^e,f the Mercers*, Grocers', Fishmongers*, Gold-
smiths*, Merchant Taylors*, Salters*, Ironmongers*,
Vintners', Clothworkers', Dyers*, Leather-sellers*, Pew-
terers', Cutlers', Armourers' and Braziers', Saddlers*,
Carpenters*, Cordwainers*, Plumbers*, Coopers*, and
Plasterers* Companies. In these lists figure among others
the honoured names of Mr. G. Matthey, F.R.S., Sir F.
Abel, F.R.S., Sir J. D. Hooker, F.R.S., &c. Next follows
the Council, comprising most of the above, and the
£xecQtive Committee.
The Staff of the Institute's Colleges includes, in pure
chemistry. Prof. H. E. Armstrong, F.R.S. ; and H. A.
Miers, M.A., as instrudor in crystallography, besides
vssistants and a demonstrator. The Staff for applied
Chemistry comprises Prof. Raphael Meldola, F.R.S., &c.|
ith two demonstrators gnd a ledure assistant.
f
We notice certain very encouraging features* Unlike
the majority of British schools, the Institution gives as
its ** results," not the names of pupils who have ** passed **.
some examination, but of former students who have
proved, and are still proving in after life, the soupdnes^
of the training they have received. Among these sixteen
former students in the chemical department receive pro*
minent mention. Chemistry is, however, by no means a
favourite subjed. Thus of the 186 ordinary students fo^
the Session 1893-94 ^^^y ^^ ^^^ studying chemistry, as
compared with 71 engaged in engineering and 95 in
physics.
The total number of students attending the dayrclasses
shows a falling-off as compared with the previous session,
when the number was 2x3. Of the day-students, 197 in
number, 70 had been previously educated at grammar and
other endowed schools ; at middle class schools, 69 ; at
private schools, 48 ; and at public elementary schools, t.^.,
board and church schools, only xo. Of the 992 evening^
students attending the College, 39 were engaged by
day in the chemical industries. This number is small,
but we must remember that these industries occupy in
London only a relatively small number of persons.
A glance at the sums presented and subscribed in sup-
port of the Institution by the City Companies might be a
wholesome lesson for some persons who are in the habit
of telling their ignorant hearers that the Guilds expend
their resources in riotous living, and that their funds
ought to be confiscated for the promotion of fads. It
appears that the total. amount contributed by these much-
slandered bodies, and some of their leading members, has
t>^Q ;£^453H35 X9^* 6d. Oi' this total £78,964 have been
contributed by the Goldsmiths, ;(68,250 by the Cloth-
workers, and j^66,55o by the Fishmongers. These figures
do not include the sums contributed by, e,g , the Cloth-
workers* Company, towards the technical departments of
the Yorkshire College. We find, to our great satisfac-
tion, that the Salters' Company have placed at thedisppsal
of the Institute a sum of £1^0 yearly, to be applied to
founding one or more Fellowships, to be entitled the
Salters' Company's Research Fellowships, for the encou-
ragement of higher research in manufaduring chemistfy»
The first award under this scheme was made in January
last, to Martin O. Forster, Ph.D., F.C.S. Dr. Forster
had been a chemical student at the Finsbury Technical
College during the Sessions 1888—91, and has subse*
quentiy graduated at the University pf Wiirzjurg.
Mr. F. H. Carr is now a Salters' Company *s Research
Fellow, in the Research Laboratory of the Pharmaceuti-
cal Society.
But though satisfadory progress is being made, we
must not, as a nation, forget the immense ground we have
to recover, and the energy and means which we hava
wasted over the cram and the examinational systems.
How much good might be effeded if the friends of sci-
entific instrudion had at their disposal the large sums
which are still being squandered by the various *' anti **
movements, and in the promotion of valueless fads. The
City and Guilds of London Institute is, we are happy to
say, not a cramming school.
CORRESPONDENCE.
MYSTERIOUS DISAPPEARANCE OF PECTOSE.
To the Editor of the Chemical News,
Sir, — Would some of your readers kindly inform me why
have pedose, pedosic acid, and all the other pedose
bodies, disappeared from all modern works on organic
chemistry, except the last edition of ** Watts' Didionary
of Chemistry " ? Had they ever any existence except in
text-books, or were they mere mixtures of gums and
sugars ?— I am, &c.,
Cahbo-Hydratb.
44
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
t Chbuical News,
1 ulyi2. 1895.
USE OF MINERAL OIL FOR EXCLUDING
AIR IN PAVY TITRATIONS.
To the Editor of the Chemtcal News.
Sir,— In my letter on the above subjea (Chemical News,
Ixxii., p. II) there is an erratum of a rather important
nature. Instead of saying that " at the time when the
abstrad appeared I was not aware of the existence of
Professor Brauncr," what I aAually wrote was that •* I
was not aware of the residence of Professor Brauner.**—
I am. &c., ^ TT A
Alfred H. Allen.
ShefiBeld, July 6, X895.
BRAZILIAN MONAZITE.
To the Editor of the Chemical News,
Sir,— My attention has just been called to an article in
the Chemical News (vol. Ixxi., p. 181) entitled •• North
Carolina Monazite." by H. B. C. Nitze. In it he remarks
that monazite is found in paying quantities in Brazil.
May I venture to ask that gentleman, through your
columns, ifjie knows in which State of Brazil that mine-
ral is founo? If so, would he have any objedion to
furnishing me with the information ? — I am, &c.,
J. Macdonald Kyle.
The Laboratory.
Usina Wigg, Miquel Burnier,
Minas Geraea, Brazil, J aae xa, 1895*
CHEMICAL
NOTICES FROM
SOURCES
FOREIGN
NoTB.— All degrees of temperature are Centigrade unleBt otherwise
expressed.
Zeitschrift fur Analytische Chemie.
Vol. xxxiil., Part 5.
Crystalline Hard Combinations in Cementation
Steel, and in Alloys of Iron with Chromium, Tung-
Bten, and Manganese.— H. Behrens and A. R. von
twinge. — This article commences with an account of the
microscopic examination of the metals in question, viz.,
of crude cement steel, obtained from puddled Dannemara
iron; of ferro-tungsten and tungsten- steel ; of ferro-
chrome, chrome-steel. Then follows an account of the
analysis of the metals, qualitative and quantitative.
Sensitiveness of some Zone Rea^ions, and their
Application in the Recognition of Acids.— Hcin.
Trey. — If the more frequently occurring inorganic acids,
including oxalic acid, are grouped in such whose silver
compounds are precipitated from acid solutions, such as
hydrochloric, hydrobromic, and hydriodic acid, iodic
acid, hydrocyanic, hydroferrocyanic, ferricyanic, sulpho-
cyanic, and hydrosulphuric acid ; and, further, in such
whose silver salts are only deposited in neutral solutioiis,
such as phosphoric, arsenic, arsenious, chromic, oxalic,
boric, sulphurous, thiosulphuric, and silicic acids. If we.
secondly, divide the acids precipitable by barium, or cal-
cium chloride again into such whose barium salts are pie-
cipitated from hydiochloric solutions, i.e., sulphuric and
selenic, and hydrofluosilicic acid ; and into such whose
barium or calcium salts are sparingly soluble in acetic
acid, i.e., oxalic, chromic, and hydrofluoric, their detec-
tion may be more easily and simply efleaed as follows : —
If the alkaline solution obtained by boiling in sodium
carbonate, the original substance— supposed to be soluble
in water or other acids — and if silver nitrate is then
added in excess, the first mentioned silver compounds of
the acids insoluble in nitric acids are precipitated. If we
then filter, and add to the filtrate ammonia in such a
manner as to superstratify the solution, so that the am-
monia, which is specifically lighter, remains floating in
the upper part of the test-tube, there appears at the
surface of contaA of the two liquids a neutral zone, in
which place, in presence of the above-mentioned silver
salts of the acids precipitable only in a neutral solutioui
either as a precipitate or as a slight turbidity. If, in the
same manner, we add to another part of the alkaline
solution hydrochloric acid until the readion is acid, and
then barium chloride, the precipitate formed shows the
presence of the above-named acids, which precipitate as
barium salts from a hydrochloric solution. If we now
add to the filtrate calcium chloride, in order to obtain
any oxalic acid or hydrofluoric acid as calcium salts,
which are much less soluble than their barium com-
f>ounds, and if we convert the solution into an acetic
iquid by the addition of sodmm acetate, we obtain the
precipitates of the barium or calcium compounds of the
above-named acids, i.#., barium chromate, calcium oxa«
late, and barium or calcium fluoride. If we set aside
those of the acids previously enumerated which have
already been detected in searching for the bases, or in
dissolving or acidifying the original substance, such as
sulphurous acid, thiosulphuric acid, iodic acid, and hy-
drogen sulphide, the presence of which, moreover, is not
possible in an acid solution ; if we boil, after the addition
of nitric or hydrochloric acid, the proposed method for
deteaing the groups of acid in question may be given
thus:—
Acids Precipitable by Silver Nitrate,
From nitric solution. From neutral solution.
Hydrochloric acid. Phosphoric acid.
Hydrobromic acid. Arsenic acid.
Hydriodic acid. Arsenious acid.
Hydrocyanic acid. Chromic acid.
Hydroferrocyanic acid. Oxalic acid.
Hydroferricyanic acid. Silicic acid.
Hydrosulphocyanic acid. Boric acid.
Acids Precipitated by Barium Chloride,
From a hydrochloric solution.
Sulphuric acid.
Selenic acid.
Hydrosilicofluori% acid.
Acids Precipitated by Barium and Calcium Chloride,
From an acetic solution.
Chromic acid.
Oxalic acid.
Hydrofluoric acid.
If the liquid is boiled after the addition of nitric acid
(boiling is to be recommended after the addition of silver
nitrate, in order to obtain a clear filtrate more easily and
quickly), the solution must be allowed to cool before add-
ing the ammonia, as on superstratifying the hot filtrate
with ammonia at the ordinary temperature the lower cur*
rent will stream into the upper, and thus render the
superbtratify an illusion. This method is satisfadory and
easy, only the students are supplied with binormal solu-
tions ; that is, such as contain per litre double the equiva-
lent-expressed in grms. — of acid alkali, or salt.
Detedtion of Iodine in Urine.— Dr. A. Jolles.^-Tbe
author has obtained satisfadory results by the two fol-
lowing methods indicated by Sandland (Archiv der
Pharmacie) :— i. Precipitating with silver nitrate the speci*
mens acidulated with silver nitrate, reducing the pre-
cipitate with zinc and hydrochloric acid, distilling the.
solution obtained with ferric chloride, receiving the dis-^
tillate in solution of potassium iodide, and titrating with
centi-sodium thiosulphate solution. 2. Evaporating the
urine in a platinum capsule on the water-bath after the^
addition of sodium carbonate, charring and incinerating ^
the residue, slightly acidulating the aqueous solution ]
with dilute hydrochloric acid, and distilling with ferric |
chloride.
On OiU.— G. de Negri and G. Fabris (translated from^
the original Italian by Dr. Holde).
CRBinCAL Niwt. \
Helium.
2^
THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
Vol. LXXII., No. x86o.
HELIUM.
By WILUAM HUGGINS, P.R.S.
Wrra Um advaotace of a bluer skv than I had during
mf fbrmer obttrvations, I saw the fainter component of
Ds to-day. In the chromosphere, close to the limb, both
liMS arensnally expanded, so that the interval between
them is very small, and on that account less easy to see.
At a little distaoce from the limb, and especially in snit-
abla piominences, the lines become thin, when the fainter
component it easily overpowered if there is much
scattered light from haae or thin cloud. D3 was seen
doable both near the limb and in a prominence.
I hear that Professor Hale has already seen the solar
line doable in the United States.
90, Upper tnlM Hill, S.W.,
Joly 10, iBgs.
THE ANALYTICAL CHARACTERS
OP A MIXTURE OF SALTS OF BARIUM,
STRONTIUM, AND CALCIUM.
By H. BAUBIGMY.
In the determination of the elements present in a saline
•olatioo, the deteAion of the three alkaline earthy metals,
barimn, strontium, and calcium, is often regarded as
delicate. The fad is due merely to the defeaive charac-
ter of the methods employed, or to a want of precision
in tba procedures indicated.
Let as suppose that all the metals precipitable by am-
noninm sulphide are eliminated, operating in presence of
•al-ammoniac to favour their separation. In the liquid
we transform, as usual, the three alkaline earthy metals
into insoluble carbonates by means of ammonium car-
bonate. We filter and wash with a dilute hot solution of
ammoniam chloride. The filtrate will then contain
merely the alkaline metals, and magnesium if present.
The mixture of the three insoluble carbonates is re-
dissolved with hydrochloric acid, which is added slowlv
and drop by drop, so as to have a liquid which is neutral,
or approaimately so. A small excess of acid may be
correaed, if needful, by the addition of a proportionate
qoantity of an alkaline aceute. Under these conditions
potaatiom dichromate precipitates merely the barium,
and indeed all the barium, the chromate of which is in-
soloble in free chromic acid or in very dilate acetic acid.
We cannot, in a neutral medium, operate with the yellow
alkaline chromate, which precipitates equally the salts of
•irontiom, and even those of calcium if concentrated.
We then recognise the strontium by adding to the fil-
trate a solution of potassium sulphate containing 2*5
grmt. of the salt per litre, and in the sole case of the
pretence of strontium there is a precipitate after agitating
lor a few seconds.
The concentration of the solution o( alkaline sulphate
' ta Boch, in faa, that the calcium sulphate which might be
lonned is in presence of a quantity of water more than
.saflicient to keep it in solution. If there is only calcium
/present there is the less trouble ; moreover, the use of the
J alkaline sulphate, substituted for that of calcium lul-
? phate, has the advantage of permitting the search for
1 calciam in the same liquid. The strontium sulphate thus
I' ( obtained has always a yellowish cast, due to a little
V ' stftMitiam chromate carried down, in spite of the solu-
iM bilicy of tbia latter salt in the conditions of the process.
To detea the calcium it is necessary to eliminate the
chromic acid, as it would vitiate all the remaining opera-
tions. To this end, in the filtrate fi'om the strontium
sulphate we precipitate in heat the calcium and the resi-
due of the strontium by means of potassium carbonate ;
we re-dissolve the carbonate, little by little, with hydro-
chloric acid, correaing the excess of acid, if requisite,
with ammonium acetate. To the solation we add a large
excess of sal-ammoniac, either in crystals or In a concen-
trated solution, and a few drops of potassium ferro-
cyanide.
There is formed at first a turbidity, then a precipitate,
which increases rapidly, and which, according to Rose, is
a double compound of potassium and calcium ferrc-
cyanide, sparingly soluble in water, and insoluble in
ammonium chloride. The sensitiveness is such that a
solution of calcium sulphate, with the addition of three
to four times its volume of water saturated with sal-
ammoniac, is rendered strongly turbid, and precipitated
after bein^ stirred up for a minute with a little potassium
ferrocyanide.
The salts of strontium produce nothing similar even in
a highly concentrated solution ; the liquid remains per-
feaiy clear. Still we cannot think of employing this
method for the separation of the two metals, since stron-
tium is always carried down, and even if the calcium is
in decided excess the totality of the strontium is found in
the precipitate.
Barium gives with ferrocyanide the same reaaion as
calcium, althovgh the sensitiveness is much less even
with the use of sal-ammoniac. It is therefore preferable,
for greater accuracy, to separate firstly the barium.
These faas having been explained, it is easy to under-
stand the necesssty of removing chromic acid after the
separation of the barium, in order to detea calcium in
presence of strontium. Free chromic acid oxidises ferro-
cyanide to the state of ferricyanide, and finally there
remains merely neutral alkaline chromate, which occa-
sions the formation of insoluble strontium chromate,
whilst at the same time there Is produced double potassiiim
and calcium ferrocyanide by the slightest excess of ferro-
cyanide, the ferricyanide having no aaion, and thus every
conclusion is wanting in the desirable accuracy.
In the case where the existence of calcium is the only
question of interest, we heat at first with a concentrated
solution of alkaline sulphate ; the filtrate then contains
sufficient calcium to permit of its deteaion by ferro-
cyanide.
This remark leads to a variation in the method indi-
cated for the deteaion of the three alkaline earthy metals.
After having recognised barium by potassium bichromate,
and then strontium in the filtrate by the standard solution
of potassium sulphate (2*5 grms. per litre), we precipitate
the rest of the strontium with a concentrated solution of
the same sulphate, filter, saturate the liquid with ammo-
nium chloride, and add ferrocyanide in excess to destroy
the free chromic acid. As strontium then no longer exists
it cannot form a chromate, and conseouently if there is a
precipitate it is exclusively due to calcium by the aaion
of the ferrocyanide.
The solubility of the carbonates of these metals in am-
monium chloride has been an objeaion to the precipitation
of the earthy alkaline metals bv ammoniam carbonate
in presence of a large excess of sal-ammoniac. If this
faa is important in a quantitative respea, there is no
reason to exaggerate this importance in ordinary qualita-
tive determinations. In faa, a solution of calcium
chloride at x part in 1000, and containing 50 per cent of
the sal-ammoniac which it can dissolve— that is to say,
half saturated—certainly gives only a scarcely percep-
tible turbidity with ammonium carbonate ; but if we add
ammonia to destroy the bicarbonate which always exists,
and apply heat, there is produced a very appreciable
aaion. It is the same with barium and strontium.
Even when reduced to these slight proportions the
qualitative analysis is not always defeaive. Still exp^
.38
Volumetric Estimation of Phosphoric Acid.
{
SliSMieAL NbWSi
July 19. 1895.
rience has taught me that in these limits it is advanta-
geous to modify the process a little. Let us suppose
that the liauor charged with sal-ammoniac contains
quantities of barium, strontium, and calcium, only in the
proportions of thousandths of the weight of that of the
solvent. Under such conditions neutral chromate preci-
pitates neither lime nor strontia. If this reagent gives
a precipitate it is because barium is present. After
stirring and waiting for a few moments we filter. All the
barium having been separated, we treat with a drop of
sulphuric acid ; if strontium is present, a precipitate of
sulphate is quickly formed.
Lastly, in another portion of the liquid, which must be
saturated with ammonium chloride, we try the readion
with potassium ferrocyanide ; a solution of barium (x part
in xooo) giving nothing, whilst with calcium, even at a
strength considerably inferior, we have still a very decided
opalescence.
Another difficulty in presence of a great excess of sal-
ammoniac, if we have a solution very rich in magnesium,
is, that on the addition of ammonium carbonate and am-
monia, there may occur a separation of the double
ammonium and magnesium carbonate. But it is very easy
to obviate this inconvenience by diluting the liquid or re-
dissolving the precipitate and then adding a hot and dilute
solution of ammonium chloride, which re-dissolves the
double carbonate. Hence I recommend the precipitate to
be washed with hot water slightly charged with sal-
ammoniac. Let us add, e.g., to 5 c.c. of a solution of
ammonium chloride saturated in the cold, 3 to 5 c.c. of a
solution of magnesium chloride (at i part in 10) ; then a
little ammonium carbonate and ammonia ; the liquid be-
comes turbid, and in heat the precipitate increases,
whilst it disappears if we double the volume by the addi-
tion of water. If we have employed only x c.c. of mag-
nesium chloride (the proportions of the other substances
remaining the same), the precipitate formed in the cold,
on the contrary, disappears in part without the addition
of water, and the liquid then remains perfedly clear.
The proportion of magnesium has, therefore, its im-
portance.
In conclusion, I must point out that no method for the
separation of strontium and calcium can be founded upon
the simultaneous use of potassium oxalate and carbonate,
so that the strontium would be converted into carbonate
and the calcium into oxalate, and, after washing, sepa-
rating by the aid of acetic acid, in which calcium oxalate
is distindly insoluble.
The adion in the cold varies, in fad, with the propor-
tions of the two alkaline salts employed. For an excess
of oxalate (3 parts to i of carbonate), we have only
oxalates ; for an excess of carbonate (3 parts to x of
oxalate), almost all the calcium is in the state of car-
bonate, and the adion does not seem more distind with
a mixture of equal parts.
At a boiling heat, in all cases, even if there is a decided
excess of oxalate, the adion of the alkaline carbonate
always predominates both for calcium and strontium. —
Bulletin Je la Soc, Chim, de Paris.
ON AN EXPLOSION: AS A WARNING.
By BUG. BAMBERGER.
My assistants have since last summer prepared the crys-
talline /-nitrodiazobenzene nitrate dozens of times,
pressing the substance energetically on the clay plate and
robbing it with the horn spatula without the slightest ex-
plosive phenomenon having ever been perceptible. The
salt is extremely less explosive than the ordinary diazo-
benzene nitrate. Whilst a very small quantity of the
latter detonates loudly if heated, an equally small quan-
tity of the nitro<4erivative deflagrates only with a rela*
tively feeble report. We have frequently rubbed up the
salt upon porous earthen plates in quantities of 30 to 40
grros. without any precaution.
Unfortunately a fearful explosion has lately occurred
which seems scarcely to be reconciled with previous ex-
perience, and the causes of which are not explained with
certaintv. F. Goose had prepared about 20 grms. of the
salt by the diredion of my private assistant, Dr. Meimberg,
and was gently turning the crystals over on a smooth
earthen plate with a glased porcelain spatula, which bad
no sharp corners or edges, when suddenly there ensued
an explosion with a fearful noise and the most destrudive
effed. F. Goose lost eight fingers— some entirely, and
others partially. The sight of his left eye has suffered
severely. He cautiously, as he had to do with a diazo-
salt, avoided all pressure or rubbing. Since this mis-
fortune we have repeatedly rubbed the nitrate with the
porcelain spatula upon clay without any explosion.
F. Goose remembers distindly that his preparation
contained some black sandy grains, which he had chiefly,
though not entirely, picked out, and which— as he believes
—were derived from the snow used for refrigeration.
Dr. Meimberg has, in fad, been able to produce an ex-
plosion by a prolonged grinding up of the salt with
remnants of gritty snow. It is merely remarkable that
F. Goose should encounter this misfortune on gently and
loosely turning it over.
By this opportunity I should wish to give a warning
against paranitroisodiazobeosene hydrate. This sul^
stance has recently exploded, although nothing of the
sort was apprehended, as it was being laid in a pulverised
and dried state upon a card paper for the purpose of
weighing. There ensued merely a deflagration with a
dull report; still it will always be advisable, when
working with this substance, to proted the eyes.--
Berichte, xxviii., No. 6.
A METHOD FOR THE VOLUMETRIC
ESTIMATION OF THE PHOSPHORIC ACID.
SOLUBLE IN WATER, PRESENT IN
SUPERPHOSPHATES.*
By W. KBLMAN and K. MEISSELS.
On titrating a solution of phosphoric acid with some
normal soda and methyl-orange as an indicator, the final
readion occurs as soon as the salt NaHaP04 is formed,
—that is, when one-third of the acid is saturated. If we
use phenolphthalein as the indicator, the red colour ap-
pears on the formation of the salt NaaHP04. In the
acidimetric titration of a solution of acid calcium phos-
phate, which has a neutral readion with methyl-orange,
there occurs the following transposition : —
3CaH4(P04)2+8NaOH=Ca3(P04)a+4NaaHP04+8HaO,
when the calcium phosphate is eliminated; 8 mols.
NaOH here, therefore, behave as equivalent to 3 mols.
P2O5. On titrating superphosphates with the assumption
of the above transposition, we sometimes, however, ob-
tain differences which show that the various salts presenj
in the superphosphates behave differently to the li
salts, and that a calculation according to the above equi
tion is not valid.
This difficulty can be overcome on the basis of thi
following consideration: — If we titrate a solution ci
taining acid calcium phosphate, with phenolphthaleii
as the indicator, and assume, according to the rul
of saturation, that i mol. NaOH saturates | molj
PaOsi we obtain on titration too high results ; bur;
if, after obtaining the final readion with phenolphthalein
we filter the liquid off from the precipitate, add methyl
orange, and titrate back with acid, the results of thii
'* Communication of the Technol. Museum of Vienna, 1894 (Zrt/l
fur Anal, Chemie, xxxAl, p. 7^A'
Clia«ICAL2ClWt,l
Jaly 19* 1895. /
Revision 0} the Atomic Weight of Strontium.
29
titrmtioQ will be as much too low as those of the former
operatioD were too high. The arithmetical mean of both
titrations will give the corred result.
On the basis of these considerations the authors pro-
ceed as follows :— ao grms. superphosphate are dissolved,
ucundum arttm, to x litre, {a,) xoo c.c. of the filtrate
are mixed with methyl-orange, and exaAly neutralised
with some normal lye. Phenolphthalein is then added to
the same solution, and semi-normal l3re is added until the
change of colour and the quantity required are accurately
noted. This titration requires great attention, since the
precipitate during its formation interferes with the recog-
nitioo of the final rea6ion. (fr.) Further, zoo c.c. of the
solution of superphosphate are mixed in a 250 c.c flask
With a sufficient excess of semi-normal lye, filled up to
the mark, shaken up, and filtered. 100 c.c. of this filtrate
are mixed with phenolphthalein, neutralised with semi-
oormal acid, methyl-orange is added, and the liquid is
exadly titrated with semi-normal acid. The number of
cc. used must be multiplied by 2*5, in order to obtain the
quantity representing 100 c.c. solution of superphosphate.
The arithmetical mean of (a) and {b) multiplied by
0*0355 gives the grms. of PzO^ in 100 c.c. of solution of
•operphosphate >■ 2 grms. of the substance.
SIMPLIFIED METHOD FOR DETERMINING
PHOSPHORIC ACID BY MEANS OF
MOLYBDENUM SOLUTIONS.
By Dr. J. IIANAMAMN.
As the molybdic method permits the most accurate deter-
minatioo of phosphoric acid in phosphoric liquids, and
serves as a check-method for all other determinations of
phosphoric acid, but has merely the defed of a double
precipiution and of the tedious conversion of the molyb-
dcoam precipitate into magnesium pyrophosphate, the
eSorts of analysts have for some time been direded to its
simplification and its conversion into a volumetric form.
Bat the gravimetric determination of phosphoric acid is at
prcaeat so generally demanded that we have been com-
pelled in case of superphosphates to adopt, in plac% of
the molybdic method, the citrate method, which requires
ooe precipitation only, though in ceitain phosphoric
liquids rich in lime it gives values in excess.
The yellow phospho-molybdic compound has hitherto
Bd been esteemed of constant composition, because, on
beating the phosphoric precipitates, molybdic acid in ex-
cess is added to the subsiding precipitate, and is thrown
down conjointly. We have either to precipitate a part of
the molybdic acid by previous repeated boilings from a
molybdic solution obtained on Sonnentchein*s method,
and then e0e^ the precipitation of the phosphatic solu-
tion in beat, with the molybdic solution overcharged with
nitric acid,— or we mtist make use of such a molybdic so-
lution as deposits, in the cold and after prolonged agita-
tion of the mixed liquids, all the phosphoric acid of the
solotioo as a molybdic precipitate of a constant compo-
sition.
In CsA, it is pradicable to throw down in the cold, and
after vigorous stirring for thirty minutes at common tem-
peratures, from a solution containing to xoo grms.
tnolybdic -acid, x litre of 10 per cent ammonia, and
li litres of nitric acid at 1*246 sp. gr., as also from the
Maercker solution after the addition of ammonia. This
ia efieded in such a manner that the precipitate, washed
with ammonium nitrate and nitric acid and dried, and
gently ignited, has a pure black-blue colour, a constant
composition, and contains— in xoo parts by weight —
4*ot8 phosphoric acid. The differences in weight of the
precipitate at the various changes of colour from yellow
to black are aa follows :—
Orint.
Orange 35*2335
Greenish •• 35*2140
Black, blue, greenish in the middle 35*2050
Uniform black-blue •• 35*20x0
Tare
33'95go
X'2490
Twenty- five c.c. of the solution of sodium phosphats
used, treated with the above-named molybdic solution in
the manner described, gave a black-blue precipitate
weighing x*245 J^ins., which, multiplied by 0*040x8,
0*050 a 184x2, therefore in 500.0.* 0*10036 phosphoric
acid ; 50 of this solution contained o'x grm. phosphoric
acid. By this method we may examine high-class super-
phosphates, and such as contain iron, as well as arable
soils.
The recent smooth dense filters of the firms Dreverhoff.
and Schleicher and Sch&ll, permit of a very complete re-
moval of the precipitate from the filter, and the separate
treatment of each, the filter being well incinerated. If the
precipitate has not the ccrreA black-blue colour after a
slight ignition, it is moistened with a little ammonia, dried,
and again ignited. Organic matter is destroyed by previous
ebullition in nitric acid or chromic acid. The molybdic
precipitate is heated in a platinum crucible, preferably on
platinum wire-gause. The bottom of the crucible must
not become red-hot, though the wire-gauze should display
redness. At the same time this method of working allows
the use of very small quantities of the average liquids.
20 grms. superphosphate were dissolved in x litre of water,
and xo cc. of the solution were poured into 35 cc. of the
molybdic liquid, stirred for half an hour, and filtered
cold ; the precipitate washed, dried, heated, and weighed.
It weighed :—
No. 1.-0*9182 grm.
No. 11.-0*9180 grm.
o*9i82X4'Ot8=3*6893276X5 = x8*446 p.c. PaO^.
o*9t8ox 4*018 >»3'6885240X5« 18*442 „
After converting the molybdic precipitate into magne*
sium pyrophosphate, and ignition according to the usual
method of Fresenius, there were obtained :*-
No. III.-
0*03763 X 0*64 - 0*0368832 X 500 - x8*44i6 p.c PfOs.
Twenty grms. of an arable soil, in which there had
been obtained gravimetrically, according to the most
trustworthy method, 0*140 per cent phosphoric acid, gave
by the cold method, when treated with xo per cent cold
nitric acid, after elimination of silica, and calculated on
xoo c.c. of the acid solution, (0*7009x0*040x8. in which
therefore 0*028162 PaOs x 5) in xoo grms. of fine earth
0*14082 per cent V^Oy^Chtmiktr Zeitung^ vol. xix.,
No. 25.
A REVISION OF THE ATOMIC WEIGHT OF
STRONTIUM.
First Papbr : The Analysis op STROirric Broiiidb.*
By THEODORE WILLIAM RICHARDS.
(Contioned from p. 20),
PrifaraiioH ofMaUriats,
Strontic BfOfNiif#.— Six different specimens of the salt
were analysed, in order to establish tht presence or ab-
sence of accidental imparities.
In the first place, 500 grms. of the potest ttrontk
nitrate of commerce were dissolved in 2 litres ol pure
water, and four times in succession a cnbic centimetre of
pare solphuric acid dilated with mach water was added
* CooltibtttioDt from the Chemical Laboratory o( Harvard Col*
lege. From tht Fnueduigs of Uu AauTHum Ac^dtimy,
30
Revision of the A tomic Weight of Strontium.
• CRBkieAL NbW8»
I July 19. 1895.
to ti.e solution. Each time only a. small amount of pre-
cipitate appeared at once, the rest appearing slowly.
After waiting in each CAse three or four days, the clear
liquid was decanted. No l)arium could be found even in
the first precipitate of strontic sulphate ; but it is true that
the spe^roscope is not a . very .satisfa^ory means for the
detedion of barium under these circumstances. The acid
solution of strontic nitrate, which had been thus almost
if not quite freed from a possible trace of barium, was
evaporated to small bulk, filtered from the precipitated
strontic sulphate, and twice successively brought to crys-
tallisation. Each mass of crystals was washed three
times with alcohol upon the filter-pump, to free it from
the moihcr-liquor, which mi^ht contain calcium or mag-
nesium. After having been converted into pure carbonate
by precipitation with ammonic carbonate and long-con-
tinued washing, the strontium was combined with bro-
mine. For this purpose hydrobromic acid remaining
from the barium work, obtained by repeated fra^ional
'distillation of the common acid, was used.
The strontic bromide was evaporated in a platinum
dish. This was slightly attacked, bromine having been
set free by a little occluded strontic nitrate in the car-
bonate. After evaporation to dryness the bromide was
fused at a bright red heat in platinum. The alkaline so-
lution of the fused cake was treated with hydric sulphide,
'filtered, acidified with hydrobromic acid, warmed, filtered
from the platinic sulphide, boiled to free it from sulphur-
etted hydrogen, again filtered, and crystallised twice
from water. The crystals were washed with alcohol,
and the strontic bromide thus obtained is numbered I.
below ; it was used for the three preliminary experiments,
as well as for Analysis 13.
The second sample of strontic bromide was prepared
from similarly treated strontic nitrate which had been re-
crystallised four times instead of twice. The nitrate was
converted into oxide by ignition in a nickel crucible ; and
the dissolved residue was filtered to get rid of a small
amount of nickel. Ammonic sulphydrate gave no trace
of colouration to a portion of the nitrate. Two re-crystal-
lisations in a platinum bottle sufficed to free the strontic
hydrate from a trace of undecom posed oxides of nitrogen,
and the last crystals dissolved to form an absolutely clear
solution in pure hydrobromic acid (see Proc» Atmr^Acad.,
xxviii., 17, bottom of page). The solution of strontic bro-
mide was evaporated to crystallisation, the crystals were
dehydrated, and the anhydrous salt was fused ; finally,
after solution, standing, and filtration, a fresh crop of
crystals was obtained. This sample, labelled No. II.,
was used for Analysis 14.
Among several different methods for obtaining pure
strontic salts, that recommended by Barthe and Falieres
{youm. Chtm. Soc, Abs., 1892, p. 1277 ; Bull, Soc, Chim.,
[3]f vii., 104) seemed to promise well, and accordingly
the third preparation was based upon their work. The
so-called " pure " strontic chloride of commerce was dis-
solved in water, treated with ammonic hydrate and a little
carbonate, and filtered from the precipitate containing
iron, aluminium, and so forth. To the filtrate was added
an excess of sulphuric acid, and the precipitated strontic
sulphate was thoroughly washed with dilute sulphuric
acid and then with pure water, in the hope of freeing it
from magnesium and calcium. When the wash water be-
csune neutral to methyl-orange the precipitate was treated
with enough ammonic carbonate solution to convert
about half of it into carbonate, and the mixed precipitate
was then washed with water by decantation until only a
very small constant trace of sulphuric acid (due to strontic
snlphate) was found in the decantate. The carbonate
was then decomposed by pure hydrochloric acid, and the
solution was allowed to stand in a glass flask for nine
months over the undecomposed sulphate, with occasional
shaking. The strontic chloride was decanted, the sulphate
was washed once with water, and the filtered decanted
liquid was evaporated in a platinum dish until most of
the free hydrochloric acid had been expelled. The dis-
solved residue was neutralised with ammonia, shaken
with a little ammonic carbonate, and then filtered. To
the greatly diluted filtrate was added an excess of pure
ammonic carbonate, and the precipitate was washed nntil
the wasli-water was free from chlorine. The strontic car-
bonate was dissolved in nitric acid which had been twice
distilled in platinum, and the nitrate was crystallised
twice successively in a platinum dish. Each quantity of
crystals was washed with small quantities of water and
three or four additions of alcohol. The first mother-
liquor, upon being fradionally precipitated by means of
alcohol, showed distindt traces of calcium in the extreme
solution ; thus Barthe and Fali^res*s method was not
capable of freeing the substance wholly from calcitim.
The second mother-liquor showed no trace of calcium
upon the most careful scrutiny.
200 grms. of the purest crystals, after having been dried
at 130°, were dissolved in about a litre of the purest
water and filtered into a large platinum dish, into which
was passed first pure ammonia gas and then pure carbon
dioxide through a platinum tube (see "Ammonic Car*
bonate *'). The pure strontic carbonate was washed by
decantation eight or ten times, dried on the steam-bath,
and ignited in a double platinum crucible over m spirir-
lamp.
Part of this carbonate was converted into bromide by
means of the purest hydrobromic acid (prepared from
pure baric bromide and re-distilled many times ; see Proc.
Atrnr, Acad., xxviii., 17), and the produA was digested
for a long time with a considerable excess of carbonate.
After filtration and evaporation the strontic bromide was
fused in a platinum dish over the spirit-lamp ; the salt
being perfe^ly clear while liquid. The translucent cake
was dissolved, allowed to stand, filtered, faintly acidified
with hydrobromic acid, and crystallised twice from water.
Each time the crystals were washed with the purest
alcohol. The resulting bromide of strontium was used
for Analyses i, a, 3, 5, 6, 7, 12, 15, 16, 17, and 18.
The next sample was prepared from the strontic car*
bonate which had been digested with the strontic bromide
iust described. It was dissolved in the purest hydro-
bromic acid, and purified much as before, except that the
salt was fused twice with intermediate crystaUisatioBs,
instead of only once. This fourth preparation was used
for Analysis 9.
The fifth sample was made by the repeated crystallisa-
tion of the combined mother-liquors obtained from the
four previous preparations. It was used for Analyses 4,
8, and 19.
The sixth preparation of strontic bromide was made
from the strontic sulphate remaining from the third. This
residue was treated with enough ammonic carbonate to
convert all but about 20 grms. of the sulphate into car-
bonate. The washed strontic carbonate having been dis-
solved in a slight excess of hydrochloric acid, the residual
sulphate was allowed to remain in the solution for a week.
After filtration, evaporation to dryness in platinum, sola-
tion, a second filtration, treatment with a little ammonic
hydrate and carbonate, and yet another filtration, the
strontic chloride was converted into carbonate by means
of purified ammonic carbonate (see *' Ammonic Car-
bonate '*). After a very complete washing the strontic
carbonate was dissolved in pure nitric acid in a platinnm
dish. The nitrate was crystallised, dried at 150°, re-crys-
tallised, washed with alcohol with the aid of the pump,
dried, dissolved, and stirred with a little pure strontic car-
bonate for a week. The filtrate containing pure strontic^
nitrate was diluted, brought to boiling in a platinum dish,
and poured in a fine stream into a boiling solution of pare
ammonic oxalate (see *' Ammonic Oxalate ") also con-
tained in platinum. The strontic oxalate was washed
with the purest water upon the filter-pump, until no am-
monia could be deteded upon boiling the filtrate with
sodic hydroxide. Nessler*s reagent still showed a trace
of ammonia ; but since this could easily be expelled by
ignition, and the precipitate was very hard to handle, the
''■"/"'Sir* } Formation 0/ Citric A ci d by Oxidation of Cant-Sugar,
31
WMbtnf WM not carried further. After drying and
powdering, the oxalate was converted into carbonate by
ignition at a full red heat. The produA was now ground in a
mortar with an equivalent amount of pure amnionic bromide
(tee **Ammonic Bromide"), and the whole was gently
ignited in a large platinum dish until no more ammonia
was evolved. The too grms. of strontium bromide thus ob-
tained formed a pure white translucent cake upon fusion
in a large platinum crucible. The cake was dissolved in
water, and the alkaline solution, after having been boiled
for tome time, was neutralised with sulphuric acid. The
clear filtrate from the stronttc sulphate was now evapo-
rated to a volume of about 120 c.c, and diluted with 2O0
C.C of the purest alcohol. The mixture was allowed to
stand for a day, in order that the stronttc sulphate and
any trace of baric sulphate which might remain should
be precipitated, and then filtered. After three successive
crystallisations from water, the substance was used for
Analysis 10; a further crop of crystals from the purest
motber-liquor served for Analysis 11.
Considering the pains taken in the purification of even
the least pure sample, it is not surprising that all of these
aamplea gave quantitative results which proved them to
be essentially identical.
Si7««r.— The preparation of pure silver has been re-
peatedly detailed. The most elaborate method described in
the paper upon barium was used in the present case {Proc,
Amir, Acad,, xxix., 64, 65). A few improvements were
imrodttced, notably the purification of the sodic hydrate
need for the redudion of the argentic chloride by means
of a strong nlvanic current, instead of by hydrogen sul-
phide. Little but iron was found in it, however. The
noal crystals of eledroly tic silver were usually fused upon
pore sugar charcoal or lime, in a reducing flame ; once,
fc ow e t ef (for Analysis 10) the crystals contained in a lime
boat within a stout porcelain tube were fused in a Spreneel
vacuum by means of a Fletcher furnace. Two holes
bored through the furnace at right angles to the flame
entrance served to admit the tube. The heat was very
nadoally applied, and after the silver had been melted all
the apertures of the furnace were closed and the tube was
allowed to cool very slowly. A wide glass tube set into
Ibe porcelain tube on one end served as a convenient
window for the observation of the fusion.
Anunonic CarboHaU,^Two varieties of ammonic car-
bonate were used for the work just described. The first
consisted of ordinary pure " ammonic carbonate,'* which
bad been dissolved, treated with a small amount of a pure
strontium salt, and filtered. This treatment undoubtedly
removed anv substance which could seriously interfere
with the preliminary purifications for which this ammonic
carbonate was used. For the final stages of the purifica*
lion of the strontium preparations, ammonic carbonate
was made by saturating the purest water in a platinum
vessel with ammonia gas obtained by boiling the pure
strong ammonia of commerce, and then passing into this
saturated solution pure carbon dioxide. This latter gas
was prepared bv the action of dilute nitric acid on marble ;
it was purified by passing through washing flasks contain-
ing water and a meter of glass tube packed with moist
beads. Upon delivering the gas into a Bunsen flame, no
traoe of calcium could be deteAed spearoscopically.
Both gases were conduced into the solution through a
platinum tube made for the purpose. The resulting
AOUttonic carbonate undoubtedly contained more or less
of the amines common in ordinary ammonia, but it
coald not have contained a trace of non-volatile impurity
capable of contaminating the strontic carbonate for whose
preparation it was designed.
Ammonic OxalaU.— This salt was made by neutralising
pof« ammonia water with pure oxalic acid, which had
been still further purified by manv re-crystallisations from
Hydrochloric acid and water. The ammonic oxalate was
,x crystallised twice in a platinum dish, the crystils being
iboioughly washed each lime. The salt was wholly free
from chlorine.
Ammonic Bromide was prepared in the usual fashion
from ammonia prepared in platinum and bromine purified
according to Stas. The readion was naturally condoded
in a flask of hard glass; but the crystallisation was
carried on as usual in platinum. A slight excess of the
pure white substance precipitated 3*97970 grms. of
argentic bromide (fused, reduced to the vacuum standard)
from a solution containing 2*28616 grms. of pure silver.
From this experiment AgBr :Aga 100:57*4455. Stas
found 57*445, hence the purity of the ammonic bromide is
proved.
A very simple and convenient platinum condenser was
used for the preparation work described above. The tube,
almost a centimetre in diameter, and perhaps twenty-five
centimetres in length, is bent, somewhere contracted near
one end, and surrounded with a condenser jacket. It is
easy to draw out the neck of a round-bottomed flask to
fit outside of the conical end, and if the jundure is not
absolutely tight a thin film of condensed liquid soon
makes it so. If the glass neck be prolonged somewhat
above the point of jundure, evaporation from this film is
very slow. Of course pure filter paper may be used to
tighten the joint if water is to be distilled. The apparatus
has the great advantages of cheapness and transparency
over the ordinary platinum still. All the hydrochloric,
hydrobromic, sulphutic, and nitric acids, water, and
alcohol used in the imoortant stages of the work were
distilled with the help of this contrivance.
Platinum vessels have been used wherever it was
possible to use them in the work detailed above, although
the fad is not always mentioned. They were cleaned In
the usual fashion.
(To be contiooed.)
NOTE ON TUB
FORMATION OF CITRIC ACID BY THE
OXIDATION OF CANB-SUGAR.
By ALFRED B. SBARLB acd ARNOLD R. TANKARD.
In the Cmbmical News (Ixxi., p. 296) Dr. T. L. Phipson
announces the formation of citric acid by the adion of
potassium permanganate, at 25* C, on cane-sugar in
aqueous solution containing free sulphuric acid. We
have carefully followed the diredions given by Dr.
Phipson, and, like him, obtained no precipitate on adding
calcium chloride to the cold neutralised liquid resulting
from the treatment with permanganate, but on boiling a
copious white precipitate was thrown down.
The precipitate obtained by us differed from that
described by Dr. Phipson in the fad that it consisted
wholly of hydrated calcium sulphate. Thus, the precl«
pitate, after washing with hot water and drjring at 100^ C,
lost 20 per cent of water on ignition, and did not darken
during the process. The residue was not alkaline to
litmus, and did not effervesce with acid. It contained
sulphate and calcium in the proportions required by the
formula CaS04.
When the precipitate produced by calcium chloride was
treated with dilute sulphuric acid, and the filtered liquid
concentrated somewhat, small but well-formed crystals
were obtained ; but analysis and microscooical examina-
tion showed that they also consisted entirely of hydrated
calcium sulphate, (CaS04.2HiO).
On treatment with boiling acetic acid the precipitate
dissolved somewhat, but the precipitate produced by
neutralising this solution with ammonia and boiling con*
sisted entirely of hydrated calcium sulphate.
In order to avoid any confusion from precipitation of
calcium sulphate, we have also employed nitric neM
instead of sulphuric acid for acidulating the cane-lugar
solution. In this case we obtained no precipitate on
addition of calcium chloride to the neutralised liquid, even
Monazite — a Mineral containing Helium,
_32
on boiling, showing that no citric acid had been formed by
the treatment with permanganate.
We have also added potassium permanganate to a so-
lution of sodium sulphite, acidulated with sulphuric acid,
until the colour was no longer discharged. The clear
liquid was neutralised by ammonia, and calcium chloride
added. On boiling the liquid a copious white precipitate
was thrown down, but this evidently could have contained
no citrate.
We are reludant to believe that so experienced a
chemist as Dr. Phipson would mistake a precipitate of
calcitim sulphate for one of calcium citrate, but it is evi-
dent that the essential conditions must be described more
precisely before other chemists can repeat Dr. Phipson's
experiment with success.
62, Surrey Street, Sheffield.
July 13, 1895.
( ClItlllCAL NtWS,
I July 19, 1895.
MONAZITE — A MINERAL CONTAINING
HELIUM.
By ALBERT THORPE.
The following figures represent the results of a recent
analytis of a sample of monazite from North Carolina : —
Lanthanum oxide • •• •• 23-62
Cerium oxide •• •• •• 25*98
Thorium oxide zS'oi
Phosphoric acid • • • • . • 28-43
Tin oxide •• x-62
Manganoas oxide •• •• 1*33
Lime • •• •• 0*91
99-90
As this mineral is known to contain helium, the above
results of a careful analysis may be of interest to the
readers of this journal. Due to the far-reaching le-
searches of Ramsay, it is probable that chemists may
find coironium and the primordial ** material ** in some of
the rarer minerals, and the ** lavas *' eje^ed from a^ive
volcanoes.
ON CERTAIN PHENOMENA OBSERVED IN THE
PRECIPITATION OF ANTIMONY FROM
SOLUTIONS OF POTASSIUM ANTIMONYL
TARTRATE.*
By J. H. LONG.
I HAVE elsewhere called attention to the behaviour of
solutions of tartar emeiic when treated with solutions of
other salts (see Am, jfourn, Sci., Oa., 1889, and OH.,
1890), and with Mr. H. E. Sauer have determined the
conditions of precipitation by carbonates, acetates, and
phosphates (y. Anal, AppU Chem., March, 1891).
When to solutions of the antimony sale sulphates,
chlorides, nitrates, and oxalates of the alkali metals are
added no precipitation occurs, even with elevation of tem-
perature. With carbonates, acetates, phosphates, borates,
thiosulphates, sulphites, tungstates, and some other com-
pounds, clear solutions can be made at a low temperature,
but precipitation follows at a higher point. The precipi-
tate, in nearly all cases, consists of h;^drated antimony
oxide, and its amount is a fun^ion of time, temperature,
and amount of added salt.
With mixtures of the tartrate and sodium carbonate,
for instance, it was found that in the cold, at the end of
twenty-four hours, amounts were precipitated as shown
in the following table. In each test 5 grms. of the tar-
trate were dissolved in 60 c.c. of warm water and cooled
* Jountal of the A nuricaH Chemical Society, vol. xvii , No. 2.
to 20°. Then different weights of pare sodium carbonate
were dissolved in 35 c.c. of water ; these solutions were
added to the others and the mixtures were brought up to
100 c.c. They were allowed to stand until precipitation
was complete, usually over night or longer. An aliquot
part of the clear supernatant liquid was taken and the
amount of antimony in solution determined. This was
calculated to tartrate in the whole.
No. of
Ni,CO,
KSbOC.H^O. 4H,0
experiment.
added.
left in solution.
Gnn.
Per cent.
X.
0*1
99'93
2.
0'3
85*22
3-
0-5
7036
4-
07
5676
5-
0-9
40-87
6.
1*2
2917
7.
1-5
i:iS
8.
2*0
In another series of experiments the solations of car-
bonate and tartrate were mixed as before at 20° and then
brought to 100°, and maintained at this heat one hour.
The precipitates formed immediately, and at the end of
the hour were separated by filtration. The filtrates were
tested for antimony remaining. The results are shown in
the third column below.
No. of
N.,CO,
KSbOC«H«Oe.iHftO
experiment.
added.
left in solution.
Grm.
Per cent.
9-
0'2
79*23
xo.
^'1
4670
XT.
0-8
2174
12.
I'X
869
13-
1-5
6-33
14.
2'0
442
15.
3*5
4-66
16.
5*o
474
On comparing the two tables it will be seen that at first
the precipitation is much more rapid in hot solution than
in cold, but that finally, with excess of carbonate, a more
complete decomposition of the tartrate is effeded in the
cold solution. Two equations can be given, according to
which the reaAion may take place. The first of these is—
2KSbOC4H406 + 2NaaC03 + 2HaO «
= 2KNaC4H406 + SbjOs.HaO -»- 2HNaC03.
The second is —
2KSbOC4H406 + NaaCO, + HaO «
2KNaC4H406 + SbaOj.HaO + COa.
The first, probably, takes place in the cold solution, as
no carbon dioxide escapes. The loss of carbon dioxide
from the hot solution is less than called for by the equa-
tion, because an excess of neutral carbonate is present
and the solutions are not a^ually boiled. In any case the
precipitation is incomplete, and by addition of increased
amounts of sodium carbonate, a condition is reached in
which a part of the oxide at first thrown down appears to
go into solution aeain.
Precipitation with sodium acetate takes place imper-
fedly in the cold, but by heat a stronger reaAion follows.
In both cases it was found that the results may be ex*
pressed by the following equation :—
2KSbOC4H406 + 2NaCaH30a + 2HaO «
= 2KNaC4H406 + SbaOs.HaO -f 2HCaH30a. v
With phosphates the experiments led to the conclusion!
that precipitation takes place in a manner represented by \
this equation :—
2KSbOC4H406 + HNaaP04 -|- 2HaO -
« 2KNaC4H406 + SbaOj.HaO -f- H3PO4.
With cold solutions precipitation is very slow, but by heat
an amount of the antimony oxide corresponding to 75 per
cent of the tartrate originally in solution is obtained.
July 19, 1895..
} Phenomena observed in the Precipitation oj Antimony.
33
I have since inveitigated the behaviour of several other
talu as ptecipitants, with the results which follow.
Rioction with Sodium Bihorate,
A very sharp reaAion takes place between solutions of
botax and tartar emetic, which was studied ia the fol-
lowing manner. In the first series of experiments 5 grms.
of the tartrate were dissolved for each test in 60 c.c. oi
irater, the solutions being brought to 20^ To these were
added definite weights of borax dissolved in 30 to 35 c.c.
of water at the same temperature. The mixtures were
made up to xoo c.c. exaAly, and allowed to stand over
night in a place with nearly constant temperature. In all
cases a precipitate formed which was separated by filtra-
tion. The analsrsis of the precipitate showed it to have
the same composition as that formed by the sodium car-
bonate; via., SbaOj.aq. On drying at a high temperature
most of the water is lost, leaving pradically SbaOt.
In each case the precipitate was separated by filtration,
and the filtrate made up to 250 c.c. 25 c.c of this was
taken and precipitated by hydrogen sulphide, after addition
of tartaric and hydrochloric acids in small amount. The
precipitation was finished on a hot water-bath, and the
precipitate colleded on a Gooch filter, washed, dried at
120° and weighed. The sulphide was calculated to tartrate
on the supposition that all the antimony in solution was
left in the original form (Sb » 120, O i» 16. The results
<»btained are shown by these figures :—
KSbOC«H.O,.iH,0
left in soratioii.
Percent.
98-81
9474
8778
74-98
4684
3'3X
In another series of tests the solutions containing the
borax and tartrate were made up to 250 cc. instead of to
xoo cc. They were allowed to stand, filtered, and treated
as before, giving these results:—
No. of
Bonx
experiment.
added.
Gm.
I.
O'l
2.
0-2
3.
®*t
4-
©•8
5-
1-6
6.
3-2
No. of
experiment.
7.
8.
9-
10.
XX.
12.
«3.
Bonx
Grm.
O'X
0*2
0-4
0-8
x-6
3"2
6-4
xr8
KSbOC«Hf O. iH«0
left in •oTution.
Per cent.
lOO'OO
9715
89-05
75-29
49-09
6-01
2-03
099
KSbOC«H.O.iH,0
left in aoTuuoa.
In a third set of experiments the liquid containing the
borax and tartrate was diluted to 100 c.c in a flask, as in
the first set. The flask was closed with a perforated rubber
stopper having a long glass tube attached, and then heated
in boiling Water one hour. The liquid was allowed to cool,
was filtered, and the filtrate made up to 250 c.c. An ali-
quot part, on analysis, gave results which are shown
below.
No. of Borax
experiment. added.
Grm. Per cent.
X5. 0*x 99 88
x6. 0-2 95-37
X7. 0*4 88-81
x8. 0-8 7478
19- »'^ 47*03
20. 3'2 3*96
21. 6-4 1-76
In these tables several things are immediately ap-
parent. It appears that the precipitation is less perfed
id hot solution than in cold, although for equal weights of
borax the differences are not great. It is seen also that
the amounts precipitated are greater in the strongest
solutions. These effeds of temperature and concentra-
tion are far less marked, however, with borax precipitation
than with that by the sodium carbonate.
With borax we have, in each case, a very regular rate
of precipitation. By platting the weights of borax in the
above table as abscissae, and the amounts of tartrate left
as ordinates, we obtain a curve which is almost a straight
line.
It seems pradically impossible to precipitate all the
antimony by excess of borax, although the amount left in
solution is much less than when sodium carbonate waa
used as the precipitant. Dired trials showed that the
solubilitjr of the antimonous oxide in excess of borax
solution is very slight, but is a trifle greater in the excess
of sodium carbonate. The solubility in the Rochelle salt
solution formed in the latter case will not account for this
difference, as will appear below.
In order to gain further insight into the readion I
measured the amount of rotation of polarised light in
a number of solutions before and after the separation of
the precipitate of antimonous oxide. Some exceedingly
interesting results were obtained, a few of which will be
explained in detail. I dissolved 5 grms. of the tartrate
in 50 c.c. of hot water and added 3 grms. of borax in 25
c.c. of water, made tip to 90 cc, and heated half an hour
in the water- bath. The solution was allowed to cool to
20* and made up to 100*5 cc (on account of volume of
precipitate), and filtered through a dry filter. The filtrate
was polarised in a 200 m.m. tube giving
«D - 3-596'.
Seventy-five cc of the filtrate, after the addition of a
little hydrochloric and tartaric acids, was precipiuted by
hydrogen sulphide. The precipitate was colleaed.
washed, and dried in the usual manner in the Qooch
funnel. I found 0*119 g^ni. of the sulphide, correspond-
ing to 0-3x2 grm. of KSbOC4H406.iH20, in the whole
filtrate. 4 688 grms. had, therefore, been precipitated.
From the outset it would naturally occur to one that the
precipitation of antimonous oxide must be accompanied
by the formation of sodium potassium tartrate, and that
the polarisation tfft€L observed must, in part, be due to
this as well as to the potassium antimonyl tartrate left.
I have elsewhere given the results of very accurate tests
in which the rotation constants of these tartrates were
determined by the use of the large Landolt-Lippich
polarimeter with the 400 m.m. tube {Am. Jonr. Set. and
Arts, loc. cit.) From these it appears that the rotation
of 0*3x2 grm, of the KSbOC4H4H406.iHaO, and 3-982
grms. of KNaC4H406.4HaO (this latter corresponding to
the tartar emetic decomposed) in xoo c.c. should not be
over 2*6^ In the dired polarisation of the filtrate I
found, as given above, 3*596'. It is evident, therefore,
that something else must be present to modify the
result.
It is well known that the presence of boric acid in*
creases the rotation of tartrates in a marked degree, and
this can be readily accounted for here if we assume that
the readion takes place according to the following
equation :—
2KSbOC4H406+NaaB407+6HaO-
-2KNaC4H406+Sba03+4H3B03.
On applying tests for free boric acid its presence was
readily shown. We have here apparently a readion
similar to those in which acetic and phosphoric acids are
liberated from acetates and phosphates.
In the last experiment it was shown that antimony,
corresponding to 03x2 grm. of the potassium antimonyl
tartrate was still in solution, or that 4-688 grms. had been
decomposed. Tu do this according to the above equation
would require 2 697 grms. of crystallised borax, and
would leave in solution 3982 gims. of KNaC4H406.4HaO
and x*75x grms. of H3BO3. An excess of 0*303 grm. of
34
Iniernaiional CcUalague Committee.
f CtttmcAL Hwm%
1 July i9t 189s.
borax would be left in solution. To test the corredness
of this view I prepared a solution containing in xoo c.c,
at 20"—
0-312 grm. of KSbOC4H406.iH20,
3982 grms. of KNaC4H406.4HaO,
175X grms. of HjBOa,
0*303 grm. of NaaB407.xoHaO.
This solution was polarised in the 200 m.m. tube, and
gave-
«D=3*590»
which agrees very well with the result of the first experi-
ment. Another solution, containing in xoo c.c, at 20*^ —
0-X50 grm. of KSbOC4H406 JHaO,
41 ig grms. of KNaC4H406.4H20,
X'Sxx grms. of H3BO3,
gave aD=3'66i°. While boric acid increases the rotation
of tartrates and tartaric acid, I have elsewhere shown
that borax decreases the rotation of Rochelle sah slightly.
The equation probably represents the fads properly.
(To be cootiaaed).
PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.
ROYAL SOCIETY.
Internatmnal Catalogue Committ£B.
The following Report was presented to the President and
Council on July 5th ; the reoomnieotlalionB contained in
it were approved of, and the Secretary was direded to
send copies to the several correspondents, and to certain
scientific papers :—
Report,
At the first meeting of this Committee (February 8,
X894) the Memorial to the President and Council (July,
X893) which led to the appointment of the Committee,
and the Minute of Council of December 7, X893, ap-
pointing the Committee, having been read, it was resolved
to request the President and Council to authorise the
Committee to enter diredly into communication with
societies, institutions, &c., in this country and abroad,
with reference to the preparation, by international co-
operation, of complete subjed and authors' catalogues of
scientific literature.
Subsequently a draft circular letter was prepared,
which, on February 22, X894, received the approval of the
President and Council, who also authorised its issue.
This letter was sent to 207 societies and institutions
seleded from the exchange list of the Royal Society, and
to a few others. It was also sent to the Diredors of a
number of Observatories and of Government geological
surveys, to the Foreign Members of the Royal Society, as
well as to those of the following Societies:— Chemical,
Geological, Physical, Royal Astronomical, Linnean,
Royal Microscopical, Entomological, Zoological, Physio-
logical, and Mineralogical, and of the Anthropological
Institute. A special letter was addressed to the Smith-
sonian Institution.
More than a hundred replies to the letter have been
received ; several of these are reports of committees
specially appointed to consider the suggestions put for-
ward by the Royal Society. A list of answers received
up to December, X894, with brief excerpts from the more
suggestive, was issued to members of the Committee
early in this year. It should, however, be added that
from some important institutions no answer has as yet
been received.
It may be said at the outset that in no single case is
any doubt expressed as to the extreme value of the work
contemplated, and that only two or three correspondents
question whether it be possible to carry out such a work.
It is a great gratification to the Committee that the
matter has been taken up in a most cordial manner by the
Smithsonian Institution, the Secretary of which, in his
reply, refers to the desirability of a catalogue of the kind
suggested as being so obvious that the work commends
itself at once. The importance of having complete sub-
jed catalogues, and not mere transcripu of titles, is also
generally recognised.
Some bodies and individuals take the matter up veif
warmly, and ur^e that steps be taken forthwith to put the
scheme into adion, this being especially true of the replies
received from the United States ; others, while giving a
general approval, dwell upon the difficulties of carrying
out the suggestions put forward ; and others, again, ask
for more details before committing themselves to any
answer which may seem to entail future responsibili^t
especially of a financial charader.
Incidentally it may be pointed out as very noteworthy
that over and over again reference is made to the great
value of the Royal Society's " Catalogue of Scientific
Papers." There is abundant evidence that considerable
use is made of this on the Continent of Europe. And it
is clear that a proposal to carry out a more comprehensive
scheme initially under the diredion of the Royal Society
of London is likely to meet with general approval owing
to the fad that the Society is credited with having already
carried out the most comprehensive work of the kind yet
attempted. Indeed, the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, U.S.A., dire&ly advocates the establishment
of a central bureau under the Royal Society ; and several
others more or less clearly imply that they would favour
such a course.
Over and over again, it is-s^ted that the produdion by
international co*operation of a catalogue such as is con-
templated is not only desirable, but pradicable. The
Americans, who, as already stated, are the most enthusi-
astic supporters of the scheme, especially dwell on the
importance of early adion being taken. Prof. Bowditcb,
of Harvard University, in particular, points out that if- the
Royal Society of London wish to guide the enterprise, it
ought to announce its views and put forward a compre*
hensive scheme with the least possible delay. It may be
added here that he also urges that in determining the scope
of the catalogue a very wide interpretation shonTd be given
to the word •• Science."
No very precise information as to the best mode of
putting the scheme into operation is to be gathered from
the replies as a whole.
It is generally agreed that the enterprise should be an
international one. Many think that international financial
support should and would be accorded to it, but no method
of securing this is indicated ; others express the view that
the cost may be met by subscriptions from societies,
libraries, booksellers, and individuals, without Govern*
ment aid ; and this is perhaps, on the whole, the prevailing
feeling among those who have discussed the matter from
a financial point of view. But in no case is any attempt
made to form any exad estimate of the cost.
A number of scientific bodies and institutions express
themselves prepared to work in such a cause. The
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution suggests that,
as the Institution receives all the serials and independent
works published in America, a branch-office might be
established there, and that it is not impossible that a sum
of money might be given yearly in aid. The Royal
Danish Academy is willing to render as much assistances
as possible. It would charge an official of one of the
Danish chief libraries in receipt of all Danish publications .
with the task of editing slips, and would defray the cost!
of this work. The Soci^tfe des Sciences of Helsingfors )
would furnish the Central Office with information as to I
the scientific work done in Finland. The Kongl. Veien-
skaps Akademie of Stockholm would organise a Committee I
for Sweden. 1
As regards language, there appears to be more unani. i
mity than could have been expeded. Over and over again
ICAI. NlWB, I
J«ly 19* tin- f
Manufacture of Explosives.
35
the opinioo is cxpretied that English should be the Un-
gornge of the subjeA catalogne. Frequent reference it
made lo the importance of quoting titles in the original
langoage, although tome toggest that this should be done
only io the case of those published in English, French, or
German, and perhapt Italian.
Some form of card catalogne appeart to be generally
Caroored, especially in America, at the basis of the
scheme; the Committee of Harvard University, whose
reply is very full, in particular discuss this point in detail.
In an interview with the Committee in March last,
Prof. Agassis spoke very warmly in favour of the scheme,
and of the support which it would meet with in the
United States, especially from libraries. As others have
done, he strongly urged that the co-operation of book-
sellers and authors should be secured. Prof. Agassis also
expressed the view that the regular issue to libraries and
scwntific workers from the central office of cards or slips
which would afford the material for the construdion of
card catalogues would form an important source of in-
come, at all events in his country.
From various sides tt is urged that an International
Congress should be held to discuss plans* This is advo*
cated as a first step in a reply received from the Kdnigl.
Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften in Qdttingen, a reply to
which, not only as regards this point, but also in resped
to the whole matter, the Committee attach very great
weight, since it embodies in an official form views arrived
at by the Academies of Vienna and Munich, and by the
scientific societies of Leips ic and Gdttingen, who have
considered the matter in common. Prof. Agassis strongly
orged the calling of a Conference; and, among others
who share this view, Dr. Oill, of the Cape Observatory,
in his letter particularly dwells on the great value of such
meetings as the means of securing unanimity of adion.
Sach being the tenor of the correspondence, your
Committee are convinced that initial steps of a definite
aatare in furtherance of the scheme ought now to be
They accordingly request the President and Coimcil to
Hike measures with the view of calling together, in July
of Best year (1896), an International Conference, at
which representatives of the several nations engaged in
scientific work should be invited to attend, with the view
of discussing and settling a detailed scheme for the pro-
duAion by international co-operation of complete authors*
and subjeift catalogues of scientific literature.
London will probably be found the best place in which
to hold such a Conference. It may be desirable to sum-
mon the representatives of the different countries through
their respedive Governments, and it will obviously be
necessary that a detailed scheme be prepared, to serve as
a basis for discussion at the Conference. These and
other points will require much consideration before any
adion at all can be taken ; meanwhile it is desirable that
a beginning should be made during the autumn, before
the winter session of the Society. The Commiitee there-
fore recommend that the President and Council should
give the Committee (which includes the President and
Officers) executive powers in order that they may take, in
the name of the Society, such steps as they may think
desirable with the view of calling together the above-
mentioned Conference.
Determination of Snlphnr in the Leads of Com-
i merceand in Work-lead.— W. Hampe {CksmikirZiit),
j ..^The author describes two methods :— (a) Combustion
of the specimen in a current of dry chlorine, and employs
two receivers filled with water containing hydrochloric
acid, ib) The oxidation of the lead is effdSted by means
of melting saltpetre, and the sulphuric acid formed is de-
termindl. The reagents must be very carefully tested for
sulphuric acid. Harope's results place it beyond doubt
that copper may contain copper semi-sulphide even in
presence of oxygen.
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
Ths Manufacturt of Explosives, A Theoretical and Prac-
tical Treatise on the History, the Physical and Chemical
Properties, and the Manufadure of Explosives. By
Oscar Guttmann, Assoc. M. Inst. C.E., F.I.C«
Member of the Societies of Civil Engineers and Archi-
teds of Vienna and Budapest, Correspondent of the
Imperial Royal Geological Institution of AustriSt ftc
In Two Volumes, 8va Vol. I., pp. 348 ; Vol. II., pp.
444. London : Whittaker and Co. 1895.
Thb author of this thorough-going work makes in his
Preface a somewhat alarming statement. The book, he
tells us, *' is written for manufaAurers and experts alone*
and anarchists and such like will find nothing new in it.**
This sentence is certainlv open to the construAion that
anarchists, dynamitards, &c., are, to say the least, fully
e^ual to manufadurers and experu in their knowledge of
high explosives. If this is true— and we are not in a po-
sition to contravert it—'* pity *t is *t is true.**
The first subjed taken up is that of new materials.
Here it is not without interest to note that diversities of
opinion prevail concerning the best method of prepara-
tion, even in case of so anciently known a substance as
charcoal. Another interesting faA is the case of a work-
man secretly drinking about half a pint of glycerin
every day, because the burning in the stomach gave him
the same sensation as bran^. This fad may throw a
light upon the unaccountable disappearance of glycerin
sometimes complained of in print- and colour-works.
The preparation of nitric acid for the mannfaAure of
explosives is given in detail. The sale of this add by
specific gravity it shown to be untrustworthy, especially
if the scale of Baum^ is used, since '* an exaa definition
of this hydrometric scale does not exist.** It is remarked
that it is becoming more and more the custom to de-
signate commercial nitric acid in a rational manner,
namely, by the percentage of pure nitric monohydrate
which it contains.
The general properties of explosives are discussed in
the second chapter. They are classified by Colonel Hess
into low or dired explosives (ordinary gunpowder being
the type), and high or indired explosives (the type gun-
cotton), the highest effed of which is obtained by means
of an intermediate agent.
The views of Berthelot, and their criticism by Sir P.
Abel and Nobel, are given, and in addition we have cer-
tain fantastic methods for increasing the force of ^n-
powder, dating back to the year 1563. Tables are given
showing the composition of gunpowder at different times
and in different countries. The manufacture and the pro-
perties of prismatic and compressed powders are descnbed
and illustrated. There are also a number of powders in
which potassium nitrate is partially or entirely replaced
by other nitrates, or by potassium chlorate. The number
of powders in which some other substance is substituted
for charcoal is wonderful, though in most cases with no
definite advantage.
The points to which attention is direded in the ex-
amination of powders are external condition, solidity of
grain, sise of grain, density as ascertained with a variety
of densimeters, hygroscopic properties, and determiiution
of moisture. Then follows the determination of the
various ingredients.
Next we have an examination of what are called the
mechanical properties of the powder, via., the ioflamma*
bility (it being shown, according to the experiments of
Dr. bupr^, that there is scarcely any explosive which will
not explode if spread in a thin layer on a wooden floor,
and struck a glancing blow with, e.g,^ a broom -handle),
rapidity of ignition, combustion, and produAs of com-
bustion.
The second volume opens with the manufadure of
gun-coiioo, and its treatment from every point of view.
36
Petroleum.
f Cbbmical Nivt,
I Jaiy 19. 1895-
It is followed by picric acid and the picratet. Picric acid
re-melted seems to be the much-vaanted ''melinite** of
the French, known in Britain as " lyddite.** Picric acid
in contad with the metal walls of projediles seems to
undergo changes which interfere with its stability. In its
place sodium, potassium, and ammonium picrates have
been proposed. A mixture of 432 parts of ammonium
picrate with 568 parts of potassium nitrate is under ex-
amination on behalf of the French Government.
. Trinitro-cresol is used in France, under the name of
cresylite, for filling shells and torpedoes, and is ignited
by means of a gun-cotton primer.
In Austria the ammonium salt of trinitro-cresol is used
under the name of ** ecrasite,** and is said to be twice as
powerful as dynamite.
Blasting-gelatin is a solution of soluble gun cotton in
nitroglycerin, and has the advantage o< being less suc-
ceptible to mechanical shocks than dynamite; but its
manufadure is not at all easy.
Cordite, which has recently obtained political notoriety,
is made by adding 58 parts nitroglycerin to 37 parts gun-
cotton and 5 parts of vaselin. The accidents with this
compound which have occurred at Waltham Abbey do not
seem due to any defed in the composition.
' A point which does not seem to have been made suffi-
ciently prominent concerns the propagation of the shock
from explosions of the higher explosives. This takes
place not merely through the air, but through the earth.
Thus, at the gun-cotton explosion at Stowmarket, the
windows of houses at the distance of a mile from the
maeaxine, and looking in the opposite diredion, were seen
falhng out of their frames be/on the noise of the explo-
sion had reached the spot. Hence belts of trees, tra-
verses of earth, &c., are no complete protedion against
the eStStM of explosions.
This work commends itself most strongly to all manu-
fadurers and users of explosives, and not less to experts,
\rho may be called on to examine the causes and results
of disasters of the kind in question.
Petroltum : Us Divelopmnit and Uses. By R. Nblson
Boyd, Member of the Institution of Civil Engineers.
Whittaker and Co. 1895. Crown 8vo., pp. 85.
IVe have here a most useful manual of the origin, com-
position, properties, and uses of mineral oils. On many
of these points consumers and dealers are lamentably
ignorant — an ignorance greatly to be regretted concerning
an article so valuable, if rightly used, so perilous in care-
less hands, and introduced into trade in such enormous
quantities. We learn here that the imports of " petro-
leum oils *' into the United Kingdom in 1893 reached a
total of X55,i26,667 gallons, whilst in addition 20,000,000
gallons of oils are obtained from the shales of Scotland.
The number of accidents due to petroleum lamps badly
construded or foolishly managed is very serious, and if
we consider that as much as 4,000,000 gallons have been
stored at one time at a single wharf in London there is
always a possibility of a conflagration on a gigantic scale.
Concerning its storage and safe-keeping British law is
singularly lax. There is no regulation as regards the
quantities which may be stored at or near one place ;
nor, apparently, as to the construdion and security of
the magazines. It is indeed enaded that the oil kept for
sale must have a flashing-point of 73^ F. close test. It is
generally admitted by pradical men that this point is too
low for public safety. In Russia the standard fl xed is
82^; in India, iio% on account of the high temperature
to which the oil may be exposed. Germany ventures
upon a lower standard than our own, t.#., 70^ If this
'figure is really degrees Fahrenheit, and not Centigrade,
we cannot help feeling surprised.
A very important point to which the author invites con-
sideration is the supply of petroleum. At present our
imports are almost exclusively derived from the United
States and from Russia. There is here an element of
danger, since the consumer may suddenly find the cost
price raised by dint of combinations. It is therefore veiy
important that other sources should be sought for, and, if
pradicable developed. Mr. Boyd mentions here Mexico,
Venezuela^ and the La Plata regions. In addition, there
is Burmah, Java, and Borneo. The use of heavy mineral
oils and of petroleum residues for heating engines is a
sober reality which deserves to be kept in view as a
countercheck to the manoeuvres of the coal merchants
and the unions of the coal miners.
The origin of petroleum is duly discussed. The theories
of its inorganic origin, as advocated by Professors Ber-
thelot and Mendeleeff, are now generally laid aside in
favour of the view of Bischoff, that all the mineral hydro-
carbons are produced by the decomposition of organic
matter, of vegetable origin in Pennsylvania, and of animal
origin in Canada. It is now concluded to have been
formed, not by destrudive distillation, but at the normal
temperatures of the earth.
The fad that petroleum is often accompanied by brine
is not fully explained. The heaviest mineral oil here
mentioned is that of Baku (sp. gr. o 954), and the lightest
that of Pennsylvania (0*730).
This excellent little work is furnished with appendices
showing the percentages of theoretical heat converted
into useful work by dimrent motors ; the flashing-points
of mineral oils permitted in different countries ; the sug-
gestions as to the construdion and management of petro-
leum lamps issued by the London County Council, but
not extending to *' benzoline ** lamps ; thermic values of
different mineral oils; and import duties on petroleum
in foreign countries and throughout the British Empire.
We find that, except the home kingdoms and India,
mineral oils are nowhere admitted free.
Chimistry, Organic and Inorganic^ with Experiminis. By
Charles Loudon Bloxam. Eighth Edition. Re-
written and Revised by J. Millar Thompson, Professor
of Chemistry, King's College, London, and Arthur G.
Bloxam, Head of the Chemistry Department, the Gold-
smiths' Institute, New Cross, London. London:
J. and A. Churchill.
The work before us, which has now reached its eighth
edition, is an excellent specimen of what we may call the
intermediate type of chemical treatises. It does not
aspire to the encyclopaedic charader of such works as
those of RoBCoe and Schorlemmer, Watts, and others,
but, on the other hand, it avoids the bald fragmentary
charader of the manuals written in accordance with some
syllabus.
The subjed-matter has been modified in accordance
with the present state of science. Argon and helium
have been duly noticed, as far as their properties are
already determined. Hydrazine and its derivatives are
considered on p. 16. The periodic classification of the
elements is expounded ; so, likewise, are the fundamental
principles of thermo-chemistry, the static method of
measuring chemical energy, mass adion, the kinetic
theory of gases, and dissociation. Such matter, the theo-
retical asped of the science, has been placed after the
consideration of the non-metallic elements.
After each group of metals there follows a general re*
view of its constituents. ,
In organic chemistry, the usual division of the sub-^
stances discussed into fatty and aromatic derivatives has^
not been retained.
Under the physical properties of organic compounds |
we find mention of the absorption*spedra, which are
thus mentioned detached from the general view of spec*
trum analysis on p. 303.
The respedive applications of chemistry, inorganic and
organic, are very fairly explained as far as the bulk of the
work can allow.
The rare earths are not ignored, as is too frequently
^^TS^S^^y GhmiciU Notices from Foreign Sources.
e, though the elementary ch trader of some of them
it not regarded at fully etttblithed.
A few overtightt caonot etcape notice. Thus, in
tpeaking of the Stephenson and Davy safety-lamps—
recognitcd tt not tbsolulely tnistworthy^t is mentioned
that a Davy lamp mav show as little as 0*25 per cent of
fife-damp, whilst on the next page (p. 109) we find it ob-
tcrved that ** the Davy lamp will not indicate less than a
percent*"
«^ The sonrcet of diamond are said to be Qolcondt,
Borneo, and Braxil, thouffh the two former deposits are
acarly exhausted, and all three together yield a much
gaailer supply than does South Africa.
Absinthe is mentioned without any due condemnation
of iu use.
Passing over, however, such trifling omissions, we must
Sronounce Bloxam*s work to be deserving of the full con-
deace of teachers and students.
CHEMICAL NOTICES FROM FOREIGN
SOURCES.
RoTX.— All degrees of teraperxtnre are Ceoticrade nnleu otberwiM
SSpTMSad*
Ziitschrift fur Analytitche Chimii.
Vol. xxxiii.. Part 5.
New Apparatus for Evolving Sulphuretted Hydro-
l^eo.— F. W. Kiister (yonni. PrakL CA^iwiV).— This paper
requires the accompanying cut.
Vacuam Desiccation Apparatus.— L. Storch (B#r.
OisUrr. G. and Zeit, Angew, CA#iMf#).— This paper cannot
be intelligibly reproduced without the illustration.
New Apparatus for Extraction.— H. W. Wiley.—
yomrm. Anal, and AfpL Chimisiry.
Truttwortby Still-heads.— Max Miiller and also
L. L. de Koninck.
Determination of Ammonia by Dittillation. — Fr.
Stolba (Ckimiktr Ziitung).
Watbiog-bottle for Qatet.— J. Habermaon {Ziit.
AmgiW, Ckimie),
Abtorptioa Apparatus for Determining Sulphur in
Iron and Steel.— E. M. {Stakl und Eis4H).
Fixed Abtorption Receiver for Permanent Ute.—
Kenneth Mackensie {y<mrm» Anal, and AfpL ChimiUry).
—All these papers require the accompanying illustrations
Aatomatic Safety Clamp for the Rider of Balances.
— O. A«*Richter (a circular issued by the author).— The
arrangement is a claw which secures the rider and rises
automatically if it has to be taken off or put on.
Ute of Glycerin at a Heating Liquid in Soxblct*t
Drying Apparatus.— Karl Seubert [Zeit, Angiw, Cktm,).
'—The author shows that if a solution of common salt is
wed as a heating liquid, leakages appear, even after a
tbortose. This it a consequence of the galvanic cootad
of the different metals which occasions decomposition of
the sodium chloride and solution of the soldering.
Glycerin is free from these disadvantages. The author
uses it in a 60 per cent solution, boiling at 108—109*,
when the escaping current of air indicates X04*.
Safety Gat Jet.— F. Manoschek {DingUr's Polyieck.
,' yoimtat, cdxxxiv., 43).— If the flame is extinguished from
f any cause the flow of gas is arrested.
New Form of Clay Triangle for supporting
I Platinum Crucibles. — J. B. Coleman. — From the
b yaumal of the Society of Ckemicai Induttry,
§ Indicators tor Use in Titration with Normal Solu«
tlont of Sulphide.- P. Williams.- From the Chemical
. News.
37_
Preparation of Zinc free from Arsenic. — II.
Lescoeur.— From the CompUt Rmdus.
Occurrence of Ammonia in Zinc Powder.— P.
Robineau and G. Rollin.— This is said to be partially
soluble, and can be recognised by treatment with hot
water, and tested with Nessler*s reagent. In part it
exists in combination, and can be lil^rated by boiling
with soda-lye. A produd free from ammonia can be ob-
tained by boiling and washing with dilute sulphuric add
(X : zoo). The formation of ammonia ensues on the oxt*
dation of the finest xinc powder in contaA with air.
Occurrence of Sodium Cyanide in Potattium
Cyanide.— T. B. Stillman. — From the jfoufnal pf
Analytical and Applied Chemistry,
Detection and Determination of Lead in Tartaric
and Citric Acids.— R. Warington.— Prom the youmal
of the Society of Chemical Industry,
Determination of Chlorine in Commercial Iodine.
— F. UUxer and A. Friedrich.— Ifi//. k. k, Qewerbe Museum
and youmat^ the Society of Chemical Industry,
Detedlion of Iodic Acid in Nitric Acid. — Loof
{Apotheker Zeit, and Rep, Chem, Zeitung), ---To 5 c.c. of
the officinal acid the author adds 0*1 grro. calcium and
sodium hypophosphite. If iodic acid is present a coloura-
tion appears in a few minutes, and can' be made more
distinA by means of chloroform.
Preparation of Pure Concentrated Hydrobromic
Acid in Quantity.— B. L^ger.- From the Comptet
Rendus,
Volatility of Stannic Chloride.— T. M. Drown and
G. F. Eldridge.— From the Technological Quarterly,
Pretence of Arsenic and Antimony in Ores of the
Upper Harx.— W. Hampe {Chemiker Zeitung),^0(
interest chiefly to chemists and metallurgists of the Harx
distriA.
Attraction of Water by Iodine and Determination
of Water in Iodine.— C. hitintckc^Chemiher Zeitung^
Detedtion and Determination of Alkyl combined
with Nitrogen.- J. Herstp and H. Meyer.— The authors
observed that the alkyl-iodine derivatives of pyridin and
quinolin on heating were decomposed into the bases and
the iod-alkyls, and determine the latter according to
ZeisePs method. The decomposition is nearly quantita-
live, and the quantity of alkyl found diffj.s from the cal*
Qulated amount only by 0*8 per cent.
Separation of VolatUe Patty Acids.- M, Wcohsler
(Afofta/i*A4r//tf).— Liebig found that on the partial neutral-
isation of a mixture of volatile acids and subsequent dis*
tillation, the acid with the higher proportion of carbon
passed over first into the distillate, whilst that with the
lower proportion of carbon was left behind as a salt.
Wechsier has examined in this manner mixtures of formic,
acetic, propionic, butyric, isobuiyric, isovaleriaoic, and cap-
ronic acids. With one exception (the separation of butyric
and isovalerianic acids), the first fradion always contained
the pure acid with the higher proportion of carbon, whilst
the constituent of the last fradion was the acid poorer in
carbon.
Simultaneous Determination of Carbon and Nitro«
gen. — Felix Klingeroann. — The author uses the process
proposed by Frankland for the determination of nitrogen.
Determination of Nitrogen in Organic Subttaocet.
—A. Petit and L. Moufet. — From the Joum, de PharmacU
and youmal of the Chemical Society,
Determination of Nitrogen in Nitratet and in
Admixture with Organic Nitrogen Componodi.— V.
Schenke.— CA^miiUr Zeitung.
Determination of Glycerin.— S. Salvatori (Sfoa.
Sptr, Agrar, and youm, Chem, Soc,
Atomic Weight of Palladium.— E. H. Keiser and
Mary B. Breed {Amefican Chemital youmal), -^Tht result
obtained was Pd • 106*246.
38
Ch&nUcMl Notices from Far&igH Sources.
I Chbuical Niwi,
1 July tg, i8<)s>
DetermioAtion of Solubility of different Salts.— H.
Landaa (Monats*hefU), — The author proceeds in the
tame manner as Deszathy, and gives his results in the
form of a table.
Determination of Nitrogen in Organic Nitro-com-
pounds, i.g.^ Nitro-glycerin.<— P. Rubtzoff.^y. Russ,
Chitn, Soc, and youm, Chitn, Soc,
Determination of the Solubility of Barium and
Calcium Butyrate. — A. Deszathy Udonats*htJt€), —
This paper requires the accompanying Ulustratipn show-
ing the author's apparatus.
AAion of Sodium upon Water.— M. Rosenfeld
{y^umaljur Prakt. CA«iftt#).— Concerning the explosion
which occurs under certain circumstances when sodium
ads upon water, the author arrives at a conclusion
antagonistic to previous conjedures. It was formerly
supposed that peroxide was formed, and induced explo-
sion by the development of oxygen. Proceeding on this
view, Rosenfeld thought that large quantities of detonat-
ing gas might be obtained by passing watery vapour over
sodium without the occurrence of explosion. No explo*
sion occurred ; but no trace of oxygen accompanied the
bydrogen escaping. He considers that *' sodium, in its
adion upon water, whether in open vessels or in those
with a water-joint, is dissipated from the interior out-
wards, as in the phenomenon of spitting ; the centre of
the explosion lies in the interior of the metal, and the
probable cause of the explosion is not the formation of
detonating gas, but of a sodium hydride which is suddenly
decomposed. The author deduces from hie experiment
a new method of preparing caustic soda and hydrogen.
Sodium is placed in an iron pan, which can be closed with
a lid, and watery vapour is introduced. If the access of
watery vapour is cut off when the development of hydro-
gen ceases, we obtain solid caustic soda mixed with finely
divided iron. Roienfeld considers that there is first
formed a sodium>iron alloy, which is then decomposed
with the liberation of iron. Vessels of silver are also
attacked.
yUST PUBLISHED^ Large CrowH 8vo., wiih Diagrams
and Working Drawings, 71. 6^. cloth.
THE
PROCESS
CYANIDE
FOR THB
EXTRACTION OF GOLD,
And its Practical Application on the Witwatersrand
Gold Fields in South Africa.
By M. EISSLER, Mining Engineer,
Author of ** The MeUllurgy of Gold," &c.
** Thii book it just what wu needed to acquaint mining men with
the sAual worlciog of a proceaa which it not only the mott popular,
hot if, at a general role, the mott tuccettful for the extraAion of gold
from tailing 8."— Af >ii»»g Journal,
London :
CROSBY LOCKWOOD ft SON, 7. Stationera' Hall Court. B.C.
OWENS COLLEGE, VICTORIA UNI-
VBRSITY, MANCHESTER.
CHEMISTRY COURSE.
Full particulars of this Course, qualifying for
the Victoria University Dbokii8 with Hnnourt in Chemittry
and for Higher Technical Oourtea in Inorganic and Organic Chemis-
try, will be forwarded 00 application.
The SESSION COMMENCES OCTOBER xst.
H. W. HOLDER. M.A.. Registrar.
Wanted, General Manager to a Limited
Company, principally engaged in the manufaAure of Alkali
sad Bleach. Mutt be thoroughly acquainted with the Chemical
Procetses at present in nse, and also with proposed ElcArolytical
Processes. In addition to having a thorough knowledge of Praaicsl
Chemittry and Ble^ricity, he must be capable of takmg charge of
the BreAion of Plant, and assome the general management- of the
bnsiness. Permanent position and good remuneration. Any com-
mnnication regarded as striaiy coofidential.~Addresa, giving full
^rticttlars and salary required, to ** Alkali," care of Crotuey, Moir,
4 Co., S7At Coleman Street, Loadooi B.C*
CHEAP SETS OF STANDARD BOOKS.
In good condition, and ttnt Caff%ag§ Prt$ in Groat BriUdm,
Watte' Diay. of CbemUtry and the AUied Sciences ; eom^UUsit,
UMAsaiDOBD BOiTiON , 9 vois. cloth, i866-8i, £iK, for £7 7s.
Do , Niw Ed.t 3 volt.. N«w. 1888-92 {Special o/fer), £6 14a- for £4 158.
Thorpe's Didty. of Applied Chemietry (compUti). The com-
panion work to •• Watts." 3 vols., New, £7 79. for £s las.
Joaroal of the Chemical Society, 1663 to 169a, 43 vols., d., £19 io«.
Ditto, 1878 to x8qx, compute, a8 volt. £S 8t.
Chemical News, Couplbtb Sbt, 1860—89, 60 volt, cloth, £18 los.
ProceediojgB of the Royal Society of London, Complbtb SBt
from X854 to X889 ; 39 volt., 8vo. cloth. Scares, £10 xos.
Nature : complete set i860 to x888; 39 vols, cloth, £8 8t.
Dinglera Poisrtechnieches Journal. 183Z— 1890. 231 vols., of. £30.
Chemistry spplied to Arts and ManufaAures by writers of eminence
{Schorlimmer and otkere) ; engravimgs, 8 vols. (1880), £4, tor 3)8/6.
Qmelin'e Handbook of Chemistry (Organic and Inorganic), by
Hy. Watts, complete set, 19 vols, d, scarce, £20, for £8 8s.
Trans. Royal Soc. of Edin., 1788 to 1890, 36 vols., 4to, h.calf, £45.
Iron and steel Instit. Journal, 1876—89, 29 vols., d., £xo los.
WM. F. CLAY, Bookseller, Teviot Piece, EOINBUROH.
CITY AND GUILDS OF LONDON INSTITUTE.
PBBtiDBNT-H.R.H. the PRINCE OP WALES, K.G.
SESSION Z895-96.
The Courses of Instrudlion in ENGINEER-
ING sod CHEMISTRY at the Institute's Colleges commence
in October, and cover a period of two to three years. The Matbicu*
LATIOM ExAMiNATiOM Of the Central Technical College will be held
on September Z7th to aoth, and the Entbancb Exauination of the
Day Department of the Technical College, Finsbury,on September
17th.
CITY AND GUILDS CENTRAL TECHNICAL
COLLEGE
(Exhibition Road, S.W.), a College for higher Technical Instmaioo
for Students not under 16 years of age preparing to become Civil,
Mechanical, or Electrical Engineers, Ghemicsl and other Manufac-
turers, and Teachers.
Thb Matriculation Examination will be held on September 17th
to aoth, and the new Session will commence oa OAober xst.
PfofessofS'.^O. Henrici, LL.D., P.R.S. ( Mathematics )» W. C
Unwin,.F.R.8.,M.l.C.E. (Civil and Mechanical Engineering), W. E.
Ayrton, P.R.S. (Physics and Elearical Engineering), H. £. Arm-
strong, Ph.D., F.R.S. (Chemistry).
CITY AND GUILDS TECHNICAL COLLEGE, Flnebury
(Leonard Street, City Road, E.G.). The DAY DEPARTMENT
provides Courses of Intermediate Instruction for Students not under
14 ycers of age, preparing to enter Mechanical or EleArical Engin-
eering and Cneroical Industries.
Thb Entrancb Examination will be held on September xyth, and
the new Session will commence on OAober xst.
Professors:— S. P. Thompson. D.Sc, F.R.S. (Elsflrical Engineer*
ing), J. Perry, D.Sc, P.R.S. (MechaoiCAl Engineering). R. Meldola*
F.K.S. (Chemistry).
JOHN WATNEY,
City and Guilds of London Institute, Hon. Secretary.
Gresham College, BasinghaU Street. E.C.
AC£XON£ — Answering all requirements.
.A.GXID .A-OIHj1?IO— P««»t and sweet.
- BOI^-AuOIO— Cryet. and powder.
CI'X'JWIO— Cryst. made in earthenware.
Q--A-IjIjIO— Frow t>««t Chinese galls, pure.
S-A-IilO YlilO-By Kolbe's proceaa.
T-A-GCnSriO— Por Pharmacy and the Arta.
LIQUID CHLORINE
(Compressed in steel cylinders).
FORMALIN (40^ CH20)--Antiteptic and Preservative.
POTASS. PSRMANGANATE—Cryst., large and smaU,
SULPHOCYANIDB OP AMMONIUM.
BARIUM.
POTASSIUM.
TARTAR EMETIG-Cryst. and Powder.
TRIPOLI AND METAL POWDERS.
ALL CHEMICALS FOR ANALYSIS AND THE ARTS.
Wholesale Aients—
A. & M. ZIMMERMANN,
6 A 7, GROSS LANE LONDON, E.O.
<
Jolya6.iVS* I
Detection of Sutphates^ &c.
39
THE CHEMICAL NEWS,
Vol. LXXII., No. i86i.
A METHOD OP TRANSFERRING GASES TO
VACUUM-TUBES FOR SPECTROSCOPIC
EXAMINATION.
By JAMBS YOUNG, A.R.C.Sm FC.S., and
CHAALBS R. DARLING, Wh.Sc , A.R.C.S. (IrcUod).
Wbilb engi^ in an examination of the gases evolved
by ctrtain minerals^ we found it necessary to devise a
BMtbod of filling vacuum-tubes, using small quantities of
gas, to as to recover all excess. The subjoined sketch
•howt the method adopted, and which we found to be
more convenient than any other method we have tried.
A three-way capillary tap has one of its arms, b, bent
at right angles. The tube D, containing the gas to be
admitted over mercury, and possessing a plain tap, e, is
cooneded to b by means of a mercury joint. Both taps
moat be perfedly vacuum-tight. The arm c is conneAed
with the Sprengel or other pump, whilst the arm a is
foaed to the aide-piece of the vacuum tube, which latter
■
U made of snflScient lenph to allow of convenient fusion.
After Joining to a, the side*piece is drawn out so that it
nay m readily sealed off after filling. The operation is
tJsea coododM as follows : — The three-way tap is turned
BO aa to conneA A aod c, and pumping continued until as
food a vacuum as possible is obtained. The tap b being
cf^osed, B and c are then conneded, and the space between
1^^ two taps pumped free of air. The tap is now turned
^ BS to conned a and b, and the tap b turned on, so as
adflsit a little of the gas into the vacuum tube. The
ma A and c are again connedcd, and the excess of gas
iDped oot and colleded over mercury at the bottom of
! uUi-tabe, all loss being thoa avoided. This process
is repeated two or three times to wa^h out the tube. The
tubes may be sparked in ii/ii, so that the pumping may
be discontinued at any desired moment, and the tube
sealed off.
We may mention that in a specimen of samarskite
examined the residual gas obtained, after exploding with
oxygen (to remove hydrogen and a hydrocarbon present),
absorbing with potash, and removing excess of oxygen
with alkaline pyroRallol, was found to be pure nitrogen.
This was mixed with oxygen, and sparked for a consider-
able time over potash. There was a steady diminution
of volume during the sparking ; but at no period could
any trace of helium be deteded spedroscopically.
Whilst sparking the tubes with a strong current, with a
fairly high vacuum, we obtained brilliant mirrors of plati-
num deposited on the sides of the tube adjacent to the
platinum eledrodes. This was particularly the case with
those containing nitrogen, and when several strands of
thin platinum wire twisted together were used as elec-
trodes. With a single piece of thick wire as eledrode,
only a slight blackening was obtained. With hydrogen
and oxygen, using the same current, there was only a
very slight deposit in all cases. In the nitrogen tubes,
when the deposit attained a certain density, the current
flashed across radially from the eledrodes, and after a
time began to eat away the mirror from the edges, re-
depositing a portion of it on the walls of the tube at the
dark spaces. At the moment when the mirror began to
condud, a brilliant yellowish-green fluorescence was ob-
served in the glass, which was scarcely visible previously.
We have also noticed the phenomenon mentioned by
Prof. Ramsay, viz., that with the deposition of the mirrors
in nitrogen tubes the gas appears to be carried down by
the platinum, a verv high vacuum being in some cases
obtamed, which refused to allow the passage of the
current.
Chemical Laboratory, Royal Military Academy,
Woolwich, Jaly z6, 1893.
THE DETECTION OF SULPHATES. SULPHITES.
AND THIOSULPHATES, IN PRESENCE OF
EACH OTHER*
By R. QRBIG SMITH, B.Sc
Thb separation of the acids has long been recognised as
a matter of great difficulty by chemists and uncertainty
by students, and it is with the intention of simplifvingtbe
detedion of the commonly-occurring sulphur acids that
the following method is given. Though it mav not be
altogether new, the process does not appear to be com-
pletely given in text-books on qualitative analysis.
Preliminary testing will probably have indicated the
presence of thiosulphate, in which case a dilute solution
of the substances under examination must be employed,
or a decomposition of the thiosulphuric acid into sulphur
and sulphuric acid will speedily take place. Barium
chloride in excess is added, together with a good quantity
of ammonium chloride, which, like many salts of ammo-
nium, potassium, and calcium, ads as a flocculant or
coagulant, and facilitates the filtration of the barium sul«
phate. Hydrochloric acid is next added, drop by drop,
until it is evident that there is no further solution of
barium sulphite and thiosulphate, and that only the sul-
phate remains undissolved ; the solution is then filtered
through a moistened double filter-paper, which should be
free from ** pin-holes."
The filtrate will probably be clear; but if not it should
be returned to the filter for a second filtration. When too
much thiosulphuric acid is present, the clear filtrate will
visibly become clouded, or from being whitish will t)ecome
more opaque : if this occurs the solution shotild be thrown
out, and a fresh portion made more dilute. A solution of
iodine is added to half of the filtrate oatil the colour is
40
Production of Cyanides.
{
of a penntnentjrellow tinge ; a white precipitate indicates
the pretence of a sulphite which has been oxidised by the
iodine to sulphate. In the absence of a decided precipi-
tate, traces of sulphite may be readily deteded by com-
paring the treated and the untreated halves of the filtrate
— a procedure which very often saves a good deal of time,
at it is unnecessary to wait until a clear filtrate is obtained.
The two halves are mixed, and if the jrellow colour dis-
appeart more iodine is added ; the solution is filtered, and
the filtrate divided into two halves as before. With a
sUgbt turbidity filtration may be omitted. Bromine water
is added to one of the halves when any thiosulpbate in
the original solution shows itself as a white precipitate
of barium sulphate, readily seen on comparing the two
test-tubes. The thiosulpbate is by the iodine converted to
tetrathionate, which is oxidised by the bromine water to
sulphate. Hydrosulphuric acid would interfere with
these readions, and ought to be eliminated by bubbling
carbon dioxide through the solution until the gas escaping
from the tube no longer darkens lead-paper.
Dorfaam College ol Science,
Newcastle-npon-Tyoe.
THE PRODUCTION OF CYANIDES,
By U. N. WARRBN, Research Analyst.
SiNCB the establishment of the cyanide process for the
separation of gold from itt ores, the race for the produc-
tion of that compound, in quantity and at cheap rates,
has been almost as keen as were the previous attempts to
reduce the alluvial deposits, and thus place upon the
market the aluminium of to- day. Potassium nitrate,
KNOj. has long been experimented with in the hopes of
replacing the oxygen equivalent by carbon, and by so
doing produce KCN ; but the large percentage of oxygen
which is in every case set free at once determines the
destruAion of any cyanides thus formed, although traces
of cyanides are alwajrs observed to be present after the
partial reduAion of commercial nitrates by means of car-
ix>o, owing to the secondary adion of the ammonia thus
formed, due to the moisture present.
Rochelle salt, mixed with a quarter of its weight of
potassium nitrite, KNOa, and ignited, has given 5 per
cent at the highest yield of cyanide obtainable, while
most hydrated carbonaceous substances yield a still lower
per ceat. Anhydrous sodium acetate, in admixture with
a nitrite, has yielded as much as 30 per cent of alkaline
cyanide ; whilst in a more recent experiment a mixture
of 4 parts of wheaten flour to x part of nitrate, and the
whole thoroughly mixed with 3 of magnesia and
compressed into blocks, yielded, after ignition, from a
varying percentage up to 15 per cent of cyanide. The
produdion of tulphocyanides and the reduAion of the
same by means of lime and carbon, have on several occa-
sions given valuable results in accordance with the
following equation :^
KCNS-fCaO+C-KCN+CaS+CO ;
but at other times, in consequence probably of the diffi-
culty in regulating the temperature, has resulted in the
formation of worthless substitutes.
On returning to the old method for the produdion of
cyanides, by the incineration of nitrogen compounds, a
valuable addition will be found in the use of lime or
barium oxide; probably both the barium and calcium
cyanides are more readily formed than alkaline cyanides ;
and in lixiviation, in contad with the alkaline carbonates
present, they at once form alkaline cyanides and earthy
carbonates or ferrocyanides, as arranged for.
Again, potassium and sodium cyanide together are much
easier to produce than either separate, fusing at a much
lower temperature, and contaim'ng more cyanogen, in con-
sequence of the difiFerence in the equivalent of sodium
CitBMICAL MSlN,
J oIya6,i8^5.
when compared with potassium. A mixture of eqaal
weights of the two alkalis reads well in every reaped, and
yields good results.
Liverpool Research Laboritory.
18, Albion Street, Evertoo, Liverpool.
THE DETERMINATION OF URIC ACID,
AND OF THE
SO-CALLED XANTHIN-SUBSTANCES IN URINE.
By F. HOPMBISTER.
The precipitate obtained, according to Salkowski-Lodwig,
on precipitating the uric acid with silver nitrate, contaioi
more nitrogen than correspoonds to the uric acid obtain*
able from the specimen of urine. W. Cameron hai
utilised this behaviour for an approximate determination
of the xanthin-substances. A process indicated by £•
Salkowski can be applied for the same purpose.
The silver precipitate obtained (Salkowski-Ludwig)
from 500 or zooo c.c. of urine, after being carefully washed,
is decomposed with hydrogen sulphide, and the filtrate it
evaporated to dryness and extraded with sulphuric add
at 2 or 3 per cent. The uric acid then remains almost
entirely undissolved ; it is filtered off, washed, and
weighed. The filtrate is rendered alkaline with ammonii,
and again precipitated with a solution of silver. The
precipitate obtained contains the so-called xanthine-sab*
stances along with minimum quantities of uric acid.
Salkowski estimates its quantity at 8 to xo per cent of the
weight of the uric acid.
M. Krilger and C. Wolff {ZeU. PhvsioL ChimU) have
obtained in their experimenu decidedly higher values (u
a mean 0*26 per cent of the weight of the uric aciA.
Their process is founded on the precipitabilty of unc
acid and of the xanthin-bases (Kossel and Kriiger name
them alloxur-bases) by copper sulphate and bisulphite.
100 c.c. of urine, free from albumen, are mixtd when
boiling with 10 per cent of a solution of sodium bisul-
phite, containing, in zoo cc, 50 grms. of the salt, and
immediately afterwards with zo c.c. of a Z3 per cent so-
lution of copper sulphate, and then again heated to ebul-
lition ; 5 c.c. of a zo per cent solution of barium sulphate
are then added to promote settlement. After standing
for two hours the precipitate is brought on a filter u
Swedish paper, completely washed with water which hat
been previously boiled and cooled down to 50% and then
used, along with the filter, for determining the nitrogen by
the Kjeldahl process. The value obtained gives the ni-
trogen of the uric acid pltis that of the xan thin- bases.
A simultaneous determination of the uric acid by the
Salkowski Lud wig process permits a calculation of the
nitrogen belonging to the uric acid. The nitrogen of the
xanthin-bases is found from the difference.
A process for determining uric acid, given by Dentg^s,
differs from that of Haycraft only in the manner of ti-
trating the silver. The author uses a process depending
on the formation of potassium silver cyanide in an amroo-
niacal solution, using potassium iodide as indicator.—
Zeitschrift fur Analytiscke Chemii^ xxxiii., p. 767.
====== 1
Atomic Weighta of Nickel and Cobalt.^Clemi
Winkler.^The author has undertaken this re-determil
tion in consequence of the published results of Q. Krv^
and F. W. Schmidt, and of H. Remmler. These re«u]
indicate that nickel and cobalt, as known at present,
contaminated with an unknown element, so that the ci
nickel and cobalt are not known in a pure state, and tl
atomic weights are not determined. Winkler gives
atomic weight of nickel as 58*90, and that of cobalt]
S9'^.—ZeUschn/t fur Analytiicfu ChimUt vol. xxjcil
Part 5.
CBBMfCAL 2CKWt» \
July 26, 1895. /
Revimn of the Atomic Weight of Strontium.
41
LONDON WATER SUPPLY.
Report on thb Composition and Quality of Daily
Samples op thb Watbr Supplied to London
POR THE Month Ending June 30TH, 1895.
By WILLIAM CROOKES, F.R.S.,
and
PROFESSOR DEWAR. F.R.S.
To Major-General A. De Courcy Scott, R.E.,
Wattr Examiner, HitropoUs Water Act, 1871.
London, July izih, 1895.
Sir, — We submit herewith, at the request of the
Dire^ors, the results of our analyses of the x66 samples
of water coUeaed by us during the past month, at the
several places and on the several days indicated, from the
mains of the London Water Companies taking their
supply from the Thames and Lea.
In Table I. we have recorded the analyses in detail
of samples, one taken daily, from June ist to June 30th
indtisive. The purity of the water, in resped to organic
matter, has been determined by the Oxygen and Com-
bustion processes; and the results of our analyses by
these methods are stated in Columns XIV. to XVXIL
We have recorded in Table IL the tint of the several
samples of water, as determined by the colour-meter
described in a previous report.
In Table IIL we have recorded the oxygen required to
oxidise the organic matter in all the samples submitted
to analysis.
Of the z66 samples examined one was recorded as
** slightly turbid,'* the remainder being clear, bright, and
well filtered.
June has been a very dry month. Three-hundredths of
an inch of rain fell at Oxford on the xst, and eight-hun-
dredths on the nth. With these trifling exceptions no
rain fell till the 26th, when there was a downpour of ihrec-
quarters of an inch. On the sSih nearly a quarter of an
inch fell, followed on the 29th by two-hundredths addi-
tional, making a toUl of 1*12 inch. The mean of 25 years
being 2-21, the deficiency is 1*09 inch. Unfortunately
neither the river nor the country is much the better for the
Z'xa inches falling in June, The bulk of this coming down
on two stormy days near together, little time was allowed
for the water to sink into the ground. The consequences
being, swollen water courses for a few hours, a sudden
flood in the river followed by as rapid a subsidence, and
little if any permanent good, as compared with what
would have been occasioned by the same amount of rain
distributed over a greater number of days.
The purity of the Thames- derived waters is now at a
very high level, and there is not much room for improve-
ment in chemical quality ; but that it is kept up and some-
what improved in all respeds, the following table, giving
the comparison between the composition of the waters in
May and June of this year, is a satisfadory proof.
iSg$.— Averages 0/ the Five Supplies derived from the
River Thames,
Coomon Nitric Oxygen. Organic Organic
Salt. Add. Hardneif. reqd. Carbon. Carbon. Colour.
Per Per Per Per Per
gall. gall. Degrees, gall. gall. gall. Br'n:Blue.
Meant. Meant. Meant. Meant. Meant. Maxima. Meant.
May 1*994 0*908 14*41 0*045 o'^^^ 0206 13*5:20
June 1*951 0*903 13*85 0*034 o"o8x o-xoo xx*4:2o
Comparing the composition of the waters in June with
that of the corresponding month last year shows an almost
equally satisfaAory result.
Baderiological examinations of the waters from the
Sineral wells of the Water Companies, and from the un-
tered water of the river, have been proceeded with
throughout the month. At the works the average number
if microbes was 19, and in the river the average was
7625 microbes per c.c. The amount of impurity commu-
nicated to the river by a heavy storm following a long
drought is shown by baderiological examinations before
and after the heavy storm on the 26th. Before the storm
the Thames contained 3230 microbes per c.c, and imme-
diately after the numbers rose to 29,032. This large
increase produced no perceptible augmentation of the
number of baderia in the clear water wells of the
respeAive Companies. A careful baderiological examina-
tion of the water at the Companies' works on the days
succeeding the storm showed that the filtration was
effedive, no appreciable increase being deteAed in the
number of microbes present.
We are. Sir,
Your obedient Servants,
William Crookis.
James Dbwar.
A REVISION OF THB ATOMIC WBIQHT OP
STRONTIUM.
First Paper : The Analysis of Strontic Bromide.*
By THEODORE WILLIAM RICHARDS.
(Continaed itom p. 31).
Method of Analysis,
As in the case of baric bromide {Proc, Amer. Acad.,
xxviii., 23), the silver required to precipitate all the bro-
mine in strontic bromide was determined, aw well as the
amount of argentic bromide formed by the precipitation.
The chief problem which presented itself was the pre-
paration of pure dry neutral bromide of strontium for
weighing. In preliminary analysis the salt was ignited
or fused in a platinum crucible, and weighed as the baric
bromide had been. The decomposition of the salt wal so
great, however, that the uncertainty of the alkalimetric
corre&ron sometimes amounted to two or three tenths of
a m.grm. ; hence this method was clearly inadmissible.
The fusion of the salt in a platinum boat in a stream of
nitrogen gave much better results, and two or three
further preliminary determinations by this method gave
promise of much greater accuracy. It is probable that
the slight decomposition which occurred even in the at-
mosphere of nitrogen was diie to the presence at 250—300''
of a slight trace of moisture.
The presence of an excess of hydrobromic acid must
necessarily lessen or prevent this decomposition ; hence
in three succeeding determinations (Nos. 13, 14, 15,
below) pure dry hydrogen bromide was added to the
nitrogen in which the combustion was conduced.
In these cases, however, the platinum boat, which had
previously remained quite constant in weight, was evi-
dently attacked, since upon one occasion (Exp. 15) it lost
over two-tenths of a m.grm., and the pure white strontic
bromide became tinged with a brown colour. The weight
of the boat after each fusion was taken as the true weight,
because the bromide of platinum, if formed, must precipi-
tate nearly as much silver as the bromide of strontium.
In order to avoid the corrosion of the boat, hydrogen
was added in small quantities to the mixture of gases.
This, by preventing the dissociation of the hydrobromic
acid, efiedlually preserved the platinum, and the boat re-
mained constant in weight. The pure translucent or
transparent colourlessness of the fused salt left nothing
to be desired. A somewhat complex piece of apparatus
was needed for the purpose. (See Fig. i). A mixture of
six volumes of pure nitrogen (made by passing Itir and
ammonia over red-hot copper) and one volume of pure
hydrogen was delivered from a gas holder through a succes-
sion of tubes of red-hot copper, dilute chromic and sulphuric
* CoDtributioos from the Chemical Laboratory of Harvard Col-
lege. From the Frouidingi 0/ the Amtrican Atademy.
42
Revision of the Atomic Weight of Strontium.
'CBRIliCAL NlWB,
I Jul'- 26, 1895.
acids, concentrate*^ alkaline pyrogallol, and fused potash,
into the arrangtit.cnt fur preparing hydrobromic acid.
This, as well as all the apparatus following, was without
rubber connexions, the ground joints being made tight by
means of syrupy phosphoric acid (Mo ley) and flexible by
means of fine glass gridirons (Finkener). The pure dry
nitrogen and hydrogen were led in il.e first place into a
flask containing bromine, and then over asbestos and red
phosphorus saturated with pure fuming hydrobromic acid.
The bromine and hydrobromic ; cid were proved to be
pure by the usual quantitative analysis, and the red phos-
phorus was ground and washed many times with pure
water to free it as much as possible from chlorine (Stag).
The mixture of pure slightly moist hydrogen bromide,
nitrogen, and hydrogen was now dried by calcic bromide
free from chlorine anu .odine, and thus became ready for
use.
The hard glass tube used for heating the platinum
boat containing the strontic bromide was ground very
tightly into its socket of soft glass, since it was not ad-
visable to risk the presence of phosphoric acid here. The
powdered nearly anhydrous strontic bromide, having been
packed tightly into the boat and carefully pushed into
position in the fusion tube, was thoroughly dried at 200^
in a stream of pure air. The elaborate apparatus for pre-
paring the mixture of gases was now connected with the
fusion tube, and when all the air had been expelled the
boat was slowly heated to cherry* redness until the strontic
bromide was wholly fused. The temperature was then
allowed to fall a little below 600°, and the solidified bro-
mide of strontium was freed from any possible excess of
hydrobromic acid by a current of dry hydrogen and nitro-
gen free from acid, delivered through a short-cut tube
(see Fig. 1).
The almost red-hot boat was now transferred as quickly
at possible to the light weighing bottle, within which it
was allowed to cool. In the preliminary work (and in
Analyses 13 and 14) this bottle was stoppered at once and
cooled in an ordinary desiccator. Subsequently an im-
proved desiccator was devised for this purpose. A wide
glass tube capable of containing the weighing-bottle was
drawn out at one end to a fine tube, which was fitted
with a ^ound glass stopper. The other open end was
made slightly conical and ground into a receptacle which
was in its turn attached to a drying tube containing fused
potash. The accompanying sketch supplements this
description (Fig. 2).
While the boat was still hot within the fusion tube, the
stopper of the weighing bottle was placed in the horizontal
desiccator tube. The moment after the transference of
the boat into the bottle, both together were slid into the
momentarily opened desiccator tube by means of a glass
rod which projeded from the receptacle. The bottle was
held by means of a glass carriage during this manipula-
tion.
The open weighing bottle, with its stopper and fused
contents, could now be heated indefinitely in a current of
pure dry air at any temperature below the softening-point
of soft glass. At the moment when it was desired to
close the bottle, it was only necessary to elevate the
desiccator tube from the horizontal to the vertical posi-
tion, and the hot stopper fell automatically into the
Fig. 2.
equally hot bottle. The desiccator tube was now closed
above, and allowed to cool at least four hours in the
balance room. It is needless to say that before taking
the final weighing of the bottle its stopper was loosened.
Having thus obtained as nearly as possible the true
weight of the typical salt of strontium, the remainder of
the analysis was conduced in a manner essentially simi-
lar to that adopted in the case of baric bromide {Proc.
Amer» Acad,, xxviii., 24). Since it is unnecessary to de
scribe again most of the precautions, nothing will bi
noted below excepting those particulars in which the de'^
tails of the work differed from those already given. Twoj
analyses, which were vitiated by known errors, are
omitted from the tables.
ClIBMICALflBWf,!
Joly a6, 1895. f
Phenomena observed in the Precipitation oj Antimony.
43
(Pare dry nitrogen and hydrogen enter the apparatus
through the tuhe at the left. The arrangement for pre-
paring this miiture is not shown. Upon closing the
pinchcock in the upper left-hand corner, the gases are
driven through the flasks and charged with dry hydro-
bromic acid; upon opening the pinchcock, the hydro-
static pressure below causes the gases to flow through the
upper short-cut tube and efledually sweep out the acid
from the fusion tube. This latter tube, containing the
boat in which the strontic bromide is fused, is at the right
of the figure).
(To be contiooed).
ON CERTAIN PHENOMENA OBSERVED IN THE
PRECIPITATION OF ANTIMONY FROM
SOLUTIONS OF POTASSIUM ANTIMONYL
TARTRATE.^
By J. H. LONG.
(Contiooed from p. 34).
Ill the above nothing has been said about certain pecu-
Karitiea observed in the formation of the precipitates.
When cold dilute solutions of borax and the tartrate are
mixed 00 reaAion takes place immediately, but with warm
atrong solutions, a precipitate seems to form as soon as
the two liquids are poured together. In a former paper
(youm* Anak ApfL Cksm,, loc. cit,) I pointed out the
important and exceedingly curious fadl that in the reac-
tion between carbonates or acetates on the one hand,
with the tartrate on the other, while no precipitate may
appear immediately, perhaps not in hours, indicating a
decomposition, the polarimeter shows that such has taken
place. Here, also, we have evidence that a readion has
taken place even without precipitation, and this the
polarimeter furnishes. The matter can be best explained
by giving the details of several experiments.
I made five solutions by dissolving 5 grms. of the tar-
trate as before in 55 to 60 c.c. of warm water, cooled to
so*t and added certain weights of borax in small volumes
of water, making the solutions finally to 100 c.c. at 2o^
These solutions were polarised immediately in the 200
m.m. tube, with the following results :—
No. of KSbOC«H«0«.iH.O Na,B«0,.ioH.O
•JKpt. taken. added.
s •• •• 5 grms. 0*5 grm.
a •• .. 5 ft 1*0 „
2*0 grms.
4'o w
•0.
1208«
5-53^
4x0°
375°
The normal rotation of the tartrate at 20* in the 200
m^m. tube, with a concentration of 5 grms. in xoo c.c, I
hare shown to be-
no - I4'i03*.
The cfled of the borax is therefore marked, but the ex-
tent of the decrease in rotation depends on the number of
miaates intervening between the mixing of the solutions
mad the completion of the observation in the polarimeter.
A gradaal decrease in the readings was in all cases ob-
•enred, ontil the solutions became finally too turbid for
obeenration from the beginning precipitation. The first
•olotiofl, for instance, in the above table was read as fol-
io hours, 30 minutes, ao <■ 12*08*
10 „ 45 M .» - ii-S?"
10 „ 55 r n - "'So*
AlUr standing some hours, the solutions deposited a pre-
cipitate and cleared up. On again polarising I found :—
* Jcumml oflht Amirifan Chemica' iOiirtjft %ol. xvii , No 2.
No.
I
2
3
4
5
ao.
IX*52*
9*0 1*
5-a9*
3-9a**
365^
These observations were made in a 200 m.m. tube, but
similar solutions were polarised in a 400 m.m. tube with
perfect sharpness, the readings agreeing within 0*02*, as
IS possible with the large and excellent instrument used.
I mention this to prove the perfeA transparency of the
liquids, and to show that the decreased rotations observed
at the start were not due to any loss through precipitation,
but were in consequence of changes preceding precipita-
tion, these changes taking place very gradually.
We have here a phenomenon reminding one of the bi-
rotation of solutions of certain sugars, but depending on
a different cause undoubtedly. In the readion between
the same tartrate and sodium carbonate the same change
was observed, but through a longer period. A solution
containing in 100 c.c. one-tenth grm. of the carbonate
and 5 grms. of the tartrate gave, at the end of five minutes
in a 400 m.m. tube, a rotation of 25*582^ after thirty
minutes, 25*580*^ ; that is, praAically the same ; but after
twelve hours, 24*480°. A perfedlly clear mixture can be
made containing 5 erms. of the tartrate and nine-tenths
grm. of sodium carbonate in xoo cc When polarised
immediately, I found with this in the 400 m.m. tube
ao B 11*57°; s^ter ten minutes, xx*50*; after twenty-five
minutes, 1 1*132°; and after sixty-five minutes, xo*55°.
In the normal readion between carbonates or boratea
and the potassium antimonyl tartrate a precipitate should
be formed, but we find that at a low temperature this is
much delayed. If precipitation alone were taken ata the
indication of a readion it would neceasarily appear that
at the outset no readion takes place, but the behaviour
with polarised light shows the error in this view. It
is evident that a read ion begins immediately and pro-
gresses far toward completion in some of the cases con-
sidered before even the first polarisation can be made ;
that is, within two or three minutes. This first part of
the readion is the beginning stage of precipitation and
may consist in the formation of some intermediate pro*
dud, which finally decomposes. I have elsewhere shown
{Am, Joum, Sci, and Aris, loc. ciL) that the rotation of
potassium sodium tartrate is decreased by the addition of
sodium, thallium, and lithium salts, but is increased by
the addition of potassium and ammonium salts, and that
this readion is fully accounted for if we assume the form-
ation of sodium tartrate, sodium-thallium tartrate, or
sodium-lithium tartrate in the one case, or of potassium
or potassium-ammonium tartrate in the other. In the
present instance we evidently must admit the formation
of sodium-potassium tartrate from the instant the solu-
tions are mixed, but that the readion is a progressive one.
The potassium antimonyl compound with a high rotation
gives place to the potassium-sodium compound with a
much lower rotation. There is nothing to show, how-
ever, in what form the antimony is held.
Possibly the readion may be explained by assuming
the formation of an intermediate produd according to this
equation :—
2KSbOC4H406+NaaB407-2KNaC4H406+(SbO)«B«07.
If the last compound is formed it must break up in this
manner —
(SbO)sB407 -h 6H3O + XHaO « 4H3BO3 -k- SbtOs. XH2O,
leaving a hydrated oxide of antimony with more water
than the final precipitate contains. By loss of water,
possibly, this hydrated compound must, in time, settle out
as a precipitate. It has been explained that, by boiling,
the precipitate forms and subsides soon. At 20°, even
after what I have called the preliminary stage of precipi-
tation, may have occupied hours, the adual formation of
the precipitate may consume an equally 1 ng time. The
u
Phenomena observed iu the Precipitation of Antimony .
j44
precipitate is a growth through an invisible and a visible
stage, and what is tme here is true of the next case to
be given.
Rtaction with Sodium Tuiigstati.
Cold solutions of the tartrate give no immediate pre-
cipitate when mixed with cpld solutions of ordinary
sodium tungstate, but on standing the mixtures gradually
become turbid, and finally deposit a sediment. The com-
position of this depends largely on the temperature and
concentration. The precipitate formed in the cold, col-
leded, and dried at 105—110° C, consists essentially of
antimony oxide. A precipitate formed by mixing hot so-
lutions has praAicaliy the same composition, but if ob-
tained after long heating it contains a relatively larger
amount of tungstic acid.
In a series of tests made by mixing hot solutions of
the two salts, and allowing the mixtures to stand several
hours to cool, the following results were obtained : —
f Chbmical Ntws,
KSbOC«H«Oe.}H.O
in xoo c.c.
SbiS. Per cent
Na,W0«.2H,0 Weight of from ofSbia
in 50 c.c. precipitate, same, precipiute.
1 grm.
2 gnns.
4 >•
5 H
2 grms. 0*3087 0*3467 8022
2 „ 0*6442 07291 8084
2 „ 0*5728 0*6486 8o*88
2 „ 0*7222 0*8170 80*79
The mixtures were made in platinum dishes holding
about 200 c.c, and as the precipitates formed as a
coherent coating on the dishes they were easily washed,
dried at zzo^ and weighed. They were then dissolved in
diluted hydrochloric acid, which left a small amount of
tongsttc acid in each case in ilocculent form. The solu-
tions were then filtered, and, after the addition of some
tartaric acid, were precipitated by hydrogen sulphide in
Che usual manner. The sulphide precipitates were col-
leded on a Gooch, dried at xio% and weighed. It will be
seen that the results are a little low to correspond to pure
antimony- oxide as the composition of the white precipi-
tate. This compound contains 83*3 per rent of antimony.
The compound SbaOs.HaO contains 78*4 per cent. The
lower results are doubtless due to the small amounts of
tnngstic acid left in each case on treatment with hydro-
chloric acid, and referred to above.
In a second series of experiments constant amounts of
the tartrate in hot solutions were mixed with varying
amounts of the tungstate, likewise in hot solution. The
white precipitates which formed were colledled and
weighed as before, with the following results, which show
the efiedt of excess of tungstate on the amount of precipi-
tate. In each case 2 grms. of the tartrate were taken in
100 C.C., and the tungstate in 50 c.c.
Tungatate taken.
Precipitate obtained.
0*5 grm.
0*1070
10 „
04598
a-o grms.
0.5762
3*0 i>
0*5861
4-0 ..
0*6143
5*0 „
0*6185
From this, it is plain that the amount of precipitate is
not mnch increased by great excess of the tungstate be-
yond a certain point. In the cold, precipitation is much
less perfed, while, by boiling, fully three-fourths of the
theoretical yield of oxide from the tartrate can be ob-
tained.
By working with cold solutions a mixture may be made
which remains clear long enough to permit polarimeter
observations to be taken. I dissolved 5 grms. of the tar-
trate in 60 c.c. of water, cooled to 20**, and added five-
tenths grm. of the tungstate in 20 c.c. of water. The
mixture was made up quickly to 100 c.c. at 20^ and
polarised in the 200 m.m. tube immediately and after
inteivals of five minutes. I found without re-filUng the
tube:—
First observation an « xx'66^
Second „ X2*03'
Third „ xa*i3**
Fourth „ 12*53*'
The solution became now too turbid, from separation of
a precipitate, for further tests. On standing some honrs,
the remainder of the solution in the flask cleared after
subsidence of its precipitate. A portion of this examiDod
gave—
OD ■■ xa*74*.
Another portion of the same solution, heated and then
cooled to 20°, gave the same. A new solution prepared
in the same manner gave, after standing some time, —
OD = X3*ix°.
I made next a solution containing in xoo c.c. 5 grms. of
the tartrate and x grm. of the tungstate. This escamined,
immediately, at 20", gave—
OD= 9•4a^ /
but it soon became turbid and deposited a precipitate.
After clearing, I found —
an « ix*48^
which increased to xi*87*' ^V heating the liquid.
These reaAions are especially interesting when com^*
pared with those between the tartrates and other salts.
We have here, as before, a marked decrease in the
specific rotation on mixing the solutions of the adive and
inadive substances. But in the case of the tungstate, on
standing, there is an increase instead of a decrease in
the rotation observed in the other cases. This behavioor
finds its explanation probably in the adion of the liberated
tungstic acid. The reason between the two salts un*
doubtedly follows this equation : —
2KSbOC4H406+NaaW04=
-2KNaC4H406+Sba03+(W03)*.
The precipitation of the tungstic acid is very slow and
incomplete. While in solution, it may combine with the
soluble tartrate to form a body with increased rotation,
the possibility of which is shown by the researches of
Gernez and others. The delay in the appearance of the
precipitate may be due to the formation and slow break-
ing up of intermediate produAs containing the antimony
and tungstic oxides in temporarily soluble condition.
With liberation of the tungstic acid we have a gradual
increase in the already decreased rotation. This chans^
in the rotation, before precipitation, is well shown in the
following observations. I dissolved 5 grms. of the tar-
trate and 2 and five-tenths grms. of the tungstate, mixed
at a low temperature and made up to xoo c.c. as .before,
and at exadly 20^ C. A reading with the 200 m.m. tube
was made as soon as possible, and, without changingthe
solution, this was repeated at frequent intervals. The
results were as follows : —
3 hours 28 minutes an « 5*66^
„ - 6*45°
.. = 6*83<»
„ - 7-15°
3 hours 44 minutes „ » 7*43°
3 hours 58 minutes „ » 7*90*^
At this point the liquid began to grow sliehtly turbid, so
that the observations could not be continued. The re*
mainder of the liquid was then heated in a closed flask to
complete the precipitation, cooled to 20^, and tested. I
found now —
CD = 9*X3''.
The liquid still remaining was filtered, 50 c.c. of the fil-
trate taken and precipitated with hydrogen sulphide,
yielding finally 04045 grm. of antimony sulphide. From
this it appears that, of the tartrate originally taken, 1*599
OntuiCAL Mtwt, I
joly a6, tags-: f
Action of Diastase on Starch..
4S
grms. remained in solution in the zoo c.c. (no allowance
being made for the volume of the precipitate).
From this we have —
KSbOC4H406|HaO decomposed « 3*401 grms.
II II remaining 1*599 h
KNaC4H406.4HaO formed 2*888 „
Now» the rotation corresponding to the tartar emetic
rcmaiotng is 4*50% and that to the Rochelle salt formed
is 1*25% from which we should expe^ a total rotation of
5*75^ This, in fad, corresponds very nearly to what was
observed at the beginning of the test, and seems to bear
oat the suggestion made above : viz., that the principal
reaAion here occurs before adual precipitation appears.
A splitting of the tartar emetic is indicated by the imme-
diate decrease in the rotation, and then the complex effeA
of addition of the liberated tungstic acid to the alkali
tartrate in solution appears from the gradually increased
rotation. Precipitation finally follows as the end of the
readion ; the separated part assumes the insoluble form.
It will be recognised that the phenomenon in this case
it much more complex than in the other. There is
nothing to show that while the rotation is being increased
by the adion of the tungstic acid there is not also a ten-
dency toward decrease because of progressive decomposi-
tion of the potaatitim antimony! tartrate. In all proba-
bility the observed rotation is a resultant effed.
(To bo cootioued.)
PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.
CHEMICAL SOCIETY.
Ordinary Matingt yunt 20th, 1895.
Mr. A. G. Vbrmon Harcourt, President, In the Chair.
Extraordinary General Meeting. — The following change
in the Bye-laws was proposed from the Chair, and passed.
In Bye-law z, the last paragraph, beginning ** The life
composition fee/* was struck out and the following in-
serted:—
** The life composition fee shall be Thirty Pounds, ex-
cepting that Fellows who have paid ten annual subscrip-
tions shall pay as life composition fee Twenty Pounds ;
Fellows who have paid fifteen annual subscriptions shall
pay Fifteen Pounds; Fellows who have paid twenty
annual subscriptions shall pay Twelve Pounds ; and
Fellows who have paid twenty-five annual subscriptions
shall pay Ten Pounds.**
At the ordinary Scientific Meeting which followed,
Messrs. George J. Ward, John Wilson, E. S. Barralet,
and W. A. Greaves, were formally admitted Fellows of
the Society.
Certificates were read for the first time in favour of
Messrs. Edward Henry Farr, Uckfield ; Edward Henry
Grossman, 12, Alfred Place West, S.W. ; C. E. Harrison,
53, Lansdowne Road, W.
The following were duly ele^ed Fellows of the
Society :— John Croysdale, Joseph Lones, James Morison,
Arthur E. Potter, M.A. B.Sc, Edwin James Read, B.A.,
Albert Joseph Simons.
. Of the following papers those marked * were read :—
•82. **On ihi •Isomaltou' of C. J. Lintmr:* By
Horace T. Brown, F.R.S., and G. Harris Morris,
Ph.D.
The paper gives a detailed account of the authors'
investigations into the nature of Lintner's <* isomaltose,"
and their results are summed up in the following conclu-
8i(>n8:—
jz. When the produAs of a starch-transformation by
d^stase are submitted to any known process of fradion-
iKioD, the properties of each and every fraAion stri^ly
1
conform to the ** law of definite relation '* of opticity and
reducing power.
2. The *' isomaltose " of C. J. Lintner is not a chemical
entity, but can be further split up by careful fradionation
with alcohol and by fermentation, in such a manner as to
indicate that it is a mixture of maltost and dextrinoos
substances of the malto-dextrin or amyloin class. We
must therefore cease to use this term ** isomaltose" in
relation to any of the produds of the diastatic conversion
of starch.
3. The crystallisable osaxone which Lintner has
described as ** isomaltosazone,** and upon which he has
mainly founded his belief in the existence of <* isomaltose,*'
is nothing but ** maltosazone ** modified in its crystalline
habit and melting-point by the presence of small but
variable quantities of another substance.
4. The substance or substances which are capable of
thus modifying maltosasone are the prodnAs of the
aAion of phenylhydrazine on the dextrinoos substances
mentioned in 2.
5. This can be shown (i) analytically, by careful frac-
tionation of the starch-produas by alcohol, and also by
fermentation ; and (2) synthetically , by the re-crystallisa*
tion of pure maltosazone in the presence of the non-
crystallisable produds of the aAion of piieoylhydrazine
on the maltodextrins.
6. The only substance amongst the produds of starch-
transformation by diastase which is capable of yielding a
crystallisable osazone, is maltost,
7. The results of the investigation bring out very
clearly the danger of attempting to identify the carbo-
hydrates in mixtures solely by the properties of their
osazones, as these properties are liable to considerable
modification by other substances of the same class which .
may not in themselves be crystallisable or readily sepa-
rable from aqueous solutions.
Discussion.
Mr. Arthur R. Lino claimed priority on behalf of him-
self and Mr. J. L. Baker In having pointed out that '
Lintner's so-called isomaltose is not a homogeneous
compomid {Proc, Chem, Soc.^ 1895, 3)* In this commu- ^
nication they had also adduced strong evidence in fiavour
of the view that the so-oalled isomaltose is a mixture of
maltose and the simple dextrin, CxaHjoOio, and they had '
proved that the osazone melting at 150—252^ has the *
composition of a hexatriosazone.
82. •* Action of Diastase on Starch : Nature of Lintner* t •
Isomaltose,''* By Arthur R. Lino and Julian L. Baker.
In a previous communication (Proc, Chem, Soc, 1895,
No. 146, 3) the authors have described the isolation of a
substance from the transformation-produds of starch by
the diastase prepared from low-dried or green malt. This
substance had approximately the optical and cuptic re-
ducing powers of Lintner's so-called isomaltose. Analyses
and cryoscopic determinations made with this substance
indicated that it had the molecular formula CtzUzzOu ;
but the essential difference between it and the so-called
isomaltose of Lintner was that it yielded maltosazone
together with a very small quantity of an osazone melting
at 145^x52° on treatment with phenylhydrazine acetate,
whereas Lintner states that his compound yields a singit
charaaeristic osazone melting at 150—152^ The authors
have examined the low melting osazone obtained from
their produA, and conclude that it is merely impure
maltosazone. More recent experiments carried out by
the authors support their view that Lintner's so-called
isomaltose consists of a mixture of maltose and the
simple dextrin, CxaHaoOzo {loc, cit,). No glucose is
present among the produdls of the a^ion of diastase
from low-dried malt on starch, and diastase from this
source is without ad ion on maltose.
It was previously shown {loc, cit.) that when starch is
transformed at 70*" with the diastase prepared from kiln-
dried or brewer's malt, the fradtion which should corre*
spond with Lintner's isomaltose gives, 00 treatment with
46
Transformation of Ammonium Cyanale into Urea.
fCRtmCALBlBWt,
1 Joly a6, x89S.
phenylhydracine acetate, glucosazone together with an
osazone agreeing io crystalHne appearance and melting-
point with the 80*ca]led isomaltosazone of Lintner, but
having the composition Ci8H3oOx4(NaHPh)2t as if derived
from a hixatriosit CxsHsaOxe. A diligent search has
therefore been made for this triose among the transforma-
tion produds last mentioned, but no crystalline compound
has Deen isolated from them with the exception of maltose.
Glucose was invariably present in small amount, and the
Authors find that when maltose is treated at 7o° for two
hours with the diastase prepared from high-dried malt,
the presence of about 20 per cent of glucose is indicated
by the increased cupric reducing power and the diminished
optical adivity; glucose was also detedled qualitatively
by the produdion of glucosazone. Bearing in mind the
presence of glucose, as also their suggestion that Lintner*s
isomaltose contains the simple dextrin, it occurred to the
authors that the triosazone was possibly produced by the
interadion of this dextrin and glucose with phenyl-
hydrazine ; and this turns out to be the case. When the
supposed isomaltose is treated with phenylhydrazine ace-
tate in presence of glucose, the portion of the produdl
soluble in hot water consists of a mixture of the trios-
azone and maltosazone.
'83. '* Thi TransformatioH of Ammonium Cyanats into
Una:* By Jambs Walker, D.Sc, Ph.D., and F. J.
Hambly.
The transformation of ammonium cyanate into urea is
re?ersiblei about 5 per cent of urea in decinormal aqueous
solution at 100* being re-transformed into ammonium
cyanate. The dired transformation obeys the laws of a
bimoleculer readion, and not of a unimolecular readion,
as might be expeded. This is accounted for by the as-
sumption that the ammonium cyanate is largely dissoci-
ated into ammonium ions and cvanic ions, and this
assumption is confirmed by the influence of ammonium
sulphate, potassium sulphate, potassium cyanate, and
other substances, on the rate of the readion. The dis-
sociation theory also enables us to calculate the quanti-
tative phenomena taking plnce when the transformation
of urea into ammoninm cyanate occurs in presence of
silver nitrate. The speed of the readion varies greatly with
the temperature, and the variation may be expressed by
means of van *t Hoff's formula.
'84. '* NoU on thi Transformation of Ammonium
CyanaU into Urea:* By H. J. H. Fbnton, M.A.
Some years aeo the author made a short communica-
tion to the Canabridge Philosophical Society upon this
subjed. (** The Metameric Transformation of Ammonium
Cyanate/' Proc, Camb, Phil. Soc, 1888, 307.) Details of
these experiments were not published, as it was intended
to make further experiments. The reason for giving these
details in the present note is that, in the list of papers to
be read*at the present meeting, there is one which has the
above title, and it was thought that the obtervations
might be of interest to the authors. Unfortunately the
Prociidings of thi Cambridge Philosophical Sociity are
not often seen by chemists outside Cambridge, so that it
is hardly to be expedted that these authors should be
aware of this communication.
In a previous paper {Trans, Chim, Soc.t 1878) I showed
that urea when treated with sodium hypochlorite, in pre-
sence of caustic soda in the cold, evolves only one-half of
its nitrogen in the free state, the remainder being retained
in form of cyanate. The latter gives no nitrogen with
hypochlorite or hypobromite.
Ammonium cyanate was prepared by dired union of
cyanic acid vapour and dry ammonia. Weighed portions
of this salt were aded upon by sodium hypobromite and
hypochlorite, and excess of soda, with the following
results :—
With sodium hypobromite—
I. 0*0544 grm. AmCyO gave 9*3 c.c. nitrogen (corr.).
II, 0-0562 „ „ „ 9»93 „ „
Since with hypobromite estimations, as conduced io
the usual way, there is a deficiency of about 8 per cent
in the nitrogen evolved, a correAion for this was applied,
giving (I.) lo'io c.c, and (II.) 10*79 c.c. Theory for haljf
the nitrogen requires lO'Zi c.c. and 10*45 c.c. respedively.
With sodium hypochlorite-
Theory
0*0620 grm. AmCyO gave zx*89 cc. nitrogen (corr). 11*53
00692 „ „ 13*08 „ „ 12-87
00905 „ „ i6*34 f. 1. »683
It is evident, therefore, that this salt evolves only half its
nitrogen in the free free state with either reagent.
These fads obviously suggest a method by which it is
possible to estimate the extent to which ammonium cya-
nate has been transformed into urea.
Let V s volume of nitrogen obtained by the adion of
hypobromite when a given weight of ammonium cyanate
is taken and partly or entirely converted into urea ; and
let Vt = total volume of nitrogen contained in the sub-
stance taken, Then the nitrogen due to the urea formed
will be 2V— Vx. For convenience the percentage trans-
formation may be expressed as 2V— Vx/Vxxzoo.
Applying this method, the following results were ob-
tained : —
0*7632 grm. AmCyO was dissolved in water and the
solution made up to 100 c.c. 10 cc. were taken
for each experiment.
Temp.
I. Ordinary
(about 19*)
III. 37'
Vol. of N, Theory for Trant-
Time, (corr.) | N,. formakioa.
Immediate 14*14 14*19 None
x8 hours 19*0 — 33*8
3 days 20*54 — 447
0*5561 grm. AmCyO dissolved in water and made up
to 100 c.c 10 cc taken.
I. Ordinary
II. —
III. ioo«
20 hours
10*34 2o*3
II.
III.
Z2*6o
Z2*28
17-57 — 69^
I9'03 -^ 84*0
19*50 — 88*5
0*9495 AmCyO in xoo c.c. 10 cc taken.
70° I hour 25*9 17*66 46*6
4 hours 28*5 — 61*3
100"
100**
I hour
2i hours
20 hours
7o«
40 hours
30-4 —
72" I
In each case the liquid was measured into a small,
partly drawn off test-tube, which was .afterwards sealed.
A corredion for the loss of 8 per cent is made in the
stated volumes of nitrogen.
These results indicate that the change proceeds rapidly
at first, then becomes slower, and finally reaches a limit
which is a fundion of the temperature. In no case
examined was the transformation complete.
These fadls suggest that the aAion may be a reversible
one ; urea and ammonium cyanate are perhaps tautomeric
forms transformable one into the other. This hypothesis
would account for some of the properties of urea which
are otherwise difficult to understand. For example, the
difference in the aaions of hypobromite and hypochlorite
(in presence of soda), mentioned above, might be explained
in the following way :~The adion of hypobromite is
nearly instantaneous, whereas that of hypochlorite is ex-
tremely slow. The solution of urea may contain ur^
and ammonium cyanate in a state of equilibrium, lift
urea, of course, largely preponderating. Hypobromit t
therefore evolves nearly all the nitrogen — all from th 1
urea, and half from the ammonium cyanate. Hypochlorite ^
however, it may be supposed, attacks only the ammoniui' i
cyhuate, liberating half of its nitrogen, the other half r^ >
maining as cyanate which is not further decomposer i
This would destroy the equilibrium of the system, and \ r t
further transformation of urea into ammonium cyanat< \
would result. The latter would be removed as before, anr (
CHIMlCAt NlWf, \
New Formation of Glycollic Aldehyd.
47
i
finally one-half ol the total nitrogen would be evolved in
the free state,
There are indications also that cyanate is produced
when nrea solution, mixed with potash in excess, is left
to stand for several weeks in a bell-jar over sulphuric
acid. This fad could be explained in a similar manner.
*85. " Somi Dtrivativn of HumuleneJ'^ By Alfred
C. Chapman.
In a former communication (Trans, Chtm, Soe., 1895,
Uvii., 54) the author described a sesquiterpene obtained
from the essential oil of hops by fradional distillation, for
which he suggested the name humulene. In that paper a
nitrosochloride (m.p. 164—165°) was described, and also
m aitrol-piperide obtained from it (m.p. 253°).
In the present paper the author gives an account of the
following additional humulene derivatives : —
Hydrockloridt of humuUm nitrolpiperide —
(C,3Ha4NONC3Hxo.HCI).
»-This was obtained by passing dry hydrogen chloride into
a solution of the nitrol-piperide in ether. The platini-
chloride of this salt crystallising from alcohol in reddish
needles was also prepared (m.p. 187 — 189**).
HumuUm nitrol-benMylaming —
(C,3Ha4NONHCHaC6H5).
^This compound was obtained by heatin£| humulene
nitrosochloride with an excess of bensylamme. After
crystallisation from boiling alcohol it melted at 136*.
The hydrochloride of this base was prepared by passing
hydrogen chloride into an ethereal solution of the com-
pound (m.p. 187— 189*").
Hnrnultm niirosati (Cx3H22Na04).~ Prepared by ading
with nitric acid upon a mixture of humulene and amyl.
nitrite in glacial acetic acid. It crystallises from benzene
in small colourless needles, melting at 162 — 163^
Humuhni nitronti (Ci3H24Na03). — This compound
was prepared by allowing nitrous anhydride to combine
with humulene dissolved in petroleum ether. After one
rc-crystallisation from boiling alcohol the compound was
obtained in the form of magnificent deep blue needles,
melting at about 120*). The mother-liquor from which
this compound separated deposited colourless needles,
which, after re-crystallisation, melted at x66 — 168^, and
were found to be isomeric with the blue compound. This
Utter could be almost completely converted into the
white substance by the long-continued boiling of its alco-
holic iolntion.
•86. •• Not4 on Thlo-dtfivatiats from Sulphanilic Acid,'*
By L. Edna Walter.
When diazotised sulphanilic acid and potassium xan-
thate are allowed to interad, following Leuckart*s
diredions {jf, Pr, Chem., 1890, xli., 179), the parasul-
phonate-xanthate of the formula SOjKCsHvS'CS-OEt
IS readily formed as an easily soluble crystalline sale. On
hydrolysis this xanthate undergoes change in two ways,
and yields both the sulphydride, SOsK*C6H4*SH, and the
sulphethide, SO^K*C6H4*SEt. As the former, however, is
very readily oxidised, the corresponding disulphide is
nscally obtained. When acid is used in efleding hydro-
lyiis, the disulphide is the only produA ; but when alkali
it used the produA is a mixture which apparently is the
richer in sulphethide the more concentrated the alkali.
^ When the dried xanthate is heated at about 200* it
loses considerably in weight, being converted into the
jbnlphethide, which is more easiljr prepared in this way :
, only a small amount of disulphide is produced in this
case.
The potassium disulphide crystallises in needles ; it is
. very soluble in water, and sparingly soluble in alcohol.
' ft yields a crystalline sulphochloride melting at 142% and
a aalphonamide melting at 253*.
The potassium sulphethide is very soluble in water and
; in alcohol ; it crystallises in six-sided plates. The ba-
rltttn salt crystallises in very charaderistic rhombic
J plates ; its sulphochloride melts at 33% and its sulphon-
■ amiae at i34'.
The sulphethide is converted by oxidation with per*
manganate into the corresponding sulphonate, which is
soluble in water, and yields a sulphochloride melting at
103-5^
The sulphide, on the other hand, very readily yields
benseneparadisulphonate when oxidised by permanga-
nate. The xanthate may also be dtredly converted into
paradisulpbonate by oxidation with permanganate, and it
is easy in this manner to prepare any desired quantity of
bcnzeneparadisulphonic acid.
One disulphochloride, C6H4(S02Cl)a. prepared from the
produA, fuses at 136*5, several degrees higher than the
melting-point assigned by Kdmer and Monselise.
*87. **ffWfNM, a Constiiuint of drialn Minerals.**
Part II. By William Ramsay, F.R.S.t J. Norman
Collie, Ph.D., and Morris Travers, B.Sc.
The first part of this communication contains an ac-
count of the sources of helium. About thirty minerals
have been investigated, mainly those containing uranium,
and of these fifteen contained helium in greater or less
amount. Many, in addition, evolved hydrogen, s hydro-
carbon, and carbon dioxide.
The second part treats of the densities of samples
from different sources. After purification, the value a*a
was obtained for three samples— one from d^veite, one
from brdggerite heated alone, and one from br6ggerite
fused with hydrogen potassium sulphate. It was proved
during these experiments that hydrogen is not evolved in
combination with helium by the a^ion of acid on mine-
ral containing helium. The density of all these samples,
united and carefully purified, was 2*ai8 ; a second puri*
fication made the density 2*228, pradically an identical
number.
The wave-length of sound in the gas corresponds sccu*
rately to the ratio x : i}, implying monatomicity, if that
be granted to mercury on the same and on different
grounds. The atomic weight would therefore be 4*4.
The solubility in water is 0*007 at x8*. Helium is
therefore the least soluble of gases. It is insoluble in
alcohol and in benzene.
The paper concludes with a discussion of the relations
of helium towards other elements.
88. ** Niw Formation of GlycoUie AUUhydi.** By H. J.
H. Fenton, M.A.
The properties of the acid C4H406*2Ha0, which was
described by the author in a previous paper {Trans, Chnm*
Soc, 1894), A>^ Btill being investigated with a view of
establishing the constitutional formula for the acid. The
present paper deals with the decomposition which the
acid undergoes when heated with water. It is shown
that, under these circumstances, glycollic aldehyde and
carbon dioxide are produced, the change taking place
almost quantitatively according to the equation —
C4H406= CaH40a-h2COa.
The glycollic aldehyde was identified by oxidation to
glycollic acid and by the adion of excess ol phenyl-
hydrazine acetate, which gave the phenylosasone of
glyoxal.—
CHNaHCeHj
c!.
HNaHCsHj.
This decomposition affords a very simple method for
the preparation of glycollic aldehyde.
Bv spontaneous evaporation of the aqueous solution
(and purification from a trace of glyoxylic acid produced)
the aldehyde was obtained in an isolated condition as a
viscid syrup, pure, except for a trace of ether or alcohol,
which is obstinately retained. On removing this ether by
heating under reduced pressure, the aldehyde undergoes
polymerisation, a sweet-tasting solid gum being the re-
sult. Molecular weight determinations indicate that this
substance is a form of hexose, C^HiaO^. It reduces
Fehling's solution in the cold, and gives an osazone
melting at 162—163".
48
Dissociation of Gold Chloride.
f CamtcAt Riwt,
I July 26, 1895.
89. " Ethertal Salts of Ethanetttracarhoxylie Acid,'**
By James Walker, Ph.l>., D.Sc, and J. R. Appleyard.
Symmetrical dimethylic dihydrogen ethanetetracat-
boxylate should, according to Btereocnemical theory, exist
in an inadive and a racemic modification, and the corre-
sponding potassium salts should yield, on eleArolysis,
dimethylic maleate and dimethylic fumarate respedively.
An attempt was made to separate the two modifications,
but it was unsuccessful. The mixed dimethyl dipotassium
salts, on eledrolysis, gave a small quantity of dimethylic
fqmarate. The following derivatives of tthanetttracat'
hdxylic acid were prepared in the investigation. Tetra-
methylie ialt, m. p. 104*, symmetrical. Dihydrogtn
dimethylic saltf m. p. 158— 160*^ with decomposition.
Tfii'thylic moHomethylic salt, m. p. 58'. Die thy lie dime-
ihylic salt, liquid.
90. *' On the Occurrence 0/ Argon in the Gases Enclosed
in Rock Salt, By P. Phillips Bedson, M.A., D.Sc., and
Savillb Shaw.
The brine obtained from the wells sunk in the rock salt
deposit on the north bank of the Tees, in the neighbour-
hood of Kf iddlesbrough, when pumped to the surface is
found to be strongly effervescent. The gas, the liberation
of which gives rise to this phenomenon, had been ana-
IjMed by one of us some years ago (7. Soc, Chem, Ind,,
1888, 660 to' 667), and found to consist ol^
By volume.
Methane •• •• •• •• 2*05
Nitrogen 97*95
100*00
It was thought that a re- examination of this gas, with
a view of testing its freedom or otherwise from argon,
would be of interest. Through the kindness of Mr.
Alfred Allhusen, a fresh sample was accordingly procured
in May of the present year, when it was found to have
slightly altered in composition and to contain-
By volame.
Oxygen x*3
Nitrogen .. •• •• •• 9^*7
lOO'O
only a minute quantity of methane being present, and the
small amount of oxygen ptobably due to air leakage.
Professor Ramsay kindly furnished details of the sim-
plest method for ascertaining the presence of argon in
the gas—'* sparking '* over caustic soda in presence of
oxygen, and submitting the residue after contraAion
ceased to spe^roscopic examination. A small indu^ion
coil, giving a fin. spark in air and aduated by the cur-
rent from a battery of storage cells, was employed.
About 40 c.c. of the gas was submitted to examination
in each experiment. The sparking was continued in
presence of an excess of oxygen until no further contraAion
was noticeable. After this it was found necessary to
continue the sparking for an hour or two, until examined
spedroscopically the nitrogen lines, which grew fainter
and fainter, finally disappeared. After absorbing the
excess of oxygen present with alkaline pyrogallate, the
small residue was added to an already measured volume
of pure oxygen, and the whole accurately measured, using
the apparatus of Professor Dittmar in conjundion with a
form of Lunge volumeter.
Two estimations gave results as follows :—
II I'aeol ^**° "^ '^ P^^ ^^^^ ®^ argon.
The amount of argon present in the nitrogen from the
rock salt is thus pradiically identical with the amount
Cisent in the nitrogen of ordinary air as determined by
rd Rayleigh and Professor Ramsay. This is to the
authors* knowledge the first recorded analysis of a sample
of naturally occurring nitrogen which has been stored up
for some thousands of years under conditions which prac-
tically preclude the possibility of change. The nitrogen
was probably in the first instance derived from the atmo-
sphere, and it is of considerable interest to note that
atmospheric nitrogen at the present day is still associated .
with the same percentage of argon as when in remote
ages it was first occluded in cavities in the rock salt.
As Professor Ramsay has shown that argon is soluble
to a considerable extent in water, it is proposed to exa-
mine the gas given off on boiling the orine after effer-
vescence has subsided. In this way a gas would probably
be obtained much richer in argon, and, as there would be
little difficulty in procuring it in quantity, it might prove
a useful source of the new gas. It is also proposed to
submit the nitrogen found enclosed in coal to a similar
examination.
91. " On the Dissociation of Gold Chloride.'^ By T. K.
Rose, D.Sc, A.R.S.M.
The tensions of dissociation of trichloride of gold at
various temperatures up to 332° were measured, the
limited chemical adion investigated being expressed by
the equation —
AuCls;^AuCl + Cla.
The total pressures observed when a mixture of AuClj
and AuCl is heated in a closed space are higher than the
tensions of dissociation, owing to the vapour- pressure of
AuClj, which becomes considerable between 200" and
390**. The attainment of the maximum pressure is greatly
delayed if the substances are carefully dried.
An investigation by means of Deville*s ** hot and cold
tubes'* showed that AuClj undergoes continuous volatili-
sation in chlorine gas at atmospheric pressure at all temper-
atures between x8o^and xxoo"*, the limits of temperature
employed. The curve illustrating the rate of volatilsation
under these conditions passes through a maximum at about
30oS and a minimum between 800^ and 900^ Reasons
for the shape of the curve are adduced.
The results afford evidence that Kriiss's statements on
the decomposition and volatilisation of gold chloride can-
not be substantiated, but that those of Boyle and of Debray
are in accordance with fad. It is pointed out that, ac-
cording to the laws of chemical equilibrium, compounds
formed with evolution of heat cannot be included in the
class of bodies which are completely decomposed at mo-
derate temperatures and again formed at much higher
temperatures. The statements of Kriiss regarding the
behaviour of gold chloride at various temperatures, and
those of Langer and V. Meyer regarding platinum
chloride, are therefore at variance with theory, and in the
former case have been shown to be unfounded.
(To be continued.)
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
Chemists and their Wonders, The Story of the Applica-
tions of Chemistry to various Arts and Manufadures.
By F. M. Holmes. London: S. W. Partridge and
Co. Crown 8vo., pp. x6o.
The reader will find here a readable, bright, and moM
instrudive survey of the services which chemistry ^
rendering to civihsation. It is drawn up in the form of 4
conversation between several interlocutors, one of whom',
aptly spoken of as ** Mr. Flippant,*' does not think much
of chemistry until fairly beaten off the field. He pleads *
that ** chemists don*t build bridges or make railway
trains ! " We may here mention that there exists in the
minds of County Councillors, &c., a delusion that
chemists are inferior to engineers, and they even hand
over to the latter work which can be done aright only by
the former. Thus, when the manner of disposing of the
sewage of London was under discussion, it was proposed
that the task should be assigned to the engineer who had
construded the Tay Bridge!
Another school of unqualified censors accuse us of
*' imperfed drainage, of devising benumbing poisons, and
'""yAi«!ST*'> Chmtcal Notices from Foreign Sources,
•49
cobtrtviog infernal machines." Whilst a third, though
kindred, fadion think that we might be good and happy
without any knowledge of rare earthi, or even if they had
no existence. Our author does much to sweep such cob-
webs out of the heads of all sensible people.
In his sketch on the rise of alchemy, however, he con-
cede! too much to the old notion that this romantic delu-
sion was the parent of chemistry. This question has
be6n of late exhaustively discussed by the great French
savant Berthelot. A little further Mr. Holmes touches
on the peculiarly English error that chemistry is especially
conneded with drugs and medicines. This mistake is
due to the unfortunate fad that in these realms the
dealers in, and compounders of, medicines have contrived
to appropriate the term ** chemists" in place of their
legitimate name, ** pharmacists."
In the vork we find an exposition. of the most salient
features of the lives and researches of Boyle, of Lavoisier,
Chevreul, of John Young (of ** paraffin " celebrity), of
John Walker, of Schcele, of W. Murdoch (the gas manu-
fadurer), with his predecessors, Shirley and Clayton, the
latter dating back to 1739. Winzer, or Winsor as he re-
named himself, receives mention, and though he did not
invent gas, was the inventor of gas companies— a blessing
for which chemical science can scarcely be held respon-
sible.
The expression here used of " enriching " coal-gas with
both oil-gas and water-gas is misleading. Water-gas,
sometimes spoken of as " Dowson gas," enriches coal-
gas chiefly in the deadly produd carbon monoxide. A
speaker here doubts whether it would answer well in
England if used alone. The reason is because our sani-
tary laws are more stringent than those of the United
States.
'** High " explosives receive a very full notice. As a
set off to the fearful dangers consequent upon any over-
sight or irregularity in their manuiadure and use, it it
here pointed out that the dynamitards and anarchists are
liable to fail from the difficulty of manufaauring a safe
article without an amount of care not easily secured when
the process is carried on illegally. It is, however, to be
again remembered that the dangers of ill-made dynamite
do not always fall upon the guilty parties. It may be
asked whether the economy of time and labour from the
> use of the high explosives in place of gunpowder, is a
sufficient compensation for the destrudion of life and pro-
perty attending upon their employment.
Other ably-written and luminous chapters treat of the
coal-tar colours, of photography, of indiarubber and its
transformations, of chemical manures, of aerated water,
and of disinfedants and germicides.
Few of the outside public, even of the so-called " intel-
ligent and respedable classes," can read these chapters
without having their eyes opened, literally and, even still
more, figuratively. It might, of course, have been briefly
pointed out that our disgraceful inferiority in the manu-
fadure of the coal-tar colours is due to the joint adion of
two causes : the fad that our students instead of being
trained in discovery, are compelled to waste their time
and energ;ies in '* preparing for exams." ; and, secondly,
to the laxity of our laws, which allow an alien to hold a
British patent without attempting or intending to put it
IB use on British soil.
The work before us merits the warmest recommenda-
tion.
CHEMICAL
NOTICES FROM
SOURCES.
FOREIGN
CompUs Rendus Ilebdomadaires des Seances, de VAcademie
des Sciences, Vol. cxx., No. 25, June 34, 1895.
Farther Studies on the Fluorescence of Argon and
0n its Combination with the Elements of Beosene.
^*M. Berthelot.— (See p. 13).
On the Ladtones or Campholenic Olidea.— MM.
Berthelot and Rivals. — It results from the author's re«
searches that the ladones have formation-heats notably
superior to those of the isomeric acids ; the deviation
measured between the liquid acid and the inadive ladone
being 143*8 - 1317 « +I2'i.
Solution of Neutralisation Heats of the Campho-
lenic Acids.— M. Berthelot.^The author has determined
the heats of the liquid and solid campholenic acid and of
campholic acid.
Redudtion of Silica by Charcoal.— Henri Moissan.
— M. Moissan has obtained a very decided redudion by
heatine a mixture of rock-crystal and of carbon in powder
in a cylinder of coke closed at one end. If the tempera*
ture is not very high a part of the silicon escaper the
adion of the carbon, and is found in the state of crystals
or of fused globules. This procedure may be applied to
the preparation of silicon by refrigerating its vapour at the
moment of produdion.
Condensation-produdts of Valeric Aldehyd (Methyl
a-Butanal-4). Observations concerning the Paper of
Barbier and Bouveault.— C. Friedel.— The author has
been for some time engaged with a study of the conden*
sation-produds of valeric aldehyd by the adion of dilute
soda, aqueous or alcoholic. One of these produds is the
substance which Barbier and Bouveault regard as di-
me ihyl-26-heptene-3-methylal-3, and which they have
further condensed with acetone.
Properties of Solid Carbonic Acid.— P. Villard and
R. Jarry.— Dry carbonic acid was distilled and solidified
in a wide refrigerated tube in which a* thermometer had
been introduced axially. The melting-point of the solid
acid was -567^ The pressure at the time was 5*1 atmo*
spheres. The point of refrigeration was then observed
and found to be —56*7° at the pressure of 3'x atmospheres.
This result agrees substantially with the figures found by
Faraday. The point of ebullition of solid carbonic acid is
at -79^ Regnault found -78*16 and Pouillet -7^.
Ether mixed with solidified carbonic acid (carbonic snow)
does not reduce the temperature. Methyl chloride behaves
quite differently: setting out from -65^ the carbonic
snow dissolves without liberation of gas, and^ at the mo-
ment of complete saturation the thermometer macks -^ 85^
The lowest temperature reached by means of carbonic
snow m vacuo is -1x5^ a point which was maintained
for neariy three hours.
On a Formula of M. Quye.— A. Colson.— Referring
to a paper by Guye and Jordan (CompUs Rendustp. 1274)
the author holds that the simplified formula of Quye is
unfounded, and that the diredion of the rotatory power is
not indicated in a satisfadory manner by a formula
founded solely upon chemical hypotheses.
On the Alcohols Derived front a Dextro-Tersbea-
thene, Bncalyptene.— G. Bouchardat and Tardy.— An
attentive study of the derivatives of the various natural
terebenthenes with different rotatory powers will probably
enable it to be established that these carbides are merely
mixtures of two adive turpentines, dextro- and lasvo*
rotatory, meeting each other in variable proportions.
Condensation of the Non-saturated Aldehyds of
the Patty Series with Dimethylacetooe ; Synthesis
of Aromatic H>drocarbons.— Ph. Barbier and L. Bou-
veault.— The authors consider the condensation of methyl-
ethylacroleine with acetone and the condensation of aiso-
propyl-j3-isobutylacroleine with dimethylketone.
Double Combinations of the Nitriles belonging to
the Fatty Series acd to the Aromatic Series with
Aluminium Chloride. — Q. Perier.— This memoir is not
adapted for useful abridgment.
Ad\ion of Air upon the Must of Grapes. — V. Mar-
tinand. — Of all the elements of must the red soluble
colouring matter is the most readily oxidisable. In grapes
of the type of the Petit-Bouschet there eaists a colouring
matter oxidisible by air, and one which is less BO or n(U
i''
50
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
{Chbiucal Nbwi,
Jaly26, X895.
tt all, and which does not hinder the a^ion of the air
from proceeding upon the other elements of the must.
The bouquet of wine is due not only to the bouquets which
exist pre-formed in the grape and to those developed
daring the fermentation, but also, in some varieties, to the
elements contained in the mutt. The colouration of white
wines and their taste are due to an oxidation of the must,
and are not derived from fermentation. It is possible to
prepare white wines with black grapes by extrading the
total Juice which they can yield, and submitting it, before
fermentation, to the following operations : — Refrigeration
■ to check fermentation, aeration to precipitate the colouring
matter, and, lastly, filtration of the liquid to prevent its
fe-cokmration during fermentation.
Treatment of the Bites of Venomous Serpents by
' Chloride of Lime and by Anti-venomous Serum. — A.
Calmette. — MM. Phisalix and Bertrand erroneously as-
cribe to the author a view which he repudiates, i. e,, that
~ chloride of lime has a vaccinal adtion. Conclusive experi-
ments with chloride of lime have been made successfully
upon human subjeAs, especially by Prof. Halford, at Mel-
bourne. He is now sending out immunising serum in
considerable quantities to India, the Antilles, and Aus-
tralia. It is sufficient to injeA into rabbits a dose of the
serum equal to i-io,oooth of their weight to enable them
to bear afterwards, without danger, a dose of venom
capable of killing check specimens in from three to four
hours.
J. & A. CHURCHILL,
PU BLISHER S.
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY AND
QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS; SpeciftUy adapted for CoUena
and Scbaols. By FRANK CLOWES. D.ScMJProfMaor of cCe-
mistry in Univeraity College, Nottingham.
84 Engravings, Poat 8vo, &. 6d.
Sixth Edition, with
MISCELLANEOUS.
Inttttttte of Chemistry.— The following Candidates
have passed the Examinations for Membership, July and
to July 5th, 1895 :—Fcr tkt Fillowthip : Fuerst, Alexander
Frankenbacher (Ph.D.» Heidelberg), The University of
Heidelberg. For thi Atiociattship (under Regulations in
force prior to OAober ist. 1893) : Andrews, Ernest Robert,
Finsbnry Technical College; Barnes, Charles Kepler,
University College, Liverpool ; Bodey, Augustus Charles,
University College, Bristol, and Pharmaceutical Society's
Research Laboratory; Bowie, James Girdwood, Mason
College, Birmingham ; Bowles, Horace Edgar, Finsbury
Technical College ; Buchanan, John, Glasgow and West
of Scotland Technical College ; Burbridge, James Kerry,
King's College, London ; Desch, Cecil Henry, Finsbury
Technical College ; Dodd, Frederick Robertson, Glasgow
and West of Scotland Technical College, and Registered
Student under A. Smetham, Esquire, F.I.C. ; Guthrie,
Thomas, Yorkshire College, Leeds ; Hill, Charles Alex-
ander. Pharmaceutical Society's Research Laboratory,
and King's College, London (Physics); Hirst, Henry
Reginald, Yorkshire College, Leeds; King, Herbert,
Yorkshire College, Leeds ; Meggitt, Loxley, University
College, Nottingham ; Ridding, Howard Charles (Assoc.
R.S.M.). Royal College of Science, London ; Warden,
John Blair, Glasgow and West of Scotland Technical
College, and School of Mines, Freiburg; Wharton, Fred-
erick Malcdlm, Mason College, Birmingham; Woollatt,
George Henry, University College, Nottingham, and
Royal College of Science, London. Final Examination
for thi Associatiship (New Regulations) : Robins, Walter
(B.Sc Lond.), Finsbury Technical College.
NOTES AND QUERIES.
*^* Our Notes and Queries column wai opened for the purpose of
giving and obtaining information likely to be of use to our readers
generally. We cannot undertake to let this column be the means
of transmitting merely private infotmation, or such trade noticea
as should legitimately come in the advertisement columns.
Wanted, a Retpiratoc— Can any reader supply the name of
maker of a respirator suitable for wear in the laboratory ? ProteAion
is desired against entrance of hydric snlpbide into tbe luogi either
by motttli or aosc^AsrHYXU,
ELEMENTARYQUALITATIVE ANA-
LYSIS :suiub]e for Orgsnised Science Schools. By PRANK
CLOWES, D.Sc. Lond., Professor of Chemistry in University
CoUegt, Nottingham, and }. BERNARD COLBMAK. Senior
Demonstrator; of Chemistry in University Collega, Nottiof ham*
With Engravings. Post 8vo, ax. 6d,
BY THE SAME AUTHORS.
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS: specially
adapted for Collegea and Schools. Third Edition, with 100 En-
gravings, Post 8vo. r Jitti feoify.
VALENTIN'S QUALITATIVE ANA-
LYSIS. Edited by Dr. W. R. HODGKINSON, F.R.S.E., Pro-
fessor of Chemistry and Physios in the Royal Military Academy
and Artillery College, Woolwich. Eighth Edition, Revised and
Enlarged, 8s. 6d.
BLOXAM'S CHEMISTRY, INOR-
GANIC AND ORGANIC, with ExperimenU. Re-written and
Revi&ed bv JOHN MILLAR THOMSON. Piofassorof Chamia-
try. King's College, London, and ARTHUR G. BLOXAM,
Head of the Chemistry Departmebt. The Goldsmiths' Institute,
New Cross, London. Eighth Edition, with a8i Engravings, 8vo,
BLOXAM'S LABORATORY TEACH-
ING; Or, Progressive Exercises in PraAical Chemistry.
Edited by ARTHUR G. BLOXAM, Head of the Cbamiat^
Department. The Go'dsmiths' Institute, London. Sixth Edition.
Revised and much Enlarged, with 80 Woodcots, Crown 8vo,
6s. 6d.
CHEMISTRY OF URINE ; a Pra<5lical
Guide to the Analytical Examinations of Diabetic. Albuminoas.
and Gouty Urine. By ALFRED H. ALLEN, F.I.C, F.C.S.
With Engravings, 8vo, yi. 6d.
London :
J. & A. CHURCHILL, ix, Nbw Burlington Strbbt,
yUST PUBLISHED, Largi Crown Svo.,with Diagrams
and Working Drawings, 71. 6d, cloth,
THE CYANIDE PROCESS
FOR THE
EXTRACTION OF GOLD,
And its Practical Application on the Witwaterarand
Gold Pielda in South Africa.
By M. EISSLER, Minino Enoinbbr,
Author of *' The MeUllurgy of Gold," &c.
** This book is just what was needed to acquaint mining men with
the aftual working of a proceaa which is not only the most popalar,
but it, as a general rule, tbe most successful for the eztraAios of gold
from tailings."— Affffing Journal.
Londok:
CROSBY LOCK WOOD & SON, 7, Stationera* Hall Court. B.C.
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, BRISTOL,
CHEMICAL DEPARTMENT.
Professor— SYDNEY YOUNG, D.Sc, P.R.S.
LeAurer-ARTHUR RICHARDSON, Ph.D.
The SESSION 1895-96 begins on OCTOBER 3rd. LeAures on
Inorganic, Organic, and Advanced Chemistry will be delivered during
the Session. The Laboratories are fitted with the most recent im- \
provements for the study of PraAical Chemistry in all its branches. |
In the Evening, Ledtures on Inorganic Cbemiatry, at reduced feea,
are delivered. Several Scholarships are tenable at tbe College.
CALENDAR, containing full information, price xs. (by poat
IS. s<i)>
For ProspeAas and farther particulars apply to—
JAMES RAFTER, Secretary.
O BMICAX. NBWt, I
Aug. a, 189S. I
Possible Compound of Argon.
51
THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
Vol. LXXII., No. z86a.
A POSSIBLE COMPOUND OF ARGON.
By WILLIAM RAMSAY, P.R.S.
There are three ways of forming an endothermic com-
pound. First, by choosing such a readlion as shall on the
whole give rise to heat-evolution ; as when potassium
hypochlorite is produced by passing chlorine into a solu-
tion of caustic potash ; water and potassium chloride are
produced simultaneously with great heat-evolution, so
that the algebraical sum of heat is positive. A second
method is to use the silent discharge ; and by this means
oxygen can be oxidised into ozone. A third method de-
pends on the faA that an endothermic compound is more
stable at high than at low temperatures, and that if it can
be suddenly withdrawn from a hot region a certain pro-
portion, at least, will escape decomposition. By this
means acetylene can be produced by causing an arc to
play in an atmosphere of hydrogen.
The first of these methods would appear to be impos-
sible with argon. No definite compound is known ; much
less one produced with heat-evolution.
The second method has been used apparently with
tome success by M. Berthelot.
The third method has recently been tried ; and though
much remains to be done, circumstances render it de-
sirable that I should record in a preliminary note certain
results which I have recently obtained.
The arc was made m vacuo between two thin carbon
rods, enclosed in a globular bulb ; this was in order to
expel, to a certain extent at least, occluded gas. The
bulb was then filled with argon, and placed in communi-
cation with a graduated reservoir of dry argon. After
some four hours, in which the pressure was always some-
what above that of the atmosphere, so that leakage in-
wards could not have occurred, all was allowed to cool.
The volume of the gas had increasid by about one-fifth.
No alteration of volume was caused in this gas on ex-
posure to water, to caustic soda, or to ammoniacal
cuprous chloride; hence the gas contained no carbonic
anhydride or oxide. The spedrum of this gas, while
showing a faint argon spe^rum, exhibited a very finely
channelled speAruro, so luminous as to give the im-
{iression of a continuous spedlrum, together with certain
ines which are not coincident with arson lines, judging
by a careful comnarison in which both speara were in
the same field. Mr. Crookes has kindly undertaken to
examine the spearum, and will doubtless report on it.
Further experiments will be made ; but I must content
myself at present with chronicling the few fads which I
have observed.
UoiverBity College, Qower Street,
jBly a^ X895.
OPENING UP
PURE
SILICATES BY MEANS OF
LEAD CARBONATE.
By P. JANNASCH,
The first chemist who made a successful attempt to de-
compose silicates quantitatively by fusion with lead oxide
was,G. Bong (Zeit.f, Anal, Chtmitt xviii., p. 270). Sub-
seqiAently W. Hempel and R. F. Koch {Ibid. , xx., p. 496)
gavel the preference to bismuth oxide. Recently I had
the opportunity to experience the advantages of the use
of lejid oxide when effe^ng the analysis of some speci-
men*^ of topaz ID concert with H. Jas. Locke. The many
eat) (
i
experiments which I have lately made on incinerating
and weighing lead- and bismuth-oxides in platinum
vessels, induced me to attempt the opening up of silicates
by direa mixture with pure lead carbonate and subsequent
fusion in a platinum crucible. From these very success-
ful experiments there originated the following general
procedure for the analysis of silicates.
The requisite chemically pure lead carbonate is snitably
obtained by precipitating a hot solution of lead acetate
with the calculated quantity of ammonium carbonate.
The granular precipitate obtained is first washed in a
tall beaker by repeated decantation, then distributed on
!*^yf ^?^ ?P'^ ^^'*" <"^*^® ^y I^esaga. of Heidelberg) not
Jolded filten, perfeAly washed with boiling waters,
finally with sudion, carefully removed from the paper
without injuring it, and finally completely dried in a
capacious porcelain capsule at the heat of the water-bath
and With stirring.
For opening up silicates I use a large thick-sided
platinum crucible, of 52 to 53 m.m. in height, 45 m.m. in
width at the top, and weighing, together with its cover,
72 grms. We thus obtain better melts, and most com-
pletely avoid the volatilisation of traces of alkali.
For effeding the fusion we put into the crucible from
ten to twelve times the quantity of dry lead carbonate,
add the very finely pulverised and air-dried specimen
(which has been weighed in a small tube), and mix iho-
roughly with the glass rod, and heat the whole— under
cover, at first gradually, approaching the crucible with a
flame of an inch in height for about fifteen to twenty
minutes, whereby the greater part of the carbonic acid
escapes ; it is then more strongly heated to fusion at red-
ness, but only about one-third of the height of the
crucible must be adlually red-hot. It is remarked that if
the silicate contains organic matter, this must be first
destroyed by gentle ignition before admixture with lead,
carbonate. It is also stated that the platinum crucible
is less attacked than by a fusion with sodium carbonate
or an alkaline hydrosulphate.
Care must be taken to use a thoroughly non-luminous
flame, so as completely to obviate any aaion ol redudive
gases upon the contents of the crucible. After fusion for
ten to fifteen minutes the crucible, when as glowing hot
as possible, is plunged into cold distilled water, dis-
placing the cover of the crucible by the tongs as little as
possible. To prevent the projeaion of any small par-
tides of the melt, with the aid of tapping the bottom of
the crucible and gentle pressure of the sides, the cake of
melt is caused to fall into a large flat Berlin capsole,
corresponding quantities of pure concentrated nitric acid
and hot water are added, and the whole is evaporated
down on the water-bath, continually comminnting all the
fragments of the melt as they are gradually disintegrated
add softened, until there remain at last more or fewer
light-coloured flocks of silica floating in the liquid. In
the meantime the residue of the melt, which (brms only
a slight coating in the crucible, is placed, along with
water and some strong nitric acid, in a boiling water-bath,
and after a short time the solution obtained, including
some silica, can be mixed with the chief quantity. The
saline mass, after being sharply dried on the water-bath,
IS again moistened with at least 20 to 25 c.c. of concen-
trated nitric acid, and again evaporated down until as dry
as dust. This residue when cold ii moistened with
10 c.c. concentrated nitric acid, allowed to stand at rest
for ten minutes, and then mixed with from 750 to 1000 c.c.
of water, heated for fifteen minutes on the waterbath,
and filtered from the silica, which is finally jnost carefully
wasJied with boiling water, to which at first a little nitric
acid is added.
The filtrate fi-om the silica is mixed, in the cold with a
large excess of concentrated hydrochloric acid, in order
to separate the bulk of the lead as a chloride, which, after
subsidence, is then filtered with luaion and washed with
cold hydrochloric acid (i vol. concentrated acid and i vol.
water). This filtrate it agala evaporated .to diyneis id a
52
Novel Reactions of Morphia.
\
Aug. 2, XS^S'
capacious capsule, especially for the complete expuliioa
of any free nitric acid. The residue is mixed with 30 c.c.
dilute hydrochloric acid (i : 4), and as much water heated
on the water-bath for fifteen minutes and allowed to cool,
when any residual traces of lead chloride are colleAed
upon a very permeable filter, and quickly washed with
cold water. The resulting filtrate now contains unim-
portant quantities of lead, which are finally quantitatively
precipitated with hydrogen sulphide. To this end the
gas is first introduced in the cold ; it is then heated for
«ome lime until the lead suljphide has settled, and the
liquid is finally allowed to cool in a current of sulphuretted
bydrogen.
The precipitate, which is generally slight, is filtered off
ftod washed with warm water, to which fresh sulphuretted
bydrogen water is constantly added. Above all, care must
be taken that the precipiution of the lead is really com-
plete, as otherwise the further course of the analysis will
be disturbed in the most troublesome manner, or inaccu-
rate results will be obtained.
Then from the filtrate Irec from lead all hydrogen sul-
phide must be removed, by concentrating the solution
before the iron is oxidised, by means of nitric acid or hy-
drogen peroxide, on undertaking the general procedure for
separating iron, alumina, manganese, lime, magnesia,
potash, and soda.
I have already had several analyses of rocks executed
by a number of my pupils according to the above method,
which agreed in their results most satisfadtorily with the
combined results of sodium carbonate fusion and opening
up with hydrofluoric acid.
After further elaboration of the lead oxide method for
the case of the simultaneous presence of titanium and
phosphoric acid, I propose communicating all the analy-
tical material in connexion. I cannot sufficiently extol
the use of lead carbonate in the analysis of silicates As
compared with the former methods, it means a very con-
siderable economy of time, and it need fear no comparison
with them as regards the accuracy of the results.— Z^i^
Anofgan, Ckitnti, viii., p. 364.
NOVEL REACTIONS OP MORPHIA.
By O. BRUYLANTS.
On heating morphia or one of its salts in a steam- bath
with a little pure concentrated sulphuric acid, and adding
a drop of Frdhde-Buckingham reagent (x c.grm. molyb-
date to z ex. of acid), th^re is produced a splendid green
colour, which lasts for some time and then disappears.
This rea^ion is almost as sensitive as the Frdhde re-
aftioo properly so called. It seems to me to have some
importance, because we see the same reagent produce
two distinft reaaions with the same substance placed in
different conditions, and also because this green coloura-
tion is charaderistic of other alkaloids of opium.
To produce It we heat, for two or three minutes, the
watch-glass on which we have placed the morphia and the
sulphuric acid, then spread out a drop of the mixture on
a plate of white porcelain, and add a drop of the re-
agent.
We may combine the lilac readion of Piohde, the green
colouration and the readion of Huseman, when operating
on the same product. To this end we dissolve the mor-
phia on a watch-glass in one or two drops of snlpburic
acid. We spread out a part on the porcelain, and add to
equal Quantity of Frdhde*s reagent, obtaining thus the
lilac colour. Then we heat the watch-glass in the steam-
bath, take a fresh portion of the mixture, and with a
further quantity of the. reagent we obtain the green
colouration. Having observed this, we introduce into the
liquid while still green a grain of nitre, when we imme-
diately see the green tint give place to a red colour, which
grows paler in time, and lastly turns yellow.
I take this opportunity to remark that it has been erro-
neously recommended to heat the mixturo of morphia
and sulphuric acid in the steam-bath for half an hour, to
obtain Huseman*s reaaion ; one or two minutes will be
sufficient. Whatever may be the purity of the acid and
the morphia, there always is produced, after heating for
half an hour, a violet colour more or less intenae,— a
colouration which, in fad, has no influence upon the
ulterior rea^ion with nitre when it Is required to identify
pure morphia. But it is no longer the same case if the
morphia has been extraded from some part of a dead
body in the course of a toxicological investigation. It is
then always more or less contaminated with foreign
matters which sometimes colour the test-liquid in a very
intense manner, so that it becomes very difficult to seixe
upon the play of colours produced by the nitre.
If we heat the produd only for one minute or two
minutes, the mixture is very slightly coloured, and is veiy
suitable for the readion.
I arrange below, in a table, the colours produced bj
morphia and some of the other bases of opium, by the
adion of Prohde's roagent on a solution ot morphia ia
sulphuric acid before and after being heated in the steam-
bath, as well as the colours produced by the addition of
nitre to the produA of the last operation.
II. It is known that, on adding an a<)neou8 solution of
iodic acid to a solution of morphia m sulphuric acid,
there Is produced a deposit of iodine. On adding iodic
acid to the sulphuric solution of morphia previously
heated in the steam-bath, we obtain, according to thie
proportions, a lilac which turns slowly to red and then
disappears, or else a red at once. The former result ii
with a trace of iodic acid, the second is with a large pro-
portion of that reagent. This charader has some
importance. — BuUiiin dt la Soc, Ckimiqut, Series 3,
xiii.-xiv.. No. 9, p. 498.
ATOMIC WEIGHTS OP NICKEL AND
COBALT.
By CLEMENS WINKLER.
The author has undertaken a revision of the atoostc
weights of nickel and cobalt, with the obje& of ascer-
taining which of the two has the higher atomic weight.
I.
Fr5hde't Reaffent
Kind of Alkaloid. on the Sulphuric bolutioo
bifore beating.
Morphia •« •• •• Lilac colour.
Apomorphia •• •• Green-blue.
Oxidomorphia •• •• Blue.
Codeia • Dirty green, then blue.
Narceia •• •• •• Brown, turning to green and
then to blue.
Narcotina Green, then greenish-brown.
Papaveria •• «• •• Green, then blue and then
red.
MeconIa «• «• •• Green, very fueitive.
Cryptopia •« «• •• Dirty green, then brownish-
green.
IL
FrShde't Reagent
00 the Sulphuric Solution
a/Ur heating.
Green colour.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Dirty green.
Green.
Green, then blue and red.
Greenish blue.
Dark green.
III.
Aa in IL, followed by the
addition ot a grain of Nitre, j
Green colour, changes to
which fades and disappes
Do.
Violet, turning to red.
As morphia.
Do.
Violet, then a fugitive red.
Green colour, disappeara j
once.
Do.
Do.
Cmsmical IVswr» I
Aoc. a, 1895. I
Phenomena observed in the Precipitation oj Antimony.
53
The experiments were effeded by treating the meta]i
with a solution of auro-potatsium bromide, dissolving the
metals in hydrochloric acid, determining the hydrogen
evolved, treatment with solution of iodine in excess, and
titrating back the excess of iodine.
The average of the determinations showed, for nickel,
the value 587155 ; and for cobalt, 59'3678.
The author thinks that these fisures roust be accepted
as the true atomic weights of nickel and cobalt, referred
to H=x and l^i2t'^^,^Ztit. Anorg, Chimii andCA#M.
Ziitung,
RECENT ANALYSES OF LEUCITE BASALT
FROM VESUVIUS.
By ALBERT THORPE.
1 HAVS recently analysed samples of leacite basalt from
Vesavitts, and the following results may be of interest to
the reader! of the Chemical Nbws, as Vesuvius is now
in a state of eraption.
L IL
Silica 47*23 4732
Alomifia .. .. .. 18*23 18*06
Ferric oxide .. .. 4*21 4*23
Ferrous oxide • • .. 4*49 4*31
M anga nous oxide •• 1*36 1*42
Lime 8-63 8*51
Magnesia 4*68 5*03
Potash •• .. .. 8*00 7*92
Soda.. • 2*63 2*70
Titanic acid .. .. 0*23 0*36
Phosphoric acid .. 0*31 0*20
xoo'oo 100*00
' The specific gravities of the basalt varied from 2*653 ^0
2*721.
ON CERTAIN PHENOMENA OBSERVED IN THE
PRECIPITATION OF ANTIMONY FROM
SOLUTIONS OF POTASSIUM ANTIMONYL
TARTRATE.*
By J. H. LONG.
(Coododed from p. 45).
Reaction with Sodium ThiosulphaU.
Cold dilate solutions of the thiosulphate and potassium
antimonyl tartrate can be mixed without immediate pre-
cipitation. Application of heat, however, produces a
light yellow precipitate, which grows deeper and finally
b^omes bright red. This precipitate is the substance
commonly known as antimony cinnabar, used aw a pig-
ment, and on the large scale is made by decomposing the
thiostilpbale by antimony chloride. In the readion be-
tween the thioiolphate and tartar emetic the precipitate
appears very heavy, bat the decomposition is far from
complete, as shown by the figures given below.
There seems to be some doubt as to the composition of
this precipitate. Roscoe and Schorlemmer (ii., Part 2,
324) give it as, probably, SbSaO ; referring, however, to
other formalse. Dammer's ** Handbuch *' gives^
SbaOaSbaSs
as the probable formula. Others are also given. Recently,
Baubigny (Comptis Rendus, No. 17, 1894) has given
reasons why the formula SbaSj should be considered the
corred one, and the proof he presents appears to be satis-
faAory. There remains a possibility, however, that the
comiiosition may, under certain circumstances, vary with
the ijiethod of preparation. In fa^, some of my own re«
^f7
• f Journal of the Ammcan Chemical Society^ vol. xvii., No. a.
i
suits seem to show this, and I am now engaged in stady«
ing the question further. But, as made in the reaAion in
hand, the composition seems to be 2SbsS3.HaO. This
was determined by the following considerations :— The
precipitate dissolves in hydrochloric acid withoat libera-
tion of sulphur, yielding a perfe^ly clear solution. A so*
lution made in this way was heated, mixed with a little
tartaric acid solution, and precipitated by hydrogen sul-
phide in the usual manner. On filtering oflf the orange-
yellow precipitate so obtained in a Goodi crucible, drjring
at i2o^ and weighing, the weight was always found less
than that of the antimony cinnabar taken.
Sulphur determinations were made by dissolving a grm.
or less of the substance in strong S-free solution of potas-
sium hjrdroxide, and then oxidising the sulpho-talt
formed by washeid chlorine gas (method of Rivot). The
results of these tests were as foUows : —
Calculated for sSbaSrHtO.
Sb 69*56
S 2783
Foend.
€9-80
ayya
No determination of the water was made, but its pre-
sence was shown in the substance dried at X20° by heat*,
ing to a higher temperature in a narrow glass tube.
In a series of experiments on the precipitation a
number of portions of the tartrate, of 5 grms. each, were
weighed out and dissolved in 150 c.c. of water. Varying
amounts of the thiosulphate in 50 c.c. of water were
added, and then water enough to make exadly 250 c.c.
The flasks holding the mixtures were closed with per-
forated stoppers containing long glass tubes, and then
heated in the water-bath one hour. In this way evapora-
tion was pradically avoided. At the end of the hour the
precipitates were colleded on a Gooch funnel, dried at
120^ and weighed with the following results : —
No. of
eiperimeot.
Weight of
ira,S,0.5H«0 added.
Gmu.
WelRhtof
Grm.
z.
2.
0*1
0*2
0*0039
0*0068
3.
0-4
0*011 X
4-
08
0*0x78
0*2XZ2
04809
1:
I:
2-6
3-2
12*8
In a second set of tests I dissolved, in each case, zo
grms. of the tartar emetic in 100 cc of hot water and
added the thiosulphate in 50 cc of hot water. The
mixtures were kept at xoo^ two hours and then filtered.
Results as follows : —
No. of
experimtat.
9-
10.
XT.
12.
Weight of
Na,S,0,.5H.O added.
5
zo
20
Weieht o£
precipiute.
0-I9I5
0*4041
0*5162
0*68x8
It IS evident from these figures that in both sets of ex*
periments the readion is far from complete and not easily
determined. It is, perhaps, quite comijlex. I noticed in
no case the escape of hydrogen sulphide or sulphurous
oxide, and the gradual change in colour during precipita-
tion from very light yellow to bright red suggests that it
takes place in two stages. Vortmann {Bir. d. Ch$m.
Ois,t xxii., 2307) has studied the general problem of de-
composition of thiosulphuric acid, and states that it
breaks up into HaS, O, and SOa* In presence of certain
metals, tetra- and pentathionates seem to be formed. It
is certain that no sulphate is formed in the readion in
hand, but the proof of formation of the several thionic
acids is difficult because of the incompleteness of the re-
adion and the presence of the great excess of thiosul-
Phenomena observed in the Precipitation of Antimony.
J4
pbate. In cases of complete readion , however, Vortroann
and Vaobel, also (Btr. d, Ckem, Gis., xxii., 2703), have
shown that these acids are formed.
I suggest, therefore, this explanation of the present re-
aAion. At the outset there may he, as with borax, a de-
composition according to this equation —
2KSbOC4H406+ Na2Sa03+ H2O »
«= Sba03+aKNaC4H406+ HaSaOs
then—
Sb203+2HaSa03«SbaS3+aHaO+SOa+05,
the oxygen and sulphur dioxide being held, however, to
form polythionates.
The gradual change of colour can be accounted for by
the gradual change of oxide into sulphide of antimony,
and it seems possible that under certain conditions of
concentration and temperature a part of the oxide should
remain unchanged, accounting for the results of some of
the analysts who have examined the precipitate. In
several instances I modified the experiment by mixing
warm solutions of the tartar emetic with warm thiosul-
phate solutions, and then throwing the mixture into a
large volume of cold water the instant a precipitate began
to fqrm, to check the reaaion. The precipitate which
now settled was very light coloured instead of red, and
appeared to be a mixture of oxide and sulphide. The
microscopic appearance of this precipitate is distindly
difierent from that of the antimony cinnabar.
As explained at the outset, some time elapses after
mixing cold solutions before a precipitate appears. In
the beginning of the interval the solution may be so clear
that accurate polarimetric observations are possible. But,
contrary to expedations, based on the behaviour in other
cases recorded, I find the specific rotation of the tartar
emetic, in this stage of the readion, quite unchanged.
After precipitation a marked decrease was observed as
usual. This is shown in the following table in which the
filtrates from the last precipitates referred to were made
made up to 250 c.c. before polarisation : —
r CBsMieAt. Ntvs,
\ Aug. a, 1895.
ETo.of
TbiosDiphate
added.
ao
ao
erimeot.
olMerved.
ciIculAted
Grint.
9-
5
I0-90*'
1089^
10.
10
10-43°
10-46''
11.
15
10*07**
10-24°
12.
20
969°
9-93''
In the last column the rotations were calculated on the
assumption that antimony is precipitated and Rochelle
salt formed according to the last eouations. In the
eleventh and twelfth experiments the thiosulphate is pre-
sent in amount much in excess of that necessary to com-
plete precipitation by these readions, and it is evident
that a decomposition of the adive molecule has taken
place not indicated by the amount of precipitate.
There seems to be a fundamental difference between
the readion with the thiosulphate on the one hand, and
those with the borate, carbonate, phosphate, acetate, and
tungstate on the other. In the first case we appear to
have no breaking up of the complex tartrate until adual
precipitation occurs, while in the others the stages are
quite distindl. I have shown that in these last readtions
acids are liberated which may be readily recognised. It
is also true that these acids are pradlically without adion
on antimonouB oxide, from which it would follow that this
substance might remain a long time, possibly in the hy-
drated form, in contadt with the liberated acids without
change. This would not be the case with liberated thio-
sulphuric acid. If set free in the presence of antimonous
oxide, even the dry precipitate, it soon converts it into
sulphide. Any cause, therefore, which ads to destroy the
equilibrium in the solution of tartrate and thiosulphate
must lead to the almost immediate formation of a pre*
cipitate.
In many of our most familiar cases of precipitation the
foimation of the precipitate is so rapid that we are accus-
tomed to look upon it as instantaneous. But by varjring
the conditions of precipitation it may be shown that even
the readion between barium chloride and sulphuric acid
is one which consumes an appreciable interval. In such
cases, however, we have no means of knowing what takes
place before the precipitate becomes adually visible. It is,
doubtless, true that the liquid regarded as supersaturated
for BaS04 does not begin to throw this out in solid form
until a relatively large number of these molecules com-
bine to produce a particle of a certain size, but at what
rate the Ba and SO4 ions combine cannot be shown.
But in the cases before us we have evidence, first, of
the gradual breaking up of the complex potassium anti-
monyl tartrate, and then, also, that a relatively large
amount of the antimony may be separated before any of
it falls as a precipitate. The stage of precipiution seems
to follow as a perfedly distinA and also progressive one.
It is hastened, as in other cases of supersaturation, by
heat or agitation. One of the reaAions shows, also, that
a relatively long time is consumed in combination as well
as in dissociation. In the case of the mixture containing
the tartrate and tungstate we have evidence of the splitting
of the first molecule, and then, from the slowly increasing
rotation, evidence of the addition of an element from the
second to the adive part of the first. Both of these
phenomena are observed before precipitation appears.
It must be remembered that the several acids shown to
be liberated in these experiments are all so-called weak
acids, or acids but slightly dissociated in solutions. It
is also true, as a test of their eledric condudiyities
shows, that the solutions of tartar emetic are relatively
little dissociated (see in this coonedion Hugo Haedrich,
Ziit, Phys. Chem,, xii., 496). There is doubtless, there-
fore, a close connedion between the phenomena Outlined
above, and others depending on the degree of dissociation
of the ions in solution. A study of the behaviour of
weaker solutions would doubtless lead to interesting re-
sults not brought out in the above experiments which
were undertaken mainly to show the charader and amount
of precipitates formed. A discussion of the behaviour of
dilute solutions will follow.
A REVISION OF THE ATOMIC WEIGHT OF
STRONTIUM.
First Paper : The Analysis of Strontic Bromidb.*
By THEODORE WILLIAM RICHARDS.
(Continued from p. 43).
Thi Rnfio of SUver to Strontic Bromidg.
First Stfri#5. —In this series a slight excess of silver was
taken, dissolved, and diluted with at least a hundred
times its weight of water, and added to the strontic bro-
mide in glass-stoppered flask. After the usual long-con-
tinned shaking, the precipitate was coUeded upon a
Gooch crucible, and the excess of silver in the evaporated
filtrate and first five or six wash waters was determined
after Volhard's method {Proc. Amtr. Acad., xaria., 66),
Upon sobtrading this small excess of stiver from the total,
the amount corresponding to the strontic bromide re-
mains. This method is not a very satisfadory one,
final result being probably too low, because of loss
portion of the slight excess of silver.
Second S/n>i.— Here the end point of the readion
determined by titration after the method of Abral
{Proc. Amir. Acad., xxviii., 24), very weak solution
silver and hydrobromic acid being used to titrate b
wards and forwards. The mean reading was taken in t
case, and the method of procedure resembled exadly
work with barium. These results are much more
♦ Contributions from ihe Chemical Laboratory of Harvard
lege. From the ProteaUkgi of the Amtricau Acaitmy.
1 ■•■icAi. MBwm, 1
Aof. a, 1895.
Revmon of the Atomic Weight of Strontium.
worthy tfaas the last. la tevenl cases the sample of
Btrontic bromide was first analysed by this method, and
•nbseqnently an excess ol silver nitrate was added and
the preceding method was applied.
Third S$rus. — For this series a new method was de-
vised. According to Stas [Mim, de PAcad, Belg., xliii..
Part ii., Introdadion), argentic bromide is wholly insoluble
in water; according to Goodwin {Ztit.f. Phys, Chem.,
ziti.,645), it is only yery slightly soluble ; while according
to Kohlraosch and Rose {Ztit.f. Pkys. Chim,, xii., 234),
it is solaUe to the extent of three-tenths of a milligramme
in a litre. The time doring which chloride of silver
is shaken makes an enormons difference in the solubility,
and it is not impossible that a similar effed may occur
here. Perhaps Kohlrausch and Rose did not agitate their
prodpiute so thoroughly as Stas did. According to the
present experience the purest silver bromide was capable
•f yielduig a filtrate which would give a very faint opales-
coDOe with both silver and hydrobromic acid ; and this
tOtA usuallv diminished upon long continued agitation.
The method of determination used in this series was based
upon this fad. Somewhat less silver than the amount
Fig. 3.
required was added to the Btrontic bromide, and a very
weak standard solution of argentic nitrate (the cubic
centimetre contained a milligramme of silver) was dropped
in until equivalent solutions of silver and hydrobromic
acid produced equal opalescence in two similar pipetted
portions of the supernatant liquid. Since the opalescence
was so faint that one could only with difiiculty see it at
all oader ordinary conditions, a piece of apparatus which
may be named a ** nephelometer " (vi^ifi a cloud), was
devised for deteding it. Two test- tubes, holding each
just JO C.C., were arranged in a wooden frame so that
a centims. of the top of the tubes were in darkness. The
bottoms of the tubes were fitted into the top of larger
3>aque tubes containing water, and were provided with
osely fitting cylindrical shades, which could be raised or
towered independently over a graduated scale. All these
contrivances prevented disturbing side refledions from the
meniscus at the top of the tube and the rounded glass at
^wtho bottom. The two test-tubes were slightly inclined
Itowards one another, so that the eye at a distance of 8
■nches could look diredly into both without change of
X>osition. Filled with pure water the tubes appear abso-
llutely blacky even when exposed to a strong light ; but an
55
absurdly small amount of precipitate, which no ordinary
means could discover at all, makes a very evidoot doadt*
ness. By sliding the shades up and down a point may bo
found where the two tubes, containing solutions of dif*
ferent cloudiness, appear equal in depth of tone. The
reason of this is that only the portion of the opalescence
is visible upon which light is allowed to fall. Of course the
intensities of the opalescence, and hence the quantities of
precipitate, are then inversely as the length of the lighted
portions of the two tubes.
If care is taken to dired the light horisontally upon the
tubes, considerable accuracy may be obtained with the
apparatus, especially if tlie columns are neariy equal in
cloudiness.
A pointed blackened roof with a small hole in the top
for the e3re is useful in excluding light from the surface of
the liquid, thus rendering the comparison easier. The
chief advantages in the apparatus lie in the fads that the
two disks of light to be compared remain equal in sixe
throughout the comparison, and that the eye is not con*
fused by bright surface refledions. Two typical test series
are given below. In each case one shade was adjusted at
10 centims. and the other was run backward and forward
until apparent similarity was obtained.
{a). One tube contained o'oio m.grm. of silver, and the
other 0*0x25 m.grm., measured by means of a very dilute
standard solution. Both amounts were made up to 25 cCy
and I c.c of hundredth normal hydrochloric add was
added to each. The opiUescence in each was then com-
pared after a thorough stirring and a short delay.
H tights ofColumiu afpiering AUhi*
Stronger Solutioo. Weaker Solotion.
da. Cm.
87 lO-O
7 "9 lo'o
6*9 xo-o
7*6 xo*o
8*4 xo^o
8-6 xo-o
8-9 xo*o
Found .. 8*1 xo'o
True value 8*0 xo*o
(6). In a similar experiment one tube cootil«ed 0*025
m.grm. of silver, the other 0*0225 m.grm.
H tights of ColufHHS apptoHng Alikt.
Strooger Solatioo. Weaker Sdation.
Cm. Cm.
8'8 XO'O
8-9 xo-o
8*2 X0*0
9*5 XO'O
8*9 XO'O
8*7 XO'O
8*9 xo*o
9*4 XO'O
Found •• 8*9 XO'O
True value 9*0 xo*o
Some series were more accurate, others less so, than
these, which serve to give a fair idea of the probable error
of the method.
The details of the analysis must be evident from what
has been said. The method is similar to Stas's third
method for the determination of chlorine (Proc, Amtr,
Acad,t xxix., 86), except that of course the opalesceoce is
very much fainter.
Below are given the tables containing the data and
results of the threp series ; these will be comprehensible
without further remark.
1
56
Revision of the Atomic Weight of Strontium.
« CBIMICAL NBA
1 Aug, a. X895.
Ratio of Strontic Bromide to Silver.
First Series. Volhard's Method.
Weight Total Weight of Ratio
of Weieht ExceM Silver
Strontic ot of corret. to SrBr,
&o.
No.
Atomic
of
of
Weight
Bromide Silver Silver. Strontic
Sr.
taken. uken. Bromide. Ag..
Grma. M.g.
X.
III.
1*49962 1*30893 1-38 1-30755 II4'689
87658
2.
HI.
2-4x225 2 10494 1-43 210351 1x4-677
87633
3-
111.
2-56153 2*23529 1*72 2*23357 114*683
87*645
4-
V.
6*15663 5*3686 0-2 5*3684 114*683
87*644
12*63003
xx*oi303 X 14*683 87*644
Ratio of Strontic Bromide to Silver,
Second Series. Abrahall's Method.
No.
of
Anid.
No.
of
Spec
weight
Strontic
Bromide
taken.
Weight
Silver
required.
Ratio
SrBr,
Ag.
At. wt.
of
Strontium.
1:
.7-
8.
III.
III.
III.
V.
Grms.
X*49963
2*41225
Grma.
X*30762
2*10322
X 14-683
X 14-693
114-694
114*691
87645
87*667
87668
87663
15'3X577
13-35386
XX4*692
87-663
Third Series. New Method.
9.
xo.
XX.
X2.
IV.
VI.
VL
III.
2*9172
3-8946
4-5426
5-2473
2-5434
3-3957
39607
4-5750
114*697
XI4-692
XX4-692
1x4-695
87-675
87665
87-664
87*671
x6'6oi7
14-4748
114-694
87*668
(To be cootinaed.)
PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.
CHEMICAL SOCIETY.
Ordinary Meetings jfune 20th 1 1895.
Mr. A. O. Vbrnon Harcourt, President, in the Chair.
(Concluded from p. 48).
02. **^n some Physical Properties of the Chlorides of
Gold:' By T. K. Kobe, D.Sc, A.R.S.M.
The roelting-f>oint of trichloride of gold is found to be
288° C, under a pressure of about two atmospheres of
chlorine. Its density is 4*3, and that of the monochloride,
7*4. These determinations tend to show that the atomic
volume of chlorine when in combination with gold is
4X5*x, instead of 3x5*1, the volume assigned to it by
Schrdder in the case of some of its other compounds.
Mr. W. J. Pope found that volatilised crystals of tri*
chloride of gold are crystalline aggregates, but that they
cannot be referred to any system as they do not transmit
the light from a sodium flame.
93. *• The Dissociation oj Liquid Nitrogen Peroxide.
Part II. The Influence of the Solvent:' By J. Tudor
CUNDAI^L.
The author measures colorimetrically the dissociation
at different temperatures of solutions of nitrogen peroxide
in fourteen " indifferent '' solvents, viz. :— Chloroform,
ethylene chloride, ethylidene chloride, methylene chloride,
carbon tetrachloride, benzene, monochlorobenzene, mono-
bromobenzene, ethyl bromide, ethylene bromide, bromo-
form, silicon tetrachloride, carbon disulphide, and acetic
acid. He finds that the dissociation takes place in the
same way, though to a different extent, in the various sol-
vents ; the extent of dissociation at any temperature
being in the main an additive property, though probably
modified by constitution. Thus the carbon atoms in a
compound have very little influence on the dissociation
power ; those of hydrogen have more ; then those of bro-
mine and chlorine, whilst those of sulphur and silicon
have most. Ethylene chloride is not so effeAive at
ethylidene chloride.
The author compares his results with those^
Mentschutkin {Zeit, Phys, Chem,, i., 61 x, and }
brings evidence to show that, if the heat oflltssociatton
of liquid nitrogen peroxide is the same as that calculated
by van't Hofffor the gas, any read ion that may take
place between the dissolved substance and ** indifferent *'
solvent is probably not exothermic.
94. **Condensation of Ben»il with EthyUc AcetoacetaU:*
By Francis K. Japp, F.R.S., and Q. Drucb Lamdxr,
B.Sc.
By heating a mixture of benzil and ethylic acetoacetate
with sodium ethoxide in alcoholic solution, the two first-
mentioned compounds condense according to the equa-
tion 2Cx4HioOa-f C6Hio03=rC34H2806+H20. This con.
densation produdt is obtained as a sodium compound con-
taining alcohol of crystallisation : C34H27Na06,CiH60.
Acetic acid liberates from this compound ethylic anhydro*
dibenjuilacetoacetatet C34H28O6, which crystallises from
alcohol or from a mixture of ethylic acetate and light
petroleum in flat needles or prisms, with bevelled edges,
melting with decomposition at 2xo~2XX^ Although this
compound contains the carbethoxyl group, it was not
found possible to hydrolyse it to the corresponding acid,
owing to the ease with which it is decomposed with re-
generation of benzil.
By boiling this compound with alcohol containing a
little sulphuric acid ethylic ethylanhydrodibenMilaceio*
acetate, C34H37(C2H5)06, was obtained, which was de-
posited from alcohol in slender prisms melting at X97*.
It was readily hydrolysed by caustic potash. Ethyl'
anhydrodihentylacetoacetic acid, C32H2s(C2H5)06, is de-
posited from benzene in microscopic matted needles
melting at 2x6^ It is isomeric with the condensation
compound.
Substituting isobutylic for ethylic alcohol in the fore-
going etherification, ethylic isobutylanhydrodibenMilacetc-
acetate, C34Ha7(CiH9)06, was obtained. It crystallised
from a mixture of benzene and light petroleum in minute
needles, melting at 202^ On hydrolysis it yielded iio-
butylanhydrodibenxilacetoacetic acid, C3aHa^(C4H9)06t
which was deposited from a benzene solution m slender
needles melting at 237''.
When the condensation compound was oxidised with
chromium trioxide in acetic acid solution it yielded a
monobasic acid, C2aHi604, which crystallised from a
mixture of ethylic acetate and light petroleum in needles
melting at 200** with evolution of carbon dioxide. In this
process of decomposition by heat the acid is converted
into a compound CaxHxeOi, which is deposited from
alcohol in needles melting at 1x9— xao**. The constitu-
tion of these two compounds may possibly be expressed
by the formulae —
C6H5CO
CeHc-C-COOH
I
C6H5CO
Phenyldibenioylacettc acid.
Fuming hydriodic acid at
condensation produd into
and
C6H5-CO
C6H5-CH
M
C6H5CO
Phenjldibenxoyloiethaoe*
ts boiling-point converts t^e
compound C3XH24O, which
crystallises from a mixture of ethylic acetate and ligbt
petroleum in short prisms melting at X87 — xgB^'T— "■ *7
C34Ha80fl+3Ht-C3,H240 + CaH60+COj+2HaO. V
Suspeding that the condensation produA was a carb^
ethoxyl derivative of anhydracetonedibenzil (Japp an^
Miller, Tram., 1885, xlvii., 34), the authors reduced th^
latter compound with boiling hydriodic acid, and obtainej**
■^
I
t
Colouring and other Constituents contained in Chay Root.
ft c»^
Cbmiical Niwa* i
Attf. it iS^s. f
tbe foiegoiog redudion compound CjiHa40 (m. p. 187 —
i8ft^ together with an itomeride crystallising from a
mixture of ethylic acetate and light petroleam in pyramids
melting at X55--i59°.
The restUts do not permit of a conclusion being drawn
aa to the constitution of the condensation prodoA. The
constitution of anhydracetonedibenzil is also unknown.
95. ** On a Method for Preparing tki Formyl Diriva-
Uvet of tht Aronatic Amines,** By H. R. Hirst and
J. B. CoHBN, Ph.D.
Formamide rea^ with the aromatic primary amines in
presence of cold glacial acetic acid, forming formyl de-
rtvatives. The mixture is allowed to stand for a few
boars, and the produd poured into water. The resulting
derivative is nearly pure, and the yield is very satisfadory.
The readion takes place according to the equation —
R'NH + HCONHa+CH.COaH-
- R'NHCOH + CH3COaNH4.
The secondary aromatic amines containing an alkyl
radicle only read on heating, whereas the tertiary amines
and diphenylamine do not read even after continued
boiling.
The formyl derivatives of the following bases have been
prepared : — Aniline, ortho- and para-toluidine, a- and ^-
oaphthylamine, phenyl- and orthotolyl-hydrasin, methyl-
and ethyl-aoiline, paraphenylenediamine, and bensidine.
96. 'M Modification of Zincke*s Reaction.*' By H. R.
Hirst and J. B. Cohrn, Ph.D.
A small piece of aluminium foil coated with mercury,
which is prepared by dipping the foil into a solution of mer-
curic chloride, is capable of bringing about a readion be-
tween beoayl chloride, chloroform, &c., on the one hand,
and aromatic hydrocarbons on the other. This readion
closely resembles that of Ziocke, but takes place at the
ordioarr temperature. With bensyl chloride and benseoe
m satisfadory yield of pure diphenylmethane may be ob-
tained. In a similar manner phenyl tolyl methane and
pbeoylxylylmethane have been prepared.
• 97. ''i4 Method for Preparing Cyanuric Acid,** By
W. H. Archdeacon, B.Sc., and J. B. Cohbn, Ph D.
When area in fine powder is heated in a sealed tube
whh the calculated quantity of phosgene in 20 per cent
toluene solution, little adion occurs until the temperature
rises above iSo*'. A tube which had been heated for four
boura at 170*180° showed very little pressure on
opening ; but after being re-sealed and heated for seven
boars at 190° and eight and a half hours at 230^ great
pressure was observed on opening the tube, and hydro-
chloric acid fumes were copiously evolve J. The brownish
microcrystalliae produd was separated by filtration and
dried tn vacuo* It amounted in two experiments to 133
and 127 per cent of the urea used. It dissolved without
change in cold concentrated sulphuric acid, being re-pre-
cipitated in a crystalline form by water. It dissolved also
in alkalis, and from the neutral solution in ammonia silver
nitrate threw down a white amorphous precipitate.
Tbe cbaraderistic needles of the sodium salt, and the
araethyat-coloured precipiute with copper ammonium
solphate solution, served to identify the compound as
cyannric acid.
Tbe crude prodod gave the following result on analy-
sis:*
I« 0*095 grm. gave 28*2 c.c nitrogen at 17^ and 737 m.m.
IL o' 1753 grro. gave 0*040 grm. Had and 0*179 grm. of COa.
Tb«oryfor(CONH).. Foond.
C •• •• •• 27*91 27*85
H 2*33 a-53
N ^256 33*38
The readion probably occurs according to the equation
5CO(NHa)a+3COCla-3(CONH)s+6HCl.
98. *' The OximeiofBenMldehydand their Derivatives,**
By C M. LuxMOORi, B.Sc.
Tbe paper contains an account of experiments tinder-
57_
taken with a view to throwing further light on the iso-
merism of the aromatic aldoximes. As already mentioned
in a preliminary note by Professor Dunstan and the
author (Proc, Chem, Soc, 1893, 253), in exaniniag tb«
mechanism of the change of benxantialdoxime into
beossynaldoxime by hydrogen chloride, the previoasly
unknown bensantialdoxime nydrochloride has been iso-
lated; on solution it is converted into the Sjm-bydro-
chloride. The two isomeric sulphates have also been pre-
pared. Since the change of the antiosime into its iso-
me ride is always preceded by the formation of a deriva-
tive of the former, which then passes into the more staUe
syn-derivative, a stereo-chemical explanation of the iso-
merism is rendered probable.
Bv the adion of methyl bromide on bensantialdoxime
the hvdrobromide of its ** nitrogen ** methyl ether is pro*
duced (m. p. 67"). This ether yields the same produds
of hydrolysis and redudion as the " nitronn '* methyl
ether obtained from benssynaldoxime. It diners from tbe
latter in its lower melting-point and in tbe extreme readi
nesB with which it is hydrolysed. The hydrobromide is
stable, but the ether itself rapidly pssses on standing into
the isomeric syn- nitrogen ether. Strndoral formula are
insuflficient to explain the existence of the four isomeric
ethers (two ** oxvgen " and two ** nitrogen ") which are
known. Probably, therefore, the aldoximes themselves
are stereo-isomeric ; but both ad tautomerically, and the
synaldoxime reads more readilv in the sense of tbe
isoximido formula than the antialdoxime does.
Treated with phosphorus pentacbloride both oximes
yield a little formanilide, but chiefly bensonitrile. Phos-
phorus trichloride converts bensantialdoxime into an ex-
tremely unstable chlorine derivative; with benssyn-
aldoxime it yields benxonitrile and hydrogen cblonds
instantaneously.
Almost all the stereo-chemical hypotheses equally wdl
explain the isomerism of oximido-compounds of triad
nitrogen ; but in the case of derivatives with pentad nitro-
gen Pickering's theory is more in accordance with tbe
fads than any other.
99. **Ona Cotouring-matterfrom * LomoHa itici/olia *
and *Lomatia longifolia,' ** By Edward H. RBNMn,
M.A. (Sydney), D.Sc. (Lond.).
The author describes a yellow colotiring-matter adhering
to the seeds of two different species of Lomaiia, a plant
belonging to the order Proteacese. The colouring-matter
is easily extraded by hot water, and is rsgarded by tbo
author as hydroxylapachol. Its barium denvative closely
resembles the barium derivative of hvdroxyhydrolanacbol
described b^ Hooker. When treated with sulphuric acid
under certam conditions, it is converted into hydroxy 'fi*
lapachone. Other derivatives are described in the paper,
and also an isomeric hydroxylapachoU
loa " The Colouring and other Constituents contained
in Chay Root,** Part II. By A. Q. Pbrkin and I. I,
Hummel. ^ ^
A previous examination of chay root {Trans, Chem.
Soc, 1893, 1160) showed that it contained robicbloric
acid, two waxes, cane-sugar, ruberytbric acid, alisarine,
two dimethyl ethers of antbragallol (A) and (B), m. p.
209% and 225—227^ ; an alisarine monometbyl ether, and
M-bydroxyanthraquinone. By the investigation of very
large quantities of the root, a cwts«, obtained tbroogb
the Imperial Institute, two new snbstances have been
isolated.
One substance, CX5H10O4, was obtained as orange-
coloured needles melting at 232^ When heated witb
hydrochloric acid to 180* it yielded hystasarin, and waa
found to contain one methoxyl group. It is tbertlore an
hystoMarinmonomcthyl ether, —
CO ^
OCH5
OH-
58
'Six Dichloro toluenes and their Sulphonic Acids.
I CHSlflCAL NbWS,
1 Aue a,!i8g5.
A second constituent, CX6H13O5, formed minute oraoge-
red needles melting at 2x2—2x3% and its acetyl compound
at x6o°. It contained two metboxy groups, and by the
adion of hydrochloric acid at z8o^ was converted into
anthragallol. It was consequently an anthragallol dime-
thyl ether, and it is interesting to note that chay root
therefore contains the three dimethyl ethers of anthra-
gallol.
Since the publication of the previous communication
{loc, cU,)t Schunclc and Marchlewski {Trans. Chem, Soc,
1894, 1S2) b^vc prepared the alizarine /Smonomethyl ether
from alizarine. This is not identical with that found in
ehay root, which must consequently be the a-compound,
CO OCH3
UJJ
OH
CO
The readiness with which this is decomposed into aliza-
rine by boiling with dilute alkalis, readily accounts for its
non-produdion by the usual methods.
xoi. '* Thi Six Dichlorotolutnti and thtir Sulphonic
Acids,^* By W. P. Wynne and A. Oreeves, Assoc.
R.C.S.
Sulphonic derivatives of the i : 2: 5- and i : 3 : 4 di-
chlorotoluenes were described in a previous paper {Trans,
Chim* Soc, 1892, 1050, it seqJ) ; the present communica-
tion deals with the remaining isomerides and their
sulphonic acids.
1:2: yDicklorqtoluen* was prepared by three methods :
{a) from 1:2: 5-nitrorthotoluidine by chlorination, (6)
from Lellman and Wurthner*s x : 2 : 3-nitracetortho-
toluidide (m. p. 158°, cf, Annaltn, ccxxviii., 239), and {c)
from orthochlorotoluenesulphonic acid by nitration. It
boils at 207—208° under 760 m.m. pressure, and on oxida-
tion yields a dichlorobenzoic acid melting at 164" {cf,
Seelig, Annaltn, ccxxxvii., 162). On sulphonation two
isomeric acids are obtained, which can be separated by
means of their barium salts. The acid from the less
soluble barium salt forms a very soluble chloridi, crystal-
lising in radiate needles, melting at 45% and an amidet
melting at 221% whilst that from the more soluble barium
salt is the 1:2:3: 5-derivative, and like this yields a
chloride, crystalli'sing in well-defined prisms, melting at
85^ and an amide, melting at 183*.
X : 2 : 4'DichlorotolueHi was prepared (a) from meta*
tolylenediamine by Erdmann*s method (B^rnxxiv., 2769),
{b) from 1:2: 4-nitrorthotoluidine, and (c) from ortho-
chlorotoluenesulphonic acid by nitration. It boils at
199 — 200* under 760 m.m. pressure. On sulphonation, it
yields the x : 2 : 4 : 5>acid, charaderised by the chloride
crystallising in elongated scales, melting at 71°, and the
amide, melting at 177".
1:2: 6-Dichlorotoluene was prepared from the 1:2:6-
nitrorthotoluidine of Green and Lawson {Trans, Chem,
Soc, 1891, 10x3). It boils at 199— 200* under 760 m.m.
pressure, and on oxidaHon yields a dichlorobenzoic acid
melting at 139^ {cf, Claus and Stavenhagen, Annalen,
cclxix., 228). On sulphonation, an acid is obtained which
gives a fA/orii#, crystallising in piismatic needles, melting
at 6o% and an amide, melting at 204*.
1:3: S'Dichlorotoluene was prepared from the x : 3 : 4 : 5-
dichloroparatoluidine by Lellmann and KIotz*s method
{Annalen, ccxxxi., 321) and from the i : 2 : 3 : 5 dichlor-
orthotoluidine of Claus and Stapelberg {Annalen, cdxxiv.,
292). It boils at 201 — 202" under 760 m.m. pressure. On
sulphonation, an acid is obtained which forms a very
soluble chloride, melting at 45**, and an amide, melting
at 168°.
To aid in the determination of the constitution of the
dichlorotoluenesulphonic acids, the nitro-derivatives of
the five known chlorotoluenesulphonic acids have been
prepared and examined. For example, 1:2: 4 ortho-
chlorotoluenesulphonic acid on nitration gives as chief
produd the 1:2:4: 5-nitro-acid, since the dichloro*
toluenesulphonic acid obtained from it is identical with
that obtained from 1:2: 5-dichlorotoluene {Trans. Chem,
Soc, 1892, 1052). In like manner, 1:2: 5-orthochloro-
toluenesulphonic acid is shown to give as chief produd
the 1:2:4: 5-nitro-acid, and as subsidiary produd the
1:2:3:5 nitro*acid.
1:2: 3-Nitrorthotoluidine is converted by Sandmeyer*s
method into the nitrorthochlorotoluene, which boils at 263"
under 760 m.m. pressure. On redudion, this yields the
1:2: i-orthochlorometatolutdine, which boils at 228—229"
under 760 m.m. pressure, and forms an acetyl derivative
melting at 132^
1:2: 4-Nitrorthotoluidine in like manner yields the
nitrorthochlorotoluene, which crystallises in pale yellow
needles, melting at 65°, and the orthochloroparatoluidinct
which boils at 245^ under 760 m.m. pressure, and forms
an acetyl derivative melting at 86%
X : 2 : 5- Nitrorthotoluidine on chlorination in the pre-
sence of iodine yields a chloronitrorthotoluiJine melting
at i68% This is the 1:2:3: 5-derivative, since, by eli-
minating the NHa-radicle, it forms the i:3:5-nitro«
chlorotoluene melting at 61°, the x : 3 : 5-chlorometa-
toluidine, charaderised by its acetyl derivative melting at
151° {cf. Honig, Ber., xx., 24x9), and 1:3: 5-dichloro*
benzoic acid melting at x82% By Sandmeyer's method
the corresponding nitrodichlorotoluene, which ciystallises
in pale yellow needles melting at 83^, was obtained, and
from this, by redudion, the dichlorometatolmdinc, which
crystallises in needles, melts at 88^, boils at 292° under
760 m.m. pressure, and forms an acetyl derivative melting
at 187°.
1:2: e.Nitrorthotoluidine yields a chlororthotoluidine,
which boils at 245"^ under 760 m.m. pressure, and forms an
acetyl derivative melting at 154%
The mixture of dichlorotoluenes obtained b^ chlori-
nating orthochlorotoluene under Seelig*s conditions {loc,
cit.) is being examined with the objed of determining
its constituents.
X02. '* The DiiuUhonic Acids of Taluem attd ofOrtkO'
and Parachloro'toluene," By W. P. Wynne aod J.
Bruce. Assoc. R.C.S.
As is known {cf. Trans, Chem* Soc,, 1892, X082), para*
chlorotoluene, on sulphonation, forms a produd containing
both the X : 2 : 4- and 1:3: 4-sulphonic acids. Experi-
ments have been undertaken with the objed of estimating
the relative proportions of these acids, both diredly and
by an examination of the disulphonic acids obtained by
sulphonating parachlorotoluene with 20 per cent anhydro-
sulphuric acid. For the purposes of comparison, chloro*
acids have been prepared by Sandmeyer's method from
the paratoluidinemono- and di-solphonic acids of known
constitution.
The paratoluidinedisulphonic acids obtained by Richter
from the x : 3 : 4- and the 1:2: 4-paratoIuidioemoDo-
sulphonic acids {Annalen, ccxxx, 314, 331) are shown to
be the 1:3:4:6- and 1:2:4: 6 derivatives resped-
ively. The former, by elimination of the NHa-radicle,
gives a toluenedisulphonic acid identical with that ob-
tained from the 1:2: 5-orthotoluidinesuIphonic acid by
the xanthate method.
X : 2 : 4 • Parachlorotoluenesulphonic acid, prepared
from the corresponding amido-acid, gives a sparingly
soluble barium salt, a chloride melting at 23 — 24^, and an
amide melting at 142°. On sulphonation with 20 per cent
anhydrosulphuric acid, it yields, as sole produd, an acid
identical with that obtained from the 1:2:4: 6-para*
toluidinedisulphonic acid.
1:3:4- Parachlorotoluenesulphonic acid, obtained
from the corresponding amido-acid, gives an easily soluble
barium salt, a chloride crystallising in plates melting at
54°, and an amide melting at X54°. On sulphonation with
20 per cent anhydrosulphuric acid, two disulphonic acids
are obtained, the chief produd being the xT3\:4:6-
derivative, since it is identical with the acid obh^ned
from the X : 3 : 4 : 6-paratoluidincdi8uIphonic acid.
Crimicax. Nbwi, )
Ang, 2, 1895. I
Constitution of Pseudaconitine.
59
Parachlorotolaene, on salphonation with 20 per cent
anhydrosulphuric acid ander similar conditions, gives a
mixture of the 1:2:4:6- and 1:3:4: 6-di8ulphonic
acids in the proportions of about three parts of the former
to one of the latter.
The 1:2:3: 5-orthoteluidinedi8ulphonic acid prepared
by Hasse's method {Annalent ccxxx., 286), and shown to
be identical with Hasse's produd by conversion into the
bromotoluenedisulphonic chloride, gives, by the hydrazine
method of eliminating the NHa-radicle, a toluenedisul-
phonic acid, which differs from that described by Hasse,
since its chloride (CI found 24*5, Hasse 25*9, theory 24*6)
melts, not at I32^ but at 95°.
I : a : 5-Orthochlorotoluenesulphonic acid gives, on
farther sulphonation, a produd which seems to differ from
that obtainable from Hasse*s acid by Sandmeyer*8
method, and is being farther examined.
In addition to the known 1:2:4-, 1:2: 5-, and
1:3: 5-toluenedisalphonic acids, the following have been
prepared : —
1:2: t-Tolutnidisulphonic aeid, obtained from the
1:2:4: 6-paratolaidinesalphonic acid, by eliminating
the NHa-fA^icle, forms a potassium salt crystallising with
liH^O in minute prisms, and a chhridi, crystallising in
scales, melting at 99^
1:3: ^'Toluentdisniphonic acidf obtained from the
1:3: 4-paratoluidinemetasalphonic acid by the xanthate
method, forms a mono-hydrated potassium salt crystal-
lising in needles, and, on treatment with phosphorus
pentachloride, yields the chloride^ which crystallises from
benzene with i mol. proportion of benzene in large prisms
melting at about 60°, and from petroleum spirit in scales
melting at 1x1°.
103. *' ContribuiioHs to our Knowledgi of the Aconiti
Alkaloids.'' Part XII. •• The Constitution of Pseudaconi-
tine, Preliminary Notice,*' By Wyndham K. Dunstan,
P.R.S., and Francis H. Carr.
Pseudaconitine is the name given by Alder Wright to
the highly toxic alkaloid contained in Nepaul aconite
{Aconitum ferox). It is a crystalline base, melting at
Z04 — 105^ whose composition is expressed by the formula
C36H49NOia* When hydrolysed it furnishes, according
to Alder Wright and Luff (Trans, Chem. Soc, 1878),
pseudaconine and one molecular proportion of dimethyl-
protocatechuic acid (veratric acid), —
C3«H4gNO,a+ HaO « Ca7H4iNOg -h CgHio04.
The authors are engaged in a re-investigation of this
alkaloid in the light of their recent work on the constitu-
tion of aconitine derived from Aconitum napellus (Trans,
Chem, Soc., 1894, 176, 290).
The pseudaconitine employed by the authors was ex-
traded from the roots of Aconitum ferox, some of which
were provided by the Qovernment of India through the
Impenal Institute. The highly-purified crystalline base
melted at 201", that is, nearly zoo^ higher than the point
recorded by Wright and Luff; this melting-point waft not
changed by fradional crystallisation.
When heated slightly above its melting-point, pseud-
aconitine loses a molecular proportion of acetic acid,
leaving a new base, which it is proposed to name pyro'
psiudaconitint. This alkaloid, on hydrolysis, loses a
molecular proportion of dimethylprotocatechuic acid,
fomishing pyropseudaconine.
On complete hydrolysis with alkali, pseudaconitine
yields, in addition to the dimethylprotocatechuic acid ob-
served by Wright and Luff, a molecular proportion of
acetic acid, which was identified and estimated in the
manner described in the authors' previouk paper on
aconitine.
When pseud aconitine sulphate is heated in a closed
tnbe with water, it suffers, like aconitine, partial hydro-
lysis, the acetyl group alone being eliminated, producing
a molecular proportion of acetic acid. In this aAion a
new alkaloid is formed, corresponding with the benzaco-
nine derived in a similar manner from aconitine, which
the authors propose to name viratrylpsiudaeonim. This
substance is a crystalline base (m.p. z8i^) which, when
hydrolysed, furnishes pseudaconine and dimethylproto-
catechuic acid (veratric acid).
There is therefore a close resemblance between the
constitution of aconitine and of pseudaconitine, both
alkaloids undergoing hydrolysis in a similar manner. The
molecile of each alkaloid contains an acetyl group ; but
in psnidaconitine the benzoyl group of aconitine is re-
placed by the veratryl group, aconitine being acetyl-
hentaconine, and pseudaconitine acetylveratry^seudaco'
nine. As far as the authors' investigation has proceeded,
pseudaconine appears to be distinAly different from the
aconine derived from aconitine. There is little reason at
present to doubt that the crystalline highly adive alka-
loid isolated by the authors is identicau with Wright's
pseudaconitine, but further evidence on this point is being
obtained.
Library,
The Library will be closed during the last fortnight in
August for cleaning and the annual revision of the
Catalogue. Fellows are requested to return all books in
their possession not later than August Z5th.
Research Fund,
The following grants have been made by the Council
on the recommendation of the Research Fund Com-
mittee : —
£30 to Messrs. J. J Hummel and A. G. Perkin, for
the investigation of certain nattiral colouring-
matters.
£10 to Dr. H. Ingle, for the purchase of variotis alde-
hydes, ketones, and hydrazine, to continue his work
on stereoisomeric psazones.
£zo to Dr. J. J. Sudborough, to continue his work on
diortho-substituted benzoic acids.
£1$ to Mr. £. Haworth, for the synthesis of an acid
having the composition C8Hx4(COOH)af and the
comparison of its properties with those of cam-
phoric acid.
£$ to Mr. R. B. Doran, for a research on the prepara-
tion of mustard oils by the readtion of chloro-
carbonic esters with lead thiocyanate.
£15 to Dr. W. A. Bone, to continue a research on the
substituted succinic acids, and on the behaviour of
various trimethylene compounds on treatment with
the sodium compound of ethylic malonate.
;f xo to Dr. B. Lean, to extend his work on the deriva-
tives of ethylic butane tetracarboxylate.
;f20 to Dr. J. Walker, for an investigation of the con-
ditions of equilibrium between the cyanates and
the corresponding ureas.
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
Th4 Mechanical Auxiliaries of Chemical Technics, (** Die
Maschinellen Hilfsmittel der Chemischen Technik ").
By A. Parnickb, Civil Engineer, formerly Head-
Bngineer at the Grielheim Chemical Works. With
337 Illustrations. Frankfurt-on-Mayn : H. Bechold.
1894. Svo., pp. 320.
That a work of this charader should have been found
requisite is a striking proof of the development of the
chemical industries in Germany. It is now found neces-
sary that the technical chemist should possess a clear and
comprehensive acquaintance with the mechanical auxili-
aries which he has to employ. On the small scale in the
laboratory, the skilled hand of the chemist brings into
mutual contad in their due proportions and conditions
the substances which have to read. But when we transfer
the process from the laboratory to the works, and employ
hundred-weights in place of grms., there arises a new task.
6o
Heating'^power of Wyoming Coal and Oil.
I CttBMICAL N.BWS,
I Aug. a. X895.
Mechanical au^tiliaries have to be devised which may
take the place of the skilled hand, and on their presence
Qr absence, or rather on their perfeiSlion or defedkiveness,
the whole question of successor failure may turn.
To take an instance. The ammonia-soda process was
invented and patented in Britain long before the days of
Solvay. But the mechanical appliances for carrying
out the rea^ion were so imperfeA that the process was a
commercial failure until better appliances were devised
by Solvay and his coadjutors, when ammonia-soda be-
came a formidable rival to the Leblanc process. Other
similar cases might readily be found, and it will strike the
reader that readions have been conceived which remain
a dead-letter because the arrangement and construdion of
the proper plant has presented difficulties not yet sur-
pounted.
Hence the technical chemist, without seeking to become
a jack-of-all-trades, ought to have a general acquaintance
with the appliances used for the various types of chemi-
cal processes, so that he may seled such as are likely to
suit his exad purpose. He must be able to come to an
understanding with the mechanical engineer, and to ex-
plain precisely what he wants. Hence the work before
us, compiled as it is by an experienced specialist, will be
of great service to graduates of universities and poly-
technics on their entrance into a pradical career.
After a few useful generalities, the author treats
systematically of sources of power, of the transmission of
power, and of contrivances for the conveyance of material
produAs. Under this last heading is included the re-
moval of offensive or pernicious vapours. These, it is
said, are not to be conveyed into the soil, though the
author^ very questionably, seems to sanction their dired
introduAion into water.
The fourt^ sedion discusses machines for comminution,
including disintegrators, indigo-mills, and colour-mills.
Mixing machines are described adapted for solids alone,
liquids alooe,and for incorporating solids with liquids and
gases.
* Next follow appliances for fusion, solution, and lixivia-
tion, for concentration and vaporisation, for mechanical
separations (Including extradion and fradionation). Here
are included filter-presses, appliances for separation by
crystallising, by sublimation, and by refrigerating
machines.
Mention is made of the increasing preference shown
for the ammonia process as compared with the use of car-
bonic acid.
- Desiccatory apparatus forms the subjeiSt of the ninth
chapter, and in the tenth we have an account of appara-
tus for determining weight, temperature, pressure, and
draught of gaseous current. An instrument devised by
Arndt bears the remarkable name of the ** econometer,"
and is here figured. It consists of a gas balance depend-
ing on a novel principle, and fixed in an air-tight case.
The illustrations of the work are not only numerous, but
for the most part very well drawn. Many of them, how-
ever, have a very annoying fault ; the lettering is done, not
with printing charaders, but with script, and to make
matters worse, with German script. As instances we
may mention Figs, aoa, 203, 224, &c. This is the more
remarkable as the larger portion of the illustrations are
lettered in a rational manner with printing cbaraAers.
How Shall Young Men be Educated in Applied Chemistry ?
By P. T. Austen, Ph.D., F.C.S., Prolessor of Chemis-
try in the Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute.
Concerning this essay we may say that, in part, Prof.
Austen's advice to students is exceedingly judicious, and
his demands thoroughly rational. But in part it must
be confessed that his requirements are exorbitant, leading
merely to a waste of time and of brain-power. What
must be thought, e.g.^ of the following programme ? "A
thorough grounding in history, the elements of law,
political economy, metaphysics, logic, ethics, and litera-
ture should be effeded.'' We submit that to the man of
science history, other than the history of discovery and
invention and their treatment by the world, is little better
than fossil gossip; political economy and metaphysics
must rank as a waste of time. The same should be re-
marked concerning mere ratiocinative logic, ethics, and
literature. The elements of law are admissible merely as
far as patents and sanitary regulations are concerned.
On other matters, and on general principles, in as far as
such can be said to exist, the technical chemist may well
be referred to solicitors and counsel, remembering that
his opinion on legal questions will only be received by the
courts with derision.
The technical chemist will, of course, require to be well
grounded in physics, especially in thermotics, optics, and
eleiStricitjr. Nor should mathematics be overlooked ; but,
on the principle of the division of labour, the ** business
side of industrial chemistry " had better be left to book-
keepers and accountants.
A knowledge of the German and French languages is,
of course, indispensable.
Much more useful to the technical chemist than meta-
physics, ethics, and literature, will be botany and zoology.
He may often be called upon to study the applicability
of newly-discovered animal or vegetable produAs and the
ways of combatting new parasites.
The author gives also moral lessons. The young works*
chemist is told to be ** honest to a fault "—an expression
difficult to understand. He certainly should not cook
results, but for telling the whole truth and nothing but
the truth he may earn scant gratitude. We could point
out a chemist who in his young days got into dire dis-
grace for reporting the presence of a serious percentage
of arsenic in a sulphur ore just taken into stock* and
was cautioned in future to determine nothing in the
ores but sulphur, copper, and silver. If we, in turn,
may give a piece of advice, we would caution every
young technical chemist to shun any industrial establish-
ment where a '* self-made man " is in course of formation.
An excellent recommendation given by Prof. Austen is
that the more advanced students in technical chemistry-
should not merely seek to make new substances by well-
known methods — as is largely done, especially in Ger-
many—but should be praAised in producing known sub-
stances by new methods.
The author's essay abounds in suggestions of the
highest importance, but we are led to (question whether
in these days the chemical student, if tramed on his lines,
would not be overwhelmed with matter of very secondary
value.
University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming, Depart-
ments of Chemistry and Mechanical Engineering.
Special Bulletin. January, 1895. ^''' Heating Power
of Wyoming Coal and Oil ; with a Description of the
Bomb Calorimeter. By Edwin E. Slosson, Professor
of Chemistry, and L. C. Colburn, Professor of
Mechanical Engineering.
The authors give a table of the heating-power of Wyom-
ing coal, and its proximate analysis. They discuss the
varied efficiency of bodies, mentioning that only from 45
to 85 per cent of the theoretical evaporation power is
adually obtained.
The Wyoming mineral oils are said to possess nearly
double the heating capacity of the coals from the same
region. The oils are said to be much like the Baku oils.
The methods of determining heating-power are next
considered. Concerning the boiler test it is admitted that
approximately accurate results can be obtained only from
an experimental plant. The disadvantages are that the
experiment is always a test of the efficiency of the furnace
and boiler, and of skill in firing, rather than a determina-
tion of the absolute value of the fuel.
Elementary chemical analysis is a tedious and delicate
CWBMICAt NlWf , I
Aof.a, fSgs. f
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
61
process, the rather as the carbon may exist in different
stated which hare not identical heats of combustion.
The aothort recognise calorimetry as the most satisfac-
tory method of determining the heating*power of a fuel,
For this purpose they prefer the apparatus of Mahler, a
cheaper modification of the celebrated bombe calori-
aetnqoe of Bwth^lot. Mahler's instrument is described
and figured, and the corredions necessary in its use are
giTen.
YiMT'Book of Organic Chunistfy, Edited bv Gabtano
Miififi^Nt, of Palermo. Vol. I., 1893. With a Preface
by Ernst von Msybr. Large 8vo., pp. xiv. and 88a.
Leipxig : J. A. Barth. 1895.
The author endeavours to colled in a single volume all
newly-obsorved fads in organic chemistry, the results
both of experiments and speculation. The volume for
18^ has alreadv appeared, and that for 1894 will, it is
hoped, be issoed in the course of the present year.
CHEMICAL
NOTICES FROM
SOURCES
FOREIGN
l^OTB.— AU dcfrces of temperatare are Centisrade anleii otberwiae
cxpratMd.
CompUs Ratdns Htbdomadaira d€S Seances^ de VAcademU
da Sdemes, Vol. cxxi., No. i, July x, 1895.
At the meeting of July ist Herr Schwarz was ele^ed a
correspondent of the Sedion of Geometry, viVi; the late
Neumann ; Baron Muller was ele&ed a correspondent of
Botanical Sedion, via the late Pringsheim; and Dr.
Engelmann was eleAed a corretpoodent of the Sedion of
Medicine and Surgery, via Herr Heidenhain.
This issue contains a short obituary notice of Professor
Huxley, a correspondent of the Sedion of Anatomy and
Zoology.
Determination of Small Quantitiet of Arsenic—
Ad. Camot.— This paper will be inserted in full.
Oxidation Produ^s of Bensyliden-campbor and of
Benxyl-campbor. Nttrotate and Nitronitrite of
BenxvUden-camphor. — A. Haller. — If bensyliden-a-
benzyl-camphor are submitted to the adion of oxidising
agenu they are ruptured at the point of attachment of the
arumatic radicle, and the two nuclei behave then in the
oxidising medium as if they were free.
On Paraiungatic Acid.^L. A. Hallopeau.^It is easy
to obtain solutions of paratungstic acids presenting all the
known readions of the paratungstates, and becoming con-
verted into metatungstic acid on ebullition, just as the
paratungstates are transformed into metatungstates.
Paratungstic acid therefore really eiists as Laurent main-
tained, but the little stability of its molecule caused it to
be split up into tungstic acid and water on the simple con-
centration of its solutions. This fad alone distinguishes
it from Qraham*s colloidal tungstic acid, which may be
evaporated to dryness and heated to 200^ without decom-
position.
Determination of Alumina in Phosphates.— Henri
Lasne.— This paper will be inserted in full
On Sodium Amidide.— M. de Forcrand.— A thermo-
chemical paper, not adapted for useful abstradion.
Phosphoric Bthers of AUylic Alcohol. Allylphos-
Siboric Acid. — J. Cavallier. — Allylnhosphoric acid
as the composition P04C3H5Ha. With coloured rea-
gents it behaves like most of the oay-acidsof phosphorus.
Neutrality with methyl orange is obtained by the addition
of I moL of soda and neutrality with phenolphthalein by I
a mole. It forms tvro series of salu: nentnl laltSi I
P04CtH3Ma, and acid salU, PO4C5H5MH. The author
describes the most important salts of l>oth series.
Preparation and CondoAivity of New Cyanometb*
inic Ethers.— J. Ouinchant.— Not admitting of useful
abstradion and not of sufficient moment to claim insertion
in full.
No. a, July 8, 1895,
Adiion of Zinc Chloride upon Retorcine. — B.
Orimaux.— The author obtains a substance fusible at
225^. It forms small colourless needles soluble in alco-
hoi, acetone, sparingly soluble in ether, and soluble in 100
parts of boiling water. Its cold watery soletioo has a
blue fluorescence, which is stronger if dissolved in alkalisi
in ammonia, or in concentrated sulphuric acid. This sub*
stance is identical with umbelliferone, CqHsOi. Another
substance formed, Ca4Hi805, is fusible at 264^ It is in-
soluble in water, soluble in alcohol, acetone, and ether.
Volumes of Salts in their Aqaeoat Solutions.—
Leco<| de Boisbaudran.— This paper requires the accom-
panying diagram.
On Dipbenylantbrone.— A. Haller and A. Quyot.—
The researches of the authors show that the compound
C26H18O obtained by various procedures enumerated may
be considered as diphenylanthrone. As the constitution
of this substance is established, we are warranted in at*
tributing to phthalyl tetrachloride, fusible at 88*— a
scheme which makes of it a disymmetric molecule*
Phthalyl dichloride contains tetrachloride.
DireA Spedral Aoalyais of Minerals and of ceruin
Melted Salts.— A. de Gramont.
Determinationa of the Solubility of Some Organic
Compounds in Carbon Diaulphide at very Low Tem-
peratures.— Henryk Ardowski.— This memoir cannot be
inserted without the insertion of the complicated diagram
of curves.
Certain Oxiditing Properties of Osonised Oxygen,
and of Oxygen exposed to the Sun't Rays.— A.
Besson.— The author has formerly shown that osonised
oxygen ads upon perchloric ethylene, CaCl^ forming, as
the main produd, trichloracetyl chloride, CCltCOCl, and
as an accessory produd carbonyl chloride, COCla. He
has since found that the same produds are equally
formed if dr^ oxygen is caused to ad upon CaCl4 in pre-
sence of dirsd solar light. Osonised oxygen and dry
oxygen, in presence of sunlight, read energetically upon
the phosphorus iodides, setting free iodine, and forming
complex produds containing phosphorus, oxygen', and
iodine.
Adion of Nitric Oxide upon certain Metallic
Chlorides, i.^., Ferrous Chloride and the Bismuth
and Aluminium Chlorides. — V. Thomas. — The
yellowish brown compound formed from the ferrous
chloride corresponds in composition with the compound
obtained by saturating a solution of ferrous chloride with
nitric gas at temperatures between 22*5* end 25*. Bis-
muth chloride exposed to the adion of nitric oxide takes
a yellowish colour, but the readion is complete only after
the lapse of several days. The compound ultimately ob-
tained has the composition B1CI3NO. The corresoonding
aluminium compound has the composition AlaClsNO. It
has a pale yellow colour. Both the above compounds are
highly hygroscopic, and the aluminium compound fumes
on exposure to the air.
Adion of the Halogeoa upon Methylic Alcohol.—
— A. Brochet. — This paper is not adapted for abstradion.
On a Phyaical Theory of the Perception of
Colours. — Georges Darxens.
Jievtu UnivfrseiU dts Mims ei de la MtiaUmr^if,
VoL XXX., No. a.
This issue contains no cheoitcal matter.
62
City and Guilds 0/ London Institute.
I CRBurcAL Nswt,
« Aug. a, 1895.
MISCELLANEOUS.
PrelimfDaijf Retearchet on the Hydrolysis of the
Aqueous Solutions of Mercuric Chloride. — Henryk
Arctowski. — The author has the ultimate purpose of
expounding our entire knowledge on the chemical adkion
of water upon salts. For the present he restriAs himself
to the case of mercuric chlondt.-^ZiUschrift fur Anorg,
Chimit*
Preseryation of Wheat.— M. Balland.— The author,
quoting Duharoel du Moncesu, mentions an experiment
made on 94 cubic feet of wheat of the crop of 1743, which
he had preserved for more than six years with the sole
precaution of occasional ventilation, and which was not
in the least impaired. Parmentier mentions that in 1774
the King and the royal family tasted bread made of wheat
which had been kept for 221 years, and which had been
deposited in the citadel of Metz since 1523. The method
of preservation is not mentioned.— Com^/#5 Rendus, cxx.,
No. 35.
City and Guilds of London Institute. — The
Diploma of ** Associate of the City and Guilds of London
Institute " has been conferred by the Council of the
Institute upon the following matriculated students, who
have this year successfully completed the full course of
instrudion at the Central Technical College :—
Civil and Michanical fifi^iit#^riit/.—H. S. Andre wes,
F. G. Arnould, J. E. Chapman, H. £. Fenwick, C. S.
Hainworth, E. W. Haioworth, B. H. M. Hewett, E. W.
Hummel, F. T. W. Lewis, F. E. Morgan, R. E. Reeves,
H. Robinson.
Appliid Physics and Electrical Enginaring. -^J. M.
Bsrr, S. Beeton, C. Brandeis, W. M. Carver, A. D. Con-
stable, S. Gilford, F. S. Grogan, A. C. Hanson, G. S.
Hewett, C. D. Le Maistre, P. G. Phelps, W. Reilly, W.
Roberts, H. G. Solomon, R. J. J. Swann, C. P. Taylor,
E. L. Thorp, E. L. Webb, N. J. Wilson.
Applied Chemistry.— W. G, Bennett, W. A.. Davis,
W. T. Gidden, C. Revis, E. M. Rich, P. Spencer.
The Worlds Wonders Series.
A New Serits of Popular Books treatins of the present-
day Wonden of Science and Art. Well written, printed on
good paper, and fuUy illustrated.
Crown 8vo, 160 pages. Handsome Cloth Cover.
Price ^s. ^d. each.
** Books that should stimulate slumbering genius in those
who read thtrn,"'- Morning Leader,
Chemists and their Wonders. The
Story of the Applicatioa of Chemistry to varioas Arts and Manu-
fsaares. By P. M. Holmes.
ASTRONOMBRS AND THEIR OBSERVA-
TIONS. Bv Lucv TAYLoa. Revised snd Preface written by
W. Thvnnb Limm, B.A.,P.R.A.S., formerly of the Royal Obier-
vatory» Greenwich.
Enqineers and their Triumphs. By
F. M. HoLMSS, Autlior of " Four Heroes of India," dec.
Musicians and their Compositions.
By J. R. OSIFFITHS.
Electricians and their Marvels.
By Walter Jbkkolo, Author of " Michael Faraday : Man of
Science,** Ac,
A copy of either 0/ the above mil be sent Post Free by the Publishers
on receipt of a Pottat Order for is, 64., or may be ordered through any
bookseller,
London : S. W. PARTRIDGE & CO.,
8 As 9» Fatomoster Bow.
J. & A. CHURCHILL,
PU BLISHER S,
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY AND
QUALITATIVB ANALYSIS ; SoeciaUy adapted for CoUecet
" ' • By FRANK CLOWES, D.Sc. Profeaaor of Che-
and Scheoli. ,
raistry in Uoiveriity Coilege, Nottingham.
84 Engravings, Poit 8vo, 8«. 6d.
Siith Edition, with
ELEMENTARYQUALITATIVE ANA-
LYSIS ; tuitable for Organised Science Schooii. By FRANK
CLOWES, D.Sc. Lond., ProfeMor of Chemistry in University
College, Nottingham, and J. BERNARD COLEMAN, Senior
Demonstrator- of Chemistry in University College, Nottingham.
With Engravings. Pokt Svo, 2S, 6d,
BY THE SAME AUTHORS.
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS: specially
adapted for Colleges and Schools. Third Edition, with xoo En-
gravings, Post 8vo, 9s. i3*^ ready,
VALENTIN'S QUALITATIVE ANA-
LYSIS. Edited by Dr. W. R. HODGKINSON. F.R.S.E., Pro-
fessor of Chemistry and Physics in the Royal Military Acaudemy
and Artillery College, Woolirich. Eighth Edition, Revised and
Enlarged, Ss, 6d,
BLOXAM'S CHEMISTRY, INOR-
GANIC AND ORGANIC, with ExperimenU. Re-written and
Revised by JOHN MILLAR THOMSON, Piofessorof Chemis-
try. King's College, London, and ARTHUR O. BLOXAM»
Head of the Chemistry Department, The Goldsmiths' Institute,
New Cross, London. Eighth Edition, with 281 Engravings, 8vo,
i8f. 6<f.
BLOXAM'S LABORATORY TEACH-
INO; Or, Progressive Exercises in PraAical Chemistry.
Edited by ARTHUR G. BLOXAM, Head of the Chemistry
Department. The Go dsmiths' Institute, London. Sixth Edition.
Revised and much Enlarged, with 80 Woodcuts, Crown 8vo,
CHEMISTRY OF URINE; a Pradlical
Guide to the Analytical Examinations of Diabetic, Albuminous,
and Gouty Unne. By ALFRED H. ALLEN, F.I.C., F.C.S.
With Engravings, 8vo, ?s. 64.
London :
J. & A. CHURCHILL, 11, New Burlington Street.
A.CEXONE — Answering all requiremenu.
JL.C/XJO J^OIEjTIO— P««*»t and tweet.
- IBOIR-A-OIO— Cryst. and powder.
OITIRIO— Cryat. made in earthenware.
- Gh-A-IjXjIO— Fron» best Chinese galls, pure,
S-A-XjIOYXiIO-By Kolbe'a procesa.
T-A-I?r JbTIC— Po*" Pharmacy and the Atts.
LIQUID CHLORINE
(Compressed in steel cylinders).
FORMALIN (40^ CH2O)— Antiseptic and Preservative.
POTASS. PBRMANOANATB-Cryat., large and amaU,
SULPHOCYANIDB OP AMMONIUM.
BARIUM.
POTASSIUM.
TARTAR EMETIC-Cryst. and Powder.
TRIPOLI AND METAL POWDERS.
ALL CHEMICALS FOR ANALYSIS AND THE ARTS.
Wholesale Agents—
A. & M. ZIMMERMANN,
6 A 7, CROSS LANE LONDON, E.G.
Albumens, Pastes, Gums, Glues, Prepared
^^ Horn- Pitha, Vegetable Sixes, Ac, ftc.^W. KINO, Benaon
Street, Liverpool.j
CBiiue«LNiws,l
Aoj. 9, iSjJ. I
Qualitative Analysis of Solution containing Hydric Sulphide. 63
THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
Vol. LXXII., No. 1863.
A SCHEME FOR QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS
OP A
SOLUTION CONTAINING HYDRIC SULPHIDE.
HYDROSULPHIDE, SULPHIDE. POLY-
SULPHIDE, THIOSULPHATE. SULPHITE,
AND SULPHATE.
By W. P. BLOXAlf , B.Sc (Lond.).
In the Chemical Nxws (Ixxii., p. 39) there appears a
commaoication from R. G. Smith, B.Sc, entitled ** The
Detedion of Salphates, Sulphites, and Thiosulphates, in
Presence of B^ Other.*' In this commanication the
author provides for the deteAion of sulphates, sulphites,
and thiosulphates, and in conclusion states that ** Hydro-
solphnrtc acid would interfere with these readions, and
ought to be eliminated by bubbling carbon dioxide through
the solution until the gas escaping from the tube no longer
darkens lead-paper.**
Without ofifering further criticism than that the presence
of hydric sulphide vitiates entirely any attempt to sepa-
rate sulphate, sulphite, and thioiulphate, whilst the
method recommended for its removal is tedious, an
outline of process it here given which has proved satis-
fadory in dealing with solutions containing normal
•olphides, polysulphides, hydrosulphide, free hydric sul-
phide* stilpnite, sulphate, and thiosulphate.
The necessity for such a process arose in the course of
an investigation of the produds of decomposition, on air
espoanre, of the laboratory agent known either as ammo-
nium sulphide or ammonium hydrosulphide. The results
of this investigation were communicated to the Chemical
Society on June X5th, 1893, the paper being entitled
"The Sulphides and Polysulphides of Ammonium.*' An
abstrad of this paper appeared in the Proceedings of the
Ckem'ual Society, Od. 19th, 1893. '^^^ P^P^i* appeared at
length in the yonmal of the Chem, Soc, Trans, (Ixvii.,
April, 1895). In it the following statement occurs
(p. 278):—** The first point was to determine what am-
monium compounds, other than sulphide and polysul-
phide, were present, and this involved the removal of
•olphide and polysulphide, and the recognition in the
filtrate of sulphite, thiosulphate, and sulphate. A scheme
for separation is given by Fresenius (' Chemical Analysis
—Qualitative, translated by C. E. Groves from the X5th
German Edition,' p. 194), but it was found to require mo-
dification before successful results could be obtained,
owing to the difficulty of removing the last traces of hy-
drogen sulphide. An account of the modified method of
anuysis will appear in another journal."
Tne author had in view publication in the Chemical
News, and the appearance of Mr. Smith's paper induces
him to make good his negled.
The statement of Fresenius is as follows :— ** When, as
is often the case, it is reijuired to find sulphites and hypo-
sulphites of the alkalies m presence of alkaline sulphides,
solution of sulphate of zinc is first added until the sul-
phide is decomposed ; the sulphide of sine is then filtered
off. and one part of the filtrate is tested for hypo-
solphnrous acid by addition of acid, another portion
for sulphurous acid with nitroprusside of sodium, &c.*'
The treatment prescribed by Fresenius [Ibid,, p. 193)^
for the detedion of sulphurous acid is as follows : — *' If
an aqueous solution of an alkaline sulphite is carefully
neutralised with acetic acid, or bicarbonate of soda is
added to it, according as it has an alkaline or acid readion
(esc€M of the bicarbonate is without effed, but excess of
caustic alkali or simple carbonate, or of carbonate of
ammonia, prevents the readion), and a relatively large
amount of solution of sulphate of sine, mixed with a very
small quantity of nitroprusside of sodium, be then added,
the solution will become red if the quantity of the sul-
phite present is not too small; when, however, the
amount of sulphite is very minute, the colouration makes
its appearance only after the addition of some solution of
ferrocyanide of potassium. If the quantities are not
altogether too minute, a purple-red precipitate will form
on the addition of the ferrocyanide of potassium
(Bodeker). Hyposulphites of the alkalies do not show
this readion."
Being unable to obtain by purchase ammonium sulphite
or ammonium thiosulphate in a state of purity, Mr.
>y. B. Giles, JF. I.e., kindly undertook their prepara-
tion, and was eminently successful Analysis of the pure
salts showed the following composition :—
a(NH4)aS03+3HaO and (NH4)aSa05.
Experiments were made with mixtures of these salts
according to the method of Fresenius. It was found,
however, that contrary to the statement of Fresenius
(loc, cit,) the presence of excess of ammonia enhanced
the delicacy of the test for sulphite. Experiments de-
monstrated the possibility of deteding very small traces
of sulphite mixed with excess of thiosulphate
On enlarging the scope of experiments so as to deted
sulphite and thiosulphate in a solution containing sulphide
and polysulphide, difficulty was experienced in getting rid
of the last traces of hydric sulphide by precipitation as
sine sulphite. The solution being treated as recom-
mended with sine sulphate, and the precipitate removed
by filtration, any trace of hydric sulphide left in the fil-
trate effedually masks the red colouration given fay
sulphite, the ordinary readion of sulphides with sodium
nitroprusside taking its place; experiments showed that ad-
dition of solution of cadmium sulphate would determine
the complete removal of hydric sulphide. It was conse-
quently employed in place of zinc sulphate, but the
sulphite readion was not obtained on adding nitro-
prusside and ferrocyanide. On addition to the filtrate of
zinc sulphat^, however, the readion for sulphite was ob-
tained, showing that the presence of cadmium sulphate
did not prevent the detedion of sulphite, whilst it eneded
the complete removal of hydric sulphide. Solution of
cadmium chloride was employed with similarly successful
results, and solution of zinc chloride was successfully
substituted for one of zinc sulphate, with a view of elirat-
nating sulphur compounds from the reagents used.
Using mixtures of sulphide, polysulphide, sulphite, and
thiosulphate, the influence of the following substances on
the test was investigated, viz., ammonium chloride,
ammonium carbonate, and free ammonia, the results
indicating that they did prevent the detedion of sulphite.
A modified method of testing was accordingly adopted.
A mixture of solutions of zinc chloride, cadmium chlo-
ride, ammonium chloride, and ammonia, was made in a
stoppered cylinder. To this was added the solution con-
taining sulphide, polysulphide, sulphite, and thiosulphate
of ammonium. From time to time the mixture was
gently agitated, and the air of the cylinder tested with
paper moistened with solution of ammoniacal plumbic
acetate. When the air was proved free from hydric sul-
phide, filtration was effeded, and a few drops of the clear
filtrate tested with solution of ammoniacal silver nitrate.
If no colouration or precipitation was observed, the tests
for sulphite and thiosulphate were then made. It was
found by this method that even very small traces of sul-
phite could be deteded with certainty. Experimenting in
this fashion upon laboratory samples of coloured ammo-
nium sulphide, it was determined that they contained
thiosulphate, but only traces of sulphite. Under these
circumstances it was suspeded that during the progress
of the test oxidation had taken place, sulphite becoming
sulphate. Accordingly the fiHratee, after separation (m
64
Quantitative Separations of Mttals.
f CRIUICAL NBWt,
I Aug. 9« 1895.
sulphide and polysulphide, were rendered strongly acid
with hydric chloride (free from chlorine), and boiled to
expel sulphur dioxide. The deposited sulphur was fil-
tered off, and the filtrate tested for sulphate. Only the
Slightest traces could be detected, and these were attri-
buted to the hnperfed washing of hydric sulphide during
saturation of anmionia with gas generated by the aAion
of hydric sulphate on ferrous sulphide.
It being established that oxidation of sulphite did not
occur in the course of analysis, experiments were now
made upon mixtures containing sulphide, hydrosulphide,
polysulphide, sulphite, thiosulphate, and sulphate of am-
monium.
The solution was treated as previously described, with
the mixture of zinc chloride, cadmium chloride, ammonic
chloride and ammoniai and the filtrate (containing sul-
phite, thiosulphate, and sulphate) divided into two por-
tions. One portion was treated as previously described
for the detedion of sulphite and thiosulphate. The other
portion was treated as follows, for the detedion of sul-
phate in presence of sulphite and thiosulphate : - The
solution, after addition of a small quantity of pure sodic
hydric carbonate, was placed in a flask, the cork of which
was pierced by three boles. Through an inlet tube a cur-
rent of washed carbon dioxide was admitted, and an outlet
tube was provided dipping below the surface of water.
Through the third hole, a small stoppered separating
funnel passed, the tube reaching nearly to the bottom of
the flask.
Through the cold solution a current of washed carbon
dioxide was passed, and the liquid gradually raised to the
boil. When all air was expelled, hydric chloride (free
from chlorine) was cautiously admitted by the stoppered
separating funnel. When excess of acid had been added
the solution was boiled down to one-fifth of its original
bulk, the current of carbon dioxide being maintained.
The concentrated liquid was filtered from deposited
sulphur, and a portion of the filtrate tested with ammo-
niacal silver nitrate to guard against undecomposed
thiosulphate. If found to be free the remainder was tested
for sulphate.
By these methods mixtures containing sulphide, hydro-
sulphide, polysulphide, sulphite, sulphate, and thiosul-
phate, have been successfully treated.
Some experiments have been made with a view to
deteding the constituents of mixtures containing poly-
Ihionates in addition to the sulphur compounds already
dealt with, and the results will be communicated to the
Chemical Nbws in due course.
Royal Naval CoUege» Greenwich, S.E.
PREPARATION OF THIOACETIC ACID,
AND ITS IMPORTANCE FOR CHEMICO-LEGAL
INVESTIGATIONS.
By ROBERT SCHIFF.
Some months ago I proposed to abandon, in analytical
operations, the unpleasant and tedious use of sulphuretted
hydrogen, and to apply in its stead thioacetic acid.
This convenient procedure has hitherto been adopted in
but few laboratories, chiefly, as I learn, from the difficulty
of preparing large quantities of thioacetic acid by the
known methods. The methods of preparation described
in chemical literature are all useless. Even that of Ktkul^
and Linnemann with phosphorus pentasulphide and
glacial acetic acid gives enormously bulky black tumid
masses, which at once fill the largest vessels, and compel
the distillation to be broken off. By the following pro-
cedure we may work with any quantity at pleasure. .
One part by weight of powdered phosphorus pentasul-
phide is mixed with i part by weight of fragments of glass
(not tOQ small) and i part of glacial acetic acid, and the
mass is placed in a glass vessel fitted with a thermometer
and an ascending condenser, and heated upon the wire
gauze with a luminous flame. The readion begins with*
out any troublesome tumeiadtion, and is easily regulated
by means of the flame.
When the temperature of the vapours has risen to about
103**, the process is interrupted. The yellow produiSl is
redified, and the portion which passes over between .92^
and 97*'~pure thioacetic acid — is used, either in the (^ee
state as a 6 per cent aqueous solution, or as a salt in a
30 per cent feebly ammoniacal solution. We thus obtain
pure thioacetic acid amounting almost to one-third of the
acetic acid used. For each operation I use in a 2 litre
flask 300 grms. phosphorus pentasulphide, 150 grms.
broken glass, 300 grms. glacial acetic acid, and obtain 97
to 100 grms. of reSified thioacetic acid. This quantity,
which does not require an hour to prepare, forms 300 c.c.
of thioacetic solution, and suffices for more than 150
ordinary qualitative operations.
In the glass vessels there is left a hard black mass,
which can be removed by heating with soda-lye. To save
the trouble of cleansing, I use the well-known wine flasks-
common in Tuscany. These, without their straw cases,-
cost about 7 centimes ; they are made of good thin green
glass, and contain 2| to 2i litres. I cut off two-thirds of
the neck, melt off the aperture, inserting it in an ascend-
ing T-tube. When the reaAion is completed the flask is
thrown away.
All the operation is performed under a good draught-
hood with a large flame burning in order to burn all
escaping gases of an evil odour.
This thioacetic method is, as it appears to me, impor-
tant for the qualitative and quantitative recognition of
arsenic in chemico-legal investigations. I have formerly
mentioned that if a hydrochloric solution of arsenious or
arsenic acid is boiled with thioacetate for about a minute,
when the liquid is cold the arsenic is found to have been
quantitatively precipitated from the clear liquid.
The difficulty of maintaining a long-continued current
of hydrogen sulphide, absolutely free from arsenic — as
required for judicial purposes— is well known. On the
contrary, rediified thioacetic acid is always absolutely free
from arsenic— B«rff/(/^, xxviii., p. 1204.
QUANTITATIVE SEPARATIONS OF METALS
IN ALKALINE SOLUTIONS BY HYDROGEN
PEROXIDE.
By P. JANNASCH and E. v. CLOEDT.
Separation of Bismuth. Lead, and Manoanbsb
FROM Mercury.
X. Separation of Bismuth J rom Mercury,
As an initial point for their experiments the authors
used pure metallic bismuth and mercuric oxide. The
weighed quantities were heated in a covereJ porcelain
capsule with 10 c.c. of concentrated nitric acid and
50 c.c. of water on the water-bath, until completely di*.
solved. The liquid is then slowly poured into a mixttire
of 25 to 30 c.c. of concentrated ammonia, 25 c. c. of hy-
drogen peroxide at 3 to 4 per cent, and 50 c.c. of water.
There ensued a brisk effeivescence of escaping oxygen,
and the bismuth subsided as a yellowish-grey deposit of
hydrated peroxide. It was then dissolved on the Alter in
dilute hot nitric acid, again precipitated as before, filtered,
and weighed in a platinum crucible as bismuth per-
oxide.
Since for precipitatinjg the bismuth we used hydrogen
peroxide purified by distillation in vacuo, no corredoft for
silica, alumina, &c., is needed. Siill we must advise that
the pure hydrogen peroxide should be used as fresh as
possible, since its solutions on prolonged standing seem
to attack sensitive kinds of glass, and may thus be anew
contaminated with silica.
Chimical Nbw8» {
Aug. 9, ia95. /
Absorption-Spectrum of Liquefied Air.
If the first deposit of bismuth is washed with extreme
care, a single precipitation is sufficient for accurate sepa-
ration. We have proved this in a couple of special
experiments.
For the determination of the mercury the entire ammo-
ntacal filtrate is evaporated down for the complete
expulsion of the excess of ammonia, strongly acidified
with sulphurous acid, the liquid poured into a larger
beaker, diluted to at least 300 c.c, and Ustly precipitated
at a moderate heat with sulphuretted hydrogen. The
further treatment of the mercury sulphide and its weighing
are e ffeded in the usual way.
2. Separation of Lead and Mercury,
. The separation is efTedled by pouring the solution of
the nitrate, acidified with nitric acid, into the ammoniacal
oxidising liquid. The results are very satisfactory. It
must be observed that, prior to filtration, the lead preci-
pitate is allowed to stand for some time (thirty minutes to
one hour), with occasional stirring, as otherwise traces of
lead may remain in solution. The lead hydro- peroxide is
filtered off, well washed with cold water, dissolved on the
filter in dilute nitric acid (equal to about 10 c.c. of the
concentrated acid), with a simultaneous addition of hy-
drogen peroxide, and precipitated again in the same
manner,
3. Separation of Manganese and Mercury,
The separation of these metals is effeiSted with great
ease, which appears the more remarkable as manganese —
in consequence of its tendency, when in the state of per-
oxide, to carry other oxides down with it— is apt to frus-
trate the smooth course of an analysis. The authors took,
as their initial point, manganese-ammonium sulphate and
mercuric oxide. From 0*3 to 0*4 grm. of each substance
was dissolved in 50 c.c. water and zo c.c. of concentrated
nitric acid. This mixture is added to a liquid of 30 c.c.
hydrogen peroxide, 30 c.c. strong ammonia, and 50 c.c.
water. After heating for thirty minutes in a covered
beaker on the water-bath, the precipitate is filtered and
washed with a mixture of water, ammonia, and hydrogen
peroxide, and finally with hot water. The precipitate
may be ignited in a platinum or porcelain crucible, either
whilst still moist or after a partial drying. The coarser
particles are carefully crushed, and the ignition is conti-
nued until the weight becomes constant. — Zeitsckri/t fier
Anorganitche C hemic.
ON THE
ABSORPTION - SPECTRUM OF LIQUEFIED AIR.
By Profetiort LI VEIN G and DEWAR.
In a recent conversation on the absorptlon-spedrum of
liquefied oxygen, M. Cornu suggested to us that it would be
interesting to examine if the diffused absorption bands
would develop as well when the density of oxygen is pro-
duced by a reduction of temperature at atmospheric pres-
sure, as when the gas is compressed at higher tempera-
tures.
M. Janssen has found that the intensity of these bands
increases as the square of the density of oxygen, and has
recently verified this result by observations of the solar
spe^rum in the desert of Sahara. This law, as we have
already pointed out {Proc, Roy, Soc, xlvi.,p. 228), seems
to indicate that these bands are due either to CQmplex
molecules produced by condensation, or to the encounters
of molecules of an ordinary mass— encounters which are
more frequent when their free path is diminished.
. To reply to M. Cornu*8 question, we obtained liquefied
air diredly from the atmosphere by the cold due to the
rapid evaporation of liquid oxygen under a low pressure.
The method and the apparatus have been already de-
scribed by Prof. Dewar {Proc, Royal Institution, xx.,
January, 1893).
The absorption due to liquefied air of the thickne&s of
1*9 cm. was then compared diredly with that of liauid
oxygen, of the thickness of 0*4 cm. The light which had
traversed this latter medium was introduced, by means
of a refle(Slion-prism, into the field of vision of the speiSlro-
scope at the same time as that which had traversed the
liquid air. The position of the lamps was then regu-
lated so that the brightness of the spedral regions
free from bands was the same in the two spedra.
Under these conditions it was observed that intensity
of the absorption-bands was developed much more by 0*4
cm. of liquid oxygen than by a depth of liquid air five
times greater.
The vessels containing the liquids were open, the liquid
air evaporated gradually, and as the boiling-point of
nitrogen is below that of oxygen the nitrogen evaporated
more rapidly, and the residual liquid contained a greater
and greater proportion of oxygen. Therefore the absorp-
tion-bands become more and more intense, until they sur-
passed in intensity that of the slighter depth of oxygen.
Another portion of air liquefied like the former was
rapidly mixed with an equal volume of liquid oxygen, and
the absorption of this mixture was compared as above
with that of liquid oxygen. We recognised that the ab-
sorption of 2*4 cm. of the mixture was much greater than
that of 0*4 cm. of liquid oxygen. The density of the oxygen
in this mixture was, in fadt, three times greater than that
of the oxygen in pure liquefied air, and, according to the
law of Janssen, the absorption ought to become nine
times greater. Our observations, therefore, agree with
this result.
These observations agree also with the theory of the
continuity of the liquid and the gaseous states. We must
remember that air boils at a temperature lower than does
oxygen, so that the two liquids to be compared were not
at the same temperature by about 10°.
If the diffused absorption-bands of oxygen are produced
by their mutual collisions in the gaseous and liquid states,
it is permissible to suppose that they would be profoundly
modified if the oxygen assumed the solid state. Hitherto
oxygen has not yet been solidified in a state of purity, but
liquid air is easily brought to the solid state by rapid
evaporation under a low pressure (Dewar, Proc, Royal
Institution, January 19, 1894).
Whether the solid thus obtained is homogeneous, or
merely formed of a paste of solid nitrogen mixed with
liquid oxygen, may be open to discussion, but in any case
it is beyond doubt that the oxygen is at the lowest tem-
perature which has been attained. Consequently, we
have examined if a difference can be perceived between
the absorptions of solid and of liquid air. There was no
difference in the charadter of the absorptions, and very
little in the intensities.
To gauge the efiefis of the temperature, we compared
the absorption of a depth of 3 cm. of liquid oxygen, boil-
ing under a pressure of about i cm., with that of an
equal depth of the same liquid at the atmospheric pres-
sure. With the coldest liquid, the bands in the orange
and the yellow were appreciably elongated, enlarged
especially on the more refrangible side. The weak
band in the green was darker, and the band in the
blue seemed also somewhat stronger. The difference
of temperature might be about 17^, which does not
seem much, though it is about the fifth part of the tem-
perature of the warmer liquid. — Comptes Rendus, cxxi.,
p. 162.
Examination of Seed-lac— A. Gascard (youmal dt
Pharmacie),^Co\^ alcohol at 95 per cent extrads from
the lac its most important resmous ingredient, which is
important for the varnish manufadure, and is said to be
a mixture of several acids of the fatty series, and to con-
tain nitrogen. The portion soluble in boiling alcohol of
the srme strength separates out on cooling in the form
of needles, and has the properties and composition of the
waxes. It is a mixture of several esters of myricyl alcohol
with mote than 50 per cent of free myricyl alcohol.
66
Spectra of Argon.
[ Cbbmical Rbws,
I Aog. ^ 1895-
ON THE SPECTRA OF ARGON .•
By WILLIAM CROOKES, F.R.S.. *c.
T (I ROUGH the kindness of Lord Rayleigh and Professor
Ramsay I have been enabled to examine the spedrum of
this gas in a very accurate spedtroscope, and also to take
photographs of its spedtra in a spe^rograph fitted with a
complete quartz train. The results are both interesting
and important, and entirely corroborate the conclusions
arrived at by the discoverers of argon.
The results of my examination are given in a table of
wave-lengths, which follows, and on a map of the lines
accurately drawn to scale, accompanying this paper. The
map is 40 ft. long, and the probable error of position of
any line on it is not greater than i m.m.
Argon resembles nitrogen in that it gives two distind^
spedra, according to the strength of the indudtion current
employed. But while the two spedra of nitrogen are dif-
ferent in charadter, one showing fluted bands and the
other sharp lines, both the argon spedra consist of sharp
lines. It is, however, very difficult to get argon so free
from nitrogen that it will not show the nitrogen flutings
snperposed on its own special system of lines. I have
used argon prepared by Lord Rayleigh, Professor Ramsay,
and myself, and however free it was supposed to be from
nitrogen, I could always at first detedt the nitrogen bands
in its spedtrum. These, however, soon disappear when the
indudion spark is passed through the tube for some time,
varying from a few minutes to a few hours. The vacuum
tubes l>e8t adapted for showing the spedra are of the
ordinary PHicker form, having a capillary tube in the
middle. For photographing the higher rays which are
cut off by glass I have used a similar tube, ** end on,''
having a quartz window at one end. I have also used a
Pliicker tune made entirely of quartz worked before the
oxy-hydrogen blowpipe. I have not yet succeeded in
melting platinum or iridio-platinum wire terminals into
the quartz, as thev melt too easily, but a very good spec-
trum is obtained by coating the bulbs outside with tin-
foil, conneded'with the terminals of the indudiion coil.
The pressure of argon givingthe greatest luminosity and
most brilliant spedkrum is 3 m.m. At this point the colour
of the discharge is an orange-red, and the spedlrum is rich
in red rays, two being especially prominent at wave-
lengths 696*56 and 705*64. On passing the current the
traces of nitrogen bands disappear, and the argon
snedrum is seen in a state of purity. At this pressure the
Eiatinum from the poles spatters over the glass of the
ulbs owing to what I have called *'eleArical evapora-
tion,"! and I think the residual nitrogen is occluded by
the finely- divided metal. Similar occlusions are fre-
quently noticed by those who work much with vacuum
tubes.
If the pressure is further reduced, and a Leyden jar
intercalated in the circuit, the colour of the luminous dis-
charge chan<;es from red to a rich steel blue, and the
spedfum shows an almost entirely different set of lines.
The two spedlra, called for brevity red and blue, are shown
on the large map, the upper spedrum being that of
" blue " argon, and the lower one that of " red " argon.
It is not easy to obtain the blue colour and spedtrum
Entirely free from the red. The red is easily got by using
a large coil) adlualed with a current of 3 ampires and
6 volts. There is then no tendency for it to turn blue.
The blue colour may be obtained with the same coil by
aduating it with a current of 3*84 amperes and 11 volts,
intercalating a jar of 50 square inches surface. The
make-and- break must be screwed up so as to vibrate as
rapidly as possible. With the small coil a very good blue
* Prom the Philosophical Transactiom of the Royal Society, vol.
clxxxvi. (1895), Am pp. 243.251.
f Roy. Soc. Proc., vol. I , p. 88, June, i8pr.
t The coil used has about sixty miles of secondary wire, and when
fully charged gives a torrent of sparks 24 inches long. The smaller
coil gives six-inch sparks when worked with six half-pint Grove cells.
colour can be obtained by using three Grove cells and a
Leyden jar of Z20 square; inches surface, and a very
rapid make-and-break. It appears that an ele&ro-
motive force of 27,600 volts is required to bring out the
red, and a higher E.M.F. and a very hot spark for the
blue. It is possible so to adjust the pressure of gas in the
tube that a very slight alteration of the strength of the
current will cause the colour to change from red to blue,
and vict versa, I have occasionally had an argon tube in
so sensitive a state that with the commutator turned one
way the colour was red, and the other way blue. Indoc>
tion coils aduated by a continuous current are never sym-
metrical as regards the polarity of the induced current,
and any little irregularity in the metallic terminals of the
vacuum tube also ads as a valve. The red glow is pro-
duced by the positive spark, and the blue by the negative
spark.
I have taken photographs of the two spedra of argon
partly superposed. In this way their dissimilarity is
readily seen.* In the spedrum of the blue glow I have
counted zxg lines, and in that of the red glow 80 lines,
making 199 in all; of these, 26 appear to be cooamon
to both spedra.
I have said that the residual nitrogen is removed by
sparking the tube for some time when platinum terminals
are sealed in. This is not the only way of purifying the
argon. By the kindness of Professor Ramsay I was
allowed to take some vacuum tubes to bis laboratory and
there exhaust and fill them with some of bis purest argon.
On this occasion I simultaneously filled, exhausted, and
sealed off two Pliicker tubes, one having platinum and
the other aluminium terminals. On testing the gas
immediately after they were sealed off, each tube showed
the argon spedtrum, contaminated by a trace of nitrogen
bands. The next day the tube with platinum terminals
was unchanged, but that having aluminium terminals
showed the pure spedlrum of argon, the faint nitrogen
bands having entirely disappeared during the night.
After an hour's current and a few days' rest the tube with
platinum terminals likewise gave a pure argon spedrum.
When a mixture of argon with a very little nitrogen is
submitted to the induced current in a tube made otfused
and blown quartz, without inside metallic terminals, the
nitrogen bands do not disappear from the argon spe^rum,
but the spedra of argon and nitrogen continue to be seen
simultaneously.
A vacuum tube was filled with argon and kept on the
pump while observations were made on the spedrum
of the ^as as exhaustion proceeded. The large coil was
used with a current of 8*84 amperes and ix volts ; no jar
being interposed. At a pressure of 3 m.m. the spedrum
was that of the pure red glow. This persisted as the
exhaustion rose, until at a pressure of about half a m.m.
flashes of blue light made their appearance. At a quarter
of a m.m. the colour of the ignited gas was pure blue,
and the spedrum showed no trace of the red glow.
A striking instance of a change of spedrum from nitro-
gen to argon was shown in a tube filled with argon
kindly sent me by Lord Rayleigh. It had been prepared
from the atmosphere by sparking, and it was considered
to contain about 3 per cent of nitrogen. Thfs argon was
passed into an exhausted tube and then rarefied to m
pressure of 75 m.m. and kept on the pump. At this
pressure the nitrogen conduded all the indudlon cur-
rent, the spedrum showing nothing but the nitro-
gen bands. The pump was slowly kept going, and
spedrum observations were continuously taken. When
the pressure fell to about 3 m.m. a change came over the
spedrum, the nitrogen bands disappeared, and the
spedrum of argon took its place ; the only contamina-
tion being a little aqueous vapour, due to my not having
sufficiently dried the gas. I took photographs of th^
spedrum given by this tube in the two stages, one show-
♦ Photographs of the different speftra of argon, and other gaseous
spedra for comparison, were prujedted on the screen.
CasMicALfltwrii
_ Aug. 9, 1895^ f
ing the pure nitrogen bands and the other the argon
lines, each being compared with the spe^rum of argon
prepared by Professor Ramsay. Observations have shown
that the spe^ra given by argon, obtained by the sparking
method of Lord Rayleigh and by the magnesium method
of Prof. Ramsay from the atmosphere, are identical.
U was of interest to see how little argon could be
dete&ed in admixture with nitrogen by combined pumping
aniil passage of the current. Some argon prepared by
myselA* having 60 to 70 per cent of nitrigen with it, was
put into a small tube furnished with large platinum
terminals. Exhaustion was carried to 3 m.m., and the
tube was then sealed off. The spark from the large coil
aduated with a current of 3*84 amperes and 11 volts was
then put on, and the spedrum examined continuously.
At first it showed only the nitrogen bands. In about half
an hour the nitrogen began to fade and the ar^on lines
appear, and in a few minutes later the tube was just short
of non-conduAing, the colour of the gas was rich steel-
blue, and the spedruro was that of the blue argon glow.
Here the small diameter of the bulbs of the tube and the
large platini^m v^ires facilitated much spattering or
** eledrical evaporation '' of the platinum. The pres-
sure also was the one most suitable for that phenome-
non. To this I attribute the rapid occlusion of the
residual nitrogen.
An experiment was now made to see if the small
quantity of argon normally present in the atmosphere
could be deteded without previous concentration. Nitro-
gen was prepared from the atmosphere by burning
phosphorus, and was purified in the usual manner. This
gas, well dried over phosphoric anhydride, was passed
into a vacuum tube, the air washed out by two fillings
and exhaustions, and the tube was finally sealed off at a
greisure of 52 m.m. It was used for photographing the
and spedrum of nitrogen on several occasions, and alto-
gether it was exposed to the indudion current from the
large coil lor eight hours before any change was noticed.
The last time I used it for photographing the nitrogen
spedrum difficulty was experienced in getting the spark to
J»as8, so I increased the current and intercalated a small
ar. The colour immediately changed from the reddish
yellow of nitrogen to the blue of argon, and on applying
the spedroscope the lines of argon shone out with scarcely
any admixture of nitrogen bands. With great difficulty
and by employing a veiy small jar I was able to take one
photograph of this changed spedrum and compare it with
the spedrum of argon from Professor Ramsay, both being
taken on the same plate, but the tube soon became non-
conduding, and I could not then force a spark through,
except by employing a dangerously large current. When-
ever a flash passed it was of a deep blue colour. Assuming
that the atmosphere contains i per cent of argon, the
3 m.m. of nitrogen originally in the tube would contain
0*03 m.m. of argon. After the nitrogen had been oc-
cluded by the spa^ttered platinum, this pressure of argon
would be near the point of non-condudion.
In all cases when argon has been obtained in this
manner the spedrum has been that of the blue-blowing
gas. Very little of the red rays can be seen. The change
from red to blue is chiefly dependent on the strength and
beat oi the spark : partly also on the degree of exhaustion.
Nitrogen, when present, conduds the current easiest. As
the exhaustion increases and the condudivity of the nitro-
gen diminishes, that of the red-glowing argon rises, until
at a pressure of about 3 m.m. its condudivity is at the
greatest and the luminosity is best. Beyond that point the
condudivity of the red form seems to get less, and that of
Spectra oj A rgon.
67
the blue form to increase, till the vacuum approaches a
fradion of a m.m., when further pumping soon renders it
non-cooduding. It is not improbable, and I understand
that independent observations have already led both the
discoverers to the same conclusion — that the gas argon is
not a simple body, but is a mixture of at least two ele-
ments, one of which glows red and the other blue, each
having its distindive spedrum. The theory that it is a
simple body has, however, support from the analogy of
other gases. Thus, nitrogen has two distind spedra,
one or the other being produced by varying the pressure
and intensity of the spark. I have made vacuum tubes
containing rarefied nitrogen which show either the fluted
band or the sharp line spedrum by simply turning the
screw of the make-and-break: exadly as the two spedra
of argon can be changed from one to the other.
The disappearance of the red glow and the appearance
of the blue glow in argon as the exhaustion increases also
resembles the disappearance of the red line of hydrogen
when exhaustion is raised to a high point. Pliicker, who
was the first to observe this occurrence, says* : ** When
RuhmkorfiTs small indudion coil was discharged through
a spedral tube enclosing hydrogen, which was gradually
rarefied to the highest tenuity to be reached by oceans of
Geissler*s exhauster, finally the beautiful red colour of
the ignited gas became fainter, and passed gradually into
an undetermined violet. When analysed by the prism,
Ha (the red, C, line) disappeared, while H/3 (the green,
F, line), though fainter, remained well defined. Accord-
ingly* light o^ A greater length of wave was the first
extinguished.**
The line spedrum of nitrogen is not nearly so
striking in brilliancy, number, or sharpness of lines as are
those of argon, and careful scrutiny fails to show more
than one or two apparent coincidences between lines in
the two spedra. Between the spedra of argon and
the band spedrum of nitrogen there are two or three
close approximations of lines, but a projedion on the
screen of a magnified image of the two spedra partly
superposed shows that two at least of these are not
real coincidences.
I have looked for indications of lines in the argoa
spedra corresponding to the corona line at 531*7, the
aurora line at 557*1, and the helium line at 587*5, but
have failed to deted any line of argon sufficiently near
these positions to fall within the limits of experimental
error.
I have found no other spedrum-giving gas or vapour
yield spedra at all like those of argon, and the apparent
coincidences in some of the lines, which, on one or two
occasions are noticed, have been very few, and would
probably disappear on using a higher dispersion. Having
once obtained a tube of argon giving the pure spedra, I
can make no alteration in it except that which takes
place on varying the spark or increasing the exhaustion,
when the two spedra change from one to the other. As
far, therefore, as spedrum work can decide, the verdid
must be that Lord Rayleigh and Professor Ramsay have
added one, if not two, members to the family of ele-
mentary bodies.
* When a carrent of 65 volts and 15 amp^rei altematiog 130 times
A second it pMsed through the primary of my Uree ctfll, an arcbiog
flame, coositting of baming nitrogen, itauea from each of the
Mcondary polea, meeting in the middle. When once aurted the
poiet can be drawn asunder, till the flame bridgea acrosi aia m.m.
When the terminali are more than 46 m.m. apart the Hame will not
atrike acroaa. By enclosing this flame in a reservoir over alkaline
water, and feeding it with air and oxygen, 1 can burn up a litre of air
an botir.
BLUff.
Red.
Wave-length. Intensity. Wave-length.
7646
Intensity.
2
7506
4
7377
726-3
70564
3
a
10
9
2
675'4
666*4
6
6
* " On the Spears of Ignited Gases and Vapours," by Drs. Pliicker
and Hiltorf, Pktl. Tram., Part 1, civ., p. 21.
e:8
Red.
1
Spectra oj Argon.
fCKBMtCALMBWt,
1 Ang. 9, 1895.
Blui
* t
.
Blus.
Rbo.
Wave-length.
Intensity.
Wave-length.
Intentitf.
Wave-length.
Intensity.
Wave.length.
Intensity.
662-8
4
426*60
6
426*60
4
Coincident.
640-7
9
425-95
8
425-95
9
^Coincident.
6377
3
425-15
3
425-15
3
Coincident.
630*3
4
422*85
6
628*1
3
420* XO
XO
430* xo
xo
Coincident.
623*2
4
4x9-80
9
4x9*80
9
Coincident
62X*0
6
419*15
9
4X9*X5
9
Coincident.
617-3
6
6x7*3
6
Coincident.
418-30
8
4x830
8
Coincident.
6X4*3
3
416-45
8
416-45
4
Coincident.
6X2*0
6
609-9
605*6
604-5
4
3
3
415-95
4I3-X5
4x0*50
xo
3
8
415*95
4x5*65
xo
6
Coincident.
603-8
8
603-8
8
Coincident.
407-25
8
593*5
X
404*40
8
404-40
9
Coincident.
592*6
4
592-6
590-9
IS?
4.
6
6
4
Coincident, '
403-30
40X-30
397-85
39678
X
8
X
3
583-4
3
394-85
9
394-85
xo
Coincident.
580-3
X
394*35
3
577-1
2
393-18
3
574-6
6
392-85
9
5683
3
392-75
3
565*1
9
391-50
X
561*0
9
390*45
8
556-7
3
389-20
5
555-7
XO
357'55
3
552-0
X
387-X8
3
550-1
3
38685
8
549-65
8
385-15
xo
545-6
6
384-55
X
544-4
3
38355
3
383*55
3
Coincident.
542-1
4
382*75
3
5258
6
380-95
4
522-3
7
380*35
X
518-58
XO
379*95
X
5x6-5
9
37808
9
5x4-0
xo
377*15
X
506*5
10
506-5
4
Coincident.
37705
3
50X-2
3
501-3
4
Coincident.
37660
8
500-7
9
37385
372*98
3
496-55
9
496-55
4
Coincident.
xo
493*8
10
493-8
3
Coincident.
371-80
4
487*9
10
487-9
4
Coincident.
363*25
3
484-75
I
363-17
X
48050
7
362-37
362-28
X
476*30
I
X
473-45
472-66
6
361-75
3
2
360*50
3
360*50
5
Coinctdeot.
470* X2
8
35870
xo
46565
5
462*95
5
35803
357*50
9
9
46080
8
459*45
3
35665
356-40
3
3
356*65
4
Coincident.
45869
6
35628
X
457*95
6
356*00
3
454*35
7
355*82
7
451-40
2
355*45
4
355*45
6
Coincident.
45095
8
450-95
9
Coincident.
354*75
4
447-83
6
354*45
7
442-65
10
353*43
4
44225
xo
35205
3
439*95
10
351-92
4
43765
9
35**35
6
43690
9
35088
4
434-85
xo
434-50
5
349-00
347*57
xo
7
433-35
9
433*35
43005
9
9
Coincident.
345*35
338-80
X
X
42990
9
309*27
5
42770
3
308*48
4
42720
7
42720
8
Coincident.
30647
2
;i
Blub.
Wav^lcogtb. louwitj.
Chromates of the Rare Eartlis : Chromates of Strontium.
69
30427
299*82
29786
294*27
292*96
283*02
279'44
a73'45
27072
269*30
266*12
265*26
262*95
257*12
256*07
248*49
24385
224*66
3
I
z
2
X
I
2
2
0*5
z
2
3
I
2
z
z
2
3
IZ9 lines in the " Blue " spedram.
80 lines in the ** Red *' spedram.
Z99 total lines.
26 lines common to the two spedra.
CHROMATES OF THE RARE EARTHS:
CHROMATES OF THORIUM.
Bf CHASB PALMER.
BBLimviNO that a study of the adion of an acid of feeble
energy upon the weak bases of the tin group— or Fourth
Ofoup of Mendeleeffs Periodic System — would throw new
light upon this interesting family of elements, I have
ttDdertaJcen a comparative study of the adion of chromic
mdd upon the oxides of the rarer metals of this group, and
of the condud of their salts towards the alkaline chro-
The chromates of the rare elements of this group have
hitherto received but little attention from chemists. The
earliest allusion to a chromate of a rare earth was made in
1863 by J. J. Chydenius ('* Thorerde und deren Verbind*
QOgeo," Ann, dir Pkfs, Pogg.t cxix., 43). This author
obaervei that thorium hydroxide is soluble in chromic
acid. He states that from the resulting solution, evapo-
rated over sulphuric acid, he obtained normal thorium
chromate as a soluble salt containing eight molecules of
water of crystallisation. Chydenius further states that
potassium dichromate produces no precipitate when
added to a solution of thorium chloride, until after the
mixture is neutralised with ammonia, whereby a basic
•alt of thorium is thrown down. The only other allusion
to a chromate of a rare metal of the Fourth group, in the
literature accessible to me, is made by Pattison and
Clarice fCBSM. News, xvi., 259). These chemists ob-
served that by heating the residue from an evaporated
solution of the hydroxides of cerium, lanthanum, and
didyminm in chromic acid, the cerium compound was
rendered insoluble ; but there is no evidence that they de-
termined the composition of the insoluble produd.
Thorium was chosen as the first element for the present
research on account of the highly developed basic pro-
perties of its oxide. Contrary to the observations of
Chydenius, I have found, not only that a difficultly soluble
salty having the composition of normal thorium chromate,
separates spontaneously from a solution of thorium
hydroxide in chromic acid, but also that the same com-
poood is precipitated by potassium dichromate from
thorium nitrate without the aid of a neutralising alkali.
I have also found that potassium chromate produces the
same compound indiredly from a soluble thorium salt.
Thorium Hydroxid* and Chromic i4ci<f.— Pure freshly
precipitated thorium hydroxidej was added in portions
to a solution of pure chromium trioxide in water. The
quantity of the trioxide was slightly in excess of the
amount required to form the normal chromate. The hy-
droxide was quickly dissolved at first, but afterwards the
acid attacked it more sluggishly. A flocculent orange
precipitate soon appeared, and finally settled as a fine
powder. Under the microscope this produd shows a
crystalline strudure. The formation of the orange pre-
cipitate takes place more quickly at 90^ C. than at the
ordinary temperature.
Dried at 120" C. to constant weight the produd was
analysed : —
0*2016 grm. substance at 180* lost 0*0072 grm. HsO
and gave o*tzz4 grm. ThOa and 0*0626 grm. CrtO|.
H2O
Th .
Cr
Calcalated for Th(CrO«VHtO.
373
, .• .. 4805
2I*7Z
Found.
357
4855
2Z*29
Thorium Chromatifrom Chromic Acid Solution, — Pore
freshly-precipitated thorium hydroxide, in small portions
at a time, was stirred in a cold solution of chromic acid
as long as it was taken up. At the first appearance of
the orange precipitate, the latter was filtered off, and the
solution evaporated over sulphuric acid in vacuo. From
the concentrated solution thorium chromate separated
out in orange-coloured scales containing two molecules of
water of crystallisation and one molecule of water of con-
stitution.
Dried to constant weight over sulphuric acid the salt
was analysed.
I. 0*215 grm. substance lost o*oz48 grm. H^O at Z2o° ;
at iSo*" it lost 0*007 grm. HaO additional, and gaveo*zi04
grm. ThOa and 0*0631 grm. CraOj.
H. 0*2x55 grm. substance lost 0*0x5 grm. HaO at Z20^ ;
at 180° it lost 0*0068 grm. HaO additional, and gave 0*1 ti
grm. ThOa and 0*0622 grm. CraO^.
Found.
Calculated for
Th(CrO«),.3H.O.
I.
II.
2HaO .«
690
6*88
6*96
HaO ..
-. 346
3-25
3-15
Th ••
.* 4471
45"
45*26
Cr
• . 20-20
20*X2
Z970
Thorium Nitrate and Potassium Dichromate,'-' On
mixing the boiling solutions of these salts in the propor-
tion of one molecule of the nitrate to two molecules of the
dichromate, hydrated thorium chromate was precipitated
at once as a fine orange powder. In this way 78 per
cent of the theoretical yield was obtained.
0*1986 grm. substance, dried at I20^ lost 0*0073 grm.
HaO at iSo'^ and gave 0*1095 grm. ThOa and 0*0068 grm.
CraOj.
Found.
HaO 367
Th 4835
Cr 2X*34
When the cold solutions of thorium nitrate and potas-
sium dichromate were mixed no immediate precipitation
occurred, but in a short time a precipitate began to form.
After standing twenty-four hours the orange precipitate
that bad formed meanwhile was filtered off, washed, and
dried at X2o^
o*z8x7 grm. substance lost 0*0064 grm. HaO at z8o^
and gave o*xoo8 grm. ThOa and o*o5(^ grm. CraO^.
HaO
Th.,
Cr ..
FODOd.
3-52
4875
21*47
The filtrate from this precipitate was heated to 90^.
At 60"^ a second precipitation of the thorium chromate
The Wet Assay for Copper.
fCRBMIC4L *^BWS,
I Aus. 9, 1895.
occurred. The first yield was 65 per cent, and 14 per
cent additional was obtained by heating the filtrate. The
total yield (79 per cent) closely corresponds with the yield
obtained by precipitating the compound at once from a
boiling solution.
The mother-liquor from the second precipitate was re*
duced to small volume, but no further precipitation oc-
curred. Bv evaporating it to dryness a very soluble crys-
talline produd was left, but it couM not be isolated for
examination.
ThQrium NitraU and Potassium Chromati, — There are
two stages in the formation of hydrated thorium chromate
from thorium nitrate and potassium chromate. When a
solution of tliorium nitrate is treated with a solution of
potassium chromate (one molecule of the former to three
molecules of the latter), the precipitate, which at once
forms, dissolves immediately until the mixture is com-
plete. Then a dense golden yellow precipitate separates
from the solution. The liquid meanwhile becomes red,
owing to the formation of potassium dichromate. By
promptly removing the yellow precipitate from conta^
with the fluid it was found, on analysis, to be basic
thorium chromate.
0*2367 arm. substance dried at 100° gave 0*1635 grm.
ThOs and 0*0459 grm. CraOj.
Th
Cr
CalcaUted for Th(OH)sCrO«.
.. .. 6o*66
.. .. 1370
Pouod.
60*70
1329
. If the basic thorium chromate be allowed to remain in
contaft with the supernatant liquid, it is gradually changed
into the orange precipitate, which, upon analysis, proved
itself to be the same hydrated thorium chromate already
described. During this transformation the red liquid is
changed to the bright yellow colour of potassium chro-
mate.
Analysis of the final produd dried at 120^: —
0*2136 grm. substance at 180* lost o*oo8x grm. HaO and
gave 0*1175 grm. ThOi and 0*0678 grm. CrjOj.
HiO
Th..
Cr ..
Foand.
379
48-34
2177
The complete reaftion may be expressed by the two
equations : —
J. Th(N03)44-3KaCr04-|-HaO-
=Th(OH)aCr04+KaCra07+4KN03.
2. Th(OH)aCr044-KaCra07=-Th(Cr04)a.HaO + KaCr04.
The hydrated thorium chromate always has a full
orange colour, which it does not lose even after prolonged
heating at 130®. The colour of the anhydrous salt is
ochrcous yellow. At 22^ i part of the salt is soluble in
284 parts of water. It is readily soluble in hydrochloric
acid and in ammonium carbonate. At a dull red heat it
is decomposed into thorium dioxide and chromic oxide.
Heated in a platinum crucible over a Bunsen lamp the
substance lost 10*41 per cent in weight. For the loss of
.three oxygen atoms to form ThOa and CraOj the required
loss in weight is 10*32 per cent.
Constitution of the Orangi Chromate — It is noteworthy
that the orange chromate of thorium always contains one
molecule of firmly bound water, whether the substance be
formed by slow crystallisation from a chromic acid solu-
tion, or by precipitation from a soluble salt, or formed
from the insoluble basic chromate. The substance may
be regarded simply as hydrated normal thorium chromate,
Th(Cr04)aHaO, or it may be a basic dichromate of
thorium having the constitution expressed by the formula
^**^(OH)a •
Before expressing an opinion as to the more probable
co nstitut i on of the orange chromate, I shall attempt to
gather more knowledge of these chromates and of the
compounds of chromic acid with the related elements.
Zirconium hydroxide is attacked by chromic acid less
readily than iv thorium hydroxide. It can be completely
dissolved in an excess of the acid. A yellow precipitate
was obtained by boiling this solution. From an analysis,
the produA appears to oe a basic salt.
A similar yellow precipitate is obtained by the adion of
potassium dichromate on zirconium chloride. The pre-
cipitate, dried over sulphuric acid, gave 41*24 per cent Zr
and 16*38 per cent Cr. It is probably a basic salt.
I intend to make a thorough study of the chromates of
zirconium and of the other elements of the Fourth Group.
I wish to express here my hearty thanks to Professor
Edgar P. Smith, through whose generous hospitality I
have enjoyed the facilities of the John Harrison Chemical
Laboratory of the University of Pennsylvania, whc^e the
work described in this paper has been dont.^ A mnican>
Chemical Journal^ xvii.. No. 5.
THE WET ASSAY FOR COPPER.
By R. S. DULIN.
It seems difficult for the metallurgical chemists of this
country to settle upon a uniform method for the rapid de-
termination of copper. We should have a standard
method, applicable for all commercial work, which would
be fairly accurate under as many possible varying condi-
tions, so that results obtained from the same ore, hy
different chemists, should be substantially uniform. For
about nine months past I have been engaged npoo an
extended series of experiments, having for their objeA a
determination of the chief causes for variation and error
in the methods most generally employed, and for the pur-
pose of finding a modification of common methods which
would be an improvement upon those now used. At the
same time I have made myself conversant with much of
the current literature upon the subject, and the obeerva-
tions herein offered, while based upon my individual es-
perimenu, are corroborated, in most part, by the published
results of others.
There are at present three well-recognised methods
employed in the United States for the determination of
copper. Each method has its own advocates, and it is
perfedly fair to say that either method, in the hands of a
skilled chemist, thoroughly understanding the reaAions of
the methods, working with all due care, will yield sub-
stantially the same results. The methods referred to
are: —
I. The cyanide method. 2. The iodide. 3. The
eledrolytic. A colorimetric method is also employed for
the determination of copper when the percentages fall
below 2 per cent. I have made no particular study of
this method, and, as it is only employed in special cases,
I shall make no further reference to it.
The cyanide method depends upon the fad that, wheo
a solution of potassium cyanide is run into an arnmont*
acal solution of copper, the blue colour is discharf^ed.
The readion is as follows : —
(NH4)a(NH3)a,CuO(N03)a+4KCN+3HaO=
«KaCu(CN)4-|.2KNOj+4NH40H.
This method is fullv described in Forman's " Manual
of Pradical Assaying.'^ The following precautions should
always be carefully observed :— i. The bulk of the liquid
titrated should always be uniform ; by inattention to this
an error of from 2 to 3 per cent is possible. 2. The so-
lution should alwa3rs be cooled to the temperature of the
laboratory before titrating, otherwise an error of about
3 per cent is possible. 3. The amount of ammonia
added should be nearly constant, otherwise the possible
error may amount to as much as 5 per cent, or even
OltlMICALNBVt,1
The Wet Assay for Copper.
71
These precautions are general, and mast always be
carefully observed in every modification which may be
made in the method. In the ordinary modification of the
method, ferric hydroxide is almost certain to be precipi-
tated upon the addition of the ammonium hydroxide. If
the amount be small, no error is apt to occur, but it
should always be filtered off. If the amount be large, it
is not easy to wash out all of the copper salt, thereby
causing lower results, unless large quantities of wash-
water are employed, thus increasing and varying the
bulk. The error arising from increased bulk may be ob-
viated, by taking, after mixing, an aliquot part of the
solution ; if the solution be not thereby made very dilute
the error is so slight that it may be negleAed. If salts
of manganese are present the end readion cannot be
determined, owing to the liquid first turning green, finally
black. The presence of large quantities of calcium, I
found, confused the end readion, causing error of im-
portance. Experiments made showed that magnesia did
not interfere, and the presence of antimony and arsenic
was found to cause no sensible variations.
Zinc, which is almost certain to be present in varying
amount, is a possible source of great error. The fol-
lowing results were obtained from a large number of
carefully conduced experiments. Only the averages are
given, and they are substantially the same as the
extremes. In these experiments the bulk of the liquid
varied from 25 to as much as 50 c.c, thereby causing a
slight error, for which no corredion has been made.
This error would not substantially change the results.
Careful attention was paid to the precautions previously
enumerated.
Weight of
Weight of
Cyanide
copper.
zinc.
used.
Increase.
0-05
O'OO
Io*4 C.C.
—
<ro$
O'OI
iro „
0^6 C.C.
005
0*02
"7 ..
1-3 ..
005
0-03
12-3 M
1*9 ..
005
0'04
12*9 ..
2*5 H
0*05
0-05
14-0 „
36 „
0*05
o*o6
161 „
57 ..
0-05
0*07
i8-9 n
8-5 n
0*05
0'o8
21-6 „
11-2 „
0*05
o'og
243 n
13*9 .»
These results show that there is a gradual increase o
about six-tenths c.c. in the amount of the cyanide solu*
iion required, until the amount of zinc present nearly
equals the amount of copper, when the increase becomes
variable, until the amount of zinc becomes greater than
the amount of copper to the extent of 20 per cent, when
the increase, though larger, about 2^0 c.c, again be-
comes regular.
The effcds of cadmium are similar, as shown by the
following results, which are also the averages of a large
number of experiments, in which the extremes are farther
removed from the mean than was found with zinc. As
in the preceding experiments, the precautions previously
enumerated were very carefully observed, except in the
case of bulk, in which the variations were identically the
same as with the experiments with zinc.
Weight of Weight of
copper. cidmiom.
0*05 0*00
0*05 0*0 X
0*05 0*02
0*05 0'03
0*05 0x4
o'05 0*05
0*05 0*06
0*05 0*07
0*05 0*08
These results show that there is a gradually accumu*
latiog increase in the consumption of cyanide due to the
presence of cadmium. As cadmium is a constituent
Cyanide
oied.
Increase.
10*4 c.c
—
10-6 „
0'2 C.C
10-8 „
04 ..
in „
07 M
iz'6 „
1*2 „
120 „
1-6 ..
I2'4 »
2-0 „
135 ..
3-1 M
14*5 ..
41 .»
usually found associated with copper, it must be removed
if reliable results be required. Silver also interferes, but
in a regular way. If the amount of silver be known, by
previous assay, it is best allowed for by calculation.
The following modification of the cyanide method has
been thoroughly tested, under the immediate superviiion
of Prof. Seamon, and it is recommended as giving results
equal in value to those obtained by the eledrolytic
method.
The ore is treated according to the method described
on page 161 of Purman's *' Manual of Assaying.'* In
this way a solution of the copper salt is obtained, prac-
tically free from lead and silver. This solution is boiled
with strips of aluminum foil, resulting in the complete
precipitation of the copper together with any silver which
may remain in the solution, which is always so small as
to be negligible, as I have demonstrated by a number of
experiments upon different ores. If cadmium be present
it IS only partially precipitated, beginning after the copper
is thrown down. If care be taken to stop the boiling,
immediately after the copper is precipitated, which can be
determined with constant pra&ice by the eye, the amount
of cadmium precipitated is so small as not to cause
sensible error. The liquid is decanted from off the
aluminum foil and copper, quickly washed several times
with hot water, care being taken not to wash away any
particles of the copper ; 3 c.c. of nitric acid are then added
to the flask, and boiled to dissolve the copper ; the solu*
tion is then treated with ammonium hydroxide as in
the usual way, and titration is made with the usual solu-
tion of cyanide.
This method has been very carefoUy tested, and the
results were so satisfa^ry, and nearly uniform, that I
recommend it as being as accurate as the ele^rolytic
method, under the conditions in which the latter is usually
employed.
The iodide method is most commonly employed in the
Lake Superior Distridt and in foreign countries, where it
is regarded with much favour. Many chemists regard it
as more accurate than the cyanide or eleArolytic methods,
and there is no doubt from my experiments that it is
more accurate than the ordinary modification of the
cyanide and equal to that of the eledrolytic. The method
depends upon the following readions : —
2CuS04-|-4KIaCu2la+2l+2KaS04
2NaaSt03+2l»2NaI-|-Na3S406.
The best results are obtained when the copper is preci-
pitated with aluminum foil, as previously described under
the cyanide method. The method is fully described in
Furman*s ** Manual of Assaying," and I only desire to
call attention to the necessity for attending to the fol*
lowing precautions :~
I. The presence of iron in about equal amounts with
the copper requires more ** hypo,** increasing the amount
of copper to the extent of 2 to 3 per cent. 2. The solu-
tion should be titrated cold. 3. The presence of large
amounts of alkaline salts, particularly sodium sulphate,
decreases the amount of copper. 4. The presence of
bismuth clouds the end reaAtons. My experience with
the modification of this method, in which the copper is
first precipitated with aluminum foil, convinces me that
with this change the results are as accurate as those ob-
tained with the modified cyanide method ; but it is not
so rapid, owing to the time lost at various stages : this is
an important fador in the adoption of any method for
metallurgical work, when thirty and forty assays must be
completed every day. The method is a little more diffi-
cult to manipulate than the cyanide method.
The eledrolytic method is perhaps the most highly
favoiued in this country. It has the reputation for greatest
' accuracy. It requires more time than either of the other ;
but since it is easy to regulate the work, so that the bat-
tery will precipitate during the night, this is not of so
much importance. In regular routine work, after solution
is effeded, the copper should bo precipitated with hydro*
72
Revision of the Atomic Weight of Strontium.
jCBBMICAL NbW»,
I Aug, 9, 1895.
gen sulphide, othenvise many interfering metals are apt
to be present and deposited with the copper. I have
found that errors from this source are largely, if not en-
tirely, eliminated, if deposition be made from a solution
containing a large amount of nitric acid. My best results
were obtained when I added 20 c.c. of strong nitric
to about 150 c.c. of solution. This holds up the other
metals, but a stronger current is required to precipitate
all of the copper, and more attention must be paid to
proper and rapid manipulation after precipitation. This
method is much improved by previously precipitating the
copper from its solution by boiling with aluminum foil
and then re-dissolving the copper in nitric acid. The
following results, obtained from the same sample, care-
fully prepared, obtained by the three methods, furnish a
fair idea of the relative values of the several methods.
A copper matte, containing 20*15 per cent of copper, as
determined by a large number of analyses, made by seve-
ral different assayers and by different methods, was run
by each method. The amount of copper in the second
matte, determined from the same data, was found to be
28 per cent, while the per cent of copper in the ore
was 30*18.
The results obtained by the cyanide method were
respe^ively 20*15, 27*95, and 30*20 per cent. The copper
was first precipitated with the aluminum foil. The same
substances, with the iodide method, first precipitating
with aluminum foil) gave, respedkively, 20*25, 28*35, ^"^
36*3 per cent. By the eledirolytic method the same
substances gave, respe^ively, 20*045, 28*15, and 30*05
per cent.
These results justify the statement that the iodide
method, with the aluminum modification, gives results
usually one-tenth to three-tenths per cent too high,
while the elearolytic method is too high or too low,
according to the amount of metallic substances present
precipitable by the eledlric current; and the cyanide
method gives results which are pradically corred. —
youmal of the American Chemical Society, xvii., p. 346.
A REVISION OF THE ATOMIC WEIGHT OF
STRONTIUM.
First Paper : The Analysis of Strontic Bromide.*
By THEODORE WILLIAM RICHARDS.
(Condaded from p. 56).
Ratio of Argefttic to Strontic Bromide,
In many of the preceding determinations the bromide of
silver resulting from the decomposition was weighed.
Ratio
0/ Strontic and Argentic
First Series,
Bromides
No.
of
Anal.
No.
of
Spec.
Weight
of
Strontic
Bromide
Uken.
Weight
of fased
Argentic
Bromide
found.
Ratio
SrBr, ,
2Agbr •
At. wt.
of
Strontium.
J3»
14-
15.
I.
II.
111.
Grmi.
r6o86
1*8817
4*5681
8*0584
Grma.
2*4415
2*8561
6*9337
12*2313
65*886
65*884
65-883
65*8834
87669
87*662
87*657
87660
16.
17-
18.
19.
III.
III.
III.
V.
Second Series.
1*49962 2*27625
2*41225 3*66140
2*56153 3*88776
6 15663 9-34497
65*881
65-883
65887
65882
12*63003 19*17038 65-883 87659
^ CoDtributioos from the Chemical Laboratory of Harvard Col-
lc«e. From the Proceedings of the American Academy.
In every case a slight excess of silver nitrate was
added, to render the argentic bromide wholly insoluble in
the filtrate. The very slight amount which may have
been dissolved by the wash water during its brief contaA
with the precipitate was not considered. The precipitate
was colleded upon a Gooch crucible; and the traces (0*04
to 0*2 m.grm.) of asbestos carried through were colle^ed
upon a small washed filter, ignited separately, weighed,
and added to the gain in weight of the crucible. From this
was subtrad^ed the loss in weight of the precipitate upon
fusion in a covered porcelain crucible. A descrip-
tion of the dark room used for the experiments, and many
other precautions and details, will be found in other
papers {Proe. Amer, Acad,, xxviii., 24; xxxix., 74). The
results are tabulated below.
It remains only to bring together the results into one
table.
Final Averages,
Oxygen = 16*000.
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
Average, rejeding I. above «■ 87*663
The last average is probably most nearly corred.
The analysis of strontic chloride has already been begun ,
and the prelimmary results indicate that the results given
above are certainly not too high. For the present, then,
the atomic weight of strontium may be taken as 87*66 if
oxygen is 16*00, 87*44 if oxygen is 15*96, and 87*01 if
oxygen is 15*88.
Strontinm
equala
2Ag : SrBra
First Series
87*644
ti II
Second Series
87*663
ti It
Third Series
87-668
2AgBr : SrBr^
First Series
87*660
II II
Second Series
87*659
Total
average • • . .
• • «= 87*650
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
A Text-Book of the Science and Art 0/ Bread-Making, in-
cluding the Chemistry and Analytical and Practical
Testing of Wheat, Flour, and other Materials used in
Baking. By William Jagg, F.I.C, F.C.S., Chemist
to the National Association of Master Bakers and Con«
fedlioners of Great Britain and Ireland ; Honorary Con-
sultative Examiner in Bread-Making to the City and
Guilds of London Institute for the Advancement of
Technical Education ; Cantor Ledurer on ** Modem
Developments of Bread-Making ** to the Society of Arts,
London, &c. London : Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton,
Kent, and Co., Ltd. 1895. ^^^'i PP* ^4^*
Thb baker holds a position essentially distindl from that,
e.g., of the grocer, draper, &c. He does not merely boy
in the wholesale market and sell by retail ; he obtains raw
material and supplies it to his customers after it has
undergone changes necessary to its general use as food.
Hence he has not merely to make a judicious seledion of
raw materials, but to carry oui the changes involved in
the conversion of flour into bread.
To effed these changes successfully and economically
he must have acquaintances with certain principlea,
mainly chemical, micro-biological, and physical. With-
out such knowledge he may certainly, by rule-of-thumb,
turn out good bread from January to December ; but he is
at the mercy of accidents. An unusual sample of float
or of yeast may any day show him to his cost that he is
not master of the situation.
The adulteration of flour is judiciously dealt with ;
but we see here nothing to shake our belief that the
intentional sophistication of flour and breads is less pre«
valcnt than it was formerly.
Aog. 9. 1895. f
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
73
The remarks on aluminous baking-powders (p. 489)
convince us that, as long as our Courts tolerate quibbling
in defence of frauds, Britain will not for some time witness
the complete extirpation of sophistication.
Perhaps the presence of the seeds of corn-cockle,
darnel, ergot, &c., in flour, is more apt to occur than that
of any adulterant purposely added. Due attention is here
called to the examination of yeasts by microscopic and
biological teste.
The author shows that, contrary to what may be almost
called a superstition, white bread is more nutritious than
the so-called whole-meal breads. The reason of this is
that bran contains no gluten. Whole-meal bread, fur-
ther, by the irritating adion of the bran, accelerates
the peristaltic movement of the bowel. Hence an excess
of unutilised nitrogenous matter is found in the excreta
of persons who have been fed on brown breads. The
irritation of the bran may occasion unpleasant, and even
dangerous, diarrhoea.
Mr. Jago dwells, in a very instrutUve and convincing
manner, on the sanitary defeats of urban bakeries, — on
their underground situation, their defective ventilation,
their frequent proximity to privies and other sources of
nuisance. Nor does he forget to show the importance of
kneading by machinery in place of hand-labour, which
involves certain features most unappetising and possibly
anti-sanitary. In the interest alike of the consumer and
the working- baker, underground bakeries and hand-labour
in kneading should be superseded. In these days of gas-
engines, and of the eledric transmission of power, this
can be done without burdening the masier-baker.
Mr. Jago*s work is the more welcome because alien
bukers succeed in finding a footing in this country — a (a€t
unpleasant to all who believe in the good old principle
■* Britain for the British," and especially to all who have
had the opportunity of closely observing Continental
nastiness as existing in most countries except Holland.
We hope that the *' Text-book of the Science and Art
of Bread-Making" will be widely circulated and care-
fully studied."
CHEMICAL NOTICES FROM FOREIGN
SOURCES
NoTi.— All degrees of temperature are Ceotigrade unlets otherwise
ezpretted.
Coinptes Rmdus HAdomadaires des Seances^ de VAcademU
des Sciences, Vol. cxxi.. No. 3, July 15, 1895.
' Nominations.— As correspondent of the Sedion of
Anatomy and Zoology, Sir William Flower was eleded,
via Prof, van Beneden. Prof. Ramsay was eleded a
correspondent for the Sedion of Chemistry, vice Dr. E.
Fraokland. Singularly enough. Prof. Mendeleeff received
only one vote.
Deposit of Aluminium and Potassium Phosphate,
and on the Genesis of these Minerals found in
Algeria.— Ad. Carnot. — The deposit in question is found
in the territory of Misserghin, near Tour Combes. It is
found in a cavern of no considerable extent. It contains :
Phosphoric acid, 35'i7 ; alumina. i8*i8; potassa, 5-80;
ammonia, 0*48; lime, 0*31; silica, 11*60; water, with a
Utile organic matter, volatile at loo', 13*40; do. ioo~
i8o*, 10*55; do. at redness, 4*35*; magnesia, fluorine,
chlorine, sulphuric acid, traces; total, 9984. AH the
fads observed may be explained by the in<rations of
water.
Ab8orption-8pe(5\rum of Liquefied Air. — Professors
Liveing and Dewar.— (See p. 65 ).
K€i\on of the Inra-rcd Rays upon Silver Sulphide.
— lU. RigoUot.-*-ThiB paper will he inserted in full.
Detection and the Presence of Laccase io Plants
— G. Bertrand. — The author has discovered laccase in
beetroot, carrots, and turnips, in the tubers of dahlia aodT
potatoes, in asparagus, in lucerne, trefoil, rye-grass, in
plums, pears, quinces, and chestnuts, and in the flower of
the gardenia.
Essence of Linalde.— Ph. Barbier and L. Bouveault.
— : The essence in question contains diatomic and
tetratomic terpenes, methylheptenone, licareol, licarhodol,
and sesquiterpene.
MISCELLANEOUS.
Distindion between Coniin and Nicotin,— G. Heut
(Archiv, der Pharmacie), — These substances behave dif-
ferently with phenolph^halein. If we add to nicotin,
dissolved in dilute alcohol of 0*95 to 0*96 sp. gr., a drop
of a saturated solution of phenoiphihalein, the liquid is
not coloured red, as it is at once m case of coniin.
The German Association of Naturalists and
Physicians.— We learn that the 67th Congress of this
Association will be held at Liibeck from September i6th
to 23rd. Scientific and medical men of all nations are
invited, but the proceedings will be conduded exclusively
in the German language. The subjeds treated of are
resolved into two main groups, that of the natural sciences
and that of medicine. The former resolves itself into
three subordinate groups. The firftt of these includes
the sedions for mathematics, astronomy, physic?, che-
mistry, agricultural chemistry, agricultural experiments,
and the lore of instruments. The second comprises the
sedions for mineralogy, botany, zoology, anthropology,
and geography. In the third group are the sedions for
instrudion in mathematics and natural science. A great
advantage of the German Association is that it is not
encumbered with a sedion for political economy, a subjed
for which there is ample ftcope elsewhere.
Australasian Association for the Advancement of
Science. — The Seventh Session of the above Association
will be held in Sydney, from the 3rd to the zoth January,
1897, under the Presidency of A. Liversidee, M.A.,
F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry, University of Sydney.
The Presidents and Secretaries of the Sedions are as
follows : —
Astronomyt Mathematics ^ and Physics. — R. L. J. EUery,
C.M.G., F.R.S.. Government Astronomer, Vid., Presi«
dent; R. Threlfall, M.A., Professor of Physics, and
J. Arthur Pollock, B.Sc, Demonstrator in Physics, Syd-
ney University, Secretaries.
CA«w«/ry.— T. C. Cloud, A.R.S.M., F.C.S., Manager
Wallaroo Copper Works, South Australia, President;
W. M. Hamlet, F.C.S., F.I.C., Government Analyst,
N.S.W., Secretary.
Geology and Mineralogy* — Captain F. W. Hutton, MA.,
F.R.S., F.G.S., Diredor of Canterbury Museum, and
Ledurer in Geology, Christ Church, New Zealand, Pre-
sident; T. W. £. David, B.A., F.G.S., Professor of
Geology and Physical Geography, Sydney Univeisity,
and £. F. Pittman, A.R.S.M., F.G.S., L.S., Government
Geologist, N.S.W., and Ledurer in Mining, Sydney Uni-
versity, Secretaries.
Biology,— T, J. Parker, B.Sc, F.R.S., Professor of
Biology, Otago University, Dunedin, New Zealand, Pre-
sident ; W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc, F.L.S., Professor
of Biology, Sydney University, and J. H. Maiden, F.C.S.,
F.L.S., Curator, Technological Museum, Sydney, and
Superintendent of Technical Education, N.S.W., Secre-
taries.
Geography. — H. S. W. Crummer, Secretary of the
Royal Geographical Society of Australasia (N.S.W.
Branch), Secretary.
74
Australasian Association /or the Advancement of Science. {^^Ani%%^y^
Ethnology and Anthropology.^ A, W. Howitt, F.G.S.,
Secretary for Mines, VIA., President ; John Fraser, B.A.,
LL.D., Sydney, Secretary.
Economic Scienct and Agriculture, — R. M. Johnston,
F.L.S., Government Statistician, Tasmania, President ;
Walter Scott, M.A., Professor of Greek, Sydney Univer-
sity, and F. B. Guthrie, F.C.S., Consulting Chemist to
the Department of Agriculture, N.S.W., Secretaries.
Enginetring and Architecture. — H. C. Stanley, M.I.C.E.,
Chief Engineer, Southern and Western Railway L'nes,
Queensland, President ; J. W. Grimshaw, M. Inst. C.E.,
M.I. Mech. £., &c., Supervising Engineer, Harbours and
Rivers Department, N.S.W., Secretary.
Sanitary Science and Hygiene. — Hon. Allan Campbell,
M.L.C., L.R.C.O., South Australia, President ; J. Ash-
burton Thompson, M.D., Chief Medical Inspe^or, Board
of Health, N.S.W., Secretary.
Mental Science and Education, — John Shirley, B.Sc,
Distrid Inspedor of Schools, Brisbane, Queensland, Pre-
sident; Francis Anderson, M.A., Professor of Logic and
Mental Philosophy, Sydney University, Secretary.
Communications and Papers for the Meeting, or
inquiries, may be addressed to the Permanent Hon.
Secretary, The Chemical Laboratory, The University,
Sydney, N.S.W.
SOUTH WEST LONDON POLYTECHNIC,
MAURESA ROAD, CHELSEA. S.W.
The Governors are desirous of appointing a
CHEMICAL DEMONSTRATOR to the above Institution.
Salaiy /too per annum. The Demonstrator will be required to lee-
ture to Junior ClaMea and help in the laboratory, under the super-
vision of the Head Master. Knowledf^e of Applied Chemistry is
desirable. AppUcationi, with three testimonials, must be received
by Anguat a2.
An ASSISTANT for the CHEMIOAL LABORATORY will also
be appointed. Salary 25/- per week. Applications to be received by
Aufust 20.
Applications should be endorsed " Chemical Department."
H. B. HARPER, Aaing Secretary.
JufASON COLLEGE BIRMINGHAM.
FACULTIES OP ARTS AND SCIENCE.
8E88I 0N 189 5-96.
THE SESSION WILL COMMENCE ON TUESDAY,
OCTOBER I.
Complete Courses of Instrudtion are provided for the various Ex-
aminauons in Arts and Science and the Preliminary Scientific (M.S.)
Examination of the Universit^f of London; for Students of Civil,
Mechanical, or Ele^rical Engineering ; and for those who desire to
obtain an acquaintance with some branch of applied science.
Students may, however, attend any class or combination of classes.
There is also a Faculty of Medicine. A Syllabus containing full
particulars is publishtd by Messrs. Cornish^ New Street, Birmingham.
Price 6d. ; by post yd,
A SYLLABUS of the Faculties ol Arts and Science, containing
full information as to the various leAure and laboratory courses,
lecture days and hours, fees, entrance and other scboUrships, prizes,
&c., is published by Messrs. Cornish, New Street, Birmingham.
Price 6d.; by post 8d.
Further information may be obtained on application.
R. S. HEATH, Principal.
GEO. H. MORLBY, Secretary and Registrar.
OLD PLATINUM
In ANY FORM PURCHASBD FOR CASH.
Highest prices allowed by
ROBERT PRINGLE & CO., Gold and Silver
Refiners, &c., 40 and 42, Clerkenwell Rd., E.C.
^ ^^ Send for Price List.
,Mm^ Photogrsphic Residues reduced and purchased.
ilicates of Soda and Potash in the state ol
Soluble Glass, or in CONCENTRATED SOLUTION of first
analitv. suited for the Manuiadture of Soap ana other purpoBes«
5SSpHedoX«? terms by WILLIAM GOSSAGE AND SONS,
Umitrd, Soap Works, Widnes, Lancashire.
London Agents, COSTB and Co 19 ■nd ". Water Lane, Tower
Strett, B.C., who bold stock ready for delivery.
MESSRS. MACMILLAN & CO/S BOOKS
FOR
CHEMICAL STUDENTS,
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. By N. Menschuthn,
Professor in the University of St. Petersburg. Translated from
the Third German Edi ion, under the aupervision of the Author,
by jAues Locks. Medium Bvo., 17s. net.
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF OILS, FATS, WAXES,
and of the. Commercial ProduAs derived therefrom. From the
German of Prof. Dr. R. BsKaoiKt. Revised and Enlareed by
Dr. J. Lbwkowitscu, F.I.C. P.C.S , formerly Technical Mana>
ger at the WhitehsU Soap Works, Leeds ; Consultiog Chemist
and Chemical Engineer. 8vo, 215. net.
THEORETICAL CHEMISTRY FROM THE STAND-
POINT OF AVOGADRO*S RULE AND THERMO-
DYNAMICS. B^ Professor Walter Nbrmst, Ph.D., of the
University of Gdttingen. Translated by Prof. Charles Skselb
Palmer, Ph.D., of the University of Colorado. With 26 Wood-
cuts and Two Appendices. 8vo, 155. net.
A TREATISE ON CHEMISTRY. By Sir h. E.
Roscoi, F.R.S., and the late C. Schorlbmkbr, PR.S.
Vol. I. The Non-Metallic Elements. New Edition. Completely
Revised by Sir H. E. Roscoe, assisted by Drs. H. G. ddmaa
and A. Harden. With 374 Illustrations and t Portrait of Daltoa
engraved by C. H. Teens. 8vo., 2ts.
Vol. II. Part I. Meuls. i8f. Vol. II. Part II. Metala.
iBs. Vol. III. Organic Chemistry. Parts I., II.. IV., and
VL, 21S. each. Parts III. and V. i8j. each.
THE RISE AND DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY. By Cakl Sohorlemmbr, LL.D., F.R.s:, Uw
Professor of Organic Chemistry in the Owens College, Manchea-
ter, Viaoria University. Revised edition. Edited by Arthur
Smithrlls, B.Sc Crown 8vo., 5s. net.
ESSAYS IN HISTORICAL CHEMISTRY, ByT.E.
Thorpe, F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry in the Royal College of
Science, South Kensington, London. Crown 8vo., 8s. 6d. net.
HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY FROM THE EARLIEST
TIMES TO THE PRESENT DAY. By Ernest von Mbtbr
Ph.D. Translated by Gborgb McGowan, Ph.D. 8vo. 14J. set
EXPERIMENTAL PROOFS OF CHEMICAL THEORY
FOR BEGINNERS. By William Ramsay, Ph.D., F.R.S.,
Professor of Chemistry ia University College, London. Second
Edition. Pot 8vo., 2S. 6d.
OUTLINES OF GENERAL CHEMISTRY. By Prof.
WiLHBLM OsTWALO. Translated by J. Walksr, D.Sc. Ph.D.
8vo., los. net.
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY FOR BEGINNERS. By
Sir Henry Roscob, F.K.S. Assisted by Joseph Lunt, B.Sc.
Globe 8vo , 2s. 6d.
LESSONS IN ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY, INOR-
GAMC AND ORGANIC. By Sir H. E. Roscob, P.R.S.
Sixth Edition, thoroughly Revised. 4s. 6i.
A TEXT-BOOK OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. By
Prof. Ira Rbmsen. 8vo. its.
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Bythciamc. Crown 8vo.,
6s. M.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. By the same. Crown 8vo..
65.64.
THE ELEMENTS OF CHEMISTRY. By the same.
New Edition. Fcsp. 8vo. . 21. 6d.
PRACTICAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. By Francis
Jones, F.R.S.E. 2s. 6d,
PRACTICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. By J.B. Cohen,
Ph.D. 2S.6d,
LESSONS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Part I,
Elementary. By G. S. Turpin. M.A., D.Sc, Principal of the
Technical School, Huddertfield. Globe 8vo., 2s. 6d.
A SERIES OF CHEMICAL PROBLEMS, WITH KEY.
By T. E. Thoxpi, F.R.S. Nnr Edition. Keviied by W. Tat*.
THE ELEMENTS OF THERMAL CHEMISTRY^ By
M. M. Fattisom Muir, M.A., F.R.S.E., EMiited by D. if.
Wilson. With a Plate. 8vo., 12s. 6d.
A TEXT-BOOK OF THE PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMIS-
TRY OF THE ANIMAL BODY, including an Account of tSe
Chemical Changes occurring in Disease. By Arthus Gamgxb,
M.D., F.R.S. Vol. II. The Physiological Chemistry of Dice»^
tion. With two Chromo-Lithographic Charts by Spxllom muI
Wilkinson. 8vo.,i8i. (Vol. f., 8vo., x8s.). « ■»«
MACMILLAN & CO., LONDON.
CatMiCALNnrt,!
Aug. 16, 1895* I
Fuming Sulphuric Acid.
75
THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
Vol. LXXIL, No. 1864.
MOTB ON THB
HBXYLENB, dtHu. and HBXYL-HYDRIDE, CiaH^,
DERIVED FROM MANNITE BY REDUCTION
WITH HYDRIODIC ACID.*
^ By j. ALFRED WANKLYN.
To- DAT it pQbltthed, in the Philosophical Ma^aMim, by
Cooper aod myself ao ioTettigation of American petro-
leom parallel with our inTetti^atioo of RuMian kerosene.
The hydrocarbona exiating in American petroleum are
aaembcr a of the marth-gaa family, at was shown by the
dettifiil researches of Cahonrs and Pelonze, dating back
to the years t86a and 1863.
We now show that these marsh gases rise by incre-
neots of 7. and not 14 as has hitherto been maintained.
Oar investigation is at present confined to the more vola-
tile part of the American oil, and we exhibit seven con-
•ecative terms.
Having in our hands the corresponding terms of the
Rasstaa and American series, we are in a position to make
a comparison of the physical charaders of the two sett
of Isqnids.
One of the most obvious fads brought oat by this com-
ttarisoo ist that the Russian hydrocarbon is always a little
bMvier than the American with the same carbon*
ooadeosatkm. The increment of density is about 0*025
lo o*<^s*
More than thir^ years ago, when I was working with
Erlenmeyer, it fell to my lot to investigate the two hydro-
carbona, h«cylene and hexyl.hydride derived from man-
Bite. Our account of these substances is published In the
yommtil of ikt Chemical Sociiiy for the year 2863, in our
ooojotnt paper entitled *' On the Hexyl Group."
Ii happens that by accident (although the sp. gr. of
bexylene waa determined with great care, in a thoroughly
aatisladofy manner) it was never published. I now place
it on record. ^ ^ .
The spedmen of hexylene was prepared in the labora-
tory of the University of Edinburgh, by decomposing the
iodide of hexyl (from mannite) by alcoholic solution of
potash. The purity of the hexylene was shown by very
satisfadory combustions of the substance ; and here the
remark nuy be made that good combustions afford deci-
sive evidence of purity in a case of this kind, where no
qoestioo of the presence of neighbouring homologues can
arise.
Two determinations of sp. gr. at 4*8'' C. and 45*5'' C.
were made thus :—
Sp. gr. at 4-8*» « 0*6972
ft 455^ - 0-6604.
water at a* C. being taken as unity, and the expansion of
the glass being idlowed for.
The sp. gr. of hexyl-hydride is given in our paper pub-
Kabed in 1863, as 0*6645 at 16*5'' C.
In the year 1864 I prepared the substance agam, and
Bade another determination of the sp. gr^ at o^ C, and
Soood It to be 0*6759 ; and, taking into account the cir-
comstance that the temperature is lower than that in the
former experiment, it is corroborative of the former.
By a simple calculation we are able to compare the
p. gr. of hexylene at o* with that of hexyl-hydride at the
matt temperatoie :—
Sow gr. of hexylene, daHn. at o* . .
\, of hexyl-hydride, CuHmi •« ©•
Difference
—0*7017
-0*6759
—0*0258
* !• ikisfvir lbs itomicwtight of cartoon is wtittea Si 0.
It would thus appear that—whether the hydrocarbons
are extraded by fradional distillation from a complex
mixture of homologues, such as petroleum, or whether
they are obtained by such a process as redudion of poly-
atomic alcohols with hvdnodic acid--the relation be-
tween the sp. gr. of CnHfi and the sp. gr. of CnHn-h, it
the I
Aegost X, 1895.
CONCERNING FUMING SULPHURIC ACID.
By R. W. HILL.
The so-called Nordhausen or fuming sulphuric acid,
HaSa07, is a compound of a molecule of ordinary sul-
phuric acid, HaS04, with a molecule of sulphuric anhy-
dride or sulphur trioxide, 80^. By heating the faming
acid, the molecule of SO3 It readily driven off.
Nearly everv text-book on chemistrv informs the student
that this acid is still manufadured in Nordhausen, ia
Saxony, Germany. As a matter of fad, it was never
manufadured in the said town, but in Qoslar, a couple of
miles from Nordhausen. At the present time, however,
this acid is not manufadured at all either in or near that
place ; but this particular chemical branch is, pradically
speaking, monopolised by the large chemical ooncera of
Johann D. Starck und S5hne, near Prac, Bohemia. They
produce it in the old-fashioned manner by distilling green
vitriol or ferrous sulphate,—
Fea(S04)s - FeaOj +3SO3.
The anhydride thus aiven off is absorbed by rain-water
or sulphoriG add, 66^ Beaum^, thus producing laming
acid.
About twenty-five vears ago Professor CI. Winkler, of
Freiberg, suggested toe use of platinised asbestos as a
*' catalytic" substance for the union of pvrite— or brim-
stone—kiln gas, SOa (sulphur dioxide), with the oxygen of
air. The most favourable proportions are 29*6 vol.
SOa +70*4 vol. atmospheric air (containing 14*8 vol. oxy-
gen) ; but for pradical purposes it is advisable to employ
a dry gaseous mixture of 25 per cent SOa+75 per cent
air ; the dry anhydride does not attack cast* or tinned-
iron. In some works in Russia and Germany this process
is adually carried out on a commercial scale, with some
modifications and improvements in the old idea.
In Kalk, near Cologne, Germany, Wolter*s process is
used, by distilling bydric sodic sulphate, —
aNaHS04- NaaS04-|-SOs-|-HaO.
The sulphate of soda is then treated with salphnric add,
in order to get again bydric sulphate,-^
NaaS04+HaS04-aNaHS04.
About five years ago a German chemist produced th^
fuming add from the ordinary sulphuric acid by meana
of an eledric current. Carbon plates, about ith inch
apart, were immersed into sulphuric monohydrate, and an
eledric current passed through the fluid. The water of
the acid is decomposed into hydrogen and oxygen, and
the SOj is absorbed by the eledrolyte, this forming fuming
sulphuric acid, S05-hHaS04— HaSaO;. As soon as a
layer of sulphur is observed on the eledrodes, the current
is reversed. As far as the writer knows, this eledrical
process has never been tried on a commercial scale.
Maocheiter, Angott j, tSss*
German Ataociation. — Dr. H. KrCiss will read a
paper on a ** New Procedure in Quantitative Spedral
Analysis ** at the forthcoming Con^ss of the German
Association of Naturalists and Physidans. At the same
Congress Prof. W. Ostwald will read a paper 00 the
** Vanquishing ol Scientific Materialism*'; and Prof.
Svante Arrhenius will explain the fludnationa of climate
in Geologic Epochs by aunnltaneout modifications in the
proportions of Carbonic Add in the Air. — CA#mltfr
76
Gold and Silver in Copper and in Copper Matte.
I CnBIIIC4L NlWt,
I Aug. I6, 1895.
GOLD AND SILVER IN COPPER AND IN
COPPER MATTE.
By ERNBST A. SMITH, Auoc. R.S.M., F.C.S.
In averyinteresting paper* **0n a Uniform Method of Assay
of Copper and of Copper Materials for Gold and for Silver,**
by Dr. Albert R. Ledoux, of New York City, the author
referred to the discrepancies which often occur in the re-
sults obtained by different assayers working on the same
sample, and suggested that some uniform method for
assaying these materials should be arrived at, somewhat
similar to the movement initiated by Prof. J. W. Langley,
of Pittsburg, in 1888, which resulted in the general adop-
tion of standard methods in the determination of carbon
and other important elements in iron and steel. He pro-
posed that a number of samples of gold- and silver-
bearing copper material should be distributed to as many
assayers as were willing to take part in the movement.
In response to Dr. Ledoux*s paper, a large number of
establishments and assayers expressed their willingness
to co-operate in the plan he proposed. The necessary
•amples were prepared by Dr. Ledoux, and distributed to
the various parties co operating. The results obtained
have been received recently and tabulated, in a paper pre-
sented at the Florida meeting of the American Institute
of Mining Engineers, and should be of interest to all
those who have to assay similar materials in England.
In discussing the various methods of assay in his paper,
Dr. Ledoux draws attention to the fad that there is a
divergence in the methods usually employed in the East
and West for the assay of these copper materials. He
points out that some of the Eastern public assayers use
the ** wet ** method, which consists in tieating one assay-
ton (about 30 grms. or 500 grains) of the sample of
copper borings or matte in a (No. 5) beaker with a mix-
ture of xoo c.c. water and 50 c.c. nitric acid of sp. gr. 1*42.
When the violent adion has ceased, 50 cc. more of nitric
acid is added, and the solution heated until everything
soluble is dissolved. It is then boiled until the free nitric
acid is expelled ; then diluted with 400 c.c. water and 5
cc. sulpbttric acid, and xo c.c. of a concentrated solution
of acetate or nitrate of lead added. The precipitate of
lead sulphate is allowed to settle, filtered, and washed,
and the filter and its contents are partially dried, then
wrapped in thin lead-foil, and transferred to a scorifier.
Cupellation is conduced in the usual manner.
This method is intended for the determination of gold,
but enough silver may be present to allow the bead to
be parted.
For silver the usual method in the East is to dissolve
the sample in dilute nitric acid, as described above, and,
before adding the lead salt, enough chloride of sodium is
added to precipitate all the silver. The rest of the pro-
cess is conduaed as for gold.
In the West, the ** all-fire *' method of assay is em-
ployed almost exclusively.
At one works, ten portions'of the samples, each of one-
tenth assay-ton (about 2| grms. or 50 grains), are scorified
with 50 grms. of test-lead and a cover of i grm. of borax.
The lead buttons obtained are cupelled separately, but
the ten beads of precious metals obtained are weighed
together. The cupels are then ground up and fused in
five lots, of two cupels to each lot, with—
Litharge • 90 grms.
Boron glass • • • . 50 „
Soda carbonate • • 50 „
Argol 3 „
The silver obtained, after cupellation of the resulting
lead buttons, is added to that from the first assay. All the
beads are then parted for gold.
Dr. Ledoux remarks that each of these methods in the
* Read before the Bridgeport Meeting of the Amertcto lostUute
of Minios Engineeni O^ber, 1894.
hands of assayers skilled in its application will produce
fairly uniform results, yet any assayer running the two
methods side by side will get divergent figures for gold.
It is stated that the results obtained by this method are
usually higher than those obtained by the *' wet ** method.
For mattes the same method is employed, but sometimes
a second scorification is necessary, which is usually per-
formed in a 2i-in. scorifier, with the addition of lead to
make up the total to 35 grms.
The necessary samples distributed to the various
assayers were prepared in the following manner : —
Copper MatU,—A carload of matte was put through a
Blake crusher, then automatically sub-divided into tenths
by a** Taylor and Brunton'* sampler, and one tenth
passed through Cornish rolls, and then through a 12 mesh
screen. This was again sub divided by an automatic
sampler into tenths, and a final tenth, representing i per
cent of the original lot, was finished by hand sampling on
an iron floor until 100 lbs. remained. This was pulverised
to pass a 40-me8h screen, and then thoroughly mixed and
divided, in the presence of an assistant, for distribution
to all tliose co-operating.
Copptr Borings, — These were taken from a lot of
anodes, the dip samples from several batches having been
united, re-melted, and cast into a plate, which was proved
by assay to be of uniform quality in its different parts.
Borings from this plate were intimately mixed and divided
in the presence of an assistant.
The samples were stated to have approximately the fol-
lowing compositions :^ j
Copper ,
Gold .
Silver <
Copper ••
Gold ••
Silver • •
Copper Matte,
50 to 60 per cent.
• • 2 to 3 ozs. per ton.
.. xoo to 150 „ I,
Coppir Borings.
• • o'ao to 0*50 oss. per ton.
• • 140 to 180 y, „
The detailed methods employed in each case are given
in the paper presented to the Institute at the Florida
meeting, and are substantiallv the same as those
described. The restilts returned by the various assayers
are as follows : —
Returns for Sample of Copper Matte.
Silver.
O28. per ton<
Gold.
On, per too.
Coppxa.
Percent
Com- EleAro-
Com-
Direa bined wet Diredt bined depod- Cyanide Iodide
Bcorifica- andtcori- tcori- wetsnd tion method, method,
tion. ficatkm. ficatioD. icori- method.
ficatioD.
I. i27'oo 130*68 2*22 2*310 55*o8 54*8o 55*00
«• 135*38 127*60 2'35 2240 55*17 53*70
3. 129*99 125-20 2*33 1*850 54*96 5272
4. 131*89 129*72 2*41 2*260 55*04 50*55
5. 128*95 12303 209 2*325 54*50 54*37
6. 127*60 125*31 2*22 2*215 54'86 50*75
7. 12875 12806 2*27 2*240 54*6o
8. 122*88 128*27 228 2-260 55*o8
9. 131*22 125*95 2*29 2*050
10. 126*80 128*70 226 2' 160
XX. 127*44 2*36 2*270
12. 127*02 2*27
13. X2870 2*33
X4. 130*42
Means 128*86 127*25 2*28 2*198 54*91 52'8x -55*00
One " crucible " assay gave :—
X 23^60 b^ES. of silver per ton.
2*26
geld
C«RMICAt.NBWt,l
Attf. |6, 1895. /
Ooe combined *' wet and crucible ** assay gave :~
126*20 0Z8. of silver per too.
a-og „ gold „
Ritumsfor SampU of Copper Borings*
Purification of Glucinum Salts.
77
Silver.
Gold.
C0PP£B.
On. per ton.
Ozs. per ton.
Per cent.
'
Combined
Combined Eleftro-
Dirta
wet and
Oirea
wet and deposition Cyanide
tconfica*
•corific«-
tcori-
scorifica-
method, method.
tiOD.
tion.
ficatioo
tion.
I.
159-33
155-34
0*30
0*29
97*45 9798
3.
15968
160*78
0*32
0*24
9704
3.
16435
156-31
0-35
0*22
98*19
4-
15912
148*50
040
0*205
98*46
5-
14740
157*30
0*35
0*21
9750
6.
«5575
156*92
0-35
028
97*37
7-
16405
157-04
0*30
0-24
8.
154*40
153*65
0-40
0-317
9-
15690
161*40
0*37
0*30
la
160*63
156 10
0*25
II.
156*97
0*22
12.
15967
0*22
»3.
156*72
0*501
»4.
159-27
0*40
15.
14878
0*26
16.
15900
0*28
Meani 158* 16 156*49 0*35 0*277 97*66 97*98
One combined ** wet and crucible " assay gave : —
i6i'35 ozs. of silver per too.
0*42 ,• gold „
Prom the above tables the differences between the
highest and lowest results returned are as follows :~
For Copper MatU,
DIreA Combined wet and
•corificatioD. acorification.
Sihrer, oss. per ton 12*50 7*65
Gold „ „ o*32o«6-4dwts. 0-475-9*5 dwts.
For Copper Borings,
Silver, ozs. per ton 16*95 12*90
Gold „ „ 0*100 » 2*0 dwts. 0'296>a5 92 dwts.
As Dr. C. B. Dudley remarks (in a paper read before
the Chemical Sedlon of the Engineers* Society of Western
Pennsylvania, 1892) :— ** There are four main causes of
error to which may be attributed the discrepancies in
analysis between the results of different workers :—
1. The sample may not be uniform in composition,
although supposed to be so.
2. The degree of purity of the chemical reagents
always varies.
3. There is a ^ personal error " in manipulation, and
there are various causes which prevent any particular
method from being carried out in the usual way.
4. The results given by each method may be regularly
hi^er or lower than the truth.**
The first cause of error is one which frequently occurs
in commercial samples, and would lead to the suggestion
that more uniform methods of sampling be adopted for
the various materials under treatment, although in the
copper materials under discussion the discrepancies are
probably doe in a very minor degree to errors of sampling,
and much more probably due in most cases to careless
work and the use of inaccurate methods of analysis and
assays. For assays in which assay lead is employed it
is a matter of importance to take into account the amount
of silver present, and to test every fresh sample of lead
received for silver, as test-lead supplied as being •• free
from silver ** can never be relied upon. Gold is invariably
Trreseot (see esperimcnts by Richard Smith, Phil, Afag.,
Feb., 1854) in lead, but generally in such minute quant*.
ties that it may be disregarded. The question of the
silver in the lead used for the assay is often disregarded
by assayers— a fad which may account for some of the
discrepancies in the quantity of silver present in the
copper materials operated upon.
Other, and perhaps more important sources of error, are
the temperature at which the cupellations are conduced
and the subsequent treatment of the buttons in the
** parting ** operation. Many assayers treat the buttons
in one acid only in the *' parting*' process, and in some
cases do not hesitate to use strong acid instead of dilute.
The discrepancies may also be due to the want of a suf-
ficiently accurate balance, a piece of chemical apparatus
which is not always kept in the most perfed condition at
metallurgical works. The errors likely to occur from this
source cannot be too strongly impressed, when we bear
in mind the comparatively small quantity of material
operated upon, and the large increase in the error when
the results are calculated to represent a ton of material.
Mr. J. W. Westmoreland, an assayer with considerable
experience in the assa^ of copper materials, in referring
to the assay of gold m bar copper {youm, Soe. Chem,
Ind.t Feb. 27, 1886), remarks that ** the general tendency
is for the gold produce to be low, sometimes to a serious
degree. ... I believe this is due to some extent to
the insufficient weight of material operated upon.*' In
using } oz. (240 grams) of copper chips for assay an error
of o*oot grain in the weight of the gold would amount to
3 dwts. of gold per ton (of 2240 lbs.) of copper. In the
case of I oz. (480 grains) of copper chips, 0*001 grain
would represent 14 dwts. per ton, but by careful weighing
this could be reduced one-half, or to 18 grains per ton.
He also remarks that ** one assayer made his gold assay
on 100 grains of copper chips. In this case o'ooz grain
in the weight of the gold, representing 6*5 dwts. per ton ;
and it must be remembered that the value of this gold-
varies from 2/- to 3/6 per dwt. ; hence the necessity for
careful and accurate work.*'
The results colle6ed by Dr. Ledoox are extremely
interesting, and should be of value to all those engaged
in assaying copper materials for silver and for gold.
Royal School of Mioet, Loodoo.
NOTE ON THE PURIFICATION OF GLUCINUM
SALTS.*
By BDWARD HART,
Twenty years a|o I found glucinum in a clay brought to
Dr. Drown*s private laboratory, in Philaidelphia, for
analysis. The experience gained then in making the
separation from alumina showed clearly that none of the
methods then known gave a satisfadory separation. In
dissolving the carbonate we found that alumina also
dissolves, and that in treating the oxides with solution of
ammonium chloride, alumina as well as glucina dissolves.
In beginning the purification of glucina from beryl,
which I have undertaken for a more careful study of the
me^l and its alloys, I determined, if possible, to prepare
it in some other way than by the use of the time-
honoured ammonium carbonate method, which, besides
giving a material of doubtful purity, is expensive and
tedious. Such a method has been found based on the
properties of the mixed sulphates from beryl, and which
seems not to have been used for this purpose. Perhaps
it will be best to describe the method now used in full,
without describing the failures through which the work
passed.
The powdered beryl is first fused with mixed car-
bonates, and then ground and washed with water. The
powdered mass is then mixed with sulphuric acid and
* Head at the Bostoo lleciiof of the Amcricaa Chsmkal Souct)r,
U'.ccmbcriS. it<)%.
78
Fluorescent Spectrum of Argon described by Berthelot.
I Cnbmical !!■»•,
i Attf. l6, 1895.
evaporated to make the silica insoluble. The sulphate
solution obtained from this material is evaporated and
treated with an excess of potassium sulphate. Alum
crystallises oat, and is purified by re-crystallisation. The
motber-li<}uor contains the glucinum along with the iron
and alkaline sulphates. Potassium chlorate is added in
excess, and the solution heated to peroxidise the iron.
Sodium carbonate solution is now added, little by little,
the solution being boiled after each addition until a fil-
tered sample shows no yellow colour. The whole solution
is then filtered, and the glucinum which will be contained
in the filtrate is precipitated by further addition of sodium
carbonate.
The method, of course, depends upon the fad that it
is impossible to throw down the glucinum until the greater
part of the acid has been saturated, the glucinum remain-
mg in solution as basic sulphate. Iron and aluminum, on
the contrary, are easily separated. Some care is needed
in order to get rid of the last trace of iron, which
persistently remains in solution until the point at which
the precipitation of glucinum begins is almost reached.
A sample prepared in this way was perfedlly soluble in
hydrochloric acid, gave no rea6ion for iron with potassium
ferrocyanide, was completely soluble in an excess of am-
monium carbonate and caustic potash. The ammonium
carbonate solution gave no precipitate on the addition of
ammonium oxalate. The method is exceedingly simple,
convenient, and cheap, and leaves nothing to be desired.
'^ Journal of thi American Chemical Society t xvii., 604.
ON THS
FLUORESCENT SPECTRUM OF ARGON
. DESCRIBED BY PROFESSOR BERTHELOT.
Berthelot has submitted a specimen of argon sent him
by Professor Ramsay to the adion of the efiluve. In the
speftrum of the fluorescent light Berthelot was able to
distinguish four lines, the wave-lengths of which, as
measured with a speAroscope of low dispersive power,
were as follows :—
579 millionths •• •• •• m.m.
547 » —
438 —
436 ft —
The limit of error was given as 3 to 5 of the last
figures.
The line 579 made the impression of a double line, as
also 547. Besides there were also bands in the green and
the violet, and especially in the red and the orange, the
feeble illumination of which did not admit of a determina-
tion of the wave>length.
Berthelot ascribes the observed lines to argon, and
thinks that he can recognise the following lines indicated
by Crookes ; the degree of brightness of which is shown
by the number in a bracket, where (10) expresses the
greatest brightness.
574*06 (6)
J555-70 (10)
1549-65 (8)
433*35 (9)
430-05 (9)
It is. In the first place, highly improbable that among
the numerous bright lines of the argon speArum only
these should be left under the aAlon of the effluve. Why,
e,g.f did not the lines —
603*8 (8)
565« (9)
561-0 (9)
518-58 (to)
make their appearance ?
The interpretation of Berthelot's observations is prob-
ably this : That he has observed the spectrum 0/ mercury ,
and probably traces of the nitrogen speAtnm,
The brightest lines of the mercurial spedrum, according
to Thal^n are^
57896
576-81
54606
435-81
(10)
(10
(10
(lol
and agree with Berthelot's value as closely as might
be at all expe^ed. Thal^n's first two lines correspond to
line 579, seen double by Berthelot. We should ascribe
Berthelot's line 438 to mercury, and 436 to nitrogen,
which has a bright band at 734*60.
We have further satisfied ourselves, by our own ob-
servations, that at high pressures a small addition of nitro-
gen to argon suffices to suppress almost entirely the argon
spedrum.
The bands observed by Berthelot in the red, yellow,
green, and violet have probably belonged to nitrogen.
We have repeatedly prepared argon, and in some cases
we have also obtained a mercuriferous gas which showed
Thal^n's four above-mentioned lines in full lustre. The
conditions under which the metallic mercury used in the
apparatus is taken up by the gas we are not yet able to
give, but acetylene seems here to play a part which in
Berthelot's experiments may have been formed from the
effluve
[)anying ti
,'-Liehig's
Annalen, cclxxxvii., p. 230.
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OP GALENA.
By P. JANNASCH and H. KAM MBRBR.
One of the present writers has formerly proposed several
methods for the analysis of galena. The precipitation of
the alkaline (sodium) solution of the sulphide oxidised to
sulphate by the dired addition of bromine, and also the
precipitation by hydrogen peroxide of an ammoniacal so-
lution in ammonium acetate, were recommended as
especially simple ; and, finally, as the most expeditious,
the decomposition of the mineral in a current of bromine*
The precipitation of the lead in an alkaline solution
(potassic) by means of bromine was subsequently also
used bv L. Medicus, the halogen being applied in the
form of vapour.
07 to 075 grm. of finely pulverised galena is placed in
a porcelain capsule and moistened with dilute nitric acid,
allowed to stand in the cold for some minutes, treated
there with 10 c.c. of concentrated nitric acid, heated on
the water-bath, and suitably evaporated. Nitric acid and
water are added afresh, along with 10^x5 drops of bro-
mine, and heated, with frequent stirring, until all the sul-
phur is completely oxidised to sulphuric acid.
For the certain destrudion of any bromate formed as a
subsidiary produd, we evaporate the saline mass three
times with concentrated nitric acid until dry as dust.
When this has been efieded, the dry residue is boiled for
a short time in a covered capsule with 60 c.c. of water
and 20 c.c. of concentrated hydrochloric acid, so as to
dissolve all the lead sulphate. The residual gangue is
filtered off (using a tall beaker), the filter and the tube of
the funnel are well washed with boiling water, incinerated,
and weighed.
For precipitating the lead, the filtrate is heated to
ebullition on a free flame until complete solution has
been effeded, and the liquid is poured into a previously
prepared miiture of 25 c.c. water, 50 c.c. hydrogen per-
oxide, and 50 c.c. concentrated ammonia. The lead is
thus precipitated as a fine yellowish red partially crystal-
line deposit, the composition of which will be determined
subsequently. The whole is allowed to stand covered
for several hours, with occasional stirring, filtered, washed
Quantitative Determination oj Hydrazin and its Salts.
Chbhical N«Wf,f
Ang. i6, 1895. I
carefully with cold water, dried, and weighed in a platinum
crucible as lead oxide.
For the determination of the sulphuric acid, the filtrate
from the lead precipitate is evaporated on the water-bath
until the odour of ammonia has disappeared ; 5 c.c. of
concentrated hydrochloric acid, and the same volume of
alcohol are added, and the whole is gently heated for
tome time in order to re-generate certain quantities of
persulphuric acid and to destroy with certainty any hydro-
gen p^oxide still present. The sulphuric acid is then
precipitated with the calculated quantity of solution of
barium chloride. If this precaution is omitted, the results
are much too low, in consequence of the solubility of
barium persulphate.
Small impurities of a galena, consisting of copper,
nickel, zinc, or arsenic, will be found in case of the hy-
drogen peroxide method in the ammoniacal filtrate, and
after the separation of the sulphuric acid maybe separately
determined by barium chlonde.-- Berichte, 1895, ^o. 11,
p. 1409. _
ON THE RECOGNITION OF BLOOD SPOTS
IN JUDICIAL CASES.
By FRIED. GANTTKR.
The detedion and demonstration of traces of blood upon
rusty iron is known to be hindered, and in many casea
rendered impossible, by the circumstance that it is not
pradicable to obtain crystals of baemine, or to tfft6t other
readioni for the demonstration of blood from the sub-
stance which has been rendered insoluble by the ferric
oxide. As a rule, in such cases, the result of the inveiti-
gation^specially if it has had to be undertaken after
prolonged conta^ with the rusty iron — is to this effed,
that it has not been possible to show the presence of
blood with certainty ; but that this, in view of the great
difficulty of recognising blood under such conditions, isffo
proof of the total absence of blood upon the article in
question. But very often it is not merely to show the
pnsiHCt of blood, but quite as important to give a certain
proof of its entire absena, i. e., to prove that the spots in
question are certainly not due to blood.
For the latter purpose the behaviour of the blood-
substance with hydrogen peroxide is a good means. If a
drop of the solution of hydrogen peroxide is brought in
contad with the slightest trace of the substance of blood,
there occurs immediately a distindly visible evolution of
oxygen gas proceeding from the blood, and gradually in-
creasing, so that the drop is very soon converted into a
white frothy mass, which retains its froth-like charader
for a long time. This readion is most distindly mani-
fested as follows : —
Upon a port-objed — which for the sake of greater
distindness we lay upon black paper — we place a drop of
the solution of the blood substance, or, if such a solution
cannot be obtained, as in case of spots on rusty iron, a
small portion of the scrapings of the rust, which is
covered with a drop of a very weak alkaline water, and
allowed to stand for some minutes to soften the blood
substance. We then add a drop of solution of hydrogen
peroxide, when, if the smallest trace of blood substance
is present, relatively large gas-bubbles are evolved ; in
case of sanguiferous rust, we see that the development of
gas does not proceed uniformly from all parts of the rust,
but merely from certain points, i. e., from such only to
which particles of blood adhere. The gas-bubbles, after
some time, coalesce to a tender froth, which on the black
paper appears snow-white, and which remains for some
hours without melting away. It is a charaderistic feature
that this froth contrads from the margin of the drop to-
wards the middle, so that the sharply limited white foam
appears surrounded by a ring of clear liquid,
To mistake the phenomenon for ordinary air-vesicles is
scarcely possible. Certainly, on moistening the rust with
?9_
the feebly alkaline water, single air-babbles often appeart
but they soon disappear if touched with a slender glass
rod before the hydrogen peroxide is added.
If the readion does not appear it is certain evidence
that the rust-spots contain no blood. Inversely, how*
ever, the appearance of the readion is no positive evidence
of the presence of blood, since the animal fluids, #. g,,
pus, behave with hydrogen peroxide in the same manner
as blood.
The readion may also be usefully applied for the closer
examination of the crystals of hsemioe, if, as it some-
times happens, we are in doubt whether the crjrstals
obtained are really those of hsemine. If we treat the
microscopic preparation containing the crystals in the
manner described above, there occurs at once a strong
development of gas, whilst no change occurs if the crys*
tals are other than those of haemine.
The readion is also suitable for a convenient prelimi-
nary examination of spots supposed to be blood. The
age of the spots upon rusty iron does not seem to have
any marked influence on the distindness of the readion ;
at least spots six months old showed the readion as
sharply as those freshly obtSilntd.^ZeU fur Anal, Chim.t
vol. xxxiv., p. 159.
QUANTITATIVE DETERMINATION OF
HYDRAZIN IN ITS SALTS.
By JULIUS PBTERSOff.
For this purpose Peterson utilises its well-known reduc-
tive adion with Fehling's solution or with potassium
permanganate.
Curtius {yourn Prnkt, Chimii, N. S., xxxviii.« p. 4x8)
recommends boiling the hydrochlorate with hydrochloric
solutions of platinum chloride, and colleding the nitrogen
evolved. The process takes place according to the
equation —
NaH4,2HCl + aPtCl4 = Ni+6Ha + aPtCls»
The author's experiments show that the proportion of
nitrogen obtained is too high by about x per cftnt.
The volumetric method depends on the use of iodine,
and is founded on the following readion :—
5NaH4HaO -J- 4I - 4(NaH4,HI) + sHjO + N,.
It is applicable only for the hydrate, and is therefore of no
universal importance.
Peterson's attempts to determine hydraxin with
boiling Fehling's solution show that the proceas takes
place according to the equation—
N2H4 -I- O2 = 2HaO + N2.
The author was not able to obtain constant resnlts by
titration ; but a perfedly accurate determination of hy-
drazin can be efteded by colleding and measuring the
nitrogen liberated.
Peterson proceeds in the same manner as Stracbe in
his determinations of the carbonyl-number.
The determination is effeded as follows :—
In a small flask, holding about 25 c.c, and capable of
being closed with a caoutchouc stopper having two per-
forations, there is introduced a quantity of Fehling's
solution, excessive in proportion to the substance to be
used, and previously diluted with water to about 60 cc,
and heated to boiling. The stopper of the flask contains,
in one of its perforations, a small glass tube, introduced
from below, containing the weighed substance, and a
small glass rod introduced from above. In the other
perforation is a gas-delivery tube, through which the air
is first expelled by wgtery vapour. When this has been
effeded, a measuring tube (hlled with water previously
boiled out) is placed over the gas-delivery tube, the lamp
beneath the flask is withdrawn for a moment, and the
little tube containing the substance is thrown into the
8o
Chemistry of the Cyanide Process.
I Chbmical M|W8,
I Aug. i6t i&gs.
liqaid by pushing in the glass rod. After a brief ebullition
all the nitrogen is driven over, and can be measured in
the usual manner. The tube used for introducing the
substance contains about ^ c.c. As it cannot be entirely
filled, a corredion of about iV c*c* i^ made in the volume
of the nitrogen,
Hydrasin may also be determined by titration with
potassium permanganate in a hot solution.
The titrations must be tSe&td at 60^ to 70*^, and the
solution roust contain from 6 to 12 per cent sulphuric
acid. We titrate in the ordinary manner. The titration
is completed when, on further addition of the solution of
permanganate, the liquid becomes more and more deeply
coloured, when we titrate back with oxalic acid.
The oxidation, according to the author's experiments,
takes place according to the equation —
X7(NaH4,HaS04) + 13O «
-i3HaO + 7(NH4)aS04 + loNa + ioHaS04.
The accuracy of the equation is proved by the consump
tion of the permanganate, the determination of the
ammonia formed, as well as by measuring the nitrogen
liberated,— Z#i7. Anorg. ChimU, vol. v., p. x.
ACTION OP THB INFRARED RAYS UPON
SILVER SULPHIDE.
By H. RIQOLLOT.
It is known that silver sulphide, sensitive both to lumi-
Dous and obscure radiations, may be employed as an
eledro-cheroical adinometer. I have studied the adion
of the infra-red rays upon this compound, and have
examined if the sensitiveness of silver sulphide to radia-
tions is a thermo-eleAric aAion or depends on some other
cause.
Two plates of silver sulphide, immersed in a dilute
saline solution, formed an eledro-chemical aAinometer.
The sulphuretted plates were prepared by eleArolysing a
solution of sodium sulphide by a feeble current for two
minutes. They were about 2 m.m. in width by 40 m.m.
in length ; they were paraffined on the sides facing each
other, one only being exposed to the radiations studied.
The a^nometer, conneAed either to a Thomson gal-
vanometer of the resistance of 25,000 ohms, or to a
Lippmann eledrometer, was successively exposed to the
various radiations of a prismatic spedlrum of the length
of 55 m.m. from the rays D to G.
Under these conditions the sensitiveness of silver sul-
phide for the infra-red radiations is recognised to a great
distance from the last visible radiations. The galvano-
meter still gives indications for the wave-length fi 1*32,
and we find in the solar spedra the two minima at /i 0*96
and /A z*i6, and the chief maximum fi 1*04 as signalised
by Langley. The eledromotive force developed by the
most adive part of the infra- red spedrum, the slit having
only the width of 1*4 m.m., is of 3 to 4 thousandths volt.
In the visible spedrum the sensitiveness decreases very
rapidly from the ray A to the ray F, becoming then neg-
ligible. The illuminated plate is always negative with
reference to the other, whatever may be the solution
employed.
In another series of experiments, in order to compare
the thermo-eledric eflfeds with the luminous effeds, there
were employed plates of a greater breadth, about 6 m.m. ;
each of the two plates plunged into one branch of a
U-tube of glass, containing a veiy dilute solution of silver
nitrate or of sodium chloride. One of the limbs of the
tube was surrounded with a glass jacket, and by filling
the annular space with hot water we could establish be-
tween the two limbs of the U-tube a difference of tem-
perature, ascertained by means of thermometers immersed
in each limb. On the other hand, in the tube itself, the
plate intended to be heated might be illuminated by a
Bengel burner, the luminous intensity of which corre- I
sponds to that of a Carcel lamp, placed at the distance
of 0*20 metre. The li{p;ht fell upon the plate only for a
very short time, the efifed produced being instantaneous.
The eledromotive forces developed, whether by the
difference of temperature or by light, were recorded at
above.
It was observed that the light instantly produced a
negative eledromotive force of about x^Vb ^^^U and that,
on heating, it was necessary to establish between the two
plates a difference of temperature of 6^ to 7% to develope
the same eledromotive force, negative in silver nitrate,
positive in sodium chloride.
On taking as liquids dilute solutions of NaBr, Nal,
KBr, KI, K2SO4, MgS04, AgS04, CaH^AgOa. it was
found that the illuminated plate is always nep;ative with
relation to the other, whilst the heated plate is negative
only in solutions of salts of silver, and positive in solu*
tions of the other salts tried.
The two series of experiments are certainly not iden-
tical, but I believe that they have a sufficiency of points
in common, so that there being the difference of tem-
perature necessary to develope an eledromotive force
of o'oo2 volt, it would be difficult to admit that the adion
of the infra-red rays it merely thermic— Bk/Z. d4 la Soc
Chim.
REPORT OF EXPERIMENTS ON THB
CHEMISTRY OF THE CYANIDE PROCESS,
AND NOTES ON ITS WORKING.
New Procbss for Dbtbrmimino Cyanides.
Solubility of Gold in Double Cyanidbs and in
Hydrochloric Acid.
Phbnolphthalein as an Indicator in Titrating
Potassium Cyanidb.*
By O. A. QOYDER, F.C.S.,
Analyst aod Assayer to the South Anitralian School of llioet
and Industries.
When at the Government cyanide works at Mount
Torrens in April last I noticed that the process in general
use for determining the amount of ** available " or simple
cyanide of potassium, namely, titration of a known
volume of solution by means of a standard solution of
nitrate of silver, with the addition of a little potassium
iodide to give a sharper end reaAion, although it gave
accurate results with ordinary solutions of potassium
cyanide, in the presence of double cyanide salts the end
readion was ill-defined, and after making numerous ex-
periments it appeared that in titrating the sump solutions,
which contain much of their cyanogen as the double
cyanide of zinc and potassium, the end readion was not
only ill-defined, but that the quantity of nitrate of silver
required to produce a permanent turbidity increased with
the dilution, with the temperature, and also with the
amount of simple cyanide added to a greater extent than
was calculated. Thus a sump solution, which titrated
cold indicated 0*015 per cent of simple cyanide of potas-
sium, after heating quickly on a water-bath indicated 0*07
per cent, or nearly five times as much. If, however, the
heating and titration are done slowly much of the cyano-
gen is decomposed and lower figures obtained. A cold
sump solution, to which nitrate of silver has been added
to permanent turbidity on shaking, always clears on being
heated. A i per cent solution of crystallised double
cyanide of sine and potassium on titration as above ap*
peared to contain one-thirtieth of its total cyanogen as
simple cyanide of potassium ; on diluting to sixteen times
the bulk it indicated one-third of the total as simple
cyanide, and by further diluting to two hundred and fifty
times the bulk the whole of the cyanogen appeared by
titration to be simple cyanide.
• From ihe Sixth Annual Report of the Council. AachUde 1693.
CBBMICAI.N«Wt,l
Chemistry of the Cyanide Process.
8i
As regards the indcfioiieoets of the reaAion, a sample
of sump solution was divided iDto three equal portions.
To No. a an eqaal volume and to No. 3 two volumes of
distilled water were added, and these were given to an
expert, well acquainted with the process, but not knowing
how the solutions were made up, to test. He reported
that No. I contained 0*04 per cent, No. 2 0*05 per cent,
and No. 3 0*04 per cent of simple cyanide. It is evident
that if No. I contained 0*04. No. a could only have con-
Uined half, and No. 3 one-third of that amount if the
process were reliable.
Again, a sample of sump solution, which by the above
test contained o'oa per cent of simple cyanide, was
strengthened up by pure cyanide of potassium, so that it
was calculated to contain 0*09 per cent, but it now ap-
peared to contain 0*15 per cent, so that at least 0*06 per
cent of double cyanide was returned as simple cyanide.
There may, however, be cases in which the addition of
cyanide of potassium to sump liquors would not have this
efled. Thus, supposing the solution to contain the double
cyanide of iron and potassium, the addition of the proper
amount of cyanide of potassium to this would produce
lerrocyanide of potassium, KaPeCy^+aKCy»K4PeCy6,
and on titration the cyanide of potassium would be found
to have disappeared. In aAual work, therefore, the re-
sults obtained by this method are only comparative, and
it would indicate to some extent where a large excess of
cranide was used in lixiviation. If the solutions were
alkaline the indications would again be interfered with,
at will be shown b^ what follows.
I therefore modified the above process by adding a
decided excess of caustic soda to the sump solutions be-
lore testing. If a precipitate is produced it is better to
add, say, 10 c.c. of 5 per cent caustic soda to ao c.c. of
sump solution, shake, pass through a dry filter, and take
15 c.c. of the filtrate for titration. When this solution
is titrated with nitrate of silver after the addition of a
little potassium iodide the end readion is exceedingly
sharp ; a decided excess of caustic alkali does not inter-
fere, and the precipitate is not dissolved by heating. This
method, however, not only indicates the simple alkaline
cyanide present, but also the cyanogen present in the
original solntioo as sine-potassium cyanide. This pro-
ccsa was used by roe at Mount Torrens last April in
watching the progress of lixiviation, and its indications
gave much more exad information as to the progress than
could be obtained by the ordinary process. According to
an extrad from the youmal Chemical Industry^ Nov.,
1894 ("The Cyanide Process"), W. R. Fcldtmann
{Bmgintit and Minitig yourtial, Iviii., 1894, 318—319) ^*s
experimented with this process, and states :—** Addition
of alkali to working solutions which have become some-
what weak in alkali biiogs up the strength by regenerating,
i./.,decomoosiog the zinc cyanide, ... so that, as
a matter of fad, when the solutions are pretty strongly
alkaline they contain no zinc as cyanide, but only as hy-
drate dissolved in alkali (zincate of potash, &c.).*'
But I believe that caustic alkali is never added in large
excess 10 the lixiviating solutions, and when added in
small qtuntities the double decomposition would not be
complete, and its amount could only be calculated by ap-
plying the laws of chemical mass a6ion after finding the
relative ptoportion of the double cyanide of zinc and
potassium to caustic alkali, and the velocity of combina-
tion of the resulting salts. As in pradice this problem is
complicated by the pretence of the double salts and
caustic potash as well as other salts, its solution is prob-
ably impossible. It may, however, be taken for granted
that when caustic alkali is added to a solution of double
Sanide of potassium and zinc in molecular proportions
D resulting soluUon will after a little time contain
zincate of potash, cyanide of potassium, and the double
salt.
Having recently found that hydrocyanic acid does not
dccoloarise phenolphthalein, and that cyanide of notas-
ftiuro is alkaline to that indicator, while the doable ,
cyanides are neutral, I have endeavoured to bate 00 theia
readions a new process for finding the amount of aimple
cyanide of potassium present in sump liquors, &c. In the
presence of caustic alkali or alkaline carbonates this pro-
cess could not be applied ; bicarbonates do not inteifere
if the titration is made in a stoppered bottle with the
necessary precautions. The titration is made by measur-
ing 100 c.c. of sump solution, or solution after pasting
through the tailings, into a stoppered bottle, adding i c.c.
of one-twentieth per cent phenolphthalein and running in
decinormal hydrochloric acid till the pink colour is
destroyed ; i c.c. of the acid«o-oo65 per cent of cyanide
of potassium present. By this readion I have found that at
a rule the sump solutions do not contain more than 0*0004
to 0*003 per cent of simple cyanide of potassium as a
maximum amount, and that from this amount any caustic
alkali or alkaline carbonate present must be deduded, so
that it would appear that the solutions after passing the
zinc boxes contain pradically no simple cyanide of potas-
sium, but that it is all converted into double salts. The
following analysis of sump liquor from Mount Torrent
confirms this opinion :—
Analysis of Sump Liquor from Mount Tomnt afiir
Passing Zinc Box$s,
Analysis.
Psrccat.
Copper 0*0030 Ferrocyanide of
Zinc 0*0178 potassium •• 0*0400
Iron •• •• •• 0*0001 Copper-potassium
Calcium .. •• 0*0145 cyanide •• •• 0*0073
Magnesium . .. 0*0043 Zinc • potassium
Potassium •• •• 00609 cyanide •• •• 0*0676
Sodium 0*0645 *Calcium carbonate 0*0363
Chlorine .. .. 0*0875 'Magnesium carb. 0*0147
Cyanogen •• .. 0*0477 *Potassiumcarb... 0*0035
Sulphuric acid Potassium tul-
radicle •• .. 0*0401 phate . •• •• 0*0431
Carbonic acid Sodium sulphate • 0*0341
radicle •• •• 0*0333 Sodium chloride • 0*1442
Assumed composltioa of salts
insoiotloD.
Ptfosnt.
Total..
0*3796
Total..
0*3796
* The carbooatei woald b« in the solntioo as WcarbooatM, bat art
here fivrn at timple carbooatea to laciHtatt conparisoo.
In addition to the above, the solution also contained
traces of cobalt, mercury, silver, and gold. The flour
mercury retained in the tailings from the battery is dis-
solved by the cyanide ; some of it is again precipitated in
the t.iilings by any soluble sulphide present in the solu-
tion, and the bulk of the remainder is precipitated in the
zinc boxes. The quantity of mercury in the gold slimes
from the zinc boxes is sometimes large in amount, and
makes the fumes rising from them during ignition
decidedly poisonous.
When discussing with Mr. L. W. Orayson, the manager
of the Government plant at Mount Torrens, the altera-
tions necessary to the old plant, I suggested that the
3-in. pipes leading from the lx>ttom of the lixiviation vats,
which are 8 ft. in diameter, should be reduced to l-in., and
that syphon bottles should be attached to the lower ends of
these pipes by indiarubber tubing, the neck of the bottles
being also furnished with indiarubber tubes, which could be
direded into the openings of main lines of pipes leading
respedively into the waste water tanks, the weak solution,
and strong solution zinc boxes. These suggestions were
carried out by Mr. Grayson, and it was found on testing
them, that these small pipes, as soon as the solutions
started running from the vats, became filled, and exerted
a sudion equal to between 4 ft. and 5 ft. of water^their
vertical height — and thus hastened the rate of lixiviation,
or permitted of tailings with a larger proportion of slimes
being treated than would have been possible had the 3-in.
pipes been retained, as the solutions could not be run
through the tailings at such a rate as to fill 3-in. pipes.
82
New Bacterial PigmttU.
f Chbmical Nbwi,
I Auff. i6, 1895.
and unless fall ihey could not produce any sudion. The
progress of lixiviation can be readily judged by the
appearance of the solution passing through the syphon
l)ottle8, and the rate of flow adjusted by taps at the lower
end of the pipes near the bottles. With tailings of
moderate fineness these taps are only one-third to one-
half open to produce the requisite rate of flow.
The method of conducing the lixiviation suggested by
me as suitable for the Mount Torrens plant was as fol-
lows : — During the filling of a vat the tap of the draw-off
pipe was left open, and the syphon bottle removed, so that
as much water as possible was drained off from the
tailings. Each truck-load was levelled down with a rake
until the vat was nearly full ; the top was then levelled as
accurately as possible, and strong solution of about 0'2
per cent cyanide of potassium to the amount of about
one*third the weight of the ore was run in at the top.
This solution, if the vat had been well and evenly filled
with tailings, sank slowly and almost without a bubble,
driving the interstitial air before it, and out by the draw-
off tap at the bottom, whence it escaped with considerable
force, and displacing the residual water which, after a
time, escapes by the draw-off pipe in general quite clear
and colourless. As soon as the air has all escaped and
the water flows in a steady stream, the syphon bottle is
attached and the stream direded to the waste water
tank. After a further interval, the liquid in the bottle
begins to assume a yellowish tint, wh^n the stream is
direded into the small zinc boxes, and the rate of flow
reduced, so that the strong solution displaced by the ad-
dition of an equal bulk of weak or sump solution at the
top, would flow through in the time found by experience
to afford the best payable extradion. When the last of
the weak solution has sunk to the level of the top of the
tailings, w^sh water is added to displace it, and the rate
of flow may be now increased to save time. When the
solution in the syphon bottles has again become nearly
colourless, the lixiviation process is finished. The im-
portance of having the draw-off pipe at the lowest point
of the vat, and having the bottom of the vat sloping to-
wards it from all directions, may be noted here. In such
a case the water and different solutions have scarcely any
tendency to mix, and the line between them is sharp, and
therefore the bulk of the residual water first coming out
can be run away without danger of loss of gold, instead
of being mixed with the cyanide solution, diluting it, and
increasing its bulk. At the end, too, the last of the weak
solution IS displaced with much less admixture of water,
and as the bulk of solutions in stock is always kept about
the same, the care exercised in properly coostruding the
vats is more than repaid by a saving of gold and of
cyanide.
(To be continaed.)
A NEW BACTERIAL PIGMENT.
By ALBERT THORPE.
As the chemistry of the baderial pigments is a subjed
which has been veiy little investigated, the present note
may be of interest.
I have isolated the brown pigment from infusions of
maize undergoing putrefadlion by means of the Bacterium
brunntum. This pigment is soluble in alcohol, and is pre-
cipitated from an alcoholic solution by the addition of
water. The precipitate, after filtration, was re-dissolved
in alcohol, and the solution evaporated to dryness at 40*^
C. The following figures were obtained on the analysis of
this pigment :— 0-4764 grm. of substance gave i'358 grm.
of COa and 0*232 grm. of HaO.
Fouod.
Calculated for Cj,H|«Oa
Carbon • .
•. 7774
7769
Hydrogen ,
5'62
503
Oxygen . .
• . ^"^
17-28
From the foregoing percentage composition* C18H14O3
represents the formula of this brown pigment.
The alcoholic solution of the pigment gave no
charaderistic absorption-bands when examined by means
of the spedroscope.
This pigment is soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloro-
form, insoluble in water and carbon disulphide, and acids
appear to destroy it.
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
Life and Labour of the Peofle in London, Edited by
Charles Booth. Vol. VI., Population Classified by
Trades (continued). 8vo., pp. 383. London and New
York : Macmillan and Co. 1895.
This work contains much interesting matter, but also
much that cannot come under our cognisance at aU.
The total number of persons employed in the manufac-
tures of surgical, *' philosophical " — we strongly objed to
this term^and electrical instruments is 8258, more than
half of whom are engaged in the produdion of eledrical
appliances, and 2000 of whom nre under 25 years of age.
As regards surgical instruments, we are not sorry to
learn that the hospitals and the leading operators do not
approve of importations from the Continent. Microscopes
of German make are, on the contrary, highly appreciated.
In this and the kindred trades a really good workman is
at a premium.
Concerning the manufadure of spedroscopes, chemical
balances, and other requisites for the physical and chemical
laboratory, we believe that an increasing proportion are
of German make. The same fad must, beyond doubt, be
admitted concerning glass and porcelain scientific appa-
ratus. In the coloured glass manufadure we find it re-
marked that an Italian or French working man might
perhaps develope an artistic sense of his own, but this,
apparently, an Englishman can rarely do. This is a faA
gravely to be regretted. Concerning the poUery trade,
we learn that ** betting, even more than drink, is now the
ruling extravagance.*'
The persons employed in the chemical arts amount to
5836, a portion of whom are merely manufadurers of
blacking, of matches, and of ** proprietary " medicines.
The rank and file of the chemical workmen earn little
more than 25s. per week. There is no complaint of un-
healthiness, save in the white-lead works. Among the
match-makers necrosis in the jaw is greatly decreasing.
Still it is very desirable that the use of white phosphorus
should cease entirely. Indeed the entire elimination of
phosphorus in the match-trade, and that of white-lead in
pigment-making, rank among the most important problems
of chemical industry.
Concerning soap, we think that Mr. G. H. Duckworth
goes too far in asserting without qualification that ** the
fats used are of the most disagreeable nature." What of
the Russian and Australian tallows, the palm- and cocoa-
nut oils ? The total of the persons employed in this
business, and in bone-boiling, candle-making, &c., amoant
to 2195, and their wages rarely exceed 30s. weekly.
The unsavoury businesses of the tanner, fellmongcr,
currier, furrier, &c., employ 15,739 persons. The men
employed are accused— we fear truthfully— of a tendency
to drink to excess. The employment, especially of those
who prepare furs for the hatters, is unhealthy, and no type
of respirator hitherto devised has been found suitable.
As for the textile trades we are, of course, most con-
cerned with the dyeing and cleaning departments.
Dyeing on the large scale, as applied to new goods, can
scarcely be said to exist in London, though the garment
dyer, once numerous, is gradually diminishing. Leaving
out of the question provincial competition, the London
garment dyer is now poached upon by the monopolist
Manufacture of Aluminium Sulphate.
83
draper and by the jobbing tailor. Tbe nomber of persons
employed in the trade is now given as 1946. Concerning
health there is little room for complaint. Indeed, in the
manoiaaoring distrids of Yorkshire and Lancashire, it is
a common saying that a dead dyer is as great a rarity as
a dead donkey. Tbe chief peril to the dyer and cleaner
aprioga from the ignition or explosion of the vapoor of
**bcnsoline spirit." Two injarions substances encoon-
tered in the waterproofing business are sulphur chloride
and carbon disulphide. Hitherto no method of obviating
Iheir hurtful effeas, or of superseding them by means of
any harmless substance, has been elaborated.
The general impression produced by a perusal of this
work is far from pleasing. We see a number of trades
declining, and in many others the average remuneration
obtained by the workers is not sufficient Tor the demands
ol a healthy life.
ThiMamttfactnu of Aluminium Sulphate (Die Pabrikation
von Schwefelsaurer Thonerde). By Dr. Konrad W.
B. JuaiscH. Docent at the Royal Technical High
School, of Berlin. Berlin : Fischer & Heilmann.
Wb have here a useful monograph of aluminium sul-
phate, or, as it is sometimes called, ** concentrated alum.*'
The author describes the raw materials, their sources, the
process of manufadure, tbe properties and applications of
the finished produd, and the statistics of the trade.
Analyses are given of native sulphates from various
paru of the world, the best being apparently that from
Adelaide. The alum-shales and native alum-earths are
corredly pronounced of little value for the manufadure
ia qoMUon.
The number of patents for the produdion of aluminium
talphate is truly appalling. But it is evident that the
early attempts to use clays and felspar for the manufac-
Ittte either of alum or of aluminium sulphate are being
more and more restrided, since bauxite — a far preferable
material— is now obtainable in increasing quantities.
Cryolite (6NaF,AlaF6) is indeed an excellent material ;
but the only locality where it is obtained in quantity
and in full purity is Arsak, in the south of Greenland.
A sample from Miask was found not free from ferric
oside. Ccyolite is at present used only at the Oeresund
works, near Copenhagen, and at the Natrona works near
Pitubvrg, in Pennsylvania.
Egliaton clay is mentioned as a raw material, but its
composition is not stated. The produd contains 0*15 to
o*ao per cent Fe, and is consequently unfit for the uses of
the paper-maker and tbe tissue-printer. We fear that
•ome confusion in terminology has crept in, since we have
beard the name Eglinton clay used as a synonym for
gibbsite.
Bauxite is described as the leading material for the
prodndion of sulphate of alumina. The best quality is
that from the neighbourhood of Belfast, as used by
P. Spence and Snence Brothers of Manchester, and
latsed by the Irish Hill Mining Co. The best quality, the
ao-called ** Gertrude-bauxite,** contains only 0*53 per cent
of FeaOs, whilst many French sorts contain upwards of
20 per cent of this ver^ troublesome impurity.
lo working up bauxites the process generally followed
ia that of LechateHer, which consists essentially in igni-
tion with toda, lixiviation with water, filtration, and pre-
cipitation with carbonic acid, which of course throws
down aluminium hvdroaide ; filtration and re-solution in
sulphuric acid, which 00 cooling yields the commercial
** cake-alum.** For the details we must refer to the work
of Dr. JuriKh. The outlook of the manufadure is very
fairly summed up in the words that the present task of
the cake-alum maker is to produce regularly and certainly
an alnmininm sulphate as free at possible from iron, con-
taining from 14 to X4.5 per cent AlgOj, containing neither
free acid nor excess of alumina, and giving a clear solu.
tioo in water.
There is given an extended table showing the specific
gravities and the percentage contents of solatioos of cake-
alum from 1*005 'o I '341*
The basic sulphate Ala(H0}a(S04)a is precipitated on
dilution.
The impurities most dreaded in commercial cake-alum
are iron and free acid. Samples containing from 0*0(9
to 0*01 per cent of iron are commonly said to be free from
iron, though many dyers and tissue printers dread evea
these traces. In the case especially of pink and rose
shades, and hence prefer ordinary alum. Traces of iron,
not exceeding 0*05 per cent can be determined colori-
metrically. The free acid in cake-alum rarely exceeds 0*5
per cent. It is allowed by the maker to remain, not on
account of the difficulty of its removal, but to give the
produd a better colour. In presence of free acid, 0*05
per cent of ferric oxide does not occasion a yellowish
colour.
The uses of cake-alum are as a mordant — or material
for mordants^n dyeing and tissue-printing, in paper-
making, in the sixing process, and in tawing hides fin
these applications the absence of iron is most essential),
and as a purifier for sewage and waste waters containing
organic pollution. For this last purpose the presence of
ferric sulphate — as in Spence*s alumino-ferric cake — is
not at all objedionable. We may remark that where
hydrochloric acid is available, an aluminium hydro-
chlorate, obtained either from hydrargyllite or from iron
slags, is preferable to the sulphate for the treatment of
sewage.
Dr. Jurisch, by the publication of this work, has con-
ferred a substantial benefit upon the producers and coo-
sumers of cake-alum.
Cap$ of Good Hopi, Dtparlminl of AgricuUun. Repori
of thi Siuior Analyst on thi Analytical Laboratory for
tk* Yiar 1894. Cape Town : W. A. Richards and
Sons. 1895.
Thb Analyst reports that the work of the Department
has increased progressively from 47 In 1889 to 506 to
1894. '^^^ xhxt^ Government Laboratories of Cape
Town, that conneded with the Adulteration Ad, with
the Department of Agriculture, and with the Geological
and Irrigation Office, have been amalffamated.
Tbe subsunces given in for analjrsu were very promis-
cuous, samples of milk being the most nnmeroos. Of the
ia4 samples 4a were found to be adulterated, and of tbe
38 coffees 10 had been sophisticated. In case of milk,
the fraud has consisted In skimming and in the addition
of water. The milk of a cow, in an advanced stage of
phthisis, showed: — Total solids, 9*39; milk fat, a*6o;
solids not fat, 679; and water, 90*61.
The adulteration of coflfoe was solely with chicoiy,
which in one case— from Kimberley— reached the alarming
proportion of 67 per cent 1 One sample of whiskv was
totally faditious. The samples of pepper examined were
all found to be genuine.
Of gold-quarts 54 samples were examined, of fdiich
25 showed not a trace of gold. Of the aamplea received
from Mashona Land two contained i{ ounces per ton,
and one as much as 6| ounces.
Three samples of coal were found to be of fair qnalitv,
and an anthracite from Xalanga, in Tembaland, is likely
to prove of great value.
The only sample of nitre sent in was one from Prieska,
containing 98*9 per cent of potassium nitrate.
A lode of sulphur in admixture with graphite may be
valuable if the finder is not mistaken as regards its
extent.
The waters were not satisfadory. That from the
Gamtoas River Bridge is more saline than the Indian
Ocean. Out of 33 samples of water only 5 were fit for
use, 7 doubtful, and the rest polluted and unfit for
use. Out of 81 samples of well-water 71 were bad, io*
eluding 39 from Cape Town aod its distrid*
84
The foils show generally a deficiency in phosphoric
acid, and in many instances also in potash.
A sample of peat-ash from Durban was found exceed-
ingly poor.
Two native barks contained respedively 25 and 26 per
cent of tannin. If abundant they may be exported to
advantage.
Two samples of Cape tea have been examined. These
were not ordinary teas grown in Africa, but were obtained
from native shrubs. They contained no theine or any
similar alkaloid.
Vlnduitrii Chimique (Chemical Industry). By A.
Haller, Diredor of the Chemical InKitute of the
Faculty of Sciences of Nancy, Correspondent of the
Academy of Sciences and the Academy of Medicine.
Pp. 348. Paris , J. B. Bailli^re et Fils. 1895.
This compaA work forms the first volume of a series
entitled the " Encyclopaedia of Industrial Chemistry and
Metallarsy." It treats more especially of higher instruc-
tion in different countries ; of the produds of the heavy
chemical industry, the works, and their recent improve-
ments ; of chemical and pharmaceutical produds, espe-
cially the produds little known or recently discovered ;
artificial colouring matters ; essential oils, and raw mate-
rials for perfumery.
The first of these heads is of the deepest and roost
general interest. It is admitted that the German che-
mical manufaaurers are constantly growing at the expense
of those of France and Britain. The causes of this su-
periority are manifold ; but first and foremost stands the
organisation of the German Universities, who are here
aptly pronounced to be ** the makers of the national glory
and prosperity.** There is no restraint, no subjedion to
any narrow pre-arranged " syllabus." The professors
enjoy that freedom of spirit which is moat favourable
to high culture, and which is not met with in any
other country. The interference of the public authorities
in questions of the penonnel of a university is as restrided
as possible. The universities, though dependent on the
State and paid by it, enjoy an autonomy which enables
them to choose their redors, their deans of faculty, and
their professors, and present them to the Minister of
Public Instrudion for formal nomination, and it is very
-rare for the Government to interfere with the choice of
the Senalus Academicus,
To be called to the occupation of a chair it is not ne-
cessary to produce numerous certificates, to undergo
depressing competitions which throw no light on the
originative power of the candidate. It is merely requi-
site for him to have given proof of originality in research,
and 10 have manifested himself a pioneer in Science. A
Rector htagnificus — sl dignitary essentially equivalent
to the Chancellor of an English University or to the
Lord Redor in Scotland — has not to undergo, like the
latter, eledion on the principles of political fadion, or to
be seleded by a body consisting mainly of half-pay
officers. A candidate for a professorship of experimental
science has not to be ••heckled *' on points of theological
controversy or to sign a confession of faith. The student
has not to waste precious time and priceless brain-power
in preparing for successive examinations, and the inventor
has not to meet the interference of alien patentees who
obtain patents without any intention of pradising them
upon German soil. To meet with competition so
arranged our industrialists, bound as they are by a vicious
system, would have to be superhuman.
It is interesting to find that the institutions of higher
instrudion cost only sd. annually per head of the popula-
tion. Are they not an incomparably better investment
than the Board Schools of Britain ?
Besides the twenty-two Universities of the German
Empire, the Polytechnic Schools of Aix-la-Chapelle,
Carlsruhe, Brunswick, Charlottenburg, Darmstadt, Dres-
den, Hanover, Munich, Stuttgart, the Mining Schools of
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
{
Chrhical News,
Aug, 16, 1:^5.
Berlin, Clausthal, and Freiberg, and the Agricultural
Schools, are almost all well provided with laboratories
where researches in pure chemistry are carried on along
with studies in applied chemistry. And these institutions
are confided to men of proved scientific authority, who
make it their task not merely to initiate the young stu-
dents in the pradice of chemistry, but to rouse in them
the spirit of research and guide them into the track of
discovery.
By means of the influx of foreign students, German
science and German ideas are diffused, and at the same
time German merchandise and German produds. In the
years 1891 and 1892 there were not fewer than 446 stu-
dents of American nationality studying at German
Universities ; and not fewer than 800 at the Polytechnics,
the Mining and Agricultural Colleges of Germany.
Shall we reconsider our ways, or shall we go on examining
and being examined, until we arrive at a universal collapse
such as our Chinese models and forerunners in examina-
tionism have just reached ?
CORRESPONDENCE.
BORAX AND STANDARD ACID SOLUTIONS.
To the Editor of the Chetmcal News.
Sir, — If our method of standardising acid solutions by
means of borax is not new, as Mr. Droop Richmond says
in Chbmical News, vol. Ixxii., p. 5, we at least have
discovered it independently, and have done something to
make it better known.
Our aim was not to show to what accuracy the method
could be carried, but rather to point out that, without
taking any special precautions, results of very fair accu-
racy could be obtained.
We do not consider it necessary to estimate the water
of crystallisation if large clear crystals of borax are used,
but as this may be open to question, we intend making
further experiments to test this point. The results we
obtained were certainly good enough for ordinary analyti-
cal work. One of the results is evidently a little incor-
red, but probably through no fault of the method em-
ployed. We do not know why Mr. Richmond should have
dragged carbon dioxide into the question. — We are, &c.,
E. P. PSRUAN.
W. John.
University College. Cardiff,
Augott 6, 1895.
CHEMICAL
NOTICES FROM FOREIGN
SOURCES.
NoTi.— All degrees of temperature are Centigrade anlets otherwise
expreMed.
Zeitschrififur Analytische Chtmie.
Vol. xxxiii., Part 6.
(This part has appeared only after vol. xxxiv. has already
commenced appearing).
Wine Statistics of Germany. VII.— A continuation
of a voluminous report interesting exclusively to the wine
trade.
Acid Potassium Tartrate aa a Fundamental Sab-
stance for Volumetry.— A. Bomtrager.— The pure acid
tartrate has come into use for standardising alkaline 8ola>
tions, and is giving satisfadion.
Experiments on the Speed of Filtration of various
Solutions. —K. Leze.— From Comptts Rtndus^ CKi^^t p.
X440.
CaSMlCAL MBWf 1 1
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
85
On Pyrometry.— Various construaiont have been dis-
Ctt«fled or proposed by Roberts- Austen (paper at Chicago
loternatioDal Congress, 1883), C. Gabb \Stahl undEistn),
Uehliog and Steim>art {Stahl und Bistu).
A small Air Thermometer for Laboratories. —
Lotbar Meyer (BwUhU^ xxvi., X047) proposes a modifica-
tion, here figured, of Bottomley's thermometer (see Phil.
Mag., z888).
Volumeter for Determining the Volames of large
Samples, especially Soils.^Tacke (Zeit AngiwandU
CAnRM#}w— Readers are referred to the originals for details.
New Form of Weighing Pipette.— H. Schweitzer.—
From the youmal of iht Amtrican Chimical Sociity.
Self-aaing Apparatus for Filtration and for
Washing Precipitates with Cold or Hot Water.—
P. N. Ratkow (Ch€mik$r ZW/im^).— This paper requires
the two accompanying figures.
A Minimum Qas Blast.— Hugo Schiff (Chtmikir
Ziihmg), — ^Tbis paper also cannot be reproduced without
the accompanying illustration.
Protedive Capsules for Platinum Crucibles.— H.
Petrzilka.~The author uses platinum capsules, gilt with-
oQt, so as to withstand smoking flames, of such a shape
and sise as to completely cover the bottom of the cru-
cible as far as the flame extends.
Determination of Carbon in Iron.— A conspedus
of the most general methods for determining the carbon
contained in iron, as proposed by A. Ledebur (Vert in Mur
Bel/ord. di Oewirb Fleisses); Regnault, JQptner, and
Gmelin (** Handbuch fiir Eisenhiitten Chemiker *') ;
Samstrdm, UUgren and Elliott, McCreath, Ruriip
ICkimiker Zeitung) ; Barba (Stahl und Bisin) ; Langley,
Blair, Dudley, and Shimer (Zeii. Ang$wandU Chtmii^
Mining youmal); Lorenz (Zeit. AngewandU Chtmii);
Woehler, Eggertx, Ukena {Stahl und Eisen).
Melting and Boiling Points of the Phenols and
their Beosoates. — ^A. B^hal and E. Choay.— From the
Comptis Rindus, czviii., p. Z2xz.
Determination of Nitrogen.— W. P. Keating Stock.
— From the Analyst, xviii., 58.
Determination of the Thioureas, and their Separa-
tion from the Sulphocyanides. — H. Salkowski
{Bsruhti).—lQ solutions of pure thioureas the total sul-
phur is precipitated as silver sulphide by ammoniacal
Mihrtt nitrate. It is filtered off", washed, and heated, first
over the simple Bunsen flame, and then fused over the
gas blast. All the silver sulphide is thus converted into
sUTer, from the weight of which the quantity of thiourea
is calcolated. a atoms of silver represent i mol. of
thiourea. For separating thioureas from the sulpho-
cjranides, the clear solution is mixed with an excess of
ammoniacal solution of silver. A mixture of silver sul-
phide and sulphocyanide is precipitated, though a part of
the latter remains in solution. After some hours the
conversion of the thioureas is completed, when the precipi-
tate-is filtered and washed. The filtrate is acidified with
aulphuric acid, and the precipitate of silver sulphocyanide
is allowed to stand in darkness. The washed precipitate
is digested in the cold with solution of potassium cyanide
ontil all the silver sulphocyanide is dissolved. After
dilution it is filtered, and the washed silver sulphide
is weighed as silver in the manner mentioned above. The
filtrate is acidulated with sulphuric acid and heated on
the water-bath ontil all the hydrocyanic acid is expelled.
If this is delayed, silver sulphocyanide remains in solu-
tion. The silver sulphocyanide thus obtained, along with
that which had been set aside in the dark, is filtered on a
filler which has been dried at 203^ After filtering and
drying at 105* the silver sulphocyanide is weighed.
DeteAton of the Pat of the Ox in Lard.—W. F.
Keating Stock.— From the Analyst, xix., a.
Determination of Hubl's Iodine Number. » W*
Fahrion {Chtmikcr Zeitung, xvii., p. xioo). — The author
observes that methylic alcohol is preferable to ethylic
alcohol for the preparation of Hi^brs iodine solution. The
solution of sublimate-iodine in methylic alcohol certainly
becomes weaker in time, but not to the same extent as
the solution in ethylic alcohol. Fahrion shows also
that along with the addition of iodine atoms to the double
combinations of the non-saturated fatty acids there ensue
other processes, so that in general the iodine number is
found rather higher than would correspond to the proper*
tion of non-saturated fatty acids in the oil. A high
temperature and exposure to light increases the numl^r
considerably.
Determination of the Melting-point of Solids.— E.
J. Bevan. — From the Analyst, xviii., p. 286.
Determination of Fatty Matter in Milk.— The pro-
cess of Leo Liebermann and S. Ssekely has been verified
and recommended by Long (Pharm. Ziitung).
Arrangemement for a Rapid Approximate Deter-
mination of the Quantity and Purity of Carbonic
Acid in Mineral Waters, ftc— Th. Kyll (Ziit. Angtw.
Chemii), — Apparently a hollow corkscrew ending m a
three-way cock.
Chemistry of Vegetable Fibres.— C. F. Cross, E. J.
Bevan, aod C. Beadle.— From the Chemical News,
Ixviii., p. 227.
Examination of the Ethereal Oils.— Schimmel and
Co.— A very extensive paper, not suitable for abstraAion.
Method for the Volumetric Determination of the
Phosphoric Acid, Soluble in Water, contained in
Superphosphates. — W. Kalman and K. Meissels. —
Already inserted.
Determination of Uric Acid, and of the so-called
Xanthine-substances in Urine. — £. Salkowski (C#ii-
tralblatt /. Mtd. Wissenschaft).^T\i\% paper will also be
inserted in full.
DeteAion of Glucose and other Csetohydrates in
Urine.— K. Baisch (Ztit. Physiol. CA#iini/).— This paper
will also be inserted in full.
Examination of Blood-pigment as to its Absorbent
Power for the Violet and Ulira-Violet Rays.— H.
Grabe. — Already inserted.
The Atomic Weight of Barium. — T. W. Kichards
(Anur, Acad. Arts and Sciences), — Already inserted.
MISCELLANEOUS.
The Drug and Chemical Trades Exhibition.— We
have the pleasure of announcing that, on the zoth, nth,
X2th, and 13th of next month, there will be held in the
Royal Agricultural Hall, N. (Islington), an Exhibition of
the Drug, Chemical, and Allied Trades. The promoters,
subscril^rs to the British and Colonial Druggist, hope
to render this demonstration a periodically recurring dis-
play, so that it may bring under the notice of the trades
and of their customers all improvements, new produAs,
and procedures which may present themselves. The
promoters admit that former exhibitions in connexion
with the drug and chemical trades have not proved suc-
cessful. On the present occasion the management will
not only be entiiely new, but a general attendance of the
trade is praAically guaranteed, and most of the leading
firms concerned have already promised their support to
the undertaking, and intend to be represented. No de-
partment of our national industry and commerce requires
to be more energetically and prudently supported than
that in question. We hope that enlightened self-interest,
not less than patriotism, will combine to ensure the suc-
cess of the present Bahibitloo.
86
Award of the Hodgkins Prize.
{ Chemical Ntwt,
( Aug. i6, 1895.
Award of the Hodgkins Prize of xo,ooo Dollars
to Lord Rayleigb and Professor Ramsay. — In
March, 1893, >^ ^^^ announced by the Smithsonian Insti-
tntion, in furtherance of the wishes of Mr. Thomas
Hodgkins, who had presented a large donation to the
Institution for the ** increase and diffusion of more exadl
knowledge in regard to the nature and properties of
atmospheric air, in connexion with the welfare of man,"
that a prize of zo,ooo dollars would be given for a treatise
embodying some new and important discovery in regard
to the nature and properties of atmospheric air. The
competing treatises had to be sent in before the end of
December, 1894. We have much pleasure in announcing
that this prize has been awarded to Lord Rayleigh and
Professor Ramsay for their treatise on the discovery of
Argon.
Clay Filters, and their Use in Chemical and
Baderiological Laboratories.— W. Pukall {BerichU).-^
The author has produced filters which have not the soft
sensitive surface of the Chamberland or the Berkefeld
(Kieselguhr) filters, but have in a high degree the power
of transmitting gases or liquids on the application of ex-
haustion from below or pressure from above. The filters
consist of a suitable composition of china clays of different
beds (aluminium silicate with ouartz), which can be
sharply burnt though remaining sufficiently porous. The
construAion recommended by Pukall is figured in the
original.
HARRIS INSTITUTE, PRESTON.
Wanted, an Assistant to the Professor of
Chemistry. A praAicml knowledge required of General and
Agricoltnral Chemietry, with some experience in Analytical work.
Salary, £100 a year. Applications, stating qualifications, and accom-
panied by copies of three Testimonials, to be forwarded before the
jst of September, 2895, U>~-
T. R. JOLLY, Secretary.
SOUTH WEST LONDON POLYTECHNIC,
MAURESA ROAD, CHBLSKA, S.W.
The Governors are desirous of appointing a
CHEMICAL DEMONSTRATOR to the above Institution.
Salary £100 per annum. The Demonstrator will be required to lec-
ture to Junior Classes and help in the laboratory, under the super-
vision of the Head Master. Knowledge of Applied Chemistry is
desirable. Applications, with three testimonials, must be received
by August 22.
An ASSISTANT for the CHEMICAL LABORATORY will also
be appointed. Salary 23/* per week. Applications to be received by
August 20.
Applications should be endorsed ** Chemical Department."
H. D. HARPER, AAing Secretar>'.
J^ASON COLLEGE BIRMINGHAM.
FACULTIES OP ARTS AND SCIENCE.
8E88 iON 189 5-96.
THE SESSION WILL COMMENCE ON TUESDAY.
OCTOBER X.
Complete Coorses of Instrudtion are provided for the various Ex-
aminations in Arts and Science and the Preliminary Scientific (M.B.)
Examination of the University of London: for Students of Civil,
Mechanical, or Electrical Engineering ; and for those who desire to
obtain an acquaintance with some branch of applied science.
Students may, oowever, attend any class or combination of classes.
There is also a Faculty of Medicine. A Syllabus containing full
particulars is published by Messrs, Comish^New Street,Birmingham»
Price 6d. ; ^ post yd.
A SYLLABUS of the Faculties of Aru and Science, containing
foil information as to the various le^ure and laboratory courses,
le^nre days and hours, fees, entrance and other scholarships, prizes,
ftc, is published by Messrs. Cornish, New Street, Birmingham.
Price 6d.s by post 8d.
Farther information may be obtained on application.
R. S. HEATH, Principal.
GEO. a. MORLBY, Secretary and Regiatntr.
J. & A. CHURCHILL,
PU BLISHER S.
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY AND
QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS; Specially adapted for Colleges
and Scheols. By FRANK CLOWES, D.Sc, Professor of Che-
mistry in University College, Nottingham. Sixth Edition, with
84 Engravings, Post 8vo, 85. 6d.
ELEMENTARYQUALITATIVE ANA-
LYSIS ; suitable for Organised Science Schools. By FRANK
CLOWES, D.Sc.Lond., Professor of Chemistry in University
College, Nottingham, and J. BERNARD COLEMAN, Senior
Demonstrator,of Chemistry in University College, Nottingham.
With Engravings. Post 8vo, ar. 6d,
BY THE SAME AUTHORS.
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS: specially
adapted for Colleges and Schools. Third Edition, with 100 En-
gravings, Post 8vo, gi. [jutt ready,
VALENTIN'S QUALITATIVE ANA-
LYSIS. Edited by Dr. W. R. HODGKINSON. F.R.S.E., Pro-
fessor of Chemistry and Physics in the Royal MiliUry AcademT
and Artillery College, Woolwich. Eighth Edition, Revised and
Enlarged, 8r. 6d,
BLOXAM'S CHEMISTRY, INOR-
GANIC AND ORGANIC, with ExperimenU. Re-written and
Revised bv JOHN MILLAR THOMSON, Professor of Chemia-
try. King^i College, London, and ARTHUR G. BLOXAM,
Head of the Chemistry Department, The Goldsmiths' Institute,
New Cross, London. Eighth Edition, with 281 Engravings, 8vo,
z8i. 6d.
BLOXAM'S LABORATORY TEACH-
ING; Or, Progressive Exercises in PraAical Chemistry.
Edited by ARTHUR G. BLOXAM, Head of the Chemist^
Department. The Go.dsmiths* Institute, London. Sixth Editioa,
Revised and much Enlarged, with 80 Woodcots, Crown 8to,
6s. 6d,
CHEMISTRY OF URINE; a Praaical
Guide to the Analytical Examinations of Diabetic, Alburaiooua.
and Gouty Urine. By ALFRED H. ALLEN, P.I.C., P.C.S.
With Engravings, 8vo, ys. 6d.
London :
J. & A. CHURCHILL, 11, New Burlington Strebt.
ACETONE — Angwcriog all reqairements.
A.CIX) .A.OETIC— Pwreat and sweet.
- BOIR A.CIO-Cryat. and powder.
OIT3aiC— Cryst. made in earthenware.
C3-.A.IjXjIO— From best Chinese galls, pure,
S.A.XiIO YXilO-By Kolbe's process.
T.A.I?r2fTIO-For Pharmacy and the Arts.
LIQUID CHLORINE
(Compressed in steel cylinders).
FORMALIN (40^ CHaO)— Aniiscpiic and PretcrvaUve.
POTASS. PBRMANGANATB— Cryst., large and small.
SULPHOCYANIDE OP AMMONIUM.
BARIUM.
POTASSIUM.
TARTAR EM ETIC-Cryst. and Powder.
TRIPOLI AND METAL POWDERS.
ALL CHEMICALS FOR ANALYSIS AND THE ARTS.
A.
Wholesale Agents—
& M. ZIMMERMANN,
6 & 7, CROSS LANE LONDON, E.C.
Albumens, PasteSi Gumsy Glues, Prepared
f^ Hom.Piths. Vegetable Sisei, dc, ftc.— W. KOHQt Bwmb
* ^ Horn-Piths.
Street, LiverpoolJ
ClIBlftCALNBWt,!
Aug, 23, l8w- I
Spectrum of Helium.
87
THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
Vol. LXXIL, No. 1865.
THE SPECTRUM OF HELIUM.
By WILLIAM CROOKES, F.R.S.
Ik the Cbbmical News for March 29th last (vol. lxxi.» p.
I5i) I pablithed the resalts of measuremeots of the
wave-lengtht of the more promiDent lines seen in the
tpe^ftmm of the cm from cl^veite, now identified with
helinm. The gaa nad been given to me by the discoverer,
Profeator Ramsay ; and being from the first batch prepared,
it contained other gases m impurities, such as nitrogen and
mqueons vapour, both of which gave spcAra interfering
with the purity of the true helium spedtrum. I have since,
thanks to the lundness of Professors Ramsay and J. Norman
Lockyer, had an opportunity of examining samples of
helium from difFerent minerals and of considerable
purity as far as known contamination is concerned.
These samples of gas were sealed in tubes of various
kinds and exhausted to the most luminous point for spec-
trum observations. In most cases no internal eledrodes
were used, but the rarefied gas was illuminated solely by
induAion, metallic terminals being attached to the outside
of the tube.* For photographic purposes, a quarts window
was attached to the end of the tube, so that the spedrum
of the gas could bo taken '* end on."
My examinations have chiefly been made on five
tamplea of gas.
I. A sample from Professor Ramsay in March last.
Prepared from Cldveite.
a* A sample from Professor Ramsay in May last. Pre-
pared from a specimen of Uraninite sent to him by
Professor Hillebrand. Qas obtained by means of
sulphuric acid ; purified by sparking.
3. A sample from Professor Ramsay in June last. Pre-
pared from BrogKcrite.
4. A sample from Professor Lockyer in July last. Pre-
pared by a process of fradional distillation from a
sample of br6ggerite sent to him by Professor
Brogger.
5. A sample of gas from Professor Ramsay, '* Helium
Purissimum." This was obtained from mixed
sources, and had been purified to the highest
possible point.
lo the following table the first four samples of gas will
be called:^!. "Cliveite, R."; a. "Uraninite, R."; 3.
*• Br6ggerite, R."; and 4. ** Brdggerite, L.*' Only the
strongest of the lines, and those about which I have no
doobt, are given. The wave-lengths are on Rowland's
•cale.
The photographs were taken on plates bent to the
proper corvattire for bringing the whole speftmm in
sccorate focus at the same time. The spedruro given by
m spark between an alloy of equal atoms of mercury,
cadmium, ainc, and tin, was photographed at the same
time on the plate, partially overlapping the helium
■pedram ; suitable lines of these metals were used as
standards. The measurements were taken by means
of a special micrometer reading approximately to the
i/ioo,oooth inch, and with accuracy to the i/io,oooth of
an inch. The calculations were performed according to
Sir George Stokes's formula, supplemented by an addt-
tiooal formula kindly supplied by Sir George Stokes,
giving a correAion to be applied to the approximate
• JctmuUt^ths ItutihiUon cj Bliclrical Enginttn^ Part 91, vol.
sx^ tBancoral Address by the Fresideat, William Crocket, F.R.S.,
|aa.i3tb»i89i.
wave lengths given by the first formula, and greatly in-
creasing the accuracy of the results.
Wave-:
leogth. Intensity.
7005*5 5 A red line, seen in all the samples of gas.
Young gives a chromospheric line at
7o65'5.
6678*1 8 A red line, seen in all the samples of gas.
Thal^n gives a line at 6677 <^nd Lock-
yerat6678. Young gives a chromO'
spheric line at 6678*3.
5876 30 The charaaeristic yellow line of helium,
seen in all the samples of gas. Thal6n
makes it 58759, and Rowland 5875-98.
Young gives a chromospheric line at
.^ 5876.
5062*15 3
5047*1 5 A yellow.green line, only seen in " Helium
Puriss." and in •• Brdggerite, R/» and
**L.*' Thal6n gives the wave length
as 5048.
50x5-9 7 A green line seen in all the samples of
gas. Thal6n gives the wavelength
50x6. Young gives a chromospheric
line at 50x5*9.
49319 3
4922*6 xo A green line, seen in all the samples of
gas. Thal6n gives the wave-length
4922. Young gives a chromospheric
line at 4922*3.
4870*6 7 A green line, only seen in " Uraninite,
R." Young gives a chromospheric
line at 4870*4.
48473 7 A green line, only seen in •• Uraninite, R."
Young gives a chromospheric line at
4848*7.
4805*6 9 A green line, only seen in " Uraninite, R."
Young gives a chromospheric line at
480525.
4764*4 a There is a hydrogen line at 4764*0.
4735*1 10 A very strong greenish blue line, only seen
in •• Uraninite, R."
4713*4 9 A blue line, seen in all the samples of gas.
Thal6n's measurement is 4713*5.
Young gives a chromospheric line at
47»3*4«
4658*5 8 A blue line, only seen in «« Uraninite, R."
4579' X 3 A faint blue line, seen in ** Uraninite, R.**
Lockyer gives a line at 4580, from cer-
tain minerals. I can see no traces of
it in the gas from Br6ggerite. A hydro-
gen line occurs at 4580* x.
4559*4 3 Young gives a chromospheric line at
4558'9-
A faint blue line, seen in " Uraninite, R.*'
Lockyer gives a line at 4522, seen in
the gas from some minerals. Young
fives a chromospheric line at 4522*9.
t is absent in the gas l\rom Brdggerite.
A blue line, seen in •• Uraninite, R," but
not in the others. It is coincident with
the strong head of a carbon band in the
COa and Cy spearom.
There is a hydrogen line at 4498*75.
A very strong blue line, having a
fainter line on each side, forming a
close triplet. It is a prominent line in
all the samples of gas examined. Young
gives the wave-length 4471 8 for a line
in the chromosphere, and Lockyer
gives 447X for a hne in gas from Brog.
gerite.
44357 9 Seen io ^ HeUom Purist*"
4437' I X Young gives a chromospheric liae at
4437^.
4544-1
4520*9
45"H
4497*8
447«'5
3
XO
88
Spectrum of Helium.
I Sbbmical RIWSi
I Aug. 23. 1895.
Wave-
length.
Inteotity.
4428'X 10
44240 10
4399*0 10
43863
4378-8
4371-0
8
8
4348-4
10
4333*9 10
42987
4281*3
4271-0
5
5
4258*8
4227*1
7
5
41986
41899
4i«i*5
9
9
9
4178-1
X
4169-4
4157-6
6
8
4143-9
4xax-3
7
404**3
9
4026* X
4024-15
xo
6
40x2*9
40092
3964-8
7
7
10
3962*3
39482
4
10
3925*8
3917*0
3913-2
These two lines form a close pair. I can
only see them in •• Uraninite, R." No
trace of them can be seen in the gases
from other sources. Young gives
chromospheric lines at4426 6 and 4425*6.
A strong line, only seen in ** Uraninite,
R.'* Absent in the gas from the other
sources. Lockyer gives a line at 4398
in gas from certain minerals. Voung
gives a chromospheric line at 4398-9.
Seen in all the samples of gas. Young
gives a chromospheric line at 4385*4.
{These two lines form a pair seen in
** Uraninite, R," but entirely absent in
the others.
Seen in " Uraninite, R." Lockyer finds
a line at 4347 in the gas from certain
minerals*
Probably a very close double line. Seen
in " Uraninite, R '* and •• Cleveite, R."
Not seen in the other samples. Lock-
yer gives a line in the gas from certain
minerals at 4338.
Only seen in "Uraninite, R.*' Young
gives a chromospheric line at 4298*5.
Only seen in " Uraninite, R."
Only seen in " Uraninite, R." The
strong head of a nitrogen band occurs
close to this line.
Seen in all the samples of gas.
Only seen in ** Uraninite, R.*' Young
gives a chromospheric line at 4226*89.
1 These three lines form a prominent group
in «• Uraninite, R," they arc very faint
in " Cleveite, R,** and in ** Brdggerite,
L,'' but are not seen in *• Brdggerite, R."
An extremely faint line. Lockyer gives
a line at 4177, seen in the gas from
certain minerals, and Young gives a
chromospheric line at 4179*5.
Seen in <* Helium Puriss.'*
A strong line in ** Uraninite, R,'* very
faint in " Brdggerite, R," and »* L,*' not
seen in " Cldveite, R."
Strong in "Cleveite, R," in "Helium
Puriss.," and in ** Broggerite, L.**
It is faint in ** Uraninite, R,'* and not
seen in "Brdggerite, R." Lockyer
gives a line at 4145 in gas from certain
minerals.
Present in all the gases except " Cleveite,
R."
Present in " Uraninite, R," and "Cleveite,
R." Absent in the others.
(These lines form a very close pair, seen
in all the samples of gas, except
"Brdggerite, R." Lockyer finds a
line in Brdggerite gas at 4026*5.
Seen in all the samples of gas.
Seen in " Helium Puriss."
The centre line of a dense triplet. Only
seen in •• Cleveite, R," in •• Helium
Puriss.," and " Brdggerite, L." Hale
gives a chromospheric line at 3964.
Seen in all the samples of gas.
Very strong in " Uraninite, R,*' very faint
in "Cleveite, R," and noTseen in the
others. Lockyer finds a line in gas
Irom Brdggerite at 3947. There is an
eclipse line at the same wave-length.
Seen in " Helium Puriss."
Seen in " Helium Puriss."
Only seen in ** Uraninite, R," and
" Helium Purisa." Hale gives a
chromospheric line at 3913*5.
Wave-
length.
38905
3888*5
3885-9
38746
3867*7
3819-4
3800-6
37325
3705-4
3642-0
3633*3
36278
3613*7
35870
3447*8
3353-8
3247*5
3187-3
29449
25365
2479*1
24464
24x9*8
Intensity.
9
10
9
6
8
10
A very strong triplet, seen in all the
samples of gas. Lockyer finds a line
having a wave-length 3889 in gas
from Brdggerite. Hale gives a chromo-
spheric line at 388873. There is a
strong hydrogen line at 3889*15.
Only seen in " Uraninite, R."
Seen in " Helium P4iriss."
Seen in all the samples of gas. Deslandres
gives a chromospheric line at 3819*8.
4 Seen in " Helium Puriss."
5 Seen in " Helium Puriss." Hale gives a
chromospheric line at 3733*3.
6 Seen in all the samples of gas. Deslandfes
gives a chromospheric line at 3705*9.
8 Only seen in " Uraninite, R."
8 Seen in " Helium Puriss."
5 Only seen in V Uraninite, R."
9 Seen in " Helium Puriss."
5 Seen in " Helium Puriss."
8 Seen in " Helium Puriss."
5 Seen in " Helium Puriss."
2 Seen in " Helium Puriss."
10 The centre line of a close triplet. Very
faint in " Cleveite, R," and " Uraninite,
R," and strong in " Helium Puriss."
and in " Brdggerite, L." It is not
seen in " Brdggerite, R."
8 A prominent line, only seen in " Heliam
Puriss." and in •• Brdggerite, L."
8 Seen in " Helium Puriss." A mercury
line occurs at 2536*72.
4 Seen in " Helium Puriss."
a Seen in " Helium Puriss."
2 Seen in " Helium Puriss."
Some of the more refrangible lines may possibly be dae
to the presence of a carbon compound with the helium.
To photograph them a long exposure, extending over
several hours, is necessary. The quartz window has to be
cemented to the glass with an organic cement, and the
long-continued adion of the powerful indudion current
on the organic matter decomposes it, and fills the more
refrangible end of the spedrum with lines and bands in
which some of the flutingt of hydrocarbon, cyanogen,
and carbonic anhydride are to be distinguished.
There is a great difference in the relative intensities of
the same lines in the gas from different minerals. Be-
sides the case mentioned by Professor Kayser of the
yellow and green lines, 5876 and 50x6, which vary in
strength to such a degree as to render it highly probable
that they represent two different elements, I have found
many similar cases of lines which are relatively faint or
absent in gas from one source and strong in that from
another source.
Noticing only the strongest lines which I have called
" Intensity 10," " 9," or " 8," and taking no account of
them when present in traces in other minerals, the fol-
lowing appear to be special to the gas from uraninite : —
4735-1
4658*5
4428X
4424*0
4399-0
4378*8
437X-0
4348*4
4198*6
4x899
4x81*5
4x57*6
39482
3642*0
CHBafCALMlvt,!
Aoc.as. 1895- f
Helium and Argon.
89
The following strong lines are present in all the sam-
ples of gas :—
70655
66781
5876-0
50159
4922*6
47134
447«'5
43863
4258-8
4012*9
39623
38905
38885
3885-9
3819-4
3705*4
The distribution assigned to some of the lines in the above
Tables is subjeA to corredion. The intensities are deduced
from an examination of photographs, taken with very varied
exposures ; some having been exposed long to bring out
the fainter lines, and some a short time to give details of
strudure in the stronger lines. Unless all the photographs
have been exposed for the same time, there is a liability of
the relative intensities of lines in one pidure not being
the same as those in another pidure. Judgment is needed
in deciding whether a line is to have an intensity of 7 or
8 assigned to it ; and as in the Tables I have not in-
cluded lines below intensity 8, it might happen that another
series of photographs with independent measurements
of intensities would in some degree alter the above
arrangement.
In the following Table I have given a list of lines which
are probably identical with lines observed in the chromo*
sphere and prominencies : —
Vave-lengtht
Wave-lengths of
obsenredot
lotendties.
cbromotpberic lines,*
beliam.
Rowland's scale.
70655
10
70655
66781
10
66783
58760
30
5876-0
5015-6
6
50x5-9
49"-6
XO
49223
48706
7
48704
4847*3
7
4848-7
48056
9
480525
4713-4
9
47»3-4
4559'4
2
4558-9
45209
3
4522-9
4471-5
XO
4471*8
4437'
X
44372
4428-1
XO
44266
44240
XO
44256
4399-0
10
43989
4386-3
6
4385-4
42987
6
42985
42271
5
422689
4178-1
I
3^4-5 H.f
39648
XO
3948-2
XO
3945-2 H.
3913-2
4
3913-5 H.
38885
XO
3888-73 H.
3819-4
XO
3819-8 D.
3732-5
5
3733-3 ^
3705-4
6
3705 9 D.
* ** A Treatise on Astronomical Spedroscopy," by Dr. J. Scheiner,
translated bj E. B. Frost, Boston, 18914.
t Tbe wa¥e>leogths to wbicb the initials D. and H. are added are
wave-lengths of lines photographically deteded in the spedrum of
the cbromoapbere by Deslandres (D) and Hale (H). Their photo-
graphs do not extend beyond wave-length 3630. Professor Lockyer
(Roy. Soc, i'roc,, vol. Iviii., p. ti6. May, 1895) has already pointed
out fourteen coiocidencea between the wave-lengths of lines in terres-
trial beliam and in those observed in the chromosphere, the eclipse
lines, and stellar spcdra.
NOTE ON HELIUM AND ARGON.
By Prof. H. KAYSBR, of Bocw.
HiTHBRTo helium has been found only in a lew mineralt,
and we do not know as yet in what atate it ezista there.
It may therefore be interesting that I have found it in a
free state in Nature. Some time ago I received informs*
tion that in the springs of Wildbad, in the Black Forest,
bubbles of gas rise up which— according to an old analysts
of Fehling— contain about 96 per cent of nitrogen. As
in all such cases it is possible that considerable quanti-
ties of argon may be found, I submitted the gas to analjrsis.
About 430 c.c. were mixed with oxygen, and sparks were
caused to strike through it in presence of potassa-lye.
Tbe excess of oxygen was then removed by means of
potassium pyrogaUate. After desiccation there remained
9 c.c, which were filled into Geissler tubes for a spedro-
scopic examination of the gas. It showed the lines of
argon and helium, the latter not in a small quantity, as
its lines appeared very bright and could be readily photo-
graphed. Range and Paschen have found that the gas '
evolved from deveite and broggerite is a mixture of two
substances, one of which, helium, is most highly repre-
sented in the visible spedrum by the yellow line Dj,
whilst the other, not as yet named, is represented by the
green line \ss^of6 fiji. Both these elements are also
represented in the Wildbad gas, though it seems to me
that the second element is here in a smaller proportion
than in broggerite, as the green line is relatively feebler.
In this result it seems to me especially interesting that
thus for the first time a place has been discovered where
the two gases included under tbe name '* helium ** are
liberated and stream out into the atmosphere. Hence
free helium must be found in the air along with argon.
In fad, I have found in Geissler tubes which I had per*
sonally filled with the purest argon possible, — and that at
a time when I had not yet worked with heliumt so that
no admixture with it could have occuned in my labora*
tory, — on dired comparison with helium tubes the
presence of D3 in the argon spedrum ; and I have ob-
tained photographically the strong lines at 388*9 /i^. The
lines are certainly veiy faint, but I consider the presence
of helium in the air of Bonn ais beyond any doubc
Whether this presence of pases in the springs of Wild-
bad has any connedion with their hygienic efficacy, and
whether the gases occur in similar springs, the future
must show.
Bono, Aognst 10, 1895.
SYSTEMATIC ARRANGEMENT OF THE
CHEMICAL ELEMENTS.
By JULIUS THOMSEN.
After D. Mendeleeff and Lothar Meyer, twenty-six years
ago, had represented the properties of the chemical ele*
ments as a periodic fundion of the atomic weights, the
attempt was made to arrange the elements in a somewhat
different manner, so that their periodicity might come to
light as completely as possible. The original form which
both Mendeleeff and Meyer employed in their tables for
the exposition of periodicity contained the elements dis-
tributed in groups of seven members (partly, also, of ten
members), and the tables contained eleven such groups.
But it soon appeared that this division of the entire
number of elements did not present the desired periodicity
in a fully satisfadory manner, and the tables were modi-
fied in such a manner that only the two first groups re-
tained each the number of seven members, whilst the re-
maining elements were arranged in five groups each of
seventeen members, but of these groups only the two first
were approximately complete. But this form also had
considerable defeds; it is especially difficult to find for
go
Systematic Arrangement 0/ the Chemical Elements. {^AuglV^^ i^T'
EUctroposiiivi EUments
H I-
EUctroHegaiivt EUmtnts,
the elements of the numerous rare earthi a place suitable
to thecharaderof the entire svstem, since these substances
are closely conneded, and their atomic weight fall very
near together.
The arrangement which I have used, and which is given
in the following table, seems to me more satisfaAory.
Few words only are needful to explain the significance
of this arrangement. Hydrogen, as usual, forms the head
of the table. The other elements are divided into three
main groups, of which the first contains 2 + 7 elements,
the second 2+17, and the third 31 elements ; after which,
then, probably follows a corresponding series of 31 ele-
ments, of which, as yet, only two elements are known
(thorium and uranium).
The first two groups, each containing two series, quite
correspond to the arrangement now customary. But the
table shows an essential difference in the collocation of
the remaining elements in one series, beginning with
eleAropositive csesinm and concluding with the metalt
corresponding to the eledronegative members, hitherto
known only as far as bismuth. A division of the elements
of this group into two more classes is not possible if we
wish to carry out the charader of the entire arrangement
according to valence and eledrical charader.
The tau)le shows in perspicuous manner the relationship
of the elements. From hydrogen the lines coaneding the
kindred elements lead, on the one hand, to the eledro-
positive lithium, and, on the other, to eledronegative
fluorine, and between these two members the other two
members of the first series arrange themselves in the
known manner. The members of the second series of the
first group conned also in a known manner, each to a
kindred member of the first ; but in the transit from the
second to the third series, t.^., from the first to the second
group, the division already observed in hydrogen repeats
itself, each member of the second series being related to
CsratoAt Rtwr, I
Aug. aj, 1895. I
Determination 0} Small Quantities of Arsenic.
9*
the members of the third ; that is, with one member be-
longing to the eleAropositive part and another belonging
to the eledronegative part of the third series. Thus,
iodiam is related to potassium and copper, magnesium to
calcium and zinc, aluminium to scandium and gallium,
&c., and, lastly, chlorine with manganese and bromine.
There then remain three members of the third series
(iron, cobalt, and nickel), which form the transition from
manganese to copper.
The fourth series conneds itself in a known manner to
the third, just m in the first group the second series con-
neAt itself to the first. On the transition from the second
to the third group a similar behaviour takes place as on
the transit from the second to the third. Hence, also,
the affinity of the elements appears to be demonstrable in
two diredions ; partly in an electropositive and partly in
an eledronegative dire^ion. Just as we are led from
silicon of the first group on the one hand to titanium, and
on the other to germanium of the second group, so pass the
lines of affinity between the second and third group, #.^.,
from xirconium on the one hand to cerium with the atomic
weight 140, and on the other hand to an element not
definitely determined, with an atomic weight of about
i8x. Between these two elements are grouped a great
number of elements corresponding to the rare earths
which all display a close relation, as also the intermediate
elemenu of the third series from manganese to zinc.
Many of the elements of the fifth series have onl;^ been
partially investigated, and their nearest affinities in the
fourth series cannot be indicated with certainty ; yet we
tee various analogies among the better known elements.
The table gives an indication, by means of dotted lines,
such as that of cadmium and ytterbium (known by the
pecaliar formula of the sulphate).
The atomic weights in the table are carried to the
nearest whole numbers, and are merely to serve as
guides.
Of the elements of the rare earths, I have included in
the table all contained in the table of atomic weights pub-
lished by F. W. Clarke (yourn. Amer. Chtm, Soc, 1894,
«vi, 3).
Finally, I wish to draw attention to a curious fad, t.#.,
that the number of elements in the single series, i, 7, 17,
and 31, may be expressed by 1 + 2. 3 + 2. 5 + 2. 7. Prob-
ably this occurrence of the prime numbers x, 3, 5, 7, is
merely accidental.
Although the table here given differs from the customary
tablet only in its arrangement, I believe that it presents
in a very perspicuous manner the fadts which may be de-
duced from the periodic tytitta.—Ziitschrifi fUr Anorg,
ChemUt ix., p. 190.
QUANTITATIVE SEPARATION OF METALS
IN ALKALINE SOLUTION, BY MEANS OF
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE.
By P. JAVNASCH and H. KAMMERER.
I. Stparation of hianganisi and Silvir*
For leparating thete two metals we put into a small
beaker 0*7 to 0*8 grm. silver nitrate and an equal quantity
of manganeae-aromonium sulphate, with 10 c.c. concen-
trated nitric acid and the same volume of water. The
•oluiton is pouted into a mixture of 20 c.c. water, 50 hy-
drogen peroxide, and 40 concentrated ammonia, and the
wbde is covered and heated upon the water-bath for ten
to twelve minutes, whereupon the precipitate of hydrated
manganeae peroxide, which rapidly deposits, is filtered
off. The precipitate is most carefully washed, firstly with
a mixture of 8 parts by voluipe of water, 17 of hydrogen
peroxide, and 17 of strong ammonia, and finally with liot
water, incinerated, and lastly ignited before the blast
until the weight is coostant. The filtra.e. containing all
the silver, is heated on the water-bath until the ammoni-
acal odour disappears, acidified with concentrated nitric
acid, an J the silver is separated as chloride in the ordinary
manner.
The separation of manganese and silver proceeds ex-
tremely easily and smoothly. A single precipitation of
the manganese is perfe^ly sufficient, as the precipitate on
examination was found perfedly free from traces of silver.
In more complicated mixtures, #. ^., an alloy of silver,
bismuth, manganese, and nickel, the new process is de-
cidedly to be preferred to a preliminary precipitation of the
silver.
2. Separation of Bismuth and Cobalt,
As our initial material we used cobalt-ammonium sul-
phate and pure metallic bismuth. About 0*5 grm. of the
cobalt salt and 0*35 grm. bismuth are heated in a cruciblo
upon the water-bath with xo c.c. concentrated nitric acid
and 10 c.c. water until dissolved. In a second large por-
celain capsule we have in readiness a mixture of ao cc.
water, 50 hydrogen peroxide, and 50 concentrated ammo-
nia, into which we pour the metallic solution after the
addition of 10 c.c. concentrated nitric acid. After subai-
dence the bismuth precipitate (still including traces of
cobalt) is filtered off, and waahed first with a mixture of
hydrogen peroxide and ammonia, as above, then with
dilute ammonia (i : 2), and lastly with hot water. When
this has been thoroughly done the precipitate is dissolved
on the filter with hot dilute nitric acid (i : 3), noting the
quantity thus consumed, and then add to the cold bia-
muth solution so much concentrated nitric acid that ao c.c«
of it may again be present in the liquid. The bismuth is
then precipitated a second time exadly as before, the pre-
cipitate washed precisely as above, dried at 90% incine-
rated, and weighed as bismuth oxide in a platinum
crucible.
The precipitate, containing all the cobalt, is dried per-
feAly on the water-bath, and then heated strongly in a
large nickel air-bath until all the ammonium salts are
expelled. The residual cobalt salt is now taken up with
a little hot water, to which a few drops of hydrochloric
acid and a little hydrogen peroxide have been added, di-
luted to at most 100 c.c, and finally precipitated at a
boiling heat with a slight excess of pure soda, with the
simultaneous addition of some bromine. The precipitate
obtained is well washed, dried, incinerated (the filter
separately), and weighed as cobalti-cobaltous oxide. Or
the cobalt may be diredly precipitated from the original
ammoniacal solution with ammonium sulphide. This
precipitate must be heated for some time on the water-
bath until completely deposited, when it is filtered and
washed with hot water containing ammonium sulphide.
By the use of warm dilute aqua regia alternately with
hydrogen peroxide, it is easily pradicable to re-diasolve
the sulphide for the precipitation of the cobalt with toda
and bromine.— B#mAr#, 1895, No. ix, p. X407.
DETERMINATION OF SMALL QUANTITIES
OF ARSENIC.
By AD. CARNOT.
We possess already numerous methods for the determina-
tion of arsenic ; but these procedures, if convenient for
large proportions, leave much to be desired in the case of
slight quantities. But in a number of instances it is im-
portant to determine the latter with accuracy. We know«
for instance, that various metals — copper, iron, nickel, &c.
— lose in part their industrial value if they contain a pro-
portion of arsenic amounting to one part in a thousand.
Great precision is also necessary for the determination of
arsenic in mineral waters, where it sometimes plays a
most important part, although its proportion scarcely ever
attains some tenths of a m.grm. per Hue.
Volumetric Estimation 0/ Nickel.
I CBBMICAL KiBWt,
1 Aug. 23. X895.
The metbod which I am about to explain consists In
precipitatinji: the arsenic in the state of sulphide, trans-
forming the latter into arsenic acid by means of ammonia,
silver nitrate, and hydrogen peroxide. The arsenic acid
is then determined as bismuth arseniate, a compound very
insoluble in dilute nitric acid, the weight of which is
nearly five times equal to that of the element to be
determined.
The first operation is almost always the necessary com*
plement of the treatment required for isolating the
arsenic from other substances. According to the cases,
the precipitation of the arsenic is effeAed either by the
adion of sulphuretted hydrogen upon an acid solution
where it is present as arsenious or arsenic acid, or by the
decomposition by means of an acid of a solution in which
the arsenic is present as a sulpho-salt. Hence the pre-
cipitate is composed of a more or less important quantity
of free sulphur.
This mixtuie, after having been well washed, is treated
with hot ammoniacal water; this readily dissolves the
arsenic sulphide, leaving on the filter nearly all the free
sulphur ; the surplus will be precipitated by the following
operation :— We pour into the solution a sufficiency of
silver nitrate, which produces a precipitate of silver sul-
phide, and at the same time ammonium arsenite or
arseniate, according as the precipitate contained arsenic
trisulphide or pentasulphide. For the trisulphide, e^g.,
the transformation is represented by the following
equation : —
AsaS3+3AgaO.Na05-3AgaS.*.A8aOj-h3Na05.
It is heated with stirring for some minutes to colledl the
precipitated sulphide, and we satisfy ourselves that the
liquid is not tendered turbid by a furher addition of a
silver salt. We then add a few drops of pure hydrogen
peroxide (or at least containing no other acid than the
hydrochloric), which is without adion on silver sulphide,
but which, at once, in presence of an excess of ammonia,
converts arsenious acid into arsenic acid.
We heat again to near loo^ until the odour of ammo«
nia has totally disappeared, and we add a few drops of
nitric acid so as to slightly acidify the liquid. We thus
re'dissolve any silver arseniate which has been deposited
on the expulsion of the ammonia, and we precipitate in
the state of silver chloride all the chlorine which may
be derived from an imperfed washing of the arsenic sul-
phide at the outset, or from an impurity in the hydrogen
peroxide employed.
We co\\t€t on a filter the precipitates of silver sulphide
and chloride, and, after washing, pour into the filtrate a
nitric solution of bismuth subnitrate, containipg at least
five or six times as much of this reagent as there may be
arsenic in the substance under analysis.
We saturate with ammonia, and allow to boil for some
minutes. The white precipitate of bismuth hydroxide
and arseniate is allowed to subside, and the liquor Is de-
canted through a small tared filter. The precipitate on
the filter and in the flask is then dissolved by water con-
taining i/i5th of its volume of nitric acid at 1*310, and
the solution is caused to boil. This degree of dilution is
the most suitable for gradually dissolving the bismuth
hydroxide and leaving the arseniate ccmpletely insoluble.
Tl ere is formed a heavy crystalline precipitate, which is
colleaed on the small tared filter, and washed first with
water acidulated to ^\t and then with pure water. It is
dried at xio% and weighed.
The analysis of the precipitate leads to the formula—
AsaOjBiaOs -*- HaO.
It contains, therefore, in 100 parts, 21*067 of arsenic, or
32*303 parts of arsenious acid. The precipitate must be
weighed, diied, and not ignited, on account of the losses
produced at a red-heat by the redudive adlion of the
paper. A series of experiments prove that this method
'^ veiy certain and accurate.— Cow^/^j Rendui, cxxi., 20.
LONDON WATER SUPPLY.
Report on thb Composition and Quality op Daily
Samples op the Water Supplied to London
FOR THE Month Ending July 31ST, 1895.
By WILLIAM CROOKES, F.R.S.,
and
PROFESSOR DBWAR, F.R.S.
To Major-General A. De Courcy Scott, R.E.,
Watif Examimr, MitropoUs Water Act^ 1871.
London, Angoit latb, iSgS'
Sir, — We submit herewith, at the request of the
Diredors, the jpesu|ls of diir analyses of the 189 samples
of water colle6MdFby (is*flu^ng; the past month, at the
several places and on the several days indicated, from the
mains of the London Water Companies taking their
supply from the Thames and Lea.
In Table L we have recorded the analyses in detail
of samples, one taken daily, from July zst to July 3xst
inclusive. The purity of the water, in reaped to organic
matter, has been determined by the Oxygen and Com-
bustion processes ; and the results of our analyses by
these methods are stated in Columns XIV. to XVIII.
We have recorded in Table IL the tint of the several
samples of water, as determined by the colour-meter
described in a previous report.
In Table III. we have recorded the oxygen required to
oxidise the organic matter in all the samples submitted
to analysis.
Of the x8g samples examined one was recorded as
** slightly turbid," and one as "clear, but dull;*' the
remainder were clear, bright, and well filtered.
July has been the wettest month since November Iast»
when an excess of 2*49 inches of rain fell in the Thames
valley. The adual amount of rain during the month just
passed was 3*41 inches, and as the mean of 25 years is
2*58 there has fallen an excess of 0*83 inch. With the
exception of a heavy storm on the zst, the first half of
July was dry ; after the ist scarely any rain fell till the
i8th, the greater part falling between the i8th and 25th.
The high level of purity of the Thames-derived waters,
to which we drew attention in the report for June, was
sustained in July, notwithstanding the fad that turbidity
and peaty colouring-matters are always washed from the
land into a river by heavy rain following a drought. A
comparison of the chemical composition of the waters io
July and in June shows that the constituents are almost
identical in quantity.
We have continued to examine the samples drawn
from the clear water wells of the water companies at
their works, and from the unfiltered river water. The
unfiltered Thames water contained an average of 3425, and
the filtered water at the works contained 30 microbes per
cubic centimetre.
We are. Sir,
Your obedient Servants,
William Crookbs.
James Dbwar.
THE VOLUMETRIC ESTIMATION OF NICKEL
By THOMAS MOORE.
In a former number of the Chemical News (lix., t6o,
293) I described a volumetric method for the now indus-
trially important metal nickel. A great many assays
made by this process amply proved its reliability, and in
this communication it is proposed to describe a modifica-
tion by means of which ii is rendered one of the
most exad processes in analytical chemistry. Those
chemists who have employed the original method must
have noticed that its weak place lay in the use of cupric
ferrocyanide as indicator ; this, however, is now dispensed
CataicAL Ntwt,
Aof . aj, 189s
I
Report 0/ Committee on Atomic Weights.
93
with, and argentic iodide substituted. The principles
apon which the process depends may be thus described : —
li to an ammoniacal solution of nickel containing Agl in
suspension (argentic iodide being almost insoluble in weak
anunonia) there is added potassic cyanide, the solution
will remain turbid so long as all the nickel is not con-
verted into the double cyanide of nickel and potassium,
the slightest excess of cyanide being indicated by the
clearing op of the liquid, and, furthermore, this excess
nay be exaAly determined by addins a solution of silver
oDtil the turbidity is reproduced. It is a fortnnate cir-
cumstance that the complicated sidereaAions existing in
Parke's copper assay do not appear to take place with
nickel solutions, at least not when the temperature is
kept below ao^ C. This is fully borne out by the fad
that the potassic cyanide may be standardised on either
silver or nickel solutions with equal exadness. In
pradice it has been found bett to proceed in the following
manner : —
Solution of argentic nitrate, containing about 3 grms.
of silver per litre. The strength of this solution must be
known with as much accuracy as possible.
Potassic iodide, zo per cent solution.
Potassic cyanide, 22 to 25 grms. per litre. This solu*
tion must be tested every few days, owing to its liability
to change.
Standardising the Cyanide Solution,
This may be accomplished in two ways : (a) on a solo-
lion of nickel of known metallic contents, or (6) on the
argentic nitrate solution.
(a). First accurately establish the relation of the
cyanide to the silver solution, by running into a beaker
glass 3 or 4 cc. of the former ; dilute this with about
150 CO. of water, render slightly alkaline with ammonia,
and then add a few drops of the potassic iodide. Now
carefully run in the silver solution until a faint permanent
opalescence is produced, which is finally caused to dis-
appear by the further addition of a mere trace of cyanide.
The respedive volumes of the silver and cyanide solutions
are then read off, and the equivalent in cyanide of i cc.
silver solution calculated. A solution containing a known
quantity of nickel is now required. This must have suffi-
cient free acid present to prevent the formation of any
precipitate, on the subsequent addition of ammonia to
alkaline readion ; if this is not so, a little ammonic
chloride may be added. A carefully measured quantity
of the solution is then taken, containing about o'X grm.
of nickel, and rendered distindly alkaline with ammonia,
a few drops of potassic iodide added, and the liquid di-
luted to 150 to 200 cc. A few drops of the silver solution
are now mo in, and the solution stirred to produce a uni-
form turbidity. The solution is now ready to be titrated
with the potassic cyanide, which is added slowly and with
constant stirring until the precipitate wholly disappears ;
a few extra drops are added, after which the beaker glass
is placed under the argentic nitrate burette, and this solu-
tion gently dropped in until a faint permanent turbidity
to again visible; this U now finally cansed to dissolve by
the mere fradion of a drop of the cyanide. A corredton
most now be applied for the excess of the cyanide added,
by noting the amount of silver employed, and working
onl its viuue in cyanide from the data already found ; this
excess must then be deduded, the correded number of cc
being then noted as equivalent to the amount of nickel
MBmoyed.
(k). Having determined the relative value of the potas-
sic cyanide to the argentic nitrate, and knowing accurately
the metallic contents of the latter, then Agx 0*27x96
gives the nickel equivalent. This method is quite as
accvrate at the dired titration.
A modification of the above process, whereby one bu-
rette only is necessary, has been found verv convenient,
and has given most excellent results. It is based on the
following :^Wben a solution of potassic cyanide, con-
taining a small quantity of argentic cyanide dissolved in
it, is added to an ammoniacal solution of nickel contain-
ing potassic iodide, it is seen that argentic iodide is preci-
pitated, and the turbidity thus cansed in the solution
continues to increase up to the point where the formation
of the nickelo-potassic cyanide is complete ; any further
addition after this stage is reached will produce a clearing
op of the liquid, until, at last, the addition of a single
drop causes the precipitate to vanish* This final disap-
pearance is most distind, and leaves no room for doubt.
Such a solution ma^ be prepared by dissolving ao to 2$
grms. potassic cyanide in a litre of water, adding to this
about 0*25 grm. arffentic nitrate previously dissolved in a
little water. For urge quantities of nickel the quantity
of silver may advantageously be diminished, and vic4
versd. The value of the cyanide is best ascertained in
the manner already described, on a nickel solution.
Small quantities of cobalt do not seriously affed the
results, but it must be remembered that it will be esti-
mated along with the nickel; its presence is at once
deteded by the darkening of the solution. Manganese
or copper render the process valueless, so also does sine ;
the latter, however, in alkaline pjrrophosphate solution
exercises no influence. In the presence of alumina,
magnesia, or ferric oxide, citric acid, tartaric acid, or pyro-
phosphate of sodium may be employed to keep them in
solution. The adion of iron is somewhat deceptive, as
the solution, once cleared up, often becomes troubled
again on standing for a minute ; should this occur, a fur-
ther addition of cyanide must be given until the liquid is
rendered perfedly limpid. The temperature of the solu-
tion should never exceed 20° C. ; above this the results
become irregular. The amount of free ammonia has also
a disturbing influence ; a large excess hinders or entirely
prevents the readion; the liquid should, therefore, be
only slightly but very distindly alkaline. A word of
caution must be given regarding the potassic cyanide, as
many of the reputed pure samples are very far from being
so. The most hurtful impurity is, however, sulphur, as
it gives rise to a darkening of the solution, owing to the
formation of the less readily soluble argentic sulphide ;
to get rid of the sulphur impurity it is necessary to
thoroughly agitate the cyanide liquor with oxide of lead,
or, what is far more preferable, oxide of bismuth.
. As regards the exadness of the methods, it is unneces-
sary to give an array of figures. This much, however,
may be said, that, after a prolonged experience, extending
over many thousands of estimations, they have been
found to be more accurate and reliable than either the
eledrolytic or gravimetric methods, and when time is a
consideration the superiority is still more pronounced.
The employment of organic acids or sodic pyrophosphate
in the case when iron, sine, dc, are present, allows us to
dispense with the tedious separation which their presence
otherwise entails ; and this is a matter of considerable
importance in the assay of nickel mattes or German
silver.
Noomla, New Caledoaia.
REPORT OF COMMITTEE ON ATOMIC
WEIGHTS, PUBLISHED DURING 1894-*
By F. W. CLARKB.
To THi Mbmbsrs of thb Ambeicam Cbbmical Socxbty :
Your Committee upon Atomic Weights respedfuUy sub-
mits the following report, which summarises the work
done in this department of chemistry during 1894. Al-
though the volume of completed determinations is not
large, it is known that several important investigations
are in progress, from which valuable results may be ex-
peded in the near future. It is in this country that the
• From the Jourmat of the A mtncan Chemual Soeittyt vol. xvii..
No. 9. Rtad at the BoitOQ MMtim;, Dec aa. 1894.
94
greateal a^ivity exisU, and that the greatest progress is
being made at present; and the preparation of these
reports is therefore a peculiarly appropriate fundion of
the Society. The data for 1894 are as follows : —
The H : O ratio,^Kn interesting attempt at the indi-
red measurement of this ratio, which is the base line upon
which our system of atomic weights depends, has been
made by Julius Thomsen (Zeit, Phys, Chem,, xiii., 398).
His determinations are really determinations of the ratio
NHj : HCl, and were conduced thus: — First, pore dry
gaseous hydrochloric acid was passed into a weighed ab-
sorption apparatus containing pure distilled water. After
noting the increase in weight, gaseous ammonia was
passed thronght to slight excess, and the apparatus was
weighed a^ain. The excess of ammonia was then mea-
sured by titration with standard hydrochloric acid. In
ureighing, the apparatus was tared by another as nearly
like it M possibl^ containing the same amount of water,
Three sets of weighings were made, with apparatus of
different size, and these Thomsen considers separately,
giving the greatest weight to the experiments involving
the largest masses of material. The data are as follows,
HCl
with the ratio jf^ in the third column.
Report of Commit tee on Atomic Weights.
* Cbkmical Nbws,
t Aug, 23, l»95.
First Series,
Wt. HCl.
Wt. NH,.
RaUo.
5*1624
2*4x20
2*1403
3*9425
1*8409
2*14x6
4*6544
2*1739
2*14x1
3*9840
2*1409
5*3295
2*4898
2*1406
4*2517
1-9863
2*1405
4-8287
2*2550
21414
6-4377
3*oo68
2*1411
4-1804
1-9528
2*1407
5*0363
23523
2*1410
4*6408
2*1685
Second Series.
2*14x1
11*84x8
55302
2*14130
14*30x8
6*6808
2*14073
12*1502
5*6759
2*14067
"•5443
5*3927
2*14073
12-36x7
5*7733
Third Series.
2*14118
193455
9*0360
2*14094
19*4578
9*0890
2*14081
N = 14 and CI -35-5, it gives H = 1*0242; which is
most unsatisfadory. In short, the method followed by
Thomsen is too indired and subjed to too many possi-
bilities of error to entitle it to much weight in fixing so
important a constant as the atomic weight of oxygen. The
dired processes, followed by several recent investigators,
and giving O « 15*87 to 15*89 are much more trustworthy.
Meyer and Seubert {Ber, d, Chem. Ges,^ xxvii., 2770 ; see
also abstrad by Ostwald in Zeit. Phys, Chem., xv., 705),
in their criticism of Thomsen's work, have pointed out
some of its uncertainties.
In this connedion it may be noted that Scott's research
upon the composition of water by volume, cited by abstrad
in the report of last year, has been published in full in the
Philosophical Transactions , 1893, dxxxiv., 543.
Strontium.
The atomic weight of strontium has been re-determined
by Richards {Proc. Amer. Acad.^ 1894, 369) from analyses
of the bromide. The first ratio measured, after a careful
preliminary study of materials and methods, was that
between silver and strontium bromide. Of this ratio,
three sets of determinations were made, all volumetric,
but with differences of detail in the process. The weights
are as follows, with the ratio Aga : SrBra : : 100 *. x in the
third column :~
First Series.
From the sums of the weights Thomsen finds the ratio
to be 2*14087, or 2*13934 in vacuo. From this, using
Ostwald's redudion of Stas*s data for the atomic weights
of nitrogen and chlorine, he gets the ratio—
O : H : : 16 : 0-99946,
or almost exadly 16 : 1. In a later paper {Zeit. Phys.
Chem., xiii., 726), Thomsen himself re-calculated Stasis
data, with O » 16 as the basis of computation, and derives
from them the subjoined values for the elements which
Stas studied :—
Ag 107*9299
CI 354494
Br 799510
I 1268556
S 32-0606
Pb 206*9042
K 39*1507
Na 23*0543
Li 7*0307
N 14*0396
Combining these values for chlorine and nitrogen with
his ratio HCl : NH, he gels O : H :: 16: 0-9992. This,
however, is only an apparent support of Prout*s hypo-
thesis, for it depends on the aniiProutian determinations
of Stas. If we calculate from Thomsen's new ratio with
Wt. Ag.
Wt. SrBr,.
Ratio.
«*30755
210351
2-23357
536840
1*49962
24x225
6*15663
114-689
114-677
1x4-683
114-683
Sura 11-01303
12-63003
1x4-683
1*30762
2*10322
4*57502
536800
Second Series.
1*49962
2-41225
114*683
114*693
1x4*694
1x4*691
Sum 13*35386
15*31577
Third Series.
1x4*692
2-5434
3*3957
39607
4*5750
2*9x72
3-8946
4*5426
5*2473
114*697
114*692
114*692
114695
Sum 14*4748
16*6017
114-694
From these data we have, if Ag a 107*93, and Br «
79*955 iP ^ '6), the following results : —
From first series .. •• Sr a 87*644
„ second series •• 87*663
„ third series .. •• 87*668
In two additional series, partly identical with the fore-
going, the silver bromide thrown down was colleded and
weighed. I subjoin the weighings with the ratio 2AgBr :
SrBra in the last column.
First Series.
aAgBr. BrBr,. Ratio.
2-4415 16086 65*886
2*8561 1*88x7 65*884
6-9337 4*5681 65*883
65*8834
Sum 12*2313
8-0584
227625
3-66140
3-88776
9*34497
Second Series
1*49962
2*4x225
2*56x53
6*15663
Sum 19' 17038
12*63003
65*881
65*883
65*887
65-882
65-883
/
CBBMICAL NftW8,l
Aof. 23, itk.5. I
Chemistry of the Cyanide Process.
95
Frcm the firbt series ••
,, second leries*.
Sr
87*660
87-659
The average of all five series is Sr « 87*659.
(To b« cooUaaed.)
REPORT OF EXPERIMENTS ON THE
CHEMISTRY OF THE CYANIDE PROCESS,
AND NOTES ON ITS WORKING.
Nbw Process for Dbtbrminimg Cyanides.
Solubility op Gold in Double Cyanides and in
Hydrochloric Acid.
Phbnolphthalbin as an Indicator in Titrating
Potassium Cyanide.*
By O. A. OOYDER, F.C.S.,
Aoalytt and Asuyer to the Sooth Aastralian School oi llinet
and Indnstriet.
(Oosdaded from p. 82).
Another method of working the lixiviation process con-
•ists in closing the draw-off pipe and filling the vat with
water to the top of the filter bed ; the tailings are then
filled in and levelled, and the strong solution run on. As
the air cannot escape below it bubbles up vigorously
through the solution, and appears to form channels in the
tailings, which result in irregular percolation afterwards ;
as the solution sinks, more is added from time to time
ontil the vat is full, when a little of the water is drawn off
from below, and the solution it then left standing for
about twelve hours. The vigorous bubbling which takes
place in the vat also causes the mixture of the strong
solution with the residual water in the tailings, and thus
increases its bulk. The solution displaced by weak liquor
is ran off at a quicker rate than above, the rest of the pro-
cess being the same as there described. Judging the two
processes by the appearance of the solutions in the syphon
bdtlet, the former process gave a clearer effluent with
quicker changes from one solution to the other, and the
aolatioo became colourless at the end with less wash
water than the latter. As in the latter process the bulk
of solution had already been increased at the begin-
Ding the quantity of wash water at the end would have to
be reduced, or the volume of solution would become un-
manageable, and thus gold would be left in the tailings.
The importance of the above, and especially of a
thorough washing of the tailings after treatment by
granide, is emphasised by an instance described by
aldccott, Johannesburg Chem. and Met. Soc, July 28,
1894, in which he says : — ** In the re-treatment of a mass
ef residues by the African Gold Recovery Company, from
which on the average 70 per cent of the original gold had
already been extraded, the extraordinary fad was dis-
covered that their value was no longer 15 dwts., but
9 dwts. only. Explanations as to the reason of this dis-
crepancy were sought for in vain, until, when all the
residues had been re treated, the site they had occupied
was sampled, with the result that the top 3 ins. was found
to assay 38 dwts. of fine gold per ton, evidently derived
from the soluble gold produced by the cyanide solution
contained by the residues continuing to ad after dis-
charge, and being washed downward by the rain."
It is evident that the above was due to imperfed wash-
ing. Whether the cyanogen compounds left in the tail-
ings had already dissolved the gold when these were
thrown out or afterwards dissolved it is quite another
question ; but I believe the former was more nearly the
case than the latter, as assumed by Mr. Caldecott.
The time necessary for the lixiviation of a vat of tailings,
Ac, varies from tweniy-four hours, where the gold is very
fine and the solutions pass readily through tailings con-
taining little injurious mineral, to a week or even a fort-
night, where the gold is coarser, as in concentrates; but
in any case I believe that, wheie possible, it is advan-
tageous to let the solutions run through slowly and regu-
larly,so that they will all pass in the least time necessary
for the best payable extradion, reducing the strength of
the solution and increasing its bulk where the gold is
coarse, rather than to let the solution stand for some
time in the ore and then run it off qnicklv. In the former
case the solution is less liable to form channels, and the
rate of flow between the coarse and fine interstices is
more even than in the latter case. Also where the solu-
tion is always moving fresh cyanide is being constantly
brought into contad with the small particles of gold,
whereas when the solution is standing all the cyanide
near a small particle may soon become exhausted, and
fresh cyanide is only able to approach to the attack by
the very slow process of diffusion. In the experiments I
have made on the small scale the slow even flow gave the
best extra^ion in the least time, and no doubt it would
be the same on the working scale.
In the following Table the progress of lixiviation of a
vat is shown by analyses of samples drawn from the
syphon bottle at intervals of an hour, the solutions being
allowed to run continuously, the whole process occupying
less than twenty-four hours. The percentages of cyanide
given were determined with the addition of excess of
caustic soda, as above described, and therefore indicate
cyanide of potassium plus cyanide of zinc and potassium
plus some other double cyanides formed during the ex*
tradlion, but not including ferrocyanide of potassium, or
mercury, or copper-potassium cyanide. The strong solo*
tion used contained 0*3 per cent of potassium cyanide and
0*3 per cent of xinc-potassium cyanide, and the weak so-
lution 0*3 of xinc-potassium cyanide. Both solutions
contained between z dwt. and a dwts. of gold per ton re-
maining from previous operations.
Analysts of
BoitU at
of a Vat
No.ol
•ample.
Samplis of Solution takin from Syfkon-
Intervals of an Hour during the Lixiviation
of Tailings,
Appearance Per*
10 syphon- eentage of
bottle, cyanide in
•ample.
Gold per
ton of Solatioo mo to
•ample.
Nil 1 Waste water
Trace / tank.
Owu. On.
\ Small sine
I boxes.
X White Nil
a White o'ooa
3 '^^ti r<><>"
4 "^ S^ 0*056
5.. .. .. 2*1! oioa
6 i m| ^ 0270
8 « e o 0*424
9 S-i ^'441 10 13 .L«fge line
10 5 Jew 0499 6 la " boxes.
" >.%%t 0*540
13 ^^^l «*5oo
14 ^i"S.^ <^*404
15 1*2= ^ 0*302
16 *S^i 0228
17 °"rtS 0-200
18 V %^'^ 0180 2 14 I Small sine
19 ^- ^'^ o*'5o — I boxes.
20 -S ^- S 0095
21 j 0N 1^0*061
Left draining.. — —
I twill be noticed that the solutions do not pass as rapidly
from one to the other as they should do. This is in con-
sequence of the bottoms of the vats not sloping towards
the draw-off pipe, and causing a mixture of the solutions
in the vats. Had the vats been properly construded in
this respeA I believe the water, at the commencement,
could have been run off for another hour or more before
the gold appeared, and similarly at the end of the process
No. 16 to 18 should have shown 0*3 per cent cyanides,
and the percentages then run down rapidly ontil not more
than 0*005 should be contained in the tweilty«first hour,
9 x8
10 13
6 la
4 ao
a 14
■-'1
a 6
96
Chemistry of the Cyanide Process.
I ntBMICAL N BWt,
I Aug. 23, ifcg5.
while the gold in the same sample should not be more
than a trace. It is also very evident that had the first
two hoars* mnning been added to the cine boxes in addi-
tion to another hour's running of water at full speed, not
included in the table, the same amount would have been
left in at the end, and that all the gold indicated from 18
to 21 would thus have been left in the tailings in solution,
or the bulk of solution duly increased.
The next Table, which gives the result of a laboratory
experiment, is not stridly comparable to the last one, as
the ore was dry at the start and had not had the coarse
gold removed by the battery. The bottom of the appa-
ratus, however, sloped properly to the draw-off pipe, and
it will be noticed how rapidly the strength of the solution,
both in cyanide and gold, decreases after No. 15, when
the wash -water began to appear, and on the large scale
I believe it would decrease even more rapidly than this.
The percentage of cyanide in the solutions was determined
by the ordinary process, without the addition of caustic
alkali. It will be noticed that the solutions contain rather
more gold after standing than l>eforr, but much of the gold
in this stone was much coarser than would obtain in an
ordinaiy tailings, and a larger excess of cyanide was pre-
sent than would be the case on the working scale ; 3000
c.c. of cyanide solution, 0*2 per cent, was gradually poured
on the ore, and was colleded in lots of 200 c.c. for ana-
lysis.
Analysis of Solutions running from Experimental Perco-
lator during ihs Lixiviation of a Rich Sample con-
taining Coarse Gold,
Per cent of
200C.C. cyanide ID Gold per ton in' Rematks.
•ample. aample.
OzM, Dwtt. Grt.
!•• •• 0*044 490
2., •• OTO3 5 16 O
3.. •• 0-147 4 10 O
4.. •• 0*165 3 I o Stopped and left
standing 17
hours.
5.. .. o'i58 3 II o
6.. .. o*i8o 260 Stopped for 46
hours.
7.. .. 0154 2 20 o
8.. .. 0*172 2 12' o
9.. .. 0-172 180
10.* •• 0*172 o 19 o Stopped for 18
hours, and
wash • water
added.
II.. •• 0*145 o 12 o
X2.. .. 0*154 o 6 12
13.. .. 0-176 o 4 21
14. • .. 0*165 o 4 21
15.. .. 0*091 o 3 20 Wash- water be-
gins to show.
16 •• •• 0*015 o x8 Cyanide solu-
tion nearly
all gone.
17,. •• 0*005 trace
Some experiments were made at Mount Torrens to de-
termine whether by allowing each lot of solution added
to the tailings to drain away before adding more solution,
and so causing the air to penetrate the tailings intermit-
tently with the solution, a more perfeA extradion could
be attained. As, however, the results were no better than
by the usual method, and as unnecessary aeration pro-
motes loss of cyanide, it appears better to add the solu-
tions until the last wash water has been added as soon as
the previous lot has sunk to the surface of the tailings.
A sample of concentrates, mostly pyrites, received here
for testing as to its suitability for treatment by the cyanide
piocess, was found by a preliminary washing to contain
so much ferrous sulphate as to decompose cyanide of
potassium af the rate of about 150 lbs. per ton of con-
centrates. After washing, however, 67 per cent of its gold
contents were extracted without undue consumption of
cyanide. In last year's report I alluded to the Eureka ore
as requiring too much cyanide to be profitably treated by
that process. The basic salts in this ore are not readily
removed by washing ; but when the ore is passed through
the battery these salts are so effeAually removed as to
make the tailings readily amenable to treatment by cy-
anide. A sample analysed by me contained about \ per
cent of copper. W. R. Feldtmann {loc, cit.) recommends
that where tailings require a preliminary wash before
treatment by cyanide, that the washing should be done in
a separate vat reserved for that process only, as ** when a
water wash charged with acid out of the ore comes in
contad with residual quantities of cyanide solution lying
in the bottom and adhering to the sides of the tank, a cer-
tain (quantity of hydrocyanic acid gas is liberated, which,
diffusing through the whole tank, is capable of dissolving
a not inconsiderable amount of gold from the ore ; such
dissolved gold is not precipitated even if passed through
zinc, and is consequently run to waste with the water
wash.'* In this explanation Mr. Feldtmann appears to
assume that the solvent adton of hydrocyanic acid on
gold is at least equal to that of cyanide of potassium. As
I have seen no records of experiments on this point I
have just made one, placing a gold leaf in a bottle and
adding 50 c.c. of i per cent cyanide of potassium, to
which an equivalent of hydrochloric acid had just been
added to set free the hydrocyanic acid : after being left in
the bottom for four days, with occasional violent shaking,
the solution was filtered off from the undissolved gold,
and the gold dissolved was found to amount to 65 per
cent of the whole taken. The solvent adion of hydro-
cyanic acid on gold in the presence of air is therefore
decided, but very slow. A solution of cyanide of
potassium of 0*1 per cent would have dissolved the
whole of the gold leaf under similar circumstances in
about five minutes.
Judging, however, from the complete removal of soluble
salts from the Eureka ore in passing through the battery,
it appears to me that with a sample of tailings containing
deleterious soluble salts, and not requiring to go through
the battery, these salts could be most effedually removed
by passing the tailings over a shaking table, using plenty
of water.
The large quantity of cyanide of potassium decomposed
by ferrous and other soluble metallic salts points to the
advisability of transferring the tailings, and especially
those containing pyrites, from the pits to the vats with
as little exposure to damp air as possible, and also of
testing the water running from the vats before the addi«
tion of cyanide to ascertain whether a preliminary waeb
is required.
In order to ascertain whether the gold left in the
tailings after treatment by cyanide could be extraded by
further treatment, I procured from Mr. L. W. Grayson a
sample from the tailings heap at Mount Torrens, and
treated a portion of it with excess of i per cent cyanide
of potassium by continuous percolation for forty-eight
hours, thoroughly washing out the cyanide at the end.
The tailings before treatment contained gold at the rate
of X dwt. 13 grs. per ton, of which 8 grs. were extra^ed
by the above treatment. The same sample was again
treated in a similar manner by fresh solution, but only
yielded i gr. per ton. The same sample was then treated
with a large excess of strong bromine water during three
days, percolating during the day and stopping with the
percolator full during the night. During this treatment
the small quantity of pyrites present was oxidised, bat 00
gold was dissolved.
The sample was then removed from the percolator,
dried, and separated by sieves into three grades, which
were assayed separately with the following result — the
number of the sieves represent holes per linear inch : —
Two per ctnt, retained by 3o-sieve, assayed 8 dwts. 3 gis.
of gold per ton ; 29 per cent, retained by 6o-sieve, a&>
CaiMICALMtWfil
Chemtcal Notices from Foreign Sources.
97
•ayed a dwts. 7 grs. of gold per ton ; 69 per ceot, which
pasMMi 6o-tieve» auayed 14 grs. of gold per ton, from
which it was calculated that the gold would be divided as
Ibllowt in a ton of the tailings : — Three grains of gold
would be contained in 45 Ibt. of coarse tailings ; 17 ^.
of gold would be contained in 650 lbs. of medium
tailing!; xi grt. of gold would be contained in 1545 lbs.
of fine tailings.
Another sample treated in a similar manner yielded :~
ao'6 per cent, retained by 4o*Bieve, assayed 3 dwts. 7 grs.
of gold per ton; ia*o per cent, retained by 6o-8ieve,
assayed a dwts. of gold per ton ; 67*4 per cent, that
passed 60-sieve, assayed x dwt. 4 grs* of gold per ton.
Tbeiefore, 16 grs. of gold would be contained in 460 lbs,
of coarse tailings ; 5 grs. of gold would be contained in
ayo lbs. of medium tailings ; x8 grs. of gold would be
cootained in X5X0 lbs. of fine tailings.
Another sample of tailings which had been treated by
cyanide contained 3 dwts. of gold per ton, and yielded
I dwt. to further treatment as above by cyanide, and the
gold remaining was equally distributed in the coarser and
iner portions.
It would therefore appear that this rebidual gold cannot
be extraded by solvents without further comminution of
the tailings, and must therefore be surrounded by matrix
impermeable to the solutions. It is further evident that
in the above-cited cases the tailings could hardly pay the
cost of concentration, re-crushing, &c., necessary to ex-
txMA some of the balance of the gold.
During my stay at Mount Torrens in April, I inferred
from the method in which the cyanide process worked
that the double cyanide salts present in the sump liquors
must have a considerable solvent adion on gold, and
ibnnd on testing some of these sump liquors that they
dissolved gold leaf at about a third of the rate of alkaline
cyanide. After my return, therefore, I prepared some of
these double cyanides and purified them by crystallisation,
several times repeated, and found that zinc potassium
cyanide dissolved gold in the presence of oxygen with the
produdion of gold potassium cyanide and oxide of zinc ;
part of the cyanide also appeared to be transformed into
aorocyanide of potassium and auricyanide of zinc, zincate
of potash being also produced thus :—
K2ZnCy4-|-Au2+OaaKAuCyt+2nO, and
4K«ZnCy4+4Au+30a-
« Zn( AuCy4)a+ aKAuCy4+ 3Zn(0K)a.
The cyanide of copper and potassium readed in a
similar manner, but somewhat more slowly.
The double cyanide of mercury and potassium does not
appear to dissolve gold, even after four months* contad,
with occasional shaking. This experiment, however, is
not yet finished.
I have not yet tested the double cyanide of calcium and
potassium, which may be present in sump liquors from
double decomposition, but probably it would be a better
solvent for gold than the zinc double salt.
Accordin|( to W. R. Feldtmann (Bngin4tr and Mining
yaumalt Iviii., X894. ^'S* ^ig) the African Gold Recovery
Company have made sone experiments recently, showing
that zinc potassium cyanide has a solvent adion on gold
in its ores and in the absence of any free potassium
cjraoide.
I have not yet had time to investigate the nature of the
double salts formed in the lixiviation process apart from
those formed in the zinc boxes, but believe there must be
some double salt (or salts) formed which is more adive as
a solvent for gold than the double zinc salt. Possibly it
may l>e the double iron salt, KaFeCy4, but this is quickly
converted by excess of cyanide of potassium into ferro-
cyanide of potassium, which I find takes months to dis-
solve gold leaf. I have not had time to determine the
rcadtons involved.
To the solvent adion of these double salts on gold,
especially on ores containing copper or other ** refradory*'
miAeials, the success of the cyanide process is without
doubt to a large extent to be attributed.
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
Thi Chsmistry of Urim, A Pradical Guide to the Ana«
lytical Examination of Diabetic, Albuminous, and Gouty
Urine. By Alfred H. Allbn, F.I.C, F.C.S., Past
President of the Society of Public Analysts, ftc. 8vo.,
pp. 3X2. London : J. and A. Churchill. X895.
The author of this manual tells us that he has been led
to take up thoroughly the chemical examination of urine,
with especial reference to the requirements of physicians
called on to ad as referees for Life Assurance Companies
as well as in questions of diagnosis and prognosis, tience
Mr. Allen has given special attention to the examination
of diabetic, albuminiferons, and gouty urines. It has not
been his objed to produce a complete manual of urinary
analysis.
The various methods for the scrutiny of urines are
critically examined, and the conditions of their trust*
worthiness or fallibility are carefully expounded. Hence
the book will be of sterling value not merely to phjrsicians,
but also to analysts, especially such as have not made
this department of chemistry a leading study.
Thi ConmUnct-MiUr^ Oirman PattnU No. 81,265.
(Der Consistenz-Messer, D.R.P. 8x,a65). Berlin:
Bernhard Paul.
This pamphlet is in substance the very voluminous spe-
cification of a German patent. The author, Dr. Weiss,
has devised an instrument by which the amount of solids
contained in an extrad, solution, &c., is estimated by the
sinking of a suspended disc. Tne procedure is applied to
fatty oils, solutions of gums, sugars, milks, t>eers, to
the determination of starch in grain, in potatoes, seed*
cakes, ftc.
The general question arises, whether patents for
any analytical or other scientific appliance are not ob-
jedionable on the same principle as is a patent for an
analytical procedure.
CHEMICAL NOTICES FROM FOREIGN
SOURCES.
NoTB.~AU degrees of temperature ate Centigrade ooless otberwist
expressed.
CompUs Rendm Htbdomadairts des Skances^ de VAcademii
des Scientti. Vol. cxxi.. No. 4, July 22, 1895.
Osmotic Phenomena produced between Ether and
Bt hylic Alcohol, through different Diaphragms.—F.
M. Raoult.— The author's experiments prove that the
osmose between two given liquids may not merely vary
greatly in ener^, but even change its diredion with the
nature of the diaphragm, and that the osmotic naovement
of substances through the diaphragm may be absolutely
independent of their molecular weight and of their ftmdion
as dissolved bodies or as solvents.
Adion of Phenyl Isocyanate upon certain Acids
and Ethers.-— A. Haller.— Not suitable for useful abstrac-
tion.
On Crystalline Anhydroua Manganese Hydrate.**
A. Bourlot. — This paper will be inserted in full.
Certain Properties of Compounds of Ferrous Chlor-
ide and Nitric Oxide.— V. Thomas.— The author seeks
to ascertain whether the compounds which he has recently
obtained {Comptis Rendus^ Feb. 28th and July 8th, 1895)
are or are not dissociable. He concludes from his experi-
ments that none of the three compounds described has a
tension of dissociation appreciable at the ordinary temper-
ature. There is a very decided difference between the
Chefnical Notices from Foreign Sources.
I Chbhical News,
• Aug. as. 1895.
bmpounds obtained by M. Gay in the state of solution
and thoie which the author has obtained by the dry way.
On some Alkaline Phosphides.— C. Hngot.— The
two phosphides P5K and P3K, the preparation of which
he describes, are decomposed by moist air with disengage-
ment of hydrogen phosphide. If an excess of ammonium
is caused to an upon red phosphorus we obtain new com-
pounds which the author is studying.
Specific Heats of Superfased Formic and Acetic
Acids. Modifications to be introduced into Reg-
naolt's Thermo-calorimeter for the Determination of
the Specific Heats of a great number of Superfused
Liquids. — MM. Massol and Guillot.— The specific heats
in the solid state are much higher than the specific heats
in the liquid state. The specific heat in the liquid state
decreases with the temperature. In the state of super-
fusion the specific heat augments slightly.
Synthetic Formation of Mixed Alcohols.— Louis
Henry. — The reaaional capacity of methanal with nitro-
methane, nitro-ethane, and nitro-isopropane corresponds
to the number of hydrogen atoms enclosed in the carbon-
itic system.
-i- (NOa).
I
Oxidation of Inadive Campholenic Acid. — ^A. Behal.
— Not suitable for abridgment.
Constitution of Vegetable Albumenoid Substances.
— E, Fleurent.— The failure of the proportion—
N determined
— — a I
N calculated
is due to the presence in gluten, caseine, and vegetable
fibrine of a glutamine group, and in legumine and vege-
table albumen of an asparagine group.
No. 5, July 29, 1895.
Adtion of Aniline upon Mercurous Iodide. —
Maurice Francois. — The decomposition of mercurous
iodide by aniline is limited, andjt is the same with the
combination of mercuric iodide and mercury in presence
of aniline. The author finds that when a state of equili-
brium is reached the liquid always contains, at the
boiling-point of aniline (iSa*), 26*35 &tas. mercuric iodide
in 100 grms. of the mixture. The adion of aniline upon
mercurous iodide is comparable to the adion of water
upon bismuth nitrate, mercuric sulphate, ftc, studied by
M. Ditte, and follows analogous laws.
Adtion of Hyponitric Anhydride upon Campho-
lenic Acid.— MM. A. B6hal and Blaise.— If we fix a mol.
of NOa. and treat the blue liquid with a saturated solu-
tion of potassium bicarbonate, there remains a blue
insoluble oil, which soon solidifies. When re-crystallised
from alcohol at 80° it forms slender blue laminae, fusible
at 134*5, havine the composition CX0HJ5NO3. It is neu-
tral, does not decompose alkaline bicarbonates, and may
be obtained in two modifications, which may be named
cemleonitrosocampholcnolide and leucooitrosocaropho-
lenolide.
The Condensation • ProduAs of Isovaleric Al-
dehyd. — L. Kohn. — The author has obtained two pro-
duds ; the one, boiling at 82** under a pressure of 15 m.m.,
seems identical with that studied by Kekul^, Fittig,
Beilstein, and others, and probably with the produd ob-
tained by Barbier and Bouveault. The second produd is
an oil of feeble odour, colourless, boiling at 140° under a
pressure of 18 m.m. It seems to be a polymer of valerol.
The Determination of Boric Acid.— MM. H. Jay
and Dupasquier. — This paper will be inserted in full.
Ifevtie VnivcrselU des Mints et de la MetallurgU,
Vol. XXX., No. 2.
Tbii iiaue contaiai no chemical matter.
MISCELLANEOUS.
Responsibilities of Manufadurers in Germany. —
The following remarkable decisions against employers
have been lately given by the ** Reichs versicherungs
Amt *' :— a. The death of a workman in consequence
of drinking, at the Works, out of a bottle containing
hydrochloric acid, in mistake for a bottle of " schnaps**
which the deceased had brought with him. 6. Malicious
poisoning by a fellow* workman, on the pretext that
the quarrel was due to a disagreement over work. c.
Injuries from the explosion of a dynamite cartridge
which workmen on strike had left on the premises
with criminal intent. d, A workman was over-
whelmed with stones, &c.,in a quarry; afellow-workman,
suffering from palpitation, was so excited that he died,
e. In order to cure an injury to the fingers, received whilst
at work, a labourer was sent by his employers to a medi-
cal institute at Hamburg. Whilst there (in autumn,
1892) he died of cholera, and his death was decided to be
a working disaster. (Waich of these decisions is the
most signally inequitable might be the subjed of a pro-
longed discussion.) - Chimikir Ziitung*
On Periodical Fludtuations of the Intensity of the
Earth's Gravity, and their Influence on Determina-
tions of Atomic Weights.— Dr. G. Paul Drossbach. —
If a metallic cone with a very obtuse optical angle is
brought in contadwith a mercurial horison, the slightest
fluduations of the level of this cone must present the
most different resistances conceivable to a quantity cur-
rent. For the experiment the cone is suspended to a
metal spring. The resistance varies from morning to
evening, all accessory causes being of course taken mto
account. The difference of gravitation was compensated
by the addition of weights and thus diredly determined.
The difference between morning and evening seems to be
o'oo8 grm. per 100 grms. This indicates a speed of the
movement of gravity of about 380 to 400 ni.m. The
difference between midnight and noon seems to be
rather greater, so that the maximum effed of gravitation
falls at midnight and morning. — Chimikir Ziitung,
DEPARTMENT OF SCIENCE AND ART.
ROYAL COLLEGE OP SCIENCE, DUBLIN.
Required a Demonstrator of Chemistry and
AMaying.— For particulars apply to Sbckbtary. Royal Col-
lege of Science, Doblin.
HARRIS TnSTITUTE, PRESTON.
Wanted, an Assistant to the Professor of
Chemistry. A pra<ftical knowledge required of General and
Agricultural Chemistry, with some experience in Analytical work.
Salary, £100 a year. Applications, stating qualifications, and accom-
paniel by copies of three Testimonials, to be forwarded before the
ist of September, 1895, xo—
T. R. JOLLY, Secretary.
N OTICE.
The STUDENTS* NUMBERof the Chemical
News will be published on Friday ^ September
6th, Gentlemen holding official positions in
the Universities f Medical Schools ^ ^., of the
United Kingdom, where Chemistry and Physi-
cal Science form a part of the education, who
have not yet forwarded the necessary informa-
tion to our Office for publication in that
Number, will confer a favour by sending it
with the least possible delay.
Advertisements for this Number should reach
the Office not later than Wednesday^ th^
Sept.
Ctmouti.
A«(. JO, >I9S
rtS^} Spectrum of Ramsay's Compound of Argon and Carbon.
99
THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
Vol. LXXII.. No. 1866.
THB SPECTRUM OF RAMSAY'S COMPOUND
OF ARGON AND CARBON.
By WnXIAM CROOKES. F.R.S., fte.
In the Chbmical News for the and of Augait last (vol.
honi., p. 51) Profetfor Ramsay aoDounced the probable
esisteDce of a compound of argon and carbon formed by
an eledric arc between purified carbon poles in an atmo-
sphere of argon. Professor Ramsay kindly filled a quart-
ended tube for me with the resulting gas at the requisite
degree of exhaustion for the greatest luminosity, and I
have taken several observations on its spedrum, both by
the eye and photographically.
The eye obeervations show an extremely luminous
■peamm, in which many of the stronger lines of argon
are visible. Measuremenu were taken of the following
arfoo lines:—
7646
5909
51858
7506
5887
5165
7058
5834
4879
6965-6
5803
45095
6664
5771
4335
6407
5651
4272
6173
5610
42595
6045
5557
4201
6038
54965
4159*5
On comparing these with the extended table of the
arfoo spedbrum given in the Chbmical News for August
9th, it will be seen that they include all the strongest
lines in the visible speArum. Others, less intense, would
probably have been seen bad not the luminosity of the
continuous spedrum interfered with vision.
Examination of the photographs show that in the ultra-
Ttolet portion of the spedrum there are also many argon
lines, but a little above wave-length 3400 the strong lines
diM to water-vapour interfere too much to allow the argon
lines to be deteded.
The higher portions of the visible spedrnm show
finely channelled groups. These are very prominent
in the photographs, and on superposing them on photo-
graphs of beniene vapour, carbonic anhydride, and cyano-
gen, taken under identical conditions, it is seen that the
channelled bands are due to a carbon compound, the
argon-carbon bands being identical with some of those
of cyanogen and carbonic anhvdride, and not so strong.
I have looked in vain for hues which are not in the
argon, carbon, or water-vapour spedra, and have not
Ibund any. . ^
The spedrum of water-vapour is due to moisture, the
IS not having been perfedly dried before it was sealed
J the tube.
The argon lines are probably caused by excess of argon
Mixed with the argon-carbon compound, the mode of
Ibrmation making it very unlikely that all the argon had
nnited with carbon.
Professor Ramsay informed me that the nitrogen had
all been removed from the aigon before it was sub-
niued to the adion of the arc, and special precautions
were also taken to remove occluded gases from the carbon-
^Tbe coincidence of some of the bands of the new com-
poond with those of cjranogen must not be used as an argu-
nent in favour of the theory that argon is a condensed
form of nitrogen. Most volatile compounds of carbon
have very simuar spedra. If photographs of the spedra
oC carbonic anhydride, carbonic oxide, bensine-vapour,
Eu
cyanogen, dc, are superposed, there will not only be seen
a general resemblance between them, but in many of the
systems of fluted bands there is absolute identity. All
that can be said, therefore, is that the compound of argon
and carbon gives a similar spedrum to that of most carbon
compounds.
I have looked in vain lor any line of helium in this
spedrum.
London, Aofvst 14, 1895.
THB BLUE SPBCTRUM OF ARGON.
Br Prof. H. KAYSBR.
In the following Table I give a preliminary list of the
wave-lengths of the lines of the blue argon-spedrum
between X>b340 /i/a and X»52o /i/i.
The gas was prepared from atmospheric air, first by
copper and magnesium, then by sparking in the presence
of caustic potash and absorbing the oxygen by pyrogallic
acid and caustic potash. Finally, the gas wis dried by
phosphorus pentoxide. At different times small quantities
of argon were thus prepared, and many Geissier tubes
filled at a pressure of 2*2 m.m., which seemed to give the
best results. With a Leyden jar and air break a TOautiful
blue light is produced. The spedrum was photographed
with a large Rowland concave grating of 2X feet radius.
The different tubes all gave the same lines, only one tube
showed the hydrogen lines, and in another appeared the
strongest lines of the red argon spedrum. I have photo-
graphed also the red spedrum, which appears without a
Leyden jar, but have not yet finished the measurement
and calculation of the plates. The two spedra have no
lines in common, as far as I see.
For the calculation of the wave-lengths in every case
the spark spedrum of iron was photographed at the
same time on the plates, so that no shifting of the two
spedra could occur. For the wave-lengths of the iron
lines Rowland's standards were taken.
The numbers in the Table are means of 3 to 6 inde-
pendent measures ; the stronger lines may have an error
amounting to o'oox /i/a. but the weaker ones are less ac-
curate, and it is not impossible that in a few cases there
may be an error of o*ox ><^ 10 signifies the greatest in-
tensity, X the weakest. The lines of the blue argon
spedrum do not appear among the Frauenhofer lines, as
appears from a comparison with Rowland's publications
on the lines of the solar spedrum.
I shall soon add the red, yellow, and the remaining
ultra-violet part of the blue spedrum, and also the red one ;
then I shall also discuss these spedra for series. I wish
only to state yet, that the red argon line at 7067 fifi is
not coincident with the red helium line at 706*5 ^i/i, but
has a greater wave-length.
3454*291
3464-387
3466333
3476*92 1
3478385
3480643
349x019
3491-420
349«705
34998x2
3502342
35037«5
3509475
3509-962
35» 1-284
35 "790
35«4-354
35x4-561
3517*942
3520x79
3521-428
3522098
3535-517
3545-778
3546-0x6
3548705
3559707
356x2x8
3565-223
35768x0
358x804
3582550
3588634
3592-23 X
3606*072
3622*362
3638-025
3640024
3651x32
3655-465
2
X
3
5
5
2
8
7
a
8
4
7
9
X
2
2
7
a
I
3
lOO
Separation of Gold and Stiver from Iron and Steel. { '
Aug. 30, 1895.
3656*264
3660*636
3669632
3678*476
3680-075
3692736
3712963
3716667
3717316
3718 393
3720609
3724563
3729464
3738-084
3750-294
3753768
3756529
3763718
3765-461
3766-3x7
3770721
3776885
3781*022
3786558
3795*512
3799-615
3800-429
3803383
3808754
3809645
3825-831
3826-983
3830-603
3841706
3844-905
3845536
3850-721
3858467
3868700
3872345
3874288
3875*4«3
3880*432
3891547
3892-118
3900750
3907896
3911-678
3914-918
3925897
3928750
3931-348
3932705
3937'2o8
3944-4x2
3946275
3952-868
3960-620
3968499
3974-662
3979 5«7
3992-208
4013997
4023730
4034-0C9
4035 630
4038-968
4043-047
4053-118
4072-158
4072587
4076-869
4077207
4079732
4080-850
4082553
z
I
X
2
X
X
X
I
I
3
I
I
9
3
X
X
X
3
5
2
2
X
6
2
3
2
X
2
I
3
X
3
I
I
X
X
8
2
6
2
X
3
X
2
4
X
X
X
3
3
7
X
4
X
4
3
X
2
3
X
3
2
6
X
2
2
2
4
I
7
3
2
2
2
z
X
4089*041
4ii»4-io2
4112-915
4131-919
4x46*761
4156-293
4x78*477
4179-478
4183-109
4199-226
4202-1x5
4203592
4218-867
4222848
4227-142
4228*30 X
4229*059
4229-874
4237*397
4266-385
4275330
4277-720
4283*084
4298-215
4300-817
4309*317
4331-359
4332-205
4333-701
4335*471
4337-258
4343-912
4345-330
4348*231
4352-374
4362*240
4367*963
4370-92X
437i'504
4375*266
4376*129
4379-832
4383*900
4400*269
4401 *x65
4408*102
4421*102
4426-170
4430-365
4431*176
44340x0
4439-541
4443-545
4449-128
4460*683
4475035
4482-000
4498874
4503*099
4545-231
4579-531
4589087
4609750
4658-070
4727*032
4736069
4765*030
4806' 185
4847965
4897*997
4965-234
5009*615
50X7-42X
5062-258
5145-659
Bono, July la, 1895.
I
7
I
4
I
2
I
I
2
I
2
1
3
3
2
5
X
X
3
6
X
6
3
I
2
2
6
3
2
X
I
2
I
10
4
2
X
4
4
X
3
6
2
3
5
X
X
9
6
4
2
X
I
2
2
2
5
X
I
5
5
5
6
4
4
5
3
6
3
4
2
2
X
2
2
ON THE PRODUCTION OF CITRIC ACID
FROM CANE-SUGAR.
(Second Note).
Br Dr. T. L. PHIPSON.
When I published my recent note on this sabjeA I should
have remarked that Prof. Maumen6 {CompUs Rtndus,
April 8, 1895) had already obtained two new organic acids
by the a^ion of permanganic acid on cane-sugar ; and
that Liebig formerly announced that he had obtained
tartaric acid by the adion of dilute nitric acid on sugar.
I have found that in the grape, the apple, &c., these
acids disappear as the sugar is formed, from the outside
to the inside of the fruit, and that the remaining acid is
concentrated around the seed, probably aAing as an anti-
septic until germination ensues. It is thus evident that
organic acids are formed in fruits before the sugar it
formed, and that the sugar may possibly be derived from
them. Nevertheless, the ease with which sugar is con-
verted into carbonic acid, formic acid, oxalic acid, &c.,
and its original produAion from the starch of the seed
during germination, points to the possibility of all other
organic acids devoid of nitrogen being obtainable from
sugar.
In treating cane-sugar in the cold with permanganic acid
as described in my first note, I obtained an acid having
some resemblance to citric acid, but no sufficient quantity
was obtained to prove its real nature, and I have since
been unable to repeat this experiment, but hope to do so
shortly. I found, however, that other acids are liable to
be formed at the same time, according to the degree to
which oxidation is allowed to proceed.
Some chemists who have repeated my first experiment
have only succeeded in obtaining sulphate of lime. Pro-
bably they used too much sulphuric acid, and did not
separate the organic acid by alcohol as I did.
The Cau Mia Laboratory, Putney,
London, Augutt 20, 1893.
SEPARATION OF GOLD AND SILVER FROM
IRON AND STEEL.
By H. N. WARREN, Retearch Analyst.
To make an accurate and complete analysis of either iron
or steel, as is well known, frequently requires a consider-
able quantity of the sample under examination to become
dissolved or otherwise aded upon, in order to ascertain
the various constituents present, which are otherwise
rendered latent by the large excess of iron associating
them. But cases are few and far between where 4 lbs.
in weight have to be operated upon, as was the case last
week at the Research Laboratory, when an extraordinary
examination was required in order to ascertain the relative
amounts of both gold and silver present. For examina-
tion and estimation of stiver 4 lbs. in weight of each
sample were seleded, the produA being bar iron of one
inch circumference ; each bar was attached to the posi-
tive of a battery of 3 volts 40 amperes, whilst a carbon
eledrode furnished the negative, dilute vitriol being
employed as the solvent. Dissolution was completed in
forty-eight hours, save a thin wire of iron, which was
allowed to remain in order to ensure retention of the
silver present in the carboniferous residue.
The residue was next dried and intimately mixed Mrith
an excess of chemically pure litharge and reduced in the
usual way. The silver separated by cupellation, and gold
by parting.
Of the four samples thus treated, the stiver, being esti-
mated as percentage of the carboniferous residue,
amounted to as follows: — Iron of Swedish origin, 0*8;
silver from Shortridge and Howel, 0*055 t ^^ Moor iron,
CSBMICAl. MBWS, I
Anc. so, 1895. I
Reform in Chemical, Physical^ and Technical Calculations. 101
o'loo; Dannemora, 0*064; i° c^ch case traces of gold
were obtained by partiofi;.
BarB of steel Bimilarly treated yielded percentages
approximating o 078, 0*043, 0*098, 0*032.
Liverpool Resemrch Laboratonr,
i8,Albioo Street, £vertoo, Liverpool.
GRADATION IN PRESSURES.
By Dr. L. C. LEVOIR.
Thb principle of gradation in pressures, ntilised in so
prolific a manner by Cailletet, in condensing such gases
ma oxygen and hydrogen, is useful in organic chemistry
for saving the life of sealed tubes and viduable prepara-
tions.
** Krakatooing *' was the term which my students used
when in the Bomb Room sealed tubes in the apparatus of
Carius, &c., fell to ruin. Bursting can easily be prevented
by heating the sealed tube by means of a coil glowing by
ele^ricity. The condudor passes through isolated plugs
hermetically sealed in inward conical tubes. By a
hydraulic pump the pressure outside of the sealed tube is
iacreased. I used a series of ends of boiler tubes, and
they worked as a vault or arch to charge or burden the
breakable tube outside. In this way, in five successive
small boilers, and the coiled tube in a vessel of earthenware
without bottom, rolled in vulcanised indiarubber cloth, I
have saved the lives of many tubes. I heated water satu-
rated at o* with hydrochloric acid to 250° without loss.
Ryevidc sear The Hague,
Augnet 10, 189s.
A REFORM IN CHEMICAL. PHYSICAL. AND
TECHNICAL CALCULATIONS.
By C. J. HANSSBN, C.E.
(Oootiaaed from p. 9).
Evaporation of Wattr {Steam).
Ip water is heated in a hermetically closed vessel, the
•team produced is under the condition ** constant
volume.*' In the working of steam boilers, this is only
the case while a boiler is started or ** fired up,'* or during
interruptions of the working ; in boilers in regular work
the steam flows out as fast as it is produced, and the
quantity of water in the boiler and the quantity of heat
stored up in the water fismain unaltered, although new
water is fed into the boiler to make ap for the water
passing off as steam.
The quantity of heat required to evaporate i kgr. of
water, and which passes away with that i kgr. of steam,
has only passed from the fire through the water stored up
in the boiler; and to find the quantity of heat theoreti*
cally required to produce i kgr. of steam, of any desired
density, we have only to ascertain how much heat that
I kgr. of steam is able to contain. The specific heat of
water at various temperatures has no influence in the
question, and has only to be considered if we were to
ascertain the exaA quantity of heat required to ** fire ap *'
a boiler.
In a boiler in regular working the condition is " #va*
f oration at constantprissun,** just the same as evaporation
in an open vessel would be if the atmosphere of our globe
had the pressure or density existing in the steam boiler;
and the temperature of saturated steam in a boiler is
equal to the temperature at which water would boil in an
open vessel, in an atmosphere equal in density to that
in the boiler.
Although steam, for praAical purposes, is generated by
the evaporation of water, it is useful for the mvestigation
of its properties to consider the produdion of stesm by
combination of hydrogen and oxygen, which enables us,
in a very simple way and more accurate than by experi-
ment, to find volume, weight, pressure, and other proper-
ties of steam, due to any temperature, &c.
In the former chapters it is shown that z cbm. steam of
atmospheric density and 273° N. absolute temperature
(0° N.), formed of combined H and O, must weigh 45/56
kg., that I kg. of similar steam is » 56/45 cbm. in volume,
and that heated to 373^ N. absolute (+100* N.), the
proper temperature of saturated steam of atmospheric
pressure, the volume of i kg. of steam will be increased
cbm. a 17002849 cbm..
56x573° . 2984
45x273^ 1755
and the weight of 1 cbui. of such steam will consequently
Tablt 0/ Saturattd Sttam.
Preunrt.
Atmocpberes.
0*0042
0*010
0050
0*100
0*200
0*300
0*400
0*500
0*600
0*700
0-800
o'goo
1*000
2 000
3*000
4*000
5'ooo
6*000
7*ooo
8*000
9'ooo
XO'UOO
15*000
20*000
Temperatnre.
io'ooo
-f lOUOO
+33*960
+46*000
+ 59*997
+68*328
+ 76.327
+ 81*940
+86-592
+90*591
+94*091
+97 '201
+ 100*000
+ 120*996
+ «34*993
+ 145*491
+ 153*889
+ 160*888
+ 166*886
+ 172*135
+ 176*801
•f 181*000
+ 199*033
+ 212*500
Weight of
I cbm. in kg.
0003375
0*007750
0*035734
0*00877
0*13x76
0*19281
0*25120
0*30903
0*36604
0*42235
0*47808
0*53333
0*588137
rii359
1*61308
2*09682
2*56946
303362
3-49096
3*94262
4*38944
483204
697096
9*03708
Heat reqaired to
Volame of ovaporAtc 1 kg. liqaid
X kf. in cbm. water of o^ N.
CaL
Heat required to
V X P. produce 1 cbm. of tteam
from water of o* N.
Calor.
296*296
129*003
27985
«4 54»
7*590
5*186
3981
3236
2732
2368
2*092
1*875
X 7002849
0.8 8
0*620
0*477
0*389
0*330
0*286
0*254
0*228
0207 .
0*143
O'XII
606*700
6x0*700
616-888
620*500
624699
627*189
629*598
631*282
632*678
633877
634*927
635 860
636*700
642*999
647*198
650*347
652*867
654*966
656*766
658*340
659740
661*000
666*410
670*450
« 24444
1*29003
139925
«*454t
1*5180
t*5558
1-5924
1*6180
1-6392
1*6567
1*6736
1*6875
1*7002849
1*7960
1*8597
1*9080
1-9460
1*9776
2*0048
2*0312
2*0502
2*0696
2*1510
2*2 1 20
2*04658
4*80377
22*04264
42 67230
8230747
120*93928
X58-I5II8
185*08x79
231*58120
267 68231
3035X042
339*12458
37446665
7X6*03X80
«043*84457
X363-45964
x678*3o68o
X987*xo798
2293*08974
259590064
289609214
3*93*4334
46468807
6059 X322
102 Reform in Chemical, Physical, and Technical Calculations, <*l"y.",5r
.^
^
N
J
"S
«H
■*^B»—
d
a
-21
>
\
»•■■
'"r^
"fla^
^
V
u
\
s^
s
o
%.
tt
9-
00
\\
\
X
ft
9\
"8
\\
c^
N
o
III
r
s
1.
2 J2
1
r*
r8*
\
1
<
\
<
o
r^
■*^
^
^
\
\
§
li.
1
n
PS
o
V
5fe^
•^■a.
^
s.
III
S£
^ 40
(M
09 _
u
^***V
^SlQ^
^
sa^
\
^
p
bit:}
rl
:f
9
^^
I;-
r^^
2
C\l~
i*^
y
2
J
/-
N
\^
^-
"w
b.
O
in
o
s
-
ir<^
"C
<
i
iL
- A.2
I""
— OlS
Q
rti
^
r
^v^"^
^^
V
u
s ^
_ ,-,^
^
r<
in
o
1
C3
o>
—
^r'
5 '^
n
\x
ir<^
<<
(A
C
o
in
«
5
c
-I
>
at '^
i
--"
"^
-1
<
s
J-
u
fa
fs
\
«
10
i
c
\
<
>
•
V
1
\\
>c
i«.c
lA
^
S
r
0)
in
*^
^^N
^
o.
V)
o
s
1-
1
i
KM
1.^
giC
\
^
<
^
R
;
f
1
a
u
1-
, 1
.^—
•I
1
\
/
6
CM
c
i
i
1
f
*5 1
I
ay
^-1
in ^
1
V \
w
/
J
2
o
o
— 6—
8
CD
in
IM
1
in
1
^^
x^
^
—6—
I
b
;
f -1
■ ^
1
^
4
• 1
- 1
t 1
H
h +
5^
^
H
: ?
f, i
1
1
1
Chbmical Nbws, I
Ang. 30, 1895. f
Physical Theory oj the Perception of Colours.
i03
00 the contrary, in the case of salts, complex spedra
charaderistic of the chemical species, and due probably
to the non-dissociated molecule. They vary therefore
from one compound to another. This fad has been al«
ready brought to light for salts, melted or dissolved, in
numerous researches, especially those of A. Mitscherlich,
Diacon, and Lecoq de Boisbaudrao.
As a general method of investigation, and especially in
the deteaion of the non-metals or in the examination of
minerals, it is, in my opinion, really advantageous to
make use of the condensed spark, the elements being
always represented in it by the same rays, the principal of
which are easily recognised at first sight.
In the case of salts the non-condensed spark gives, on
the other hand, precise and very sensitive indications for
deteding the presence of certain compounds by means of
the band spedra.
It is, moreover, easy to suppress the condensation in
the experimental arrangement employed.
For these researches we may make use of all coils ; it
is merely necessary to take condensers with surfaces much
more considerable in proportion to the size of the coil
than is generally done. For apparatus giving sparks of
3 to 5 cm. in length, I use two, three, or four Leyden
jars, each surface of which presents about la square
decimetres.
It is curious to observe the effed of condensation upon
the spark striking between eledrodes coated with free
non-metals : if the spark is condensed, it gives fine line-
spedra of these substances without igniting them ; if not
condensed, it kindles them immediately, giving a conti-
nuous spedrum scarcely visible. This experiment is par-
ticularly striking with sulphur, arsenic, and selenium. —
Comptts Rindust cxzi., p. X2Z.
-~g^ kg. -0-5881367 kg.
From these data, other properties of steam may be
Iband by the following simple equations, where in all
V denotes the volume of x kg. steam of any pressure in
cbm.
W denotes the weight of z cbm. steam in kilogrms.
P denotes the pressure of steam in atmospheres abso-
lute.
T denotes the absolute temperature of steam in ^N.
V X W
8T
1755 P
'755 P
8r
8W
1755
» z
5.
-'75^5 P , X fN.)
- V (cbm.)
- W(kg.)
6.
7.
^T .PxV (coeff.)
1755
-^ - V (cbm.)
- P(cbm.)
8.
4- - w (»^«-)
The accompanying Table gives, as a sample, a few of
the results obtained by these formulae, which also, in
diminished scale, are shown in the diagram, and which
agree very closely with M. Regaault's experiments.
(To be cootinned.)
S$ Valdemartgade, Copenbagtto, V.
July S3, 1895.
ON THB
DIRECT SPECTRUM ANALYSIS OF MINERALS
AND OF SOME FUSED SALTS.
By A. DB ORAMONT.
I floucrr the Academy for permission to summarise the
general resulu not only of the papers which I have al-
ready had the honour of presenting, but also of researches
which are now in the course of execution.
A great number of minerals are sufficiently conducive
or capable of volatilisation to give passage to the eledric
•park between two of their fragments conneded resped-
ively to the poles of an indudion>coil with a condenser
intmalated. Under these conditions the spark produced
behaves in the spedroscope like that of a metallic alloy,
hot giving along with the rays of the metals contained in
the mineral those of the non-metals with which they are
combined.
On suppressing the condenser the spedra of the non*
metals disappear, and those of the metals are reduced to
their most brilliant rays, showing out in general upon the
laminous ground produced by the incandescence of the
frasments.
A certain number of melted salts, the study of which I
have undertaken, especially the haloid salts, have given
the same results, which may be generalised thus : —
The condensed spark, playing on the surface of a com-
pound, dissociates it, giving a line-spedrum generally
very bright, where each substance — metallic or non-
metaUio— is represented by the charaderistic rays of its
individual spedrum. We have thus a composite spedrum,
which may be considered as formed by the simple super-
position of the spedra of its individual components.
The raya of the air in the condensed spark are much
•nleebled in presence of the volatilised elements, espe-
cially when the explosive distance is very short ; they are
then reduced, pradically, to the lines first signalised by
Massoo. These atmospheric rays have even the advan-
tage of serving as marks for the position of the micro-
metric scale.
Without a condenser and with the coil alone we have.
ON A
PHYSICAL THEORY OF THE PERCEPTION
OF COLOURa
By GEORGES DARZENS.
In order to explain the perception of colours. Young, and
subsequently Helmholta, admitted that each fibre of the
optic nerve which enters into a cone of the retina is com-
posed of three fibrils, one of which is strongly excitable
by the red and little by the green and the violet ; the
second strongly excitable by the green and little by the
red and the violet ; and lastly, the third is strongly ex-
cited by the violet and little by the red and the green.
This hypothesis accounts for the existence of three
elementary colours ; it equally explains a certain number
of other fads, such as some peculiarities observed in
dyschromatopsies, the phenomena of saturated colours,
&c. But it is unable to explain many other fads not less
important. Why should light having a wave-length of
fi 0*620 strongly excite one of these fibres and have
scarcely any effed upon the two others ?
Here is a new theory of luminous perceptions which
seems to me to agree better with the progress of physical
optics and of physiology.
A luminous ray, after having traversed the dififerent
strata of the retina, impinges normally upon the pigment-
ary layer of this membrane ; there it is refleded, and in-
terferes with the incident ray. Hence we must have
there in front of the pigmentary layer, and consequently
in the adual thickness of the retina, a system of sta*
. A.
tionary waves distant by -, as in the experiments of O.
Wiener, or in those of Lippmann on the photography of
colours. It is further probable that these stationary
waves can exist only in a feeble thickness, on account of
the absorption by the medium which constitutes the
retina.
I04
lUumination by Luminescence.
f CasaicAi. NBWi,
1 Aug. 30, t895-
Let as remark, in passing, that this specalar faodion of
the pigmentary layer exists in an unquestionable manner
10 the ox, where it constitutes the ** carpet." These su-
tionary waves excite the nervous terminations of the optic
nerve. These terminations are of two orders, the rods
and the cones.
The rods being constituted by cylindric fibrils, resped-
ively parallel, we can conceive that the stationary waves
will excite them all, whatever may be their position —
that is, whatever may be the X of the incident light.
Hence we conclude that the rods give to the brain the
general notion of light, without enabling us to judge of
its colour. We know that the brain always conveys its
excitements to the circumference, whatever may be the
place where the nerve has been excited.
The cones, on the contrauy, being formed of fibres,
parallel,, but unequal in length, will be excited differently
according to the X ; they will enable the brain to take
account of the colour.
These two conclusions are fully verified by experiment.
It is known that we do not perceive all the colours well
except by the central part of the retina (the yellow spot).
Now it is there where the cones are found, the rods being
turned towards the equator of the retina, which gives
merely the sensation of light without the notion of
colour.
On the other hand, oodumal animals which do not
distinguish colours have no cones, whtUt in birds which
feed on coloured insets the retina is rich in cones.
Finally, if this theory is correa, whenever the pigment-
ary layer disappears, whether by old age or disease,
there must result a parallel enfeebling of sight (a chroma-
topsv). This is apparently confirmed by experience.
This new theory can be brought to harmonise with
the hypothesis of Young and Helmhohz. We need
merely admit that the fibrils of the cones are divided into
three groups proceeding to three different centres of
perception. Still more, it explains why the wave-length
which strongly excites one of these groups of fibrils must
excite the other two groups feebly, it explains that
curious arrangement of the retina when the excitable
elements (cones and rods) are found placed in the deepest
stratum, turned, so to speak, away from the side of the
pigmentary layer which has hitherto appeared inex-
plicable.
It is remarkable to note that the procedure employed
by the eye, in taking account of the wave-length of a ray
of light, is quite comparable with the procedures hitherto
employed by physicists.
To me this theory appears satisfaAory to reason, since
it reduces the perception of colours to the appreciation
of a wave-length which is a magnitude of an order com-
parable to the dimensions of the anatomical elements of
the retina. It further seems to me to throw a clear light
on the explanation of a number of the peculiarities of
the eye.
To dte merely a single instance, in the study of the
achromatism of the eye we must no longer consider the
retina as a simple screen like those of our laboratories,
but a screen which perceives the different colours in
different zones. — Comptn Rgndus, csxi., p. 133.
ILLUMINATION BY LUMINESCENCE.
By A. WITZ.
Luminous foci are constituted by an incandescent solid
or liquid, the temperature of which, according to Draper,
must exceed iioo*^, in order that the light may be white
and the speArum complete. The visible has for its
boundaries the wave-lengths 0*38 and 076 /t, but the infra*
red extends, so to speak, indefinitely towards the less re-
frangible radiations, giving out a heat sensible to
Laogle> 's bulumeter as far as to waves of the length of
30 fi, and consequently including more than five odaves
of luminous radiations. If we trace the curve of energy
of the speara, plotting out the wave-lengths as abscissas,
and the intensities of the radiations as ordinates, we find
that it presents only a single maximum, situate generally
at the beginning of the infra-red, but which is displaced
progressively and advances towards the most refrangible
region as the temperature of the focus increases. This
curve is not symmetrical with reference to the maximum
ordinate, and the greater part of its area lies on the side
of the dark heat-spedrum. A large proportion of the
energy belongs, therefore, to these invisible and hot radia-
tions. This IS the reason why fod of light are all at the
same time foci of heat, the photogenic yield of which is
extremely slight. I have calculated this jrield in a paper
inserted in the CompUs Rtndus (cxii., June 29, 1891).
To improve this yield would be an important scientific
discovery, and a great number of investigators have made
it the objed of their researches.
It has appeared to some that the solution of the problem
might be furnished by luminescent foci, in which the tem-
perature of the rarefied gas is, according to Herr Warburg,
mcluded between ai° and 132°. These foci, it must be
admitted, radiate but little light, but their thermic emis-
sion is still more feeble.
The luminescence of the tubes is effeded either by the
high tension currents given by Volu-Faradaic induAion
apparatus, or by the currents supplied by a Holts machine.
In the former case we may determine the watts con-
sumed in the tube; in the second case we measure
the kilogrammeters expended to set the generating
machine in aAion, both when at liberty and when
burdened.
I have experimented with several tubes, and especially
with a lamp intended for miners and a tube for physicians
(for illuminating deep cavities of the body).
The lamp for miners is illuminated without difficulty by
the induAion current of a small Ruhmkorff coil, yielding
a spark of 20 m.m. ; it yields enough light to read a table
of logarithms at the distance of 40 cm. from the source
of light. Mr. Laogley has been content with this very
rudimentary photographic measurement. The pale
greyish blue tint oi the light does not lend itself to the
methods of comparison used in photometry. I have found
between the terminal electrodes a difference of potential
of 4190 volts, the current having then an intensity of 0*27
milliampere, which makes 1*13 watt. The energy con-
sumed is large in comparison with the light produced ;
we might hope for a better yield.
The results obtained with a Holtz machine are more
interestins. I have used Hirn*s Uansmission dynamo-
meter to determine the work necessary to make the glass
plate of the machine rotate 726 times per minute, under
the following conditions : —
Movement.
^ * Sparks of
CkMcd 145 m.m. Miner's Medical
Free, circuit od 8 per iamp. tube,
machine, second.
Work per second
in kilogrammeters 1*043 ^7^5 2*174 i'7iz 1*763
Hence the illumination of the miner's lamp requires
z*7xz — 1*043 vO'CCS kilogrammeters, or 6 6 watts. The
yield is still less than that above. The incandescence of
a lamp with a carbon filament in a vacuum only requires
3 watts per candle. Our miner's lamp absorbs more
energy and gives much less light — a ruinous method of
lighting. Still the quantity of heat radiated is slight.
Having plunged the medical tube into a calorimeter,
we have observed a liberation of 0*00033 cal. per second,
which corresponds to o 00033 x 425 as 0*140 kilogrammeter.
Now, the illumination of this tube requires 0*720 kilo*
gram metre, whence the heat produced corresponds only
to the fifth part of the energy expended. From this point
of view no other source of light gives so favourable a
result.
Cbbhical Mbws, I
Ang. 90, 1895. I
Report of Committee oft Atomic Weights.
105
The figures which we produce are evidently only a first
approximation, since they vary with the nature and the
form of the tubes employed, and have no absolute
charader. But we may learn from our experiments that,
in lighting by luminescence, the proportion of thermic
energy with reference to the entire energy is smaller than
in any other source of light. By reducing to a minimum
the losses of eledricity, by concentrating the light in a
limited space, by utilising the fluorescence of certain sub-
stances, by inventing certain special arrangements, we
may hope to obtain foci the photogenic yield of which
will be ereater than that of our best sources of light. At
present luminescence at low temperatures gives but very
mediocre results, but at least enables us to reduce the
invisible and useless portion of emission spe^ra. — Comptes
RtnduSt cxxi., p. 306.
ANG-KHAK, A CHINESE FUNGOID PIGMENT
USED FOR COLOURING ARTICLES
OF FOOD.
By H. C. POINSBN.
This colouring- matter is imported into Java from China,
for giving a fine purple colour to foods and beverages. It
is the produA of a special fungus which is propagated in
the province of Quant-tuog for preparing the colouring-
matter. Rice, thoroughly boiled, is spread out upon
plates to cool, and when quite cold is sprinkled over
with ang-khak of a former preparation. The plates, with
itaeir contents, are then kept for six days in a dark, cold
place. It then has a red colour, which afterwards be-
comes darker.
In what manner the Chinese obtained the first ang-
khak fungi is unknown. The colouring-matter dissolves
readily in alcohol with a splendid garnet-red colour.
The lungus belongs to the group of the Telebolse. It
vegetates upon any kind of carbohydrate in the presence
of oxygen. The chief difficulty in its preparation is to
keep away other fungi and baAeria, especially a species
not yet examined. This is effe^ed by means of a trace
ol arsenic, which prevents the growth of other baderia
without interfering with the development of the ang-
khak.
The colouring-matter can be extraded with chloroform.
In a state of purity it dissolves in methyl- and ethyl-
ether, glacial acetic acid, aceton, and ethyl acetate, but
very sparingly in water and dilute acids, and not at all in
benzene, petroleum ether, oil of turpentine, carbon-disul-
phide, and glycerin. It melts at 50% and at a strong heat
It is decomposed without subliming. The alcoholic solu-
tion displays a narrow absorption band at D, and a broad
band in the blue between D and G. The colouring-
matter behaves like most of the aniline colours, but it is
distinguished by its precipitability with mercuric oxide.
(The manufa^ure of ang-khak is probably the first
instance of the technical use of microbia}.— C/i#miA#r
Ziitung,
PREPARATION AND PROPERTIES OF
HYDRAZIN HYDRATE.
By C. A. LOBRY dk BRUYM.
Thb isolation of hydrazin hydrate without the use of
•ilver vessels is effe^ed as follows :•
The commercial Hydrate is first converted into the more
readily soluble hydrobromic compound by means of
barium bromide ; the precipitate is filtered off, and the
filtrate is concentrated by evaporation and gradually
mixed with the calculated quantity of concentrated
potaasa lye. After the liquid has been dilated with an
equal volume of alcohol it is allowed to cool ; the potas-
sium bromide is filtered off with the aid of the pump,
rinsing out with a little alcohol. The filtrate is distilled
at ordinary pressure until the ebullition point reaches
108°. We have thus the chief part of the base in the
residue, in which potassium bromiJe further separates
out on cooling.
After filtration it is distilled at first at the ordinary
pressure, and then at a pressure of i2Z to 122 m.m. Of
the six fradions colleded the three last contain from 77 to
97*5 per cent of hydrazin hydrate. To this mixture there
is added, after heating to 50^, rather more than the cal-
culated quantity of barium oxide to combine with the
water present, when a strong heat is developed. After
cooling there is added, to each 150 grms. of the hydrazin
sulphate employed, 20 to 25 c.c. of absolute alcohol ; it
is filtered and washed with a little absolute alcohol. The
solution is then fradionaied at a reduced pressure, when
about 22 per cent of the theoretical yield contains 997
per cent of hydrazin hydrate, free from silicon.
The boiling-point of hydrazin hydrate, at a pressure of
26 m.m., is constant at 47°. There is no perceptible de-
composition. In air free from carbonic acid, hydrazin
hydrate is slowly oxidised with an escape of gas. The
substance dissolves various salts, such as potassium
bromide, iodide, and cyanide ; ammonia, sodium chloride,
and salts of lead with difficulty, whilst potassium and
zinc sulphates are scarcely taken up at all. Sulphur is
gradually dissolved, even by dilute solutions; salts of
lead gives a black deposit with the solution.
On boiling hydrazin hydrate at 22*8 per cent with sul-
phur the liquid takes a reddish-brown colour, whilst
sulphuretted hydrogen escapes. From this solution sul-
phur is thrown down, not by water, but by an excess of
hydrochloric acid. Phosphorus ads slowly upon hydrazin
hydrate, and an odour of hydrogen phosphide is given off.
Sodium decomposes hydrazin hydrate with the formation
of hydrogen and ammonia, and there separates out a
crystalline substance soluble in water and alcohol. The
solution of the substance gives the hydrazin reaAions.
— Rte, Trav, Chim, dts Pays Bos and Chem. Zeitung,
REPORT OF COMMITTEE ON ATOMIC
WEIGHTS, PUBLISHED DURING i894.'
By F. W. CLARKB.
(Continued from p. 93).
Barium.
Richards has corroborated his earlier determinations of
the atomic weight of barium, which were made with the
bromide, by means of additional series of experiments
upon the chloride {Proc, Amer, Acad., xxix., 55). The
work was carried out in the most elaborate and thorough
manner, and for details the original paper must be con-
sulted. First, barium chloride was titrated with standard
solutions of silver, and the several series represent dif-
ferent methods of ascertaming accurately the end point.
The data are as follows, with the ratio Aga : BaCla : : 100 :;r
in the third column.
First Strits,
Wt. Ag.
Wt. B«CI,.
Rftdo.
6 1872
5-6580
3-5988
9*4010
07199
5-97>7
5*4597
3-4728
9-0726
06950
96-517
96495
96499
965 7
96541
Mean .
. 965 '2
* From the Journal of the American Chemical Society, vol. xvii.,
No. 3. Read at the Boston Meeting, Dec. 28, 1^94.
io6
Report of Committee on Indexing Chemical Literature.
i Cbbhical Mbw»,
I Aug, 30. X895.
Sicond Striis,
6-59993
6-36974
5-360x0
392244
96-512
96539
96522
Mean .
• 96-5H
Third SerU$.
4-4355
27440
6-1865
3-4023
4-2815
2-6488
5-9712
32841
96-528
96-531
96*520
96526
Mean .
• 96-526
Fourth Siriif,
67342
10*6023
6-50022
10-23365
96525
96523
Mean
96524
AU the weights represent vacaum standards. From the
four series the atomic weight of barium is deduced as
follows ; when O » 16.
First series Ba » 137-419
Second ,. •• .^ 137*445
Third „ „ 137-449
Fourth „ ,. 137*445
In three more series of experiments Richards deter-
mined the ratio between aAgCl and BaCla. The data are
subjoined, with the ratio aAgCl : BaCIa : : xoo : x ap-
pended.
First Siriis,
Wt. AgCl.
8-7673
5-«979
4-9342
20765
4-4271
Wt. B«CI^
63697
37765
35846
1-5085
3*2x63
Rmtio.
72653
72*654
72-648
72*646
72*650
Mean
.. 72649
Stcond Siriis,
2-09750
7376x0
5-39906
1-52384
5-360x0
3*92244
72-669
72650
Mean
• • 72-6563
Third Series.
8-2189
4-5x99
5-97123
3-28410
726524
726587
Hence we have for Ba—
Mean
726555
First series Ba » 137*428
Second „ , 137*446
Third „ 137*444
The mean of all is X37'440, as against 137*434 found in
the work on the bromide. By combining the two chloride
ratios, Aga : BaCla and 2AgCl : BaCla. the ratio Ag : CI
can be computed. This gives Ag » X07-930, a value
identical with that of Stas.
(To be continaed).
Detection of Ergot in Bran. — The method of E.
Hofmann, according to Ulbricht, is useless if bran con-
tains the seeds of Polygonum convolvulus. The author
finds that o 2 per cent of ergot, and even smaller (quanti-
ties, can be deteded microscopically if the bran is pre-
viously digested for two hours on the water-bath with
sulphuric acid at 1*25 per cent, then with sodalye of the
tame strength, and, lastly, treated in the cold with abso-
lute alcohol and ether. — Zeit, Anal. C^ai.,sxxiii., Part 6.
THIRTEENTH ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE COMMITTEE ON INDEXING
CHEMICAL LITERATURE.*
Thb Committee on Indexing Chemical Literature pet-
sents to the Chemical SeAion its Thirteenth Aoniisl
Report.
During the twelve months which have elapsed
the last report the following bibliographies have
printed: —
X. ** Indexes to the Literature of Cerium and Lantha-
num." By W. H. Magee. Smithsonian Miseelkmtous
Collections, No. 97X. Washington, X895. 4.3 pp. 8vo.
2. ** Index to the Literature of Didymtum, X842—
X893.*' By A. C. Langmuir. Smithsonian Miscellaneous
Collections, No. 972. Washington, X895. 20 pp. 8vo.
These bibliographies of three associated metals fill an
important gap in chemical literature. That by Dr.
Langmuir is reprinted from the School of Mines Quarterly
(vol. XV.), at the request of your Committee. Both
indexes are arranged chronologically and provided with
author-indexes.
3. '* Bibliography of Aceto-Acetic Ester." By Paul H.
Seymour. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, No.
970. Washington, x894. 148 pp. 8vo.
This bibliography was compiled by the author under
the diredion of Prof. Albert B. Prescott, and by him
submitted to the Committee who recommended its pub-
lication Aug. 22, x892. It consists of a series of carefully
prepared, critical abstraAs of original papers arranged
chronologically with author- and subjed-indexes.
After issuing the twelfth Annual Report the attention
of the Committee was direAed to two contribntioos to
the bibliography of chemical and pharmaceutica I period-
icals by Dr. Friedrich Hoffmann, editor of PAomui-
ceutische Rundschau^ vis. : —
4. *< Die Deutsch-sprachlichen pharmaceutischen Zeit-
scriften.'* Pharm, Rundschau, New York, vol. xii., pp.
7 — 10 (Jan., 1894), <^n<l P* 28 (Feb., x894).
5. ** Enplish-sprachliche pharmaceutische, chemiscbe
und botanische Zeitschriften Nord-Aroerika's.*' Pharm.
Rundschau, New York, vol. xii., pp. X3X— X36 (June, *94).
Several chemists have made reports of progress : —
Prof. Henry Trimble, of Philadelphia, states he con-
tinues to colled references to the literature of the Tan-
nins with the expedation of further publication at no very
distant date.
Prof. Arthur M. Comey reports that his *' Didionary of
Solubilities,'* vol. i., is nearly all in type, and should ap-
pear early in the autumn.
Dr. Alfred Tuckerman expeds to complete the MS. of
his ** Index to the Mineral Waters of all Nations ** in a
few months.
Prof. F. W. Clarke is making progress with a new
edition of the ** Re-calculation of the Atomic Weights."
Dr. H. Carrington Bolton reports having done much
work on the Supplement to his ** Bibliography of Che-
mistry," the MS. now comprising about 6500 titles.
Mr. C. LeRoy Parker, of the Columbian University,
Washington, has undertaken an " Index to the Literature
of Attempts to Decompose Nitrogen."
Mr. George Estes Barton, of the same Institution, is at
work on a ** Bibliography of Glycerol " ; and Mr. George
Baden Pfeiffer, also of the Columbian University, is en-
gaged on a " Bibliography of Picric Acid and the Nitro-
phenols."
At the request of the Smithsonian Institution Dr. H.
Carrington Bolton has undertaken to edit a new edition
of his *' Catalogue of Scientific and Technical Period-
icals, 1665— 1882," published in X885 in the Smithsonian
Miscellaneous Collections, The new edition will bring
• Advance aheeU from Proctedings Amer, Assoc, Adw^Sdemee,
vol. aliv., Gonunnnicated by ProCesMr U. Caniactoa Boltoa.
CBB1I1C4L News* I
Aug* so, iSgs. f
Disinfection and Disinfectants.
107
down to date the old periodicals and iodade new ones
ettablisbed since 1882. The work is well aoder way.
Mr. W. D. Bigelow, of the Chemical Division of the
U.S. Department of Agriculture, has completed the MS.
of an '* Index to Methods for the DeteAion and BBtima-
tion of Fusel Oil in Distilled Liquors.** The channel of
publication has not been determtoed.
In a communication to the chairmao. Prof. W. Percy
Wilkinson, of Melbourne, sutes he is engaged on an
" GSnological Biography,** to include works relation to the
Yine, viticulture, wine-making, vine-diseases, and wine-
nnidysis, published in Germany, France, England,
America, Italy, Portugal, and Spain. He expeds tlM
bibliography to number 2000 titles, and will give falf de-
details as to date, size, editions, &c. It is to be published
by the Royal Society of Vidoria.
Monsieur Q. Fr. Jacques Boyer, Editor of the Rivus
SasHtijiquij Paris, announces tho preparation of a
** Bibliography of Physical and Chemical Science ** ; in-
formation as to its scope and period is lacking.
Those interested in the chemical applications of elec-
tricity should note the following : —
. **Elektrotechniaehe Bibliographie ; monatliche Rnnd-
■chau iiber . . . der Blektrotechnik.** Von Georg Maas.
Leipsig, X893.
Also : *' Lelber*s Blektrotechnischer Katalog . • • von
1884 bis 189I.** Leipsig, 1893. 8vo.
The foll#wing special bibliography has recently ap-
peared in Prance: — ** Bibliographie de la technologie
chimique des fibres textiles. Propri^t^s, blanchiment,
teinture, mati^res colorantes, impression, apprftts.** Par
J. Garfon. Paris, 1893. S^* '^^is ^^^^ ^^ ^>^°
honoured with a prixe by the Sociit6 Industrielle de
Mulhouse.
Although not pertaining to chemistry, we may briefly
note the appearance of another special bibliography : —
** Bibliographie der psycbo-physiologischen Litteratur des
Jabres 1803.*' Hamburg, 1894. 8vo. Published in the
Zniuhrififurd$4 Psychology und Pkysioiogis dtr SinmS'
OTgOmH*
Attempts to establish a comprehensive Index to Che-
mical Literature ih the form of a periodical are not alto-
gether successful, lacking the important element of
permanence. Tbe ** Index " announced by Dr. Bechhold,
of Frankfort-on«Main, noticed in our Twelfth Report, has
not made its appearance ; the BiblioUca Polyteenica, by
Sxcsepanski, ceased at the close of one year; the
Umv€rsal ImUxt by Wien and Brockhaus, reached only
nineteen numbm. Dr. J. Bpbraim advertises the fol-
lowing, ** Index der gesammten chemischen Litteratur
(Wissenchaft und Teoinologie), Berlin,** but no number
has yet appeared.
Committii : —
H. Carrington Bolton, Chairman,
F. W. Clarke,
Albert R. Leeds,
Alexis A. Julian,
John W. Lamolby,
Albert B. Frescott,
Alfred Tuckerman.
Aocotti X895.
On Hezamethylenetetramine. — R. Cambier and A.
Brochet. — Among the interesting properties of hexa-
methyleneamine, the authors mention the formation with
bromine and iodme of the addition-compounds C6HiaN4Xj
and C6HUN4X4. The compounds with X4, being very
unstable, lose in part their haloid element on mere expo-
sure to air. Nitrous acid reads upon hexamethyleneamioe
and forms in the first place dinitrosopentamethylene-
teuamine, which is decomposed by acids and yields nitro*
gen, ammonia, and formic aldehyd. Hexametbyleneamtne,
if treated by acids, is easily split up by hydration into its
Gomponenu.— B»//. Soc. Ckim, ds Paris, xiii.-xiv.a No. 4.
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
An IntroducHon to ths Study of Disinfgction and Distn*
fictants. Together with an Account of the Chemical
Substances used as Antiseptics and Preservatives. By
Samuel Ridbal, D.Sc., F.I.C, F.C.S., ftc 8vo., pp.
3x6. London : Charles Griffin and Co., Lim. 1895.
The author of the work before us seu out with distin-
guishing between disinfedants, antiseptics, and deodor-
ants, classes of substances often confounded. Charcoal
he classes not among disinfedants, but with the deodor-
ants. The problem of disinfedion he shows is a struggle
for existence between men and the pathogenic microbia,
which, despite their minuteness, rank among our most
formidable enemies. The methods of solving this
problem are classed under the heads of excXusion,
removal, and destrudion.
Under the head of Mechanical Disinfedion the author
enumerates a number of substances used as filter-beds,
or in the treatment of fcecal matters and of impure
waters. It is mentioned that light has a destrudive
aAion on baderia, and even to some extent on their
spores. Hence, as Dr. Percy Frankland rightly insists,
every opportunity should be used for insolation in the
construdion of water- works, and, we must add, of works
for the treatment of sewage.
The value of charcoal, animal and vegetable, is duly
recognised. The former is credited with removing the
ptomaines and a number of other hurtful organic com-
pounds. The adion of certain residual carbons is very
similar. The remark that ** a large number of processes
have endeavoured to recover the phosphate (of sewage)
by using the sludge as a fertiliser, but they have
all met with little commercial success,** we must pro-
nounce utterly mistaken. Soot is rightly said to have no
great power, and coal-dust is with equal correAness
proclaimed to be almost inert. The value of peat is fully
recognised, but in the treatment of sewage care, wo
must urge, should be taken to avoid pyritic samples,
such as those of some distrids of Berks.
Sterilised sand, according to Friiakel and Piefke, does
not retain microbia.
The Chamberland and Berkefeld filters — the latter made
of infusorial earth, compressed and baked— are recom-
mended for household use, but filters of stone and of
asbestos are condemned, views which our experience
enables us fully to endorse.
The process of Scott Moncrieff has been tried and
abandoned at Aylesbury.
The process of disinfedion by means of hot air and
steam is described at some length, with the addition of
illustrations showing the plant employed. Incinerators,
or destrudors for dust, ftc, are also noticed.
The fourth chapter discusses chemical disinfedants.
The opinions recorded concerning different agents and
processes are far from agreeing. The Hermite process is
judged unfavourably by Sir H. Roscoe and Lunt (p. 69),
and by Dr. Kelly, the medical officer of health at Wor-
thing, who incorporates the chemical and baderiological
analyses of Drs. Dupr6 and Klein. Chamberland and
Fembach allege that eau de Javelle (x : lao) and com-
mercial hydrogen peroxide are more effedive than mercu-
ric chloride against pathogenic microbia.
The important caution is given that sodium chloride is
not a disinfedant, and that brine sometimes acquires a
high degree of toxicity. This is the more important as
we have observed that stale brine is often kept and used
for salting successive quantities of bacon, hams, fish, ftc.
On the comparative value o( the halogens opinions
differ.
On chloroform, which has even been proposed for the
treatment of sewage, Dr. Rideal remarks that its cost and
its poisonous adion on animals render it of very limited
application.
io8
Annual Report on Alkali Works.
f Ohbmical Mbv9.
1 Aapr. 30. 1895.
The author recognttet that ** polluted water flowing
over weirs and waterfalls is oxidised and becomes clear
and brilliant,*' and again that " the self-puri6cation of
rivers in this way is now accepted by most chemists, the
natural aeration being aided by Infusoria and vegetation
in removing most of the dead organic matter, and in re-
ducing the number of micro-organisms present." These
conclusions will meet with the approval of observant and
unbiassed students of the sewage question.
Sulphate of lime is rightly condemned as an ingredient
in mixtures for the precipitation of sewage. It has the
serious disadvantage— not mentioned here— of injuriously
afifeding the health of the men employed in sewage-
works. To find zinc salts still used in the disposal of
•ewage is deplorable.
The process Patent No. 11641 (1884), is travestied so
as to give a very misleading impression of its nature.
The summary of sewage precipitation processes given by
Parkes and Corfield (p. 129) must be taken with a very
large grain of salt.
We regret that we cannot further examine this able and
interesting work. Its weakest side is its criticism of pro-
cesses for the treatment of sewage.
Alkali, &»€., Works Rtgulation Act, 1881. Thirly-firs*
Annual Rtport on Alkali, &»c,. Works by tht Chief
Inspector. Proceedings during the Year 1894, presented
to the Local Government Board and to the Secretary
for Scotland. London : Her Majesty's Stationery
Office.
This Report is drawn up with great care and accuracy,
and contains both alarming and reassuring features.
The number of works in England, Ireland, and Wales, as
now registered, is 1056, of which only xoa are alkali-
works proper, whilst 954 fall within the schedules of other
establishments recently included under the provisions of
the Aa. Since 1893 there has been an increase of one
alkali-works and nine other works. In Scotland there
are za6 registered works, making a grand total of 1182.
The number of processes of manufadure which fall
within the provisions of the Aa is now 1520. The sepa-
rate processes are : — Alkali, copper (wet process), sul-
phuric acid, chemical manures, gas liquor, nitric acid,
sulphate and muriate of ammonia, chlorine and bleaching-
powder, sulphur recovery, salt, cement, alkali waste,
barium and strontium, antimony sulphide, bisulphide of
carbon, Venetian red, lead deposit, arsenic, nitrate and
chloride of iron, muriatic acid, fibre separation, tar and
zinc smelting.
One most offensive process, of no national importance,
has escaped attention,— to wit, ballast-burning, which, in
most of the outskirts of London, fills the air with nause-
ating fumes, and which ought to be totally suppressed in
all urban distrids.
The visits of inspedion to scheduled works are made
about once monthly, unless there is apparent need for a
closer investigation. In alkali w>Tks and sulphuric acid
woiks definite limits are fixed as to the amount of acid
fumes which may lawfully escape. In other cases the Ad
merely requires that the best pradicable means for pre-
venting the escape of noxious gases and vapours should
be employed.
The Report shows that the amount of hydrochloric acid
in the chimney gases is less than one-half, the limit al-
lowed by law ; whilst in case of sulphuric acid the escape
is only about one-third of the legal margin. These fads
are doubly satisfadory, as showing, on the one hand, that
the standards fixed are reasonable, and, on the other hand,
the watchful attention of the inspedors and the loyal
compliance of the manufadurers.
Two successful prosecutions have been conduded and
fines inflided for evasions of the enadment that the in-
spedor is to have full access to all apparatus used in
carrying out the operations.
It is satisfadory to learn that the Leblanc works hold J
their own in virtue of the chloride of lime which they
only are as yet able to produce.
The effeds of the coal-strike of 1893 ^^^ b^*!' ^^'^
The salt decomposed in the Leblanc process was in
the year 1892 519,593 tons, but has now fallen to
434,298 tons. On the other hand, the salt consumed in
the ammonia process has risen in the same time from
304.897 tons to 361,603 tons. Thus the gain of the am-
monia process is far from explaining or compensating the
decline of the Leblanc process. The eledric alkali pro-
cess, if the required energy has to be obtained from coal,
is an amusing scientific version of the ** House that Jack
built.** But the writer shows that where water power is
cheap and abundant,— #. ^., Italy, Switzerland, South-
eastern France, Norway, as well as the Dominion and
the United Stalest,— both Leblanc and Solvay may find
themselves in jeopardy.
The ammonia lost by our wasteful system of coal-
burning was estimated by Dr. Angus Smith at£'50,ooo,ooo.
A yearly economy in this diredion, to the extent of
£'2,000,000, has already been secured.
In the treatment of tank-waste the Chance-Claus pro-
cess works successfully. At Widnes, St. Helens, &c.,
raw waste is no longer deposited on the land — a subjed
for public congratulation. But old beds of tank-waste,
where they have been used for filling up. hollows and
making embankments, still remain, and if they come in
contad with acid leakage serious accidents may occur.
A fatal case took place lately at Irvine, and is here re-
corded.
The manufadure of nitric acid is experiencing exten-
sion. Mr. Manning Prentice, of Stowmarket, has made
the process continuous, thus effeding at once economy
and a suppression of possible nuisance.
Coal-smoke is not a substance of which the inspedors
under the Alkali Ad have to take official cognisance.
But they are obliged to examine it, as its effeds are too
often ascribed by the public to the emanations from che-
mical works. About a million ton» of coal are burnt
yearly at Widnes. This coal contains about i| per cent of
sulphur, and thus generates 30,000 tons of sulphurous
acid, which is diffused over the country. The effeds of a
sooty atmosphere and ol sulphurous acid are rightly
considered by Mr. Fletcher, the chief inspedor, as
taking no small share in the injury to vegetation. He
thinks that the ** open fire is incorrigible,*' and he fears
that the love of an Englishman for the cheerful blazing
fire will stand in the way of any reform. He men-
tions, however, the case of " one house, inhabited by
a large family, where recently, during a week of frosty
weather, twenty-one open fires and five oil or gas stoves
were kept burning." He thinks that one of the twenty-
one fires, if burnt in a properly construded stove, would
have heated the whole house better than the twenty-one
in open grates.
In a passage quoted from Die Chemische Industrie, on
the health of the workmen employed by the Griesheim
Chemical Co., it is declared, on the authority of Dr. C.
Wolff, for ten years medical officer to the works, that—
*' As in former years, artisans such as carpenters, coopers,
smiths, &c., show a higher percentage of sickness than
the process men,'* t. e , those employed in the manufac-
ture of sulphuric acid, hydrochloric acid, nitric acid,
soda-ash, caustic soda, nitrobenzene, picric acid, cbrom-
ates, &c.
We have every reason to conclude that the present
Chief Inspedor, Mr. A. £. Fletcher, and his colleagues
are proceeding on the lines laid down by his distinguished
predecessor, Dr. R. Angus Smith.
Report of the Dairy Commissioner of the Stat* of New
Jersey, For the Year 1894. New Jersey : Trenton.
This Report will be of the greatest value t o un itary
chemists. We find that in the United States the liasility
of milk to pollution and its danger to public h.al^^art
A
Crbhical Kiws, I
Ang. so. xb95. f
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
109
fully recognised by the Courts, by men of Science, and
even by the general public. We fear that in this last
respeft we, in this country, do not hold the first rank.
Strid legislation and analytical skill, chemical and micro-
biological, fall short of their aim unless supported by
enlightened public opinion*
But in America very much remains to be done. We
learn that ** the standard of Z2 per cent solids is so low
that most whole milk can be watered — and much is— with
f^reat precision, so as just to escape the penalties of the
aw.** In Hudson and Essex counties nearly 2500 stables
were found by the inspedors, in most of which the cattle
Were kept in a crowded and unhealthy condition, and in
which the principal food was wet and soured brewers*
grains. The Commissioner proposes raising the standard
to 12*5 per cent total solids, with a minimum of 3*5 per
cent of fat.
The importance of cleanliness in cow-houses and
dairies is now beginning to be appreciated. In some
establishments the cattle are groomed previous to milk-
ing ; their udders are washed ; the milkman is required
to exchange his ordinary working clothes for a clean-
washed smock, and to wash his hands and remove the
ofifensive dirt from his finger-nails (which is otherwise —
horribilt dictu — washed out by the warm milk and
carried into the pail). But even this improvement falls
short of what is needed. It is truly remarked that when
atraw becomes damp and filth-stained, and then raised to
the temperature of blood-heat by the cattle lying upon it,
such straw becomes a most prolific breeding-ground for
baderia. '* Every movement of the cow and the milkman
4'aises up a cloud uf baderial dust from the bedding, and
until a substitute is provided this dust will continue.*'
It may be asked whether peat. litter might not be found
in this resped preferable to straw? It is proposed to
dispense with bedding altogether, and let the cows lie on
a clean inclined plank floor, made waterproof and with
the seams caulked, all excreta being forthwith removed.
Ao interesting fad here mentioned is that, with a nearly
identical food, the best cow produced a| times more milk
and 3 times more butter than the poorest cow (referring
to certain experiments performed at Kildebrdnde, in
Denmark).
From fads ascertained we learn the importance of re-
frigerating milk before being conveyed to consumers.
Mention is made of pasteurised milk, of sterilisation,
and of a ** certified milk ** the preparation of which has
been described in a former repon, and in which the num-
ber of baderia per c.c. is only a few hundreds instead of
from 10,000 to 60,000 baderia. The alleged sterilisation
is sometimes illusive.
None of the brands of condensed milk here described
are known in Britain.
CHEMICAL
The Pharmaceutical youmal of Australasia, Vol. VIII.,
No. 5.
Thb interesting fad in this issue is the opening of
chemical works by Messrs. Elliott, at Brisbane. The
immediate objed of the firm is the produdion of sul-
phuric acid, the freight of which from Britain may be
considered prohibitory. No information is, however, given
as to the supply of pyrites, its quantity and quality.
Ulterior objeds of the firm are the manufadure of
potassium cyanide, the nitrogenous matter being the refuse
from the meat works ; the produdion of compressed car-
bonic acid, and that of superphosphate. For all these
produds there cannot (ail to be a large opening in
Australia.
The Atomic Weights of Nickel^ and Cobalt.—
Clemens Winkler. — The author finds the atomic weight
of nickel, as calculated from the mean result of his ex-
periments, 587433, and that of cobalt 59*3507» These
atomic weigntn are referred to H«bx and 10x26*53. —
ZtU, Anorg, Chemn.
NOTICES FROM
SOURCES.
FOREIGN
NoTB.— All degrees of temperature are Centigrade anless otherwise
expretted.
Comptes Rmdus Hebdomadaires dts Seances, de VAcademU
des Sciences, Vol. cxxi.. No. 6, August 5, 1895.
Illumination by Luminescence.— A. Witz.— (See
p. X04).
Bulletin de la SocUU Chimiaue de Paris,
Series 3, Vols, xiii.-xiv., No. 4, 1895.
Nickel and Cobalt Sulphides.— A. ViUiers.— Already
noticed.
Qualitative Separation of Nickel and Cobalt. — A.
ViUiers. — Already noticed.
Protomorphic States of Zinc and Manganese Sul-
phides.— A. ViUiers. — Already noticed.
Researches on the Basic Nitrates.— M. Athanesco.
— The author finds that the process of which he has
spoken in a former paper is not novel, but had been pre-
viously employed by other chemists. His objeds have,
however, been dififerent. He seeks to show that the basic
compounds contain hydroxyls attached to the metals
which they completely saturate, and that very often in the
conditions of the formation of the basic salts the pluri-
valence of the atoms takes always a preponderating part
in the diredion that, in place of obtaining compounds
derived frum anhydrides of the first, second, or third
degree, we may obtain them corresponding to the highest
degree of hydration of the non-metal. He turns his
special attention to the lead nitrates.
On the 2-Ethy]-4-Methylpentanoic OAylic Acid. —
Ph. A. Guye and J. Jeanprfttre.- Not adapted for useful
abstradion.
A<5tive Amylacetic Acid and some of its Deriva-
tives.— MdUe. I. Welt.— The chief result of these experi-
ments relates to the ethers of amylacetic acid. If we cal-
culate the values of the produd of asymmetry of the
methylic and ethylic ethers, we find decreasing numbers ;
it is the same with the rotatory powers. We cannoti
then, meet with in this series an ether with a maximum
rotatory power, as the first term is already on the
descending branch of the curve.
Contribution to the Study of the Tartaric Ethers.
—Ph. A. Guye and J. Fayollot.— Already noticed.
New Process of Preparing a-Naphtholsulphonic
Acid, C10H6.OH.H.SO3 x-4.— Fred. Reverdin.— None of
the procedures hitherto employed are founded upon the
dired sulphonation of a-naphthol. The author and his
colleague, De la Harpe, have found the carbonic ether of
a-naphthol an excellent primary material for the prepara-
tion of naphtholsulphonic acid 1-4. In the industrial pro-
dudion, carbon oxychloride is passed at the common tem-
perature into a solution of —
a-Naphthol.. •• 60 kilos.
Soda-lye .. .. 60 „
Water xooo „
Sulphonated Colouring Matters derived from Tri-
phenylmeihane. — Maurice Prud*homme. — The author*8
experiments establish the complete parallelism between
the series of rosaniline and its derivatives and the corre-
sponding series of sulphonated rosaniline, and support the
constitutional formulae which Rosenstiehl has proposed
for these two classes of substances. All the properties
of magenta which I have pointed out re*occurin the bases
of malachite green and of hexamethylated violet. All
those of acid magenta re-occur in acid green and magenta
and in Nicholson blue. The alkaline salts of sulphonsted,
uianiido, and triamido iriphenylcarbinols are colourless.
no
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
f Crbmical Nswt,
I Aug. 30. 189J,
These substances may be considered as hydrated organic
bases. The salts of these bases, where the hydroxy]
may be replaced by an acid radicle, are coloured. Acid |
magenta is, or may be, according to proportions of hy« '
drocbloric acid added to the colourless alkaline salt, a !
mixture of HO— C^CCeHs.SOaNa.NHa)) (colourless) and
of coloured CI— C=(C6H3.S03NaNH2)3, or even of this
latter body and CI— C=(C6H3.S03H.N 113)3 (coloured).
Insufficieocy of Kjeldahrs Method for DetermiDing
Nitrogen in the Chloroplatinates.— M. Del6pine. —
Already noticed.
No, 7, X895.
This issue contains a long notice of the life and re-
searches of E. A. Rtgout, a distinguished chemist who
died in August last at the age of seventy-five. During the
year 1S71 he had remained alone in charge of the Ecole
des Mines, and at no small risk to his life he contrived to
save this establishment from destrudlion.
On the Cryohydrates. — A. Ponsot. — After a careful
and prolonged examination the author concludes that the
cryohydrates of Guthrie do not exist, but are merely mix-
tures of pure ice and of a solid salt, hydrated or
anhydrous.
Influence of Temperature and of the Ambient
Medium on the Transformation of Amorphous Zinc
Sulphide.— A. Villiers.
Method of Determining the Crystallisation of Pre-
cipitates, Zinc and Manganese Sulphides, Man-
ganese Hydroxide. — A. Villiers.— Already noticed.
Oxides and Sulphides having an Acid and a Basic
Pun(5tion. Zinc Sulphide.— A. Villiers. — The study U
the properties 0/ oxides and sulphides has led us to think
that the acid and alkaline fun^ions which may be fulfilled
by indififerent oxides and by some sulphides do not
belong, at least in a number of cases, to one and the
same substance, but to two varieties, distind in their
chemical and physical properties. In the case of precipi-
tated zinc sulphide, we may distinAly recognise the exist-
ence of two varieties.
Analytical Characters of a Mixture of Barium,
Strontium, and Calcium Salts.— H. Baubigny.
Non-Existence of the Mixed Anhydrides.— L.
Rousset. — When proceeding on the usual method the
author has obtained merely a mixture of two anhydrides.
This was found to be the case with the alleged acetyl-
butyric, acetyl-valerianic, and acetyl -benzoic acids.
Adiion of the Asymmetric Ketonic Compounds
upon the Primary Aromatic Amines. — Louis Simon.
— In the adion of pyruvic acid upon a primary aromatic
amine, there are formed simultaneously several com-
pounds, but they are neither stereoisomers nor even
strudtural isomers.
A<5tion of the Chlorides of Acida upon Hezachloro-
phenol-a in presence of Aluminium Chloride. For-
mation ot Ethers of Pentachlorophenol. — E.Barral.
Adion of Aluminium Chloride on a*Hexachloro-
phenol.— E. Barral.— These two memoirs are not adapted
for useful abstraAion.
On Piperonylidene-acetone. — L. Rousset. — If 20
grros. of pure piperonal, regenerated from its bisulphite,
are dissolved in 50 grms. dimethylketone, and if to this
solution there are added 500 grms. water and 50 grms.
soda at 10 per cent, on stirring the mixture heats, and
there is produced a light yellow precipitate. This pre-
cipitate, if re-crystallised from alcohol, forms the compound
in question.
Compound of Hexamethyleneamine with Bismuth
Iodide. — M. Del^pine. — This compound conuins— Bis-
muth, 16*83 ; iodine, 58*24 ; nitrogen, 7*35 ; and hwaier,
5*82 per cent.
On Hexamethyleneamine. (Further Continuation).
— M. Del^pine. — An account of the salts of the ammo-
niums:— The iodamylate, the adion of adds, and th«
formation of primary amines.
On Hexamethyleneamine. (A ContinnaCton).— M.
Del^pine.— The author describes here the solnblUties, the
hydrate, bromide, sulphate, and phosphate.
Oxidising Power of Laccate.— G. Bertrand.— The
author has opined from the latex of the lac tree of
Tonkin a newloluble ferment, which he names i^rn tff.
This new ferment has the specific cbarader of setting up
the direa oxidation of the substances upon which it ads.
It is thus distinguished from all the ferments previously
known which occasion merely hydration and splitting np.
The results cannot be ascribed to the adion of micro-
organisms, as the media in which the experiments were
conduced were antiseptic.
Watering Milk. Its Detedion by an Examination
of the Whey.— H. Lescoeur.— Every sample of milk
which gives a serum of specific gravity below 1*027, '^^
the solid matter of which does not amount to 67 grms. per
litre, may be declared as ** watered.'*
DEPARTMENT OP SCIENCE AND ART.
ROYAL COLLEGE OP SCIENCE, DUBLIN.
O equired a Demonstrator of Chemistry and
, ^ , AMtying^For particuUn apply to SicasTAar. Royal Col-
lege of Science, Dublin.
yUST PUBLISHED, Large Crown Svo., with Diagrams
and Working Drawings, 7s. 6rf. cloth.
THE CYANIDE PROCESS
FOR THB
EXTRACTION OF GOLD,
And its PraAical Application on the Witwatersrand
Gold Fields in South Africa.
By M. EISSLER, Mining Enoinebr,
Aulbor of ** The Metallurgy of Gold," ftc.
** This book ia jutt what was needed to acquaint miniog mro with
the aaual working of a proceaa which it not only the most popular,
but if, aa a general rule, the roost tncceaaful for the extraaioo of cokl
from Uilings."— iftiiMig Journal.
LOMDOM :
CROSBY LOCKWOOD & SON, 7. SUtionets* HaU Coart, B.C.
AC£/XON£ — Answering all reqairementa.
-A-OIX) -A.OETIC— Purest and aweet.
IBOIR-A-CIO— Cryat. and powder.
CXTErlC—Cryat. made in earthenware.
-^ G-A-XiIjIO— From beat Chineae galla, pore.
S.A.IjIOirijIO— By Kolbe'a proceaa.
T.A.IiT:KriO— For Pharmacy and the Arta.
LIQUID CHLORINE
(Compressed ia steel cylinders).
FORMALIN (407^ CHaO)— Antiseptic and Preservative.
POTASS. PBRMANOANATB-Cryst., large and small,
SULPHOCYANIDB OP AMMONIUM.
BARIUM.
POTASSIUM.
TARTAR EMETIC-Cryst. and Powder.
TRIPOLI AND METAL POWDERS.
ALL CHEMICAtS FOR ANALYSIS AND THB ARTS.
Wholesale Agents—
A. & M. ZIMMERMANN,
6 « 7, CR0S8 LANE LONDON, E.G.
CvtancALNtwt,!
Address to Students.
Ill
THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
Vol. LXXII., No. 1867.
(STUDENTS' NUMBER).
ADDRESS TO STUDENTS.
Perhaps a majority of the students to whom we
venture to address our annual remarks look forward
to the utilisation of the knowledge they are
acquiring in some art or manufadture with which
they hope to be specially conne<5ted ; but there are
others— too many we fear— who regard chemistry
as the basis of an independent profession. Such
men, in Britain, labour under the inconvenience of
having as a body no recognised and distinctive
name. In France they would be known as
•• Chemistes," and in Germany as ♦* Chemikcr," but
the English equivalent of these terms has been in
our country appropriated by the profession who are
more suitably known in France as " Pharmaciens "
and in Germany as " Apotheker," but who, with us,
thow no disposition to abandon the name of
chemists. Nay, if " Tom Brown's " exposition of
the law be correct, even such qualified designations
aa " analytical chemist " are the exclusive prpijerty
of the compounders and dispensers of medicines.
Some suggest the name " Analysts," which, how-
ever, connotes only a portion of the fundtions of the
Profession whose cause we are pleading. Professor
luxley, were he still living, might perchance have
invented for us an unobje<5tionable name, which for
the present must be allowed to stand over as a
desideratum. .
Concerning the relative rank of the profession
our esteemed contemporary the Chemiker Zeitung
is much exercised. It contends that if all chemists
before being entitled to exercise their profession
were obliged to pass a '* Staat's examen,'* after their
University career, they would no longer be regarded
aa inferior (!) to engineers and law>*ers. What effea
such an examination might have upon German
public opinion we cannot presume to decide. But
in the opinion of the world German chemists rank
incomparably higher than any lawyers or engineers.
No names among the latter classes carry with them
the spell which adheres to the names of Liebig,
Wcebler, Bunsen, or Hofmann. We are painfully
conscious that in Britain, as no doubt also in
Germany, the emoluments of the lawyer and of the
engineer exceed those of the chemist. With us
neither the engineer nor the chemist is a State-
official. The latter is indeed relatively poor, since
when he gives advice, whether to a private firm or
to a public body, he is not paid by a percentage on
the outlay which his schemes necessitate. Could
he claim a percentage on the economy which he
renders possible, he would be a more prosperous
man than he is at present. Moreover, he is beset
with difficulties to which, eg., the engineer and the
lawyer are strangers. He is, if we may use the
expression, trespassed upon in all possible dire<5tions.
As an instance, the difference between pure water
and contaminated water is purely chemical and
micro-biological. Only the chemist and the micro-
biologist can appreciate such difierencci can know
how to encounter it, and can judge if and in how
tar the methods used are successful. Yet, when the
treatment of the sewage of London was under dis-
cussion, it was actually suggested that the engineer
who had designed the Forth bridge — a matter purely
mechanical — should be consulted ! Why, had he
even succeeded in building a railway across the
Straits of Dover, that fadt would have been no evi-
dence of his power of purifying a single gallon of
sewage. It is a strange thing that the Rivera'
Pollution Commission included only one chemist
to two engineers, and no microscopist or physician.
In a very like manner, when question arises before
any municipal body concerning the treatment of
polluted waters, it is forthwith proposed to consult
some eminent enpnur.
But the chemist fares almost as badly at the
hands of the legislature and its officials as does the
experimental physiologist. The ukase ordering the
addition of coal-naphtha to methylated spirits still
exists, and causes a great hindrance to scientific
research. The addition of a mere trace of Dippel's
animal oil — as it is sanctioned by the German law—
would have rendered the spirit more thoroughly un*
drinkable, without inflidting such annoyance on tha
chemical manufacturer and the scientist engaged in
research. It further appears that a chemist is,
strictly speaking, liable to a tax on every retort, &c.,
in his laboratory, of what material soever, and
however incapable of being used for the illicit dis-
tillation of spirits.
Further, there is a chronic agitation kept up by
some medical men( especially medical officers of
health) and by a few pharmacists, to encumber the
sale of the ordinary mineral acids with red-tape pre-
cautions. Any such ena<5tment cannot have other
than an unfavourable adtion upon chemical research.
" Free research *' should be the watchword of every
man of Science, and it is in the long run essential
to the welfare of the community.
UNIVERSITIES_AND COLLEGES.
UNIVERSITY OF LONDON.
Candidatxs for any Degree in this University must have
passed the MatricuUtion Examinatioo. No exemption
from this mle is allowed 00 account of Degrees obtained
or Examioations passed at any other University. This
and all other Examinations of the University, together
with the Prises, Exhibitions, Scholarships, and Medals
depending upon them, are open to Women upon exaAly
the same conditioos as to Men.
There are two Examinations for Matricolatlon in each
jrear ; one commencing on the second Monday in January,
and the other on the second Monday in June.
The Examination is conduded by means of Printed
Papers; bat the Examiners are not precluded from
putting, for the purpose of ascertaining the competence of
the candidates to pass, viva voc# questions to any candidate
in the iubjeds in which they are appointed to examine.
These Examinationi may be held not only at the Uni-
versity of London, but also, under special arrangement,
in other parts of theUnited Kingdom, or in the Colonies.
Every candidate for the Matriculation Examination must,
not leii than five weeks before the commencement of the
Examination, apply to the Registrar for a Form of Entry,
which mutt be retamed not less than four weeks before
the commencement of the Examination, accompanied by
a Certificate showing that the candidate has completed
hts sixteenth year, and by bis Fee (or the Examination.
112
Schools oj Chemistry.
ICMBMIGALNlWt,
Sept. 6. 1894.
As no candidate can be admitted after the List is closed,
any candidate who may not have received a Form of
Entry within a week after applying for it must communi-
cate immediately with the Registrar, stating the exadt
date of his application and the place where it was posted.
Every candidate entering for the Matriculaiion Exami-
nation for the first time mnst pay a Fee of £2 to
the Registrar. If a candidate withdraws his name, or
fails to present himself at the Examination, or fails to
pass it, the Fee shall not be returned to him, but he shall
be allowed to enter for any subsequent Matriculation
Examination upon payment, at eveiy such entry, of an
additional Fee of £1, provided that he comply with
the Regulations in the preceding paragraph.
Candidates are not approved by the Examiners unless
they have shown a competent knowledge in each of the
following subjeds : — Latin. Any one of the following
Languages : — Greek, French, German, Sanskrit, or
Arabic. The Ehglish Language, and English History,
with the Geography relating thereto. Mathematics.
Mechanics. One of the following branches of Science : —
Chemistry, Heat and Light, Magnetism and Ele^ricity,
Botany.
The Examination in Chemistry is — Chemistry of the
Non-metallic Elements ; including their compounds,
their chief physical and chemical charaders, their pre-
paration, and their charadleristic tests.
A Pass Certificate, signed by the Registrar, will be
delivered to each successful candidate after the Report of
the Examiners has been approved by the Senate.
If in the opinion of the Examiners any candidates in
the Honours Division of not more than twenty years of
age at the commencement of the Examination possess
sufficient merit, the first six among such candidates will
leceive an Exhibition of thirty pounds per annum for
the next two years ; the second among such candidates
will receive an Exhibition of twenty pounds per annum for
the next two years ; and the third will receive an Exhibi-
tion of fifteen pounds per annum for the next two years ;
such exhibitions are payable in quarterly instalments
provided that on receiving each instalment the Exhibi-
tioner declares his intention of presenting himself either
at the two Examinations for B. A., or at the two Examina-
tions for B.Sc, or at the Intermediate Examination in
Laws, or at the Preliminary Scientific M.B. Examina-
tion, and Intermediate Examination in Medicine, within
three academical years from the time of his passing
the Matriculation Examination.
Under the same circumstances, the fourth among such
Candidates will receive a prize to the value of ten
pounds in books, philosophical instruments, or money ; and
the fifth and sixth will each receive a prize to the value of
five pounds in books, philosophical instruments, or money.
Any candidate who may obtain a place in the Honours
Division at the Matriculation Examination in January is
admissible to the Intermediate Examination either in
Arts or in Science in the following July.
Intirmbdiate Examination in Scibncb.
_ The Intermediate Examination in Science will com-
mence on the third Monday in July.
No candidate (with the exception of such as have
obtained Honours at the Matriculation Examination in
the preceding January^ is admitted to this Examination
within one academical year of the time of his passing the
Matriculation Examination.
The Fee for this Examination is £$.
Examination for Honours,
Candidates for Honours in Chemistry will be examined
in Inorganic Chemistry, treated more fully than in the
Pass Examination. In addition, they will be examined
pra^ically in Simple Qualitative Analysis. This Ex-
mination will consist of six hours' examination* by
two printed papers and of six hours* pradtical work.
In the Examination for Honours, the Candidate, not
being more than 22 years of age at the commencement of
the Pass Examination, who most distinguishes himself
will receive an Exhibition of £^0 per annum for the next
two years.
B.Sc. Examination.
The B.Sc. Examination will be held on the third Monday
in Odober.
Candidates for this Examination are required to have
passed the Intermediate Examination in Science at least
one academical year previously.
The Fee for this Examination is £5,
Examination for Honours,
The examination for Honours in Chemistry will take
f>lace on Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday in the week
bllowing the Examination for Honours in Mathematics ;
on Monday by printed papers (chiefly on Organic Che-
mistry), and on Tuesday and Wednesday by pradical
examination in Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.
The candidate, being not more than 23 years of ape,
who most distinguishes himself in Chemistrv, will receive
£50 per annum for the next two years, with the style of
University Scholar.
Doctor op Scibncb.
'X*he examination for the Degree of Dodor of Science
takes place annually within the first twenty-one days of
June.
No candidate is admitted to the examination for the
Degree of D.Sc. until after the expiration of two Aca-
demical Years from the time of his obtaining the Degree
of B.Sc. in this University.
Every candidate for tliis Degree niuf^t state in writing
the special subjed within the purview of the Faculty of
Science, asset out in the Programme of the B.Sc. Ex-
amination, upon a knowledge of which he rests his
qualification for the DoAorate ; and with this statement
be shall transmit an original Dissertation or Thesis (at
least six copies), printed, type- written, or published
in his own name, treating scientifically some special
portion of the subjed so stated, embodying the
result of independent research, or showing evidence
of his own work, whether conduced independently or
under advice, and whether based on the discovery of new
fads observed by himself, or of new relations of {2t€L%
observed by others, or, generally, tending to the advance-
ment of Science. Every candidate may further specify any
printed contribution or contributions to the advancement
of Science which he has at any time previously published.
If the Dissertation or Thesis be approved by the
Examiners, the candidate shall be required to present
himself at the University upon such day or days within
the first twenty-one days of June as may be notified to
him, and shall, at the discretion of the Examiners, be
further tested, either orally or pradically, or by printed
questions or by all of these methods, with reference both
to the special subjeA selected by him and to the Thesis.
Preliminary Scientific (M.B.) Examination.*
This Examination takes place twice in each year, —
once, for Pass and Honours, commencing on the third
Monday in July ; and once for Pass Candidates only, com-
mencing on the third Monday in January.
No candidate shall be admitted to this Examination
unless he shall have passed the Matriculation Examina-
tion. Not less than five weeks before the commencement
of the Examination be must apply to the Registrar for a
Form of Entry, which must be returned not less than four
weeks before the Examination, accompanied with the
candidate's fee.
The Fee for this examination is Five Pounds.
Candidates who pass in all the sobjt As of the Prelimiiutv Scicn-
f M.B.) £xaminatioo, and also pass at the same time in tf
and Mixed Mathtmatics of the Intermediate Examination in Science,
Pore
or who have previously passed the Intermediate Exaraioatioa m
Arts, are admissible to the B Sc Examination.
CbbmicalNew!.!
Sept. 6, 1894* f
Schools of Chemistry.
"3
UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD.
W^nfl4U Profassar of Chemistry, ^"W. Odling, M.A.,
Every Stadent mast reside in one or other of the Col-
leges or Halls, or in licensed lodgings, for a period of thrc«
jrears, passing at least two examinations in Arts, and one
in either Mathematics, Natural Science, Law, Modem
History, or Theology, when, if he obtain a first, second,
or third class, he can take his B.A. Degree ; if he do not
£un such honour he has to pass a third examination in
iUrU HwHonioribus,
The fee for students working in the Laboratory for
three days in the week during the Term is £'^ ; for
students working every day, £$.
Scholarships of about the value Oi £'j$ are obtainable
at Christ Church, Magdalen, and other colleges, by com-
petitive examination in Natural Science.
More detailed information may be obtained from the
University Calendar; the Examination Statutes, 1894;
the Student's Handbook to the University ; and from the
professors.
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE.
Professor of Chemistry,— Q. D. Liveing, M.A., F.R.S.
yacksonian Professor of Natural and Experimental Phi'
losophy.—]. Dewar, M.A., F.R.S.
The Student must enter at one of the Colleges or
Hostels, or as a Non-collegiate Student, and keep terms
for three years by residence in the University. He must
pass the previous examination in Classics and Mathe-
matics, which may be done in the first or third term of
residence, or, through the Oxford and Cambridge Schools
Examination Board, or through the Senior Local Exami-
nations, before commencing residence. He may then
proceed to take a Degree in Arts, either continuing
mathematical and cliissical study, and passing the or-
dinary examinations for B.A., or going out in one of the
Honour Triposes.
The scholarshiDt, ranging in value from £20 to £100
a year, are chiefly given for mathematical and classical
Sroficiency. Scholarships, or Exhibitions, are given for
Fatural Science in King's, Trinity, St. John's, St. Peter's,
Clare, Trinity Hall, Queen's, Jesus, Christ's, Sidney,
Pembroke, Caius, and Downing Colleges ; the examina-
tions being in December, at Easter, and in June and
Odober.
The Chemical Laboratory of the University is open
daily for the use of the Students. The Demonstrators
attend daily to give instrudions. A list of the ledures is
published annually, in June, in a special number of the
Cambridgt University Reporter^ which may be had from
the Cambridge Warehouse, in Paternoster Row, or through
any bookseller.
Non-collegiate Students are allowed to attend certain
of the College Ledures and all the Professors' Ledures,
and have the same University status and privileges as the
other Students. Full particulars may be obtained by
forwarding a stamped direded envelope to the Assistant
Registrar, Cambridge, or from the Cambridge University
CtSendar,
UNIVERSITY OF DUBLIN.
Trinity Colleob.
Professor of Chemistry,-^}, Emerson Reynolds, D.Sc,
M.D., F.R.S.
Assistant Lecturer.— Emil A. Werner, F.C.S., F.I.C.
Demonstrator.— Wiilisim Early, F.I.C.
The general Laboratories include working accom-
modation for lao Students, and the Quantitative and
Research Laboratories for about ^o Students. The
Laboratories will open on the xst of Odober. Ledures
will commence about November xst.
The Laboratories and the Ledures of the Professor of
Chemistry can now be attended by Students who do not
desire to reside in the University or proceed to its Degrees.
The full Course of General and Analytical Chemistry
occupies three years, but a Student is free in his third year
to devote most of his time to a special department of
Pure or Technical Chemistry. Students can enter for
any portion of the Course. The following Ledures are
delivered : —
X. Inorganic Chemistry and Chemical Philosophy. -^
Elementary, first year ; advanced, second year.
2. Organic Chemistry, — General, second year ; ad-
vanced, third 3rear.
3. Metallurgy. — A Course for Engineering and Tech-
nical Students.
The Laboratories are open every day from 10 to 5
o*clock (except Saturdays, when they close at x o*clock).
The Summer Course of Practical Chemistry for Medical
Students begins during the first week in April and termi-
nates with the first week in July.
The University of Dublin grants the Degree of Dodor
of Science to graduates of Master's standing whose in*
dependent researches in any branch of Science are of
sufficient merit.
KING'S COLLEGE.
(Division op Bnoinbbring and Applibd Scibncb).
Professor of Chemistry.— J. M. Thomson, F.R.S.B.,
F.C.S.
Demonstrator of Practical Chemistry. — Herbert Jackson,
Assistant Demonstrators.—^. H. Kirkaldy and W. H.
Sodeau.
Students of the First Year are admitted to the Course
of Theoretical and Applied Chemistry. The Course
commences with a View of the Forces which concur to
the produdion of Chemical Phenomena, after which the
laws of Chemical Attradion are discussed, and the Non-
metallic Elements and their principal compounds are
described. The Metals and their principal compounds
are next examined, care being taken to point out the
applications of the Science to the Arts; and the pro-
cesses of the dififerent Manufadures and of Domestic
Economy are explained and illustrated. Examinations of
the Class, both vivd voce and by written papers, are held
at intervals during the course at the usual Ledure hour.
Second Year, — Students attend in the Laboratory twice
a week, and they go through a course of Manipulation in
the most important operations of Chemistry, including; the
first steps of Analysis. Any Student of this Division
may be admitted to this Class at any period of his study
on payment of an extra fee.
Experimental and Analytical Chemistty in the Labora-
tory, — The objed of this Class is to afford to Students
who are desirous of acquiring a knowledge of analvsis, or
of prosecuting original research, an opportunity of doing
so under the superintendence of the Professor and De-
monstrator ; Students may enter, upon payment of extra
fees, at any time except during the vacation, and for a
period of one, three, six, or nine months, as may best suit
their convenience. The laboratory hours are from ten till
four daily, except Saturday, on which day the hours are
from ten till one.
In addition to the Laboratoiy Fee, each Student defrays
the expenses of his own experiments. The amount oi
this expense, which is comparatively trifling, is entirely
under his own control.
Special hours and fees are arranged for the convenience
of such Third Year Students as wish to study Analytical
Chemistry.
Pees. — Chemistry per term, £3 3s. od. ; per ann.,
£8 88. od. ; Pradical Chemistry per term, £^^ 4s. od. ; per
ann., ;^io los. od. ; Experimental and Analytical Chemistry
— Daily attendance : One month, £4 4s. ; Three months,
;(xo los. ; Six months, £x8 iSs. ; Nine months, £26 5s.
Three days a week : One month, £2 las. fid. ; Three
mos., £t 68. ; Six mos., ;f 11 xis. ; Nine mos., £15 158.
Rules as to Admission of Students.
I. The Academical Year consists of Three terms :
Michaelmas Term, from beginoiog of Odober to the week
"4
before Christmas ; Lent Term, from the middle of January
to the week before Easter; Easter Term, from Easter to
the beginning of July.
II. The days fixed for the Admission of New Students:
in the Academical Year 1895-96, are Tuesday, Odober i,
Wednesday, January 15, and Wednesday, April 2a.
Metallurgy.
Professor. —K. K. Huntington, F.I.C.. F.C.S., &c.
The following suWeds are treated of in the Ledures :
The Seledion and Economic Preparation of Fuel and of
Refraaory Materials ; the methods by which metals are
obtained from their ores, and the means by which they are
rendered suitable for the various requirements of the Arts.
Particular attention is paid to the study of the Nature
and Properties of Metals and Alloys available for Con-
Btrudive Purposes.
In the Metallurgical Laboratory, which is always open
during College hours, the relation l>etween the Chemical
Composition of Metals and their Mechanical Properties
may be studied by the aid of Testing Machinery.
Photography.
Licturer.—VtoU J. M. Thomson, F.R.S.E., F.C.S.
. Arrangements are made for a complete Course of
Instrudion in Photography to the students of the third
year. A glass house has been ereded, and in connection
with it a Laboratory for the preparation of Photographic
Chemicals. Students entering to this department will be
afforded every facility for pradising the Art in all its
branches*
In addition to the regular College Course in Photography
occasional classes are formed, consisting each of about
six gentlemen, who meet twice a week. The fee for
private instrudion is £$ 5s. for ten lessons, or £10 los.
for three courses. There is in every case a charge of £1
each course for chemicals.
EvEHiNO Classes.
Classes for Evening Instrudion in various subjeds are
held during the months from Odober to March, inclusive,
and during the months of April, May, and June.
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE.
FACin*TY OF Science.
Pro/mor.— William Ramsay, Ph.D., F.R.S.
Assistant Professor.—]. N. Collie. Ph.D.
Assistants,-^Uomz Travers, B.Sc., and N. T. M. Wils-
more, M.Sc. , , ^ r „ n
The Session is divided mto three Terms, as follows, all
the dates being inclusive :— _ ' , ., ^.^
First Term, from Wednesday, Odober and, until Friday,
December 2oth ; _ , , ». « ^ „
Second Term, from Tuesday, January 14th, I096, till
Friday, March 27th ;
Third Term, from Tuesday, April 21st, till Wedn .f day,
July ist. Class Examinations begin on June i8th.
yunior Courses,
First Term : Tuesday and Thursday at 11, and Satur-
day at 10. Third Term : Tuesday and Thursday at xo,
Friday at 4. Fee:— j£4 48» . , ,. ,. ,
These Courses will each consist of about thirty lessons,
partly theoretical and partly pradical, on the non-metallic
elements. Frequent exercises will be given.
Senior Course of Chemistry,
First and Second Terms : The Class meets four times a
week, on Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays, and Saturdays,
at 9, for Ledures, Examinations, and Exercises.
Fee :— For the Course, £7 7s. ; Perpetual, £g 9s. ; for
the First or Second Terms, £^ 4s.
This Course and the Pradical Class cover the subjed
as prescrit>ed for the Preliminary Scientific (M.B.) and
Int. Examination in Science of the University of London.
For the Preliminary Scientific Examination Students
who take the three subjeds for that examination in July
attend during the First and Second Terms.
Schools Of Chemistry.
f Cbbmical Rawa.
I Sept 6, 1894.
Advanced Course of Chemistry,
Second and Third Terms.— The class meets twice a
week, on Tuesdays and Thursdays, at 9, beginning on .
January 14. The hour will be altered by special arrange-
ment with the class if necessary.
Fee:— For the Course, £3 3s. ; for a Term, £2 2S.
This Course will be found suitable for those about to
proceed to graduation as Bachelor of Science in London
University, and to those who intend to choose Chemistry
as a profession. Such students should also work in the
Laboratory during as many hours as they can spare.
Organic Chemistry,
Tuesday and Thursday, at 9, in the First Term ;
Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday, at xo, in the Second
Term ; and Tuesday and Thursday at 9, and Saturday at
XX, in the Third Term. The hour of meeting will be
altered should the cltfss desire it.
This Course of Organic Chemistry is intended for those
who in studying the subjed have not a Medical Examtoa^
tion chiefly in view. Candidates for Honours at the
Int. M.B. are, however, recomuiended to attend this Course
instead of the Special Summer Course.
The Course includes the subjeds required at the B. Sc.
Examination, Pass and Honours ; but no previous ac-
quaintance with Organic Chemistry will be expeded of -
those joining the Class.
Fee :— For the Course, £6 6s. ; for the Second .ind
Third Terms, ^4 14s. 6d. ; for a Term, £2 12s. 6d. ; for a
Second Course, £z 39,
Practical Class.
First and Second Terms, Tuesday and Thursday, at it.
Fee, including cost of materials, £$ 5s. ; for a Second
Course, £3 3s.
The Course includes the Pradical Chemistry required
at the Preliminary Scientific and Intermediate Science
Examinations.
Senior Practical Class.
Wednesdays from 2 to 4 and Saturdays from xo to X2
during the Third Term ; also Tuesdays and Thursdays
from IX to X2.
Fee : — (Including cost of materials) £'5 5s. ; for a Second
Course, £^ 3s.
Analytical and Practical Chemistry,
The Laboratory is open daily from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m.,
Saturdays excepted, from Odober until the middle of
luly, with a short recess at Christmas and at Easter.
Fees : for the Session, ;^26 5s. ; six months, ;^x8 iSs. ;
three months, ;^io los. ; one month, £^ 4s.
Three specified days a week : — for the Session, £15 15s. ;
six months, ;£'ii lis. ; three months, £6 6s. ; one mootb,
£2 I2S. 6d., exclusive of expense of materials. Students
may enter at any period of the Session.
The Laboratory Course includes the Pradical Chennxstry
required at the following Examinations of the University
of London :— Prel. Sci. (M.B.), Intermediate M.B., Inter-
mediate Science, B.Sc.
Students who wish to attend the Ledures on Chemical
Technology may acquire here the requisite knowledge
of Pradical Chemistry and Analysis.
When accompanied by, or preceded by, attendance 00
the Ledures on Inorganic and Organic Chemistry, the
Laboratory Course qualifies Students in the application of
Chemistry to Manufadures, Metallurgy, Medicine, or Agii<
culture, &c.
There is also a Chemical Libra.y containing the chief
Journals and Standard Works on Chemistry.
Certificates of Honour are granted to competent
Students on the work done during the Session. The
Tuffoell Scholarship Gfioo for two years) will also be
competed for in the Session 1895-96; also the Cloth-
worker*s Scholarship of £^0,
CnButcAL News, '
Sept 6, 1895. '
Schools of Chemistry.
115
ROYAL COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND
ROYAL SCHOOL OF MINES.
Professor »^y/. A. Tilden. D.Sc, F.R.S.
Assistant Profissor.—V/. P. Wynne, D.Sc, A.R.C.S.
Demonstrators, — H. Chapman Jones and J. W. Rodger,
A.R.C.S.
Assistants,— G» S. Newth, W. Tate, A.R.C.S., and A.
Eiloart, Ph.D., D.Sc.
The Royal College of Science at South Kensington is
intended, primarily, for the instrudion of teachers, and of
stadents of the industrial classes seledled by competition
in the examinations of the Science and Art Department.
The Royal School of Mines is incorporated with the Royal
College of Science. Students entering for the Associateship
of the Royal School of Mines obtain their general scientific
training in the Royal College of Science. The instrudlion
in the Royal College of Science is arranged in such a
manner as to give the Students a thorough training in the
general principles of Science, followed by advanced instruc-
tion in one or more special branches of Science. The
Associateship is granted in certain divisions or lines of
study. Students who go through any one of the prescribed
courses of instruction and pass the necessary Examina-
tions receive a Certificate of Associateship of the Royal
College of Science, or of the Royal School of Mines.
Students who are not candidates for the Associateship
are permitted to enter as occasional students in one
or more special branches of science, and on passiug the
examination receive a Certificate to that effcdl. The
Associateship of the Royal College of Science is given
in one or more of the following divisions :— Mechanics,
Physics, Cheniistr}', Biology, Geology, and Agricultur:,
and the Associateship of the Royal School of Mines in
Metallurgy and Mining.
The course of instruction, which lasts for three years,
is the same for all the divisions during the first year, after
which it is specialised in accordance with the Scheme
detailed in the Prospedus of the School.
The Session is divided into two Terms. The first Term
begins on the 2nd of Odober and ends about the middle
of February. The second Term begins in the middle of
February and ends about the middle of June.
Examinations are held at the end of each course of in-
strudion and at such other periods as may be found neces-
sary. On the results of these examinations the successful
candidates are arranged in two classes, first and second.
There are also '* Honours ** examinations for the subjects
of the third year, the successful candidates being placed in
order of merit. A student obtains the Associateship who
passes in all the subjeds of the first two years and in the
third year those of the special division he seleds for his
Associateship. A student who goes through the prescribed
course of instrudion in any subjed and passes the final
examination in it receives a certificate to that effed.
Students who do not wish to attend the lectures are
admitted for short periods to the laboratories, at the dis-
cretion of the Professors. The fees for the laboratories
are £4 per month.
Students not entering for the Associateship are admitted
to any particular course of study, so far as there is room,
on payment of the fees shown in the following table : —
Lectures. Laboratory.
Chemistry 3 13
Physics 5 12
Biology with Botany .... 5 12
Geology with Mineralogy • • 4 8
Mechanics . • 4 6
Metallurgy 2 13
Mining 4
Astronomical Physics .... 2 3
Agricultural Chemistry, jper term, £13. Mathematics
and Mechanical Drawing, j£^ per term. Model and Free-
hand Drawing, £1 per term. Descriptive Geometry, £3
per session. Mine Surveying, £10,
The fees for the first two years amount to about
£75, and for the remainder of the course for the Asso*
ciateship they vary from £30 to about £40.
Both the private and the State-aided students are re-
quired to furnish themselves with certain instruments smd
apparatus before the commencement of the courses. These
are enumerated in the syllabuses of the several subjeds.
Officers of the Army, Navy, and Civil Service, recom-
mended by their respective Departments, are admitted to
the Lectures and Laboratories at half fees.
Associates of the Royal College of Science or of the
Royal School of Mines have the privilege of free admis-
sion to the Librar>' and to all the courses of ledures.
Bona fide teachers cjualified to earn payments for
teaching Science accordmg to the rule of the Science and
Art Directory may obtain permission to attend free any
course of leCtures.
Several valuable Exhibitions, Scholarships, and Prizes
are attached to the studentship.
Summer Courses for Teachers, — Short courses oi in-
strudion are given annually, about July, in different
branches of science for the benefit of teachers of science
schools in the country. The courses last three weeks.
About 250 teachers are admitted to them, and they re*
ceive third class railway fare to and from South Kensington,
and a bonus towards their incidental expenses of £3 each.
(See Science and Art Dire^ory.)
Working Men's Lectures, — Notification of these will
be given in the newspapers.
THE SCHOOL OF THE
PHARMACEUTICAL SOCIETY OF GREAT
BRITAIN.
The Fifty-fourth Session will commence on Wednesday,
OAober 2nd, 1895. Entries not previously arranged with
the Dean or Secretary may be made between 10 a.m. and
z p.m. on that day.
Professors and Lecturers, — Prof. Dunstan, M.A., F.R.S.,
Sec. C.S.. F.I.C., Chemistry; Prof. Attfield, Ph.D.,
F.R.S., F.I.C.. Praaical Chemistry; Prof. Green, Sc.D.,
F.R.S., F.L.S., Botany (Dean); Prof. Greenish, F.LC.,
F.L.S., Materia Medica; Mr. Joseph Ince, F.L.S., Phar-
macy and Practical Pharmacy.
A Course of LeAures on Physical, Inorganic, and
Elementary Organic Chemistry commences in Oaober
and terminates at the end of March. An Advanced
Course of Ledures on Organic Chemistry begins in April
and extends to the end of June. The leAures will be
given at 9.30 a.m. These LeCtures are adapted to the
requirements of Pharmaceutical and Medical Students,
and also those who are proceeding to degrees at the Uni-
versity of London, or who are preparing for the examina-
tions of the Institute of Chemistry.
Entries may be made for single classes. A bench in
the chemical laboratories, which are open daily throughout
the Session, can be engaged for any period. Certificates of
attendance at the two Courses of Ledures on Chemistry
and at the Chemical Laboratories are accepted as evi-
dence of chemical training by the Institute of Chemistry
in connection with the Examinations for the Associate-
ship, and also by the conjoint Board ofthe Royal Colleges
of Physicians and Surgeons, as well as by other examining
bodies.
Prospeduses and further information may be obtained
from Mr. Ernest J. Eastes, F.I.C, Secretary to the School,
17, Bloomsbury Square, London, W.C.
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF WALES,
ABERYSTWYTH.
University of Wales.
Professor,— H. LI. Snape, D.Sc, (Lond.), Ph.D.
(Gcettingen), F.LC.
Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator, — A. W. Warring-
ton, M.Sc. (Vic)., F.I.C.
Assistant Lecturer in Agricultural Chtmistry,—], Alan
Murray, B.Sc. (Edin.).
ii6
Schools of Chemistry.
i Cbbmicai. Niwt»
\ Sept 6, 1804.
The College is open to male and female students above
the age of sixteen years. The Session commences on
Monday, September 30, on which day all Students will
be expe^ed to meet the Professors in the Library of the
College.
Lecture Courses, — (1} Matriculation Course ; three lec-
tures weekly during the Michaelmas and two weekly
during the Lent and Easter Terms. (2) Intermediate
Science Pass Course; four ledures weekly during the
Lent and Easter Terms. (3) Intermediate Science
Honours Course ; two ledures weekly during the Lent
and Easter Terms. (4) B.Sc. Course; three ledures
weekly throughout the Session. (5 and 6) Courses in
Agricultural Chemistry. For students in their first year,
3 leAures, and for those in their and year, 2 ledures weekly
throughout the Session.
Laboratory Courses .—The Laboratory is open daily
from to a.m. to z p.m., and from 2.15 to 5 p.m., except on
Saturdays. Classes for the Systematic Study of Quali-
tative and Quantitative Analysis will be formed, and
Special Courses will be arranged for those who intend to
follow Medicine or Pharmacy, or any one particular
branch of Applied Chemistry, always provided that such
Students possess the requisite knowledge of Theoretical
Chemistry. The hours will be arranged, as far as possible,
to suit the requirements of the individual Student.
The College is recognised by the Royal University of
Ireland, and by the Colleges of Physicians and Surgeons
of England, Scotland, and Ireland as an institution at
which the instrudion necessary for their respedive
Diplomas in Medicine, in Chemistry, Physics, and
Biology may be given. One year for graduation in Medi-
cine and two years for graduation in Science may be spent
at Aberystwyth.
Fe€S, — The Fee for the whole Session, if paid in ad-
vance, is ;f 10 ; if paid by Single Terms, for the first term
of attendance in each Session, £j^ ; for the second term,
£^ xos. ; for the third term, £s- These composition fees
enable the Student to attend any or all the Classes of the
College, with the exception that a small extra fee is
charged for Laboratory Instrudion. Thus, for Pradical
Chemistry, the additional fee is, for six hours* work per
week, xos. per term, and for twelve hours, 20s. per term.
The fees for those who desire to spend several days
weekly in the laboratory may be learned on application
to the Registrar. Fee for a single Ledure Course £1
per term.
Scholarships and Exhibitions varying in value from £10
to £^ per annum will be offered for competition at
examinations which commence on September 17, and
exhibitions are awarded at the end of the Session on the
results of the class examinations.
The Chemical Laboratories in connexion with this
College have been recently built, and are fitted with every
convenience for the prosecution of chemical studies.
Intending Students requiring further information are
recommended to write to the Registrar for a copy either
of the General Prospedus or of one of the Special Pros-
peduses issued for the Agricultural and Normal Depart*
ments.
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF NORTH WALES,
BANGOR.
CA#iriff/fy.— Professor, James J. Dobbie, M.A., D.Sc.
Demonstrator, Fred. Marsden, Ph.D., B.Sc. Assistant
Lecturer in Agricultural Chemistry, F. V. Dutton.
PA>^Wcj.— Professor, Andrew Gray, M.A., F.R.S.E.
The Session opens 0<5tober and, 1895. All regular
classes are open to men and women students above the
age of 16 years. The following Courses of Lectures will
be given.
Matriculation Course. — Subjeds: Those prescribed for
the London University Matriculation Examination. Fee
for the Term £2 2S. A class for revision of Matriculation
Work will be held during the Summer Term. Fee for
he Term, £1 is.
Intermediate Course, — Inorganic Chemistry and
Elementary Physical Chemistry. Fee for the Term
£2 2S.
B.Sc, Course, -^Orgskuic Chemistry. Fee for the Session,
£338.
Medical Course. — Inorganic and Organic Chemistry.
Fee for the whole Course, £4 4s.
Agricultural Chemistry. — Fee, £2 28.
Laboratory Courses, — The laboratory is open on five
days of the week from 10 a.m. to 4 p.m. for instrudion in
Chemical Analysis and in the Application of Chemistry
to Medicine and the Industrial Arts. Fees : six hours
per week, £1 is. per Term; twelve hours, £2 2S. ;
eighteen hours, £3 3s. ; twenty-four hours, £4 4s. Com-
position Fee for all Laboratory Classes of the Intermediate
Science Course taken in one year, £4. 4s.
The Chemistry, Botany, Zoology, and Physics Courses
are recognised for Medical graduation in the Universities
of Edinburgh and Glasgow, and students can make one
Annus medtcus at the college. The Science Courses are
recognised for part of the science degree course of the
University of Edinburgh.
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF SOUTH WALES
AND MONMOUTHSHIRE, CARDIFF.
Professor.^C, M. Thompson, M.A., D.Sc, F.C.S.
Demonstrators, — E. P. Perman, D.Sc, F.C.S., and
A. A. Read, F. I.e., F.C.S.
The Session commences Odober 7th, and terminates
on June 26th, and is divided into three terms.
The Junior Course (delivered during the Michaelmas
term only) consists of about 50 ledures, and will cover the
subjeds prescribed for the Matriculation examinations of
the University of Wales and the University of London.
Fee, £2 2s. A revision class is held in the Summer term.
The Intermediate Course consists of about 80 ledures
held during the Lent and Summer terms in continua-
tion of the Junior Course, and is the qualifying course fur
the Intermediate Examination of the University of Wales.
Together with laboratory pradice, it will cover the sub-
jeds required for the Intermediate Examination in
Science and the Prel. Sci. (M.B.) Examination of the
University of London. Fee, £4 4s.
The Senior Course consists of some 90 le^res deroted
to Organic Chemistry ; Fee,^3 38.
A course of 20 ledures on Qualitative Analysis will also
be given.
The following ledures on Metallurgy will be given by
Mr. Read :— 10 ledures on Fuel ; Fee, los. 6d. 20 lec-
tures on General Metallurgy; Fee,£i is. 30 leaureson
the Manufadure of Iron and Steel ; Fee, £1 is. A prac-
tical course on Iron and Steel Analysis will also be held.
In the laboratory each student works independently, so
that the course of study may be adapted to the require-
ments of the individual. Hours, 9 to x and 2 to 5 ; Satur-
day, 9 to I. Fees— Six hours per week, £3 3s. per session ;
twelve hours, £2 2S. per term; eighteen hours, £^ 38.
per term ; twenty-four hours £4 4s. per term.
Registered medical students can prepare for the Inter-
mediate M.B. Examination of the University of London,
and spend three out of their five years of medical study
in Cardiff. Medical students wishing to graduate at a
Scottish University, or preparing for a Conjoint Board
Surgical and Medical Diploma, or for the Diploma of the
Society of Apothecaries, can spend two years in Cardiff.
For further information see the prospeAus of the Faculty
of Medicine, which may be obtained from the Registrar.
The College is recognised as an institution at which
two years of the course for the degree of Bachelor of
Science of the University of Edinburgh may be spent.
Students by making a payment of £10 at the com-
mencement of each session may compound for all ledure
fees for the whole session. Laboratory fees are not in-
cluded in the composition fee, but Students preparing for
the Science Examinations of the University of London
CsmntCAi. Niwi, I
Sept. 6, 1895. I
Schools of Chemistry.
117
maj, by making a payment of £1^ 138. at the com-
mencement of each Session, compound for both Le^ure
and Laboratory Fees during the Session.
At the entrance examination in September, and the
annual eaamination in June, several scholarships and
exhibitions are awarded. .Great importance is attached
to special excellence in one subjea.
The Collegs ProspedD^. oai slso further information as
to scholarships, may be obtained from the Registrar.
A Hall of Residence for Women Students is attached to
the College.
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, BRISTOL.
Professor t/ Chemistry, —Sydnty Young, D.Sc, F.R.S.
Lecturer, — Arthur Richardson, Ph.D.
The session 1895-96 will begin on Odober 4th. Lectures
and classes are held every day and evening throughout
tbe Session. In the Chemical Department leAures and
classes are given in all branches of theoretical chemistry,
and instru^on in pradical chemistry is given daily in the
chemical laboratory. The department of experimental
physics includes various courses of ledures arranged pro-
Igressively, and pradical mstrudion is given in the physical
and eledrical laboratory. The Department of Engmeering
and the Construdive Professions is designed to afford a
tbofongh scientific education to students intending to
become engineers, or to enter any of the allied professions,
and to supplement the ordinary professional training by
systematic technical teaching. This department includes
courses specially arranged for students intending to
become civil, mechanical, eledrical, or mining engineers,
sarveyor8,|orarchiteds. Those who attend the mechanical
engineering course enter engineering works during the
six sammer months, and, in accordance with this scheme,
various manufaAuriug engineers in the neighbourhood
have consented to receive students of the College into
their offices and workshops as articled pupils at reduced
terms. Medical education is provided by the Faculty of
Medicine of the College. Several Scholarships are tenable
at tbe College. Full information may be obtained from
the Secretary.
Day Lbcturbs.
Inorganic Chemistry,
The Courses treat of the principles of Chemistry, and of
tbe Chemistry of the Non-Metals and Metals.
yunior Course.'^Two LeAures a week will be given
daring the First and Second Terms.
Senior CoHrj#.— Three LeAures a week will be given
throughout the Session.
Adoanced Conn/.— One Ledlure a week will bo given
throughout the Session.
Organtc Chemistry,
This Coarse will relate to the more important groups of
the Compounds of Carbon.
Two Ledures a week will be given during the Second
Term, and three Ledures a week during the Third Term.
Fee, £^ 3s. An advanced course of ledures will alsa be
given one day a week during the session.
Practical Chemistry, — Laboratory Instruction.
The Laboratory will be open daily from zo a.m. to 5
p.m., except on Saturdays, when it will be closed. Instruc*
tion will be given in the Laboratory in all branches
of Pradical Chemistry, including Qualitative and Quanti-
tative Inoreanic and Organic Analysis, the preparation of
Chemical Produds, and Inorganic and Organic Research.
Special facilities will be affonled to those who desire to
study Pradical Chemistry as applied to the different pro-
cesses employed in the Arts and Manufadures. The
Laboratory is under the immediate supervision of the
Professor and the LeAurer. Fees in Guineas —
5 Days a 4 Days a 3 Days a aDajs a t Dav a
Week.
Week:
Week.
Week.
Wee
Per Session . * • • 15
"J
10
7i
5
„ Two Terms.. 11
9
7*
5i
3i
„ One Term .. 7
6
4i
31
3i
Students may arrange to divide their days of laboratory
work into half-days.
Chemical Scholarship, — Among others, a Chemical
Scholarship of ;f25 is onered for competition.
EvENiNO Lectures.
Two courses of Ledures will be delivered daring
the First and Second Terms ; they will be devoted to the
consideration of the general Principles of Chemistry and
Chemical Physics and the Chemistry of Non-Metallic
and Metallic Elements. Special attention will be paid
throughout to those produds which have a pradical
application in the Arts and Manufadures. Fee for each
course, 7s. 6d.-
University College, Bristol, has been approved by the
Council of the Institute of Chemistry as a College at
which all the subjeAs required for the admission of
Associates to the Institute are taught.
MASON COLLEGE, BIRMINGHAM.
Pro/^Mor.— Percy F. Frankland, Ph.D., B,Sc., F.R.S.
Assistant Lecturer,^Q, F. Baker, Ph.D., B.Sc.
Demonstrator, ^D, R. Boyd, B.Sc.
The Session will be opened on Odober ist, 1895.
Elementary Course,
Forty Le^ures adapted to the requirements of beginners
will be given in the Winter and Spring Terms. LeAure
days — Wednesdays and Fridays at zz.30.
Persons entirely unacquainted with Chemistry are
recommended to attend this Course before entering for
the General Course. Candidates for the Matriculation
Examination of the University of London also are advised
to attend this Course.
General Course,
The General Course of Ledures on Chemistry will be
found useful by Students who are afterwards to become
Engineers, Archite^, Builders, Brewers, or Manufac-
turers (such as Metallurgists, Alkali, Soap, Manure, 01ass«
or Cement Makers, Bleachers and Dyers, &c.)
Students preparing for the Intermediate nxamination
in Science and Preliminary Scientific (M.B.) Examination
of the University of London should attend the Ledures
on Inorganic Chemistry (Winter and Spring Terms).
Candidates for Intermediate Examinations in Medicine
will in general require only that part of the course
(Summer Term) which relates to Organic Chemistry.
The full course, extending over three terms, will also
satisfy the requirements of Students preparing for tbe
Associateship of the Institute of Chemistry, so far at
attendance at ledures on General and Theoretical
Chemistry is concerned.
1. From Odober to March (Winter and Spring Terms).
About eighty ledures on Inorganic Chemistry and
Chemical Philosophy will be given on Mondays, Tuetdayt*
Wednesdays, and Thursdays from October to December,
and on Mondays, Tuesdays, and Wednesdajrs from
January to March, at 9.30 a.m. A Tutorial Class is held
m coonedion with this Course once a week throughout
the Session. Fee, £5 5s. for the course.
2. May to July (Summer Term). About thirty ledurei
will be given on Elementary Organic Chemistry, or the
chemistry of tbe most important series of carbon com-
pounds. This course will include all the subjeds required
for the Intermediate Examination in Medicine of the Unl*
versity of London. Ledure Days — Monday, Wednesday,
and Friday at 11.30 a.m. Fee, £1 izs. 6d.
The General Course (including Inorganic and Organic
ledurei) qualifies for graduation in the medical faculties
of the universities of Edmburgh, Glasgow, Aberdeen, and
Durham.
Advanced Course,
An Advanced Course for the study of Theoretical
Chemistry and those parts of the tubjed which are
required for the degree of B.Sc. in the University of
London will meet twice a week. Pee for the seMton
£3 1«-
ii8
Schools of Chemistry.
f OBmmcALMBWt,
1 Sept 6, X895.
Laboratory Practia,
The College Laboratory is open daily from 9.30 to
5, except on Satardays, when it is closed at i p.m.
Candidates for Intermediate Examination in Science,
Preliminary Scientific (M.B.), B.Sc, and Intermediate
Examination in Medicine of the University of London,
may obtain in the Laboratory of the College the instruc-
tion necessary. The three months Course of Pradical
Chemistry for the B.Sc, Edinburgh, in the department
of Public Health, may be taken m. the Mason College
Laboratory. Fees :—
.,,..„ Three houn
^^^■y- per day.
One Term 7 guineas •• .« 4! guineas.
Two Terms • • • • 13 n • • • • 84 „
Tfareee Terms .. .. z8 „ .. •• 12 „
A Course of short demonstrations and exercises is
given by the Professor or one of his Assistants once a
week. All first-year Students are required to attend,
unless estempted for special reasons by the Professor. No
Fee.
Miiallurgy.
Three Courses of Ten Ledures will be given on the
Principles and Pradice of Metallurgy. Fee, zos. 6d. for
each of the first two courses, and for each of the two sec-
tions of the third course. A more advanced course of
about sixty ledures upon seleded subieAs is also given by
Mr. McMillan, the LeAurer in Metallurgy.
There is a separate laboratory for metallurgical students
in which provision is made for fnstruaion in assa3ring, &c.
Evening Clastts.
Several Courses of Evening LeAures are arranged
during the Winter and Spring Terms of each session. The
subjeds are treated in a less technical manner and the
fees are nominal.
Scholarships,
' PriistUy Scholarships,— Three Open Scholarships in
Chemistry of the value of £zoo each are awarded annually
in September.
Bowtn Scholarship, — One Open Scholarship in Metal-
lurgy of the value of ;Cioo is awarded annually in Sep-
tember.
Forsttr Research Scholar ship, —K Scholarship of the
value of £50 is annually awarded.
For particulars apply to the Registrar.
Excursions.
During previous Sessions permission has been obtained
to visit some of the great fadories in or near Birmingham,
in which chemical and metallurgical industries are carried
on. Students have thus had most valuable opportunities
of gaining a pradical acquaintance with some branches of
Applied Science. The privilege thus courteously granted
by several manufadurers will, it is hoped, be enjoyed in
every future Session. The excursions will be conduded
by the Professor or Ledurer.
BRADFORD TECHNICAL COLLEGE.
Chemistry and Dvbing Department.
Professor,— (Vacant) .
Demonstrator,— ^9LQtkTi\),
Lecturer on Botany and Materia Medica, — William
West, F.L.S.
The school year is divided into three terms. The
Session commences on September i6th and terminates on
July 22nd. The course of instrudion extends over two
years, and embraces Le^ure Courses on Inorganic and
Organic Chemistry, the technology of the textile fibres,
mordants, natural and artificial colouring matters,
technical analysis, and laboratory pradice in analytical
chemistry, chemical preparations, and dyeing. Inclusive
fee, £^ 48. per term.
During the first and second terms Evening Classes are
held for the benefit of persons engaged during the day and
for pharmaceutical students.
ROYAL AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE,
CIRENCESTER.
Chemical Department.
Professor,— ?to{, E. Kinch, F.C.S., F.I.C.
Assistants,— Cecil C. Duncan, F.I.C, and W. James.
Systematic courses of Ledures are given on the various
branches of Chemistry in its relation to Agriculture, illus-
trated by experiments, and by the coUedions in the College
Museum. They comprise the laws of Chemioil
Combination and the general Chemistry of mineral
bodies, and of the more frequentlv occurring bodies of
organic origin, with the relationships of their leading
groups ; and, finally, the applications to pradical opera-
tions of the Chemistry of the atmosphere, of soils and
manures, of vec^etation and stock feeding, and of the pro-
cesses and produds of the dairy.
In the Laboratorv pradical instrudion is given in
the construdion and use of apparatus and in Chemical
manipulation and analysis, both qualitative and quantita-
tive. After studying the simple operations and the
properties of the commonly occurring substances, the
Students are taught to analyse a series of compounds,
and apply the knowledge thus obtained to the ansilysis of
manures, soils, waters, feeding stuffs, dairy produds, and
other substances met with in the ordinary course of Agricul-
tural pradice. Chemico-agricultural researches are under-
taken by the senior Students under the diredion of the
Professor and his Assistants.
VICTORIA UNIVERSITY.
THE YORKSHIRE COLLEGE, LEEDS.
Professor of Chemistry, — Arthur Smithells, B.Sc. Lond.,
F.I.C.
Lecturer in Organic Chemistry, — ^Julius B. Cohen, Ph.D.,
F.I.C.
Assistant Lecturer in Agricultural Chemistry, — Herbert
Ingle, F.I.C.
Demonstrators,— A, C. Wright, B.A., and T. Ewan,
Ph.D., B.Sc.
The Session begins Odober 8, 1895.
Lecture Courses,
1. General Course of Chemistry. — Monday, Wednesday
and Friday, at zi.30 a.m., from Odober to the end of the
second term, and during part of the third term. Fee for
the Course, £4 4s.
2. Inorganic Chemistry. — First year Honours Course,
Non-metals. Monday, Wednesday, and Friday, at 9.30
a.m. Fee, £3 13s. 6d.
3. Inorganic Chemistry. — Second year Honours
Course, Metals. Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday at
9.30 a.m. Fee, £3 13s. 6d.
4. Organic Chemistry. — Tuesday, Thursday, and
Saturday at 12 noon Fee £3 13s. 6d.
5. Organic Chemistry Honours Course. — Wednesday
and Friday at 12 noon. Fee, £2 Z2S. 6d.
6. Theoretical Chemistry. — Advanced Course. Tuesdays
and Thursdays at 9.30 a.m. Fee, £2 12s. 6d.
7. Chemistry as Applied to Coal Mining. — Tuesday
during the First Term, at 4 p.m.
8. Agricultural Chemistry.— Monday, Tuesday, and
Friday, at 3 p.m., during first and second terms.
9. Chemistry for Teachers.— Saturdajrs from 9.30 to
12.30 in the first and second terms. Fee, £4 4s.
Laboratory Courses,
The College Laboratory will be open daily from 9 a.m.
to I p.m., and from 2 to 5 p.m., except on Saturdays,
when it will close at x p.m.
Fees for the Session- -Students working six days per
week, ;f2i ; five. £18 i8s. ; four, ;f 16 i6s. ; three, ;f 13 13s.
Class in Practical Chemistry^ Saturday mornings, from
9.30 to 12.30. Fee £1 1x8. 6d.
Practical Chemistry for Medical Students, — Tuesdays,
9.30 to XX.30 Odober to end of December; Thursdays,
2 to 4 from January to end of March.
CataieAL If bws, i
8«pt. 6. 1895. f
Schools oj Chemistry.
119
PrtutUat Conns in Sanitary Chemistry, — At timet to
be arranged.
Practical Organic Chemistry for Medical Students^—At
times to be arranged.
Evening Clots.
A Course of twenty Leaurei by Mr. Ingle, on the
Chemist^ of Combustion will begin during the first and
sccood Terms, on Wednesdays, at 7.30 p.m., beginning
Odober 10. Fee, loe. 6d.
Dyeing Department*
Prcfesuff.'-J, J. Hummel. F.I.C.
Lecturer and Research Assistant, — A. O. Perkin,
F R.S.B.
Assistant Lecturer. "-V/. M. Gardner.
This Coarse extends over a period of three years, and
is intended for those who wish to obuin a full scientific
and pradical education in the art of dyeing. It is suitable
for those who purpose in the future to uke any part in
the direaion of the operations of dyeing or printingr of
textile fat>ric8, e,g.t the sons of manutadurers, calico
printers, managers, master dyers, Ac,
Leather Industries Department,
Lecturer.^H. R. Proaer. F.I.C.
The full Course, which extends over a period of three
years, is suitable to all who intend to become Technical
Chemists in the Leather Industry, or managers of im-
portant works, and is recommended to sons of tanners.
The Courseinclttdes instraaion in chemistry, engineering,
leather manufaaure, and praaical work m the Leather
Indostries Laboratory.
Agricultural Department.
Pro/rjsor.— James Muir.
The full Course occupies two years, and includes in-
•tniaion in chemistry, physics, botany, engineering and
surveying, and the principles of agriculture, as well as
praaical work in the various laboratories and out-door
agrtcultare.
Research Students are admitted to the College
Laboratories on reduced terms.
Several valuable Scholarships are at the disposal of the
College, vis., the Cavendish, Salt, Akroyd, Brown, Emsley,
Craven, and Clothworkers* Scholarships, and the Leighton
Trastees' Exhibition, and one of the 1851 Exhibition
Scholarships. The West Riding County Council Scholar*
•hips are tenable at the Yorkshire College.
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL.
Professcr.-~J, Campbell Brown, D.Sc.
Lecturer on Organic Chemistry, --C A. Kohn, B.Sc,
Ph.D.
Lecturer on Metallurgy,— T, L. Bailey. Ph.D.
Demonstrators and Assistant Lecturers,— T. L, Bailey,
Pb.D., C. A. Kohn, B.Sc., Ph.D., and S. B. Schryver,
B.Sc., Ph.D.
Assistant.-H. H. Froysell.
The Session commences Oaober 3rd.
The Classes meet the requirements of candidates for
the Ordinary B.Sc. Degree, for Chemistry Honours, or
for the M.Sc.or D.Sc Degree in Viaoria University ; for
Degrees in Medicine of Viaoria, London, and Edinburgh ;
for a special Technological Certificate of University Col-
lege ; and for those studying Chemistry as a preparation
for professional, technical, or commercial life. The Classes
2oalify for the Fellowship of the Institute of Chemistry of
frieat Britain and Ireland, and other Examination Boards.
Lecture Courses,
General Blementarv Course on the principal non*
metallic elements and the most important metals, the
principles of Chemical Philosophy, and an introduaory
•ketch of Organic Chemistry. Three Terms. Fee, £4.
Engineer*s Course of Leaures with Praaical Class.
Two Terms. Fee, ;f4« . « ^. • „ .-
Dental Course, Leaures and Praaical. Fee, £$ 5s.
Coarse A.— Non-metals. Fee, £1 los.
Course B.— Metals. Fee, £3 los.
Course C— Organic Chemistry. Fee, £^ los.
Course H. — Special Organic Subjeas. Fee, £1,
Course D.^-Physical Chemistry. One Term. Fee,£i.
Course E.— History of Chemistry and of the Develop-
ment of Modern Chemical Philosophy. Three Terms.
, Fee. £2.
Courses F. — Technological Chemistry and Metallurgy :
Leaures on Technology are given in conneaion with
Laboratory work at hours to be arranged. The subjeas
are varied in different years, (i) Alkali and Allied Manu-
laaures. (2) Copper, Iron, and Steel. (3) Lead, Silver
and Gold. Alumjnium. and other Metals. (4) Distillation
of Coal and Tar Industries. (5) Fuel and Gas. (6)
Chemistry Applied to Sanitation. (7) Technical Gas
Analysis. Three terms. Fee, etch course £1 los.
Practical Classes.
(z) Junior. (2) Intermediate: Qualitative Analysis of
Inorganic Substances and of some of the more common
Organic Substances. (3) Revision Class. (4) Senior:
Praaical Organic (Advanced Medical Class). (5) Praaical
Exercises on Technology, Pharmaceutical Chemistry,
Saitanry subjeas. Examination of Water and Air, of
Animal Secretions, Urinary Deposits, Calculi, and
Poisons. (6) Quantitative Class: Course arranged to
suit the requirements of the London University B.Sc.
Examinations, Pass and Honours, and for Intermediate
M.B. Honours.
Chemical Laboratory.
The Chemical Laboratories provide accommodation for
every kind of chemical work.
Additional metallurgy furnaces have been built, and a
department for praaical study of Elearicity applied to
Chemical Analysis has been added during the past year,
and a large extension of the laboratories is in progress
this year.
Students desirous of gaining a thorough theoretical and
praaical acquaintance with Technical Chemistry, or who
intend to adopt Chemical work as a profession, most
devote three or four years to special study.
Table of Febs.
One Tero. Three Tennt,
Per Week. Three Mooths. One ScMioa.
One day £4 £S
Two dajTS 6 10
Three days 8 za
Four days .••••• 9 25
Whole week xo lot. ai
Pharmaceutical Coarse, £11.
Technological Curriculum,
Preliminary y#ar. ^Chemistry, the Elementary Course.
Praaical Classes z and 2. Mathematics, or Mechanics,
or Physics. Elementary Engineering, Drawing, and
Design (in this or one of the following years). German.
Or the Viaoria Preliminary Course and Examination
may be taken.
First Year, — Chemistry — Courses A and B ; Chemical
Laboratory three days per week; Praaical Organic
Class dunng the Summer Term ; Technological Che-
mistry, Course F. Physics, with laboratory work, one
day per week. Mathematics (intermediate). German.
Engineering, First Year Course, Autumn and Lent Terms.
Intermediate B.Sc Examination may be passed.
Second Year, — Chemistry. Leaure Course C, on Organic
Chemistry. Leaure Course E or D, Technological Chemis*
try. Course F, on Metallurgy. Chemical Laboratory, four
pays per week. Engineering, Mathematics, or Physics (Ad«
vanced). The Final Examination for the Viaoria B.Sc.,
or the Intermediate Examination of the Institute of
Chemistry, may be taken.
Third Year.—Co\itt% D, F, and C. Any other
Courses omitted in a previous year. Laboratory, five
davs per week. Students may finally choose a special
subjea either of research or of applied Chemistry.
The Final Examination for the Associateship of the
120
Schools of Chemistry.
I Chemical News,
I Sept. 6, 12^5.
Institute of Chemistry of Great Britain and Ireland may
be taken. Three years study after passing the Preli-
minary Examination of ViAoria University are required
for the B.Sc. Degree in the Honours School of Chemistry.
The Sheridan Muspratt Chemical Scholarship of ;£'5o
per annum, tenable for two years, will be competed for in
December, 1895, on an Examination in subjects which are
included in the first two years of the above curriculum.
Other Scholarships, Entrance Scholarships, and Free
Studentships are also available to Students.
Evening Classts,
Classes will be held on Metallurgy and on Analysis of
Oases.
The Prospedus containing full particulars may be
obtained from the Registrar, University College, Liverpool.
LIVERPOOL COLLEGE OF CHEMISTRY.
/'riwci^a/.— George Tate, Ph.D., F.I.C., F.C.S.
The Laboratories are open daily from 10 to 5, excepting
Saturdays, when they close at i p.m. The course of in-
Btrudtion is adapted to the requirements of students of
Chemistry as a science, and in its applications to chemical
and metallurgical industries. The fee for a three years'
course of study is eighty guineas, or per session of
three months eight guineas .
Prospeduses, containing full particulars of the day and
evening classes, may be had on application at the College.
DURHAM COLLEGE OF SCIENCE,
NEWCASTLE-ON-TYNE.
Professor of Chemistry, — P. Phillips Bedson, M.A.,
D.Sc, F.I.C., F.C.S.
Lecturer in Chemistry— S&ville Shaw, F.C.S.
Lecturer in Agricultural Chemistry,— -R, Greig Smith,
B.Sc. (Edin.), F.C.S.
The Session will commence on September 23rd, 1895.
1. Oemral Course, — This Course of Ledures will
extend over the three terms of the Session, and is
intended to serve as an introduction to the Science.
The Ledures will be of an elementary charader, and
whilst framed to meet the requirements of First Year
Students will also be serviceable to such as intend pursuing
Chemistry in its various applications in the arts and
manufadures, as, for instance. Brewing, Metallurgy, the
Manufadure of Soda, Soap, Glass, &c. The subjeds
treated will include an exposition of the Principles of
Chemistry, and a description of the preparation and
properties of the chief Elementary Substances, both
metallic and non-metallic, and their more important
native and artificial compounds. A sedion of this Course
will be devoted to an outline of Organic Chemistry. The
class will meet on Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays,
at zi a.m., and will commence on Wednesday, Odober
and. Fee, £^ los. for the Session.
2. Advanced Course, — Inorganic Chemistry, Tuesdays
3 to 4 p.m., during the Session. Fee, £2 ; or for students
taking Organic Chemistry, £1,
3. Organic Chemistry, — A Course of Ledures will
be given throughout the Session, the subjed of
which will be Organic Chemistry, or the Chemistry
of the Carbon Compounds. This class will meet on
Tuesdays and Thursdays, at 11 a.m., and Fridays 3 to
4 p.m., and will commence on Thursday, Odober 3rd.
Fee, £^ los. for the Session.
Advanced Classes will be formed for the study of
Inorganic, Organic, and Theoretical Chemistry. Fee for
the course, £3 los.
A Ledure Course in Analytical Chemistry will be given
on Mondays, at 3 p.m., commencing Odober 8th.
Metallurgy and Assaying. — Ledurer, Saville Shaw,
F.C.S. A Metallurgical Laboratory is provided, in which
instrudion is given in the ordinary processes of Dry-
Assaying, and in the preparation and analysis of Alloys,
&c. Fee as for Chemical Laboratory.
Agricultural Chemistry. — The instrudion in this branch
of Chemistry will consist of a series of Ledures and of
special pradical work in the Chemical Laboratory.
Students will be expeded to have a knowledge of Ele-
mentary Chemistry, such as may be obtained by attending
the General Course.
The Ledure Course in Agricultural Chemistry is
arranged for two days a week throughout the Session.
Fee, ^3 10.
Practical Chemistry,— Tht Laboratory is open from
10 a.m. to I p.m., and from 2 to 5 p.m., except on Satur-
days, when it closes at z p.m. Laboratory Fees, — Students
working two days, £2 zos. per term, £6 per session ; one
day per week, j^i los. per term, £^ zos. per session.
Courses of Study, — Students will be divided into two
classes: — (i) Regular, or Matriculated Students, who
are also Members of the University of Durham ; and
(2) Non-Matriculated Students. Regular Students will be
required to follow such a course of study in the subjeds
professed in the College as will enable them to pass the
Examinations for the title of Associate in Physical Science
of the University of Durham. Non-Matriculated Students
will attend such classes as they may seled. Every can-
didate for admission as a matriculated student must pass
an examination on entrance, in reading, writing from
didation, English or Latin Grammar, arithmetic
(including decimals), and geography. Registered students
in medicine are exempted from this examination, or stu-
dents who produce a certificate of having passed either
of the two following examinations : —
z. Durham Examination for certificate of proficiency
in General Education, held in March and September.
2. Durham Examination for Students in Arts in their
first year, or any examination of a similar nature that may
be accepted by the Council.
Associateship in Physical Science. — Every candidate for
the Associateship in Physical Science will be required to
satisfy the examiners in — Mathematics, Physics, Che-
mistry, and either Geology or Natural History— in an
examination to be held at the end of the candidate's first
year. Associates in Science are admissible one year after
obtaining the title of Associate to examination for the
degree of Bachelor of Science of the University of Durham.
Exhibitions, — Three Exhibitions of the value of ;C25,
£z5, and £zo respedively will be awarded in Odober next
to Candidates desirous of attending the first year course of
study in the College.
The examination will be held at the College, and wU
commence on Monday, September 23rd.
Evening Lectures. — Courses of Evening Ledures will
be given, with a Pradical Class for Laboratory instrudion.
Two Exhibitions of £1$ each will be awarded at the next
examination of '* Persons not members of the University,"
which will be held at Durham in March next.
Several other valuable Scholarships are available for
students.
OWENS COLLEGE,
VICTORIA UNIVERSITY, MANCHESTER,
Professor and Director oj the Chemical Laboratory. —
Harold B. Dixon, M.A., F.R.S.
Professor of Organic Chemistry, — W. H. Perkin, Ph.D.,
F.R.S.
Demonstrators and Assistant Lecturers, — George H.
Bailey, D.Sc, Ph.D. ; Arthur Harden, M.Sc, Ph.D. ; P.
J. Hartog, B.Sc; B. Lean, B.A., D.Sc; and W. A.
Bone, B.Sc, Ph.D.
Lecturer in Dyeing and Printing. — Ernest Bentz.
Assistant Lecturer in Metallurgy. — Gilbert J. Fowler,
M.Sc
The Session begins on Odober z, Z895, ^^^ ends on
June 23, Z896.
The instrudion is given by means of ExperimeDtal
Ledures and Tutorial Classes. The Chemical Classes
form part of the Courses for Chemistry in the University.
Chemistry Lecture Courses,
General Chemistry Course. — Tuesdays, Thi^rsdays, and
Saturdays, at 9.30, during the two Winter '^
liter ^ftraiE.
CBMIICAL NtWBf I
Sept. 6, 1895- I
Schools oj Chemistry.
121
Iittroduction to Organic CA#mii^i7.— Wednesdays and
Fridays, at 9.30, during Lent Term.
These courses are intended for Medical Students and
others beginning the study of chemistry.
First Year Honours Course, — Mondays, Wednesdays,
and Fridays, ix.30 a.m., during the two Winter Terms.
The Non-Metals.
Second Year Honours Course. — Mondays, Wednesdays,
Fridays, 3.30 p.m., during the two Winter Terms. The
Metals.
Third Year Honours Course, — At times to be arranged.
Physical Chemistry.
Organic Chemistry {Oeneral). — Tuesdays and Thurs-
days, 9 30, during two Winter Terms.
Organic Chemistry (Honours). — Mondays and Fridays,
9.30, during the two Winter Terms.
History of Chemistry and Chemical Philosophy, —
Wednesdays, zo.30, during the Session.
Metallurgy, — Lectures : The Metallurgy of Copper,
Lead, Silver, Gold, and the Metallurgy of Iron and Steel
will be given in alternate years. Practical : Saturdays,
9.30.
The Chemical Laboratories are open daily from 9.30.
a.m. to 4.30 p.m., except on Saturdays, when they are
closed at 12.30 p.m.
Courses for B,Sc. Degree. — To qualify for the B.Sc.
Degree of the Vidoria University, Students have to
attend a prescribed course of study extending over three
years, and to pass the Preliminary Examination of the
University either on entering or at the end of a year*s
Course.
The Honours Course of Chemistry is as follows : —
First year: First year Honours Ledtures; Mathematics
<3 hours a week) ; Physics (3 hours a week) ; a Language
(3 hours a week) ; Chemical Laboratory (3 days per
week). Second year : Second year Honours Ledures ;
General Organic Ledures ; Applied Chemistry LeAures ;
Physics Laboratory (i day per week) ; Chemical Labora-
tory (3 days per week). Third year: Third year Honours
LeAures; Honours Organic Ledures; History of Che-
mistry Ledures; Chemical Laboratory (5 days per week).
The following awards are made to successful Students
in the Honours Examination :— A University Scholarship
^^ £5^ f A Mercer Scholarship of £25, A University
Fellowship of £150 is awarded annually among the
Graduates in Science for the encouragement of Research.
Among the College Scholarships open to Chemical
Students are the Dalton Chemical Scholarship, £$0 per
aonam for two years ; the 1851 Exhibition Scholarship ;
the John Buckley Scholarship ; &c.
Applied Chemistry.
First Course, — Sulphuric Acid and Alkali Manufadures.
General Principles of Chemical Engineering.
Second Course,— Tht Chemistry of Fuel. The Manu-
adure of Illuminating Gas and Gaseous Fuel.
Third Coiiri£.— The Chemistry of Coal Tar.
Fourth Course. — Natural and Artificial Dye-stuffs.
Fifth C<mr«^.— Calico-printing.
Certificates in Applied Chemistry.
The course extends over a period of three years, and
comprises systematic instrudion by means of ledures and
pradical work in the laboratories.
Before admission to the first year's course students are
required to give such evidence of elementary knowledge
of Mathematics and Chemistry as shall be considered
•atisfadory by the Senate.
The first year's course is the same for all students
working for the certificate.
In the second and third years a choice may be made
between Inorganic and Organic Chemistry. By this
division of the subjed a student wishing to apply himself
specially to the inorganic side of the science, may attend
during his second year the Honours course in Metals, and
courses on Geology or Mineralogy, and during his third
year, courses on Metallurgy and on Geology or
Mineralogy; while a student wishing to apply himself
specially to the organic side of the science, may attend
during his second and third years the Courses on Organic
Chemistry, and courses on the Coal Tar Colours and on
Dyeing and Printing.
Part of the Laboratory pradice in the second and third
years will consist in the examination and analysis of raw
materials, produds from chemical works, &c., in connedion
with the special courses of ledures on Applied Chemistry.
In the Chemistry and Physical laboratories the pradical
work in the second year will be arranged in accordance
with the branch of Chemistry seleded by the candidate.
In the third year the student, if sufficiently advanced,
will be set to work on some analytical process or problem
in Applied Chemistry, under the diredion of the teaching
stafif.
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, NOTTINGHAM.
Departments op Chemistry and Metallurgy,
AND OF Agriculture.
Professor of Chemistry. — Frank Clowes, D.Sc. Lond.,
F.I.C.
Demonstrators of Chemistry. — ^J. J. Sudborough, D.Sc,
Ph.D., F.LC, R. M. Caven, B.Sc, F.I.C, and G. Mel-
land, B.Sc, A.R.S.M.
The Classes of the College are open to students of both
sexes above sixteen years of age.
The dates of commencement and end of Terms in the
Session 1895-96 will be as follows : — First Term, October
7th to December 2xst ; Second Term, January 20th to
April 2nd ; Third Term, April 20th to July 4th.
Lecture Courses, — The Chemistry Day Ledures extend
over three years. In the first year a student enters for
the course on Non-Metals for the first two terms and for
Elementary Organic Chemistry in the third term. In his
second year he takes the course on Metals for the first two
terms. In his third year he attends a course on Advanced
Organic Chemistry or Applied Chemistry. Fee for Day
Ledures and Classes : Non-Metals or Metals 42s. ;
Organic Chemistry (one term) 21s. ; Advanced Organic
Chemistry, 21s. per term.
Demonstrations and Ledures on Analytical Chemistry
will be given in the day and evening, and should be
attended b^ all students.
A Chemical Calculation Class is also held. Fee per
Term, 5s.
Students may qualify themselves by attendance at these
ledures and classes for the Examinations of the Univer-
sities of London, Cambridge, or Oxford, and for the
Medical Examinations of the Royal College of Surgeons
and of the Universities of Cambridge and Edinburgh :
they may also obtain instrudion in Chemistry for technical
or other purposes, and can enter for a full Chemical
Engineering Curriculum. Special attention is given to
the requirements of candidates for the Associateship of
the Institute of Chemistry.
Practical Chemistry. — The chemical laboratory is open
every day from 10 to 5, except on Saturday, when the
hours are from zo to z, and on Tuesday and Thursday
evenings from 7 to 9. Each Student works independently
of other Students at a course recommended by the Pro-
fessor. Instrudion is given in general Chemical Manipu-.
lation, in Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis, and in
the methods of Original Chemical Investigation and
Research; Students are also enabled to work out the
applications of Chemistry to Pharmacy, Dyeing, Agricul-
ture, Brewing, Iron and Steel, Tanning, and other Manu-
faduring Processes. Fees for day students: For one
term, £7 ; for the session, ;£'i8 ; for six hours weekly 40s.,
and 5s. extra for each additional hour per week. For
evening students, zos. for two hours per week, three
hours 153., four hours 20s., six hours 30s., per term.
Courses of Technical Chemistry Lectures are also given
on Engineering, Dyeing and Bleaching, Brewing, Plumb-
ing, Bread-making, Gas Manufadure, and on other pro-
cesses of applied Chemistry.
122
Schools of Chemistry.
t Chbuical Mbwb,
I Aug. 30, ifc95.
PharmaciuHcal Stndints can at all times work in the
Chemical Laborator}', taking work suitable for the pre-
paration for the Minor Examinations. Special leAures
will also be given in Chemistry and Materia Medica.
Government Lectures and Classes, — Evening Ledures
and Laboratory instruAion will be given by the Demon-
rators of Chemistry to Students who intend to present
themselves for Examination by the Government Science
and Art Department in May next. Inorganic, organic,
and praAical chemistry, agricultural chemistry, and
metallurgy will be taught in the elementary, advanced, and
honours stages, each of which commences at the beginning
of the College Session in Odober. Fee for each Le^ure
Course, 58. ; for each Laboratory Course, los.
An Agricultural Course of instrudion, extending over
two years, is now organised under the general direAion
of Mr. M. J. R. Dunstan, M.A., F.R.S.E. It includes
instrudion in chemistry, botany, agriculture, with pra^ical
work on experimental fields, dairy work, farriery, land
surveying, &c. The instrudlion is designed for those who
intend to become farmers, bailiffs, land agents, or
colonists, and may be extended to a third year if desired.
Fee, £'15 per annum for residents in Notts, ;^20 to
residents in other counties.
Full information concerning all College Classes is given
io the College Prospedus, price one penny.
FIRTH COLLEGE, SHEFFIELD.
Professor of Chemistry. --V/, Carleton Williams, B.Sc.
F.C.S.
Demonstrators and Assistant Lecturers. — G. Young,
Ph.D., and L. T. O'Shea, B Sc, F.C.S.,
The Session will commence on October ist.
First Year's Course. — Chemistry of the Non-Metallic
Elements. Tuesday and Friday from 10 to 11 a.m. Fee,
£1 128. 6d.
Second Year's Couri^.— Chemistry of Metals. Monday
and Thursday from 10 to iz a.m. £2 12s. 6d.
Third Year's Course. — Organic Chemistry, on Wednes-
day, from 9 to 10, and Saturday, from 10 to 11. Fee,
£2 28. Chemical Philosophy, Thursday, ix to 12. Fee,
£t lis. 6d.
Short Courses of Ledures are also given by L. T.
0*Shea on Eledrolytic Analysis, and on the Chemistry of
Coal Mining.
A Course of Ledures is arranged for Medical Students,
with a special class in Qualitative Analysis.
Laboratory, — Working hours to be arranged between
Professor and Students.
Sessional Fees for Day Students :— Six hours per week,
£5 5s.; Nine, £7; Twelve, £S 8s.; Eighteen, ;f 11 5s.:
Twenty- four, ;f 14 ; Thirty-two, £ij.
Day Students ma^ not enter for less than six hours a
week. Students joming the Laboratory at Christmas
will be charged two-thirds and at Easter one-third of
the Fees for the whole Session.
Fees for short periods (working thirty-two hours per
week) : — For one month, £^ 3s.; two months, £$ 58.
An arrangement has been entered into with the Science
and Art Department, South Kensington, which will enable
^ience Teachers to work in the Chemical Laboratory for
three, six, or twelve hours a week on payment of one-
quarter of the usual fee, the Department being willing
to pay the remainder under certain conditions, of which
full information may be obtained on application to the
Registrar.
Students who have worked for three sessions in the
Chemical Laboratory are eligible for eledion to a scholar-
ship value ;f 150 for two years.
Evening Classes. — Ledures, Wednesday, 8 to 9. Labo-
ratory instruction, Wednesday, 6 to 9, and another series
to be arranged if desired. Sessional Fee, one evening per
week, £t los. ; two, 50s. ; or Ledure Class and Labora-
tory, on Wednesday evening, £1 zos.
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, DUNDEE.
Professor of Chemistry, ^Jtimtt Walker, Ph.D., D.Sc.
Assistant Lecturers. — F. J. Hambly, F.I.C., and J. R.
Appleyard, F.C.S.
Lecture Assistant and Laboratory Steward, — J. Foggie,
F.C.S.
The Winter Session begins on Odober Z5th, and ends
on March 2i8t. The Summer Session extends from May
to July.
The First Year*s Lecture Course on Systematic Che-
mistry is given daily during the Winter Session, and
embraces the Elements of Inorganic and of Organic
Chemistry.
Advanced Courses, of about fifty ledures each, will be
given during the year as follows: —
Organic Chemistry; Inorganic Chemistry, including
the more important technological applications; Theo-
retical and Physical Chemistry ; Bleaching and Dyeing,
including the Chemistry of the Textile Fibres.
Pradical Instrudion in all of the above branches will
be given in the Laboratories and Dye-house. To supple-
ment the Pradlical work of First Year*s Laboratory
Students a short course of LeAures on Analytical
Chemistry will be offered. Special facilities are afforded
to Research Students.
The Le&ures and Laboratory PraAice in Chemistry
are recognised by the Medical Colleges of London and
Edinburgh, as well as by the University of Edinburgh,
for degrees in Science and Medicine. The Courses are
suitable for the degrees of the University of London and
for the Civil Service appointments, and will also satisfy
the requirements of Students in Pharmacy, and of
Students who intend to become candidates for the
Associateship of the Institute of Chemistrye as far as
qualification in Chemistry is concerned.
UNIVERSITY OF EDINBURGH.
Department of Chbmistry.
Professor.^Alex. Crum Brown, M.D., D.Sc, F.R.S.,
Pres. C.S.
Lecturers.—L, Dobbin, Ph.D., and H. Marshall, D.Sc.
Assistants.'-V/. W. Taylor, M.A., and A. F. Watson,
B.Sc.
The working terms are — Winter Session, from middle
of Odlober to middle of March ; Summer Session, from
beginning of May to end of July.
Lecture Courses. — During the Winter Session a General
Course of Chemistry for medical and science students it
given by the Professor. The class meets daily ; fee £^ 48.
An Advanced Course of twenty- five ledures is also given
in the Winter Session ; fee, £2 as. A class on Organic
Chemistry is held in summer ; fee, £2 2S. There is also
a class on Chemical Theory, by Dr. Dobbin ; fee £1 if. :
and a class on Crystallography, by Dr. Marshall ; fee,
£2 2S.
In addition to the above, Ledlure Courses are given by
the Assistants on some particular branch of Organic
and Inorganic Chemistry. These Ledlures are free to
Laboratory Students.
Tutorial classes are held in connexion with the
General Course.
Laboratories.—VmCticsLl classes for Medical Students
meet daily during the latter part of the Winter Session
and in the Summer Session. (Fee, ^3 3s.) The labora-
tories for analytical and advanced pradical work are
open daily from 10 till 4. (Fees : Whole Day — Winter
Session, ;fio los., Odt.-Dec, Jan.-March; or Summer
Session, £$ 5s. Half Day — Winter Session, £6 6s., Ofl.-
Dec, Jan.-March ; or Summer Session, £3 3s. Preference
wili be given to students in the above order. Students
who are not Matriculated may attend the Chemical
Laboratory on payment of the entrance fee of 5s. in aidi-
tion to the Laboratory fees. Full Courses of instrudion
are given in Analytical, Pradical Organic and Inorganic
Chemistry. Facilities are afforded to advanced students
who desire to undertake chemical investigations.
CHByiCALMlWB.)
Sept. 6» 1893. J
Schools of Chemistry.
m
Various prizes i&nd scholarships are attached to the
laboratory and general class.
Graduation. — Two Degrees in Pure Science are con-
ferred, viz., Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) and Dodor of
Science (D.Sc).
Candidates for Degrees in Science, if not graduates (by
examination) in Arts in one of the Universities of the
United Kingdom or in a Colonial or Foreign University
recognised for the purpose by the University Court, must
pass a preliminary examination in (x) English ; (2) Latin,
Greek, French, or German ; (3) Mathematics ; (4) One of
the languages Latin, Greek, French, German, Italian, not
already taken under (2), or Dynamics. In the case of a
student whose native language is other than European, \
the Senatus may, at the Preliminary Examination, accept
such language as a substitute for a modern European
language. The Senatus may also in such a case accept
as an alternative to Latin or Greek any other classical
languages, such as Sanscrit or Arabic.
The First B.Sc. Examination embraces Mathematics,
or Biology (i.#.. Zoology and Botany), Natural Philosophy,
and Chemistry. The Second B. Sc. Examination includes
any three or more of the following subjedls: — i. Mathe-
matics. 2. Natural Philosophy. 3. Astronomy. 4.
Chemistry. 5. Human Anatomy, including Anthropology.
6. Physiology. 7. Geology, including Mineralogy. 8.
Zoology, including Comparative Anatomy. 9. Botany,
including Vegetable Physiology. Chemistry in this
examination includes Inorganic Chemistry, Organic Che-
mistry, Relation between Chemical and Physical Proper-
ties, Complex Qualitative Analysis (pradlical), Simple
Quantitative Determinations (pradical), and Gas Analysis
(pradical).
A candidate for the D.Sc. Degree must submit a thesis
00 original work done by him. The Thesis must be
approved before the candidate is allowed to proceed to
Examination. The candidate in Chemistry may be re-
quired to pass a searching examination in one of the
following branches :— (i) The Chemistry and Chemical
Technology of Inorganic Bodies, including Metallurgy ;
(2) Orjganic Chemistry ; and to show a thorough praiflical
acquaintance with chemical analysis in all its branches,
and with the preparation of pure substances.
HERIOT-WATT COLLEGE, EDINBURGH.
Pro/mor.—John Gibson, Ph.D., F.R.S.E.
Assistant Professor, — ^John E. Mackenzie, Ph.D., B.Sc.
Demonstrators. — Andrew F. King and James B. Shand.
The Session begins October 8th, 1895.
The curriculum of this College comprises both Day
and Evening Classes, each department providing the
higher general and technical education.
The Ledure Course to day students in Chemistry is
mainly devoted to Inorganic Chemistry. In the Labora-
tory course each student is required to prepare and study
the properties of the principal elementary and compound
gases ; to perform the more important experiments shown
by the Professor in the Ledure Room ; to make himself
thoroughly acquainted with the preparation and purifica-
tion of a number of salts. After a careful study of the
readions of the principal metals and acids, he passes on
^o a full course of systematic qualitative analysis,
and may then, if attending a second year, take up an ex-
tensive course of quantitative analysis (gravimetric,
volumetric, and eledrolytic), ultimately making a
speciality of any branch of the subjeA which may be
most necessary for his future work. Great attention has
been paid to the thorough equipment of the Advanced
Laboratories, and special facilities are given to advanced
students who may wish to engage in any class of Re-
search (Inorganic or Organic) whether of a purely che-
mical or of a technical nature.
The teaching in the Evening Classes is based on the
Syllabus of the Science and Art Department, and in-
cludes Elementarvi Advanced, and Honours Courses in
Jheoretical and Pra^cal Inorganic and Organic Che-
mistry.
GLASGOW AND WEST OF SCOTLAND
TECHNICAL COLLEGE.
Professor of Chemistry, — G.G. Henderson, D.Sc, M.A.
Professor of Technical Chemistry, — E. J. Mills, D.Sc,
F.R.S.
Assistants.-^], Hcndrick, B.Sc, F.I.C., A. R. Ewing,
Ph.D., and T. Gray, B.Sc, F.C.S.
Professor of Metallurgy.— \, Humboldt Sexton, F.C.S.,
F.R.S.E.
The main objeds of this College are to afford a
suitable education to those who wish to qualify themselves
for following an industrial profession or trade, and to
train teachers for technical schools. It was founded by
an Order in Council, dated 26th November, z886,
according to a scheme framed by the Commissioners
appointed under the provisions of the Educational
Endowments (Scotland) Ad, whereby Anderson's College*
the Young Chair of Technical Chemistry in connexion
with Anderson's College, the College of Science and Arts,
Allan's Glen's Institution, and the Atkinson Institution
were placed under the management of one governing
body.
The Diploma of the College is awarded to Day Students
who have attended prescribed courses of instrudion and
passed the necessary examinations. The ordinary courses
extend over three years, but arrangements are made for
advanced students continuing their studies in special
departments.
Complete courses of instruAion in Metallurgy and
Mining will be given in both Day and Evening Classes.
Copies of the Calendar for 1893*94 maybe had from Mr.
John Young, B.Sc, the Secretary, 38, Bath Street,
Glasgow, price by post, is. 4d.
UNIVERSITY OF ST. ANDREWS.
United Colleob of St. Leonard and St. Salvator,
Professor of Chemistry, --T, Purdie, B.Sc, Ph.D.,
F.R.S.
The Session begins on OAober loth. A Competitive
Examination, open to intending Students of Arts or
Science, for about furty-five Entrance Bursaries, ranging in
value from £40 to £10 each per annum, will be held
in the beginning of Odtober. About thirty of these
Bursaries, are restricted to Men and thirteen to Women,
seven of the latter being intended for women who at the
conclusion of their Arts or Science Course will proceed
to Medicine. Two are open to students of either sex.
Two Scholarships of ;£"ioo each, tenable for one year, will
be open for competition to Graduates of Science at the
close of Session 1895-96. A Hall of Residence is
provided for Women Students. Two Degrees in Science
are conferred by the University of St. Andrews, viz.,
Bachelor of Science (B.Sc) and Doctor of Science (D.Sc),
and Chemistry is also included in the curriculum for the
M.A. Degree ; the regulations will be found in the
•• University Calendar."
Lecture Courses,
Two distind Courses of Ledures are given, each com*
prising at least one hundred meetings of the class.
First Year's Course, — This Class meets at 11 o'clock
on five days in the week. The introdudory ledures
treat of the Nature of Chemical Adion, the Classification
of Substances into Elements and Compounds, the Phe-
nomena of Oxidation, and the Composition of Air and
Water. The Laws of Chemical Combination and the
Atomic Theory are next discussed, after which the more
commonly occurring elements and inorganic compounds
are described systematically. Elementary Organic Che-
mistry is also included in the Course.
The chemistry of manufadures is referred to only
cursorily ; special attention, on the other hand, ts
given to those parts of the science which are of general
educational value, and as much of the theory of chemistry
is introduced as is compatible with elementary treat-
ment. The Ledures are supplemented by a short Course
124
Schools 0) Chemistry.
' CBsmcAL Nmrt,
t Sept. 6. 1695.
of Laboratory Pra^ice, intended to illustrate the principles
of the science. !
These courses of instniAion are intended to meet the
requirements of the Arts' Curriculum ; also of candidates '
for the First B.Sc. Examination, and of students of 1
medicine, so far as Theoretical Chemistry is concerned.
Second Yearns Coursi. — The first part of the Course
is devoted to Organic Chemistry, and the second part
treats of the General Principles and Theory of Chemistry,
and of more advanced Inorganic Chemistry, the instruc-
tion in general being such as is required for the Second
B.Sc. Examination.
Certificates are awarded on the results of examinations,
and the •* Forrester Prixe " of about £10 is awarded to
the best Student of the year.
Fee for the Session, for each Course, £$ 3s.
Practical Chemistry,
The Laboratory is open daily from 9 a.m. to 4
p.m., except on Saturdays, when it is closed at z
p.m. The work pursued in the Laboratory comprises :—
(i) The performance of experiments illustrative of the
Principles of Inorganic and Organic Chemistry ; (2)
Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis ; (3) Original
Investigation. Each student pursues an independent
course of study under the supervision of the Professor or
Demonstrator, the nature of the work varying with the
proficiency of the student and the particular objed he
may have in view. Suitable courses of instruction in
Pradical Chemistry are provided for candidates for
the First and Second B.Sc. Examinations, and for
Students of Medicine.
The fees for Pradical Chemistry vary according to the
number of hours taken weekly. A certain number of
working places in the Laboratory will be available with-
out fee for students who are capable of undertaking
original investigation.
QUEEN'S COLLEGE, BELFAST.
Professor.— E, A. Letts, Ph.D., D.Sc. F.R.S.E., &c.
I. — Chemistry, — The ledures are delivered at 3 p.m.,
on the first five days of each week until the beginning
of April, and on three days of each week after May ist,
at 2 p.m. The course is divided into three parts : — (i)
Chemical Philosophy; (2) Inorganic Chemistry; (3}
Organic Chemistry.
II. — Advanced and Organic Chemistry, — Ledures on
these subjeds are given during the first or second terms,
or from May ist until the middle of July, as may suit the
convenience of the class. Fee, £1,
III. — Practical Chemistry, — In this course the Students
are instruded in the general methods of conduding
Chemical Analyses. Fee, £'3.
IV. — Laboratory Pupils, — The Chemical Laboratories
is open from November until the end of March, and from
May zst until the third week of July, on the first five
days of the week, from 10 a.m. until 4 p.m. Students are
admitted as working pupils on payment of a fee of £5
for the first period, or of £2 zos. for the second period (or
for a single term).
Scholarships, — In addition to various Scholarships
awarded in the Faculties of Arts and Medicine in which
Chemistry forms a part of the examination, there are other
valuable Scholarships awarded specially in connedion
with the schools of Chemistry and Ph3'sics.
QUEEN'S COLLEGE, CORK.
Professor, — Augustus E. Dixon, M.D.
Assistant,— D, J. O'Mahony, F.C.S.
The College Session begins on Odober zyth, zSgs, and
ends on June 8th, Z895. The classes are open to male
and female students.
Systematic Chemistry, ^1) General course of Inorganic
Chemistry, Elementary Organic Chemistry, and Chemical
Philosophy. — Fee for each Sessional Course, £2, Each
subsequent Course,j£'z. (2) Advanced Organic Cbemis-
try, and Chemical Philosophy.
Practical Chemistry,— (i) The General Course of Pradi-
cal Chemistry, consisting of about forty Ledores of two
hours each, begins on January 7th, Z895.— Fee ^^^ ^^^
Sessional Course, £^, (2) A Course for Pharmaceuttcal
Students. (3) Special Courses.
The Chemical Laboratory is open daily from zo to 4
o'clock (except during class hours and on Saturdays)
under the Superintendence of the Professor, to Students
entering for special courses of qualitative and quantitative
analysis ; organic chemistry ; or for the purpose of original
investigation.
QUEEN'S COLLEGE, GALWAY.
Professor,— AUrtd Senier, Ph.D., M.D., F.I.C.
Dtmonstrator,—k, J. Walker.
The College Session is divided into three terms. The
First Term extends from Odober Z5 to December ai, the
Second Term from January 6 to March a8, and the Third
Term from April Z3 to June Z3.
Chemistry is studied by attendance at Ledures, by
work in the Laboratories, and by the use of the College
Library. The Courses in the several faculties mre
arranged with a view to the requirements of the Royal
University of Ireland, but are adapted also to those of
other Universities and licensing bodies.
Lecture Courses, — z. First year's Course, Arts and
Engineering, embraces Inorganic and the Elements of
General Chemistry. 2. First year's Course, Medicine,
includes Inorganic and Elementary Organic Chemistry.
3. Third year's Course, Arts, is devoted to Advanced
Ore:anic Chemistry.
Laboratory Courses. — z. Second year's Course, Arts
and Engineering, consists of Exercises in Inorganic
Qualitative Analysis. 2, Second year's Course, Medicine,
includes Inorganic and Elementary Organic Qualitative
Analysis and the Chemical Examination of Urine.
3. Third year's Course, Arts, embraces Quantitative
Analysis and other experiments to suit the requirements
of individual Students. 4. The Laboratories are also
open to Students for work in other branches of Che-
mistry.
For Fees and other particulars apply to the Registrar,
from whom the Calendar, published in December, and
the Extrads from Calendar, published in advance in July,
may be obtained.
ROYAL COLLEGE OF SCIENCE FOR IRELAND,
Stephen's Green, Dublin.
(Science and Art Department),
Professor of Chemistry,— Vf. N. Hartley, F.R.S.
Assistant Chemist,— HMg\i Ramage, F.I.C, Associate
of the Royal College of Science, Dublin.
Demonstrator of Chemistry and Assaying,— iy%cmnx\.
The Session commences on Monday, Odober ist, 1894,
and ends on June 21st, 1895.
The Royal College of Science for Ireland supplies, as
far as pradicable, a complete course of instrudion in
Science applicable to the Industrial Arts, and is intended
also to aid in the instrudion of teachers for the local
Schools of Science.
Diplomas are awarded in the Faculties of Mining,
Engineering, and Manufadures. The Diploma of Asso-
ciate of the Royal College of Science in the Faculty of
Manufadures is recognised by the Council of the Insti*
tute of Chemistry of Great Britain and Ireland as
qualifying candidates for admission to the pradical ex*
amiuations of the Institute.
The instrudion in Chemical Science includes (z) General
Chemistry ; (2) Advanced Chemistry, including Chemical
Manufadures and Metallurgy ; (3) Analytical and Experi-
mental Chemistry ; (4) Instructions in Chemical Research.
Fees payable by Associate Students in the Faculty of
Manufadures :— For the entire Course— first vear, £z9 ;
second year, ^25; third year, ;(Z2. y
Fees payable by Non- Associates :— ;(a foc^jpiaiieparale
Cbrmical Niwb, I
Stpt. 6, 1895. I
Schools oj Chemistry.
"5
Course of Le^ures. For Analytical Chemistry and
Research— ;f2 for a special course of one month ; £5 for
three months; £g for six months; ;£'i2 for the entire
session. For Assaying— ;f 5 for three months ; £^ for six
months £'ia for the entire session.
Note. — Important changes have been made in the
Curriculum by which the First Year's Course of study
has been simplified. Full particulars are contained in the
Direaory of the College, which may be had on application
to the Secretary.
The following are supplementary courses of instrudion
arranged for those who are attending a Course of
Ledures : —
(i) Laboratory Instrudion in the Theory of Chemistry.
(2) An Analytical Course for Students in Engineering.
(3) A Course of Pradical Chemistry for Medical Students.
(4) The Analysis of Water, Air, Food, and Drugs, in
tended for the instrudion of Public Analysts and Medical
Officers of Health. (5) Assaying.
There are four Royal Scholarships of the value of £$0
each yearly, with Free Education, including Laboratory
Instrudion, tenable for two years; two become vacant
each year ; they are awarded on the results of their
examinations to Associate Students, not being Royal
Exhibitioners, who have been a year in the College.
There are also nine Royal Exhibitions attached to the
College, of the yearly value of £$0 each, with Free
Education, including Laboratory Instrudion, tenable for
three years; three become vacant each year, and are
competed for at the May Examinations of the Depart-
ment of Science and Art.
CHEMICAL LECTURES, CLASSES, AND
LABORATORY_[NSTRUCTION.
City and Guilds of London Institute for the
Advancement op Technical Education.— The opera-
tions of the City and Guilds of London Institute are
divided broadly into four branches : the educational work
of three London Colleges, and of the Technological
Examinations. Programmes of the London Colleges
may be had on application to the Head Office of the
Institute, Gresham College, Basinghall Street, London,
E.C.. or from the respedive Colleges. The Technolo-
gical Examinations (Examinations Department, Exhibition
Road, S.W.), are conduded once every year at various
centres throughout the kingdom. Programme, with
Syllabus of Subjeds, &c., may be obtained of Messrs.
Whittaker and Co., Paternoster Square, London, or
through any bookseller, price lod., net. — City and
Guilds Technical ColUgf, Exhibition Road, — Professor
of Chemistry, H. E. Armstrong, Ph.D., F.R.S. The objed
of this Institution is to give to London a College for the
higher technical education, in which advanced instrudion
shall be provided in those kinds of knowledge which bear
upon the different branches of industry, whether Manu-
ladures or Arts. The main purpose of the instrudion
given is to point out the application of different
branches of science to various manufaduring industries.
In order that this instrudion may be efficiently carried
out, the Institution, in addition to the ledure theatres
and class rooms, is fitted with laboratories, drawing
offices, and workshops ; and opportunities are afforded
for the prosecution of original research, with the objed of
the more thorough training of the students, and for the
elucidation of the theory of industrial processes. The
courses of instrudion are arranged to suit the require-
ments of— I. Persons who are training to become
Technical Teachers ; 2. Persons who are preparing to
enter Engineers* or Architeds' offices, or Manufaduring
works ; 3. Persons who desire to acquaint themselves with
the scientific principles underlying the particular branch
of industry in which they are engaged. The Matriculation
Examinations will begin on Tuesday, Sept. zjth, and
the Winter Session opens on Tuesday, October ist.
City and Guilds Technical College, Finsbury. — Professor
of Chemistry, Raphael Meldola, F.R.S. The operations
of the Technical College, Finsbury, are divided into two
distinct portions : Day Classes for those who are
able to devote one, two, or three years to
systematic technical education ; Evening Classes for
those who are engaged in industrial or commercial
occupations in the daytime And who desire to receive
supplementary instruction in the application of Science
and of Art to the trades and manufactures in which they
are concerned or employed. Each Professor is assisted
by Demonstrators. Besides these there are Lecturers
and Teachers in special subjects. An examination for
the admission of Students will be held at the College
at 10 o'clock on Tuesday, September 17th, 1895.
South London Technical Art ScAoo/.— Classes in Model-
ling, Design, Wood Engraving, Drawing and Painting,
House Decoration, Machine Dr4wing and Design,
Plaster-work, &c.
Addey*s Science and Art School, Church Street,
Deptford.— Head Master, William Ping, F.C.S.— Day
and Evening Classes in Theoretical and Pradical Che-
mistry, Physics, &c. The Classes are approved by the
County Council.
BiKKBBCK Literary and Scientific Institution:
Bream's Buildings, Chancery Lane. — Chemistry ,
Courses will be conduded, commencing September 24th,
adapted for the Elementary, Advanced, and Honours
Examinations of the Science and Art Department, and for
the Matriculation, B.Sc, and M.B. Degrees of the London
University. /nor^arair Chemistry: Mr. J. Woodward, B.A.,
B.Sc. Lectures — Elementary, Tuesdays, 8.15 p.m.;
Advanced, Thursdays, 6.15; Practical, Tuesdays, 6—8
p.m.; Thursdays, 7.30— 9.30 p.m. Organic Chemistry :
Mr. F. Gossling, B.Sc. Lectures — Elementary, Wednes-
days, 6 to 7 p.m. ; Practical, Wednesdays, 7 to 9 p.m.
The Central School of Chemistry and Pharmacy,
173, Marylebone Road, London. — Dr. A. B. Griffiths,
F.R.S.E., F.C.S., &c.. and Mr. Lionel Cooper, F.C.S.
Lectures are given on Chemistry, Physics, Botany,
Materia Medica, Pharmacy, &c. Laboratory Instruction.
South London School op Pharmacy, Lim., 325, Ken-
nington Road, S.E. — Ledures on Chemistry and Physics,
by Dr. John Muter, F.R.S.E., F.I.C., Daily, at 9 a.m.
(Organic) and 10 a.m. (Inorganic). Lredures on Botany
daily at 12 noon, and at 2 p.m. on Materia Medica and
Pharmacy, by Mr. Dodd, F.C.S. The Laboratories for
Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis open daily from 9
till 5, under the diredion of Mr. de Koningh, F.I.C.,
F.C.S. The Students' Laboratory of this Institution is
specially designed to accommodate 40 Students. The
Technical Laboratory is open daily from 9 till 5, and is
fully fitted with all apparatus for teaching the manufadure
of drugs and chemicals. Periodical Examinations of the
Students are held by Visiting Examiners appointed by
the Council of Education, and Medals and Certificates
are awarded on the results thereof. Fees for the first
three months 12 guineas ; afterwards 2i guineas per month
respedively, inclusive of all departments.
The Goldsmiths* Institute, New Cross, S.E,<— Head
of the Chemistry Department, Mr. A. G. Bloxam, F.I.C. ;
Assistants, Mr. H. C. L. Bloxam and Mr. Percy Tarver,
A.R.C.S. Ledures and Pradical Classes in General
Chemistry, also in Chemistry applied to Leather Manu-
fadure and Gas Manufadure, are held in the evenings
from 7.30 to 10.0, and are open to bo'.h sexes.
People's Palace, Mile End Road, E. (Draper's Com-
pany's Institute).— Professor, J. T. Hewitt, M.A , D.Sc,
Ph.D.; Assistant, Mr. F. G. Pope. The classes are
open to both sexes without limit of age. Evening classes
in Theoretical and Pradical Chemistry. The Session
commences on Monday, September 23rd. A course for
the London University B.Sc. Degree, including Honours,
126
Schools Of Chemistry.
I ClIftMICAL llBWt«
I Sept. 6« 1895.
is now offered, and the Chemical Laboratory has been
newly equipped. Every facility is offered to Students
desiring to undertake Research work.
PoLYTBCHNic Institutb, 309, Regent Street, London,
W.— Mr. R. A. Ward and Assistants.— Evening Classes
in Theoretical and Praaical Chemistry, &c.. The Classes
are open to both sexes. The next term commences on
October ist, 1894.
Univbrsity Tutorial Collbgb, 32. Red Lion Square,
Holbom, W.C. (Science Department of the Univ. Corr.
Coll.). — The large Chemical, Biological, and Physical
laboratories have been found admirably suited to their
purpose, and the proportion of passes in the London
University Science Lists has increased rapidly. Students
may work either for long or short periods.
Westminster Collbob of Chemistry and Pharmacy,
Trinity Square, Borough, S.E. — Messrs. Wills and
Wootton. Day and Evening Classes.
Bristol Medical School.— Mr. T. Coomber, F.C.S.
The Clifton Laboratory, Berkeley Square, Bristol.—
Students are received either as Piivate Pupils or Members
of a Class. Instruction is given to those requiring to use
science or scientific methods in Commercial and Indus-
trial pursuits, or in preparing for Examinations. Every
effort is made to produce thorough chemists rather than
successful examinees.
Leeds School of Scibncx and Tbchnolooy,
(Mechanics' Institution, Leeds).— There is a three years*
course of ledures in Inorganic Chemistry, and a two
years' course in Organic Chemistry and Metallurgy.
Institute op Chemical Technology, Hackins Hey,
Liverpool (A. Norman Tate and Co.).— Principal, Mr.
F. H. Tate, F.C.S. The course of instrudion is intended
more especially for students who wish to gain a know-
ledge of chemistry and the allied sciences in their relation
to industrial and commercial pursuits, and embraces a
thorough preliminary course of theoretical chemistry and
pradical laboratory work, followed by instrudlion in
chemical technology fitted to the requirements of each
pupil. In addition to these chemical studies, students
who desire it can enter upon a special course calculated
to afford them knowledge useful in the eredion and
arrangement of manufactories and plant, and construc-
tion of apparatus.
The Municipal Technical School, Princess Street,
Manchester.— Theoretical and Pradical Chemistry, Mr.
E. Knecht, Ph.D., F.I.C., and Mr. J. Grant, F.I.C..
F.C.S. Metallurgy, Mr. E. L. Rhead. At this important
Municipal School, with an attendance of upwards of 3000
Students, there are organised Day Courses in Pure
Chemistry, with applications to Dyeing, Bleaching, and
Printing. In addition there are Evening Courses, not
only in Pure Chemistry, but in Metallurgy, Iron and
Steel Manufadure. Brewing, Oils, Colours and Varnishes,
Oils and Fats, Soap Manufacture, Bleaching, Dyeing,
and Printing, Coal Tar Produds, Paper Manufaaure,
and Photography. The complete Syllabus (4d., by post
6d.) may be obtained on application to Mr. J. H. Reynolds,
Diredor and Secretary, Princess Street, Manchester.
Higher Grade School, Patricropt.— Science and
Art Day and Evening School, and Institute for Women.
Demonstrator in Chemistry, Mr. R. J. B. Sanderson.
Technical Institute, Birley Street, Beswick,—
Demonstrator in Chemistry, Mr. R. J. B. Sanderson.
Sheffield Borough Analysts* Laboratory, i,
Surrey Street. — Mr. A. H. Allen, F.C.S. Day and
Evening Classes.
Stockport Technical School. — Department of
Chemistry and Dyeing.— Principal : Mr. R. J. Brown,
M.Sc. A syllabus with full particulars of the courses of
instrudion, hours, fees, &c., is obtainable on application.
Technical Institutb, Swansea. — Classes in
Theoretical and Pradictl Organic and Inorganic Chemis-
try, Metallurgy, Hygiene, Mathematics, &c., from Octo*
ber to May. Principal, W. Morgan, Ph.D., F.I.C.
Aberdeen University.— Prof. Japp,
School of Medicine, Edinburgh. — Dr. S. Macadam,
Mr. King, Mr. I. Macadam. Mr. Patersoo, and Drt.
Aitken and Readman.
SuROEON*s Hall, Nicolson Street, Edinburgh. — Mr.
Ivison Macadam. Laboratory work and deroonstrations
in Agricultural Chemistry. Chemistry Class for Women.
St. Mungo's College and School of Mboxcinb,
Edinburgh. — Dr. Marshall.
City Analyst's Laboratory and Class Room, 138,
Bath Street, Glasgow.— Messrs. Wallace and Claik.
Glasgow University.— Prof. J. Ferguson,
Glasgow Veterinary Colleqb.- Professor Cooke.
Anderson's College. Glassow.— Mr. J. R. WatMMi.
Royal College op Surgeons in Irbland, Dublin. —
Professor of Chemistry and Hygiene: Sir Charles A.
Cameron, M.D., F.R.C.S.I. InstruAion is given in the
College Laboratory in General, PraAical, and Analytical
Chemistry, and in the subjeAs (Physical, Chemical, and
Microscopical) required for Examinations in Public Health
and to educate for the position of Public Analyst.
Dublin, Catholic University. — Dr. Campbell.
CORRESPONDENCE.
NEW GROUPING OF THE ELEMENTS.
To the Ediior of the Chemical News,
Sir, — I suppose some of your readers, before this letter
can reach you, will have drawn your attention to the fad
that the ** New Grouping of the Elementu,** given by
Thomsen in the current volume of Zeitich,/, Anorganitcke
Chemiet pp. 190—193, is identical with the one given by
Carnelley (Chemical News, vol. liii.), and by him
accredited to Bayley {Phil, Mag,, 5, xiii., p. 26). These
latter authors divide the third group of Thomsen.
It seems strange that Thomsen should have overlooke4
the previous publication of the table. — I am, &c.,
F. P. Vbnablb.
Department of Chemistry,
Uoivertity ot North Carolina,
August 17, 189s.
The Drug, Chemical, and Allied Trades BxhK
bition. — This useful Trade Exhibition will be opened at
the Agricultural Hall, Islington, N., on Tuesday next,
September loth, and will be continued on the three (oU
lowing days. Exhibits have been received from roost of
the leading houses, and should form an interesting and
varied display. The Manager will forward invitation
tickets to any gentlemen conneded with the trade who
desire to attend. The Offices of the Exhibition are at
4a, Bishopsgate Without, E.C.
The Manner of the Adtion of Dry Hydrocblorie
Acid upon Serpentine.— E. A. Schneider. — In this re-
adion there is a formation of water. A part of the water
formed escapes with the hydrochloric acid ; another por*
tion is retained by the residual silicate. This residue, on
treatment with dry hydrogen chloride, behaves like the
otiginal mol. of serpentine. Water is formed along with
magnesium chloride. A part of the water formed is re-
tained by the residual silicate, and there ensues an absorp-
tion of water. In the experiments of Clarke and Schneider
the hydrogen chloride used was sufficiently dried to bo
regarded as "dry,"— ^W#, Anorg. Ckem^
CiMyicAi. News, )
Sept. 13. 1895. f
British Association.— The President's Address.
127
THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
Vol. LXXIL, No. iSaS.
BRITISH ASSOCIATION
FOR THB
ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE.
Ipswich, 1895.
INAUGURAL ADDRESS OP THE PRESIDENT,
Sir Douglas Galton, K.C.B., D.C.L.» P.R.S.
My first duty is to convey to yoa, Mr. Mayor, and to the
inhabitants of Ipiwich, the thanks of the British Associ-
ation for your hospitable invitation to hold our sixty-fifch
meeting in your smcient town, and thus to recall the
agreeable memories of the similar favour which your
priedecessors conferred on the Association forty-four
years ago.
In the next place I feel it my duty to say a few words
on the great loss which science has recently sustained—
the death of the Right Hon. Thomas Henry Huxley. It
is unnecessary for me to enlarge, in the presence of so
many to whom his personality was known, upon his
charm in social and domestic life; but upon the debt
which the Association owes to him for the assistance
which he rendered in the promotion of science I cannot
well be silent. Huxley was pre-eminently qualified to
assist in sweeping away the obstmaion by dogmatic
anthority, which m the early days of the Association
lettered progress in certain branches of science. Por,
whilst he was an eminent leader in biological research,
bis intelleAual power, his original and intrepid mind, his
vigorous and masculine English, made him a writer who
explained the deepest subjed with transparent clearness^
And as a speaker his lucid and forcible style was adorned
with ample and effedive illustration in the ledure«room ;
and his energy and wealth of argument in a more public
arena largely helped to win the battle of evolution, and
to secure for us the right to discuss questions of religion
and science without fear and without favour.
It may, I think, interest you to learn that Huxley first
made the acquaintance of Tyndall at the meeting of the
Association held in this town in 185 1.
About forty-six years ago I first began to attend the
meetings of the British Association, and I was eleded
one of your general secretaries about twenty-five
years ago.
It is not unfitting, therefore, that I should recall to
your minds the conditions under which science was pur-
sued at the formation of the Association, as well as the
very remarkable position which the Association has occu-
pied in relation to science in this country.
Between the end of the sixteenth century and the early
part of the present century several societies had been
created to develop various branches of science. Some of
these societies were established in London, and others in
important provincial centres.
In 183 1, in the absence of railways, communication
between different parts of the country was slow and diffi-
cult. Science was therefore localised ; and in addition
to the universities in England, Scotland, and Ireland,
the towns of Birmingham, Manchester, Plymouth, and
York each maintained an important nucleus of scientific
fcsearch.
Origin of thb British Association.
Under these social conditions the British Association
was founded in September, 183 1.
Tho general idea of its formation was derived from a
migratory society which had been previously formed in
Germany ; but whilst the German society met for the
special occasion on which it was summoned, and then
dissolved, the basis of the British Association was
continuity.
The objeas of the founders of the British Association
were enunciated in their earliest rules to be :—
**To give a stronger impulse and a more systematic
diredion to scientific inquirjr ; to promote the intercourse
of those who cultivated saence m different parts of the
British Empire with one another, and with foreign philo*
sophers ; to obtain a more general attention to the oojeds
of science, and a removal of any disadvantages of a
public kind which impede its progress."
Thus the British Association for the Advancement of
Science based its. utility upon the opportunity it afforded
for combination.
The first meeting of the Association was held at York
wiih 353 members.
As an evidence of the want which the Association sop-
plied, it may be mentioned that at the second meeting,
which was held at Oxford, the number of members was
435. The third meeting, at Cambridge, numbered over
900 members; and at the meeting in Edinburgh in 1834
there were present 1298 members.
At its third meeting, which was held at Cambridge in
X833, the Association, through the influence it bad
already acquired, induced the Government to grant a sum
0/ £500 'or the reduaion of the astronomical observa-
tions of Baily. And at the same meeting the General
Committee commenced to appropriate to scientific re-
search the surplus from the subscriptions of its members.
The committees on each branch of science were desired
**to selea definite and important objeas of sciencot
which they may think most fit to be advanced by an
application of the funds of the society, either in compen-
sation for labour or in defraying the expense of apparatus,
or otherwise, stating their reasons for their seledion, and,
when they may think proper, designating individuals to
undertake the desired investigations."
The several proposals were submitted to the Committee
of Recommendations, whose approval was necessary be-
fore they could be passed by the General Committee.
The regulations then laid down still guide the Associa-
tion in the distribution of its grants. At that early
meeting the Association was enabled to apply £600 to
these objeas.
• I have always wondered at the foresight of the framers
of the constitution of the British Association, the most
remarkable feature of which is the lightness of the tie
which holds it together. It is not bound by any complex
central organisation. It consists of a federation of
Seaions, whose^ youth and energy are yearly renewed by
a succession of presidents and vice-presidents, whilst in
each Seaion some continuity of aaion is secured by the
less movable secretaries.
The governing body is the General Committee, the
members of which are seleaed for their scientific work ;
but their controlling power is tempered by the law that
all changes of rules, or of constitution, should be sub-
mitted to, and receive the approval of, the Committee of
Recommendations. This committee may be described as
an ideal Second Chamber. It consists of the most expe-
rienced members of the Association.
The administration of the Association in the interva
between annual meetings is carried on by the Council, an
executive body, whose duty it is to complete the work of
the annual meeting (a) by the publication of its proceed-
ings; (6) by giving effea to resolutions passed by the
General Committee ; {c) it also appoints the Local Com-
mittee and organises tktptfionnA of each Seaion for the
next meeting.
I believe that one of the secrets of the long-continued
success and vitality of the British Association lies in this
purely democratic constitution, combined with the com-
pulsory careful consideration which must be given to
suggested organic changes.
128
British Association. — The President's Address.
! Chbiiical Nswt,
\ Sept. 13. 1895.
The Association is now in the sixty-fifth year of its
existence. In its origin it invited the philosophical
societies dispersed throughout Great Britain to unite in a
co-operative union.
Within recent years it has endeavoured to consolidate
that union.
At the present time almost all important local scien-
tific societies scattered throughout the country, some
sixty- six in number, are in correspondence with the
Association, Their delegates hold annual conferences at
our meetings. The Association has thus extended the
sphere of its adion : it places the members of the local
societies engaged in scientific work in relation with each
other, and bnngs them into co-operation with members
of the Association and with others engaged in original
investigations, and the papers which the individual
societies publish annually are catalogued in our Report.
Thus by degrees a national catalogue will be formed of
the scientific work of these societies.
The Association has, moreover, shown that its scope
is coterminous with the British Empire by holding one
of its annual meetings at Montreal, and we are likely
toon to hold a meeting in Toronto.
Condition of certain Sciences at the formation
OF the British Association.
The Association, at its first meeting, began its work
by initiating a series of reports upon the then condition
of the several sciences.
A rapid glance at some of these reports will not only
show the enormous strides which have been made since
J831 in the investigation of fadls to elucidate the laws of
Nature, but it may afford a slight insight into the impe-
diments offered to the progress of investigation by the
mental condition of the community, which had been for
to long satisfied to accept assumptions without under-
going the labour of testing their truth by ascertaining the
real faas. This habit of mind may be illustrated by two
instances seleAed from the early reports made to the
Association. The first is afforded by the report made in
1832, by Mr. Lubbock, on " Tides.»»
This was a subjed necessarily of importance to
England at a dominant power at sea. But in England
records of the tides had only recently been commenced
at the dockyards of Woolwich, Sheerness, Portsmouth,
and Plymouth, on the request of the Royal Society, and
no information had been coUeded upon the tides on the
coasts of Scotland and Ireland.
The British Associaton may feel pride in the fad that
within three years of its inception, via., by 1834, it had
induced the Corporation of Liverpool to establish two
tide gauges, and the Government to undertake tidal ob-
tervations at 500 stations on the coasts of Britain.
Another cognate instance is exemplified by a paper
read at the second meeting, in 1832, upon the State of
Naval Architedure in Great Britain. The author con-
trasts the extreme perfedion of the carpentry of the
internal fittings of the vessels with the remarkable
deficiency of mathematical theory in the adjustment of
the external form of vessels, and suggests the benefit of
the application of refined analysis to the various pradical
problems which ought to interest shipbuilders— problems
of capacity, of displacement, of stowage, of velocity, of
pitching and rolling, of masting, of the effeds of sails,
and of the resistance of fluids ; and, moreover, suggests
that large scale experiments should be made by Govern-
ment, to afford the necessary data for calculation.
Indeed, when we consider how completely the whole
habit of mind of the populations of the Western world
has been changed, since the beginning of the century,
from willing acceptance of authority as a rule of life to a
universal spirit of inquiry and experimental investigation,
it it not probable that this rapid change has arisen from
society having been stirred to its foundations by the causes
and consequences of the French Revolution ?
One of the earliest pradical results of this awakening
in France was the convidion that the basis of scientific
research lay in the accuracy of the standards by which
observations could be compared ; and the following prin-
ciples were laid down as a basis for their measurements
of length, weight, and capacity : viz. (i) that the unit of
linear measure applied to matter in its three forms of
extension, viz., length, breadth, and thickness, should be
the standard of measures of length, surface, and solidity ;
(2) that the cubic contents of the linear measure in deci-
metres of pure water at the temperature of its greatest
density should furnish at once the standard weight and
the measure of capacity.* The metric system did not
come into full operation in France till 1840, and it is
now adopted by all countries on the continent of Europe
except Russia.
The standards of length which were accessible in
Great Britain at the formation of the Association were
the Parliamentary standard yard lodged in the Houses of
Parliament (which was destroyed in 1834 in the fire which
burned the Houses of Parliament) ; the Royal Astrono-
mical Society's standard; and the zo-foot bar of the
Ordnance Survey.
The first two were assumed to afford exad measure-
ments at a given temperature. The Ordnance bar wat
formed of two bars on the principle of a compensating
pendulum, and afforded measurements independent of
temperature. Standard bars were also disseminated
throughout the country, in possession of the corporations
of various towns.
The British Association early recognised the importance
of uniformity in the record of scientific fads, as well at
the necessity for an easy method of comparing standards
and for verifying difftsrences between instruments and
apparatus required by various observers pursuing similar
lines of investigation. At its meeting at Edinburgh in
1834 it caused a comparison to be made between the
standard bar at Aberdeen, construded by Troughton, and
the standard of the Royal Astronomical Society, and re-
ported that the scale ** was exceedingly well finished ; it
was about ,^oth of an inch shorter than the 5- feet of the
Royal Astronomical Society's scale, but it was evident
that a great number of minute, yet important, circum-
stances have hitherto been negleded in the formation of
such scales, without an attention to which they cannot
be expeded to accord with that degree of accuracy which
the present state of science demands." Subsequently,
at the meeting at Newcastle in 1863, the Association ap-
pointed a committee to report on the best means of
providing for a uniformity of weights and measures with
reference to the interests of science. This committee
recommended the metric decimal system — a recommend-
ation which has been endorsed b^ a committee of the
House of Commons in the last session of Parliament.
British instrument-makers had been long conspicuous
for accuracy of workmanship. Indeed, in the eighteenth
century pradical astronomy had been mainly in the hands
of British observers ; for although the mathematicians of
France and other countries on the continent of Europe
were occupying the foremost place in mathematical
investigation, means of astronomical observation bad
been furnished almost exclusively by English artisans.
The sedors, quadrants, and circles of Ramsden, Bird,
and Cary were inimitable by Continental workmen.
Lord Kelvin said in his Presidential Address at Edin-
burgh, ** Nearly all the grandest discoveries of science
have been but the rewards of accurate measurement and
patient, long-continued labour in the sifting of numerical
results." The discovery of argon, for which Lord Ray-
leigh and Professor Ramsay have been awarded the
Hodgkin prize by the Smithsonian Institution, affords a
remarkable illustration of the truth of this remark. In-
* The litre is the voJume of a kilogramme of pure water at its
maximum density, and is slightJy less than the litre was intended to
be, viz., one cubic decimetre. The weight of a cnbic dedmetre of
pore water is 1*00013 kilognni.
CrbmicalNbwb,)
Sept. 13, 1895. /
British Association. — The President's Address.
I2Q
^eed, the provision of accurate standards not only of
length, but of weight, capacity, temperature, force, and
energy, are amongst the foundations of scientific investi-
gation.
In 1842 the British Association obtained the oppor-
tunity of extending its usefulness in this dire^ion.
In that year the Government gave up the Royal Observa-
tory at Kew, and offered it to the Royal Society, who
declined it. But the British Association accepted the
charge. Their first obje^ was to continue Sabine's
valuable observations upon the vibrations of a pendulum
in various gases, and to promote pendulum observations
in various parts of the world. They subsequently ex-
tended it into an observatory for comparing and verifying
the various instruments which recent discoveries in
physical science had suggested for continuous meteor-
ological and magnetic observations, for observations and
experiments on atmospheric eledricity, and for the study
of solar physics.
This new depairture afforded a means for ascertaining
the advantages and disadvantages of the several varieties
of scientific instruments; as well as for standardising and
testing instruments, not only for instrument makers, but
especially for observers by whom simultaneous observa-
tions were then being carried on in different parts of the
world ; and also for training observers proceeding abroad
on scientific expeditions.
Its special objed was to promote original research, and
expenditure was not to be incurred on apparatus merely
intended to exhibit the necessary consequences of known
laws.
The rapid strides in eledrical science had attra^ed
attention to the measurement of electrical resistances,
and in 1859 the British Association appointed a special
committee to devise a standard. The standard of resist-
ance proposed by that committee became the generally
accepted standard, until the requirements of that ad-
vancing science led to the adoption of an international
atandanl.
In 1866 the Meteorological Department of the Board
of Trade entered into close relations with the Kew
Observatory.
And in 1871 Mr. Gassiot transferred £xo,ooo upon
trust to the Royal Society for the maintenance of the
Kew Observatory, for the purpose of assisting in carrying
on magnetical, meteorological, and other physical obverva-
lions. The British Association thereupon, after having
maintained this Observatory for nearly thirty years, at a
total expenditure of about ^ Z2,ooo, handed the Observa-
tory over to the Royal Society.
The *' Transadions '* of the British Association are a
catalogue of its efforts in every branch of science, both to
promote experimental research and to facilitate the appli-
cation of the results to the praAical uses of life.
But probably the marvellous development in science
which has accompanied the life history of the Association
will be best appreciated by a brief allusion to the condition
of some of the branches of science in 1831 as compared
with their present state.
Geox^oical and Geoqraphical Science.
Geology.
At the foundation of the Association geology was assu-
ming a prominent position in science. The main features
of English geology had been illustrated as far back as
z8ax, and, among the founders of the British Association,
Marchison and Phillips, Buckland, Sedgwick, and Cony-
l>eare, Lyell and De la Beche, were occupied in investi-
gating the data necessary for perfeding a geological
chronology by the detailed observations of the various
British deposits, and by their co-relation with the Con-
tinental strata. They were thus pieparing the way for
those large generalisations which have raised geology to
the rank of an indudive science.
In 183 1 the Ordnance maps published for the southern
counties had enabled the Government to recognise the
importance of a geological survey by the appointment of
Mr. De la Beche to affix geological colours to the maps
of Devonshire and portions of Somerset, Dorset, and
Cornwall ; and in 1835 Ly^^lf Buckland, and Sedgwick
induced the Government to establish the Geological Snr*
vey Department, not only for promoting geological science^
but on account of its pradical bearing on agricultnre,
mining, the making of roads, railways, and canals, and
on other branches of national industry.
Gtography.
The Ordnance Survey appears to have had its origin in
a proposal of the French Government to make a joint
measurement of an arc of the meridian. This proposal
fell through at the outbreak of the Revolution ; but the
measurement of the base for that objed was taken as a
foundation for a national survey. In 183 1, however, the
Ordnance Survey had only published the z-inch map for
the southern portion of England, and the great triango-
lation of the kingdom was still incomplete.
In 1834 ^^^ British Association urged upon the Govern-
ment that the advancement of various branches of science
was greatly retarded by the want of an accurate map of
the whole of the British Isles ; and that, consequently,
the engineer and the meteorologist, the agriculturist and
the geologist, were each fettered in their scientific investi*
gations by the absence of those accurate data which now
lie ready to his hand for the measurement of length, of
surface, and of altitude.
Yet the first decade of the British Association was
coincident with a considerable development of geographi-
cal research. The Association was persistent in pressing
on the Government the scientific importance of sending
the expedition of Ross to the Autarkic and of Franklin
to the Ardiic regions. We may trust that we are approach-
ing a solution of the geography of the North Pole ; but
the Antardic regions still present a field for the researches
of the meteorologist, the geologist, the biologist, and the
magnetic observer, which the recent voyage of M.
Borchgrevink leads us to hope may not long remain un»
explored.
In the same decade the question of an alternative route
to India by means of a communication between the
Mediterranean and the Persian Gulf was also receiving
attention, and in 1835 the Government employed Colonel
Chesney to make a survey of the Euphrates valley in
order to ascertain whether that river would enable a
pradicable route to be formed from Iskanderooo, or
Tripoli, opposite Cyprus, to the Peraian Gulf. His valu-
able surveys are not, however, on a sufficiently extensive
scale to enable an opinion to be formed as to whether
a navigable waterway throagh Asia Minor is physically
pra^icable, or whether the cost of establishing it might
not be prohibitive.
The advances of Russia in Central Asia have made it im-
perative to provide an easy, rapid, and alternative line of
communication with our Eastern possessions, so as not
to be dependent upon the Suez Canal in time of war. If
a navigation cannot be established, a railway between the
Mediterranean and the Persian Gulf has been shown by
the recent investigations of Messrs. Hawkshaw and
Hayter, following on those of others, to be perfedly
praAicable and easy of accomplishment ; such an under-
taking would not only be of strategical value, bat it is
believed it would be commercially remunerative.
Speke and Grant brought before the Association, at ita
meeting at Newcastle in 1863, their solution of the
mystery of the Nile basin, which had puzzled geographers
from the days of Herodotus ; and the efforts of Living-
stone and Stanley and others have opened out to us the
interior of Africa. I cannot refrain here from expressins
the deep regret which geologists and geographers, and
indeed all who are interested in the progress of discoveiy,
feel at the recent death of Joseph Thomson. His exten-
sive, accurate, and trustworthy observations added much
to our knowledge of Africa, and by his premature death
we have lost one of its most competent explorers.
130
British Association. — The President's Address.
I Cbimical Nbwi,
\ Sept. 13, 1895.
Chbmical, Astronomical, and Physical Scibncb.
Chemistry.
The report made to the Association on the state of the
chemical sciences in 1832, says that the efforts of investi-
gators were then being direded to determining with accu-
racy the true nature of the substances which compose the
various produds of the organic and inorganic kingdoms,
and the exad ratios by weight which the different con-
stituents of these substances bear to each other.
But since that day the science of chemistry has far ex-
tended iU boundaries. The barrier has vanished which
was supposed to separate the produds of living organisms
from the substances of which minerals consist, or which
could be formed in the laboratory. The number of dis-
tind carbon compounds obtainable from organisms has
greatly increased ; but it is small when compared with
the number of such compounds which have been artifi-
cially formed. The methods of analysis have been per-
feded. The physical, and especially the optical, properties
of the various forms of matter have been closely studied,
and many fruitful generalisations have been made. The
form in which these generalisations would now be stated
may probably change, some, perhaps, by the overthrow or
disuse of an ingenious guess at Nature's workings, but
more by that change which is the ordinary growth of
science — namely, inclusion in some simpler and more
general view. „ . ,
In these advances the chemist has called the spedro-
scope to his aid. Indeed, the existence of the British
Association has been pradically coterminous with the
comparatively newly-developed science of spedrum ana-
lysis, for though Newton,* Wollaston, Fraunhofer, and
Fox Talbot had worked at the subjed long ago, it was
not till Kirchhoff and Bunsen set a seal on the prior
labours of Stokes, Angstrdm, and Balfour Stewart that
the spedra of terrestrial elements have been mapped out
and grouped; that by its help new elements have been
discovered, and that the idea has been suggested that the
various orders of spedra of the same elements are due
to the existence of the element in different molecular
forms^allotropic or otherwise— at different temperatures.
But great as have been the advances of terrestrial che-
mistry through its assistance, the most stupendous ad*
vance which we owe to the spedroscope lies in the celes-
tial diredion.
Astronomy.
In the earlier part of this century, whilst the sidereal
universe was accessible to investigators, many problems
outside the solar system seemed to be unapproachable.
At the third meeting of the Association, at Cambridge,
in X833, Dr. Whewell said that astronomy is not only the
queen of science, but the only perfed science, which was
•* in so elevated a state of flourishing maturity that all
that remained was to determine with the extreme of accu-
racy the consequences of its rules by the profoundest
combinations of mathematics; the magnitude of its data
by the minutest scrupulousness of observation.'*
But in the previous year, viz., 1832, Airy, in his report
to the Auociation on the progress of astronomy, had
pointed out that the observations of the planet Uranus
could not be united in one elliptic orbit ; a remark which
turned the attention of Adams to the discovery of Nep-
tune. In his report on the position of optical science in
1832, Brewster suggested that with the assistance of ade-
quate instruments ** it would be possible to study the ac-
tion of the elements of material bodies upon rays of arti-
ficial light, and thereby to discover the analogies between
their affinities and those which produce the fixed lines in
* lomonet Marcui Marci, of KronUnd in Bohemia, wm the only
Dredeccsaor of Newton who bad any knowledge of the formation of a
anedrom by a piiim. He not only obMrved that the coloured raya
diverged aa they lelt the prism, but that a coloured ray did not change
in o^oor after tranamittion through a prism. His book, •* Thau-
mantias, liber de arcu coelesti deque colorum appareniium nalura,"
Prag, 1648, was, however, not known to Newton, and had no infla-
cBcc upon future discoveries.
the spedra of the stars ; and thus to study the effeds of
the combustions which light up the suns of other
systems."
This idea has now been realised. All the stars which
shine brightly enough to impress an image of the spedrum
upon a photographic plate have been classified on a
chemical basis. The close connedion between stars and
nebulae has been demonstrated ; and while on the one
hand the modern science of thermodynamics has shown
that the hypothesis of Kant and Laplace on stellar forma-
tion is no longer tenable, inquiry has indicated that the
true explanation of stellar evolution is to be found in the
gradual condensation of meteoritic particles, thus justify-
ing the suggestions put forward long ago by Lord Kelvin
and Professor Tait.
We now know that the spedra of many of the terres-
trial elements in the chromosphere of the sun differ from
those familiar to us in our laboratories. We be^in to
glean the fad that the chromospheric spedra are similar
to those indicated by the absorption going on in the
hottest stars, and Lockyer has not hesitated to affirm that
these fads would indicate that in those localities we are
in the presence of the adions of temperatures sufficiently
high to break up our chemical elements into finer forms.
Other students of these phenomena may not agree in this
view, and possibly the discrepancies may be due to default
in our terrestrial chemistry. Still, I would recall to yoo
that Dr. Carpenter, in his Presidential Address at
Brighton in 1872, almost censured the speculations of
Frankland and Lockyer in 1868 for attributing a certain
bright line in the spedrum of solar prominences (which
was not identifiable with that of any known terrestrial
source of light) to a hypothetical new substance which
they proposed to call ** helium," because ** it had not re-
ceived that verification which, in the case of Crookes's
search for thallium, was afforded by the adual discovery
of the new metal." Ramsay has now shown that this gas
is present in dense minerals on earth ; but we have now
also learned from Lockyer that it and other associated
gases are not only found with hydrogen in the solar
chromosphere, but that these gases, with hydrogen, form
a large percentage of the atmospheric constituents of
some of the hottest stars in the heavens.
The spedroscope has also made us acquainted with the
motions and even the velocities of those distant orbs
which make up the sidereal universe. It has enabled us
to determine that many stars, single to the eye, are really
double, and many of the conditions of these strange sys-
tems have been revealed. The rate at which matter is
moving in solar cyclones and winds is now familiar to us.
And 1 may also add that quite recently this wonderful
instrument has enabled Professor Keeler to verify Clerk-
Maxweirs theory that the rings of Saturn consist of a
marvellous company of separate moons^-as it were, a
cohort of courtiers revolving round their queen— with
velocities proportioned to their distances from the planet.
Physics.
If we turn to the sciences which are included under
physics, the progress has been equally marked.
In optical science, in 1831 the theory of emission as
contrasted with the undulatory theory of light was still
under discussion.
Young, who was the first to explain the phenomena
due to the interference of the rays of light as a conse*
quence of the theory of waves, and Fresnel, who showed
the intensity of light for any relative position of the
interference-waves, both had only recently passed away.
The investigations into the laws which regulate the con-
dudion and radiation of heat, together with the dodrine
of latent and of specific heat, and the relations of vapour
to air, had all tended to the conception of a material heat,
or caloric, communicated by an adual flow and emission.
It was not till 1834 that improved thermometrical appli-
ances had enabled Forbes and Melloni to establish the
polarisation of heat, and thus to lay the foundation of an
CatmciL Newt, I
S«pc 13. 1893. f
British Association. — The President's Address.
131
nndnlatory theory for heat similar to that which was in
proKresa of acceptation for light.
Wbewell's report, in 1832, on magnetism and eleari-
city shows that these branches of science were looked
upon as cognate, and that the theory of two opposite
eiedric fluids was generally accepted.
In magnetism, the investigations of Hansteeo, Gauss,
and Weber in Europei and the observations made under
the Imperial Academy of Russia over the vast extent of
that empire, had established the existence of magnetic
poles, and had shown that magnetic disturbances were
nmoltaaeous at all the stations of observation.
At their third meeting the Association urged the
Qovemrocnt to establish magnetic and meteorological
obeervatories in Great Britain and her colonies and
dependencies in different parts of the earth, furnished with
proper instruments, construded on uniform principles,
and with provisions for continued observations at those
In 1839 the British Association had a large share in
iadadng the Government to initiate the valuaole ceries of
experiments for determining the intensity, the declina-
lioo, the dip, and the periodical variations of the magnetic
needle, which were carried on for several years, at numer-
cma seleded stations over the surface of the globe, under
the dircdioos ol Sabine and Lefroy.
In England systematic and regular observations are still
made at Greenwich, Kew, and Stonvhurst. For some
yeart past similar observations bv both absolute and self-
recording instruments have also been made at Falmouth
—dote to the home of Robert Were Fox, whose name is
inseparably conneAed with the early history of terrestrial
magnetism in this country — ^but under such great finan-
ciaidifficulties that the continuance of the work is seri-
ously Jeopardised. It is 10 be hoped that means may be
fortbcommg to carry it on. Cornishmen, indeed, could
loond no more fitting memorial of their distinguished
ONiDtryman, John Couch Adams, than by suitably en-
dowing the magnetic observatory in which he took so
lively an interest.
Far more extended observation will be needed before
we can hope to have an established theory as to the mag-
netism of the earth. We are without magnetic observa-
tions over a large part of the Southern Hemisphere. And
Professor Riicker's recent investigations tell us that the
earth seems as it were alive with magnetic forces, be
they doe to eledric currents or to variations in the state
of magnetised matter ; that the disturbances affed not only
the diurnal movement of the magnet, but that even the
small part of the secular change which has been observed,
aad wnicb has taken centuries to accomplish, is interfered
with by some slower agency. And, what is more impor-
taott hie tells us that none of these observations stand as
Jet upon a firm basis, because standard instruments
ave not been in accord ; and much labour, beyond the
power of individnal effort, has hitherto been required to
ascertain whether the relations between them are constant
or variable.
In eledricity, in 1831, just at the time when the British
Association was founded, Faraday's splendid researches
io eleAricity and magnetism at the Royal Institution had
begun with his discovery of magneto- eledric indudlion,
his investigation of the laws of eledro-chemical decom-
position, and the mode of eledrolytical adion.
Hot, the praAical application of our eledrical knowledge
was then limited to the use of lightning-condudiors for
bnOdings and ships. Indeed, it may be said that the
applicaiions of eledricity to the use of man have grown
«p side by side with the British Association.
One of the first pradical applications of Fataday's
d is coveries was in the deposition of metals and eledro-
plating, which has developed into a large branch of
national industry; and the dissociating effed of the
eledric arc, for the redudion of ores, and in other pro-
ossses, is daily obtaining a wider extension.
But probably the application of eledricity, which is
tending to produce the greatest change in oor mental*
and even material condition, is the eledric telegraph and
its sister, the telephone. By their agency not only do we
learn, almost at the time of their occurrence, the events
which are happening in distant parts of the world, but
they are establishing a community of thought and feeling
between all the nations of the worid which is inflaendng
their attitude towards each other, and, we may hope, may
tend to weld them more and more into one family.
The eledric telegraph was introduced experimentally
in Germany in 1833, two years after the formation of the
Association. It was made a commercial success by
Cooke and Wheatstone in England, whose first attempts
at telegraphy were made on the line from Euston to
Camden Town in 1837, ^^^ on the line from Paddingtoo
to West Drayton in 1838.
The submarine telegraph to America, conceived in 18561
became a pradical reality in x86x through the commercial
energy of Cyrus Field and Pender, aided by the mechan-
ical skill of Latimer Clark, Gooch, and others, and the
scientific genius of Lord Kelvin. The knowledge oi
eledricity gained by means of its application to the tele-
graph, largely assisted the extension of its utility in othst
diredions.
The eledric light gives, in its incandescent form« a vsiy
perfed hygienic light. Where rivers are at hand the dec-
trical transmission of power will drive railway trains and
fadtories economically, and might enable each artisan to
convert his room into a workshop, and thus assist In
restoring to the labouring man some of the individuality
which the fadory has tended to destroy.
In 1843 Joule described his experiments for determiniag
the mechanical equivalent of heat. But it was not nntH
the meeting at Oxford, in 1847, ^^^^ ^^ ^olly developed
the law of the conservation of energy, which, in con-
jundion with Newton's law of the conservation of
momentum, and Dalton's law of the conservation of che-
mical elements, constitutes a complete mechanical
foundation for physical science.
Who, at the foundation of the Association, would have
believed some far*seeing philosopher if he had foretold
that the spedroscope would analyse the constitneats of
the sun and measure the motions of the stars ; that we
should liquefy air and utilise temperatures approachingto
the absolute zero for experimental researco; that, uko
the magician in the *< Arabian Nights," we ^lould anni-
hilate distance by means of the eledric telegraph and the
telephone; that we should illuminate our largest buildings
instantaneously, with the clearness of day, by means of
the eledric current ; that by the eledric transmission of
power we should be able to utilise the Falls of Niagsra
to work fadories at distant places ; that we should es*
trad metals from the crust of the earth by the same
eledrical agency to which, in some esses, their depositioo
has been attributed ?^
These discoveries' and their applications have been
brought to their present condition by the resesrches of a
long line of scientific explorers, such as Dalton, JottlOt
Maxwell, Helmholtz, Hers, Kelvin, and Rayleigh, aided
by vast strides made in mechanical skill. But what will
our successors be discussing sixty jrears hence ? How
little do we yet know of the vibrations which communicate
light and heat ! Far as we have advanced in the applica-
tion of eledricity to the uses of life, we know but little
even yet of its real nature. We are only on the threshold
of the knowledge of molecular adion, or of the conttltti-
tion of the all-pervading aether. Newton, at the end of
the seventeenth century, in his preface to the <* Prindpia,*'
says :— *' I have deduced the motions of the planets by
mathematical reasoning from forces ; and I would that
we could derive the other phenomena of Nature from
mechanical principles by the same mode of reasoning.
For many things move me, so that I somewhat soaped
that all such ma^ depend on certain forces by which the
particles of bodies, through causes not yet known, are
either urged towards each other according to regular
132
British Association. — The Presidents Address.
fCaBiiiCAtNiwt,
I Sept. 13. 1895.
figures, or are repelled and recede from each other ; and
tbeae forcet being unknown, philosophers have hitherto
made their attempts on Nature in vain.'*
In 1848 Faraday remarked :— " How rapidly the know-
ledge of molecular forces grows upon us, and bow
strikingly every investigation tends to develop more and
more their importance.
**A few years ago magnetism was an occult force,
aiffeding only a few bodies; now it is found to influence
all bodies, and to possess the most intimate relation with
ele^ricity, heat, chemical aAion, light, crystallisation ;
and through it the forces concerned in cohesion. We
may feel encouraged to continuous labours, hoping to
bring it into a bond of union with gravity itself."
But it is only within the last few years that we have
begun to realise that eledricity is closely conneded with
the vibrations which cause beat and light, and which
teem to pervade all space— vibrations which may be
termed the voice of the Creator calling to each atom and
to each cell of protoplasm to fall into its ordained posi-
tion, each, as it were, a musical note in the harmonious
symphony which we call the universe.
Meteorology,
At the first meeting, in 1831, Prof. James D. Forbes
was requested to draw up a report on the State of
Meteorological Science, on the ground that this science
is more in want than any other of that systematic
direAion which it is one great objed of the Association
to give.
Professor Forbes made his first report in 1832, and a
subsequent report in 1840. The systematic records now
kept, in various parts of the world, of barometric
pressure, of solar heat, of the temperature and physical
conditions of the atmosphere at various altitudes, of the
heat of the ground at various depths, of the rainfall, of
the prevalence of winds, and the gradual elucidation not
only of the laws which regulate the movements of
cyclones and storms, but of the influences which are
exercised by the sun and by eledricity and magnetism,
not only upon atmospheric conditions, but upon health
and vitality, are gradually approximating meteorology to
the position of an exadl science.
England took the lead in rainfall observations. Mr.
J. G. Symons organised the British Rainfall System in
z86o with 178 observers, a system which until 1876 re-
ceived the help of the British Association. Now Mr.
Symons himself conduds it, assisted by more than 3000
observers, and these volunteers not only make the ob<
servations, but defray the expense of their redudion and
publication. In foreign countries this work is done by
Government officers at the public cost
At the present time a very large number of rain-gauges
are in daily use throughout the world. The British
Islands have more than 3000, and India and the United
States have nearly as many ; France and Germany are
not far behind ; Australia probably has more — indeed, one
colony alone. New South Wales, has more than iioo.
The storm warnings now issued under the excellent
systematic organisation of the Meteorological Committee
may be said to have had their origin in the terrible storm
which broke over the Black Sea during the Crimean War,
on November a7th, 1855. Leverrier traced the progress
ol that storm, and, seeing how its path could have been
reported in advance by the eledric telegraph, he proposed
to establish observing stations which should report to the
coasts the probability of the occurrence of a storm.
Leverrier communicated with Airy, and the Government
authorised Admiral FitzRoy to make tentative arrange-
ments in this country. The idea was also adopted on
the Continent, and now there are few civilised countries
north or south of the Equator without a system of storm
warming.*
* It has often been supposed that Leverrier was also the first to
issue a daily weather map, but that was not the case, for in the
Great Exhibition of 1851 the EieAric Telegraph Company sold daily
Biological Science.
Botany,
The earliest Reports of the Association which bear on
the biological sciences were those relating to botany.
In 183 1 the controversy was yet unsettled between the
advantages of the Linnean, or Artificial system, as con-
trasted with the Natural system of classification.
Histology, morphology, and physiological botany, even if
born, were in their early infancy.
Our records show that von Mohl noted cell division in
1835, the presence of chlorophyll corpuscles in 1837; and
he first described protoplasm in 1846.
Vast as have been the advances of physiological botany
since that time, much of its fundamental principles
remain to be worked out, and I trust that the establish-
ment, for the first time, of a permanent Sedion for
botany at the present meeting will lead the Association
to take a more prominent part than it has hitherto done
in the further development of this branch of biological
science.
Animal Physiology,
In 1 83 1 Cuvier, who during the previous generation
had, by the collation of fadts followed by careful indudive
reasoning, established the plan on which each animal it
construded, was approaching the termination of his long
and useful life. He died in 1832; but in 1831 Richard
Owen was just commencing his anatomical investigations
and his brilliant contributions to palaeontology.
The impulse which their labours gave to biological
science was refieded in numerous reports and communi-
cations, by Owen and others, throughout the early
decades of the British Association, until Darwin pro-
pounded a theory of evolution which commanded the
general assent of the scientific world. For this theory
was not absolutely new. But just as Cuvier had shown
that each bone in the fabric of an animal affords a clue
to the shape and strudure of the animal, so Darwin
brought harmony into scattered fads, and led us to per-
ceive that the moulding hand of the Creator may have
evolved the complicated strudures of the organic world
from one or more primeval cells.
Richard Owen did not accept Darwin's theory of evo-
lution, and a large sedion of the public contested it. I
well remember the storm it produced— a storm of praise
by my geological colleagues, who accepted the result of
investigated fads ; a storm of indignation, such as that
which would have burned Galileo at the stake, from those
who were not yet prepared to question the old authorities ;
but they diminish daily.
We are, however, as yet only on the threshold of the
dodrine of evolution. Does not each fresh investigation,
even into the embryonic stage of the simpler forms of
life, suggest fresh problems ?
Anthropology,
The impulse given by Darwin has been fruitful in lead-
ing others to consider whether the same principle of evo-
lution may not have governed the moral as well as the
material progress of the human race. . . . Evolution,
as Sir William Flower said, is the message which biology
has sent to help us on with some of the problems of
human life, and Francis Galton urges that man, the fore-
most outcome of the awful mystery of evolution, should
realise that he has the power of shaping the course of
future humanity by using his intelligence to discover and
expedite the changes which are necessary to adapt cir-
cumstances to man, and man to circumstances.
In considering the evolution of the human race, the
science of preventive medicine may afibrd us some indi-
cation of the diredion in which to seek for social improve-
ment. One of the earliest steps towards establishing that
weather maps, copies of which are still in existence, and the data for
them were, it is believed, obtained by Mr. James Glaisher, F.R.S.,
at that time Superintendent of the Meteorological Department at
Greenwich.
British Association. — The President's Address.
Cbsmicai. Nbws, I
Scpi. 13, 1895. I
science upon a secure basis was taken in 1835 by the
British Association, who urged upon the Government the
necessity of establishing registers of mortality showing
the cause of death ** on one uniform plan in all parts of
the King's dominions, as the only means by which
general laws touching the influence of causes of disease
and death could be satisfadorily deduced." The general
registration of births and deaths was commenced in 1838.
But a mere record of death and its proximate cause is in-
sufficient. Preventive medicine requires a knowledge of
the details of the previous conditions of life and of occu-
pation. Moreover, death is not our only or most dangerous
enemy, and the main objed of preventive medicine is to
ward off disease. Disease of body lowers our useful
energy. Disease of body or of mind may stamp its curse
on succeeding generations.
The anthropometric laboratory affords to the student of
anthropology a means of analysing the causes of weakness,
not only in bodily, but also in mental life.
Mental adions are indicated by movements and their
results. Such signs are capable of record, and modern
physiology has shown that bodily movements correspond
to aAion in nerve-centres, as surely as the motions of
the telegraph indicator express the movements of the
operator's hands in the distant office.
Thus there is a relation between a defedive status in
brain power and defeds in the proportioning of the body.
Defeds in physiognomical details, too finely graded to be
measured with instruments, may be appreciated with
accuracy by the senses of the observer ; and the records
Bhow that these defeds are, in a Urge degree, associated
with a brain status lower than the average in mental
power.
A report presented by one of your committees gives the
results of observations made on 100,000 schoolchildren
examined individually in order to determine their mental
and physical condition for the purpose of classification.
This shows that about 16 per 1000 of the elementary
school population appear to be so far defective in their
bodily or brain condition as to need special training to
enable them to undertake the duties of life, and to keep
them from pauperism or crime.
Many of our feeble-minded children, and much disease
and vice, are the outcome of inherited proclivities.
Francis Galton has shown us that types of criminals
which have been bred true to their kind are one of the
saddest disfigurements of modern civilisation ; and he
tays that few deserve better of their country than those
who determine to lead celibate lives through a reasonable
convidion that their issue would probably be less fitted
than the generality to play their part as citizens.
These considerations point to the importance of pre-
venting those suffering from transmissible disease, or the
criminal, or the lunatic, from adding fresh sufferers to
the teeming misery in our large towns. And in any case,
knowing as we do the influence of environment on the
development of individuals, they point to the necessity
of removing those who are born with feeble minds, or
under conditions of moral danger, from surrounding
deteriorating influences.
These are problems which materially affed the progress
of the human race, and we may feel sure that, as we
gradually approach their solution, we shall more cer-
tainly realise that the theory of evolution, which the
fenius of Darwin impressed on this century, is but the
rst step on a biological ladder which may possibly even-
tually lead us to understand how in the drama of creation
man has been evolved as the highest work of the Creator^
Bacttriology,
The sciences of medicine and surgery were largely
represented in the earlier meetings of the Association,
before the creation of the British Medical Association
afforded a field for their more intimate discussion. The
close connedion between the different branches of science
is causing a revival in our proceedings of discussions on
133
some of the highest medical problems, especially those
relating to the spread of infedioos and epidemic disease.
It is interesting to contrast the opinion prevalent at
the foundation of the Association with the present poaition
of the question,
A report to the Association in 1834, by Professor Heoiy,
on contagion, says :—
"The notion that contagions emanations are at all
conneded with the diffusion of animalculae through the
atmosphere is at variance with all that is known of the
diffusion of volatile contagion.*'
Whilst it had long been known that filthy conditiona in
air, earth, and water fostered fever, cholera, and many
other forms of disease, and that the disease ceased to
spread on the removal of these conditions, yet the reason
for their propagation or diminution remained nnder a
veil.
Leeuwenhoek in 1680 described the yeast-cells, but
Schwann in 1837 ^^^ showed clearly that fermeota*
tion was due the adivity of the yeast-cells ; and*
although vague ideas of fermentation had been
current during the past century, he laid the founda-
tion of our exad knowledge of the nature of the
adion of ferments, both organised and unorganised. It
was not until i860, after the prise of the Academy of
Sciences had been awarded to Pasteur for his essay
against the theory of spontaneous generation, that his in-
vestigations into the adion of ferments* enabled bim to
show that the effeds of the yeaat-cell are indissolubly
bound up with the adivities of the cell as a living
organism, and that certain diseases, at least, are due to
the adion of ferments in the living being. In 1865 he
showed that the disease of silk worms, which was then
undermining the silk industry in France, could be success-
fully combated. His further researches into anthrax,
fowl cholera, swine fever, rabies, and other diseases
proved the theory that those diseases are conneded in
some way with the introdudion of a microbe into the
body of an animal ; that the virulence of the poison can
be diminished by cultivating the microbes in an appro-
priate manner; and that when the virulence has been
thus diminished their inoculation will afford a protedion
against the disease.
Meanwhile it had often been observed in hospital
pradice that a patient with a simple-fradured limb was
easily cured, whilst a patient with a compound fradnre
often died from the wound. Lister was thence led, in
1865, to adopt his antiseptic treatment, by which the
wound is proteded from hostile microbes.
These investigations, followed by the discovery of the
existence of a multitude of micro-organisms and the re-
cognition of some of them— such as the bacillus of tubercle
and the comma bacillus of cholera— as essential fadort
of disease ; and by the elaboration by Koch and others of
methods by which the several organisms might be iso-
lated, cultivated, and their histories studied, have gradu-
ally built up the science of baderiology. Amongst later
developments are the discovery of various so<cafled anti-
toxins, such as those of diphtheria and tetanus, and the
utilisation of these for the cure of disease. Lister's treat-
ment formed a landmark in the science of surgery, and
enabled our surgeons to perform operations never before
dreamed of ; whilst later discoveries are tending to place
the pradice of medicine on a firm scientific basis. And
the science of baderiology is leading us to recur to strin-
gent rules for the isolation of infedious disease, and to
the disinfedion (by superheated steam) of materials which
have been in contad with the sufferer.
These microbes, whether friendly or hostile, are all
capable of multiplying at an enormous rate under favour-
* In speaking of fennenti one must bear in mind that there are
two classes of ferments : one, living beings, such as veast— ** organ-
ised " ferments, as they are sometimes caJled—the other the prodnda
of living beings themselves, such as pepsin, Ac.,— >** onorganiaed '*
fermenu. Pasteur worked with the former, vary littlt with the
latter.
U4
British Association. — The Presidents Address.
I CRsmcAL News,
I Sept. 13, 1895.
able cooditions. They are found in the air, in water, in
the soil ; but, fortanately, the presence of one species ap-
pears to be detrimental to other species, and sunshine, or
even light from the sky, is prejudicial to most of them.
Our bodies, when in health, appear to be furnished with
special means of resisting attacks, and, so far as regards
their influence in causing disease, the success of the
attack of a pathogenic organism upon an individual
depends, as a rule, in part at least, upon the power of
resistance of the individual.
But notwithstanding our knowledge of the danger
arising from a state of low health in individuals, and of
the universal prevalence of these micro-organisms, how
careless we are in guarding the health conditions of
every-day lifel We have ascertained that pathogenic
organisms pervade the air. Why, therefore, do we allow
our meat, our fish, our vegetables, our easily-contaminated
milk, to be exposed to their inroads, often in the foulest
localities ? We have ascertained that they pervade the
water we drink, yet we allow foul water from our dwel-
lings, our pig-sties, our farmyards, to pass into ditches
without previous clarification, whence it flows into our
streams and pollutes our rivers. We know the conditions
of occupation which foster ill-health. Why, whilst we
remove outside sources of impure air, do we permit the
occupation of foul and unhealthy dwellings ?
The study of badeiiology has shown us that although
some of these organisms may be the accompaniments of
disease, yet we owe it to the operation of others that the
refuse caused by the cessation of animal and vegetable
life is re-converted into food for fresh generations of plants
and animals.
These considerations have formed a point of meeting
where the biologist, the chemist, the physicist, and the
statistician unite with the sanitary engineer in the appli-
cation of the science of preventive medicine.
Enoinbbrino.
Sewage Purification,
The ear^y reports to the Association show that the
laws of hydrostatics, hydrodynamics, and hydraulics,
necessary to the supply and removal of water through
pipes and conduits, had long been investigated by the
mathematician. But the modem sanitary engineer has
been driven by the needs of an increasing population to
call in the chemist and the biologist to help him to provide
pure water and pure air.
The purification and the utilisation of sewage occupied
the attention of the British Association as early as 1864,
and between 1869 and 1876 a committee of the Associa-
tion made a series of valuable reports on the subjedt.
The dired application of sewage to land, though efieAive
as a means of purification, entailed difficulties in
thickly settled distrids, owing to the extent of land
reouired. . . .
It was not till the chemist called to his aid the biologist
that a scientific system of sewage purification was
evolved. The valuable experiments made in recent years
by the State Board of Health in Massachusetts have
more clearly explained to us how by this system we may
utilise micro-oreaoisms to convert organic impurity in
sewage into food fitted for higher forms of life.
To effed this we require, in the first place, a filter
about 5 feet thick of rand and gravel, or, indeed, of any
material which affords numerous surfaces or open pores.
Secondly, that after a volume of sewage has passed
through the filter, an interval of time be allowed, in which
the air necessary to support the life of the micro*organisms
is enabled to enter the pores of the filter. Thus this
system is dependent upon oxygen and time. Under such
conditions the organisms necessary for purification are
sure to establish themselves in the filter before it has
been long in use. Temperature is a secondary consider-
ation.
Inperfed purification can invariably be traced either
to a lack of oxygen in the pores of the filter, or to the
sewage passine through so quickly that there is not suffi-
cient time for the necessary processes to take place. And
the power of any material to purifv either sewage or
water depends almost entirely upon its ability to hold a
sufficient proportion of either sewage or water in cootad
with a proper amount of air.
Smoke Abatement,
Whilst the sanitary engineer has done much to improve
the surface conditions of our towns, to furnish clean
water, and to remove our sewage, he has as yet done
little to purify town air. Fog is caused by the floating
particles of matter in the air becoming weighted with
aqueous vapour ; some particles, such as salts of ammo-
nia or chloride of sodmm, have a greater affinity for
moisture than others. You will suffer from fog so long
as you keep refuse stored in your towns to furnish ammo-
nia, or so long as you allow youf street surfaces to supply
dust, of which much consists of powdered horse manure,
or so long as you send the produds of combustion into
the atmosphere. Therefore, when you have adopted me-
chanical tradion for your vehicles in towns you may
largely reduce one cause of fog. And if you diminish
your black smoke, you will diminish black fogs.
In manufadories you may prevent smoke either by care
in firing, by using smokeless coal, or by washing the soot
out of the produds of consumption in its passage along
the flue leading to the main chimney-shaft.
The black smoke from your kitchen may be avoided
by the use of coke or of gas. But so long as we retain
the hygienic arrangement of the open fire in our livioff
rooms I despair of finding a fireplace, however well
eonstruded, which will not be used in such a manner as
to cause smoke, unless, indeed, the chimneys were
reversed and the fumes drawn into some central shaft,
where they might be washed before being passed into the
atmosphere.
Eledricity as a warming and cooking agent would be
convenient, cleanly, and economical when generated by
water power, or possibly wind power, but it is at present
too dear when it has to be generated by means of coal.
I can conceive, however, that our descendants may learn
so to utilise eledricity that they in some future century
may be enabled by its means to avoid the smoke in their
towns.
Mechanical Engineering,
In other branches of civil and mechanical engineering
the reports in 1831 and 1832, on the state of this science,
show that the theoretical and pradical knowledge of the
strength of timber had obtained considerable develop-
ment ; but in 1830, before the iotrodudion of railways,
cast-iron had been sparingly used in arched bridges for
spans of from 160 to 200 feet, and wroughto'ron had only
been applied to large-span iron bridges on the suspension
Srinciple, the most notable instance of which was the
lenai Suspension Bridge, by Telford. Indeed, whilst the
strength of timber had been patiently investigated by
engineers, the best form for the use of iron girders and
struts was only beginning to attrad attention, and the
earlier volumes of our Proceedings contained numerous
records of the researches of Eaton Hodgkinson, Barlow,
Rennie, and others. It was not until twenty years later
that Robert Stephenson and William Fairbairn ereded
the tubular bridge at Menai, followed by the more scien-
tific bridge ereded by Brunei at Saltasb. These have
now been entirely eclipsed by the skill with which the
estuary of the Forth has been bridged with a span of
1700 feet, by Sir John Fowler and Sir Benjamin Baker.
The development of the iron industry is due to the
association of the chemist with the engineer. The intro-
dudion of the hot blast by Neilson, in 1829, in the manu-
fadure of cast-iron, had efieded a large saving of fuel.
But the chemical conditions which affed the strength and
other qualities of iron, and its combinations with carbon,
silicon, phosphorus, and other substances, had at that
time scarcely been investigated.
Casuic4L Niws, I
Sept. 13, 1895. f
British Association. — The President's Address.
135
In 1856 Bessemer brought before the British Associa-
tion, at Cheltenham, his brilliant discovery for making
tteel dire^ from the blast furnace, by which he dispensed
with the laborious process of first removing the carbon
from pig-iron by puddling, and then adding by cementa-
tion the required proportion of carbon to make steel.
This discovery, followed by Siemens*s regenerative fur-
nace, by Whitworth*s compressed steel, and by the use of
alloys, and by other improvements too numerous to men-
tion here, have revolutionised the conditions under which
metals are applied to engineering purposes.
Indeed, few questions are of greater interest, or possess
more industrial importance, than those conneAed with
metallic alloys. This is especially true of those alloys
which contain the rarer metals; and the extraordinary
effeds of small quantities of chromium, nickel, tungsten,
and titanium, on certain varieties of steel, have exerted
profound influence on the manuCaAure of projediles and
on the construdion of our armoured ships.
Oi late years, investigations on the properties and
ttiuAure of alloys have been numerous, and among the
more noteworthy researches may be mentioned those of
Dewar and Fleming on the distindiive behaviour, as re-
gards the thermo-ele^ric powers and eledrical resistance,
of metals and alloys at the very low temperatures which
may be obtained by the use of liquid air.
Professor Roberts-Austen, on the other hand, has care-
fully studied the behaviour of alloys at very high temper-
atures, and by employing his delicate pyrometer has
obtained photographic curves which afford additional evi-
dence as to the existence of allotropic modifications of
metals, and which have materially strengthened the view
that alloys are closely analogous to saline solutions. In
this connexion it may be stated that the very accurate
work of Heycock and Neville, on the lowering of the
solidifying points of molten metals, which is caused by
the presence of other metals, affords a valuable contribu-
tion to our knowledge.
Professor Roberts-Austen has, moreover, shown that
the effed of any one constituent of an alloy upon the
properties of the principal metal has a diredk relation to
the atomic volumes, and that it is consequently possible
to foretell, in a great measure, the effeA of any given
combination.
A new branch of investigation, which deals with the
niicro-strudure of metals and alloys, is rapidly assuming
much importance. It was instituted by Sorby in a com-
munication which he made to the British Association in
1864, and its development is due to many patient workers,
among whom M. Osmond occupies a prominent place.
Metallurgical science has brought aluminium into use
by cheapening the process of its extradion ; and if by
means of the wasted forces in our rivers, or possibly of
the wind, the extradiion be still further cheapened by the
aid of eledricity, we may not only utilise the metal or its
alloys in increasing the spans of our bridges, and in
affording strength and lightness in the coostrudion of our
ships, but we may hope to obtain a material which may
render pradicable the dreams of Icarus and of Maxim,
and for purposes of rapid transit enable us to navigate
the air.
Long before 183 1 the steam-engine had been largely
osed on rivers and lakes, and for short sea passages,
although the first Atlantic steam-service was not esta-
blished till 1838.
As early as 1820 the steam-engine had been applied by
Gomey, Hancock, and others to road tra&ion. The ab-
surd impediments placed in their way by road trustees,
which, indeed, are still enforced, checked any progress.
But the question of mechanical tradion on ordinary roads
was pradically shelved in 1830, at the time of the forma-
tion of the British Association, when the locomotive
engine was combined with a tubular boiler and an iron
road on the Liverpool and Manchester Railway.
Great, however, as was the advance made by the loco-
motive engine of Robert Stephenson, these earlier engines
were only toys compared with the compound engines of
to-day which are used for railways, for ships, or for the
manufadure of eledricity. Indeed, it may be taid that
the study of the laws of heat, which have led to the in-
trodudion of various forms of motive power, are gradoally
revolutionising all our habits of life.
The improvements in the produdion of iron, combined
with the developed steam-engine, have completely altered
the conditions of our commercial intercourse on land ;
whilst the changes caused by the effeds of these improve-
ments in ship-building, and on the ocean carrying trade«
have been, if anything, still more marked. • • •
The use of iron favours the construdion of ships of a
large size, of forms which afford small resistance to the
water, and with compartments which make the ships prac-
tically unsinkable in heavy seas, or by collision. Their
size, the economy with which they are propelled, and the
certainty of their arrival cheapens the cost of transport.
The steam-engine, by compressing air, gives us control
over the temperature of cool chambers. In these, not
only fresh meat, but the delicate produce of the Antipodes,
is brought across the ocean to our doors without deterior-
ation.
Whilst railways have done much to alter the social con-
ditions of each individual nation, the application of iron
and steam to our ships is revolutionising the international
commercial conditions of the world ; and it is gradually
changing the course of our agriculture, as well as of our
domestic life.
But great as have been the developments of science is
promoting the commerce of the world, science is asserting
its supremacy even to a greater extent in every depart*
ment of war. And perhaps this application of science
affords at a glance, better than almost any other, a con*
venient illustration of the assistance which the chemical,
physical, and eledrical sciences are affording to the
engineer.
The reception of warlike stores is not now left to the
uncertain judgment of **pradical men,** but is confided
to officers who have received a special training in chemt*
cal analysis, and in the application of physical and elec*
trical science to the tests by which the qualities of explo-
sives, of guns, and of projediles can be ascertained**
For instance, take explosives. Till quite recently black
and brown powders alone were used, the former as old at
civilisation, the latter but a small modem improvement
adapted to the increased size of giins. But now the whole
famfly of nitro-explosives are rapidly superseding the old
powder. These are the dired outcome of chemical
knowledge; they are not mere chance inventions, for
every improvement is based on chemical theories, and
not on random experiment.
The construdion of guns is no longer a haphazard
operation. In spite of the enormous forces to be con*
trolled and the sudden violence of their adion, the re-
searches of the mathematician have enabled the just pro-
portions to be determined with accuracy; the labours of
the physicist have revealed the internal conditions of the
materials employed, and the best means of their favour-
able employment. Take, for example, Longridge's coiled*
wire system, in which each successive layer of which the
gun is formed receives the exad proportion of tension
which enables all the layers to ad in unison. The che-
mist has rendered it clear that even the smallest quanti*
ties of certain ingredients are of supreme importance in
affeding the tenacity and trustworthiness of the
materials.
The treatment of steel to adapt it to the vast range of
duties it has to perform is thus the outcome of patient
research. And the use of the metals — manganese, chro-
mium, nickel, molybdenum— as alloys with iron has re-
sulted in the produdion of steels possessing varied and
extraordinary properties. The steel required to resist the
conjugate stresses developed, lightning-fashion, in a gun
necessitates qualities that would not be suitable in the
projedile which that gun hurla with a velocity of some
136
British Association, — The President's Address.
I Orbmical Niwt,
1 Sept. 13, ifc95.
8500 feet per BecoDd against the armoured side of a ship.
The armour, again, has to combine extreme superficial
hardness with great toughness, and during the last few
years these qualities are sought to be attained by the ap-
plication of tne cementation process for adding carbon to
one face of the plate, and hardening that face alone by
rapid refrigeration.
The introdudion of quick-firing guns from 0*303 (f.«.,
about one-third) of an inch to 6-inch calibre has rendered
necessary the produdtion of metal cartridge-cases of com-
plex focms drawn cold out of solid blocks or plate of the
material; this again has taxed the ingenuity of the
mechanic in the device of machinery, and of the metal-
lurgist in producing a metal possessed of the necessary
duSility and toughness. The cases have to stand a pres-
sure at the moment of firing of as much as twenty-five
tons to the square inch— a pressure which exceeds the
ordinary clastic limits of the steel of which the gun itself
is composed.
There is nothing more wonderful in praAical mechanics
than the closing of the breech openings of guns, for not
only must they be gas-tight at these tremendous pres-
sures, but the mechanism must be such that one man by
a single continuous movement shall be able to open or
close %ht breech of the largest gun in some ten or fifteen
seconds.
The perfed knowledge of the recoil of guns has enabled
the readion of the discharge to be utilised in compressing
air or springs by which guns can be raised from concealed
positiooB in order to deliver their fire, and then made to
disappear again for loading; or the same force has been
used to run up the guns automatically immediately after
firing, or, as in the case of the Maxim gun, to deliver in
the same way a continuous stream of bullets at the rate
of ten in one second.
In the manufadure of shot and shell cast-iron has been
almost superseded by cast and wrought steel, though the
hardened Palliser projediles still hold their place. The
forged-steel projediles are produced by methods very
similar to those used in the manufadture of metal cartridge-
cases, though the process is carried on at a red heat and
by mSichines much more powerful.
In every department concerned in the produAion of
war- like stores eledricity is playing a more and more im-
portant part. It has enabled the passage of a shot to be
followed from its seat in the gun to its destination.
In the gun, by means of eledrical contads arranged in
the bore, a time curve of the passage of the shot can be
determined.
From this the mathematician construds the velocity-
curve, and from this, again, the pressures producing the
velocity are estimated, and used to check the same indi-
cations obtained by other means. The velocity of the
shot after it has left the gun is easily ascertained by the
Boulang6 apparatus.
Eledricity and photography have been laid under con-
tribution for obtaining records of the flight of projediles
and the effeds of explosions at the moment of their occur-
rence. Many of you will recoiled Mr. Vernon Boys'
marvellous photographs showing the progress of the shot
driving before it waves of air in its course.
Eledricity and photography also record the properties
of metals and their alloys as determined by curves of
cooling.
The readiness with which eledrical energy can be con-
verted into heat or light has been taken advantage of for
the firine of guns, which in their turn can, by the same
agencv, be laid on the objed by means of range-finders
placed at a distance and in advanta|;eous and safe posi-
tions ; while the eledric light is utilised to illumine the
sights at night, as well as to search out the objeds of
attack.
The compad nature of the glow-lamp, the brightness of
the light, the circumstance that the light is not due to
combustion, and therefore independent of air, facilitates
the examination of the bore of guns, the insides of
shells, and other similar uses— just as it is used by a
dodor to examine the throat of a patient.
(To be continaed).
A REFORM IN CHEMICAL. PHYSICAL, AND
TECHNICAL CALCULATIONS.
By C. J. HANSSBN, C.B.
(Continaed from p. 103).
The ixlirnal caloric work of steamy which is overcoming
atmospheric or other outer resistance, and is able to do
mechanical or dynamic work, is, pro x cbm. steam pro
X atmosphere pressure, at any temperature b 24I calors.
pro X kg. steam - absolute temperature. consequenUy-
9
At ai9l» absol » ?i?l* . 24! calors.
9
Atays** M «^° -30J „
At 373* „ (I atmoBph.) - ^1^ « 4x5 „
9
At 454° „ (10 atmosph.) - 15£ „ ^^ ^^
9
The produd of absolute pressure x volume per kg.
(V X P) increases in dired ratio to the absolute temper-
ature of steam, as shown by the diagonal straight V P
line in the diagram.
ComhustioH.
When a substance is burnt we feel the heat produced,
and see flames and light emit from the burning objed,
and we have been thus led to imagine that it is the
visible objed only which burns, and the heat developed
in the process of burning we commonly consider to be
the quantity of heat which the burning substance — for
instance, x kg. of coal — is able to produce ; we may,
however, just as well reverse the case, and consider the
heat developed in the process of combustion as produced
by combining a certain quantity of oxygen with the
burning substance, and measure the heat produced by the
quantity of oxygen which combines with the burning
substance.
All substances combine with other substances in
simple definite proportions, and this rule also holds
good in the chemical process termed combustion ; we
may therefore be sure that x kg. of oxygen, when com-
bining with any other substance, always will produce the
same quantity of heat^ just as well as x kg. of carbon, if
in combustion or by any other chemical process combined
with oxygen, always produces a certain and definite quan-
tity of heat. If experience in some cases seems to coo-
tradid this rule, and apparently gives different results,
this can only be caused by imperfedions in the metlK>d
and apparatus used in the research, and such anomalies
will by-and-bye be found out and correded.
Of all substances at our disposal, capable of producing
heat, carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen are the most gene-
rally applicable ; and a corred determination of the value
of their compounds as producers of heat will therefore be
of the highest importance for science and industry, bat
as yet the chief authorities disagree on this subjed.
The quantity of heat produced by combustion of x kg.
of hydrogen of 273*^ absolute, with 8 kg. of oxygen of the
same temperature, is found by —
Calora.
Andrews » 33881^
Humphrys . • . • • . « 34722 | The vapotir pro-
Favre and Silbermann « 344621 duced condensed
Dulong (V 34742 Y to liquid water
Thomsen » 34x8i ofo°Nsa73**b-
Fischer .. .. •• » 34384 solute. .
Berthelot * 34600 J \
S«pt. 13. 1895. I
Re/arm in Chemical, Physical^ and Technical CalculatiMS. 137
and tht qaantity of heat produced by combustion of i kg.
of carbon monoxide with oxygen it found by—
Favre and Silbermann . . » 2403 calors.
Dolong - 2489 „
Fischer • .. « 2440 »,
Ferguson Bell .. •• •• » 2444 •»
Homphrys « 2489 ,,
As not two of these agree, it seems evident that all are
more or l^s erroneous.
The author has shown (Chbmical Nbws, Ixxii., p. 8)
that I kg. hydrogen of o^ N (273^ N absol.) burnt with
8 kg. oxygen, and the produ^ of combustion condensed
to toe initial temperature of the components, produces
3467970 calors., which in all following calculations is
roanded off to 34680 calors.
This figure, being the mean of Messrs. Humphrys,
Favre and Silbermann's, Dulong, and Berthelot's deter*
ninations, the author considers to be a corred standard,
from which the heating power of other substances may
be calculated, and consequently we find that —
I cbm. of hydrogin of atmospheric density and o^ N,
which weighs ^ kg., will produce 34680 x A»3096|
calors; that»
s kf. otoxfgim will produce li|§2»4335 calors., and»
o
I cbm. of oxygiH of atm. density and o* N-4335 x V »
61921 calors., and x litre oxygen r'^' •■ 6^/^ «
1000
fIS calors ; and further —
t kg, of aliform carbon, burning with ik kg. oxygen,
will produce 4335 x xl »578o calors., forming 2k kg.
CO.
I cbm. of atriform carbon (atmospheric density and o^ N),
bof nt with X cbm. oxygen 01 equal density and tem-
perature, will produce 6x92! cal. x i cbm. 0*6192!
calors., fof ming 2 cbm. CO.
I kg. [of atriform carbon, burning with 2} kg. oxygen,
will produce 4335 X 2} ax 1560 calors., forming 3} kg.
COa; and—
s cbm aeriform carbon^ burning with 2 cbm. oxygen, will
produce 6192I cal. x a * 13385! calors., forming 2
cbm. COa.
I kg. ot carbon monoxide, which contains f kg., of aeriform
carbon, burning with f kg. oxygen, will produce
I X 4535 cal. a 2477f calors., forming 1% kg. COa;
and—
I cbm. of carbon monoxide, which contains k cbm. of
airiform carbon, burning with \ cbm. ox3rgen, will
produce 6192! X i » 3096I calors., forming x cbm.
COa.
The heat produced by x kg. pure fixed carbon^ burnt
with x} oxygen to CO, and with 2| kg. O to COa» is given
differently 1^ various authorities ; but the mean of their
lesttlts is f of the heat produced by burning atriform
carbon ; and this leads to the following simple relation x-^
I kg. of aeriform carbon^ burnt to COa, pro-
duces sensible heat mi 1560 calors.
I kg. of solid carbon produces likewise
XX560 calors., but in gasifying the fixed
carbon | x 1x560 become latent •• * 3302( „
And only f X XX560 cal •• s 8257^ m
are set free as sensible heat.
I kg. of soUd carbon, burnt to CO, pro-
duces i X X 1560 cal «578o calort.
In gasifying become latent .. •• »3302| „
And the sensible heat produced it •• •■2477! „
Combustion of Hydrocarbons,
If hydrocarbon gases burn with oxygen or air the case
ia different, because the compound must be decomposed
belore its components can unite with the oxygen to form
the new compounds COa ^d HgO.
Decomposing a hydrocarbon gas, or separating the by*
drogen contained in it from the carbon, by the united
action of heat and the chemical affinity of oxygen, will
absorb half the heat produced by the H in the hydro-
carbon ; consequently is absorbed or becoming latent :—
Pro X cbm. H of atm. density and o® N (273* abeol.)^
and pro x kg.H—
being
a
We find thus, the produas of combustion
cooled down to o« N (273* N absol.), that—
X cbm. methane of x atm. and zyz"" N absol.,
burnt with a cbm. oxygen, produces
2x6i92fcal. -i3385fcalorfc
Separating 2 cbnf. H from C absorbs
axx548,\cal - 3096I ,»
Consequently x cbm. methane produces
sensible htSLi gaSol
or exaaiy f of what would be due for
the 2 cbm. O burnt with it.
X kg. methane, burnt with 4 kg. O, produces
4x4335 cal. • X7340 calors.
Separating ^ kg. H from C absorbs
ixx7340cal - 4335 »
Consequently x kg. methane produces
sensible heat m X3005
Or likewise } of what would be due to the '
4 kg. O consumed, while } of the heat
adually produced becomes latent.
In a similar way we find the sensible heat produced by
combustion of the total heat due to the O.
xcbm. ..barot Sentible
with heat.
Cbm.O. Calors.
Acetylene • . 2| X3933f|
I kf . barat Seniibla
Ethylene
Ethane ••
Allylene • .
Propylene..
Propane . .
Botylene ••
Butane • ,
Pentane • •
Benxenegas yk
Coal gas,
absolute :—
CoQtaioi Utret
Methane .. 370*0x2
Ethylene .. 25-0x3
Propylene .. 12-0x4*
Bensene .. X3-oX7«
Carbon monoxide 52*5 x h
Hydrogen ,. 490*0 x h
x/xo
1/6
x/8
1/6
with heat. Saotib. Latest
Kf.O. OUort.
___._, 3iV 12004A
3 X548af 3l "385!
3» 17030A 3!1 X27X6
4 21685 3} iax38
4J 23223A 31 ia385f
I H77II 3fr ia6xoff
6 30964? 31 I2385»
6* 32512* 3» 12556*:
8 402531 31 12523*
418OXH Zi*M I2004A
Combustion of Mixed Oases.
X7 candles, x cbm. atm. density, 273^ N
9/10
5/6
ax/26 5/26
a5/3a 7/3*
9/10 x/io
Carbon dioxide
Nitrogen
Oxygen .. ..
40
32-5
x-o
Requires
oayfeo
Litres.
- 7400
- 75-0
- 540
- 97*5
•■ 26*35
- 845-0
"3775
t-oo
Prodocei tcaiible
heatcqnalio
UtreaO.
7400 Xi »555'oo
750x1 - 6a-50
54-OXf » 4500
975 X A- «775
a6*a5
a45*oo
1*00
X cbm. gas* xooo-o requires xa3675 O, of which 1032*30
litres O only produce sensible heat, and develope—
1036-5 X ??? „ 6332 •X96 calors. sensible heat.
X40
One cbm. of this gas weight 5853/11200 kg.; x kg. there-
fore contains xxaoo/5853 cbm., will for combustion
fcqoire 2*36565 cbm. Omsy^ygs kg. O, and will produce
131x6-965 calort. of sentible heat.
Wai4r Oatt H+ CO.— This mixed gat, which consists
of equal volomei of H and CO, is formed when steam
through glowing carbon ; the H of the steam is
138 Reform in Chemical, Physical, and Technical Calculations. {^U^^ivSl^'
be decided until chemically pure titanium has been ob-
tained. 2. The assumption that this redu^on*prodod
consists exclusively of a lower stage of oxidation of tita-
nium is opposed to the following fads:^<i. No such
lower oxides of titanium have been hitherto isolated.
b. The melting-point of titanium lies at a very high tem-
perature, as may be learnt from the difficulty of alloying
It with copper. 3. There are probably two titaoinm
nitrides. The higher, indigo-blue nitride, passes at a
white* heat into the lower and more stable bronxe-yellow
nitride. 4. The higher nitride can be easily converted
into a crystalline titanium sulphide by heating to redness
with sulphur in a current of hydrogen. 5. A '* titaninm
chloroform ** has not yet proved obtainable. In this
respedt titanium behaves like tin. On the aAion of dry
hydrochloric acid upon elementary titanium there arises
achlorinised produd, not volatile. It must be kept in
mind that this readion may depend upon the presence of
a titanium hydroxide or a solid titanium hydride in the
elementary titanium.
The Influence of Hydration upon Solubility. — N.
Kumakow.— This paper requires the two accompanying
diagrams.
The Solutions of Qreen Chromium Chloride^
CrCl3.6HaO. — A. Piccini. -^ The inferences following
from the author's results are :— Silver fluoride has, in re-
ference to the green chromium chloride, the property of
precipitating that portion of chlorine— or causing it to
assume the fnndion of an ion— which is not precipitable
by the other silver salts, and in their presence does not
ad as an ion. In solutions in which the method of the
boiling-point indicates little or no dissociation of the green
chromium chloride, all the chlorine is precipitate by
silver nitrate, whilst in solutions in which dissociation
ensues the precipitation is only partial. The solutions of
green chromium chloride in methylic alcohol take, in pre-
sence of silver nitrate, an intermediate position between
the watery solutions and those on ethyltc alcohol.
On some New Methods of obtaining Platinous
Chlorides, and on the Probable Sxistence of Plati-
num Subchloride.— M. Carey Lea.
The Caesium Double Chlorides, Bromides, and
Iodides, with Cobalt and Nickel.— G. F. Campbell.
It is understood that these two papers have appeared
also in the English languages.
tel free, and the O combines with C, forming CO.
One kg. steam of xoo* (373® N absol.) consists of 1/9 kg.
H and 8/9 kg. O, and forms when passed through glowing
carbon, and the produd cooled down to o^ N, at at mo.
a bene density; x/9 kg. « 56/4^ cbm. H ; 8/9 kg. O com.
les with 6/9 kg. C, forming 14/9 kg. « 56-45 cbm. CO ; con-
sequently X kg. steam and 6/9 kg. C form 15/9 kg. «! 12/45
cbm. water gas of o^ N (273^ N absol.) and atm. density ;
consequently*
I kg. water gas » 1x2/75 cbm., and x cbm. » 75/xia kg*
s kg. water gas contains 3/f kg. steam + 2/5 kg. C.
1 1^. water gas contains x7x5 kg. H+X4/X5 CO ; -> 56*75
cbm. H+ 56*75 cbm. CO.
I cbm. water gas contains i cbm. H + i cbm. CO ; »5/ix2
kg. H+ 5/8 kg. CO.
Prodoaion of i kg. of water gas of 273*" N. absol.
requiies:—
3/5 ^' o^ liquid water of 273* N absol. dis.
solved into H and O by the united
adion of heat and the chemical affinity
of carbon, absorbs, separating x/x5 kg.
H from O, x/15 X X7340 cal •1x56 calors.
9/5 kg. solid carbon to gasify absorbs
«/lX33oa|cal -X3at^ tt
a/5 kg. C, burnt with 8/X5 kg, O. to form
' • " 8^x5:
^77 f
14/15 ^K' CO, produces 8/X5 x 4335 cal. » 23 12 „
s kg. water gas requires for its produdion a x65^ „
I cbm. of atm. density requires x65f X75/112 kg. a
exiofil calors.
Combustion of i kg. of Water Gas,
For x/x5 kg. H is required 8/X5
n 14/15 .. CO „ 8/15
kg o) '^''5 kg. O. which
nr produces 4624
" ^) calors.
Combustion of s cbm. Water Oas.
n.Hi
•» i/a M CO
For x/2 cbm. HJsrequired x/4cbm. o| "^^ce^; ^^S
calors.
(To be oootinasd).
% Valdesiarinde, Copenhacen, V.
July a;, r
.1895.
CHEMICAL NOTICES FROM FOREIGN
SOURCES.
NOTS.— All degrees of temperature are Centifrade onlets otherwise
eipresied.
Zeituhrtfl fiir Ancrgamsche Chtmie^
Vol. viii., Parts x and 2.
The Atomic and Molecular Solution Volumes.—
J. Traube. -* This extensive paper has been already
noticed.
The Foundations of a New System of the Ele-
ment8.»J. Traube.— Already inserted.
Critical Studies on the Chemistry of Titanium.
— B. A. Schneider. — The results of the above studies
may be briefly summarised as— x. The produa obtained
from potassium titano-fluoride by redudtion with sodium
in a current of hydrogen contains not only oxygen, but
also hydrogen. Whether we have here a titanium by-
dride» hydroxide, or a case of simple absorption, cannot
ACCTONB — Answering all requirements.
^OIE ^GIBI'IO— Pwfest and sweet.
ZBOKr-A-GIO— Cryat. and powder.
- CI1*IRIO~Cryst. made in earthenware.
— — <jf A T.T. Tn—Prom best Chioeee galls, pure.
S^XilGYIjIC-By Kolbe'a process.
I'-A-IEsT^ETIC—Po'' Pharmacy mod the Arts.
LIQUID CHLORINE
(Compreued in steel cylinders).
FORMALIN (40?^ CHjO)— Antiseptic and Preservative.
POTASS. PBRMANQANATE-Cryst., large and small.
SULPHOCYANIDB OP AMMONIUM.
BARIUM.
POTASSIUM.
TARTAR EMETIG-Cryst. and Powder.
TRIPOLI AND METAL POWDERS.
ALL CHEMICALS FOR ANALYSIS AND THE ARTS
Wholesale Agents—
A. & M. ZIMMERMANN,
6 a 7, CROSS LANE UONDON. E.G.
CWUCALNlWtil
8«pt.ao,i89S. f
British Association. — The President's Address.
139
THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
Vol. LXXII., No. 1869.
BRITISH ASSOCIATION
FOR THB
ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE.
Ipswich, 1895.
INAUGURAL ADDRESS OF THB PRESIDENT,
Sir Douglas Qalton, K.C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S.
(Condoded from p. 136).
Imflurncb op Intbrcommunication afforded by
British Association on Scibnce Progress.
Thb advances in engineering have prodaced the steam-
engine, the railway, the telegraph, as well as our engines
of war, may be said to be the result of commercial enter-
prise rendered possible onlv by the advances which have
taken place in the several branches of science since 1831.
Having regard to the intimate relations which the several
sciences bear to each other, it is abundantly clear that
BBQch of this progress could not have taken place in the
past, nor could further progress take place in the future,
without intercommunication between the students of
different branches of science.
The founders of the British Association based its claims
to ntUity upon the power it afforded for this intercommu-
BicatioB. Mr. Vernon Harcourt (the uncle of your
present General Secretary), in the address he delivered
m 1832, said :^'* How feeble is man for any purpose
when he stands alone— how strong when united with
other roenl" • . .
I claim for the British Association that it has fulfilled
the ofejeas of its founders, that it has had a large share
io promoting intercommunication and combination.
Our meetmgs have been successful because they have
maintained the true principles of scientific investigation.
We have been able to secure the continued presence and
concurrence of the master-spirits of science. They have
been willing to sacrifice their leisure, and to promote the
welfare of the Association, because the meetings have
mfforded them the means of advancing the sciences to
which they are attached.
The Association has, moreover, justified the views of
its founders in promoting intercourse between the pur-
suers of science, both at home and abroad, in a manner
which is afforded by no other agency.
The weekly and sessional reunions of the Royal
Society, and the annual soirits of other scientific socie-
ties, promote this intercourse to some extent ; but the
British Association presents to the young student, during
iu week of meetings, easy and continuous social oppor-
tunities for making the acquaintance of leaders in science,
and thereby obtaining their direding influence.
It thus encourages, in the first place, opportunities of
combination, but, what is equally important, it gives at
the same time material assistance to the investigators
whom it thus brinn together.
The reports on the state of science at the present time,
MB they appear in the last volume of our Proeudings, oc>
copy the same important position, as records of science
progress, as that occupied by those Reports in our earlier
We exhibit no symptom of decay.
Scibncb in Gbrmany postered by the State and
Municipalities.
Our neighbours and rivals rely largely upon the guidance
of the State for the promotion of both science teaching
and of research. In Germany the foundations of tech-
nical and industrial training are laid in the Realschulen,
and supplemented by the Higher Technical Schools. In
Berlin that splendid institution, the Royal Technical
High School, casts into the shade the facilities for edu-
cation in the various Polytechnics which we are now
establishing in London. Moreover, it assists the prac-
tical workman by a branch department, which is available
to the public for testing building materials, metals, paper,
oil, and other matters. The standards of all weights and
measures used in trade can be purchased from or tested
by the Government Department for Weights and
Measures.
For developing pure scientific research and for pro*
moting new applications of science to industrial purposes
the German Government at the instance of von Helm-
holts, and aided by the munificence of Werner von
Siemens, created the Physikalische Technische Reichan*
suit at Charlottenburg.
This establishment consists of two divisions. The
first is charged with pore research, and is at the present
time engaged in various thermal, optical, and eleArical,
and other physical investigations. The second branch
is emplo3red in operations of delicate standardisiuff to
assist the wants of research students—for instance, dila-
tation, eleArical resistances, eledric and other forms of
light, pressure gauges, recording instruments, thermo-
meters, pyrometers, tuning-forks, glass, oil-testing appa-
ratus, viscosity of glycerin, ftc.
Dr. Kohlrausch succeeded Helmholts as president, and
takes charge of the first division. Professor Hagen, the
diredor under him, has charge of the second division. A
professor is in charge of each of the several sub-depart-
ments. Under these are various subordinate posts, held
by youneer men, seleded for previous valuable work, and
usually lor a limited time.
The general supervision is under a Council, consisting
of a president, who is a Privy Councillor, and twenty-four
members, including the president and diredor of the
Reichsanstalt ; of the other members about ten are pro-
fessors or heads of physical and astronomical observato-
ries conneded with the principal universities in Germany.
Three are seleded from leading firms in Germany repre-
senting mechanical, optical, and eledric science, and the
remainder are principal scientific officials conneded with
the Departments of War and Marine, the Royal Observa-
tory at Potsdam, and the Royal Commission for Weights
and Measures.
This Council meets in the winter, for such time as msf
be necessary, for examining the research work done in the
first division during the previous year, and for laying down:
the scheme for research for the ensuing year ; as well as
for suggesting any requisite improvements in the second
division. As a consequence of the position which
science occupies in connedion with the State in Conti-
nental countries, the services of those who have distin-
guished themselves either in the advancement or in the
application of science are recognised by the award of
honours ; and thus the feeling for science is encouraged
throughout the nation.
Assistance to Scientific Rbbbaech in Qexat
Britain.
Great Britain maintained for a long time a leading
position among the nations of the world by virtue of the
excellence and accuracy of its workmanship, the result
of individual energy; but the progress of mechanical
science has made accuracy of workmanship the common
property of all nations of the world. Our records show
that hitherto, in its efforts to maintain its position by the
application of science and the prosecution of research,
England has made marvellous advances by means of
voluntary effort, illustrated by the splendid munificence
of such men as Gassiot, Joseph Whitworth, James Msson,
and Ludwig Mond; and, whilst the increasing field of
scientific research compels us occasionally to seek for
140
British Association. — The Presidents Address.
f Cbbhical Niwt«
Qovernment asBistance, it would be unfortunate if by any
change voluntary effort were fettered by State control.
The following are the principal voluntary agencies
which help forward scientific research in this countfy :~
The Donation Fund of the Royal Society, derived from
its surplus income. The British Association has contri-
buted /6o,ooo to aid research since its formation. The
Royal Institution, founded in the last century, by Count
Rumford, for the promotion of research, has assisted the
investigations of Davy, of Young, of Faraday, of Frank-
land, of Tyndall, of Dewar, and of Rayleigh. The City
Companies assist scientific research and foster scientific
education both by dired contributions and through the
City and Guilds Institute. The Commissioners of the
Exhibition of X85X devote ;(6ooo annually to science
research scholarships, to enable students who have passed
through a college curriculum and have given evidence of
capacity for original research to continue the prosecution
of science, with a view to its advance or to its applica-
tion to the industries of the country. Several scientific
societies have promoted dired research, each in their own
branch of science, out of ther surplus income ; and every
scientific society largely assists research by the publica-
tion, not only of its own proceedings, but often of the
work going on abroad in the branch of science which it
represents.
The growing abundance of matter year by vear increases
the burden thus thrown on their finances, and the Treasury
has recentl}r granted to the Royal Society £1000 a year,
to be spent in aid of the publication of scientific papers
not necessarily limited to those of that Society.
The Royal Society has long felt the importance to sci-
entific research of a catalogue of all papers and publica-
tions relating to pure and applied science, arranged
systematically both as to authors' names and as to subjed
treated, and the Society has been engaged for some time
upon a catalogue of that nature. But the daily increasing
magnitude of these publications, coupled with the neces-
sity of issuing the catalogue with adequate promptitude
and at appropriate intervals, renders it a task which could
only be performed under International co-operation. The
officers of the Royal Society have therefore appealed to
the Government to urge Foreign Governments to send
delegates to a Conference to be held next July to discuss
the desirabiilty and the scope of such a catalogue, and
the possibility of preparing it.
The universities and colleges distributed over the
country, besides their fundion of teaching, are large pro-
moters of research, and their voluntary exertions are aided
in some cases by contributions from Farliament in allevi-
ation of their expenses.
Qertain executive departments of the Government carry
on research for their own purposes, which in that resped
nay be classed as voluntary. The Admiralty maintains
the Greenwich Observatory, the Hydrographical Depart-
ment, and various experimental services ; and the War
Office maintains its numerous scientific departments.
The Treasury maintains a valuable chemical laboratory
for Inland Revenue, Customs, and agricultural purposes.
The Science and Art Department maintains the Royal
College of Science, for the education of teachers and
students from elementary schools ; it allows the scientific
apparatus in the National Museum to be used for research
purposes by the professors. The Solar Physics Committee,
which has carried on numerous researches in solar physics,
was appointed by and is responsible to this Department.
The Department also administers the Sir Joseph Whit-
worth engineering research scholarships. Other scientific
departments of the Government are aids to research, as,
for instance, the Ordnance and the Geological Surveys,
the Royal Mint, the Natural History Museum, Kew
Gardens, and other lesser establishments in Scotland and
Ireland ; to which may be added, to some extent, the
Standards Depaitment of the Board of Trade, as well as
municipal museums, which are gradually spreading over
the country.
For dired assistance to voluntary effort the Treasury
contributes £4000 a year to the Royal Society for the
promotion of research, which is administered under a
board whose members represent all branches of Science.
The Treasury, moreover, contributes to marine biological
observatories, and in recent years has defrayed the cost
of various expeditions for biological and astronomical
research, which in the case of the Challtngir expedition
involved very large sums of money.
In addition to these dired aids to science, Parliaoieot,
under the Local Taxation Ad, handed over to the County
Councils a sum, which amounted in the year 1893 to
£615,000, to be expended on technical education. In
many country distrids, so far as the advancement of real
scientific technical progress in the nation is concerned,
much of this money has been wasted for want of know-
ledge. And whilst it cannot be said that the Government
or Parliament have been indifferent to the promotion of
scientific education and research, it is a source of regret
that the Government did not devote some small portion
of this magnificent gift to affording an objed-lesson to
County Councils in the application of science to technical
instrudion, which would have suggested the principles
which would most usefully guide them in the expenditure
of this public money.
Government assistance to science has been based
mainly on the principle of helping voluntary effort. The
Kew Observatory was initiated as a scientinc observatory
by the British Association. It is now supported by the
Gassiot trust fund, and managed by the Kew Observatory
Committee of the Royal Society. Observations on mag-
netism, on meteorology, and the record of sun-spots, as
well as experiments upon new instruments for assisting
meteorological, therroometrical, and photographic pur-
poses, are being carried on there. The Committee has
also arranged for the verification of scientific measuring
instruments, the rating of chronometers, the testing ot
lenses and of other scientific apparatus. This institution
carries on to a limited extent some small portion of the
class of work done in Germany by that magnificent insti-
tution, the Reichsanstalt at Charlottenburg, but iu
development is fettered by want of funds. British
students of science are compelled to resort to Berlin and
Paris when they require to compare their more delicate
instruments and apparatus with recognised standards.
There could scarcely be a more advantageous addition to
the assistance which Government now gives to science
than for it to allot a substantial annual sum to the exten-
sion of the Kew Observatory, in order to develop it on
the model of the Reichsanstalt. It might advantageously
retain its connedion with the Royal Society, under a
Committee of Management representative of the various
branches of science concerned, and of all parts of Great
Britain.
Conclusion.
The various agencies for scientific education have pro-
duced numerous students admirably qualified to pursue
research; and at the same time almost every field of
industry presents openings for improvement through the
development of scientific methods. For instance, agricul-
tural operations alone offer openings for research to the
biologist, the chemist, the physicist, the geologist, the
engineer, which have hitherto been largely overlooked. If
students do not easily find employment, it is chiefly attri-
butable to a want of appreciation for science in the nation
at large.
This want of appreciation appears to arise from the
fad that those who nearly half a century ago direded the
movement of national education were trained in early life
in the universities, in which the value of scientific methods
was not at that time fully recognised. Hence our elemen-
tary, and even our secondary and great public scbools«
negleded for a long time to encourage the spirit of investi*
gation which develops originality. This defed is
diminishing daily.
There is, however, a more intangible cause which ma^
y^-
CSBMICAL NtWt, t
Sept. ao, 1893. f
British Association. — Pro/. Meldola's Address.
141
have had lailaence on the want of appreciation of science
by the nation. The Government, which largely profits
by science, aids it with money, but it has done very little
to develop the national appreciation for science by recog-
nising that its leaders are worthy of honours conferred by
the State. Science is not fashionable, and science stu-
dents— upon whoee efforts our progress as a nation so
largely depends— have not received the same measure of
recognition which the State awards to services rendered
by its own officials, by politicians, and by the Army and
\>y the Navy, whose success in future wart will largely
depend on the effedive applications of science.
The Reports of the British Association afford a complete
chrooide of the gradual growth of scientific knowledge
since 1831. They show that the Association has fulfilled
the objeAs of its founders in promoting and disseminating
a knowledge of science throughout the nation.
The growing connexion between the sciences places
our annual meeting in the position of an arena where
representatives of the different sciences have the oppor-
tunity of criticising new discoveries and testing the value
of fresh proposals, and the Presidential and Sedional
Addresses operate as an annual stock-taking of progress
in the several branches of science represented in the Sec-
tions. Bvery year the field of usefulness of the Associa-
tion is widening. For, whether with the geologist we
seek to write the history of the crust of the earth, or with
the biologist to trace out the evolution of its inhabitants,
or whether with the astronomer, the chemist, and the
physicist we endeavour to unravel the constitution of the
sun and the planets or the genesis of the nebulae and stars
which make up the universe, on every side we find our-
selves surrounded by mysuries which await solution. We
are only at the beginning of work.
I have, therefore, full confidence that the future records
of the British Association will chronicle a still greater
progress than that already achieved, and that the British
nation will maintain its leading position amongst the
nations of the world, if it will energetically continue its
voluntarv efforts to promote research, supplemented by
that additional help from the Government, which ought
never to be withheld when a clear case of scientific utility
has been established.
ADDRESS TO THE CHEMICAL SECTION
OP THE
BRITISH ASSOCIATION.
Ipswich, 1895.
By Prol. RAPHAEL IIBLDOLA, F.R.S., F.I.C., Foa. See. C.S.,
Prceid«ot of the Seaioo.
The State op Chemical Science in 1851.
In order to estimate the progress of chemical science
since the year 1851, when the British Association last
met in this town, it will be of interest for us to endeavour
to place ourselves in the position of those who took part
in the proceedings of Se^ion B on that occasion. Per-
haps the best way of performing this retrograde feat will
be to confront the fundamental doArines of modem
chemistry with the state of chemical theory at that
period, because at any point in the history of a science
the theoretical conceptions in vogue — whether these con-
ceptions have survived to the present time or not— may
be taken as the abstrad sommation of the fads, i.#., of
the real and tangible knowledge existing at the period
chosen as the standard of reference.
Without going too far back in time I may remind you
that in 18 11 the atomic theory of the chemists was
grafted on to the kindred science of physics through the
enunciation of the law associated with the name of
Avogadro di Qoaregna. The rationalising of this law
had been accomplished in 1845 ; but the kinetic theorv of
gascSf which had been foreshadowed by D. Bernoulli in
X738, and in later times by Herapath, Joule, and Krdnig,
lay buried in the archives of the Royal Society until re«
cently unearthed by Lord Rayleigh and given to the world
in 1892 under the authorship of Waterston, the legitimate
discoverer. The later developments of this theory did
not take place till after the last Ipswich meeting, vis.,
in 1857— 1862, by Clausius, and by Clerk Maxwell in
1860—1867. Thus the kinetic theory of gases of the
physicists had not in 1851 acquired the full significance
for chemists which it now possesses ; the hypothesis of
Avogadro was available, analogous conceptions had been
advanced by Davy in 1812, and by Ampere in 18x4; but
no substantial chemical reasons for its adoption were ad-
duced until the year 1846, when Laurent published his
work on the law of even numbers of atoms and the
nature of the elements in the free state (i4fifi. Chim, Pky$,
[3],xviii., 266).
The so called <* New Chemistry," with which students
of the present time are familiar, was, in fad, being evolved
about the period when the British Association last assem-
bled at Ipswich ; but it was not till some years later, and
then chiefly through the writings of Laurent and Ger«
hardt, that the modern views became accepted. It is of
interest to note in passing that the nomenclature of
organic compounds formed the subje^ of a report by
Dr. Daubeny at that meeting, in which he says :—** It
has struck me as a matter of surprise that none of the
British treatises on Chemistry with which I am acquainted
should contain any rules to guide us, either in affixing
names to substances newly discovered or in divining the
nature and relations of bodies from the appellations
attached to them. Nor do I find this deficiency supplied
in a manner which to me appears satisfa^ory when 1 lam
to the writings of Continental chemisU.'* In a sobeo-
quent portion of the report Dr. Daubeny adds :— ** No
name ought, for the sake of convenience, to exceed in
length six or seven syllables." I am afraid the require-
ments of modern organic chemistry have not enabled us
to comply with this condition.
Among other physical discoveries which have exerted
an important influence on chemical theory, the law of
Dulong and Petit, indicating the relationship between
specific heat and atomic weight, had been announced in
18 19, had been subsequently extended to compounds by
Neumann, and still later had been placed upon a sure
basis by the classical researches of Regnanlt in 1839.
But here, again, it was not till after 1851 that Canttixsaro
(1858) gave this law the importance which it now possesses
in conneaion with the determination of atomic weights.
Thermo-chemistry as a distinA branch of our science mav
also be considered to have arisen since 1851, althongh
the foundations were laid before this period by the work
of Favre and Silbermann, Andrews, Graham, and espe«
cially Hess, whose important generalisation was announced
in 1840, and whose claim to just recognition in the his*
tory of physical chemistry has been ably advocated in
recent times by Ostwald. But the elaboration of thermo*
chemical fads and views in the light of the dynamical
theory of heat was first commenced in 1853 by Julius
Thomsen, and has since been carried on concurrently
with the work of Berthelot in the same field which the
latter investigator entered in 1865. Eledro-chemistrv in
185 X was in an equally rudimentary condition. Davy bad
Sublished his eledro-chemical theory in x8o7, and in x8x2
lerselias had pot forward those views on eledric affinity
which became the basis of bis dualistic system of formu*
lation. In 1833 Faraday announced his famous law of
elcaro-chemical equivalence, which gave a fatal blow to
the conception of Berzeltus, and which later (X839— X840)
was made use of by Daniell in order to show the untena*
bility of the dualistic system. By X85X the views of
Berielius had been abandoned, and, so far as chemical
theory is concerned, the whole subjed may be considered
to have been in abeyance at that time. It is of interest
to note, however, that in that year Williamson advanced,
on quite distind grotmds, his now well-known theory ojf
Uritish Association.— Prof. Meldota's Address. {*'"se'Ji:^?4J*'
«4>»
HlUMilv iMl»ri')iiinK« between molecules, which theory io a
fiHii* «Nl<>fMl«(i form w«t developed independently from
llm j'hyiiUiil ftide and applied to eledrolytes byClausius
In in57. The modern theory of eledrolysis associated
with Ihn names of Arrhenius, van *t HofT, and Ostwald,
In of (omparatively recent growth. It appears that Hit.
lorf, In lii'j^t was the first to point out the relationship
between eledtrolytic condudtivity and chemical adlivity,
this same author as far back as 1856 having combated
the prevailing view that the eledlric current during eledlro-
ivsia does the work of overcoming the affinities of the ions.
Arrhsnlus formulated his theory of eledlrolytic dissocia-
tion In 1887^ Planck having almost simultaneously arrived
at similar views on other grounds.
Closely connedted with cleArolysis is the question of
tha constitution of solutions, and here again a convergence
of work from several dlstin^ fields has led to the creation
of a new branch of physical chemistry which may be
considered a modern growth. The relationship between
the strength of a solution and its freexing-point had been
discovcrtd by DIagden towards the end of the last
century, but in 1851 chemists had no notion that this
observation would have any influence on the future deve-
lopment of their science. Another decade elapsed before
the law was rc'dlscovcred bv RudotfT (1861), and ten years
later was fufther elaboratea by de Copper. Raoult pub-
lished his first work on the freosing-point of solutions in
f N8s, and two years later the relationship between osmotic
CtenMUre and the lowering of (reeiing-point was established
y ft. de Vrlfs, who first approached the subieA as aphy*
llologlsli through obstrvAiions on the cell-contents of
llvlriK plantSi As the work done in connexion with
tfArttdllc preniure has had such an important influence on
the " dlssuciatloh *' theory of solutions, it will be of inte-
rest lu rtote that at the last Ipswich meeting Thomas
(irsham msde a communication on liquid diffusion, in
Which he "gave a view of some of the unpublished results,
tu Ascertain whethei solutions of saline bodies had a power
rtf dltrunlun emung liquids, especially water.** In 1877
PrefTer, who, like de Vrivs, entered the field from the
botanical physiological side, succeeded in effe^ing the
Htiesurviiieiit of usmoilc pressure. Ten years later
vart 'I Iti'fT rolliiulslsd the modern dissociation theory of
sifhriliih by ftJ«plyli^K 1^' dissolved substances the laws of
|1i<ylf« (Uy iiUHMKi*. and Avogadro, the law of osmotic
lUfiitMriFi artil H«i«»ult'« law conneding the depression of
llHc^lMg pMiMt wilh molecular weight, thus laying the
iMurhiaiiMM Mf fi iliK'lilne which, whether destined to sur-
VUf* \\\ M« pissoiil loiin or not, has certainly exerted a
|i»iHf h<ilM''it»*> »'H M^niemporary chemical thought.
r»«Hftl*l**»i hMtl)oit Iho »tate of knowledge in 1851 con-
i.»;tMhu{ ftu^h It'Milloo principles as dissociation orthermo-
ivaio, iM4«ii h*'UhI) ttiul chemical equilibrium. Abnormal
^.^^t.i.t >lMt*iMiiii hfiil ht^pn observed by Avogadro in 1811,
^\\^\ I I n.jio 1^ 1N14. Qrove had dissociated water
S^Y'^m 1^1 iii^fit l^t ini7, but the first grest advance was
liuttv I (ail ^^iii \M'\ ity Hsinte-Claire Deville, from whose
^ii«k 4{4S liHMH^li I our existing knowledge of this sub-
\h^ i m^i^ ^'lil Mill ihe application of this principle to
li^^kiu ihki ^4»tt ^1 abnormal vapour density was made
4|j \^\k V^ ^"y\u K^kuiO, and Canniisaro, almost simul-
iiiHt'i'if^i I I'l^^ utiHu^sly enough, this explanation was
tiT^i^^Uffi ^^ livutt*. hiiiuttlf. The subsequent stages are
fti*mt4* Ml lUM'ttaiH iMtoiory. The current views on mass
4Al'4fi V^istu Mi««li" l«v^ed» as is well known,|by BerthoUet
iD M« " ^lAii^iif' * uimique,** published in 1803, but no
i^f»it 4(4t4Mvc li€x\ i'Lto made when the British Associa-
imn Um tMU iriH t ho sublcCl first began to assume a
■iUiit^lliil<\«« Mi'«^ Uuough the rtpstarches of Bunsen and
ntbiii ill lft,vi 41) I was much advAnctd by Gladstone in
|A|. fciiJ ^) H^fk iui And U«aoit a ypat later, QoKlberg
4^^rWuf* ffiMiilud |h«M vUavivil work on thia subjec\
fatiMii iliikiPi^ Mil A)>)««A( Iho advancss msile »inco
t»hi«t^'^ b'iiM^r^ ih.4l iti»! \Ou«)p iiit)«jc»i*^ o( nprCliuin
,,- wi.uli biui^aoiii ft^i,.t(»o iMiu iirUnvMtftliip with
t astronomy, has been called into existence since that date.
I The celebrated work of Bunsen and Kirchhoff was not
; published till 1859. Neither can I refrain from reminding
you that the coal-tar colour industry, with which I have
been to a small extent conneded, was started into adivity
by Perkin's discovery of mauve in 1856 ; the readion of
this industry on the development of organic chemistry ia
now too well known to require further mention. In that
diredion also which brings chemistry into relationship
with biology, the progress has been so great that it is not
going beyond the fad to stat that a new science has been
created. Pasteur began his studies on fermentation in
1857, and out of that work has arisen the science of
baderiology, with its multifarious and far-reaching conae-
qoences. As this chapter of chemical history forms the
aubjed of one of the evening discourses at the present
meeting, it is unnecessary to dwell further upon it now.
One other generalisation may be chronicled among the
great developments achieved since 1851. I refer to the
periodic law conneding the atomic weights of the che-
mical elements with their physical and chemical proper-
ties. Attempts to establish numerical relationships in
the case of isolated groups of elements had been made
by Ddbereiner in 18x7, by Qmelin in 1826, and again by
Ddbereiner in 1829. The triad system of grouping was
furtser developed by Dumas in 185 1. I am informed by
Dr. Gladstone that at the last Ipswich meeting Dumas'
speculations in this diredion excited much interest. All
the later steps of importance have, however, been made
since that time, viz., by de Chancourtois in 1862, the
*' law of odaves " by Newlands in 1864, the periodic law
by Meodeleeff, and almost contemporaneously by Lothar
Meyer, in 1869.
I have been tempted into giving this necessarily frag-
mentary and possibly tedious historical sketch because it
is approaching half a century aince the British Associa-
tion visited this town, and the opportunity ^ seemed
favourable for going through that process which \n com-
mercial affairs ia called "taking stock." The result
speaks for itself. Our stodenu of the present time who
are nourished intelledoally by these dodrinea should be
made to realise how rapid has been their development.
The pioneers of our science on whose shoulders we stand
— and many of whom are happily still among ua— will
derive satisfadion from the retroeped, and will admit
that their labours hare borne goodly fruit. It is not,
however, simply for the purpose of recording this enor-
mous progress that I have ventured to assume the office
of stock-taker. The jrear 1851 may be regarded as occur-
ring towards the close of one epoch and the dawn of a
new era in chemical history. Consider broadly the state
of organic chemistry at that time. There ia no occasion
for going into detail, even if time admitted, because our
literature has recently been enriched by the concise and
excellent historical worka of Schorlemmer, and of Ernst
von Meyer. It will suffice to mention that the work and
writings of Liebig, Berzelius, Wohler, Dumas, Gay-
Lussac, Bunsen, and otben, had given us the leading
ideas of isomerism, substitution, compound radicles, and
types. Wurtx and Hofmann had just discovered the
organic ammonias; Williamson that same year made
known his celebrated work on the ethers ; and Gerhardt
discovered the acid anhydrides a year later. The newer
theory of types was undergoing development by Gerhardt
and his followers; the mature results were published in
the fourth volume of the *' Trait6 de Chimie '* in 1856.
In this country the theory was much advanced by the
writings of OdUng and Williamson.
Subsequent DsvsLonnNT op Cbbmistry axjoko
Two Lines.
The new era which waa dawning upon na in 185 1 waa
that of strudural or constitoticnal chemistry, based on
the doifltine of the valency of the atoms. It is well known
that this conception was broached by Frankland in 1852,
at the tc^uU of h.s investigations on the organo* metal lie
CRKinCAL KiWt, I
Sept. M, 1895. J
British Association. — Prof. Meldola^s Address.
143
compounds. But it was not till 1858 that Kekul6, who
bad previously done much to develop the theory of types,
and 6onper, almost simultaneously, recognised the quad-
f ivalent charader of carbon. To attempt to give any*
thing approaching an adequate notion cf the subsequent
influence of this idea on the progress of organic che-
mtsuy would be tantamount to reviewing the present
condition of that subjed. I imagine that no conception
more prolific of results has ever been introduced into any
department of science. If we glance back along the
stream it will be seen that shortly after the last meeting
here the course of discovery began to concentrate itself
into two channels. In one we now find the results of
the confluent labours of those who have regarded our
science from its physical side. In the other channel is
flowing the tide of discovery arising from the valency
doArine and its extension to the strudure of chemical
molecules. The two channels are at present fairly paral-
lel and not far apart ; an occasional explorer endeavours
now and again to make a cross-cot so as to put the
streams into communication. The currents in both are
ninning very rapidly, and the worker who has embarked
on one or the other finds himself hurried along at such a
pace that there is hardly breathing time to step ashore
and see what his neighbours are doing. It speaks well
for the fertility of the conception of valency that the
current in this channel is flowing with unabated vigour,
although its catchment area— to pursue the metaphor— is
by 00 means so extensive as that of the neighbouring
stream.
The modern tendency to specialisation, which is a ne*
cessity arising from the large number of workers and the
rapid multiplication of results, is apparently in the two
direAions indicated. We have one class of workers deal-
ing with the physics of matter in relation to general
chemical properties, and another class of investigators
concerning themselves with the special properties of indi-
vidoal compounds and classes of compounds— with atomic
idiosjrncracies. The workers of one class are differenti.
atiog while their colleagues are integrating. It would be
nothing less than unscientific to institute a comparison
between the relative merits of the two methods ; both are
necessary for the development of our science. All me-
thods of attacking the unknown are equally welcomed.
In some cases physical methods are available ; in other
cases purely chemical methods have alone been found of
Dse. There is no antagonism, but co-operation. If the
results of the two methods are sometimes at variance it
is simply because we have not known how to interpret
tbem. The physical chemist has adopted the results of
the application of chemical methods of determining
** constitution," and is endeavouring to furnish us with
new weapons for attacking this same problem. The che-
mist who is seeking to unravel the architedure of mole-
cqIcs is dependent at the outset upon physical methods of
determining the relative weights of his molecules. The
wockcr who is bringing about new atomic groupings is
furnishing material for the further development of gene-
ralisations from which new methods applicable to the
problem of chemical strudure may again be evolved.
The physical chemist sometimes, from the broadness of
bis view, is apt to overlook or to minimise the importance
of chemical individuality. On the other hand, the chemist
wbo is studying the numberless potentialities of combina-
tion resident in the atoms, and who has grasped to the
full extent their marvellous individualities, is equally
liable to forget that there are conneding relationships as
well as specific differences in the properties of elements
and compounds. These are but the mental traits — the
unconscious bias engendered by the necessary specialisa-
tion of work to which I have referred, and which is
observable in every department of scientific labour.
Ths Pkbsknt Stats of Strxjctxjral Chemistry.
The success attending the application of the doArine
of valency to the compounds of carbon has helped its
extension to all compounds formed by other elements, and
the student of the present day is taught to use strudnral
formulae as the A B C of his science. It is, I think, gene*
rally recognised among chemists that this dodrine in its
present state is empirical, but it does not appear to me
that this point is sufficiently insisted upon in chemical
teaching. I do not mean to assert that for the last thirty
years chemists have been pursuing a phantom ; neither do
I think that we should be justified in applying to this
dodrine the words applied to its iorerunner, the ** types"
of Gerhardt, by Lothar Meyer, who says that these
" have rendered gre:.t service in the development of the
science, but they can only be regarded as a part of the
scaff^olding which was removed when the ere&ion of the
system of organic chemistry had made sufficient progress
to be able to dispense with it " (" Modern Theories of
Chemistry,*' p. 194). It appears to me, on the contrary*
that there is a physical reality underlying the conception
of valency, if for no other reason because of the con-
formability of this property of the atoms to the periodic
law. But the dodrine as it stands is empirical, in so far
that it is only representative and not explanatory. Frank-
land and Kekul6 have given us a great truth, but its very
success is now making it more and more obvious that it
is a truth which is pressing for further development from
the physical side. If we are asked why CO exists, and
why CHa and CCI2 do not, together with innumerable
similar questions which the inquisitive mind will raise, we
get no light from this dodrme. If any over-sanguine
disciple goes so far as to assert that all the possible com-
pounds of the elements indicated by their valency are
capable of existence, and will sooner or later be prepared,
he will, I imagine, find himself rapidly travelling away
from the region of fad.
There is something to be reckoned with besides valency.
The one great desideratum of modern chemistry is un«
questionably a physical or mechanical interpretation of
the combining capacities rf the atoms. Attempts at the
construdion of such theories have been made, but thus
far only in a tentative way, and these views cannot be
said to have yet come within the domain of pradical
chemical politics. I have in mind, among other suggestions,
the dynamical theory of van *t Hoff, published in i88t
(" Ansichten liber die organische Cbemie "), the theory
of eledric charges on the atoms broached by Johnstone
Stoney in 1874, and so ably advocated by the late
Professor v. Helmholts in his Faraday ledure in i88i,
and the eledric polar theory of Vidor Meyer and R^ecke,
published in 1888 ('*Einige Bemerkungen iiber den
Kohlenstoffatom und die Valenz," Btr,^ xxi., 946, x6ao).
Pending the rationalisation of the dodrine of valency,
its promulgation must continue in its present form. Its
services in the constiudion of rational formulss, espe-
cially within the limits of isomerism, have been incalcu-
lable. It is the ladder by which we have climbed to the
present brilliant achievements in chemical synthesis, and
we are not in a position to perform the ungracious task of
kicking it away. In recalling attention to its weaknesses
I am only putting myself in the position of the physician
who diagnoses his patient's case with the ulterior objed
of getting him strengthened. There can be no doubt
that renewed vitality has been given to the dodrine by the
conceptions of tautomerism and desmotropy, formulated
bv Conrad Laar in 1885, ^^^ ^7 PauI Jacobson in 1887.
The importance of these ideas is becoming more evident
with the advancement of chemical discovery. Any attempt
to break down the rigidly statical conception of our
strudural formulas appears to me to be a step in the right
diredion. Then, again, I will remind you of the prolific
development of the dodrine in the hands of Le Bel and
van 't Hofi' by the inuodudion of the stereochemical
hypothesis in 1874— unquestionably the greatest advance
in strudural chemistry since the recognition of the quadri-
valent charader of the carbon atom. If evidence be
required that there is a physical reality underlying the
conception of valency, we need only point to the close
144
British Association. — Frof. Meldola^s Address.
rOHlMlCALKBWt,
I Sept. 20» 169s*
accordance of this notion of the aBymmetric carbon atom
with the fads of so-called ** physical isomerism " and the
splendid results that have followed from its introdudiion
into our science, especially in the field of the carbo-
hjrdrates, through the investigations of Emil Fischer and
his pupils. In other diredions the stereochemical hypo-
thesis nas proved to be a most suggestive guide. It was
applied by Professor v. Baeyer in 1885 (^'''•1 xviii,, 2277)
to explain the conditions of stability or instability of cer-
tain atomic groupings, such as the explosiveness of poly-
acetylene compounds and the stability of penta- and
bexa-cyclic systems. Again, in x888 this eminent chemist
showed its fertility in a series of brilliant researches upon
benaene derivatives (Ann., cxzxvii., 158, and subsequent
papers). Nor can I omit to mention the great impetus
given in this field bv the classical work of Wislicenus,
who in 1887 applied the hypothesis to unsaturated com-
pounds and to cyclic systems with remarkable success
(** Ueber die riiumliche Anordnung der Atome in organ-
ischen Molek&len,'* &c.). Quite recently Vidor Meyer
and J. Sudborough have shown that the ability of certain
derivatives of benzoic and naphthoic acids to form ethers
is governed by stereochemical considerations (B/r., xxvii.,
510, 1580, 3146, and zzviii., 182, 1254). But I must avoid
the temptation to enlarge upon this theme, because the
whole subjed has been recently brought together by
C. A. Bischoff in his ** Handbuch der Stereochemie "
(Frankfurt, 2893-94), ^ work to which all who are inte-
rested in the subjed will naturally turn for reference.
While the present advanced state of strudural che-
mistry may thus be looked upon as the outcome of the
conceptions of Frankland and Kekul6, it may be well to
bear in mind that the idea of strudure is not ntassarify
bound up with the hypothesis of valency in its present
form. Indeed, some advance had been made in repre-
senting ** constitution," especially by Kolbe, before the
formal introdudion of this hypothesis. The two ideas
have grown up together, but the experimental evidence
that in any molecule the atoms are grouped together in
a particular way is really independent of any theory of
valency. It is only after this evidence has been acquired,
either by analysis or synthesis, that we proceed to apply
the hypothesis in building up the strudural formula. It
is of course legitimate to assume the truth of the hypo-
thesis, and to endeavour by its use to convert an empirical
into a rational formula ; but this method generally gives
us a choice of formulae from which the true one can only
be seleded by further experimental investigation. Even
within the narrower limits of isomerism it is by no means
certain that all the modifications of a compound indicated
by hypothesis are adoally capable of existence. There
is, for example, evidence that some of the ** position
isomeridcs " among the derivatives of mono- and poly-
cyclic compounds are too unstable to exist— a fad which
in itself is sufficient to indicate the necessity for a revi-
sion and extension of our notions of valency. Thus, by
way of illustratioc, there is nothing in the hypothesis
to indicate why orthoquinones of the benaene series
should not be capable of existence ; yet it is a fad that in
spite of all efforts such compounds have never been ob-
tained. The conditions essential for the existence of
these compounds appear to be that the hydrogen of the
benzene ring should be replaced by acid substituents such
as oxygen, hydroxyl, chlorine, or bromine. Under these
circumstances, as Zincke has shown (firr., xx., 1776),
tetrachlor and tetrabrom-orthobenzoquinone are stable
compounds. So also the interesting researches of Nietzki
have proved that in such a compound as rhodizonic acid
{Bir,, xix., 308, and xxiii., 3136) orthoquinone oxygen
atoms are present. But there is nothing in the dodrine
of valency which leads us to susped that these ortho-
quinone derivatives can exist while their parent compound
lesists all attempts at isolation. I am aware that it is
dangerous to argue from negative evidence, and it would
be rash to assert that these orthoquinones will never be
obtained. But even in the present state of knowledge it
may be distindly affirmed that the methods which readily
furnish an orthoquinone of naphthalene completely fail ia
the case of benzene, and it is just on such points as this
that the inadequacy of the hypothesis becomes apparent.
In other words, the dodrine fails in the fundamental re-
quirement of a scientific theory; in its present form it
gives us no power of prevision — it hints at possibilities of
atomic groupings, but it does not tell us d priori which of
these groupings are likely to be stable and which un-
stable. I am not without hope that the next great
advance in the required diredion may yet come from the
stereochemical extension of the hypothesis, although the
attempts which have hitherto been made to supply its de-
ficiencies cannot but be regarded as more or less
tentative.
The New Theory of Abstract Types.
I will venture, in the next place, to dired attention to a
modern development of strudural chemistry which will
help to illustrate still further some of the points raised.
For many years we have been in the habit of abstrading
from our strudural formulas certain ideal complexes of
atoms which we consider to represent the nucleus or type
from which the compound of known constitution is derived.
In other words the hypothesis of valency which was de-
veloped originally from Gerhardt*s types is now leading
us back to another theory of types based upon a more
intimate knowledge of atomic grouping within the mole-
cule. In some cases these types have been shown to be
capable of existence ; in others they are still ideal. Used
in this way the dodrine of valency is most suggestive, but
at the same time its lack of prevision is constantly forcing
itself upon the attention of chemical investigators. The
parent compound has sometimes been known before its
derivatives, as in the case of ammonia, which was known
long before the organic amines and amides. In other
instances the derivatives were obtained before the type
was isolated, as in the case of the hydrazines, which were
charaderised by Emil Fischer in 1875, and the hydrazo-
compounds, which have been known since 1863, while
hydrazine itself was first obtained by Curtius in 1887.
Phenylazimide was discovered by Griess in 1864, and
many representatives of this group have been since pre-
pared ; but the parent compound, hydrazoic acid, was
only isolated by Curtius in x89a Derivatives of triazole
and tetrazole were obtained by Bladin in 1885 ; the types
were isolated by this chemist and by Andreocci in 1892.
Pyrazole derivatives were prepared by Knorr in 1883 ;
pyrazole itself was not isolated till 1889, by Buchoer.
Alkyl nitraroides were discovered by Franchimont and
Klobbie many years before the typical compound, nitra-
mide, NOa.NHa, which was isolated last year by Thiele
and Lachman {Btr,, zxvii., 1909). Examples might be
multiplied to a formidable extent^ but enough have been
given to illustrate the principle of the eredion of types,
which were at first imaginary, but which have since
become real. The utility of the hypothesis is undeniaUe
in these cases, and we are justified in pushing it to its
extreme limits. But no chemist, even if endowed with pro-
phetic instind, could have certainly foretold six jrears ago
that the type of Griess's ** triazobenzene would be capable
of free existence, and still less that when obtained it would
prove to be a strong acid. The fad, established by Car-
tins, that the group ^N- fundions in chemical m<de-
cules like the atom of chlorine is certainly among the most
striking of recent discoveries. Only last year the list of
nitrogen compounds was enriched by the addition of
CO(Ns)a, the nitrogen analogue of phosgene (Cunius*
Bit., xxvii., 2684).
These illustrations, drawn from the compounds of
nitrogen, will serve to bring out the wonderful develop-
ment which our knowledge of the chemistry of this element
has undergone within the last few years. I mi^t be
tempted here into a digression on the general besnog of
CflBHtCAL NtWSt )
Sept. ao, 1895. f
British Association. — Prof. Meldola's Address.
H5
HCv
the Tery striking fad that an element comparatively in-
adUve in the free state should be so remarkably adive in
combination, but I must keep to the main topic, as by
means of these compounds it is possible to illustrate still
further both the strength and the weakness of our modern
conceptions of chemical strudure. Consider some of the
undiscovered compounds which are foreshadowed by the
process of ideal abstradion of types. Theazoxy-compounds
contain the complex
\/ or •• .
O O
The types would be^
HN-NH HN-NH
\/ or
O O
The first of these formulas represents the unknown dihydro-
nitrous oxide. The azo-compounds are derivatives of the
hypothetical diimide HN : NH. An attempt to prepare
this compound from azodicarbonic acid (Thiele, Ann,,
cclxxi., 130) resulted in the formation of hydrazine. The
diethyl- derivative may have been obtained by Harries
(Ber,, xxvii., 2276), but this is doubtful. It is at present
inexplicable why compounds in which the group * N : N *
18 in combination with aromatic radicles should be so
remarkably stable, while the parent compound appears to
be incapable of existence. The addition of two atoms of
hydrogen converts this type again into a stable compound.
There is nothing in the strudural formulas to indicate
these fads. The amidines are stable compounds, and the
so called ** anhydro-bases," or imidazoles, are remarkably
stable ; the parent compound —
.^NH
has not been obtained, while its amido-derivative —
is the well-known substance, guanidine. The isodiazo-
compounds recently discovered by Schraube and Schmidt
and by Bamberger (Ber,, xxvii., 514, 679, &c.) are possibly
derivatives of the hypothetical substance O: N.N Ha,
which might be named nitrosamide. Why this compound
should not exist as well as nitramide is another question
raised by the principle of abstrad types. The carbizines
were formerly regarded as derivatives of the compounds—
yNH .NH
COC. and CSC.
^NH ^NHa
(Fischer, Ann,, ccxii., 326; Freund and Goldsmith, Ber,,
xxu, 2456). Although this strudure has now been dis-
proved the possible existence of the types has been sug-
gested. Carbisine and thiocarbizine differ from urea and
thiocarbaroide only by two atoms of hydrogen. These
types have not been isolated; if they are incapable of
existence the current views of molecular strudure give no
auggestion of a reason. The diazoamides are derivatives
of the hypothetical HaN.NH.NHa or HN : N.NHa, com-
pounds which Curtius speaks of as the propane and
propylene of the nitrogen series. The latter complex was
at one time thought to exist in diazohippuramide {Ber,,
xxtV; 3342 ; this has since been shown to be hippurazide,
». #., a derivative of NjH {Ber,, xxvii., 779), and a biacidyl
derivative of the former type has also been obtained {Ber.,
3344). Both these types await isolation if they are capable
of existence. I may add that several attempts to convert
diaaoamides into di hydro-derivatives by mild alkaline
redndion have led me to doubt whether this nitrogen
chain can exist in combination with hydrocarbon radicles.
The bisdiasoamides of H. v. Pechmann and Frobenius
(Ber,, xxvii., 898) are derivatives of the 5-atom chain
HaN.NH.NH.NH.NHa or HN : N.NH.N : NH, a type
which hardly seems likely to be of sufiScient stability to
exist. The tctrazones of Emil Fischer have for their type
the 4.atom chain HaN.N : N.NHa or HaN.NH.NH.NHa,
of which the free existence is equally problematical, al-
though a derivative containing the chain — N:N.NH.NH —
has been obtained by Curtius {Ber,, xxvl., 1263). Hydra-
zoic acid may be regarded as a derivative of triimide—
yNH
HN^I ,
\nh
but this type appears to be also incapable of isolation
(Curtius, Ber,, xxvi., 407). The hydrazidines or formazyls
of Pinner {Ber,, xvii., 182) and of H. v. Pechmann {Ber,,
XXV., 3175) have for their parent compound the hypothetical
substance HaN.N : CH.N : NH. In z888 Limpricht de-
scribed certain azo-compounds {Ber,, xxi., 3422) which, if
possessing the strudure assigned by that author, must be
regarded as derivatives of diamidotetrimide —
HN-NH HaN.N-N
II I II
HN-NH HaN.N-N
Both these types are at present imaginary ; whether it is
possible for cyclic nitrogen systems to exist we have no
means of knowing— all that can be said is that they have
never yet been obtained. It is possible, as I pointed out
in 1890 at the Leeds meeting of the British Association^
that mixed diazoamides may be derivatives of such a
4-atom ring.
Any chemist who has followed the later developments
of the chemistry of nitrogen could supply numerous other
instances of undiscovered types. A chapter on the un-
known compounds of this element would furnish quite an
exciting addition to many of those books which are tamed
out at the present time in such profusion to meet the
requirements of this or that examining body. I have
seleded my examples from these compounds simply
because I can claim some of them as personal acquaint-
ances. It would be easy to make use of carbon com-
pounds for the same purpose, but it is unnecessary to
multiply details. It has frequently happened in the history
of science that a well-considered statement of the short-
comings of a theory has led to its much-desired extension.
This is my hope in venturing to point out one of the chief
deficiencies in the strudural chemistry of the present time.
I am afraid that I have handled the case badly, but I am
bound to confess that I am influenced by the same fetlinn
as those which prevent us from judging an old and wefi-
tried friend too severely.
The theory of types to which we have reverted as the
outcome of the study of molecular stmdnre is capable of
almost indefinite extension if, as there is good reason for
doing, we replace atoms or groups by their valency ana-
logues in the way of other atoms or groups of atoms. The
fads that in cyclic systems N can replace CH (benzene
and pyridine), that O, S, and NH are analogues in fnrfn-
rane, thiophene, and pyrrole, are among[the most familiar
examples. The remarkable iodo- and iodoso-compounds
recently discovered by Vidor Meyer and bis colleagnes
are the first known instances in which the trivalent atom
of iodine has been shown to be the valency analogue of
nitrogen in organic combination. Pushing this principle
to the extreme we get further suggestions for new group-
ings, but, as before, no certainty of prevision. Thus, if
nitrogen formed the oxide NaOa the series might be
written—
Nv >Nv N : O yN-O
..>0 0<f.>0 or . O^. .
N : o
or
N : o
&c.
Of course these formulas are more or less conjedural,
being based on valency only. But since nitrous oxide is
the analogue of hydrazoic acid, they hint at the possibility
of such compounds as—
146
BriHsh Association. — Prof. Meldola's Address.
i CasiiiCAL Nbws,
1 Sept. 20, 1895.
Hn/.NnH, &c.
If a student produced a set of formuls corresponding to
the above, in which NH had been substituted for O, and
asked whether they did not indicate the existence of a
whole series of unknown hydrogen compounds of nitrogen,
we should probably tell him that his notions of chemical
stroaure had run wild. At the same time I am bound to
admit that it would be very difficult, if not impossible, to
furnish him with satisfadory reasons for believing that
such groupings are improbable. Compare again the
series —
o : c<N«^ (,)
o:c<..
„c/NH,
(3)
yNH
C<l
(a)
(4)
H.O
N
(5)
(7)
.NH
(6)
(8)
The first is urea; the second, third, fourth, fifth
(methylene diamine), and sixth are unknown ; the seventh
is the remarkably interesting diazomethane discovered
last year by H. v. Pechmann {Ber,, xxvii., x888). The
last compound, dinitromethanc, is known in the form of
its salts, but appears to be incapable of existence in the
free state. There is nothing expressed or implied in the
existing theory of chemical struaure to explain why
dinitromethane is unstable while trinitromethane is stable,
and mono- and tetranitromethane so stable as to admit
of being distilled without decomposition. Chemists will
form their own views as to the possibility or impossibility
of such a series as this being completed. Whether there
would be a concordance of opinion I will not venture to
iay : but any chemist who expressed either belief or dis-
belief with regard to any special member would, I
imagine, have great difficulty in giving a scientific reason
for the faith which is in him. At the most he would have
only the very unsafe guide of analogy to fall back upon.
Perhaps by the time the British Association holds its
next meeting at Ipswich it will have became possible to
prove that one particular configuration of certain atoms
IS possible and another configuration impossible. Then
will have been achieved that peat advance for which we
are waiting — the reunion of the two streams into which
our science began to diverge shortly after the last Ipswich
meeting.
The present position of struaural chemistry may be
summed up in the statement that we have gained an
enormous insight into the anatomy of molecules, while
our knowledge of their physiology is as yet in a rudimen-
tary condition. In the course of the foregoing remarks
I have endeavoured to indicate the direaion in which our
theoretical conceptions are most urgently pressing for
extension. It is, perhaps, as yet premature to pronounce
an opinion as to whether the next development is to be
looked for from the stereochemical side; but it is not
going too far to exprei s once again the hope that the
geometrical representation of valency will give us a deeper
insight into the conditions which determine the stability of
atomic configurations. The speculations of A. v. Baeyer,
Wislicenus. Viaor Meyer, Wunderlich, BischoflF, and
others have certainly turned the attention of chemists to-
wards a quarter from which a new light may eventually
dawn.
The Proorbss of Synthetical Chemistry.
If, in my earnest desire to see the foundations of struc*
tural chemistry made more secure, I may have unwittingly
given rise to the impression that I am depreciating its
services as a scientific weapon, let me at once hasten
to make amends by direaing attention to the greatest
of its triumphs, the synthesis of natural produas,
i.#., of compounds which are known to be produced by
the vital processes of animals and plants.
Having been unable to find any recent list of the
natural compounds which have been synthesised, I have
compiled a set of tables which will, I hope, see the
light at no very distant period. According to this census
we have now realised about xSo such syntheses. The
produas of Baaeria have been included in the list be-
cause these compounds are the results of vital aaivity
in the same sense that alcohol is a produa of the vital
aaivity of the yeast plant. On the other hand, the various
uro-compounds resulting from the transformation in the
animal economy of definite chemical substances admin-
istered for experimental purposes have been excluded, be*
cause I am confining my attention to natural produas.
Of course, the importance of tracing the aaion of the
living organism on compounds of known constitution from
the physiological point of view cannot be over-estimated.
Such experiments will, without doubt, in time shed much
light on the working of the vital laboratory.
The history of chemical synthesis has been so thoroughly
dealt with uom time to time that I should not have
ventured to obtrude any further notice of this subjea
upon your patience were it not for a certain point which
appeared to me of sufficient interest to merit re-considera-
tion. It is generally stated that the formation of urea
from ammonium cyanate by Wdhler in 1828 was the first
synthesis of an organic compound. There can be no
doubt that this discovery, which attraaed much attention
at the time, gave a serious blow to the current concep-
tions of organic chemistry, because urea was so obviously
a produa of the living; animal. It will be found, however,
that about the same time Henry Hennell, of Apothecaries'
Hall, had really effeaed the synthesis of alcohol— that is
to say, had synthesised this compound in the same tense
that Wohler had synthesised urea. The history is toon
told. In 1826 Hennell (through Brande) communicated
a paper to the Ro^al Society which appears in the Philo*
sophtcal Transactwns for that year ('* On the Mutual Ac-
tion of Sulphuric Acid and Alcohol, with Observations on
the Composition and Properties of the Resulting Com-
pound,'* Phil, Trans.f 1826, p. 240). In studying the
compounds produced by the aaion of sulphuric acid on
alcohol, and known as ** oil of wine,'* he obtained sulpho-
vinic acid, which had long been known, and gave fairly
good analyses of this acid and of some of its salts, while
expressing in the same paper very clear notions as to its
chemical nature. Having satisfied himself that sulpho-
vinic acid is a produa of the aaion in question, he then
proceeded to examine some sulphuric acid which had ab-
sorbed eighty times its volume of olefiant gas, and which
hsd been placed at his disposal for this purpose by
Michael Faraday. From this he also isolated sulpho-
vinic acid. In another paper, communicated to the Royal
Society in 1828 ('* On the Mutual Aaion of Sulphuric
Acid and Alcohol, and on the Nature of the Process by
which Ether is formed," Phil, Trans, ^ 7828, p. 365), he
proves quantitatively that when sulphovinic acid is dis-
tilled with sulphuric acid and water the whole of the
alcohol and sulphuric acid which united to-form the sulpho-
vinic acid are recovered. In the same psper he shows
that he had very clear views as to the process of etherifi-
cation. Hennell's work appears to have been somewhat
dimmed by the brilliancy of his contemporaries who were
labouring in the same field ; but it is not too much to
claim for him, after the lapse of nearly seventy years, the
position of one of the pioneers of chemical synthesis. Of
course, in his time the synthesis was not complete, be-
cause he did not start from inorganic materials. The
olefiant gas used by Faraday had been obtained from
coal-gas or oil-gas. Moreover, in 1826-1828 alcohol was
not generally regarded as a produa of vital aaivity, and
this is, no doubt, the reason why the discovery failed to
ill«afiCAL2<iwt,t
Sept. 90, iSds- *
British Association. — Prof. Meldola^s Address.
147
woduce the tame excitement a$ the formation of urea.
Bat the synthesis of alcohol from ethylene had, neverthe-
less, heen accomplished, and this hydrocarbon occupied
at that time precisely the same position as ammonium
cyanate. The latter salt had not then been synthesised
from inorganic materials, and the formation of urea, as
Schorlemmer points out ('* The Rise and Development of
Organic Chemistry,'* p. 195), was also not a complete
synthesis. The reputation of Wohler, the illustrious
fnend aad colleague of the more illustrious Liebig, will
lose not a fradion of its brilliancy by the raising of this
historical question. Science recognises no distindion of
nationalitv, and the future historian of synthetical che-
mistry will not begrudge the small niche in the temple of
Fame to which Hennell is entitled.
Like many other great discoveries in science, the arti*
6cial formation of natural produds began, as in the case
of alcohol and urea, with observations arising from ex-
periments not primarily direded to this end. It was not
till the theory of chemical strudure had risen to the rank
of a scientific guide that the more complicated syntheses
were rendered possible by more exad methods. We justly
credit strudural chemistry with these triumphant achieve-
ments. In arriving at such results any defeds in the
tbeorv of stmdure are put out of consideration, because
—and this point must never be lost sight of — all doubt as
to the possibility of this or that atomic grouping being
stable is set aside at the outset by the actual occurrence
of the compouhd in nature. The investigator starts with
the best of all assurances. From the time of Wdhler and
Hennel the course of discovery in this field has gone
steadily on. The announcement of a new synthesis has
ceased to produce that excitement which it did in the
early days when the so-called ** organic " compounds
were regarded as produds of special vital force. The in*
terest among the uninitiated now rises in proportion to
the technical value of the compound. The present list of
180 odd synthetical produds comprises, among the latest
discoveries, gentisin, the colouring-matter of the gentian
root {Qtntitma luUa), which has been prepared by
Kostanecki and Tambor, and caffeine, synthesised by
Basil Fischer and Lorens Ach, starting from dimethylurea
and malonic acid.
1 have allowed myself no time for those prophetic
flights of the imagination which writers on this subjed
generally indulge in. When we know more about the
stmdure of highly comolex molecules, such as starch and
albumen, we shall probably be able to synthesise these
compounds. It seems to me more important just at pre-
sent to come to an understanding as to what is meant by
an organic synthesis. There appears to be an impression
asDong many chemists that a synthesis is onlyeffeded
when a compound is built up from simpler molecules. If
the simpler molecules can ht formed diredly from their '
elements, then the synthesis is considered to be complete.
Thus area is a complete synthetical produd, because we
can make hydrogen cyanide from its elements : from this
we can prepare a cyanate, and finally urea. In didioo-
aries and text-books we find synthetical processes gener-
ally separated from modes of formation, and the latter in
their turn kept distind from methods of preparation. The
dtstindion between formation and preparation is obviously
a good one, because the latter has a prsdical significance
lor the investigator. But the experience gained in draw-
ing op the tables of synthesised compounds, to which I
have refeired, has resulted in the conclusion that the
terma " synthesis " and *' mode of formation *' have been
eitfaMer onnecessarily confused or kept distind without suf*
Scicat reason, and that it is impossible now to draw a
liard*and-fast line between them. Some recent writers,
aocb, for example, as Dr. Karl Elbs, in his admirable work
on this subjed (** Die Synthetischen Darstellungs-
methoden der Kohlenstoffverbindungen,*' Leipsi^, x8^),
have espandcd the meaning of the word synthesis so as
to comprise generally the building up of organic mole-
cules by ths combination of carbon with carbon, without
reference to the circumstance whether the coropoood
occurs as a natural produd or not But although this
definition is sufficiently wide to cover the whole field of
the produdion of carbon compounds from less complex
molecules, it is in some respeda too restrided, becanse it
excludes such well known cases as the formstion of hy«
drogen cyanide from its elements, or of urea from ammo-
nium cyanste. I should not consider the discussion of a
mere question of terminology of sufficient importance to
occupy the attention of this Sedion were it not for a
matter of principle, and that a principle of the very greatest
importance, which I believe to be associated with a clear
conception of chemical synthesis. The great interest of
all work in this field arises from our being able, by labors*
tory processes, to obtain compounds which are slso msoa*
fadured in Nature's laboratory— the living organism. It
is in this diredion that our science encroaches upon bio*
logy through physiology. Now, if we confine the notion
of synthesis to the building up of molecules from simpler
molecules or from atoms, we exclude one of Nature's
methods of producing many of these very compoondi
which we claim to have synthesised. There can be no
manner of doubt that a large proportion, if not a maiorityt
of the natural produds which have been prepared arti*
ficially are not synthesised by the animal or plant in the
sense of building up at all. They are the resnlu of the
breaking down->of the degradation->of complex molecules
into simpler ones. I urge, therefore, that if in the labora-
tory we can arrive at one of these produds by decom-
posing s more complex molecule by means of iuitsble
reagents, we have a perfed right to call this a ssmthesit*
provided always that the more complex molecule, which
gives us our compound, can be in its turn sjmthesised,
by no matter how many steps, from iu constituent atoms.
Thus, oxalic acid has been diredly synthesised from car-
bon dioxide by Kolbe and Drechsel by passing this gat
over potassium or sodium amalgam heated to 3&®.
Whether the plant makes oxalic acid diredly out of car*
bon dioxide we cannot at present state ; if it doss it cer*
tainly does not employ Kolbe and Drechsel*8 process. On
the other hand, this acid may, lor all that is known, exist
in the plant as a produd of degradation. Many more
complex acids, such as citric and tartaric, break down
into oxalic acid when fused with potash. Both citric sad
tartaric acids can now be completely synthesised ; there*
fore the formation of oxalic acid from these by potash
fusion is a true sjrnthesis.
The illustration given will make clear the point which
I am urging. The distindion between a synthesis
and a mode of formation vanishes when ws can
obtain a compound by the breaking down of a more com*
plex molecule in all those cases where the latter can be
completely built up. If we do not expand the meaning of
synthesis so as to comprise such cases ws are simply
shutting the door in Nature's face. It must be borne in
mind that the adual yield of the compound fiornished by
the laboratory process does not come into considsretion,
because it may be generally asserted that in most cases
the artificial processes are not the same as those which go
on in the animal or plant. The information of real value
to the physiologist which these syntheses give is the sug-
gestion that such or such a compound may possibly re-
sult from the degradation of this or that antecedent com*
pound, and not from s process of building up from simpler
molecules.
The Bbaiumo op Chbmical Symtbesis on VrraL
Cbxmistry.
With these views^the outcome of atmdoral chemistry
— the chemist and physiologist may join hands and move
fearlessly onwards towards the great mystery of vital
chemistry. In considering the results of organic synthe-
sis two questions always arise, as it were sponuneonsly :
How does Nature produce these complicated molecules
without the use of strong reagents and at ordinary tern*
peratores ? What bearing have omr laboratofy achieve*
148
London Water Supply.
f CrimicalNiwi,
I Sept 20, i69S*
mentB on the roechaDism of vitality ? The light shed
upon these queittoDB b^ experimental investigation has
as yet flickered only m fitful gleams. We are but
dwellers in the onter gates, waiting for the guide who is
to show us the bearing of modern research on the great
problem which confronts alike the physicist, the chemist,
and the biologist. The chemical processes that go on in
Che living organism are complex to an extent that is diffi-
cult to realise. Of the various compounds of animal or
vegetable origin that have been produced synthetically,
some are of tne nature of waste produAs, resulting from
metabolic degradation ; others are the result of zyinolytic
sdion within the organism ; and others, again, are se-
condary produds arising from the adion of associated
Batfteria, the relationship between the Baderia and their
host being as yet imperfedly understood. The answer
to the Question how Nature produces complicated organic
molecules will be much facilitated when the physiologist,
by experiment and observation, shall have made possible
a sound classification of these synthetical produds based
on their mode of origination in the organism,
The enlargement of the definition of organic synthesis
which I have advocated has been rendered necessary by
the consideration of certain questions which have arisen
in connedion with the present condition of chemical dis-
covery in this field. What evidence is there that any one
of the z8o compounds which have been prepared artifi-
cially is produced in the organism by a dired process of
building up ? Is not the opposite view quite as probable ?
May they not, from the simplest to the most complex, be
produds of the degradation of still more complex mole-
cules? I venture to suggest — not without some teme-
rity, lest our colleagues of Sedions I and K should treat
me as an intruder— that this view should be given a fair
trial. I am aware that the opposite view, especially as
regards plant assimilation, has long been held, and espe-
cially since 1870, when v. Baeyer advanced his celebrated
theory of the formic aldehyd origin of carbohydrates. It
is but natural to consider that the formation of a complex
molecule is the result of a building-up process. It must
be remembered, however, that in the living organism
there is always present a compound or mixture, or what-
ever we like to call it, of a highly complex proteid nature,
which, although at present indefinite from the purely
chemical point of view, is the essence of the vitality.
Of course I refer to what biologists have called proto-
f>lasm. Moreover, it is perhaps necessary to state what
s really nothing more than a truism, viz., that protoplasm
is present in and forms a part of the organism from the
very beginning of its existence— from the germ to the
adult, and onwards to the end of life. Any special che-
mical properties pertaining to protoplasm are inseparable
from the animal or plant until that period arrives which
Kekul^ has hinted at when we shall be able to '* build up
the formative elements of living organisms " in the labor-
atory {Naturit xviii., 212). But here I am afraid I am
allowing the imagination to take a flight which I told you
a few minutes ago that time would not admit of.
The view that requires pushing forward into a more
prominent position than it has hitherto occupied is that
all the chemical transformations in the organism — at any
rate all the primary changes — are made possible only by
the antecedent combination of the substances concerned
with living protoplasmic materials. The carbon dioxide,
water, &c., which the plant absorbs, must have formed a
compound or compounds with the protoplasmic material
of the chloroplasts before starch, or sugar, or cellulose
can be prepared. There is, on this view, no such pro-
cess as ikt dinct combination of dead molecules to build
up a complex substance. Everything must pass through
the vital mill. The protoplasmic molecule is vastly more
complex than any of the compounds which we have
hitherto succeeded in synthesising. It might take up and
form new and unstable compounds with carbon dioxide or
formic aldehyd, or sugar, or anything else, and our pre-
sent methods of investigation would fail to reveal the pro-
cess. If this previous combination and, so to speak,
vitalisation of dead matter adually occurs, the appear-
ance of starch as the first visible produd of assimilation,
as taught by Sachs, or the formation of a z2-carbonatom
sugar as the first carbohydrate, as shown by the recent
researches of Horace Brown and G. H. Morris, is no
longer matter for wonderment. The chemical equations
given in physiological works are too purely chemical ; the
physiologists have, I am afraid, credited the chemists
with too much knowledge — it would appear as though
their intimate familiarity with vital processes had led
them to undervalue the importance of their prime agent.
In giving expression to these thoughts I cannot but feel
that I am treating you to the strange spedacle of a
chemist pleading from the physiologists for a little more
vitality in the chemical fundions of living organisms.
The future development of vital chemistry rests, however,
with the chemist and physiologist conjointly ; the isola-
tion, identification, and analysis of the prodods of vital
adivity, which has hitherto been the task of the chemist,
is only the preliminary work of physiological chemistry
leading up to chemical physiology.
(To be continued).
LONDON WATER SUPPLY.
Report on the Composition and Quality of Daily
Samples of the Water Supplied to London
FOR THE Month Ending August 31ST, 1895.
By WILLIAM CROOKES, F.R.S.,
and
PROFESSOR DEWAR, F.R.S.
To Major-general A. De Courcy Scott, R.E.,
Watif Examiner t Metropolis Water Actt 1871.
London, September loth, 1895.
Sir, — We submit herewith, at the request of the
Diredors, the results of our analyses of the 182 samples
of water coUeded by us during the past month, at the
several places and on the several days indicated, from the
mains of the London Water Companies taking their
supply from the Thames and Lea.
In Table L we have recorded the analyses in detail
of samples, one taken daily, from Aug. xst to Aug. 31st
inclusive. The purity of the water, in reaped to organic
matter, has been determined by the Oxygen and Com-
bustion processes ; and the results of our analyses by
these methods are stated in Columns XIV. to XVIII.
We have recorded in Table II. the tint of the several
samples of water, as determined by the colour-meter
described in a previous report.
In Table III. we have recorded the oxygen required to
oxidise the organic matter in all the samples submitted
to analysis.
Of the 182 samples examined two were recorded as
*' clear, but dull ;" the remainder being clear, bright, and
well filtered.
The rainfall in the Thames Valley during August has
been close upon the average. The adual amount is 2*28
inches, and the twenty-five years* mean is 2*24, showing
an excess of 0*04 inch. By far the greater part of the
rain fell in the first part of the month, only 0*36 inch
having fallen since the 14th.
The Thames- derived waters still maintain the high
degree of purity we had to record in the reports for June
and July. Compared with the waters in July, there is
scarcely any analytical difference. Compared with the
waters for the corresponding month last year, there is an
appreciable diminution in some of the constituents, as
seen by the following table.
Our baderiological examinations of the unfiltered
Thames waters and of the clear water drau n from the
general wells of the Water Companies show that the mi-
crobial life in the river is diminishing, whilst the Com-
CaBMicAL News, I
Sept. ao. 1895* f
British Association jor the Advanument 0/ Science.
149
Companson of th4 Avnofis of ihi Fivt Thamis-dirivid
SuppUisfor thi Months o/Augustt 1894 ^^ 1^95*
CoanDOO Nitric Oiygen. Organic Organic
Salt. Add. Hardness, reqd. Carbon. Carbon. Colour.
Per Per Per Per Per
gall. gall. Degrees, gall. gall. gall. Br'n:Blne.
Means. Means. Means, Means. Means. Maxima. Means.
1894 2*077 0*589 22*30 0*048 0*105 0*138 21*5*. 20
1895 1*994 0740 13*09 0*039 0*093 0x08 1x7:20
pantet* filters continoe to work with efficiency. The
unfiltered waters contained an arerage of 1720, and the
dear filtered waters flowing into the pipes contained an
average of 34 baderia per c.c. These were all harmless
river microbes.
We are, Sir,
Your obedient Servants,
William Crookbs.
Jambs Dewar.
CORRESPONDENCE.
DISINFECTANTS.
To ih€ Editor of the Chemical News.
Sir, — In yoor reviewer*s notice of my book on ** Disinfed-
ants '* he adds to the following quotation from p. xi the
words which I have italicised :—*' A large number of
processes have endeavoured to recover the phosphate
of uwiig€ by using the sludge as a fertiliser, but they have
all met with little commercial success ;'* and then pro-
ceeds to say, this statement *<we must pronounce as
utterly mistaken.'* His own additional words are those
which have led him to express this opinion, as the context
shows the phosphate referred to is not the phosphate of
sewage, but the phosphate of animal charcoal, the whole
of this sedion being devoted to remarks on the use of
this material for purifying and deodorant purposes. — I
am, &c.,
Samuel Ridbal.
Chemical Laboratory,
28, ViaorU St., WettniaBter. S.W.,
September a, 1895.
MISCELLANEOUS.
British Association for the Advancement of
Science.— The following are the names of the Officers
and Committee of Sedion B (Chemical Science) at the
Ipswich Meeting of the British Association :—
President^Frof. R. Mcldola, F.R.S., Foreign Sec C.S.
Vice-Prisidents—Frof. P. P. Bedson. D.Sc. ; Prof. H.
B. Dixon, M.A., F.R.S.; Prof. E. Frankland, D.C.L.,
F.K.S.; Dr. J. H. Gladstone, Ph.D., F.R.S. ; Prof. Ira
Remsen. Ph.D.; Sir H. E. Roscoe. D.C.L.. F.R.S.
SecretarUs—E. Herbert Fison, C. A. Kohn. Arthur
Harden (Recorder), J. W. Rodger.
Commtttii^Ftof. H. E. Armstrong, F.R.S.; R. N.
Atkinson ; J. Carter Bell ; C. H. Bothamley ; Prof. J.
Campbell Brown; Prof. F. Clowes; T. Fairley; A. E.
Fletcher; C. J. Fowler; Prof. Franchimont; A. G.
Vernon Harcourt, F.R.S., Pres. C.S.; Prof. Liveing,
F.R.S. ; Prof. H. McLeod, F.R.S. ; H. Forstcr Morley ;
Manning Prentice ; Lord Rayleigh, Sec. R.S. ; A.
Richardson; Prof. A. Smithells ; J. Spiller; Prof. R.
Warington, F.R.S. ; W. Marshall Watts; Prof. W.
Carleton Williams; G. Young.
The Papers brought before the Sedion were as fol*
lows : —
President's Address.
Sir H, B. Roscoe and Arthur Harden— A New View of
the Genesis of Dalton's Atomic Theory, derived from
Original Manuscripts.
Dr, y. H, Gladstone — Report of the Committee on the
Teaching of Science in Elementary Schools.
G. y. Fowler— Tht Adion of Nitric Oxide on some
Metallic Salts.
Prof. F. Clowes— The Respirability of Air in which a
Candle Flame has Burnt until it is Extinpiished.
D. 7. P. Berridge—The Adion of Light upon the
Soluble Metallic Iodides in presence of Cellulose.
Dr. C, A, Kohn— RtpoTtof the Committee on Quantita-
tive Analysis by means of Eledrolysis.
Sir H, E. Roscoe — Report of the Committee Appointed
to Prepare a New Series of Wave-length Tables of the
Spedra of the Elements.
A Discussion was held in conjundion with Sedion K
(Botany^ on the Relation of Agriculture to Science. The
Discussion was introduced by the following papers : —
Prof. R. Warington— How Shall Agriculture best ob*
tain Help from Science ?
r. Hendrick — Agriculture and Science.
Af. y. R, Dunstan—Tht Application of Science to
Agriculture.
r. B. Wood— V/ovk at the Experimental Plots in
Norfolk and Suffolk.
Report of the Committee on the Preparation of Pore
Haloids.
Report of the Committee on the Bibliography of
Spedroscopy.
Dr. H. W. Vogel—Somt Remarks on Orthochromatic
Photography.
C. H. Bothamley — The Sensitising Adion of Dyes on
Gelatino-bromide Plates.
Report of the Committee on the Adion of Light on
Dyed Colours.
Dr. y. y. Sudborough—Somt Stilbene Derivatives.
Dr. y. y. Sudborough—H oit on the Constitution of
Camphoric Acid.
Dr. M, iyi7<frrm<iNn— Experimental Proof of Van't
Hoff*s Constant, of Dalton*s Law, &c., for very Dilute
Solutions.
H. y. H. Finton—Tht Formation and Properties of a
New Organic Acid.
Dr. M. Wildermann — On the Velocity of Readion be-
fore perfed Equilibrium takes place.
C. F. Cross and C. Smith— Tht Chemical History of the
Barley Plant.
Joint Sitting of Sedions A and B x—
Lord Rayleigh, See. R.S.—Oa the Refradion and Vis-
cosity of Argon and Helium.
Dr, y. H, Gladstone, F.R,S.— On Specific Refradion
and the Periodic Law, with reference to Argon and other
Elements.
A Discussion *< On the Evidence to be gathered as to the
Simple or Compound Charader of a Gas, from the Con-
stitution of its Spedrum.'* The Discussion was opened
by Prof. A. Schuster, F.R.S. Lord Rayleigh, Sec. R.S.,
and Prof. Runge and others joined in the Discussion, and
Dr. Johnstone Stoney, F.R.S., read a paper on ** The
Interpretation of Spedra.*'
The Chemical Laboratory of Wie8baden.^In the
Summer Term, 1895, there were fifty-four students on the
books. Of these, thirty-four were from Germany, four
from England, four from Norway, two from Aostro-
Hungary, two from Holland, two from Belgium, two from
Australia ; also one from each of the following countries —
Switzerland, Italy, Russia, and United States of America.
In place of Professor Bor^mann, deceased in April, Dr.
L. Griinhut has been nominated as teacher of chemical
technology. Other changes in the teachers have not taken
place. Tne assistants in the instrudion laboratory were
three in number, in the Versuchsstationen (private labora-
tories) twenty. The next Winter Term begins the 15th
of Odober. The Versuchsstation has been appointed as
one of the institutions where chemists can receive the
pradical instrudion in the analysis of food necessary for
150
The People's Palace.
I CVBMtCAL MSWt,
1, Sept. 90^ 189s.
the admission to the examinatioo for food analysts.
Daring the last term, besides the scientific researches, a
great number of analyses were undertaken in the different
departments of the Laboratory and the Versuchsstation
on behaU of manufadure, trade, mining, agriculture, and
hygiene.
The People's Palace.— In the South Kensington Ex-
aminations last year, the Day School obtained 2 Honours
First, 4 Honours Second ; 56 Adv. First, 131 Adv. Second;
455 Elementary Passes. Evening Classes, 4 Hon. First,
7 Hon. Second ; 23 Adv. First, 139 Adv. Second ; 200
elementary Passes in science subjeds. In addition to
these, zx First, 68 Second, and 47 Elementary Passes
were obtained by the Day School in Mathematics, and
3 First 26 Second, and 7 Passes by the Evening Class
students. Among the latter are included 10 students who
were successful in the Department Examination in Conic
Sedions and Differential and Integral Calculus. In Art,
the Day School obtained 121 First and 138 Second, and
the Evening Classes 2 Excellent, 104 First, and 135
Second. In the Evening Classes successes were like-
wise obtained in the City and Guilds Examination and
in those of the University of London. Out of 50 London
County Council Evening Exhibitions awarded to students
from various polytechnics, 21 were obtained by those from
the People's Palace. The chemical laboratory has been
entirely re-fitted through the generosity of the Drapers'
Company.
Charterhouse Science and Art Schools and Literary
Institute. — The Winter Session will commence on
Saturday, September 28th, under the Presidency of the
Rev. Henry Swann, M.A. During the late Session up.
wards of 1200 students, mostly elementary teachers,
availed themselves of the privileges offered by this Insti-
tution. Of this number, 682 presented themselves for
examination, and were successful in obtaining a large
number of certificates awarded by the Science and Art
Department of South Kensington. Several students
prepared for the Lond. B.Sc. (Int.) Examination. In-
strudion of a pradical charader is given in most of the
sciences at a very nominal fee, whilst in Art at an equally
low rate students, under the diredion of competent in-
strudors, can be advanced in their studies. Those
who have leisure can, at a very moderate charge,
attend the Day Classes in Art. Day Classes will be held
to prepare candidates for Matriculation (Lond.), the
Clericid, Medical (including Dental), and other Examina-
tions. Students who aim at becoming proficient in
Chemistry (Organic and Inorganic) have the opportunity
of working in a well-fitted laboratory. Aspirants for
university honours can, at a very small expense, be
assisted in their studies. Classes for Matriculation,
Microscopy, Latin, Greek, French, German, Shorthand,
and Music are taught by well-qualified teachers. Oppor-
tunities for the study of photography, &c., are to be
continued this Session. Full particulars of the classes
are to be obtained from C. Smith, Organising Secretary.
An organised Day Science School for Boys and Girls is
now in full operation. A special course of ledures on
Agriculture, Hygiene, and Physiology is arranged for the
coming Session.
Battersea Polytechniclnstitute.— This Institute has
been built and equipped at a cost of over ;f 55,000, the
greater part of which has been raised by voluntary sub-
scripttons. It is at present in possession of a fixed endow-
ment of £2500 per year from the City Parochial Founda-
tion. The London County Council also contributes an
annual sum, estimated to amount to about ;£'25oo. It is
under the diredion of a Governing Body consisting of
representatives of the South London Polytechnics Com-
mittee, the City Parochial Foundation, the London
County Council, and the London School Board. The
principal work of the Institute is the provision of Evening
Classes for both sexes in all subjeds of Technology, Pure
and Applied Science, Art, Commerce, Domestic Economy,
and Music ; but it also provides a Technical and Science
Day School for Boys and Girls, a Training School of
Domestic Economy, and a Domestic Economy School for
Girls. During the last Session, 1894 95, the Evening
Classes were attended by over 2930 persons, while x6o
students were in regular attendance at the Day Schools.
The Institute is provided with well equipped workshops,
and also with laboratories for Engineering and Mechanics,
Eledrical Engineering, Physics, Chemistry, and Natural
Science. Classes will commence on September 23rd.
CHEMICAL LABORATORY,
WIESBADEN, GERMANY.
Director— Prof. R. FRESENIUS, Ph.D.
tProf.R.PRBSBNIUS, Ph.D.
Prof.H.FRESBNIUS, PhJ>.
W. FRESENIUS, Pb.D.
E. HINT2, Pb.D.
LECTURES.
Experimental Chemistry (Inorganic) Prof. H. FRESENIUS, Pb.D.
s&m""' ?.''''•'." :: :: :: ::}w.FRESENius.Ph.D.
Organic GhemUtry E. HINTZ, Ph.D.
Chemical Technology L. GRUNHUT, Ph.D.
Microtcopy, with exercises in Micro- 1 xi/ » wm^ nu t>
scopicwork | W. LENZ, Ph.D.
( Prof.H. FRBSSNIUS.Ph.D
Chemistry and Analysis of Foods .. \ W. FRESENIUS, Ph.D..mnd.
Le. HINTZ, Ph.D.
PraftlJal ei'ercises'in Bkctiriology ! '. } ^'- "®**- °* PRANK.
Technical Drawing, with exercises . . J. BRAHM.
The next Session commences on the xsth of OAober. The Rafnla-
tions of the Laboratory and the Syllabus of Leaures will be forwarded
gratis on application to C. W. Krbidbl's Verlag, at Wiesbaden, or to
the undersigned.
Prof. R. FRESENIUS, Ph.D.
THE 6LAS60W AND WEST OF SCOTLAND
TECHNICAL COLLEGE.
qphe DIPLOMA of the COLLEGE is granted
**- in the following departments of Engineering and other
branches of APPLIBD and GENERAL SCIENCE.
Cnemical Engineering.
w
Engl
Civil Engineering
Mechanical Engineering.
Naval Architedture.
Eledtrical Engineering.
Architedture.
Metallurg
Mining Engineering.
Agriculture.
Chemistry.
Mathematics and Physics.
Special Courses of Study extending over Three Aeademical Yeara
have been arrsnged in each of the above departments. Average fee
per Session £14 14s.
Students may enrol in any of the Separate Courses of LeAures, or
in any of tht Laboratories, provided they are qualified to take advan-
tage oi the instrudtion given.
The LABORATORIES for Pra«ical InstruAion in PHYSICS.
CHEMISTRY, TECHNICAL CHEMISTRY, METALLURGY,
and ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING, and the ENGINEERING
WORKSHOP are liberally equipped with the most approved
apparatus.
Session X895-96 commencet on TUESDAY OCTOBER xst.
ENTRANCE EXAMINATION begina on Tuesday, Septem-
ber 24tb.
For CALENDAR (price xs. 4|d. by post), containing detailed syl-
labuses of each course, particulars of fees, scholarships, &c., apply to
JOHN YOUNG, B.Sc.
38, Bath Street, Glasgow. Becreury.
NOTICE TO ANALYSTS AND LABORATORY
DIRECTORS.
Rest METHYLATED SPIRIT, manufac-
J-' turcd by A. & J. WARREN, Wholesale Druggists, Dealers
in Chemicals for Analytical Work, and Methylated Spirit Makers.
23 and 24, Redcliff Street, Bristol. For Four-pence a Pamphlet on'
Methylated Spirit, written by Algernon Warren, is obuinable from
the Publisher, J. W. Arrowsuitk, Quay Street, Bristol: and
SiMFXiN, Marshall, Hamiliom, Kimt, and Co., Ltd.^ London.
' ut!^^. tl^'' \ British A ssociation.—Prof. Meldola's Address.
THE CHEMICAL NEWS
Vol. LXXIL, No, 1870.
ADDRESS TO THE CHEMICAL SECTION
OP THE
BRITISH ASSOCIATION.
Ipswich, 1895.
By Prd. RAPHAEL MBLDOLA. F.R.S., P.I.C.Pob. Sbc. C.S..
Pretidant of the Seftion.
(CoDcloded horn p. 148).
Pbotgplasiuc Theory op Vital Synthesis.
The soppotition that chemical synthesis 10 the or-
Kanism is the result of the combination of highly
complex molecales with simpler molecules, and that
the anstable compounds thus formed then undergo
decomposition with the formation of new produas,
may be provisionally called the protoplasmic theory
of TiUl synthesis. From this standpoint many of the
preinuling doarines will have to be inverted, and the
formation of the more complex molecules will be consi-
dered to precede the synthesis of the less complex. It
may be urged that this view simply throws back the pro-
cess of vital synthesis one stage, and leaves the question
ol the origin of the most complex molecules still unex-
plained. I grant this at once; but in doing so I am
simply acknowledeing that we have not yet solved the
enigma of life. We are in precisely the same position as
is the biologist with resped to abiogenesis, or the so-called
'* spontaneous generation." To avoid possible miscon-
ception let me here state that the protoplasmic theory in
BO way necessitates the assumption of a special " vital
force.*^ All that is claimed is a peculiar, and at present
to us mysterioos, power of forming high-grade chemical
combinations with appropriate molecules. It is not alto*
gether absurd to suppose that this power is a special
property of nitrogen in certain forms of combination.
The theory is but an extension of the views of Kuhoe,
Hoppe -Seyler, and others, respeding the mode of adion
of enxymes. Neither is the view of the degradatiooal
origin cf synthetical produds in any way new.* I merely
have thought it desirable to push it to its extreme limit
in order that chemists may realise that there is a special
chemistry of protoplasmic adion, while the physiologists
may exercise more caution in representing vital chemical
transformations by equations which are in many cases
purely hypothetical, or are based on laboratory experi-
ments which do not run parallel with the natural process.
The chemical transformations which go on in the living
organism are thus referred back to a peculiarity of proto-
plismic matter, the explanation of which is bound up
with the inner mechanism of the process of assimilation.
If, as the protoplasmic theory implies, there most be
combtnation of living protoplasm with appropriate com-
pounds before synthesis is possible, then the problem
resolves itself into a determination of the conditions
which render such combination possible,— i. #., the con-
ditions of assimilation. It may be that here also light
will come from the stereochemical hypothesis. The first
step was taken when Pasteur found that organised fer-
ments had the power of discriminating between physical
isomerides; a similar seledive power has been shown to
reside in enxymes by the researches of Emil Fischer and
• See, i. g.t Vlnet's " Leanres on the Phyiiolosy of Plants.** pp.
145. atS, aa7 tw, and 234. Prmaically all the great clasies of syf-
tbatkal prodoaa art regai ded at the resulti of the deitruAive meU-
boUtm oi proloplaana. A iptcial plea (or protoplaimic aaion hat
•lao btto urctd, from tbt biolofical tide, by W. T. Tbiteltoa-Dvcf.
7o«ni. Ckm. 5#r., 1693 ; Trant., pp. 680, Mi. ' '
151
his coadjutors. Fischer has quite recently expressed the
view that the synthesis of sugars in the plant is preceded
by the formation of a compound of carbon dioxide, or of
formic aldehyd, with the protoplasmic material of the
chloroplast, and similar views have been enunciated by
btohmann. The question has further been raised by
van'tHoflF, as well as by Fischer, whether a stere<^
chemical relationship between the living and dead com-
pounds entering into combination is not an absolutely
essential condition of all assimilation. The settlement
of this question cannot but lead us onwards one stage
towards the solution of the mystery that still surrounds
the chemisty of the living organism.
Recent Discoveries of Gaseous Elements.
The past year has been such an eventful one in the way
of startling discoveries that I must ask indulgence for
trespassing a little further upon the time of the Seaioo.
It was only last year, at the Oxford meeting of the BriUsh
Association, that Lord Rayleigh and Prof. Ramsay so.
nounced the discovery of a gaseous constituent of the
atmosphere which had up to that time escaped deteaion.
The complete jiistification of that announcement is now
before the world in the paper recently published in the
Phtloiophical TransacHoHi of tht Royal Soci$ty. The his-
tory of this bri liant piece of work is too recent to require
much recapitulation. I need only remind you how, as
the result of many years' patient determinations of the
density of the gases oxygen and nitrogen, Lord Rtyleigh
established the faa that atmospheric nitrogen was heavier
than nitrogen from chemical sources, and was then led to
suspea the existence of a heavier gas in the atmosphere.
He set to work to isolate this substance, and succeeded
in domg so by the method of Cavendish. In the mean-
time Prof. Ramsay, quite independently, isolated the eas
by removing the nitrogen by means of red-hot magnesium,
arid the two investigators, then combining their labours,
followed up the subjea, and have given us a memoir
which will go down to posterity among the greatest
achievemcnu of an age renowned for its scientific
aaivity.
The case in favour of argon being an element seems
to be now settled by the discovery that the molecule of
the gas IS monatomic. as well as by the distinaness of its
elearic spark spearum. The suggestion put forward soon
after the discovery was announced, that the gas was an
oxide of nitrogen, must have been made in complete
Ignorance of the methods by which it was prepared. The
possibility of its being Nj has been considered by the
discoverers and rejeaed on very good grounds. Moreover,
Peratoner and Oddo have been recently making some ex-
periments in the laboratory of the University of Palermo
with the objea of examining the produas of the elearo.
lysis of hydrazoic acid and its salts. They obtained only
ordinary nitrogen, not argon, and have come to the con-
clusion that the anhydride N3.N3 is incapable of existence,
and that no allotropic form of nitrogen is given off. It
haa been urged that the physical evidence in support of
the monatomic nature of the argon molecule, vix., the
ratio of the specific heats, is capable of another interprets*
tion— that argon is, in laa, an element of such exW>r.
dinary energy that its atoms cannot be separated, but are
bound together as a rigid system which transmits the
vibrational energy of a sound-wave as motion of trans*
lation only. If this be the state of affairs we must loak
to the physicists for more light. So far as chemistry is
concerned, this conception introduces an entirely new set
of ideas, and raises the question of the monatomic cha-
raacr of the mercury molecule which is in the same
category with respea to the physical evidence. It seems
unreasonable to invoke a special power of atomic linkage
to explain the monatomic charaaer of argon, and to
refuse such a power in the case of other monatomic
molecules like mercurv or cadmium. The chemical
inertness of argon has been referred also to this same
power of self-combination of its atoms. If thisexplana.
152
British Association. — Prof. Meldola^s Address.
f Crbmical, Niws,
I Sept. 37.1895.
tion be adopted it carries with it the admission that those
elements of which the atoms composing the molecule are
the more easily dissociated should be the more chemically
aAive. The reverse appears to be the case if we bear in
mind Vidor Meyer's researches on the dissociation of the
halogens, which prove that under the influence of heat
the least adive element, iodine, is the most easily disso-
ciated. On the whole, the attempts to make out that
argon is polyatomic by such forced hypotheses cannot at
present oe considered to have been successful, and the
contention of the discoverers that its molecule is mon-
atomic must be accepted as established.
In searching for a natural source of combined argon
Professor Ramsay was led to examine the gases contained
in certain uranium and other minerals, and by steps which
are now well known he has been able to isolate helium, a
gas which was discovered by means of the spedroscope
in the solar chromosphere, during the eclipse of x868, by
Professors Norman Lockyer and E. Frankland. In his
Address to the British Association in 1872 {Reports, 1872,
p. Ixxiv) the late Dr. W. B. Carpenter said :—
** But when Frankland and Lockyer, seeing in the
spedrum of the yellow solar prominences a certain bright
line not identifiable with that of any known terrestrial
flame, attribute this to a hypothetical new substance
which they propose to call helium, it is obvious that
their assumption rests on a far less secure foundation,
until it shall have received that verincation which, in the
case of Mr. Crookes*s researches on thallium, was
aflbrded by the adual discovery of the new metal, whose
presence had been indicated to him by a line in the
spedrum not attributable to any substance then known.*'
It must be as gratifying to Professors Lockyer and
Frankland as it is to the chemical world at large to know
that helium mav now be removed from the category of
solar myths and enrolled among the elements of terres-
trial matter. The sources, mode of isolation, and pro-
perties of this gas have been described in the papers
recently published by Professor Ramsay and his col-
leagues. Not the least interesting fad is the occurrence
of helium and argon in meteoric iron from, Virginia, as
announced by Professor Ramsay in July {Nature^ vol. lii.,
p. 224). Like argon, helium is monatomic and chemically
inert, so far as the present evidence goes. The conditions
under which this element exists in cleveite, uranioite, and
the other minerals, have yet to be determined.
Taking a general survey of the results thus far oh-
laised, it seems that two representatives of a new group
of monatomic elements charaderised by chemical inert-
ness have been brought to light. Their inertness
obviously interposes great difficulties in the way of their
further study from the chemical side ; the future develop-
ment of our knowledge of these elements may be looked
for from the physicist and spedroscopist. Prof. Ramsay
has not yet succeeded in effeding a combination between
argon or helium and any of the other chemical elements.
M. Moissan finds that fluorine is without adion on
argon. M. Berthelot claims to have broueht about a
combination of argon with carbon disulphide and mer-
cury, and with <* the elements of benzene, . . . with the
help of mercury," under the influence of the silent elec-
tric discharge. Some experiments which I made last
spring with Mr. R. J. Strutt with argon and moist
acetylene submitted to the eledric discharge, both silent
and disruptive, gave very little hope of a combination
between argon and carbon being possible by this means.
The coincidence of the helium yellow line with the D3
line of the solar chromosphere has been challenged, but
the recent accurate measurements of the wave-length of
the chromospheric line by Prof. G. E. Hale, and of the
line of terrestrial helium by Mr. Crookes, leave no doubt
as to their identity. Both the solar and terrestrial lines
have now been shown to be double. The isolation of
helium has not only furnished another link proving com-
dTunityof matter, and, by inference, of origin between the
earth and atm, but an extension of the work by Professor
Norman Lockyer, M. Deslandres, and Mr. Crookes has
resulted in the most interesting discovery that a large
number of the lines in the chromospheric spedrum, as
well as in certain stellar spedra, which had up to the
present time found no counterparts in the spedra of ter-
restrial elements, can now be accounted for by the spedra
of gases contained with helium in these rare minerals.
The question now confronts us, Are these gases members
of the same monatomic inert group as argon and helium ?
Whether, and by what mechanism, a monatomic gas can
give a complicated spedrum is a physical question of su-
preme interest to chemists, and I hope that a discussion
of this subjed with our colleagues of Sedion A will t>e
held during the present meeting. That mercury is capable
under different conditions of giving a series, of highly
complex spedra can be seen from the memoir by J. Nl.
Eder and E. Valenta, presented to the Imperial Academy
of Sciences of Vienna, in July, 2894. With resped to
the position of argon and helium in the periodic system
of chemical elements, it is, as Professor Ramsay points
out, premature to speculate until we are quite sure that
these gases are homogeneous. It is possible that they
may be mixtures of monatomic gases, and in fad the
spedroscope has already given an indication that they
contain some constituent in common. The question
whether these gases are mixtures or not presses for an
immediate answer. I will venture to suggest that an
attack should be made by the method of diffusion. If
argon or helium were allowed to diffuse fradionally
through along porous plug into an exhausted vessel there
might be some separation into gases of different densities,
and showing modifications in their spedra, on the assump-
tion that we are dealing with mixtures composed of
molecules of different weights.
THE REFRACTION AND VISCOSITY OF ARGON
AND HELIUM.*
By The Right Hoo. Lord RAYLBIGH, Sec.R.S.
As compared with dry air, the refradion (11 - z) of argon
is 0*961 and that of helium (prepared by Prof. Ramsay) is
as low as 0*146.
Dry air being again taken as the standard, the viscosity
of argon is x*2i, and that of helium is 0*96.
ON THB
PRESENCE OF ARGON AND OF HELIUM
IN CERTAIN MINERAL WATERS.
By Dr. C. H. BOUCHARD.
The escape of very fine gaseous bubbles occurring in cer-
tain sulphuretted waters from the Pyrenees has been ob-
served long ago. It begins a short time after such water
has been drawn, and continues for a time variable accord-
ing to the springs, sometimes for hours. In these waters,
rendered slightly alkaline by sodium sulphide and silicate,
these gases can neither be oxygen nor carbonic acid. It
has been admitted, doubtless in consequence of the nega-
tive charader of this substance, that it can only be
nitrogen.
Spanish physicians have especially fixed their attention
on this feature. They have named the waters which
evolve nitrogen *' azoades." They are found on the
Spanish slope of the Pyrenees at Panticosa. On the
French slope they are found at several stations, especially
at the medicinal springs of BagnereS'de-Bigorre and at
Cauterets, at the source of the Raillidre.
* Read before the British A&io€iatioo (Sedion B), Ipswich
Meeting, 2895.
CntMicALNtwtfi
Sept. 27. 1895. f
Reactions 0/ Pormaldehyd.
153
Other springs in the Pyrenees which do not show any
eflfenrescence allow at intervals the escape of large
bubbles of gas which are also considered as nitrogen.
During a recent stay at Cauterets, I had the curiosity
to colled information of the gases which occasion these
two kinds of phenomena. I succeeded in collediog some-
what considerable quantities of these gases at the point of
issue, before any cootad with the atmosphere, at the
source of the Railliire and at two of the springs which
feed the source of the Bois.
I have, thanks to the kindness of M. du Perron, the
diredor of the waters, been enabled to examine the gas
tiuaded from the bottled water of the Railliire, obtained
by means of the mercurial pump, and also by ebullition.
Our colleague, M. Troost, who was present at my first
experiments, has kindly offered his assistance for the
determination of the physical and chemical charaders of
these gases, and the results which I now communicate to
the Academy have been obtained with his assistance and
ander his direAion.
These gases, when dried over potassa and phosphoric
anhydride, have the charaders of nitrogen ; if heated to
redness over magnesium wire for forty-eight hours, they
lose their original volume. At the same time the wire
is covered with a yellow layer, which on exposure to the
air becomes white and evolves ammonia.
If the gas thus reduced is introduced into Plucker
tubes with magnesium wires, and if under a low pressure,
and with an efiluve capable of heating the magnesium
soflSctently, we exhaust the last traces of nitrogen (the
spedrum of which disappears), we observe that the residual
gases from the different springs are not identical.
The gases colleded at the spring of the Railliere or
extraded br boiling the waters of the same spring have
given the charaaeristic rays of argon as well as those of
helium.
The gases coUeded at the springs of the source of the
Bois have all given both the charaderistic rays of helium.
The gases colleded at one of the two springs of the
Bois (the one having the lowest temperature) lead us to
suaped, on account of the abundance of rays in the red
and the oranee, that they contain some other element
along with helium.
In our present ignorance of the physiological properties
of argon and helium, we may ask if there is any relation
between the medicinal properties of the waters of the
Pjrrenees and the composition of the gases which they
evolve. The fad seems to me improbable.
The idea proposed twenty-five years ago by the Spanish
physicians that the ** azoades *' owe their virtues to the
nitrogen which they evolve has been abandoned. May
these virtues, in default of nitrogen, depend on gases
which are chemically less adive than nitrogen, and which
are present in the waters in a smaller proportion ? It
ia, stridly speaking, possible ; but the question ought not
even to be raised iiit is demonstrated that these gases are
found also, and in analogous proportions, in the waters
which flow or remain on the surface of the earth, and
which serve os for dietetic purposes.
We are not absolutelv certain concerning the origin of
all the gases of mineral waters, and it may be that those
with which we are concerned have their origin in the air
carried down into deeper regions by the superficial waters.
These waters, itfter beine alkalised by a sulphide, may
rc-ascend towards the surface necessarily deprived of oxy-
gen and carbonic acid, and containing merely nitrogen
and argon. Nevertheless, it seems at present that to the
possible atmospheric origin of a part of the argon, and
perhaps of the helium, there must be added some subter-
ranean adion, since if one of our springs contains both
gates, another contains only helium, and a third contains
along with helium something which is not argon.
The investigation which we have just made involves a
research into the composition of the Keses contained in
waters on the surface of the earth. The results of this
study, which is in progress, will be communicated to the
Academy.— Coi»i^</« R$ndus, cxxi., p. 39a.
THE COMBINATION OF MAGNESIUM WITH
ARGON AND HELIUM.
By L. TROOST aod L. OUVRARD.
If it is requisite to examine if there exists argon or helium
in nitrogen gas it is not indispensable to pass the mixture
over magnesium heated to redness or over lithium heated
to dull redness in order to absorb the larger part of the
nitrogen before causing the effluve to ad on the gaseous
mixture. The use of Plucker tubes with magnesium wire
and a Rhumkorff coil fitted with a Marcel Depres inter-
rupter, enables us to ad at once upon a mixture contain-
ing only very small proportions of argon and helium.
This we have observed especially with the gases col-
leded by Dr. Bouchard at the spring at the source of the
Railliere, and at those of the Bois (at Cauterets).
We may at once Introduce the dried gases in(g Pliicker
tubes with magnesium wires, and pass into thein strong
efHuves. The nitrogen is only slowly absorbed at first,
but when the pressure is sufficiently decreased the tem-
perature of the magnesium wires rises sufficiently to oc^
casion a commencement of evaporation which gives a
metallic deposit in the state of a mirror 00 the ^ass of
the tube around the wires. The combination of nitrogen
with the magnesium vapour, which takes place with ex-
treme rapidity, and the spedmm of nitrogen disappears.
After this moment, the red rays charaderistic of argon
may be distindly seen, or the red ray, D4, and the otner
rays charaderistic of helium.
The brightness of these spedra may be increased bf
introducing at intervals fresh quantities of the gas into tbn
Plucker tube, fitted with a good glass cock, and passing
in again strong efiluves.
If we continue the passage of strong effioves for somn
hours, the luminous intensity of the rays diminishes by
degrees, and a complete vacuum is formed. The Argon
and helium which do not seem to combine in a sensibkB
manner with magnesium heated to redness, combine with
this metal, or rather with its vapour, under the prolonged
influence of powerful efiluves.
As Berthelot as pointed out, the use of the effluve con-
stitutes the most efiedive procedure to determine these
combinations.
In argon, platinum presents phenomena of evaporation
and combination analogous to those presented by magne-
%\xim*^Comptei Rindus, cxxi., p. 394.
SOME REACTIONS OF FORMALDEHYD.
By T. H. LBB.
Formalin (40 per cent formaldehyd) from Schering, of
Berlin, was taken.
Permanganate of potassium immediately reduced. The
formaldehyd folly oxidised to COf and water. Ferric
chloride solution (hot) is somewhat deepened in colour
when formaldehyd is added. On allowing to cool, then
re-heating and adding a little ammonium hydrate, a bulky
red precipitate of baste ferric formate appears.
Ammoniacal silver solution appears to be reduced in
two stages, viz. : —
1. Ag|0+H.COH a Aga+H.COaH. In this stage
the silver falls in the specular form.
a. AgaO+H.COaH « Aga+HaO+COa. In this stage
the silver falls in a pulverulent form.
A hot solution of potassium ferricyanide was made
ammoniacal and a little formalin and sulphate of copper
solution added. A brown precipitate immediately ap«
154
Rejraction and Dispersion of Liquid Oxygen.
i CRBHICAL NlWt,
1 Sept. 27. 1895.
peared. The same reagents minus the formalin gave a line
green solation. This I regard as evidence of the redadion
of ferricyanide to ferrocyanide.
Hot Fehling*8 solution is rapidly reduced by formalde-
hyd.
Ammoniacal copper sulphate pir se is not reduced.
Mercuric chloride is not reduced.
Alkaline mercuro-potassium iodide is immediately re-
duced to metal in the cold.
Bdgcombe VilUt Clevedon.
ON THE REFRACTION AND DISPERSION
OF LIQUID OXYGEN.*
By Profetsori LIVEINQ mad DEWAR.
In August, 1892, we published in the Philosophical Maga-
tint (vol. xxxiv.. p. 208) a measure of the refradive index
of liquid oxygen at its boiling-point for the yellow sodium
rays, made by means of a prism. In the following year
(vol. xxxvi., p. 330) we published a measure of the same
quantity made by a different method. For the reasons
stated, we could only obtain measures more or less ap-
proximate to the truth. Since then we have made several
attempts, but hitherto in vain, to make hollow prisms with
vacuous jackets, in which the liquid oxygen could be kept
In a tranquil state while the observations were going on.
We have also attempted unsuccessfully other methods of
tflikiog the measures.
The chief difficulties which we encountered in making
our former measures arose from the irregularities and
striations of the glass vessels, and from the continual
ebullition of the liquid oxygen. These difficulties have
now b^n to a great extent obviated. We have come back
to the method we used in 1893, which we then described as
the method of MM. Terquem and Trannin, but which
bad previously been suggested by Prof. E. Wiedemann
(Archivts de GenHe, li., p. 340. 1874). However, for the
cylindrical vessel before used we substituted a globular
vessel having the inside of its vacuous jacket silvered all
over except a narrow vertical strip about 4 m.m. wide,
which was left unsilvered to allow of the passage of
light. This vessel was used, exadly as the cylindrical
vessel had been used in the former experiments, as a lens
by which an image of a source of light was thrown on
to the slit of a spedroscope. The pair of glass plates,
separated by a thin stratum of air and fixed to a rod
which was the prolongation of the vertical axis of a
theodolite, were arranged at about the centre of the
globe. The oxygen in the globe was very tranquil, and
the silvering cut off all light which did not pass nearly
centrally through the globe. The result was that the
light of the rays observed was cut off, when the glass
plates were turned through the proper angle, much more
sharply than before, and the measures are so much more
trustworthy.
We found the spark between cadmium eledlrodes a
convenient source of light, both because the rays are
bright, and because they are dispersed through a consider-
able range in the visible spedrum, and it was possible
to watch their extindion one after another as the glass
plates were- slowly turned. Even with this arrangement
the extindion of the rays when liquid oxygen was in the
globe was not quite so sharp as when the experiment was
made with alcohol. This was probably due to the scat-
tered light from the bubbles in the oxygen, and was more
troublesome in regard to the brightest rays.
We obtained, as the mean of several observations, for
the blue ray of cadmium, A. 4416, /i«> 1*2249; for the red
ray, A 6438, /x~i'22ii ; for the green ray of thallium,
A 535, /u»i'22i9. Also, by using a flame, we obtained
* From the Philoiophical Magazine tor September,
for the red ray of lithium, A. 6705, /is 1*2210, and for the
yellow rays of sodium, A. 5892, /iax'2214.
The last figure is less than we had foand in 1892 by
the prism method, which was 1*2236, and still less than
than that found in 1893, which was 1*226. It is also less
than thst recently found by Olszewski and Witrowski,
(Bull, d$ VAcad, dt Cracovit, July, 1894, p. 246), which
was between 1*2222 and 1*2235. The values we have
now found for the refradive indices corresponding to the
red ray of lithium and the green ray of thallium are also
less than those found by Olszewski and Witrowski, which
were about 1*22x3 and 1*2235 respeAively. We think,
however, that our measures for the red and blue rays of
cadmium are better than those made for the thallium and
sodium rays.
These give, for the mean green, /i nearly equal to 1*222,
and, taking the density of oxygen at its boiling*point as
Z'X37, the refradion-constant by Gladstone's formula —
^^« •01953,
and by Lorenz's formula—
Jl =0*X242.
(fi*+2)rf ^
Takine RegnauU's value for the density of oxygen gas
at 0° and 76 cm., viz., 0*00143, and Mascart's value for
the mean refradive index, viz., 1*000271, we find for
gaseous oxygen the refradion-constant —
and—
''.J -0*18947.
B0*Z263i.
It will be seen that this last is nearly equal to the
refradion-constant as above determined for the liquid.
In Mascart*8 paper ** Sur la Refradion des Gaz '*
{Annalts VEcoU Normale Experimintal, 1876) some ob-
servations on the ** Dispersion of Oxygen and other
Gases *' were given, which enable a comparison to be
made between this property in the gaseous and liquid
states. Taking Cauchy's formula—
.-.-«(. +jj.)
z
I
»•-«
h
Aa
X*
n + 1
1 +
6
then—
A*
From this b is calculated by Mascart, and is called the
Coefficient of Dispersion. The blue and red cadmium
lines represent the extremest difference of wave-lengths
employed. This gave for oxygen the maximum and
minimum values 0*0049 and 00078, and mean value
0*0064 for the Constant of Dispersion. Taking the values
for the liquid state given above, the value of b becomes
0*0064. It seems, therefore, that the Dispersion Constant
in the liquid state is identical with that of the gas.
The Examinational System.— At the recent Con-
gress of the Society of Chemical Industry, held at
Leeds, July sist to August 2nd, Dr. T. E. Thorpe, F.R.S.,
in his Presidential Address, expressed the timely opinion
that we need institutions of research where young men,
no longer haunted by the spedra of the ever-threatening
examination, may find time and scope to pradise their
minds in real investigations and try their powers in
attempts to promote Science and extend its domain.
Cmbmical Nmm% \
Sept. 27, 1893. I
Calaverite from Cripple Creek.
155
CALAVERITE FROM CRIPPLE CREEK,
COLORADO.*
By W. F. HILLBBRANO.
Thb occurrence of tellurium in the ores of the mining
distrid of Cripple Creek, Colorado, has been known from
an early day in the as yet brief industrial history of that
region. That it was, in part at least, associated with
gold was likewise known from the observance of a crys-
tallised gold- tellurium mineral. Although the ores of the
distrid are chiefly gold carriers, they contain also a little
silver, and since recognised silver minerals had not been
observed, or at most only in minute amount, it seemed
probable that the silver was associated with the gold in
the tellurium compound. Indeed, Mr. R. Pearce, of
Denver, came to the conclusion, from his examination
iProc, Colo, ScL Soc, Jan. 8 and April 5, 1894) of certain
ore concentrates, that this mineral was sylvanite. It is,
however, of very sparing occurrence, so that it was only
by dint of much effort that material in sufficient purity for
decisive tests was obtained by Prof. R. A. F. Penrose,
jun., who transferred it to me for chemical examination.
The material was derived from three different mines in
order to ascertain whether it was of constant or varying
composition, or, in fad, whether there might not be more
than one specific telluride. That the composition does
vary within narrow limits the analyses show, but there is
no reason apparent for assuming more than one species.
The material from the Prince Albert mine, the first
received, was with little trouble brought into an almost
ideal condition of purity. It was in part apparently fairly
well crystallised, but the measurements made by Prof.
S. L. Penfield, of New Haven, are unfortunately not deci-
sive as to the system of crystallisation, as shown by his
notes at the close of this paper. The specific gravity of
this material was 8*91 at 24° C, which becomes 9'oo when
correded for a small admixture of silico-ferruginous
fangue of assumed specific gravity 270 (probably low),
he other samples were imperfedly crystallised and held
too much foreign matter of uncertain composition to make
specific gravity determinations of any value.
Analyses of CalavtriU,
I. II. III.
AuS?! R*ven C. O. D.
^nfl »i°«- »'"«•
mine.
Tellurium (Tc).. .. 5727 47*69 53'89
Gold(Au) 3895 33*93 39*3 »
Silver (Ag) 3*2X x-47 © «5
Insoluble 0*33 5-80 0-91
Ferric oxide (FcaOs) . . 0*12 (n)
Iron(Fe) 5*4i 1*67
Sulphur (S) 6-17 (*) 1-58 (2-96 FeSa)
Manganese (Mn) • . 0*23 (c)
Calcium (Ca) .... 0*51
Magnesium (Mg) .. 0*10
Oxygen, fluorine, and
soluble silica, by
difiierence . # . . 0*95 (rf)
99*88 100*47 zoo'oo
{a) This was included with the insoluble matter in ar-
riving at the correded density.
(6) Calculated from the Fe to make FeSa.
(c) AsMnOa? ^ . ^
(a) A part of the calcium found in solution was derived
from fluorite, which likewise constituted some of
the soluble matter in this instance.
Selenium has been reported to occur in traces in the
distrid (F. C. Knight, Proc. Colo, Set, Soc, Od. i, 1894),
but it could not be deteded in the amount of mineral
taken for the above analyses.
♦ Prom the Amifican Journal of Siunce, vol. 1., August, 1895.
Excluding everything but gold, silver, and tellurium,
and re-calculating to zoo, the following comparison is ob«
tained : —
III. RaUo.
5730 2-09
41-801
o-9o|
I.
Te .. 57*6o
Au . . 39'
Ag.. 3'
i7l
23/
Ratio.
2*OI
100*00
1*00
ZOO'OO
ZOO'OO
The ratio here obtaining is that for sylvanite and cala*
verite, but the very low percentage of silver shows that
the mineral is calaverite. Indeed, the first analysis
agrees almost exadly with Genth*s analysis of the species.
Interesting is the slight variation in the ratio between
gold and silver, end the very low percentage of silver in tbp
mineral from the C. O. D. and Raven mines. Calaverite,
the lowest silver carrier of the gold-silver tellurides, has not
heretofore been known to carry less than 3 per cent of
silver.
The pyrognostic charaderists of the mineral from the
Prince Albert mine were essentially those ascribed to
calaverite. In the closed tube it fuses, giving a white
coating near the assay, and a globular grey coating just
above, which latter by strong heat can be in part driven
higher up, leaving the glass covered with the same white
fused coating as lower down. This latter is yellow while
hot. On charcoal the mineral fuses with a green flame,
giving a white coating and similar fumes, and leaving a
yellow bead. The colour is pale bronze yellow, in powder
greenish grey. The hardness is not less than and perhaps
a little over 3. Specific gravity, as given above, 9*00.
The identity of the telluride occurring at Cripple Creek,
which in oxidising gives free gold and oxidised tellurium
compounds,* seems thus satisfadorily established, but
unless there is another richer in silver the mode of occur-
rence of the silver in some of the ores is still in large
part unaccounted for. It may be derived from a very rich
argentiferous tetrahedrite of which Prof. Penrose sub-
mitted a small specimen for identification. This carries
over II percent of silver, but is said to be excessively
scarce, and therefore hardly to be considered in this con-
nedion, unless indeed this should have been the original
source of most of the silver and later have sufifored oxida-
tion to a great extent, whereby the silver hsw become more
evenly distributed throughout the ore.
Professor Penfield has kindly contributed the following
notes on the crystallography of the mineral :—
** The crystals of calaverite which were examined were
developed with prismatic habit, but the prismatic sone
was striated to such an extent that it was impossible to
identify a single face in the zone, and on the refleding
goniometer almost an unbroken band of signals was ol^
tained in a revolution of 360°. Owine to oscillatory com-
binations the crystals were also much distorted, so that
they did not present regular cross sedions.
The prisms were attached so that doubly terminated
ones were not observed, while the faces at the free end
were small and developed with so little symmetry that
after a study of a number of ciystals it was found impos*
sible to determine with certainty the system of crystal-
lisation.
The crystals do not exhibit the perfed cleavage ascribed
to sylvanite and krennerite, but are similar to the former
in some of their angles. When placed in position to
show their relation to sylvanite they have their prismatic
development parallel to the b axis. One crystal, which
owing to its development was more carefully measured
than any of the others, was apparently a twin about loi,
and showed at the end the forms iii and no. The
measurements compared with the corresponding ones of
sylvanite are as follows : —
* From tests made by rovaelf on a number of specimens coUeded
by Prof. Penrose the combination seems to be chiefly, it not alto-
gether, with iron, bat whether as tellurite or tellurats could not be
ascertained.
156
Reduction of the Adds of Selenium by Hydriodic Acid, {^^^t^
Sylvanite.
iiiA(ixi)overtwinniogpIane93^35' 94*^30'
no A (no) „ „ 35 2 34 43
no A in 3<5 35 37 3
X 10 A nx in twin crystal 36 33 37 3
Other forms which were measured could not be referred
to the sylvanite axes, and it seems probable from their
development and lack of symmetry that the crystals are
triclinic ; but no satisfadion was obtained after a long
and careful study of the limited supply of material on
hand.
In conclusion, therefore, it may be stated that the crys-
tals are probably triclinic, but near sylvanite in angles
and axial ratio.*'
THE REDUCTION OF THE ACIDS OF
SELENIUM BY HYDRIODIC ACID.*
By F. A. GOOCH mad W. G. REYNOLDS.
A MBTHOD for the iodometric determination of selenious
acid has been recently announced by Muthmann and
Schaefer {Birichti d, D, Chem. OtselL, xxvi., xoo8) which
is based upon the reduAion of selenious acid by hvdriodic
acid and the dired titration of the iodine thus liberated.
To determine the selenious acid it is only necessary to
add it in solution to an acidulated solution of potassium
iodide, when iodine and selenium are both set free in ele-
mentary form, the former being diredly determinable by
titration with sodium thiosulphate after addition of starch.
The difficulty in the process is said to be the nncertaintv
as to the exad point in the titration at which the starch
blue disappears from the liquid in which the finely divided
and opalescent selenium is held in suspension. For this
reason the process is recommended for use only when
great accuracy is not essential.
Evidently if the readion between the acidulated iodide
and lelenious acid is single and complete, the process
should be capable of improvement by removing the
selenium before the titration is attempted. This we have
succeeded in doing without difficulty. We find the most
convenient and rapid way to remove the finely-divided
selenium is to filter the liquid containing it by means of
the vacuum pump upon a thick felt of asbestos in a per-
forated crucible or cone of large filtering surface. With
a properly prepared filter of this description there is no
difficulty in separating the selenium in a very few
moments so completely that it is possible to determine
the iodide remaining dissolved in the excess of potassium
iodide with all the accuracy charaderistic of this most
exad of titration processes. We find, however, that
when the difficulty of determining the end*rea6ion in the
titration of the iodine by the thiosulphate is overcome, it
becomes apparent that the readion upon which Muthmann
and Schaefer depend is not perfect Either the redudion of
the selenious acid to selenium is not complete, or else the
iodine remains in combination to a slight extent with the
selenium and so fails to appear in the filtrate. This is
evident from the results of the experiments of Table I., in
which the selenious acid and potassium iodide acidulated
with hydrochloric acid were brought together, the liquid
thrown upon the asbestos filter, the selenium washed
until free from soluble iodine, and the filtrate containing
the iodine treated as usual with sodium thiosulphate in
presence of starch. The details of treatment are described
sufficiently in the table. The selenium dioxide was pre-
pared for the work from the so-called pure elementary
selenium by dissolving it in strong nitric acid, evaporating
off the excess of the last, treating the solution of the residue
n water with barium hydroxide, filtering to remove sclenic
• Contributions from the Kent Chemical Laboratory of Yale Col-
lege. From the American JouvntU of Suence, vol. 1., Sept., 1895.
acid formed in the oxidation and traces of sulphuric add
possibly present as an impurity, recovering the selenium
dioxide b^ evaporation, and purifying; it by subliming and
re-subliming it in a current of dry air until it was clean
and white.
Table I.
SeO,
taken.
Volume
KI HCl used before
• (Sp. sr. I ao). filtering.
Grm. Qrme. Cm.* C.m.t
SeO.
found*
Grm.
Brror.
Grm.
0'0499 X 5 xoo 0*0479 o'oo20—
0*0499 X 5 100 0*0477 0*0022 —
0*2035 3 5 100 0*1896 0*0x39—
From these fibres it is plain that iodine was not found
in the filtrate m amount corresponding to the selenium
dioxide present. In the following experiments of Table
II. an excess of the thiosulphate was added before filter-
ing off the selenium so that there should be every oppor-
tunity for the iodine and thiosulphate to interad before
the removal of the selenium. In two experiments the
proportion of hydrochloric acid was increased ten-fold for
the purpose of seeing whether the presence of a large
amount of free acid influences the result.
Table II.
Volume
SeO,
KI
HCl uaed. before
SeO.
found.
taken.
used.
(Sp.gr. i*ao). filtering.
Cm.* C.m.t
Brror.
Gnn.
Grmi.
Grm.
Grm.
0*0499
5 100
0*0489
0*00x0
0*0499
3 XOO
0*0485
0*00x4
0*0499
50 100
0*0489
0*00x0
0*0499
50 100
0*0488
O'OOXX
0'2006
5 xoo
0*1925
0*0081
0*2030
5 100
01945
0*0085
These results show improvement over those obtained
when filtration is made before adingwith the thiosul-
phate, but it is obvious that the presence of a large pro-
portion of free hydrochloric acid is without efifeft upon the
readion, and that the iodine set free and measured is atill
deficient in proportion to the amount of selenium dioxide
present. Plainly the reduAion of the selenium dioxide ia
incomplete, or else there is formed between the seleniam
and iodine a combination, such as was noticed by Haute-
feuille (Comptei Rindus, Ixviii., 1554) in the interaaion of
iodine tipon hydrogen selenide. In either case it should
be possible to push the readion farther toward completion
by submitting the mixture of selenious acid, potassiam
iodide, and hydrochloric acid to distillation. We have
used for this purpose an apparatus emplojred atod
described in connexion with previous similar work in
this laboratory. The distillation flask is a Voit gas-
washing flask, and this is sealed to the inlet tube of a
Drexel wash-bottle used as a receiver, to the outlet tube
of which is sealed a Will and Varrentrapp absorption ap-
paratus to serve as a trap. The mixture to be distilled
was introduced into the flask, a solution of 3 grms. of
potassium iodide in 100 cm.* of water was put into the
receiver and trap and during the distillation a slow cur-
rent of carbon dioxide was passed through the apparatoa
to keep the boiling regular. Naturally the acidified solu-
tion of the iodide in the flask retains with great tenacity
traces of dissolved iodine, so that, in order to determine
all the iodine liberated in the rea^ion, the residue in the
flask as well as the distillate in the receiver and trap was
titrated in the usual way with sodium thiosulphate. The
details of treatment and the results are recorded in
Table III.
These results are all fairly good, though all a little de-
ficient, for amounts of seleninm dioxide up to 0*2 gnn. ;
but when the amount of the dioxide reaches 0*5 grm. ihe
iodine found in the distillate and in solution in the reandue
falls far below the theory based upon the assumfl^Eooihat
the produas are selenium, iodine, and water, '^^t sele-
nium in the residue was left after the boiling in f^ot dense
Cbbmi
Sept,
CAt MBWt, 1
27. 1893. 1
Report of Co
mmittee
Table III.
HClin
Total
ScO,
Klio
flatlc
volaroe
Time
ScO,
foond.
taken.
flatk.(8p.er.r20). boileJ.
in
Error.
Grn.
Grou.
0.m.»
am.*
minatei.
Qnn.
Grm.
0-0499
X
60
5
0*0497
0*0002-
0-0499
X
60
5
0-0497
0*0002 -
OXM99
X
60
xo
0*0496
0*0003-
0*3000
3
60
10
0-X995
0*0005-
O*30OO
3
60
xo
0-I99X
0*0009-
o*ao23
3
60
10
0*20x8
0-0005-
0*50x8
3
60
xo
0*4635
0*0383 -
cryttalline condition in the experiments with the smiller
amounts, so that it did not interfere with the titration of
the free iodine ; bnt in the last experiment, in which ap-
proximately 0*5 grm. of the dioxide was treated, the
■eleniam remained in pasty form adhering to the flask.
Subsequent examination proved that the pasty selenium
held iodine, which was liberated slowly to water, and
more rapidly to an aqueous solution of potassium iodide.
The largest errors have been found (excepting that of the
last experiment from the discussion) when the free iodine
was filtered off from the reduced selenium ; better results
were obtained when the precipitated selenium was first
treated with the thiosulphate before filtering; and in the
distillation process the best approximations are made to
true indications. It is obvious that as the proportion of
selenium and iodine increase, the tendency to form a
combination is more manifest. The error thus introduced
in the determination of the selenium dioxide by the dis*
filiation procest is allowable up to the limit of 0*2 grm.
Potassium iodide in hydrochloric acid ads much less
readily upon selenic acid than upon selenious acid.
When the hydrochloric acid is present in small propor-
liooa in the mixture of selenic acid and the iodide the
rcdoAion is very imperfeA, but it tends to approach
completion as the strength of hydrochloric acid is in*
creased.
It is obvious, in the li^ht of the previous experiments
with selenious acid, that it is unreasonable to exped the
full liberation of iodine in the aAion of selenic acid upon
the iodine when the free iodine is not removed from the
sphere ol aAion as it is liberated. In the distillation
process the case is otherwise, and there is no reason to
anticipate that the determination of selenic acid should
present greater difficulty than is encountered in treating
selenious acid under similar circumstances. The experi-
ments of Table IV., in which selenic acid (obtained by
oxidising known amounts of selenium dioxide by means
d potassium permanganate in the manner described in a
previous paper from this laboratory— Gooch and Clemens,
Awuf, yonm, ofScitna, 1. 51) is treated according to the
distillation method outlined above for the determination
of selenious acid, show that this expedation is realised,
and that the analytical results are fairly good.
Table IV.
S«0.
takes.
Grm.
0*0593
00593
0-0593
0-X779
01779
0*1779
HClin
Total
KI in fla»k. volume
(Sp. gr. i'2o). iKriled.
C.m.»
Gmt.
I
I
3
3
3
3
C.m.s
60
60
60
60
60
60
Time
io
minutes.
5
5
10
xo
xo
ID
SeO.
found.
Grm.
0*0593
0*0591
0*0596
o*X769
0*1780
o*X764
Error.
Grm.
0*0000
0'0002 —
0*0003 +
0*0010-
0*0001 +
0*00x5 -
In conclusion, it is plain that while the simple contad
of solutions of selenious acid or selenic acid and potassium
iodide acidified with hydrochloric acid does not determine
the liberation of the full amount of iodine which would
be expedked if selenium, iodine, and water were the sole
produds of adion, it is possible to bring about such adion
with a close approximation to completeness, when the I
aatotmts of selenium present are not too large, by sub- /
m Atomic Wetghts. 157
mitting such mixtures to distillation. We prefer, la
applying the readion to analytical purposes, to work with
the apparatus and under the conditions described,—
treating, preferably, not more than 0*3 grm. of the sele-
nium oxide, usiuK from x grm. to 3 grms. of potassium
iodide in the distilling-flask with 5 cm.* of strong hydro-
chloric acid in a total volume of 60 cm.*, sod continaing
to boil for ten minutes.
R£PORT OF COMMITTEE ON ATOMIC
WEIGHTS, PUBLISHED DURING 189+*
By P. W. CLARKB.
(CoDtioaed from p. xo6).
Cobalt and Nickbi*.
The atomic weights of these two metals have been re-
determined by Winkler (Z«f7. Anorg. Chtm, viil., z), who
adopts a radically new method, using the pure eledrolytfc
elements as a starting-point. In each case the weighed
metal, deposited upon platinum, is treated with a weighed
excess of iodine dissolved in potassium iodide. The metals
are thus converted into iodides, and the excess of iodine
is then measured by titration with thiosulphate solution.
Thus the dired ratios, Co : I, Ni : I, are determined. Two
series of estimations are given for each metal, with results
as follows. The atomic weights used in calculation are
H-x, 1^x26*53.
First Str'm^CohaU,
Wt. Co.
Wt.I.
AtwtCo.
0-4999
05084
0-5290
0*6822
0*67x5
3*xa8837
2*x66750
a-a54335
2-908399
2*86x6x7
59;4a4a
59-3M8
59-35«a
59-3824
Mean ••
593849
Second Smis-^obalt,
0*5185
05267
0*53x9
2*209694
2*246037
2*268736
59-3798
593430
59-3294
Mean of all, Cob 59*3678
Mean
593507
First SiriiS^Nickil.
Wt.Ni.
Wt.1.
At.wt.Ni.
0-5144
04983
0*6876
2*217494
2*148502
3*268743
3*970709
2*965918
58*6703
58-69x8
58*6838
58*6678
Mean ..
58*6878
Second Scrics^Nickel,
0*5120
0*5200
0*5246
2*205627
2*204x07
2*259925
587436
587732
587432
Mean of all, Niss58*7i55.
For OsBi6 these become —
Mean
587433
Co*
Ni-
'59-517
58*863.
(To be coQtinned>.
* From the Journal of tht American Chtmicai Socittjf, vol. svii^
No. 3* Resd At th« Bottoa If tstiog, Dec. a8, 1B94.
158
Determination oj Antimony as Antimonic Antimoniate.
{Cbbmical News,
Sept. 27* «8»5-
WARNING AGAINST THE USE OF
FLUORIFEROUS HYDROGEN PEROXIDE IN
ESTIMATING TITANIUM.
By W. F. HILLEBRAND.
DuNNiNGTON {youm. Am. Chitn, Soc, xiii., 210) has
pointed out a source of error to be guarded against in
estimating titanium in rocks and minerals by Weller*s
method, due, as he believes, to the partial reversion, in
certain cases, of ordinary titanic to meta-titanic acid,
which does not afford a yellow colour with hydrogen per-
oxide. It remains for me to indicate another source of
error in the possible presence of fluorine in the hydrogen
peroxide.
For two years the colorimetric method has given reason-
able satisfadion in this laboratory, but recently a new lot
of hydrogen peroxide was purchased, of a different brand
from that hitherto used, and, after a time, it was noticed
that the results obtained were in some instances far too
high, and that no two determinations agreed.
It is known that hydrogen peroxide does not produce a
yellow colour in titanium solutions carrying hydrofluoric
acid or fluorides, and, moreover, the addition of even a
drop of the dilute srcid to an already peroxidised titanium
solution weakens the colour. For this reason it is necessary
to take the greatest care to ensure the complete expulsion
of all fluorine when dissolving rocks or minerals by means
of hydrofluoric and sulphuric acids prior to the colorimetric
estimation. A drop of hydrofluosilicic acid ads simi>
larly, but the latter reagent cannot be made to completely
discharge the colour even if added in great excess.
This, however, was not suspeded as the cause of our
trouble until, on referring to the circular of one of the
leading makers of hydrogen perexide in America, whose
produd has always given satisfaAory results in titanium
work, it was found that among the various acids enume-
rated as usually to be found in the commercial article,
hydrofluoric acid appears. Talbot and Moody, in the
Technology Quarterly, v., 123, mention hydrofluosilicic acid
as of frequent occurrence in the peroxide manufadured a
few years ago. On examining the suspeAed peroxide by
neutralising with fixed alkali, evaporating to dryness, and
heating wiOi strong sulphuric acid, fluorine was deteded
bv the odour of the acid evolved and by its adion on
gUss.
It is therefore imperative to use only hydrogen peroxide
which is free from fluorine in estimating titanium, for its
presence may utterly vitiate the results, even if only 2 or
3 c.c. of the peroxide are employed. — ydumal of the
American Chemical Society, xvii.. No. 9.
DETERMINATION
ANTIMONIC
OF ANTIMONY
ANTIMONIATE.
AS
iBy OTTO BAUNEK.
The method of determining antimony as antimonic anti-
moniate devised by Bunsen has for some time fallen into
discredit, after having been formerly in almost universal
use and being recommended in the last edition of the
text-book of Fresenius as decidedly trustworthy. The
cause is chiefly a subsequent publication of Bunsen*8, in
which he completely abandons as untrustworthy the
method which he had previously recommended, and su-
persedes it by a new procedure — the determination of
antimony as pentasulphide. According to his investiga-
tions the temperature of the decomposition of the
tetroxide is not much higher than that of its formation,
so that it is difficult to seize the point when the weight of
the contents of the crucible corresponds to the tetroxide
of the antimony taken. On continued ignition the weight
of the crucible progressively diminishes, and even
0*1 £rm. of the substance can be completely volatilised in
six hours.
This observation is diredly contradidory to the state-
ments of most text-books and manuals of chemistry, even
the most recent, which charaderise the tetroxide as
infusible and fixed on ignition. This contradidion, as
well as the circumstance that the above method is still in
extensive pradice and has been recommended in various
recent manuals of quantitative analysis, induced me to
examine thoroughly the permanence of antimony tetroxide
on ignition, and the consequent trustworthiness of the
above method of determination.
Chemically pure antimony, obtained by reducing the
purest potassium antimoniate with potassium cyanide.*
was weighed off and oxidised with nitric acid, whilst the
crucible was covered with a watch-glass. After the latter
had been rinsed out the contents were evaporated to dry-
ness, and the residue heated in an uncovered crucible — at
first gently, and then at redness, until the weight is con-
stant. The weight of the contents of the crucible exadly
corresponded to the weight of the antimony employed as
calculated from the formula Sba04. The crucible was
then left uncovered for several hours at a bright red-heat
without the slightest loss of weight.
In this manner an entire series of determinations was
effeded with different quantities of antimony. Hence it
appears that, on proceeding as above, the antimonic anti-
moniate can be used as a form of weighing antimony.
I then sought to ascertain under what conditions anti-
mony tetroxide may be volatilised on ignition.
A weighed quantity of antimony was oxidised in the
manner above described, and ignited until the weight was
constant. The lid of the crucible was then put on, and
the ignition continued under otherwise similar conditions.
On taking off the cover, after five minutes, its inside was
found covered with shining needles of teroxide, whilst a
white fume ascended from the crucible, the weight of
which had naturally considerably decreased. The sintered
residue was then pulverised, weighed off in a porcelain
crucible of equal size, and ignited apain with the same
flame but without cover. After ignition for an hour not
the slightest decrease of weight was perceptible. If the
ignition was then repeated in the covered crucible the
former phenomenon reappeared, and there was again a
sublimate of teroxide on the inside of the lid.
As the tetroxide is persistent on ignition, even on the
exclusion of air,— as it appears from its behaviour on
ignition in a closed tube, when there appears not the
slightest trace of a sublimate,— its decomposition into
teroxide and oxygen on ignition in a covered crucible
can be referred only to the redudive a^ion of the flame
gases — an assumption which is verified by the following
experiment :—
A porcelain crucible, such as was used in the previous
experiment, was suspended in a circular disk of asbestos-
pasteboard in such a manner as to include tightly the
edge of the crucible. The antimonic acid was then
converted into tetroxide by ignition in an open crucible
until the weight was constant. The cover was then put
on, and the crucible heated for one hour to bright redness
without any loss of weight or the appearance of a trace
of sublimed teroxide. If the disk was then removed the
same flame, in a very short interval, occasioned a strong
redudion to teroxide.
In this manner the volatilisation of antimony tetroxide
— with decomposition into teroxide and oxygen — as ob-
tained by Bunsen is easily explained. The flame-gases
are caught under the projeding edge of the cover of the
crucible, displace the air in the interior of the crucible,
and exert a redudive adion. This is also the case if the
flame does not enwrap the entire crucible, but merely
* This reduAion can be effedted without fear of an explosion if a
•mall quantity of the mixed substancee is fused in a capacious por-
celain cmcible, and the rest is added to the glowiof mdt in small
portions, waiting each time until the violeot rcaAion it at an end.
Sept. «7 »ig«. I roisons.
its lower part. Bat if the interior of the crucible can
freely communicate with the atmospheric air, the adion
of the flame- gases is suppressed.
Volatilisation may also be avoided in a covered crucible
if it is very large, and if the bottom only is touched by
the point of the flame. But as, on evaporating the nitric
acid, some of the substance generally adheres to the
8i4cs, this method of ignition is impraAicable. We have
now indeed found that —
I. On igniting antimonic acid with access of air a con-
stant weight is quickly reached.
a. The antimony oxide thus obtained corresponds to
the formula Sb804.
But 1 have further effeAed some determinations of
antimony as tetroxide with previous precipitation of the
antimony as sulphide, the results of which demonstrate
tbe accuracy of the method.
In order to prevent an oxidation of the precipitate
along with the filter, the washed antimony sulphide was
riosd with a little water into a small capsule, and the
panicles still dineing to the filter are dissolved in hot
ammonium sulphide, which is easily effe<2ed whilst the
precipitate is moist. The solution is evaporated to dry-
ness in a weighed porcelain crucible ; the main bulk of
the precipitate is also rinsed into the crucible, and again
evaporated. The precipitate is then moistened with
coocentrated nitric acid and oxidised with fuming nitric
acid, osing instead of the cover a watch-glass, which is
then rinsed off. The solution is then evaporated to dry-
ness, the sulphuric acid which has been formed is
cantioQsly driven off by heat, and the residue strongly
heated in an open crucible until the weight is constant.
Tbe method is, in accuracy, at least equal to the other
methods of determining antimony, and surpasses them in
simplicity and promptitude of execution.
In presence of small quantities of antimony, when the
inaccuracies attending weighing a precipitate along with
the filter have a considerable effeA upon the result,
Bnnsen's old method may be considered preferable to all
others. — Ztit* Anal, Chtm., xxxiv., p. 171.
159
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
PoUoHS : Thiif EfftcU and Detiction, A Manual for the
Use of Analytical Chemists and Experts. With an
Introdudory Essay on the Growth of Modem Toxico*
lonr. By Albxandbr Wynter Blyth, M.R.C.S.,
F.LC, F.C.S., &c., Barrister-at-Law, Public Analyst
for the County of Devon, and Medical Officer of Health
and Public Analyst for St. Marylebone. Third Edition,
Revised and Enlarged. With Tables and Illustrations.
8vo., pp. 724. London : Charles Griffin and Co., Ltd.
1895,
Wk have here before us an excellent treatise, instrudive
and suggestive, not merely to chemical experts and
students, to medical praditioners and pharmacists, but to
chemical mannfaAurers, to legislators, and lawyers, and,
if we may presume to make the suggestion, even to
novelists and play-wrights and to the writers of the daily
press.
The work has already passed through two editions, but
it has undergone such enlargements and revisions—in
accordance with the advance of science — that it may
fitW be treated as a new publication.
In the ** Old Poison Lore '* Mr. Blyth holds that the
traditions of poisons which, though producing no imme-
diate dffed, might yet prove ultimately fatal, were more
than fables. Have we not a too familiar instance of this
phenomenon in the bite of a rabid dog ? Our author
thinks that " the Asiatic poisoners were well acquainted
with the infedious properties of certain malignant
It might be added that they seleded poisons
whose effeas might simulate the symptoms of nataral
disease.
In connexion with the detedion of poisoning, we may
mention that it is to the Popes that science was indebted
for the sandion, in the Fifteenth Centnry, to dissed
human subjeds.
The account given in the following chapter of the
developnient of our modem methods for the detedion of
poisons in the body. As an epoch in toxicology U
mentioned the discovery of the Marsh method of deted-
ing arsenic, which '* for the first time rendered the most
tasteless and easily administered poison in the world at
once the easiest of detedion.'*
We come to that difficalt qoestion^the definition of
poison. The author comments on the British law
(Criminal Consolidation Ad, x86i) the German statute,
and the present French law. The author's own definition
of poison, as given in the first edition of the present work,
Is— **A substance of a definite chemical composition,
whether mineral or organic, may be called a poison if it
is capable of being taken into any living organism and
causes by its own inherent chemical nature impairment
or destrudion of fundion.**
As to the classification of poisons, the anthor admits
that no perfed classification is yet possible.
In considering the statistics of poisoning, the author
holds that the higher the mental development of a nation
the more likely are its homicides to be caused by subtle
poison, and its suicides by chloral, morphine, or hemlock.
The two leading poisons in South Britain for the decade
ending 1892 are opiates and lead ; carbolic acid coming
third. Out of xooo attempts in France to injure or destroy
human life by poison, arsenic accounts for 331 and phos-
phorus for 301— two of the most painful poisons ordin-
arily available.
The connedion between toxic adion and chemical
composition is discussed at some length. The researches
of Dr. Blake and of Rabuteao on the comparative toxic
adion of metals seem to have been overlooked. The
more attention has been given to the organic poisons.
The author considers that the occurrence of hydroxyl
appears frequently to confer poisonous properties upon
the substance. In aromatic compounds tne toxic power
increases with the number of hydroxyls.
The substitution of a halogen for hvdrogen is apt to
produce narcotic substances. This sedion, and especially
the general theory of Oscar Loew (p. 39), deserve the
most careful study, experimental if possible.
The chapter on ** Life Tesu "—the identification of
poisons by experiments on animals— has been greatly
abridged, since, in consequence of the deplorable ** Vivi-
sedion Ad," this method of research is pradically out of
the reach of British chemists and physiologists. If the
Society for the Advancement of Medicine by Research is
still in existence, we would ask why it has never organ-
ised a laboratory, say at Calais, Boulogne, or Antwerp,
where such experiments might be performed ?
As regards the identification of the several poisons, the
author gives some most useful precautions, and pieces of
information which the expert may be suddenly called to
produce. Thus, it was adnally asked of a witness in the
Tawell case, whether hydrocyanic acid might not have
been introduced by eating apples. Now, Mr. Blyth men-
tions here that apple-pips contain 0*035 per cent of HCN !
Attempts have in like manner been made to explain the
presence of oxalic acid in the matter vomited by a patient
and found in the stomach of a corpse by the hypothesis
that the vidim had been eating rhubarb pie or a salad
containing sonel.
A real difficulty arises in a case of nicotine poisoning
if the deceased has been a heavy smoker or tobacco-
chewer. How much nicotine may be introduced in this
manner into a human subjed it might be impossible to
decide with any accuracjr.
Under ** Arsenic," we find a recapitulation of the salient
points of the Maybrick casei
i6o
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
1 CmbmicalNbwi,
I Sept. 27, 189s.
Want of space does not allow US to extend our notice
of Mr. Wynter Blyth*s work, but we may decidedly re-
commend it to every professional man who has not already
familiarised himself with its contents.
Camhridgi Natural Science Manuals, Physical Series.
General Editor, R. T. Glazebroor, M.A., F.R.S.,
Assistant Diredor of the Cavendish Laboratory, Fellow
of Trinity College, Cambridge. Solution and Electro-
lysis. By William Cecil Dampier Whbtham, M.A.,
Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. Cambridge :
The University Press. 1895. Pp. 296.
As a clear compad^ exposition of solution and eledrolysis
as now understood this little work will be found very
valuable to students of physics and chemistry. After an
account of the general properties of solution, the author
goes on to describe the solutions of gases in gases, of
liquids in gases, and of solids in gases.
In the third chapter the author proceeds to consider
solutions in liquids, and solubility, snowing the solubility
of gases in liquids ; the measure of solubility ; Henry's
law, the solutions of gases in saline solutions ; the solu-
bility ol liquid and of solids in liquids ; the influence of
pressure and of temperature ; the analogy between solu-
tion and evaporation; the solubility of mixtures, and
solubilities of mixed liquids; followed by a Table of
Solubilities.
In the fourth chapter we have an account of the prin-
ciples of dififusion and dialysis. Mr. Whetham then pro-
ceeds to treat of the freezing-points of solutions, the
determination of molecular weight, of cryohydrates, and of
the melting-points of alloys.
The vapour pressures of solutions are discussed in the
sixth chapter, after which, in the seventh, eighth, and
ninth chapters, the author enters upon the eledrical pro-
perties of solutions. Here the reader meets with an ac-
count of the ions, their migrations and velocities, the
theory of dissociation, and eledrical endosmose.
In the tenth chapter is shown the connexion between
eledrical and other properties, such as chemical adivity
and osmotic pressure.
In the concluding chapter we find the theories of elec-
trolysis, an interesting account of the colours of saline
solutions, the general case of chemical equilibrium.
There is an appendix on freezing-points and a table of
the eledro-chemical properties of aqueous solutions.
The work will be found accessible to a wider circle of
minds than might have been at first sight expeded.
*' Sanitas.** How to Disinfect. A Guide to Pradical
Disinfedion during Cases of Infedious Illness, and in
Every- day Life. London : The Sanitas Company,
Limited.
This pamphlet may be considered as essentially an
abridgment of Mr. Kingzeti's *• Nature's Hygiene "—a
work which we have had much pleasure in examining.
The author adduces testimonies in favour of the Sanitas
preparations from the most varied authorities, from
eminent physicians and surgeons down to sporting
charaders and dog-fanciers. He declares war against
the didum that every disinfedant, to be efficacious, must
be poisonous. He contends that the " Sanitas " prepara-
tions aie of the highest value, not merely in combating
cholera, yellow fever, diphtheria, &c., but in destroying
or banishing aphides and other scourges of our gardens
or orchards, though he makes no mention of their success
or failure in the treatment of the phylloxera. The Sanitas
oil is recommended for banishing mosquitoes or other
analogous pests. We should like to ask Mr. Kingzett
whether he has ever made a comparative trial with the
extrad of Marsh-rosemary {Ledum pahntre)^ which has
done such good service against mosquitoes and sand-flies
{e.g,^ Simulium columbaczense) in every climate where it
has been tried.
It must be remarked that the Sanitas Company, Limited,
do not confine themselves to the manufadure of the pre-
parations patented under the name of '* Sanitas." They
are manufadturers of, and dealers in, hydrogen peroxide,
a mercuric badericide, corrosive sublimate pellets, and
sulphur fumigating candles, and even of carbolic acid, of
chlorides of lime and zinc, the permanganates, and of iron
and copper sulphates.
For disinfedants, indeed, the field is still large, if we
may judge from the recent prevalence of epidemics.
CORRESPONDENCE.
[DISINFECTANTS.
To the Editor of the Chemical News.
SiR,~The remark with which Dr. Rideal seems dissatis-
fied was applied to the words which he quotes in hit
letter. He cannot, of course, deny that sewage contains
phosphates, precipitable by salts of iron, aluminium, &c.
He must admit that his words, ** to recover the phosphate
by using the sludge as a fertiliser," were open to the con-
strudion which I placed upon them, as referring to the
total phosphates in the sewage sludge of what origin
soever, and he is of course well aware that valuable
quantities of phosphates may be found in sludges to
which neither animal charcoal nor mineral phosphates
have been added. Animal charcoal is now rarely, if ever,
used in the treatment of sewage.
Utterly disclaiming any intention to disparage Dr.
Rideal's work, I am, &c..
Your Reviewer.
CHEMICAL NOTICES FROM FOREIGN
SOURCES.
NoTB.— AH degrees of temperature are Centigrade unless otherwit*
ezpreued.
Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Seances^ de VAcademit
des Sciences. Vol. cxxi.. No. 7, August 12, 2895.
Special Microscope for the Observation of Opaque
Bodies.— Ch. Fremont. — The author, after pointing out
the defeds of previous devices, e.g.^ that of Lieberkiihn,
describes his invention, which consists in illuminating the
interior of the tube of the microscope through the objed-
glasses. The arrangement cannot be described intelligibly
without the accompanying figure. The arrangement is
said to afford a vertical illumination, very intense and
perfe^ly defined, and to be especially adapted for micro-
photography.
Potassium Derivatives of Qainone and Hydroqui-
none.— Ch. Astre.— The author has studied the adion of
potassium upon quinone in ethereal or benzenic solutions
and upon hydroquinone in a benzenic solution. The
author, in concert with M. Ville, purposes extending his
observations to other metals.
No. 8, August 19, 1895.
On Matches with Explosive Compositions. — T.
Schloesing.— The author's results impress upon us the
necessity of avoiding accidental ignitions during the
operations after drying. We may indeed proscribe pastes
of antimony and lead, although their compounds figure
in all the pastes whether ancient or of recent invention,
but we cannot proscribe phosphorus, and if this body | re-
duces the fumes of its acid in the workshops we lose— at
least in part— the essential advantage of the suppression
Cbbmical News, I
Septa?, 1895. I
Chemtcal Notices from Foreign Sources.
161
of white phosphorus. Hence the substitution of ex-
plosive pastes for pastes with white phosphorus is not so
simple a matter as we may be tempted to believe.
Researches oa the Compouads of Mercury Cya-
nide with Chlorides. — Raoul Varet. — Mercury cyanide,
when a^ng on metallic chlorides, forms compounds of the
type aHECyaM"Cla.iiHaO. The author has made a thermo-
chemicsl study of the mercury and sodium chloro-
cyanide, the corresponding compounds of mercury and
ammonium, mercury and barium, mercury and strontium,
mercury and calcium, mercury and magnesium, mercury
mnd sine, and mercury and cadmium.
Thermic Researches on Cyanuric Acid. — Paul
Lemonlt.-— A thermo-chemtcal study, not suitable for ah-
stradion.
Combustion-Heat of Certain ^•Ketonic Ethers.^
J. Ottinchant. — Not suitable for abstraAion,
Determination of the Heat Liberated in Alcoholic
Fermentation.— A. Bouffard.— The heat liberated is be-
tween 34 and 32 cals. We must not calculate in the
construaion of refrigerators npon 71 cals.
On the Qum of Wines. — G. Nivi^re and A. Hubert.
— The authors, in opposition to Pasteur and Bechamp,
show that there exists a marked difference between the
gum of wines and eum-arabic. The latter, when
oxidised with nitric acid, only yields 35 per cent of mucic
acid, whilst the gum of wine yields 70 to 75 per cent, If
we boil the gum of wine with dilute sulphuric acid it
yields no arabinose, but it is transformed into galadose,
whilst reduAive agents change it into dulcite. Gum-
arabic, if heated with dilute sulphuric acid, yields arabi-
nose, and with redudive agents it forms arabite.
No. 9, August 26, 1895.
Heat of the Solution and of the Formation of
Sodium and Potassium Cyanurates.— Paul Lemoult.
— The author's studies do not reveal any essential differ-
ence between the sodium and potassium salts. They
show, further, that these salts are not decomposed by
water.
On ApicoUted Fermentation, and on the Influence
of Aeration in Elliptical Fermentations at High
Temperatures. — M. Rietsch and M. Henselin. — The
refrigeration of musts below 30° has more decided effeds
than aeration. The combination of these two agencies
gives the best pradical results ; this combination is the
more indicated the more concentrated are the musts.
Utensils of Aluminium.— M. Balland.— The author's
investigations have been undertaken with reference to
military uses, for which the low specific gravity of alumi-
nium is especially suitable. In the ordinary conditions of a
soldier's life aluminium utensils offer a sufficient resistance
to wear and fridion, to the adion of foods and of potable
liquids. The metal takes a clouded appearance, but its
weight after four months' use does not vary appreciably.
Their contad with foods, &c., is of brief duration. On
prolonged contad the adion is more considerable. The
behaviour of impure samples of aluminium— containing,
as sometimes occurs, as much as 8 per cent of foreign
matter— cannot be inferred from the author's experi-
ments. Aluminium vessels should never be cleansed with
soda, and solderings should be avoided as much as
possible.
No. 10, September 2, 1895.
Presence of Argon and Helium in Certain Mine-
ral Waters.— Dr. Ch. Bouchard.- (See p. 252).
Combination of Magnesium with Argon and
Helium.— (See p. 153).
Researches on the Compounds of Mercury Cy-
nnide with the Bromides.— Raoul Varet. — The author
has continued his researches on the combinations of mer-
cury cyanide with the bromides of the alkaline and
alkaline-earthy metals, of sine and cadmium. The re-
sults, thermo-chemical data, do not admit of useful
abridgment. At ordinary temperatures the solutions of
the bromo-cyanides, mixed with the picrate of the same
bases, yield, in course of time, traces of an isopnrpurate.
Mercury cyanide does not ad upon tindure of litmus.
On the contrary, the cyanides of the alkaline and
alkaline-earthy metals turn the red tindure to a bine.
The solutions of the bromo-cyanides, contrary to the
chloro-cyanides, turn litmus slightly blue even in the
cold.
Formation of Hydrogen Selenide.— H. Pdadon.—
This paper requires the accompanying diagram.
Adtion of Carbonic Acid, of Water, and of Al-
kalis upon Cyanuric Acid and its Dissolved Sodium
and Potassium Salts. — Paul Lemoult. — This paper,
essentially thermo-chemical, does not admit of useful
abstradion.
The Eclipsoscope, an Apparatus for observing
the Chromosphere and the Solar Protuberances.—
Ch. V. Zenger. — The description of this instrument
should be accompanied by diagrams.
Bulletin de la Societi d^Bncouragtmint pour Vlnduslrii
Nationali, Series 4, Vol. x.. No. 113.
Report presented by M. Jordan on behall of the
Committee of the Chemical Arts on F. Osmond's
Paper entitled **A General Method for the Micro-
graphic Analysis of Carbon Steels." — The method in
question was in the first place due to Dr. H. C. Sorby, of
Sheffield, who in 1864 laid before the British Association
micro-photographs of various sorts of steel and iron, and
elaborated a process for the study of the sedioos of the
metals as preferable to fradures. Prof. Maters, of Ber-
lin, in 1878, seems to have independently taken up the
same line of research. MM. Osmund and Wertb, of
Cieusot, further developed microscopic metallography.
The former, in a paper here inserted, summarises the re-
sults hitherto obtained, and gives an account of the pro-
cedure to be adopted. In polishing the sedions the author
was induced to make use of liquorice* water in conjundion
with jewellers' rouge and precipitated calcium sulphate,
and K>und that it coloured certain constituents, leaving
others untouched. After the polishing the adion is con-
tinued by means of acids, halogens, principally nitric
acid and tindure of iodine. The charaderistics of iron
and steels, with their peculiar constituents, ferrite, mar-
tensite, troostite, cementite, and sorbite, are shown in an
illustration.
Report presented (by M. Jordan on behalf of the
Committee of Chemical Ant on the Researches of
Mr. Hadfield on the Alloys of Iron with Silicon,
Aluminium, and Chrome.— Mr. Hadfield's researches
on chrome-steels are pointed out as of exceptional prac-
tical importance.
No. 114.
Elimination of Foreign Metals during the Produc-
tion of** Best Selected" Copper.— Allan Gibb. — From
the InstituU of Michanical Enginars,
Preparation and Properties of Pure Melted Mo-
lybdenum. — Henri Moissan. — The substance of this
paper has already been noticed in connedion with the
CompUs Rendus,
No. X15.
The meeting of June 28th, 1895, was taken up with a
notice of the prizes awarded for various inventions.
Very few of these interest the chemist. F. Osmond ob-
tained a prize of 2000 francs for a study of the physical
Jropeities of alloys in common use, especially steels,
ules Garcon obtained a prize of 500 francs for an account
of the machinery employed in bleaching and dyeing tex-
tile fibres. The prize for the purification of potable
waters, amounting to 2500 francs, has been divided
l62
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
{Chbmical Ntws,
Sept. 27» 1895*
ftmoDg four candidates— MM. Tellier, Lacroix, Schlum.
berger, and Meignen. Tellier proposes to sterilise water
by the combined aAion of heat and pressure. Lacroix
decomposes water by the eledric current, liberating hy-
drogen, and generating ozone and '* ele^rolytic oxygen.**
Schiumberger passes the water over pumice saturated
with alnminium benzoate, and then over charcoal coated
with manganese peroxide ; this double filtration is said to
destroy the greater part of the organic matter and almost
all the baAeria. The process of Meignen is not
described.
Communication by C. Bardy on the Process for
Treating Crude Turpentines.— Gabriel Col.— The ad-
vantages of this process depend entirely on the strudure
of the plant employed.
The Determination of Small Quantities of Arsenic.
— Ad. Camot. — Noticed under the Comptes Hindus.
Redndtion of Silica by Coke.— H. Moissan.— Also
noticed under CompUs Hindus,
MISCELLANEOUS.
Special Manures.— Messrs. W. H. and L. Collingridge
have just published a book on '* Special Manures for
Garden Crops," by Dr. A. B. Griffiths, F.R.S.E., F.C.S.
The work contains about eighty analyses of plant-ashes
(which represent over eighteen hundred separate weigh-
ings), performed by the author and his pupils. The work
is quite unique and original.
Serpent Venoms. — According to Professor T. D.
Fraser {Transactions of thi Royal Society of Edinburgh),
the venom of the cobra is sixteen times more powerful
than that of the rattle-snake (Crotalus horridus). The
** diamantine snake " of South Australia — a species not
sufficiently identified — is intensely virulent, as of its venom
0*00x5 grm. is equivalent to 0*004 &^* of rattle-snake
poison.
y^CEtf70NEtf — Answering all requirements.
A.OTT> JV-CIEJTIO—Pureit and sweet.
— BOIR JLOIC— Cryst. and powder.
— ^ CITIRIC— Cryit. made in earthenware.
— Gh-A-XiXilO— Fro™ !>«•* Chinese galls, pure.
S.A.IilCTTIilO-By Kolbe't process.
— t T j^ItsTZfTIO—For Pharmacy and the Arts.
LIQUID CHLORINE
(Compretied in steel cylinders).
FORMALIN (407^ CHaO)— Antiseptic and Preservative.
POTASS. PERMANOANATB-Cryst., large and imall,
SULPHOCYANIDE OF AMMONIUM.
BARIUM.
POTASSIUM.
TARTAR EMETIC-Cryst. and Powder.
TRIPOLI AND METAL POWDERS.
ALL CHEMICALS FOR ANALYSIS AND THE ARTS
Wholesale Agents—
A. ^ M. ZIMMERMANN,
6 A 7, CROSS LANE LONDON, E.G.
NOTICE TO ANALYSTS AND LABORATORY
DIRECTORS.
Best METHYLATED SPIRIT, manufac-
tared by A. & J. WARREN, Wholesale DruRgisti, Dealers
in Chemicals for Analytical Work, and Methylated Spirit Makers,
a and 24, Redcliff Street, Bristol. For Four- pence a Pamphlet on
ethylated Spirit, written by Algernon Warren, is obtainable from
the PabUsher, ). W. ARRowsMrtH, Quay Street, Bristol; and
SmrsiM, MAitBALL, 1Umiltoii» KiMT, a&d Co., Ltd., London.
MESSRS. MACMILLAN &. CO.'S BOOKS
FOR
CHEMICAL STUDENTS.
A LABORATORY MANUAL OF ORGANIC CHEMIS-
TRY: A Compendium of Laboratory Methods for the nse of
Chemisu. Physicians, and Pharmacisu. By Dr. Lassar^Cohh.
Translated from the Second German Edition by ALBiaHOBR
Smith, B.Sc, Ph.D. Crown 8vo., 85. 6i.
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. By N. Mehschutm».
Professor in the University of St. Petersbars. Translated from
the Third German Edition, under the sapervision of the Anthor,
by James Locks. Medium 8vo., 171. net.
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF OILS, FATS, WAXES,
and of the Commercial ProduAs derived there^m. From lb*
German of Profl Dr. R. Bbnbdikt. Revised and Enlarged by
Dr. J. Lbwkowitsch, P.I.C, F.C.S. , late Technical Ifanacer
at the Whitehall Soap Works, Leeds. 8vo, au. aet.
THEORETICAL CHEMISTRY FROM THE STAND-
POINT OF AVOGADRO'S RULB AND THERMO-
DYNAMICS. By Professor WaltbrMbrnst, Ph.D. TraiisUt«d
by Prof. Charlbs Skkblb Palubr, Ph.D., of the UnlTersity of
Colorado. Withad Woodcuts and Two Appendices. Bvo, 15s. not.
A TREATISE ON CHEMISTRY. By Sir H. E.
RoscoB, F.R.S., and the late C. Schorlbmmrr, F R.S.
Vol. I. The Non-Metallic Elemenu. New Edition. Complet«ly
Revised by Sir H. E. Roscoe, assisted bv Drs. H. G. Oolman
and A. Harden. With 374 Illustrations and a Portrait of Daltoa
engraved by C. H. Jeens. 8vo., ais.
Vol. II. Part I. Metals. 185. Vol. II. Part II. Ifetals.
i8s. Vol. III. Organic Chemistry. Parts I., II., IV., and
VI., 211. each. Parts III. and V. i8«. each.
THE RISE AND DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY. By larl boHORLBiCMBR. LL.D., F.K.S. Re-
vised edition. Edited by Arthur Smithrlls, B.Sc. Crown
8vo., ss. net.
ESSAYS IN HISTORICAL CHEMISTRY. By T. B.
Thorpb, F.R.S. Crown 8vo., 81. 6d. net.
HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY FROM THE EARLIEST
TIMES TO THE PRESENT DAY. By Ernest von Meter
Ph.D. Translated by Georqb McGowan, Ph.D. Bvo. 141. net
EXPERIMENTAL PROOFS OF CHEMICAL THEORY
FOR BEGINNERS. By William Ramsay, Ph.D., F.R.S.
Second Edition. Pott 8vo., 2s. 6d.
OUTLINES OF GENERAL CHEMISTRY. By Prof.
WiLHBLM OsTw ALD. Translated by J. Walkcr, D.Sc. Ph.D.
8vo., xos. net.
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY FOR BEGINNERS. By
Sir Hbnry Roscob, F.K.S. Assisted by Jossph Lunt, B.Sc.
Globe 8vo , is. 6d.
LESSONS IN ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY, INOR-
GAMC AND ORGANIC. By Sir H. E. RoscoB, F.R.S.
Sixth Edition, thoroughly Revised. 4s. 64.
A TEXT-BOOK OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. By
Prof. Ira Remsbn. 6va. i6«.
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Bythe,»me. CrownSvo..
6s.6d.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. By the same. CrownSvo.,
6s. 6d.
THE ELEMENTS OF CHEMISTRY. By the same.
New Edition. Fcap. 8vo., 21. 6<<.
PRACTICAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. By Francis
JOHBt, F.R.S.E. It. 6d.
PRACTICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. ByJ.B. Cohek.
Pb.D. u.M.
LESSONS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. P«rt I.
Elementary. By G. S. Turpin, M.A., D.Sc. Globe 8vo., as. 6d,
PRACTICAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. By o. s.
Turpin, M.A., D.Sc. Globe 8vo. HmmediaMy.
A SERIES OF CHEMICAL PROBLEMS, WITH KEY.
By T. fi. Thorp., P.K.S. Mew Edition. Revised by W. Tati.
THE ELEMENTS OF THERMAL CHEMISTRY^ Bt
M. M. Pattison Muir, M.A., F.R.S.E., aisttted by D. If.
Wilson. With a Plate. 8vo., 12s. 6d,
A TEXT-BOOK OF THE PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMIS-
TKY OP IHE ANIMAL BODY, indading an Account of the
Chemical Changes occurring in Disease. By Arthur Gamqbb,
M.D., F.R.S. in two volumes, ivo. i8«. each vol.
MACMILLAN & CO., LONDON.
Crbmical NlWt, I
Action of Nitric Add on certain Salts.
163
THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
Vol. LXXII.. No. 1871.
THB
ACTION OF NITRIC ACID ON CERTAIN SALTS.*
By H. A. AUDBN, B.Sc, and O. J. FOWLBR, If .Sc.
Tbb experinraU here recorded are part of a systematic
iavesiigation into the conditions of stability of the oxides
of aitrogcn. They are by no means complete, hot the re*
tnltt so far obtained appear to be of sufficient interest to
warrant a preliminary notice.
The rea&ioos of nitric oxide have so far alone been
■todied. The gas was prepared by Emrich's method, vix.,
the interaaion of sodiam nitrite, strong sulphuric acid,
and mercury. The mixture was kept in continual agita-
tsoo by a specially contrived stirrer worked by a turbine.
la this way a regular stream of gas is obtained, which
aaa^fsis showed to be of a high degree of purity.
In order to study the adion of nitric oxide upon the
talu seleded, a weighed amount of the salt was placed
in a boat contained in a Lothar Meyer constant tempera-
tore furnace. Bv means of a thermostat, also devised by
Lothar Merer, the temperature can be kept to within one
degree. Temperatures above the range of an ordinary
instrument were measured by means of a high tempera-
tnre thermometer, conitruded by Max Kaehler and
Martini, of Berlin, which would give accurate readings to
over 400^ The salt was heated gradually in a stream of
nitric oxide and the phenomena noted as the tempera*
tore rose ; the salt was weighed at different intervals of
ttmperatoro, so that it was possible to tell at what tem-
perature readion began, and at what point it attained a
Maximum velocity.
So far. oxy-aalts have been chiefly studied. It was
tbooght that by comparing their behaviour under the
above conditions some light might be thrown on their
•lability and thence on their constitution. One or two
oxides were fixed examined, the results agreeing with
those of Sabatier and Senderens, i^,, PbOa forms a basic
nitrate of lead when heated in nitric oxide; the adion
b^ins at a temperature as low as 25^ but does not attain
its maximum till over 130^.
MnOa behaves similsriy, but the change is not so rapid
m» in the case of PbOat probably owing to the smaller
•lability of manganese nitrate. The change is most rapid
at ax6°. In neither case with a peroxide are any but
traces of a nitrite formed.
Silver oxide, however, at any rate if at all moist, yields
a mixture of almost equivalent parts of silver nitrite and
aaecallic silver at the ordinary temperature. At higher
temperatures, with the dry oxide, nitrate and metallic
silver are formed almost entirely.
Silver permanganate begins to be attacked at the or-
dinary temperature, and at 80° the alteration is very
rapid. On analjrsis of the residue it was found to consist
of metallic silver, silver oxide, silver nitrate, and man-
ganese dioxide. Very little, if any, manganese nitrate
was formed.
Potassium permanganate is much more stable than the
•ilver salt. It is not appreciably attacked till over xoo*,
and the increase in weight becomes rapid at igo^. The
imaidoe on moistening was not alkaline, and no man-
ganese could be dissolved out. The potassium is con-
verted into nitrate and the manganese into oxide.
Interesting differences were noted in the behaviour of
• RMd btfor* the BHtiih Asiociatko (SsAion B), Ipiwkb
MMtiag, 1895.
Other silver and potassium salts, notably the chlorates
and iodates.
Potassium chlorate is attacked by nitric oxide at the
ordinary temperature, chlorine being evolved in consider-
able quantitv, and nitric peroxide being formed. The
gaseous produd was condensed in a tube immersed in a
freexing mixture, and the percentage of chlorine in the
brown liquid obtained was determined. It was found to
be much in defisd of that required to form nitiosyl or
nitroxyl chloride, so that the readion does not consist
simply in the formation of an oxy*chloride of nitrogen*
On analysis of the residue in the boat no chloride of
potassium was found to be present. Nitrate was ibnaed*
and also a slight trace of perchlorate. This seems to be
dired proof that in potassium chlorate the potassium and
chlorine are separate.
With barium chlorate a similar readion took place.
With silver chlorate (prepared according to Stas's
method), chlorine was given off, but a considerable
amount of silver chloride was also formed — nearly one-
third of the silver present being found as chloride. This
may be due to a difference in constitution between the
chlorates of silver and of potassium, or to a difference in
stability of the produds of readion. That some difference
of constitution exists between the silver and potassium
salts appears to derive confirmation from the behaviour of
their iodates when treated with nitric oxide.
Potassium iodate, heated to 80P in nitric oxide, begins
to give off iodine, and the readion becomes rapid at
zio^ crystals of iodine condensing on the cool portion of
the tube. No trace of iodide, however, is formed, as
is shown by there being no liberation of iodine on acidi-
fying a solution of the residue after adding some potas-
sium iodate. The residue is not alkaline, the poUssinm
being converted into nitrate, recognised by the evolution
of ammonia when the residue is warmed with sinc-dost
and caustic soda.
Silver iodate, on the other hand, is stable up to a rather
higher temperature than the potassium salt, and when
heated above this temperature, about xio^, no trace of
iodine is given off, but all the silver is converted into
iodide, none being dissolved out b^ water, and the yellow
residue being insoluble in dilute nitric acid.
The perchlorates and periodates which have been ex-
amined show themselves more stable than the corres-
ponding chlorates and iodates.
Potassium perchlorate does not begin to be attacked
till above aoo*. A small quantity of chloride was found
in the residue, but the high temperature (over 300^ em-
ployed mav have induced secondary changes. The potas-
sium for the most part is converted into nitrate, there
being considerable lou of chlorine.
Barium periodate is stable up to aoo*', when iodine is
given off. On heating to 388^ much iodine is given cff,
and barium iodide found in the residue.
Of the salts so far examined, chromates have shown
themselves the most stable, being analogous in this resped
to the sulphates.
Lead chromate was unaltered at a temperators esoeod-
ing4oo*.
Silver chromate did not suffer appreciable change titt
above 300°. Metallic silver was found to be present in
the residue as well as silver nitrate. The chromium was
all converted into the sesquioxide. Some amount of
nitrite of silver was also formed. Silver sulphate is only
slightly attacked at the highest temperature of the
furnace.
It was found in certain cases, #.£., with lead nitrate,
that the intermixture of a decomposable oxide, #.f ., PbOs
or MnOa with the salt caused the latter to be attacked at
a temperature below that at which adion begins with
either the salt or oxide taken separately.
Bxperimenu have also been in progress on the inter-
adion of nitric oxide and various gases, but the lesults
are not yet quite complete enough for publicatioii.
1 64
Data for the True Atomic Weight of Carbon.
\
Chemical h^ws.
THE FORMATION AND PROPERTIES OF A
NEW ORGANIC ACID.*
By HENRY J. HORSTMAN FBNTON, M.A
When tartaric acid is oxidised under certain conditions
in presence of a ferrous salt a substance is produced
which ads as a powerful reducing agent, and which gives
a beautiful violet colour with ferric salts in presence of
alkali. This substance has after considerable difficulty
been isolated, and proves to be a dibasic acid having the
formula C4H4O6.3H2O.
The constitutioo of this acid is now under investiga-
tion.
Heated with hydrogen iodide it gives succinic acid,
racemic acid being an intermediate produd. Bromine in
presence of water oxidises it quantitatively to dioxy-
tartaric acid. Heated with water it is resolved into car-
bon dioxide and glycoUic aldehyd.
Thrs aldehyd has been obtained as a viscid liquid, pure
except for a trace of ether ; and, on removing the latter
by heating in a vacuum, the aldehyd undergoes polymer-
isation, a sweet-tasting solid gum being the result. Ana-
lysis and molecular weight determinations show that this
gummy substance has the formula CfiHxaOe {Journ, Chem,
Soc, 1894, 899 ; X895, 48 and 774).
Further observations have recently been made as to
the conditions under which this new acid may be obtained
from tartaric acid. The presence of a firrous salt is
essential. Ferric, manganous, and various other salts
have been tried with negative results.
If moist ferrous tartrate be exposed to the air for a short
time a certain quantity of the new acid is produced, and
may be indicated by the charaderistic violet colour given
when caustic alkali is added. The effed is much more
intense if the exposure be made out of doors, and the in-
creased result was at first attributed to some constituent
of the fresh air (/.^., hydrogen dioxide ; ozone seems to
be inoperative). But later experiments show conclusively
that light is the cause. Air which has been purified by
passing through potassium iodide and caustic potash
solutions gives an efifed about equal in intensity to that
produced by fresh external air, if the exposure to light is
the same in both cases. That oxygin (or some oxidising
agent) is essential is shown by the fad that exposure in a
vacuum, even to bright sunlight, gives a negative result.
DATA FOR THE ASCERTAINMENT OF THE
TRUE ATOMIC WEIGHT OF CARBON.
By J. ALFRED WANKLYN.
In December, 1893, 1 wrote in the Philosophical Maga*
Mine : —
*'An investigation which has occupied me for the
greater part of the year has yielded the following result.
There is a series of hydrocarbons the successive members
of which rise in molecular weight — notbyCH2 = T4 — but
by i (CH2) = 7. If this result cannot be overturned, the
consequence follows that the atomic weight of carbon
is 6."
The series concerning which I wrote at the close of the
year 2893 ^^^ ^^^ hydrocarbons existing in Russian
kerosene imported into this country. That series would,
according to the prevailing knowledge of the day, be
termed a series which was only imperfedly understood.
Continuing our work, my colleague Cooper and myself
have recently published (Philosophical MagaMine^ August,
Z895) a parallel investigation with a parallel result,
given by a series of hydrocarbons which the knowledge
of thfe day pronounces to be comparatively well explored
* Read before the British association (Sedion B), Ipswich
Meeting, 1S95.
and well understood. The series is the marnr^n aeries,
which is now regarded as the backbone of organic
chemistry.
The paper published last month in the Philosophical
MagaMine contains a concise statement of our work, and
we proceed to quote from it as follows : — ...
The first term of the marsh gas series which figures in
our table is the fifteenth member of that series. In an
admirable paper of Schorlemmer's, published in the
Journal of the Chemical Society for the year 2863, a liquid
is described under the name of hydride of heptyl, which
we believe contained at least 50 per cent of our marsh xv.
(formula CijHx^). Quoting from that paper we find that
a combustion of the liquid gave 83*93 per cent of carbon,
26*13 per cent of hydrogen, and the determination of
vapour density 3*59, which is a figure between that
required for hydride of heptyl and our marsh xv., and
which indeed approaches nearer to that required by
marsh xv. than to the figures required by hydride of
heptyl.
The figures are theoretical V.D. of marsh xv. 333*597 ;
theoretical V.D. of heptyl hydride 3*455. Obviously
therefore the figures obtained by Schorlemmer, 3*59,
agrees better with our view than with that held by him-
self thirty years ago.
As I hold that the only datum given in Schorlemmer's
paper which is valid as a piece of evidence capable of
deciding between the two formulae is the V.D. deter-
mination, I hope I may be pardoned for going over
Schorlemmer's calculation, the correAness of which I
am able to confirm. I make, however, this note, there is
no mention made of the size of the inevitable air-bubble
in the Dumas-determination, and if we suppose that this
air-bubble was of the usual size when the workmanship
is excellent (as Schorlemmer's workmanship always was),
the corredion for the air-bubble would bring Schor-
lemmer's figures very close to marsh xv.
A consideration of all the circumstances of the case
leads me indeed to the belief that Schorlemmer's hydride
of heptyl of the year 1863 consisted mainly of marsh xv.,
mixed with hydride of heptyl.
The main body of Schorlemmer's paper, which I am at
present quoting, is occupied with an account of the
chlorination of the hydrocarbon and the various derivatives
of one of the produds of the cblorinatioa. It is an
admirable piece of chemical workmanship, and deserves
proper appreciation.
There are two classes of readion in organic chemistry,
viz., the complete and the incomplete.
Chlorination of such a body as marsh xv., or heptyl
hydride, is notoriously an incomplete readion. This
fad becomes very apparent in Schorlemmer's account of
the operation. It is impossible to take a quantity of the
hydrocarbon and transform the whole of it, or anything
like the whole of it, into a monochlonde. Only a portion
of the hydrocarbon undergoes chlorination in this opera-
tion and the *' unattacked hydride," as Schorlemmer
says, was distilled off after the termination of the
chlorination. The monochloride was then separated by
fractional distillation from the accompanying di-chloride,
and from the still more highly chlorinated produds which
are the inevitable companions of the mono-chloride as
yielded by the process of chlorinating a hydrocarboo.
The mono-chloride (which is described as a liquid boiling
at 150°) does not appear to have been submitted to
analysis, but was employed in the preparation of the
acetic ether by readion upon acetate of potash. Great
difficulty was experienced in pushing the readion to com-
pleteness, and, furthermore, only a portion of the monc-
chloride underwent transformation into the acetic ether.
The olefine heptylene as well as acetate of heptyl are
described by Schorlemmer as arising from the readiofl
upon acetate of potash.
The acetate of heptyl described by Schorlemmer wai
therefore derived from the original hydrocarbon by two
incomplete readions, and is not a fair representative of
'"SS'^1^7*' ) Formation of Citric Acid by the Oxidation oj Cane-iugar.
165
the whole of the original hydrocarbon. The acetate was
analysed and its analysis agreed with the forroala for
acetate of heptyl. It was also converted into the corres-
ponding alcohol by a process which is known to be com-
plete when applied to the acetate. The alcohol was
also converted in a thoroughly satisfa^ory manner into
the iodide, and both alcohol and iodide were analysed
with good resalts, the iodide especially being beautifully
in agreement with the theory. When these results are
fairly considered they indicate the probability that some
portion of the original hydrocarbon consisted of heptyl-
hydride, but they afford no ground for the conclusion that
the whole or even the greater proportion of it consisted of
that hydride. There is a curious piece of evidence
pointing in the other diredion. The olefine (which
accompanies the acetate of heptyl) was investigated. It
was sealed up with hydriodic acid and heated to the
boiling point of water for twelve hours and converted
Into an iodine compound, which on analysis was found
to contain only 5573 per cent of iodine instead of 56*19
required by the iodide of the heptyl series.
The circumstance that the other iodide gave almost
exadly the theoretical result, viz., 56*18 per cent of
iodine, lends importance to this discrepancy, which
Schorlemmer does not in any way explain.
A by no means unlikely explanation of the discrepancy
is that the iodine compound was a mixture of the deriva-
tive from our marsh xv. with the derivative from hexyl>
hydride.
In criticising this work of Schorlemmer's nothing is
further from my intention than to belittle it. A very
important general U6t is established by it and by the
researches of Cahours and Pelouxe and Carius. That
fad it, that one atom of hydrogen in the marsh gas
series of hydrocarbons is replaceable by chlorine, which
in its turn suffers replacement by other radicals so as to
yield the alcohol, the mercaptan and the various ethers.
Until, however, the chlorination process has been much
improved it cannot be valid as a method of distinguishing
between heptyl-hydride and the fifteenth term of the
marsh gas series.
In due time we exped to exhibit the intermediate
alcohols and their various derivatives, but at present we
have no intention of taking in hand this branch of the
investigation. We are at present engaged with the
physical side of the subjed, and with only such chemical
changes as do not involve the destruAion of the hydro-
carbons.
Inasmuch as the process by which we have been able
to separate the hydrocarbons from one another is
fraAional distillation, we have applied ourselves to the
task of measuring the vapour-tension of the individual
hydrocarbons at different temperatures.
Every chemist knows that the every day operation o^
taking the boiling point of a liquid is in point of fad a
special vapour-tension observation, and that the boiling
point is another name for that point of temperature at
which the tension of the vapour of the liquid is equal to
760 m.m. of mercury, the average pressure of the atmo-
sphere. Instead, therefore, of using a distillatory
apparatus and observing the temperature registered by
the thermometer immersed in the vapour of the liquid
during distillation, we might arrive at the same result
by the employment of the apparatus for measuring the
tension of the vapours evolved by liquids at different
temperatures.
The apparatus which we employ we have ourselves
construded, and one of its peculiar advantages is that by
its aid we are able to ascertain the boiling point of a very
minute quantity of liquid. A single decigramme of a
specimen of liquid is amply sufficient for such determina-
tions.
Our work in this diredion is only just at the com-
mencement, and this map of vapour tensions is a pre-
liminary chart (a chart accompanies the paper), exhibit-
ing part of the curve of tension of eleven consecutive
terms of the kerose series.
The Tmsio-meUr (as we name our new instrument)
has a future rich in promises. In carrying out the
fradionation of a mixture of liquids boiling very near
together, it provides a criterion indicative of the com-
pletion of the fradionating process. When the distilla-
tion has been pushed to complete dryness there will
always be a few drops of residual liquid on allowing the
retort to cool. When the tension of those few drops
approximates to the tension of the original liquid — that
is a sign that the fradionation has reached completeness,
and the Tensio-meter enables that comparison to be
made.
Light on the question whether, in a given instance,
there is specific adhesion between the constituents of a
mixture may be looked for by having recourse to this
instrument, which imparts a degree of certainty and
completeness to the fundamental operation of fradional
distillation which has hitherto been altogether wanting.
In conclusion I exhibit four terms of the marsh gas
series, viz.: —
Marsh xi. formula CnHij
Marsh xv. „ C15HX7
Marsh xvi. „ CxgHis
Marsh xvii. „ Cx7Hiq
In presence of these substances chemists will be com-
pelled to revert to that atomic weight of carbon which
was all but universally admitted forty years ago.
Laboratory, New Maiden, Sorrey.
ON THE FORMATION CM? CITRIC ACID BY
THE OXIDATION OF CANE-SUGAR,
By EDWIN F. HICKS.
Some time ago Dr. Phipson, in the Chbmical Nbws
(vol. Ixxi., p. 296) announced that he had obtained an
acid which he regarded as citric acid, as a result of the
oxidation in the cold of an acidulated (HaS04) solution of
cane-sugar with permanganic acid. After the solution
became clear, it was carefully neutralised with ammonia,
calcium chloride solution was added, and the solution on
boiling gave the precipitate which was described as con-
taining citric acid.
Soon after this announcement, Messrs. Searle and
Tankard repeated Dr. Phipson's work with great care
(Chemical News, Ixxii., 31), and although they obtained
a precipitate on neutralising, adding calcium chloride and
boiling, it did not in any way resemble calcium citrate.
On the contrary, this precipitate was proved, by analysis
and microscopical examination, to consist in every case
of hydrated calcium sulphate, CaS04.aH20. Further,
when nitric acid was used for the acidulation in place of
sulphuric, no precipitate was obtained on treating and
boiling the solution as before.
Previously to the work of Searle and Tankard I had
done some few experiments according to the direAions
given in Phipson's note. Owing to lack of time my
results obtained then were not eoodusive as to the nature
of the precipitate, except that I could not confirm it at
being calcium citrate according to any of the ordinary
tests for citric acid.
Recently, having more time at my disposal, I again
undertook to repeat the experiments, following out the
diredions given by Dr. Phipson as exadly as possibloi
but varying the conditions in order to note any difference
in the course of the readion with different relative
amounts of acid and permanganate, as well as the con-
centration of the solution. My results in every way
corroborate those anticipated by me in the work of Searle
and Tankard.
The results of my experiments may be briefly sum-
166
Determination oj Boric Acid.
I CatHtCAt News,
1 oa. 4f 1895.
marised. When the solution contains a greater quantity
of H^04 than z to zoo, precipitation takes place on
standing in the cold ; and for eqnal concentration and
permanganate added, is greater the more acid present.
On filtering and boiling further precipitation takes place.
When the amount of acid present is less than z to zoo,
no precipitation takes place in the cold, but on boiling a
finely crystalline white precipitate is formed, its relative
amount bearing the same relation to the amount of acid
present as in the first case. On adding alcohol to the
filtrates from these precipitates a further precipitate is
thrown down. All the precipitates obtained were
thoroughly washed with boiling water.
One description will suffice for all, whether obtained by
precipitation in the cold, after boiling, or on treating the
filtrates with alcohol. In every case they consisted
entirely of pure hydrated calcium sulphate, CaS04.2HaO.
No trace of any organic acid was found. All the pre-
cipitates were finely crystallised and easily identified with
the microscope, which was supplemented by obtaining
the confirmative chemical tests.
I also used a nitric acid solution and obtained results
identical with those described by Searle and Tankard
{he. eit.).
In conclusion, it would seem that this work, although
iBXftly a repetition, is not altogether out of place, as Dr.
Phipson in a second note (Chbmical Nbws, vol. Ixxii.,
zoo), not having repeated his experiments, seems to
doubt the conclusions, and has pointed out certain possible
errors of conditions in the work of the two chemists
mentioned above.
I think my work has completely covered these con-
ditions, and can leave no doubt as to the composition of
the precipitate, and has further shown that it is obviously
futile to look for the formation of citric acid, unless other
conditions than those specified are admitted.
$tt Beaver Street, New York City.
September 16, 1895.
ON THB
VOLUMETRIC DETERMINATION OF METALS.
By M. LBSCCEUR.
L. Barthb has recently given a process for determining
the free acid and the metal in a salt of zinc containing
acid in excess. To this end he uses a normal alkali and
two indicators, phenolphthalein and the colouring matter
of the red hollyhock. He ascribes to the precipitate
formed by the alkaline solution in the salt of xinc at the
moment when the phenolphthalein turns of a rose colour
the composition of a basic salt, (ZnO)4S04Zn. Hence it
is necessary to multiply the number of c.c. of the normal
solution of potassa by f in order to calculate the metal in
the manner usual in volumetry.
For several years I have employed for the volumetric
determination of metals in salts in presence of an excess
of acid a method almost identical with that of Barthe. As
an indicator I use simultaneously methyl-orange (Orange
No. 1 1 1, of Poirrier) and phenolphthalein. The former indi-
cating by its gooseberry tint the presence of a free acid,
and looming decolourised by the addition of alkali at the
exaA moment when neutrality is reached; the second in-
dicating the moment when free potassa exists in the
mixture, and showing by its change the end of the pre-
cipitation. As for sine, I have not observed the forma-
tion of a sub-salt. Analysis shows that the produd col-
leAed at the moment of the change of colour of the
phenolphthalein, after washing and desiccation, is xinc
oxide. Perhaps the washings efieAed after precipitation
have destroyed the basic salt ?
The following experiment shows that this is not the
case, and destroys the hypothesis of Barthe :—
One grm. of commercial zinc sulphate, titrated with
normal soda (caustic), required 6 c.c. of the solution to
turn the colour of the phenolphthalein (a result corre-
sponding only to o*86z grm. of ZnS04.7HaO). The pre-
cipitate is coUeAed upon a filter, washed with boiling
water, and re-dissolved in hydrochloric acid. But on the
one hand, the washings do not contain Mine, and on the
other hand, thi hydrochloric solution docs not contain sul^
phuric acid.
The precipitate is therefore xinc oxide free from sul-
phate. The method is only rendered more simple, no
corredion beine necessary, and the normal solutions of
soda and xinc being volumetrically equivalent.— B«/l« d$
la Soc, Chim, de Paris,
ON THE DETERMINATION OF BORIC ACID.
By H. JAY and M . DUPASQUIER.
Amonq all the procedures for determining boric acid, that
with methylic acid is the most trustworthy, as it enables
us to isolate with accuracy the total produd to be deter-
mined. The modification which we have introduced into
this method, which consists in the manner of distillation,
and the peculiarity of the titration, enables us to apply it
in all cases, which was not pradicable with the opera-
tion as hitherto described.
The substance in question, dried and pulverised, after
being freed from any organic matter, is acidulated with
hydrochloric or sulphuric acid in very small excess, intro-
duced, along with 2$ to 30 c.c. of methylic alcohol, into a
flask fitted with a cork having two perforations. One of
these orifices admits a perpendicular tube bent at its
lower end, descending almost to the bottom of the flask
and traversing a refrigeratory at its upper part. The
other orifice admits a delivery-tube leading into a second
flask, like the former, and plunging to the bottom. A
second delivery-tube, sealed to the perpendicular tube,
enters the second flask, which before the commencement
of the operation receives z, a, or 3 c.c. of a normal solu-
tion of potassa or soda (freed from carbonic acid), accord-
ing to the supposed quantity of boric acid, and having
always an excess of alkali.
The two flasks, when conneAed, are heated separately io
the water- bath. The methylic alcohol conveys the boric
acid from the first flask to the second, in which it is re-
tained by the alkalis, finding its way into the refrigerator
to re-descend again, effeaing in a continuous manner the
complete extradion even of large proportions of the boric
acid. The time consumed by the operation is variable,
but for 300 m.grms. it does not exceed ninety minutes.
After having experimented with various indicators, we
prefer litmus paper and the blue C. L. B., the latter
already indicated by Engel.
The alkaline liquid containing the boric acid is gently
heated so as to expel the methylic alcohol and to be con-
centrated to a constant volume; it is then rendered
slightly acid by means of a few drops of dilute hydro-
chloric acid, warmed afresh to volatilise any traces of
carbonic acid which have been introduced during the dis-
tillation. We cool to Z5~20^ and titrate with a deci-
normal solution of potassa or soda free from carbonic
acid until a small drop placed upon litmus paper is found
neutral. Then follows the titration of the boric acid. We
add to the liquid two drops of an aqueous solution of blue
C.L.B., at zo grms. per litre, and pour anew the titrated
liquid until the first change of tint. The quantity of
liquid employed, after dedu&ng o*a c.c. or 0*3 cc, ac-
cording to volume, indicates exadly the proportion of
boric acid present.
The conditions necessary for obtaining exad results are
uniform volumes and constant temperatures, as also the
elimination of the carbonic acid and of methylic alcohol.
In a series of experiments on wines to which known
quantities of boric acid had been added along with, in
some cases, hydrochloric acid and fluorine compounds,
C«IMlC4t NBWt^f
Oa. 4* ■895- I
Report of Committee on Atomic Weights.
167
the aathors found that hydrofluoric acid alone effeaed a
slight excess of the proportion introduced, and falsified
the results to that extent. But they believe that this
slight excess may be negle^ed in pradice. The process
has been further verified upon wines of different growths,
apon ciders, perries, and wines. — Comptes Rendus^ cxxi.,
p. 260.
REPORT OF COMMITTEE ON ATOMIC
WEIGHTS, PUBLISHED DURING 1894.*
By P. W. CLARKE.
(Continaed from p. 137)*
Palladium.
In Z889 Keiser published his determinations of the atomic
weight of palladium, for which, since then, other investi-
gators have found somewhat different values. He has
now, jointly with May B. Breed, given a new set of deter-
minations, which confirm his former series (i4m.CAtfffi.y.,
xvi., 20). As before, palladi ammonium chloride was re-
duced in hydrogen, the salt being prepared by two
methods and carefully examined as to purity. Two series
of experiments are given, with the following weights of
material :«
First Striis,
Pd(lf H.CI),. Pd. Al. wt. Pd.
1*60842 0-80997 106-271
208295 1*04920 X06-325
2-02440 1*01975 106 334
2*54810 1-28360 106-342
^•75505 0-88410 106*341
From sum of weights • • Z06-325
Reduced to vacuum • • X06-246
Sicond Sifiis.
i-5oa75
1-23672
I-34470
1-49059
067739
075095
106*297
X06-296
J06-343
106*353
From sum of weights • • 106-322
Reduced to vacuum • • 106-245
The atomic weight was computed with H ■■ i, N « 14*01,
and Cla35*37. If O* 16 this becomes Pda 106*51. This
U onljr 0-02 lets than the value obtained in the earlier
investigation.
TUNOSTBN.
A new determination of the atomic weight of tungsten,
by Pennington and Smith (read before the American
Philosophical Society, Nov. 2, 1894), leads to a much
higher value than that commonly accepted. The older
work seems very probably to have been done upon material
cootaminated with molybdenum, an impurity which was
eliminated in this investigation by Debray's method,-—
that is, by volatilisation bv means of gaseous hydrochloric
acid. The metal, carefully purified, was oxidised in
porcelain crucibles, with all necessary precautions, and
the following data are given : —
Wt. W. Wi. o,. At. wt. W.
0*862871 0*223952 184-942
0-650700 0-Z68900 184*923
0*557^54 0-155 143 184909
0*060820 0-173 103 184-902
0*428228 o* z I X 1 68 184*900
0*671920 0*174406 184*925
0*590220 0153x93 184*933
0*568654 0x47588 184*943
1-080973 0*280600 184-913
Mean • . 184-921
* From the Journal of the American Chemical Society, vol. ivii..
No. 3. Read at ths Box too IfectioK. Dec. 28, 1894.
All weights are reduced to a vacuum, and Oai6 is
taken as the standard of reference.
Another paper, by Smith and Desi, was read at the
same meeting with that just cited. In this research, the
tungstic oxide was purified in the same way, and reduced
by heating in a stream of pure hydrogen. The water
formed was weighed, and all weights reduced to a vacuum.
Computed with Oaz6and H« 1*008, the results are as
follows : —
Atwt. W.
X84-683
184-709
X84-749
184*678
184704
Z84-706
Mean • • 184-704
Why this result should be lower than that previously
found by Pennington and Smith remains to be explained
(To be continued).
Wt. wo,.
Wt. H,0.
0-983024
0-22834
0-998424
0-23x89
1*008074
0-23409
0-911974
0*21 184
0*997974
0-23x79
1-007024
023389
ON THE VAPOUR-TENSIONS OF MIXTURES
OF VOLATILE LIQUIDS/
By C. E. LINBBARGBR.
Introductory,
The investigation of the elastic forces or tensions of
vapours emitted by a solution of a fixed substance in a
volatile liquid has received much attention, especially
within recent years. The impetus for investigations of
this kind is, in a great measure, due to the new notions
that have been introduced into science in regard to the
nature of solutions. The possibility of ascertaining the
molecular mass of a substance from a determination of
the amount of the depression of the vapour*tension of a
liquid, occasioned bv its being dissolved therein in knowa
proportions, has induced chemists to study carefully this
field of scientific inquiry, which it may truly be said bat
been gone over very elaborately.
In the greater part of the work that has been done,
both theoretical and experimental, it has been assumed
that the dissolved substance is not appreciably present in
the gaseous state, and but sparingly present in the liquid
state ; in other words, the dissolved substance is supposed
to be involatile, and the solutions are made dilute.
Now, absolute involatility in any body whatsoever
cannot be afiSrmed ; there must always be, at every tern*
perature, some degree of power of assuming the gaseous
state, although it mav be so slight as to be imperceptible
to our senses. Still, for all pradical purposes, the
assumption of non-volatility in many substances can be
admitted, as our means of experimentation are not
sufficiently delicate to deteA any small amount of
volatility.
Although so much has been done on the vapour-tensions
of solutions of fixed substances in volatile liquids, com-
paratively little attention has been paid to the study of
the vapour-tentions of mixtures of the volatile liquids ;
yet this is the general case, of which the restriaion that
the dissolved substance be fixed makes only a special
application. It must, indeed, be allowed that the con-
sideration of a mixture of vapours, instead of a single one,
introduces certain complications into the problem ; and
this is, perhaps, just the reason so little work has been
done on this part of the subjea ; still difficulties of this
sort are probably not uniurmountable.
The limitations of work on vapour-tensions to dilute or,
at most, moderately concentrated solutions cannot bo
• Abridmd from the Joufmal of tk$ Amritun Chimicai Soctety.
vol. XTii., No. 8, Angnst, 189s.
i68
Vapour-tensions of Mixtures of Volatile Liquids.
{ Chimicai. Niws,
1 Oa. 4. X895.
said to be satisfadory. True, the theory of solutions has
been developed on the hypotheses that dtssolyed matter,
in analogy with gaseous matter, is in a state of con-
iiderable dilution; and experimental confirmations of
theoretical predidions can be expeded only when such a
state of affairs is realised. Nothwithstanding that cir-
cumstance, it seems of importance to extend our line of
operations and attack the problems presented by con-
centrated solutions ; perhaps they will be found to exhibit
fewer anomalies than has been supposed.
There are two circumstances which render work that
has hitherto been done on the vapour tensions of mixtures
of volatile liquids of all concentrations unsatisfadory ;
they are to be found in the choice of the liquids investi-
gated, and the kinds of vapour- tension measured. The
liquids chosen were almost invariably those which are
now recognised to be made up of associated molecules ;
thev are just those which exhibit the greatest abnor-
malities in resped to most of their properties, and it
cannot be cxpeAed that simple relations, if they exist at
all, will be discovered when such liquids are used as
material of investigation. All investigators also, almost
without exception, have measured only the total pressure
of the mixtures of liquids examined, which is the sum of
the partial pressures, these, however, being entirely
unknown. But more important is it to know the share
which each vapour has in the exerting of the total
pressure, and only when this is learned can our knowledge
of the matter be said to be in any adequate measure
complete.
This paper seeks to fill in some degree this gap in the
tubjed^ of vapour-tensions. The method employed is
such as to permit of the specification of the partial
pressures of a mixture's components, and also of their
concentrations in the gaseous phase. The choice of the
liquids has been made with an eye towards employing
those which have been found to be most ** normal,'* so
that in the examination of more complex liquids, that is,
those consisting of associated molecules, the simplicity
to be expeded in the phenomena of the former may aid
us in getting some light on the possible intricacies of the
latter. All the mixtures examined are freely soluble in
one another, so that no disturbing influence from layer-
formation can take place.
In reality, we have before us a case of equilibrium ; the
equilibrating system consists of two substances, each
present in two phases, the liquid and gaseous. We have
to ascertain at the points of equilibrium the temperature,
the partial pressures of the two substances in gaseous
phase, and their concentration in both liquid and gaseous
phase.
Description of Apparatus,
It is of prime importance in the determination of vapour-
tensions that the temperature be kept uniform ; accord-
ingly I describe, first of all, the apparatus employed for
that purpose.
Thtrmostat, ^Thit consisted of a cylindrical copper
vessel holding nearly forty litres of water. It was heated
by means of a ring burner ; the pressure of the gas was
kept constant by means of a pressure-regulator, and a
thermo-regulator as described by Ostwald {Ztschr, Phys,
Ckim,, ii., 565, x888), controlled by combustion of the
gas. To insure uniformity of temperature in all parts of
the bath, the water was kept in constant agitation by
means of a number of fine streams of air blown np through
it, the laboratory being provided with air under pressure.
Such a means of agitation gives very satisfadory results ;
it takes up but very little room, and permits of the exami-
nation of the pieces of apparatus plunged in the water by
shutting off for a few seconds the flow of the air.
The temperature of the bath remained constant to
within 005° during an experiment; the thermometer
employed was one graduated to tenths of degrees, and
had recently been tested by the '* Physikalische Reichsan-
stalt'* of Berlin.
The apparatus consisted of three principal parts, each
made up from material easily found in almost every
chemical laboratory. The first part consists of those
pieces required to measure a dennite volume of air, to
compress it enough to force it through the apparatus, and
to dry it thoroughly ; the second part is the contrivance
for saturating the volume of air with the vapour of the
liquid under examination ; and the third is the arrange-
ment for the analysis of the gaseous mixture.
First Principal Part of Apparatus, — This consists of a
measuring vessel, a vessel for regulating the internal
pressure, a manometer, and a system of drying tubes. I
pass to the description of each.
The Measuring Vessel consists of an ordinary bottle of
a capacity varying from one to three litres, according as
it is required to employ a larger or a smaller volume of
air ; the height of the bottle should be such that only the
neck is above the water; in its neck is fitted a good
rubber stopper through which passes one branch of a
T tube. This branch of the T tuoe is made of tubing of
about a quarter inch bore, and is about eight inches long,
while the other branch has only half this bore, with a
length of about 3 inches. The wider branch of the tube is
pushed through the stopper so that its lower edge is just
flush with that of the rubber, and care is taken that this
adjustment is in every experiment maintained, as well as
that the stopper is always inserted to the same distance
in the neck of the measuring vessel. In the upper end of
the wider branch of the T tube is inserted (an air-tight
joint being assured by the use of rubber tubing) a tube
somewhat drawn out and narrowed at its lower end, and
provided with a stop-cock at its upper end. The end of
the lower part must be about a half inch above level of
the stop of the measuring vessel, and the upper end is
put, by means of a piece of rubber tubing, in communica-
tion with a water supply at constant level about a yard
above the thermostat. If the stop-cock be opened water
will flow into the vessel, and displace the air therein con-
tained which escapes through the side branch, which,
being in the middle of the vertical branch, is an inch or
so above the orifice of the tube introducing the water.
Sufficient mercury is poured into the vessel to make it
sit firmly on the floor of the thermostat. The residual
volume of the vessel is carefully determined by pouring
into it from graduated vessels, enough water to fill it up
to the level with the upper surface of the stopper. If the
adjustment of the stopper and the tubes be always the
same, duplicate determinations of the capacity do not
differ by more than one-half c.c If the same volume of
mercury always be taken, the volume of water will repre-
sent the volume of air passed through a liquid or mixture
of li(^uids undergoing investigation in all determinations.
It IS superfluous to make corredions for the expansion
of the mercury and the glass when determinations of
vapour-tensions are made at higher temperatures, as the
error of the estimation of the capacity exceeds the
amount of the corredions.
The Pressure Regulator consists of a bottle of any con-
venient size, provided with enough mercury to make it
stand steadily under water, and fitted with a twice per-
forated rubber stopper. Through one of the holes of the
stopper passes a tube nearly to the level of the mercury
and furnished with a stopcock at its upper end; this
tube is conneded by means of rubber tubing with the same
water source as the measuring vessel. In the other hole
is fitted a T-tube, of which one of the horizontal branches
is conneded by means of a bit of stout rubber with the
narrower branch of the T*tube belonging to the measuring
vessel, while the other is attached by rubber tubing to
the other parts of the apparatus. If water be run into
the bottle serving as pressure regulator, the air in it is
compressed until it can force itself through the liquid
with the vapour of which it is to be saturated.
The Manometer is intended to measure the amount of
this compression or the internal pressure ; it is made of
ordinary glass tubing bent into (j-shape, with the branches
CatmcAL Ntwi, I
oa. 4. X895. r
Vapour-tensions of Mixtures of Volatile Liquids.
169
about two feet long. It may be put between the meas-
uring vessel and the pressure regulator, or between the
drying tubes and the latter ; I have found it most con-
venient, however, to melt it into the vertical branch of
the T-tube of the measuring vessel just opposite the
horisontal branch, as shown in Fig. i. The manometric
liquid is water, and the differences of the heights of the
liquid columns of the two branches, is read to a milli-
metre by means of a metric rule ; the readings are then
easily exaA to a tenth m.m. of mercury.
Th4 Drying Tubtsctm, of course, be of various shapes
and filled with various drying agents. Liquids, such as
strong sulphuric acid, must be rejeded, however, as they
increase the Internal pressure, and often cause an irregu-
larity in the flow of the gas. I found tl-^ubes to be the
best shape, and grains of pumice stone, soaked in con-
centrated sulphuric acid, the best drying ag^nt ; a length
of at least 60 cm. is to be taken, and the pumice must
= jj»-* AMf af, M^jml^tk
Fig. I.
be changed often. When it becomes necessary, in work
on acid solutions, to remove the carbon dioxide from the
air, an additional tube filled with soda-lime is taken. At
the end of the last U tube, a mercury valve is attached to
prevent the backward diffusion of the vapours ; this is of
the smallest siae convenient, and the delivery-tube dipping
into the mercury of capillary dimensions.
Sicond Principal Part of ApfaratMs,^Th'\% is the
absorption vessel, which may consist of a simple potash
bulb according to Mohr. I found it better, however, to
add two more bulbs, making five small and two large
ones. As liquids which dissolve rubber somewhat were
often introduced into the apparatus, and as it was neces-
sary to let it stand some time before weighing, the outlet
and inlet tubes were provided with tiny ground glass
stoppers. At first the bulbs were shut up in a copper
case set in the thermostat ; the case had holes in its sides,
below the surface of the water, for the condnaion and
abduAion of air, platinum capillaries and ground glass
caps being employed to make the connedioos. This
arrangement was not, however, found satisfa^ory, since
one was never sure, air being such a bad condudor of
heat, that the contents of the bulbs had the same tern*
perature as that of the bath. Also, the platinum tubes
proved to be very delicate, breaking readily if bent often,
which was inevitable. It was accordingly found best to
plunge the absorption vessel diredly into the water of
the bath, connexion with the system of drying tubes
being made with a bit of stout rubber tubing of small
bore. When the vessel was removed from the water it
was carefully wiped dry and set in the balance case, the
atmosphere of which was kept dry by means of con-
centrated sulphuric acid.
Third Principal Part 0/ Apparatus, ^In order to analyse
the mixture of vapour issuing from the absorption vessel
two modifications of this part of the apparatus are
required— one to be employed when the gaseous mixture
contains a halogen compound of carbon, and the other
when it contains an acid. In the first, the compound was
decomposed by heated lime, and, in the second, the acid
was absorbed by a solution of potash or baryta. In the
following lines a description of each is given.
X. The outlet tube of the absorption apparatus is fitted
by means of a good cork into one branch of a (J-^^^ of
rather thick glass; this branch is bent at right angles at
about the middle of its length, while the other branch is
left straight. The latter branch is held clamped to a
heavy, and hence steady, retort-stand set beside the
thermostat, and is conne^ed by means of a narrow lead
tube to a tube of hard glass placed in the gutter of a
combustion furnace. In the further end of the hard
glass tube, a Maquenne absorption apparatus, containing
a little dilute nitric acid, is inserted, the connexion being
made with a rubber stopper ; this outlet of the absorption
apparatus is in communication with a suAion pump, and
in the rubber tube making this conneAion a T-tQl>c **
interposed, over the open end of which is slipped a piece
of rubber tubing long enough to reach to the thermostat.
When this tube is open, the interior of the apparatus, up
to the liquid in the absorption vessel, is under atmo-
spheric pressure ; if it be pinched together a little so as
to prevent enough air to feed the sudion pump from
entering, the pressure in the apparatus may be made lesa
than that of the atmosphere; by this little device it is
possible to regulate the pressure with great nicety.
2. This analjrsing apparatus consists simply ol a potash
bulb, according to Liebig, made ol thick glass; one
branch is flared out to receive the outlet tube of the
absorption vessel, and the other is straight so at to glide
up and down in a clamp of a retort-stand.
The pieces of apparatus just mentioned will receive
complementary description in the diredions for perform-
ing experiments.
Perjormanci of an Experiment when the Mixture con-
tains an Organic Halogen or Sulphur Compound. — ^The
hard glass tube (about 80 cm. long) is filled with lime or
sodium carbonate just as in a determination of halogens
in organic analysis, joined to the lead tubing which
establishes communication with the U*^ubes held in a .
clamp just above the surface of the water in the thermo-
stat, and placed in the furnace. The gas is now lighted
and the tube with its contents heated up to a red heat,
while a current of dried air is passed through it to remove
all moisture.
The measuring vessel, the pressure regulator, and the
system of drying tubes are joined air-tight together, and
so set in the thermostat that as much room as possible
is left for the absorption vessel.
The absorption vessel is filled with the liquid or solu-
tion under examination, a few bubbles of air drawn
through so as to get the liquid beforehand in the right
position, and carefully weighed. It is then conne^ed
with the U-tube (of course, no air is now being passed
through the analysing tube}, and after a couple of
170
The late Louis Pasteur.
i CRBM ICAL, NbWS,
\ Oa.4,i89S*
minutei of half-Bubmertion in the bath, it is attached to
the system of drying-tubes. It is now wholly submerged
in the bath and air is made to pass through it as fol-
lows :—
The stopcock of the pressure- bottle is opened so that
water majf be run in slowly and, by compression of the
air, gradually increase the internal pressure. As soon as
bubbieB of air commence to pass out of the absorption
vessel, the stopcock of the pressure-regulator is closed,
and that of the measuring vessel opened. The water
issues in drops or a fine stream in full sight of the
operator, and its rapidity of flow can be very easily regu-
lated. Experience has taught me that about a litre an
hour was aoout the best rate ; after a brief acquaintance
with the apparatus, it is possible to judge very closely
from the rate of the flow how long it will take for the
measuring vessel to become filled. While the operation
is proceeding, the height of the manometric column is
read off at several different times ; if the rate of flow is
constant this does not vary by more than i or 2 m.m.
of water, or less than one-tenth m.m. of mercury.
The barometer is also read off at the beginning and at
the end of the experiment ; in all my determinations, the
difference of the two readings was less than one m.m. of
mercury.
A minute or so before the measuring vessel is full, the
absorption*bnlbs are lifted out of the water enough to bring
the end-tubes about 2 inches above the surface, and there,
together with the joining tube on one side and the cork
and end of U*tube on the other, are carefully dried with
filter-paper. When the water in the measuring flask has
reached the mark on the T-tube (level of cork), the absorp-
tion vessel is detached from the drying-tubes, and the
little glass stopper fitted into its inlet tube. Immediately
after this operation the connexion between the absort)tion
vessel and the lj*tube is broken, and as soon as this is
done a perforated cork, through which passes a narrow
glass tube so bent at right angles that a long vertical
branch is obtained, is fitted into the U-tube, its objed
being to prevent the escape by diffusion of any portion of
vapour contained in the (l-tube. A current of air is now
drawn through the tubes, slow at first to avoid causing
too much vapour to pass over upon the heated lime all
at once, as, if there be a deficit of air, the combustion is
incomplete, and free carbon colleds in the cooler portion
of the tubes ; in a well-conduded experiment, the lime
should remain perfeAIy white. Towards the end of the
determination, a more rapid stream of air is drawn through
the apparatus, so that one may be sure that all the halo-
gen compound has been brought into contad in the de-
composing agent. If any free carbon collets in the tube,
or if the dilute nitric acid in the Maquenne absorption-
bulb shows on the addition of silver nitrate the slightest
trace of cloudiness, the determination ought to be rejeAed
as untrustworthy.
The absorption vessel, as soon as possible after its re-
moval from the water in the thermostat, should be closed
with the second tiny stopper, wiped dry, and set in the
balance case, where it takes on the temperature of the
room. When this is thought to have taken place, it is
weighed, and the loss of weight set down as the eva-
porated quantity of solution. When the furnace has
cooled down the lime tube is removed, and its contents
washed out with water and nitric acid into a flask, which
is set over a flame and boiled until complete solution
ensues, more nitric acid being added if necessary. If
more than a half grm. of the halogen compound has eva-
porated, the solution is brought to a certain volume and
an aliquot portion of it taken for analysis.
Most of the analyses were made by the gravimetric
method of determination of halogens by precipiution
with silver nitrate; some, also, were analysed volume-
trically, Volhard's method being employed.
Pifformanci of an Bxfttiwunt wkin iki Mixture con-
taini an Acid.^ht absorption vessel is filled with the
mixlara being investigated, and weighed as described
above. It is then joined by means of a good cork to the
analysing apparatus, into which are run from a pipette
10 c.c. of a stock solution of potash or baryta ; the
pipette being provided with a straight calcium chloride
tube filled with soda-lime, all contamination from the
carbonic acid of the breath is avoided. The alkaline
liquor is of such strength that it is more than sufficient
to neutralise the vapourised acid. The further end of the
analysing arrangement is closed with a U-tube filled with
soda-lime, so that the alkaline solution may be in contaA
with an atmosphere free from carbon dioxide.
The two pieces of apparatus thus filled and joined to-
gether are submerged in the water of the thermostat, the
whole being held in place with a clamp embracing the
upright tube of the analysing contrivance and attached
to a heavy retort stand. The other end of the absorption
vessel is then placed in communication with the drying
tubes, &c., by means of a short bit of stout rubber tubing.
The internal pressure is regulated and the air passed
just as described in the preceding sedion, note being
taken of the amount of internal pressure, the volume of
the air, and the barometric height. A slight corredion
has to be made to the barometric reading for the following
reason :— After the air passes the liquidcontained in the
absorption vessel, and comes into the analysing tube, it is
under a pressure equal to that of the atmosphere plus
that due to the weight of a column of liquid corresponding
to the difference of level between the two surfaces of the
alkaline solution ; this, in my apparatus, was determined
to be equal to i m.m. of mercury, which was added to all
barometric readings.
When the measured volume of air has passed through
the apparatus, the stopcock, through which water enters
into the measuring vessel, is closed, the absorption and
analysing vessels are lifted nearly out of water, and after
the joint between the absorption vessel and the system of
drying tubes has been wiped dry, it is broken. Both the
pieces of apparatus are wiped dry with bibulous paper,
and agitated somewhat so that any acid vapours m the
bulbs may be brought in contad with and absorbed by
the alkaline liquor.
The pieces are then disconneAed, the absorption vessel
stoppered and set in the balance-case, while the contents
of the analysing vessel are poured into a beaker, rinsing
being done with water free from carbon dioxide. Without
delay, the excess of alkali is estimated by titration
against decinormal acid solution, and by a simple calcu-
lation the quantity of evaporated acid is obtained.
(TobecoDtinoed).
OBITUARY.
THE LATE LOUIS PASTEUR.
On September 29th Science, and especially the science of
France, underwent a severe loss in the person of Louis
Pasteur, one of the most successful students of that world
of wonders, *' the infinitely little.*' In our brief notice of
the illustrious deceased we must first point out that he
was not a medical praditioner, not even in the strid sense
of the word a biologist. He was essentially a chemist —
of course, in the French and German acceptation of the
term. His earliest scientific studies and his first dis*
coveries were on chemical questions. His scientific
education was developed at the Ecole Normale, an insti-
tution which permits and even encourages individual
effort He observed for the first time the charaderistic
difference between tartaric and paratartaric acid, the crys-
tals of the former having no plane of symmetry in common
with those of the latter. He separated the double sodium
and ammonium paratartrate into two salts having an in-
verse aaion on the plane of polarisation of light. The
welcome which this capital discovery received from Biot
ChbmicalKiws»\
Oa. 4f 1895. I
Genesis of the Elements.
171
and other leading AcademicianB won for Paateur the
position of Assiatamt Professor of Chemistry at the Uni-
versity of Strashurg. His researches now led him to the
coodnsion that ail the produds of inorganic nature are
not dissymmetrical, while vegetable and animal prodads
are atomically dissymmetrical. In this charaderistic he
hoped to find the key to the problem of animating inor-
ganic matter. He discovered a connedion between the
researches of chemistry and crystallographic physics, and
the dawning results of physiological chemistiy. His at-
tention was now turned to the study of fermentation. He
was nominated Dean of the Faculty of Sciences at Lille.
As the distrid is largely interested in the manufadure of
alcohol, he resolved to devote a course of ledures to the
study of fermentation. He soon recognised the influence
of the presence of a living organism. This view involved
him in a controversy with Liebig, which ultimately ter-
minated in the recognition of the new theory which was
found applicable in the manufadure of vinegar. Liebig,
it must be added, declined Pasteur's challenge to submit
the question to an experimental investigation before an
Academic Commission.
Next arose the question of spontaneous generation.
Redi, Spallanzani, and Swammerdam denied the possi-
bility of this alleged process. Aristotle, Buffbn, and
Pouchet affirmed it. It became the duty of Pasteur to
take a decisive part in the contest. He had just been
entrusted with the scientific studies at the Ecole Normale.
But he had no laboratory, and had to furnish one at his
own expense in a garret at the Ecole Normale 1 At last
Pouchet and Jolv, his opponents, withdrew from the con-
test. It must be remembered that the cause of spon-
taneous generation — heterogeny—sufiered severely from
the experiments of Tyndall.
The importance of Patsteor's researches has since been
extending. They have thrown a new light on the manu-
fadure of wine and beer, and on the propagation of
disease, both in man and in the lower animals. At the
present time we are on the point of recognising in a
development of Pasteur's researches, a means of confer-
ring on man immunity against malaria and against the
bites of the most deadly serpents.
Surely we may pronounce the life-work of Louis
Pasteur glorious, alike from the point of view of pure
science, and that of pradical utility ; glorious to himself
and to his country.
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
Die QiMsis dit BUmente von William Crookes. Bin
Voftrag gehalUn in dit *' Royal InBtitution " mu London,
am i^in Fibruar, 1887. ('* The Genesis of the Ele-
ments, by William Crookes : a Discourse delivered at
the Royal Institution of London, on February z8th^
1887.") Brunswick : Friedrich Vieweg and Son. 2895,
Wb have before us the second edition of the German
version of Mr. Crookes*s Discourse on the " Genesis of
the Elements.''
The translation is from the pen of Prof. Dr. W. Preyer,
who is not merely a thorough English scholar, but whose
researches have been to a considerable extent devoted to
kindred subjeds. Hence he has been able and willing to
present to the German scientific public the views of Mr.
Crookes not only accuraUly but fairly.
This double qualification is no mere tautology. Just
as an orator can lead his hearers astray without ever
being guilty of technical falsehood, so a writer in trans-
ferring profound scientific speculations into a foreign
tongue may discredit them without laying himself open
to the charge of inaccuracy. The author, without ac-
cepting the views of Mr. Crookes as a creed outside of
which there is no salvation, admits that the pidure which
he has drawn of the development of the chemical ele-
ments is worthy of the highest attention. He considers
that " whatever objedion the physicist may take, there
is, from a purely chemical point of view, in the chain of
thought neither a chasm nor a sin against recognised
fads." He tells us, in his Preface, that *' there is pro-
bably no single living chemist who, #. g,, assumes that
e.g. cerium and lanthanum have always existed in the
quantity now present." It appears to him quite inad-
missible that each of the several elements of the earth's
crust must have existed at all times in exadly the present
quantities. ** Hence elementary mutations of matter
must have occurred, or must still occur, in regions of the
universe other than the small cold crust of our earth,
mutations by which new elements have arisen and may
arise from simpler materials."
We cannot, however, help pointing out that both Mr.
Crookes in his original discourse (p. a, line 3) and Prof.
Preyer seem to assume— the former overtly and the latter
by implication — that Prof. Mendeleeff recognises the
evolutionary origin of the elements.
Prof. Preyer contends further, in his Preface, that even
if the entire cosmogonic hypothesis of condensation,
rendered probable by Kant and Laplace, is superseded by
something preferable, the discourse of Mr. Crookes has —
for the present at least — a special value, on account of
his peculiar method of utilising the method of fradional
precipitation and of spedral synthesis.
Prof. Preyer's preface will be valuable to German
students as showing his exad position in reference to the
views of Mr. Crookes, and to elemental evolution in
general.
We find here, also, a series of appendices of great in-
terest. In the first of these, concerning elements and
meta-elements (see a Discourse delivered by Mr. Crookes
at the Annual Meeting of the Chemical Society, March
28th, z888), Prof. Preyer writes:— ** A fad hitherto over-
looked is in a remarkable connedion with the hypothesis
of Prout, resting as it does on a purely evolutionary
foundation. The atomic weights of hydrogen and the
seven elements of the first stage of condensation (hence
the eldest and those of the simplest strudure) come
nearest to whole numbers (Li, G, Bo, C, N, O, F). In
the elements of the second stage only four display this
approximation ; in those of the third stage only three ;
and in those of the fifth only two. Hence in the simpler
elder elements the meta-elements play a quite subordinate
part, but become more prominent in those formed subse*
quently, as the hypothesis of Crookes would demand."
A second appendix discusses the identical spedra of
different substances. The identity of the spedra obtained
by Crookes on a prolonged fradionated precipitation of
the yttrium derivatives reminds him of the spedral
identity of the hsemoglobines colouring the blood of all
red-blooded animals. Prof. Preyer has found the absorp-
tion spedra of the red blood-pigment of certain insed
larvae (Chironomus), of a moUusk (Cardita sulcata)^ and
the common earthworm (Lumbncui)^ are identical with
the red blood-crystals of vertebrate animals. Notwith-
standing this universal agreement in a fundamental pro-
perty, the haemoglobines differ from each other physically
and chemically. Their solubility, crystallisability, and
their proportion of crystalline water differ. They crys-
tallise in at least two systems. Their quantitative com-
position, their coagulability, their liabili^ to decompose,
differ according to the species. If species have been
modified in the course of long eras, the hssmoglobines—
though fulfilling all the conditions of a true chemical
compound— must have become modified step by step with
the species (in a morphological sense). Hence we see
that the conception of evolution must necessarily find a
place in chemistry, not merely as regards the elements,
but as regards the formation of highly complicated though
crystalline compounds.
The scheme of the pedigree of the elements is ex-
pounded and illustrated in a third appendix.
A fourth appendix relates to Radiant Matter and the
172
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
f Chbmical News,
1 Oa. 4. i89S'
Phoftphoroscope, as displayed by Mr. Crookes at the
Meeting of the British Association held at Sheffield, on
August 22nd, 1879.
The Organic Elements form the subje^ of a fifth
appendix. Hence Prof. Preyer raises the question why
only the organic elements, H, C, N, O, F, Na, Mg, Si,P,
S, CI, K, Ca, and Fe, in the living vegetal and animal
tissue, can keep up the vital process. He refers to the
treatise " On Chemism in Living Protoplasm," by him-
self and Wendt (See Himmel und Erde for October ist,
189X ; Berlin, Hermann Pretel).
The last appendix treats of Argon and Helium. Prof.
Preyer thinks the assumption that argon is a modification
of nitrogen not more improbable than that of its disco-
yerers, who regard it as a totally new element. But he
holds that there are no 6uch objections to the elementary
charader of helium. In conclusion, he remarks that the
main difference between our present systematic chemistry,
on the one hand, and our present systematic natural
history on the other, in comparison with the former che-
mistry and natural history, is that we were formerly con-
tent with artificial, i, e., arbitrary systems, whilst in our
present systems we have to regard not merely that which
now exists, but that from which it has been evolved.
Such systems are not arbitrary, but natural, since they
follow the course of Nature : they are genetic.
Pofytichnic Instituti of Brooklyn, The Course in Prac-
tical Chemistry,
This prospedus gives an account of the equipment and
organisation of the Brooklyn Polytechnic. Foremost
stands a body called the*' Corporation" — equivalent, we
f^resume, to the Senatus Academicus in German seats of
earning. Next comes the '* Faculty," in which chemistry
is not too copiously represented. There is only one Pro-
fessor of the science, the widely-known Dr. P. T. Austen.
The two '* InstruAors" in quantitative and qualitative
analysis, and the assistants in chemistry, take apparently
a lower rank. Some departments seem, on the contrary,
to be over-represented. Thus we find a professorship of
history and philosophy, a principal of the academic de-
partment, a professorship of ancient languages, a profes-
sorship of physical science and engineering, besides
another of applied mathematics and engineering, and one
of physics and eledrical engineering. Doubts may arise
as to the respective boundaries of these departments.
In the studies of the Chemical Course we find some —
as it seems to us — superfluous matter, such as logic,
moral philosophy, rhetoric, debates, perspedive. We fear
that such an introdudion of extraneous matter will in-
fringe upon the time and the brain-power needed for
Science. We are glad to see that, in the laboratory work ,
of the Chemical Course, spe6rum analysis is not
omitted. Nothing is said about microscopy and micro-
biology.
There is an illustration showing a corner of the library,
the chemical ledure*room, the laboratory for qualitative
analysis, in which the students have their faces all turned
in one diredion, and of the laboratory for qualitative
analysis.
Wehave full confidence in the efficiency of Prof. Austen
as the head of a chemical college, but we fear his hands
will not be quite free.
Programme of the Royal Technical High School at Aix-
la-Chapille for the Year oj Studies 1895 — 1896.
(** Program der Kdniglichen Technischen Hochschule
zu Aachen.") Opening Odiober ist and ending July
31st, 1896. Aix-la-Chapelle : C. H. Georgi.
This eminent Polytechnic School continues to prosper.
The number of students for 1894 — 1895 ^^^ 259 as
against 236 in the previous year. The divisions are —
I. Architedure; H. Constructive Engineering ; HI. Me-
chanical Engineering; IV. Mining and Metallurgy,
Chemistry, and Eledro-chemistry ; V. General Sciences,
especially Mathematics and Natural Sciences.
In Faculty IV. the professorial staff includes Dr.
Andreas Arzruni (mineralogy and petrography), Dr. Lud-
wig Claisen (organic chemistry). Dr. Classen (inorganic
chemistry and eleC^ro-chemistry), F. Diirre (metallurgy
and assaying), Dr. Holzapfel (palaeontology and geology),
and Dr. Stalschmidt (technical chemistry). In addition
there are two docents and ten assistants.
In Faculty VI. we find that H. Storp gives instrudion
in industrial hygiene, Dr. W. Miiller in first assistance in
sudden accidents, and Anton Lieven, M.D., gives a course
of practical bacteriology.
The school has a mineralogical institute, comprising a
museum and laboratory ; a laboratory for analytical and
inorganic chemistry, including eleCtro-chemistry ; a labor-
atory for organic chemistry ; a museum of chemical
preparations ; a laboratory for technical chemistry ; a
physical museum and laboratory; and a botanical in-
stitute.
The full course of study in each faculty extends over
four years. The leCtures and the practical work in botany
are compulsory only for '* food-chemists."
During the autumn recess (August and September)
there take place excursions to mines, metallurgical and
chemical work, conducted by professors of the depart-
ments concerned. No expert can examine this prospectus
without being impressed with the complete and thorough-
going character of the courses of instruction given at
Aachen. It may even be questioned whether the courses
of study prescribed are not in some cases so comprehen-
sive as to sin against the principle of the division of
labour.
CHEMICAL NOTICES FROM FOREIGN
SOURCES.
NoTB.— All degrees of temperature are Centigrade anlett otherwise
expressed.
Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Seattces, de VAcademie
des Sciences, Vol. cxxi., No. 11, September 9, 1895.
NitroSubstitutions.—C. Matignon and M. Deligny.
— The authors give a comparative table of the combustion-
heats with those of the substances in which substitution
is effected, and they propose the law that the isomers of
position have the same combustion-heat, excepting errors
of experiment. It is therefore sufficient in these thermic
studies to operate upon a single one only of the three
terms, the ortho, meta, or para. The differences oscillate
around 4*5 cal., and are sensibly constant.
Explosion of Bndothermic Gases. — L. Maquenne.—
Not suitable for useful abstraction.
No.^i2, September z6, 2895.
Researches on the Phosphates of Algeria. Case
of a Pbosphatic Rock of Bougie presenting the Cona-
positioQ of a Superphosphate. — H. and A. Malbot. —
The authors have made a comparative study of several
phosphates from the Department of Constantine, some of
which are remarkable for their richness in phosphoric
acid, such as thosk of Bordj-bou-Arreridg, and others for
their friability, which renders them fit for immediate
utilisation as plant food. The phosphatic rock of Bougie
is extremely interesting, as containing phosphoric acid
in three different conditions. The white portion con-
tains 13*29 per cent of phosphoric anhydride soluble in
water, 8'5Z per cent insoluble in water but soluble in
ammonium citrate, and 11*70 per cent insoluble in water
and in ammonium citrate; in all 33*50 per cent of phos-
phoric anhydride. The red portion of the rock contains
2*03 per cent of phosphoric anhydride soluble in water,
Crbmical Nbws, I
oa.4.1895. f
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
*73
and 12*39 per cent soluble in ammonium citrate. The
white or exterior portion, after desiccation in the stove,
loses 22*42 per cent at dull redness. Unless this is done,
there is an error in deficiency if the phosphoric acid is
determined by precipitation as magnesium-ammonium
phosphate in a citric solution, as compared with the re-
sult obtained by precipitation as ammonium phospho-
molybdate. After ignition at a red heat the two methods
agree absolutely.
BtUletin dt la Sociiti CHmiauc dt Paris,
Series 3, Volt. xiii.«xiv., No. 8, 1895.
Cryatalline Compouiid of Ferrous Chloride with
Nitric Oxide.— V. Thomas.
Ammoniacal Salts of Silver.— A. Reychler. — The
author gives a table showing the results of his cryoscopic
experiments on these salts, proving that the addition of
a mols. ammonia per equiv. of silver or copper scarcely
at all modifies the molecular lowering of the congelation-
point. He adds theoretical considerations on the con-
stitution of the ammoniacal silver salts.
AtfUon of Formic Aldebyd upon the Amines and
on their Salts.— R. Cambier and A. Brochet.
Hesachlorobenzens Parabicbloride. — £t. Barral.—
The decomposition of carbon chloride, CeCls, by heat or
by the majority of reagents into hexachlorobenzene and
chlorine, CeCls^CeClfi+Cla, shows that it is an addition
produd of hexachlorobenzene, in which the position of
the two CI is given by (i) its transformation mto tetra-
chloroquinone under the influence of oxidising agents ;
(2) its preparation by means of tetrachloroquinone and
phosphorus pentachloride.
Constitution of a - Hexachlorophenol and of
Quinone. — Et. Barral. — The author shows that the
formula of Fittig gives the constitution of quinone, and
that it is a diketone, possibly of a peculiar kind.
Basic Properties of the Rosanilines and their Sul*
phonic Derivatives. A Reply to M. Prudhomme. —
A. Rosenstiehl. — The author explains the formulae which
he has assigned to acid magenta and to sulphonic rosani-
line. He shows what he has said in his former publica-
tions of the basic fundions of the rosanilines, and he
lastly examines whether the magentas should be regarded
as ethers or as salts.
Are the Magentas Ethers or Salts ? — A. Rosenstiehl
— There exists in the derivatives of triphenylmethane an
assemblage of compounds in which the alcoholic fundion
varies in a continuous manner between two extremes, as
in the mineral oxides the acid function and the basic
fuodioo vary, though it is not easy to draw a boundary.
To unite the formulae of an ether and to call it a salt is
to collide against a word.
Analysis of the Gastric Juice.— J. Winter.
Rome Unhrrsel/e (Us Mines et de la Metailurgie,
Series 3, Vol. xxx.. No. 3.
Rapid Determination of Phosphorus in Steels.—
The most pradical procedure consists in transforming the
phosphorus into phosphoric acid, precipitating it with
molybdic reagent, and determining the apparent volume
of the precipitate after having effected its rapid settlement
and its regular heaping up by means of centrifugal force.
Thia method, proposed by Eggertz in x86o, was not at
fir^t appreciated as it deserved, but since 1887 it has been
studied and improved, and is now in regular use. Various
authors describe methods of operating slightly different.
Von Jiiptner proceeds as follows:— He weighs out, for
medium proportions, 2 grms. of the sample (more for low
percentages, and less for highly photphidic steels), dis-
solves in 30 c.c. of nitnc acid (sp. gr. 1*2), completes the
oxidation by means of permanganate, and then causes
the manganic precipitate to disappear by means of a
small quantity of oxalic acid. To the solution is added
075 grm. of ammonium nitrate, the mixture is heated to
60°, and treated with 50 c.c. of the molybdic solation.
The temperature is kept at 60^ until the precipitation is
completed, and then left to settle until the liquid is per*
fe^ly clear. The liquid is decanted, and the precipitate
is washed into a special vessel by means of a washing-
bottle charged with ammonium nitrate. The receiving
vessel is contraded at its lower part and terminates in a
narrow tube graduated in cubic millimetres in which the
precipitate is coUedted. The graduated vessels, thus
charged, are introduced into a small turbine, which is set
in motion at the rate of 1000 rotations per minute, a speed
which is kept up for four minutes. After stopping the
rotation, the volume of the precipitate is read off on the
graduated tube. If the surface of the precipitate is not
perpendicular to the axis of the graduated tube, we read
the level of the lower part and that of the upper part
and take the mean. To find the proportion of phosphoric
acid in the steel assayed from the volume of the precipi-
tate, Ledebur gives the figure of 0*0025 P^^* cent per cubic
millimetre, when operating on 0*882 grm. of steel, which
is equivalent to 0*0022 per cent if we operate upon i g^m.,
or o'ooii for 2 grms.
ZtUschrift fur Analyiisthi Chemie,
Vol. xxxiv.. Part 3, 1895.
Contributions to the Analysis of Must and of
Wine. — A. Halenke and W. Moslinger. — This paper is
too voluminous for insertion.
Contributions to the Isolation, Quantitative Sepa-
ration, and Chemical Diagnosis of Alkaloids and
Qlykosidous Substances in Forensic Cases, with
especial reference to their Detedlion in Putrescent
Human Bodies.— Dr. Kippenberger.— This memoir also
does not admit of abstradion.
New Process (or the Determination of Indigotin.
— Josef Schneider (Casopis pro Prtimysl Chimicky, 1893).
Remarks on the Sweet Wines of Austria-Hungary.
— Leonhard Roesler. — A memoir not calculated to interest
our readers. We mention merely the fadl that more than
half of the samples of Tokay and analogous wines con-
tain per litre more than 0*55 grm. of phosphoric acid.
Determination of Sulphur and Chlorine by means
of Sodium Peroxide. — A. Edinger.
New Method of Separating Copper and Cadmium
in Qualitative Analysis.— AUerton S. Cushman.—
Already inserted.
Analysis of the Nitrogenous Components occur-
ring in Meat Eztra^s and in Commercial Peptones.
— A. Stutzer.
Dete<5tion and Determination of Metals in Patty
Oils.— H. Fresenius and A. SchattenCroh.
MISCELLANEOUS.
City and Guilds of London Institute.— At the re-
cent Matriculation Examination of the City and Guilds
Central Technical College, 76 candidaten presented them-
selves, and 62 have been admitted to the College. The
highest place was taken by M. Solomon, to whom the
Clothworkers* Scholarship of £60 a year and free educa-
tion has been awarded.
Spontaneous Combustion of Wool. — It is not
sufficiently known that wool, if packed in bales whilst in
a damp state, is, like cotton, liable to what is called
spontaneous combustion. The adiun is not as violent in
wool as in the case of vegetable fibre, and it has never
yet been known to spread to other kinds of goods in the
same ship or warehouse. But wool sometimes arrives in
England scorched, and seriously deteriorated in value.
174
New Safety Paraffin Lamp.
{Crbmical lliwt.
oa.4.1895.
Steam-BoUer Etplosions.— Daring the year 1894 no
fewer than 35 such calamities occurred in Germany. The
number of the infferers was 3^, of whom 12 were killed,
o severely wounded, and 13 slightly injured. The most
frequent causes are said to have been insufficient supply
of water and local weakness of the plates from age. —
Chimikif Ziitung.
New PoitODS.— The Cape Agricultural youmal is
calling attention to a poison not yet fully understood. It
is obtained from Acocanitura vtmnaia (or Tpxieophlaa
ThunbirgiH, known to the colonists as Gift-boom or
Poison*tree. The leaves have proved rapidly destruaive
to many soats, and a decoAion of the bark of the root is
used medicinally by the native quacks, sometimes with
fatal effed. In one case, where the m^icine was admi-
nistered as an enema, death ensued in about two minutes.
It is conjeAured that the a^ive principle is not an
alkaloid, but a glucoside. No analysis of the poison has
been published, nor have its readions been studied. The
arrow-poison used by the Bushmen is said to be prepared
by mixing the venom of the African cobra with the gum-
resin which exudes from the rhizomatous base of the
" gift-boll,*' Brunsvigia toxicaria. Whether the latter
ingredient has any effed beyond preventing the cobra
poison from bein^ rubbed off the point of the arrow has
yet to be ascertained.
Max Dreverhofi'a Filter-papers.— We have received
from Max Dreverhoff, of Dresden, a price-list and a num-
ber of samples of excellent filter*papers. No pains
appear to have been spared to produce papers to meet
the requirements of all departments of chemistry. M.
Dreverhoff has succeeded very well in the great aim of
all manufadurers of filters, to produce a paper that will
allow liquids to pass rapidly and at the same time retain
very fine precipitates. We notice the special filters that
have been treated with HCl and HF : these appear to be
quite strong, and a 9 cm. circular paper on incineration
leaves only 0*00006 grm. of ash. Filters of this quality, at
the very reasonable prices at which they are offered, will
prove a great boon to the chemist. We also note the
ready-folded filters as being neatly made, and not un-
reasonable in price. M. Dreverhoff*s price*list is very
complete, giving minute particulars of all his manufac*
tares, and, for the greater convenience of foreign cus-
tomers, some of the more important announcements are
given also in French and English; but in this latter
endeavour the writer.has unfortunately got a little mixed
—for after various slips in the body of the list, he gravely
expresses a belief that " the filters must satisfy the
highest pretensions of the most painful analytical
chemist.'^ We trust they will prove of better quality
than the English.
A New Safety Paraffin Lamp. — We are glad to find
that manufadurers are becoming alive to the dangers that
accompany the majority of cheap paraffin lamps, and,
taking warning from the terrible accidents that are too
frequently recorded, especially in the houses of the
working classes, are bringing to the front lamps that are
within the reach of all, and are at the same time de-
signed upon true principles with a view to reducing, as
far as possible, the risk of accident accompanying their
use. In this direAion the little lamp that has been
sent to us by Messrs. Kiesow and Co. is a happy
example. The reservoir is made entirely of metal, fur-
nished with two convenient handles (the value of which
is often overlooked) ; the burner, instead of fitting into
the oil-chamber with the usual loose screw, has a simple
and efficient bayonet fitting. An ingeniously devised
8-shaped tube, attached to Uie burner, carries the wick
down into the body of the reservoir, diminishing to a
ffreat extent the danger of the oil escaping in case of the
lamp getting overturned. On the whole we consider the
lamp to be a good step in the right dire^ion, and hope
it will meet with the appreciation it deserves.
NOTES AND QUERIES.
*«* Oor Notes and Queries colamn wu opened for the purpose of
fiviog and obtaining information likely to be of aie to our readers
generally. We cannot undertake to let this colomn be the means
of tranimittiog merely private information, or inch trade notioee
as shoald legitimately come in the advertisement oolnmoe.
Assaying.— Can any of yonr readers tell me of any book snitable
for the pramcal aeeaying of toch things as brass ashes, aioc ashea,
type ashes, tin ashes, ftc.? I have ** Beringer," bot he does not treat
of these.— S. J. HaBeooD.
J. & A. CHURCHILL,
PUBLISHERS.
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY AND
QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS : Soecially adapted for CoUegts
and Schools. By PRANK CLOWBS, D.Sc, Piofettor of Che-
mistry in University ColU — • -
84 Engravings, Post 8vo,
ana ocovois. oy r aaxviv ^LtUWdOf u.oCm rroiespor oi i#iic-
mistry in University College, Nottingham. Sixth Edition, with
ELEMENTARYQUALITATIVBANA-
LYSIS: suitable for Organised Science Schools. By FRANK
CLOWES, D.Sc. Lond., ProfcMor of Chemistry in Universtty
College, Nottingham, and J. BERNARD COLEMAN. Head of
the Chemical Department, South- West London Polytechnic.
With Engravings. Post 8vo, 21. 6i.
BY THE SAME AUTHORS.
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS: specially
adapted for Colleges and Schools. Third Edition, with 106 En-
gravings, Post Bvo, 9s.
VALENTIN'S QUALITATIVE ANA-
LYSIS. Edited by Dr. W. R. HODGKINSON, F.R.S.E., Pro-
fessor of Chemistry and Physics in the Royal Military Academy
and Artillery College, Woolwich. Eighth Edition, Revised and
Enlarged, 8s. 64.
BLOXAM'S CHEMISTRY, INOR-
GANIC AND ORGANIC, with EaperimenU. Re-writteo and
Revised bv JOHN MILLAR THOMSON, Piofessorof Chemia-
try, King^s College, London, and ARTHUR O. BLOXAM,
Head of the Chemistry Department. The Goldsmiths' Institate*
New Crou, London. Eighth Edition, with 281 Engravinga, 8vo,
BLOXAM'S LABORATORY TEACH-
ING; Or, Progressive Exercises in PraAical Chemistry.
Edited by ARTHUR G. BLOXAM, Head of the Chemist^
Department. The Go dsmiths' Institute, London. Sixth Editioa.
Revised and much Enlarged, with 80 Woodcnts, Crown 8vo,
6s. td,
CHEMISTRY OF URINE; a Practical
Guide to the Analytical Examinations of Diabetic. Albuminous,
and Gouty Urine. By ALPRED H. ALLEN, F.I.C., P.C.S
With Engravings, 8vo, 7s. 6d,
London :
J. & A. CHURCHILL, 11, Nbw Burlington Strbbt.
TO MANUFACTURING CHEMISTS.
qPHE LONDON COUNTY COUNCIL is
•^ prepared to receive Tenders for the Supply and Delivery at the
Barking and Crossness Outfall Works of S350 Tons of PROTO*
SULPHATE OP IRON (Commercial Green Vitriol). Persona
desirins to submit tenders may obuin the Form of Tender and other
Sirticulars on application at the Engineer's Department, Connty
all, Spring Gardens. Tenders must be upon the official forms, and
the printed mstruAions contained therein must be striAly complied
with. Tenders are to be delivered at the county Hall in a sealed
cover, addressed to the Clerk of the London County Couodl, and
marked ** Tender for Proto-Sulphate of Iron.'* No tender will be
received after xo a.m. on Tuesday, the i<th Oaober, 1805. Any tender
which does not comply with the printed instraAiooa tor tender may
be rejeAed.
The Council does not bind itself to accept the lowest or any tender,
and it will not accept the tender of any person or firm who shall 00
any previous occasion have withdrawn a tender alter the aame baa
been opened, unless the reasons for the withdrawal were aatiafaAoiy
to the Council.
H. 01 LA HOOKE, Clerk of the CooaciJ.
Spring Gardens, S.W.,
a7th September, iSgS'
y
CsnocttNiw*,!
Action of Light upon the Soluble Metallic Iodides
»75
THE CHEMICAL NEWS
Vol. LXXII., No. 187a.
THE ACTION OF LIGHT UPON THE
SOLUBLE METALLIC IODIDES IN PRESENCE
OF CELLULOSE.*
Bj DOUGLAS J. P. BBRRIOOE, B.A., llalvero CoUefo.
The lAioB of light apoo the metallic iodides appetrt not
to have been thorooghly investigated by any chemist,
and, althongh it has frequently been taken for granted by
eome eipenmenters that potassium iodide suffers decom-
position when exposed to sunlight, others have passed the
•ttbjeft over in silence, and, so far as I am aware, no
text-book upon chemistry mentions the U6t. The experi*
ments, sn account of which I have to-day to lay before
the Seaion, were commenced in the year 1884, and it was
not until eight years later, daring most of which mterval
I had been prevented from finishing my work, that I heard
of Videau*s investigations ; in 189a I came across a notice
of them in Prof. Meldola's book, •* The Chemistrv of Pho-
tography,'* but as, by a reference to the original paper, I
found that Videau had worked upon an altogether different
principle from my own, and his results left much to be
cleared op, I have continued to prosecute my experiments.
Last year a paper was read before the Chemical Society,
by Dr. Cook, upon the tfMt of heat upon iodates and
bromates, in the course of which he mentions {y. Chim,
Soc.t 1894, p. 804) that ordinarv purified potassium iodide
'* liberates iodine when exposed to air and light," but that
if the iodide be previously purified by crystiUlisation from
abeolute alcohol no such decomposition takes place. Dr.
Cook does not mention in his paper the precautions he
took to prevent the access of carbon dioxide from the air
to his solution, which was contained in a test-tube, and
as impurities would be probably more abundant in the
open air than in a dark cupboard it seemed to me, after
reading his paper, that a more satisfadory method of ex-
Kriment would be to seal the solution of the iodide in a
lb with a known quantity of air, thus preventing any
COj from reaching the liquid and disturbing the results.
I may, however, say at once that after doing this my ex-
periments fully confirm Dr. Cook's. Solutions of the so-
called pure salt, which, when tested with starch and
tartaric acid, gave no immediate colouration, were
always decomposed when exposed in sealed tubes con-
taining air to the sunlight ; the amount of iodine liberated,
however, varied considerably ; on the other hand, a solu-
tion made with potassium iodide which had been pre-
viously fixed with charcoal gave no colouration upon the
addition of starch, even after an exposure to sunbght for
■everal weeks.
It is, however, to the decomposition of the iodide in
pretence of cellulose that I more especially wish to call
your attention ; in the earlier experiments my method was
to saturate a sheet of psper with a solution of the desired
iodide, and to expose this to the sunlight in a printing
frame under a negative ; in my later experiments I have,
however, confined myself to the use of sealed bulbs,
since by this method only can any qoantiutive results be
obtained. I at first exp<^enced a certain amount of diffi-
culty in obtaining a form of cellulose suited for the pur*
pose, and many experiments in which cotton-wool was
used fsiled, owing to the presence of sodium thiosulphate
in the material, from which it could only be removed with
great difficulty. When, however, I substituted filter-
paper which had been exUaAed by hydrochloric and
• R«ftd btfbrt the British AitociatioD (S«aion B), Iptwich
Msscioc, tSM*
hydrofluoric acids for the cotton- wool, much more satis*
fador^ results were obtained. The paper used was that
supplied by Schleicher and Schtill, and was in aU cases
tested for acid, from which it was, however, ptrfedly free ;
after reducing a certain quantity of this paper to pulp,
and well washing with distilled water, it was introduced
into a bulb ; the solution of potassium iodide, generally
containing a known weight of the salt, was added, and
the bulb sealed. After exposuro to sunlight the bulbe
were opened, a little starch added, and the amount of
iodine liberated determined by a ceatinormal solution of
thiosulphate of sodium.
In a typical experiment 85*7a4 grms. of potassium
iodide wera dissolved in 500 cc of distilled water and five
sheets of the puro filter-paper, xa'< cm., treated as
described, were introduced into a bulb of about 100 cc.
capacity and 50 cc. of the iodide solution added. la
another bulb, of the same sise, 50 cc of the solotioo
were sealed without the addition of pulp. After an ex*
posure of about four hours to diffused sunlight, the former
had acquired a decided reddish colour, whilst the latter
remained perfedljr colourless ; at the end of twenty-five
days, during which ihe bulbs bad been exposed in a
window, they were opened, when 0*00x778 grm. of iodine
was found to have been liberated in the former, whilst ia
the latter only 0000635 S^m. of free iodine was found.
When a solution of half the above strength was used,
U,^ one contsining 4*a86 grms. of potassium iodide dis-
solved in 50 cc. of distilled water, the influence of the
cellulose was even more marked, for in the bulb coouin-
ing 50 cc. of solution and five sheets of extraded paper
o*ooz^a4 grm. of free iodine was found, whilst io one
containing the same quantity of solution but no pulp,
only 0*000x91 grm. of iodine had been liberated. In a
fifth bulb the same quantity of paper pulp was placed,
and the solution of potassium iodide was poured off after
the pulp had become thoroughly soaked with it. In this
case the liberation of iodine occurred much sooner than
in the previous cases, but considersbly less was liberated
during an exposure of five and twenty days, the total being
only o*ooo76a grm. The contents of sll these five bulbs
were tested for slkali with a solution of phenolphthalein ;
the two in which there was no pulp gave decided colour-
ation with this resgent, whilst the three containing cellu-
lose proved to be quite free from alkali.
In another series of experiments a stronger solution of
potassium iodide was used, vis., one containing 76*936
grms. of the salt dissolved in i$o cc of water, and this
waa sealed in bulbs containing a varying quantity of the
paper pulp. Four bulbs were taken ; in the first, half a
sheet of paper reduced to pulp was placed, in the second
one sheet, in the third two sheets, and in the fourth four
sheets ; 40 cc. of a solution of the strength above
described, and therefore containing xa*3o8 grms. of the
salty were added. These were exposed in a window for
ten davs, at the end of which time the followtag resulu
were obtaiaed upon analysis :~
Bulb A.
B.
C.
D.
0*00x397 grm. iodine, trace of alkali.
0-00x935 „
o*ooaa86 „
, no free alkalL
oooa54 „ „
As far as it was possible to judge from the colooratioo of
the pulp, all these bulbs had liberated their maximum
quantity of iodine some days before analysis. It will be
noticed that the total weight of iodine liberated is very
small in the above instances, never exceeding o'oay per
cent of the total iodine present, or x*xao per cent of the
quantity the oxygen in the bulb was able to liberate.
In an experiment made with potassium iodide which
had been previously fused with charcoal, about 30 grms.
of the salt were fused and dissolved in xoo cc of water.
40 cc. of this solution was sealed in a bulb, and found
after twenty-five days to be entirely free from iodine ;
50 cc. were sealed in another bulb with five sheeu of
paper reduced to pulp, and in this case alter the eaae
176
Action 0/ Light upon the Soluble Metallic Iodides.
I CBSMXCAL, NBWt,
I oa.zi, 1893.
exposure 0*001651 grm. of free iodtoe was found, the
liquid being free from alkali.
If the air above the iodide solution in the tube is dis-
placed by means of oxygen more iodine is liberated, and
the maximum effe^ seems to be reached earlier ; but I
have not at present made sufficient experiments to trace
any relation between the total quantity of oxygen present
and the amount of iodide decomposed. Hydrogen, on
the other hand, reduces the quantity of la liberated, and
if the oxygen is entirely removed from both the bulb and
the solution I have no doubt that the iodide would remain
perfeAly undecomposed, although at present I have not
•necked in obtaining this theoretical result.
The equation for the reaAion is most simply written :~
2KI+HaO+0»2KOH+Ia.
I hope to show presently that this does not completely
represent the reaAion, but, allowing that it gives the first
stage of the decomposition, the reason for the very
marked increase in the quantity of iodine liberated when
cellulose is present becomes apparent, for the iodine set
free by the above rea^ion should, and doubtless to a con-
siderable extent does, re-combine with the potassium
hydrates formed, producing a mixture of iodide and
iodate. If, however, any substance is present which will
combine with the alkali, removing it from the sphere of
aAion, the oxidation is enabled to proceed without the
subsequent combination of the liberated iodine. The
absence of alkali in the solutions containing sufficient
cellulose, and its presence when cellulose is either absent
or present in small quantities, seems conclusive evidence
that the increase in the amount of the iodide decomposed
in presence of this substance is due to the removal of the
alkali.
In order to obtain prints on paper by the decomposition
of potassium iodide, I at first used a frame like that sold
in toy-shops as a drawing-slate; more recently, however,
I have used one exadly like the ordinary photographic
printing- frames. The paper must not be too absorbent,
and one with a smooth surface answers best ; although I
have been able to obtain fine proofs from ordinary nega-
tives, the detail is too rough for these to be satisfadory,
and consequently I have generally employed a negative
made by cutting out a device in paper, fastening this to a
sheet of glass, and varnishing. The best strength for the
solution appears to be one containing about i part of the
salt dissolved in 8 parts of water, a weaker solution re-
quiring a much longer exposure, whilst if a stronger
solution is used the ground of the resulting print is apt
to become too dark. If a sheet of note-paper is moistened
with the solution, and at once placed in the frame, it
will, in about five minutes in diffused daylight, become
printed in a light chocolate and pink colour, with the
device cut out of the negative ; if the exposure is pro-
longed the colour becomes much darker, and at the same
time, owing to the spontaneous decomposition of the salt,
the parts unexposed to the light become more or less
deeply tinted ; the exposed part is, however, always so
much darker than the rest that the print stands out well.
If the paper is allowed to dry in the dark after being
saturated, it assumes a faint chocolate tint, and when
placed in the frame and exposed for about four hours be-
comes printed in a dark chocolate, although it shows no
signs of darkening for some time after a similar sheet of
damp paper has become deeply marked. If a piece of
paper, after being printed to a chocolate colour, is
moistened with water, the colour of the print at once
changes from chocolate to blue, and even if it is still
damp when removed from the printing- frame the colour
is never blue until water has been added to it. In order
to arrive at some definite conclusion concerning the
nature of the change occurring, I attempted, by means of
a solution of iodine, to imitate the colour produced during
exposure of the saturated paper to light ; using at first a
aolution of iodine in an aqueous one of potassium iodide,
I obtained, when it was poured over a sheet of writing-
paper, a stain which varied according to the concentration
of the solution from blue to bluish-black ; even when the
solution was so dilute that in some lights it was difficult
to see any mark, the stain upon the paper was always
blue. I next used solutions of the element in benzene,
carbon disulphide, chloroform, and alcohol : when these
solutions were poured over paper, stains were produced
which varied with the strength of solution from
yellowish. brown to walnut. In other words, whilst the
colour of the exposed paper was always tinged with
pink in all attempts to imitate this, I obtained a blue
colour if I used an aqueous, or a yellow colour if I used
an anhydrous, solution of iodine.
I may here mention that all the note-paper I have ex-
amined contained starch, and that this solution only pro-
duces the well-known so-called iodide of starch in the
presence of water; this latter fad may be shown by
passing an anhydrous solution of iodide over paper
coated with starch, when a brown stain is produced,
which becomes blue, however, upon the addition to it of
water. This explained the difference in the colour of the
stains produced in the various solutions of iodine, but it
did not help to indicate the adlion of light upon the potas-
sium iodide ; in fad, it made it rather more difficult, as it
appeared to show that the colour of the prints was not
due to the presence of free iodine ; the only probable con-
clusion was, therefore, that the iodine combined at the
moment of liberation with the still unaltered potassium
salt, forming the tri-iodide or some similar compound.
If this compound colours paper a pinkish chocolate, and
is decomposed into its constituents by water, an explana-
tion is at hand to account for the observed phenomena.
To test whether this was the case, a little iodine was
added to a solution of starch, and to the blue liquid thus
obtained a concentrated solution of potassium iodide was
added ; the colour, however, remained unaltered, and after
a large number of experiments I came to the condusiofi
that the amount of water necessary to bring the starch
into solution was more than enough to decompose any
higher iodide which might be found ; the experiment was
therefore varied by adding to a piece of solid starch which
had been coloured pink by the addition of iodine in
alcoholic solution a few drops of a saturated solution of
potassium iodide ; the colour of the starch deepened, but
did not turn blue. I then took apiece of paper which was
coloured blue by the presence of a small quantity of starch
iodide, and added to it a very concentrated solution of
potassium iodide ; the blue colour changed to one approxi-
mating very closely indeed to that obtained by the aftion
of light upon the iodised paper. This experiment seemed
to justify the hypothesis that the colour of a piece of
iodised paper after exposure is due to the presence of
potassium tri-iodide or some similar compound.
In order to fix a print obtained upon the iodised paper,
it is washed for a short time in running water; if the
washing be too long continued, or if the paper be allowed
to remain in a dish of water, the iodine dissolves and the
proof is, of course, lost ; lead acetate in very dilute solu-
tion is now poured over the paper, which is then again
washed. If the print fixed in this manner is left it will
begin at once to fade, and in a few days, or even hours,
no trace of the design will be visible ; if, however, a coat
of size is put over it, and this followed by one of a hard
varnish, the stability of the print is very much increased,
and I have specimens which are more than three years old
and are still distind.
I have up to this point mentioned only the behaviour of
potassium iodide when exposed to light, as the salt is the
most easily obtained in a comparatively pure condition ;
it is the one with which I have chiefly worked. I have,
however, made qualitative experiments upon the iodides
of sodium, calcium, strontium, barium, sine, cadmium,
and iron.
Sodium iodide was bought as pure, and was probably
no more impure than the ordinary potassium salt ; it
yielded a print of the same depth of colour as that ob-
C»«inc*l.MBWt,\
Oa. II, 1895. I
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
177
Utned from potMsiam iodide in considerably less time.
As far, however, as coald be jadged from qualitative ex-
periments, the maximum iodine was liberated about the
same in each case.
Calcium, strontium, and barium iodides were obtained
by adding the metallic carbonate to hydriodic acid which
was free from iodine ; the solutions, after filtering, were
neutral and gave no colouration with starch.
Barium iodide gave a decided print in about ten minutes,
and after an exposure of about two hours a strong print
was obtained, which was, as in the case of the potassium
salt, at first chocolate-coloured, turning blue on the addi-
tion of water.
Strontiom iodide appears to be more sensitive to the
adion of light than the barium salt, a strongly-coloured
proof being obtained after an exposure of about an hour.
Calcium iodide appears to be even more sensitive to the
light than the strontium salt; in fad, the amount of
ic^ioe liberated seemed to vary roughly inversely as the
atomic weight of the metal with which it is combined.
I have experiments now in progress with a view to testing
this.
Zinc iodide was obtained by placing 4 grms. of iodine
in a flask together with metallic zinc and a little water.
After standing in a warm place for a couple of days, the
colour of the solution was discharged and when filtered
and at once tested for iodine, it proved to be free from
this element. The solution was made up to about 50
c.c, and paper was saturated with it as in the previous
experiments. In all cases distind proofs were obtained,
bat as the solution is exceedingly unstable, the unexposed
portions were much discoloured, making the device more
difficult to read.
Ferrous iodide was obtained in a similar manner to the
sine salt ; iron-filings and iodine being warmed together,
the filtered liquid was colourless, and gave no colouration
with starch. It is, apparently, less sensitive to the adion
of light than the other soluble iodides, but I have obtained
distinA prints when using it. The exposed parts are, of
conrte, as in the case of the sine salt, much discoloured
owing to the spontaneous decomposition of the compound.
Cadmium iodide differs from all the other iodides I
have examined, inasmuch as it gives a blue and not a
pink print, it would thus appear that this element alone
It unable to form a higher iodide.
THE RBSPIRABILITY OF AIR IN WHICH A
CANDLE-FLAME HAS BURNT UNTIL
IT IS EXTINGUISHED.*
By FRANK CLOWES, D Sc.
At the last meeting of the British Association the author
stated the composition of artificial mixtures of nitrogen
and of carbon dioxide with air, which were just able to ex-
tinguish various flames. It was found that the flames of
ordinary candles and lamps were extinguished by mix-
tures which contained on an average about 16*5 per cent
of oxygen and 83*5 per cent of the extindive gases. A
flame of coal gas, however, required for its extinAion a
mixture still poorer in oxygen, and containing 11*3 per
cent of oxygen and 887 per cent of the exti naive gases.
Thete results have since been confirmed by a different
method.
The method consisted in allowing the flames to burn
in air inclosed over mercury until they were extinguished;
the remaining extindive atmosphere was then subjeded
to analysis, when its composition was found to be praAi-
cadly identical with that previously obtained from the
artificial mixtures. An analysis of air expired from the
lungs proved that it was also of the same composition as
* Read before the Biitish Aiiociatioa (Seaion B), Ipawicb
Mcstiiiffi 1895.
that which extinguished the flame of an ordinary candle
or lamp.
The average percentage composition of expired air
and of air which extinguishes a candle-flame is as fol-
lows :— Oxygen, 15*9 ; nitrogen, 80*4 ; carbon dioxide, 3*7.
Now an atmosphere of this composition is undoubtedly
respirable. Physiologists state that air may be breathed
until its oxygen is reduced to xo per cent. The maximum
amount of carbon dioxide which may be present is open
to question, but it is undoubtedly considerably higher
than 3 per cent. Dr. Haldane maintains that the above
atmosphere is not only respirable, but would be breathed
by a healthy person without inconvenience of any kind ;
he further states that no permanent injury would result
from breathing such an atmosphere for some time.
The conclusion to be drawn from these fads is, that an
atmosphere must not be considered to be dangerous and
irrespirable because the flame of an ordinary candle or
oil-lamp is extinguished by it. The view is very generally
advanced that a man must on no account venture into air
which extinguishes the flame of a candle or of a bundle
of shavings. It will be seen that this precaution may
deter one from entering an atmosphere which is perfedly
safe and respirable, and from doing duty of a humane or
necessary charaaer.
An atmosphere which extinguishes a coal-gas flame,
however, appears to approach closely to the limit of
respirability, as far as the proportion of oxygen which it
contains is concerned. Hence the coal-gas flame appears
to be a more trustworthy indicator of respirability than the
flame of a candle or oil-lamp.
Undoubtedly the candle and lamp flames should be dis-
carded as absolute tests of respirability of air.
CHEMICAL RESEARCHES AND SPECTROSCOPIC
STUDIES OF VARIOUS ELEMENTS.
By JEAN SBRVAIS STAS.
[Thb complete works of the late J. S. Stas have recently
been published at Brussels. They contain several me*
moirs on important points of chemistry and physics which
are there published for the first time. Among these none
equal in interest that entitled ** Recherches Chimiques et
Etudes Spearoscopiques sur diff6rents Corps Simples.'*
In the following pages we commence the translation of
this memoir, and we propose to continue its publication
from week to week till completed].
Chapter I.
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies op
Sodium, Potassium, Lithium, Calcium, Strontium,
Barium, and Thallium.
Introduction,
In undertaking these chemical works and spearoscopic
studies, my objea was to ascertain whether I could cause,
by increasing the temperature or the intensity of the elec-
tric current, and contrary to what is generally admitted,
a correlation among the charaaeristic bands of the lumi-
nous speara of compounds of sodium, potassium, lithium,
calcium, strontium, barium, and thallium, in such a state
of purity as the improvements in the methods of chemical
analysis permit me to aaually obtain these bodies.
I was well aware that if my experiments failed, after
having taken great pains* and having devoted to this
work an amount of time which I might pet haps have used
more profitably, I should add nothing to the sum of our
spectroscopic knowledge. Still, I should free science (rom
an hypothesis which has led astray, and may again lead
astray, many clever men ; it seemed to me that this was
just as much helping to advance nal knowledge.
Chemical analysis is generally recognised as being
178
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
fOHBUICALMlVt,
1 oa. XI, 1895.
unable to deted the presence of sodium, still less to find
the percentage of this metal, when it exists in a very small
proportion in a given compound.
Smce the memorable works of Messrs. Hansen and
Kirchhoff on spe^rum analysis, chemists have almost
invariably used this method of deteding the presence of
•odium.
Whilst applying their method to the examination of
soluble compounds obtained by the mtihod of fractional
erystallisatioHS, the illustrious authors have found that,
by this process, one can never entirely separate the sodium
from the body with which it is mixed ; one must employ
simultaneously a chemical readkion by which one can ob-
tain an absolute separation. M. Buosen and then M«
Diehl were the first to pradise this method, the latter on
the advice of his illustrious master.
The occurrence of the sodium line in the spedrum of
nearly all compounds led Mr. Lockyer to believe that this
metal is evolved by the dissociation of the elements of the
bodies on which one is working. This hypothesis, if it
were verified, would necessitate the overthrow of all the
fundamental notions of the physico-chemical sciences.
However improbable it has appeared, as regards the
majority of chemists who have done accurate work, the
name of Mr. Lockyer, and the brilliant services which he
has rendered to science by his ^pedroscoptc researches,
have induced me to submit his hypothesis to a critical
examination, about which he has done me the honour of
writing to me (1878).
The work that I have undertaken with potassium has
also had as an objed the solving bv its means the problem
of ascertaining if it is really possible to procure a chloride
of potassium which does not give, under any circumstances,
any indication of the presence of sodium, and of obtaining
this compound in such a state of purity, that the result
arrived at in determining its atomic weight in regard to
that of silver would leave no doubt in anybody's mind.
My investigations have included the compounds of
potassium, sodium, thallium, lithium, calcium, strontium,
and barium.
I have borne in mind the fad that the results depend as
much on the medium in which the metallic compounds
are enclosed, as on their accidental impurities.
This medium being, for example, air, I have found or I
have not found sodium, according as the air gives or does
not ffive indications of the presence of this metal. This
U6t has led me to examine the air by means of the
speAroscope.
Respecting the Characteristics Impressed bf the Sur-
rounding Air on Hydrogen Flames^ Illuminating Oas,
Hvdrogen Blowpipe Flame f Oxy 'hydrogen Blowpipe
Flame, Oxy-carho'hydrogen Blowpipe Flame, and
Ordinary Flame, and on the Electric Discharge and
Electric Arc,
I must commence my statement with the observations
which I have made on air.
What I am about to say relates exclusively to the air
of Brussels, to that in the " Mus^e de I'lndustrie,*' where
I have worked, and in my own laboratory. Amongst the
observations which I have to mention are many familiar
to chemists engaged in speArum analysis ; but I must re-
capitulate them in order to make my statement as com-
plete as possible.
The room in the Mus^ de l*Industrie in which I have
earned on my spedroscopic researches measures about
Z143 cubic metres. It can be made into a dark room, as
I have had occasion to do daily during my researches.
During the time occupied by my work the room was
placed entirely at my disposal.
When the external air is quiescent, and has been for
several days saturated with moisture, a state of things
which occurs in Brussels from the end of Odober to the
middle of December, and the room, previously washed out
with a copious supply of water, and properly ventilated
from the external saturated atmosphere, has been kept
closed for twelve or eighteen hours, a time necessary for the
deposition of particles of dust, mineral matters, ftc, the jet
of gas, mingled with a suitable supply of air, issuing from
a well made Bunsen burner, terminated by a pipe of
platinum, silver, or gold, free from sodium, or even a pipe
of brass, well cleansed inside and out, burns with a flame
of pure rich blue, in which it is impossible to deteA the
presence of sodium bv any spedroscope. Let one then
make a prismatic analysis of the top, middle, and baue of
the lummous cone, the diameter of which varies from z to
i\ cm. and the height from 10 to 25 cm.
If one introduces, by means of a loop of fine platinum
wire, into the middle of the height of the flame, some
dilute hydrochloric acid or some pure chloride of ammo-
nium, the colour of the upper half changes immediately ; it
turns green, and the intensity of the colour varies in pro-
portion to the quantity of hydrochloric acid or chloride
of ammonium introduced. In the flame thus rendered
visible, it is impossible to recognise by prismatic analysis
the slightest trace of the spedrum of sodium, or of a par-
tially burnt hydrocarbon.
Having substituted for the Bunsen burner a blowpipe
of platinum or silver, previously cleansed from all sodium
g articles, and for the illuminating gas properly purified
ydrogen, one notices that this gas burns in pure air with
a flame so colourless, and with such a faint luminosity,
that in the dark the eye can scarcely perceive it. One
cannot discern in any part of this flame the slightest indi-
cation of the sodium ** D *' line, or of a continuous spec-
trum.
The introdudion of hydrochloric acid or of pure am*
monia into hydrogen burning in pure air, gives direAly to
its colourless flame a tint of a livid greenish yellow, similar
to that seen when burning hydrogen in chlorine. The
prismatic analysis of this flame does not enable one to
deted the presence of the sodium line or of a continuous
spedrum.
In the blowpipe, with a pipe of pure platinum, cleansed
inside and out from sodium particles, fed with a mixture
in proper proportions of illuminating gas, or of hydrogen
and air, or of pure hydrogen and oxygen, spedroscopic
observation demonstrates in all cases the complete
absence of the sodium *' D ** line, whatever may be the
part of the flame examined. After the introdudion of
hydrochloric acid, which greatly alters the colour of these
flamesi one can find no trace of the sodium line.
To complete these proofs, I must adkl that, in the
darkened room, with pure air, spedrum analysis does not
enable one to deted the appearance of any spedrum, not
even a glimmer from the upper two-thirds of a flame from
a well made Bunsen burner,* terminated by a platinum
tube, or from a flame of from zo to 25 cm. length issuing
from a platinum blowpipe supplied with air or with pore
oxygen.
The spedrum only appears from this part of the flame
or blowpipe flame when one puts there a solid non-vola-
tile body, and in this case the spedrum produced is con-
tinuous, as we know.
As regards the blowpipe flame which restUts from the
combustion of an excess of pure hydrogen in equally pure
oxygen issuing under pressure from a platinum burner,
frequent observations permit me to state that, in the
portions of this flame where the temperature is not high
* Wheo the barner it faultily made, as ia often the caae, the flame,
instead of GontittinK ot a singU cone aurrounded by a barely viaiblo
but very hot envelope, reaolvea itaelf into two conea, exteodinf from
the bate almott to the apex ; an internal cone, tltghtty luminoua and
purpltt aurmounted by a aecond cone of purt blue in pure air, aur-
rounded again by a barely vltible envelope where the combuttion of
caibon takea place* In the flame from thia badly-made burner, tha
second cone agreea with the conditiona mentioned above ; that ia,
in the abtence of any ape^mm, although the intide cooe gtvca to
apeftrum analyait the partial tpeArum of burning hydrocarbona. to
which I aha 11 return later on. Whichtvtr was tnt bumtr luctl, /
hawe always placed in tkt barely visible external envelope o/tkeJUme
the body wkuh I wished to put im it for the pmfou oj avaAtiir a sPeC'
tmm analysis.
J
CVSIMCUi MBVM^ I
oa. ii» 189s. I
Report of Committee on Atomic Weights.
179
enough to brioe the platinnm well ap to melting-point,
speAnim aoelytis does not enable me to see a spednim.
The place of the speAram is occupied entirely by a dark
band, even when the width of the slit in the collimator of
the spearoicope eaceeds the limit necessary for distina
▼ision of the dark lines in the solar spedrum. As soon
aa the temperature of the flame reaches the fusing-point
of platinnm, the hydrogen becomes incandescent; its
colour becomea a pale or sky blue. Spedrum analysis
then shows the appearance of a continuous spedtrum, yet
without the formation of bands or lines. It resembles
that from the upper third of a blowpipe flame in which
the hydrogen has not reached the point of incandescence.
As a matter of fad, the flame which issues from an oxy-
hydrogen burner under more or less pressure, is composed
of two cones superposed, as in the case of a badly made
Bunsen burner, of a lower internal cone coloured light
blue in pure air, merging into the upper colourless cone,
when it consists of the oxyhydrogen flame fed with an
excess of hydrogen and oxygen.
Spednim analysis of this lower internal cone gives
a continaous spedrum, destitute of bands or lines, and
whose brightness increases continuously from the point
np to the part where the temperature is at a maximum
and ID a condition to keep iridium and rhodium fused. I
shall return later on to the subjed.
On substituting for the hydrogen some illuminating gas
or a very volatile hydrocarbon, — for instance, petroleum
naphtha or similar body in the state of vapour, issuing
from a platinnm burner,— one notices analogous fads as
regards the lower cone, which is always coloured blue.
The ipedrum analysis of this cone allows one to see a
continuous spedrum crossed with bands and lines of ex-
ceeding brilliance. The bands and lines are numerous.
Towards the portion of the lower cone, where the light of
the spedrum is most dassling, the temperature is so high
that rhodium and iridium can be kept fused. I shall re-
turn to this spedrum later on.
To resume — If one makes a prismatic analysis of that
part of the blowpipe flame of hydrogen and air, of
oxyhydrogen, or of oxy hydrocarbon, in which platinum
begins to melt or in which it is quite melted, or in which
iridium can be kept in a state of fusion, whether there
be either no spedrum or one of great brilliance ; in any
case the spedrum analysis does not enable one to deted
the presence of the sodium D line, when the air in which
the experiment takes place is pure, or at least has a given
relative degree of purity ; when the elements used
to produce the flame are pure; and, lastly, when the
apparatus itself yields no trace of sodium.
I ihall certainly not surprise those who have done any
■pedrum analysis when I say that I have met with the
greatest diflBcnlties in verifying, under the conditions
given, the fads written above, simple as they seem.
(To be continaed).
REPORT OF COMMITTEE ON ATOMIC
WEIGHTS, PUBLISHED DURING i894-*
By F. W. CLARKE.
(Coodaded from p. 167).
Thallium.
Two determinations of atomic weight were made by
Wells and Penfield to ascertain the constancy of the
element as such {Am. Journ. Sci., 3, xlvii , 466). The
nitrate was fradionaily crystallised until about z.2oth
remained in the mother-liquor, while another twentieth
had been subjeded to repeated re-crystallisation. Both
fradions were converted into thallium chloride, which
was dried at Ioo^ and in both the chlorine was estimated
• From the %mmal of the Ammam Chmical Society, vol. xvii.»
No. 3 . Read at the Boston BlevtinK, Dec. a8, 1894.
by weighing as silver chloride 00 a Gooch fiktr. The
results were as follows : —
TlCl. AfQ. At.wt.TL
Crystals .. •• 3*9146 S3393 304*47
Mother-liquor •• 3*3415 X'9968 904*47
Calculated with Ag= 107*92 and Cla35-45.
In the report for 1893 Lepierre'i work 00 thalHom was
given, and the last value cited was T1b203*oOy varying
widely from the rest of the series and affeding the laean.
The mean stated by Lepierre was 103*62, and as found
by me was 203*57. Lepierre {BulL Soc. Ckim^ 3, m^
423) now calls attention to the fad that his value 203*00
was a misprint for 203*60, and that his mean was there-
fore corredly given. He also gives additional detaila
relative to his work.
Bismuth.
The long- standing controversy between Schneider and
Classen over the atomic weight of bismuth has led to a
new set of determinations on the part of Schneider (^buni.
Praki. Chim,, 2, 1., 461). The old method was still used ;
namely, of converting the metal into the trioxide by means
of nitric acid and subsequent ignition of the nitrate ; but
the metal itself was carefully purified. Results aa fol*
lows:—
Wt. Bi. • Wt. Bi,0,. P.c. Bl in BisO..
5*0092 5*5868 89*661
3*6779 4*1016 89*648
7*2493 80854 89659
9*2470 10*3x42 89*662
6*0945 67979 89653
12*1588 13*5610 89*660
Mean
89*657
If Oa i6« Bi ranges from 207*94 ^o 3o8*X5, or id mean
208*05, confirming the earlier determinations.
Tin.
Incidentally to his paper on the white tin sulphide
Schmidt gives one determination of the atomic weight of
the metal [Btr.d, Chsm. Ois,, xxvii., 2743).
6659 SnOa. Hence Sd« 1x8*48.
0*5243 grm. Sn gave o'(
Anomalous Nitroobn.
An important discovery has been made by Lord Rav«
leigh, who finds that nitrogen obtained by purely
chemical methods is perceptibly lighter than that from
atmospheric air (Chbm. Nbwb, Ixix., 231, May 18, 1894).
Equal volumes of the gas, variously prepared, weighed as
follows :—
By passing NO over hot iron 2*30008
•> N.O „ 2*29904
„ AmNOa ,1 2*29869
For nitrogen from air he found:—
From air passed over hot iron 2 '3 1003
„ „ through moist FeOaHa 2*31020
„ „ over hot copper ,. •• 2*3x026
Investigating the cause of this anomaly, with the co-
operation of Ramsay, Kayleigh came to the astonishing
results communicated a few months later to the British
Association. It was found, in short, that atmospheric
air contains a gas heavier than nitrogen, and hitherto
unknown. Its density, in a sample as pure as could be
obtained, was X9'09, and it was charaderised by extraor-
dinary inertness. Whether it is a new element, or allo-
tropic nitrogen, Nj, remains to be determined. The
work is cited here because it shows that the density of
nitrogen as hitherto determined can give no trustworthy
value for the atomic weight of the element.
Miscellaneous Notes.
Some data bearing upon the atomic weight of tellurium
are given by Gooch and Howland (Am, y. Sei, [3],
i8o
Lecture Apparatus.
fOauficALNnrtf
I Oft. iz, 1805.
slvii^M 375)* At the homogeneity of teUorimn it ttill
uncertain, I omit their details.
Wanklyn's attempt to show that the atomic weight of
carbon is not 12, bat 6, was noted last year. He has
since published more on the subjed in a paper on Russian
Kerosene {Phil. Mag,, [5], xjucvii., 495), and the matter
was also discnssed at the Oxford meeting of the British
Association (Chbm. News, Ixx., 87, Aug. 24, 1894).
In a communication apon the Stasian determinations
(CompU Rgnd., cxviit., 528), Hinrichs discusses the avail-
ability of silver as a secondary standard in the scale of
atomic weights. He makes silver, chlorine, bromine,
iodine, and sulphur all Prontian in value. Hinrichs also
has published his views upon atomic weights in ixtinso
in book form (** The True Atomic Weight of the Che-
mical Elements, and the Unity of Matter," by Quttavus
Detlef Hinrichs, St. Louis, 1894).
In conclusion I submit a table of atomic weights re-
vised to January x, 1894. O-16 is still retained as the
base of the system ; but I hope that in another year it
will be prafticable to return to H "• x.
Name. Atomic wsifht.
Aluminium •• •• •• •• 27*
Antimony • .. •• lao*
Arsenic •• •• • 75*
Barium •• •• •• •• •• X37'43
Bismuth 208*
Boron •• •• •• •• •• xx*
Bromine •• •• •• •• •• 79*95
Cadmium • xxa*
CsBsium • •• •• 132*9
Calcium •• •• 40*
Carbon xa*
Cerium •• •• • X4o*a
Chlorine 35*45
Chromium* • •• •* •• •• 52*x
Cobalt 59*5
Columbium •• •* •• •• 94*
Copper 63*6
Erbium x66*3
Fluorine •• • •• X9*
Gadolinium •• X56*x
Gallium •• •• •• •• •• 69*
Germanium •• •• •• •• ^^'l
Glucinum.. • *• 9'
Gold 197*3
Hydrogen x*oo8
Indium • •• 1x37
Iodine .. •• • X26*85
Iridium •• •• •• •• •• X93*x
Iron 56*
Lanthanum •• •• •• •• X38*2
Lead 206-95
Lithium •• •• •• •• •• 7*02
Magnesium 24*3
Manganese •• •• •• •• 55*
Mercury •• •• •• •• •• 200*
Molybdenum •• •• •• •• 96*
Neodymium •• .. •• *• 140*5
Nickel 5S7
Nitrogen «• .. 14*03
Osmium •• •• •• •• •• X90*8
Oxygen •• •• •• •• •• x6'
Palladium.. .. •• .. •• xo6*5
Phosphorus .. • 3X*
Platinum •. •• X95*
Potassium •• 39'XX
Praseodymium •• •• •• X43*5
Rhodium X03*
Rubidium 85*5
Ruthenium xoi*6
Samarium • •• 150*
Scandium • • • • 44*
Selenium • •• •• 79*
Silicon • •• •• 284
Name. Atomic wdght.
Silver •• •• •• •• •• 107*92
Sodium •• •• •• •• «• 23*05
Strontium •• •• •• •• 87-66
Sulphur .. •• • 32*06
Tantalum 182*6
Tellurium. • X25*
Terbium •• x6o*
Thallium •. •• 204*18
Thorium • • 232-6
Thulium 170*7
Tin X19*
Tjtanium 48*
Tungsten •• •• •• .. •• x84*9
Uranium .. .. •• •• •• 239-6
Vanadium. • •• •• •• •• 51*4
Ytterbium.. .. •• .. .. X73*
Yttrium • •• 89*1
Zinc 65*3
Zirconium 90*6
LECTURE APPARATUS.
By Dr. W. R. HODQKINSON, F.R.S.B.
In the AnnaUn d$f Chime (vol. cdxxxiv., p. 3) Volhard
describes an apparatus for certain ledure purposes. I
have had an apparatus of very similar form and for the
same purposes in use in my le^ures at the Royal Military
Academy for the past eight years or more.
One or two additions or improvements were added some
time ago by my assistant, Mr. J. Young, A.R.C.S.
CanpcAL Mbwb* I
oa. XI, iSgs* I
Constituents of the Gas in Cleveite.
i8i
The tabflUoce to be barnt can be fired by the eledric
wires; the particalar form of gaage obviates any danger
of gases escaping owing to eacesstve expansion at the
moment of horning. It is, as will be seen, only a large
distilling flask with a stopcock sealed on the tube. Oxy-
gen may be driven in and through by means of the two
taps, i^Ur the sabstaoce has been put in the cup. This
is an advantage generally.
As a rule the rubber stopper is wired down and mercury
nsed in the gauge.
The apparatus can be used in a rough quantitative way.
Koyal Military College, Woolwich.
ON THB
CONSTITUENTS OF THE GAS IN CLEVEITE.
Br C. RUNGS and F. PASCHEN.
Wb have invettisated the spe^rum of the gas discovered
in the mineral cleveite li^ Ramsay, and have found it to
be most regular. It consists of six series of lines, the in*
tensity of the lines in each series decreasing with
d^reasing wave-lengths. Similar series of lines have
been obs^ed in many spe^a. The first series was dis-
covered by Dr. Huggins in the ultra-violet spedra of a
number of stars. It proved to belong to hydrogen, and to
be the continuation of the four strong hydrogen lines in
the visible part of the speArum. Johnstone Stoney had
already shown that three of the wave-lengths of the
visible hydrogen lines were most accurately proportional
to the values g/5, 4/3, 9/8, when Balmer discovered that
these Taloes were given by the formula—
for M >■ 3, 4, 6, and that the other wave-lengths of the
•eries were proportional to the values obtained by substi-
ting for m tne other entire numbers greater than three.
The series has now been followed from m*3 tomB2o,
the lines growing weaker and weaker to the more refran-
jjgble aide, and approaching each other closer and closer.
The fonnola shows that they approach a definite limit for
large Yalaes of m. This is seen more clearly when
we consider wave-numbers instead of wave-lengths, which
according to the formula would be proportional to—
m
Many series of lines similar to the hydrogen series
were discovered by Liveing and Dewar. They have
called them harmonic series, and have compared them to
the series of over-tones of a vibrating body. They have
been further studied by Rydberg and by Kayser and
Rnoge. We cannot here enter into any detailed account.
We only want to explain so much as to make the
cooclnsions understood which we have drawn from the
mAram of the ^as in cleveite. The wave-lengths X of
the lines beloogmg to the same series are always ap-
proximately conneaed by a formula somewhat similar to
bnlmer's—
x/X«A-B/iM*-C/m«.
A determines the end of the series towards which the
fines approach for high values of m, but does not influence
the dinerence of wave-numbers of any two lines. B has
■early the same value for all the series observed, and C
ougr be said to determine the spread of the series,
oorresponding intervals between the wave-numbers being
larger for larger values of C. As B is approximately
known, two wave-lengths of a series suflBce to determine
the constants A and C, and thus to calculate approxi-
mately the wave-lengths of the other lines. It was by
this means that we succeeded in disentangling the spec-
tmm of the gas in diveite, and showing its regularity.
In the spedrum of manv elements two series hava
been observed for which A has the same valoe, so that
they both approach to the same limit. In all these cases
the series for which C has the smaller value, that is to say
which has the smaller spread, is the stronger of the two.
In the spedrum of the gas in cl^eite we have two in-
stances of the same occurrence. One of the two pairs
of series, the one to which the strong yellow double line
belongs, consists throughout of double lines whose wave*
numbers seem to have the same difference, while the lines
of the other pair of series appear to be all single. Lithium
is an instance of a pair of series of single lines approach-
ing to the same limit. But there are also many instances
of two series of double lines of equal difference of wave-
numbers ending at the same place as sodium, potassinm*
aluminium, &c. There are also cases where the members
of each series consist of triplets of the same difference of
wave-numbers as in the spednim of magnesium, calcium,
strontium, sine, cadmium, mercury. But there is no in-
stance of an element whose spedrum contains two pairs
of series ending at the same place. This suggested to ns
the idea that the two pairs of series belonged to different
elements. One of the two pairs being hv far the stronger,
we assume that the stronger one of tne two remaining
series belongs to the ssme element as the stronger pair.
We thus get two spedra consisting of three series each,
two series ending at the same place, and the third leaping
over the first two in large bounds and ending in the more
refrangible part of the spedrum. This third series we
suppose to he analogous to the so-cslled principal series
in the spedra of the alkalis, which show the same
features. It is not impossible, one may even say not un»
likely, that there are principal series in the spe€tra of the
other elements. But so far they have not been shown to
exist.
Esch of our two spedra now shows a close analogy to
the spedra of the alkalis.
We therefore believe the gas in cllveite to consist of
two, and not more than two, constttnents. We propose
to call only one of the constituents helium, the one to
which the bright yellow double line belongs, whose
spedrum altogether is the stronger one, while the ether
constituent ought to receive a new name.
We have confirmed this rather hypothetical condosioa
by the following experiment :— The connexion leading
from our supply of cfeveite gas to the vacuum tube con*
tained a side branch parting from it and joining it again.
There were stopcocks on either side of the side branch,
and a third one in the side branch. In the main tube be-
tween the ends of the side branch a plug of asbestos was
tightly inserted. To prepare the vacuum tube only the
tap leading to the supply wss closed, the whole space np
to this tap beins carefully evacuated. Now the side
branch was closed, end the tap leading to the supply was
opened. Then we observed that the liaht of the eledric
discharge in the vacuum tube was at first greenish, and
after a while grew yellow. By cutting off the current of
gas after a suflSciently short time, we succeeded in
making a vacuum tube which remained ereenish. On
examining it in a small spedtroscope with which we could
overlook the whole spedmm, we found that the intensi-
ties of the lines had changed. The yellow line was
scarcely as bright as the green line 5016, and the red line
7065 had apparently decreased relatively to 728a and
6678, although it was still stronger than 7282. The two
lines that had decreased in intensity belong to the
second set of series, while the others are meml^rs of the
first set The other visual lines of the second set could
not very well be examined, because they are more in the
violet part.
This observation confirms our speAroscopic result. The
gas in cleveite may be taken to be a mixture of two gases
of different density, of which the lighter one is more
rapidly transmitted through the plug of asbestos. There
is, however, the objedion to be raised, that in the green
tube the pfessora is less, and that the difference of inteo-
l82
Vapour-tensions of Mixtures of Volatile Liquids.
* CBBIilCAL NbWS,
1 Oft. II, 1895.
•hies is due to the presBore being different. This mast
be further inquired into.
We were not satisfied with the visuaJ observation of
the change of intensities in our green tube, but thought
it desirable to test the conclusion by the bolometric
OBeasorement of the two lines that we have discovered
in the ultra-red part of the spe^rum. If we were right,
the ultra-red line of smaller wave-length, which belongs
to the second set of series, ought to have decreased in
intensity relatively to the other ultra-red line. This we
foond to be so indeed. In the yellow tubes the intensity
of the smaller wave-length was to that of the other on an
average as 3 to x, while in the green tubes it was as 1*8
to I. This confirmation we consider the more valuable as
it does not depend on any estimation which may be biassed
by the personal opinion of the observer, but is based on
an obje&ive numerical determination.
Another confirmation may be gathered from the spec-
trum of the sun*s limb and that of several stars. Let us
confine our attention to the six strongest lines in the
visible part of the spedrum : —
7066, 6678, 5876, 5016, 4922, 4472.
The first, third, and sixth belong to the second set of
series ; the second, fourth, and fifth to the first set. These
six lines have all been observed in the spedrum of the
8un*s limb, as Norman Lockyer and Deslandres have
pointed out. Now, according to their appearance in the
speArum of the sun's limb, they may be classed in two
groups, one group being always present, the other group
eing sometimes present. C. A. Young long ago called
attention to the difference in the frequency of appearance
of the chromospheric lines. He has given them fre-
quency numbers, roughly estimating the percentage of
frequency with which the lines were seen during the six
weeks of observation at Sherman in the summer of 2872.
According to Young, 7066, 5876, 4472 have the frequency
number xoo, while 6678, 5016, 4922 have the numbers 25,
30, 30, showing that one of the two constituents w^
always present, while the other was only seen about once
in every four cases.
The lines of both constituents have been observed in
the speftra of a considerable number of stars, fi, i, t, C
y Ononis, a Virginis, $ Persei, $ Tauri, ri Urss majoris,
/3 Ly rs. In the spedrum of fi Ly rse thirteen lines have been
identified with certainty. But the most interesting case
in point is the spedrum of Nova Anrigse, that wonderful
star whose sudden appearance was announced to astrono-
mers in 1892 by an anonymous post card. In the spec-
trum of Nova Aurigs the two lines 50x6 and 4922 were
very strong, while 4472 was weak, and 5876 has only
been seen by Dr. Huggins, we believe only on one occa-
sion, and appears to have been very weak. Now 50x6
and 4922 belong to the lighter constituent, and are to-
gether with 6678 the strongest lines in the visible part of
the spearum ; while 5876 and 4472 are the strongest lines
of the other constituent in the visible part of the spec-
trum. In Nova Aurigs, therefore, the lighter constituent
gave a much brighter speArum than helium proper. But
there may here be raised an objedion, which indeed we
do no not know how to refute. Why has the line 6678
not been observed ? It is a pity that the red part of the
speftrum cannot be more easily photpgraphed. Nova
Anrigs has now become very weak, and besides the spec-
trum is quite altered, so that we shall never know
whether the red line 6678 was really absent or has only
escaped notice.
From the faa that the second set of series is on the
whole situated more to the refrangible part of the spec-
trum, one may, independently of the diffusion experi-
ment, conclude that the element corresponding to the
second set is the heavier of the two. In the spedra of
chemically related elements like Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, or
Mg, Ca, Sr, or Zn, Cd, Hg, the series shift to the less
refrangible side with increasing atomic weight. But it
appears that in the spedra of elements following each
other in the order of their atomic weights in a row of the
periodic system like —
Na,Mg,Al;
K.Ca;
Cu, Zn ;
Rb, Sr;
Ag, Cd, In ;
the series shift the opposite way, so that the spedrum of
the element of greater atomic weight is as a whole
situated further to the more refrangible side. Now in
our case the density of the gas has been determined by
Langlet f published by Clhvt) and by Ramsay to be about
double the density of hydrogen. Assuming the atomic
weights of the two constituents to be between that of
lithium and that of hydrogen, they would both belong to
the same row of the periodic system, and therefore the
more refrangible set of series would correspond to the
greater atomic weight.
For convenience of reference all the observed lines are
given in the following table, the wave-lengths being
abridged to tenth-metres.
Lightif Con$titutnt,
First Second
Priadpal series* sobordiDsta series, sabordioatc series.
20400 6678 728a
50x6 4922 5048
3965 4388 4438
36x4 4x44 4x69
3448 4009 4024
3355 3927 3936
3297 387a 3878
3258 3834 3838
3231 3806 3808
3a «3 3785
Htavitr ConsHtuint (HtUum propn).
3889
3x88
2945
2829
2764
2723
2696
2677
Double lines.
DoQble Hoes.
5876
7066
447a
4713
4026
4X2X
3820
3868
3705
3733
3634
365a
3587
3599
3555
3563
353 «
3537
3513
35x7
3499
3503
3488
3491
3479
3482
3472
3466
3461
--Natun, September 26, 1895.
ON THE VAPOUR-TENSIONS OF MIXTURES
OF VOLATILE LIQUIDS.'
By C. E. LINBBARQBR.
(OoDtinaed from p. 170).
Ca!culaiion o/Risuiis^
In the calculations it is assumed that the laws of perfeA
or ideal gases may be applied to the mixtures of vapours ;
that is, the laws of Boyle, Gay^Lussac, and Dalton.
Where not too much vapour is present in the gaseous
mixture the legitimacy of this assumption is unquestion-
able ; and even though this condition be not fulfilled, the
* Abridged from the Joutnal of the American Ch^icat Socistf
vol. xvii.. No. 8, Aogust, 1895.
^Sa^, SS^*' } Vapour-tensions of Mixtures of Volatile Liquids.
Tablb \.^Vapouf-Unsion$ of Pure Liquids,
LoM Volomo of Volume Internal Bare- Tentioo of
Name of liqiiid. Temperatore. io loaa of air preetore meter io vapour in
tftma. in c.c. in cc. in m.m. m.m. m.m. Hg.
Hg. Mg.
Bemene 34*8'* 1*3805 443* 1876 5 760 145-4
Monocblorobensene 34*8^ o'^igi 51 1883 xo 757 203
Monobrombenzene 34*8** oi28g 20 1888 xo 757 8-o
Toluene 34*8'* 0-2451 67-6 1014 xi 754 468
34'8'' 0-4672 128-9 1949 XI 754 467
MeUzjlene (not especially purified) .. 34-8<' o«xo8o 258 x2ox 17 757 4x7
„ .• •. 34-8° 0-X085 25-9 X20X X7 758 4x8
Nitrobenxene 34*8** 00090 1-85 x2io 23 757 xx6
„ 34-8*^ 00088 x-83 X207 2X 757 X-X5
Carbon tetrachloride 34*8** 33803 555 1913 20 758 169-4
„ „ 27-8** 2-403X 3-96 X908 18 756 1300
Chloroform 350** 3*0320 6448 X033 25 755 29o-x
Ethyl iodide 34 '8** 4*209X 683- X913 20 756 X99-0
27-8'' 2-9760 483- X918 22 756 X52-2
Carbon bisulphide 20-o<» 2-454X 7774 X2o6 2x 756 2964
Methyl formate 20-o«> 51000 X95'8 XX96 x6 756 469-4
Acetic acid 35*0^ o'^goo 700 X960 20 760 263
NoTB.^Y) » Young, Chem. Sec., Iv., 486, X889 ; (R) » Regnault, Mhmoifis d$ VAcadimUt xxvi.,
(R ft Y) B Ramsay and Young, Chtm, Soc, xlix., 790, x886.
183
Tfloaion acoord*
inf to other
ooeenrers.
X47-2
20*0
8-0
G9
172-6
(R)
X30-8
(Ri
30X-X
<*^!>
206*0
|Ri
1547
(RJ
298' X
(R)
26-5 (R&Y)
239, 1862;
approximation to accuracy may be sufficient (see '* Com*
parison of the Vapour-teosions," ftc.)»
Calculation of Volum$ of Air passid through a Mixtun.
— In order to force the air in the measuring vessel through
the liquid in the absorption-vessel, it is necessary that it
be brought under a pressure equal to that of the atmo*
sphere plus that required to vertically displace the liquid
contained in the bulbs, the latter pressure varying with
the denaity and amount of the mixture. The volume of
the air under atmospheric pressure may be obtained then
aa follows : —
Let P represent the pressure of the atmosphere. Let
P* represeut the pressure which forces the air through the
liquid. Let V represent the volume of air under the
presaore P+ P'. Let V represent the volume of air imder
the pressure P.
According to Boyle's law, and inasmuch as the tem-
perature remains constant, —
P
CakultUion of Composition of Mixtun of Liquid Vapot'
is$d, — As this calculation is simply one of quantitative
analysis, it is not necessary to treat of its details.
Calculation of Partial Volumis of Mixtuns of Vapours,
— Let m represent the quantity of one component in the
saseous mixture. Let M represent its molecular mass.
Let 22*32 represent the volume in litres of a grm.-molecule
of hydrogen at the temperature o^ and under the pressure
760 m.m. Let a represent the coefficient of expansion.
Let vi represent the volume of vapour at the temperature
of the determination, ^ and under the atmospheric pres-
sure, p. We then have —
760 (X -fttf)
P
Calculations of Partial Prtssuns of Components of
Vapour Mixtun, — Let Vx represent partial volume of one
component. Let Va represent partial volume of the other.
Let 9 represent partial volume of air. Let /x represent
partial pressure of one component. Let pa represent par-
tial pressure of the other. Let p represent the atmo-
spheric pressure.
In accordance with Dalton*s law, —
vi « 22-32 -- X
Pi 'P
Vi
and^
{V + Vi+ Vz)
Pt-'p
Vi
(• + »! + »a)
Comparison of the Vapour'tensions obtained by the Method
herein Described and those obtained by other Methods.
Probably the best way to judge of the accuracy of the
results obtained in the determination of the vapour*ten-
sions of liquids according to the method described in thia
paper is to compare them with the results obtained by
other investigators working by other methods. Also a
criterion of accuracy is to k^ found in the more or lets
close concordance of duplicate experiments. In Table L
are given the necessary data of my experiments to-
gether with the results obtained by others. It was in
some cases necessary to interpolate the results of others
inasmuch as my results referred to a limited number of
temperatures; the interpolations were made on a large
scale, so as to avoid any slight inaccuracy. The original
papers of Young and Regnault I am now unable to con*
suit, and have to take their data as given in Landolt and
Bdrnstein*s '* Physikalische * Chemische Tabellen" or
other reprodudions.
An inspedioo of the table shows a most excellent cor*
respondence between my determinations of vapour-ten*
sions and those of others, when the liouid is but slightly
volatile, as in the case of the halogen substitution-produds
of benxene. But when, at the temperature taken for a
determination, the elastic force of the vapour exceeds xoo
m.m. of mercury, the correspondence becomes less close ;
and it is at once seen from the data that the greater the
volatility of a liquid, the greater the discrepancy. Let ns
take carbon tetrachloride and ethyl iodide for examples,
since determinations of their vapour-tensions were carried
out at two different temperatures. For carbon tetra-
chloride the difference between Regnault's results and
mine is 3^ m.m. of mercurv at 34*8° and ^g m.m. of
mercury at 27*8*^; for ethyl iodide, the difference at
34*8° is 7^0 m m. oSr mercury, and at 27*8* x/g m.m. of
mercury. Other examples point to the same result.
The cause of this want of concordance between my
results and those made by other methods has been hinted
at in a discussion of the errors to which this method is
subjed. The assumption, made in the calculations, that
the vaporous mixture may be treated as a mixture of
ideal gases, cannot be maintained when the volume of
the vaporised liquid forms more than a small fradion of
the total volume of the gaseous mixture that leaves the
absorption vessel. The vapour of ethyl iodide that was
carried off by the air, occupied more than a fourth of the
total volume, and the other volatile liquids also occupied
relatively lar^e volumes ; the volumes of the vapours of
the less volatile liquids, however, were but a small part
of the volume of the air pasted through the liquid. And,
\
I Si]
Analytical Chemistry.
t OlIKMICAL HBWB,
I oa. XI, 1805.
M has been shown, the less volatile liquids give results
perfedly concordant with those obtained by others.
Duplicate determinations of the vapour-tensions of some
of the liquids, as toluene, nitrobenzene, &c., give almost
identical results.
It would not be difficult to apply a correAion taking
into account the greater volatility of some of the liquids.
This I have not, as yet, done, as in certain details I wish
to alter the apparatus so as to obtain even more accurate
results ; thus the use of mercury as the liquid for expel-
ling the air from the measuring vessel would render the
system of drying-tubes unnecessary ; also, ground-glass
joints are undoubtedly preferable to rubber connexions.
Although it is my intention to study and modify the ap-
paratus further, I do not want to seem to ** reserve ** this
subjed of investigation ; on the contrary, I would be
most glad to see the apparatus tried and tested by others.
Although the results obtained by the employment of
this method do not have, in the case of the more volatile
liquids, the same degree of accuracy attainable by other
methods, still they are suited to the rec|uirements of an
investigation of the vapour-tensions of mixtures of liquids,
since both liquids, if their vapour-tensions be not too dif-
ferent, are affeded alike by any weaknesses in the method,
and the phenomenon observed permits of the drawing of
theoretic conclusions. Yet I have been careful in the
discussion of results to limit myself as much as possible
to such as were of the same accuracy as results obtained
by others ; thus, my method can be counted upon to give
results accurate to less than z m.m. of mercury when the
vapour- tension does not exceed xoo m.m. of mercury, and
to less than 2 m.m. of mercury when the vapour-tension
is less than 150 m.m. of mercury ; as can at once be seen
by a comparison of the data due to Young {loc, cit) and
Regnault (loc, cit.) in the greater number of cases a closer
correspondence than to within 2 m.m. cannot be found.
However, the conclusions which I draw from my experi-
ments would still hold if the error in the determination
were several times greater than that admitted above, in-
asmuch as it affeas each liquid in the same way, so that,
while it may affed the absolute accuracy, its relative tQe€t
is but slight.
(To be coDtioaed).
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
Analytical Chemistry. By N. Mbmschutkin, Professor
in the University of St. Petersburg. Translated from
the Third German Edition, under supervision of the
Author, by James Locke. London and New York :
Macmillan and Co. 1895. Svo., pp. 512.
In noticing this work we must distinguish between the
matter and the language. The author^s instruaions will
be pronounced excellent by all competent chemists who
may give them the necessary examination. We do not in-
deed, see that the author proposes any novel reaaion or
brings forward any new general method. But he lays due
weight on the acquisition of the hMt of chemical thought,
which he justly pronounces the most important objea of
praaical work. Mere mechanical study he appraises at
a very low value, considering that it cannot in a single
instance teach how to make a correa analysis, to say
nothing about developing the faculty of chemical thought.
He condemns the praaice of allowing the student to enter
upon analysis before he has been prepared by a thorough
training in general chemistry. He insists that the neces-
sary knowledge should be estimated not by the number
of single and isolated faas with which he is familiar, but
by the clearness with which he understands fundamental
chemical phenomena and theories, — points not always
duly appreciated by the routine examiner.
, The work consists of two main parti, a qualitative and
a quantitative. The author holds that the student should
in the outset devote himself to the former branch alone.
In a supplement to the seaion on qualitative analysis
the author explains the use of the blowpipe, — which he
remarks has almost completely disappeared from the la-
boratory with the introduaion of the Bunsen gas-burner,
though for the prospeaor and the traveller it retains all
its former value, — of Bunsen's flame-readions, which are
here very fully expounded, and of spearum analysis,
which receives here an attention unusual in analytical
manuals.
Prof. Menschutkin describes the spedroscope of Bunsen
and Kirchoff (not Kirschoffl), the reversal of the spec-
trum, the dependence of the spearum upon the conditions
of the experiment, the flame speara, the spark spedtra,
the phosphorescence speara, and absorption speara.
The recent results of Crookes, and of Kruss and
Nilson, are mentioned, but with the remark that the
subjea has not yet obtained the wide attention which it
requires and merits.
In the quantitative part of the work elearolytic deter-
minations are mentioned somewhat briefly, with a recom-
mendation of thermo-batteries, or of Meidinger and
Bunsen elements. We find no reference to gas analysis,
which is now of growing importance.
The subjea-matter of this work is of unquestionable
value, but the language employed is not incapable of
amendment. Thus we find the term '* metalloids ** con-
stantly used. The element which we commonly, in
virtue of priority, name ** glucinium," is here termed
*' beryllium,** and selenium and . tellurium are made to
rank as metals. In the very first sentence of the book
we read :~** the analytical branch of the science is given
a sharply-defined position.*' ** Is given ** and kindred ex*
pressions have come to be tolerated in newspaper para-
graphs, but they are painful in a scientific treatise.
Continuity of the Colligative Properties and the Polymer-
isaiion of Matter through its Three Conditions, By
JuLiEN Delaite. Brussels : F. Hayex. 1895.
The author formulates the following law: —
** The density of a mixture of several solutions, having
no chemical aaion upon each other, is, if the temperature
remains constant, the sum of the densities of the compo-
nent solutions, if we refer their density to the total
volume and accept as true the law of Boyle-Mariotte ap-
plied to the dissolved salt.*'
He gives a table of all the atomic volumes, showing
that the condensation is inversely as the chemical aaivity
of the elements. Potassium, sodium, calcium, bromine,
all very aaive substances, have low atomic coefficients,
whilst the heavy metals and carbon are most strongly
condensed. Diamond is said to have the strongest con-
densation, s 3271.
Another table gives the ** integral weights ** of the ele-
ments, not at all coincident with their atomic weights,
and ranging from Hsz to Osa>2498**. Helium and argon
do not appear to have come under the author*s investiga*
tion. By combining the atomic coefficients and the inte-
gral weights, Dr. Delaite arranges tbe elements in eight
series. He remarks that though carbon possesses the
highest atomic coefficient, yet its integral weight is rela-
tively low, which partly explains the great aaivity of this
substance in organic compounds. He believes that the
chemistry yet to be constituted will be better entitled
than that of Sterry Hunt to the title of a ** New Che-
mical System.**
A New Bactericide.— German medical and hygienic
papers are now discussing a new badericide bearing the
utterly misleading name of *' argonine." We hasten to
inform our readers that this novelty is not a compound or
derivative of argon, with which it has not the remotest
conne^on. It is a compound of silver and caseine«
y
CHtUICAl NtWS, I
OA. ir, 1895, r
Chemtcal Noitces from Foreign Sources.
185
CHEMICAL NOTICES FROM FOHEIGN
SOURCES.
NoTS.— All degrees of temperature are Centigrade unless otherwise
expressed.
CompUs Rendus Hihdomadairei des Seances^ de V Academic
<Us Sciences, Vol. cxxi., No. 13, September 23, 1895.
Specimen of Black Ctrbon from Brazil. — Henri
Moissan.— This carbon is a variety of black diamond
which sometimes exhibits a confused crystallisation, and
sometimes presents a shagreeny asped. M. des Cloixeau
in his study on carbon has mentioned various crystals,
among which is a complete cube with rounded edges.
Such carbon is met chiefly in the province of Bahia and
in small quantities in Borneo. It is much valued for
tipping the crowns of boring apparatus. When of good
quality its value is about 65 francs per carat. The sample
which I have the honour of submitting to the Academy
was found in the region between the Rio a Rancador and
the brook das Bicas in the territory of the town of Len-
goes. It weighs 630 grms. » 3073 carats, and is conse-
quently the largest specimen which has been hitherto
found. It is of a rounded form, distindly black. On ex-
amination with a low microscopic power it has the appear-
ance of a substance from which gases have escaped whilst
in a pasty state. It is porous, and has lost about 19 grms.
in weight since being taken out of the earth. The Bra-
zilian miners have to pay to the owners of the lands on
which they work a royalty of 25 per cent on the gross
yield of stones and also a tax to the Government.
Compotttion of Pelageiae. — Dr. A. B. Griffiths and
C* Piatt. — The authors have determined the chemical
composition of the violet pigment of the Medusa {Pelagia).
The pigment and fatty substances are soluble in boiling
alcohol and ether. The filtered solution is evaporated to
dryness ; the residue is treated with a solution of soda,
and the pigment rapidly extraded with carbon disulphide.
On spontaneous evaporation the violet pigment is left as
an amorphous residue. Of this pigment 0*2058 grm.
yielded 0*47325 c.c. (?) of carbonic acid and 0081 of water.
0*4605 of the pigment yield 15*15 c.c. of nitrogen at the
barometric pressure of 742 m.m. and the temperature of
I5^ The results answer to the formula CaoHi7N07. This
pigment, which we name pelageine, is soluble in alcohol,
ether, and acetic acid, insoluble in water, and very soluble
in carbon disulphide. In an isolated state pelageine is
bleached by light, and on spe(5lroscopic examination it
does not show any charaderistic absorption-bands.
Bulletin de la Societi Chimique de Paris,
Series 3, Vols. xiii.>xiv.. No. 9, 1895.
Thermic Study of the Anhydrous Barium and
Strontium Iodides.— M. Tassily.
Researches on the Combining-beats of Mercury
with (other) Elements. — Raoul Varet. — A determina-
tion of combining-heat of mercury with iodine (a +2^7
cal.), bromine (» +40*7 cal.), oxygen (■■ +21*3 caL),
and chlorine (» +49*8 cal.).
Amorphous State of Melted Bodies.— C. Tanret.—
Not all crystalline bodies re-crystallise on becoming solid
after fusion^ Some remain amorphous; and many, which
crystallise under ordinary conditions, become amorphous
if cooled abruptly. Among those which are thus rendered
amorphous after fusion, the author mentions the pent-
acetines of glucose and the hexacetines of the adive
inosites.
Contribution to the Study of the Dissociation of
A<5live Salts in Solution. — Ph. A. Guye and B. Rossi.
. — This voluminous paper is not adapted for useful abstrac-
ion, and does not merit insertion in extsnso.
Calcium Phosphate in Milk.— L. Vandin.
Isomeric States of Mercury Oxide.— Raool Varet.
Volumetric Determination of Zinc. — L. Barche. —
A reply to the criticisms of H. Lescoeur, who has operated
upon a sample containing 13*9 per cent of impurities.
Preparation of Ethylamine by the Redudtion of
Ammonium Aldehydate. — Ferdinand Jean. — The
author puts in a flask zo grms. ammonium aldehydate,
recently prepared, along with a little water and ao grms.
zinc powder. He then adds, in ten minutes, 150 grms.
of hydrochloric acid (1:2), and after ten more minutes,
30 grms. concentrated hydrochloric acid, moderating the
readion by cooling the flask in a current of water. After
forty* five minutes, it is heated for half an hour 00 the
water bath. To obtain the ethylamine a large excess of
soda is added so as to dissolve the zinc salt, and a violent
current of steam is passed into the flask whilst heat is
still applied.
Adtion of the Primary Aromatic Amines on the
Non-symmetric Ketonic Compounds. — L« Simon. —
This memoir is not adapted for useful abstradion.
Dimetbylamido-a-caprolc Acid. — E. Dunvillier.—
Also not adapted for abstradion.
Propionic Etbylhydantoine (Etbyluraminodopro-
pane).— E. Dunvillier. — Ethylamidopropionic acid yield-
ing merely a hydantoine and not the corresponding by-
dantoic acid, and the amidic acids of the amines of the
fatty series yielding merely a creatinine and rarely a
creatine, the author is led to believe that the same amido*
acids generally yield merely hydantoines.
Three Odlocblorophenols.— £t. Barral.— These odo-
chlorophenols possess certain identical properties which
are also common to hexachlorophenol :— (z) Redudion to
pentachlorophenol by tin and hydrochloric acid ; (3) de-
composition by heat into chlorine and produds containing
perchlorodioxyphenylene ; (3) formation of pentachloro-
phenol acetate with acetic anhydride. These isomeric
odochlorophenols are much more stable than hexachloro-
phenol. They are perchloro* acetones, differing from
hexachlorophenol by CI3 ; that is, trichlorides of p$nta»
chlorO'CyclO'hexa-ditneont in which the position of the
three atoms of chlorine has yet to be determined.
Hezamethyleneamine. Adion of Pbenylhydrasin
Hydrocblorate. — M. Delepine.— Here we have the total
elimination of the typical hydrogen. Methylenepheoyl-
hydrazin, CHaCHa-N— NH-CeHj, which would cor-
respond to the general formula of the phenylhydrazin
aldehyds, still reads upon formic aldehyd to yield tri«
methyleoe-diphenyldihydrazin.
Hezamethyleneamine Cbloromercurates and lodo-
mercurate.— M. Delepine.— The author has obtained
three cbloromercurates and one iodomercurate, and con>
aiders it certain that by varying the conditions we may
augment their number on account of the multiplicity of
basic fundioos in the molecule.
Novel Readions of Morphia. — G. Bruylants. — ^Al-
ready inserted.
Untrustworthiness of Cremometers for Deter-
mining the Patty Matter in Pasteurised Milk.— P.
Cazeneuve and £. Haddon.
Sterilisation of Milk, and on Ladtic Permentatioo.
P. Cazeneuve. — The author's conclusions are : — z. If it
is true that a heat of zzo" (Pasteur, Hueppe) for half an
hour is required to kill the ladic ferment, a temperature
of 98** to 100*^ applied for an hour often destroys it, and
in all cases attenuates it so far as to render it sterile in
deoxygenated milk. As for the pathogenic ferments they
are certainly destroyed. 2. In industry the apparatus
which I have described permitting the complete immer-
sion in boiling water of the sterilising bottles and the total
deoxygenation of the milk and the containing vessel secures
its indefinite preservation without any savour of rancidity
and without coagulation. 3. Milk at 98^x00* has
i86
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
f Crbmigal Nbws,
I Oa. XX, 1895.
digestive properties, as demonstrated by clinical observa-
tion and experiment (Dr. Rodot), at least equal to those
of raw milk, whilst it has the well known superiority of
not being the vehicle of certain contagious microbia fDr.
Budin, &c.). It has the advantage over milk boiled at
xzo— 120^ of not turning yellow, and not taking a taste
of burning or of peptone so frequently met with in milks
sterilised at this temperature. 4. My observations have
permitted me to establish that the ladic ferment appears
little dififused in the air. Milk is chiefly contaminated by
contad with impure objeds.
Mordant of Glucina.— Maurice Prudhomme.— In pre-
paring the mordant the author sets out with a crystalline
glucinium sulphate, free from iron, and containing merely
traces of alumina. 10 grms. of this sulphate were dis-
solved in 75 C.C. of distilled water, precipitated with am-
monia, and pure ammonium carbonate is added to the
solution. After twenty-four hours, it is filtered and
heated in the water-bath to expel any excess of ammonium
carbonate. The deposit of glucinium carbonate is re-
dissolved in acetic acid and the mordant is made up to
zoo c.c. The cloth worked in this bath is dried in the
stove, aged for twenty-four hours in a moist atmosphere
at about 35S and dunged in a dilute solution of ammonia
at 6qP. The swatches took a garnet shade corresponding
to violit-nd z, 4/10 black of Chevreul's chromatic circle.
The author concludes that glucina behaves as a protoxide
and not as a sesquioxide from a tindorial point of view*
MISCELLANEOUS.
Impurities in Milk.^The Medical Press of Odlober
and quotes Dr. Buckhaus, of Berlin, that this city con-
sumes in its milk-supply 3 cwts. of cow-dung. Whether
this is the daily consumption of so unsavoury an addition
we do not learn.
Diamonds. — According to the Chemiker Zeitung a
diamoodiferous rock has been discovered on the River
Kamanka, in the Southern Ural. The diamonds are said
to resemble those of Brazil, having a purer water than
those of South Africa.
Discovery of Saltpetre at the Cape. — Attention
has been called from time to time to the importance of
searching for deposits of potassium salts in the Colonies
and India. According to South Africa it appears that
beds of earth rich in potassium nitrate have been dis-
covered in the Cape Colony, and are now being worked
on a pradical scale. Samples have been found containing
as much as 70 per cent of this valuable salt, but the
average seems to range from Z2 to Z5 per cent. Of course
the extent of the deposits has not yet been determined.
The value of this discovery, if the supply is considerable,
is beyond question.
Influence of the Presence of Lead Acetates on the
Results of the Determination of Inverted Sugar by
the Pehling-Soxhlet Method.— Arthur Borntrager.—
The author confirms the statement of C. H. Gill, which
appeared in a paper on the examination of glucose-con-
taining sugars, read before the Chemical Society, March
z6, z87Z. Gill arrived at the conclusion that in presence
of basic lead acetate, solutions of invert sugar seem to
have a less redudive power than in the absence of the
lead salt. Borntrager expresses his regret that he did not
meet with Gill's original paper, but only imperfeA, and to
some extent misleading abstraAs. — Deutsche Zucker-
Industrie t August 9, 1895.
Bbrata.— The title of the paper by Messrs. Auden and Fowler
(p. X63) should read *' The Aaion of Nitric Oxide on Ceruin
Salts/instead of" Nitric Acid:* P. 114, Queen's College, Cork, /or
•* Assistant— D. J. O'Mahonjr, F.C.SV'fM^*' Deffloottrator— R. B.
Doran, F.C.S."
J. & A. CHURCHILL,
PU BLISHER S,
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY AND
QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS: Specially adapted for Colleges
and Scbeols. By FRANK CLOWES, D.Sc, Professor of Che-
reistry in University College, Nottingham. Sixth Edition, with
84 Engravings, Post 8vo, 8s. ^,
ELEMENTARYQUALITATIVE ANA-
LYSIS; suitable for Organised Science Schoola. By FRANK
CLOWES, D.Sc. Lond., Professor of Chemistry in Uniyenity
College, Nottingham, and J. BERNARD COLEMAN, Head of
the Chemical Department, South* West London Polytechnic.
W ith Engravings. Post 8vo, 2s. M,
BY THE SAME AUTHORS.
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS: specially
adapted for Colleges and Schools. Third Edition, with 106 En-
gravings, Post 8vo, 9s.
VALENTIN'S QUALITATIVE ANA-
LYSIS. Edited by Dr. W. R. HODGKINSON. F.R.S.B., Pro-
fessor of Chemistry and Physics in the Royal MiliUry Academy
and Artillery College, Woolwich. Eighth Edition, Revised and
Enlarged, 8s. 6^.
BLOXAM'S CHEMISTRY, INOR-
GANIC AND ORGANIC, with Experiments. Re-written and
Revised bv JOHN MILLAR THOMSON, Piofessorof Chemis-
try. KingVi College, London, and ARTHUR G. BLOXAM,
Head of the Chemistry Department, The Goldsmitha* Inatitnte,
New Cross, London. Eighth Edition, with 282 Engravings, 8vo,
i8i. 6<f.
BLOXAM'S LABORATORY TEACH-
ING; Or, Progressive Exercises in Praftical Chemistry.
Edited by ARTHUR G. BLOXAM, Head of the Chemistry
Department, The Goldsmiths' Institnte, London. Sixth Edition.
Revised and much Enlarged, with 80 WoodcnU, Crown 8vo,
6s. 6d,
CHEMISTRY OF URINE; a Pra«5lical
Guide to the Analytical Examinations of Diabetic, Albaminoua.
and Gouty Urine. By ALFRED H. ALLEN, F.I.C., E.G^S.
With Engravings, 8vo, ys. 6d,
London :
J. & A. CHURCHILL, 11, New Burlington Street.
ACETONE — AoBwcring all reqnirementt.
.A.CXZD J^OETIO— Pure»t and sweet.
- BOiR-A-OIO— Cryit. and powder.
OI'-L'_fcOlO— Cryil. made in earthenware.
Q--A.IjIjIO— From best Chinese galla, pore.
S-A-IilOYIjIO-By Kolbe'a process.
- T-A.K"3^IO— For Pharmacy and the Arta.
LIQUID CHLORINE
(Compressed in steel cylinders).
FORMALIN (4075. CH3O)— Antigeptic and Preservative.
POTASS. PBRMANGANATE-Cryat., large and anuOU
SULPHOCYANIDB OP AMMONIUM.
BARIUM.
POTASSIUM.
TARTAR EM ETI C-Cryat. and Powder.
TRIPOLI AND METAL POWDERS.
ALL CHEMICALS FOR ANALYSIS AND TH£ ARTS
A.
Wholesale Agents—
& M. ZIMMERMANN,
6 A 7, CROSS LANE LONDON, E.C.
POR SALE, cheap.— Eight Soda Evaporating
^ Pans, 8' X s' X a* X 3-16'.— Apply, Bellamy, Tank Works, M illwall,
London, E.
CbbmicalNbws,!
Constitution of Camphoric Acid.
187
THE CHEMICAL NEWS
Vol. LXXIL, No. 1873.
ON THE SENSITISING ACTION OF DYES ON
GELATINOBROMIDE PLATES.*
(Abstract).
By C. H. BOTHAMLEY, F.I.C.. P.C.S.
Although many dyes have been examined since H. W.
Vogel's discovery in 1873, very few of them exert any
marked tBt£t in making gelatinobromide plates sensitive
to the less refrangible rays of the spearum. Only
cyanin and the dyes of the eosin group (including the
rhodaminet), with perhaps malachite-green, alizarin-blue,
and chrysoidine, exert any praftically useful eflfeia.
The main points established by previous observers may
be summarised aa follows :~(x) all the dyes that ad as
sensitisers are readily affeded by light when in contaa
with paper, fabrics, &c. ; (2) in order that a dye may ad
as a sensitiser it must have the power of entering into
intimate union with silver bromide, forming a kind of
lake ; and (3) it must show a strong absorption-band for
the particular rays for which it is to sensitise. It is
important to observe that the converse of these state-
ments is not necessarily true, since several dyes that
have all these properties show no appreciable sensitising
adion.
Experiments by Dr. E. Vogel on the rate of fading and
the sensitising adion of the eosin dyes, led him to the
conclusion that the order of sensitising effed coincides
with the order of fadine when the dyes are exposed to
light. The order in which he places the dyes does not,
however, correspond with the order of fading as observed
in dyed fabrics, and the experimental method that he used
is open to criticism. . , ,.
The author's observations on the fading of the various
sensitisers when exposed to light in contad with gelatin
alone, led him to the conclusion that, although all the
sensitisers are readily affeded by light, the order of sensi-
tising efifea does not necessarily correspond with the
order of fading, whether the dyes belong to the same
chemical group or not. .
There are two chief hypotheses as to the mode m
which the dyes ad, namely, (i), the view held by Abney,
that the dye itself is oxidised by the adion of light, the
oxidation produd remaining in contad with the silver
bromide ; and when the plate is treated with the deve-
loper, the latter and the oxidation produd, ading simul-
taneously on the silver bromide, bring about its redudion ;
and (a), the view first definitely formulated by Eder and
endorsed by Vogel, namely, that the energy absorbed by
the dyed silver bromide is partially used up in bringing
about the chemical decomposition of the silver bromide,
instead of being almost entirely converted into heat as
when absorbed by the dye alone.
The author has found that the less refrangible rays will
Sroduce a photographic image on the sensitised gelatino.
romide plates when they are immersed in powerful
reducing solutions, such as a mixture of sodium sulphite
and pyrogallol. This holds good for cyanin, the eosm
dyes, the rhodamines, and quinoline-red, whether the
sensitiser has been added to the emulsion or has been
applied to the plate in the form of a bath. It is therefore
impossible to attribute the sensitising effed to any inter-
mediate oxidation of the dye.
Experiments with various reagents, such as potassium
bromide, potassium dichromate, mercuric chloride, and
* Read before the British Asiociatioo (Sedton B), Iptwich
Meeting, 1895.
dilute hydrogen peroxide, seem to show that the chemical
nature of the latent image produced by the less refiran-
gible rays on the specially sensitised plates, is precisely
the same as that of the latent image produced by the more
refrangible rays in the ordinary way.
Further proof in the same diredion is afforded by the
fad that the effed of the sensitisers extends to the
produdion of a visible effed by the prolonged adion of
light.
The balance of evidence is therefore greatly in favour
of the view that the dye absorbs the particular groups of
rays, and, in some way which is not at all clear, hands on
the energy to the silver bromide with which it is inti«
mately associated, and which is thereby decomposed.
MOTE ON THE
CONSTITUTION OP CAMPHORIC ACID.*
By J, J. SUDBOROUGH, D.Sc.. Ph.D., F.I.C..
Ledorer 00 Organic Cbemittry, UniversKy College, Nottingham.
The behaviour of camphoric acid on esterification (J. W.
Briihl, Ber,, 1893, xxvi., 2S4) is very similar to that of
some of the aromatic polycarboxylic acids investigated by
V. Meyer and Sudborough (B#r., 1894, xxvii., 3x46).
These authors have shown that a carboxylic group which
has substituting groups in the two ortho-positions is in-
capable of yielding an ester under the usual treatment
with alcohol and hydrogen chloride. Thus, mellitic acid —
COOH
COOH.C /\ C.COOH
COOH.C I J C.COOH
y
COOH
gives no ester. Pyromellitic acid—
COOH
C
HC /\ C.COOH
COOH.C [} CH
COOH
gives a neutral ester, C6Ha(COOEt)4.
acid—
C.COOH
C.COOH
CCOOH
COOH
gives a dialkvlic ester, C6Ha(COOH)2(COOEt)a.
Wegscheider {Monaishift, 1895, xvi., 75) has since
shown that hemipinic acid^-
C.OMe
And prehnitic
* Read before the British Association (Scdioo B), Ipawich
Meeting 1895.
188
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
fOBnacALllBvs,
1 Oa.t8,ifl9s-
which is a dicarboxylic acid, yields a mono- alky lie ester,
and thus resembles camphoric acid very closely indeed.
It if true of both herotpinic and camphoric acid that if
the esterification is carried out for some time at the
boiling-point of the alcohol, small quantities of the neu-
tral ettert are also formed ; the main produd, however,
is always a mono-alkylic ester.
The reason for such behaviour is, bejrond doubt, to be
sought for in the stereo-chemistry of the molecule, the
ortho-substttuting groups hindering the adion of the
reagent which is employed.
This view has received support from the recent investi-
gations of V. Me3rer on the esterification of many other
aromatic acids, and also from those of the author on substi-
tuted benaoyl chlorides and bensamides (youm. Chtrn,
Soc., Z895, 5^ *^^ ^i)* Whether we regard the substi-
tuting groups as filling up the space and thus preventing
the formation of some intermediate additive compound, as
Wegschetder suggests, or whether we regard them as
simply preventing the entrance of the alkylic groups into
the molecule, is of no importance in the present dis-
cussion.
We are thus, to some extent, justified in concluding
that the charaderistic behaviour of camphoric acid on
esterification is due to stereo- chemical causes. Any con-
ttitutional formula proposed for the acid should therefore
indicate stereo-chemical grounds for such behaviour.
If we take three of the formula which have been more
or less generally accepted, viz.—
CHa
HaC /\ CILCOOH
MeHC IJ C(Me)COOH
CHa
Armstrong*
CMea —
CHa CH.COOH
CHa
CMea
C.Me.COOH
Bredt
J
CH.COOH
CHa
HMe CH.COOH
TiimoHH.
we find that in no case have we a carboxylic group which
has substituting groups in the two ortho- positions. In
the formulflB of Armstrong and of Bredt, however, one
carboxyl is ortho-substituted on the one side, and then
has a methyl ^oup attached to the same carbon atom to
which it is united. It may be that this methyl group has
a similar influence from a stereo-chemical point of view
as a methyl group in the ortho position. If this is really
so, then we can see sufficient grounds for the analogy
between camphoric acid and hemipinic acid. If, however,
we take the formula recentlv suggested by Tiemann {Btr.,
1895. xxviii., 1079) we see that both carboxylic groups are
similarly situated ; they both have substituting groups in
one ortho position, but not in the other; and, further,
neither has a substituting group attached to the same
carbon atom to which it is united. We thus see no reason
why one carboxyl should behave differently from the other
on esterification. It must be pointed out that hemipinic,
mellitic, and the other acids are all benxene derivatives,
whereas camphoric acid, according to Armstrong, is a
hexamethylene derivative, and according to Bredt and to
Tiemann a pentamethylene derivative. J. van Loon has
recently shown {Btr,, 1895, xxviii., 2270) that polycarb-
acids of the hexamethylene series, #.^., hvdromellitic and
isohydromellitic acid, behave very similarly to the acids of
the bensene series, except for the difference that is caused
by cis- and trans-isomensm.
ON SOME STILBENE DERIVATIVfiS.*
By J. J. SUDBOROUGH, D.Sc, PhJ)., FJ C.
Thb author has prepared monocbloro-, methyl-chloro-,
and ethyl-chloro-stilbene by the adion of phosphorus
pentachloride on deoxybenxoln and on its methyl and ethyl
derivatives. The monochloro-stilbene differs from that
described by Zinin (AnnaUnt cxlix., 375), as it is a solid,
which crystallises from alcohol in large colourless plates*
It melts at 53°— 54^ and yields additive compounds with
bromine, with chlorine, and with " nitrous acid." These,
together with the corresponding compounds obtained from
methyl- and from ethyl-chloro-stilbene, are described. An
oily monochloro-stilbene, corresponding to that of Zinin,
has also been prepared, and is being subjeded to further
examination in order to determine whether it is merely an
impure form of the crystalline compound or a true stereo-
isomeride.
CHEMICAL RESEARCHES AND SPECTROSCOPIC
STUDIES OP VARIOUS ELEMENTS.
By JBAN SBRVAIS STAS.
(Ooatinoad from p. 179).
To have the air motionless, at the tame time, outside and
inside a closed room, however large, is a condition so rare
that almost all spedroscopists acknowledge that the so-
dium D line is always seen in a Bunsen oumer or in a
blowpipe fed with hydrogen.
When one has a chance of having the air relatively
pure, the disturbance which one is obliged to make one's
self in the room in order to work soon stUltes the purity
of the medium.
I have ascertained that the time suitable for the »•
periments themselves is vei^ small ; it is at the most an
hour and a half a day ; and it is only in the morning, from
9 to II o'clock, when the external air has been saturated
with moisture for several days, that we can hope to find
it at Brussels, on condition of having taken care to wash,
with plenty of water, the floor and the walls of the room
the previous evening, in order to rid one's self, so far as
may be, from dust accumulations, of having admitted
thither air saturated with moisture, of keeping the floor
wet, of refraining from walking about the room, and of
only being helped by a single assistant or a single witneaa.
When the floor is dry and the air of the room is disturbed
by walking about, or by draughts caused by the doors,
by the window-shutters, and above all by the roof of the
room, the pure deep blue colour charaderistic of the flame
of a Bunsen burner alters towards indigo, to become
finally a distind violet, and even reddish ; one then often
observes in it bright points which give a yellow light.
The prismatic analysis of the flame shows in it the
existence of sodium and calcium in an intermittent or
continuous manner, according to the magnitude of the
disturbance of the air. The introdudion of hydrochloric
acid in this flame allows one to see the spedrum of cal-
cium with great relative clearness.
In air disturbed b^ motion, the invisible flame of pure
hydrogen, the blowpipe flame of hydrocarbon in air, or of
oxyhydrogen, turns distindly yellow, often even red,
and becomes very bright. The colour and brightness of
this flame increases with the magnitude of the dis-
turbance.
The difficulties against which one has to strive whilst
one is attempting to ascertain the truth of fads, do not
include simply such impurities as the ordinary air may
contain, but depend equally on the state of purity of the
ga&es employed and of the apparatus through which one
* Read before the British AMOciation (Sedioo B), Iptwich
Meeting, 1899.
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
CBUMtOALNEWf,!
oa. 18, 1895. /
passes them, or on the burner in which one completes
the combustion of them.
It is essential that the illominating gas, hydrogen, air,
and oxygen which feed the blowpipes shoald themselves
be entirely freed from suspended particles of sodium or
calcium.
I have fonnd that one of the best and surest methods
of purifying illuminating gas, hydrogen, oxygen, and air
from all suspended particles, is to let them pass through
pure boiling water, and to pass them into and store them
for at least twenty-four hours undisturbed in large gaso-
meters, over water free from volatile bodies and made
alkaline by lime or baryta.
When afterwards used they do not show any trace of
the spedrum of sodium or calcium*
It is so difficult to deprive dry air in motion of sus-
pended matter, that one distindly notices the presence of
sodium in the flame of a platinum or silver blowpipe
when fed with hydrogen or purified illuminating gas, and
either external or internal air supplied and purified by
its passage through water-bellows or a water-pump. I
have only succeeded in removing the sodium which is
contained in insoluble suspended particles from the exter-
nal or internal atmosphere, even with the assistance of a
water-pump, by passing it through a metal heater con-
taining pure boiling water.
Havinf regulated the supply of purified air and the
boiling of the water, so as to obtain a supply of air and
water vapour in nearly equal volumes, the condensation
of steam, during its passage along a condenser of well-
polished tin, ensures the deposit of such insoluble par-
ticles as ma^ have survived the purification by the pump,
and thus gives, when using either illuminating gas or
pure hydrogen, a blowpipe flame in which spedlrum
analysis does not enable one to deted the sodium line, it
being well understood that the air of tht room or of a lofty
and comparativily confimd clont^ with damp walls, in
which one is working, is itself entirely freed from sodium
particles.
The steam, when condensing, deposits with itself the
insoluble matter suspended in the air supplied by the
bellows or the pump.
I have tried an experiment, on s very large scale, for
the purpose of ascertaining the weight of sodium parti-
cles thus eliminated. I worked during a moderate
southerly breeze, on air taken from the street in which I
live, running from east to west, 9 metres above the
frround, which is about 50 metres above the surface of the
river running through the town, and about 67 metres
above sea-level. Whilst the apparatus was working I
took pains to satisfy myself, by several repetitions, that
after the condensation of steam the air mixed with it was
completely free from sodium particles.
The condensed water, as it was formed, was passed
through a double filter-paper that had been freed by a
simple process from all traces of mineral matter, and held
in a covered platinum funnel. I found that the combus-
tion, in a closed vessel and at the lowest possible temper-
ature, of the double filter, through which had passed tin
lUns of water after the pump had been working for six-
teen hours, only left 0*00023 grm. of brown ferruginous
Mh,~that is to say, 23/10,000,000 of its weight, sup-
posing, be it understood, that not a particle* of suspended
matter had been retained in the well-polished tin con-
denser. The volume of air supplied by the pump to the
distilling apparatus amounted to about 17 cubic metres.
In whatever manner the water was colleded into a
glass jar, it was impossible for me to deted in it, by
spedrum analysis, the slightest sign of the sodium line.
The water-pump, therefore, had robbed the air of its
soluhU compounds of sodium ; on the other hand, the
brownish ash, having been moistened with hydrochloric
acid freshly prepared in the platinum dish, and intro-
duced into an hydrogen flame on the end of a platinum
•A filter of good paper, treated succettively with hydrochloric and
bydroflaoric sods, left no trace of ath when burnt.
189
loop, at once coloured it a brilliant yillow^ and with the
spedroscope I recognised the presence of calcium and
sodium.
The last remaining cause of the difficulties which one
meets in spedrum analysis, when one attempts to %6ivt
important questions, rests in the apparatus used for pro-
ducing the flames.
As regards platinum, experience has taught me that by
melting and refining one rids it entirely of sodium. As
a matter of fad I have never succeeded in deteding the
appearance of the sodium line in platinum which has
been purified by re-melting in the air in an oxyhydrogen
blowpipe. I have noticed, on several occasions, t^at
platinum which had been melted in a lime crucible, on
being re-melted in an oxyhydrogen flame, gave temporarily
a calcium spedrum. Whatever the reason might be,
when made into either sheet or wire, the re-melting in air
got rid of the calcium.
If platinum which has been kept for some time in air,
iVin protected from dust, be put into the flame of a Bunsen
burner or an hydrogen flame, it at once colours them
yellow and shows the sodium line, but never a calcium
spedrum, not even when moistened with ' hydrochloric
acid. The fad that these flames turn yellow, first noticed
by Messrs. Bunsen and Kirchhoff, is known by all spedro-
scopists. This colour disappears when ths metal is raised
to a white heat.
If platinum which has been lying in air, either in a
room or outside, and unproteded from the dust, be put
into the flame of a Bunsen burner or an hydrogen flame,
it colours them yellow tinged with red : this colour lasts
so long as the platinum has net been melted and refined
in a lime crucible, or even if it has not been treated when
warm with a mixture of hydrofluoric and hydrochloric
acids diluted with their own weight of water. I have
ascertained that the particles suspended in the air, both in
the room and outside in the town of Brussels, which are
insoluble in water, include, besides organic salts, silicates
of alumina, calcium, iron, and sodium, carbonate of cal-
cium, and silica. I have looked for potassium without
being able to find it.
Experience has taught me that the tubes and fittinn
of platinum intended to be used in accurate spedroscopic
researches ought to be kept proteded from atmospheric
dust, and before making use of them it is essential to give
them a cleaning with dilute hydrofluoric and hydrochloric
acids, and then with distilled water. I have ascertained
as a fad that it is in the form of a fused silicate that the
sodium remains on the surface of dusty platinum which
has been raised to a white heat.
I have mentioned above that pure platinum, if kept
some time in air and protected from dust, colours the
flame of a Bunsen burner yellow, and gives the sodium
line.
I tried some experiments to make sure of this fad, and
found that pure platinum— either wire, sheet, or spongy —
can be kept a great length of time in the damp open air,
as well as in an air current issuing from a gasometer
where it has been stored over water for twenty-four
hours, and whence it issues saturated with water*vapour,
without acquiring the power of colouring an hydrogen
flame yellow, or giving the slightest trace of the sodium
line.
It is the same with air purified by passing it through a
metal boiler filled with boiling water, as I have explained
above. This air is so completely free from sodium that
not only can one leave platinum in it without contami-
nating it with sodium, but one can pass a spark from a
powerful indudion-coil through it, between platinum
points or points of platinum covered with iridium free
from soda, and still a spedrum analysis of the spark does
not show the sodium lines among the atmospheric lines
{see Note). This image can always be seen in the spark
made in so-called pure air, even when hydrogen and tllU'
minating gas can be burnt in it without showing th$
I presence 0/ sodium in the spectroscope. When describing
190
Citric and Tartaric Acids from Cane-sugar.
i Cbbmical Nbws,
T oa. i8, 1895.
the t[
last faa.
ipeArotcopic study of lithium I shall return to this
faa.
(Note.— I made this experiment in an apparatus the
details of which are known. It consisted, shortly, of a
tube of hard colourless glass, 12 cm. long, 8 cm. internal
diameter, and zo cm. external diameter.
A disc of hard glass, ground and polished on one side,
2 cm. thick and 10 cm. diameter, was fixed on either
open end of the tube by means of clamps held together
by metal rods with screwed ends. Each disc was pierced
in the middle with a slightly conical hole, about z cm.
diameter, into which was carefully fitted a plug of pure
silver, terminating outside in a small ring, meant for
making conta^ either with the coil or the condenser. In
the end of the conical silver plugs which pierced the discs
was drilled a deep cylindrical hole i\ m.m. in diameter,
and tapped, for screwing in one of the ends of a platinum
rod of the same diameter, whose end was also screwed.
To the other end of the platinum rod was attached a ball
of the same metal, 3 m.m. in diameter, or a ball of plati-
num coated with pure iridium which had been fused on
with the oxy-coal-gas blowpipe.
The distance between the platinum balls is adjusted
by screwing the ends of the platinum rods more or less
deeply into the screw holes in the silver plugs, which are
kept in the discs by fridional grip. After some trials I
varied this distance between 5 and zo m.m.
In the middle of the space between the hole pierced in
each disc and the inner surface of the tube is drilled a
second hole, 6 m.m. in diameter, into which is fitted, by
grinding with emery, a hard glass tap, so as to provide
each disc with a tap for letting the air to be submitted to
the ele^ric discharge into the tube.
With the exception of the silver plugs and their exten-
sions, the platinum rods and balls used as eledrodes, the
apparatus was made of hard glass, of which all the parts
in mutual contact were ground and polished with emery,
and kept pressed one against the other in such a manner
as to form an air-tight chamber, and preserve by atmo-
spheric pressure the air which was contained in it.
In order to rid the apparatus of all traces of free sodium
compounds I made the following arrangements. After
having washed the apparatus, snort of its silver plugs,
several times with pure water, I put it, whilst it was still
wet, by means of the taps fitted to it, in communication
with the gasometer containing the air which I wished to
examine, and passed a rapid current of this air through it.
I then adjusted the silver plugs and their extensions, the
platinum rods and balls, which had just been washed, first
with dilute hydrofluoric acid and then with pure water,
which had been distilled and condensed into the platinum
funnel.
The balls of pure platinum, or of platinum coated with
pure iridium, having been first set to the required interval,
and the apparatus having been fixed vertically in front of,
and as near as possible to, the slit of the spe^oscope, I
passed alternately sparks and a brush discharge between
the balls, whilst a current of the air under examination
passed through the apparatus.
This current of air was fupplied :—
z. By a gasometer in which the external air, washed
simply by the pump, had remained for twenty-four
hours over water made alkaline by baryta.
2. By a gasometer in which was received aired the air
delivered by a water-pump into boiling water con-
tained in a copper boiler surmounted by a chamber
communicating with a tin refrigerator, which was
kept at a low temperature by ice constantly re-
newed in order to condense the steam mixed with
an almost equal volume of air from the pump.
When working in this manner, I observed that spec-
trum analysis, whether of the spark or brush discharge,
however powerful they were, showed a spedrum without
the double D line. With the spark long or short I ob-
served only the spedrum of atmospheric lines, and with
the strong spark the speArum of these latter lines, near
to which appeared some bright lines, due either to
platinum or iridium, according to the material of the tor*
face of the balls used.
For this purpose I used in succession M. Hilger's direA-
vision spedroscope, Steinheil's spedroscope, and lastly,
M. Dubo8cq*s large speAroscope with three prisms.
The absence of the yellow sodium line in the spedmm
of the eledric current passing through air saturated with
moisture and purified by the methods described above,
surprised the spedtroscopists to whom I told my results.
I will say in support of the perfed accuracy of this re-
search, that during the revision of my spedtroscopic
studies with M. Depaire, we both decided, after several
trials, that we could not see the yellow sodium line in the
spedrum of a discharge passed through the partially
saturated air in his spedroscopic laboratory.
Trying one day if we could obtain a compound of mag-
nesium sufficiently free from sodium as not to show the
sodium line on speArum analysis of the spark through it,
we not only ascertained the possibility of attaining this
entire freedom, but we found also that the surrounding
air, which fed the tube on which we were engaged, was
free of sodium.
With the hope of being able to learn something of the
nature of the substance which occasionally gave to the
hydrogen made by water eledtrolysis, or by the decom-
position of xinc or of xinc and lead by dilute sulphuric
acid, the property of burning with a ruddy ytllow flame,
I filled the apparatus described above with hydrogen
having this property, and whilst the current was passing
through it I made a spedroscopic examination of the
spark, weak or strong, passed through it.
I noticed that near the sodium line and the C and F
hydrogen lines, the spedrum showed some faint lines,
both red and distindly green, grouped like nitrogen lines,
and whose position coincided with that of nitrogen lines.
The presence of nitrogen is accounted for, since the
hydrogen was colleded and stored over aerated water.
Having replaced the gas with hydrogen deprived of
the power of burning with a slightly visible flame, I proved
by a spedroscopic examination of the spark through this
gas the absence of the sodium line in the spedrum; but
the presence, fully as noticeable, of the faint red and
green lines seen in the gas endued with the property of
burning with a visible flame.
The nature of the substance which, in certain condi-
tions, gives hydrogen the property of burning with a ruddy
flame remains to be discovered).
(To be coatiaaed).
CITRIC AND TARTARIC ACIDS FROM
CANE-SUGAR.
(THiitD Note).
By Dr. T. L. PHIPSON.
Although I have not finished my investigations on this
subjed, I hasten to reply to those chemists who have not
succeeded in obtaining the results alluded to in mv former
notes. It is easy to point out where their error lies, but
it will perhaps not be so easy to get them to acknowledge
it. They have failed to obtain the produds by oxidation
because they have not employed a sufficient quantity of
permanganic acid. If they had jotted down the propor-
tions requisite to supply the needful quantity of oxygen
in order to convert cane-sugar to citric acid, they would
have found that it requires at least as much permanganate
as the weight of sugar employed. No lime precipitates
of organic acids are obtained with small quantities, and
hence the errors of observation alluded to.
. These gentlemen all assert that the precipitate on boil-
Cbbmical Nbws, \
oa. i8, 1895. f
Separation of Arsenic from other Elements.
191
iog consiBts of sulphate of lime with 00 trace of organic
acid, and that when nitric acid is used instead of sul-
phuric acid to acidify the sugar solution, no precipitate is
obtained.
Here is an experiment made without sulphuric acid, in
which nitric acid alone was used : —
Equal weights of sugar, nitric acid, and permanganate
of potash are taken, and the mixed solution is left for
twenty-four hours in the cold. The clear solution is
neutralised by carbonate of lime, which occasions a
copious precipitate. The clear liquid from this precipi-
tate, when boiled, yields a further smaller precipitate.
The first contains tartaric acid, and perhaps saccharic
acid, which has the same composition as citric acid. It
is soluble without effervescence in acetic acid, and there-
fore contains no oxalic acid nor carbonic acid. The
second precipitate is citrate of lime.
If the clear liquid, instead of being neutralised by car-
bonate of lime, is almost neutralised by carbonate of
potash, and stirred with a glass rod whilst still acid, bi-
tartrate of potash is precipitated. The liquid filtered from
the lime salts contains the whole of the manganese.
The Cata Mia Laboratory, Putney,
Oaober 20, 1895.
THE SEPARATION OF ARSENIC FROM
OTHER ELEMENTS BY MEANS OF METHYLIC
ALCOHOL AND HYDROCHLORIC ACID.
By CARL FRIEDHEIM and PAUL MICHAELIS.
Thb method proposed by Schneider and almost simulta-
neously by Fyfe, subsequently repeatedly tested and
modified,-*!. #., to separate arsenic from other elements
in the state of a volatile trichloride, by means of hydro-
chloric acid or sodium chloride and sulphuric acid, — has
been re-modelled in a much more useful and generally
applicable state by E. Fischer, who effeds the distillation
in certain conditions after the addition of ferrous chloride
and hydrochloric acid. Hufschmidt, as also Classen and
Ludwig, expedite the elimination of the arsenic in an
extraordinary degree by the introduAion of gaseous
hydrochloric acid.
If this method is used for separating arsenic from other
metals precipitable in an acid solution by means of sul-
phuretted hydrogen, the presence of ferric chloride at most
presents the disadvantage that sulphur is carried down
along with the sulphides. But if nickel, cobalt, and
other elements of the ammonium sulphide group are
present, their determination in the same specimen becomes
very difiScult, and that of iron impossible.
Also in the separation of arsenic from tungsten, vana-
dium, and molybdenum, in company with which it is found
in numerous so-called complex combinations, the above-
mentioned method would be as good as inapplicable.
Tungsten would be in part separated out during the dis-
tillation, and have a disturbing influence. On the other
hand, in consequence of the presence of the great quan-
tity of ferrous chloride, it could scarcely be precipitated by
concentration. The determination of vanadium by pre-
cipitation with mercurous nitrate would be rendered diffi-
ctilt by the simultaneous precipitation of mercurous
chloride, and molybdenum could be separated from iron
only by means of ammonium sulphide, which is neither
accurate nor convenient.
In nearly all these and in numerous other cases we
have found it preferable to substitute for ferrous chloride,
methylic alcohol, because after distillation it leaves behind
no fire-proof substance, but at most some carbon which is
easily filtered or burnt off.
I. Behaviour of Arstnic Acid with Mtthylic Alcohol and
Oastous Hydrochloric Acid. Modus operandi.
Arsenic acid, on treatment with methylic alcohol and
hydrochloric acid, is not esterified as such, but reduced to
arsen-trioxide, which then seems to evaporate in the form
of its ester, a view supported by the circumstance that an
anhydrous distillate is not precipitated by hydrogen
sulphide unless decomposition has first been set up by the
addition of water.
If the methylic solution of arsenic acid saturated with
hydrochloric acid gas (0*2 to 0*3 grm. AsaOs, in 40 to 50
c.c. CH3.OH) is heated in a distillation flask on the
water-bath, arsenical vapours are given off at 40° to 50^
(thermometer in the flask), the main quantity following
at 65° to go**. A repetition of the operation yields only
small quantities of arsenic, and on a third distillation
the contents of the flask and the distillate are usually free
from arsenic.
As the distillatory method it is convenient to use a
round flask holding 250 c.c, which can be closed by
means of a cap, ground to fit, and melted on to the con-
denser. Through this there passes (ground to fit) a
dropping-funnel, which reaches almost to the bottom of
the flask. The liquid distilling over flows into a flask of
the capacity of about } litre through a tube, ground in as
a stopper and extending to the middle of the flask, and
also ground to fit the outflow of the refrigerator.
Laterally, on the neck of the flask, there is a ground
jundion for a three-ball receiver.
In carrying out the distillation we proceed as follows :^>
The solution of the substance to be analysed is mixed
in the distillatory flask with 50 c.c. methylic alcohol, as
nearly anhydrous as possible, and, after the reception
flask has been charged with 20 c.c. of concentrated nitric
acid and the three-ball receiver with distilled water, the
development of hydrochloric acid is introduced, in order
to prevent the reflux of the methylic alcohol.
The dropping funnel certainly serves for the reception
of the re-ascending methylic alcohol, but in some cases
the liquid may spirt over into the dry bottle between the
generating flask and the distillatory vessel, if the cock 01
the funnel is not closed soon enough. The distillation
flask is kept cool by means of cold water, as otherwise the
methylic alcohol might be heated to ebullition in conse-
quence of the absorption of the hydrochloric gas. After
complete saturation it is distilled off from a water-bath,
whilst a very weak current of hydrochloric gas is
kept up.
According to the quantity of the arsenic acid the dis-
tillation must be repeated once or twice, or even three
times if the methylic alcohol has been diluted with much
water. To this end the funnel cock is closed, the distil*
latory flask is refrigerated, the dropping funnel is filled
with the corresponding quantity of alcohol, which is
allowed to flow into the distillation flask.
When all the arsenic has passed over the contents of
both receivers are transferred to a porcelain capsule
holding z litre, and the receivers are rinsed out with
water, covering the capsule with a clock-glass on account
of the rather brisk development of gas. After the addi-
tion of 20 to 30 C.C. of concentrated nitric acid it ii
heated on the water-bath, keeping the capsule covered
with a clock-glass until the violent escape of chlorine hat
come to an end. The liquid is then evaporated down to
100 c.c. After again adding an equal quantity of nitric
acid, and complete evaporation, the residue is taken up
with water, filtered, and precipitated with magnesia
mixture.
II. Distillation of Pun Arsenic Acid,
Weighed portions of pure arsen-trioxide were oxidised
to arsenic acid by means of concentrated nitric acid, the
solution completely evaporated down, the residue mixed
with water into the distillation flask, the water evaporated
down to 5 to zo c.c, and generally a threefold distillation
is effeded with 50, 40, 30 c.c of methylic alcohol. The
fourth distillate and the residue were always tested, and
found free from arsenic.
III. Separation of Vanadic Acid and Arsenic Acid,
A direct separation of arsenic from vanadic acid has
192
Separation of Arsenic from other Elements.
I CBBMIClt, NmvB,
hitherto been pradicable only by reducing the latter to
Va04 by boiling with SO21 and precipitating the arsenic
by solphnretted hvdrogen under pressure, re-oxidising the
vanadium in the nitrate, and, according to the nature of
the base present, separating with HgNOj or other agents,
or titrating in the reduced solution with permanganate.
For the experiments we used ammonium vanadate,
AmVOs, repeatedly re-crystallised, and containing 77*82
per cent VaOs, and pure arsenic acid.
On distilling AmVOs alone with methylic alcohol and
hydrochloric acid, there passes over firstly a dark liquid
containing vanadic acid. By degrees the distillate be-
comes lighter, and finally clear as water, whilst the colour
of the liquid in the distillation flask changes from dark
brown to a blue-green.
If 20 c.c. of water are added to the methylic alcohol
only the first drops of the distillate have a violet colour.
To prevent this the vanadic acid, before the addition of
methylic alcohol, is reduced by heating with a little sul-
phurous acid, when the distillate is from the commence-
ment clear as water, and contains no vanadic acid.
Before the second distillation of arsenic the water
remaining in the flask is evaporated away as far as pos-
sible, since a volatilisation of vanadium is no longer to be
dreaded.
In the following analyses the distillation was repeated
four or five times, using at first 50 c.c. and afterwards 30
to 40 c.c. of methylic alcohol.
For determining the vanadic acid in the residue the
contents of the flask were rinsed into a porcelain capsule
by means of nitric acid, evaporated to dryness, transferred
with ammonia into a weighed platinum capsule, and after
evaporation and ignition the weight of the vanadic acid
was determined.
IV. Separation of Arsenic and Molyhdic Acids,
In the analysis of their alkaline compounds these arse-
nic and molybdic acids are generally separated by super-
saturating the solution with ammonia and adding
magnesia mixture. The precipitate of ammonium-mag-
nesium arseniate thus obtained is allowed to stand for
forty-eight hours, and filtered, dissolved in nitric acid,
again precipitated with ammonia, and converted into
magnesium pyroarseniate.
To the colleSed nitrates are added ammonium sulphide
and sulphur, and the molybdenum sulphide precipitated
by acid is converted into disulphide or metal by redudlion
in a current of hydrogen.
Though this method, on account of the ready entrance
of molybdic acid into the double magnesium salt, does
not give the most accurate results, it is still preferable to
an indireA method in which both acids are precipitated
together as mercury salts and ignited in a current of hy-
drogen. The arsenic then escapes and the molybdic acid
is reduced to metal, but a part of the molybdenum is apt
to be volatilised, and, on the other hand, its complete re-
dudion is difficult to effed.
The authors* experiments were made with ammonium
paramolybdate, three times re-crystallised, containing
8z'55 per cent M0O3.
This salt, on distillation with anhydrous methylic alco-
hol and hydrochloric acid, behaves similarly to ammonium
vanadate, but an addition of water is here sufficient to
prevent molybdenum from passing over.
For the management of the distillation everything
holds good which has been said concerning vanadic acid.
The determination of the molybdic acid in the residue is
effe^ed in the manner described for vanadic acid. But
the temperature must not be raised to redness. Hence
the residue of evaporation is dissolved in ammonia and
filtered into the platinum capsule, in order to remove the
carbonaceous matter derived from the alcohol.
V. Determination of Arsenic Acid and Tungstic Acid,
The separation of arsenic acid from tungstic acid in-
volves the greatest difficulties, as the former cannot be
entirely removed by ordinary precipitants, nor even by
sulphuretted hydrogen under pressure.
It is best to follow Kohmann*s diredions. boiling the
salt in question for half an hour with the double calcuJited
weight of soda-lye, in order to split up the two compo-
nents, and then with twice as much ammonium chloride
as is necessary to combine with the alkali present ; ^ vol.
of ammonia and magnesia mixture are added : the natx-
ture is filtered after the lapse of two hours, washed with
a mixture of ammonia and ammonium nitrate, and the
precipitation is several times repeated. Certainly the
total quantity of the tungstic acid can scarcely be sepa-
rated from the ammonium-magnesium arseniate.
The coUeded filtrates are evaporated down with hydro-
chloric acid when the quantity of magnesium salt has a
very disturbing effeA.
We succeeded in the following manner in separatiog
both acids with great accuracy : —
The principle of the method is that we determine in
one portion of the substance the joint weight of
both acids, and in a second the weight of the tungstic
acid alone, and calculate the arsenic acid from the
difference.
As we find, the determination of the total weight can
be thus accurately effeded : — The aqueous solution of the
arsenic tungstate is heated on the water-bath, and whilst
diligently stirring a solution of mercurous nitrate is added
until no further precipitation takes place, whereupon the
free nitric acid is neutralised by pure mercuric oxide sus-
pended in water. After heating the whole (still covered
with a clock-glass) for twenty minutes on the water-hath,
it is allowed to cool, the precipitate is filtered off, washed
with water containing nitric acid, dried, removed from
the filter as completely as possible, and the rest still ad-
hering to the paper is dissolved into a platinum crucible
with warm dilute nitric acid. After evaporating away
the acid the bulk of the precipitate is introduced into the
crucible, covered with a large quantity (15 to 20grms.) of
weighed, anhydrous, normal sodium tungstate ; the cru-
cible is filled with water and evaporated to dryness on the
water-bath, whereby the precipitate is intimately pervaded
by the sodium tungstate.
The covered crucible is then gradually heated to 200°
in the air-bath — whereby the rest of the water escapes
— and cautiously ignited (under the draught-hood), first
with a single burner, and then with a sixfold burner. A
constant weight is obtained after a single ignition for half
an hour.
The filter, to which a small quantity of tungstic acid
still adheres, is burnt separately.
For determining tungstic acid alone, the precipitation
and drying of the precipitate are effeAed exadly in the
same manner, but, after its removal from the filter, the
latter is burnt at once without a previous treatment with
nitric acid ; the main quantity of the precipitate is added,
and ignited at once with the addition of the normal
sodium tungstate.
The results obtained possets an exaditude which is not
even remotely approached by any other method of deter-
mination. The analyses are also convenient and expe-
ditious in execution, and gain further in simplicity if, in
determining the tungstic acid, we use the Gooch crucible
and thus dispense with the incineration of the filter.
The above method of the distillation of arsenic with
methylic alcohol in hydrochloric acid is available also for
the separation of arsenic from many other elements,
especially from iron, cobalt, nickel, and copper, which it
accompanies in numerous minerals. — Berichte, xxviii., p.
Synthesis by means of Cyanacetic Ether. — T.
Klobb.— In this manner the author has obtained the pbeo-
acylcyanacetic and phenacylacetic acids and the methyl-
methyl phenacylcyanacetate and the analogous ethyl
compound. He has also studied the aAion of cbloracetone
upon sodium cyanacetic tthtu-^Comptes Rendus, No. 14.
Ckkmical Nbws, I
Oa. x8. 1895. f
Th$ Science of Examining.
193
THE SCIENCE OF EXAMINING.
By PETER T. AUSTEN, Ph.D., F.C.S.
Much severe criticism is being direded against examina-
tions and much of it is timely and fully deserved. And
yet when the criticisms are carefully considered they ap-
pear to be direded not so much against examinations as
a method in education as against certain forms of exam-
inations which are very prevalent and which certainly do
not show anything more than evanescent memorisation,
adroitness, or trickiness on the part of the student. No
one will deny, however, that much of adual life is a kind
of examination, and that we are being continually pressed
to solve problems of all kinds, apply knowledge, and in
general to a^, and that on the success of our efforts will
depend the positions we will attain, or at least maintain.
There seems to be no reason why examinations should
not be made an extremely important part of education,
instead of being, as I fear they often are, an unmitigated
nuisance to both student and teacher, a bone for the peda-
gogical critics continually to snarl over, and, when all is
done, to be of no real use to either teacher or student,
and to show nothing as to the real nature of the teaching
done and the mental development of the student.
For the teacher who teaches from love of teaching, and
who knows that successful teaching calls for the applica-
tion of psychological principles far more than is generally
supposed, there is a peculiar fascination in an examina-
tion paper. An examination may be made a test of the
contents, capacity, quality, and adion of a mind under
defined conditions; but the paper must be a good one;
I do not refer to the work of an inexperienced hand. The
idea seems to be prevalent that anyone can write an ex-
amination paper. This is a great mistake. The elabora-
tion of a paper that will really test not only the contents
of the mind, but also its different fundions as developed
by a particular study under the guidance of a particular
teacher, requires experience and ability. It is true that
m man may be a good teacher and a poor examiner, but
this usually arises from a lack of attention to the science
and art of examining. My experience in this branch of
pedagogical science leads me to believe that there are not
very many really good examiners, and that the average
examinations do not test the minds of the students as
they ought to be tested. The average examination calls
mainly for an exercise of memory, and for some proof that
the student understands the matter he has studied. No
man values the faculty of memory more highly than I do,
or requires a better understanding of a given subjed. But
memory and mere understanding are only the foundations
of education. More than this is called for. Some exam-
inations require skill in observation, others accurate
definition ; while others bristle with problems. Some call
for knowledge in which the teacher is weak. Almost
every pedagogic earmark may be found in examination
papers, but rarely is the paper construAed on such a plan
that it tests not only the quality and- quantity of know-
ledge in the mind, but also the various workings of the
mind, and ascertains what the mind can do when set in
aAion by the particular subjed.
In my own speciality of chemistry there is an excellent
opportunity for examination papers which may test the
mind qualitatively and quantitatively, and probe both
absorptive and produAive powers. I have always taken
a great interest in working out examination papers and
in studying the minds as they appear in the answers. I
am accustomed to work out questions under various heads.
The following example will serve to indicate my meaning,
and may also encourage others to experiment in examina-
tional science ; and I think that the method will be found
so interesting that the investigation will not be hastily
dropped. I should add that in the examination paper as
givtn to the students the questions are mixed up, so that
the classifications given as follows do not appear.
Questions for Ttsting : —
Memory. — (i) Give a brief history of oxygen. (2) Out-
line the theory of phlogiston. (3) What are *• copperas,"
••bluestone,*'"t!ncal"?
Accuracy of Definition. — (4) State concisely the laws of
Dalton, Charles, Mariotte, and Avogadro. (5) Define a
mechanical mixture. (6) Define an element.
Observation of Experimentally Demonstrated Facts,* —
(7) Describe and sketch an apparatus for producing
acetylene from calcium carbide, and explain the working
of it. (8) Describe and sketch the combustion of nitric
acid in iodohydric acid.
Accuracy of Detail.^(g) Explain with the aid of
sketches the redudion of hot cupric oxide by hydrogen,
heating the oxide in a combustion- furnace and preparing
the hydrogen in a Kipp generator.! (zo) Make a sketch of
a seaion of Pepy gasometer, and explain how the ap*
paratus works.
Acquaintance with the Properties of Matter, — (11) De-
scribe the properties and chemical behaviour of nitrogen,
sulphur, zinc, silica, and iodine.
Retention of Oral Instruction, — (12) Explain the con-
tamination of water by sewage. (13) Describe the pro-
cess for making open hearth steel.
The Faculty of Comparison.^(i^) State similarities and
differences between the properties of oxygen and hydro-
gen. (15) What substances resemble lead sulphide in
colour and solubility in nitric acid ?
Lucidity of Statement, — (16) Describe minutely and
without sketches the apparatus and method of preparing
phosphine. (17) Prove by analysis of stibine by volume
that the molecule of antimony is tetratomic.
Recognition of Substances, — (x8) A yellowish green gas
with a suffocatmg odour. What may it be f (19) A
colourless gas, very soluble in water, gives white fumes
with hydrochloric acid. What may it be ? (20) A white
powder, insoluble in water; heated with concentrated
nitric acid it evolves red fumes and yields a solution,
which, when excess of acid is evaporated off, and it is
diluted with water, yields a precipitate which is insoluble
in concentrated nitric acid. What may this white sub-
stance be ? (21) A chemist wishes to fill a jar with red
liquid. What substance may he use ?
The Ability to Observe, -- {22) Give four examples of
chemical change which you observe in this room. (23)
Describe an ordinary red building-brick, stating dimen-
sions and properties of surface, weight, fradure, &c.
(24) Water expands 00 freezing. Give five examples of
results caused by this expansion which you have person-
ally observed.
The Application of Facts to Proofs, — (25) Prove that
water is formed by the combustion of a kerosene lamp.
(26) Prove that hydrogen sulphide contains sulphur.
The Interpretation of Phenomena, — (27) A piece of
white paper on being held for an instant in the flame of
a candle and at right angles to it, a black ring is formed
on the paper. Explain what the ring indicates, and how
the particles of carbon are formed, and why they are de-
posited on the paper. (28) A Roman candle on being
ignited and then thrust under water continues to burn.
How can this be accounted for ? (29) Why cannot fish
live in lakes on the tops of very high mountains ?|
The Application of Knowledge. — (30) The iodine falls
into the sand box. How can the iodine and sand be sepa-
rated ? (31) A mixture consists of barium carbonate,
sodium sulphate, and sulphur. How can they be sepa-
rated ? (32) A manufadurer has a waste produa con-
sisting of a liquid containing 40 percent of sulphuric acid,
10 per cent sodium sulphate, and 5 per cent ferric sul-
phate. How can he treat it so as to convert it into other
produAs that have commercial value ?
* Given ID leAtires and not in text- book,
f Given in text-book and demonstrated in leAure.
} Compare London University Matricnlation Examiaatioos,
Stoker and Hooper, p. 31. Q. 6.
194
The Science oj Examining.
I Cbsmical Rbws,
I 0&. 18, 1895.
Dectptivi or MisUading Qtffx^ioni.— (33) Dilute sul-
phuric acid ia poured upon zinc. A gas with a slight
oluish* colour is evolved, which burns with a red* flame.
What is it ? (34) Chlorine gas is colledled in a jar over
mercuryt in the usual manner. It is then brought into a
eudiometer, mixed with twicej its volume of hydrogen,
and exploded. How many volumes of hydrochloric acid
gas will be produced ?
The Imagination. — (35) Filthy water of the gutter,
warmed by the sun*s rays, escapes from a foul environ-
ment, and, condensing, sparkles like diamonds on the
f>etal of the violet. Use this as basis for an allegory in
ife.
These questions do not by any means represent all the
possible divisions of mental adion, and I have purposely
avoided those of a very technical nature, most of which,
however, would fall under the heads given ; but they will
serve to indicate what opportunities there are to construd
examination papers that shall test a student's knowledge
and the working of his mind. It may be urged against
the questions I have given that several of them might fall
as well under one head as another, or that a few more
elaborate questions could be made out and each question
marked under the several beads. My experience, how-
ever, has not been that the real ends are best attained in
this way. The question that is distinguished by its defi-
nite nature and objed gets a clearer answer and gives a
more tatisfadory insight into the student's mental equip-
ment and a^ion than a long or complicated one. If,
after teaching a student a subjea for a certain time, an ex-
amination shows that he can bring forth nothing more than
that which has been put into him, it may be inferred either
that the teacher is incomptent, or that the student is in-
telleAually deficient; assuming, of course, that the system
in the particular institution permits the teacher to do his
best, does not assign him more pupils than one man can
teach, and requires the student to do the work assigned
to him. In such case I think that the fault usually lies
with the teacher. Still I admit that there are institutions
in which educational work of a high pedagogical order is
impossible, and mind development, as distinguished from
mind cramming, is out of the question. In such a case
students are produced who are saturated with knowledge,
but who are incapable of utilising it. Like water-logged
vessels they roll about aimlessly, and are unable even to
keep out of the way of craft which are taking the
fullest advantage of wind and tide. In such an institution
the earnest teacher, when he fails, deserves sympathy
more than blame.
The results of examinations, conduced on some plan
like the one I have attempted to describe, are very inte-
resting. Such examination papers are far more difiScult
to write than the calls for mere memorisation that are so
frequently made on the student, and which a hasty cram
will enable a fairly bright candidate to pass. The
answers are more difficult to rate ; and often an attempt
to mark them according to the usual rules is unsatisfac-
tory. It is quite easy to assign a mark to the amount
that a student knows, or even to discriminate as to the
quality of his knowledge. To assign a figure to his
ability to apply this knowledge, to originate, to create, to
a6l under its instigation, is more difficult ; yet it can be
done with a fair degree of success.
It must always be borne in mind that a man's value in
this life does not depend merely on what he knows, but
upon what he can do. Cateris paribus^ the more he
knows, the more he should be able to do ; for so much
the greater should be the incentive, if the knowledge
imparted to him ads on him as it should. Until tech-
nical education was introduced, this fad was not well
understood, and it is still far from appreciated in many
schools.
For instance : A shows in his paper an encyclopaedic
* Coloorleii.
t Chlorine cannot be colleded over mercury.
X Once.
knowledge. In his answer to Q. 11 h6 recites with great
precision the properties of silica and iodine. But he fails
to answer Q. 30, which calls for a conclusion dependent
upon this knowledge. He is like a recruit who has been
given a gun, but has not been taught how to fire it off.
Such a student demands the teacher's attention at once.
His mental inadion is usually the result of poor teaching.
It may not be amiss for me to say parenthetioUly
here that teaching is the most difficult of all pro-
fessions. It is not usually regarded so, but I believe
that it is. Much of what is called teaching is nothing
more than a kind of pumping. Knowledge is forced
in through the most convenient intelledual orifice, a
great deal being lost in transitu^ and not a little
leaking out afterwards. The engorged recipient is like a
boiler whose feed-pump is too big for it and will not cease
pumping, but fills the boiler entirely full of water and
leaves no space for steam ; whereon the engine slows
down and stops, or throbs soggily with its cylinder filled
with lukewarm water instead of hot expansive steam.
Again, a student may fail in his attempts to state any-
thing corredly or exadly ; but he fills pages with attempts
to apply his knowledge, suggesting all sorts ot ideas and
applications. Most of them may be impossible, some
even ridiculous. But no matter, let the teacher take hold
of this boy at once, for the mind of an Edison, a Siemens,
or an Ericsson may be seeking nourishment and develop-
ment. Happy is the teacher who can discern what mean
the instindive strugglings of the embryonic master mind,
and who can liberate it from the thraldom of routine —
who can guide its first weak attempts to walk and climb,
until it becomes hardy and venturesome, and fearlessly
scales cliffs heretofore inaccessible : and so clambering by
hitherto unknown ways to the peak discovers new fields
for human adivity, and cuts a wide path by which thou-
sands may enter and take possession.
What man gets closer to the Creator than the teacher,
who can discern and understand His idea as shown in the
youth and who clears away the obstacles in the way of
its development, nourishes it until it is strong and inde-
pendent, and itself becomes creative ? Verily such m
teacher has his reward.
Examination papers construded on the basis I have
suggested, viz., to test not only the knowledge possessed
by the student, but also the working of his mind upon
the particular subjed, will show more clearly the nature
and condition of a mind than the daily recitation, because
the case is more capable of systematic study and can be
made to cover larger fields of mental adivity. While I do
not intend to suggest that such examinations should re-
place the regular recitation, I believe that they should be
held frequently, and should serve a far wider purpose than
that of merely noting the quantity of knowledge absorbed
by the mind. Such an examination is not a mere matter
of testing and registering; it is a creative exercise of the
mind. — Science^
THE PRECIPITATION AND GRAVIMETRIC
DETERMINATION OF CARBON DIOXIDE.'
By F. A. QOOCH and I. K. PHELFS.
The method upon which reliance is most confidently
placed for the determination of carbon dioxide in solid
carbonates, involving as it does the liberation of that gas
by the adtion of a strong acid and its absorption in
weighed potash bulbs, demands as conditions of the at-
tainment of good results the careful observance of precau-
tions and the expenditure of much time and attention.
In the method described below we have sought to secure
equal accuracy with greater economy of time and care.
* Contributions from the Kent Chemical Laboratoty of Yale CoU
lege. Prom the A mtrican jfoumal 0/ Science^ vol. 1., Aug., 1895.
CBBMICAL NBWSt I
oa. x8, i8g5. r
Precipitation and Determination of Carbon Dioxide.
195
Oar plan is to effedi the rapid absorption of the carbon
dioxide, evolved by the aAion of acids upon carbonates,
in barium hydroxide contained in a specially devised appara-
tus, to filter and wash the precipitated barium carbonate
under a protediog layer of xylene, to dissolve in hydro-
chloric acid the washed carbonate upon the filter or
adhering to the receiver, to convert the barium chloride
thus obtained into the form of the sulphate, and from the
weight of the last to calculate the carbon dioxide origin-
ally liberated by acid from the carbonate.
The apparatus which we use, and which is shown in
the figure, consists of a flask for the evolution of the car-
bon dioxide, properly conne^ed with a receiver in which
the gas is retained until absorption is perfeA. It is a
form of a similar device employed by one of us (^m«r.
cium. y<nlm,t t., 450) for the absorption of ammonia in
hydrochloric acid and the complete retention of the am-
monium salt thus formed, but so modified as to avoid the
danger of diffusion of carbon dioxide through the rubber
balloon — a source of error which we have foun(^by experi-
ment to be considerable when large amounts of the gas
are handled.
The evolution flask (p) has a capacity of about 50 cm.",
and is fitted with a rubber stopper through which passes
a tube (a) wide enough (about 0*7 cm. in interior
diameter) to prevent the formation of bubbles, and ex-
panded just above the stopper to a small bulb. The ab-
sorption cylinder consists of a wide glass tube (c), fitted
at either end with a rubber stopper. The stopper at the
lower end of the cylinder, placed vertically, carries a short
tube, about 1*5 cm. in diameter, to which is secured a
smaller rubber balloon. The cylinder and balloon together
hold about 100 cm.". The upper stopper is perforated
with two holes, through one of which passes the tube of
a glass stopcock, while through the other hole passes a
long tube reaching to the interior of the balloon and pro-
vided with a valve (v) — preferably a modified Bunsen
valve, of the pattern recently devised by Kreider {Am,
Journ. Sci„ 1., p. 13a).
In using this apparatus a saturated solution of barium
hydroxide (which is made hot, filtered into a syphon-
bottle, and preserved from atmospheric a&ion by a floating
layer of kerosene) is introduced by pressure upon the air
in the syphon-bottle or by sudion applied to the stopcock
of the cylinder. Such a solution contains about 5 per
cent of its weight of the hydroxide, and we find it best
to use in every case an amount at least a fourth in excess
of the quantity theoretically required to absorb the carbon
dioxide, and to fill the cylinder and balloon nearly full of
liquid. The carbonate is weighed, introduced into the
flask, and washed down with 15 or 20 cc of boiled water,
which is prote^ed in the wash-bottle from carbon dioxide
in the breath by a balloon attached to the inlet tube. A
small tube, holding enough hydrochloric acid to effe^ the
decomposition of the carbonate to be analysed, is placed
in upright position in the evolution flask. The stopper
is inserted in the flask, and connexions are made as
shown in the figure ; the little tube containing the acid it
overturned by inclining the flask ; the acid mixes with
the water, and effervescence begins. Heat is applied, and
the liquid in the flask is boiled until that in the cylinder
is heated by the steam nearly to the boiling-point, in order
that the precipitated barium carbonate may become as
granular as possible. The carbon dioxide evolved and
the air in the flask are transferred in the process to the
absorption cylinder, the valve serving to prevent the back
flow of the liquid, while the balloon expands to give room
to the air and condensed steam. When the boiling is
done the flask and tube are disconneded at the rubber
joint, the cylinder is shaken to insure the absorption of
the carbon dioxide, and the liquid carrying the greater
part of the precipitate is transferred through the stopcock
to a filter carefully fitted to its funnel, moistened with
water, and containing about 5 cm.' of xylene (which we
found to be preferable to benzene, kerosene, or amyl alco-
hol), the fundion of which is to rise to the surface when
the aqueous solution is added, so as to proted the barium
hydroxide from the adion of the carbon dioxide of the
air. By manipulating the balloon and the stopcock (to
which a little funnel maybe attached by a piece of rubber
tubing for convenience in introducing wash-water) the
cylinder may be emptied and washed out with hot boiled
water, though, of course, a very considerable portion
of the precipitate remains adhering to the walls of the
absorption apparatus.
We prefer to prepare the filter for use with the sudion
pump, but in the early stages of filtration and washing
very little sudion should be applied. When the barium
hydroxide has been nearly washed out of the precipitate,
the xylene is dissolved in a little hot alcohol, the suAion
is applied, and the washing is completed with hot water.
The emulsion of xylene and water found in the filtrate is
readily cleared up by alcohol. Finally, the barium car-
bonate in the absorption appr.ratas and upon the filter is
dissolved in hydrochloric acid and precipitated in hot so-
lution by sulphuric acid ; the resulting barium sulphate is
filtered, washed, and ignited upon asl^stos in a perforated
crucible, and from its weight the carbon dioxide which
originally precipitated the barium, now in the form of
the sulphate, is calculated. The results of a series of
determinations made in this manner are recorded in the
following table : —
(Ba- 137*43, S«3a'o6, 0»i6, C = i2.)
CO,
CaCO,
BaSO«
aAoally
CO,
Error in
Uken.
found.
present.
calcnlated.
CO..
Gnn.
Grm.
Grm.
Gim.
Grm.
0*0500
O'llSo
0*0220
0*0222
0*0002 -(-
0*0500
OI183
0*0220
0*0223
0*0003 +
0*1000
0*2329
0*0440
0*0439
O'OOOI-
IZOOO
0*2347
0*0440
0*0442
O'O0O2-(-
0*2000
0*4660
0*0880
0*0878
0*0002-
0*2000
0*4653
0*0880
0*0876
00004-
0*5000
I* 1650
0*2200
0*2196
00004-
0*5000
I 1657
0*2200
0*2197
0*0003 -
I'OOOO
23323
0*4400
0*4396
00004-
zoooo
2-3309
0*4400
0-4394
0*0006-
Various modifications of method and manipulation
were put to the test of experiment, but the process which
we have described has proved on the whole the most
satitfaAory. It is fairly rapid and accurate.
196
Vapour-tensions of Mixtures of Volatile Liquids.
i Cbbmical Nswb,
I Oa. x8, 1895.
ON THE VAPOUR.TENSIONS OF MIXTURES
OF VOLATILE LIQUIDS.*
By C. E. LINBBARGER.
(GoDtinaed from p. 184).
Choici and Purification of Liquids,
As stated previously, the liquids employed in the course
of this investigation were those recognised to be stridtly
normal ; and of those only such were chosen as can be
gotten in a state of great purity. The only associated
liquid taken was acetic acid, whose degree of association
as well as whose physical properties are to a certain ex-
tent known.
An associated liquid was investigated for the purpose
of applying the regularities and ** normalities " discovered
in mixture of normal liquids to mixtures of a normal
Siquid with an associated liquid. Great pains were taken
to purify the liquids in the highest possible degree, it
being the testimony of all those who have occupied them-
selves with experimental work on the vapour-tensions of
liquids that even very slight impurities have a remark-
ably disturbing effedl upon the accuracy of results ; this
is especially the case in results obtained by the static
method ; in the method employed by me, the influence
of a slight amount of impurity is not so marked ; still,
for all that, it has been thought best to employ such
material as had been most thoroughly purified.
In order that the readers of this paper may judge for
themselves the degree of purity of the liquids examined,
a somewhat detailed account of the method of purification
of each liquid is given together with a statement of cer-
tain charadteristic physical properties of each. All of
the liquids, it may be stated beforehand, were bought as
chemically pure from the dealers (Poulenc Fr^res, Paris,
and Billault, Paris), and at least one pound — generally
two or three pounds — subje^ed to the purifying opera-
tions.
BtnMine, — Nearly three pounds of benaene— labelled
chemically pure and free from thiophene — were treated a
half-dozen times with sulphuric acid to remove last traces
of the sulphur compound. The liquid was then repeatedly
fradionally crystallised until about a pound was obtained
melting at 5 3^ This purified produdl when partially
solidified showed, no matter what the proportion of
liquid and solid was, the same melting point. The whole
was then distilled over a few pieces of sodium, no varia-
tion from the boiling-point 80* i** under a pressure of 756
m.m. of mercury being observed. Its specific gravity at
25° referred to water at the same temperature was found
to be 0*8766x1.
Toluene.—Oi the quantity of toluene taken for purifica-
tion (about two pounds) more than four-fifths distilled at
109*8° to xzo-z^ an indication that the commercial article
was nearly pure. After a couple of distillations over a
little sodium, more than a pound was obtained boiling
constantly at zio'i** under a pressure of 758 m.m. of mer-
cury. Its density at 25° referred to water at 25*0° was
ascertained to be 0-86288.
MonochlorbenMtnt. — A couple of pounds of monochlor-
benzene were repeatedly distilled in fra^ions until a con-
stant boiling product resulted. About three-quarters of
a pound were obtained, boiling at 131*8° to 131*9° under
a pressure of 757 m.m. of mercury, and having a density
of 25*0** (referred to water at same temperature) of
1*10362.
MonohromhinMem. — Nearly a pound of brombenzene
was fra6ionally distilled until a distillate was obtained
boiling between nairow limits. About 150 grms. of the
produd, boiling at X54*3° to 154*5° under a pressure of
761 m.m. of mercury were obtained. The density at 25*
referred to water at 25*0° was 1*49852.
Nitrobensem, — The commercial article was repeatedly
crystallised until an almost colourless liquid was obtained,
which, when solidified, showed the same temperature
during the re-melting. It possessed a melting-point of
3*6°, and its density was z'202oz —
(S)-
* Abridged from the Joufnal of tht American Chemical Society ^
vol. svli., No. 8, Augait, 1895.
Chloroform. — About two pounds of ** chloroform
anesth^tique ** of commerce were washed a dozen timea
with water, dried thoroughly by means of fused calcium
chloride, and distilled. The larger distillate boiled at
60*8° to 6i'o' under a pressure of 751 m.m. of mercury ;
and, finally, nearly a pound was obtained boiling at 60*9*
under a pressure of 755 m.m. of mercury.
Carbon Tetrachloride, ^Tv/o pounds were washed with
water, and thoroughly dried by means of concentrated
sulphuric acid. The produA was then reAified, and
nearly a pound boiling throughout the operation at 76*6^
under a pressure of 756 m.m. of mercury uken for the
preparation of the mixtures. The specific gravity of this
produdi at 25*0° referred to water at the same tempera-
ture was 1*58828.
Acetic Acid, — Two pounds of glacial acetic acid were
repeatedly fra&ionally crystallised until a portion
melting at 16*7° was obtained. The bottle containing it,
as well as the mixtures made from it, were kept under an
air-tight bell-jar by the side of very strong sulphuric acid.
Preparation of the Mixtures,
The mixtures were prepared by weighing out to a milli-
grm. on a balance turning with a tenth m.grm.the liquids
in a flask ; the corked flask was tared, the less volatile
liquid poured in and weighed, and then the more volatile.
As from 40 to 100 grms. of the mixture were weighed out,
the composition of the mixture was thus known to a ten-
thousandth at least. The mixtures were preserved in
bottles or flasks fitted with the finest corks, and kept in
a dry cool dark closet. As, almost invariably, the neces-
sary' vapour-tensions of a liquid were made immediately
after its preparation, no change of concentration occurred
even with the most volatile liquids employed.
In the case of some of the mixtures of benzene and
carbon tetrachloride, the residues of the investigated mix-
tures were united, and the amount of chlorine in the re-
sulting mixture determined according to Carius's method.
The mixtures of benzene or toluene with acetic acid had
their concentration controlled by an analysis. 5 to xo
c.c. of the mixture were carefully weighed out in a glass-
stoppered flask, water was added, which took pra^cally
all the acetic acid from the benzene, and then standard-
ised baryta-water run in to point of neutralisation. In no
case did the analvsis give results sensibly different from
those calculated from the dired weighings.
(To be continned).
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
Eiements of Modem Chemistry. By Charles Aoolphe
WuRTZ. Fifth American Edition, Revised and En-
larged. By W. H. Greene, M.D., and H. F. Keller,
Ph.D. (Strassburg). With a Portrait of the Author and
numerous Illustrations. Philadelphia and London :
J. B. Lippincott Company. 1895. ^P* 808.
In examining this work, we have firstly to consider the
original as it issued from the pen of the late illustrious
Prof. Wurtz, and secondly the version executed by
Messrs. Greene and Keller.
The original must be recognised as an admirable sum-
mary of chemical science down to the death of the author
(1884). Though it was more especially adapted to the
requirements of medical students, it may be recommended
as one of the best elementary works on chemistry of a
CHByicAL Nbws, 1
oa. i8, 1895. I
Chemical Nottces from Foreign Sources.
197
moderate compass. Professor Wurtz does not discuss the
nature and possible origin of the elements ; he gives them
his provisional acceptance without speculating on their
possible ultimate nature. Hence Prout's hypothesis is
Ignored, and the periodic classification of the elements
with its consequences is ascribed exclusively to Mendeleeff,
without any reference to Lothar Meyer or Newlands.
At many discoveries of the highest importance have
been effeded within the last twelve years, the task of the
translators has not been easy. They have added notices
of the isolation of fluorine, of argon and helium, of hydra-
sine, hydrazoic acid, and their principal derivatives, of
stereoisomerism, and of some of the more recent dis-
coveries in the chemistry of the rare earths. The locali-
ties occasionally given, «.^., for the occurrence of mineral
waters, are almost exclusively American and little known
to European readers. The language employed is not in
all cases idiomatic English as spoken to the east of the
Atlantic, but a moment's reflexion enables the reader to
deteA the meaning.
The work before us deserves an honourable position in
the library of the chemical student.
Oh Dangers to Mtn Bmphyid in Chtmical Workst Means
of Preventing Accidents^ and Conditions of Work, A
Critical Discussion of English and German Industrial
Relations, occasioned by the English Parliamentary
Report of 1893. ('* Ueber Gefahren fiir die Arbeiter in
Chemischen Fabriken, Unfallsverhiitungsmittel und
Arbeitsbedingungen Eine durch den Englischen Parla-
ments bericht von 1893, veranlasste kritische
Besprechung Englischer und Deutscher Industrie
verhaltnisse "). By Konrod W. Jurxsch, Doceot at
the Royal Technical High School of Beriio. beriin :
R. Gaerntner. 1895.
The report presented by the Chemical Works Committee
of Enquiry of 1893 is» ^^ course, well known in this
country. Still, it is interesting to see how its conclusions
mnd recommendations appear to a foreigner who has the
advantage of personal acquaintance with the heavy che-
mical trades, and has resided for some time at St.
Helens and Widnes. The Committee of Inquiry, unlike
the late Rivers* Pollution Commission, had the advantage
of including two physicians, whose special reports on
the physiological anions of the conditions to which the
workmen are exposed are eminently judicious.
As remedies for the effedis of chlorine and of corrosive
gases, the men have recourse to brandy or whisky. Dr.
Jurisch found that they were ignorant of the employment
of ammoniacal vapours, and could not be taught to use
them. The present writer has often found personally and
observed on others much benefit from sips of the strongest
vinegar or dilute acetic acid. That Dr. Jurisch is clusely
acquainted with the effeds of irrespirable gases is proved
by the fad that he advises men in such cases to retire
slowly, taking only slight superficial breaths of air until
reaching a purer atmosphere. To take a full breath is
exceedingly hazardous and might conceivably be fatal.
The fad that certain precautions m vogue on the
Continent are neither pradised in English chemical
works nor proposed by the Commissioners, Dr. Jurisch
ascribes to the different conditions of work, and, above
all, to the carelessness of the men and their aversion to be
taught anything. He points out that the administration
of ammonia to a man half suff^ocated with chlorine unless
effedcd with judicious care may increase the mischief.
To a careful sober man the manufadure of chloride of
lime presents far less dangers than has been represented
by sensational writers. It is shown that relatively
shallow layers of lime in the chloride chambers, which do
not require to be turned over, are in reality, preferable, as
well from an industrial as from a hygienic point of view.
Small quantities of hydrochloric acid in the air do not
interfere with respiration, improve the appetite, and oc-
casion no inconvenience beyond ** setting the teeth on
edge.'* Vapours of sulphuric acid are more pernicious.
It is remarked that boys under eighteen years of age are
not employed in the manufadure of chloride of lime and
of sulphuric acid, and that women are altogether ex-
cluded.
Caustic soda presents its dangers ; a fall into the melting-
pans is almost inevitably fatal. Hence it would be wdl
if care were taken in British works, as in those of France
and Germany, to exclude any man from work in this
department who is not sober.
It is here remarked that in Continental works the mix-
ture of lime-water and linseed oil, invaluable as a remedy
for burns, is kept ready for use on a large scale. In
England and Scotland it has been in use to our certain
knowledge since 1857, under the name " Carron oil."
The Commission did not think it necessary to mention so
well known a remedy.
The use of lead acetate as an application to the eyes
in case of a spirt of acid or alkali dates back to the same
year, and that at a works in Widnes which certainly made
no speciality of care for the sanitary well-being of the
workmen.
This Report, both in its original form and in the
German annotated and critical version, will be of great
service in leading to hygienic improvements which can
be introduced without interference with the manufadure.
CHEMICAL NOTICES FROM FOREIGN
SOURCES.
NoTB.^AU degrees of temperature art Ctatigradt onless otherwiss
expreMed.
Comptes Rendus Htbdotncuiaires des Heanc^St de VAcademie
des Sciences. Vol. cxxi., No. 14, September 30, 1895.
The Death of Louis Pasteur.— A. Cornu, the Presi-
dent, delivered an eloquent discourse on the eminent
merits of the discoverer whom the world, and more especi-
ally France, has just lost.
Remarks on the Discourse of Lord Salisbury on
the Present Limits of our Science. — Emile Blanchard.
— In the shape of a notice of the Presidential Address
delivered by the Marquis of Salisbury at the Oxford
Meeting of the British Association (1894), M. Blanchard
has repeated the threadbare challenge of the anti-evolu-
tionists, that if anyone will show an instance of the trans-
formation of a species he will confess himself mistaken I
He knows perfedly well that his challenge presupposes
the impossibility of a naturalist living and observing for a
few thousand years.
New Nitrogenous Manure: Calcium Cyanate. —
Camille Faure. — The substance in question is calcium
cyanate, Ca(CN0)3, hitherto a laboratory curiosity,
but now promising to become an important substitute
for nitrate of soda, and even containing a larger proportion
of assimilable nitrogen. A mixture of limestone and coke
is submitted to a preliminary temperature of 1500° in an
eledric blast furnace, and is then superheated in the same
furnace to 2500° in presence of a large excess of pure
nitrogen, and finally to oxidation by means of air, the oxy-
gen of which is retained by the produd, whilst the nitrogen
conveys the heat due to the oxidation into the eledric
chamber. The operation must be conduded in a large
furnace, so that the calorific yield may be sufficiently
economical. The assimilation of the nitrogen of this
produd by vegetation does not appear to be doubtful.
Conbtitution of the Acids produced in the Oxida-
tion of loatflive Campholenic Acid. — A. B^hal.— The
author claims the priority of the synthetic preparation of
diroethylglutaric acid as against Dr. Tiemeni.
igS
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
I Crbmicai. Nsirtv
t oa. x8. X895.
Bulietin de la Sociiti Chimique dt Paris,
Series 3, Vols, xiii.-xiv., No. 10, 1895.
Tioaorial Properties of Glucina. — M. Prudhomme.
The author explained the different tin^orial properties of
sesquioxides and protoxides. The former do not become
■aturated with alixarin in distilled water ; in order to form
a solid lake they reouire the co-operation of lime. The
■econd dye np equally well with or without lime. Glocina
at regards dyeing behaves like a protoxide.
AmmoDium Manganoas Phosphate, and its Use in
the Volumetric Analysis of Phosphoric Acid.~MM.
Lindemann and Motten.
Preparation of Monomethylamine.~A. Brochet and
R. Cambier. — The authors place 2 kilos, of commercial
formic aldehyd in a three-litre flask, conneded to a good
refrigerator by a Wurtz tube fitted with a thermometer,
and X kilo, of ordinary crystalline sal-ammoniac. On
heating gently the liquid becomes strongly acid and takes
a yellow colour. At 40° there is produced a brisk ebulli-
tion, when the heat is reduced. Methylal distils over in
abundance. We then raise the temperature by degrees
to 95°. The receiver is changed and the distillate con-
tains 60 to 70 per cent of methylal. The solution is con-
centrated until the excess of sal-ammoniac begins to pre-
cipitate, and on refrigerating this salt is deposited almost
entirely. It is drained by sudion ; the filtrate is a solu-
tion of monomethylamine almost pure.
Two Combinations of Mercuric Sulphate with
Thiophene, allowing of the Determination of this
Substance in Commercial Benzines.— G. Denig^s. —
The author describes in detail the determination either
in an aqueous or a methylic solution.
Ammoniated Derivatives of Hexamethyltriamido-
triphenylmethan, its Carbinol, and its Mixed Ethers.
— A. Rosenstiehl. — This voluminous paper does not admit
of a complete abstradion. We may see that experimental
proof is given that the leucobases, the magentas, and the
rosanilines contain amidic-groups with the same func-
tions. All three are triamines of the same degree ; in all
the three classes of compounds the three groups NHa
fulfil the same fun^ions without a single rea^ion leading
to the admission that one of them is retained in the mol.
of any other bond than that which retains the atom of H
which it replaces in the mol. of phenyl.
The Question of Acid Magentas. — Maurice Prud-
homme. — A polemical paper. The author considers
that the conceptions on the nature of the acid magentas
may thus be summarised : — x. The colouring and coloured
matter exists as a neutral salt or an acid salt of the sul-
phonated carbinol. a. The addition of a mineral acid to
the salts of rosaniline liberates the latter, which is
coloured.
No. II.
Researches on Manganese.— Charles Lepierre.—
Already inserted.
Hydrated Metallic Chlorides. A Reply to H.
LescoBur. — Paul Sabatier. — A polemical paper.
Composition of the Wines of Samoa used in the
Manufadture of Vermuth.— P. Cazeneuve and M.
Hugounenq.— A paper of no scientific interest.
Present State of the Produdion and Consump-
tion of Phosphates. — David Levat.— A statistical ac-
count of the produaion of natural mineral phosphate in
Florida, Carolina, Algeria, and Tunis, and of the phos-
phatic slags obtained by the Gilchrist process.
MEETINGS FOR^ THE WEEK.
FaiDAT, 2Sth.^Phvsicftl, 5. '* The Radial Cursor," by F. W. Laa-
cbester. " The Development of Arbitrary Fuoc-
tiont," by Prof. Perry and Mr. Hunt.
EaaATUM.— p. X85, col. x, line 31 from bottom, /or *' 0*47325 cc." read
•* 0*47335 gnn.**
J. & A. CHURCHILL,
PU BLISHER S.
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY AND
QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS : Specially adapted lor CoUegea
and ScheolB. By FRANK CLOWES. D.Sc, Profesior of Cbe-
mistry in University College, Nottingham. Sixth Bditioot with
84 Engravings, Post 8vo, 8«. 64.
ELEMENTARYQUALITATIVEANA-
LYSIS ; suitable for Organised Science Schools. By FRANK
- • ~ - — • in Un
ige, Nottingham, and J. BERNARD COLEMAN, I
the Chemical Department, South- West London Polytechnic
CLOWES, D.Sc. Lond., Professor of Chemistry in Uni'
'^ "LEI
College, Nottingham, and J. BERNARD COLEMAN, Head of
the Chemical Department, South- "- - ^ . . .
With Engravings. Post 8vo, 2i. 6<1.
BY THE SAME AUTHORS.
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS: specially
adapted for Colleges and Schools. Third Edition, with xo6 Bn-
gravingSy Post 8vo, 9«.
VALENTIN'S QUALITATIVE ANA-
LYSIS. Edited by Dr. W. R. HODGKINSON. F.R.S.B., Pro-
fessor of Chemistry and Physics in the Royal Military Academy
and Artillery College, Woolwich. Eighth Edition, Revised and
Enlarged, 84. td.
BLOXAM'S CHEMISTRY, INOR-
GANIC AND ORGANIC, with Eiperiments. Re-writtca smd
Revised by JOHN MILLAR THOMSON, Piofeaaorof Chemia-
try. King's College, London, and ARTHUR G. BLOXAM,
Head of the Chemistry Department, The Goldsmiths' Institate,
New Cross, London. Eighth Edition, with 281 Engravings, 8vo,
x8x. &/.
BLOXAM'S LABORATORY TEACH-
ING; Or, Progressive Exercises in PraAical Chemistry.
Edited by ARTHUR G. BLOXAM, Head of the Chemistry
Department. The Goldsmiths' Institute, London. Sixth Editioo,
Revised and much Enlarged, with 80 Woodcuts, Crown 8vo,
CHEMISTRY OF URINE; a Pra<5lical
Guide to the Analyticsl Examinations of Diabetic, Albamioooa,
and Gouty Urine. By ALFRED H. ALLEN, F.I.C., F.C.S.
With Engravings, 8vo, 71. 6<^.
London :
J. & A. CHURCHILL, xx, New Burlington Strbbt.
SULPHUROUS ACID.
SULPHITES AND BISULPHITE OF LIME. SODA, &c.
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE, 10/30 vols.
CARAMELS, Llqtild and SoUd.
BENNETT d J EN NER^ Stratford, London.
MICA
Talapbooc
F. WIGGINS & SONS. JSi.'^i^nSIc* Lcndoa.
MICA MERCHANTS, '
Manufaetufifs of Hica Goods for EUctricai and ALL pmrpotn.
Contractors to Her Majesty's Oovernment
SILICATES OF SODA and POTASN.
In THK STATtt OF SOLUDLB GLASS OR IN CONCINTEATBD 80LUT10H
OLDEST AND MOST RELIABLE MAKB.
FULL STRENGTH GUARANTEED.
Soited for the Maoofaaure of Soap and other purposes.
Supplied on best terms by
WILLIAM OUS8AGB ft SONS, Ltd., Soap Works. Widnea.
London Aobnts^COSTE & CO., i8 & 19, Water Laos, Tower
Street, E.C., who hold stock ready for delivery.
Water-Glass, or Soluble Silicates of Soda
and Potash, in large or small quantities, and sltber solid
or in solution, at ROBERT RUHNBY'S, Ardwick Cboflucnl
Works* Manchester.
Cbsmicjo. Niwb, I
oa. as. 1895. I
Observations by Aid 0/ the TensiometeK
199
THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
Vol. LXXII., No. 1874.
OBSERVATIONS BY AID OF THE
TENSIOMETER.
Br |. ALFRED WANKLYN and W. J. COOPER.
Thb paper which one of as prepared for (but did not read
at) the Ipswich Meeting of the British Association (see
Chemical Nbws, vol. Ixxii., p. 164) mentions our Tensio-
meter.
We emploj two modifications of the instrument, viz.,
one modification designed for the measurement of tow
tensioni , and another modification designed for compara-
tively high tensions.
The modification designed for low tensions is original
only in some seemingly trifling deiails, which we hope to
mention more particularly on another occasion. We con-
fine ourselves at present to the publication of some of
the earliest results which we have obtained.
Eleven consecutive terms of the Russian series of
hydrocarbons, to igjiich we have given the name kerose,
as set forth in oumcent papers on this subjed, have been
taken for investigation. Our results are as follows :—
Tension oi the vaponr
Name ol the evolved m vacuo at 15^ C.
bydroGStboo hqoid. M .m. of mercnry .
Kerose axiii • •• z'a
nil.
xxi.
XX.
xix.
xviii.
xvii.
xvi.
XV.
xiv.
xiii.
35
6*9
8-9
10*0
14-8
i8'0
3ro
48*0
59-0
82*0
The first of these hydrocarbons boils under ordinary
atmospheric pressure at 176^ C, and the last at 76" C. ;
and it will be observed that the gradual drop in the boil-
ing point is shadowed forth by a continual increase of the
tension of the liquid at ordinary temperatures.
We have also measured the tensions of valerianic acid,
acetic acid, and formic acid at 1$" C. as follows :—
M.m. of nercory.
Valerianic acid • • • • . . 6*0
Acetic acid •• 9'o
Formic acid .. .. •• .. lo'o
Now, valerianic acid has about the same boiling-point
as Kerose xxiii., and acetic acid nearly the same boiling-
point as Kerose xvii., and formic acid comes between
kerose xv. and Kerose xvi. There is utter want of
parallelism between the fatty acid and the hydrocarbon in
the matter of tension at ordinary temperatures.
Teoiiofl of add. Corresponding tension of kerose.
6 ra
9 x8*o
zo 40*0
The drop from the boiling-point of valerianic acid to the
hoiling-point of formic acid is shadowed forth by the in-
crease from 6 to zo. But among the keroses a like drop
in boiling-point is indicated by the increase from z 2 to
40*0.
The first term in onr table of the eleven keroses has a
tension of z*2 mm. at zs*" C. If we gradually raise the
umperature, the tension will gradually increase, attaining
to 80 m.m. at about 96" C. When any of these keroses
attain to a tension of 80 m.m., we are able to describe the
comparatively steep se^ion of the tension-curve with
approximate accuracy. Given the point in temperature
at which the tension attains to 80 m.m. we can name the
boiling-point under ordinary atmospheric pressure. The
rule is, add on 80° in the case of Kerose xxiii. ; add on
nearly 60^ in the case of Kerose xiii., and add on inter-
mediate numbers in the instance of the intermediate
keroses.
THE LATEST DISCIPLE OF HERMES '
TRISMEGISTUS.
By H. CARRINGTON BOLTON.
Thb persistence with which a belief in the transmutability
of metals clings to common people in these days of universal
education shows that there are still individuals in whom
avarice linked with superstition are stronger characteristics
than honesty in thought and a^ion. In France the pub-
lication of alchemical processes continues, scarcely a
twelve-month elapsing without an addition to thia litera-
ture; in that country, too, as well as in England,
claimants of the secrets of Hermes occasionally appear.
Often their first appearance in public takes place in a
police-court to answer charges of fraud, for the law does
not recognise the veridity of alchemical professions. The
case of the ingenious American who endeavoured to
swindle the Bond Street jeweller a few years ago, by
borrowing gold sovereigns with a promise to *' multiply **
them, is fresh in the minds of readers of the Chbmical
News.
In September of this year an extraordinary exhibition
of faith in alchemy occurred in New York City, the details
of which remind us of similar transaaions reported in the
Middle Ages.
The persons in this domestic drama are four in number
— a small tradesman, Qustav Hammer by name, and his
wife, who became the dupes of two conspirators na;ned
Stanley Glass and Max Pearlman. In the spring of Z895
Glass confided to Hammer that a friend of his possessed
a wonderful secret which would make them all rich ; his
friend, he explained, vras an alchemist, and with a little
brass, some copper, and a few platinum filings, and the
wonderful secret, he could procure any amount of gotd.
These representations interested Hammer and his wife,
who consented to go into the business. Soon after, Glass
introduced his friend Pearlosan as the possessor of the
Philosopher's Stone, and these two indttced Hammer to
furnish the money accessary for an. experiment ; the latter
gave the reputed alchemist 4.50 dols. for platinum and
234 dols. for other materials. After some delays and
procrastination on the part of Pearlman, the great work
was undertaken in his house. ...
The experiment was conduded in a aemi«dark room,
and began at midnight. The metals were placed in a
crucible over a very hot fire, and Pearlman stirred them
with a rod, at the same time pouring in a white powder
—the Philosopher's Stone. The heat was maintained for
a long time until the metals fused. After cooling the
crucible, Pearlman took out the alloy and gave it to
Hammer, saying it was pure gold. The tradesman took
the fused mass to an assayer, who informed him the lump
contained z8 dols. worth of gold.
So far this resembles a page from the career of
Sendivogius, but the sequel is very different. Hammer,
indignant at the swindle, sought relief in the courts, and
on his representations the Grand Jury indiaed Stanley
Glass and Max Pearlman. During the taking of testimony,
it appeared that Mary Pearlman, the alchemist's wife, had
sought to have the case dropped by offering various sums
of money — beginning with 60 dols. and rising to zoo dols.
This was corroborated by Mrs. Louisa Hammer.
200
The Period-Table.
Oft.^iig$.
At tlM Ust accoonu, GUtt had been arretted, but
PMrlman coold not be found. Verily, the good old timet
of Ca g i i oet f o have departed I
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS BY MEANS OP
ELECTROLYSIS.*
A PKBLnmiAKT report was fnmiahed by the Committee
fa^rear in which the contemplated plan of work was oat-
The bibliography of the tobjea hat been completed and
is appended.
The experimental work hat been carefoUy organited,
and the retolu on the determination of btamnth and of
tin are nearly complete. Other work it in progrett, bat
the Committee prefer to hold overthete retolu until next
year in order that they may be added to and may include
mcthodt of teparation of tome of the metalt.
Contiderable attention hat been given to the choice
and arrangement of the special apparatat required. A
detailed description of tome of the arrangemenu adopted
will be given in the next report.
At the bibliography it completed, the Committee pro-
pose to devote tMir attention daring the coming year
exchitively to experimental enqoiriet.
Bibliography on Methods of QuantitaHvi Analysis by
waans of BUctrolysis,
The bibliography has been compiled from the following
joomalt, and is complete np to the end of 1894 :~
Period
JonnMl. abttraaed. AbbrevUtion.
I. Joomal of the Chemical
Society Z847-1894 J. Chem. 80c.
2* Joamal of the Society
of Chemical Indottry Z882-X894 J. Soc Chem.
Ind.
3. Chemical Newt • • • • z86o>z894 Chem. Newt.
4* American Chemical Joar«
ntl 1878-1894 Amer.Chem. J.
5* Journal of Analytical and
Applied Cbemittry.. 1887-X894 J. Analyt. and
App. Chem.
6. Joamal of the American
Chemical Society •• 1879-1894 J. Amer.Chem.
Soc
7. Zeitschrift f&r Analyt-
ischeChemie •• .. 1862-1894 Zeitt. anal.
Chem.
8. Berichte der Deattchen
chemitchen Qetell-
icbaft z868-x894 Ber.
9. Zeittchrift fiir anorgan*
itcheChemie •• •• 1892-1894 Zeitt. anorg.
Chem.
to. Zeittchrift f^ phytikal-
itcheChemie •• •• z887*i894 Zeitt. phys.
Chem.
iz. Zeittchrift fur Eledro-
chemie. (Organ der
deattchen elearocbe-
mitchen Getelltchaft) 1894 Zeitt. Eledro-
chem.
Referencet to papers of importance pnblished in jour-
nals other than the above are also included.
Books of Rffifinci,
z. " Quantitative Analyse durch Eledrolyse." A. Clat-
ten. 3rd edit., 1892. Publithed by J. Springer, Berlin.
* Read before the Britieh 4uociation (SeAion B), Iptwich
Meeting, xSqs. (Second Report of the Committee, coneiitiof of
Prof. J. fimerton Revnolde, CbeirmaD, Dr. C. A. Kohn» Secretary,
Prof. P. Frankland. Prof. F. Clowea, Dr. Hugh Marshall, Metin.
A. B. Fletcher, D. H. Nagel, T, Toriier* and J. B, Coleman).
Translation, by W. H. Herrick, of and edition, 1887,
** Quantitative Chemical Analysis by Eledrolysis." Pub-
lished by 1. Wiley. New York.
2. •• Elearo-chemical Analysis.*' Edgar P. Smith. 1890.
Published by P. Biakiston, Philadelphia.
3. " Jahrbuch der Eledrochemie." W. Nemtt and W.
Borchert. 1894 (^i^t year of publicatioo).
Arrangiwunt of Bibliography,
The bibliography it divided into the foUowing tec-
tiont:—
z. General conditiont for eledn^Ttic analytia.
a. Special apparatus employed.
3. Quantitative metbodt, for the determination of metab
by meant of eledrolytit.
4. QuanUutive methods, for the separation of metals
by meant of eledrolytis.
5. Special applications of eledrolysit in quantitative
analytis.
6. Applications of eledrolysit to qualitative analytia.
THE PERIOD • TABLE.*
By F. RANG.
The space in the Table between C, Si, and A, j:WJb^
it not a real one, but only an unavoidable defoa aimilar to
that encountered when a globe it mapped on a plane
surface.
Every sign in this Table signifies not only its ntnal ele-
ment, but also every other element in the same aeriet.
valency, and part of the Table. La and Yb aignifiM!
therefore. La, Ce, Ny. Py, Sm, Tb, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb, and
perhapt at many more yet imknown elementa. Their
atom-volumet and chemical adivity thow that they do
not make a series.
Several fads indicate that H it here put in itt right
place. Now when A is found we no longer have anyrieht
to be incredible about the existence of the elemenu
marked (+), and, moreover, we are able in aome
places of the Table to predid where they are to be found
€,g,t which elements the explorer could use as ores. We
are also able in some degree to predid their general pro.
perties. *^
What is now known about A, together with iu periodic
arrangement, tells ut that it hat the molecule—
A
A^l
^A
atomic weight 13, and valence IV. A glance at the mofo.
cular formula of A will explain iU resistance to chemical
adion ; its molecule is not easily broken, but whap iu
atoms are once separated, it it likely to get an extended
chemittry.
TabU ofHalfforgotUn EUments.
Atomic weightt.
Refierence.
Frohable. Derivation. Chsm. Niws.
C. ••
9*44t «.-p. 350° C. .. 64
Attstriacum, (Ast) .. .. aia
Neptunium, Np .. .. 236
Ilmeniuro, II ?
Polymnestum, Pm.. ., ?
Erebodium, £b •• .. 94-5
Gadenium }
X,X'X' ?
lix., 295
XXXV., 197
XXXV., 197
♦ See Cbbm. Nbws, vol. Ixvii, p. 178.
Cbemical Ntwt, I
Oa.«5,l895. f
Vapour-pressure of Concentrated Solutions oj Salts.
201
VkleiiM. I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
VII.
VIII.
I.
II.
III.
8criet«
X. ••
• •
• •
• •
• •
• •
• •
• •
• •
• •
H
a. Li
Be
B
c
• •
• •
• •
,,
• •
• •
• •
• •
• •
3. Na
Mg
Al
Si
, ,
,,
• •
• •
• .
• •
• •
• •
• •
t K
Ca
Sc
Ti
V
Cr
Mn
Fe
Ni
Co
Ca
Zq
Ga
5. Rb
Sr
Y
Zt
Nb
Mo
Da
Ra
Rh
Pd
ar
Cd
In
6. Ct
Ba
La
Yb
Ta
W
Url
08
Ir
Pt
Au
Hk
TI
7. (+)
Mt
(+)
Th
Np
U
(?)
I?)
(?)
(?)
IV.
V.
VI.
VII. VIII
He
•
(+)
(+) P)
A
N
P (?l
CI (?)
(+)
P
S
Ge
At
Se
Br (?i
Sn
bb
Te
<i.lD
Pb
Bi
Alt
4IIIUI • Sc, Pp. 4L6 • Ca, Ng. ellLa and 6lV.a • La, Ce, Ny, Py, Sm, Qd, Tb, Ho, £r, Tm, Dc, Yb. . . .
^ UnoftinM! element accomptnyioc helinm.
A most of all known tubttancet violates Dulong and
Petit's law, and also the general application of Avogadro's
law ; it has next to H the highest specific heat of all ele-
ments; its light-refraaion is low in proportion to its
specific eravity, bat its aiomU volums corresponds ixactly
to its place in the diagram of the atom-vola me- series.
(The atomic volumes for C, A, and N are 3*4, 87, and
X5-5)-
As some of the elements in my Table have not been
introduced before in any period-table, and are therefore
unknown to many, I have, for what good it might be, put
together the Table in preceding column.
The sp. gr. of Da and Url give a peculiar and verifying
■hape to the corresponding parts of the diagram over the
atom-volume- series. Probably He and its side-elements
give similar diagram verifications.
I claim that my period«table is the truest and best
tabular arrangement of the elsments yet produced ; that
the table has place for all elements, and fulfils every
proper requirement of to*day.
EXPERIMENTS ON THE VAPOUR-PRESSURE
OF CONCENTRATED SOLUTIONS OF
SEVERAL SALTS. ESPECIALLY LITHIUM
AND CALCIUM NITRATES.
By JOHir WADDBLL, B.SC. (Load.), Pta.D. (Heidelberg),
Profeetorof Chemistry, Rqyml lliliury College of Canada.
Thb experiments, of which those described here are a
few, were undertaiken at *he suggestion of Dr. Goodwin,
who had himself sent some reports to the British Associ-
ation, recording the relative amounts of water-vapour
absorbed by sodium and potassium chlorides, when ex-
posed to the same atmosphere, They were begun before
the late development of the theory of solutions and the
law of vapour-pressure had been enunciated, and a good
deal of the work done is not now of much value, and I
therefore do not go into the detail that I should otherwise
have considered advisable. The majority of experiments
on vapour-pressore have, however, been made with very
dilute solutions ; in these which I describe solutions much
nearer the saturation-point were employed.
Tbe method adopted was that to which the name
Invaporation was applied, I believe, by Qraham, and was
carried out in the following manner : —
Into a wide-mouthed closely-stoppered bottle, of about
200 to 300 cc. capacity, three small test*tubes were in-
troduced, one of which contained water or alcohol, and
each of the others one of the salts to be experimented
with. Kiitt some experience had been gained, the liquid
was frequently added diredly to the salts, and the third
test*tube dispensed with.
The salts first chosen for experiment were calcium and
lithium nitrates; nitrates being seleAed because Dr.
Goodwin had worked with two chlorides, and these parti*
cnlar nitrates being chosen because both soluble in alcohol
as well as water*
The qoantities of salts taken were molecular, weighed
in iii.grms. ; but i, 2, or 4 mols. of one salt was taken to
z mol. of the other, so that in some experiments there
was a larger amount of calcium nitrate, in others of
lithium nitrate. So far as the results recorded here are
concerned there was no necessity for this variation, be*
caase the numbers retained are all reduced so as to show
the quantity of liquid invaporated p$r moUcuU of the
salts. When there was a great excess of one salt, how*
ever, and a small amount only of the liquid, it sometimes
happened that the latter was entirely absorbed by the
salt which was in relatively large quantity ; for example,
when there were 8 mols. of calcium nitrate to either 2 or
4 mols. of lithium nitrate, and only about 2 decigrms. of
water, the latter was all absorbed by the calcium salt,
and the result was nearly the same when alcohol was the
liquid.
Tabu of Quantiiiis of WaUr tak$n ub by 0*164 g^^» ^f
Calcium Nitratt and 0*069 grm, of LUkium Niirati,
1 Ca(N05)2 0*189 0*299 0*367
I LiNGj .. 0'i42 0*232 0*299
These numbers obtained from experiments in which
there were 4 mols. of calcium salt to z mol. of
the lithium.
z Ca(NOs)a o*z25 0*144 o*i6z o-24Z o*3Z7
iLi(NOj).. 0*089 o*zo8 o*Z24 o*Z94 0*265
From experiments in which the ratio of calcium to
lithium was 2 : z.
z Ca(NOs)a. o*Z50 o*22z o'2z8 0*295 0*423
z LiNGj •• o*zo5 0*167 o*Z7Z 0*230 0*339
From experiments in which the ratio of calcium to
lithium was z : 4.
z Ca(NG3)2 o*z37 o*z8o o*2Z7 0*264 0*459 0*521
z Li(N03) O'zoo 0*135 0*172 0*202 0*327 0*403
From experiments in which the ratio of calciam to
lithium was z : 2.
z CaCNGJa
, -,- o*z23 o*z29 o'z88 0*246 0*248
zLiCNGj).. 0*044 0*093 o*Z45 o*Z96 o*Z98
z Ca(NGa)a 0*365 0*476 0*952 4*228
z LiNOj •• 0*298 o*4ZO 0*819 3'6Z9
From experiments in which the ratio of calcium to
lithium was z : z.
If a curve is plotted whose ordinates are the quantities
of water absorbed respeftively by the lithium nitrate and
the calcium nitrate, it does not differ very much from a
straight line, though it is slightly concave towards the
axis of the lithium nitrate.
The three cases given in which the amount of water
absorbed by the molecular weight of lithium nitrate waa
less than o'l grm. represent what was found to be the gene-
ral phenomenon, namely, that the calcium nitrate absorbed
between o*z2o grm. and 0*130 grm. of water, and had a
vapour*pressure equal to that of the saturated solution of
lithium nitrate. Hence, while the amount of water ab-
sorbed by the calcium nitrate remained praaically con-
stant, the quantity absorbed by the lithium nitrate was
different in the different experiments, there being moie or
less of the salt undissolved. After this limit had been
passed, the ratio of the water absorbed by the lithium
nitrate to that absorbed by the calcium nitrate rangad
from about four*fi(ths to five-sixths.
202
Vapour-pressure of Concentrated Solutions of Salts. {^^'oS!^t^
The formula of lithium nitrate being LiNOj, and of
calcium nitrate Ca(N03)ai if all the molecules of each
were dissociated into their ions there should be the same
▼apoor pressure when the amount of water absorbed per
molecule is in the ratio of 2:3.
It is therefore plain that the lithium nitrate is dissoci-
ated to a greater extent than the calcium nitrate. The
ratio of 5 : 6 would be obtained if two-thirds of the
lithium nitrate were dissociated and one-half of the
calcium nitrate.
In an experiment made with potassium nitrate and
calcium nitrate, it was found that 1*932 grms. of water
was absorbed by a molecular weight of the former, and
2*836 grms. of water by a molecular weight of the latter.
Suppose half of the calcium nitrate to be dissociated,
it would follow that one-third of the potassium nitrate is
dissociated. If it is known to what extent any one of the
three is dissociated, then it would be known to what
extent the others are dissociated, but otherwise the ratios
give rise to indeterminate equations only.
Experiments were also made with alcohol as the liquid
invaporated. There was less uniformity than in the case
when water was employed, partly because the alcohol
doubtless contained water, as it had not been dried with
sodium, but was what had either been bought as absolute
or what had been twice distilled over lime. The result
may have been partly produced, also, by the fad that it
was difiScult to make the bottles tight enough to prevent
the escape of a little alcohol-vapour. Burnt rubber
digested in alcohol was found to be the most satisfa&ory
of the different substances tried for the purpose of keeping
the stopper tight.
The numbers given were calculated in the same way as
in the preceding case with water. It will be seen that
not only does the lithium nitrate absorb more alcohol
than it should if the calcium nitrate were equally dissoci-
ated, but molecule for molecule an amount absolutely
greater. Each molecule of lithium nitrate absorbs ap-
proximately four-thirds as much alcohol as each molecule
of calcium nitrate. This condition would be fulfilled
if all the lithium nitrate were dissociated, and one quarter
only of the calcium nitrate molecules.
TabU of Quantities of Alcohol taktn up by 0'x64 grm, of
Calcium Nitrate and 0*069 grm,of £ithium Nitrat4.
I Ca(N03) 0*194 0*3x2 0*408 o 6x2
xLiNOj.. 0*324 0*427 0*575 0*889
From experiments in which the ratio of calcium to
lithium was 4 : x.
I Ca(N03)3 o'X78 0256 0*341 0*474 06x8 0*935
xLiNOj.. o'220 0*332 0*460 0*696 0*896 1*388
From experiments in which the rauo of calcium to
lithium was 2 : i.
X Ca(N03)t 0*224 o*2^ 0*372 ^'^^ **236
X LiNOj.. 0280 0*331 0*469 0*845 1*552
From experiments in which the ratio of calcium to
lithium was x : a.
I Ca(N03)a 0*204 0*283 0*360 0*533
X LiNOj . . 0*244 0368 0*480 0*726
From experiments in which the ratio of calcium to
lithium was x : 4.
X CaCNOsh 0*482 0*7x8
I LiNOs .• 0*657 0*987
From experiments in which the ratio of calcium to
lithium was x : x.
In order to compare the members of the calcium group
of metals among themselves and with lithium nitrate, a
series of experiments was instituted. Barium and stron-
tium nitrates being less soluble than calcium nitrate, a
larger quantity of water was needed than for the calcium
and lithium salts, and within the limits in which I have
hitherto worked the results are not very concordant ; but
I give the numbers without delaying the paper for the
further investigations which I propose making, and which
will take some time. There seems to be little dooblt
from what has been done, that the barium nitrmte is the
most absorbent ; that the calcium salt comes next ; mnd
that the strontium compound, instead of being inter-
mediate between the others, is less absorbent than either.
Tabic of Quantities of Water absorbed by each Moleculmr
Weight expressed in Milligrammes,
I LiNOt. . — — 0*460 fx82 —
X Ca(NOs)a 0*590 x*x66 — — 0-797
I Sr(N00a 0*504 x*xi5 0*470 1*320 0-685
X BafNOjlj
BaCNOjja
X LiNOt • • 0*327
I Ca(NOs)a -
I Sr(NOs)a 0'33X
I Ba(NOs)a —
o*76x
0*830
— 1-339
8*205 [* ^1
— [1495]
8*994 x-^?"
The relationship spoken of above will be seen in the last
column. The unbracketed numbers are the result of
dired experiment ; of the bracketed numbers that Cor
calcium nitrate is obtained by calculating the water ab-
sorbed by that salt as six-fifths the amount absorbed by
lithium nitrate, and that for strontium nitrate is deduced
from the figures in the fourth column, where it will be
seen that strontium nitrate absorbs x*32o grms. of water
for x*x82 grms. absorbed by lithium nitrate.
Finally, a series of experiments was made in which tbe
metal was the same, but the salt radical varied. The
haloid salts of potassium were chosen for experiment.
It appears that these salts are very nearly equally disso-
ciated, even in rather concentrated solutions, but if any-
thing the bromide is more dissociated than the others.
Table of Quantities of Water taken up by the Milliptatnmg
Molecular Weight of Potassium Chloride^ Bromide,
and Iodide,
I KCl o*o6o 353 553 126 506 797
X KBr 0229 377 588 — — —
X KI 0*229 373 581 229 522 797
X KCl* 2*070 0088 0*312 747 2*237
X KBr — 0*229 0*326 784 2*339
X Kl* x*933 0*229 ©•328 802 2*5x0
X KCl 0*595 295 248 411 605 1*190
X KBr o*6o6 3xx 351 — — —
X KI — — — 428 624 x*ao5
X KCl 200 407 x*027 266 690 376
X KBr — — _ 296 — 396
X KI 226 43 X x*057 — — —
X KCl 78X 401 78X 769 x88 560 238
I KBr 827 — — — _ _ 25a
xKI — 4x5 789 775 233 589 —
(NoTB.— The numbers marked with the asterisk are
peculiar, as in no other case does the KCl absorb
more water than the KI. In this instance aiore
water had been added originally to the chloride
than to the iodide, and invaporation does not seem
to have been complete even after a lapse of two
years. It turned out that some water- vapour escaped
from the bottle, for a weighing made since this
paper was written, and six months after the one
recorded above, gave KCl 2*033 and KI ''93 1* Thus
tbe main loss was from the chloride, and I have no
doubt that now that the stopper has been made
tight the anomaly will disappear.
When the quantity of water to be divided among the
salts was small, a phenomenon, similar to that observed
with the lithium and calcium nitrate, is again prominent.
The bromide and iodide absorbed the water, the chloride
apparently being left dry until the other salts bad ab-
sorbed a considerable quantity of water.
In two cases the bromide and iodide have 229 m.grmp.
of water each, while the amount of water with tbe
chloride is in one case 60 m.grms. and in another 88
CHB1IICA& NlWt, I
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
203
m.grm8. In another experiment the same number lag is
found for the iodide, while the chloride has 126. Still
another experiment gives 326 with the iodide and 200
with the chloride. We may therefore conclude that the
bromide and iodide would probably absorb a constant
amount of water whenever the quantity is more than
450 m.grms. and less than a little over 650 m.grms., snd
that the chloride absorbs what is left over.
So soon as this limit is passed, the three salts absorb
nearly the same amounts of water, as shown by the case
in which the bromide absorbed 257 m.grms. and the
chloride 348 m.grms. It appears, then, that the bromide
and iodide of potassium both absorb enough water to
make a solution, while the chloride is still in the solid
condition, and when the vaponr-pressure from the bromide
and iodide comes to be as large as that of the saturated
solution of the chloride it remains constant until the
chloride is all dissolved.
The peculiarity of the lithium nitrate, as compared
with calcium nitrate, is the most noticeable feature in the
experiments, and I have therefore begun some experi-
ments with chlorides and sulphates, which, however, will
require time for completion. Meantime I made a rough
set of experiments, on the eledrical resistance of strong
and dilute solutions of lithium and calcium nitrates.
6*9 grms, of lithium nitrate were dissolved in 100 grms.
of water, and to 10*277 grms. of this solution 349 grms.
of water were added.
In the same way, a strong and a dilute solution of cal-
cium nitrate was made. 8*2 grms. of calcium nitrate were
dissolved in 100 grms. of water, and to 10*377 grm** of
this solution 352*4 grms. of water were added.
The resistance of these liquids was determined in the
following manner i —
The vessel containing the solution was put in circuit,
wHh Lord Kelvin's composite balance and his set of anti-
tndoaive resistance-coils. An alternating current, such
as used for incandescent lighting purposes, was employed,
and its eledromotive force was determined by a statical
voltmeter. The current was read direaiy from the
balance, the difference of potential was given by the volt-
meter, and therefore the resistance could be calculated.
Since the resistance in the box was known, the resistance
of the solution could be calculated by subtraaing it from
the total resistance. The vessel in which the liquid was
contained, whose resistance was measured, was a U-tube
of about 30 c.c. capacity. The eleArodes were kept at
the same distance, m the diflerent experiments, by resting
on the ledges produced by the narrowing of the tube at
the bend. , ,
The average resistance of the strong solution of cal-
cinm nitrate was 238 ohms. The average resistance of
the dilute solution was 3690 ohms. In the case of the
Uthiom nitrate the resistance of the strong solution was
167 ohms, and of the dilute solution 4114 ohms. If the
salts had been equally dissociated in the strong and dilute
solutions, and if the current is carried only 1^ the disso-
ciated ions, the resistance of the dilute solutions of the
calcium nitrate should have been 8100 ohms, and of the
lithium nitrate 5827 ohms. The resistance of the cal-
ciam nitrate aaually increases in a much less ratio than
the dilution, while the lithium nitrate does not show so
great a divergence.
The amount of dissociation of the calcium nitrate is
about 45 per cent as great in the strong solution as in the
weak, whue the amount of dissociation in the case of the
lithium salt is about 83 per cent.
Owing to several sources of error, such as the fludua-
tion of the elearomotive force of the circuit, and the
difiSculty of taking accurate readings, when the current
was small, the results attained do not pretend to close
exadness; but they show the nature of the change pro-
duced by dilution, and that in the strong solution calcium
nitrate is much less dissociated than lithium nitrate.
Moreover, the result obtained for the latter salt does not
diff^ very greatly from that given for lithium chloride in
Ostwald's ** Outlines- of General Chemistry *' (English
edition, p. 261).
Nearly all of the experiments in invaporation recorded
above were with solutions more concentrated than even
the nearly normal solutions, which were the strongest
employed for the determination of elearical resistance.
It was stated that the ratio obtained between the
quantities of water absorbed by the two salts, when the
vapour-pressure was the same, would be satisfied if two-
thirds of the lithium nitrate were dissociated and one-half
of the calcium nitrate.
The table given by Ostwald shows that in the normal
solution of lithium chloride the dissociation is about 61
per cent, and my experiments on the elearical resistance
seem to show that lithium nitrate is somewhat similar to
the chloride. Very probably, then, this calculation is not
very far astray.
I should perhaps add that the bottles containing the
tubes with which the invaporation experiments were
made were at the temperature of the laboratory, which
varied between 10* C. and 25^ C. at different times of the
year. I have weighed the same tube, however, in spring
and autumn, and the weight was within a m.grm or two
the same, so that the variations of temperature had no
appreciable effea.
CHEMICAL RESEARCHES AND SPECTROSCOPIC
STUDIES OF VARIOUS ELEMENTS.
By JBAN SBRVAIS 8TA8.
(Oootisned from p. 190).
So long as a speAroscopic examination enables one to
detea the presence of sodium in a flame burning in air,
either ai rat or in motion, this air imparts to platinum, in
whatever state it may be, the property of colouring the
flame yellow. Spon^ platinum possesses this property
in a marked degree.
The time necessary for the deposit of sodium on plati-
num is very variable; with the ordinary air of the
laboratory from ten to fifteen minutes are sufficient,
whilst several days* exposure are necessary for producing
the yellow colour in the flame when the air only shows
slight traces of sodium.
Even spongy platinum, when kept lying in a glased
cupboard m dry air, in which spearum analysis is unable
to detea the presence of sodium, only acquires the pro-
perty of turning a flame yellow after several days'
exposure ; but a speArum analysis of the flame be/on it
has changed colour shows a faint image of the sodium
D line.
It follows from these experiments that it is always the
air which deposits sodium on platinum.
Silver behaves like platinum. When properly refined,
as I have described, it shows no trace of the sodium
spearum. After having been left in air in which spearum
analysis shows a bright yellow sodium line, it impacts a
distinaiy yellow tint to a Bunsen burner flame, and
shows a strong sodium line. This colour quickly disap-
pears ; but if the metal be covered with atmospheric dust
It colours the flame vellow, and this property remains
until it has been melted and properly refined in a lime
crucible.
The tubes and silver fittings, when kept in air, should
be carefully washed with water mixed first with hydro-
fiuoric acid, then with hydrochloric acid, and afterwards
with pure water.
Bone-black when refined behaves exaaiy like platinum
and silver. It attraas the deposit of sodium. It should
be kept in air-tight fars^ and should never be used until
after having been raised to white heat.
Platinum, silver, and carbon, when kept protected from
atmospheric dust in cupboards, well-closed glass cases,
under bell-jars, &c., acquire a deposit of sodium on their
204
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
IGBBIIICALllBWt.
1 Oa. J5. 1^95*
sarfjtces. The sodium is evidently contained in the out-
side air which continuously mixes by diffusion with the
air inside the cupboards, cases, and jars. The rapid
deliquescence of highly soluble compounds, when left in
these confined spaces, is evidence of the rapid rate of
diffusion. This fad, moreover, is known to everybody
who puts drying agents into cases, however air-tight they
may be, to preserve instruments or chemical compounds
from the adion of water vapour in air.
Bxperience has taught me that one must moisten the
inner surface of the tubes and metal or rubber fittings
used to bring the gas from the reservoir to the apparatus^
and never to use rubber tubes desulphuretted by placing
them in a boiling solution of dilute hydro-oxide of sodium.
When undertaking this desulphuretting one day I lost
time in looking for the reason of the presence of a great
deal of sodium. The soda penetrates into the rubber;
the illuminating gas, by attacking it, charges itself with
sodium when passing through a rubber tube desulphur-
etted with hydrate of sodium, even although the tube has
been washed with water containing a little acid and then
dried.
It was by pondering over the above fads and conclu-
sions that I sought to solve the problem of ascertaining
if it be possible to obtain metals and metallic compounds,
which, at the highest temperature attainable, should not
show the charaderistic spedrum of sodium on spedro-
scopic examination, and whether one could thus change
the spedrum of metals the one to another, or at least
produce the charaderistic rays of the spedram of one
metal by using a compound of another metal.
Having described my researches on the spedra of the
metals on which the experiments were conduded, I must
describe the method used to vapourise them and the in-
strnments I used.
On the Methods of Volatilising Metals and their
Compounds,
I have used, one after the other, all known methods for
attaining this end: they consist of the introdndion o
the bodies into — f
I. The outer envelope of the Bunsen burner flame.
a. The outer envelope of a pure hydrogen flame issuing
from a platinum blowpipe.
3. A blowpipe jet of pure hydrogen and pore air.
4. A jet of pure hydrogen raised to incandescence by
the admixture of oxygen.
5. A jet of coal-gas rendered colourless by the ad-
mixture of oxygen.
6. The internal cone of an oxyhydrogen blowpipe.
7. The internal cone of an oxy-coal-gas blowpipe.
8. An indudion-spark from 2 to 5 m.m. between the
points, with or without condensers capable of giving
respedively sparks of 5, 15, and 45 cm. length,
the substance being either solid, or melted, or in
solution in pure or acidulated water, and either in
air or hydrogen.
9. A discharge from 5 to zo m.m. between the
points, capable of giving sparks from 15 to 45 cm.
long, having from one to five very large Leyden
jars intercalated, the substance being either solid or
dissolved in acidulated water, and either in air or
hydrogen,
zo. An eledric arc formed successively between pure
carbon eledrodes : zst, by 30, 50, 100, or 200, of
the very largest Bunsen cells ; 2nd, by a battery of
33 Julien accumulators, giving at the terminals of
the lamp zo amperes and 30 volts, and forming an
arc 9 m.m. long by about 8 m.m. diameter ; 3rd, by
a Gramme and Siemens dynamo coupled, giving at
the terminals of the lamp from 28 to 30 amp%res
and from 60 to 80 volts, and forming an arc 2\ cm.
long by about 8 m.m. diameter; 4th, by a zo,ooo
candle power dynamo.*
* io the deacriptlont of the lumiooas spedtra of sodium, Ittbinm,
caicium, Btrontinm, barium, and thallium, 1 give details of the use
made of the arcs from different batteries anddynamos
These methods having been previously used, and their
applications being known, I can limit my description to
pointing out some fads that long pradice has taught me.
Oo the Position to be given to Flames when Examining
their Spectra,
Messrs. Bunsen and Kirchhoff recommend placing the
dark part of an ordinary gas flame or a hydrogen flame
in front of the slit in the collimator, and putting the
platinum wire loop, or coil, with the compound to be
vapourited, in the middle of the outer envelope of the
flames on the side opposite the slit.
It is a well-known fad that, with a minute quantity of
incandescent vapour, we can produce spedra which leave
nothing to be desired on the score of distindness, when
the light thus obtained is sufficiently intense ; but this
condition can only be realised when working with very
volatile bodies. It is not the same with less volatile
compounds. In this case it seems better to set the jets
beside the collimator so that the right or left edge of the
flames is exadly opposite the slit with the centre of the
edge in the axis of the collimator. By arranging it thus,
one gets all the rays proceeding from a compound
vapourised in the middle of the outer envelope of the
flames. To satisfy oneself that this arrangement intensi-
fies the light, it is sufficient to compare the spedrum of
chloride of barium in both positions in the same flame,
whether Bunsen burner or hydrogen. I am aware that
under these conditions the rays have not all the same
focus ; but the same inconvenience is found in the usual
method, because, when introducing the subsunce to be
volatilised, one almost always pierces through the dark
envelope and penetrates too far into the flame. I am wil-
ling to admit that the method I have adopted is less con-
venient than the one generally used, and that it requires
pradice to do it quickly. The difficulty of doing it is a
good guarantee for the accuracy of the result. It is, in
fad, necessary to place the flame so that the centre of iu
dark envelope is exadly on the axis of the collimator ;
this necessitates the absolute immobility of the flame —
an immobility hard to obtain in a room where the air is
more or less in motion, but still it may be obtained by
using screens to shield the flame from air-currents, or,
better still, by maintaining a constant pressure of from
2 to 4 cm. of water by means of a hvdrogen and air or
coal-gas and air blowpipe, with a Durner ending in a
platinum noxzle with a hole from | to z m.m. in diameter.
With the flame in this position, using a sufficiently nar-
row slit, one avoids, as far as possible, oblique rays,
and the background of the spedrum is always dark,
whether there be lines or no. By the usual method a
continuous spedrum appears so often 'that all spedro-
scopists imagine potassium and sodium to have a con-
tinuous spedrum, although I have proved that the parts
in the neighbourhood of the sodium D line or potassium
lines are completely free from luminosity, even although
the potassium and sodium compounds be put into almost
incandescent hydrogen, such as an oxyhydrogen blowpipe
fed with a proper quantity of oxygen. The easiest
method of adjusting the flames is as follows :— On one
side I arrange on a board, on the table of a strong
camera-stand used to carry the spedroscope, the Bunsen
burner, and the hvdrogen, hydrogen and air, oxyhydrogen,
or oxy-coal-gas blowpipe, surrounded by screens to pro*
ted them against lateral air-currents. This board, the
length of which is nearly half the width of the table, moves
by means of an endless screw at right angles to the axis
of the collimator of the spedroscope. To efled this the
worm works in an easily turned screw, which is fixed by
its collar in a bearing on the left side of the table.
On the other side, on a second board, which occupies
the right half of the table, I arrange the holder used in
putting the compounds into the outer envelope of the
flames. The second board also moves at right angles to
the axis of the collimator, by means of an endless screw
attachment on the right side of the table.
CBBMICAL NlWl, \
oa. as. 1895. f
London Water Supply.
205
By this metna the endless screw attached to the board
on the itft causes the burner or blowpipe on it to advance
or recede from Uft to right, whilst that on the right causes
the holder on the other board to move forward or back from
right to U/t.
As the pitch of the screw is very fine, a millimetn at
ths outsidt, one can bring the rays from the incandeseent
vapour under spedroscopic examination into the axis of
the collimator of the spedroscope with great accuracy.
This arrangement enables the observer to move either
the flame or the holder without removing his eye from the
eyepiece of the speAroscope ; this is necessary when he
only has small quantities of matter to deal with, because
be can work alone without injuring the relative purity of
the air, and at the same time avoid any error following
the appearance of a line caused by disturbing the flame.
Experience has taught me that in order to completely
avoid a continuous spedrum, one must eliminate rays
from the incandescent holder. These rays extend farther
than is generally thought. In many cases they extend more
than a cm. along the holder. One effeas this by putting
the compound into the flame at least two aniimttres from
the edge of the slit through which the rays pass, and by
arranging in front of the slit in the collimator movable
platinum diaphragms which can be opened or closed at
will, according to the height of the luminous beam re-
quired to pass the slit. Many spedroscopes a^ually have
an attachment for this purpose, especially the large in-
stroments made by M. Hilger.
I have already described the Bunsen burner as much
as is necetsaty, so I need say nothing further about it.
On thi Bl<mpipt,^K% for the apparatus used for pro-
ducing the hydrogen jet, or the hydrogen and air, oxy-
hydrogen, coal-gas and air, or oxy-coal-gas blowpipe, it
consists of a tube of platinum, silver, or copper, accord-
ing to circumstances, bent near its free end to a right
angle, ending in a nozsle of platinum, silver, or pure
gold. The bore of the nozzle is from I to z m.m. dia-
meter, according to the length of flame I want to
obtain with a constant pressure of 2 or 4 cm. of water,
measured by a manometer inserted between the blowpipe
and the gasometers. I use a platinum nozzle, with an
opening ^^ m.m. wide and x cm. long, when I want a
simple sheet of burning hydrogen. Before being adjusted
to the bent tube, the nozzles are always washed with
dilute hydrofluoric and hydrochloric acids, then with pure
water, and finally heated to redness.
To guard against explosions, I use as a blowpipe ther
well-known apparatus employed by Mr. O. Matthey fo
fusing platinum. The mixture of gases used in it may
be varied at will, by the taps fitted to it.
I think I ought to mention that it is necessary to wash
and keep moistened with pure water the inside of the
blowpipe, so as to prevent the presence of, and conse-
quently avoid detaching, adherent sodium dust. The
terminal tube of the blowpipe is held in a vice working
on a rack on a vertical stand. The arrangements are
such that I can have at will, at a pre-arranged height, a
vertical, horizontal, or sloping jet, according to the con*
ditions I have to satisfy.
In the note on the thallium line in the flame and elearic
spearum, I fully explain the use of the hydrogen and air
and coal- gas and air blowpipe flame.
(To be coDtioQed).
A New Black Ink.^Mr. Q. Vickers, of Angel Court,
Strand, is introducing a new blue-black non-corrosive ink
having properties that should recommend it to the writing
public. It is very fluid and dries a fine black, works well
with ordinary steel pens, and does not go s icky ; it will
therefore be useful for stylographic pens, ftc Acids
appear to have less effed upon it than upon many of the
aniline inks now on the market.
LONDON WATER SUPPLY.
RSPORT ON THB COMPOSITION AND QUALITY OP DAILY
Sauplbs op THB Watbr Supplibd to London
POR THB Month Ending Sbptbubbr 30TH, zSgs*
By WILLIAM CR00KB8, F.R.S..
and
PROFESSOR DBWAR, F.R.S.
To Major-Qbnbral A. Db Courcy Scott, R.E.,
Wattr Bxamifiir, Mitropolis Wat$r Act, 1871.
London, Oaober lotb, iSgs.
Sir, — We submit herewith, at the request of the
DireAors, the results of our analyses of the 175 samples
of water colleaed by us during the past month, at the
several places and on the several days indicated, from the
mains of the London Water Companies taking their
supply from the Thames and Lea.
In Table I. we have recorded the analyses in detail
of samples, one taken daily, from Sept. ist to Sept. 30th
inclusive. The purity of the water, in reaped to organic
matter, has been determined by the Oxygen and Com-
bustion processes; and the results of our analyses by
these methods are stated in Columns XIV. to XVIII.
We have recorded in Table II. the tint of the several
samples of water, as determined by the colour-meter
described in a previous report.
In Table III. we have recorded the oxygen required to
oxidise the organic matter in all the samples submitted
to analysis.
Of the 175 samples examined all were found to be
clear, bright, and well filtered.
The weather during September has been in every reaped
remarkable, the rainfall in the Thames valley having
dropped from 3*66 inches (the average of 25 years), to
0*57 inch, leaving a deficiency of 2*09 inches. Rain fell
on six days only, the bulk of it, 0*39 inch, on Sept. 6th.
This, together with the excess of sunlight, has had a
marked efled on the quality of the water, as can be seen
by the following table : —
Comparison of ih$ Av$rag4S of th$ Fivt Tha$n$s*difiv$d
Supplitsfor thi Months of August and Stptsmbn, 1895.
Common Nitric Ozygea. Organic Orfsnie
Salt. Add. HardncM. reqd. Carbon. Carbon. Cokmr.
Per Per Per Per Per,
gall. gaU. Degrees. g«ll. gall. gall. Br'n:Blne
Means. Meana. Meana. Ileane. Meant. Max. Means.
Aug. 1*994 0*740 13*09 0*039 0093 o'zoS zi7:20
Sep. 1*980 0*685 13*97 0*032 0*081 0*098 10*4:20
Baderiological examinations of the filtered and uo*
filtered samples have been carried 00 uoremittedly
throughout the month, and we find that the average of raw
unfiltered Thames water contained 2432 microbes per
cubic centimetre, and river Lea water 17 10 microbes per
cubic centimetre ; whereas the filtered samples from the
five Thames Companies contained only 62 microbes per
cubic centimetre, and the filtered Lea water 73 microbes
per cubic centimetre.
We are. Sir,
Your obedient Servants,
William Crookxs.
Jambs Dbwar.
Researches on the Essence of Bergamot and on
its Sophistications. — Dr. Ignaaio Campolo. — This
essence is an oily mobile liquid of a dark yellow colour,
an acrid and pungent taste, and a pecuhar, delightful,
and penetrating odour. It has a slightly acid readion,
and a specific gravity at 15° of 0887. Like the other
essences of the Aurantiacess it is optically aAive, de-
flediog the plane of polarised light to the right. The
principal sophisticants to which essence of bergamot is
liable are fatty oils and resin. The weight of residue
left by the genuine essence on evaporation does not ex-
weed 6 per cent. The increase of the weight in sophisti-
cated samples is equal to the quantity of olive oil added.
2o6
Determination of Uranium.
i Cbbmicai. Nbw««
1 Oa. as* i89S-
DETERMINATION OF URANIUM
IN ORES CONTAINING PHOSPHORIC AND
ARSENIC ACIDS.
By R. PRS8ENIUS aod B. HINTZ.
iN^the determinttion of uranium in ores containing phos-
phoric and arsenic acids, copper, and iron, by means of
ordinary methods various difficulties were encountered.
In the first place, the precipitate consisted chiefly of
arsenic and copper sulphides, and sulphur could only be
obtained free from uranium after repeated precipitations
by hydrogen sulphide in an acid solution. Secondly, the
presence of phosphoric acid greatly increases the difficulty
of separating iron from uranium.
A method was therefore sought for of precipitating
uranium from an acid solution, in order thus to effeA the
separation of phosphoric and arsenic acid. For this pur-
pose precipitation with potassium ferrocyanide seemed a
suitable means. But if the precipitation of the uranium
is efieaed in the ordinary manner, the result is that the
precipitate of uranium ferrocyanide scarcely subsides and
cannot be filtered oiT. But if, after the addition of the
potassium ferrocyanide, the liquid is saturated with
sodium chtoride, the precipitate quickly subsides, and can
be easily filtered and washed with water containing sodium
chloride.
On the basis of these fads, the determination of
uranium in ores containing the above-mentioned in-
gredients can be executed as follows without difficulty :—
We first separate as usual the silica from the solution
in nitric or hydrochloric acid or aqua regia, add an excess
of potassium ferrocyanide to the slightly hydrochloric
solution, and saturate the liquid with sodium chloride.
The precipitate, which subsides quickly, and contains
uranium-, copper-, and iron-ferrocyanides, is first washed
by decantation, and afterwards on the filter completely
with water containing sodium chloride, and is then
treated in the cold with dilute potassa-lye. After the
transformation of the ferrocyanides is completed and the
hydroxides have deposited, the liquid is poured off through
a filter, washed once more by decantation with water,
rinsed on to a filter With a little water containing ammo-
nium chloride and ammonia, and washed with the same
liquid without interruption until potassium ferrocyanide
can no longer be recognised in the filtrate after acidula-
tion.
The hydroxides are then treated with hydrochloric acid,
in which they dissolve completely if the above-mentioned
operations have been correAly carried out. If there re-
mains an insoluble residue of ferrocyanide it must be
washed and again treated with potassa-lye, as above
direaed.
The solution of the metallic chloridos which no longer
contain phosphoric or arsenic acid, if the precipitated
ferrocyanides have been well washed, is concentrated if
necessary, the greater part of the free acid is neutralised
with ammonia; the Hquid (still clear) is mixed with am-
monium^carbonate in moderate excess, allowed to stand
for some time ; the ferric hydroxide which remains undis-
solved is filtered off, washed with water containing a little
of the filtrate with the addition of the washings, heated
in order to expel the chief part of the ammonium car-
bonate, acidified with hydrochloric acid — whereby the
yellowish flocculent precipitate formed on boiling, and
containing a part of the uranium, is re-dissolved — and the
copper remaining in the solution is precipitated with sul-
phuretted hydrogen with the application of heat. The
copper sulphide was always obtained free from uranium.
The liquid filtered from the former is concentrated, the
uranium precipitated with ammonia, and the precipitate
of uranium hydroxide is converted into uranicuranous
oxide by ignition in an uncovered crucible, and weighed
as such. As a check-experiment, it is then converted
into utanous oxide by ignition in a current of hvdrogen,
and the weight is again determined.— Z#i^«An/( fur
AnafyUschi Chemist xxxiv., p. 4370
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
KufMes Handbuch der KohUnhydraU, (II. Band). By
B. ToLLBNS. Breslau : E. Trewendt. 1895.
Modern chemistry is like modem music in acknowledging
more and more the sway of the UU-motif, Reading the
history of the science backwards, it is always easy to
give a '* too, too solid form " to that which is only a ghostly
presence ; in other words, to discover the dominant theory
of a period long before it existed. But in dealing with
tht forward movement of our own present time, the
ordering and systematising of the group of carbohydrates,
there is no doubt that the results in this case are begotten
of the theory. Nor could there be any better exemplifi-
cation of the charaAer of the movement than a careful
comparison of the volume before us with its predecessor
(I. Band, 1888), of which it is a substantial amplifica-
tion, and in some reipefts a revision. The Uit-mot^, it
is hardly necessary to premise, is the theory of the asym-
metrical satisfadion of the four combining positions of
the C-atom ; this, as the basis of the ** new isomerism,^
which specially charaderises the carbohydrates.
Nor is it necessary to make more than a passing allu-
sion to the ** Seer " of the movement. Emil Fischer's
position in relation to the subjed-matter of the book is
duly recognised in the author's preface. His work as a
pioneer investigator has about it, we may remark, much
that is unique. For while it has undoubtedly carried with
it a number of discoveries of compounds and metbodtt
with perhaps the attendant stimulus of novelty, its main
purpose was the laborious verification of a striAly matbe*
matical or geometrical forecast. Such **high academical *'
work is rare in our science, and it has a moral aspeft
which ought to give pause to those who talk lightly of
** finde siicU evolution.'*
We may contrast the "sugar movement" with the
great development which preceded it — the chemistry of
the aromatic series. This involved the elaboration of an
equally striking chapter in isomerism, but the principles
were in this case evolved aposUriori, The ** inwardness *'
of this movement, ^moreover, centred in large measure
round the peculiar, but extrinsic, attraAiveness of the
particular compounds which were brought to light with a
prolific fertility. No one so far as suggested any striking
development of art or industry as likely to follow from the
discovery of the thirteenth hexanpentolal. Still, the
melancholy conclusion that *' there may be no money in it
after all ** — a finally destrudive argument in many spheres
of adivity — would have had no more deterrent effect upon
the pursuit of this particular No. 13 than it has had in
damping the ardour of North Pole enthusiasts.
But, to the book. The author needs no introduaion to
English chemists. His researches in special chapters of
the now great volume of carbohydrate chemistry are well
known ; and his contribution of experimental methods
has been especially valuable. No one will question his
qualifications for the task of chronicler of the movement
in which he has taken so adive a part, and, with the two
monographs which he has produced before us, we are
justified in saying the work could not have been in better
hands. A preliminary idea of the scope and magnitude
of the present volume (Part II.) will be gathered from the
fad that there are over laoo references to original
papers. The systematic arrangement of the subjed-
matter is necessarily based upon the classic work of
Fischer, of which the Maestro himself has given a com-
prehensive digest in his papers entitled " Synthesen in der
Zuckergruppe " {Bert, Bir., 1890, p. 2114; 1894, p. 3189),
The general relationships of the group, as disclosed by
systematic synthesis and dissedion (Abbau), the broader
questions of constitution, and the more refined conclu-
sions as to configuration, are dealt with in a preliminary
sedion, which also includes a general account of the
more special charaderistics of the group, e.g,^ optical
Oa. aSf 1895. *
Justus von Liebig.
207
Eroperties, thermal constants, fermentation, and other
ydrolyses. This sedion is admirably condensed into 55
pages of the text. Candidates for competitive examina-
tions will rejoice in the prosper hereby afforded of
*' getting up '* this great subje^ in the compass of, say,
one evening I
The table of genealogical descent of the typical hexoses,
^•glucose and d-fruAott, from formaldehyd, acrolein
bromide, and glycerin, will appeal with force to the
** cram *' school of students. In the more serious view,
it affords an excellent perspedive of a whole campaign
of methodical struggle. We will not, however, discuss
the author's preamble according to its ** location,*' but, to
follow an excellent precedent, after the encyclopaedic por.
tions of the work have been noticed. In dealioe with
this, the experimental subjed-matter, the author follows
the received order : — (a) The carbohydrates proper
(aldoses and ketoses) are dealt with as mono-, di-, and
tri-saccharides, i,e., generally the crystal Usable sugars, in
order of molecular weight, and lastly, the poly-saccharides ;
(6) the mannites or mannitols, or corresponding alcohols;
U) derivatives of the cyclic hexamethylene (inosite,
quercite, ftc.) ; and lastly, {d) the diversified group of
saturated poly-hydroxy-acids derived from, or constitu-
tionally related to, the carbohydrates.
There is little to be said in criticism of these sedions.
It is difficult to see how the work could have been more
carefully done. To have seleded the subjed-matter from
over 1200 original papers, and reproduced their essential
features in 300 pages of text, is an invaluable effort of
digestion and concentration. Specialists will possess
themselves of the book at once, as a matter of course,
and their judgment of its value will not be influenced by
** these presents " ; nor would its value as a work of refer-
ence be materially lessened by any objeAions on points
of detail. Those who are not specialists can afford to
believe in a ftw substances of doubtful identity, and ac-
cept some conclusions which they may have to unlearn,
without prejudice to the advantage of taking a categorical
survey of a careful census of this well-marked province of
chemical individuals.
Thus, on the doubtful side. Some of the conclusions
as to the identity of isomaltose will, in view of Brown
and Morris's recent work, require revision. The author's
view of the molecular strudure of cellulose may be
summed up as that of an *' acetal " union of unit Ce-
groups, against which there appears to be a good deal of
experimental evidence. This particular sedion, which
includes the ligno-celluloses, has an amorphous charader.
But so have the compounds themselves, and hence the
** Cinderella " position they continue to enjoy. II we
wished to be oracular, we should prophesy concerning
Ibis sroup of OQt*casts and the Twentieth Century*
It IS evident that no useful purpose would be served by
an examination in detail of the encyclopssdic matter of
the text. It is of necessity a compilation : no pains have
been spared in the coUedion and ordering of the experi-
mental material, and considering the difficulty of photo-
graphing an expanding group — if we may be allowed the
simile — the author is very much to be congratulated on
the result.
What is perhaps of greater moment is the general plan
of the work as sketched in the preamble, which is, or
aims to be, coextensive with the present development of
the subjed. This we think is somewhat too narrow;
possibly the author has circumscribed it with intention.
Those who follow the literature of the subjed are aware
that it is overflowing in every diredion into the province
of the physiologist. In fad, the sugar chemist is tx officio
a physiologist. Fischer himself having laid his strudural
foundations on the most purely academic lines, now finds
nnexpeded relationships of configuration to both the
construdive processes of assimilation and the destrodive
processes of hydrolysis and ferment re-solutions. Brown
and Morris, in this conniry, have contributed a memoir of
fundamental import upon the root problems of assimila-
tion. ToUens, also, and his students past and present,
are doing valuable work in physiological problems.
Of course the inevitable consequence of exbaustiva
investigation of the carbohydrates is to open out the
whole province of plant chemistry. But there are farther
consequences in view. The whole science of carbon
chemistry is becoming involved. We have had a
century of "pure chemistry." We have learned to
treat matter as matter, wtth a resped which our
mediseval ancestors failed even to anticipate. At this
date we take Matter very much for granted (writing
it with a capital M), and find our fascinations in
problems of form. So far as these are purely geometrical
they tend to finalities. Of course we could go on multi-
plying analogues to the end of time. But there enters
the question of brain or mind exhaustion, and the anti-
dote of new objedives. The new objedive of organic -
chemistry is the chemistry of living organisms. We see
its operation in all hands ; there is no need to enforce the
conclusion by demonstration. At the same time we do
not feel ** superfluous " in calling attention tb this general
convergence or divergence of research in connedion
with the subjed of the book before us. As we have in-
dicated, the author is sparing in his treatment of the
physiological relationships of the subjed-matter. The
suggestive conclusions of Fischer, as to the relationships
of assimilation and ferment resolutions to the configura-
tion of the assimilating substance or ferment, are very
sparingly noticed. There is no mention of the observa-
tions of A. J. Brown on the cellulose- forming properties
of Bacttrium xyUnum, There are no special references
to that most interesting problem presented by the natural
history of the carbohydrates, vis., the passage from satu-
rated to unsaturated compounds. On the other hand, a
glance at the Index will show that particular references
to plant produds are extremely numerous, and, as a know-
ledge of the author's researches, leaves us in no doubt as to
his being a great student and patient investigator of the
chemical problems of plant-physiology, we must conclude
either that the plan of the work is not to admit of the
discussion of physiological problems which is perhaps
conveyed by the title, or that the task of dealing with
these is deferred to a third volume.
If, therefore, the work in its present state of develop-
ment leaves us with this one impression of shortcoming,
it may be the result of a little trop d$ mU$ on our part.
Still we can all of us afford to be a little over-xealous
when not engaged in putting ourselves **on record "; and
it will be well if our teachers will put all their spare en-
thusiasm into a definite shaping of the careers of pro-
mising students towards the new fields of investigations
now opening np.
Prof. ToUens's work is perhaps too stridly academical
to be diredly suggestive of fruitful subjeds of research.
But with the interpretations and forecast of the teacher it
cannot fail to exert a most valuable influence in furthering
the progress of the newest " New Chemistry," which is
the chemistry of the plant cell.
yustus von Liihig : His Lift and Work (1803 to 1873).
By W. A. SUENSTONB, F.I.C., Ledurer on Chemistry
in Clifton College. Small 8vo., pp. 220. London,
Paris, and Melbourne : Csssell and Co., Limited. 1895.
Mr. Shbnstonb is right. Though not a quarter of a
century has elapsed since Justus von Liebig joined the
majority, and great as had been his services to Science
and to the roost useful of all the Arts, he is, save in
scientific and technical circles, nearly forgotten. Our
author mentions two instances showing how little he is
known even among the ** educated and respedable"
classes. One current notion is, that Liebig was a man
who gained a large fortune by maldng ** extrad of meat."
Others think they have heard his name mentioned in con-
nedion with agriculture. A very common mistake is the
notion that Liebig's father was a pharmacist, and that
208
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
I Crihical NBWt»
1 oa. 23. 1895.
the great luminary of Giessen and Munich himself was
brought up to the same career. He had certainly been
placed for a short time with an *' apothecary,** or, as he
would be termed in England, a ** chemist and druggist ;**
but after ten months bis non-pharmaceutical experi-
ments proved so alarming that his master was glad to get
rid of him.
The work before us deals not so much with Liebig*s
Srivate life as with his career and his influence upon
rermany and upon the world. But there is one point to
which attention cannot be too forcibly and too frequently
drawn. In the earlier part of the century in Germany —
as it is still to a deplorable extent in Britain— the mental
calibre of a youth was judged solely by his power of
assimilating the ''classics," of remembering long strings
of rules and exceptions, and of playing with ** longs and
shorts.** Liebig had little verbal memory, and no taste
for word-mongering. Hence he was denounced as a
dunce, likely to be a disgrace to his teachers and his
parents. What an instrudkive mistake ! The classical
scholars who were considered so greatly his superiors
have passed, leaving the world no wiser than they found
it, whilst Liebig has bequeathed to future generations a
solid inheritance of research which is still continuing to
grow and to bear fruit.
After an Introdudion, and an account of his friendship
for Woebler and of their joint researches, the author goes
on to describe Liebig's discoveries in pure chemistry, his
relations with Dumsis, — which were not uniformly har-
monious,~his acceptance of the fruitful dodrine of sub-
stitution, his researches on fermentation — involving a
dispute with Pasteur, of which Mr. Shenstone speaks
perhaps too favourably. We have then his epoch-making
contrioutions to the chemistry of agriculture and to phy-
tiological chemistry.
A special chapter is worthily devoted to his educational
work. To him, more perhaps than to any other man, is
due the splendid upburst of intelledual life which has
made the German universities foci of discovery, and has
even contributed powerfully to the development of
German manufaAuring industry. It has been said that
the first Napoleon was able to *' spit ** generals. In like
manner it may be said that Liebig could ** spit '* disco-
verers, inventors, professors, full of originality and
carrying on the work of their great master.
Liebig*s " Familiar Letters on Chemistry ** are not
overlooked. It is very truly said that these letters " had
much to do with the present intelligent attitude of the
German * practical man * towards Science, which has
contrasted so strangely with that of his average English
brother for many years past, much, it is to be feared, to
the material disadvantage of the latter.** The German
has learnt that, to ensure manufaAuring superiority,
abundant capital, business tad, and energy are not suffi-
cient without a knowledge of the scientific principles on
which the various industrial arts are based.
Mr. Sbenstooe deserves hearty thanks for the produAion
of a work so opportune and so useful.
A Short Manual of Analytical Chemistry ^ Qualitative and
Quantitative, Inorganic and Organic : following the
Course of Instrudion eiven in the South London School
of Pharmacy. By John Muter, Ph.D., F.R.S.E.,
F.I.C., &c. ; Analyst to the Metropolitan Asylum
Board; Public Analyst for Lambeth, Wandsworth,
Southwark, Newington, Rotherhithe, and the Lindsey
Division of Lincolnshire ; Past President of the Society
of Public Analysts ; late Editor of the Analyst, Sixth
Edition, Illustrated. London : Simpkin, Marshall,
Hamilton, Kent, and Co. (Limited) ; and Baillidre,
Tindall, and Cox. 1895.
The work before us, though primarily intended for the
guidance of pharmaceutical students, will be found widely
useful. Setting out with a view of the processes em-
ployed by praoical chemists, the author proceeds to the
deteaion of the metals in which cerium is included,
though indium, rhodium, thallium, and uranium are
omitted, doubtless as not being used in medicine.
Next follow methods for the deteaion and separation of
the acid radicles, the qualitative analysis of mixtures of
unknown salts, the qualitative dete^ion of alkaloids of
some other organic substances used in medicine, and a
general sketch of procedure in toxicology.
Successive chapters treat of weighing, measuring, and
specific gravity, no notice being taken of the very uselesa
hydrometer of Beaum^ Next follow instruaions for
volumetry and the use of the nitrometer, the gravimetric
determination of metals and acids, for the determination
of phosphates in soils and manures, and for the full
analysis of the organic matters in potable waters. In-
strudions are given in ultimate organic analysis, the
nitrogen being determined according to the processes of
Dumas, of Varrentrapp, and of Kjeldahl.
In Chapter X. there are given special processes for
the sanitary examination of waters, of air, and of the
more usual articles of food. Referring to Pepper, we
cannot help asking why the importation of '* poivrette *'
is still permitted ? Special processes are laid down for
the analysis of the more important drugs, of urine, and
urinary calculi.
In the concludiue chapter there are instrudions, neces-
sarily rather brief, for gas analysis— now of rapidly
increasing importance— and of polariscopic and spedro-
scopic analysis. The sedion on the analysis of urine U
enriched with illustrations, showing the microscopic
aspedts of pus, micrococci, uric acid, cystin, blood discs,
triple phosphates, &c.
Dr. Muter*s work is, in short, a useful work of reference.
CHEMICAL
NOTICES FROM
SOURCES.
FOREIGN
NoTB.— All degrees of temperature are Centigrade uoleu otherwiae
expreMed.
Compiei Rendus Hebdomadaires des Siances, d€ V Academic
des Sciences, Vol. cxxi.. No. 15, Oaober 7, 1895.
An Ascent to the Summit of Mont Blanc, and on
the Researches Executed during the Summer of
Z895. — ^J. Janssen.— The author has studied the presence
of watery vapour in the atmospheres of the sun. The
spedrum was entirely deprived of its rays of an aqueous
origin ; all the group near D was absent, as well as that of
C ; a was so pale that it was difficult to decide if it was
in its place. It was evident that on another step every
aqueous manifestation would have disappeared.
Study of certain Meteorites.— Henri Moissan. — The
author has resumed the study of certain meullic or holo->
sideric meteorites in consequence of the discovery of a
transparent diamond in the meteorite of Cafion Diablo.
He arrives at the following conclusions :~In some holo*
sideric meteorites there is no carbon ; in others we find
either amorphous carbon, or a mixture of this variety and
of graphite. In a single meteorite, that of the Cafion
Diablo, the author has found together the three varieties
of carbon— diamond (black and transparent), graphite,
and amorphous carbon.
Inflammability of '* Fire-damp." — R. L. Devaux
proposes to annul the in6ammability of '* fire-damp '* by
an admixture of carbon dioxide.
Mechanical Properties of the Alloys of Copper and
Zinc— Georges Charpy.— This paper can scarcely be re-
garded as a chemical communication. The most advan*
tageous alloys are those containing from 30 to 43 percent
of zinc, and their value then diminishes rapidly. The
elongation before rupture also increases with the pro-
portion of sine, and then decreases rapidly.
Cbxmical Niwt, I
oa. 15, 1895, f
Chemtcal Notices from Foreign Sources.
209
Qlociottm Carbide.— P. Lebeau.— On heating in the
ale^ic furnace a mixture of glucinom oxide and of coke
we have obtained, not the metal, but a definite carbide.
Pore glucina wa« intimately mixed with half its weight of
ssgmr charcoal. The mixture was agglommerated with
m little oil and compressed into the form of small cylinders,
which were then heated to incipient redness. The
cylinders were then introduced into a tube of coke, closed
at one end, and arranged in such a manner that the mix-
two was in the hottest part of the furnace. The current
employed was of 950 amperes and 40 volts. The experi-
aarat required from eight to ten minutes. In a series of
cxperimenu with a current of 350 ampdres and 50 to 60
▼Mts, there was only obtained a nitride, or produds con-
Cmining nitrogen and carbon. Pure glucinum carbide ap-
pears in the form of yellowish brown microscopic crystals
presenting hexagonal facets. It easily scratches quarts,
and its specific gravity at 15° is x '9. Chlorine attacks it
readily at a doll red heat, forming a volatile chloride and
m black residue of amorphous carbon and graphite. Bro-
mine reads at a rather higher temperature, and iodine
has no aAion at 8oo^ Pure oxygen at dull redness pro-
duces a superficial oxidation. Vapour of sulphur reads
below 1000°, forming a sulphide. Phosphorus and carbon
bave no apparent adion at dull redness. The composi-
tion of the carbide appears to be C3Be4. The atomic
weight of glucinom should be close upon 14, and glucina
should be a sesquioxide, BejOs.
Reaearcbet on the Combinations of Mercury
Cyanide with the Iodides. — Raoul Varet. — A thermo-
chetuical paper not of sufficient importance to warrant its
insertion m full.
Double Decompositions ensuing between Mercury
Cjanide and tbe Alkaline and Alkaline-eartby Metals.
— >Raool Varet.^The fluorides, chlorides, sulphates,
nitrates, carbonates, acetates, and picrates of these metals
do not oodergo double decomposition with mercury
cyanide. With the bromides there is a slisht double de-
composition. With the iodides there is double decom-
position, regulated by the produdton of the triple salu
HgCya, MCya, Hgla. With the sulphides there is com-
plete double decomposition.
Bml'€tin dt la SocUU Ckimiquc de Paris.
Series 3, Vols, xiii.-xiv.. No. xa, 1895.
Certain Derivatives of the Bromides in Cj.— R.
Lespieau.— An account of x . a . 3-tribromopropane ; of
1 . 3-dibromopropane ; of 1*3. 3*tribromopropaoe oxy-
methane ; i . a-dibromopropene oxymeihane ; and i-
bromopropine oxymethaoe.
Bensinesulpboortbotoluidine and some of its
Denvative8.---Ch. Rabout.—We see the great resistance
of this sulphamide to oxidation, and its great stability in
heat to the presence of dilute acids, notwithstanding its
amidic charader.
Determination of Organic Nitrogen by tbe Kjeldabl
Process, m tbe absence of Nitrates.— H. Causse.
Volatile Acidity of Wines.— H. Jay.— The propor*
taona of volatile acids found in French and Spanish wines
of reliable origin oscillates between 0*38 and 080 grm.
per litre, calculated as monohydrated sulphuric acid. On
(Oe contrary, all the Algerian wines which have been sub-
mitted to me contain per litre at least x-30 grms., and in
a majority of cases exceeding x*6o grms.
Determination of VolatUe Acids in Wines.- £.
Barcker.
No. X3.
Mew Tube for FraAiooated Distillations Modified
bj M. LcbeL— G. Berleroent.— This apparatus cannot
be described intelligibly without the accompanying figure.
New Researches on tbe Combination-beats of
Mercury with other Elements.— Raoul Varet. — The
heat disengaged in the combination of mercury with
gaseous chlorine is -1-53*3 cal. ; with liquid brominei
+40*6; with iodine, solid, +25*2 cal (for the red com-
pound) and 22*2 cal. (for the yellow compound); with
oxygen, gaseous, -hsx'S cal.
Isomeric Transformations of tbe Mercury Salts.—
Raoul Varet.— A list of the heats developed by the mer*
corial compounds in their respedive transformations.
Separation of Lime from Strontia and Baryta.— J«
Dupasquier.
AAion of Halogens on Methylic Alcohol.— A.
Brochet. — This paper is not adapted for useful abstrac*
tion, and cannot claim insertion fit gxtgnso.
Preparation of tbe Amines of tbe Patty Series.—
A. TriUat.— Tne author gives an account of the prepare?
tion of monomethylamine, of the adion of ammoniacal
salts upon formaldehyd, the influence of redudioo 00 the
preparation of ethylamine.
Recognition of Alum in Wines.— M. Georges. —
The author proposes the two following solutions :^x«
Solution of pure tannin— Pure, 3*40 grms.; distilled
water to make up xoo c.c. Bach cc. of this solution
precipitates 0*005 grm. alumina, i,#., the quantity con*
tained in 00463 grm. of alum. 2. Solution of sodium
acetate— (C4HsNa04.3HaOa) or (CsH3Na02,tHaO) ;
neutral sodium acetate, crystalline, 24 grms. ; distilled
water to make up xoo cc. Bach c.c. of this solution
contains a weight of combined acetic acid corresponding
to o*to grm. monohydrated sulphuric acid. The author
measures 20 cc. of wine into a wide test-tube, and adds
a c.c. of the solution of tannin. After agitation, he pours
into the mixture 3 c.c. of the solution of sodium acetate,
stirs again, and then leaves the mixture to settle, observ-
ing the phenomena produced. If, after five minutes,
there appears a clotty precipitate we may assert the pre-
sence of alum. If the wine remains clear, or is at most
slightly cloudy, the wine is genuine, or contains less than
X decigrm. of alum per litre.
Existence of a Sulphuretted Substance in CottOD
Oil. — J. Dupont. — American food-fats containing
cotton oil have often become rancid, and in that state
have a deceptive adion with the silver nitrate. The
author distils cotton-oil in a strong current of steam. The
water coUeded has a disagreeable smell of a sulphuretted
produd. On successive treatments with ether there is
obtained a small quantity of an oily matter which is
attacked in the water-bath with nitric acid and potassium
chlorate. If the excess of acid is driven ofi* and the residue
taken up in water the addition of barium chloride deter-
mines a strong precipitate of barium sulphate
Use of Superphosphates. — Jules Joffre. — The
author's experiments warrant the conclusion that the
preferable aidion of superphosphate is not merely due to
a more thorough dissemination in the soil, but to absorp-
tion of a part of the phosphoric acid in the state of com-
pounds soluble in water. There is no proof that reverted
phosphoric acid exists in the soil in the state of tricalcic
phosphate.
Exposition of some Points concerning the Ana-
lysis of Patty Substances. — O. Halphen. — The author
gives, firstly, an examination ol the physical charader-
istics, specific gravity, viscosity, spedroscopic behaviour,
polarisation, solubility, congelation, expansion, and
elastic condudivity. The physical methods just enume-
rated are not of themselves sufficient. Among the che-
mical methods, it is pointed out that Faur6*s test, the ac-
tion of chlorine gas, is not decisive ; some vegetable oils
are not bleached by this reagent, but turn brown ; whilst
some animal oils, especially that of the feet of Dorses, are
blackened. The Welman*s test and the phosphoric acid
method are not trustworthy.
2IO
Hygienic Decision on Potable and Household Waters.
MISCELLANEOUS.
Hygienic Decitloo on Potable and Household
Weters.~Prof. FlQgge.— At the General Meeting of the
German Attodation for the Care of Public Health, Prof.
Fli&gge put forward the following propositions :— z. The
ctistomary hygienic decision on waters simply on the basis
of a chemical, baderiological, and microscopic examina-
tion of samples sent, is in almost every case to be
lefeded. a. A sinsle examination of water as to its ad-
missibility for drinxing or domestic consamption must,
above all things, be followed by a visit of inspedion to
the place where the sample was taken. In many cases
this examination alone leads to a conclusion that it may be
supplemented by macroscopic inspeAion, and a deter-
mination of the hardness and the iron. In new installa-
tions the freedom of the water from micro>organisms
shoold be ascertained. 3. The hygienic significance of
remarkable analytical results can be generally ascertained
only by repeated inspedion and examination. — Zsit, /*.
Angiwandti Chsmis.
ACSXONS— Answering all requirements.
ArOXJ^ .A-OIB3TIO— Pu>*st and sweet.
— BOI^-A.OIO— Cryst. and powder.
— OITI&IO— Cryst. made In earthenware.
— • Gh.A-XjXjIO— Prom bett Cbtoeie c*ll>» part,
S.A.XjIO'X'XjIO— By Kolbe's process.
— T^innO— Pe*" Pharmacy sod the Arts.
LIQUID CHLORINE
(Compressed in steel cylioders).
FORMALIN (40J& CHaO)~Antiseptic and Preservative.
POTASS. PBRMANOANATB-^Cryst., large and small.
8ULPH0CYANIDE OP AMMONIUM.
BARIUM.
POTASSIUM.
TARTAR EMETIC-Cryst. and Powder.
TRIPOLI AND METAL POWDERS.
ALL CHEMICALS FOR ANALYSIS AND THE ARTS
Wholesale Agents—
A. & M. ZIMMERMANN,
6 A 7, GROSS LANE LONDON, E.G.
OLD PLATINUM
M ik^ In any form PuacHAssD for Cash.
Hif best prices allowed by
ROBERT PRINGLB ft CO., Gold and Silver
/ISl^^ Refiners, ftc., 40 and 42, Clerktowell Rd., B.C.
^O ©^^ Send for Price List.
Photographic Residues reduced and porchased.
THE CHEMICAL NEWS
AND
JOURNAL OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE.
Edited by WILLIAM CROOKBS, F.R.S.
Fobllshed every Friday. Price 4d. Annual Snbtcription post free,
iocinding Indices ȣx.
CHAROSS FOR ADVERTISRMENTS.
£ J. d.
Five lines in column (about zo words to line) 036
Bach additional line 006
Whole column 1 15
Wholepage •• *• •• S
A fiSmctitm mad* for a urui 0/ tnunton%.
Cbeqnet and Post-Oifice Orders, croesed " London and County
Bank? payable to the order of William Crookei
BOY COURT. LUDGATR HILL, LONDON, BX.
fCSBWCALNRll^
1 oa. as, 1895.
MESSRS. MACMILLAN & £0.'S BOOKS
FOR >^^
CHEMICAL STUDENTS.
THE SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATIONS OF ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY TREATED in an ELEMENTARYMANNBR.
By WiLHBLM OsTwALD, Ph.D. Translated, with the Author's
eaaaion, by Gnoses MacGowan, Ph.D. Crown Svo^ H* "«*•
A LABORATORY MANUAL OF ORGANIC CHEHIS-
TRY: A Compendium of Laboratory Methoda for the uaa off
Chemists . Phyiiciana, and Pharmadsu. By Or. Lassae-Cohv.
Tranalated from the Second German Edition by Albxahdbs
Smith, B.Sc., Ph.D. Crown 8vo., 8s. 64.
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. By N. Mkhschutum.
ProicMor in the University of St. Petertbure. Translated from
the Third German Edition, under the eupennsion of the Antfaor,
by James Locks. Medium 8vo., lyt. net.
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF OILS, FATS, WAXES,
and of the Commercial ProduAs derived therefrom. Prom the
German of Prof. Dr. R. Bembdikt. Revised and Enlarged by
Dr. J. Lbwxowitsch, F.LC.» F.C.S., late Technical liaoacer
at the Whitehall Soap Works, Leeds. 8vo, axi. net.
THEORETICAL CHEMISTRY FROM THE STAND-
POINT OF AVOGADRO'S RULE AND THERMO-
DYNAMICS. By Professor WaltbeNbrmst, Ph.D. Translated
by Prof. Chaelbs SKkBLs Palmbb, Ph.D., of the University of
Colorado. With 26 Woodcuts and Two Appendices. 8vo, 15s. ant.
A TREATISE ON CHEMISTRY. By s» H. E.
RoscoB, F.R.S.. and the late C. Schoblbmheb, F R.S.
Vol. I. The Non-Metallic Elementa. New Edition. Completely
Revised by Sir H. E. Roscoe, assisted bv Drs. H. G. Oolman
and A. Harden. With 374 Illustrations and a Portrait of Daltoa
engraved by C. H. Jeens. Svo., 2ir.
Vol. II. Part I. Metals. 181. Vol. II. Part II. Metala.
i8s. Vol. III. Organic Chemistry. Parts I., II.. IV., and
VI., an. each. Parts III. and V. 185. each.
THE RISE AND DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY. By Cael SoHOBLByMER, LL.D» F.R.S. Re-
vised edition. Edited by Arthub Siiitbblls, b.Sc. Crown
8vo., 51. net.
ESSAYS IN HISTORICAL CHEMISTRY. By T. E.
Thobpb, F.R.S. Crown 8vo., 8s. 6d. net.
HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY FROM THE EARUEST
TIMES TO THE PRESENT DAY. By Ebnest von Mbybb
Ph.D. Translated by Gboeoe McGowan, Ph.D. Svo. 141. o«t
EXPERIMENTAL PROOFS OF CHEMICAL THEORY
FOR BEGINNERS. By WiLLiAy Ramsat, Ph.D., F.R.S.
Second Edition. Pott 8vo., ts. 6d,
OUTLINES OF GENERAL CHEMISTRY. By Prof.
WiLHELy OsTWALD, Translated by J. Walbsb, D.Sc., Ph.D.
8vo., IDS. net.
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY FOR BEGINNERS. By
Sir Heney Roscoe, F.K.S. Assisted by Joseph Ldnt, B.Sc.
Globe Svo , u. 6d.
LESSONS IN ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY INOR-
GAMC Af^D OKGANIC. By Sir H. E. RoscoB. VJl.S.
Sixth Edition, thoroughly Revised. 4s. 6d.
A TEXT-BOOK OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. By
Prof. Iba Reiisbn. Svo. i6s.
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Bythesame. Crown 8vo.,
6r. 64.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. By the same. Crown 8vo..
61. M.
THE ELEMENTS OF CHEIUSTRY. By the •ane.
New Edition. Fcap. Svo. . as. 6d.
PRACTICAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. By FtANas
J0NB8, F.R.S.E. 2t. 6d.
PRACTICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. By J. B. Cobm,
Pb.D. ts.ed,
LESSONS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. P«rt I.
Elementary. By G. S. Tubpxm, M.A., D.Sc. Globe Svo., at. M,
PRACTICAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. By o. s.
TuE!'iN, M.A., D.Sc. Globe Svo. [/WMMliafrly.
A SERIES OF CHEMICAL PROBLEMS, WITH KEY.
By T. E. Thobpb, F.R.S. New Edition. Revised by W. Tatb.
as.
THE ELEMENTS OF THERMAL CHEMISTRY^ B;
M. M. Pattisom Muib, M.A., F.R.S ^
WiLSOK. With a Plate. Svo., lat. 64.
M. M. PattisonJMuib, M.A., P.R.S.B., asarsted'by fo. II.
HAGHILLAN ft GO., LONDON.
CBBMICAt NlWti 1
Nov. X, 1895. I
DeUrmination of Argcn.
an
THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
Vol. LXXII., No. 1875.
NOTE ON THE REDUCTION
OP THE OXIDES OF IRON BY MEANS OF
CARBON MONOXIDE.
By ISAAC BRAITHWAITB.
Fbkkic oxide, formed by igniting the precipitated hjrdrate,
in grannlar powder which woald ptBt through a sieve of
x8 nieahei to the inch, but not through one 28 to the inch,
was heated in a porcelain tube to a Tow red heat. Suc-
cessive small portions of CO were passed over it, each
portion being passed back and forward repeatedly (from
ten to twenty times) during a period of about five minutes
(in some cases much longer). The proportion of COa in
each portion was determined by absorption in notash
and weighing. This was repeated until the oxide was
completely reduced to metallic iron. The results were
DOt sufficiently accordant to warrant the giving of exaa
figures. Probably this may have arisen from several
causes. The temperature may not have been sufficiently
miform, although one or two direA experiments showed
BO marked change in the results when the temperature
was raised considerably above that usually adopted. The
CO employed was not quite pore, and probably varied a
little. The time durins which each portion was allowed
to aft certainly affeded the results ; the most accordant
ones being obtained when the aftion was prolonged many
boors ; but as some hundreds of successive portions were
used, it was impraaicable to allow so much time for
Mch.
The fads ascertained may be stated generally thus :—
At a low red heat, in presence of excess of Fea03, CO is
completely (or almost completely) oxidised to COa. With
excess of Fej04, rather more than two-thirds is oxidised
to COai the resulting mixture of gases being nearly
CO+aCOa. With excess of FeO, about one-third is
oxidised, leaving the mixture nearly aCO+COa. When
the iron is completely reduced, if the temperature falls
below a dull red heat, there is considerable formation of
COa and deposit of carbon, probably from the formation
and decomposition of iron carbonyl. The experiments
were reversed by passing COa over iron, and the adion
was proved to be reversible ; that is, COa passed over red-
hot iron became two-thirds reduced ; over FeO, one-third
reduced ; over Fe304, not reduced at all.
I am indebted to Mr. 8. R. Rowling for the carrying
oot of these experiments.
A NEW FORM OF ACCUMULATOR.
By H. N. WARREN, Research Analyet.
Tbk invention relates to accumulators of a special type,
whereby an extraordinary large surface of material is ex-
posed. The negative element, consisting of a plate of
pure porous lead, is manufadured for the purpose by partial
compression in suitable moulds of spongy lead obtained
by the slow precipitation of lead from a solution of the
acetate by means of xinc; around this is compressed,
again, an intimate mixture of metallic lead and litharge,
made by melting lead in a deep clay crucible, and intro-
ducing into the same about 40 per cent of litharge, the
whole being well stirred until cold. By this means a
thorough incorporation of the litharge is obtained, the
metallic appearance of the lead present being entirely
masked* The metallic lead as produced in the first in*
stance, together with the litherode lining, is tightly com-
pressed into thin flat porous pots, each plate thus
forming one negative element. For the constmdion of
the positive plates is prepared an intimate mixture of lead
peroxide, by first incorporating with the lead, as in the
former instance, instead of litharge* barium carbonate ;
the resulting granular powder thus obtained being after-
wards freed from the barium carbonate by digesting the
same in hot hydrochloric acid, thus leaving the lead in a
state of purity, which is afterwards mixed with a suffi-
ciency of the plumbic peroxide and used as a charge for
the positive cell, or to constitute, in other words, the
positive plate. The resistance in such accumulators is
very small, whereas at the same time they compare mote
favourably with others as regards their amperage. Plates
of this description are now to be obtained at most of
the leading eiedricians, and will be found highly bene-
ficial to those requiring to demonstrate the pradical con*
strudion, and at the same time the charging, of accumu*
lators to classes or others ; being rapidly charged by
small batteries, and retaining the current admirably.
Liverpool Research LaboratofF.
18, Albion Street, Bverton, Liverpool.
ON THE DETERMINATION OF ARGON.
By Tb. SCHLCESING. Jun.
SiNCB argon has been discovered the question has been
raiaed whether, like the other elements of the atmosphere,
it interferes in the phenomena of life.
The experiments hitherto made on this point have given
negative results. Q. McDonald and A. M. Kellar have
sought for argon in the composition of certain animals
and certain seeds, but they have not met with it in an
appreciable quantity. Nevertheless the subjed is not
exhausted, and it will doubtless be further examined, es-
pecially if argon plays a part in vegeuble synthesis.
For such a study it may be useful to determine with pre-
cision the argon contained in a given atmosphere. I have
attempted this determination, to which I have been the
more attraded because, independently of any physiolo-
gical research, the determination of argon applied to
normal air is doubtless of interest.
In consequence of its rarity we are naturally led to de-
termine argon in very large volumes of air. But the mea-
surement in the manifeststion of large volumes of gases
generally involves bringing them in contad with water,
whence there result nearly siways sensible errors. It is pos-
sible to obtain good results by operating only on volumes
of air corresponding to 1*5 litres of nitrogen, and efieding
all the measurements over mercury. We then employ
for the separation of argon and nitrogen a system of ap-
paratus 01 limited capacitv, when it becomes easy to
produce a vacuum, as well before the introdudion of the
gas to be measured as after its extradion, which consti-
tutes a most precious resource.
After the example of Lord Rayleigh and Prof. Ramsav,
to isolate the argon contained, #.^., in normal air, I ab-
sorb the nitrogen of the air by means of magnesium after
having eliminated the oxygen and the carbonic acid.
The arrangement for this purpose cannot be described
intelligibly without the accompanying figure. The
author's procedure has been carefully verified.
It has been enquired if argon treated in this manner is
sufficiently purified. To ascertain this point I have taken
specimens of the gas obtained in the determinations.
Oxygen hss been added, and the mixture has been sub«
mitted to the adion of the spark in presence of potassa
for eight hours. The oxygen has then been eliminated by
means of pyrogallol and the gaseous residue measured
anew. I have, i»g,, found : — Initial volume, 15*796 c.c. ;
final volume, 15*802 c.c. The difference is very smallt
and is of the degree of the errors of measurement
213
Vapour-Unsians of Mixtures of Volaiile Liquids.
f CBBMIC4L MlWa,
1 Nov. I, iflgs.
I have made a global verification (so to apeak) of the
procedure. I prepared chemical nitrogen by pasting over
copper and copper oxide, at a red-heat, nitrous oxide ob-
tained bf the decomposition of ammonium nitrate. I
measured this nitrogen after having added an accurately
estimated volume of argon obtained from a determination
condoded on my method. The proportions of the two
gases was of the same degree as in the atmosphere. The
mixtore hat undergone afi the operations and manipula-
tions indicated. I compared the volume of argon intro-
doced to that of the argon recovered. Three experiments
of this kind gave :»
Oueoas mixtore introduced.
Percentage
of the
▲fgOQ Loee. Arcoo
recof w ed. Total, iatrodoced.
Cheadou
Afgoo. Nitfogea.
!• 18*138 cc 1395*6 cc 18*008 ex. 0*130 0*72 cc.
a. 18*155 M MOQ'a ,1 18*083 •• 0*072 0-40 „
3.' 16-930 „ xa88*x „ 16*809 „ 0*127 Q75 „
These figures give an idea of approximation obtained.
I shall retom to the cause of the small loss observed, and
give an account of the determinations efieded both of
normsl air and of other gaseous mixtures, such as those
extradced from the soil. At present I will merely sa^ that
normal air yielded as a mean (number obtained without
corredion) X'x83 vol. of argon to xoo vols, of atmospheric
nitrogen (nitrogen and argon), or 0-935 vol. to xoo vols,
air, figures which approximate in deficiency to less than
xoo 01 their value.^Cam>f#s Rindus^ cxxi., p. 525.
DETERMINATION OF HEAVY METALS BY
TITRATION WITH SODIUM SULPHIDE.
By O. NEUMANN.
It Is known that most alkaline metals are precinitated
quantitatively from their solutions by an alkaline sulphide.
This reaAion is utilised by mixing the metallic solution
In question with a known excess of the precipitant, and
titrating back the excess of sulphide. As the alkaline
sulphides have an alkaline reaaion, we might expeA that
the ofajea might be attained without using an excess of
alkaline sulphide by taking litmus or phenolphthalein as
an indicator as in the titration of acids. Experiments in
this direaion, however, proved useless, since alkaline
sulphides, like hydrogen sulphide, destroy the colour of
the indicator.
On this account the neutral metallic salt to be analysed
was placed in a measuring flask along with a considerable
excess of a dilute standardised solution of an alkaline
sulphide, and the flask was filled up to the mark with
water. As the precipitates formed are sometimes not
very dense and do not readily subside, there was added
in molt cases a 20 per cent solution of sodium chloride
hi/oTi filling up to the mark, and the liquid well ahaken
and thus qutcldy clarified. An aliquot part of the clear
liquid was boiled with a measured excess of decinormal
sulphuric acid until the vapour on being tested with moist
lead paper was found free firom hydrogen sulphide, and
was then titrated back with decinormal potassa, using
phenolphthalein as an indicator. The quantity of metal
originally present may then be calculated. An example
may explun these general indications. For standard-
ising the sodium sulphide there were taken decinormal
potassa, (?) decinormal sulphuric acid. i7*x cc of the
solution of sodium sulphide was boiled with 30 cc.
sulphuric acid until all sulphuretted hydrogen was
expelled, and used with phenolphthalein as indicator,
XX -Sec potassa for neutralisation, whence the sodium
sulphide was calculated as x-os/xo normal.
With this solution we titrated, i,g,, 1/5 normal solution
of potassium chrome alum. 25 cc. of this liquid were
mixed in a 200 cc. flask with 20 cc. of a 20 per cent
solution of sodium chloride and 50 cc of the aboTO
solution of sodium sulphide, and filled up to the mark.
After shaking up the contents of the flask, green chromioa
hydroxide quickly subsided. 50 cc of the liquid were
poured through a folded filter and boiled with 5 cc of
sulphuric acid until the complete exptilaion of the sulphur-
etted hydrogen, and titrated back with 4*8 cc potassa.
From these data there was calculated a proportion of
0*526 per cent CraOj as against 0*5 x per cent theoreti-
cally.
The author has shown that the method ta widely
applicable, as he has made experiments with ordinary
alum, potassium-chrome alum, ferro-ammonium sulphate,
ferric chloride, manganese- ammonium sulphate, nickel
ammonium sulphate, cobalt, sine, and copper sulphates,
lead and silver nitrates, and cadmium sulphate
With metals, the sulphides of which are readily sepa-
rated in a granulated state, the addition of eodiom
chloride was sometimes omitted. In some metals, the
salts of which are precipitable by sulphuretted hydro-
gen in an acid solution, and those, such, t^.,
as copper, form colloidal sulphides on the addition
of sodium sulphide, the separation of the sulphide
was efie^ed by the addition of an acid. The
analysis was then effeded by heating the mixture of
metallic salt and sodium sulphide in a measuring flaak
with a measured excess of sulphuric add until the
readion of sulphuretted hydrogen no longer appeared,
filling up to the mark when cold and titrating a filtered
aliquot part with potassa. The author has applied this
method in determinations of lead as well as of copper.
The method is of course only applicable if the
salts under examination are neutral. If acid the free
aciditv must be expelled prior to titration. Most chlorides
lose their excessive hydrochloric add if thev are dried op
on the water-bath, taken up in alcohol and again dried.
Such experiments were effeded with an acid solution of
sine and copper. Here a three- fold evaporation with
alcohol at 97 per cent was the most favourable. After a
fourth evaporation from alcohol, the residue did not yield
a clear solution. The evaporation is efleded very rapidly
if air is blown upon the surface of the liquid. Sulphates
are previously converted into acid chlorides by treatment
with barium chloride and hydrochloric add. This is
best efieded in a measuring flask, and an aliquot part ta
then drawn off with a pipette as above described.
Nitrates must be twice evaporated down with con-
centrated hydrochloric acid, and then made neutral aa
already described. » ZHtschri/t fur AnalyU CfumU^
xxxiv., p. 454.
ON THE VAPOUR-TENSIONS OP MIXTURES
OF VOLATILE LIQUIDS.'
By C. E. LINBBARGBR.
(Gootioaed from p. 196).
Bxpifiminial RaulU with Mixtmns qf Normal Liquids.
In the ioUowing Tables (II. to IX.) are given those data
of the experiments necessary for the calculation of the
vapour-tensions. The superscriptions over each column
of data render any preliminary mention here tmneceasary.
Rtlatitnu bstwuu thi Va^r4iHsionSt Partial and Totals
and thi Concentration of th$ Liquid Phaus.
We remark first, that the tension of the mixed vaponr
emitted by any of the mixtures of volatile liquida
examined is always greater than the tension of the leas
volatile liquid and always less than that of the more
volatile liquid ; also, that the partial tension or pressore
• Abrideed from the JoumuU of th$ Amtricon Chemital Soctc^,
vol. xvti., MO. 8, Aogtut, iSgs*
Chimical Niwt, I
Nov. 1, 1895. I
Vapour 'tensions of Mixtures of Volatile Liquids.
213
Tablb Ih—Vapouf'Tifisions of Mixtuns of Benzent and Monochlorhenzine at 34*8'.
Vapour-tension of Benzene at 34*8^ is 145*4 n>*»^* of Mercery.
Vapour-tension of Chlorbeocene at 34-8 is 20*3 m.m. of Mercury.
lfola.G,H«Olin
too mols. of
liquid miitnrt.
Molt. C«H«01 in
100 molt, of
gaseoui mixture.
29*08
65*06
79*21
6*11
19*37
35-15
Grmt.
C«H«C1 in
vapour.
Qrmt.
C.H.in
vapour.
Tension of
C.H.Cl
in m.m.
Tention of
C.H,
in num.
Volnme of
air
in m.m.
0*0454
0-0857
0*1800
0-3572
23075
0*9143
0*5202
0*4750
12*3
19*1
124*6
101*3
5»'3
27*9
3782
X900
2032
3787
Barometer
in
m.m.
763
757
758
756
Internal
pretture
in m.m.
II
17
18
12
Tablb III. — Vapouf'Tinsions of Mixtuns of Toluim and Monochlorbenxtm at 34*8^.
Vapour-tension of Toluene at 34-8^ is 46 8 m.m. of Mercury.
Vapour-tension of Chlorbeoxene at 34*8° is 20*3 m.m. of Mercury.
Mols. C«H«C1 in If ols. C,H«C1 in
too mole, of too molt, of
liquid mixture. gaaeoui mixture.
18*96 9*84
41*82 22*66
76*71 67*79
Grmt.
C«H«C1 in
vapour.
Grma.
CH.iu
vapour.
Tention of
C.H.CI
in man.
Tension of
m m.m.
Volume of
air
in CO.
Barometer
in
m.m.
Internal
pressure
in m.m.
0*0510
00985
0-2089
0*3821
02754
0*0821
«7'5
38*2
1963
757
17
21
18
lfols.C«H«Brin
too mole, of
liquid mixture.
3033
Tablb IV, ^Vaponr-Tinsions of Mixtuns ofBenxim and MonobrombtuMim at 34-8*.
Vapour- tension of Benzene at 34*8** is 145*4 ni.m. of Mercury.
Vapour-tension of Brombenzene at 34*8° is 8*0 m.m. of Mercury.
Mole. C«H«Br in Grma. Grmt. Tention of Tention of Volume of Barometer Internal
100 molt, of 0«H«Brin C«H« in C«H«Br C«H« air in pressure
gateottt mixture. vapour. vapour. in m.m. in m.m. in ex. m.m. In m.m.
24*30 00395 0-4975 2*6 103*1 1018 757 13
Tablb V.—Vapour-Tinsions of Mixtuns of Btnxtni and Chloroform at 34*8^.
Vapour-tension of Benzene at 34*8° is 145*4 m.m. of Mercury.
Vapotir-tension of Chloroform at 34-8° is 289*2 m.m. of Mercury.
Molt. CHCI, in Molt. CHCl. in
100 molt, of 100 molt, of
liquid mixture. gateout mixture.
l6*97 24*30
50*53 63-74
59*47 n'2S
Qrmt.
CHCl. in
vapour.
Grmt.
C,H« in
vapour.
Tention of
CHCl.
in m.m.
Tentioaof
C.H.
in m.m.
Volume of
air
in C.C.
Barometer
in
m.m.
Internal
pretture
in m.m.
0*3243
II513
1*4770
0*6607
0*4187
0*3531
39*6
1307
1622
123*5
74*3
59*a
1032
1030
1030
?S8
749
25
^5
85
Tablb Vh^Vapour-Tinsions of Mixtuns of Tolmne and Chloroform at 34*8^.
Vapour-tension of Toluene at 34*8'' is 46*8 m.m. of Mercury.
Vapour- tension of Chloroform at 34-8° is 289*2 m.m. of Mercury.
IColt. CHCl. in Molt. OHCl/in Grmt. Grmt. Tention of Tention of Volume of Barometer
iooaBolt.of xoomolt.of CHCl. in 0,H«in CriOl. CfH. air in
liquid mixture. gateout mixture. vapour. vapour. in m.m. in m.m. in c.c mjn.
28*74 <55*29 0*4856 0*1994 64*7 34*4 1040 747
60*43 89*20 1*3578 0-1270 i6o'9 19*5 1031 754
Internal
pretture
in m.m.
24
23
Tablb \ll. —Vapour-TinsioHs of Mixtuns of BiUMsm and Carbon Titrachloridi at 34*8**.
Vapour'tension of Benzene at 34*8^ is 14^^*4 mm. of Mercury.
Vapour* tens ton of Carbon Tetrachloride at 34*8^ is 169*4 m.m. of Mercury.
Molt.CCl«in
Molt.CCl«in
Grmt.
Grmt.
Tention of
Tention of
Volume of
Barometer Internal
too molt, of
too molt, of
CCl«in
C.H.in
COI.
O^H.
air
in pretture
liquid mixture.
vapour.
vapour.
in m.m.
in m.m.
incc.
m.m. in m.nu
iS-68
9-66
0*1741
0*8260
»4*5
X35-4
1205
762 18
20-54
6*3931
0*7561
32-5
125*5
1205
758 20
2800
35'7«
0-6267
0-5730
60-0
i05'o
1016
756 12
5019
5503
1*1231
0*4666
91-3
75-6
. 1201
762 19
63-88
5527
1-2699
0-3431
103*1
54'5
1219
760 27
754 26
7789
83-01
1*5321
0*1669
117*6
31*8
1034
Tablb VllL^Vapour-ttusions of Mixtures of Toluent and Carbon Tstrachloridi at 34*8°.
Vapour-tension of Toluene at 34*8^ is 46*8 m.m. of Mercury.
Vapour-tension of Carbon Tetrachloride at 34*8^ is 169*4 in*in- of Mercury.
Mo*sCCI«in
too molt, of
liquid mixture.
Molt.CCl«in
100 molt, of
gateout mixture.
3069
5385
60-00
91-87
58-19
67*86
8367
9r22
Grma.
CCl«in
vapour.
Grmt.
C,H.in
vapour.
Tention of
ecu
in m.m.
Tention of
C,H.
in m.m.
Volume of
air
in C.C.
Barometer
in
m.m.
Internal
pretture
in m.m.
0-4754
09305
09624
1*2046
0*1260
0*1126
0*0281
78-3
99*1
155I
37-0
22*3
19-4
45
1016
1022
1020
IOI7
756
758
759
756
12
«7
X4
13
214
Vapour-tensions of Mixtures of Volatile Liquids.
f CBBMIC4L NsWtt
\ . KoT. 1, 1895.
Mola. Oa« in
xoo moll, of
liquid mixture.
5*37
5073
73*54
95-21
Tablb lX,'-'Vapour-Tinsions of Mixtuns of NifrobiHMim and Carbon TitraekUmdi at 34-8^
Vapour-tension of Nitrobenzene at 34-8° is z*z6 in.in. of Mercniy.
Vaponr-tension of Carbon Tetrachloride at 34-8^ is 169-4 <n.m. of Mercury.
Mols. CCl«in Grmt. Grmt. Tension of Tension of Volameof
loomols. of CCl«in CiH^NOain CC1« C«H«NOa eir
gaseons mixtnie. vaponr. Tsponr. in m.m. in m.m. in cc.
93*5X
94*47
96-09
98*61
Grms.
CC1« in
vaponr.
Grms.
C«H«NO,in
▼aponr.
0-3095
z-iizz
0*0175
00489
1*4420
2*7798
0-0471
0*0190
z8*9
"3*9
141-5
167-6
1*3
6*2
5-6
2-3
1973
1020
7022
1022
Barometer
in
mjn.
760
756
753
753
Internal
in ni.fli«
20
12
x8
18
of either component, of any mixture, is always less than
the vapour* tension of the component in a state of purity ;*
these |wo properties belong to all the mixtures investi-
ffated. In the discussion of the other properties, we shall
nnd it convenient to divide the mixtures into classes. In
the first class we put the mixtures of benzene and toluene
with monochlor- and monobrombenzene ; in the second,
the mixtures of chloroform with benzene, and with
toluene; in the third, the mixtures of carbon tetrachloride
with toluene, and with benzene ; and in the fourth and
last, the mixture of nitrobenzene and carbon tetrachloride.
Now the mixtures of the first class are made up of
liquids which are very simular in their chemical con-
stitution, and it is natural to exped that they will exhibit
the very simplest phenomena when mixed with one
another. And, indeed, this expeftation is realised, for
the vapour-tensions of their mixtures are seen to be linear
funaions of the concentration: in the graphic repre-
sentations (abscissae B molecular percentages; ordinates
* vapour-tensions) of the determinations, these fall upon
or very close to the straight lines conneding the points
on the axes of ordinates corresponding to the vapour-
tensions of each of the pure liquids. In order to find the
vapour-tension of any mixture of these liquids, all that is
necessary to do is to conned on the axis of ordinates, the
points representing the vapour-tensions of the two liquids
m a state of purity, by a straight line, and where the
perpendicular to the axis of abscissae cuts this line, the
value of the ordinate corresponding to the point of inter-
sedion gives the vapour-tension of the chosen concentra-
tion ; of course, partial tensions can be found in a similar
way. Also, by the application of the *' rule of mixtures,"
it IS easy to calculate the total or partial tensions. It
may be worth while to remark, in passing, that these
four liquids, which we have put in a class by themselves,
are just those which verify by far the best the generalisa-
tions of van derWaals; undoubtedly, these liquids are
to be reckoned as in the highest degree ** normal," as
their behaviour approaches most nearly that theoretically
predided.
In the second of our classes we find a difierent
behaviour. When chloroform is added to benzene or to
toluene, the total vapour-tension is less than that result-
ing from the calculation by the rule of mixtures ; the
variation reaches a maximum when 100 molecules of the
mixture contain from 50 to 60 molecules of chloroform ;
the curve then tends to approach the straight line con-
neding the points on the axis of ordinates representing
the vapour. tensions of the pure liquids, pradically coin*
tiding with it when the number of chloroform molecules
has passed 80. The depression of the vapour-tension of
chloroform, caused by the addition of either benzene or
toluene, is linearly proportional to the concentration only
in solutions containing less than 20 molecules of either
hydrocarbon to 100 molecules of the mixture.
When we consider the partial tensions of these mixtures,
we see that the same regularity as was observed in the
* Th\% obeervation does not nem to t>e confirmed in the case of
tlie partial preiture of nitrobenxene in ita mixture with carbon tetra-
chloride. This exception, however, I am inclined to attribute to
experimental errors, whicli made themielvet particularly felt in the
invcitigation of miiturea of thete two liquidt. Indeed, if the allow-
ance be made for the degree of accuracy which we have decided the
method capable of yielding, it will be seen that the discrepancy can
be made to disappear almoat entirely.
first class of liquids is found here, but only for toluene
and benzene; the partial tension curve for chloroform
resembles closely in its contour that for the total tension
of the mixture. The departure of chloroform from the
straight line is not, however, very marked.
In the third class of mixtures we meet with a difierent
behaviour. When benzene or toluene is added to cafhoo
tetrachloride, we observe that the curve of total tension
follows closely the line conneding the points correspond-
ing to the vapour-tensions of the mixed liquids until
towards the abscissae value of 80 ; the curve then com-
mences to fall, only to rise again, and pass above the
straight line, when, finally, it changes its diredion to
fall upon the axis of ordinates at the point standing for
the vapour-tension of the pure hydrocarbon, benzene, or
toluene, as the case may be. As is seen, the curve has
three turning points. The curve of the partial tension of
the carbon tetrachloride resembles in every detail, in each
mixture, that of the total tension ; but once more it is
observed that the partial pressure curve for the hydro-
carbons is, so to say, a straight line. It is truly a
remarkable result that in the mixtures which have such
different total tension curves, the curve for these two
liquids should turn out so simple. There is but little
doubt that the above instances are sufficient to render
very probable the sissumption that this behaviour is
general, and that in all biniarv mixtures made up of
benzene or toluene, with any other volatile liquid what-
soever, the same normalitv in the behaviour as regards
partial vapour-tension of these two hydrocarbons wul be
found. It is even possible to go a step farther, and claim
that, inasmuch as in the mixtures of the first class,
normality of the partial pressure was found in the case of
each component of the mixture, this normality will per-
sist in mixtures of the halogen compounds of benzene
with any other liquids.
The fad that benzene and toluene possess ** straight
line " partial pressure curves will enable us to get reliable
and important information as to the partial pressures of
other liquids mixed with either of the hydrocarbons, from
a knowledge of the total pressure of the mixtures ; for all
that is necessary to do is to draw, in the coordinate
system adopted in this paper, the total pressure curve and
a straight line from the point, representing, on the axis
of ordinates, the vapour-tension of benzene at the tem-
perature at which the determination has been made, to
the foot of the opposite ordinate ; the value of any ordinate
comprised between these two curves gives, then, the
partial pressure, to a very close approximatioo, of the
other component of the mixture.
Furthermore, it is apparent that the partial tensions of
either chloroform or carbon tetrachloride is the same
when mixed in the same proportions with either benzene
or toluene ; the simplicity of the behaviour of the latter
liquids permits of the free exhibition of the peculiarities
in that of the former.
(To be continued).
Experiments on the RedaAive Power of Pare
Yeasts : Means for its Measurement. — M. Nastukoff.
Taking the power of the ferment of champagne as 1*00,
that of the wines of Portugal is 075, of Saecharomyas
pastor ianus 0*50, that of 5. apiculatus 0*25, and that of
the yeast of Brussels beer 0*25.^0. /?., cxxi., No. z6.
CBkmicalNiws,!
Not. 1, 1895. f
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
215
CHEMICAL RESEARCHES AND SPECTROSCOPIC 1
STUDIES OF VARIOUS ELEMENTS. I
By JBAN SERVAIS STAS. |
(Ooatioaed from p. 905).
Oh ike Gasis ustd, — In all my fundamental experiments
I used none but air, ozyeen, hydrogen, and coal-gas,
stored for at Utut twenty-fimr hours in large gasometers
over water free from organic matter, and made alkaline
with lime or baryta to absorb carbonic anhydride. The
gasometer used to bold oxygen was one of Pepys*s ; it
held about z cubic metre ; it was made of copper, and
would stand a pressure of 5 atmospheres. The gasome-
ters used for storing air, hydrogen, or coal-gas were bell-
shaped and properly counterpoised ; they were built of
galvanised sheet-iron ; they held about 5 cubic metres,
and were placed in the basement of the large laboratory,
where the tank of alkaline water was put in winter to
keep it from freezing.
All tubes connefting the gasometers to the burner were
made of lead ; they were long and very flexible, so as to
yield easily to all requirements ; they were washed suc-
cessively with ammoniated water, pure water, water
acidulated with sulphuric acid, and, lastly, with pure
water, taking care to leave their inner surface damp.
It was only by the above means that I succeeded in
obtaining air, oxygen, and hydrog|en completely free from
sodium. I always found illuminating gas free from sodium
when taken dire A from the main.
Oh th€ Air, — I have already explained the methods
I adopted for obtaining air free from sodium ; I need not
repeat them.
On the OxygiH. — The oxygen was prepared by the
aAion of heat on a mixture of chlorate of poussium and
r^ oxidg of moHgoHtu, calcined and washed. Before
letting it into the gasometer filled with alkaline water, it
was made to pass through three tubulated bottles, the
first containing a concentrated solution of hydrate of
potassium, and the other two pumice-stone broken up and
soaked in a saturated solution of the same hydroxide.
After twenty-four hours rest, it was free from all trace of
sodium or potassium compounds.
On thi HydrogiH, — I have had great difficult in getting
pore hydrogen, — that is to say, hydrogen burning in pure
air with a colourlas flamie, and showing neither the so-
dium line nor any trace of a continuous spedrum.
I will begin by confessing that I utterly failed to obtain
hydrogen which would bum with a colourless flame so
long at I used it as fast as I made it. Therefore hydro-
gen made by the eledrical decompostion of water, acidu-
lated with sulphuric acid, in the presence of pure sine
amalgam to retain the oxygen, did not fulfil this condi-
tion. It was absolutely necessary to pass it through pure
hoiling water, to condense the steam in a metallic refri-
gerator, and to colled and store it for at least twenty- four
hours over pure water. I will say the same for hydrogen
prepared from xinc and a xo per cent solution of sulphuric
acid. However pure the metal, acid, and water might be,
the resultant hydrogen, when ignited at the end of a
platinum tube, ^e from dost, which had been raised to
White-beat and then suddenly cooled, burnt in pure air
with a reddish-yellow flame, unless it had been passed
through pure boiling water and then stored over pure
water. The hydrogen used in all my principal experiments
was obtained from zinc specially prepared for these re-
searches. More than 40 kilogrammes of this zinc was used.
It was freed from all traces of carbon, arsenic, and other
bodies likely to form compounds when in a gaseous state.
It was made from pure calamine, and had b^n re-distilled
in hulk with well^calcined oxide of zinc, to remove all
traces of carbon, and condensed in a fire-clay retort.*
* The hydrogen used io tbe bydrocen and air blowpipe wm made
iron pore csltmine sioc kept melted for eome cine, end well etinvd
ap with s Ptf ccat of its weight of powdered fated litharge. The
I faciliuted the produdion of hydrogen by making tbe
zinc read ion take place in pure boiling water, to which
was added, little by little, sulphuric aad mixed with an
equal volume of water saturated with sulphate of coffer^
so as to yield a steady current of gas.
By placing the receiving vessel, sometimes glass but
genenilly lead, in a bath of water kept running to prevent
rite in temperature, one can obtain hydrogen free from
sulphurous or sulphuric acid. In addition to this, during
my first trials, I took care^ before passing the hydrogen
into the gasometer, to pass it through a large flask fiUed
with pumice-stone, broken into very small pieces and
moistened with a solution of caustic potash, and a second
large flask filled with small pieces of pumice-stone
moistened with an acid solution of sulphate of silver.
Whenever the rate of evolution of hydrogen did not ex-
ceed 100 litres an hour — and care was taken to keep the
glass or lead generator at a low temperature — I was un-
able to deted tbe formation of either sulphate or sulphide
of potassium or sulphide of silver.
This hydrogen, when received into the gasometer, and
tested direaiy after its preparation, even after passing
through pure boiling water, bums with a slightly luminous
flame, sometimes slightly yellow, sometimes slightly
orange or even reddish ; but it is noticeable that, in pro-
portion as it is left over water made alkaline by lime or
baryta, so it loses this property until it is entirely deprived
of it. Notwithstanding the numerous trials to which I
have subjeded it, I have not succeeded in determining
the nature of the substance which gives hydrogen the
property of burning with a slightly reddish flame.* So long
as the flame has the least yellowish tint, spedrum analysis
shows the sodium D line in it. In order to guard against
atmospheric impurities I took the precaution, during my
experiments, of efleding the combustion of hydrogen in
an inverted bell-jar holding 20 litres, with a neck the edge
of which was ground and polished, closed by a flat metal
lid, which was also ground and polished, kept at a low
temperature by cold running water. The bell-j]ar, whose
surface was damp, was filled with air continually re-
newed from the top, and freed from sodium by the method
mentioned above. A metal tap was screwed into a hole
in the centre of the cover, so as to enable me to renew
the air conveniently, and the tap was pot into dired com-
munication with the domed gasometer filled with purified .
air. I was thus able to satisfy myself that the colouring
of the hydrogen flame was as often due to the surround-
ing air as to the hydrogen itself, and that this latter case
occurs always when one tries to bum the gas as soon as it
is made.
In pure air and complete darkness, pure hydrogen —
issuing from a clean platinum burner — ^burns with a flame
so devoid of brilliancy, so little luminous^ that I was often
obliged to put a piece of platinum wire in it in order to
see it. The invisibility of the hydrogen flame is further-
more shown by the introdudion of oxygen, and even of
pure air. Thus when the height of the flame is diminished
one-half by the presence of oxygen, tbe hydrogen becomes
iHcandesceHt^Xhat is to say, luminous — ^when burning,
and one notices a deep and very pure blue light, always
supposing that the air and oxygen supplied are free from
sodium. If the hydrogen or the air show traces of so-
alloy of rioc and lead made that ia free from all trace of carbon ;
with a 10 per cent lolation of tnlphonc acid it givea off with great
eaie hydrogen, which, after remaioiof twenty-four hoara in a eaao-
meter in contaA with alkaline water free from organic nuttert, boms
in pore air with a colonrleaa flame. Having atcertained that hydro-
Sen tet free 1^ the aAion of cine and lead on dilate solpharie acid
wat, by remaining over alkaline water, entirely deprived of the pro*
perty of bomiog with a tlightly lominoat flame, I henceforth nte4
only hydrogen prepared in thit manner in the hydrogen aad air blow-
pipe. Bat in thit case I have alwaya interpoted a glata bottle,
za Htret capacity, with two ttopcocka filled with tmail piecea of
pamice-ttone moituned with a strong eolation of cauttic potath, and
a coanterpoited zinc-domed gatometer, i cnbic metre capacity,
charged with baryta water, between the leaden flask with stopcocks, 10
wbico tbe gat was prodnced, and the barner oted to bum it.
* For researches made on this tabjea, tee Notb(Chbm. Nbws,
vol. IzxiJM P« 190).
2l6
DeUrminatioH of Selenious Acid by Potassium Permanganate. {^"JlSJfJJiSr**
diuro, the light is a pale and slightly greeniBh blue. I
have already mentioned that as soon as hydrogen is
brought to incandescence, platinum melts in it, and spec-
trum analysis of the flame shows a conttHuous spedrum.
On increasing the volume of oxygen, so as to reduce the
flame to about four-fifths of its height, the blue colour is
not increased — on the contrary, it appears diminished ; at
the same time the continuous spedrum gains in clear-
ness ; one sees indications of the appearance of lines ;
but in spite of all eflbrts it wsts impossible for me to
determine their position in a spedrum which, I repeat, was
too strongly luminous,
I did not succeed in getting hydrogen to bum in an
excess of oxygen by the method I employed ; every time
I supplied oxygen sensibly in excess of half the volume
of hydrogen, combustion started in the platinum nozzle
and from thence extended to the pipe of the burner itself,
which, although of platinum, began to melt. I consider
the combustion of hydrogen in a sensible excess of oxygen
to be impradicable with the blowpipe used by Mr. G.
Matthey, even under a pressure of two atmospheres.
(To be continned).
THE DETERMINATION OP SELENIOUS ACID
BY POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE.*
By P. A. GOOCH and C. P. CLEMBNS.
Thb fad that sulphurous and tellurous acids may be
oxidised quantitatively by a sufficient excess of potassium
permanganate suggests naturally the application of the
same general method to the determination of selenious
acid. It is the objed of this paper to record the results
of experiments in this diredton.
Brauner {youm, Cktm, Soc, 1891, p. 238) found that
in the adion ot the permanganate upon tellurous acid,
whether in a solution acidified with sulphuric acid or
made alkaline by caustic soda, the redudion of the per-
manganate does not proceed to the lowest degree of
oxidation, the tellurous acid being unable to reduce the
higher hydroxides of manganese which separate. In
employing the readion quantitatively it is necessary,
therefore, to add the permanganate in distind excess, and
then to destroy the surplus by means of standard oxalic
acid added to the solution acidified with sulphuric acid,
subsequently determining the excess of oxalic acid m the
warmed solution by addition of more permanganate.
The difference between the amount of permanganate ac-
tually used and that required to oxidise the known
amount of oxalic acid introduced should naturally be the
measure of the tellurous acid aded upon. Brauner found,
however, an error in the process, by no means inconsider-
able, due to the decomposition of the permanganate out-
side the main readion. In a subsequent paper from this
laboratory (Gooch and Danner, Amir, yourn. ofSciince,
xliv., 30Z) it was shown that if the precaution is taken to
restrid the amount of sulphuric acid present in the solu-
tion when the permanganate ads, the secondary decom-
position involving loss of unutilised oxygen is kept
within narrow bounds. In our work upon the oxidation
of selenious acid we have followed the suggestions
gained in the treatment of tellurous acid by Brauner*s
method.
The selenium dioxide which we employed was prepared
from so-called pure selenium by dissolving the element in
strong nitric acid, removing the nitric acid by evaporation,
treating the aqueous solution with barium hydroxide to
throw out any selenic acid formed in the oxidation, eva-
porating the solution to dryness, and subliming and re-
subliming the residue in a current of dry air until the
produd was white. The oxide thus prepared was weighed
• Contributions from the Kent Chemical Laboratory of Yale Col-
leee. From the A miricaH Journal 0/ Science^ vol. I., July, itJgj.
out for individual experiments or was dissolved in m
standard solution from which definite portions were drawn
for use.
In the first series of experiments, the results of which
are recorded in Table I., the selenium dioxide was dis-
solved in xoo cm.* of water, zo cm.* of sulphuric acid
of half strength were added; an approximately deci-
normal standardised solution of potassium permanganate
was added until the cbaraderistic colour predominated
over that of the brown hydroxide deposited during the
oxidation ; oxalic acid in solution of known strength was
introduced until the excess of permanganate had been
destroyed and the insoluble hydroxide dissolved ; and,
finally, after heating the solution to about 80^ C, more of
the permanganate was added to the colour readion. The
final volume varied from 250 cm.* to 350 cm.*, so that
the sulphuric acid (absolute) present varied from about
5 per cent at the start to from x} to a per cent at
the end.
When the permanganate is first introduced into the
acidified solution the colour vanishes, leaving a clear
colourless liquid; but as more is added the solution be-
comes vellow, and deepens gradually in colour to a
reddish-brown, until turbidity, due to the deposition of a
brown hydroxide of manganese, ensues, and finally the
cbaraderistic colour of the permanganate is plainly dis-
tinguishable. The exad point at which precipitation of
the manganic hydroxide negins depends upon the dila-
tion, acidity, and temperature of the solution. In ex-
periments (x) and (2J the permanganate was added to the
cold solution at the first, but the liquid was heated after
the addition of oxalic acid, and before the final titration
with the permanganate. The remaining determinations
of the series were made in solutions kept hot throughout.
SeO,
taken.
Grm.
(x) O'XOOO
(a) o'looa
(3) 0-0997
(4) 00999
(5) O'XOOO
(6) O'XOOO
(7) O'lOOI
(8) o'aooi
(9) 0x997
(xo) 0x997
(XI) 0-5x78
(xa) 0-5197
[Se-
Oxygen
eauivalent
ot perman-
ganate uied.
Grm,
0*03026
0*03038
0-02634
0*03568
0*02536
0*03226
004455
005448
o'052X9
0*052x5
o'X32X5
o'X4X05
Table I.
791. 0-16.]
Oxygen
equivalent
to oxalic
SeO.
acid naed.
found.
Brror.
Grm.
Grm.
Grm.
0'0I57X
O'ZOZO
0*00x04-
0*0x578
o'zox4
o'ooxa+
0'0ZX82
o*zoo8
o*ooxx +
0*01 X 22
01004
0*00054-
o'oxo77
o*ioia
000x34-
o'ox765
0*10x5
000154-
02992
o*zoz6
0*00x54-
0*02543
o'aoz8
000174-
002318
o'aoi4
000174-
0-023x8
o*aoix
0*00x44-
o'0572X
o*5ao3
o'ooa54-
006541
0*5353
003554-
An examination of these results develops the fad that
the adion proceeds regularly in the main under the con-
ditions of experimentation, but that there is an apparent
waste of permanganate in the process. It was observed
that the addition of a little permanganate beyond the exadt
amount necessary to produce the end-readion occasioned
the precipitation of manganese hydroxide, evidently, ac-
cording to Quyard's readion, by interadion between the
fermanganate and the manganous sulphate present,
lainly the amount of sulphuric acid present, which we
kept purposely low to obviate the spontaneous decom-
position of the permanganate, was not sufficient to pre-
vent the ultimate formation of the hydroxide at the
temperature of adion. The natural inference is that the
difficulty in the determinations may have been due rather
to an interference with the colour readion at the end of
the oxidation process, due to the incipient tendency of
the permanganate to ad upon the manganous salt, than
to dired loss of oxygen from the permanganate. If thie
is true, the obvious and simple remedy should be found
in eifeding the oxidation of the oxalic acid at the end of
the process at a temperature so low that the inclination
Cbshical NlWt, I
Hov, I, iSgs* f
Estimation of the Halogens in Mixed Silver Salts.
217
of the permanganate and manganoas Bulpbate to interad
•hall be diminished. Table II. contains the record of
experiments in which this precaution was taken. The
entire process of oxidation, which was otherwise similar
to that of the previous experimeots, was brought about
between the temperature of 75** C. at the beginning and
50^ C, or even a little less, at the end. The end-rea^ion
was in every case sharp, and the final colour was perma-
nent for several minutes at the least.
Table II.
Ozygea
Ozysen
equivalent
equivalent
8eO,
of permen-
to oxalic
found.
taken.
ganate need.
acid used.
Error.
Grm.
Grm.
Grm.
Grm.
Grm.
(13} 0*XOOO
0*03506
0*02065
0*I00X
0*OOOX +
(14) O'lOOO
0*035x9
0*02073
0*X004
0*0004+
(25) 0*1000
0*03706
0*03853
002255
o*xoo7
0*0007+
(16) O'XOOO
0*02422
0*0994
o*ooo6-
(17) O'XOOO
(x8) 0*2000
0*035x2
0*02065
o'xoo5
0*0005 +
0*0006—
006x24
0-03256
o*X99i
(xg) o*aoxx
0*06069
003x77
0*2008
0*0003 -
0*06072
0*03x77
0*2010
0*0006+
(ax) o*ao2o
0*06083
0*03x85
0*20x2
o*ooo8-
(22) 0*2038
0*06106
0*03x85
0*2028
0*00x0-
These results are evidently an improvement upon those
of the first series of experiments, and are fairly satisfadory
so far as concerns the estimation of the amounts of sele-
nium dioxide discussed. The determination of large
amounts of selenious acid by this method is somewhat
less advantageous than it would be if the redudion of
the permanganate proceeded farther in the first adion.
One hundred c.c. of a standard solution is as much as can
be conveniently handled in a single process of titration,
and that volume of decinormal permanganate (which is
about as strong as the standard solution should be when
accurate work is expeded) is capable of oxidising about
0*25 grm. of selenium dioxide.
The process which we recommend consists, in brief, in
the addition of standard potassium permanganate to the
solution of selenious acid containing not more than 5 per
cent of its volume of strong sulphuric acid, the introduc-
tion of standard oxalic acid until the liquid clears,
and the titration of the excess of oxalic acid by
permanganate, at a temperature not much exceeding 50^
or 60^ C. The permanganate and the oxalic acid should
be standardised under similar conditions of itcidity and
temperature, and for a standard of final reference we
prefer pure crystallised ammonium oxalate.
We have made experiments in which the initial oxida-
tion of the selenious acid was made in alkaline solution,
bot inasmuch as the amount of permanganate required
for the oxidation is about three times as great as that
needed in the acid solution, the treatment in alkaline
solution is pradically inferior.
THE ESTIMATION OF THE HALOGENS IN
MIXED SILVER SALTS.
By F. A. GOOCU and CHARLOTTE FAIRBANKS.
Known methods for the estimation of chlorine, bromine,
and iodine in mixed silver salts depend either upon the
redodion of the salts to metallic silver or their conver-
sion to a single definite silver salt. The old but by no
means ideal methods for the determination of chlorine
and bromine in mixed silver chloride and bromide, by re-
dudion of the salts to silver in hydrogen at high temper-
atures or conversion to silver chloride in an atmosphere
* Contributions from the Kent Chemical Laboratory of Yale Col-
lege. From the Ammcan Journal 0/ Scitttc*, vol. i., July, xSgs*
of chlorine, are typical. Perhaps the best of all are the
eledrolytic method of Kinnicutt {Am, CA#m. yoiif.,iv., 22)
for the redudion of the fused chloride and bromide, the
battery process of Whitfield {Am,Cksm,youm.,viii,,^2i)t
which involves the eledrolysis of the solution of the silver
salts in potassium cyanide, and the method of Maxwell-
Lvte (Chbu. Nbws, xlix., 3), according to which the
silver in the cyanide solution of the silver salts is thrown
down by potassium iodide and sulphuric acid. Even in
these processes there are points against which objedioa
may be raised with reason. Thus, in the processes of
Whitfield and Maxwell -Lyte, it is next to impossible to
secure complete and speedy solution of the aried silver
salts in potassium cyanide without recourse to interme-
diate washing and treatment with nitric acid; and in
Kinnicutt'a method, which has been applied only to the
analysis of the mixed chloride and bromide, difficulty is
found in the speedy removal of all sulphuric acid from
the spongy mass of silver formed in the redudion.
We have tried many experiments with a view to sim-
plifying the analysis of the mixed silver salts. Ignition
with mercuric cyanide according to Schmidt's method for
sulphides {Ber. d. Chim, OmU., xxvii., 225) ; treatment
with cuprous chloride dissolved either in ammonia or in
hydrochloric acid ; the adion of ferrous oxalate dissolved
in potassium oxalate, Eder's reagent (B#r. d, Chim.
Oes.f xiii., 500) ; treatment with chromous chloride or
chromous acetate; contad with powdered magnesium
under dilute acid ; and many other plans of adion with
powerful reducers have failed to yield analytical results
comparable with those of the known methods. Hydrogen
sulphide, dry or moist, and ammonium sulphide attack
the halogen salts of silver with varying intensity, the
chloride very easily, the bromide with less ease, and the
iodide most difficultly — as might be predided from a
knowledge 01 the thermal values involved in the readions.
A current of hydrogen sulphide charged with ammonium
sulphide effeds the complete conversion of silver chloride
to silver sulphide at a temperature below 200^ C, ; but we
have never succeeded in securing absolutely complete
conversion of the bromide to the sulphide by similar
treatment, even at much higher tem|>eratures, and the
iodide resists conversion more obstinately than the
bromide. Nor have we been able to find conditions under
which the chloride may be converted while the bromide
and iodide remain unattached. In a study of the conditions
best adapted to the redudion of silver salts eledrolytic-
ally, we have obtained results which point to advantageous
modifications of the methods heretofore known. We find
that the treatment of the fused salts may be simplified,
made more accurate, and extended to mixtures containing
silver iodide.
In Kinnicutt*s process the difficulties lie, first, in the
impossibility of destroying the paper upon which the
silver salts have been colleded and washed, without
affeding the redudion of the salts ; secondly, in the ob*
stinacy with which the spongy silver holds the sulphuric
acid during washing; and thirdly, in the tendency of the
chlorine liberated, when a chloride is present, to attack
the eledrodes.
Upon the first point nothing need be said ; the difficulty
is obvious and well known. As to the second source of
error, our experience shows that rapid washing is not
sufficient to remove the sulphuric acid included in the
reduced silver, even when excessive amounts of wash-
water are used ; but that a considerable time is indispen-
sable for the escape of the acid from the silver to the
wash-water by diffusion. In several cases we have found
errors, ranging from a single milligramme to six or seven,
due to inclusion of the acid in residues which had been
washed freely but rapidly, and which even after ignition,
yielded slowly hot- water extrads, which gave the test
for a sulphate by barium chloride.
The results of some experiment made to test the effed
of the halogens set free in eledrolysis are shown in the
accompanying table :~
3i8
Estimation ofihe Halogens in Mixed Silver Salts.
fCHBMlCAL NbwS,
I Hov. I, 1695.
BltArolyte
iSc.m.a of
H«S04(M per
cent) with
tbe ■obttance
samed.
Change in
weight of
Strength of Time the con-
current io in taining
ampteca. hoare,
Change in
weight of Connec-
wire tion of
electrode, crucible.
crucible.
Grm. Grm.
Z7gnn.KI 0*46—0*25 24 o'oooo coooo Cathode
I ,, KBr o'5o 0*18 35 O'OOOO 0*0000 Cathode
X „ KCl 0*48—0*18 26 00008- 0*0001 - Cathode
0:5 M HCl — — ♦o'ooog- 0*0000 Cathode
0:5 H HCl 0*3 48 0*0004- 0*0004+ Anode
* Platinnm teeted for and fonnd in lolntion.
So it appears that while neither bromine nor iodine at-
tacked the platinum perceptibly under the conditions of
the experiments, though set free in abundance, an appre-
ciable amount of the metal did dissolve under the adion
of chlorine. Moreover, the solubility seems to depend
chiefly upon the area of surface exposed, and not upon
the eledric polarity. The metal dissolved was re-precipi-
tftted by the aaion of the current only in the experiment
in which, by reversing the diredion of the current, and
thus making the area of the anode large while that of the
cathode was diminished, a corresponding increase of
current density upon the cathode was brought about. It is
obvious that, under ordinary conditions of eledrolytic re-
duaion, the solvent eifed of the chlorine upon the platinum
will naturally produce an apparent deficiency in the weight
of silver reduced.
These sources of error in the eledrolytic redudion of
the fused silver salts we have endeavoured to overcome.
The d anger of change in the constitution of the salts
during preparation for weighing we avoid by colleding
them upon asbestos in a perforated crucible instead of
upon paper; but in order to secure perfed eledrical con-
dudivity throughout the mass of silver salts subsequently
colleAed, dried, and weighed, we place a disc of perforated
platinum foil upon the prepared felt of asbestos. In this
way perfea elearical contad is obtained, though the ra-
pidity of filtration is somewhat impaired. The diic also
aerves the useful purpose of preventing the disturbance of
the felt by the gas evolved from the walls of the crucible
In the eledrolytic process.* When the silver salts have
been colleded, washed, dried, and weighed, their fusion is
effeded by placing the capped crucible upon an anvil and
direding the flame of a small blowpipe with care upon
the mass from above. The anvil keeps the crucible cool,
and tends to prevent the soaking of the asbestos with the
fused silver salts, which would be disadvantageous in the
washing process which follows the redudion. A rubber
band, cut from rubber tubing of suitable diameter, is ad-
Justed so as to cover the jundion between the cap and
crucible and make a water-tight eledrolytic cell. When
the eledrolytic redudion is finished the band and cap are
removed, the crucible is put upon the pump, the liquid is
drawn through, and the precipitate washed in the usual
manner.
It is obvious that the difficulty of washing out the sul-
phuric acid from the reduced silver may be avoided if it is
possible to substitute for the sulphuric acid an eledro-
lyte which, even if it were not easily removed by washing,
should be volatile at gentle heat without affeding the
silver; and the danger arising from free chlorine may be
obviated by taking care to have the chlorine absorbed by
the eledrolyte as soon as it is liberated. We find that
25 per cent alcohol containing a tenth of its weight of
oxalic acid meets all the conditions for the eledrolytic
redudions of the mixed chloride and bromide of silver.
Such a solution, while possessing sufficient condudivity,
absorbs the free chlorine to such an extent that, as we
* This device hai been luggested by Puckner [Joum. Am. Chem.
Soc.t 1893. 7x0) for holding down the asbeitot in an ordinary filtra-
tion, and It no donbt of value when suitable asbestos is not at hand.
A fairly good asbestos properly prepared, and deposited upon a per-
forated surface in which the holes are sufficiently numerous— best, as
numerous as can be— does not. however, tend to rise during a filtra-
tion 10 long as the iuAion-damp is in aaion.— F. A. O.
have found experimentally, no perceptible solvent adion
takes place upon the platinum, and nothing remains in
the silver reduced under such a solution, which is not
volatile at gentle heat without affeding the weight of the
silver.
In the test-experiments recorded in the accompanying
table known amounts of silver chloride and bromide were
precipitated, colleded, washed, dried at 150** C, and
weighed in the filtering crucible, provided as usual with a
layer of asbestos, which was in this case covered with the
perforated platinum disc. The cap was put in place, the
crucible set upon an anvil, and the salts fused with a
blowpipe flame in the manner described. The rubber
band was adjusted, the crucible nearly filled with the 10
per cent solution of oxalic acid in 25 per cent alcohol,
and the currsnt passed in the usual manner, the crucible
serving as the negative eledrode. When the redudion
was judged to be complete the band and cap were re-
moved, the crucible set upon the pump, and filtration of
the liquid and washing of the residue carried out as
usual. Finally the crucible, cap, and residue were ignited
at a very low red-heat and weighed. The entire treat-
ment was repeated until the constant weight of the resi-
due showed that the redudion was complete.
LgCl taken.
AgBr taken.
Ag calculated
Ag found.
Error.
Grm.
Grm.
Grm.
Grm.
Grm.
1*0608
—
0*7985
1*0823
07990
0*0005 +
1*4380
—
1*0823
O'OOOO
09998
—
07525
0*7522
0*0003—
—
0*9959
0*5721
0*5723
0*0002+
—
0-9979
0*5731
05732
00001 +
10044
0*4988
1*0426
I 0422
0*0004—
0-4933
0*4966
0*6559
0*6568
0*0009+
The manipulation of the method is very easy, and the
results show that it is capable of yielding accurate results.
The current ranged from 0*5 to(o*25 ampere, and for con-
venience the process was continued over night, though
the redudon of amounts such at we treated is usually
complete in six or seven nours.
Unfortunately this process, which works so well with
the mixture of chloride and bromide, is not applicable to
the redudion of silver iodide or to mixtures containing it.
Experiment proved that the iodine set free in the eledro-
lysis works over and over again upon the spongy silver,
constantly regenerating silver iodide to a greater or less
degree. As the result of many attempts to destroy the
liberated iodine without inroducing anything objedionable
into the solution, we finally settled upon a mixture made
by neutralising two parts by volume of ordinary (40 per
cent) acetic acid with ammonia, adding one part of am-
monia, one part of alconol, and one part of aldehyd (75
per cent). Such a solution we found to work very well
on the whole, but as the redudion progresses it frequently
happens that a deposit of white ammonium iodate forma
upon the anode, which introduces too great resistance to
the current. This deposit of iodate is, however, easily
removed from the eledrode by dipping it into hot water.
Whenever the solution is so exhausted that free iodine
begins to appear, the liquid should be carefully decanted
and replaced by fresh ; and before the operation is ended
the decanted solutions and the washings of the eledrode
should be filtered throngh the crucible and the residue
submitted again to the adion of the current, to make it
certain that loosened particles of silver or silver salt,
possibly poured off or removed on the eledrode, shall not
be lost nnally. The necessity of keeping the process
under occasional supervision renders it undesirable to con-
tinue the adion over night. In some cases of prolonged
adion without attention, we have noticed the formation of
gummy carbonaceous matter, which could not be subse-
quently removed without the application of a degree of
heat which might endanger the platinum in contad with
the reduced silver. Many of the experiments recorded
in the following table were completed within stvea
hours with a current not exceeding 0*5 ampere.
OBBifiCAt. Msiri, I
Nov. 1, 1895. I
The Radial Cursor.
219
takHB.
Gnn.
0-477?
0*6096
06774
AcBr
tans.
Gnu.
Agl
taken.
Grm.
0*9969
2-3703
0-5035
Z*0020
0*4939
— 0*5000
0*4984
09998
1*0613
Z*062I
1*0140
i*aoi2
1*5031
0*6561
05304
Ag
calcQlated.
Grm.
03596
0*4588
0*5098
0*5727
07872
0*4878
0*4882
0*4661
0*5521
0*69x0
06653
1*3285
06734
0*5310
Ac
foond.
Brror.
Gmu
Gnn.
0*3591
0*0005-
04591
0*0003 +
0*5099
0*00014-
0*5726
0*0001-
07875
0*00034-
04877
0*0001-
tt^
0*0007-
0*000x4-
0*5530
0*00094-
0*69x4
0*00044-
0*6653
0*0000
1*3283
0*0002-
0*6733
0*0001-
05316
0*00064-
These retulu show that the process affords an acctirate
redoAion of the chloride, bromide, and iodide of silver
and mistures of these salts* When the problem concerns
the redudion of the chloride and bromide only, we give
the preference to the redudion in alcoholic oxalic acid as
being the simpler process. The latter process we have
also applied snccesmly on a larger scale to the recovexy of
the aih^ in chloride residues.
PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.
PHYSICAL SOCIETY.
Ordinarf MitUng, Oetobir 25M, 1895.
Mr. Walter Baily, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Prof. J. Pbrrv read a paper by himself and Mr. H. F.
Htmr on the ** DiVilopmtnt of Arbitrary Punctions,^*
Daring the discnssion on Prof. Henrici's psper (April
i3tb, i^). oxie of the antbors described a graphical
method of developing snv arbitrary fundion in a series
of other normal forms than sines and cosines, such as
Bessels or sonal spherical harmonics. The method con-
sisted in wrspping the curve which represents the funAion
round a specially-shaped cylinder, not circular, and pro-
jeAing this curve into a certain plane. Many months
were wasted in finding with great exaAness a sufficient
number of co-ordinatei of the trace of the cylinder suit-
able for a Zeroth Bessel development. The labour, how-
ever, was unnecessary, since the co-ordinate most trouble-
some to calculate is not really needed, the projedion
only taking place in one direAion. To develop any
arbitary funAion of x (say y) in normal forms, the real
difficolty consists in finding the value of an integral, such
/'
^.Q {x).djti
where Q (x) is some tabulated fundlon. If now, x is
another tabulated fundion, which is the integral of Q (jt),
the required integral is—
/'
i".
If the values for y for twenty-five equidistant values of x
are known, from xso to x^a, I^t the corresponding
values of jr be tabulated, and let a curve be drawn with
the values of y as ordinates and the values of m as
abscisic ; the area between the axis of m and this curve
gives the value of the integral required. The authors
give four tables containing the abscissae for the four fiist
teims in the development in Zeroth Bessels. They have
tested the method by applying it to the calculation of a
known fundion in terms of sonal spherical harmooics,
and the asreement between the true value of the coeffi*
cients and those found is very satisfadory.
Prot Hbnrici said the method was a new departure,
since in the place of an instrument of complicated desigOt
the authors only used a planimeter and pencil and paper,
and obtained the same degree of accora^. The fad that
the series employed to test the method consisted of a
finite number of terms seemed to him an objedion. Prof.
Carl Pearson had, in a recent conversation, informed bios
of a method for the development of fondions which hm
(Prof. Pearson) had recently discovered. This method
was not, however, so simple, at least in most cases, as
that of the authors.
Prof. MiNCHiN thought it would add to the intelligibility
of the paper if it were stated that the method was similar
to that employed when expanding in terms of a Fourier
series or in spherical harmonics. In these cases ^ou
have a fundion which, when multiplied by other fundions
of diffSerent orders, kills all the terms except one. Graphic
methods ought, in his opinion, to be very much oftener
employed, and he considered that there was no problem in
physical mathematics of which the solution could not be
obtained by graphic methods. He would like to know
if Prof. Perry had obtained a graphic method of calcu-
lating Bessels.
Mr. Trottbr agreed with Prof. Miochia as to the
negled of graphic methods. He regretted that Prof.
Perry did not continue to consider the method as the pro-
jedion from a cylinder, as he had found the methoa of
wrapping curves round a cylinder most useful.
Prof. Pbrrt, in his reply, said he had adopted the ex«
pansion they had employed under the impression that the
test was a particularly severe one. He had not discovered
a graphic method of calculating Bessels. The reason
they gave up the cylinder was the immense labour involved
in calcttlating the y, co-ordinates of the trace, which
would afterwards be of no use in the development of the
fundion.
Mr. F. W. Lamchbstbr read a paper on <* Thi Radial
Cursor: a Niw Addition to thi SUdi-ruU.'*
The ordinary form of slide*rule enables calculations to
be made which involve multiplication and division ; also
involution and evolution where the indices are integers.
The radial cursor allows of the solution of problems in
which fradional indices occur; for example, in questions
involving the adiabatic expansion of a gas, where an ex-
pression of the form pv" m const, has to be dealt with,
and where y is not an integer, nor is it constant for all
gases. In this case it is necessary to provide some ready
means of dividing the scales on the rule and slider propor-
tionally to the value of y, which corresponds to the divi-
sion and multiplication of the respedive logarithms of
the quantities dealt with in the proportion of the indices
of p and V, i.#., 1 and y. This proportionate division of
the scales is effeded in the new cursor by a radial index-
arm, which is arranged to swing about a stud fixed to a
sliding bar running m guides at right*angles to the rule.
All readings are taken at the points of intersedion of a
line on the radius arm and the edges of the slide. The
distance of the pivot on which the radius-arm turns from
the slide, snd therefore the value of the index employed,
is read off on a scale fixed to the transverse bar.
Mr. C. V. Boys said that owing to the kindness of the
author be had been able to try the cursor snd had found
it of great service in dealing with questions of adiabatic
expansion. The new addition to the slide rule suflbrs
under the same disadvantage as the mle itself, namely,
that a verbal or written description seems so very much
more complex than is the adual operation when using the
rule. The author's device might be described as an india-
rubber slide- rule, for it performed the fundion of a slide-
rule, in which the graduations of the slide were made on
indiarubber, so that the ratio of the length of the scale on
the rule to the length of the scale on the slide might be
220
Notices of Books.
i CBBmCAL NftWtf
altered at will, and thus involution and evolution with
fradional indices performed.
Mr. Blakbslby asked how powers less than unity were
dealt with.
Prof. S. P. Thompson and Mr. TROtTBR expressed
their admiration, for the author's method of ** stretching "
the scale.
. Mr. BuRSTALLsaid he had attempted to apply a similar
method to the Fuller rule, but did not succeed, since in this
mle there was only one scale. He hoped the author's
method coold be applied in a form such that a greater
accuracy than z in 300 could be obtained.
Mr. Bourne thought the fad that the point of inter-
■eAion of two lines inclined at an acute angle had to be
read was likely to limit the accuracy.
The author having replied, the Society adjourned till
Hovember 8th.
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
A Laboratory Manual of Organic Chemistry} a Com-
pendium of Laboratory Methods for the Use of
Chemists, Physicians, and Pharmacists. By Dr.
Lassar • CoHN, Professor of Chemistry in the
University of Konigsberg. Translated, with the
Author's sandion, from the Second German Edition by
Albxandbr Smith, B.Sc, Ph.D., Assistant Professor
. of General Chemistry in the University of Chicago.
Small 8vo, pp. 403. London and New York: Mac-
millan and Co. 1895.
Thb work before us is not one of those manuals of che-
mistry, organic or inorganic, which during the last few
years have become almost painfully numerous. Dr.
Alexander Smith is quite justified in saying that it ■* covers
a field not previously occupied," and that it ** does not
take the place of any of the text-books of organic chemis-
try, but bears towards them the relation of an almost in-
dispensable complement." It expounds the method used
in the laboratory, whether in original research or in veri-
fying results already obtained.
The work consists of two parts, a general and a special.
The former treats of baths (for the regulation of tempera*
tures) ; of crystallisation and dialysis ; of decolourising
liquids ; of distillation, whether ordinary, fraAionated, dry,
or in vacuo ; of drying ; of extraAion ; filtration ; of the
determination of melting-points ; of molecular weights ; of
work in sealed tubes ; and of sublimation.
The special methods include condensation, the prepara-
tion of diaxo- bodies of esters ; fusion with caustic alkalis ;
the preparation of halogen compounds and of nttro-
derivatives ; oxidation ; reduAion ; the preparation of
salts ; saponification ; the preparation of sulphonic acids ;
and remarks on ultimate organic analysis. We note the
remark that in the case of methylene*di-^.toluidine the
Kjeldahl method gives the nitrogen 3 per cent too low,
whilst the Will-Varrentrapp method gives a result in ac-
cordance with the theoretical composition.
We think that both teachers and students of organic
chemistry will fird this book a most satisfadory guide to
research.
Quantitative Chemical Analysis, Adapted for Use in the
Laboratories of Colleges and Schools. By FrankClowbs,
D.Sc, F.LC, Professor of Chemistry in the University
College, Nottingham, and J. Bbrnard Colbman, Assoc.
Royal College of Science, Dublin, F.I.C, Head of
Chemical Department, South-West London Polytechnic
Third Edition. Post 8vo, pp. 534. London : J. and A.
Churchill, 1895.
Thb work of Messrs. Clowes and Coleman has evidently
given satisfaAion to teachers and students, since a third
edition is already required. It is admittedly an improve.
ment on its two predecessors, having been again enlarged
and enriched with new methods of determination. Addi-
tional figures have been introduced for the sake of clear-
ness, and the table of contents has the valuable feature
of giving references both to paragraphs and pages.
The bibliography of analytical works will 1^ found of
value not merely to students, but even to experienced
praftitioners.
Part I. treats ably and thoroughly of general and pre-
liminary operations.
Part IL instru^ in gravimetric analsrsis, the variona
methods being placed in the order of their increasing
difficulty.
Part in. treats of the volumetric analysis of liquids.
In Part IV. we find accounts of more complex deter-
minations, both gravimetric, volumetric, and of a mixed
charader. Here are included the analysis of ores, of impor-
tant industrial prodoAs, waters, foods, and various or-
ganic substances.
The simple methods of gas analysis are described in
PartV.
The onljr eledrolsrtic method is that described for the
determination of copper.
Upon spedroscopic quantitative analysis the authors
do not enter. Methods for the determination of the
metals of the so-called rare earths have not been inserted.
In the appendix we find what may be called typical re-
sults of analyses.
There are also a series of tables of constants for calcu-
lating the results of analyses. These, however, seem to
us by no means preferable to the tables given in ** Roae'e
Quantitative Analysis," though many of the latter require
re-calculating, on account of the more accurate deter-
minations of atomic weights made since 1849.
On the subjeAs which it includes the work before us is
an excellent guide.
The Forces of Nature; a Study of Natural Phenomena*
By Hbrbbrt B. Harrop and Louis A. Wallis.
Pp. 160. Columbus, Ohio, U.S.A. : Harrop and Wallis.
1895.
Thb work before us is a necessarily sketchy survey of the
phenomena of the universe, intended, not for the student,
General or special, but for the general reader who ia
esirous of a better acquaintance with the cosmos which
he inhabits.
In successive chapters, they consider the solar system,
the earth, the atmosphere, and sound, chemistry fwith
the strudure of matter), radiant energy, light, heat,
and adinism, eledricity and magnetism.
The second part consists of what the authors term
" disconneAed essays and paragraphs on scientific ques-
tions." such as the nebular hypothesis, spontaneous com-
bustion, spontaneous generation, argon and helium, and
scientific theories in general.
In most instances the authors may be accepted as
trustworthy guides ; but in speaking of the dodrine of
abiogenesis, they overlook the capital part taken in its
refutation by the illustrious French philosopher whom the
world has just lost. They accept Huxley's prophecy that,
in the future, protoplasm will be formed artificially £rom
its lifeless elements, Thejr are believers in the nebular
hypothesis and in organic evolution. On the great
question of chemistry, whether the elements are absolutely
primordial and inconvertible they give no certain sound.
They consider the *' canals " on the surface of Mars at
artificial. The description of snow as rain froxen is
much more applicable to hail.
The explanation given of " hypothesis'* as a guess
having no material foundation cannot be accepted. Most
of all must we hesitate at the bold assertion that the
simple laws of mechanics govern ** the complicated func-
tions of organic life."
We perceive that the authors announce a companion
CSBMICAl NlWSt \
Hov. 1. 189s. I
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
331
Tolome on the ** Forces of Life," iDcludiog the evidences
ot organiq erohition.
Bxawnnation of Watit for Sanitary and Ttchnic Pwr-
ftn* By Hbmrt Lbfpmaiin, A.M., M.D., Ph.D.
Tbtrd Edition, Revised and Bolarged. With lUostra-
tioos. Philadelphia : P. Blakitton, Son, and Co. 1895.
Tbb aathor classifies waters as rain-water, surface-water,
sobeoil-water, and deep water; the latter being chiefly
that obtained from Artesian wells. The instrudions coo-
ceming taking samples of waters and their analytical ex-
amination do not differ essentially from those to be met
with in other manuals of the same kind. The instruc-
tiona for the determination of saline and organic ammonia
(known respedively as '* free " and *' albamenoid ** am-
osooia) are substantially those p;iven by Wanklyn. The
^eldahl process is described with the remark that it was
first incceesfnlly applied in water analysis by Drown and
Martin. Concemmg the Prankland and Armstrong pro-
cess we read that, *' it requires complex and expensive
apparatus and special skill, has been shown also to be
Uahle to inacctiracies, and has not come into general
«se.**
For the determination of the nitrogen present as nitrates,
the aothor recommends Ilosway's modification of the
Qtiess process. The oxygeuoconsuming power of a water
mav be determined by Tidy's method, modified by Dapr^,
nod for the oxygen existing in solution that of Blares is
ror the determination of phosphates — a point deemed
nnessential by many chemists, including Wanklyn —Dr.
Leffmann tesu with molybdenum solution. We are glad
to find that among the poisonous metals chromium is not
overfc>oked — a dangerous impurity which may possibly
occur in industrial localities. We can scarcely accept the
ipiew that Beggiatoa— commonly called ** sewage fungus "
—indicates suspended organic matter. It occurs in deep
springs charged with sulphur and in sulphuretted indus-
trial waste waters not charged with organic matter.
The author enters to some extent upon the presence,
detoAion, and possible effeds of micro-orsanisms ; a sub-
jeA overlooked in the earlier manuals of water analysis,
but upon which biologbu and chemists have not yet come
to a loU and clear agreement.
The work before us is, however, one which the sanitary
chemist may with some advantage include in his library
of reference.
CHEMICAL
NOTICES FROM
SOURCES.
FOREIGN
M OTC^AU dccrsat of ttmpsratttro ai • Ceotigradt voltM otharwii*
Campus Rmdus UMomadaires des Sianca^ di l*AcademU
des Scimca. Vol. cxxt., No. 16, OAober 14, 1895.
The perpetual Secretary read a letter signed by the Due
de la Broolie, of the French Academy, lipoid Delisle,
of the Academy of Inscriptions and Literature, Ch. Har-
mite, of the Academy of Sciences, Ambroise Thomas, of
the Academy of the Fine Aru, and O. Picot, of the
Academy of Moral and Political Sciences, inviting the
naembers to be present at a religious ceremony to be cele-
brated 00 OAober 23rd in the Church of St. uermain des
P161 in memory of tbose of the members who have died
since the foundation of the Institute. The service will
be conduced by the Bishop of Autun.
The President announced the death of Baron Larry, a
** free member/* which took place onlOdober 8th. Emile
Blanchard took occasion to claim lor Baron Larry the
honour of having been the advocate of conservative snr
Determination of Argon.— Th. Schlossing, Jun«— (See
p. an).
A^ton of Hydrochloric Acid upon Copper. — R.
Engel. — The decomposition of hydrochloric acid by cop-
per with the liberation of hydrogen is so slow and so
inconspicuous that it has been often overlooked. This
acid, in a solution saturated at 15^ is decomposed by
copper so rapidly that the liberation of hydrogen mav be
shown in a ledure. If a little platinum chloride is added
to the acid the readion becomes tumultuous, but soon
slackens, so as to be almost imperceptible, though it con-
tinues for several years. The deoompoeittoa of the hydro-
chloric acid by copper ceases when the solution contsins
less than 48*8 to 49 milli-mols. of HCl. Such a solution
has a sp. gr. of 1*083 <^d ^^ composition HCl-|-xoHaO.
The aaion becomes extremely slow when the liquid is
saturated with cuprous chloride. If we pass a current of
gaseous hydrochloric acid into water in presence of copper
and cuprous chloride the aftion is rapid. Anhydrous
hydrochloric acid is always decomposed by copper.
Action of Potassa and Potassiam Bthylate upon
Benzoquinone. — Cb. Astre. — The author has isolated a
compound formed by the union of a mols. of alcohol and
X mol. of bipotassic quinone. This derivative is interesting
as being formed in presence of an excess of potassa, which
seems to indicate that bensoquinone contains only 2 atoms
of hydrogen capable of being replaced by potassium.
Combinations of Antipyrin with the Oiphenols;
Influence of the respective Positions of the Hy-
drozyls.~G. Patein and B. Dufau.~The diphenols, pyro-
catechin, resorcin, and hydroquinone behave in diflferent
manners with antipyrin. The ortho- and para-diphenols
combine with two mols., but the meta- with one only.
The fixation is effeded upon one of the atoms of nitrogen
by the intervention of phenolic hydroxyl, which loses this
property in proportion as its hydrogen is replaced by a
metal or a radicle.
Ziituhrijt fur AnorgOHiuht Cktmii.
Vol. viii.. Fart 3.
A Contribution to the Constitution of Inorganic
Compounds.— Alfred Werner (Second Communication).
—This valuable paper requires the eight accompanying
figures. We can merely remark that it is mainly of a
controversial charaAer, with especial reference to the
recent memoir of Jdrgensen on the bases of cobalt,
chrome, and rhodium.
A further paper, by the same author, discusses the rela-
tion between the co-ordination and valence compounds.
Itr is laid down that the fundamental law regulating the
formation of these elements is the effort of the central
element to group around itself four radicles.
Atomic Weight of Tungsten. — Mary £. Pennington
and B. F. Smith.— The mean value obtained from nine
determinations ia ■■ x84'9ax, the maximum result having
been x84'943, and the minimum x84*9oo. The details
of the experimenu have appeared in the Amaricam
Chimical jfoumal.
In another paper on the same subjed, by £. F. Smith
and £. D. Deai, the mean atomic weigbt of tungsun
is given •- x84'704-
Specific Heat of Metallic Tungsten.— A. W. Grod-
speed and £. F. Smith.— The autbors give the value
» 6-25, taking the atomic weight of tungsten as 184-921,
or a 6*243, on the basis of Smith and Dasi*s atomic
weight.
Double Tranaposition of Gaseous Bodies. —
Henryk Ardowski. — This paper (a translation from the
French^r Flemish ?) requires tbe two accompanying
figures. Tha law laid down is an extension of that of
222
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
Berthelot—'* If the mixtura of the Trnpoiirt of two com-
pooad bodies cao ^ve oa doable dccompoiition e produd
■olid et the prevaiUng tenperatore aod pressure, whilst
the three other prodods remain saseous, this will always
tdidlfsr in a solid form outside of this atmosphere."
BulUUn di la SociStS d^Bncouragtmini four PlnduiMs
NoHoHoli. Series 4, Vol. a., No. zi6.
Review of Improvements recently introduced in
the Industry of Dittillattoo.^L. Lindet.— This bulky
memoir does not admit of useftal insertion, the rather as
the improvements concerned largely relate to the menu-
fadnre of a spirit from beet- root.
Review of the Progress recently efiedled in the
Milling Industry.— M. Colson Blanche. — ^We are snr*
prised at finding the prodndion of meals and flour classed
among the ** chemical '* indnstriet.
MEETINGS FOR THE WEEK.
lloiiDAT,4tb,— Rojrtl lottitotioo, 5.. Qtoerml Mootbljr Mattiiif.
— » Society of Cbtmicallndottry, 8. ** FUtntioo of Sew-
age BflBaeot.*' by W. J. Dibdio, F.I.C., F.C.S.
WaOMBftDAT, 0th.^Society of Public Aoalyett, 8. <* Note on tbe
Bromine end Iodine Abeorptiooe of Lioeeed
Oil." by Rowland Williams. ** The Determi-
nation of Oxycen in Commercial Copper," bv
Bertram Bloant. ** Mote 00 a Recent Milk
Caie involving an example of Abnormal Milk"
and ** Mote on • Filled Cbeeae,'" by R. Bod-
mer. '* Tbe Compoaition of Condeaaed Milk,**
by Messra. Peannain and Moor. ** Note on
tne Oompoaition of Commercial Condenaed
Milk," by A. H. Allen. " Note on tbe Eatima-
tion of minute qoantitiea of Metala in Liqnida**
and ** Note on a Convenient Form of Polari*
meter for Bxamining Eiaential Oila," by
f ' Meeara. Budden and Hardy. *' Note on a aeriea
of Analyaea of a Private W^ter Sopplyif by
B. Rneeell Budden.
TBUiaoAT, ytlw— Chemical, 8. '* Tbe Temperaturea of Flamee and
the Acetylene Tbeory of Lomhioeity/' bir Prof.
Smitbella. ** Tbe AAion of Acidic Oxidea on
Salta of Hydroxy*acida," byProf.G. G. Hender-
Bon and D. Prentice. ** Sodium Mitroeoanlpbate,
and tbe Conttitution of N itrosoaulpbatea," by
Profs. Divers and Haga. And other papera.
FaiDAT, 8tb.— >PbyBicaI. 5. ** Tbe Magnetic Field of any Cylindrical
or Plane Coil,** by Mr. Everett. *' Tbe Latent Heat
of Volatilisation of Benaene,** by Mr. GrifBtha and
Miaa Marshall. " Tbe Comparison of Latent Heata
of Volatilisation,** by Prof. Ramsay and Miaa Mar-
Just Pubushbo. Cr. 4to, 78. 6d. Net, two Plates, Post free.
THE ORIGIN AND RATIONALE
OF COLLIERY EXPLOSIONS: Founded upon an Ex-
amination of the Explosions at the Timsbuby, Albiom. Malaoo
Valb, and Llambbch Collibbibs ; and upon tbe principal pheno-
mena of tbe Disaatera at tbe Abercame, Alltofts, Aliham, Apedale,
Blantyre, Brirn. Clifton Hall, Dinaa, Blemore, Hyde. Llan, Mardy.
Morfa, Mossfields, National, Penygraig, Risca, Seaharo, Trimdon
Orange, Tudhoe, Udstooe, end West Stanley OoUieriei. By
DOKALD M. D. STUART, F.G.S., Mining and Civil Engineer.
Aathor of ** Coal-Dnst an Explosive Agent."
Bbistol : John Wbiort and Co.
London s Siupbin, Mabsball, Hamilton, Kbnt, and Co,
Naw VoBx: Hibscrpbld Bbothbbs, 65, Fifth Avenue.
FOREIGN SCIENTIFIC BOOKS.
IMPORTERS OF FOREIGN BOOKS,
Receive regularly all Foreifn Scientific Books.
Catalogues and lists post free on application.
14, Hbnribtta Strbbt, CovBiiT Garden, London ;
ao, South Fredbricx Strbbt, Edinburgh ;
and 7, Broad Strbbt, Oxford.
fCOBMICALNSWS*
I 9ov. 1, 1893.
UNIVERsfrY COLLEGE, LONDON ~
riN CONJUNCTION WITH THE TECHNICAL EDUCATION
BOARD OF THE LONDON COUNTY COUNCIL).
BVBNING CLA88BS IN TECHNICAL CHBHIBTRT.
Fbidat EvaNiNQs,27«o— 9.30 p.m.
A Course of about 15 Evening Ledtures on the
** PRINCIPLES OF CHEMICAL ANALYSIS," loUovBd
by Laboratory Work, will be given on Friday evenings.
Tbis course will be given by Dr. GEO. McGOWAN,
of Oetwald'a <* Prind^Iea of Cbemical Analyaia.'*
tranalator
Tbe course will begin on NovaMBBB 15TH.
This courae is not intended for instnmion in elementary aaalysla,
bot ia desifned to eiplain tbe tbeory of analyaia to tboae wbo are
already acquainted witb tbe usual proceeses of qualitative and qoaa*
titative analyaia in tbeir tecbnical applicationa.
GbMBBAL RaOULATIOMt.
Tbeae courses are intended for atudenta wbo bave bv attendaaca
at otber daaaes already reacbed an advanoed atage in tneir •tr'^^fprl
Intending atudenta aboold communicate by letter witb the variovs
professors, suting tbe work and classes tbey propose to take ap, sad
giving particulara of their previooa training.
Fees for each courae 15a., which may in the caae of atadaats in tba
receipt of weekly wagee be paid in two inatalmeau.
Oaober aotb, 1895.
SiUCATES OF SODA and POTASH.
In TBa sTATa op Solublb Glabb ob in concbmtbatbo aoLtmoa •
OLDEST AND MOST RELIABLE MAKE.
FUU STRENaTH aUARANTEEO.
Suited for tbe Manufaaure of Soap and other purpoasB.
Suppiiid OB but t^fMS by
WILLIAM GUSSAGB ft SONS, Ltd.. Soap Works, Widnea.
London Aobnts— COSTE A CO., 18 A 19, Water Lbbb, Tower
Street, B.C., who hold atock ready for delivery.
w
pOR SALE. — The Chemical Gazbttb.
A Complete Set (unbound and uncut), 17 volumea ; from Novnm*
bar, 184B, to December, 1839.— Addreas, ** Publisher,* Chbiiical
Nawa O ffice. Boy Court, Ludfate H ill, London, B.C.
ater-Glass, or Soluble Silicates of Soda
and Potash, in large or email quantitiea, and either solid
or in aoiution, at ROBERT RUMNBY*S, Ardwick Chemical
Wdrka, Manchester.
SULPHUROUS ACID.
SULPHITES AND BISULPHITE OF LIME, SODA. Ac.
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE, xo/30 vols.
OARAMKLS, Uqnl d aad SoUd.
BENNEH d JENNERJ' Stratford, London.
MICA. -«
"• WIOQIN8 ft SONS. ,»i7SlT„':r'?.'i!'5:c* »-«»0".
MICA MERCHANTS,
Uanufaetufift 0/ Htca Goods for BUettical ami ALL p^poi§§,
Contractora to Her Maieaty'aOovemment
THE CHEMICAL NEWS
AMD
JOURNAL OP PHYSICAL SCIENCE.
Edited by WILLIAM CROOKES, P.R.S.
Publisked every Friday. Price 4d. Annual Snbssription poet free.
inciudinc indices ,£i.
CHARQBS FOR ADVERTlSRMfiNTS.
Five lines iu column (about 10 woids to line) o $ 6*
Eacb additional line.. ». .. • 006
Whole coiumn S 15 o
Whoiepafe s o
A TMuetiom mmdt ior « strut o/mttntom.
Cheques and Poet«Ofice Ordera, croeeed *' London and Cottnty
Banic,'* payable to the oroar of William Crookes
BOY COURT, LUDGATB HILL. LONDON, B.C.
CRBMICAt NBWt, )
Kov. 8, 1895. f
Discussion on Argon and Helium.
223
THE CHEMICAL NEWS
Vol. LXXIL, No. 1876.
BRITISH ASSOCIATION.
Ipswich Mebtino.
Sections A and B (Joint Meeting).
Discussion* on Argon and Helium.
The first item 00 the agenda was a paper by Lord
Raylsigh, Sec. R.S., ** On thi Refraction and Viscosity
of Argon and Helium,'* His lordship stated that what
be had to bring forward consisted of little more than cer-
tain measurements of the physical properties of these
gases. With regard to argon, he might say that the gas
Ee nsed was prepared from air, at the Royal Institution
in London, by what he might call the oxygen method —
that was to say, the nitrogen of the ordinary air was re-
moved by the aid of oxygen and with a series of eledric
sparks. As the proportion of argon in the air, however,
was so small — only i per cent — the process of separation
was extremely slow anJd tedious. By means of an eledric
arc, kept up for several weeks in a mixture of oxygen
and atmospheric nitrogen, he finally obtained more than
3 litres of argon at atmospheric i>ressure. Having done
this, bis primary objeft was to weigh the gas on the same
acale that othor gases had been previously weighed, in
order to see whether the gas prepared by the oxygen
method had the same density as gas prepared by the magne-
stom method. He might say at once that the density proved
to be exadly the same. The other physical properties that
remained available for measurement were the refraAive
index and the viscositv. The refradive index was mea-
sured by the interference method. The eyepiece
was construaed of cvlindrical lenses. To avoid
the use of cross-wires, the tubes containing the gases
under comparison were arranged so as not to occupy
the whole field of view, some light passing parallel to
ajnd outside them; two sets of fringes were thus
obtained, which could be brought to coincidence by
varying the pressure of either gas. Adjustments were
nuide for several pressures, one of the tubes always con-
taining air. The refradive index of argon proved to
be 0*961, only about 4 per cent less than that of air.
The next question arose as to the corresponding pro-
pertv of helium. For this purpose he used gas which
Pfofesor Ramsay had separated from d^veite, and he
was astonished to find that the refradive index of this
gas was as low as 0*146. Dry air was in both instances
taken as the standard, so that the refradion of helium
was about one-seventh part only of that of the air. It
might be that at the present time a precisely accurate
value of the physical properties of these gases was not of
much consequence ; but if it should be proved, as was
probably the case, that either or both of these gases were
mixtures, then a precise knowledge of these properties
would be of the utmost importance. The refradion of
helium was far below that of any known gas.
The other property that he took up was the visco-
sity of these gases. By viscosity one meant the force
that was called into play when one layer of gas tended
to slide upon another ; in pradice viscosity was
usually measured by the rate at which the gas or the
liquid could be caused to flow through a very fine capil-
lary tube* There were some difficulties attending this
experiment, which he explained, but the results were not
very importantly affeded. To put the matter shortly, and
again taking dry air as the standard, be found that the
* Fov>portioot of thit Report we are Indebted to the East Anglian
Timu, VtotifM have been sent to each epeaker for corredioo.
viscosity of argon was z*ai, and of helium 0*96. These
figures, though less striking than those referring to the re.
fradive index, threw some light nevertheless upon the
charader of the gases. If thev compared oxygen and
air, they would find that the ratio was I'li, oxygen being
the most viscous gas previously known ; bnt the figures
he had just given showed that argon was more viscous
than oxygen, and therefore stood at the head of the list of
viscous gases. He hoped that some other members pre-
sent would point out the chemical conclusions that were
to be drawn from these fads.
There was one other point that he should like to men*
tion. Some time last year — in fad almost immediately
after Professor Ramsay and himself had established the
existence of argon— they obtained, with the assisUnce
of Dr. Arthur Richardson, some gas from the Bath
spring which had hitherto been supposed to be nitro*
gen. At that time he thought that this gas might prove to
be in large degree composed of argon. That anticipation
was not verified. When the Bath gas was treated in the
same way that atmospheric air was treated, in order to
isolate what was supposed to be pure nitrogen, it was
found that the weight of nitrogen so obtained was not
so great as the weight of nitrogen obtained from the
atmosphere. The conclusion wM that the Bath gu con*
tained less argon than might have been expeded ; and this
rather puzzled him, because argon was more soluble in
water than nitrogen. The matter rested for a while, un-
til, in the course of the spring, Dr. Ramsay isolated
heUum, and found that its density was exceedingly low-
only about double that of hydrogen. So far as was yet
known, the chemical properties, or want of chemical
properties, of argon and helium were about the same, so
that any process by which ar^on was separated, either
from air or from the gas of mmeral springs, would also
separate helium. It was then suggested that the fad
which had puzzled them with regard to the Bath gas was
explained by the presence of helium, which had obscured
by its abnormal lightness the extra density of argon;
and he had since ascertained by spedrum analysis that,
as a matter of fad, the Bath gas did contain helium.
(Applause.)
Dr. J. H. Gladstone, F.R.S., who was received with
applause, next read a paper on " Specific Refraction and
the Periodic Law, with reference to Argon and othet BU^
ments." In doing so, he said that in 1869, 1877, and
1883, he had shown that the specific refradive energy
of the metallic elements was usually in the inverse
order of their combining proportions, and that the specific
refradive energies of the elements in genentl were to a
certain extent a periodic fundion of their atomic weights.
The present communication referred to some develop*
ments of these old observations. With regard to (1) argon,
the specific refradive energy of argon gas, as reckoned
from Lord Rayleigh's data, u 0*158. Deeley suggested
that this might throw light upon the question whether the
atomic weight is 19*94 or double. If the atomic weight
be X9*94 the molecular refradion will be 3*15. This figure
is almost identical with that belonging to oxygen and
nitrogen gas. Taking the specific refradive energy of the
elements with atomic weighu between 12 and 23, includ-
ing argon, as ao; viz., carbon 0*417, nitrogen 0*336, oxy-
gen 0*194, fluorine 0*03, argon 0*158. sodium 0*209 ; argon
appears in place on the rise after the great descent from
carbon to fiuorine. On the other hand, it would seem to be
out o( place in the neighbourhood of calcium, which has
a molecular refradion of xo'o, and a specific refradive
energy of 0*248. (2) The fad that the specific refradive
energies of the univalent metals are generally inversely
as the square root of their atomic weights is confirmed by
further research, the produd of the two being about x-3.
The same was shown to hold good of the earthy
metals in the second column of Mendeldeff*s table, the
produds in that case being fully 1*4. The role does not
apply to the halogens in colunm VII. As to column Vlll.,
iron, palladium, platinum, and gold all give produds
234
DiscussioH OH Argon and Helium.
iCBElflCAl* NsWt,
I Nov. 8, 1895.
which are far higher. This confirms the belief that gold
18 not rightly placed in colamo I. (3) It is known that
the refraaion of a salt when dissolved in water is often
slightly modified by the proportional amount of the
solvent. The author said that he and Mr. Hibbert had
recently found that salts of the metallic elements, in
^columns I. und II. of Mendel^efiTs table, showed generally
an increased refraAion on dilution, those of metals in
column VIII. a diminished refradion.
' Professor Schustbr, F.R.S., then opened a discussion
•* On ih$ Evidtnct to bt gathsnd as to the simple or com-
'hound character of a Qas from the Constitution of its
'Spectrum:* The purpose they had in introducing this
'subjeft, he said, was to inquire whether they could, from
the spedrum of a body, draw any conclusions as to the
pri^bable nature of the gas, as to whether it was compound
'or simple, or as to the group of chemical elements to
which it belonged. It might appear at first sight that
'spedroscopists ought by this time to be able to draw some
defiiiite conclusions upon these points ; but, in order to
show the very great difficulties with which they had to
contend, he woiUd draw attention to the analogous case—
taking the vibrations of sound instead of those of light.
If an organ pipe were examined it would be a pretty easy
'thing to calculate and to learn what different tones that
pipe would emit. Supposing, however, that thcv were
outside a room in which bells were placed, possibly half-
a-doxen, and that they were asked, simplv from the sound
of those bells, to conclude how many bells there were,
and what was their shape, and the constituents used in
making them, then they would be face to face with a
problem exceedingly difficult, if not incapable, of solution.
It was a difficulty of this kind in which they were placed
in regard to the spedrum. He would not go so far
as to say that every element behaved differently; but
they certainly did not always behave exadly alike, and
any conclusions that might at present be drawn from the
spedrum of a body must therefore be exceedingly uncer-
tain. Dealing at considerable length with somewhat
•abstruse fads and theories, the first points presented for
consideration were these :— What is it that vibrates in a
body which sends out rays and vibrations of light, and how
is it possible that bodies which are called monatomic—
like mercury vapour, for instance— could show not only
a simple vibration of a definite period, but a great
multiplicity of lines and a very complicated spedrum ?
The learned Professor considered that discussion was not
likely to be produdive of much useful result, simply be-
cause they had at present so little knowledge of the fads.
His conclusions were that they required in the first place
«n accurate mapping of the spedra of compound bodies,
Und some kind of mathematical theory as to the very
curious distribution of the wave lengths of both the bands
and the lines revealed by the spedrum.
The despondent view of Prof. Schuster was not shared
by Prof. RuMOS, of Hanover, who at this point contributed
an account of the researches of himself and Prof. Paschen
on the spedrum of cl^veite gas— undoubtedly the most
complete tmalysis of spedra hitherto made— proving that
helium is not a simple element, but consists of two, and
not more than two elements. They had proved that the
spedrum of cleveite gas consists of two systems, each
with three series of lines, six in all ; the two systems
can be distinguished by the fad that one of them con-
sists of double, the other of single, lines. Prof. Runge
described the method of diffusion by which he and Prof.
Paschen have altered the relative intensities of the lines
in these two systems. They find that the double*line sub-
stance, which gives the line D3, and ought therefore alone
to be called heHum, is always present in the sun's chromo-
sphere, and diffuses more slowly than the single-line
substance. The lattter substance only occurs in spedra
of the snn*s chromosphere about once in four observa-
tions. As he resumed his seat, the young Professor,
whose work in this department is well known to those
most ileeply interested, was loudly cheered.
Lord Ravleiqh said the audience had already shown
their appreciation of the remarkable results ihat Professor
Runge had put before them with such great lucidity,
speaking almost as freely as though he had been speak-
ing in his native tongue. (Applause). There could be
no doubt that these results were of the highest order of
interest. He was not himself an expert in spedroscopic
matters ; those who were would tell them that there was
little work which could be compared in precision and
value with that which had now been put before the meet-
ing. The strong evidence given them as to the compound
charader of the gas from cleveite was a point of the
utmost interest. He (Lord Rayleigh) had supposed that
the probabilities were not against such a conclusion. The
gas was almost of unknown origin ; the chemical charader
of it was unknown, and the manner in which it was held
in the mineral was still entirely a matter of speculation.
Its division into two elements, and the fad that there
were no indications of more than two, seemed to be a
point very well made out, so far as one could exped in
matters of this kind. He did not know whether Professor
Runge could tell them anything of the same sort about
argon— whether he had any presumptions from the spedra
as to the charader of the element or elements it might
contain. Without going further, he would leave the con-
sideration of the matter in more competent hands.
Dr. G. Johnstons Stonby, F.R.S., said that his ad-
miration of the splendid piece of work which had been
carried on by Prof. Runge and his colleague, dated from
the original publication of the results of their invest^a-
tion some six weeks ago. Then he was so deeply im-
pressed with its importance, in the present position of the
investigations with reference to these elements, that be at
once wrote to the editors of the Philosophical Magazine,
and they had inserted a translation (PAi/.ifn^., Sept.,
1895) of the principal memoir for the better information
of residents on this side of the German Ocean. Dr. Stoney
was just touching upon the paper he had to read, when
Prof. Lodge made a private communication to him.
Turning aside for the moment. Dr. Stoney said it would
be very advisable at that Jundure to call attention to the
unfortunate position in which scientific investigation in the
British Islands stood in comparison with that of at least
one other country in Europe. These was no scientific
man in these Islands who possessed a laboratonr
furnished with the appliances for carrying on such
investigations as those which had just been placed
before the meeting. Their knowledge of the subjed was
therefore in a somewhat correspondingly backward posi-
tion. This was a difficulty for which a remedy should,
he thought, be found as soon as possible. An apparatus
which would measure the half or the third of a tenth
metre would really do nothing in an investigation of this
kind ; they must procure apparatus, like the splendid ap-
paratus in Hanover, which would measure to the fiftieth
part of a tenth metre with certainty.
Dr. Armstrong (intervening) said he should like, on be-
half of the chemists, who had not said anything up to that
time, to express the universal admiration which they must
all have of the communications just made to the meeting.
He had risen at that jundure not merely with the objed
of saying this, but also in order to corred the impression
which Dr. Johnstone Stoney had just endeavoured to
make, at the instigation of Professor Lod^e, that tbey
were not capable of doing this kind of work m the British
Isles.
Professor Lodge— It was not my instigation. I was
just reminding Dr. Stoney of something that I knew, from
what he said to me last night, he was anxious not to for-
get to say. (Laughter).
Dr. Armstrong— And that happens to agree rather
curiously with your particular views. (Renewed laughter).
The Dodor went on to say that this work had been done
in Hanover by individual effort, after the fashion usual in
England. If the idea of making such investigations as
these oocurred to men in this country, who had the
CHUIICAL If BW8, I
Not. 8t 1895. I
Discussion on Argon and Helium.
225
requisite capacity for undertaking them, he was sure
that the effort would always be made.
Dr. Johnstone Stoney then read his paper on •• Tkt
Interpr$tat%on of Linear Spectra," The abslrad of his
argument was as follows : —
In most of the spe^ra that consist of lines, very re-
markable groups present themselves, in which the lines
are seen to be associated into definite series. In such
cases, except under special circumstances, we may safely
presume that all the lines of a group arise from the motion
of a single elt^ron in each molecule of the gas. Very
striking examples of such groups are present in the
absorption-spedrum of oxygen and in the bright line
BpeArum of carbon. The oxygen of the earth*s atmo-
sphere produces the great A group of double lines in the
solar spedrum, as well as the very similar great B group,
aind the a group. It also produces a group more refrangible
than D, about which we know less. This group is much
fainter than the others, and it is only under exceptional
circumstances that it can be seen at all in the solar spec-
trum. Each of the other three groups can be distinguished
into two sub-groups ; which from their appearance have
been called a head and a train. The general features of
these three groups are the same, and Mr. Higgs has made
a careful geometrical analysis of one of them, the great
B group {Proceedings of the Royal Society, March, 1893,
p. 200). From his analysis we may infer that the head
and the train are due to motions in the molecules which
are distind, although related to one another. This con-
clusion receives further support from the circumstance,
that in the double lines of " the head,** it is the violet com-
ponent of each pair which is the stronger; while in the train
It is the red component of each pair which is the stronger.
In a paper in the Scientific Transactions oj the Royal
Dublin Society for xSgx, p. 563, the present author pointed
out that if we proceed on the probable supposition that
the motion of each eledron is an orbit of some kind going
on within the molecules, it can be shown that the partials
of the motion of the eledron which causes the lines are
elliptic partials, and that where an elliptic partial suffers
an apsidal perturbation, it divides into two circular sub-
Sartials, giving rise to the two constituents of a double
ne^ We may infer from this that the sub-partials cor-
responding to the red constituents of the fourteen or more
double lines of the train of B are circular motions revolv-
ing one way, and that all the violet constituents of these
double lines result from circular motions revolving the
other way. In order to advance beyond this point, it is
necessary to make two further hypotheses which probably
are both true. Two hypotheses must here be ventured
upon, because observations with the speAroscope give us
no information as to the phases of the elliptic partials or
the planes in which they lie. One hypothesis that recom-
mends itself is that the circular sub-partials belonging to
a conneded series of double lines, e.g., to the train of the
great B group, lie in one plane. Another hypothesis
which we may venture to make, as a preliminary working
hypothesis, is that the amplitude of the motion of the
^fedron has its maximum value at starting, i.e., when
that event has occurred at the close of a struggle between
two molecules which has set up that motion of the eledron
which continues during the comparative repose of the
quiet, undisturbed journey in which the molecule is in-
dulged after its encounter. With these assumptions it is
possible to synthesise all the motions causing the red con-
stituents of the double lines into one motion, which is,
however, not circular, but a slowly contradiog spiral ;
and a similar resultant spiral motion turning the opposite
way is furnished by the sub-partials forming the violet
constituents. While these spirals are being traversed, the
radii or semi-amplitudes of the circular motions of which
they are composed, and which correspond to the individual
lines in the spedrum, are becoming shorter or longer,
owing to the escape of energy to the ether or absorption
of energy from it ; so that the adual orbits are spirals
lying somewhat inside or somewhat outside those which
result from the assumption that the radii retain their
length. These two spiral motions combine at each
instant into a single elliptic motion so elongated that it
is nearly a linear vibration, and this elliptic motion con-
tinues to represent what occurs, if subjeded to the five
following perturbations :~
X. A decrease of amplitude.
a. A diminution of periodic time.
3. A slow apsidal motion in a diredion opposite to that
in which the revolution of the eledron in the orbit takes
place.
4. A slight fluttering motion which may be represented
by a very shallow wave running rapidly round the ellipse.
5. A further slight modification of the form of the
ellipse which takes the form of a secular perturbation.
Accordingly we arrive at the conclusion that an elli|>tic
motion undergoing these perturbations is such a motion
of an eledron as would produce the entire series of lioet
in the train of B. A similar motion would produce the
train of A, of a, and of each of the other similar groups*
if such exist in the spedrum of oxygen. These elliptic
motions undergoing perturbations may be appropriately
called mega-partials in their relation to the adual orbit
described in oxygen by the eledron that produces all these
trains of lines, since that orbit is the resultant which we
should get by superposing the motions in these few mega-
partials. A similar treatment applied to *' the head '.' of
any of the oxygen groups shows that it, too, arises from
an elliptic motion subjed to perturbations, the chief dif*
ferences being in the law conneding the falling-off of
amplitude and the periodic time, and that the quick
fluttering perturbation is absent; also that the apsidal
motion takes place in the opposite diredion. In oxygeo«
the strength of the lines of each sub-|roup fades out to-
wards the red. When the fading is in this diredion, it
can be shown that the periodic time decreases as the
amplitude falls off. Where, as in the carbon groups, the
lines fade out towards the violet, the periodic time be-
comes longer as the amplitude decresses. And, finally,
if the lines present themselves, when plotted on a map of
oscillation frequencies, as disposed symmetrically on
either side of a common centre, this indicates that the
periodic time continues unchanged during the shortening
of the amplitude. This suggests the cause of the width
of spedral lines in general, so far as their width is not
merely apparent, f.#., due to the Doppler effed of the
translational motions of the molecules, or to the breadth
of the slit of the spedroscope. The rest of the width of
the line, as seen, is its true physical width, and seemf
to be due to the interchanse of energy between the mole-
cule and the ether. This leads to diminished amplitude ;
.and this redudion of the amplitude may be accompanied
by either a redudion, or an increase, or a persistence un-
altered of the periodic time; according to the way in
which the motion of the eledron is dynamically
associsted with the rest of the events which go on within
the molecule. If the periodic time decreases, this giveft
rise to a ruling fading out towards the red ; if there be
an increase of the periodic time, the shading is towards
the violet; while if the line fades out both ways sym-
metrically, there is no change in the periodic time. The
relative intensities and the spacings of the lines of the
ruling depends on the law which conneds the escape of
energy, and the shortening of the semi-amplitude ; and in
its turn this law depends on the dynamical relations in
which the parts of the molecule stand to one another.
The excessively fine rulings of which the widths of indi*
vidual lines consist, can probably not be seen otherwise
than as a shading, unless perhafjs in soine verv few ex-
ceptional instances, owing to their being blurred together
by the Doppler effed. We have attributed these very fine
rulings to the interchange of energy with the ether. On
the other hand, the more conspicuous rulings, stich aa
those we have been studying in oxygen and carbon, seem
to be associated with the transference of energy from one
motion within the molecule to another. This may be
226
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
i CBlMf CAL KbWS,
I Nov.'B, 1895.
briefly described by saying that the widths of the indi-
vidual lines and their being in various ways shaded off,
are doe to radiation, while that they are arranged in series
is dne to conduaion.
A Discussion followed (the audience having by this time
become very thin), the speakers includine Professor
Liveing, Lord Kelvin, Professor Fitxgerald, and Dr.
Macfanane Gray. Two or three papers on "Ortho-
chromatic Photographv '* were held over to a later meet-
ing, probably in the Chemistry Sedion.
CHEMICAL RESEARCHES AND SPECTROSCOPIC
STUDIES OF VARIOUS ELEMENTS.
By JEAN SBRVAIS STAS.
(Cootinned from p. 216).
On ihi Coof-Gox.— When the air is pure, coal-gas taken
direa from the main burns in a Bunsen burner, or blow-
pipe, or blowpipe fed with air or oxygen, without showing
a trace of the sodium line on spedroscopic examination.
During my examination of the coal-gas spedrum, I tried
whether the presence of compounds of ammonia or cyan-
ogen modified it. With this view I examined the spec-
trum of oxy-coal-gas, made with gas either taken dired
from the main or kept in a gasometer where it was
stored, having been previously deprived of compounds of
ammonia and cyanogen by its passage through flasks
filled with broken pumice-stone, and moistened resped-
ively with a strong solution of caustic potash and sul-
phuric acid diluted with its volume of water. I have
never deteded any difference between the spedrum shown
by ordinary gas and that by the gas purified as above.
With the objea of economising oxyhydrogen-gas as
much as possible, on account of the difficulty of preparing
hydrogen fulfilling all requirements, I often used oxy-
coal-gas to eliminate, from compounds, the sodium which
is accidentally contained in them. I also used the oxy-
coal-gas blowpipe, which is very much easier to manipu-
late, to check the results given by the oxyhydrogen burner.
These requirements led me to examine the oxy-coal gas jet
formed from coal-gas under pressures respeAively of four
and fivi cm. of water. The results having been the
same, I shall limit myself to mentioning here those ob-
tained under constant pressure otfour cm. of water.
When iki internal surfaces of the service-^ipe and burner
were thoroughly moistened, the gaf-jet issuing from a
{>latinum burner, with a hole z m.m. diameter, formed a
ominous flame 35 cm. high and i\ cm. diameter.
When the supply of oxygen was regulated so that all lu»
minosity disappeared from the flame, its height was
reduced to 17 cm. and its diameter to 7 or 8 m.m.
In pure air this flame is deep pure blue, without an
inner cone ; speamm analysis of it shows an absolutely
dark spedrum. On gradually increasing the supply of
oxygen, the colour intensity of the flame decreases and the
light intensity increases ; instead of deep blue it becomes
sky'blue. It develops at the same time a highly lumi-
nous inner cone, pure light blue in the absence of sodium,
and pale blue tinged with green whenever it has the least
trace of sodium in it. Spedrum analysis of the sky.blue
flame and of the inner cone reveals a hydrocarbon spec-
trum. I found that the luminous intensity was greatest
and the spectrum most complete when the inner cone was
reduced from its original height of 9 or zo cm. to about
^ cm. Whatever the height of the inner cone might be,
the appearance of its spedrum is the same ; it consists
of six well-marked bands, shaded from left to right : one
reddish-brown band, two bands of different shades of
green, and three pure blue bands. The bands are defined
by lines, the number of which varies with the luminous
intensity of the cone. With maximum intensity, ex-
amining the apex or one side of the cone, the bands are
nade up as follows : —
z. The red band— composed of four sharp very bright
lines, situated between 43 and 49*00 the micrometer
of my Steinheil speAroscope. Farther on I shall
give its value as a fundion of FraCinhofer*s " A, B,
C, D, E,6, F, G. H'Mines.*
2. The first green band—composed of four sharp very
bright lines, situated between 56 and 66 on the
same micrometer.
3. The second green band — composed of three very
bright lines, situated between 72 and 77 on the
same micrometer.
4. The first blue band — composed of five sharp nnes«
less bright, situated between 90 and 96 on the mi-
crometer.
5. The second blue band — composed of four faint lines,
situated between Z13 and 115 on the micrometer.
6. The third blue band — nebulous and very faint, extend-
ing from Z17 to 1x8 on the micrometer.
When the luminous intensity was not at its maximum,
but yet the bands were broken up into quite distinA lines,
the second green band consisted of only two lines and the
first blue band of only four lines, instead of three and five
lines respedively.
The coal-gas spedrum generally recognised appears
then to be an incomplete spedrum. The connedion be-
tween the number of lines in the coal-gas S{>edrum and
its luminous intensity is undoubted, and the influence of
a rise of temperature on them both seems to me in-
disputable.
I made a set of experiments to ascertain what influence
the lines in the coal-pas spedrum had on the spedra I
was studying under different conditions, and I found out
definitely that the spedrum of sodium, potassium, thal-
lium, lithium, calcium, strontium, and barium is thi sam$
when rendered incandescent either in an oxyhydrogen or
oxy»coal'gas blowpipe. Having obtained the coal-gas spec-
trum, it suffices to place a compound of sodium, potassium,
thallium, lithium, calcium, strontium, or barium in the de-
sired part of the jet, in order to extinguish completely all
lines in the coal-gas spedrum, and replace its charaderistic
bands and lines by the lines of each of these metals, f
Doubt is only possible in the case of the green lines shown
at a very high temperature by barium compounds. This
metal itself has a band made of very fine green lines, as
observed by M. Bunsen, that might be mistaken for the
green lines in the coal-gas spedrum. I shall be more
* I refrain from giving the exadt position of each band and Ihia in
the coal-gas ape^rum. because in many cases the limit of error
in assigDUig the position is greater than the distance between two
adjacent lines.
t I call the appearance of the coal-gas spedmm the titxbUUy oi
the charaderiitic lines and banda seen during spe<ftnim analysfs of
the hiner cone of an oxy-coal-gas blowpipe, and in the same way I
designate by the term extinction the non^vUihili^ of lines of bands
previously seen. I hold that a apedtrum formed of lines and bands
can exist in the background of the speAmm without being visible to
the sharpest eye. Thus, when one makes, by means of a speAro-
scope of low abiorption power, and fitted with a micrometer wiUi a
luminous scale, a spedlroscopic examination of a short indndibn
apark without a condenser, between two platinum pointa, in air /ivs
from sodium^ and when one refrains from illuminating the spe&rum,
one always sees a spectrum of atmospheric lines and bands on ma
absolutely dark background. By then illuminating the speAram,
whether by coal-j^as or by the radiation from an incandescent plati-
num ball, one instantly masks the spcArum of the atmospheric
bands ana linea ; the eye ceases to see them. The banda and linea
are in this case replaced by a continuous spectrum, the intensity of
which is in proportion, at the same time, to the intensity of the spec-
trum of the atmospheric lines and to the intensity of the source of
light. The observer can at pleasure, and without limit aa to the
number of repetitions, cause to appear or disappear the two kinds of
phenomena. During the revision of my speAroscopic studies with
Prof. Depaire, we frequently had occasion to verify the perfeA troth
of the fafts stated above, and we convinced ourselves that it was not
possible to obtain by spectrum analysis, even of a short induAion
spark without a condenser^ a speArum free from atmospheric lines
and bands, when we reframed from lighting the micrometer with a
laminooB scale. The light from the micrometer, whilst extinguishing
the speArumof the atmospheric lines, always replaced it either by
diffused light or by a more or less well-defined continuous apedtrom.
In my opinion it is proved to be impossible to obtain a spark spectrum
mithout atmospheric lines and bands when the background is darjc.
f Mov. 6, 1895. I
Estimation of Simple Cyanides.
227
expltctt ott this point when I describe the results of my
stodtet on these last compounds.
Tho ravs from the metallic compounds I have just
meatioaed extinguish—that is, render invisible— the rays
from coal-gas burning in oxygen. The vapours of thallium
mad sodium, especially thallium, extinguish the lines of
coal-gas most easily, but one must raise the vapour of
barium compounds to the highest possible temperature
bclofft it will make a coal-gas speArum completely dis-
Besides this, one finds in some of these bodies this
pfo p ci ty of extisguishing others. Thus the thallium
flame extinguishes barium rays even to the point of
nsasking the spedrum of a spark through barium. I shall
feluni to this subj«ft when describing my studies on the
tkalUam speArum.
Experience has taught me that, whilst conforming to
the conditions mentioned above, I can use indiffierently —
M I have done— an oxy hydrogen or oxy.coal-gas blow-
pipe* In every case I checked my observations the one
tj the other.
Spedrom analysis of the ele^ric arc passing between
pmn carbon eledrodes, and charged with a compound of
one of the metals mentioned above, led to results differing
from those yielded by spedrum analysis of the oxy-coal-
gas t>lowpipe charged with a compound of the same
metals.
However Intense the current producing the arc might
be, the charging of it by the metallic compounds men-
tioned did not extinguish the eleAric carbon lines when
they appeared. The speArum seen showed at the same
time, with pitftci cUamess, the charaAeristic carbon lines
and bands, and the charaderistic lines and bands of the
metallic compound pat into the arc. This spedrum showed
the lines and bands of both spedra superposed.
When using carbon eledrodes for forming the arc I had
•ome work to do to pick out the lines belonging to the
carbon spedrum and those belonging to the spedrum of
the body put into the arc. I did this sorting with an arc
charged with a compound of each of the metals.
In order to be able to make the seleAion, I first studied
the spedrum of carbon in the arc, employing the spedro-
scope I had used to examine the inmr com of an oxy-
coal-gas blowpipe flame brought to its gnatest luminous
intensity ; I have given above the results of this latter
examination.
When carrying on this delicate work I found, |ust as
II. Fievex has done,* that the numbtr and fosiiion of the
lines and bands in an eledric spedrum of carbon were
identical with the numbir and position of the lines and
bands in the flame spedrum of oxy-coal-gas.
I found this identity with an arc varying from 4 to 25
m^oi* in leitfth, both with the spedroscope I originally
need and with different spedroscopes, as I shall mention
later on.
When superposing a coal-gas spedrum on an eledric
spednm of carbon, and showing, by this means, the
identity of the number and position of the lines and
bands in the two spedra, I found that the lines and bands
in an eledric spedrum of carbon invariably stood out on
a caniinmout spedrum. This continuous spectrum was
9mtif€lf wantinf in the appearance of a coal-gas spectrum,
whichever spedroscope might be used.
On account of the presence of a continuous spedrum,
more or leu intense, according to the luminous intensity
of the arc passing between carbon eledrodes, when
pottiiig into the arc a compound of which one wishes to
form an eledric spedrum, I have always placed the
spedroscope at a suitable distance for diminishing, as far
aa possible, its intensity, whilst leaving to the lines and
bands of the metallic compound sufficient luminosity to
permit the identification of the eledric carbon lines and
bands, which retain sufficient luminosity, varying with
• **Ncw RetMfcb«t 00 tbt Carbon Spearatn/* by Cb. Ficvcs
OotmuU of the Royal AMdtmy of Bitgium, 3rd Series, vol. ziv , p.
100).
the distance, to allow of a perfedly accwra f identi*
fication.
One knows, besides, that when nsln^ a strong ihomgk
short spark, or an eledric discharge m air or nydrogeo
charged with a metallic compound, it is equally necessarjr
to sort out in the spedrum seen the lines doe to the me-
tallic compound, the atmospheric lines and bands, and
the hydrogen lines, which are produced at the same time.
In my opinion the identification of the carbon bands and
lines m the spedrum of an arc made by a cnrrttti though
very trving to the eye, is easier, on account of the clear-
ness of the lines, than that of the atmospheric bands aad
lines of the spark and eledric discharge, which, howeiw
one makes it, always remain more or less diffused, very
often masking the sharp definition of lines of the metallic
compounds in their neiehbourhood.
Notwithstanding all these difficulties, I used, as a wuthod
of chechifig, all these different means of producing an
Sedric spedrum of the bodies on which I was carrying
on my investigations.
(To be oontioQsd).
ON TRB
ESTIMATION OF SIMPLE CYANIDES
IN PRESENCE OF COMPOUND CYANIDES AND
CERTAIN OTHER SUBSTANCES.
Bjr J. E. CLBNNBLL, B.Sc..
Cbief Cbenitt, Raod Central Ore Redaction Co.,
Johannetbarg, Sovtb Africa.
Thb presence of other cyanogen compounds mav interfere
very seriously with the corred estimation of the simple
alkaline cyanide in a given solution. In the treatment
of ores by cyanide, various compounds, snch as lerfo*
cyanides, sulphocyanides, &c., may be formed.
It is desirable to know the extent to which the presence
of such bodies interfere with the estimation of the simple
cyanide. A determination of the double cyanides them-
selves is also useful at times, since it may enable as to
judge of the nature and extent of the decomposition of
cyanide occurring during the leaching process, and to
suggest a suitable means of diminishing this decomposi-
tion. It is also sometimes desirable to determine the
quantity of the various cyanogen compounds in the solo*
tions leaving the " precipitation-boxes,*' in order to ascer*
tain the nature of the losses occurring in precipitation,
and to decide what means may be adopted for recovering
the cyanogen from the compound cyanides contained in
these liquors.
I.
The following experiments were therefore made to
determine the mfluence of various subsunces liable to
occur in pradice on the estimation of the simple cyanide.
K.^Influence of Ferrocyamidis,
The presence of ferrocyanides interferes with the cor*
red estimation of the cyanide by means of silver nitrate*
causing the indications to be somewhat too high. The
error is of importance, however, only when the percent-
age of cyanide is relatively small. The efled 01 varying
quantities of ferrocyanide of potassium on the estimation
of potassium cyanide is shown below. The standard ferro-
cyanide solution contained 0*5 per cent K4FeCys.3HsO.
Potaatlon Poiaatinm Standard SttwuRb
No. of cyanide, ferrocjrftnide, AgNO. ofKCy Psfosntags
test. 0*1 per cent. 0*5 per cent, reqoired. indicated, of error.
O.c. C.c.
I.
t.
3.
4.
5.
25
25
25
25
25
5
10
«5
ao
"81-
25
a-6
2t5
29
Per cent.
O'X
o'X04
0*11
o*xi6
0*1 16
+4
+10
-I- 16
+ 16
228
Estimation of Simple Cyanides.
t Cbbmical Nbvs,
\ Kov. 8, i8g5.
The error introduced by the presence of ferrocyanide is
less when the ** iodine '' method of titration is used, as
shown by the following experiments :—
Potauiom
No. ot cyanide,
test. 0*0954 per
cent.
0.C
1. 25
2. 25
3- 25
4- as
5- as
Potauinm
ferroqrftnide,
o'sper
cent.
O.c.
S
zo
IS
20
Standard
iodine
required.
O.c.
7*45
7-50
7'6o
7-SS
Streo£th
of KC^ Percentage
indicated, of error.
Per cent.
0-0954
0*0960
0-0954
0-0973
0-0966
+0-63
+ 1-99
+ 1-27
B.^InfluiHCi of Ferricyanides,
The presence of ferricyanides interferes very slightly
with the correA estimation of cyanide either by the silver
nitrate or by the iodine method. When silver nitrate is
ns^t a reddish brown precipitate of ferricyanide of silver
at first appears instead of the white precipitate of cyanide
of silver, and re-dissolves as long as an excess of cyanide
is present.
A decinormal solution of ferricyanide of potassium was
prepared, containing 32*9 grms. per litre.
A mixture was made of zo c.c. 0*905 per cent potassium
cyanide and zo c.c. N/io potassium ferricyanide.
This required 9 c.c. standard silver nitrate, indicating
0*9 per cent KCy.
The following tests were made by the iodine method :—
Potaatiom
Potaaaiam
SUndard
Strength
.ofKQf^
No. of cyanide.
ferricyaoidc.
iodine
Percentage
teat. 0-0947 per
3*a9Per
required.
indicated.
of error.
cent.
cent.
O.C.
C.C.
C.C
Per cent^
Z. 25
—
7-40
00947
—
2. 25
S
73S
0-094Z
-0-63
3. a5
zo
7*3S
0094Z
-0-63
4- a5
IS
730
0-0934
-1-37
S. a5
20
7-25
00928
-2
The amount of cyanide may be estimated with toler-
able accuracy by the iodine method in presence of both
ferro- and ferricyanide in the same solution.
A mixture was made of 25 c.c. 0-5 per cent ferrocyanide,
zo C.C. 3*29 per cent ferricyanide, and 25 c.c. 0*098
per cent cyanide.
This required 7-3 c.c. standard iodine, indicating o-z
per cent potassium cyanide, the end-point being quite
sharp. The same mixture, tested by silver nitrate, re-
quired 3-z c.c. indicating o*z24 per cent KCy, the end-
point being rather indefinite.
C.-^Influenci of Suiphocyanidis.
Sulpbocyanide (thiocyanate) of ammonium interferes
with the estimaticn by silver nitrate, rendering the end-
point somewhat obscure. It does not appear to interfere
with the iodine method.
An approximately decinormal solution of ammonium
sulpbocyanide was prepared,
(a) 25 c.c. 0-092 per cent KCy and zo c.c. standard
sulphocyanide required 23 c.c. AgNOs, indicating
0-092 per cent KC;y.
(6) 25 c.c. 0*092 per cent KCy and 25 c.c. standard
sulphocyanide required 2*05 c.c. AgNOj, indicating
0*082 per cent KCy.
(c) zo c.c. 0-092 per cent KCy and zo c.c. standard
sulphocyanide required 2-75 c.c. standard iodine,
indicating 0*092 per cent KCy. (z c.c. iodines
0-00334 grs. KCy).
D. — Influtnci of Ammonium Carbonate,
It has been pointed out by J. S. McArthur that the
indications by the silver method are too high in presence
of ammonium carbonate, and that the error may be redi-
fied by the addition of potassium iodide, which forms
iodide of silver, insoluble in ammonium salts. This state-
ment was verified by the following experiments :—
KCy Deci-
No. of (0*094 per normal
teat. cent). (NH«),COs.Ha0.reqnired. indicated.
Standard Percentage
AgNO, of KCy
RomaikB.
Z.
2.
3-
4»
s.
6.
O.C.
as
as
as
as
as
as
C.C.
zo
20
30
SO
SO
C.C.
2-35
2-45
2*55
2*60
2-65
2-40
0-094
0-098
0*Z02
0-Z04
o*zo6
0-096
Without KI.
WithKI.
E,^Influinci of Zinc DouhU Cyanide.
In the presence of the alkaline double cyanides of xinc
the indications by both methods are quite indefinite.
When any appreciable quantity of xinc is present it is
praAicall^ impossible to obtain a corred readine. When
no other impurity is present the amount of simple cyaiude
may be arrived at from an estimation —
z. Of the " total cyanide," ».e., the equivalent in potato
sium cyanide of all the cyanogen present ;
2. Of the zinc, from which the amount of doable
cyanide {e,g*, KaZnCy4) may be calculated.
II.
We have now to consider the estimation of the varions
compound cyanides, in presence of one another, and of
the simple cyanides. For pradical purposes no method
is admissible which is not easily and rapidly executed,
and which does not give perfe^ly definite and unmistake-
able indications. Many of the methods commonly de-
scribed in the text-books are therefore excluded.
A,^EsHmation 0/ Ftrrocyanidis,
In the absence of other reducing agents, the estimation
of ferrocyanides may be carried out by the method off
De Haeo, which consists in diluting a measured volume
of the solution, acidifying with sulphuric acid, and titrating
with potassium permanganate. The presence of cyanides
and ferricyanides does not interfere seriously with this
readion, but it is doubtful whether it would vield reliable
results with the impure solutions from the leaching vats
and ** zinc- boxes." Probably Erlenmeyer's modificatioii«
in which the ferrocyanide is first precipitated as Prussian
blue, would yield better results, but the estimation wookl
be too tedious for general use.
A standard permanganate solution was prepared, such
that—
z c.c. —0*04 grm. ferrocyanide (KiFeCyC'SHaO).
The following tests were made :—
0*5 per cent ferrocyanide taken
N/zo ferricyanide taken • • • •
0*9 per cent cyanide taken
0*095 per cent cyanide taken • •
Permanganate re(]uired • . • •
Ferrocyanide indicated • . . .
B. — Estimation of Ferricyanides*
The estimation of ferricyanides mav be made by
Lenssen's method, with Moht's modification.
The presence of ferrocyanides does not interfere
seriously. In the presence of cyanides the indications
were found to be somewhat too low.
A decinormal solution of potassium ferricyanide was
prepared. (32*9 grms. per litre).
The following tests were made (see Table next column).
CSstimation of Zinc Double Cyanides.
An approximate idea of the quantity of zinc in the
solution may be obtained by adding a known excess of
standard ferrocyanide, and titrating the acidulated solu-
tion with permanganate, as in De Haen*s method. On
(fl).
(fr).
(c).
25 c.c.
50 c.c
25 cc.
—
zo „
zo M
as ..
—
—
—
—
zo „
3*1 »,
6-2,.
3'05 »
0*496^
0-496^
o-4885t
/
CnsmcAL Miwt, 1
Mov. 8, 1895- »
Estimation of Simple Cyanides.
229
(a),
zo
(ft).
10
(c).
10
(rf).
zo
10 —
25
— zo —
N/ioferricyanide taken, c.c.
o'5 per cent ferrocyanide
added, c.c. ~
0*9 per cent cyanide
added c.c. —
oroQS per cent cyanide
added c.c. — — — 25
Potafaium iodide added, gnn. z z z z
Coac. hydrochloric acid
added c.c. 222a
Zinc SQlphate (o*z per cent
Zn) added (neutralised
with NaaCOs) .. c.c. zo 20 20 20
Nmnber o? determinations
made 3 2 6 z
Mean N/zo thiosolphate re-
quired C.C. zo*03 9*68 9*67 zo*o5
Perricjranide indicated, p.c. 3*28 3*27 3'Z7 3*3
addition of ferrocyanide to the zinc cyanide solution no
precipiute is formed at first, but on acidulating the zinc
It thrown down as an insoluble ferrocyanide which is un-
afibded by potassium permanganate. The difference be*
tween the amount of ferrocyanide added and the amount
foQod therefore indicates the equivalent of the zinc pre-
•eat. The percentage of zinc found, multiplied by 4, in-
dicates the percentage of potassium cyanide (KCy) which
baa entered into combination with zinc to form the double
cyanide fKaZnCy4).
The following tests were made :—
(fl). (6). (c). (d),
o'9 per cent cyanide taken,
cc* 25 25 25 25
Zinc sulphate solution
added c.c. z 2 3 4
Containing zinc ..grm. o*oz 0*02 0*03 0*04
•'5 per cent ferro^anide
•ohitiott added .. c.c. 25 25 50 50
Coolaining ferrocyanide,
grms o'Z25 o*z25 0*25 0*25
Parmanganate required, c.c. 2*z z 2*85 Z75
fiquhralent to ferrocyanide. • 0*084 ^'04 o*zz4 0*07
Panocyanide combined with
ainc o'04Z 0*085 o'>3^ o*z8o
Parrocyanide per grm. of
«uic 41 4'g5 4'5 4 5
Mean 4*34 grms.
Taking the atomic weight of zinc as 65, and the mole!
colar weight of potassium ferrocyanide (K4FeCy6.3HaO'
at 482, then—
3Zn : a{K4FeCy6.3HaO) : : z : 4*33.
The nean of the four tests quoted above showed a pro-
portion of z : 4*34.
It therefore appears probable that the following readion
takes place :—
3KflZnCy4+aK4FeCy6+ Z2H2S04»
<-KaZo3(FeCy6)a+i2KHS04+i2HCy.
D. — Ditirmination of " Total Cyanidt ** in pr$unct
of Zinc,
If an excess of potassium ferrocyanide be added to a solu-
tion containing the zinc double cyanide, and the resulting
solution be titrated with standard iodine, a few drops of
dilute starch solution being used as indicator, we may
determine the equivalent in potassium cyanide of the
free alkaline cyanides and the zinc double cyanide. The
cyanogen present as ferro- and farricyanide is, of course,
not determined. This method or estimating the ** total
cyanide " is much simpler and more rapid than the
method by precipitation with sodium sulphide previously
described (see Chemical Nbws, vol. Ixxi., 274), and ap-
pears to be equally accurate, provided that other sub-
stances capable of reading with iodine are absent. Un-
fortunately, the solutions which pass through the zinc-
boxes are subjeded to the powerfully reducing adion of
nascent hydrogen, so that any indications obtained from
them by the iodine method are of questionable value.
The presence of alkaline sulphides, sulphites, or thio-
sulphates would be fatal to the estimation of cyanide by
this method.
Solutions containing free hydrocyanic acid must first
be neutralised by the addition of caustic soda. Solutions
containing free caustic or monocarbonated alkali must
first be neutralised by the addition of the necessary quan-
tity of hydrochloric acid (see Chemical News, vol. Ixxi.,
PP- 93. 274).
The following equation affords a simple explanation of
the observed result, though several others are possible :—
2KaZnCy4-|-K4FeCy6+8l2"Zna(FeCy6)+8KI-|-8ICy.
In any case the cyanogen of the zinc double cyanide is
determined as though it existed as free KCy. The zinc
ferrocyanide comes down as a dense white precipitate
before the end of the readion, which, however, does not
interfere with the observation of the end-point.
With the limitation pointed out above this method
yields excellent results.
(a) A mixture was made of zo c.c. 0*093 per cent KCy
and z C.C. pure ZnS04 (containing o'ooz grm. Zn).
This required from 2*3 to 2*55 c.c. of standard iodine,
indicating; 0*074 to 0*082 per cent KCy, the end-point
being quite indefinite.
The same mixturet to which 5 c.c. of 0*5 per cent ferro*
cyanide were added, required 2*9 c.c. of standard iodine,
the end-rea^ion being perfe^ly sharp, indicating 0*093
per cent KCy.
{h) A mixture was made of zo c.c. 0*25 per cent KCy
and 0*5 C.C. pure ZnS04 (containing 0*005 S^o*
Zn).
By dired titration with iodine the indications were quite
indefinite, from o*zz to o*z5 per cent. After adding zo
c.c. of 0*5 per cent ferrocyanide and titrating, 7*65 c.c.
iodine were required, indicating 0*245 per cent KCy.
(c) A mixture was made of 40 c.c. 0*25 per cent KCy
and zo c.c. pure ZnS04 (containing o*oz grm. Zn).
zo c.c. of this liquid should therefore contain 0*02 grm.
KCy and 0*002 grm. Zn.
The mixture was shaken up with lime and filtered,
zo c.c. of the filtrate were mixed with Z'5 c.c. standard
silver nitrate, which gave a strong turbidity, and titrated
with N/zo hydrochloric acid, using phenolphthalein as
indicator. z*9 c.c. of acid were required. Another zo
c.c. of the filtrate were mixed with z*9 c.c. N/zo hydro-
chloric acid, and zo c.c. of 0*5 percent ferrocyanide. This
was titrated with standard iodine, 6*Z5 c.c. of which vrere
required, indicating o*oz97 grm. KCy (by theory, 0*02).
(d) A solution from the ** zinc-boxes " was tested as fol-
lows : — zo C.C. of solution and zo c.c. of 0*5 per
cent ferrocyanide required 2*5 c.c. standard iodine.
25 c.c. of solution and zo c.c. of 0*5 per cent ferro-
cyanide required 6*25 c.c. standard iodine.
Both tests indicating 0*0825 per cent KCy.
JohaoDeaburg. July 3, 1893.
Stody of certain Varieties of Graphite.— Henri
Moissan.— The author has compared the graphite de-
scribed in the foregoing paper with the graphite of Ceylon,
Borrowdale, Ticondoroga, Greenville, Omesnack (Green-
land), Mugrau (Bohemia), Scharzbach, and South
Australia. He concludes that the graphites occurring
in nature may be classified, as proposed by Sn. Lnzzi,
as sprouting and non-sprouting varieties. The former
seem to have been produced oy the adion of melted
baths, especially metallic baths. The latter may be due
to the adtion of a high temperature 00 any kind of
amorphous carbon.— Com^^/s Rtndut^ cxxi., No. 17.
230
specific Volume and the Genesis of the Elements.
fORBMICALMBWt,
I Mot. 8, 1695.
SPECIFIC VOLUME AND THE GENESIS OF
THE ELEMENTS.
By C. T. BLANSHARD, M.A.
As I anticipated in a recent article in this joarnal (Chem.
News. Ixxi., p. 285), on ** Melting-points of the Elements
as a Clue to their Genesis/* the question of Atomic and
specific volumes provides a further clue. The atomic
volumes of certain of the elements will be found to alter-
nate in two different ways. It will also be found that the
specific volumes, as calculated from observed specific
gravities, in certain series of organic compounds, offer
striking parallels to various conditions that maintain with
the elements.
To take the first case of alternation of atomic volumes
of the elements.
If the chemical elements are arranged in numbered
series, we find in the eight series represented, that the
atomic volumes (with the exceptions of the last three ele-
ments in series 2, 6, and 10, and the first two in series 3)
alternately rise and fall ; i.«., in the odd-numbered series
the atomic volumes regularly rise, whilst in the even-
numbered series the atomic volumes regularly fall.
z. Hydrogen 1
series.
a.
Li
Be
B
C
N
F
At. vol.
ix-9
4-9
4-13
3-41
xs-6
14-3
—
3*
Na
Mg
Al
Si
P
S
CI
At. vol.
23-8
13-9
10-4
irS
141
15-4
a4'3
4*
K
Ca
Sc
Ti
V
Cr
Mn
At. vol.
44'9
25*6
Fe
Co
Ni
9'3
7-45
7M5
»» t>
71
6-9
6-5
5'
Cu
Zn
Ga
Ge
As
Se
Br
At. vol.
70
9-2
ir8
13*2
15-9
X7-6
250
6.
Ru
Sr
Y
Zx
Nb
Mo
—
At. vol.
564
33-9
Ra
Rh
21-8?
Pd
13-3
IX-2?
~"
ft »*
80
8*5
8*8
7-
Ag
Cd
In
Sn
Sb
Te
I
At. vol.
I0'2
X3*x
153
l6'2
17-9
19-5
85-6
8.
Cs
Ba
La
Ce
Nd
Pr
At. vol.
707
365
22'6
2I'X
—
—
—
9.
Sa
—
Gd
Tb
—
Er
—
10.
Dp
Yb
..^
— .
Ta
W
At. vol.
Os
Ir
Pt
xr6
9-8
If »»
8-5
90
9-x
ZI.
Au
Hg
Tl
Pb
Bi
—
—
At. vol.
10*2
147
17*2
x8-2
2X'4
—
—
12.
_
...
Th
—
U
At vol.
—
—
—
21X
—
X2-8
Series 9 should prove to possess rising atomic volumes;
that is to say, as the atomic weight increases there will
be less and less corresponding increase in specific gravity.
The figures for the atomic volumes are those calculated
for a table given in Chem. News, vol. Ixx., p. 271, except
that more recent values of barium (Ba = 137*43) and cad-
mium (Cd = 1x2*06) are taken.
The second way of showing the alternation of atomic
volume is by comparing the elements in their natural
groups and noting the diJ}erenc4S between the atomic
volumes, as Bazaroff has done in the case of atomic
weights. It will be seen that—
X. The differences between the atomic volumes of ele-
ments, taken in natural groups, alternate in groups I. and
II., and probably also in III. and IV.
2. In V. and VI. the differences increase with the in-
case in atomic weight.
3. In group VII. the differences are constant.
4. In all the a and in all the b gronps the differeneei
become less with increase in atomic weight.
Diff.
ii'9
ax*i
ix'5
«4-3
9-0
117
8-3
127
-15
+1-8
2*0
35
X15
2'X2
3*42
07
0*6
3-25
—0*05
3*9
1*6
3*5
1-9
30
2*0
Groop.
I.
Element.
Li
At. vol.
II-9
Na
238
K
449
Rb
564
Cs
707
IL
Be
4*9
Mg
139
Ca
25-6
Sr
33'9
Ba
36-6
IV.)
Data too defeaive.
V.
N
X5-6
P(red)
14X
As (am.)
X5-9
Sb
17*9
Bi
21-4
VI.
14*3
S (rhom).
1545
Se (cryst.)
I7'57
Te (cryst.)
19-99
VII.
F
—
CI
24-3
Br
25-0
I
25*6
I.n.
Cu
70
Ag
IO*25
Au
10*20
II.fl.
Zn
9*2
Cd
X3'x
Hg
"47
Ill.a.
Ga
xi-8
In
153
Tl
17*2
IV.n.
Ge
X32
Sn
16*2
Pb
i8-2
/
ChivicAlNbws,!
Nov. 8,1895. 1
VapouT'U
Oronp.
Element.
V
At. vol.
9-31
Nb
13-3
VLrt.
Cr
7'45
Mo
ii'iy?
U
12-79
VILo.
Mn
7-45
II.fr.
Fe
7-1
Ro
8-05
o«
8-50
IV.6.
Co
6*89
Rh
850
Ir
8-97
VIA.
Ni
6-53
Pd
8-77
Pt
9*o6
Vapour 'tensions of Mixtures of Volatile Liquids.
231
Diff.
3*99
372
I'Sa
0*95
0-45
I -61
047
2*24
0*29
The c groaps do not supply any data, as, being Preyer's
series xo and xx, at most each c group contains two ele-
ments. Bnt it may be noted, in confirmation of Prof.
Pre3rer'8 classification, which places Tantalum in what I
term group V.c, instead of with Vanadium and Niobium
in V.a; that the atomic volume of Ta, 17*6, shows a
diilerence of 4*3 from that of Nb ; whereas, by the above
laws of differences of atomic volumes, were Ta the third
member of the group V.a, it would show a difference of
considerably Uss than 3 '99, namely, a difference of about
x-fi. The h groups in the above classification are Men-
deleeCPs group, VIII.
The a groups may be aptly termed the copptr, and b
the iron groups. With regard to the differences in atomic
vdume, it may be further noted that —
5. In the ordinary groups the first differences are low,
succeeded by higher ones.
6. In the copper and iron groups (or a and b groups)
the first diffierences are high, succeeded by lower ones.
(To be continued).
curves are, if we regard the right hand ordinate first, at
the beginning parallel with the straight line connedinf
the pomts representing the vapour-tensions of the pure
liquids ; they then turn upwards, reach a maximum dis-
tance from the straight line at about the abscissae value
of fifty, and then gradually turn downwards towards the
origin. I was curious to see if this behaviour was
charaderistic of the mixtures of liquids investigated 1^
Raoult. B /
Accordingly I have re*calculated his data so as to get
them into a form comparable with mine. These re-calcu-
lated data are given in the following small Tables :—
Table A.^Vapour'TiHiions 0/ Solutions ofTurptntint in
Eihir at 16-2^
Vapour-tension of Turpentine at 16*2° is 4 m.m. of
Mercury.
Vapour-tension of Ether at 16*2° is 377 m.m. of Mercury.
ON THE VAPOUR-TENSIONS OF MIXTURES
OF VOLATILE LIQUIDS.*
Bz'C B. LINEBARGBR.
(Continaed from p. 2x4).
THe fouith class of mixtures, of which the only repre-
sentative here is the mixture of nitrobenzene and carbon
tetrachloride, does not, in reality, belong to our subjedt
of investigation, which is to study mixtures of volatile
liquids only, and not those of a volatile with an almost
involatile one. Still it was thought advisable to find out
what the partial tensions of mixtures of such liquids
would be, inasmuch as Raoult {loc, cH.) has made an
elaborate study of the total vapour-tension of mixtures of
ether and several almost non-volatile liquids. As is seen
in the curve, the partial pressure of the carbon tetra-
chloride and the total pressure of the mixture are almost
identical, just as would naturally be expeded. The
* Abridced from the Journal of the American Chemical Society,
vol. xvU., No. 8, August, 1895.
Mols. of Turpentine in
Vapour- tension in m.m!
xoo molt, of solution.
of Mercury.
5-9
354
X2'X
33a
23-4
294
35-5
255
47*9
212
645
159
Tablb h.^Vapour-Tinsion of Solutions of Nitrob$n*tn$
in Ether at i6'oP.
Vapour-tension of Nitrobenzene at x6'o^ is 4 m.m. of
Mercury.
Vapour-tension of Ether at 160° is 374 m.m. of Mercury.
If oil. of Nitrobenzene in Vapour-tension in m.m.
xoo mols. of solution. of Mercury.
6*0 353
17-9 32X
35*5 278
56*2 232
75*9 x66
84'o X32
Table C.'-Vapour -Tensions of Solutions of Aniline in
Ether at lyz"".
Vapour-tension of Aniline at X5*3® is 4 m.m. of Mercury.
Vapour-tension of Ether at 15*3° is 364 m.m. of Mercury.
of Aniline in
Vapour- tension in man.
Is. of solution.
of Mercury.
3-8
349
77
335
148
308
30'5
292
49-6
210
687
«47
Table D.-'Vafour-Tension of Solutions of Methyl
Salicylate in Ether at X4'2^
Vapour-tension of Methyl Salicylate at 14*2° is 4 m.m. of
Mercury.
Vapour-tension of Ether at 14*2'' is 306 m.m. of Mercury.
Vapour- tension in m.m.
of Mercury.
344'6
Mols. of Metbyl Salicylate in
xoo mols. of solution.
21
4-8
92
15-1
232
49'0
770
85-0
343*6
3320
3i6'0
301-0
28X
208
125
lOX
2i2
Scientific Foundations oj Analytical Chemistry.
fCBsyicALNiwi,
t Nov. 8, 1895.
Table E.—Vapouf'Tinsions of Solutions of Ethyl Btnzoate
in Ether at 117°.
Vapour- tension of Ethyl Benzoate at 117^ is 3 mm. of
Mercury.
Vapour-tension of Ether at 117° is 313 m.m. of Mercury.
Vapour-tention in mjn.
of Mercury.
396
286
235
Molt, of Ethyl Beozoate is
xoo molt, of tolotton.
4*9
9-6
27*1
530
75*5
94'4
167
94
39
If these results be plotted in a system of co-ordinates,
the curves will be found to have a close resemblance to
the one which I have found for the mixture of nitroben-
zene and carbon tetrachloride. It seems likely that this
form of curve is the general one for the total tension of
mixtures of a volatile with an almost fixed liquid.
(To be cootiDoed).
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
The ScUntific Foundations of Analytical Chemistry treated
in an Elementary Manner. By Wilhblm Ostwald,
Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry in the University of
Leipzig. Translated, with the Author's sanaion, by
Gborob McGowan, Ph.D. 8vo., pp. 208. London and
New York : Macmillan and Co. 1895.
Professor Ostwald*s work here before us is clearlv
distind from the other analytical manuals, large or small,
with which we have come in contad. It is concerned
not with technical details, but with fundamental principles.
Hence, whilst it would not be consulted with reference to
the best method of analysing a complex phosphate or
titaniferous iron, or a cobalt ore, it may, and should be,
considered not merely by the student, but by the experi-
enced pra^itioner.
We are here reminded that no substance is absolutely
insoluble, and that none of our methods of separation and
determination are perfed. Suggestions are thrown out
which deserve notice. Thus, when speaking of the sepa-
ration of solids from each other, the author mentions that
mixtures of different substances in powder are eledrified
on shaking, one constituent becoming positive and the
other negative. If the mixture is thrown upon an eledri-
fied non-conduAor, the oppositely charged particles are
attraded to it and the others repelled. Again, in a non-
homogeneous ele<5trical field the substances with the
higher dieledric constants are driven to those spots where
the intensity of the field is greatest. No analytical appli-
cation of this fadi has yet been made.
In speaking of the treatment of precipitates, attention
is called to the phenomena of ncfsorption— not to be con-
founded with adsorption.
In the separation of gases from each other we are re-
minded that not all possible methods have been tried in
analysis.
The theory of removing a dissolved substance from the
solvent by shaking it up with another is clearly ex-
pounded. It is shown that with a given quantity of sol-
vent a more perfeA separation is effeded if the shaking up
is done with many small successive portions rather than
with a few large ones.
Concerning heterogeneous equilibrium, the law is laid
down that — ** In two contiguous spaces or phases the
concentration of each substance present in both spaces
must bear a constant ratio.'*
It is admitted that the attempts made to determine the
amount of a precipitate without washing it, from the
mean specific gravity of precipitate plus liquid and the
specific gravity of liquid alone, have led to no satisfadocy
results.
The second part of the book shows the application of
the principles already laid down. Professor Ostwald re-
peats that ** students who read this book will do so, not
so much with the objeA of learning analytical chemistry
from it, as of pondering over the scientific principles
which underlie what they have already been taught by
aaual praAice, so as to be able to apply this knowledge
with greater freedom and certainty.**
We can only hope that many students will thus ponder
over these principles.
We regret to find that Dr. McGowan uses as an abridg*
ment for ** cubic centimetre,*' not the simple and unmis-
takeable c.c, as used in France and hitherto in Britain,
but the more prolix German expression ccm.
Report of the Trinidad Government Analyst. Minute
(No. 63) from the AAing Governor, accompanying the
Annual Report of the Government Analyst for x894«
Trinidad : Government Printing Office, Port-of- Spain.
The total number of samples examined during the year
was 653, of which 626 were official samples. The official
samples were sent in by the police in connexion with
cases before the Courts of Justice, from the sanitary police
(food and drugs), the Customs, the Board of Health, the
receiver-general, the surgeon -general, and Public Works.
Of the official samples 78 were conneded with charges of
murder, wounding, and indecent assaults ; and 69 were
cases of susped^ed poisoning. In 38 of these samples
poisons were deteded, namely arsenic, mercuric chloride,
potassium cyanide, creosote, and preparations of opium.
None of the insufficiently known poisonous prodnds of
tropical countries seem to have been used.
The adulteration of milk still requires constant vigilance,
as 36 per cent of the total samples had been let down
with water in the proportion of 25 per cent. Oleomarga-
rine is sold at the same price as butter.
We regret to find that the Colony is adopting the rec^t
error of the home-kingdoms in requiring an addition of
mineral oils to methylated spirits. Why not, as is done
in Germany, make the methylated spirit undrinkable by
the addition of a trace of DippePs animal oil ?
The question of a regular baaeriological exaroinatioa
of water supplied to Port-of-Spain is still under con-
sideration.
Some samples of water from wells in Tacarigoa dis-
tria were found to be worse than many sewage effluents.
Agricultural jfournal. Published by the Department of
Agriculture of the Cape Colony. Vol. viii.. No. 17.
Attention is emphatically called to the value of the sun-
flower to farmers. It is found to bear the intense heat of
central Australia better than any other crop. The seed
is an excellent food for poultry. An acre of land yields
50 bushels of seed, from which 50 gallons of oil may be
obtained. The oil is excellent for lubricating, and for the
manufacture of superior toilet soap, as well as for a clean-
burning lamp-oil. The cake left after the expression of
the oil is a good cattle-food, being considered in Eastern
Europe as the best available cattle-food, superior to rape
or hemp cake : 1000 lbs. of dried stalks have been found
to yield 57 lbs. of ash, chiefly potash. Hence the stalks
and leaves should always be ploughed into the soil.
Particular attention is called to the war against the
scale-insets {Coccida), which have already destroyed the
orange and lemon plantations of South Africa. For
dealing with these pests an emulsion of paraffin is recom-
mended. A favourite formula is^
Paraffin 2 gallons.
Soap lib.
Water i gallon.
CHBiaCAL Nbws, I
Nov. 8, 1895. I
Chemical Notices pom Forngfi Sources.
233
The water is heated to boiling, the soap stirred in until
dissolved; when the mixture is just below a boiling heat
the paraffin is stirred in with violent agitation for ten
minutes.
DftirminatioH oftk$ Atomic W tight of Cobalt, An In*
angnral Dissertation presented to the Philosophical
Faculty of the University of Basle for obtaining the
Degree of Ph.D. By Hermann Thiblb. Submitted
December 15th, X894. Basle: Kreis Printing Works.
1895.
Thb author, in criticising the researches of Remmler
{Zeitsch. /. Anorg, Chtmii, ii., p. 222), points it out as a
singular fad that the atomic weight of the several frac-
tions operated on by the latter does not rise or fall pro-
gressively, but fluftuates up and down. Remmler explains
this fad by the presence in the fradions of different qnan-
titles of an unknown element, as admitted by Kruss.
Hence the investigation had even a greater importance
than might have been supposed at first sight, though
Dr. Tbiele did not find it useful to fraaionate the speci-
mens employed in most of his experiments.
He used three methods:—!, weighing cobaltous oxide
and the metal; 2, cobaltous chloride and the metal;
and 3, weighing the metal and silver chloride. The three
determinations made by the first method give an average
atomic weight = 58*849. By the second method, six de-
terminations show an average a 58*64 ; and by the third
method, four determinations gave a mean value of 58-801,
or, with a corredion for the solubility of AgCl in water,
58770. All the results are calculated for •
a 15-96, C1^5'37, and Aga 107*66.
The author's researches point to a probable value :—
€0^58765. This result is compared with the most
trustworthy recent determinations, f.#., those of Russell
58*59, Lee 58*97, Zimmermann 5874, and Winkler 59 67.
Hence it is pointed out that the author's result agrees ex-
ceedingly well with that of Zimmermann, whilst the
values of Russell and Lee diverge equally far on each side.
Dr. Thiele*s results cannot be at all reconciled with that
of Winkler. It is stated in a final note that this disser-
tation was handed in to the Philosophical Faculty of
Basle on December I5tb, 1894. Hence no reference could
be made in it to the subsequent investigations of Winkler
{Ziitseh.f, Anorg, Chtmit^ viii., p. 292).
. Incidentally it is remarked that we can depend but
little upon weights, originally extremely accurate, if they
have been used for some time, however carefully.
A careful examination of this pamphlet will convince
the reader that Dr. Thiele has used every precaution.
His weights (made by Verbeck, of Dresden) displayed, as
far as those below xo grms. are concerned, only in two
cases an error of 0-02 m.grm. The weights above
zo grms. were used only for counterpoises, so that their
absolute accuracy does not come in question. The balance
was made by Bekel, of Hamburg, and had been carefully
tested at regards the constancy of its zero-point. The
vessels employed were of platinum, or, where this mate-
rial was impraaicable, of Meissen porcelain, or of the
so-called ** resistance glass *' of Koehler and Martini.
Traniactions of the Wagner Free Institute of Science of
Philadelphia. Vol. iii.. Part 3, March, 1895. Phila-
delphia : Wagner Free Institute of Science.
Thb issue before us is entirely devoted to geology and
paleontology, and consequently contains no matter which
rightfully falls within our purview.
The Free Institute has a faculty comprising depart-
ments of chemistry, botany and forestry, geology, physics
and astronomy, literature and history, and engineering,
Biology seems to have been overlooked. If we might so
far presume we would suggest that a biological depart-
ment should be established, and literatnre and history
eliminated. We throw out this hint because we observe
that in the so-called ** literary and philosophical societies'*
of England, literature monopolises the lion's share of at-
tention, and finds a space in the Transactions,
Practical Proofs of Chemical Laws, A Course of Experi*
ments upon the Combining Proportions of the Chemical
Elements. By Vauohlan Cornish, M.Sc, Associate
of the Owens College, Manchester. London and New
York : Longmans, Green, and Co. 1895. Pp* 9^
If the multitude of works destined to throw a guiding
light upon the course of the chemical student has any
prophetical meaning, we ought soon to have a most luxu-
riant harvest of discoverers and discoveries. Mr. Cornish
admits, in his Preface, that the '* experimental proofs "
might more properly be called ** verifications." Without
doubt they constitute a useful series of exercises for stu-
dents who are already acquainted with the qualitative
composition of the substances employed, and as such the
book deserves recommendation.
CHEMICAL NOTICES FROM FOREIGN
SOURCES.
NoTB.~AII degrees of temperature are Centigrade unlets otherwise
eipreued.
CompUs Rmdus Hebdomadaires des Seances^ de VAcadetnie
des Sciences, Vol. cxxi., No. 17, OAober 21, 1895.
The Secretary announced the death of Dr. Hellriegel,
a correspondent of the Sedion of Rural Economy, who
died on September 24th last at Bernburg (Anhalt). M.
Berthelot added that the deceased is distinguished for
his beautiful researches on the fixation of nitrogen by
leguminous plants, a phenomenon which he successfully
traced to the aAion of baderia inhabiting certain nodosi-
ties on the roots of the vegetables.
Study of a Graphite Extra^ed from a Pegmatite.—
Henri Moissan. — This paper will be inserted in full.
Study of the Latent Heats of Evaporation of the
Acetones of the Patty Series, OAaoe, Decane, and of
the Two Ethers of Carbonic Acid.— W. Louguinine. —
From his experiments the author concludes that for each
of the groups which have been studied the volume of
MS . . .
—^ IS approximately constant. In this expression M
represents the molecular weight of the substance, S its
latent heat of evaporation, and T its absolute tempera-
ture of ebullition. For different groups of substances it
varies in a decided manner (from 26*5 to 19*8).
Potassic Peroxidic Derivatives of Benxoquinone.
— Ch. Astre. — The author's results show the diketonic
nature of benzoquinone.
Composition of the Rices Imported into Prance. —
M. Balland. — Rice is a more nutritive aliment than is
commonly supposed, and it would be advantageous to
restrid the use of glazed rices, and to favour the consump-
tion of the natural grain simply deprived of its husk.
Toxicity of Acetylene.— M. Or6hant.— The author
infers from his experiments that acetylene is poisonous if
inhaled in large quantities. This gas can be easily de*
teded in the blood by means of the ** grisometer.** It is,
however, much less poisonous than coal-gas. Its mixtures
with oxygen ate highly explosive.
Bul'.eHn de la Societi Chimique de Paris.
Series 3, Vols, xiii.-xiv.. No. 14, 1895.
Aaioa of Nitrogen Peroxide upon the Haloid
Salts of Antimony.— V. Thomas.— On dissolving a
234
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
I Chsmjcal Niwti
I Nov. 8, 189s.
haloid antimony salt either in chloroform or in carbon di-
Bulphide, and passing into the solution a current of nitric
oxide, we generally obtain a white crystalline precipitate,
which, however, ceases to form after a certain time. The
author thought that it might be due to traces of nitrous
vapour. He took a stoppered flask, from which the air
bad been carefully expelled by a current of carbonic acid,
and containing a chloroform ic solution of antimony tri-
chloride. Into this was passed a current of dry nitrous
oxide, perfedly free from peroxide. No precipitate was
formed until the flask was unstoppered, when it was im-
mediately formed. The precipitate had the composition
Sb40xxNaCl4. With tribromide dissolved in chloroform
the result is analogous, but the precipitate contains no
bromine, and has the composition Sb40z5N.
Molecular Modifications of Glucose.—C. Tanret.—
The author calls the ordinary glucose a, that which when
crystallised gives the highest rotatory-power ao » + 106^ ;
glucose P is the modification of a constant rotatory- power
AD »+52*5°; and glucose y is that which gives at once
the lowest rotatory-power ao « -f-aa'so*^.
New Synthesis of Some Aromatic NitrileB.~A.
Desprez. — The author has supposed that cyanogen, like
chlorine, might be substituted for hydrogen in organic
compounds. He applied the process for the present to
five carbides, which he succeeded in transforming into
nitriles, namely, benzene, toluene, two xylenes, and
mesitylene.
Causes of the Colouration and Coagulation of Milk
by Heat. Formation of Formic Acid at the Expense
of Laaose.— P. Cazeneuve and £. Haddon.—Already
noticed.
BulUtin de la SocUU d'Bncouragtment po
NaiionaU. Series 4, Vol. x.. No
Pour VIndustrit
\o, 1x6.
Combustion of Mineral Oils in Common Lamps.—
P. Kouindjy. — This paper cannot be reproduced without
the four accompanying figures.
Matches with Explosive Pastes.— Th. Schloeting.—
The entire replacement of phosphorus in the manufadure
of matches does not seem to be as yet very near. Even
the substitution of explosive pastes for those with white
Ehosphorus is not so simple a matter as it might seem at
rst sight.
MISCELLANEOUS.
Royal Institution.— A General Monthly Meeting of
the Members of the Royal Institution was held on
November 4th, Sir James Crichton-Browne presiding.
The following were ele^ed Members :—H.R.H. Prince
Louis Philippe, Due d'Orleans, Sir John Evans, K.C.B.,
F.R.S., The Hon. Adrian Verney Verney Cave. Mr. Walter
Allcroft, and Mr. James Beale. The Managers reported
that the late Mr. John Bell Sedgwick. M.R.I., had be*
queathed £300 to the Royal Institution in aid of the Fund
for the Promotion of Experimental Research at Low
Temperatures. The special thanks of the Members were
returned to Sir Frederick Abel. Bart., for his donation of
£50 to the Fund for the Promotion of Experimental
ReselEtfch at Low Temperatures.
Conversazione at the Melbourne College of Phar.
macy . — This veiy successful demonstration comprehended
an exhibition of specimens and appliances bearing on
pharmacy, such as plants of medicinal and technical in-
terest, polariscopes and micro-spediroscopes (both instru-
ments which ought to be more familiar to the pharmacist
than they generally are), coUeaions of useful and destruc-
tive inseds, baderiological specimens, fluorescent liquids,
ftc. As an instance of utter irrelevance there figured a
*< philatelic " coUeaion. A short ledure was given by
Dr. F. Howell Cole on ** Toxins and Antitoxins," and one
by Mr. Plowman on ** The Romance of Cocaine.*^ A
prolonged investigation on a case of arsenical poisoniag
did not involve any analytical question. In a prosecution
at Adelaide, under the Food and Drugs Ad, the question
was raised •• What is vinegar ? " The City Analyst held
that vinegar for dietetic use should be composed of alco-
hol, mucilage, extradive matter, acetic acid, and acetic
ether. The University Analyst maintained that the term
vinegar was a generic one, and should mean a naturally
fermented vegetable infusion. Mr. Scammell declared
that pure acetic acid and water was vinegar, and that fer-
mentation was not necessary. — Tht Pkafmaautical
youmal of Australasia,
THIS DAY. Crown 8vo. 370 pages, 9s. cloth.
YHE HANDLING OF DANGEROUS
_~ . GOODS: a Handbook for use of Government and Railwiy
Officials. Carriers, Shipowners, Insurance Companiea. Mann&K*
turers, and Users. Comprising the Properties of loflammatovy,
Explosive, and other Dangerous Compounds, their Storage and
Transport, Official Claasifications. Parliamentary Boaaments. ht.
By H. J. PHILLIPS, F.I.C., Author of '« Engineering Cfaemiftry.'*
London:
CROSBY LOCKWOOD and SON, 7, SfUone n' HaU Court, E«a
Fourth Edition, Revised and EnUirged.i
DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION :
A Manualette of the Paraffin, Coal Tar, Rosin OiJ, sad kindied
Industries.
By Professor E. J. MILLS, D.Sc., P.R.S.
Imp. 6vo., 5i.
London: GURNEY & JACKSON.
Just Published. Cr. 4to, 7%. 6d. Net, two Plates, Pott free.
O^HE ORIGIN AND RATIONALE
^, OP COLLIERY EXPLOSIONS: Founded upon aa Bi-
amination of the Explosions at the Timsbury. Albion, Malaoo
Vale, and Llanbrch CoLLrsRiBS ; and upon the pnadpal pbeoo>
mena of the Disasters at the Abercame, Alltofts, AlthAm, Apedalc,
Blantyre, Brvn. Clifton Hall, Dinas, Elemore. Hyde, LUa, lUr^.
Morfa, Mossfields, National, Penvgraig, Risen, SeahAin, Trimdoo
S^S^A* J^!'-?**?!?' «U?!'®°«« •"« W««' Stanley Collieries. By
DONALD M. D. STUART, F.G.S., Mining a£d Civil BngiMs/,
Author of '* CoaUDust an Explosive Agent."
Bristol: John Wright and Co.
London: Siupkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, and Co.
Nbw York: Hirschpblo Brothers, 65, Fifth Avenue.
h^O BE SOLD, the PATENT, viz., the
-*• Secret of a TESTED PROCESS FOR MAKING THB
BODY OF INCANDESCENT GAS LIGHT. 350 per cent net
profits.— Please address, *' ]. D. 491," cart of Rudolf lAosac, BorUn,
AC£TONK — Answering all requiremenU.
.A.CHD -A.CETIC— Pwrett and aweet.
- BOIR-A-CIO— Cryat. and powder.
Cl'X'JbOlC— Cryat. made in earthenware.
C3--A.XjIjIO— From best Chioeae falla* pan.
S-A.XjIO"S"IjIO-By Kolbe'a proceae.
T-A-HiT'IEiT'IG— For Pharmacy and the Aiti»
LIQUID CHLORINE
(Compressed in steel cylinders).
FORMALIN (40?^ CHaO)— Antiseptic and Preservative.
POTASS. PERMANGANATB-Cryat., large and amaU,
SULPHOCYANIDE OP AMMONIUM.
BARIUM.
POTASSIUM.
TARTAR EMETIC-Cryat. and Powder.
TRIPOLI AND METAL POWDERS.
ALL CHEMICALS FOR ANALYSIS AND THB ARTS
Wholesale Agents—
A. Sl M. ZIMMERMANN,
6 A 7, GROSS LANE LONDON, E.G.
Cbbwical Nbws,
Hot. 15, iSgs-
}
Graphite Extracted from Pegmatite,
235
THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
Vol. LXXII., No. 1877.
NOTE ON THB
FORMATION OF CITRIC ACID BY THE
OXIDATION OF CANE-SUGAR.
By ALFRED B. SEARLE and AR^OLD R. TANKARD.
SiNCB the publication of Dr. Phipson's third note on the
formation of citric acid by the oxidation of cane-augar,
we have continued our experimenta on this aubjed, and
have attempted to obtain citric acid by a atrid adherence
to the conditions last prescribed by Dr. Phipson (Chbm.
News, vol. Ixxii., p. 190).
Equal weights of cane-sugar, concentrated nitric acid
(ap. gr. 1*42), and potassium permanganate were taken,
the last-named reagent being added in the form of a
strong aqueous solution. The liquid became as clear
as water in about half an hour after the last addi-
tion of permanganate. This solution was then allowed
to stand for twenty-four hours, and at the end of that
time was neutralised by the cautioua addition of chalk,
the liquid being frequently agitated. When the liquid
ceased to have an acid readion to litmus, it was filtered
and the filtrate boiled for some minutes. No precipitate
was produced even after the addition of a strong solution
of calcium chloride and further boiling, thus showing the
absence of any notable quantity of citrate.
The mauer on the filter diasolved with iffitvisanci in
acetic acid, showing that an excess of calcium carbonate
had been used. We fail to see how Dr. Phipson avoided
the use of an excess of calcium carbonate in neutralising
the acid solution.
Wflgfeve also used sulphuric acid in place of nitric
aciiVflncidulating the cane-sugar solution. In this case,
the cleaf solution, after standing in the cold for twenty*
four hoars, was neutralised by the addition of chalk, and
filtered. This filtrate, on boiling for some time, deposited
a white crystalline precipitate, which was filtered off
and washed with hot water. It was then dried at 100^ C,
and BubjeAed to such tests as were described in our pre-
vious paper (Chbmical Nbws, vol. Isxii., p. 31).
The results in every resped confirmed those formerly
obtained, and showed the substance to be composed
entirely of hydrated calcium sulphate, CaS04.2HaO.
Dr. Fhipaon, in his third note (Chemical News, vol.
Izxii., p. xoo),statea that it is easy to point out where our
error lies, but that it will perhaps not be so easy to get
OS to acknowledge it. We do not deny that citric acid
may be formed by the oxidation of cane-augar under
suitable conditions, but we do assert that the mode of
operating prescribed by Dr. Phipson fails to produce citric
acid.
We notice that Dr. Phipson's first note on this subjed
(Chemical News, vol. Ixxi., p. 296) was entitled ** The
Produdion of Citric Acid by the Oxidation of Cane<8ugar.**
His second note was headed **0n the Prododion of
Citric Acid from Cane-sugar." His third note, however,
has the heading '* Citric and Tartaric Acids from Cane-
sugar,*' and, indeed, this note seems to be mostly con-
cerned with the formation of tartaric acid, whilst citric
acid receives very bare mention. We do not dispute the
fad that tartaric acid is a produd of the oxidation of cane-
augar. Many obaervers have confirmed this ; in fad, in
hia second note. Dr. Phipson gives references. But Dr.
Phipson appears to be diverging from the question
originally at issue, namely. Can citnc acid be produced by
the oxidation of cane-sugar und$r tht abovi conditions ?
Dr. Phipson states (Chemical News, vol. Ixxii., p. zoo)
that we firat failed be^auae we used too much sulphuric
acid ; then, because we did not separate the organic acid
by alcohol ; and thirdly, because we used an insufficient
quantity of permanganate (Chemical News, vol. Ixxii.,
p. 190). The first and last of these objedions, which
have reference to the relative amounts of reagents em-
ployed, are now removed by the description of the pro-
cess given by Dr. Phipson in his third note, hot still wo
obtain no citric acid 1
Regarding the use of alcohol for the separation of the
organic acid, if it is so necessary for the success of the
experiment as Dr. Phipson implies in his second note, it
is strange that all mention of alcohol is omitted from his
third note.
From the results of our experiments we are bound to
conclude that citric acid cannot be obtained by the oxida-
tion of cane-augar in the manner preacribed by Dr.
Phipson, and we observe that Mr. E. F. Hicks (Chem.
News, vol. Ixxii., p. 165) has independently arrived at the
same conclusion.
67, Snrrey Street, Sbeffieldi
November 4, 1895.
STUDY OF THE GRAPHITE EXTRACTED
FROM PEGMATITE.
By HENRI MOISSAN.
We have established in previous researches that a suffi-
cient rise of temperature at the ordinary pressure converts
every variety of carbon into graphite. We have further
shown that all the graphites produced in a bath of melted
metal (iron, chrome, tungsten, molybdenum, vanadium,
platinum, ftc.) aprout. On the contrary, the graphites
obtained by the volatilisation of carbon in the eledric arc
or by a simple thermic tranaformation do not present the
propertv of sprouting when heated after the addition of a
trace of nitric acid. These researches have led us to re«
sume the study of some natural graphites.
It is known that Berthelot has given the following
definition of graphite :— ** Every varietv of carbon capable
of yielding a graphitic oxide on oxidation."
This graphitic oxide is most commonly obtained by
Brodie's method on submitting graphite to the aAion of
a mixture of potassium chlorate and nitric acid. We ob-
serve that on projedin^ very dry potassium chlorate into
very concentrated nitnc acid it dissolves instantly with
an orange-red colouration, and under these conditions,
whatever variety of graphite is used, we obtain at the
temperature of 6o^ after an adion of ten hours, an entire
transformation into graphitic oxide. The slightest trace
of moisture prevents this red colouration, and greatly
diminishes the speed of the transformation.
The specimen of graphite which I have studied was ob-
tained from a pegmatite from America without specifica-
tion of the locality.
This pegmatite is highly interesting, since we know
that this eruptive rock has reached the surface after
having reached a high temperature.
In this specimen the graphite appears in fine laminar
crystals, the sides of which often measure more than a
centimetre, and are intimately distributed throughout the
enrire mass. It is easy to separate the graphite by treating
the rock in its native state repeatedly in the water-bath with
hydrofluoric acid at a concentration of 50 per cent. All
the felspar and silica quickly disappear. The residual
matter is washed with boiling water and dried in the
stove.
The pegmatite studied contained Z377 per cent of
graphite. The fine laminn thus obtained are flexible,
specular, and present a surface showing strin and eqoi-
lateral triansular impressions, perfedly characteristic.
This graphite takes fire in oxygen at the temperature
of 690*; it yielded 5*01 per cent of ashes, composed
chiefly of silica, alumina, and lime, and traces of iron.
236
Detection and Determination oj Calcium Chlorate.
rCMBMicAt Nbw>.
I Nov. 15, 1895.
Thii last metal bat bMn deteAed by means of potassium
snlpbocyanide and ferrocyanide. The ash is white, and
retains the form of the crystals of graphite. Its tempera-
ture of combustion is higher than that of the graphites
of Scharsbach or of Ceylon.
This graphite sprouts. If it is moistened with mono-
hydrated nitric acid, as Sn. Luzzi recommends, and then
heated to dull redness, it sprouts abundantly.
If this graphite is treated with the oxidising mixture of
potassium chlorate and of monohydrated nitric acid in
large excess, there is presented a very curious pheno-
menon. We placed 6 grms. of graphite in a flask holding
500 C.C along with a pinch of potassium chlorate and
about 30 c.c. of nitric acid. At the outset of the readion
the graphite takes a fine greenish tint, due to a super-
ficial readion, and after some hours it increases in bulk
in the liquid so as to fill half the flask. On a second
attack it continues to sprout, and its bulk increases so
that the vessel must be changed. This is the only
eraphite which in a liquid like nitric acid gives such an
mcrease of volume at the temperature of 6o^ After the
deflagration of the graphitic oxide and its destruftion, we
did not find in the residue any trace of diamond, either
black or transparent.
On the seventh attack with the oxidising mixture, the
transformation into light green graphitic oxide is com-
plete, but on a succeeding attack the graphitic oxide is
absolutely decolourised.
On examining with a low microscopic power the frag-
ments of quartz or of felspar to which the crystals of
graphite were attached, I was much surprised to see that
they presented impressions the exad image of the surface
of these crystals. There are the same strise and the
same triangles, which a very energetic fridion cannot re-
move.
This fad leads us to think that the graphite existed
prior to the rocks which produced pegmatite by their
crystallisation. This graphite, by its charaderistic pro-
perties, completely recalls the specimens obtained in
metals in a state of fusion in an eledric furnace. It must
have been produced under the same conditions, and at
the moment of formation of pegmatite it has been
moulded by the crystals of quartz and of felspar, and has
left upon the latter the impression found upon its surface.
— CompUs Hindus^ csxi., p. 538.
A NEW SPECTRAL PHOTOMETER.
By A. KCENIG.
Betwbbn the collimator* tube, which has the superjacent
slits always of equal width, and the eye-tube there is
introduced a flint-glass prism, and further towards the
eye-piece a twin>prism ; that is, a combination of two
flat prisms, touching each other with their thick ends (such,
#.^., as are used in Fresnel's interference experiment),
and towards the collimator a so-called Rochon*8 prism.
By means of this arrangement there are produced eight
spedra, in one plane of which three times two each coin-
cide with each other, and of which each pair are polarised
vertically to one another. In the plane in which the
spedra appear there is a diaphragm which, at the spot
where two spedra polarised vertically to each other coin-
cide, postetses a slit, through which therefore a given
colour it cut out of both prisms. If we look through the
slit towards the twin prism its entire surface is illuminated
with spedral light, and we see the upper half of the field
of vision illuminated with light of the one spedrum, and
the lower half with the light of the other. By turning
the telescope we can see through the slit another colour
of both spedra, so that the observation can be effeded for
each colour. If we have only one source of light for both
slits, or if we cause two sources of light of equal bright-
ness to ad upon one of the slits, there ensues a shght
loss in consequence of therefledion within the apparatus,
and the two semicircles are not equally illuminated. If
we now interpose a Nicol prism between the telescope
and the slit in the diaphragm upon which the spedra fall,
we can produce an e(}ual brightness of both fields of
vision by turning the Nicol prism. If the sources of light
which throw the light into each of the two slits are of
different intensity, we can have an equal intensity by
another rotation of the Nicol prism. The proportion of
the illuminations can be deduced from the angle of deflec-
tion.— i4iiiia/«fi d$f Physik und Chimii, and Zeit, fur
AnalytUchs ChimU,
ON THB
INFLUENCE OF SALTS UPON THE
BEHAVIOUR OF INVERT-SUGAR WITH THE
ALKALINE SOLUTION OF COPPER.
By ARTHUR BORNTRAGBR.
The author gives an experimental study of the questioa
whether the presence of salts has any effed upon the de-
termination of invert-sugar by the Fehling - Soxhlet
method. He concludes that of the salts which are here
concerned those having a neutral readion with litmos
(sodium and potassium chlorides, sodium sulphate and
acetate) have no effed upon the redudive power of solu-
tions of invert-sugar, either immediately or on prolonged
con tad in the cold, or on evaporation.
On the contrary, it appears that the salts having an
alkaline readion with litmus (such as sodium carbonate
and phosphate) can, by their mere presence, increase the
redudive adion of invert-sugar. In the case of soda« it
further appeared that a prolonged adion in the cold hat
the opposite effed, decreasing this power. Sodium phos-
phate has no such effed on prolonged adion in the cold,
but on evaporation. — Diutschs Zucktr Industriit 1894,
pp. 1529. 1563.
DETECTION AND DETERMINATION
OF CALCIUM CHLORATE IN CHLORIDE
OF LIME.
By R. FRBSENIUS.
Even in recently-prepared chloride of lime caldam
chlorate is often present when the calcium hvdroxide ex-
posed to the chlorine contained calcium carbonate. In
this case hvpochlorous acid is liberated, and is quickly
decomposed, with formation of chloric acid. Lunge and
Schoch found [Btrichttt 1887, p. 1477) in a very carefully
prepared chloride of lime 0*20 per cent of chlorine in the
state of chlorate. In old chloride of lime calcium chlorate
is almost always present, as appears from the experiments
of Pattinson {jfoum, Soc» Chem, Industry ^ 1888). He pre-
served specimens for a year in twelve small stoppered
bottles, each holding xao grms. at 21 i^ and 266^, and
determined every month the chlorine present in the state
of chlorate in one of the bottles. The chlorine present in
this state increased from 0*09 to 0*43 per cent in the
samples preserved at 21'x'*; and in thuse kept at 26*6^
up to 1*37 per cent. The striking circumstance that in
the former series the samples examined in April, May,
June, and July contained no chloric acid; and in the
second series mere traces of chloric acid were found in
April and May ; and that in the second series, in Odober
1*45 per cent, in November z-29, and in December 1*37
of chlorine were found in the state of chloric acid
might be due to the manner in which the chloric acid
was determined. Pattinson added to the specimen of
chloride of lime suspended in water aqueous sulphurous
Mov. 15, 1895. f
specific Volume and the Genesis of the Elements.
237
add, heated to ebullition, added after the expulsion of
the chief part of the excess of the sulphurous acid a few
drops of nitric acid for its complete elimination, neutral-
ised with calcium carbonate, determined the total chlorine
by titration with silver nitrate, and subtraded from this
value the sum of the chlorine present in the bleaching
sute and as a chloride. The small quantity of chlorine
present in the state of a chlorate was calculated from the
difiereoce ; that is, by a method in which the inevitable
inaccuracies in the determination of the large quantity
of chlorine present in the bleaching state and of the
chlorine found as calcium chloride must greatly interfere
with a precise estimation of the small quantity of chloric
add.
As the ouestion often occurs to chemists whether a
chloride of lime contains calcium chlorate, and if so, what
quantity ? 1 have sought to elaborate a simple procedure
for its direA detedion and determination.
It depends upon the fad that the hypochlorites are de-
composed by lead acetate with the simultaneous forma-
tion of lead peroxide, whilst chlorates remain unchanged ;
it is convenient to proceed as follows : —
We grind up finely 10 grms. of chloride of lime with a
little water, adding gradually more water, rinse the whole
into a litre flask, fill up to the neck, shake up well, allow
It to subside, filter through a dry filter-paper, and use 50
cc of the filtrate for the detedion of chloric acid, or for
its determination.
In either case we mix the measured 50 c.c. of the solu-
tion in a boiling flask with a solution of neutral lead
aceute in some excess. There is formed at first a white
predpitate of lead chloride' and lead hydroxide, which, in
cooaeqoeace of the adion of the hypochlorite upon the
lead chloride, becomes yellow and then brown, with libera-
tion of chlorine, and passes into lead peroxide —
Ca(C10)a+ PbCla« PbOa+CaCla+Cla.
When the precipitate has subsided, we add a little more
solution of neutral lead acetate in order to be certain that
the lead salt is present in excess, and if a further precipi-
tation takes place we add still more of the solution of
lead acetate.
We now allow the mixture to stand, preferably in an
unstoppered boiling flask, with fre<iuent agitation^ when
the odour of chlorine gradually disappears; in part by
evaporation, but chiefly by ading upon the excess of lead
acetate, forming lead chloride and peroxide and free
acetic acid^
aPb(CaHsOa)a+Cla+2HaO-PbCla+PbOa+4CaH40a.
The odour of chlorine disappears completely in about
eight to ten hours.
If it is merely requisite to recognise chloric acid, we
filter off the predpitate, remove the lead oxide from the
filtrate t>y adding dilute sulphuric acid in slight excess,
filter, mix the filtrate with a small quantity of solution of
indigo, and then add, drop by drop, a small quantity of a
solution of sulphurous add in water. If chloric acid is
present, it is reduced by the sulphurous acid and the
lower oxides of chlorine, or if the redu^on hat proceeded
farther the chlorine destroys the indigo blue.
That an excess of sulphurous add must be avoided is
manifest, since in that case the a^on of the chlorine must
be annulled ; the chlorine being converted into hydro-
chloric acid by the decomposition of water and the forma-
tion of sulphuric acid.
Of the fad that no chloric add is formed in the above
process I satisfied myself by repeatedly preparing solutions
of chloride of lime by mixing chlorine water with an ex-
cess of milk of lime, filtering, and treating the filtrate
with solution of lead acetate, as above direded. In the
solutions of chloride of lime thus obtained no chloric acid
was ever deteded.
If chloric acid is to be determined quantitatively, we
wash the precipiute of lead chloride and lead peroxide
until the washing water has no longer an acid readion.
The washings are somewhat concentrated by evapora-
tion, added to the filtrate, the litjuid is mixed with a
solution of sodium carbonate in slight excess ; after some
time the precipitate of lead and calcium carbonates is
filtered off, washed, evaporated nearly to dryness on the
water-bath, introduced into a small flask, and the
chloric acid is determined according to Bunsen's method,
by heating with concentrated hydrochloric acid, convey-
ing the gases given off into a solution of potassium
iodide, and determining the iodine liberated with sodium
hyposulphite or by Fiokener*s modification. Six equiva-
lents of iodine liberated correspond to one equivalent of
chloric add. — Ziii. f. Analytisehi Chimii,
SPECIFIC VOLUME AND THE GENESIS OF
THE ELEMENTS.
By C. T. BLANSHARD, M.A.
(Concluded from p. 231).
Wb will now enquire, though with very meagre data to
work upon, what light organic chemistry has to throw on
the evolution of the elements, from the point of view of
differences in specific volume. All specific gravities are
taken at 15° C.
Normal Primary Alcohols,
(Sp. grs. in this list and the next from Meyer and Jacobsoo»
Lihrbuch dsr organ. Chimii^ Leipsig, 1893).
Formula. Sp, icr. Sp.vol. Diff.
CH3.OH o-8i2 3970
«737
CaHs-OH o-8o6 57'07
16-54
C3H7.OH 08x7 73 6x
16*30
C4H9.OH 0823 89-91
16*20
C5H11.OH 0829 Z06-X
X63
C6H13.OH 0-833 X22-4
x6*3
CyHij.OH 0836 1387
i6*a
C8H17.OH.. •• .. 0839 X54'9
X7*i
C9H19.OH 0*842 i7X*o
«r3
CioHai.OH .. .. 0*839 x88*3
The differences are nearly constant.
Normal Halogtn EsUn.
Fonnula. Sp.gr. Sp.vol. Diff.
CH3.CI 0*952 5299
17*22
CaHs.Cl 0*9x8 70*21
«579
C3H7.CI 0*9x2 86-00
15*93
C4H9.CI 0*907 iox'93
X5'94
CsHu.Cl 0901 X1787
X7*x6
CeHtj.Cl 0*892 X35-03
X7-58
C7H15.CI 0-88X 15261
1609
C8Ht7.CI 0*880 x68*70
Differences nearly constant ; with the exception of the
fourth and fifth they alternate.
238
Vapour-tensions of Mixtures of Volatile Liquids.
I Cbkmical Ntwt,
1 Not. 15, 1895.
Normal Fatty Acids.
(Specific gravities from Landolt and Bftrnstein, Pkys,
chimischi TabilUn, Berlin, 1894 ; except the last four,
from Meyer and Jacobson).
FormaU.
Sp.gr.
Sp.vol.
Diff.
H.COaH
r245
3695
18-60
CHs.CO,H .. ..
i'o8o
55-55
X875
CaHj.COaH .. .,
0-996
7430
17-46
CsHyXOaH .. .,
0-959
91-76
14-71
C4H9.COaH .. ..
0958
106-47
16-28
C5H„.C0aH.. ..
0-945
12275
18-40
C6H,3.COaH .. ..
0*921
141-15
16-23
CyHisXCaH .. .,
0-915
157*38
Z6-64
C8Hx7.COaH .. ..
9-908
174-02
9*35
CgRxg-COaH .. ..
9938
183-37
The differences alternate, except the fourth. Ostwald,
in his Lekrhuch dir Alg. Chtmii, vol. ii., Stocbiometrie,
p. 360, &c., ffives a few sach tables; but they differ
rather widely uom these calculations, nor are they nearly
so complete.
To take as an example the fatty acid series ; Ostwald
gives-
Formic acid •
Acetic acid
Propionic acid.
Butyric acid •
Valeric acid .
Sp. vol.
41-4
637
854
107*1
130-7
Diff.
22*3
21-7
2X-7
23-6
According to Ostwald, and all other observers hitherto,
the specific volumes of organic compounds are regarded
as rising by constant increments ; or, in other words, the
differences between the specific volumes are regarded as
approximately constant.
But we have seen that, whilst in the case of the normal
primary alcohols the differences are nearly constant, there
is a more marked alternation of differences in the chlorin-
ated and oxidised series of compounds. Further, we shall
find in certain fatty acid esters, and in certain aromatic
series, whether chlorinated or not, the same alternation
noticeable.
Normal Aettic Esttrs,
(Specific gravities from Landolt and Bdmstein).
Sp. gr. Sp. vol. Diff.
Methyl
acetate
0-956
7739
ao-59
Ethyl
>•
0-898
97-98
I4'xx
Propyl
f»
0-910
z 12*09
20-z8
Butyl
II
0-877
132*27
12*82
Amyl
»i
0896
145-09
We learn from these tables of specific volumes, the
most representative that I have been able to collate, that
— z. Organic groups behave like the a and b groups of the
elements, havmg their first differences high ; 2. Except
the fatty acid series and the chloro-benxene series.
Normal Binuitu Hydrocarbons.
(Specific gravities in this and the next Table are from
Beilstein, Handbuck d$r organ, CkimU^ Hamburg and
Leipzig, Z895).
FormoU.
CeHe ..
C6Hj.CHs
CeHj-CaH,
CeHj.CjH,
C6H5.C4H9
C6H5.C5H1Z
Sp.gr.
0*884
0-871
0-866
0*870
0*864
0*864
Sp. vol.
88-2X
105*62
X22*40
137-93
Z55ZO
Z7Z-3t
The differences alternate, except the first.
Cklorobinuems.
Fortnnla. Sp. gr. Sp. vol.
C6H5.CI Z-Z26 99*87
C6H4.Cla, Z.2.. .. Z*320 ZZZ*29
C6H3.CI3, Z.24 .. 1*465 Z25*25
CeHa.CU, z.a.3.4
C6H.CI5 .. ..
Diff.
1742
z6*78
15-53
X7*Z7
z6-2z
Difl;
IZ*42
Z396
5-4?
z-842 Z35*86
It is intelligible that in a highly oxidised series like the
fatty acids, or a highly chlorinated one like the cbloro-
benzenes, the specific volumes should be strongly modified
by the chlorine or oxygen respedively.
When I began this article— which has involved many
hours' work— I had hoped to be able to demonsUate the
greater or less degree of complexity of the so-called ele-
ments by comparison with specific volumes of organic
substances of known amounts of complexity ; but no such
conclusions have been arrived at. I hope, however, that
my partial success in the solution of this question niay
lead other workers into the field.
ON THE VAPOUR-TENSIONS OF MIXTURES
OF VOLATILE LIQUIDS.*
By C. E. LINEBARGER.
(CooUnued from p. 232).
Relations b§twe$n tke Concentrations in tke Gaseous and
Liquid Pkases,
The relations between the concentration in the gaseous
and liquid phases is clearly shown by curves drawn in a
system of co-ordinates, of which the axis of abscissA is
taken for the representation of the molecular percentage
composition of the liquid phase, and the axis of ordinatea
for that of the gaseous phase. These curves are drawn
in the figure, the data being taken from the first two
columns of tables.
As is seen, the curves prove to be very regular, and
group themselves on either side of the diagonal of the
square, according as the component chosen to increase
from left to right in the diagram is more or less volatile
than the other ; as this was taken to be the component
containing a halogen, the curve is below the straight line
when the halogen-containing liquid is less volatile than
the other, and above when it is more volatile.
Furthermore, the greater the difference in the volatility
of the two liquids in the mixture the greater the curve*
ture. It is very probable that mixtures of two normal
* Abridsed from the Joutnal of the American ChemieeU Sode^
vol. zvii.. No. 8, Aufutt, 1693.
CauftcAL Raws, I
Nov. 15, 189s. I
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
239
RBLATION8 BBTWBBN THB CONCBNTRATIONS IN LIQUID AND GaSBOUS PhASBS.
liqaids with the same vftpoar leniion would give off
▼apoora with identical composition in both liquid and
gaeeons state.
Ditcription of th$ Figun,
AbicistA ■■ molecalei of one liquid in zoo molecules of
mixture of liquids.
Ordinates ■■ molecules of one vapour in 100 molecules
of mixture of Vapours.
Curve I Toluene-chloroform.
„ II. •• .. •. Toluene-carbon tetrachloride.
M III Benxene-chloroform.
„ IV. .. .. •• Bensene-carbon tetrachloride.
„ V Toluene-monochlorbensene.
„ VI Benscne-monochlorbenxene.
(To be coottoned).
CHEMICAL RESEARCHES AND SPECTROSCOPIC
STUDIES OF VARIOUS ELEMENTS.
By JEAN SBRVAIS STAS.
(Contioued from p. 227).
On thi Holdns used for Fneing Bodies meant to he
Volatilised^ from Accidental Contamination by Sodium*
I PLACED on sheets of platinum, or on plates of purified
carbon, plane or concave, fixed horisontallv, the metallic
compounds on which I wished to turn a hydrogen and air,
coal-gas and air, oxyhydrogen, or oxy -coal- gas blowpipe
jet, to free them from accidental sodium impurities.
When coming to each case in particular I shall mention,
with necessary details, the measures I took for attaining
this end. I will say, however, that the heat and draught
produced by the flame of a hydrogen and air or an oxv-
coal-gas blowpipe are amply sufficient to completely
eliminate the sodium ; that the pressure of gas instde the
blowpipe ought never to be more than four cm* of water,
and that as a general rule a pressure of two cm, is ample.
When one exceeds a pressure of <i cm., as is almost al-
ways the case when using air delivered dired from a
water-pump, the current carries away with it disintegrated
particles of the compound, and involves thus the loss of
the greater part of the body beine purified.
When one uses a hydroeen and air or coal-gas and air
blowpipe, the gases ought to be fed from gasometers
counterweighted to exert the constant pressure wanted.
The same remark applies to oxyhydrogen and oxy-coal-
gas blowpipes, when they are used either to eliminate
the sodium contained in compounds being experimented
on, or to volatilise them for the purpose of making a
speArum analysis of the flame saturated with their
vapour.
On the Holders used for introducing Compounds into
Flames, Electric Sparks, Electric Discharges, and
Electric Arcs,
I necessarily had to adapt holders to the various condi*
tions I had to satisfy. I will now describe shortly the ar-
rangements I made with this objeA.
A. On the Clips used to introduce and Volatilise Com*
pounds in Flames whose Temperature is lb88 than the
Melting-point of Platinum, — When it is required to intro-
duce a compound to be vaporised into the flame of a
Bunsen lamp, or into hydrogen burning in air, or into a
vertical flame of a hydrogen and air or coal-gas and air
blowpipe, I used an ordinary holder; that is to say, a very
fine pure platinum wire, with the end simply turned up
into a hook, or ending in a loop a or 3 m.m. diameter, or
in a truncated spiral ; but when I forced the jet of hy-
drogen burning in air, or of hydrogen and air, or of coal-
gas and air, on to a compound to saturate the jet with its
vapour, I placed the compound on a thin, plane or concave,
plate of pure platinum. If the compound were friable
and infusible, I coUeAed it into a conical heap from 5 to
zo m.m. hi^h, on a plane platinum sheet, and having made
the jet hortMontal I forced it on to the apex of the cone ;
when the compound was fusible, whether decomposable
or not by heat, I used a very concave sheet of pure platt*
240
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
|cbbiiicai.nsws,
\ Not. 15. 1*9$.
num. In the centre of the hollow I pot a cone of very
fonmt pure spongy platinum. The apex of the cone was
from 5 to 6 m.m. above the plane snrface of the platinum
iJieet. After having made the platinum sheet and the
cone of spongy platinum red-hot, to get rid of accidental
sodium impurities, I poured the melted compound on
which I wished to operate over the cone, so as to com.
pletely saturate it. I then forced the jet against the apex
of the cone, taking care to begin with the point of the
flame and end with the hottest part.
B. On thi Holdin used to introduce and Volatilise
Compounds in Flames whose Temperature approaches or
equals the Fusing'point of Platinum. — The dark flame
of hydrogen made incandescent by the introduAion of
oxygen, without forming in it an inner cone, and the
deep blue flame of coal-gas made light blue by the intro-
dudion of oxygen, without making an inner cone, have
the temperature mentioned above. For introducing a
compound into these blowpipe flames, when vertical, I
used a fine wire of pure platinum or of iridio-platinum
containing 20 per cent of iridium, ending in a loop, and
both overlaid with pure iridium, so as to stand a tempera-
ture considerably above the melting-point of platinum.
The iridio-platinum wire was made in 1878, by Mr. George
Matthey, for the use of the International Committee on
Weights and Measures. The iridio-platinum alloy con-
taining 20 per cent of iridium is as malleable and dudile
as pure platinum.*
I succeeded in plating the platinum and the iridio-
platinum wire witn a suitable coating of white iridium,
perfedly adherent and partially combined with the plati-
num and iridio-platinum, by powdering the wire— first
moistened with glycerin — with iridium-black, and then
putting it into a coal-gas and air blowpipe jet. By re-
peatine this several times, according to the thickness
wished, one can obtain wires ending in a loop or spiral,
which stand perfe^ly well in an oxy-coal-gas blowpipe in
which pure platinum wire melts. But if wires thus pre-
pared have the advantage of resisting very high tempera-
tures, they have the disadvantage of being brittle, or of
becoming so after use, and of being very difficult to
handle without breaking when one tries to make the body
to be volatilised adhere to the loop, or to introduce it into
the truncated spiral.
Pure platinum wire does not alter the blue flame of a
Bunsen burner, but a wire of platinum overlaid with
iridium gives it a persistent violet-hlue tint ; this latter
wire does not alter the light blue colour of incandescent
hydrogen. SpeArum analysis of this last flame shows a
continuous speArum identical with that shown by incan-
descent hydrogen without an iridium-covered platinum
wire — a clear proof that, at this extreme temperature,
iridium neither oxidises nor volatilises, as is the case at a
lower temperature, just as Sainte-Claire Deville, Debray,
and I have found.
One can procure iridium black suitable for this purpose
by reducing chloro-iridiate of ammonium by hydrogen or
coal-gas, at the low temperature of the volatilisation of
chloride of ammonium, and replacing the hydrogen hy
pure nitrogen as it cools.
When I had to force a horisontal jet of incandescent
hydrogen, or the light blue jet of an oxy-coal-gas blow-
pipe on to a compound, in order to volatilise it, I made
different arrangements, according as the body was
fusible or infusible. When the body was friable aud
infusible I made it into a conical heap on a plane
sheet of platinum, or on a dish of purified retort carbon ;
when, on the other hand, the compound was fusible, I
poured it in a melted state over a cone of very porous
spongy iridium, placed in a hollow formed in the middle
either of a sheet of pure platinum or iridio-platinum, or
plate of purified retort carbon, the top of the spongy
iridium cone being from 5 to 6 m.m. above the sheet or
* ** Report of the lotemational Committee on Weifbts asd Mea-
•nrei." Meetiogt dariof 1878; Parie 1879.
plate, exadly as I have described above. It is only 04
sary to substitute a cone of spongy iridium for the
of spongy platinum used in the former case.
C. On the Clips used for introducing and VolatHisimg
Compounds in Flames whose Temperature approaches or
equals the Fusing-point of Iridium. — The inner cone of an
oxyhydrogen or oxy-coal-gas blowpipe flame, when broo^t
to a minimum length, is at the temperature mentioned
above. When I introduced a compound into the in-
terior of the inner cone of a vertical blowpipe flame, I
completely covered with the compound either a strong
filament of purified carbon ending in a sharp point, or m
small rod of iridio-platinum with 80 per cent of iridiam
forged at white heat, ending in a fine point overlaid with
pure iridium.
When the carbon filament is properly covered with m
compound, which remains almost entirely on the surface,
it resists, before being completely burnt, a sufficient length
of time to permit a speArum analysis of the flame in
which the compound is vaporised.
The small-pointed iridio-platinum rods withao percent
of platinum, and overlaid with pure iridium, resist mach
longer before melting. The pointed end bends when ap-
proaching the point of fusion, and thus tells automatically
when it is necessary to remove it from the inner cone in
order to save it from melting.
When I wished to force the inner cone of an oxyhydro-
gen or oxy-coal-gas flame, horijtontally, or nearly so, on
to a compound to volatilise it, without contaminating ths
holder with sodium, I met with great difficulties : to over-
come these I had to resort to complex methods, which
involved me in a long and expensive work, because it
necessitated the preparation and employment of very
considerable quantities of pure white iridium, of welded
iridium jplates, and even of a cup of fused iridium.
The first method consisted in the use of a flat plate of
pure white iridium, 5 m.m. long, completely covering a
disc of carbon which had been purified and freed from
sodium, 3 cm. diameter by 5 m.m. thick, let in, to the
depth of 6 m.m., to a hole made in a small block of pore
magnesia compressed and hardened by being exposed to
a white heat, made by the late Colonel Caroo. The
magnesia block, before receiving the carbon disc, waa
heated for some time in a coal-gas and sir blowpipe, to
drive off the sodium obstinately held by magnesia even
when it is free from silicic acid.
Having warmed the white iridium plate, which waa
raised from a to 3 m.m. above the top of the block of
magnesia, in a coal-gas and air blowpipe, until all the
sodium deposited by the air was driven off, I put in the
middle ofthe plate, with platinum forceps, a small iridium
dish, which had been welded in an oxv-coal-gas blowpipe
flame, carrying either a core of an infusible compound or
a hollow core of welded iridium, covered externally with
the compound (oxychloride, sulphate, or carbonate) that
I wanted to put into the inner cone of an oxyhydrogen or
oxy-coal-gas blowpipe, in order to volatilise it and make
a spedrum analysis of its vapour.
The second method consisted in replacing the plate of
white iridium, permeable by liquids, by a cup of
fused iridium, not permeable by liquids, let in for half its
height to a small block of pure magnesia, compressed
and hardened at a sustained white heat, and heated in an
oxy-coal-eas blowpipe until accidental sodium impurities
were entirely driven off. The fused iridium cup was
3 cm. diameter by 8 m.m. high. It was dished in the
centre to a depth of 4 m.m., and weighed 102*800 grms.
I owe the possession of this unique cup — without which
it would have been impossible to raise the vapour of
potassium, sodium, and lithium compounds to the tem-
perature of the inner cone of an oxyhydrogen blowpipe
flame — to the kindness of Mr. G. Matthey. When I used
the cup, a hollow cone of welded iridium was put in the
bottom of it. The top of this cone was about 2 m.m.
above the edge of the cup. Having raised the cup and
the contained cone in an oxy-coal-gas blowpipe flame to
CsamoAL Nbwi, i
Nov. t5» 1895. /
Quantitative Determination of Perchlorates.
241
a temperature near the fusing- point of platinum, I filled
it with the liquid compound meant to be volatilised ; at
the same time I turned the inner cone of an oxyhydrogan
biowfip^ flatms on to the top of the cone saturated with
the liquid, whilst, with a conveniently placed spe^roscope,
M. Rommelaere and 1 proceeded with the spedrum
analysis of different parts of the flame charged with
▼apoor. It several times happened that, on turning an
oacyhydrogen blowpipe flame on to the top of the iridium
cone in the iridium cup containing an alkaline chloride or
sulphate heated to the fusing-point of platinum, these
compounds exploded, and were thrown to some distance,
scattering fiery drops about. To guard ourselves from
danger, and to proted our instruments, we covered our-
selves and the spedroscopes with wet cloths.
Iridium undergoes no alteration by contad with
chlorides and sulphates of potassium, sodium, and
lithium, or even lithium oxide, when raised to the highest
temperature attainable in an oxyhydrogen blowpipe
flame. On the other hand, compounds of calcium, stron-
tium, and barium always attack the surface of iridium,
whether welded or fused. It produces thus at first
coloured compounds, containing calcium, strontium, and
barium. These compounds decompose finally, leaving
the iridium with a roughened surface.
I cleansed the articles which had been used in ex peri -
menu by treating them first with very dilute hydrochloric
acid, and then by keeping them for at least one hour in a
mixture of equal parts of anhydrous bisulphates of
potassium and sodium at a dull red heat. After having
washed them thoroughly with water, I heated them in a
coal gas and air blowpipe flame, until the^ showed no
trace of the spedrum of the compound which had been
in cootad with the iridium.
(To be continued).
THE QUANTITATIVE DETERMINATION OF
PERCHLORATES*
By D. ALBERT KRBIDER.
The method usually employed for the quantitative deter-
mination of perchlorates, by igniting to the chloride and
weighing the halogen as the stiver salt, is indired and
subjeA to error, especially as my experience proved, where
the free acid is to be determined, and where, consequently,
an alkali which is apt to contain chloride is used to form
the salt for the ignition. To purify the salt for this me-
thod only adds to the complication, and therefore a more
satisfadory process was sought. In a recent article
(Am$r, youm. of Sciinci^ vol. xlviii., p. 38) from this
laboratory, by Prof, Oooch and myself, a method for the
deletion of alkaline perchlorates sssociated with chlorides,
chlorates, and nitrates was detailed, with mention of cer-
tain efforts towards a quantitative determination. As
throwing light upon the peculiar properties of per-
chlorates, and as an introdu^ion to the satisfaAory
method which I have finally developed, some of the re-
sults of these earlier efforts will here be given.
In studying the properties of perchloric acid in the form
of its potassium salt, we found that when treated with
potassium iodide in the presence of boiling phosphoric
acid, no redudion of the perchlorate is efleded,— unless
indeed, the boiling be continued till the temperature rises
to 2x5® to 220° C, where the meta-phosphonc acid begins
to form. But when the meta- phosphoric acid (made by
heating the syrupy ortho-acid to 360° C.) is diredly ap-
plied in the presence of potassium iodide, and kept at a
temperature of about 200^ C, iodine is copiously evolved.
To test this readion quantitatively, a number of experi-
ments were made in an apparatus consisting of a retort,
* Contributions from the Kent Chemical Laboratory of Yale Col-
lege. From the Ammcan Joumai 0/ 5ci4nc4, vol. 1., OAober, 1893.
KCIO«
uken.
into the tubulature of which a glass tube was carefully
ground and prolonged so as to reach to the bottom of the
bulb and serve for the passage of a current of carbon di-
oxide, used to expel the air and carry the iodine into the
receiver. The neck of the retort was bent so as to reach
to the bottom of an Erlenmeyer receiving vessel, con-
taining a solution of potassium iojide, which was trapped
by a side-necked test-tube. After introducing the per-
chlorate with the iodide and meta- phosphoric acid, all
air was expelled by carbon dioxide and heat applied*
The iodine colleded in the receiver was titrated with
decinormal thiosulphate, from which the perchlorate was
calculated.
Table I. gives the results of several experiments per-
formed in this way, which prove that even with a large
excess of potassium iodide the perchlorate is so slowly
reduced that the hydriodic acid escapes before the reduc-
tion is completed. In order to delay the distillation of
hydriodic acid until the perchlorate had been completely
reduced, the potassium iodide of experiment (3) was intro-
duced in a short tube sealed at one end, so that the
meta-phosphoric acid could attack it only slowly, and the
heat quickly raised to about 300*^ C , but evidently
without advantage. In experiment (4) the iodide was
introduced in the same way, but the heat was applied
gradually and more moderately, with considerably im-
proved results.
Tablb I.
HOPO, KI KC10«
•*Md. Qted. found. Error.
Ormt. Cm.* Grmi. Grm. Grm.
(1) 0*1000 15 5'0 0*0741 0*0259-
(2) 0*1000 17 ZO'O 0*0844 0*0156-
(3) 0*1000 15 5*o 0*0364 0*0636-
(4) o*xooo 15 5*0 0*0977 0*0023-
A complete reduAion of the perchlorate evidently ne-
cessiuted the means of introducing the iodide in sufiScient
quantity and at will.
For this purpose the tube serving for the introduAion
of carbon dioxide was enlarged so as to hold the iodide,
which could then be added to the solution at any time by
a manipulation of the rubber conduAingtube for carbon
dioxide, which would draw the acid up to the iodide, and,
retreating, would carry back an easily regulated quantity
of the latter.
Table II.
KCIO« taken. K I used. KCIO« foond. Error.
Grm. Grmi. Grm. Grm.
{5) 0*1000 5'0 0*0984 0*0016 —
(6) O'looo 3*o 0*0924 0*0076-
(7) 0*0500 2*0 0*0508 0'OOo8-|-
(8» o*05«>o 2*0 0*0479 0*0021 —
(9) o'looo 7*o 0*0977 0*0023-
(10) 0*1000 3*o 00925 0*0075-
(IX) O'XOOO 30 0*0999 O'OUOX-
(X2) 0*1000 2'0 0*0994 O'00O6 —
(X3) O'XOOO 4*o 00966 0*0034—
Table II. gives a number of results obtained in this
way. Experiments (xo), (zx), and (is) differed from the
others only in the employment of a bulb pipette instead
of the retort ; one end being bent so as to reach to the
leceiver, and the other cut off rather short with a tube
ground into it, serving the same purpose of conduding
carbon dioxide and holding potassium iodide— the greater
inclination of the potassium iodide tube made possible by
this change appearing to offer advantages for the more
gradual and regular mtrodudion' of the iodide. The
amount of meta-phosphoric acid used was in all cases
15 cm.". In experiment (X3) beat was applied by means
of a bath kept at 230**.
While several of these determinations gave only ad-
missible errors, the irregularity of the remainder, and the
uncertainty in striking just the proper conditions for
good results, proved the method worthless, at least in,
that shape.
242
Quantitative Determination oj Perchlorates.
I CBBMtcAL Nswa,
I Nov. 15, 189s.
The experimeDti of Table III. record the results of
adding the acid drop by drop to an intimate mixture of
the powdered perchlorate and iodide kept hot.
Table III.
KC10« taken.
KI taken.
KC10« found.
Error.
Grm.
Gnne.
Grm.
Grm.
(14 O'XOOO
(15) 0-0500
40
0*1036
0*0036 +
. 2*0
0*0502
0*0002+
(16) 0-0500
30
005x5
0*00x5 +
The high results of this Table doubtless point to the
dissociation of hydriodic acid or to the partial reduftion
of the meta-phosphoric acid in the temperature, which
would na turally nse higher where so small an amount of
liquid was present. But when the meta-phosphoric acid
was there in greater amount, the distillation of the hy-
driodic acid before the complete reduAion of the per-
chlorate could not be prevented.
An ordinary mixture having thus been found insufiScient
to hold the hydriodic acid to the reduAion of perchlorates,
a search for some compound in which the perchlorate
could be fused with an excess of potassium iodide and the
mixture thus obtained subjeAed to the adion of meta*
phosphoric acid resulted m the employment of sine
chloride. Anhydrous sine chloride was found to fuse at
about 200° C. The perchlorate and iodide could be added
to this fusion, and the whole melted, thoroughly diffused
and cooled, without any evolution of iodine. This mass,
when treated with meta-phosphoric acid in the apparatus
previously employed, melted gradually with a copious
evolution of iodine.
Table IV. shows the quantitative a^ion. The amount
of sine chloride used was roughly taken about equal to
that of the iodide.
Table IV.
KC10« taken.
KI taken.
KC10« found.
Error.
Grm.
Ormi.
Grm.
Grm.
(17) 0*0500
50
0*0552
0*0052 +
(18) 0*0000
50
0*0044
00044 +
(xg) 0*0000
4-0
0*0057
0*0057 +
In (19) a mixture of cadmium iodide and potassium
iodide, taken in the proportion of their molecular weights,
was substituted for the sine chloride. The known salt
corresponding to the formula Cdl3.2KI+2HaO was not
so convenient, because of its high melting-point — 230° C. ;
but when the two iodides are taken in the proportion of
their molecular weights, the mixture fuses at about 200* C.
Although this mass, after fusion, was more easily soluble
than the xinc residue, the blank determination revealed a
source of error equally disparaging.
Gaseous hydriodic acid passed into a mixture of the
perchlorate and meta-phosphoric acid at a temperature
between aoo° and 300° C, was markedly less effedive
than the generation of the acid on the spot ; and the dis-
tilling of the perchloric acid by meta-phosphoric acid into
a receiver of potassium iodide yielded oolv a trifling
amount of iodine, while the passage of hydriodic acid
over the fusing perchlorate in a short combustion tube was
precluded by the high meltin|-point of the perchlorate
endangering the dissociation of the halogen.
The invariably high results obtained by the use of meta-
phosphoric acid in all those experiments in which there
was a reasonable assurance that the hydriodic acid was
held till the perchlorate was completely broken up —
experiments (X3), (14), (X5), (X7), (18). and (19) — indicated
either a dissociation of hydriodic acid or a partial reduc-
tion of the meta-phosphoric acid. Of the latter cause
there were some grounds for suspicion, but, as its deter-
mination ltd too far from the objed of the investigation,
the use of phosphoric acid was abandoned. So far as our
experience extended there remained, then, nothing among
the reagents of the wet methods which was sufficiently
aAive and stable enough to warrant its application.
Fusion alone seemed capable of extrading the oxygen
from the perchlorate. A number of preliminary tests
were therefore made on certain salts of the halogens, us
the hope of finding one which would be aded upon by
the oxygen of the perchlorate with the liberation of thm
halogen, which latter could be colleded in a receiver of
potassium iodide and titrated with thiosulphate.
The double chloride of aluminum and aodtom,
AlaCl6.2NaCl, melu at about 200° C, and was in other
respeds desirable. When fused with potassiom per-
chlorate, chlorine was copiously evolved. The aAion of
air on the fusion also liberated chlorine ; but blank deter-
minations in an atmosphere of carbon dioxide proved that
under these conditions not a trace of chlorine was
evolved. The apparatus employed for a quantiutive teet
of this reaAion on perchlorates consisted of a small dis-
tilling flask of about 20 cm.* capacity, into the tubnlatare
of which was ground a piece of glass tubing reaching
well into the bulb, and serving for the passage of carboo
dioxide. The side neck was sealed to one of two coo*
neded Will and Varrentrapp absorption bulbs containing
a solution of potassium iodide to receive the chlorine.
After weighing the perchlorate into the flask, and adding
a sufficient amount of the powdered double chloride, ell
air was expelled by carbon dioxide, and heat applied
till the fused mass was raised considerably above the
melting-point and kept there for some time. Table V.
contains the results of a number of experiments per-
formed in this way.
Tablb V.
KC10« Uken. KC10« foond.
(20)
(21)
(22)
(23)
(24)
(25)
(26)
Grm.
00500
0*0500
0*0500
OII93
0-X039
0*0500
0*1003
Grm.
0*0438
0*0482
p*046o
OXX75
o*xox8
0*0477
00946
Error.
Grm.
0*0062-
0'00X8-
0*0040-
0*00x8-
0*002 X -
0*0023 -
0*0057 -
These results came so close to beine quantitative that
a little help in the form of free acid seemed all that
would be necessary to complete the readion. But the
addition of meta-phosphoric acid to the cooled mass after
the fusion in (22) gave no additional evolution of iodine.
In (25) gaseous hydrochloric acid was passed in with the
carbon dioxide in the hope of meeting the deficiency,
but was evidently no improvement. One test, in which
meta-phosphoric acid was added to the fusion, restilted
in such a violent evolution of hydrochloric acid that the
whole contents of the flask was forced into the receivers.
(To be continned).
PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.
PHYSICAL SOCIETY.
Ordinary Mettingt Novtmhir 8M, 1895.
Prof. A. W. ROcKBR, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Mr. W. H. Evbrbtt read a paper on ** Thi Magmtic
Field of any Cylindrical Coil or Plant Circuit."
The method of treatment is based on the formula for
the force due to an element of current. A single integra-
tion applied to one component of this force gives for any
point in the field due to a plane circuit the force perpen-
dicular to its plane; and a double integration gives the
longitudinal force at any point due to a cylindrical coil of
any cross-sedion, the depth of winding being supposed
inconsiderable. For coils in which the latter condition
does not hold, an approximate solution can readily be
found. THe force parallel to the plane of a circuit, and
the transverse force due to a coil, are investigated in a
CBBMICAL NbWS, 1
KoT. xs» 1845. '
Latent Heat of Evaporation of Benzene.
243
■tmilar manner. The general resnlts are of a very simple
form and admit of easy approximate calculation. Special
formulae are deduced for coils of redaogular crosssedioo,
the general expressions being in this case integrable.
Appended to the paper are some numerical results
giving the values of the forces at different points due to
coils of various dimensions.
Prof. Pbrry said he considered the paper to be a
rmluable one, particularly as illustrating a praAical
mathematical method of integrating.
Mr. Trottbr said the paper was of interest to him, as
he considered that several of the author's results might
be applied to the solution of problems on illumination,
cf., the illumination of a room by a circle of lamps.
Mr. Rhodbs regretted that it had not been possible to
supply a proof of the paper before the meeting. The
method in which the author obtained the force outside a
solenoid as the difference of the forces due to two
solenoids reminded him of the method employed in cal-
culating the attradion of, say, a truncated pyramid.
Prof. SiLVANUS Thompson said the author had men-
tioned several previous papers on the subjeA, but had not
referred to one by Prof. Viriamu Jones, in which the force
due to a solenoid is obtained in terms of elliptic integrals.
Another method of attack was to calculate the work done
when a unit pole is carried through the solenoid and back
outside to the starting-point.
Prof. Ayrton said he also regretted the absence of a
proof of the paper. He considered it of great importance
to have exa^ and simple methods of calculating the forces
due to a solenoid.
The Chairman (Prof. RdcxsR) said he had made a
somewhat similar calculation in connexion with the
magnetic effed of sheets of basalt below the surface of
the earth.
Mr. B. H. Griffiths read a paper, by himself and
Miss Dorothy Marshall, on ** Thi Latint Hiat of
Evaporation of BenMitti,^^
The method employed is similar to that used by one of
the authors in the determination of the latent heat of
evaporation of water (Phil, Trans* , 1895). The loss of
heat due to the evaporation is balanced by (a) the heat
supplied by an eledric current ; (6) a secondary supply
due to the work done by the stirrer ; (c) a slight gain or
loss due to small unavoidable changes in temperature of
the calorimeter. The comparative values of the various
sources of heat (if we denote the supply due to the
eledrical current by 1000) is approximately : — Eledrical
mooo; stirring dx; changes in calorimeter tempera-
ture, ^. The eledrical supply could be measured with
extreme accuracy, and the above table shows that small
errors in the determination of the remaining thermal
quantities are of little importance. The results may be
summed up in the formula —
L ■■ I07'05 — 0*1581 0;
where B is the temperature, and the thermal unit at 15" C.
is used.
The discussion on this paper was postponed till after
the reading of the following paper.
•* On a Method of Comparing thi Heats of Evapora-
tion of different Liquids at their Boiling-points," By Prof.
Ramsay and Miss Marshall.
The method employed has already been described be-
fore the Society (Jan. nth, 1895). '^^^ liquid to be
experimented on is put into a glass bulb enclosed in an
outer jacket filled with the vapour of the same liquid.
An open tube is attached to the top of the bulb, so that
there is free communication between tke interior and the
vapour-jacket, and no loss of material. Inside the bulb
is a spiral of fine platinum wire, attached to stout plati-
num terminals which are sealed into the glass. The
temperature of the liquid in the bulb is raised to the
boiling-point by the vapour-jacket ; thus when a current
is sent through the wire the whole of the heat developed
is spent in converting a portion of the liquid into vapour.
Two such bulbs are conneded in series, and the ratio of
their losses of weight is the inverse ratio of the heats of
evaporation of the liquids. A corredion is made for the
inequality in resistance of the spirals, and the ratio of the
differences of potential between the ends of the spirals,
when the current is passing, is determined in each experi-
ment by PoggendorfTs method. Results are given for
fourteen liquids.
Prof. Ramsay drew special attention to the table
ML
giving the values of the quotient -t^, where M is the
molecular weight, T the absolute temperature, and L the
latent heat. Very curious differences are noticeable in
the case of water, alcohol, and acetic acid.
Prof. Carry Foster expressed his admiration for the
method, since it obviated the necessity of knowing the
specific heat of the liquid or vapour.
Prof. SiLVANUS Thompson said the difficulty expe-
rienced in the case of water, due to eledrolysis, might be
obviated by the employment of a spiral of lower resist-
ance and a larger current, so that the difference of poten-
tial between the ends of the spiral should be less than
17 volts.
The Chairman said Captain Abney had asked him to
enquire to what extent the temperature of the liquid was
affeded by radiation.
Mr. J. W. Rodger asked if any dired experiment had
been made to determine if the temperature of the liquid
was not above its true melting-point. In some cases
differences of as much as 2^ might exist between the
temperature of the liquid and that of the vapour given
off. The differences in the value of -^ in the case of
water, alcohol, and acetic acid might be due to the fad
that the vapours of alcohol and water were simple, while
the vapour of acetic acid was complex.
Mr. R. Appleyard suggested that the differences ob-
tained in the case of water might be due to the presence
of dissolved air.
Mr. Griffiths said that the objedion to the adoption
of Prof. Thompson's suggestion was the fear that, with
short wires, an excessive difference in temperature be-
tween the wire and the liquid might exist.
Mr. Rhodes asked if Mr. Griffiths could trust his
determinations of temperature to to^oo^^ o( a degree ?
Mr. Griffiths, in reply, said that he thought there was
no limit to the accuracy with which a difference of tem-
perature could be measured; the absolute temperature,
however, he only relied upon to xo^oo^h o^ ^ degree.
Prof. Ramsay said the fad of superheating existing
would not affed the results, since near the temperatures
at which they were working the latent heat did not vary
appreciably with the temperature. In reply to Captain
Abney, he said some previous experiments by Dr. Young
and himself had shown that the vapour-jacket was quite
impervious to radiant heat from without.
Royal Institution. — The Christmas Course of Lec-
tures, adapted to a juvenile auditory, at the Royal
Institution, will be delivered this year by Professor John
Gray McKendrick, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., Professor of
Physiology in the University of Glasgow, and formerly
FuUerian Professor of Physiology in the Royal Institu-
tion. The subjed will be " Sound, Hearing, and Speech,*'
and the Ledures will be experimentally illustrated. The
first Ledure will be delivered on Saturday, December aStb,
at Three o'clock, and the remaining Ledures on Decem-
ber 31st, 1895, ^°^ on January aod, 4th, 7th, and gtb,
1896.
Illuminating Apparatus for observing the Changes
of Colour in Volumetric Analyses.— This apparatus
has been construded by A. Lupp, and can be obtained
from Kahler and Martini, of Berlin. In principle it is
like an arrangement often employed in disseding micro-
scopes.
244
Principles and Practice of Agricultural Analysis. [
Chmicai. Nswa,
Kov. 15, i8qs
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
Aids to thi Analysis of Food and Drugs. By T. H.
Pbarmain and C. O. Moorb, M.A., F.C.S., Members
of the Society of Public AnalyitB. London : Bailli^re,
Tindall, and Cox. Pp. 160.
This little book at once commends itself to oar good
wishes by its Preface. The authors say : — ** This work
is not intended to be used as a cram-book for examina-
tional purposes. We cannot emphasise too strongly the
faA that food analysis is not to be taught in a few weeks,
as is frequently attempted in the interest of public health
students. A competent knowledge of the analysis of
food and drugs is only to be obtained by some years of
aAive praAical laboratory work."
In treating of the analysis of milk, the authors remind
us that the disgraceful state of the milk trade in this
country is fostered, if not adually created, by the
** absurdly low standard '* adopted by the Somerset House
chemists who have been constituted the referees in adul-
teration cases. They have fixed upon 275 per cent as
the minimum for fat, and 8*5 for ** solid not fat." If we
compare this standard with that adopted elsewhere, we
find that it is exceptionally low. The State of New York
requires fat 3 per cent ; New Jersey demands total solids
X2 ; in Massachusetts the standard is 13 solids ; and in
Berne total solids 12*5, and fat 3*5.
. But there are other, and not less grave, errors in the
** Sale of Food and Drugs Ad.'* Its scope needs to be
enlarged, so as, e,g,, to bar the way to such quibbles as
the well-known plea that baking powder was neither food
nor a drug. The penalties are most absurdly low, and
have merely a maximum limit which magistrates can
and do at times reduce so as to render the punishment of
the sophisticator pradically nil.
In the matter of vinegar the authors seem to participi-
pate in the common English notion that this condiment
should be made from malt. Now the nitrogenous matter
in malt or other grain cannot at all contribute to the pro-
duAion of vinegar. It seems not improbable that the
presence of dextrine tends to prevent the formation of
those ethers which constitute the aroma of wine*, cider-,
and sugar-vinegars. This theory, which merits experi-
mental investigation, would account for the flatness of
malt-vinegar.
As regards pepper, it would be well if the importation
of *'poivrette" and of its raw material—to wit, olive-
stones—were totally prohibited. The estimation of the
woody fibre seems to be a capital point in the analysis of
peppers. The presence of lead chromate in any sub*
stance intended for introduAion into the human system
is a crime for which no money penalty is at all adequate.
The analytical procedures here recommended are
trustworthy, and indicate that the authors are not com-
pilers, but men of experience.
Tki Splash of a Drop. By Prof. A. M. Worthington,
M.A., F.R.S. Being the Reprint of a Discourse deli-
vered at the Royal Institution of Great Britain, May
i8th, Z894. Published under the Diredion of the Gene-
ral Literature Committee. London : Society for Pro-
moting Christian Knowledge. 1895. Crown 8vo., pp. 76.
Thb curious work before us discourses on the phenomena
observed when a drop of water falls into milk; of a drop
of mercury falling upon a hard, polished surface ; and of
a drop of milk falling upon smoked glass. The author
treats only of the mechanical phase of the question,
leaving, for the present at least, the eledrical aspeA to
other investigators, such as Lenard and J. J. Thomson.
As to any possible chemical phenomena produced, the
author is silent.
Prof. Worthington has succeeded in reproducing the
effeds produced by means of the instantaneous photo-
graphic process. Thus the illustrations show* e.g., the
appearances respeAively 0*0262, 0*0391, and oxox
second after the contad of a drop of water with a surface
of milk. Some of these figures decidedly remind us of
the lunar craters as seen with the telescope.
Principles and PracHci of Agricultural Analysis. A
Manual for the Estimation of Soils, Fritilisers, and
Agricultural ProduAs. For the Use of Analysts,
Teachers, and Students of Agricultural Chemistry.
Volume Ih^Fertilisers. By Harvey W. Wiley.
Chemist of the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
Svo,, pp. 332. Easton, Pennsylvania : Chemical
Publishing Co. 1895.
The appearance of this work is a striking proof of the
great and enlightened attention paid to agriculture by the
Government of the United States. The author's objed
has been ** to present to the busy worker a broad view of
a great subjed *' Those who merely want a book for
routine work or in preparing for an examination are
warned that they will here find little to attrad them.
The present volume comprises four parts. The first
treats of phosphates and phosphatic manures ; the second
is concerned with nitrogen in manures and their com-
ponents ; the third discusses potash as a manurial con-
stituent ; and the fourth speaks of such minor fertilising
materials as lime, gypsum, common salt, copperas, and
wood-ashes.
It will be at once seen that Mr. Wiley, like most
British agricultural chemists, but unlike an eminent
French authority, is far from placing lime in any form ia
the same rank as the three great plant foods — nitrogen,
phosphates, and potash. Whilst giving the general pre-
ference to the molybdic method, Mr. Wiley points out
certain sources of error which must be avoided ; such as
the occlusion of silica. One method of evading this
difiSculty is dissolving the original substance in sulphuric
acid with a little nitric acid. Silica is not soluble 10 hot
concentrated sulphuric acid. Error may, though rarely,
arise from the presence of arsenic, and more ft'equently
from the occlusion of magnesia and the volatilisation of
phosphoric acid.
Basic phosphoric slags have come into such extensive use
that they have attraded the notice of sophisticators. Hence
their analysis, and the detedion of adulterations (some
of which have been adually patented I), becomes an im-
portant question. It must be noticed that the substance
known in Europe as Thomas slag is called in America
•'odourless phosphate.*'
For the determination of nitrogen in manures and their
crude materials, the author gives the process of Dumas,
available in all cases, but now rarely used except as a
check; the soda- lime process of Varrentrapp and Will,
very generally used until of late for the determination of
nitrogen not in the nitric form ; and the Kjeldahl method,
also not available for nitric nitrogenous bodies. The pro-
cess of Wanklyn is pronounced to be of no pradical use
whatever.
For the detedion of potash in manurial matters, we
find mention of a spedroscopic method. Potassium gives
three faint and rather broad bands, two red bands, and
one of a plum colour. If these bands are not deteded,
we may at least conclude that the substance does not
contain a ponderable quantity of potash. In addition to
the ordinary platinum chloride method for the determina-
tion of potash in its various modifications, we find the
process for its estimation as perchlorate, which is pro-
nounced quite as accurate as the platinum process,
simpler, more expeditious, and cheaper.
Mr. Wiley expresses the hope that deposits of potassiom
salts may be discovered in the Uiut«d States.
The fourth part of this excelligl )et^ treats of miscel*
laneous fertilisers. The author cM.Acrs — in our opinion,
rightly — that a soil good enough to grow crops will con*
tain sufficient lime to furnish that ingredient of plant
CllBlllCAL NbWB, I
Nov. 15, 1895. >
Chemical Notices jrom Foreign Sources.
245
food for many yean. The aAion of lime is certainly most
favourable to those plants which are of value to men,
whilst the plants which avoid lime, though often very
beautiful, such as the heaths, azaleas, ftc. , are of little
economical value.
We are struck with a passage to the effed that lime is
not capable of ading as a fungicide. ** As a rule fungi
prefer acid readion in the substances in which they
grow.'* With the morbific microbia this rule hardly
applies. Most disease germs seem to prefer an alkaline
medium. Thus the use of liquids containing a trace of
sulphuric acid seems a safeguard against the infedion of
Asiatic cholera. Yellow fever, on the contrary, prefers an
acid habitat.
Gypsum, it appears, has the strange synonym of '* land-
plaster.**
Under the name -" Stall manures,*' the author includes
farmyard manures, night-soil, the excreta of poultry, ftc.
Mr. Wiley very truly declares that such manures have a
higher roanurial value than is deducible from the pro*
portions of phosphorus, nitrogen, and potash which they
contain (p. 3x1). This opinion we can confirm from our
own observations, and we must regret that it has been
ignored by many authorities in pronouncing on the value,
i.g.t of sewage manures.
Mr. Wiley's work must be regarded as a splendid con-
tribution to the chemistry of agriculture.
CHEMICAL NOTICES FROM FOREIGN
SOURCES.
NoTB^— All degrees of temperature are Centigrade anleM otherwise
expressed.
C^mpta Rmdus Hibdomadaires des Siatues, de VAcademit
des Sciences, Vol. cxxi., No. 18, Oaober 28, Z895.
Lord Kelvin, as a Foreign Associate of the Academy of
Sciences, read the Address of the Royal Society of
Liondon congratulating the Institute of France on its
centenary, and further delivered a speech recognising
France as his alma mattr of science.
On the Chemical Equivalents.— M. Margfoy.— The
aAual equivalents of chemistry are the prime numbers
comprised in the natural series of whole numbers between
I and 300. The author gives a table of his new equiva*
lents in columns parallel with the present equivalents
and the atomic weights. The equivalents of boron and
sulphur he makes identical, as also those respedively of
magnesium and glucinum, of chrome end psUadium, of
tin and cobalt. That of nickel he makes 149, as against
the equivalent 29*5 at present accepted. Gold and
platinum he makes alike, as also tungsten and lanthanum,
and iridium and osmium. The number of prime numbers
which exist among the 300 whole numbers is 63. M.
Margfoy adds that he has established the constitutive
theory of substances founded on the unity of matter, he
introduces into the consideration of the volumes the ele-
ment of porosity, and thus succeeds in combatting the
law of Dulong and Petit and the hypothesis of Avogadro.
He puts forward the following law : — The specific heat
multiplied by ihi dtnsity is equal to the porosity^ the
porosity of hydrogen under the existing conditions of
temperature and pressure being taken as unity.
Thermo-chemical Researches out Lithium, Magne-
sium, and Copper Cyanides. — Kaoul Varet.— The
author's results are that the heat evolved from Li in solu-
tion with gaseous cyanogen and water is +65*12 cal. ;
that from magnesium under the same conditions is
+ iia'0 cal. ; and that for copper i*29'8 cal.
Glucinum Carbide. — Louin Henry. — If we ascribe to
gluciuuin tiie atomic weight 903, and tu carbon that of
ii*97> glucinum carbide must be represented by the for-
mula CGI. Lebeau*s investigation gives us no reason for
modifying the atomic weight and the valence generally
attributed to glucinum.
Analysis of Emerald. — P. Lebeau.— The author hat
operated on the emerald of Limoges (Chanteloube, Haute
Vienna). He gives the following results :--
Loss at a red heat . . . .
Silica .. .. «. .. .. <
Alumina
Glucose (? should be glucina) .
Ferric oxide
Mn304
Magnesia .. .. .« •• ,
Lime
Phosphoric acid
Alkalis —
Titanic acid traces
I.
IL
1-46
z*4i
6606
6580
z6i
Z640
1433
1421
I -a
0-9
055
061
o'i7
0x4
O'lX
0*09
100*11
traces
9967
Oeterminatioo of Argoo.--Th. Schloesing, jon.-*
This paper will be inserted in full.
Syuthetic Formation of a New Ketonic Acid.— -£•
Burker. — The compound in question has been obtained
by the adion of camphoric anhydride upon benaene in
presence of aluminium chloride. Its composition is
C15H20OJ. It forms white crystals of a nacreous lustre
which melt at 135—137* and boil at 320^ at a pressure of
760 m.m. They are almost insoluble in water, sparingly
soluble in ligroine, but readily soluble in acetic acid,
alcohol, ether, benaene, chloroform, and carbon disul-
phide. The author has formed and examined its ammo-
nium, barium, silver, copper, cobalt, nickel, ainc, and
lead salts. He has also obtained iu etbylic and methylic
ethers, its anhydride, amide, and hydraside.
Liquefa^ion of Gelatin; its Saline Digeation. —
A. Dastre and N. Floresco.—Gelatin is transformable
into a kindred substance, gelatose or protogelatose,
charaAerised by want of the property of forming a jelly
and of being precipitated by a standard solution of sodium
chloride. In cultures of liquefadive miciobia it is ob-
served in the first moments that the gelatin is changed
into gelatose. Gelatin loses the property of jellifying if
left in contaa with an alkaline chloride or iodide. With
the fluorides, the transformation is only partial. The
change may be named saline digestion.
Zeitsehrift fur Analytische ChtmU.
Vol. xzxiv.. Part 2, 1895.
Researches on the Amorphous Nitrogenous
Organic Compounds present in Beer Worts. — H.
Scbjerning.
Determination of Sulphurous and Sulphuric Acids
m the Produ^s of the Combustion of Coal-gas.^
Uno Collan.^The author hopes to have demonstrated
that the sulphur of coal-gas, both in the luminous and in
the non-luminous flames, is chiefly converted into dioxide.
Demonstration of the Blood-spots in Judicial In-
vestigations.-^M. Gantter.— (See voJ. Ixxi., p. 238).
Improvements in Glass Cocks.-- H. Wolpert.—
This paper requires the nine accompanying figures.
Retardation of Ebullition, and on the Ejection of
Liquids. — H. Wolpert.
New Burner for Sodium Light.— Richard Pribram.
Simple Apparatus for Extraction. — Richard
Pribram.
Apparatus for Measuring off Small Quantities of
Mercury in the Kjeldahl Nitrogen Process.— Paul
Liechtli. — These three above papers cannot be intelligibly
reproduced witnout the accompanying figures.
246
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
t CflBMICAL NSWt,
\ Kw. 15, 1895*
Detennloation of Antimony as Antimonic
Antimoniate. — Otto Brunek. — Already inserted.
Examination of Butter.— Carl Th. Mdrner.^The
author finds the baryta number for twenty samples of
fresh butter from Central and Southern Sweden on the
average 200*7, <•'•> ^ ^i^^^^ lower than the values obtained
by Kdnig and Hart.
Introdu(5tion to Microcbemical Analysis. — H.
Behrens. — This work is noticed in a brief but highly
laudatory manner.
Use of the Eledric Current as a Source of Heat.
— A conspeAus of the methods devised by Saladin {Soe,
Chim. di Paris), Ducretet and Lejeune {Ibidem)^ H.
Moissan, Jules VioUe, and Lagrange, and Hohe (CompUs
Rindus),
Sources of Current, Resistance, and General
Arrangements for BleArolysis.— A compilation in-
cluding notices of a new dynamo for metallurgical labora-
tories and ledure rooms, by W. Borchers (Comptes
Rindus). — As the most convenient source of eledricity for
chemical laboratories Karl Elbs {Chemikir Zeitung) recom-
mends accumulators which may be readily charged by a
Giilcher thermo battery of 66 elements. Felix Oettel
{Chimikif Ziitung) shows that in diredlions for the eledro-
deposition of metals it is necessary to specify the strength
of the current per unit of surface ; as such unit he seleAs
the square decimetre. Communications follow by J. S.
Stillwell and Prof. P. T. Austen on the use of eledric
lamps in eledrolysis. The authors use glow-lamps as
resistances, which, as the Editorii point out, is no novelty.
The contents of RiJdorff*s paper are purely polemical.
Use of Sound Vibrations in the Analysis of
Gaseous Mixtures. — E. Hardy. — From the Comptes
Rendus*
Apparatus for Purifying Oxygen and Air in Ele-
mentary Analysis. — Hugo Schiff —A description of the
apparatus would require the two accompanying figures.
New Urometer.— Th. Lohnstein (^4//. Med. Central-
Ziitung), — A special form of hydrometer.
Some small Laboratory Apparatus.— Andr6 Bidet. —
These appliances cannot be satisfadorily described with-
out the accompanying figures.
Motor for Laboratory Purposes.— Ewald Saor.—
This apparatus is an application of Henrici*s hot-air
motor, and cannot be described without the illustration
here given.
New Cock for Vacuum Exsiccators. — O. Ernst.
Determination of Carbon in Iron. — A critical com-
pilation of known methods.
Distind\ion between a- and iB-Naphthols.— Aymonier
{Repert. Pharm, and Zeit. des Allgem. Oesterr. Apotheker
Vereins) uses a solution of x grm. of potassium dichro-
mate and x grm. nitric acid in xoo c.c. of distilled water.
If a few drops of Wiis solution are added to an aqueous
or dilute alcoholic solution of the naphthols there appears
a black precipitate in the absence of a-naphthol.
MEETINGS FOR^THE WEEK.
Wbonisoat, 20tb.— Society of Arts, 8. Open'ng Addreti of the
142nd Session, by Major- General Sir John
Donnelly, K.C.B., Chairman of the Council.
Thursday, 2iit.~Cbenitc«l, 8. •• The Evolution of Carbon Mon-
oxide by Alkaline Pyrogalloi Solutions during
Absorption of Oxygen,** by Prof. Clowes. " The
Composition of the Limiting Explosive Mix-
tures of various Combustible Gases with Air."
'* Barium Butyrate, and the Estimation of
Butyric Acid," by W. H. Willcox. And other
papers.
FtiDAY, aand.— Physical, 5. An Exhibition of Photographs of
SpeAra, by G. Johnstone Stoney. ** A DiteA-
reading Platinum Thermometer.*' by R. Appleyard.
** Historical Note on Reaiatance and its Change
with Temperatare," by R. Apple>ard.
THIS DAY. Crown 8vo, 370 pages, gt. dotb.
npHE HANDLING OF DANGEROUS
•^ GOODS : a Handbook for use of Qovemmeot aad Railway
Officials, Carriers, Shipowners, Insarance Companiea, Manufac-
turers, and Users. Comprising the Properties of Inflammatory.
Explosive, and other Dangerous Compounds, their Storafe ana
Transport, Official Ciaaaifications, Parliamentary BnaAneats. Ac
By H. J. PHILLIPS, F.I.a, Author of *< Engineering Gheaustry,'*
&c.
London:
CROSBY LOCKWOOD and SON, 7. Sutiooers* Hall Court, E.a
NOTICE.
JOHN CLIPF& SONS, Exchange Chambers,
LiBDa, wish to SELL (preferred) or LET their Chemical
Stoneware and Pipe Pottery, at Runcorn, upon Mancheater Ship
Canaljand scheduled for purchase), with view of OPENING AT
LEEDS, near their headquarters.
Either Trade Plant or Works separate if deaired. Part can re-
main on Mongage. In Chemical Trade centre, and next door to
large Chemical Works.
FOREIGN SCIENTIFIC BOOKS.
IMPORTERS OP FOREIGN BOOKS,
Receive regularly all Foreign Scientific Booka.
Catalogues and liats post free on application.
14, Henrietta Street, Covbmt Garden, London;
30, South Frederick Street, Edinburoh ;
and 7, Broad Street, Oxford.
SULPHUROUS ACID.
SULPHITES AND BISULPHITE OF LIME, SODA, Ac.
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE, 10/30 vols.
CARAHELS, Liquid and SoUd.
BENNETT d JENNER, Stratford, London.
\^ater-Gla88, or Soluble Silicates of Soda
* ^ and Potash, in large or small quantities, and titlier tolid
or in soiution. at ROBBRT RUMNBY*S. Ardwick CbeBical
Worka, Mancoester.
OLD PLATINUM
In any form Purchased for Cash.
Higbeat pricea allowed bjr
ROBBRT PRINGLB ft CO., Gold and Silver
Refiners, &c., 40 and 42, Clerkenwell Rd., B.C.
Send for Price List.
Phocographic Reaiduea reduced and purchnsed.
M I C A . '«—
P. WIGGINS ft SONS, ISi.'^SiTnSrteil'I.C* Lcodoa.
MICA MERCHANTS,
Hanufaetwert of Utca Goods for Blectrtcai and ALL p^pout.
Contractora to Her Maieaty'aOovernmeot
THE CHEMICAL NEWS
AMD
JOURNAL OP PHYSICAL SCIBNCB.
Bdited by WILLIAM CROOKBS, P.R.S.
Pttblisbed every Friday. Price 4d. Annual Subscription poai free,
including lodicea^^i.
CHARGES FOR ADVBRTISRMBNTS.
. £ *. d.
Five lines lucorumn (about 10 wof da to line) o s ^
Bacii additional line .. .. 006
Wboie column x is
Wboiepage 500
A reduction made iof a $erus 0/ tnsenum%.
Cbeques and Post>OCbce Oroera. crossed ** Lonoon and Coooif
Pank,** payable to tbe orocr ot William Crookei
BOY COURT. LUDGAT£ HILL. LONDON, B.C.
CRBMICALNlWt,)
SOV. 32, 1895. t
Determination 0/ Argon.
247
THE CHEMICAL NEWS
Vol. LXXII., No. 1878.
ON ARGON.
By R. NASINI.
Ths aathor it of opinion that the mooatomic cbarader of
argon, at deduced from the kinetic theory of gatea, can-
not yet be regarded at irrefragably ettmblithed. If the
kinetic theory of gatet allowt ut to prediA for monatomic
gateoas molecnlee with great probability a valoe for k
approximating to 1-67 (k being the relation of the specific
molecular heat at a conttant pretture to the ipecific heat
at a conttant pretture), according to the author, the
reciprocal relation is not to be regarded at necettary ;
that is, it cannot be generally concluded that k has the
same value for every monatomic molecule. It is sufficient
to assume that the energy of the rotatory movements
represenu a very small and negligible part of the progres-
sive movements, and that no— or only very slight — move-
ments take place between the several atoms within the
molecule in order to justify the assumption that also
in polyatomic gaseous molecules the value 1*67, or an
approximate number, can be obtained for k. If, further,
the value 40 were absolutely demonstrated as the atomic
weight of argon, this element would find no place in the
periodic system, and the system itself would be subverted ;
as would alto be the case if a value were found for tel-
lurium higher than that for iodine.
If we assume the value ao for argon, it may find a place
in the 8th group between fluorine and sodium. This
place in the periodic system seems very suitable, especi-
ally as the transition from fluorine to sodium is not at all
mediated. Ii; according to the conjeAure of the discoverers,
argon consists of two elemenu with the atomic weights
37 and 82, we could no longer admit the eighth group in
the sense now admitted, ft would then be necessary to
assume the existence of a new element after each halogen,
ao that, i,g,9 an element of the atomic weight ao would
follew after fluorine, and another between iodine and
csBsium. These elements would then form an eighth
group and conclude the period, whilst the pretent eighth
group must form a new group— the ninth.
In the present position of the question we must abandon
either the conclusions universally deduced from the kinetic
theory of gases or the periodic system.
As long as more cogent evidences cannot be brought
forward, the author does not believe that 40 represents
the true atomic weight of argon.— Goss. Chim. Ualiana
and Ckimktf Ziitung.
ON THE DETERMINATION OP ARGON.
By TH. SCHLOSSING, Jan.
The procedure for the determination of argon described
in my last paper {Comftss Rtndus, cxxi.. No. z6 ; Chbbi.
News, Ixxil., p. azi) yields, according to the verifications
submitted, results too low by an average of 0*6 per cent.
This error is not great ; we know its direAion and we
may accept it. I have sought to ascertain its cause, not
so much in order to arrive at a closer approximation, as
in the hope of deteAing some readion which is the origin
of the slight loss observed.
In the apparatus which I have described, argon is
brought in contad at a red heat with magnesium, copper,
cupric oxide, steel, porcelain, and asbestos. Can it be
some one of these substances which has a slight adion
upon argon ? In order to answer this question I have
performed a methodical series of experiments, causing
volumes of argon, accurately measured, to circulate
in the apparatus for a certain time, then extraaing them,
and re-measuring them after having been submitted to
the ipark in presence of oxygen and potassa, the condi-
tions of the experiment having been successively modi-
fied, so that we may perceive the influence of each.
Thete experiments, which it would be too tedious to
describe in detail, have shown that the total of the some-
what complex manipulations of a determination involves
a small lots of about o*a5 per cent of argon, when the
magnetium tube hat not been heated ; that the total loss
is between 0*5 and i per cent if the tube is heated as for an
ordinary operation ; that it increases slightly with the
duration of the experiment, and also with the tension of
the argon in the apparatus ; and that it does not appear
distindly due either to the steel, the porcelain, the
asbestos, the copper, or the cupric oxide. It followed
already from the experiments of Lord Rayleigh and Prot
Ramsay that argon is not appreciably absorbed by copper
or by cupric oxide, and here the fad is verified with all
needful precision.
Among the experiments which I mention, those in
which the tube of steel or of porcelain is heated, as in
the majority of the determinations, for an entire hour
have given the following losses : — 0*70, 1*13, 0*66, 0*69,
0*63, 0*43* 0*51, or a mean of 0*68 per cent of the argon.
This figure, o'68 per cent, agrees well with that (o*6a) of
the experiments of verification referred to above. In fine,
we may admit that for a series of determinations the
mean error is approximately 0*7 per cent.
I have applied the procedure in question to the deter-
mination of argon in normal air. It has given the fol-
lowing results: —
Normal Air tak$n in Paris at about zo wutrts
abovi thi Ground.
Argon
Sept. as
.. a6
oa. z
•f 4
In 100 vols, sir
In 100 volt, of cootsinioc 79*04
aunotpheric nitrogen. ofnitrogoa.
ZZ85 0*9369
z«z83 0-9349
Z'z85 0*9367
z*z8o 0*9335
z«z85 0*9363
Mean.
z*i84
0*935
In zoo vols, of
stmotpheric nitrocta. In 100 vols, of sir.
Air taken in Normandy, on
a hill of 305 metrei high
I'zSa
o'9343
Air taken at 300 metres
high on the Eifiel Tower
i*z8o
0*9338
Air taken in an iron mine
i*z83
o'9354
Mean.
z*z8a
0-934
The slight respeaive diflferences shown by these results
are of the rank of experimental errors. They do not
necessarily correspond with real variations of the amount
of argon in the air. If such variations occur they are
probably very slight. Thus it roust be laid down for
argon as for the two most abundant elements of the atmo-
sphere, oxygen and nitrogen, its proportion varies only to
a degree scarcely perceptible on analysis. The constant
composition of our atmosphere is explained, as it is
known by the incessant stirring to which it is submitted.
As regards argon, its chemical inadivity, if confirmed,
would be another reason why it should not vary.
If we make the corredion of 0*7 per cent in addition to
the above means as regards normal air they become i*Z9a
and o*94Z. We may easily calculate the difference with
this figure of z*z9 per cent (the first cause of the discovery^
248
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
i iJBBiiiau. !>{•«•,
Nov. ast 1895.
of argon) between the weight per litre of atmoBpheric
nitrogen and that of chemical nitrogen^a difference
which Lord Ray lei gh and Professor Ramsay determined
diredly by measurements of great precision, and found
equal to 1*2572 grm. — x'2505 grm., or 0*0067 grm. If, in
f|ta, Dx, Da, and D3 are respedivelv the weights per litre
Qf argon, of chemical nitrogen, and of atmospheric nitro-
gen we shonld have —
o'ozig Dx+(x -0*0119) Da'Dj,
whence—
D3 - Da - o'oi 19 (Di - Da).
'■ Now, the experiments of Rayleigh and Ramsay show
ns Dz and Dz* They have given Da "Z '2505 grm., and
for the density of argon with reference to hydrogen 19*9,
or for the weight per litre 19*9x0*0896 grm., or 0*783
We have, therefore, with a sufficient precision
Di — Daao*5325 grm. and Da — Da""0'oo63 grm. This
yalue of 0*0063 grm. of the difference in question ou^ht to
be, ^n consequence of the procedure by which it is oh-
tmined, a closer approximation than the foregoing 0*0067
grm.
^ Here follow some results referring to gases extraAed
from agricultural toils.
Argon for 100 volt.
of nitrogen
accompftnied with
Gas taken at a depth of 0*20 metre in the
soil of a pine forest 1*170
Gas taken at a depth of 0*40 in a ploughed
' soil Z'x69
Gas taken at a depth of 040 in a ploughed
soil 1*155
Gas taken at a depth of 0*40 in the »oil of
a garden 1*118
The mean of these figures is lower than that corre-
sponding to normal air, which depends in part on the sol-
vent a^ion of water (argon, according to Rayleigh and
Ramsay, about 2i times more soluble in water than is
nitrogen), always supposing that the rain reaches the soil
before it has uken up from the air all the proportion of
argon which it can dissolve. — Comptes Hindus, cxxi., p.
604.
CHEMICAL RESEARCHES AND SPECTROSCOPIC
STUDIES OF VARIOUS ELEMENTS.
By J BAN SBRVAIS STAS.
(Continued from p. 241).
D. Oh thi Holders used to hold Compounds in an Electric
spark or Discharge. — ^^I'o hold the compounds to be vola-
tilised I used platinum or iridium ballsj m.m. in diameter,
at the end of a platinum wire i m.m. in diameter, or,
better still, small cones of purified carbon fixed to a
platinum wire. The platinum or iridium balls, and the
small * carbon cones, 'were completely covered with the
compounds in the form of anhydridis or hydrates, or
sometimes merely soaked in a saturated solution of the
compound to be volatilised.
I made different arrangements according as I passed the
spark or current in the surrounding air, or in purifiid air,
or in pure hydrogen.
When I worked in the outer air I clamped, and held bv
acrew clips, the platinum wires, ending m balls or small
carbon cooes covered with the compounds, between two
separate and insulated metal rings. The two metal rings
were attached to a varnished glass stem by means of
insulated supports. The glats stem was mounted on a
metal stand ; it could be raised or lowered by means of a
rack with which the stand was furnished. Thanks to
these arrangements, one could raise to any height required
lhe two rings attached to the stem^ adjust the, distance
between the balls or saturated carbon cones, and pasa
the spark or discharge between them.
Having arranged the apparatus in front of, and aa near
as possible to, the slit of the speAroscope, and having
guarded it against spattering by interposing a thin sheet
of mica, one can at will let through the slit of the spedr(>«
scope the rays from either the middle of the spark or from
either of its ends.
When the platinum balls or the carbon cones were
completely covered by the compounds to be volatilised,
spedrum analysis of a* spark, or even a discharge, showed
no lines due to platinum or carbon.
When working in purified air, or, better still, in pnrg
hydrogen, I used the same platinum wire holders, ending
in balls of this metal or of iridium, or carbon conea»
completely covered with the compounds to be volatilised
in the spark or discharge ; but in this case I arranged the
platinum wires by means of well^wasbed corks in a glaaa
tube open at both ends, from 2 to 3 cm. diameter b^ zo
cm. in length.
At a distance of a cm. from each end was fixed a small
glass tube, furnished with a cock meant to admit and
maintain a ctirrent of purified air or pure hydrogen whilat
the sparks or eledric discharges were passing.
Whatever care might be used in fitting; the apparatna,
it was impossible to prevent the outer air from diffusing
into the gas in the tubOi especially when this gas was hyw
drogen. For this reason it was necessary to maintain the
current during the experiment, and at least to eompUUfy
cover the corks fitted to the tube, as well as a part of the
tube itself, with a layer of melted shellac or wax«
When working with a spark in the open air 1 sometimee
did and sometimes did not see atmospheric lines. In a
note* I give the reason of the appearance and disappear*
ance of atmospheric linea.
SpeArum analysis of the discharge in air enabled me to
deted the constant presence of atmospheric lines superposed
on the lines of the compound volatilised in the discharge.
This constant presence makes observations of a discharge
painful and uncertain.
Passing a short spark in hydrogen showed only the red
hydrogen line with the spedrum of the volatilised com*
pound, whilst a discharge in hydrogen constantly shows
the red and bluish green C and F linea superposed on the
spedrum of the volatilised compound, the F line appear*
ing as a band shaded on both sides. However intenae
the discharge might be, I could not deted the other hy»
drogen lines.
To put a saline solution into an eledric spark or dis-
charge, I took a clear glass tube, open at both ends, zo
cm. long by 3 cm. diameter, fitted with glass taps in the
sides, towards the top and bottom^ to admit a current of
pure air or hydrogen. In the lower end of the tube I
fitted a plug of pure rubber, very slightly tapered, pierced
by a platinum rod 3 m.m. diameter, terminating above in
a tripod of the same metal, and having a hole below to
make contad with the positive eledrode.
I placed on the tripod a platinum dish slightly smaller
than the diameter of the tube, containing a hollowed cone
of this metal with a capillary hole through it* the top of
which was about 2 m.m. above the top of the dish. I
filled this dish with the saline solution to be put in a
spark or discharge which flashed from the liquid covering
the top of the cone
The upper end of the tube was fitted with a slightly
tapered plug of pure rubber, pierced by a pure platinnm
rod 3 m.m. diameter, terminating below in a point, and
with a hole above to make contad with the negative
eledrode.
Before receiving the saline solution to be put into the
eledric spark or discharge, the dish as well as the plati-
num cone held in it were washed with very dilute hydro*
chloric acid, then with pure water, and finally made
white-hot.
* Chsmical Nsws, vol. Uiii., p. 326 (and footootc).
• ClIsiiiCAt Hurt. I
Nov. 22, 1895. t
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
24^
The terminal point of the platinum rod, before being
adjaated vertically above, and from 2 to 3 m.m. from the
top of the platinom cone, wai treated in the lame way as
the dish.
Thanks to the pare rubber plug, this apparatus preserved
perfedly the pure air and hydrogen contained in it.
When working in air, the liquid, being in contaa with
platinum only, yielded, on spedrum analysis of the spsrk
aaturated with the liquid which rose by capillarity to the
top of the cone, the spedrum proper to the compound, to
which nevertheless was often added the red hydrogen line.
SpeArum analysis of a spark showed the same spedrum,
to which was added some atmospheric lines. When
passing a spark or discharge in hydrogen, one saw the
spedrum of the saline liquid, to which was added either
the red hydrogen line or the reddish and the bluish green,
or more frequently greenish blue, hydrogen lines.
When one substitutes, as is generally done, for the ap-
paratus arranged as described above, a glass tube which
18 itself used to hold the saline solution, and when one
prolongs for some time the sparks, and, better still, the
discharge, one notices that the spedrum seen shows the
sodium D line and some calcium lines, even though the
saline solution in the tube contains mithtr sodium nor ccU-
eium. As a matter of fad, in the apparatus utuallv used,
the calcium and sodium are obtained from the g^ass by
the attack on the tubes near the platinum wires, and
especially on the small glass cone, which admits the
wire used for the positive eledrode.
When using apparatus of which all parts to be put in
contad with a saline solution are made of platinum, the
method of analysing a spark or discharge saturated with
a saline solution shows an advantage over the analysis
of a spark or discharge passed between balls or cones
coated with solid compounds, whether anhydrous or by-
drated. In fad, in the former apparatus, one can make
the compounds with which one wishes to saturate the
apark or discharge^ in a close tube filled with air or hydro-
gen. Relying on this possibility I tried to ascertain
whether one could get, by means of calcium oxide, hydro-
chloric acid, or nitric acid, /r## frofk sodium t some
dissolved chloride or nitrate of calcium, which, when in-
troduced into a spark or discharge, would not show the
sodium line on spedrum analysis, a thing I could not
accomplish with compounds made in the open air. I
showed this possibility, and I satisfied myself absoluttfy
that the presence of sodium in a chloride or nitrate pre-
pared in the open air is due to the sodium contained in
the air. In the notes on the flame and eledric spedra of
chloride and nitrate of calcium I describe my observations
on this point.
The method of experimenting described above has a
fault which I ought to mention. It is, in many instances,
a fad that spedrum analysis of a spark or discharge, in a
strong or weak, neuUal or acid, solution of any of the
metallic compounds, fails to show always a spedrum con-
taining all th$ charaetiristic lin$s of thiu compounds.
In many cases the spedrum is incomplete. Thus,
whatever spedroscope be used, spedrum analysis of a
spark through a sodium salt only shows on$'third of
the lines seen in the eledric spedrum of sodium salts.
Experience has taught me that the greater or less vola
tility of the compounds is not the reason of the appear-
ance of complete or incomplete spedra ; for a spark,
which only shows one-third of the lines in the eledric
spedrum of sodium, shows a barium spedrum identical
with that of an eledric arc saturated with barium.
According to my experience and the checks to which I
have submitted my researches, in collaboration with M.
Depaire, this method of spedroscopic research, whatever
services it may have yielded, is not competent to give a
decisive indication as to the frestnce or ahsinc$ of a given
body in a compound submitted to analysis.
£. On thi Holdifs used to Volatilist Difftnni Bodi$s in
an BUcirie Arc—To volatilise the different bodies in
which I was carrying on my investigations in an eledric
arc, I first aded in the same way as when placin|| thd
same bodies in an eledric spark or discharge, — that is to
say, I used rods of pure carbon, of considerable length
and diameter, with their extreme ends covered with these
bodies, just as I have already described in notes on my
studies of different metals and metallic compounds. But
I soon learnt the weak points, or I might even say the
errors of principle, which are associated with this method
of experimenting. The voltaic current being established
by connedins the poles and the volatilising of the com-
pounds which covered them, the poles were brought at
once to the brightest incandescence. This incandescence
was less or greater according as the eledrodes were rn
contad or were separated to make an eledric arc. The
sum of the light from the poles and from the eledric arc
proper are said to form thi iUetric ligj^t.
But in his researches ** On the Temperature of the
Carbon Poles at the Instant they make the Eledric Light,
and on the Temperature of the Elednc Arc,"* Rossetti
found, at the end of the positive pole, a maximum tem-
perature of 3900°, at the end of the ntgativi pole a
temperature of about 3X5o^ and in the arc itself a
temperature of 4800^ whatever might be the diameter
of the arc and the intensity of the current which pro-
duced it.
Besides, when looking closely into an arc which passes
between two poles, one sees at once that its strudure is
not simple. At the beginning— that is to say, in the crater
whence the arc springs — it emits sky blue rays. The
arc proper is of a purplish blue colour. This difference
of colour between the arc at its origin and the body of it
shows it to be surrounded by a pink* red gaseous envelope,
of which the colour deepens gradually from the outside of
the arc towards the skf'blue part.
The arc, at its origin, appears to me to consist of car-
bon vapour, whilst the centre is composed of the same
current of carbon vapour, but partially oxidised by its
contad with the air which flows continually round the
arc. The colour of the envelope of the arc closely re-
sembles the tint which the inner cone of an oxyhydrogeo
blowpipe assumes when one puts a filament of pure car-
bon into it. Since an oxyhydrogen blowpipe supplies a
considerable excess of hydrogen mingled with oxygen,
the carbon bums in it with the greatest brilliancy, and the
flame produced thus is either red or pink, according as
one looks at it near the point where the filament is held
in the blowpipe, or at a part distant from that point. I
have seen the same pink-red colour when distilling silver
contained in a pure carbon retort in an oxyhydrogen or
oxy-coal-gas blowpipe. The flame which issues from the
retort is pink-red, in spite of the large quantity of silver
vapour it contains.
The temperature of the gaseous envelope surrounding
the arc is excessive. It greatly exceeds the fusing-point
of pure platinum, which is that of the inner cone of an
oxyhydrogen flame. In fad, pure iridium attached to a
carbon filament melts rapidly when put into it.
Pure iridium which one drops into the crater of an arc
two and a half cm. long, with a carbon spatula, is vola-
tilised at once, and in a very short time covers the
negative pole with small drops of melted iridium.
The poles emit heat rays ; the arc emits both electric
and heat rays ; as determined in my researches on the
heat and eledric spedra of sodium in an eledric arc.
When one projeds into the slit of a spedroscope, a beam
of parallel rays from the poles and the arc at once,
and saturates the arc with a volatilised compound which
has a different heat and eledric spedrum, the image has
the charaderistic lines of both spedra.
It follows from these fads that, when using an eledric
arc to study the spedrum of a body, one ought to throw
parallel rays coming from the poles, and parallel rays
coming from the arc, separately on the slit of the spedro-
• AnnaU* de Chtmie et de Phytique, Fifth Series, vol. xvfii.. 9.476
Paris, 1879.
250
Vapour -tensions of Mixtures of Volatile Liquids.
f CBBMCAL VlWBy
Mot. 22, i8^
scope, as I have taken care to do since I have nnderstood
the complexity of the ele^ric light.
(To be continned).
ON
THE VAPOUR.TENSIONS OF MIXTURES
OF VOLATILE LIQUIDS.*
By C E. LINBBAROBR.
(Contintied from p. 239).
VapouT'tSHMums ofMixtuns of Aettie Acid with Binsins
and with Tolutne.
Two series of determinations were carried out on the
mixtures of benzene and acetic acid, one at 35^ and one
at 20% but one, however, for the mixtures of toluene and
acetic acid, at 35^ In order to apply to the experimental
reiults of the work oar mode of calculation of the vapour-
tenstoni, it is necessary to know the molecular mass of
gaseous acetic acid at the above two temperatures.
* Abridced from the Joutnal of the Americnn Chemicat Society,
vol. svii., No. 8, Aofiist, 1895.
Now acetic acid even in the vaponrons condition is made
up in part of polymerised molecules, so that it is not
legitimate to set its molecular mass equal to that corre-
sponding to the formula C2H40a. What the adual mole-
cular mass of the gaseous acid at 35° and 20° is can be
easily calculated by the aid of the vapour-density deter*
minations of Bineau ('* Recherches sur les Relations des
Densit6s des Vapeur avec les Eqnivalenu Chimiqoes;"
Ann, Chim. Phys., xviii., 226, 1846), which are the more
applicable to the case in band as his vapour-density
measurements were made under the same conditions as
my vapour-tension determinations ; that is to say, Bineau
measured the amount of acetic acid that diffused into a
definite volume of air at a fixed temperature. The mole*
cular mass of acetic acid as deduced from Bineaa*s obser-
vations is Z04 for 35° and xxo for 20^ It may be worth
while to remark that an error of five in the molecular mass
will not entail an error of z millimetre in the vapour-
tension ; we may with all confidence then adopt the above
molecular masses of acetic acid in state of vapour as quite
accurate.
The necessary data of the experiments are given in
Tables X. to XII.; the superscription to each vertical
column renders any explanation of them here superfluous.
Table X,^Vapour 'Tensions of Mixiuns of Benzene and Acetic Acid at 35°
Vapour-tension of Benzene at 35^ is Z46 m.m. of Mercury.
Vapour- tension of Acetic Acid at 35° is 26*5 m.m. of Mercury.
P.c.ofC.lI«0« P.cofC.H^O.
in liqoid mUt. in gaMout mut.
644
1517
37x0
43*99
4986
5324
5465
5660
7387
80*00
P.c.ofC,H«0.
in liquid mist.
5324
80*00
97*28
2*45
474
8*25
IX*02
12*26
13-33
13-82
14*62
20'l8
26*91
Orms. CaH«Oft
in vapour.
0*0461
0*0834
0*0700
0*0867
0*0931
0*0969
0*0990
0*1063
0*1x56
0-I35X
Onns. C«H,
Tension of
Tension of
Volume of
Internal
in vapour.
CiH«0, in m.m.
CfH, in m.m.
air in mjn.
in m.m.
prea. mji
X-3759
3*5
X40-0
X955
758
X4
1*3580
6*4
129*2
X958
758
X5
1*5840
10*5
1x7*0
X020
767
16
05243
13-2
xo6-5
10x9
766
x6
0*4849
14*0
X03*i
1020
766
X7
0-473X
14*9
97*6
1020
766
X7
0*4630
X5-3
973
1020
766
X7
0*4677
x6*4
96*0
X020
766
X7
0*4585
18*4
727
ZOI9
766
16
o*275X
22*3
593
X020
766
X7
Tablb XI. — Vapouf'Tensions of Mixtures of Benzene and Acetic Acid at 20^.
Vapour-tension of Benzene at 20° is 75*6 m.m. of Mercury.
Vapour-tension of Acetic Acid at 20^ is 11*7 m.m. of Mercury.
P.C. ofC,H«OB Ormt. C,H«0, Orma. Call, Tension of Tension of Volume of Barometer Internal
m f aaeobs mixt. in vapour. in vapour. CsH«0, in m.m. CgH, in m.m. air in c.c. in m.m. prea. m.
iz*99 0*0440 0*2291 6*6 487 10x8 760 x6
21*97 0*0576 0*2100 9*1 33*o 1018 760 z6
64*66 0*0674 0*0276 11*4 6*2 ioz8 760 x6
Tablb XII. — Vapour-Tensions of Mixtures of Toluene and Acetic Acid at 35^
Vapour-tension of Toluene at 35'' is 47*2 m.m. of Mercury.
Vapour- tension of Acetic Acid at 35° is 26*5 m.m. of Mercury.
P.c.ofC«H«0, P.c.ofC4H40,
in liquid mixt. in gaseous mixt.
32*66
49-00
60*88
83-37
3r9X
56*36
Orms. C,tI«Os Orms. CfHa Tension of Tension of Volume of
in vapour. in vapour. C,H«Otin m.m. CrH, in m m. air in cc.
0*09x1 o*x66i X5*o 31*8 X020
0-X025 0*1485 X7*4 28*5 X020
0*1252 0*0858 22*2 i6'7 X020
Barometer
in m.m.
760
760
760
Internal
X8
X8
x8
Tablb XIII. — Partial Pressures of Benxene^ Acctie Acid, and Toluene.
Per cent of C,H«0, Partial preaaure of Partial preasure of Partial pressure of Partial pressure of Partial preaaore of
in liquid mixture. C«Ha at 33^ in m.m. CtH«0, at 33° in m.m. C, H, at 35** in m.m. CaH, at 20*" in m m. CftH«Oa at ao* in m.8K
xo X38*4 2*8 44*5 71-4 x*2
20 X30*9 5*6 41*6 67*5 2*3
30 122*2 8*2 38*6 63*1 3-5
40 XX2*6 ii*i 35*o 582 48
50 io2*4 13*6 3X*9 53*2 6*0
60 90*7 i6*2 27*8 47* X 7'2
70 76*7 X9*i 23*x 40*1 8*4
80 59*x 2X*7 18*4 3X*x 9^6
90 35*x 24*2 xx*i 18*5 xo*7
CflSMICAL ftlWt, I
4pY. as, 189s. f
Quantitative Determination of Perchlorates.
251
From these data curvet were constraded on a large
■cale with percentage! of composition as abscissae and
vapour-tensions as ordinates (i inch on the axis of ab-
■cisf se corresponded to 5 per cent ; z inch on axis of ordi-
nates to 10 m.m. of pressure) ; these proved to be perfedly
tegular, and passed diredly through most of the points.
The points for acetic acid either fell upon or very close
to the straight line conoeAing the left hand origin of the
co-ordinate system with the point on the right hand axis
of ordinates corresponding to the value of the vapour-
tension of pure acetic acid at the temperature in question,
vix., a6'5 for 35°, and 1x7 for 20°, the acetic acid vapour-
tension curve is simply a straight line, then, when the
composition is expressed in percentages. An interesting
conclusion to be drawn from this fad is that the partial
tension of acetic acid is the same, be it mixed with ben-
xene or with toluene ; the specific influence of the diluting
liquid seems to be extremely slight, if, indeed, there is any
at alL This circumstance also indicates that the mole-
cular condition of the acid is the same when it is dissolved
in either of the hydrocarbons so as to form solutions of
^e same strength ; this insight into the molecular struc-
ture of acetic acid enables us to determine by a little cal-
culation its molecular mass not only in the dissolved but
also in the pure state. In the following seAion will be
■ec forth the modus operandi.
From the curves drawn as just described above, the
partial pressures of the various constituents of the mix-
tores were taken for concentrations corresponding to zo,
20, 30, .... 90 per cent of acetic acid ; the data thus
obtained are given in Table XIII.
(To be oostintied)
THE QUANTITATIVE DETERMINATION OF
PERCHLORATES.*
By D. ALBERT KRBIDER.
(Contioued from p. a4a).
The results obtained by substituting (a) cadmium iodide
and (6) anhydrous xinc chloride for the double chloride
of aluminum and sodium are recorded in Table VI. In
(27), (28) and (29) cadmium iodide was used, and the
iodine obtained by treating the cooled mass with dilute
sulphuric acid (i : 6) and potassium iodide for the reduc*
tion of cadmium oxide in each case added to that of the
receivers. In (30) and (31) zinc chloride was employed,
but no additional iodine was obtained by treatment with
sulphuric acid and potassium iodide.
(27)
(28)
(29)
KCIO^
Orm.
O'lOOO
O'lOOO
O'lOOO
0*1000
01653
Table VI.
KC10« found.
Orm.
00745
0*0693
0*0679
0*0245
0*1156
Error.
Grm.
0*0255-
0*0307 -
0*0321 -
0-0755-
00497-
In (31) manganous chloride was mixed with the zinc
chloride in the proportion of a : i, in the hope of
strengthening the reducing adion. The black colour of
the fission revealed the formation of manganese dioxide,
the equivalent of which in iodine was obtained by dis-
solving the cooled mass in water, adding dilute sulphuric
acid and a Imown amount of ammonium oxalate, titrating
the residual oxalate with permanganate solution, and cal-
culating the difference into iodine, which was added to
that obtained by titrating the contents of the receivers.
This addition of manganous chloride to the fusion of the
double chloride of aluminum and sodium was forestalled
* CoBtribvtiont from the Kent Chemical Laboratory of Yale Col-
lece. FrosB the Amtrican Journal oj Science, vol. I., OAober, 1895.
by the necessity of subsequent solution of the fused
mass, which contained an impurity in the form of ferric
chloride, which of course in the presence of hydriodic
acid would be reduced with evolution of iodine.
It was evident from all these results, as well as those
obtained by use of other salts not necessary here to
record, that fusion with salts of the halogens would not
suffice for the complete redudion of perchlorates, or at
least would not quantitatively register the result in the
halogen liberated. The well-known readion of the
oxidation of chromic oxide by fusion with alkaline car-
bonates was also applied, A combustion- tube was used
for the fusion, sealed at one end, and, after the insertioii
of chromic oxide with a mixture of sodium and potassium
carbonate, restrided at the other end so as to admit a
small tube by which carbon dioxide could be entered to
expel all air. A blank determination gave no chromate.
When 0*1 grm. potassium perchlorate was mixed with an
excess of chromic oxide and alkaline carbonate, and care*
fully fused from the top, and kept in a state of fusion
throughout its length in an atmosphere of carbon dioxide,
the fusion subsequently dissolved in water, and the
chromic oxide removed by filtration, an amount of
chromate was obtained on titration equivalent to only
0*0347 grm. of potassium perchlorate.
Powerful as were the various reducing agents employed
for the decomposition of perchlorates, they were td\ suc-
cessfully resisted, even at the highest permissible tem-
peratures ; and if anything is proved by the results of the
experiments above recorded, it is that perchloric acid is,
in combination, one of the most powerful and stable acids
known. Certainly nothing short of high temperatures
is capable of overcoming the remarkable affinity by which
the oxygen of this acid is held by its salts. At about
400* C. the potassium salt fuses with evolution of oxygen,
and as a last resort an attempt was made to have the oxy-
gen thus obtained ad on hydriodic acid by intervention of
nitric oxide. It was the application of this principle that
led to the final method, which, both as to manipulation
and results, leaves nothing to be desired.
The method is essentially the collodion of the oxygen
of the perchlorate ; its subsequent passage into an atmo-
sphere of nitric oxide over a strong solution of hydriodic
acid, and the titration of the iodine thus liberated with
decinormal arsenic in alkaline solution. The apparatus
employed consisted of a piece of combustion tubmg 10 or
12 cm. in length, drawn out at one end to a narrow
restridion of length sufficient to prevent the adion of the
heat on the rubber tubing connediog it with a receiver
filled with caustic potash. The tube must of course bo
cleansed from all organic materials, and cannot be safely
employed for more than three fusions. A platinum t>oat
(porcelain fusing to the glass) served for the introduaion
of the perchlorate to the combustion-tube, and, in order to
bring about a gradual and quiet fusion, the perchlorate
was covered with a small amount of an equal mixture of
dry and pure sodium and potassium carbonates. CarboQ
dioxide obtained from a Kipp generator, the acid and
marble of which had been previously boiled to expel all
traces of air, and to which a little cuprous chloride had
been added to take up any oxygen which might be ab-
sorbed from the top, was passed through a solution of
iodine in potassium iodide to remove a trace of reducing
agent which it was found to contain, and then washed
with potassium iodide solution before being used. The
larger end of the combustion-tube was closed with a per-
forated rubber stopper by which it was attached to the
carbon dioxide apparatus. Af^er all air had been expelled
from the inclined tube by means of carbon dioxide, it was
conneded bv a short glass capillary and vacuum tubing
joints with the receiver, into which about 50 to xoo cm.*
of gas was allowed to flow before the combustion was
started, and thus, when only a small but inevitable bubble
remained insoluble in the caustic potash, the complete
removal of air was indicated. To prevent the caustic
potash from drawing into the combustion' tube, a httk
252
Quantitative Determination oj Perchlorates.
I CBxmcAL Niwt,
I Nov. as, 189s.
more carbon dioxide was entered, when the current was
doted by a pinchcock on the side towards the generator,
and heat gradually applied-^with perforated asbestos cards
on either side to check its radiation to the rubber — and
continued till the contents of the platinum boat was in a
auiet state of fusion. By lowering one of the bulbs of
^e caustic potash receiver^ the oxygen was evolved under
slightly diminished pressure, and thus the chances of loss
decreased. Then the tube was again inclined and care-
fully annealed, while a current of carbon dioxide carried
a]l of the oxygen into the receiver, which was then closed
and disconneaed. As a receiver, two levelling bottles
were found vastly su{>erior to a burette, the glass stop-
cocks of the latter giving continual trouble by the aAion
of the caustic potash upon them. I found that gas could
be removed from a levelling bottle without the loss of a
particle, if a perforated rubber stopper containing a capil-
lary tube, which reached just even with the narrower
end, was by a slight twist forced tightly into the neck of
the bottle. In this way a regular funnel- shape was ob-
tained, and the oxygen could be withdrawn without the
slightest bubble remaining. The other end of the capil-
lary was fitted with a short piece of vacuum tubing and
screw pinchcock, which worked incomparably better than
the glass stopcocks. The larger capacity of the bottle
was favourable for the volume of oxygen evolved, and its
8)iape offered superior facilities for the absorption of car-
hpn dioxide.
For the aAion of the oxygen on hydriodic acid through
the medium of nitric oxide, various devices were tested.
Passing it diredly into nitric oxide over a solution of
hydriodic acid in a Hempel absorption bulb was found to
yield low and irregular results, due doubtless to the
formation of nitric acid wherever the nitrogen trioxide or
peroxide, as the case might be, met water in which the
nvdriodic acid had been exhausted, — as, for instance,
silong the sides of the bulb. Shaking the bulb as the
oxygen entered improved the action, but was not sufiS-
cient. It was evident that, for a complete adion, the
hydriodic acid solution must be strong; and on the spot
where the higher oxide of nitrogen is formed; and to
avoid excessive use of the iodide the volume of water
must be kept at a minimum. Letting a solution of hy-
driodic acid saturated with nitric oxide flow slowlv into
the Hempel bulb in which the oxygen was contained over
water, was so slow in its adion that a quantitative test
was not applied. The plan of mixine the two gases
iinder a strong solution of hydriodic acid by means of two
capillaries with adjoining openings, was more effedive
and rapid, but it was wasteful of nitric oxide, which for
complete adion would have to flow in continual excess,
whereas only a small amount of nitric oxide would really
be necessary for the readion, since it could be used and
rie-used for the transfer of free oxygen to the hydriodic
i^cid. A simple piece of apparatus was then devised to
meet all these conditions. It consisted of a xoo cm.*
bulb pipette, cut off short at either ends with stopcocks
sealed to both stubs. The delivery-tube of one of the
stopcocks was cut off rather short after being tapered and
restriaed so as to hold a rubber conneder tightly, while
the other delivery-tube was left long enough to reach to
the bottom of an Erlenmeyer beaker. It is a convenience
to have these conduding tubes 3 or 4 m.m. in diameter
rather than capillaries, since for the various connexions
all air may be expelled from them by displacement with
wMer, which is easily accomplished by using a long-
nozzled wash-bottle. By attaching the shorter end to an
ordinary water-pump the air was partially exhausted,
when the stopcock was closed, and the bulb disconneded
and lowered into a solution of hvdriodic acid of approxi-
mately known strength, obtained by acidifying potassium
iodide with hydrochloric acid. When the desired amount
of liquid had been drawn in, the stopcock was closed and
connexion made with the carbon dioxide, by which all
residual air was expelled. Then the bulb, held so as to
prevent the escape of the liquid, was again exhausted by
attachment to the pump. After about 10 cm.* of nitric
oxide were admitted, attachment was made to the receiver
containing the oxygen, which was allowed to enter slowly
under the diminished pressure within the bnlb, and with
continuous shaking of the contents of the latter. The
latter precaution is essential to the process, as otherwise
there is imperfed distribution of the hydriodic acid and
the danger of forming nitric acid. But when the solution
of hydriodic acid is kept strong, and the shaking continued
while the oxygen enters and for a minute or two after-
ward, depending on the rapidity with which it was ad*
mitted, the oxygen may be allowed to enter quite rapidly
without any fear of imperfed adion. The oxygen being
immediately utilised, the partial vacuum is effeded only
by the heat generated, which is scarcely noticeable. As
a rule, the bulb and contents were well cooled before the
oxygen was admitted.
(To be continued).
PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.
CHEMICAL SOCIETY.
The following are the abstra^s of papers received during
the vacation, and published in the Transactions : —
X04. ** HomonucUal Tri-divivativis of Naphthalint,^
By Raphael Meldola, F.R.S., and Frederick William
Streatfeild.
Dibromonitronaphthalene, CioHsBr'NOa'Br (1:2: 4),
m. p. 1x7% has been prepared by the authors and submitted
to further study. The corresponding dibromo-iS-naphthyl-
amine consists of white silky needles melting at xo6*io7* ;
the acetyl-derivative melts at 220—221^. When this
dibromo-/9*naphthylamine is diazotised in the presence of
an excess of mineral acid and the diazo-salt solution
boiled with water, the NHa-group is not replaced by
hydroxyl, as in the normal Oriess readion, but bromine
is displaced, and a diaxoxide formed in accordance with
the scheme —
Br O
C,oH4Br<.?.f.^. -> C,oH4Br<| +HBr.
Ma'Uln Na
The diazoxide has the constitution O : Na : Bra i : 2 : 4.
It consists of ochreous needles, soluble in boiling water,
and decomposing at 148 — 151^. It is reduced by tin and
hydrochloric acid to ^-amidoni-naphthol, and bromine
and glacial acetic acid converts it into dibroma<i-naphtha«
quinone, m. p. 2i6^
Chlorobromo • fi - naphthylamine, CxoHcCl'NHa'Br
{1:2: 4), was obtained in the form of white silky needlea
melting at xo2 — 103°; the acetyl derivative at 218^, the
benzoyl derivative at 185—186". By nitrous acid this
chlorobromo - 3 - naphthylamine is converted into the
diazoxide, above described, in the presence of excess of
mineral acid ; in its absence the diazoamide,
CxoHsClBr-Na'NH'CioHsClBr, is formed. This com-
pound is very stable for a diazoamido«compound, and
crystallises from toluene in yellowish needles melting at
205—210% with decomposition. The authors also show
that iodine chloride is an excellent reagent for preparing
iodine derivatives of the acetnaphthalides, both a and fi.
They give the melting-points of the following com*
pounds:— CxoH4l-NH Ac (4;!). 197'; CxoHs'NOa-I NHAc
(2:4:1); CxoHs'NOa'I'OH (2 : 4 : i), 150'* (shrinking at
147°) ; CxoHj-NOal-OCaHj (2 : 4), 104— 105% The potas-
sium sail of the nitroiodonaphthol has also been prepared
and analysed.
X05. ** Thi Ethtreal Salts of the Optically Active Lactic
Chloropropionic, and Bromopropionic Acids," By J. Wax<*
LACE Walker, M.A.
The methyltc, ethylic, and propylic ethereal saHt of
lfov.tt,l8«S- f
Derivatives of Beta-Resonylic Acid.
253
adhre UAic acid were prepared by the adion of the alkyl
iodidea on the anhydrona ailver salt. From the ethereal
ladJktea the corretpooding bromopropionic salts were pre-
pared by the adion of phosphorus pentabromide. For
ootb series of salts there is a constant difference in rota-
tory power, in the first case of 5*5^ in the second of 14*2^
between two adjacent members. The ethereal chloro-
propionates were prepared by the adion of phosphorus
Gmtacbloride on ladic acid. These bodies possess a
gb degree of optical adivity, and the values given in
this paper are much higher than those found by Le Bel,
Waldeo, and Frankland and Henderson for such of the
aabetanoes as they have examined. The observed results
do not agree with Guye's hypothesis.
' X06. **Sotiu N$w AMocompounds,** By Charles
lflI.L8.
By the adion of nitrosobenzene on aniline dissolved
in acetic acid aaobenzene is produced (Baeyer, Bir,, vii.,
1638). The author has extended this readion, and has
picpared the following substances : —
m-AutyUmidooiohtntint^ m. p. 130 — 131" C. On
bjrdfolytta with caustic soda it gives m^amidoagohtnttni^
ciystauising from light petroleum spirit in long, silk^,
orange ncMlea, m. p. 56—57* C. Readily soluble in
alcohol, acetic acid, ethyl acetate, acetone, chloroform,
beoaeoe, and ether. C6H5*Ns*C«*H4*Ns*C6H5, Jipara-
diptumyldisoMOpkin^UtUt prepared by the adioo of nitroso-
boDsene on ^•amidoasobensene. p^BenjintaMotolugng
formed by the adion of nitrosobenzene on ^-toluidine,
also by the adion of ^ nitrosotoluene on aniline.
The following compounds are also described :~
P'B4nMinia9otolu€n4Sulphonic Chloridt, p-BtnMituaMO'
otu4Uolmd4, C6H,*CH,NHAcN:N CeHs (1:2:4).
m-Amido p^binxeMaMotofuint. Binzem - o • omo • o • actt*
Ulmdi. C6H4*NHAc,CH,*N:NC6H5 (1:2: 3). m^Amido-
h9mK4n€'0-aMotolu4ni, CeH^NHa'CHj-Na'CeHs (i : 2 :3).
X07. ** Sotm Derivativis of Maclurin,** By C. S. Bbd-
roao and A. G. Pbrkin.
When an aqueous extrad of old fustic {Morus Unctoria{
is treated with a solution of diazobenzene sulphate, a
•olooriiig-matter is produced. Tbe chief constituents of
old fostic are, morin, Ct3Hio07, and maclorin, CxjHxoOei
only the latter reads readily with diasobenzene.
Beozeneaiomaclurin,—
C,3H806(C6H3-Na)a,
o- and ^tolueneazomadurin, /-nitrobenzeneazomaclurin,
and roaclurinazobenzene-/-sulphonate of sodium have
also been prepared. These substances dye wool and silk
orange-coloured to deep brown shades. Maclurin, by the
adion of reducing agents, yields phloroglucin and proto-
catechnic acid, and ts considered to be a pentahydroxy-
benzophenone, C6H,(OH)2'CO*C6Ha'(OH)3.
Phloroglucin combines with 2 mol. props, of diazoben-
zene, while no readion takes place between this latter and
protocatechoic acid. The constitution of benzeneazo-
madnrin should therefore be thus represented, —
OH
CfiHaCOHjaCO ^^ N:NC6H3
OH 'vJ OH
C6H3N;N
108. ** Tk$ Consiituints of ' Ariocarpus inUgrifolia.* '*
By A. O. Pbrkin and F. Cope.
Ano€itrpus iniigrifolia is the well-known Jack Fruit,
cultivated in India, Burmah, and Ceylon, it is much
esteemed for carpentry, and is used in conjuodion with
alum as a yellow dye. It contains a yellow colouring
matter of the formula CicHioO^, identical with morin, and
a substance of the formula Cx3Hxa06, to which the name
tfomomMclurin has been given. With diazobenzene it
^Ids a compound, Ci3Hie06(C6H3Na)ai crystallising in
scarlet needles, which dyes unmordanted wool and silk
orange to orange-red shades, but which does not dye with
mordants. When boiled with dilute acids, cyanomaclurin
yields red-brown produds, resembling in charader -the
so-called "anhydrides** of catechin, which can be pro-
duced from this latter substance in a similar way. That
first formed dissolves in hot water and dilute alkalis, but
by longer treatment becomes more sparingly soluble, and
the final produd obtained is insoluble in dilute alkalis and
the usual solvents. No glucose is produced during this
readion, so that cyanomaclurin is not a glucoside. The
study of this substance will be continued.
109. " Optically Activt Miihoxy- and Propoxy'iuccinic
Acids.'* By T. PuRWB. F.RS., and H. W. Bolam, B.Sc,
The authors have resolved inadive methozy* and
propoxy-succinic acids into their adive components, the
cinchonine and strychnine salts being made use of in the
case of methoxysuccinic acid, the strychnine salts in the
case of the propoxysuccinic acid.
Rotations of the acids in water and different organic
Bolvenu are given, with the rotations of aalu of both
acids in aqueous solution.
xxo. '* BthiTial Salts of AcH9i Mitkoxy- and Btkoxy-
Snccinic Acids." By T. Purdib, F.R.S., and S. William.
SON. Ph.D.
Inadive methoxy- and ethoxy-succinic acids were re-
solved into their adive components by means of thdr
strychnine salts. Observations on the adivity of the
various strychnine salts in aqueous solution were made,
and results obuined in accordance with the law of
Oudemans.
Methyl., ethyl-, propyl-, and butyl-, methoxy-, and
ethoxy-succinates, and the isopropvl and isobutyl salts of
ethoxysuccinic acid, were prepared by the adion of their
respedive iodides upon the silver salu of the acids, and
their rotations observed.
The specific rotations of the adive acids in water and
various organic solvents were also taken. A discussion
of the results obtained is contained in the paper.
xxz. '* Not$ on thg Production of Potassium Platmi*
chloride,** By E. Somstadt.
Dry potassium platinichloride, when heated with mer-
cury, ts decomposed according to the proportion of
mercury used.
(I). 2KCl,PtCl4+4Hga2KCl«»-Pt+4HgCl.
(2). 2KCl,PtCl4+2Hg-2KCl-|-Pt-|-2HgCla.
The decomposition begins even below 100^ C, and ia
complete at a lower temperature than is required to expel
from the containing vessel the mercurous or mercuric
chloride produced.
In treating small quantities of the platinichloride, the
mercury is placed in a porcelain crucible, and covered
with platinichloride, in the proportion of about two parte
of mercury to one of aalt. Heat is applied very gently,
to avoid loss through boiling, till the readion is coropletCt
when the heat is raised to expel the mercurous chloride.
When larger quantities are decomposed, the salt ia
preferably triturated with the mercury, and gently heatedt
so as to avoid a too sudden or violent readion.
Additional Note by Author. — Dry ailver chloride is not
decomposed by mercury, even at a red heat ; nor when
mixed or combined with a platinum salt.
X12. ** Orthobcnzoic Suiphinide.*' By Wiluam J. PoPB.
The author finds that pure orthobenzoic aulphioide in
large well-defined crvstals may be obtained from the
commercial mixture known aa '* aaccharin,'* by crystal-
lisation from acetone. Crystallographical meaaurementa
aie given.
113. •* Dirivativis of fi-Rcsorcylic Acid.** By A. O.
Pbrkin.
The principal produd of the adion of methylic iodide
upon /S-resorcylic acid is a substance crystallising in
needles melting at 76~77°« and having the constitution
C6Ha'Me(OMe)*OH*COOMe. It appears probable that
254
Freezing-paints of Stiver and Gold.
I CpftlllCAL MSW«,
I Hov. as« 1805.
the hydroxyl group in /S-resorcylic acid, which resists me-
thyUtion, is in the o-position to the carboxyl group.
' The principal produd of the adion of ethylic iodide
upon /Sretorcylic acid is insoluble in alkalis, and contains
but two ethoxy groups. It has the formula —
C6Hs(OE0(OH)COOEt.
The adion of methylic iodide upon resacetophenone
has been stiidied, but the results have been anticipated
by Qregor {Monatsk., 1894. ^^*t 437)* T^^^ principal pro-
dud is a substance having the constitution —
C6Ha(OMe)*Me(OH)COCH3.
insoluble in alkalis, and resembling the results of the
adion of methylic iodide upon /8-resorcylic acid.
It appears probable that the insolubility of the methyl
and ethyl ethers of /3-resorcylic acid and resacetophenone,
which apparently contain a free hydroxyl group, is due to
the fad that the oxygen of this latter has assumed the
ketonic form. The constitution of the two former sub-
stances would therefore be —
OCH3 OCaHj
n
H-CHj
J O
^COOCHs
COOCaHj.
Preliminary experiments on the methylation of gall-
acetophenone have yielded a substance melting at 76— 77^
apparently a dimethyl ether, C6H2(OMe)a'OHCO'CH3.
QalUu9tophtfum$ oxim$, C6Ha(OH)3*C:NOH*CH3, and
qmnacitofhinoM oxims, C6H3(OH)a'C:NOH*CH3, were
also obtained.
1x4. ** Not$ on th4 Gravimitrie Estimation of hialtou
by Pihling*s Solution.** By T. A. Glbndinnino.
The specific cupric- reducing power of maltose possesses
a different value according to whether potash or soda is
the alkali employed in the preparation of Fehling*s solu-
tion. Under the conditions of experiment given, the
reducing powers to be attributed to maltose are-
Soda, K3^a6z. Potash, K3.86"64.
On making comparative analyses of starch -transforma-
tion produds with the two kinds of Fehling's solution,
identical results were obtained, provided the respedive
values of K were used.
No such difference occurs in the case of dextrose or of
invert sugar.
X15. " Studies in th$ Malonic Acid Siriis.** By 8.
RuHBHANM, Ph.D., M.A., and K. J. P. Orton, B.A.
The authors have investigated the adion of ammonia,
hydrazine, and phenylhydrazine on dibromomalonamide.
Ammonia yields diaminomalonamide,C(NHa)a(CONH2)a;
and hydrazine and pbenylhydraxine give the hydraaone
and phenylhydrasone respedively of malonamide.
Fuming nitric acid ads on malonamide, forming nitro-
malonamide. Aniline, when heated with nitromalon-
amide until ammonia ceases to come off, yields diphenyl-
nrea.
On redudion of nitromalonamide with sodium amalgam,
aminomalonic acid is obtained.
By permission of Professor Claisen, the authors have
investigated the adion of hvdraxine hydrate on ethyl
ethoxymethylenemalonate. They obtain a result which
does not agreee with that of V. Rothenberg.
116. ** Mireury P4rchlorat4s,** By M. Chika8hio&.
Mercuric perchlorate is not anhydrous, its composition
being Hg(C104)a.6HaO. It slowly loses, in a desiccator,
acid and water, and effloresces. In the air it is very deli-
quescent (SeruUas). When heated, it melts completely
at 34^ (in drv air) ; as the temperature rises to 150", it
very slowly decomposes, giving off water and perchloric
acid, while a white basic perchlorate, Hg30a(C104)2» is
ft, permanent at that temperature. If the salt is heated
a long narrow tube, it may be kept in a bath at 400^
for any time, without permanent decomposition, boiling
freely and retaining its transparency, and, when cooled,
solidifying unchanged. Whilst heated it is, however,
continuously decomposing into basic salt and acid and
water ; but as the acid and water vapours condense and
flow back, the salt is continuously re-formed, and preaenta
only the phenomena of ebullition.
Mercurous perchlorate has the composition —
(HgC104)a,4Ha0,
according to the author; Roscoe found 6HaO. lo a
vacuum desiccator it loses in two weeks 2HaO and a
very little acid, and then ceases to lose weight. It is
slowly decomposed by heat, even at looP or Im, in dry
air, first losing water and perchloric acid ; then gradually,
from 150^ upwards, becoming mercuric salt, and yielding
chlorides and a little chlorate. It resembles mercuric
perchlorate in its decomposition, but does not show the
phenomena of fusion and ebullition. According to
Roscoe, mercurous perchlorate does not lose weight in a
vacuum over sulphuric acid, or at zoo*.
117. '*«-£lAyf#iM Dihydroxylamim Dikydrokrotmidg.**
By C. M. LuxicooRB, D.Sc
When ethylene bromide ia heated with a solution o£
hydroxylamine in methyl alcohol to zoo**, two moto. of the
latter combine with one of the former to form the dihy*
drobromide of ethylene dihydroxylamine, a white crjratal-
line substance, soluble in water and alcohol, insolable in
ether. When reduced with hydriodic acid, all the nitro-
gen is obtained as ammonia. The constitution of ihn
subsunce is therefore—
CHa-ONHa-HBr
CHa'ONHa-HBr,
and its formation lends some support to the view that
free hydroxylamine has the strudure 0=:NH3.
Ethylene oxide also reads with hydroxylamine, forming
apparently the base correponding with the hydrobromide
described above.
118. *• Thi alligid Isomsrism of Potassimm Niiroto*
sulpkati. By C. M. Luxmoorb, D.Sc
rotassium nitrosotulphate, whether prepared by the ab-
sorption of nitric oxide, by potassium sulphite, or by the
absorption of a mixture of sulphur dioxide and nitric
oxide by potassium hydroxide, has always the same pr«^
perties. Hantxsch's silver salt, (KAgSNaOs), baa been
obtained from specimens prepared m these diffierent
ways, and showed the charaderistic behaviour deacribed
by him.
Potassium nitrososulphate reaches a temperature of about
134** (as indicated by a thermometer embedded in the salt)
before it explodes, the gradual and quiescent decomposi-
tion into potassium sulphate and nitrous oxide that pre-
cedes the explosion furnishing the heat that raiaea the
temperature of the aubstance above that of the bath in
which it is heated.
Pelouxe's account of the properties of this substance
can be completely reconciled with the recent observationa
of Hantxsch and of Divers and Haga, with the exception
of the statement that it loses no weight when heated to
zio% which is evidently a mistake. Five minutes* heating
below 105** causes a loss of weight of 2k per cent.
There is no evidence to warrant the suggestion of
Hantxch that Raschig's first salt is isomeric with potas-
sium nitrososulphate, nor can it be regarded as identical
with the salt prepared by Davy and Pelouae.
X 19. •« On thi FruMing.points of Sitvir and Gold,** By
C. T. Hbycock, F.R.S., and F. H. Nevillb.
The authors draw attention to the close agreement be-
tween the determination of the freezing-point of gold, by
Callendar, in 1892, and their own determinations in 1894.
The platinum temperatures differ by a few degrees, but,
when reduced to the scale of the air thermometer by the
tame method, the two results do not diffitf by more than
/
CBBHJCAL NbWS. I
Nov. 23, x8«5. f
Colliery Explosions.
255
one degree. The anthors farther consider the influence
of various gases on the freezing-point of silver. They
find that the highest and steadiest freesing-points are oh-
Uined in the presence of free hydrogen or of coal-gas, and
that nitrogen or carbon dioxide produce little or no depres-
sion. They find that the well-known effed of oxygen on
the freeaing* point of silver may amount in extreme cases
to a depression of 20^ C, but that the oxygen can be re-
moved by the adion of nitrogen or hydrogen.
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
The Origin and RationaU of Colliery Explosions:
Founded upon an Examination of the Explosions at
the Timsbury, Albion, Malago Vale, and Llanerch
Collieries ; and upon the principal phenomena of the
Disasters at the Abercame, Alltofts, Altham, Apedale,
Blantyre, Bryn, Clifton Hall, Dinaa, Elemore, Hyde,
Llan, Mardy, Morfa, Mosafields, National, Penygraig,
Risca, Seaham, Trimdon Grange, Tudhoe, Udstone,
and West Stanley Collieries. By Donald M. D.
Stuart, F.Q.S., Mining and Civil Engineer, Author of
•* Coal- Dost an Explosive Agent.*^ Bristol : J. Wright
and Co. London : Simpkin, Marshall, and Co., Lim.
New York: Hirschfeld Bros. 1895. Crown 4to., pp.
144. With two Plans.
When colliery explosions first began to attrad public
attention, they were considered solely due to so-called
** fire-damp,'* t.#., methane or light hydrogen carbide,
which if minaled with atmospheric air forms, of course, a
violently explosive total. To combat this serious evil,
two distind methods were devised. On the one hand,
the ventilation of the mines was improved so that methane
might be swept away as rapidly as it was generated, and
might not be anywhere present in the mine in an explo-
aive quantity. On the other hand, there was the safety-
lamp in Its various modifications which was to prevent
any inflammable gas from being ignited by the lights used
by the colliers in working. That much disaster was pre-
vented by these two agencies is beyond all question ; but
still expioaioos occurred ftom time to time, though less
frequently in proportion to the number of men employed
underground and the weight of coal raised. To account
for these calamities it was alleged that the ventilation
was defedive, or that the men carried down matches or
picked the lock of their aafety-lamps. Both these charges
were doubtless true in not a few cases; but there still re-
mained a balance of mischief not yet accounted for. It
was therefore suspeAed^and it was ultimately demon-
strated—that there must exist some other agent which
might give rise to explosions, either alone or in conjunc-
tion with methane. This was found to be coal-dust,
which has been studied by Prof. Galloway, and to a greater
extent by the present author. Still, however, it was con-
tended hy some experts that coal- dust alone, in the total
absence of methane, could not occasion an explosion.
The Timsbury disaster, however, supplied the needed
crucial instance. The Timsbury collieries have been
worked with open lights for about seventy years, and
during all the working no fire-damp has been deteded.
The charaAer of the explosion, which took place in the
present year, differed entirely in its features from those
unquestionably due to fire-damp. In the latter, a blast
seems to have swept through the workings, from end to
end, occaaioning wreckage everywhere. In the Timsbury
disaster we have a series of eighteen distind explosions at
very considerable distances from each other. At the
points of these explosions there was the usual devastation,
falls of roof, shattered doors, &c., but in the intermediate
spaces there was no evidence of violent forces.
A further charaAeristic of the two kinds of explosions
appears on comparing the afterdamp. Where carbonic
acid is present in quantities exceeding 2*2Z per cent,
candles are instantly extinguished. The first physiologi-
cal adion encountered is difficulty of breathing, which
becomes very marked if the proportion of carbon dioxide
reaches 3*38 per cent. Persons who have been exposed
to such an atmosphere compare its effieds to those pro*
duced by violent running ; whilst, according to Dr. Hal-
dane, a proportion of 8 per cent is fatal.
The efiieds of ** white-damp " are different ; lights are
not extinguished, so that the only indication of danger is
the physiological adion. There is felt a smarting in the
eyes and nose, the legs tremble, and giddiness is experi-
enced, and there is imminent danger unless an instant
retreat into the air is pradicable. In the spaces inter-
mediate between the points of explosion some of the men
were found lying dead, but not mutilated, and their lamps
had not been extinguished, but in some cases had gone
on burning until all their oil was consumed.
At an explosion in a similar non-fiery mine (Malago
Vale colliery) ** the night bailiff was found unconscious,
his safety-lamp in his hand, still burning, though it had
been exposed to the entire gaseous produds of the explo-
sion for nearly two hours."
The immediate cause of the explosion at the Timsbury
colliery seems to have been the remarkably dry condition
of the mine and the error of James Carter, who seems«
in firing a " shot,'* to have used a much larger quantity
of powder than was necessary, and to have used as
tamping a mixture of coal-dust and oil. The excessive
charge was partly blown out into the dry coal-dust, and
set up a process of destrudive distillation, liberating com-
bustible gases. It will be perceived on inspeding the
plan that the successive explosions took place where the
gases met with a sufficient volume of air (f.#., oxygen) to
form an explosive mixture.
Mr. Stuart's recommendation for the prevention of
similar catastrophes is highly judicious. He proposes
that in such dry mines the coal-dust should be kept well
and permanenthr moist ; especially at the spots where a
shot is to be fired the floor and the sides should be
rendered quite sloppy. The evaporation of such a quan-
tity of moisture would consume any unnecessary and
dangerous heat-energy.
Concerning the proposed use of *'high " explosives in
place of powder for blasting, the author does not consider
that our experimental knowledge is sufficient to admit of
a decision.
Mr. Stuart, by the produdion of this unpretending work,
has laid the mining interests of this country under deep
obligation.
Our Chemistry of Nutrition: a Contribution to the
Dodrine of Foods and Nutriments. (** Unsere
Nahrungs • Chemie : ein Beitrag zur Futter und
Nahrungs-mittel lehre "). By Emil Pott. Munich :
Theodor Ackermann. 1895. 8vo., pp. 104.
Thb author, whilst duly recognising the value of the
initial steps taken by Boussingault and Liebig towards
a chemico-physiological development of the principles of
animal nutrition, complains, with the fullest right, that
we have come to a lamentable stand* still. The attempt
to decide summarily on the nutritive value of the different
foods according to their percentage of certain constituent
groups is, he reminds us, as one-sided as that to deter-
mine the fertility of a soil simply by the proportions of
nitrogen, potassium, and phosphoric acid. He submits
the following propositions: — In order to determine the
value of a food, it is necessary to ascertain in what forms
it contains those substances which diredly or indiredly
take part in the nutrition of the animal body. Nor must
we forget that we have not yet even an approximate
knowledge of the individual constituents of foods.
The nutritive effed of a food varies according as it
is to be supplied to ruminants, to horses, or to swine*
Nor must the physical stmdure of a food be negleded.
256 Inadequacy of Aids and Facilities for Scientific Research.
f OUBMICAL MBVS,
• liov. at, 1695.
' Different races, and even individuals of one and the
same race, have a different power of utilising food.
The value of the constituents of food is very unequal,
according as the animals consuming them are destined to
yield milk, flesh, fat, to exert mechanical power, or are
reserved for propagation.
* Finally, before we can decide on the nutrient value of
any substance, we must learn in what state or admixture
it is supplied for consumption.
The author shows that digestion is a far more compli-
cated process than it is commonly supposed. In addition
to that form of digestion effe^ed by the secretions of the
animal concerned, there is also a ** microbic digestion,**
effeded by the micro-organisms which accompany the
food, especially of the herbivora. We have never met
with an account of the results of a course of experiments
made— or proposed to be made?~by Pasteur to decide
on effeds of diet completely sterilised.
In connexion with these propositions, the author puts
forward a number of interesting questions concerning the
known adion of minimal quantities of certain foods or
condiments. Here there is urgent need for careful experi-
mentation. This brings Herr Pott to the question of the
flavours and odours of foods, and to the consumption of
articles which can scarcely be comprised under the two
categories of frame-foods or heat* foods. The recent out*
cry against so-called excitants or stimulants (coffee,
beer, wioe, &c., in the case of man) applies also to the
lower animals, and with equal injustice. Von Pettenkofer,
in reply to the agitators who proscribe all '* stimulants,"
trrespedive of proportion, points out that these substances
adk like lubricants in machinery, which do not enable
us, #.^., to dispense with steam-power, but increase its
efficiency and save the machinery from needless wear and
tear. The common sense of mankind has shown us— as
the author quotes from C. von Voit — that what we eat
with repugnance, or even with indifference, is of little
value to the S3r8tem.
This little book is so full of passages which suggest,
not merely refledion, but experiment, that we must here
conclude our scrutiny. We can merely glance at a
passage in which it is pointed out that ** irrigation hay "
IS deficient, not merely in odoriferous appetising
principles, but also in albumen and phosphoric acid.
CORRESPONDENCE.
ON THB
INADEQUACY OF AIDS AND FACILITIES
FOR SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH.
To the Editor of the Chemtcal News,
Sir,— I have just read in the Chemical News (vol. Ixxii.i
p. 224) that, in eulogising very deservedly the work of
Professor Runge, it was remarked by Dr. Johnstone Stoney
that *' it would be very advisable at this jun&ure to call
attention to the unfortunate position in which scientific
investigation in the British Islands stood in comparison
with that of at least one other country in Europe. There
was no scientific man in these islands who possessed a
laboratory furnished with the appliances for carrying on
such investigations as those which had just been placed
before the meeting.'* " An apparatus which would mea-
sure the half or the third of a tenth-metre would really
do nothing in an investigation of this kind ; they must
procure apparatus like the splendid apparatus in Hanover,
which would measure to the fiftieth part of a tenth-metre
with certainty.**
Dr. Armstrong (intervening) said he should like, on be-
half of the chemists, who had not said anything up to
that time, to express the universal admiration which they
must all have of the communications just made to the
meeting. He had risen at this junAure not merely with
the objed of saying this, but also in order to corre^ the
impression which Dr. Johnstone Stoney had just endea-
voured to make at the instigation of Professor Lodged
that they were not capable of doing this kind of work in
the British Isles.*' The DoAor went on to aay that thia
work had been done by individual effort after the fashion
usual in England. ** If the idea of making such investi-
gations as these occurred to men in this country, who had
the requisite capacity for undertaking them, he waa ante
the effort would always be made."
I can quite appreciate the justice of the remarks of Dr.
Johnstone Stoney, than wnom no one could be better
qualified to speak on this subje^, of the small encourage^
ment and the inadequacy of the aids given to such acieo-
tific investigations in Great Britain and Ireland.
According to my experience Dr. Armstrong was not
happy in his remarks.
It must be now some eight or ten years since Dc
Johnstone Stoney and I had a conversation on the desira-
bility of having a ao-foot Rowland concave grating
mounted in Dublin, and fitted with all appliances for the
investigation of spedra. Such an apparatus being necea-
sary for the determination of certain physical constants,
ought certainly to be provided. There were no funda
and no building available. This has a bearing on the
following circumstances :— In March, 1882, there waa
published in the youmal of thi Chemical Society a paper
of mine, entitled ** Note on Certain Photographs of the
Ultra-violet Spedra of Elementary Bodies," in which it
was shown that by photographing the spedra of certain
well-defined groups of elements in series, the grouping
and the charaders of the principal lines are referable td
the Periodic Law.
This paper was merely the preface to two others; the
first, *' On Homologous Spedra," published in September^
1883, in ^hc 7oum, Chem, Sac. ,* the second, ** On the
Spedrum of Beryllium, with Observations relative to th4
Position of that Metal among the Elements," published
in June, 1883. Owing to some untoward circumstance
the former paper, which was read first, was long delay^
in publication, and finally an uncorreded proof was
printed. On drawing attention to this, the remark was
casually made to me that it did not matter, as no one
would ever read the paper.
It is now necessary to mention that this paper contains
the following passage with reference to homologons
spedra—that is to say, those spedra which are similarly
constituted : —
** The foregoing data present a considerable addiiion to
the body of tvidence in sujbport of the view that elementi
Ufhose atomic weights dijjtr by a constant quantity^ and
whose chemical character is similart are truly homologous,
or, in other words, an the same kind of matter in dijfereni
states of condensation. Their particles are vibrating in the
same manner, but with different velocities," (See ** British
Association Report, 1883").
J. R Rydberg, in 1890, contributed to the Transaetiotts
of the Royal Academy of Sweden a paper entitled
** Recherches sur la Constitution des Spedres d'Emissioo
des Elements Chimiques,** in which he states that among
the special contributions to the knowledge of the consti-
tution of spedra, ** the observation of M. Hartley npoa
the constant differences of the number of the oscillaticms
of the components of the double rays of an element is of
very great importance.'*
M. Rydberg had remarked upon the double raya of a
number of elements in 1885, b"^ recognised the fad that
I had already called attention to this subjed ; and he ttien
enunciates the law as follows : —
"The difference between the oscillation- frequencies (or
numbers proportional to them) of the component of a
double ray is constant for all the double rays of the same
species in the same element.** He adds the words^ ** this
relation applies also to the components corresponding to
ClIBMICAI. NbW8»I
Ckemtcal Notices jrom Foreign Sources.
257
triplets." My paper dealt with triplets and other groups,
as well as with doable lines ; it further treated of rays
with certain charaAers in common ; hence it became ne-
cessary, in order to include the cases of triplets, to modify
the statement of the law.
Mr. J. & Ames, in the Phil. Mag., vol. zxx., p. 33, 1890,
recognised the law of homology in the spedra of the
elements as pointed out in my paper, and to him, as well
as to M. Rydberg, my thanks are due. M. Rydberg,
however, remarks that, as Mr. Hartley has not made fur-
ther use of the excellent materials which he has obtained
by his measurements in the ultra-violet speAra, it may
be concluded that he has not attributed much importance
to the relations found. The previous quotation, which for
the purpose of easy reference is in this letter printed in
italics, will, I think, show that I was fully alive to the
importauce of the fads observed, and, indeed, at a later
date it led to the enunciation of the following modification
of the Periodic Law:— TA* propertits of the atoms are a
periodic function of their masses ;*' and, further, it led to
the view which I have taken care to inculcate at various
leaures during the past ten years, that, in well-defined
nonps, the properties of the atoms are absolutely a
fandion of their masses.
In other words, one element in a group differs in its
properties from another, not htcause it consists of anothtr
kUd of matter, hut because the quantity of matter in an
atom if it is different.
No one can study homologous spedra without being
convinced of the enormous importance to the chemist of
a thorough investigation into their constitution. To this
end it was my particular desire to obtain the use of a
large dynamo and gas-engine for producing arc spedra on
ao adeauate scale, and by Rowland's method to photo-
l^raph them for the purpose of carefully studying the
nnmerical relations between the oscillation frequencies of
similarly constituted groups of lines both in arc and spark
spedra. For some time there seemed to be a prosped of
the Science and Art Department supplying the eledric
current suitable for such researches; but it was found
that, even had this been done, there was no place within
the Royal College of Science where the grating could be
mounted and used.
. * An application was made to the Committee of Sedion B
of the British Association, when it met at Southampton,
lor a ^um of money in aid of the investigation of arc
apedra of the elements; but this was not granted. I
had already spent a considerable sum in such researches,
pad had used, for instance, a 6 foot concave grating, but
it was found to be of little value.
After fruitless endeavours to obtain the means to carry
on the wQrk in a proper manner, the projeded investiga-
tion went into abeyance. In the meantime Messrs.
Kays^r and Runge commenced their work ** Ueber die
Spedren der Elemente.** In the Pierte Absehnitt, 189X,
jthey refer to my previous investigation, and of course
have greatly extended it.
The recital of the foregoing fads will, I think, be found
contradidory to the statement of Dr. Armstrong, which,
as he admits, was intended to reverse the effed of Dr.
Stoney's Yemarks, and which happened to be singularly
inappropriate.
The assistance which I had sought in more than one
quarter was not forthcoming, and it certainly appears as
if this was due to a want of appreciation among chemists
in England of the importance to be attached to an accu-
rate study of spedra.
I may add that it has been a source of the greatest
pleasure and satisfadion to me, for the last four years, to
observe that. the results published by Professors Kay ser
and Runge have realised what I had been led to exped
from observations made years ago with the imperfed
means at my command — I am, &c.,
W. N. Hartley.
Boyal College of Science, Dublin.
^ November 9, 1895.
CANE-SUGAR AND CITRIC ACID.
To the Editor of the Chtmical Ntws.
Sir,— If your readers will kindly compare my three notea
on this subjed with that published by Messrs. Searle and
Tankard (Chbicical News, vol. Ixxii., p. 235), they will
see that these gentlemen, who profess to have repeated
my experiments, have not done so at all, or at least only
partially and unsuccessfully.
I hope to publish later a more complete account, but I
have not been able to work for more than six weeks past*
I may state, however, that according to the respedivo
quantities of permanganic acid and sugar, according as
sulphuric or nitric acid is used, and according to the tern*
perature of the day, the produds vary considerably.
In my experiments tartaric acid, citric acid, sacchario
acid, and formic acid have been certainly produced, and
the two first have been separated -and crystallised from
alcohol. It is perhaps needless to add that citrate of lima
is not precipitated by boiling unless the liquid is of a
proper degree of concentration and neutral.
It would be interesting if Messrs. Searle and Tankard
would tell us what becomes of the sugar in their experi«
ments. If they d) not get the acids I have mentioned,
what do they get ? — I am, &c.,
T. L. Phipson, Pb.D.
The Cms Mia Laboratory, Patney,
November 16, 1895.
CHEMICAL NOTICES FROM FOREIGN
SOURCES.
NoTB.— All degrees of temperature ate Ceatif rade uolesa otherwise
eipreated.
Zeitschriftfur Analytische Chemie.
Vol. xxxiv., Part 2, 1895.
Reagent for Monovalent Alcohols.— Beta von Bitto
{Chtmiker Zeitung), — The author mentions that Schdnn's
readion takes place only with absolute alcohol, whilst the
readions of Lieben and Landwehr indicate other sub*
stances. Hence he proposes a solution of 0-5 methyl violet
in xooo c.c. water. He adds x to 2 c.c. of this solution to
the liquid in question, adds } to x c.c. of the solution of
an alkaline polysulphide, and shakes up. In presence of
monovalent alcohols the liquid turns cherry-red to violet-
red, and remains clear. If no monovalent alcohols are
present the solution takes a greenish blue colour, and
after some time deposits reddish violet flocks, whilst the
supernatant liquid becomes yellow. Bi- and polyvalent
alcohols, carbohydrates, acids, aromatic compounds^
phenols, &c., do not yield this readion. With methylic
and ethylic alcohols, normal and isopropylic alcohol, the
colour is a cherry-red ; with tertiary butylic alcohol, iso-
butylic alcohol, isobutylcarbinol, and allylalcohol the
colour is a violet-red.
Comparative Studies on the three Isomeric Nitro-
benzoic Acids. — Oechsner de Coninck. — Prom the
Comptes Rendus.
Distinction between Aldebyds and Ketones,
especially Aldebydic and Ketonic Sugars. —From the
Comptes Rendus.
Differences in the Behaviour of Tannin Sub«
stances with Reagents. — R. Proder (Der Gerber). —
The author divides the tannins into the following four
classes :— Those related to pyrocatechin ; those of mixed
or unknown origin ; those derived from pjrrogallol ; and
those containing ellago-tannic acid. As reagents he
uses the foliowing solutions: — {a) Iron-alum, a x per
cent solution, instead of ferric chloride; the colour
produced is observed at once, {b) Bromine water
added to the unnin solution until it smells dis*
tindly of bromine, observing whether a precipitate is pro-
«58
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
daced or not. (e) Copper sulphate, a i per cent solution
in slight excess, observing whether the precipitate is
soluble in ammonia or not. (d) Nitrous acid ; to a few
ex. of the dilute tanning solution there are added a few
crystals of potassium nitrite and then 3 to 5 drops of
decioormal sulphuric or hydrochloric acid. The solution
is either at once red, and passes through violet slowly
into deep indigo-blue, or there appears only a yellow or
brown colouration or a precipitate (see tables), (e) Stan-
nous chloride and hydrochloric acid ; xo c.c. of the con-
centrated solution is added to i cc. of the solution of the
tannin; the colour is observed after standing for ten
minutes. (/) Pine shavings and hydrochloric acid.
Reaction for Phloroglucol, — ^A shaving of pine wood is
moistened with the tanning solution, and, when dry, is
moistened again with concentrated hydrochloric acid ; in
presence of phloroglucol, there appears at once alight red
colour ; catechin and gambler give the readion distinAly.
{g) Sodium sulphite ; to a few drops of the solution of
tanning matter there is added a crystal of this salt ; with
valonia, there appears at once a purple-red colour, (k)
Concentrated sulphuric acid ; a small test-tube is rinsed
out with the solution of tannin, which is then poured out so
that only a small drop remains, and the sulphuric acid is
cautiously substratified. The coloured ring at the plane
of oontsA is observed, the liquids mixed and diluted with
water, (t) Lime water ; the readions are preferably ob-
tained in a porcelain capsule ; an excess of the reagent
is not injurious, but it must then be allowed to stand for
some time. The strength of the tannin solution mutt be
so adjusted that o'6 grm. solid residue are contained in
100 c.c. The author's observations are given in detail in
the form of tables. Upon them follow, also in tabular
form, the earlier observations of Andreasch.
Detedion of Hvdroxylamine. — A. Angeli (Gagu.
Chtmica Italiana), — The author mixes the neutral solu-
tion with sodium nitroprusside and renders it strongly
alkaline with soda-lye. On applying heat there appears
at once a fine magenta colour. An excess of ammonium
salts interferes. Hydrasin and other inorganic reducing
agents do not give the above readion. Phenylhydrazin
gives in the cold a red colour, which disappears on
heating.
Elementary Analysis of Highly Volatile Organic
Substances.— G. Perrin.— The author makes use of a
special apparatus resembling that used by Zulkowsky and
Lepez for halogens and sulphuretted substances.
Quantitative Determination of Hydrazin in its
Salts. — Julius Petersen (Z«i7. Anor^. Chtmii).
Determination of /3-Naphthol. — Ktister (Berichte), —
The author appends a table of corredions to his former
method.
Volumetric Determination of Naphthalin, Ace-
oapbthen, a- and 3-Narbthol, and Analogous Sub-
itancts.— F. W. KCister (Birichte).^The author's method
depends on the circumstance that these substances form
insoluble compounds with picric acid.
' Determination of Antipyrin.— F. Schaak {AmgrUan
youmal of Pharmacy), — The author has devised a colori-
metric process depending on the formation of nitroso-
antipyrin; its bluish green colour can be recognised in
dilutions oi x : aoooo.
Qravimetric Determination of Sugar witb Pehling's
Liquor. — O. Gaud.— From the Comptes Rendus.
Determination of the Atomic Weight of Bismuth.
— R. Schneider. — From the youm, Prakt, Chcmie.
Atomic Weights of Nickel and Cobalt. — R.
Schneider.— The mean value obtained for nickel is
5S7433» an<J t*»*» '»' cobalt 59'3507'
fCatMICAL Nsws,
I Hov. as, 189s •
JUST PUBLISHED.
446 PH**f»td 104 JUustrtUiomt, Price %%t,^,
A TREATISE ON THE MANUFACTURE
MEETINGS FOR^THE WEEK.
WaoMBsoAV, sTth.— Soci«ty of Arts, 8. ** Locomotive Csrrisces
for Common Roads,** by H. H. Cuayngbame.
SOAP AND CANDLES,
LUBRICANTS, AND GLYCERIN.
By WM. LANT CARPEKTER, B.S0.
SMond Bditioo. Revised and Bnlargedby HENRY LBASK.
CONTENTS.
Historical Epitome sod Re'ereoces. Theoretical Principles.
Raw Meteriale : Their Sources and Preparmtioo.
Raw Materials : Refiaiog, Clarifying, and Bleaching.
Raw Materials : Their Proximate Analysis.
Caustic Alkali and other Mineral Salts.
ManutaAtire ot Household Soaps t The Process of SapontBcatioo.
Treatment of Soap after its Removal ft'om the Soap Copper: CooUoCi
Cutting, Drying, Moulding.
Soap;-Filling and Sophisticating.
Special Soaps : Household. Laundry, Floating, Disinfeaant, Hard-
water, Sand, Cold-water, Powders, Maaufsaaren*, Toiki,
Transparent, Fancy, Solidified, Olvcerin, Ac
Theory of the AAion of Soap— Its Vafnation and Aaalyaia— Distii-
btttion and Position of the Trade.
Lubricating Oils. Railway and Waggon Grease, &c.
Candles— Raw Materials, their Sources and Preliminary Treatment.
Processes for the Conversion of Neutral Pau into Patty Acid»— The
ManufaAore of Commercial Stearin.
The ManufaAure of Candles and Night-lights— Their Valaa as lUe-
minants. Glycerin. Bibliography. Index.
E. & F. N. SPON, X25, Strand, London,
INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTRY OF GREAT
BRITAIN AND IRELAND,
30. Blooicsbury Squarb, London, W.C.
qPhe NEXT EXAMINATION for the MEM-
^ BERSHIP of this Institute will be held on TUBSOaY, tae
7th day of January, 1896. and three following days.
Two Baamina'ions sre held annnally^ — via.: one in Jaanaryand
one in July.
All Candidates must produce evidence of hsving passed a prs-
limtoary examination in subjeAs of general education, and of having
taken a syttemstic course of at least three years* study in one of the
Colleges spproved by the Council ; or having been engaged for two
years in the laboratory of a Fellow of the Institute, and for two othsr
years in one of the approved Colleges.
The Council desire it to be understood that the right to ose the
letters A.I.C. snd F.I.C. belongs to persons who havepaased through
the course of study and the examinations prescribed by the Institute.
A prospedtus containing full particulars of the regulationa for
admission to the Membership of the Institute, may be obtained from
Messrs. Blundell, Taylor, and Co., 173, upper Thamea Street,
London, B.C. Price One Shilling.
(By Order of the Council)
J. MILLAR THOMSON, RegSettBT.
ACETONE — Answering all requirementt.
.A-CIID -A-OETIO— Ptirest and aweet.
— IBOIR-A-OIO— Cryat. and powder.
OITErIC— Cryat. made in earthenware.
— — Gh-A-XiZLiIO— Froa* b«»t Chineae galls, pbtb.
S-A.IilOlTIjIO-By Kolbe'a procetfc
— T-A.IinN"IO— For Pharmacy and the Am.
LIQUID CHLORINE
(Compressed in steel cylinders).
FORMALIN (40)t CHaO)— Antiseptic and Preservative.
POTASS. PERMANGANATE— Cryst., large and amaU,
SULPHOCYANIDB OP AMMONIUM.
BARIUM.
POTASSIUM.
TARTAR EM ETIC-Cryst. and Powder.
TRIPOLI AND METAL POWDERS.
ALL CHEMICALS FOR ANALYSIS AND THB ARTS
Wholes&le Agents—
A. ^ M. ZIMMERMANN,
6 A 7. CROSS LANE LONDON, E.O.
CbbiiicaIi Niwtt I
Kw. 39. 1895- 9
Atomic Weight 0/ Helium.
*5^
THE CHEMICAL NEWS
Vol. LXXIL. No. 1879.
ON THE ATOMIC WEIGHT OF HELIUM.
By N. A. LANGLET.
Although the unitary chartder of helium may still ap-
pear questionable, it will be not uninteresting to ob-
USD an approximate determination of its atomic weight,
or at least of the mean atomic weight of its constituents,
in order thus to obtain some light on the position of this
peculiar substance with relation to known elements.
Alter succeeding in obtaining pure helium, f.#., a gas
which displays in Geistler's tube only the spedral lines
ascribed to the hypothetical solar element ** helium." I
have undertaken a determination of its density as accu-
rately as the small quantities of the gas at my di&posal
permitted.
The helium used in the determinations was prepared
and purified as follows :— A tube of a metre in length, of
sparingly fusible glass, was charged with a layer of man-
ganese carbonate of xo cm. in length, and then filled up
almost to one-half with a mixture of (3 parts) pulverised
d^veite and (2 paru) potassium pyrosulphate. At about 20
cm. from the mouth a plug of asbestos was introduced, and
the tube was then filled with a stratum of zoc.m. of coarsely
granular copper oxide. After the mixture was spread out
m the tube, the copper oxide was heated to redness, and
the air, as far as possible, expelled by carbonic acid. The
mixture was then heated for a few momenu in its entire
length, and the gas evolved at first was expelled by car-
borne acid to remove any air which might be present.
The mixture was then, as in organic analysis, slowly
heated to full redness (commencing at the front), and the
na which is briskly evolved was colleded in an apparatus
TOsembling Schifi's nitrometer over potassa-lye at 50 per
cent. In order to be freed from the last Uaces. of nitro-
gen, hydrogen^ and water, the gas was passed through a
long tube of i cm. in thickness (of sparingly fusible
glass) which contained, in succession, layers of copper
oxide, phosphorus peotoxide, and powdered magnesmm.
The copper oxide and the magnesium were heated to
strong redness. From this tube the gas passed diredly
into a glass globe holding xoo cc, and previously care-
fully adiausted. In this manner the density was found
to be 0-I39 (air-i), or 2-00 (H«i). After weighing, the
globe was evacuated, the gas pumped back into the gaso-
meter, and again led through the ignited tube into the
globe. The weight of the gas had not varied, and the
density was again determined as 0*139. A small quantity
of the gas was passed from the globe into a Geissler tube,
and its purity was tested spearoscopically. It was found
perfeaiy free from nitrogen, hydrogen, and argon. A
determination (made by opportunity of an examination of
the apecific heat of helium) of a quantity of the gas ob-
tained and purified by the same method gave the value
0*140. Though these determinations cannot claim any
greataccuracy, on account of the small quantities of the
gates employed, we may, without much error, fix the
specific gravity at 0-14 (air- 1), or 2-0 (H - 1).
The atomic weight will then be either 2 or 4, according
aa the mol. contains 2 or x atoms. To decide this ques-
tion, the speed of sound in helium was determined, and
from this the proportion was calculated between the
specific heat at a constant pressure and at a constant
volume. For this purpose the gas was placed in a tube
closed at one end by means of a perforated caoutchouc
•topper. Over the other end a membrane of caoutchouc
waa extended air-tight, upon which a plate of glass was
cemented with tallow. The tube was then evacuated by
of a nanow tube inserted in the caoutchouc stopper
and filled with helium. After the glass plate had been
removed, a powerful stream of air was direded rather
obliquely through a narrower tube against the membrane,
and thus sounds were obtained, the wave-lengths of which
could be measured by means of some silicon dioxide in-
troduced into the tube and set in motion by the vibrations.
From the speed of the sound found in this manner the
relation between the two heat capacities was calculated
as x-67. The low density of helium renders the deter-
minations uncommonly difficult and somewhat uncertain.
The molecule of helium contains, therefore, like that of
argon, only i atom. The atomic weight must therefore
be taken as — 4.
Ramsay, after having in a preliminary communication
indicated the specific gravity of helium as 3*88 (H a x),
has lately published an extended examination of the
helium obtamed from different minerals. The numbers
which he obtains do not differ greatly from each other,
the mean of all the determinations being 2*x8, t.#., 8 or 9
per cent higher than the value which I have found. It
helium, as Lockyer and Deslandres have assumed, is not
a simple gas, but a mixture of several, the difference
would be easily explained. But as Ramsay appears to
have made no spedroscopic examination of the purity of
the helium which he experimented upon, it is naturally
not impossible that, in spite of careful purification, it mav
have retained slight impurities of nitrogen or argon. If
the density which I have obtained can be regarded as
correa, Ramsay's helium would contain a mean of 1*5 per*
cent by volume of nitrogen, or x vol. per cent of argon.
When this research was undertaken, Ramsay had ob-
tained from his cliveite merely a mixture of helium with
argon, and it seemed not possible to separate both gases
from each other. But as I obtained pure helium (as far
as it can be ascertained with the speAroscope) from the
mineral at my disposal, and it was scarcely possible to
assume that the argon studied by Ramsay could be found
to be derived from the atmosphere, its absence can be
attributed only to an accident which may possibly never
recur.
I submit that by these circumstances the apparent
intrusion into a region which belongs to the discoverer of
helium will be explained and pemuttcd.— ZWtocAn/l/iir
Anorganischs Ckimi$, x., p. 287.
CHEMICAL RESEARCHES AND SPECTROSCOPIC
STUDIES OF VARIOUS ELEMENTS.
By J BAN SBRVAIS ETAS.
(Oootinoed from p. sso).
Chaptbb II.
On tub Naturb and Amount op Soliiblb and
Insolublb Minbral Mattbrs, in thb Aib at
TUB HioHBR District op Brussbls, and in Rain
WaTBR. at given times and under OIVEN
conditions.
One knows, from researches made in diffsreiit nlaces at
given times, that air may contain soluble and insoluble
compounds of sodium, calcium, and potassium, together
with many insoluble silicatea. The late Robert Angus
Smith reviewed our knowledge of this snfaje^ in his
standard work ** Air and Rain.*' *
Judging by the ver^ great trouble experienced during
spedroscopic observations of flames burning in the air of
Brussels and the neighbourhood, one is tempted to be-
lieve in the existence of large quantities of sodium com-
pounds, such as sulphates and chlorides, in the air of this
town. Researches that I have undertaken at very diffierent
periods have convinced me that this opinion is erroneoos,
• *< Air and Rsia,** by RobMt Aagas Smith.
aadCo. 187s.
26o
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
JCRBIIICALMlWt,
I Nov. 29, 1895.
at least as regards the higher part of the town, where my
experiments were made. As a matter of fad, when
taking from Un to fiftttn cubic nutrts of air as a unit of
volume, one cannot measure the amount of soluble so-
dium compounds present It is not so with insoluble
compounds of sodium and calcium.
In order to ascertain the quantity of solids suspended
in free air, when it was as still as possible, I condensed
the water vapour which exists in such variable quantities.
It seemed to me, in faA, that, during the process of con-
densatioHt the water ought to entrap all particles, 0} what-
ever material, suspended in thb layer of air in contact
with a surface chilled below dew-point. I effeded this
condensation on the outer surface of a polished platinum
apparatus which had been recently washed and then
heated to redness. The apparatus I used consisted of a
cylindrical platinum refrigerator with a domed top,
ao cm. diameter by 30 cm. height.
The domed top, ntting loosely on the vessel, reached
a cm. down it, and was provided with a long collar and
a large tube in the centre. The vessel was two-thirds
filled with disulphide of carbon ; in the opening in the
lid was fitted a cork, pierced by a glass tube for bringing
a current of dry air to the disulphide of carbon, and by a
thermometer registering j'^th of a degree C. The air
current was made by bellows or a water-pump, and was
dried before reaching the disulphide of carbon. When
the water-pressure was constant, the bellows were able to
regulate the current so as to obtain and keep a sufiSciently
low temperature to bring the walls of the vessel below
dew-point, and as near as possible to 0° C, without
freezing the condensation water.*
To the collar of the domed top was fitted a cork pierced
by a glass tube, meant to condud away the air saturated
with disulphide of carbon vapour.
During use the apparatus was freely suspended in a
slightly inclined position, in order to assist the fall of the
water. A platinum sheet served to lead the water, as it
was condensed, into a platinum funnel containing a double
filter-paper washed in succession with dilute nitric acid,
with pure water, with dilute hydrofluoric acid, and again
with pure water, touched at one point the lower part of
the bottom of the vessel.
The spout of the platinum funnel passed through a hole
in a glass plate which supported the funnel, and was
itself supported by a small platinum dish recently washed
and ignited to redness, meant to receive the filtered water
of condensation.
I then ascertained the amount of water colleded, by
weighing it in a covered platinum crucible.
To determine the nature and weight of the bodies left
in the filter, I made the following arrangements :~
Into a platinum dish, of no cubic cm. capacity, pre-
viously washed and ignited to redness and furnished with
a spout, was measured one hundred grms, of filtered
water, which was then evaporated on a bath. When the
water was evaporated down to about x cc, the liquid
was transferred into a very small well-polished platinum
dish, weighing about one grm,, and the weight of which
I had determined to within two or three thousandths of a
m,grm. After evaporating the liquid from the very small
platinum dish on the bath, I put into it the washings from
the larger dish, and evaporated the whole to a constant
weight. I then weighed and determined the nature of the
lesidue. I tested for chlorides with nitrate of silver, and
for sulphates with chloride of barium.
The filters, through which the condensation water had
been passed, were then dried. The inner filter was com-
* Dariog theu ejcperimentt, when the pressure of the water
working the bellows was increased, the water ot condensation, in-
stead ot being deposited in a liquid state, was froxen. The ice pro-
uced was either quite transparent or opaqut, but tinted either with
black, like smoky quartx, or with yellowuh gray. An examination
under the microscope of this ice, or of the water got by melting it,
plainly showed the shape of the foreign bodies mixed with it. 1 call
the attention of any one engaged in researches on the nature of tl|e
particles floating in the air to this point.
pared with the outer, and both were examined under a
microscope. After this examination the inner filter was
folded and re-folded and tied in a fine platinum wire, and
carbonised at a low temperature ifi a closed platinum
vessel.
The carbon was carefully put into the outer envelope
of a gas jet, to burn it. During combustion one could
ascertain, by spedrum analysis, the nature of the spec-
trum produced.
After combustion I weighed the ash, and determined
its constituents by using successively chloride of ammo-
nium,Jluoride of ammonium, and sulphuric acid, all pure.
The results arrived at were as follows : —
A. Outer Air.-'Tht condensing apparatus was freely
suspended outside a window with a south-west exposure,
looking on to a garden, 9 metres above the ground, which
is 49 metres above the lower part of the tower and 77
metres above sea-level, at about 45 cm. from the wall,—
and a board was used to support articles to be placed out-
side the window. The apparatus was sheltered from wind
from the front and sides, from sun, and rain« by movable
screens, also 45 cm. away from it. Nevertheless the sur-
rounding air could freely penetrate from above and below,
as well as circulate in and escape from this enclosed
space.
A Bunsen lamp, which could be lighted from inside by
opening one of the movable window-panes, was put 00
the board. This lamp was surmounted by a very large
sheet- iron funnel, communicating with a sheet-iron pipe
fixed to the wall, to carry off the produas of combustion
of the coal-gas feeding the lamp. By opening the movable
pane in front of the lamp, and bringing forward the
spearoscope, one could at any time make a spedrum
analysis of the flame, which assisted, as I satisfied my-
self, to a great extent in the supply of air to the enclosed
space.
A thermometer in the shade, and identical with that in
the top of the apparatus and reaching into the disulphide
of carbon, showed the outside temperature.
Having made all arrangements for my experiment, I
started the pump slowly, so as to bring dry air through
the disulphide of carbon and lower the temperature to
dew-point. Owing to the considerable sixe of the appa-
ratus and the care I took, I was able, at every attempt, to
fix this point to within about 0*2^.
ist. With a light west wind :—
Temperature of the air •• .. iS's**
Dew point , ,, ,. la'b**
Weigiit of water condensed .. 125 grms.
Whilst the pump was working, the temperature of the
disulphide of carbon was between cP and 3% and an
analysis of the flame of the Bunsen lamp showed a de-
cided sodium spedrum.
Five drops (| c.c) of a 10 per cent solution of
nitrate of silver nad a perceptible effed on xo c.c of the
filtered water contained in a stoppered glass tube, with
its bottom flattened and polished, 15 m.m. diameter,
and surrounded for its whole length by paper blacken^
with lamp-black,— a condition in which the least opales-
cence is easily noticed.
One drop of a saturated solution of chloride of barium
had no effed on ten ex. of the filtered water. After eva-
porating the mixture down to about half a c.c, the liquid
was perceptibly clouded.
The evaporation of xoo cc of the filtered water, 00 a
bath in the outer air, left a small yellowish transparent
stain, perceptibly hygroscopic, the weight of which wai
less than the limit of error of weight, — that is, two or
three thousandths of a m,grm. ; when heated, this residue
perceptibly blackened ; when dissolved in a few drops of
pure water, it made a solution of which a part, when pot
on to a fine platinum wire loop recently ignited to redness
was entirely volatilised, colouring a Bunsen jet yellow,
and showing co analysis a brilliant, though temporary, so-
dium spedrum without a trace of a calcium spedrum.
Kov. 39, 1893. f
Quantitative Determination of Perchlorates.
261
even after having moistened the loop with a solution of
chloride of ammoninm.
The inner filter, throngh which the condensation water
had passed, showed, after desiccation, a greyish tint.
With a microscope one could see numerous black specks
and bright grey specks, as well as a great number of
filaments.
The introdudion of the carbon, made by carbonising
the inner filter in a closed vessel, into the envelope of a
B«nsen jet, coloured a great part of it yellow.
During the combustion of the carbon, spedrum analysis
showed a sodium spedrum, and a faint and incomplete
calcinm spedrum, but no trace of the potassium line.
The weight of the deep brown siliceous ash was about
0*000085 grm.
The aim, when dissolved in a saturated solution of
chloride of ammonium adhering to a fine platinum wire
loop, and introduced, after slow desiccation, into a
Bonsen jet, showed a strong sodium spedrum and a faint
calciam spedrum. but no trace of the potassium line.
The loop, coated with the ash, was moistened thrice
with a saturated solution of volatile fluoridt of ammonium^
heated each time to a dull red heat, to volatilise the sili-
ceous sand and the silica from the silicates, and then put
into the envelope of a Bunsen flame; it immediately
ooloored it yellow. Spedrum analysis of this envelope
ahowed the sodium line, but no trace of a calcium or
potaasium spedrum.
The platinum wire loop, when moistened with sul-
phoric acid and pnt into the flame, coloured it yellow, but
spedrum analysis of the flame did not show the potassium
line.
Thus the water of condensation contained a trace of
soditam in the form of chloride and sulphate, and sodium
and calcinm in the form of various silicates, whilst silicate
of potaasium was not present.
2nd. With a total absence of wind : —
Temperature of the air . • • • 8*20"
Dew-point 7*95°
Condensed water 125 grms.
At the time of commencing to condense the vapour, fine
rain had alternated for three days with damp fog, and
the sheltering screens were quite damp. During the
time occupied in condensing, which was considerable,
the temperature of the disulphide of carbon varied from oP
to 2*5^, and spedrum analysis of the flame burning in air
failed to show the sodium line.
Five drops of the 10 per cent solution of nitrate of
athrer, after waiting for thirty minutes, produced no
cloadinesa in xo c.c. of filtered water. When the volume
oi the mixture was reduced by evaporation to about
half a c.c, a cloudiness appeared on cooling it. This
was re-disaohred by ammonia.
The liquid formed by the evaporation of xo c.c. of
filtered water down to about half a c.c, was slightly
clouded hy one drop of a saturated solution of chloride of
barium.
One hundred cc. of filtered water left, on evaporation,
a small brown stain, quite distind under a microscope,
and perceptibly hygroscopic. The weight of it was
within the limit of error in the weight of the dish (0*003
m.gnn.). The stain perceptibly blackened when heated ;
the ressdoe was dissolved by two drops of water, and the
solotion« when put into a Bunsen flame, showed the
sodinm line only.
When the inner filter through which the water passed
waa dried, it was decidedly grey ; when examined under
amicroscooe, it showed numerous small black specks,
and also filaments of various lengths. Combustion of
the carbon, made by carbonising the filter in a closed
ireasel, left a trace of decidedly brown ash. During the
whole period of combustion I saw the sodium spedrum
to the exclusion of any other.
Thus, although I was not able by spedrum analysis to
deled tta« presence of the sodium Ime in the Bunsen
flame burning in the air which furnished the water of
condensation, I nevertheless ascertained that it contained
sodium in the form of chloride and sulphate, since the
water of condensation contained a trace of these bodies.
3rd. Favourable atmospheric conditions occurring, I
checked these latter observations. After fiv$ days*
drizzle, without Sinsiblt wind, and whilst it continued
raining, —
The air temperature being 9*45°
And the dew-point 9*i5*
I colleded by condensation X35 grms. of water.
The screens sheltering the apparatus were thoroughly
soaked by the rain. Throughout the time the apparatus
was working, the temperature of the disulphide of carbon
was between o® ana 2*8^ Spedrum analysis of the
Bunsen flame burning in the outer air did not show a
glimpse of the sodium line.
Five drops of a xo per cent solution of nitrate of silver
in xo c.c. of filtered water showed no appreciable preci-
pitate after waiting twenty minutes. When the mixture
was evaporated down to about half a cc. it perceptibly
clouded on cooling ; this was re-dissolved by ammonia.
Ten c.c. of filtered water were evaporated down to
about half a cc The liquid was slightly clouded by one
drop of a saturated solution of chloride of barium.
One hundred cc of filtered water left, on evaporation,
a small sparkling brown stain, absolutely unweighable.
When heated, the stain turned black ; the residue, when
dissolved by two drops of water, and put, in the form of
a solution, into a Bunsen flame, coloured it yellow.
Spedrum analysis of the flame showed a brightly*
coloured, but temporary, sodium line.
The inner filter through which the water passed, when
dried and compared with the second filter, also dried, had
a distind grey tint on the side which received the water,
and showed under the microscope a number of black
specks, and also filaments, some long, others short.
After burning the carbon made by carbonising the inner
filter, there remained a minute trace of brown ash.
During the combustion I saw a very faint and transient
sodium spedrum.
Thus, although I was not able at any time to deted the
sodium line in a Bunsen flame burning in the air, never-
theless the air contained sodium in the form of chloride
and sulphate, but in an absolutely unweighable quantity
in X5 cubic metres of air.
(To be conttoacd).
THE QUANTITATIVE DETERMINATION OF
PERCHLORATES*
By D. ALBERT KRBIDBR.
(Concluded from p. 2$!),
It is necessary of course to prevent the access of air
into the bulb until the acid has been neutralised, to ac-
complish which, without loss of iodine, potassium car-
bonate must be used, at least for the end readion. To
remove the contents of the bulb for titration the two
delivery- tubes were filled with water, after removing all
sodium hydrate from the one through which the oxygen
was entered ; the shorter end cooneded to a supported
funnel containing a saturated solution of bicarbonate,
and the longer one inserted into an Erlenmeyer beaker
containing a saturated solution of bicarbonate in amount
sufficient— as previously determined — to neutralise all the
acid taken. By opening that stopcock the delivery-tube
of which reaches below the liquid in the beaker, the bi-
carbonate is drawn in by the partial vacuum, with
liberation of sufficient carbon dioxide to force all the
* Coatribations from the Kent CbcmicAl Labormtory of Yale Col-
lege. From the AmiHcam fotmtal oj Scmmm, vol. 1., Odober, 1893*
262
Quantitative Determinatian oj Perchlorates.
I Cbbmical Nbwi,
I Not. 29, 189$.
liquid out. Owing to the conteqnent effervescence as
the liquid gains its exit, the flow must be regulated by
the stopcoclc so as to avoid loss of iodine, which is pre*
vented by inclining the beaker so that the bubbles strike
against its side instead of being allowed to splatter out
of the opening. To wash out the bulb it is raised almost
horisontally, so as to prevent the liquid from running
through, and the upper itopcock opened to admit the bi-
carbonate from the funnel. Both stopcocks are then
closed, the bulb disconneded and agitated, after which it
may be washed with water and admission of air without
any fear of liberating more iodine. An excess of deci-
normal arsenic is then run into the beaker and titrated
back with iodine.
The many little precautions essential to note for the
manipulation are in pradice accomplished in a few mo-
ments. Seven determinations (not counting one which
was all but completed, when an accident terminated it),
from the weighing of the perchlorate to the titration,
were completed in one day : and the results recorded in
Table VII. show with what reliability. In making the
series of experiments recorded in Table VII. it was found
expeditious to have a partial vacuum always accessible
instead of waiting each time for the exhaustion. This
was obtained by conneding a vacuum flask with a two-
holed stopper to an ordinary water pump, and having the
other perforation fitted with a glass stopcock. The bulb
was merely attached to the vacuum by a piece of rubber
tubing ; the stopcock opened and closed immediately, by
which means a sufficient exhaustion was secured. To
have the vacuum always in readiness, a valve, described
in a former article of mine {Amir, yourn, of Science, 1.,
p. 132), was placed in the rubber leading to the pump,
and when lubricated with glycerin would hold the vacuum
perfeaiy. The nitric oxide employed was supplied by a
Kipp generator, in which globules of copper were aded
npon ^ nitric acid mixed with an equal volume of water.
To purify the gas evolved from any possible trace of the
higher oxides, it was first passed through an acidified so-
lution of potassium iodide in Geissler absorption bulbs,
the latter one of the three being alkaline. This method
of generating nitric oxide in a Kipp generator (preferably
charged with dilute acid and kept warm by immersion in
hot water when large amounts of the gas are to be drawn
at frequent intervals) was devised by Professor Oooch, by
whom it has been employed for some time. It is auto-
matic and eminently satisfadkory. The hydriodic acid
was obtained from a solution of potassium iodide con-
taining I grm. in 10 c.c. ; 30 c.c. being taken for each
experiment, and acidified with the required amount of
hydrochloric acid immediately before using, so as to
prevent any liberation of iodine by the oxygen of the air.
In those experiments in which more than this amount of
potassium iodide was employed a correspondingly stronger
solution of the latter was used, so that the volume of
water was in all cases 30 c.c.
KClO«
Table VII.
KI
HCI
KC10«
Ukeo.
takeo.
found.
Error.
Onns.
C.m.«
Orm.
Gra.
30
30
0*1003
0*0003 +
30
30
O'lOOfi
0*0006 +
3-0
3-0
O'oggS
0*0002-
40
4-0
0*1003
0*0003 +
30
3'o
0*1003
00003 +
30
4-0
00999
0*000 X —
30
30
0*1003
0*0003 +
30
4-0
0*1001
00001 +
I-:
4-0
01493
0*0007-
60
01999
0*000Z -
6-0
6-0
02009
0*0009 +
30
30
0*0099
O'OOOX —
30
30
0*0100
0*0000
30
3-0
0*0003
0*0003+
In experiments (40) and (43), during a momentary pause
in the shaking of the bulb during the absorption, a black
deposit of iodine began to form on the glass, and the re-
sult proves the importance of the precaution previously
given, that the hydriodic acid should be kept hurling
about the bulb until the adion is completed. The blank
determination (45) shows a constant error of the process,
which is about 0*0003+, and will be seen to correspond
very closely to the average error of the determination.
The cause is doubtless to be attributed to the trace of air
which may remain in the bulb or be dissolved in the
water. Since it can easily be determined and the correc-
tion made, it does not detrad in any degree from the
reliability of the determination.
To determine perchloric acid associated with other
oxidising agents, it is only necessary to treat the mixture
with the reagents which this investigation and the one
referred to has shown to accomplish the redudion without
affeding the perchlorate; subsequently evaporaUng to
dryness and treating the residue according to the above
process, viz., by heating in a current of carbon dioxide
until decomposition is complete ; colleding the oxygen
over caustic potash ; allowing it to enter a partial vacuum
bulb containing a solution of potassium iodide, hydro-
chloric acid, and nitric oxide under constant agitation ;
and determining by means of a standard solution of
arsenic the amount of iodine set free. The method is
proving applicable also to the determination of oxygen in
air, or wherever it may be obtained in the free state,
unless diluted to such an extent with other gases that the
vacuum would be filled by the diluent ; even this contin-
gency could be met by enlargement of the absorption-
bulb.
Many helpful suggestions are to be credited to Prof.
Gooch.
LONDON WATER SUPPLY.
Report on the Composition and Quality op Daily
Samples op the Water Supplied to London
POR THE Month Ending October 3X8T, 1895.
By WILLIAM CROOKBS, F.R.S..
and
PROFESSOR DBWAR, F.R.S.
To Major-General A. De Courcy Scott, R.E.,
Water Examiner, Metropolis Water Act, zSyt.
Loodoo* November nth, 1895.
Sir, — We submit herewith, at the request of the
Diredors, the results of our analyses of the 289 samples
of water coUeAed by us during the past month, at the
several places and on the several days indicated, from the
mains of the London Water Companies taking their
supply from the Thames and Lea.
In Table L we have recorded the analyses in detail
of samples, one taken daily, from Od. xst to OA. 31st
inclusive. The purity of the water, in resped to organic
matter, has been determined by the Oxygen and Com-
bustion processes ; and the results of our analvses by
these methods are stated in Columns XIV. to XVIIL
We have recorded in Table II. the tint of the several
samples of water, as determined by the colour-meter
described in a previous report.
In Table III. we have recorded the oxygen required to
oxidise the organic matter in all the samples submitted
to analysts.
Of the 189 samples examined all were found to be
clear, bright, and well filtered.
We have this month to record an excess of rainfall, the
quantity measured at Oxford being 285 inches, compared
with 2*56 inches (the average for 25 years), showing an
excess of 0*29 inches. The rain was fairly well d^tri-
buted throughout the month, though more fell in the first
ten days than later on. There were fifteen days on which
no rain fell.
CHuncAf. Hiwtt I
Not. 19, 1893* I
Vapour-tensions of Mixtures of Volatile Liquids.
263
Compared with the corresponding month of last year,
the quality of the Thames derived waters shows a marked
inprovemeot in every resped ; and, in spite of a mach
heavier rainfall than in September last, the results are
almost identical
Our baderiological examinations give the following
ffMults:^
Colonies
per c.c.
Thames water, nnfiltered 2603
Thames water, from the clear water wells of
the five Thames-derived supplies • • highest 108
Ditto ditto lowest 30
Ditto ditto mean 68
New River water, unGltered 1577
New River water, from the Company's clear
water well • • • . . • 41
River Lea water, unfiltered 3018
River Lea water, from the East London Com-
pany's clear water well • • • • 48
These results show that the Water Companies are able
to successfully cope with the extra strain put upon them,
their filtering appliances being in excellent condition.
We are. Sir,
Your obedient Servants,
William Caooxxs.
Jambs Dbwar.
ON THE VAPOUR.TENSIONS OF MIXTURES
OF VOLATILE LIQUIDS.*
Br C E. linebargbr.
(Concluded from p. 231).
Tk$ MoUcular Mass of Liquid Acetic Acid and a Gimral
Method of DiUrmining Molecular Masses of Liquids,
Thb data ffiven in the preceding sedion on the vapour-
tensions of mixtures of acetic acid and benxene, taken in
connexion with thefaA that the partial tension of benxene
in its solutions is diredly proportional to its concentration,
permit of determining the molecular mass of the acid
when diluted to any degree whatsoever with the hydrocar-
bon ; and this special case may be generalised so as to
permit of universal application. Furthermore, if the
molecular mass of a substance be known in solutions of
every degree of concentration, it is possible by a little
extrapolation to pass over to the molecular mass of the
pore Lquid. It is, of course, assumed in making such an
extrapolation that no break occurs in the continuity of
the phenomenon, that is, the addition of very small quan-
tities of a normal liquid to an associated one occasions
correspondingly small changes in the degree of complexity
of the molecules of the latter.
The way in which I have gone about to get at the
molecular mass of acetic acid in benxene and toluene
solution is as follows : —
In a system of co-ordinates, molecular masses of acetic
acid from o to zoo were laid off on the axis of abscissae
(20 inches long), and on the axis of ordinates, the vapour-
tensions were taken from o to 150 m.m. of mercuiy (15
inches long). A straight line was drawn from the point
100 on the axis of abscissae and o on the right-hand axis
of ordinates to the point o on the axis of abscissae and 146
(benxene at 35^ 75 6 (benxene at 20*), and ^7*2 (toluene
at 35*). Upon this straight line must lie all the points
corresponding to the partisl tensions of benxene or toluene
dissolved in acetic acid. So points were marked along
it giving the value of the partial tensions of benxene and
toluene in solutions containing 10, 20, 30, ftc, per cent of
acetic acid, the data being taken irom Table XIII.
* Abridxed from the Joutnal of the American Chemical Society ^
VOL sviLTno. S, AoBott, 1895.
The value of the abscissae which these points determine
give the number of molecules of acetic acid contained in
xoo molecules of the mixture. All that has to be done
now is to solve for every case this problem : Given a mix-
ture containing m parts of a liquid A, having a molecular
mass X, and n parts of a liquid B, having a molecular mass
y ; the mixture is made up of r molecules of A and 1 mole-
cules of B. What is the value of ji in the terms of y, m,
M, r, and s ?
In the case before us we will take acetic acid for the
liquid A, and benxene, or toluene as the case may be, for
B; then n is equal to (100— m) and 1 to (loo-r).
It is easily found that the solution of our problem is—
m sy
m(ioo— r)y
(xoo— fn)r
In the accompanying Tables, XIV., XV., and XVI., the
values of m, r, and x are given.
Table XIV.
MoUcular Mass of Acetic Acid dissolved
Per cent ot C,H40, Moll. CaH^O, in xoo
in liquid mlxtare. mole, of liquid mixture.
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
ZOO
5-2
106
x66
23X
30*0
377
472
593
75*6
lOO'O
Table XV.
in Bengem at 35^.
Molecular mass of
acetic acid.
158
X64
X67
173
X82
193
203
2x3
227
240
Molecular Mass of Acetic Acid dissolved
Per cent of C«H«0, Moli. C,H«Os in xoo
in liquid mixture, molt, of liquid mixture
XO
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
XOO
5-1
X6*2
22*6
29*6
37*2
467
587
752
XOO'O
ill Bengene at 20^
Molecular maaa of
acetic acid.
x6i
166
X72
»77
x86
198
208
2x8
23 X
244
Table XVI.
Molecular Mass of Acetic Acid dissolved in Toluene at 35°
Per cent of CSH4O, Moli. CsH«0, in too Molecular ma»t of
in liquid mixtuie.
molt, of iiquia mixture.
acetic acid.
XO
6x
159
20
X2-4
X63
30
ig-o
x68
40
265
\1^
50
32-8
60
4x3
196
70
51-2
204
80
6x-x
213
90
784
228
XOO
loo-o
240
Considering Tables XIV. »nd XVI. first, we see that
the values of x are approximately the same, the molecular
mass of the acid becoming less and less as it is more and
more diluted with bexisene or toluene. It is remarkable
that these two series of values for x fall out so nearly the
same, for in the mixture of toluene and acetic acid the
differences of their vapour tensions is so slight that the
line of partial pressures of toluene is nearly horiaootal,
and an error of one millimetre in the determination of the
partial pressure may occasion an error of four units in the
molecular concentration ; in the mixture of benxene and
264 Vapour-tensions of Mixtures of Volatile Liquids.
Acid, however, the error ftriting from this source is not t «;. A re-calculation of Resnau
more than three-tenths of a unit, the angle made by the
line of partial pressures being considerably greater than
in the case of the other mixture.
For the determination carried out at ao^ on the mixture
of benzene and acetic acid, it is seen that the number of
molecules of acid is less, and hence their molecular mass
is greater than when the determinations were carried out
at 35^ This is just what is to be expeded, for the
lowering of temperature has been found to be invariably
accompanied by an increase in the condensation of the
molecule.
I have sketched the curves corresponding to the values
of m and x given in the foregoing tables in a system of
co-ordinates with percentage composition as axis of ab-
scissae and molecular masses as axis of ordinates.
The curves for the mixture of acetic aeid and benzene
at 35° pradically coincides with that of the mixture of
acetic acid and toluene at 35^ while the curve for the
mixture of benzene and acetic acid at 20° is parallel and
slightly above the other two. The curves are perfeAly
regular in form, and if prolonged to cut the right*hand
axis of ordinates cannot give values varying by more than
one unit ; accordingly it may be claimed that the point
where the axis of ordinates is cut by the extrapolated
curve gives to about one unit the molecular mass of acetic
acid in the liquid state at the temperature taken for the
determinations. The results of my extrapolations gives
as the molecular mass of liquid acetic acid at 35^ 240,
and at ao^ 244.
It is interesting to compare these results with those
obtained by Ramsay and Shields (** Ueber die Molekular-
gewichte der Fliissigkeiten," Ziit,phys. Chem., xii., 470,
1893). These investigators found by the determination
of the superficial tension of acetic acid that its molecular
mass between the temperature limits, 16^ and 46°, was
equal to 217*2 (60 x 3 '6a) ; although this result leaves
room for considerable uncertainty as to what the molecu-
lar mass of the acid is at any given temperature between
these limits, it is in corroboration of my results ; for, as
has been well established, the degree of association in the
molecules of a complex liquid is greater the lower the
temperature, and my results pertain to temperatures which
are lower or about the same as the mean of the two ex-
treme temperatures given by the two English chemists.
The method of determining the molecular masses of
liquids described in this sedion is the only one as yet de-
vised which permits of the determination at any given
temperature of the mass of the molecule.
It is founded on empirical results and depends upon no
hypothesis other than the universally recognised one of
Avogadro. It is applicable to all cases where the sub-
stances under examination can be accurately analysed.
It calls for no special apparatus, even a modest laboratory
being provided with the necessary pieces. It requires no
great amount of manipulative skill, and the results are
obtained in relatively short time. I hope that it will be
rigidlv tested by chemists, and any omissions of this mere
sketch be supplied.
Rtsumi,
The main results of this article may be summed up as
follows : —
I. A method of determining the partial pressures of
mixtures of liquids has been elaborated, and its sources
of error discussed.
a. Although the method can be said to give the vapour-
tensions of pure liquids with an accuracy equal to that
obtainable by the best of other methods only when the
liquids are not very volatile, the results obtained by it
for mixtures of liquids of not too different volatilities
are accurate enough to serve as the experimental basis
for theoretical deduAions and generalisations.
3. A number of mixtures of representative liquids have
been investigated as regards their vapour- tensions.
4. In some cases extremely simple relations were found ;
iu others, certain complexities presented themselves.
fCnaiacaLKBWSy
I Mot. 29. 1895.
5. A re-calculation of Regnault*s determinations of the
vapour-tensions of some mixtures of normal liquids, as
well as a consideration of Raoult*s condusions and
Brown's work on the boiling-points of solutions, showed
that it was permissible to apply what was found true for
any one temperature to any other.
6. The relations between the concentrations in the
gaseous and liquid phases were found to be quite simple
and entirely in accordance With the provisions of the
relations established by Planck and Nernst.
7. The changes of temperature occurring when certain
liquids were mixed were found to be very small, and the
resulting mixtures were those which exhibited the simplest
relations in their vapour-tensions.
8. The vapour tensions of mixtures of acetic acid with
benzene and with toluene were determined, and the re-
sults were such as to permit of the determination of the
molecular mass of the dissolved and liquid acid.
9. A general method for the determination of the mole-
cular masses of associated liquids at any given tempera-
ture was developed and illustrated with acetic acid.
The experimental part of this investigation was done
in a laboratory in the School of Mines at Paris, placed
at my disposition by the authorities of that noble institu-
tion ; and I here take the pleasant privilege of thanking
them for the courtesy thus extended to me. My cordial
thanks are also due to M. Emilio Damour, Ing^nieur
Civil des Mines, for his foreseeing kindness in furnishing
me with apparatus and material; especially are my
thanks due, however, to M. H. Le Chatelier, Inc6nieur
en Chef des Mines, whose wise diredion and good
counsel have been of great value to me throughout the
work.
PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.
CHEMICAL SOCIETY.
Ordinary M Siting ^ Novembtr yih^ 1895.
Mr. A. G. Vernon Harcourt, President, in the Chair.
Messrs. A. F. Fuerst, T. F. H. Gilbard, E. T. Read, and
A. Stansfield were formally admitted Fellows of the
Society.
Certificates were read for the first time in favour of
the Earl of Berkeley, Boars Hill, Abingdon; Messrs;
Arthur Jenner Chapman, Burleigh House, Yerbury Road,
Upper Holloway ; George Bertram Cockbum, B.A., St.
George's Hospital, S.W.; Charles Croeker, St. Peter's
Road, Cockett, Swansea; Gumey Cuthbertson, 69,
Shoreham Street, Sheffield ; William Dixon, 102, Spring
Street, Bury, Lanes. ; Patrick Joseph D. Fielding, 8, St.
Joseph's Place, Cork; James Gardner, 80, Heaton Ter-
race, Middleton, near Manchester; Edward Graham,
B.Sc, Dalton Hall, Manchester; Edgar Septimus Hanes,
X08, Alexandra Road, St. John's Wood, N.W. ; Thomas
Hawkins Percy Heriot, 23, Wolseley Road, Crouch End,
N.; Frederick Arthur Hillard, B.A., x, Upper Tichborne
Street, Leicester ; Arthur Edward Holme, M.A., 3, Ash
Terrace, Savile Town, Dewsbury ; Alfred James, 18, St.
Andrew's Drive, PoUokshields, N.B.; Frederick Edward
Johnson, 16, Stanley Terrace, West Park, Hull ; Leonard
P. Kinnicutt, Ph.D., &c., Worcester, Mass., U.S.A.;
Walter Mansfield, Trafalgar House, Broughton, Lanes. ;
Cecil Massey, Lyndon House, Lenton Boulevard, Not«
tingham; James McCreath, 4, Lombard Court, B.C.;
David James Morgan, 10, Northampton Place, Swansea;
Herbert Peck, Wigan Road, Ormskirk ; William Round,
45, St. Peter's Road, Handsworth, Birmingham ; Clarence
Arthur Seyler, B.Sc, 31, Windsor Terrace, Swansea;
Matthew Smith, B.A., Aston Hall, Preston Brook.
Cheshire ; Frank Robert Stephens, Idris and Co., Camden
Town, N.W. ; George Stone, Sydney, N.S.W.; Albert
CHBUtCAL NBW8,I
Nov. 29, 1895. I
New series of Hydrazines.
265
Thorpe, Cham wood Hoase, Sleaford Road, Preston ; John
Willimms, B.A.. Wesley College, Sheffield; Thomas
Rowland Wingfield, 43, Dorset Street, Bolton ; William
Chattaway, Apothecaries Hall, Blackfriars, E.G. ; Martin
Priest, Apothecaries Hall, Blackfriars, B.C.; William
Oakes Kihble, Norton Villa, Buckhurst Hill, Essex.
The Prbsidbnt announced that the following telegram
had been sent to Madame Pasteur on the death of her
husband, M. Louis Pasteur, in OAober last : —
** Madame Pasteur, Institut Pasteur, Rue Dutot, Paris.
"The Chemical Society of London, in common with
the entire scientific world, mourns the loss of its illus-
trious Foreign Member, and begs to express to you its
deepest sympathy.
"Vbrnon Harcourt, President,
"T. E. Thorpe, Treasurer,
"John M. Thomson, ]
•• Wyndham R. Dunstan, [ Secretaries,"
" R. Mbloola, J
and that the following Address had been presented on
behalf of the Society by Dr. Frankland to the Institute of
France on the occasion of its Hundredth Anniversary : —
** The leading men of the French nation in Literature,
Science, and Art celebrate to-day the hundredth anniver-
sary of a great event. There had perished in the throes
of the revolution a group of Academies which for more
than a hundred 3rear8 had shed lustre upon France, and
had contributed among the foremost to the general ad-
vance of mankind. It was an eclipse of which the dark-
ness could not last long. Two years later, on the 25th of
OAober, 1795, the law was passed which revived the
Academies and combined them in the Institute.
** The Chemical Society of London, born half a century
later, and representing one of the sciences which are
united under the Academie des Sciences Matb^matiques
et Physiques, desire on this occasion to record their sense
of the splendid additions to chemical knowledge and
thought which have been made by members of the
French Academy. They respedfully offer to the Institute
their congratulations on what has been achieved, to which
they must now add their sympathy and regret for those
who have passed away, thinking especially of the recent
loss which science and humanity have sustained by the
death of the illustrious Pasteur.
** President, A. Vernon Harcourt-
•• Treasurer, T. E. Thorpe.
.. Honorary S....MW„.{ J-^^J^'.^^"-^^^^^^
'* Foreign Secretary, Raphael Meldola."
October 25th, 1895.
Of the following papeis those marked * were read : —
*I20. **0n FUtme Temperatures and the Acetylene
Theory of Luminosity. By Arthur Smxthellb, B.Sc.
The author has submitted to experimental and critical
examination the acetylene theory of luminous hydrocarbon
flames advocated by Lewes {Trans, Chem, Soc, 1895, lxi*»
32a ; Proc. Roy. Soc, 1895, ^vi*** 45o)t ^^^ concludes that
it is untenable.
Details of the measurement of the temperatures of dif-
ferent parts of hydrocarbon flames by means of the Le
Chatelier thermo-couple are given. It is shown that, to
obtain readings of any value, the wires constituting the
couple must m bent so as to fit the particular region of
the flame in which the meaaurement is desired, and that
if the sheet of flame be thin even this precaution is in-
sufficient. The exploration of an ordinary flat coaUgas
flame gives evidence of no sudden change of temperature
in a vertical plane. Sudden changes are found, however,
when the couple is moved from the middle of the flame
outwards in a horizontal plane, and the mantle has a
temperature higher than the melting>point of platinum.
The author considers Lewes*s description of the distri-
bntton of cones in flames to be based on erroneous tern*
perature measurements, and finds no evidence of such a
local condition of temperature as would point to the
decomposition of acetylene. The conclusion in favour of
the acetylene theory, based on the comparative luminosity
of the ethylene and acetylene flames, is attributed to
negled of the consideration that in the latter there is a
higher temperature and a greater relative amount of
carbon. The indired evidence derived from the behaviour
of cyanogen is stated to arise from the yellow ammonia
flame having been mistaken for one containing solid
carbon. The theoretical arguments based on thermo-
chemical considerations are adversely criticised.
The author maintains that the luminosity of hydro*
carbon flames, including the flame of acetylene, can be
adequately explained on the older theory of their struc-
ture confirmed and extended by his earlier experiments
(Trans. Chem. Soc, 1892, Ixi., 2x7). According to this
view, a luminous flame is invested by a sheath of gas in
non-luminous combustion^ This sheath, which is double
at the lower part, corresponds to the two cones of a
Bunsen flame, and produces an exceedingly high temper-
ature. The gas within this sheath is intensely heated as
it ascends, and is gradually decomposed so as to furnish
a sheet of carbon particles, becoming more and more nu-
^merous. These glow partly by heat and partly by com-
bustion ; the higher the temperature of the non-luminous
sheath, and the greater the relative number of particles,
the brighter will be the flame. This is well seen in the
case of acetylene. The author believes that the precise
steps in the decomposition of a hydrocarbon by which
carbon is deposited are at present unascertainable by any
dire^ means, but, as the glow of the carbon particles in
a hydrocarbon flame is in no case greater than that ac«
quired by a platinum wire immersed in the same region,
he considers that there is no ground for supposing that
the endothermic decomposition of acetylene (of which
substance only a very small quantity has been found in
the flame gases) plays any appreciable part in the
phenome non.
•121. **A New Series of Hydragines." By Frederick
D. Chattaway and Harry Inolb, B.Sc.
Primary and secondary hydrazines have proved such
important substances that other substituted derivatives of
hydrazine have scarcely been studied.
Theoretically, hydrazine should yield five series of sub-
stituted derivatives, of which only three are known, the
primary, the secondary symmetrical, and the secondary
unsymmetrical. No simple method of obtaining members
of the other series has hitherto been described, and the
authors have undertaken their investigation.
The quaternary hydrazines, which are dealt with in the
paper, can be obtained by a simple general readion from
the secondary amines.
The secondary amine is treated with sodium or sodium
ethylate, whereby the hydrogen atom is replaced by
sodium, RaNH-|-Na=RaNNa-|-H. The equivalent quan-
tity of iodine is then allowed to aa upon the sodium
compound, when the sodium atoms are withdrawn, and
the two substituted amido-groups unite to form the
quaternary hydrazine, —
RaN-Na+Ia+Na-NRa=RaN-NRa+aNaL
The aromatic quaternary hydrazines which have been
so far more especially studied are stable well-crystallised
compounds, which are not easily oxidised, and are
scarcely, if at all, basic. Their percentage composition,
and the molecular weights obtained by Raoult's method,
using benzene as a solvent, agree well with the theo-
retical.
Tetraphenyl hydrazine, (C6H5)aN-N(C6H5)a, obtained
by the above readion from diphenylamine, crystallises in
long orthorhombic prisms, m. p. Z47^ It is easily soluble
in benzene, chloroform, and acetone, and dissolves in
cold concentrated sulphuric acid, giving a deep purple
solution.
Tetra-p-lolyl hydrazine, (C6H4CH3)aN-N(C6H4CH3)a,
266
Conshtution of Nitrososutphates.
I CHsmcAL Nswg,
prepared from di-^-tolylamine, crystallitee in large pale
yellow monoclinic prisms or tables, m.p. Z38^ It is
easily soluble in bensene, acetone, and chloroform, and
dissolves in cold concentrated sulphuric acid, giving a
brilliant asure-blue solution.
122. " Tki Action of attain Acidic Oxidts on Salts of
Hydroxy-acids. (Part II.). By G. G. Henderson, D.Sc,
M.A., and David Prentice.
The adion of antimonious and arsenious oxides upon
salts of citric, malic, ladic, and mucic acids has been
studied, and several new salts have been prepared, the
oxide being heated with solutions of salts of those acids for
varying periods, and the compounds formed precipitated
by alcohol or separated by crystallisation.
With citrates of potassium, sodium, and ammonium,
antimonious oxide gave compounds of the general formula
SbOM'3(C6H607)a*;rHaO, which are all crystalline and
readily soluble in water. A sparingly soluble barium
salt, SbOBa,(C6H607)3ioHaO, was obtained by precipi-
tation, and from it a very soluble crystalline compound of
the probable formula OH-Sb: (CcHyOyJa was prepared.
Arsenious oxide gave similar compounds with citrates of
the alkalis. They have the general formula -
AsOM'3(C6H607)a'*HaO,
are crystalline, and dissolve freely in water.
Both antimonious and arsenious oxides dissolve in
boiline aqueous solutions of alkaline malates. A well-
crystallised antimony compound, whose simplest formula
is (SbO)3K4H(C4H505)6*3HaO, was prepared, but no cor-
responding arsenic compounds have yet been obtained,
owmg to their instability.
Boiling solutions of ladates of the alkalis and of
barium readily dissolve both antimonious and arsenious
oxides, and alcohol precipitates colourless syrups, con-
taining large quantities of unaltered ladates.
Compounds of the oxides with mucates were also pre-
pared, though with some difficulty. Two antimony
compounds of the formulae —
2SbOKC6H80rKC6Hg08-6HaO and SbOKC6H808-4HaO
were obtained in the form of sparingly soluble crystalline
powders. An arsenic compound corresponding to the
second of these was likewise obtained.
These substances might be regarded as double citrates,
malates, &c., containing the radicles (SbO)' and (AsO)',
but, if so, then in all probability those radicles replace
the hydrogen of alcoholic hydroxyl groups, and not the
hydrogen of carboxyl groups as in the formation of salts,
for otherwise it is difficult to undertsand why hydroxy-
acids alone seem to have the power of forming such
compoonds. On the other hand, they might be regarded
as salts of acids derived from antimonious or arsenious
acids by replacement of two of the hydroxyl groups of
those acids by organic acid radicles, as is the case with
the ^antimonio- and arsenio-tartrates. The formulas of
such acids would be, for antimonio-citric acid —
GHSbrCCfiHyOyja,
for antimonio-malic acid GH'Sb : (CiH505)a, for anti-
monio-mucic acid GH-Sb : CfiHsOs ; the formulas of the
arsenious acid derivatives would be similar to these. In
the case of some at least of the new compounds this view
appears preferable.
123. ** Sodium Nitrososuiphati:' By E. Divers
F.R.S., and T. Haga. , ui , ^
Sodium nitrososulphate, being a very soluble salt, does
not crystallise out when even the strongest solution of
sodium sulphite is treated with nitric oxide. But if the
solution, after this treatment has been continued long
enough, be deprived of most of its sodium sulphate by
freesing out, and be then evaporated in a vacuum to a
very small volume, sodium nitrososulphate is deposited
in crystals. ,
It is an anhydrous salt, forming very minute crystals,
which in the tolation adhere together in opaqoe cnitU.
The salt is slightly alkaline to litmus, and tastes veiy
much like common salt. It is exceedingly soluble in
water and very unstable, wet or dry. In the dry state,
in which it can be obtained in a desiccator, and at the
common temperature, it rapidly decomposes 00 exposure
to (damp) air, becomes nearly as hot as slaking lime,
and gives off Ivge quantities of nitrous and nitric oxides.
The residue consists of sodium sulphate and sulphite. It
thus behaves at the common temperature as potassium
nitrososulphate only does when heated to about loo^
In solution in water it continuously decomposes, like
the potassium salt, into sulphate and nitrous oxide. A
little sodium hydroxide greatly retards this decomposition
in water, but if a solution of the salt containing sodium
hydroxide is heated to boiling, the salt decomposes freely
into nitric oxide and sulphite. This behaviour is unlike
that of the potassium salt.
Its composition, which was indiredly determined quan-
titatively, is Na*GN:N0'S03Na.
124. ** The Constitution of Nitrososulphaiis,** By E.
Divers, F.R.S., and T. Haga.
Potassium nitrososulphate in aqueous solution becomes
strongly alkaline when mixed with a little alcohol. This
is due to the salt and the alcohol partly decomposing into
potassium ethyl sulphate, nitrous oxide, and potassium
hydroxide. The primary readion is, beyond a doubt, one
in which potassium hydrogen hyponitrite is produced,
along with the potassium ethyl sulphate, although none
can be deteded ; but then its formation proceeds here
very slowly, and certainly not faster than it is known to
decompose of itself into potassium hydroxide and nitrons
oxide.
This readion is peculiarly interesting, for in it alcohol
decomposes a sulphate in alkaline solution, and liberates
potassium hydroxide, though indiredtly. The occurrence
of this readion, taken with other properties, solves the
problem of the constitution of the nitrososulphatea. They
are an hydro-double salts of hyponitrous and sulphuric
acids, which hydrolyse into the acid salts of these
acids, the acid salts simultaneously changing into normal
sulphate, nitrous oxide, and water. They are analogous
to the thiosulphates, the hyponitrite radicle ading as sul-
phur does in them. Thus we see calcium thioaolphate
and sodium nitrososulphate forming themselves from the
sulphite of their metal and decomposing into it again,
under precisely similar conditions. Nitrososulphates are,
however, true sulphates, as their readions with alcohol
and with acidified barium chloride show, their nitrogen
being united to their sulphur only though an atom of oxy-
gen, KGNa'0*S03K.
(To be continued).
PHYSICAL SGCIBTY.
Special Meetings November 22Hd, 1895.
Captain W. db W. Abnbv, President, in the Chair.
The following resolution with reference to the Articles
of Association was passed : —
** In Article 33 to strike out the words * by the pay-
ment of £10 in one sum,' and in place of this to insert
the words * the composition fee shall be for every
member who shall not have paid ten annual subscrip-
tions, fifteen times the amount of the annual subscrip-
tion payable by such member ; and for any member who
shall have already paid ten or more annual subscrip-
tions, ten times the amount of the annual subscription
payable by such member.* *'
The Grdinary Meeting then took place.
Dr. G. Johnstone Stonby exhibited a Print of Profs.
Runge and Pascheo's Photograph of the Spedrum of the
Gas obtained from Cl^veite, together with a Diagram
CaBMICALNtWlyl
Nov. 29, 1895. I
Direct-reading Platinum Thermometer.
267
illustrating the Manner in which these Observers have
arranged all the Lines obtained in two Sets, each Set
containing Three Series of Lines.
Dr. Stoney also drew attention to the resemblance be-
tween each of these sets of three series of lines and the
similar triple series obtained in the case of the metals of
Mendeleeff s first group. The lines of the different series
in the case of the gas obtained from cl^veite have certain
definite peculiarities, which permit of their identification
and seledion. The two gases, to the presence of which
the two sets of lines are presumably due, can be partly
separated by diffusion through a plug of asbestos. Prof.
Ramsay's observation that by suitably altering the pres-
sure of the gas the predominance of the lines in either
of the two sets can bie increased is, however, against the
theory that the two gases are really separated by dififusion.
Three of the original negatives taken by Prof. Rowland
when preparing his map of the solar spedruro were also
exhibited.
Dr. Gladstone said he had examined the spedrum of
the gas in two tubes, one of which had been filled by dif-
fusion through an asbestos plug, and the helium line (Dj)
was certainly brighter in one tube than in the other,
though the brightness of the remaining lines appeared
about the same in both tubes. As to the difficulty of
allocating the new gases in MendeleefiPs table, it ap-
peared to him (Dr. Gladstone) that they would have to
be put in the first group, between hydrogen and lithium.
An examination of the successive differences between
adjacent members of the metals in the first group showed
that these differences increased as we go downward. If,
then, the new gases have atomic weights of, say, a
and 4, we should have for these differences 2, a, 3, 16,
z6, 26, &c., instead of 6, z6, 16, &c., as at present. The
important point which required investigation was whether
these two gases were really simple bodies or not.
Prof. SiLVANUS Thompson asked if Runge and Paschen
had performed a similar analysis of the lines in the
spe^a of other elements besides the members of the first
group. He would also like to know if, in the case of
any element besides hydrogen, the lines could be arranged
in a single series.
Dr. Stonby, in reply, said that the spedra of most of
the metals had been analysed ; the chief exceptions being
iron, nickel, cobalt, and manganese. There was no
other element besides hydrogen which gave a single series
of lines.
Prof. Herschbl gave an account of a line of reasoning
which had led him many years ago to a formula resem-
bling that expressing Balmer's law for the hydrogen lines,
namely, —
i - I - ^ .
A n«
The Chairman (Captain Abnby) drew attention to the
fad that Runge expressed his results to t»*»9^^ of an
Angstrom unit, although Dr. Stoney had said the measure-
ments could only be made to within ^gth of a unit. There
was great lack of uniformity in the method of drawing
speAra in general ose; he strongly recommended the
placing of the red end of the spedrum to the right, so
that the wave-lengths increased from left to right. As to
the three series of lines obtained in the case of most ele-
ments, it was not conclusiveljr proved that they were not
due in each case to three distind kinds of molecules, and
it will probably be found that there are more than two
simple gases present in the gas evolved from d^veite.
Mr. R. Applbyard read a ** Nott on tk$ Action of SuU
phur Vapour on Copptr:*
When a copper wire is exposed for some time to the
adion of sulphur vapour it becomes entirely converted to
snlpbide of copper, and it is found that there is a fine
axial hole running down the rod of sulphide formed.
Rods of copper of square sedion, cut from a block of
copper after exposure to the adion of sulphur vapour, also
exhibited the axial hole, the rod of sulphide formed being
of circular cross-sedion. In every case the diameter of
the rod of sulphide formed is about twice that of the
original rod of copper. Delta metal was found to be un-
aded upon by the sulphur vapour.
Mr. Applbyard then read a paper on **A y Direct'
rtading ' Platinum Thtrmomttsr,**
This form of platinum thermometer has been devised
with the view of determining the temperature of the di-
eledrics employed in some experiments on the variation
of the eledrical resistance of dieledrics with temperature.
The thermometers consist of six platinum coils, each of
about 7 ohms resistance, attached to thick copper leads.
A slide-wire Wheatstone*s bridge is employed to measure
the resistance. The stretched wire is 3 metres lone, and
the moving contad so arranged that it is impossible to
damage the wire. The auxiliary coils used in connedion
with the bridge are immersed in a bath of paraffin oil,
the temperature of which is maintained constant, and a
little above that of the air, by means of a glow-lamp im-
mersed in the oil.
Mr. Applbyard also read ** A Historical Note on
Resistance and its Change with Temperature,**
He showed that the earliest measurements of the
variation of resistance with temperature were made by
Lenta in 1833. Some experiments on this subjed made
by Davy were also referred to, and some of these experi-
ments repeated before the Society.
Mr. Trotter said he agreed with the author that the
" reserve of precision ** at our disposal, on account of the
delicacy of some of our modem instruments, ought to be
made use of to facilitate the rapid performance of many
measurements where the utmost accuracy is not neces*
sary. He had the impression that platinum silver was
not now considered the best material for use as the bridge
wire.
Mr. H. F. BuRSTALL explained the differences between
the temperature as measured on the mercury, air, and
platinum thermometers. At a temperature of about 40*
the platinum thermometer read about 0*4% and the mer-
cury thermometer about 0*1* below the air thermometer.
Prof. Callendar had obtained measurements of tempera-
ture corred to within 0*1° by using a Weston voltmeter
and an ordinary Wheatstone bridge; the variations of
resistance, and hence the temperature, being read diredly
from the defledions on the voltmeter.
Mr. Rhodbs thought that, except where extreme accu-
racy was necessary, the mercury thermometer was very
much more convenient than the platinum thermometer.
Mr. BuRSTALL said the great convenience of the
platinum thermometer lay in the fad that the scale could
be read at a distance of many yards from the point where
the temperature was being measured, and hence could
be used in many places where it would be impossible to
read a mercury thermometer.
Mr. Blakbslby considered that the author was some-
what bold to state that for general purposes it was never
necessary to measure temperature to nearer than one-
tenth of a degree.
The author having replied, the Society adjourned till
December 13th.
Appointment.— Mr. W. Lincolne Sutton, A.I.C., hat
been appointed Public Analyst for the city of Norwich.
Pasteur's Successors. — According to the Chemiker
Zeitung a dispute has arisen in the Pasteur Institute as
to the succession to the presidency of this establishment,
Duclaux or Roux. Duclaux ranks high in the scientific
world, whilst Roux figures as a physician. The Council
of the Institute finally decided in favour of Duclaux,
whilst Roux is appointed Second Diredor. It is not
generally known that Pasteur, in addition to his scientific
eminence, was distinguished as a financier.
268 Production of Citric A cid by the Oxidation of Cane-sugar. { ""C:^ ?5^
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
A TrMtisi on thi Manufacture of Soap and CandUs,
Lubricants^ and Glycerin, By Wm. Lant Carpenter,
B.A., B.Sc., F.C.S., &c. Second Edition, Revised
and Enlarged by Henry Lbask. London: E. and
F. N. Spon. New York: Spon and Chamberlain.
1895. Crown 8vo., pp. 446.
It is satisfaAor^ to find that this work has not under-
gone any detenoration from the regretted death of its
author. The second edition, now before us, has been
entrusted to Mr. Henry Leask, a recognised authority on
paraffin refining and on the manufadure of candles.
In the first chapter we are rightly told that though soap
was in use prior to the Christian Era, yet the modern
development of the soap manufadure dates only from the
early part of the present century, and is substantially due
to two French inventors, Chevreul and Leblanc.
We regret the recent decline in the consumption of
palm-oil, since in vegetable fats we are substantially safe
from the presence of the morbid produAs of microscopic
life. The author refers to the liability of cocoanut-oil and
palm-oil to turn rancid. We once knew of a cask of the
latter oil reaching the consumer, in Yorkshire, perfedly
free from rancidity. This was pradically no advantage,
since the greater part was eaten by the workmen. Con-
cerning linseed oil, the author mentions a fraud pradised
in the Russian ports, viz., the addition of 1 measure of
hemp seed to every 39, or latterly 19, measures of linseed.
In India the oil seeds are often grown promiscuously.
Indeed to obtain absolutely pure oils for any scientinc
purpose is a difficult and doubtful matter.
The vegetable tallows, the produds of species of
Hopea, and of Stillingia saUfera, are found, as lubricants,
superior even to olive oil.
The following remark is gravely significant : — *' The
soap-pan appears to be the natural destination of any
rough fat-containing matter which can be turned to no
other purpose."
It is interesting that laree quantities of Fuller's earth
are yet exported from this country to America to
serve in the purification of lard. The bleaching of oils
and fats still ofiFers scope to the inventor, since many
agents which decolourise at the same time promote
rancidity.
The problem of recoverin|r glycerin from spent lyes is
rightly pronounced very difficult, and it is regarded as
probable that in the future all glycerin will be obtained
diredly from fats prior to saponification.
The difficulty of corred sampling solid and semi-solid
fats is insisted upon. The identification of oils in mix-
tures — and there are few samples which may not be re-
garded as mixtures — is discussed at some length. The
spedroscope assists us only in some cases. Maumen^'s
test, according to Allen, sometimes gives unaccountable
results.
When soap-makers manufadure their own alkali, their
operations are much complicated, and require more plant
and space ; hence whether such causticising is economical
or not must depend on local conditions. The Solvay
alkali process will not, it is considered, commend itself
to the adoption of soap-boilers, though the ammonia-soda
is excellent. It is to be regretted that in the English
alkali trade the false atomic weight 24 is still used instead
of 23, the corred figure. We may here regret the
countenance given to Baum6*B hydrometer in this work,
though two pages are given up to its inconsistencies (pp.
278 and 279).
The common opinion that a soap-work is necessarily a
public nuisance is totally erroneous. Such an establish-
ment, if well-conduded, is far less offensive than, tf.^.,
a fried-fish shop.
Space will not allow us to extend our notice of thU
book to the remaining portions, which treat of lubricants
and of the manufadure of candles. Upon the whole,
this second edition may be regarded as an improvement
upon its predecessor. It will be found a useful manual
by the student of those departments of technical chemis-
try which discuss the applications of the oils and fats.
Perken, Son, and RaymenVs Illustrated Catalogue of
Photographic Apparatus, Magic Lanterns, and Optical
Instruments : contains numerous Redudions in Prices,
many Novelties, and Fresh Matter. '* Optimus,*' 99,
Hatton Garden, Holbom Viadud, and 141, Oxford
Street, W., London.
The photographer, be he professional or amateur, will
find here ample scope for choice of cameras and all other
fittings and accessories. The lanterns shown are a great
convenience for scientific ledurers, as well as for their
hearers.
The old "sketching ledure," in which an awkward
representation of apparatus, of specimens, or dissediona,
was given by dint of chalk and black-board, is evidently
and deservedly fading into the ** infinite aaure,'* whilst
the ledurer can, by means of the lantern and of appro-
priate slides, give a far clearer and more accurate view of
the objeds to be explained.
The catalogue before us gives a wonderful assortment
of slides, suitable for illustrating all kinds of ledures,
astronomical, historical, geological, antiquarian, biologi-
cal, and miscellaneous.
In this catalogue, as we believe in all others issued by
opticians, we notice that the spedroscope does not figure
prominently, if at all. This is a proof that an instrument
so necessazy for research in various sciences is very rarely*
as yet, in demand by investigators.
CORRESPONDENCE,
PRODUCTION OF CITRIC ACID BY THE
OXIDATION OF CANE-SUGAR.
To the Editor of the Chemical News,
Sir, — We certainly ** profess to have repeated" Dr.
Phipson's experiments, and have taken care to follow hia
instrudions implicitly. We fail to see why he should
state that we have not done so.
Dr. Phipson now says that the produds of oxidation of
cane-sugar by permanganate vary considerably, ** accord-
ing to the respedive quantities of permanganic acid and
sugar, according as sulphuric acid or nitric acid is used,
and according to the temperature of the day." We have
employed the reagents in the proportions Dr. Phipson
recommended, and have failed to produce any citric acid,
as we also did on previous occasions when we used our
own discretion as to the proportions of the materials.
If Dr. Phipson will tell us any better way of recof*-
nising citric acid in a liquid also containing tartaric acid,
saccharic acid, and formic acid, than that based on the
precipitation of calcium citrate by boiling a neutral solu-
tion, we shall be glad to try his process. We confess
that we do not know any better plan.
Dr. Phipson, in conclusion, asks us what becomes of
the sugar, if saccharic acid, tartaric acid, formic acid, and
citric acid are not formed. Saccharic acid is well known
to be a produd of the oxidation of cane-sugar, and tartaric
acid, we have reason to believe, can be obtained under
suitable conditions. The question of formic acid is open.
It is for Dr. Phipson to prove that citric acid is formed,
as asserted by him, and to prescribe a method by which
other chemists can repeat his experiments successfully. —
We are, &c.,
Alfrbd B. Sbarlb,
Arnold R. Tankard.
, 67, Surrey Street, Sheffield*
November 23, 189s •
Chbiiical Nbws, I
Nov. 29, 1895. I
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
269
CHEMICAL EDUCATION.
To ihi Editor of the Chunical News.
SiRt— In your *' Address to Students " in the number last
to hand (Chemical News, vol. Izxii., p. ixz), you refer
to the chemical education obtainable and appreciated,
and therefore paid for, in Germany. I have seen the
same matter often written of for some years, and the want
of progress in chemical industries in Great Britain
ascribed to the want of appreciation of such trained skill,
by British manufaAurers. It is always advantageous to
trace things to their first cause ; and I think that in this
case it may be found in a remark made to me in the early
sixties by Dr. £. Ronalds, then in Edinburgh. I had
formerly been hit assistant, he being managing partner in
the Bonnington Chemical Works, where the tar from
Edinburgh and Leith was treated, and I made some
mauve from aniline in a fradionated series of coal-tar
bases shortly after Perkins patented his process — about
1857, I think — and on the occasion referred to, whilst
speaking of the coal-tar colours, he said :— '* The Excise
will drive the business out of the country, so there is no
use touching it."
Adually this is what has happened, as the Government
by the duty on alcohol, and the rigorous regulations as to
its use, have driven a trade worth £20,000,000 per annum
out of Great Britain. For the greater part of the thirty-
eight years since the industry began, the greater portion
of the raw material was provided by the United Kingdom,
and all the first colours were discovered and made there,
showing that the chemical knowledge was there. The
nse of free alcohol then transferred the manufadure to
Germany. The manufadurer demanded technical
chemists ; and technical chemical schools arose, not only
supplying the demand, but leaving a surplus of trained
men which has overflowed into every branch of chemical
industry. And now the supply of the raw material for
that manufadure is curtailed to the United Kingdom, in
consequence of German improvements in coke making,
80 that beosine, which used to be 15/- per gallon, is
now i/-.
In the first half of this century the great strides in in-
dustrial chemistry were made in bleaching and light pro-
dudion, and that in the United Kingdom ; and that as the
Government did not interfere with them they took root
and flourished. In the second half of the century, the
great stride has been in colours ; but here the Government
insisted on its pound of flesh, so this industry fled, and,
in consequence, other British chemical manufadures are
threatened.
To support technical schools there must be a demand
for those trained in them, and good positions in view ; and
this can only come from a rapidly growing industry in
which a few have drawn prizes and hundreds think they
may do the same. Other industries which have arrived
at the rule-of-thumb stage are benefited only indiredly,
and it must be remembered that what is the highly scien-
tific to-day becomes the rule-of-thumb of a few years
hence.— I am, &c.,
W. A. D.
Sydney, OAober az, x89S*
CHEMICAL NOTICES FROM FOREIGN
SOURCES.
KoTi.— All degrees of temperature are Centigrade anleis otberwiie
tipreued.
Comptes Rmdus Hebdomadaires des Siances, de VAcadtmie
des Scietues, Vol. cxxi., No. 19, November 4, 1895.
AdtioD of Silicon upon Iron, Chromium, and Stiver.
— H. Moissan. — This paper will t>e inserted in full.
Spe(5tral Researches on the Star Ahmir (a-Aquilae).
— H. Deslandres. — The bulk of this memoir is purely
astronomical, but it may be here mentioned that, unlike
the other white stars, Altair has iron and calcium rays
almost as broad as the rays of hydrogen. They have
been deteded on seeking for, among the broad black rays
of the spedrum, the small brilliant reversed rays which
constitute the bulk of the atmospheric spedrum.
Treatment of the Emerald and the Preparation of
Pure Glucina.— P. Lebeau.— This memoir will be in-
serted in full.
On m Group of Mineral Waters containing Am-
monia; Bituminous Waters.— F. Parmentier.^ The
waters in question are obtained from springs in the
neighbourhood of Clermont. Ammonia can be deteded
in them by means of the Nessler reagent. Beyond bitu-
minous matter, recognisable by the smell and taste, there
is no other organic matter.
Determination of Tannin in Wines.— E. Manceau.
— The author's method is as follows : — About 100 c.c. of
wine are placed in a small flask with a ground glass
stopper, and i grm. of gut-string. In a week, at about
15^ all the tannin will have been taken up. He then
titrates with a solution of permanganate, x c.c. of which
corresponds to 0*2 m.grm. of pure ^allo-tannin, using as
indicator a sulphuric solution of indigotin. The difference
of the volumes of permanganate taken to decolourise 25
C.C. of the original wine and 25 c.c. of the same wine de-
prived of tannin shows the weight of gallotannin corre-
sponding to 25 c.c. of the wine. To prepare the gut-
strings, violin strings (not oiled) are submitted in succes-
sion to prolonged washing in alcoholised water, acidulated
water, and pure water, until they no longer yielded to
these solvents any substance capable of reducing perman-
ganate in the cold.
Adtion of Chlorine upon Normal Propylic Alcohol.
— ^Andr^ Brochet. — The author has made an especial
Btudy of a-chloropropionic aldehyd and of chlorodipro-
pylicpropional.
Ozotoluene. — Adolphe Renard. — If pure toluene is
submitted to the adion of ozone, there is formed an ex-
plosive produd, ozotoluene, analogous to ozobenzene. It
forms a white translucent mass, of a gelatinous asped. It
decomposes at from 8** to zo^ Its composition is prob-
ably C7H8O6, whence it is the higher homologue of ozo-
benzene, CeHeOfi. With pure xylene (ortho-xylene) sub-
mitted to ozone at 0° there is also obtained a white ex-
plosive produd.
Study of the Nitration of Menthone.— M. Konava-
loff. — The author has obtained a produd of the composi-
tion Cx6Hx7(NOa)0.
Fermentation of Cellulose.— V. Omelianski.- This
phenomenon has generally been ascribed to the adion of
Bacillus amylobaettr. This organism the author regards
as a ** colledive species." The pure bacillus he considers
to be slender, consisting of straight and sinuous joints,
from 6 to 7 /A in length and 02 to 0*3 /a in breadth. It
forms regular round spores.
Bxperiments on the Direct Production of Pure
Ethylic Alcohol by the Fermentation of Asphodelus
ramosus and Scilla maritimm by the Aid of Pure
Wine Ferments.— G. Riviere and M. Bailhache.— The
nature of this paper appears sufficiently from the title.
Bulletin de la Societe d* Encouragement pour PIndmtrie
Nalionale. Series 4, V^l. x.. No. 117.
The Expansion of Glass, and on Soldered Glasses.
— A Report presented by Dr. Schott. — For siliceous
glasses the expansion increases with the proportion of
alkali. Boric acid produces a striking decrease of expan-
sion. In superposing upon each other two glasses of dif-
ferent compositions, it is requisite that there should exist
a certain relation between tne relative thickness of the
two layers of glass and their coefficients of expansion.
Thus at Jena they solder normal thermometer glass, the
270
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
f Cbsmical Niwb,
1 Hov. 29. 189s-
coefficient of cubic expansion of which between o^ and
xoo°siO*ooooa44, to an aluminous sodium borosilicate the 1
expansion of which es 0*0000177. The former kind of
glass must be placed externally and the second internally
in order to form a hollow vessel or a tube. We may also
join together three or more layers of two or more glasses.
Of two layers of glass with different expansions, after
cooling, that with Qit greatest expansion will be in a state
of tension, and the other in a state of compression. Ex-
ternal layers in a state of compression increase in a
striking manner the resistance of glass to mechanical
adions and to rapid changes of temperature. Flasks thus
manufadured may be strongly heated (to a temperature
of 184°), and may then be sprinkled with cold water with-
out injury. Such glasses are not liable to the sudden
rupture presented by glass tempered by the process of
De la Bastie«
MEETINGS FOR THE WEEK.
MoNDAT, and.— Society of Aitt, 8. ** Mechanical Road Carriages,"
by H. Worby Beaamoat, M. Init.C.E. (Oaator
LeAarei).
— Society of Chemical Industry, 8. ** Alkali Manufac-
ture by the Hargreavet Bird System of Eledtro-
lysis/by Mr. J. Hargeavcs, F.C S. •' The Ana-
lysis of Chrome Iron Ore, Perrichrome, and
Chrome Steel," by Dr. S. Rideal and Mr. S.
Rosenblum.
— — Royal Institution, 5. General Monthly Meeting.
Wbombsdat, 4th.— Society of Arts, 8. " Mural Painting, with the
Aid of MeUllic Oxides and Soluble Silicates,"
by Mrs. Anna Lea-Merritt and Prof. W. C
Roberts-Austen, C.B., F.R.S.
Thursday, sth«~Chemical, 8. " The Constitution of Terpenes,'*
by Prof. Armstrong, F,R.S. ** New Denvatives
from a-Dibromo-camphor," by M. O. Forster.
"The Chemistry of Dibromopropylthiocarbimide,
and the Action of Bromine and Iodine on Allyl-
thionrea," by Prof. A. E. Dixon. Ballot for the
EleAion of rellows.
NOTICE.
JOHN CLIFF& SONS, Exchange Chambers,
LiBOS, wish to SELL (preferred) or LET their Chemical
Stoneware and Pipe Pottery, at Runcorn, upon Manchester Ship
Canal (and scheduled for purchase), with view of OPENING AT
LEEDS, near their headquarters.
Either Trade Plant or Works separate if desired. Part can re-
main on Mortgage. In Chemical trade centre, and next door to
larg e ChemicalWorks.
Telepbone
No. aa4b
P. WIGGINS ft SONS, |;i;^iTnSr""l'f;c* Lon^oi..
MICA MERCHANTS,
UanufactUTtri 0/ Utca Goods for EUctncai and ALL p^tpoui
Contractore to Her Maiesty'sOovernment
MICA
rater-Glass, or Soluble Silicates ot boaa
and Potash, 10 large or small quantities, and sither soiid
or in solution, at ROBERT RUMNEY'S. Ardwick Cbemicsl
Works. Mancoester.
w«
JUST PUBLISHED.
446 Paget and 104 lUustraiiont, Price 12s. &<•
A TREATISE ON THE MANUFACTURE
SOAP AND 'candles,
LUBRICANTS, AND GLYCERIN.
By WM. LANT CARPENTER, B.S0.
Second Edition, Revited and Enlarged by HENRY LEASK.
CONTENTS.
Historical Epitome and Re erences. Theoretical Principles.
Raw Materials : Their Sources and Preparation.
Raw Materials : Refining, Clarifying, and Bleaching.
Raw Materials : Their Proximate Analysis.
Caustic Alkali and other Mineral Salts.
Manutaaure ol Household Soaps : The Process of Saponification.
Treatment of Soap after its Removal from the Soap Copper: Cooltngt
Cuttini^, Drywg, Moulding.
Soap— Filling and Sophisticating.
Special Soaps : Household, Laundry, Floating, Disinfeaant, Hard-
water, Sand, Cold-water. Powders, Manaf«anrers', ToUct*
Transparent, Fancy, Solidified, Glvcerin, &c.
Theory of the Aftion of Soap— Its Valuation and Ajialysis— Distri-
butioo and Position of the Trade.
Lubricating Oils, Railway and Waggon Grease, ftc.
Candles— Raw Materials, their Sources and Preliminary Treatment.
Processes for the Conversion of Neutral Pats into Patty Adds— The
Manufadture of Commercial Stearin.
The Manufaaure of Candles and Night-lights— Their Value aa lUa-
minanu. Glycerin. Bibliography. Index.
B. ft F. N. SPON, zas, Strand, London.
FOREIGN SCIENTIFIC BOOKS.
IMPORTERS OF FOREIGN BOOKS,
Receive regularly all Foreign Scientific Books.
Catalogues and lists post free on application.
14, Hbnribtta Strbbt, Covbmt Qardbn, London;
20, South Frbdbriok Strbbt, Edimbueoh ;
and 7, Broad Strbbt, Oxford.
OLD PLATINUM
In any form Purchasbd for Cash.
Highest prices allowed by
ROBERT PRINGLB & CO., Gold and Silver
Reiin^rs, &c., 40 and 42, Clerkenwell Rd., B.C.
Send for Price List.
Hhctographic Residues reduced and purchased.
SULPHUROUS ACID.
SULPHITES AND BISULPHITE OF LIME, SODA, &c
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE, 10/30 vols.
CARAMELS, Liquid and SoUd.
BENNEU d JENNER, Stratford, London.
J-TJST IPTJBIilSHIEID- I=»S.IOE £± 58.
A HANDBOOK OP
INDUSTRIAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Adapted for the use of Manufacturers, Chemists, and all Interested In the Utilisation of
Organlo Materials In the Industrial Arts,
By SAMUEL P. SADTLER, Ph.D., F.C.S.
SECOND REVISED AND ENLARGED EDITION.
Pp. 637. With 127 Illustrations.
London : J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY, 10, Henrietta St., Covent Garden.
CbBMICAL NBWtt I
Dec. 6, 1895. I
New Gases obtained from Uraninite.
THE CHEMICAL NEWS
Vol. LXXII., No. 1880.
ON THB
NEW GASES OBTAINED FROM URANINITE.*
(Sixth Note).
By J. NORMAN LOCKYER, C.B., F.R.S.
As Mr. Crookes has now pablished (Chemical News,
vol. Ixxii., p. 87) the wave-lengths of the lines in the
spedra of the new mineral gases observed by him in the
tabes supplied by Professor Ramsay, I propose in the
present paper to bring together some notes I have made
^ (some of them some time ago) on the same subjed.
The researches made at Kensington in connexion with
the new gases obtained from brdggerite and other
minerals has consisted, to a large extent, of comparisons
, of the lines in their speAra with lines in the spedra of
the sun and stars. Preliminary accounts of these com-
parisons have already been given, and they show that the
bright yellow line seen in the gas from brdggerite is by
00 means the only important one which appears.
Although the general distribution and intensities of the
lines in the gases from brdggerite and cliveite sufficiently
corresponded with some of the chief ** unknown lines '*
in the solar chromosphere and some of the stars to render
f identity probable, it was desirable to see how far the con-
clusion is sustained by detailed investigations of the wave-
lengths of the various lines.
TA# Yellow Line X 5875*9. — Immediately on receiving
from Professor Ramsay, on March 28th, a small bulb of
the gas obtained from cliveite, a provisional determina*
tion of wave-length was made by Mr. Fowler and myself,
in the absence of the sun, by micrometric comparisons
with the D lines of sodium, the resulting wave length
' being 5876*07 on Rowland's scale. It was at once
apparent, therefore, that the gas line was not far re-
moved from the chromospheric D3, the wave-length of
which is eiven by Rowland as 5875*98.
The bulb being too much blackened by sparking to give
sufficient luminosity for further measurements, I set
ftbout preparing some of the gas for myself by heating
brdggerite tn vacuo, in the manner I have already de-
scribed. A new measurement was thus secured on
March 30 with a spe^oscope having a dense Jena glass
prism of 60^ ; this gave the wave-length 5876*0.
On April 5th, I attempted to make a direa comparison
with the chromospheric line, but though the lines were
shown to be excessively near to each other, the observa-
tions were not regarded as final.
Proiiessor Ramsav having been kind enough to furnish
me, on May x, with a vacuum tube which showed the
yellow line very brilliantly, a further comparison with the
chromosphere was made on May a. The observations
were made by Mr. Fowler, in the third order speArum of
a grating having 14438 lines to the inch, and the observing
telescope was fitted with a high-power micrometer
eye-piece ; the dispersion was sufficient to easily show the
difference of position of the D3 line on the east and west
limbs, due to the sun's rotation. Observations of the
chromosphere were therefore confined to the poles.
During the short time that the tube retained its great
brilliancy, a faint line, a little less refrangible than the
bright yellow one, and making a close double with
it, was readily seen, but afterwards a sudden change took
Elace, and the lines almost faded away. While the gas
ne was brilliant, it was found to be ** the least trace more
* A Paper read before the Royal Society, November az, 1895.
271
refrangible than D3, about the thickness of the line itself,
which was but narrow '* (Observatory Note-book "). The
sudden diminution in the brightness of the lines made
subsequent observations less certain, but the instrumental
conditions being slightly varied, it was thought that the
gas line was probably less refrangible than the-Dj line by
about the same amount that the first observation showed
it to be more refrangible. Giving the observations equal
weight, the ^au line would thus appear to be probably
coincident with the middle of the chromospheric line, but
if extra weight be given to the first observation, made
under much more favourable conditions, the gas line
would be slightly more refrangible than the middle of the
chromosphere line.
Pressure of other work did not permit the continuation
of the comparisons. In the meantime, Runge and
Paschen announced {Nature, vol. Hi., p. za8) that they
also had seen the yellow line of the cl^veite gas to be a
close double, neither component having exadly the same
wave-length as Dj, according to Rowland.
They give the wave-length of the brightest component
as 58^8*883, and the distance apart of the lines as 0*323.
This independent confirmation of the duplicity of the
gas line led me to carefully re-observe the D* line in the
chromosphere for evidences of doubling. On Jane 14,
observations were made by Mr. Shackleton and myself
of the D3 line in the 3rd and 4th order spe^a under
favourable conditions ; ** the line was seen best in the
4th order, on an extension of the chromosphere or promin-
ence on the north-east limb of the sun. The D3 line was
seen very well, having every appearance of being double,
with a faint component on the red side, dimming away
gradually ; the line of demarcation between the compo-
nents was not well marked, but it was seen better in the
prominence than anywhere else on the limb." (** Obser-
vatory Note-book ").
It became clear, then, that the middle of the chromo-
sphere line, as ordinarily seen, and as taken in the com-
parison of May 4, does not represent the place of the
brightest component of the double line, so that exad coin-
cidence was not to be expeded.
Though the observations are not yet quite completed,
the circumstance that the line is double in both gas and
chromosphere spedrum, in each the less refrangible com-
ponent being the fainter, taken in conjundion with the
dired comparisons which have been made, render it
highly probable that one of the gases obtained from
cl^veite is identical with that which produces the Dj line
in the spednim of the chromosphere.
Other observers have since succeeded in resolving the
chromospheric line. On June 20, Professor Hale found
the line to be clearly double in the spedrum of a pro-
minence, the less refrangible component being the fainter,
and the distance apart of the lines being measured as .
o'357 tenth-metres {AsL Nach., 3302).
The doubling was noted with much less distindhess in
the spedrum of the chromosphere itself on June 24. Pro-
fessor Hale points out that Rowland's value of the wave-
lensth (as well as that of 5875*924, determined by him-
selion June 19 and 20) does not take account of the fad
that the line is a close double.
Dr. Huggins, after some failures, observed the D^ line
to be double on Tuly xo {Ast, Nach,, 3302) ; he also notes
that the less refrangible component was the fainter, and
that the distance apart of the lines was about the same as
that of the lines in the gas from cl^veite, according to
Runge and Paschen.
It may be added, that in addition to appearing in the
chromosphere, the D« line has been observed as a bright
line in nebulss by Dr. Copeland, Professor Keeler, and
others ; in fi Lyre and other bright line stars ; and as a
dark line in such stars as Bellatrix, by Mr. Fowler,
Professor Campbell, and Professor Keeler. In all these
cases it is associated with other lines, which, as I shall
show presently, are associated with it in the spedra of
the new gases.
272
New Gases obtained from Uraninite.
1 Cbmical Nbwi,
1 Dec6»i89S.
^ave-Iength
Wave-length
Chromosphere
Eclipses 1893.
Ohon nebula.
Bellatrix.
Crookes'a
(Rowland).
(Angstrdm),
(Young).
Max. intens.-iio.
Max. intenB.=s6. Max. intens.3>6.
measures.
Frequency.
\R.
XR.
XR.
XR.
7065-5
7064-0
100
• •
..
• •
7065-5
6678-3
66769
25
• •
..
• •
6678-1
6371-6
6370"5
5
6347"3
63462
10
6141-9
6140*6
15
6122-43
6121-43
5
60657
6064-5
5
5991 -6
59900
15
5875'9
5^74-9
100
5876-0
5876-0
5876-0
5876-0
5449-9
54288
8
5404'i
5403-1
5
5048-2
5047*8
2
• •
• •
• •
5047-1
5015-8
5015-0
30
5016-0(41
4922-0(4
..
50x6*0(1)
50x5-9
4922-3
4921-3
30
4924(3)
4922-0(2)
4922^6
47i3'4
4712-5
2
4713-2(5)
4716(2)
4715-0(3)
4713-4
4471-8
^^Zo**
100
4471-8(10)
4472(4)
4472-0(6)
4471-5
43895
4388-5
I
43900(1)
4390(21
43890(5)
43863
40265
4025-9
•
4026*0^6)
4026(3)
4026-0(6)
4026 'X
3964-0
3963*5
—
3963-8 ,
..
39640(3)
39648
3888-7
3888-0
—
probablet
• •
probable
38885
* Professor Young has recently called attention to the faA that although this line was not included in his chromoanheric list, he
observed and published it in 1883 ;
its frequency is about 15. (Natun, vol.
Hi.. P. 4S8).
f Tbu line is
too close to a hydrogen line to enable
a definite lUtement to be made.
The Blut Lim, A 4471*8.— A provisional determination
OQ April 2 of the wave-length of a bright blue line, seen
in the spedrum of the gases obtained from a specimen of
cleveite, showed that it approximated very closely to a
chromospheric line, the frequency of which is stated as
100 by Young.
This line was also seen very brilliantly in the tube
supplied to me by Professor Ramsay on May x, and on
May 6 it was compared diredly with the chromosphere
line by Mr. Fowler. The second order grating spcArum
was employed. The observations in this region were not
so easy as in the case of D3. but with the dispersion em-
ployed, the gas line was found to be coincident with the
chromospheric one. In this case also, the chromosphere
was observed at the sun's poles, in order to eliminate the
effeas due to the sun's rotation.
In a former note (Roy, Soc, Proc, vol. Iviii., p. 114), I
have pointed out that this line does not appear in the
spedra of the gases obtained from all minerals which
give the yellow line.
Besides appearing in the spedrum of the chromosphere,
the line in question is one of the first importance in the
spedra of nebulae, bright line stars, and of the white stars
such as Bellatrix and Rigel.
Thi Infra-red Line, Xjods'S'— In addition to D3, and
the line at 4471 '8, there is a chromospheric line in the
infra-red which also has a frequency of 100, according to
Young. On May 28, 1 communicated a note to the Royal
Society stating that this line had been observed in the
spedrum of the gases obtained from broggerite and
euxenite {Roy, Soc, Proc, vol. Iviii.), solar comparisons
having convinced me that the wave-length of the
gas line corresponded with that given by Young ; and I
added ** it follows, therefore, that besides the hydrogen
lines, all three chromospheric lines in Young's list which
have a frequency of xoo have now been recorded in the
spedra of the new gas or gases obtained from minerals
by the distillation method."
M. Deslandres, of the Paris Observatory, has also ob-
served the line at 7065 in the gas obtained from cleveite
{Comptes Rendus, June X7, x895» P- ^3S^)'
Other Lines. — Determinations of the wave-lengths of
many other lines in the spedra of the new gases have
been made, chiefly with the aid of a Steinheil spedro-
scope having four prisms, and the results leave little
doubt as to the coincidence of several lines with those
appearing in the chromosphere, nebulas, and white stars.
It seems very probable, also, that many lines which
have been noted, and for which no origins have yet beeo
traced, belong to gases which have not hitherto been re-
corded in the chromosphere.
The accompanying table summarises the chief lines which
have so far been recorded in the new gases from varioiu
minerals, some of which show D3 while others do not.
Only those lines which also appear in the spedrum of
the chromosphere, nebulas, or Orion stars, are given in
the first instance. There are other lines which are pro-
bably also associated with chromospheric ones, but further
investigation of them is considered desirable before they
are included in the list.
The first column of the table gives the wave-lengths of
the lines on Rowland's scale, wbiie the second gives the
wave-lengths on Angstrom's scale ; the third gives the
frequency of the lines in the chromosphere according to
Young. In the fourth column lines photographed with
the prismatic camera during the total eclipse ot April x6,
1893, ^fc shown ; these have been included because in
some cases lines which appear to be comparatively unim-
portant in Young's list were photographed as important
lines. The fifth column indicates probable coincidences
with lines in the spedrum of the Orion nebula ; the acca-
racy of these wave«lengths is of necessity less than in the
case of the chromosphere ; with the exception of Dj they
are taken from my paper on the photographic spedrom
of the Orion nebula {Phil, Trans,, X895, vol. clxxxvi. A, p.
76). The 8 xth column shows probable coincidences with
dark lines in the spedrum of Bellatrix, this being taken
as an example of the Orion stars {Phil, Trans,, Z893, vol.
clxxxiv. A, p. 695)1 ^bc lines 4922*3 and 50x5-8 have been
photographed since the date of the paper to which refer-
ence is made.
The last column gives the wave lengths, from Mr.
Crookes's table, of the lines observed by both of us.
Royal Institution. — A General Monthly Meeting of
the Members of the Royal Institution was held 00
December 2nd, Sir James Crich ton-Browne presiding.
The following were eleded Members : — Messrs. C. H.
Berners, T.P., J. M. Bruce, M.D., F. Chambers, A. M.
Chance, J.P., A. E. Fletcher, F. Fox, J.P , H. Sevmonr,
K. T. Stewart, M.D., G. H. Strutt, F. Tendron, F.O.S.,
W. H. Warner, M. Webb, J.P., and Mrs. S. H. Phillips.
CliBinc4i. Htvt, I
Dm. 6* 1695- I
Experimental Proof of van U Hoff^s Constant^ &c.
273
EXPERIMENTAL PROOF OF VAN 'T HOFF'S
CONSTANT, OF ARRHENIUS»S GENERALISA-
TION, OF OSTWALD'S LAW OF DILUTION.
OF DALTON»S LAW, &c.,
IN VERY DILUTE SOLUTIONS*
By Dr. MEYER WILDERMANN.
Thb followiDg forms the foandation of the new theory of
eolations : —
1,— Proof of van H Hoff'% Constant
It was van *t HofiF who first drew attention to the fad
that the equations representing the generalisations
arrived at by Boyle, Gay-Lussac, and Avogadro in the
case of gases are equally applicable to dissolved sub*
stances, if the osmotic pressure of the molecules of the
dissolved substance be substituted for the pressure of the
gas. Van 't Hoff deduced these laws for solutions from
thermodynamical considerations {Ztit, Phys, Chim,, i.,
1887) — a method which gives them increased validity —
and illustrated them from the osmotic experiments of
Pfeffer and de Vries. Soon after, Prof. Max Planck de-
duced van *t Hoff *s laws in a very elegant way, also from
thermodynamical considerations {Wied. Ann., xxxii.,
1887). Lorentz (Z#tf. Phys, Chtm,, vii.), Boltzmann
{Ztit. Phys. Chtm,, vi., vii.), Riecke (Ztit, Phys, Chtm,,
vi.), and Van der Vaals {Ztit, Phys, Chtm,, v.) have de-
duced the gaseous laws from the kinetic theory.
At the tame time van 't Hoff was able to establish a
thermodynamical relation between the osmotic pressure
of a dissolved substance and the molecular lowering of
frcesing-point of the solution, thereby furnishing a rational
basis for the empirical generalisations of Raoul, Babo,
and WuUner, who had previously investigated the same
point (Ztit. Phys, Chtm,, i.) ; later on Planck deduced
the same thermodynamical relations IWitd, Ann,, xxxii.,
1887).
In van 't Hoff's thermodynamical argument the solu-
tions are assumed to be very dilute, and hence their ex-
perimental verification is of special importance in very
dilute solutions. The determination of the molecular
freesing-point is the safest and the most convenient
method of testing the validity of these generalisations ex-
pcrimentallv, and this has been done for moderately
dilute solutions by van 't HofiF himself, and by Eykmann,
and the equation —
0*02 7* .
w
where T ■> absolute temperature, w » latent heat of
fusion of the solvent, has been experimentally verified
and confirmed for several solvents. The method of deter*
mining the freezing-point in venf dilute solutions of my
late friend P. B. Lewis (Trans. Chtm. Soc, 1894 ; a fuller
account has been given in Ztit, Phys, Chtm,, xv., p. 358),
m^ investigations on the same matter (** On the Deter-
mination ot the Freezing-point of Water," Zeit. Phys.
Ch4m,, zv., p. 365. See ** On the Real and Apparent
Freezing-CKDints and the Freezing-point Methods,*' then
** On the Determination of Freezing-point in Dilute Solu-
tions to 0*4^ Depression,'* which I shall publish shortly in
Phil, Mag. and in Ztit, Phys. Chtm,) give us the possibility
of sobmitting van 't HofiT's equation, —
I «
o'oa T«
to a more accurate verification. I give a full account of
the freezing-point method, since it is important to know
not only what one gets, but how it is got. This is
especially necessary in view of the different contradidory
resulu which have been published and are due to insuffi-
* Rsad bcforv the British Association (ScAion B), Ipswich
If Mtiof , 1893.
cient, and often more than insufificient, development of
the method used. Last year I investigated a series of
bodies (Phil. Mag., July, 1895) ; this year I investigated
cane-sugar, urea, alcohol, dextroset resorcin, maltose,
milk-sugar, glycerin, with the convergence temperature
above and below the freezing temperature, with the
YoVo^and thex^o*' thermometer, with different parts of
the scale. The obtained results are in excellent agree-
ment with van *t Hoff *s theory.
2. — Arrhtnius*s Otntralisation.
Van 't Hoff showed, by four different methods, that a
generalisation analogous to that of Avogadro was valid
for solutions of non-elearolytes, like cane-sugar ; it then
became of importance to account lor exceptional cases, in
which the depression of the freezing point was abnormal,
and in particular the cases of salts, acids, and bases in
aqueous solutions. The explanation was given when
Arrhenius showed that, by two independent, quite dif-
ferent, methods, the observation of the lowering of
freezing-point and of the eleArical condu^ivity of a solu-
tion, the same value would be obtained for the fador i,
which denotes the ratio of the pressure adually exerted
by the substance to the pressure which the substance
would exert if it consisted entirely of undissociated
molecules. Arrhenius made determinations on about
forty bodies in moderately dilute solutions of various
concentrations, and verified his generaliiation. From
the intimate connedion which exists between van *t
Hoff*s laws and the dissociation theory, it follows also
that the generalisation of Arrhenius may find a more
exad experimental confirmation in dilute solutions.
This is not only important on account of the great light
which the theory of dissociation has thrown upon the two
provinces of chemistry and physics, but it is also impor-
tant inasmuch as thereby the laws of van *t Hoff will
find in every point their more exad confirmation (see
also Max Planck, Witd, Ann., xxxiv.).
Last year I investigated sulphuric acid, potassium
chloride, dichloracetic acid, orthonitrobenzoic acid,
trichloracetic acid, with the convergence temperature
above the freezing temperature (Phil. Mag,, July, 1895);
this year, with the convergence temperature t>elow the
freezing temperature. Besides these bodies I investi-
gated nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, potassium chloride,
sodium chloride, ammonium chloridOt &c., with the con-
vergence temperature below the /reezing temperature.
Arrhenius*s generalisation finds the most wonderful con-
firmation.
3. — The Law of Dilution.
This forms one of the most important foundations of
the theory of dissociation. It was Ostwald who first showed
the relation between the dissociated and undissociated
molecules to depend upon the aAion of masses, and took
pains to verify the same in the case of about two hundred
acids by means of their eleAric conduAivity (see, also,
Max Planck, Witd. Ann., xxxiv.).
From the above-mentioned generalisation of Arrhenius
it follows that the law of dilution ought also to be
deducible from the freezing-points, since the freezing-
points, as well as the ele^ric condudivity, enable us to
know the degree of dissociation, and it may be interest-
ing inasmuch as we have not here to do with velocity of
ions or with the theory of eledric condudivity.
From the intimate connexion which exists between
van *t Hoff*s laws and the theory of dissociation, it fol-
lows that the law of dilution must find its experimental
confirmation in dilute solutions ; the freezing-point
methods have not been till now sufficiently exad for this
purpose ; now we are able to undertake it under favour-
able conditions.
I investigated orthonitrobenzofc acid, dichloracetic
acid, trichloracetic acid, with the convergence tempera-
ture above {Phil. Mag. July, 1895) and below the freezmg
temperature, and found that the law of dilution finds a
good confirmation also by this second way.
274
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
CBBNICAi. KbWS,
Dec. 6, 189s.
4. — DaltofCs Law in Solutions,
Dalton'8 law, at we know, declare! that the total prei-
■nre of a mixture is equal to the sum of the partial pres-
sures exerted bv the constituents of the mixture in the
given space. This law, for the same reason as the law of
Boyle and Gay*Lus8ac, holds good only in the case of
dilute gases. Since van 't HofiF has shown that the law of
Boyle and Gay-Lussac is to be applied for dilute solu-
tions (see van't Hoff's constant), the conclusion may
logically be drawn that the third gaseous law— the law
of Dalton — exists in solutions also. For some reasons,
which cannot be further discussed here, the best mode of
testing Dalton's law in solutions is the freezing-point
method. I investigated, for this purpose, mixtures of
urea and resorcin, of urea and cane-sugar, of urea and
dextrose, of dextrose and cane sugar ; the obtained results,
in very dilute solutions (with the convergence tempera-
ture under the freezing. point), are very satisfadory— no
less than in the case of the proof of van't Hoff's
constant.
5. — On ik$ Degr$e of Dissociation in Solutions whin
Non^tUctrolyies an present.
It has been found that the degree of dissociation of a
gas does not change in the presence of an indifferent gas.
This is also to be regarded as a consequence of Dalton*s
Law for the partial pressures of the constituents of a
mixture. I find the relations to be quite analogous in
the case of eledrolytic dissociation. I investigated the
influence of glycerin upon dichloracetic acid, upon ortho-
Ditrobenzoic acid, &c. ; the result is, that no change (at
any rate no considerable change) in the degree of di8so>
ciation takes place, even in the case of dichloracetic acid
and orthooitrobenzoic acid. These investigations of the
influence of non>eleAroIytes on the degree of dissociation
if the method of freezing-points is of special interest,
since, besides the phenomena under consideration, the
theory of eledric condudivity can be more easily sur-
veyed and understood by this than bv using the method
of eleAric condudivity (as has been done by Arrhenius)
where the above phenomenon is complicated by the
change of the velocity of ions, owing to the change of
the inherent viscosity (*' innere Reibung '*) of the liquid.
Using the method of freezing-points, we are able to
isolate the phenomena and to come to a clear conception
of both of them. At any rate no considerable redu^ion
of the degree of dissociation, I find, takes place when
non-eledrolytes are present, and the diminution of the
eledric conduAivity of a dissolved eledrolyte in the pre-
sence of a non-eledrolyte must, more or less, be entirely
attributed to the change of the inherent viscosity.
6.— Ofi the Reduction of the Degree of Dissociation
by introducing a Common Ion.
I have already drawn attention to the importance of the
law of dilution as a proof of the theory of dissociation,
which shows that the relation between the dissociated and
vndissociated molecules depends upon the well-investi-
gated and established law of adion of masses. A second
proof of the theory of dissociation, based upon the same
law of adion of masses, is the redudion of the degree of
dissociation by the introdudion of a common ion. In
the case of a dissociated gas, a redudion of the degree of
dissociation takes place if one of the dissociated parts is
introduced. It was Arrhenius who first, in his paper,
«' Theory of Isobydric Solutions " (Zeits, Phys, Chem., ii.),
drew attention to this important point, as a proof of the
theory of dissociation. Arrhenms himself proved this
Suestion but little, usin^ the method of eledric con-
udivity. A more searchmg investigation of this matter
by the method of eledric condudivity has been under-
taken at the same time by Prof. Ostwald in Leipzig, and
myself in Oxford. It is important to mention that the
agreement between the theory and the obtained results is
very satisfadory . Here I give the results which I obtained
by the investigation of the same matter in dilute solu-
tions by a second method — the freezing-point method*
I investigated the redudion of dissociation in the case of
mixtures of hydrogen chloride and orthonitrobenzoic
acid, hydrogen chloride and dichloracetic acid, nitric acid
and orthonitrobenzoic acid, nitric acid and dichloracetic
acid, nitric and hydrochloric acid. &c. I have calculated,
owing to want of time, only a part of my experimenul
results, and, as £sr as my calculations have been carried
out, the agreement between the theory and the experi-
ments is quite satisfadory. I draw attention to the fad
that, while non-eledrolytes did not produce redudion of
dissociation in the case of dichloracetic acid and ortho-
nitrobenzoic acid, we, quite in accordance with the law
of adion of masses, have been able for the same bodies,
by introducing common ions, to observe redudions of dis-
sociation which amount even to 60 or 70 per cent of the
total value of the degree of dissociation.
Chriit Church, Oxford.
CHEMICAL RESEARCHES AND SPECTROSCOPIC
STUDIES OF VARIOUS ELEMENTS.
By J£AN SERVAIS STAS.
(Oontiooed from p. 261).
B. Air of the Laboratory, — The laboratory, situated on
the second floor, consisted of two rooms, one of which
looked on to the street and the other on to the garden.
These rooms communicated with each other by a door,
and had in addition a door opening on to the landing,
which supplied them with air coming from the roof or
basement, according as the door of the loft or basement
was open or shut.
The apparatus for condensing vapour from the air was
freely suspended in the back room, in a very large glass
cage, havmg in its upper part a large opening which could
be lessened at will, conneded with a ventilating shaft,
and receiving air from the room through a large opening
70 cm. above the floor.
The spedroscope was placed in the same room, 1*5
metres from the condensing apparatus. The front room,
the landing'door of which was open, supplied air to the
back room.
I St. The wind was blowing from the east, the air
came from the yard in the south-west, by the staircase
well and the landing. The temperature of the air in the
glass cage was 22*5°; dew- point was 15*2*'. The weight
of water condensed was 132 grms. During the penod
of condensation of water vapour, the temperature of the
disulpbide of carbon was between o^ and 3**. The flame
of a gas-lamp burning close to the apparatus was blue
slightly tinged with violet, and spedrum analysis of this
flame showed a persistent weak sodium line masking any
other spedrum.
I only succeeded in realising these conditions by the
care I took in dusting both rooms, and everything in them,
two days previously, in having the floors carefully washed
as well as the stairs, and in abstaining from working in
the laboratory. When I did not take these precautions I
always saw bright points in the flame.
Five drops of a 10 per cent solution of nitrate of silver
caused a slight precipitate in 10 c.c. of filtered water.
One drop of a saturated solution of chloride of barium,
added to 15 c.c. of filtered water, gave no precipitate ;
but the mixture, when evaporated down to about half a
c.c, became perceptibly clouded.
One hundred cc of filtered water left, on evaporation,
a rich yellow stain weighing 0*000065 grm. The stain
turned black when heated ; the residue was dissolved by
two drops of water, and the solution when put into the
flame coloured it yellow, intensely but temporarily.
Spedrum analysis showed the sodium line and a very
faint calcium spedram.
CVBMtCAL NbW% I
D«c. «, 1895. f
Chemical Researches and Specotrscopic Studies.
275
The ioner filter, throagh which the water pasied, when
dried, WM the same colour at paper exposed to the atmo-
•pberic doBt of the laboratory. Under the microscope I
taw a number of black and sparkline grey specks, as well
at filaments. After burning the carbon made by carbon-
iting the inner filter in a closed vessel, there remained a
brown ash weighing 0*000105 grm. Daring combustion,
the part of the flame afieded was coloured deep yellow.
The atb, when moistened with chloride of ammonium
and pot into the flame, showed sodium and calcium
tpedra, bat not a trace of a potassium speAnim. The
fisidae, when treated thrice with fluoride of ammonium
to eliminate the silica, and put into the flame, still
showed the sodium line without the potassium line.
Lastly, the brown marks left on the fine platinum wire
loop, when treated with pure sulphuric acid and put once
more into the outer envelope of the flame, showed the
todium line still, with a veiy faint calcium spedmm, but
no trace of the potassium line.
2nd. Air from tht stnet, running east and west, en-
tering by an opening on the south, by way of the roof
and loft : —
The air brought into the laboratory by the draught of
Ibar ventilating shafts with which it was famished,
coloared a Bunsen flame distindly violet ; on speArum
anal3rsit, a faint but decidedly yellow sodium line was seen,
without m trace of the calcium spedrum ; outside, the air
temperature was 27*3^ ; in the glass case it was 23*8*, and
dew-point was 17*7* ; there were coUeded 135 grms. of
filtered water, neatral to litmus-paper.
Five drops of a 10 per cent solntion of nitrate of silver
made m tcntible precipitate in 10 c.c. of filtered water.
Twenty c.c. of filtered water were evaporated down to
about half a c.c. This liquid was sensibly clouded by
adding one drop of a saturated solution of chloride of
barium.
One hundred c.c. of filtered water, when evaporated to
drynett, left a sparkling brown stain, weighing 0000057
grm. This residue blackened when heated; when dis-
solved in two drops of water, and put into a flame, the
solution coloured it yellow. SpeArum analysis showed
the sodium line, as well as a faint calcium spedrum.
The inner filter, through which the water passed, when
dried, waa the same colour as paper exposed to the dust
of the laboratory; under the microscope it showed
sparkling and transparent black and grey specks, stains
iust like day, moistened and dried, aa well as organic
filaments, some long, others short.
After burning the carbon made by carbonising the filter
in a closed vessel, there remained a brown siliceous aih,
weighing 0*000147 grm. During combustion, spedrum
analysis showed a strong sodium line. This ash, when
moistened with chloride of ammonium, coloured the
flame intense yellow, showed a sodiam spcArum and a
faint calcium spedmm all the time, but no traces of a
potaasium spedrum.
Having eliminated the free and combined silicic add by
means off fluoride of ammonium, then treating the reai-
doewith solphnric acid, I deteded in the produd faint
indications of the presence of sodium, calcium, alumi-
nium, and iron ; but I utterly failed to find any trace of
potassium.
If we admit that the methods I adopted for ascertaining
the nature and amount of sodium and calcium compounds
in the air give correa results, we must conclude from
them that air, when deprived by rain of the dust it had
in sntpention, and kept saturated or nearly so by rain,
does not contain in from zo to 15 cubic metres an amount
of toluble sodiam compounds capable of being weighed
fai a balance weighing to thru thousandths of a m grm.
There is sodium in it nevertheless, although speArum
analysis of a Bunsen flame burning in it does not show
the sodium line.
In this manner the presence of sodium is accounted for
in hygrotoopic bodies, other than todiam compounds, ex-
posed to the air and sheltered from dust partides ; for
they— by liquefying it by absorption of, and depositing It
by condensation of; the water in the air— persistently give
indications of the presence of the metal sodium. Such
are undoubtedly the chlorides of calcium and lithium, at
I show in chapters devoted to the chemical and spearo-
scopic studies of these bodies. Neither outside nor inside
air, whin still, contains a measurable amount of soluble
sodium compounds in from xo to 15 cubic metres, although
they give the sodic charaderistics to flames. The quantity
of insoluble sodium and calcium mineral matters in this
amount of air varies from six to fifttin hundrtdths of a
m.grm*
I have noted the presence of potassium amongst the
mineral matters in free air in certain distrids.
In spite of all efforts I cannot deted a trace of either
soluble or insoluble potassium compounds in thi airoj iht
higher part of Brussels.
Rain Water,— I thought it useful to check my re-
searches in air by making a comparative examination of ft
the water condensed from saturated air, and rain water
colleded when there was no wind, 1 worked with rain
which fell by day as well as by night, in order to better
understand the part played by chimneys in contaminating
the air.
The rain water was colleded in the middle of the
garden, i metre above the ground, after the air had been
washed by several days' drizzle. Under these conditions
it teemed that the rain water ought only to contain
tracet of the mineral matters in the clouds suppljriog the
rain, to which would be added the compounds emanating
from chimneys.
To colled the rain water, I put on a board, i metre
above the lawn, five Bayeux porcelain dishes, 40 cm.
diameter. In addition I arranged, at a side of the yard
leading to the garden, a cloth to shelter the spedro-
scope, Bunsen lamps, and everything I wanted to filter
and evaporate the colleded rain water. All experiments
on rain water wtre conducted in the open air, which was
saturated with moisture but not misty. As it was col-
leded the water was poured into a covered platinum
vessel, and filtered after weighing. I used for this pur-
pose double filter-papers, which were first treated with
dilute and pure nitric and hydrofluoric acids, and finally
with water. The double filter- papers were arranged In a
platinum funnd passing through a hole in a sheet of po-
lished glass on a platinum retort, in which was colleded
the weighed and filtered water.
To ascertain the nature and quantity of matters either
dissolved or left in the filter, I did as I have described
above with water condensed from the vapour in the air.
Whilst I was coUeding the rain water I worked the
condensing apparatus outside the window on the second
floor and sheltered from the rain, so as to be able to com-
pare both results.
Rain Water fallen during the Day. — Wind, none;
temperature of the air, 8*13^; rain water colleded be-
tween 8 a.m. and 3 p.m., 153 grma.
All day long the Bunsen lamp burnt in the yard, umd^r
the canvas, which was quite soaked with the rain, withont
showing a trace of the todium line on spedrum anal3rsit.
It was the same outside the second floor window under
cover, where the apparatiu for condensing the atmospheric
moisture was working. Dew-point was 7*90*. The water
colleded weighed 138 grms. #
The filtered rain water was colourless, and neutral to
litmus-paper. When sprayed into a Bunsen flame, bum*
in the court under the wet canvas, by means of a metallic
injedor with steam from pure water, it turned the flame
disrindly yellow, Spedram analysis of the jrdlow flame
showed the sodium line, hitherto invisible in the flame
burning in air, or in the flame with pure water coming
from the apray, which had been purified from sodiam
dust.
Five drops of a xo per cent solution of nitrate of silver
made a very decided precipitate in 20 c.c. of filtered rmn
water. Five drops of a 10 per cent solution of nitrate of
276
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
i Chkmical Ncwty
I Dec. 6, 1895.
■liver made a very slight cloadinesB in 20 c.c. of filtered
waUr of condensation. One drop of a saturated solution
of chloride of barium gave no precipitate in 10 c.c. of
filtered rain water. After evaporating 20 c.c. of rain
water down to about half a c.c, the residue was very
slightly clouded by one drop of a saturated solution of
chloride of barium ; whereas after evaporating 18 c.c. of
watiT of coniUnsation down to about half a c.c, the
residue was not affeAed in the slightest degree by one
drop of a saturated solution of chloride of barium.
Filtered rain water, when being evaporated on a bath,
emitted a smell of fog similar to that noticed after rain.
One hundred cc of this water, when evaporated down
to about z cc, yielded a cloudy brownish yellow liquid.
This liquid, when evaporated to dryness on the bath, left
a brown hygroscopic residue weighin|r 0*000x91 grm.,
whilst zoo cc. of water of condensation left a brown
stain weighing only 0*000027 grm. The residue left,
after evaporating the rain water to dryness, turned very
black, and emitted a smell like coal-tar, when raised to
a dull red heat in a closed vessel. This residue, when
dissolved by a few drops of water and put into a Bunsen
flame, coloured it yellow, and showed on spedrum
analysis a brilliant but temporarv sodium spedrum, as
well as a weak and incomplete calcium spedrum, but no
trace of the potassium line.
The filter through which the rain water had passed,
when dried, showed a dark grey tint all over its surface,
a vast number of black specks, and also filaments.
When carbonised in a closed vessel, and then burnt, it
left a reddish brown siliceous ash, weighing 0*000225
grm. per 100 cc. of filtered water.
During combustion I saw the sodium line, but no trace
of a calcium or potassium spedrum. When moistened
with chloride of ammonium, the ash showed an ill-
defined sodium and a very weak calcium spedrum. After
eliminating the free and combined silicic acid by means
of fluoride of ammonium, and then treating it with sul-
phuric acid, I still saw a sodium and a very weak calcium
spedrum, but no potassium line.
The inner filter, through which the water of condensa-
tion from atmospheric vapour had passed, when dried,
carbonised, and burnt, left 0*000042 ^rm. of brown sili-
ceous ash, containing sodium and slight traces of cal-
cium ; but I could not deted the presence of potassium
in it by spedrum analysis.
Rain Water fallen during the Night, — There had been
a fine rain all night, but no wind. The results of the
experiments were of the same nature as those above.
For instance, it was necessary to concentrate the filtered
water to jio^^ of its volume in order to deted, with ni-
trate of silver, the presence of chlorine, and to ,'oth of
its volume to prove the presence of sulphuric acid by
means of chloride of barium.
The residue, after evaporating 100 c.c. of filtered
water, was brown and weighed 0*000x15 grm., and con-
sisted chiefly of tarry matters, with traces of volatile
compounds of sodium and calcium, but not of potassium.
The filter through which the nodumal rainfall had
passed was considerably less stained than that used to
filter rain fallen during the day, and the weight of the
brown ash left on burning it was only 0*000098 grm.
per 100 c.c. of filtered water, — that is to say, less than
half the weight of the ash of the filter through which an
equal volume of rain water colleded by day nad passed,
wnich was 0*000225 grm.
This last fad tends to show that, when there is no wind,
the chimneys contribute largely to the contamination of
the air by the mineral matters which are found in it near
crowded neighbourhoods, and that the remainder may per-
haps be attributed to rain clouds. But before coming to a
general conclusion these experiments ought to be tried a
great number of times, and this can hardly be done
excepting in a building fitted up for meteorological re-
search.
I ascertained, besides, by many trials, that the rain
entrapped the soluble and insoluble matters suspended in
the air so thoroughly, that, after very heavy rain, the last
showers gave water so free from chlorides and sulphates
that I had to evaporate it down to ^Joth of its original
volume before I could deted chlorine and sulphuric acid
in it by nitrate of silver and chloride of barium. During
the summer of x88x I not only found that chlorine and
sulphuric acid were not present in the rain which fell at
the end of a very heaw storm, but after the rain ceased
I found the outer air left for several hours during the day
in such a state of purity that it was absolutely impossible
to deted a trace of the sodium line in the spedrum of m
Bunsen flame burning in it.
With very rare exceptions coal and coke are used in
Brussels as fuel ; I attribute to this the absence of
potassium, for it has been deteded in the atmospheric
dust of other distrids.
I think it is scarcely necessary to mention that the
results given above are only applicable to the atmospheric
conditions existing at the time of my experiments. In
truth, long experience has taueht me the great variation
in the nature of atmospheric dust, according to the pre-
vailing winds. I cannot say that I have on a single occa-
sion found the air of the higher part of the town the
same twice running as regards dust. The air appears
most free from mineral dust after a fine rain without
wind, and whilst it continues raining. In this case the
suspended dust particles are always blackened by coal-
smoke.
I have ascertained beyond a doubt, by observations
extending over more than a third of a century, that the
dust brought by the air, with or without rain, shows a
density of colour, always varying according to the direc-
tion of the wind which brings it.
The air which passes over the town from the north or
north-west, towards the south or south-west before reach-
ing the street in which I live, always brings with it a fine
siliceous dust more deeply blackened by coal-smoke than
that entrapped by the fine rain which falls when there is
no wind. The air brought by a south or south-east wind,
with or without rain, brings a greasy, more or less
yellow, dust.
Lastly, the air brought by an east wind, with or without
rain, brings a grey dust, with a sandy, clayey charader.
According as buildings are raised in my neighbourhood,
which was originally quite open, on the east, south, or
south-west, so have the physical properties of dust depo-
sits remarkably changed, without, however, attaining each
other's specific charaderistics.
The fads I have mentioned here ought to be met with
in all distrids. Whenever accurate observations are
made everywhere, no doubt we shall find that they are due
to the dust of the air as well as to the water which flows
along the ground, abstrading from it the soluble bodies
it contains, no matter what may be the nature or origin
of these bodies.
The nature of the dust particles ought to have some
connedion with the composition of the soil swept by the
wind, and the smoke poured into the air by fadories and
chimneys.
(To be continued).
King's College.^Free Ledure.^On Monday next,
the 9th inst., a Free Leduie will be given to the Public,
in the Theatre of the College, by Prof. Thomson, F.C.S.,
&c., on ** Movements of Gases and Liquids " (Experi-
mentally Treated), commencing at 8 p.m.
On the Neutral Crystalline Calcium Cbromite.—E.
Dufau. — At a sufiiciently high temperature chromium
sesquioxide combines diredly with lime, forming a chro-
mite of the formula Cra03CaO. It is crystalline and
stable at the highest temperatures. Its specific gravity
is 4*8 at xS^and it resists the adion of the most powerful
^Qid:—Comptes Rendus, cxxi., No. 20.
Chemical NEWt,l
Dm. 6, 1895. f
A ctdylthiocarbimides.
277
PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.
CHEMICAL SOCIETY.
Ordinary Meeting, Novtmbtr yth, 1895.
Mr. A. G. Vbrnon Harcourt. President, in the Chair.
(Ooncluded from p. 266).
135. '* Normal Hexans from Light Peirolium (PetrO'
UmmBtk^r).** By G. L. Thomas, B.Sc., and Sydnby
YouMO, D.Sc., F.R.S.
Having devised an improved form of depblegmator
(Chemical Nbws, Ixzi., 177) we determined to attempt
the separation of a pore paraffin from ** petroleum ether *'
in the same waj that ethyl acetate was separated from a
inixtnre of methyl, ethyl, and propyl acetates {Phil, Mag*,
'^94. 8). .....
Each fraAion was weighed, and its temperature range
noted and correAed for the thermometric error and for
the difference between the barometric reading and 760
n.m. The ratio of the weight of any fradion (Anr) to its
temperature range {At) gives, as a rule, a measure of the
parity of the liquid, though in the early fradionations of
a complex mixture this csnnot be relied on.
Thus, in the 4th fradionation the fradion coming over
between 65*0* and 66*0* had the highest value of AwjAt,
whereas in the x6th fradionation the corresponding frac-
tion (65*0^ to 66*85°) had the lowest value. At an early
stage of the work it appeared, therefore, as though a
single substance boiling at about 65^ or 66^ was being se-
parated from liquids boiling at much higher and lower
temperatures (above 90^ and below 40*") ; but the later
fradtonations showed that instead of a sinsle substance
boiling at about 65° or 66°, there were really two liquids
— one boiling at 69*, and the other at about 61* (normal
and iso-hexane).
As the number of fradions was very large, it was de-
cided after the z6th fradionation to proceed only with ^he
separation of normal hexane, and after 31 preliminary
fradionationa it was considered that the separation had
proceeded far enough for the final series of fradionations
to be underuken, as in the case of ethyl acetate {loc, cit.).
The hexane obtained by the final fradionation of the frac-
tions boiling at and above 69*05**, when distilled from
pfaosphoras pentoxide, boiled at 69*1*, or only o'l** higher
than the hexane prepared from propyl-iodide, but its
sp.gr. at o* (0*68478) was 1*15 per cent higher. The
bcxane was then treated with a mixture of concentrated
snlphuric and nitric acids, when considerable heat was
evolved, and the acid became yellow, and was found to
contain some wi-dinitrobenxene in solution. The impu-
rity present was therefore benzene or possibly hexanaph-
thene, or both.
The remaining high-boiling fradions were treated with
the mixed acids and were refradionated ; the low-boiling
fradions also were treated in the same manner before
tbeir final fradionation, and in every case it was found
that M-dinitrobenxene was formed.
By farther long-continued treatment of the two speci-
Bseos of hexane with the mixed acids and subsequent
distillation, a quantity was finally obtained boiling at
69'05° and with the sp. gr. 0*67813 at o^ or only 0*17 per
cent higher than that of pure hexane.
The vaponr pressures and specific volumes — as liquid
and as saturated vapour — were determined at a few tem-
peratures, and the critical temperature and pressure were
also observed ; the results differed but slightly from those
obtained with the hexane from propyl iodide. The critical
constants of both specimens are given below : —
Critical Critical
temperatart. preaaare.
Hexane from petroleum ether . . 235*15 22560
Hexane from propyl iodide.. .. 234*8 22510
The hexane waa evidently very nearly pure, but the
separation of this paraffin from petroleum ether is only
possible by long-continued fradional distillation with an
efficient depblegmator, and by removal of benzene or
hexanaphtbene with nitric and sulphuric acids.
126. •• The Vapour Pristuns, Specific Volumes, and
Critical Constants of Normal Hexane,*^ By G. L.
Thomas, B.Sc., and Sydney Youno, D.Sc., P.R.S.
The normal hexane employed was obtained from Kahl-
baum, and prepared bv the adion of sodium on propyl
iodide. It was purified by treatment with concentrate
nitric and sulphuric acids and subsequent fradional dis-
tillation.
The boiling' point at 760 m.m. is 69*0^ and the sp. gr.
at 0° is 067696. The critical constants are —
Critical temperature • • .. 2348^
Critical pressure •• •• 225x0 m.m.
Critical volume of a grm. • • 4*268 c.c
The vapour pressures and the volumes of a grm. — as
liquid and as saturated vapour — were determined, and a
limited number of observations of pressure and volume
of unsaturated vapour were made at a series of tempera-
tures with the objed of finding whether the isochors
showed any indication of curvature. As in the case of
isopentane (in about the same volume region) the isochors
were found to be very slightly curved, the values of dpjdi
diminishing ;vith rise of temperature. The deviations
from constancy become smaller as the volume increases.
The absolute temperatures and molecular volumes of
liquid and saturated vapour were read from the curves at
a series of pressures ** corresponding '* to those given in
previous papers, and the ratios of the absolute tempera-
tures and of the volumes to the critical constants were
calculated. These ratios agree with those of isopentane
and benzene ; normal hezane therefore belongs to Group
I. in the classification of substances previously adopted
{Trans, Chem. Soc, Ixiii., 1257; ^A'^* ^^^'* i^t Of ^^^
the molecules of the liquid are probably simple like those
of the gas-
The absolute temperature ratios at corresponding
pressures are higher for hexane than for isopentane ; in
this retped the paraffins seem to resemble the esters
{Trans. Chem, Soc, Ixiii., 1252), for which the ratios in-
crease without exception with rise of molecular weight.
In the case of the esters, the volume ratios appear to be
independent of molecular weight, but—for isomeric com-
pounds — to depend to some extent on the constitution.
It seems probable that this may also be the case for the
two paraffins studied, but an investigation of other
paraffins will be necessary before these points can be
decided.
The ratio oT the adual to the theoretical density at the
critical point is 3*83, the mean value for the other members
of Group I., including carbon dioxide (Amagat) and iso«
pentane, being 375.
127. ** AcidylthiocarbimidesJ'* By Augustus £. DixoM,
M.D.
This paper gives an account of further experiments (see
Dixon and Doran, Trans. Chem. Soc, 1895, Ixvii., 565) on
the produdion of thiocarbimides containing acidic radicles.
By heating the chloride of valerianic or of cinnamic
acid with lead thiocyanate in presence of anhvdrons ben-
zene, valeryl or cinnamoyl thiocarbimide is formed, and
passes into solution. Both these thiocarbimides have a
slightly pungent odour, and attack the eyes, causing a flow
of tears, the former being especially adive. They are
readily desulphurised by lead or silver salts, but decom-
pose in presence of water, yielding thiocyanic acid, to>
gether with the acid charaderistic of the thiocarbimide,—
Ph-CH:CH*CO*NCS -I- HaO -
- HSCN + PhCH:CH*COOH.
By bringing the solutions into contad with ammonia,
amines, or ethyl alcohol, the corresponding thioureas,
thiocarbimides, or tbiourethanes, respedively, are pro*
duced.
278
Piperovatme.
ICbbmicalNbws.
I Dec. 6, 1805.
The following compounds are described : —
ab-VaUrylphtnyUhtocarbamidt, BuCONH-CSNHPh ;
•ym. vaUiylphtnylurta, BuCO'NH-CONHPh ; ab-va-
liryhrthotolfUkiocarbamidi, BaCONH*CS'NH^.To ;
sym. vaUffiorthotolylufia ; ah-vaUrylparatolyUkiocarba-
midg, Ba-CONH'CS'NH-^-To; vaUryl^ naphtkylthio-
ciir6amuir,BuCO-NH-CS*NH'a*Napt ; n-vaUryl-vbtHMyU
pksnylthiourea, PhCHa'N(Pb)-C(SH:NCOBu ; vaUryl-
thioHna, CSNaHjCOBu ; val^ryl - $ • thumr$thans,
BaCONH-CS-OCafis ; %h * cinnamoylph§nyltkiocaTba-
mUs, PhCH:CH'CONHCSNHPb; ah^nnamoylortho'
tofyUkioearbamidg, PhCH:CH*CONHCSNHo-To; ab.
cinnamoylparatolylthiocarbamide, —
PhCH:CH-CONHCS NH-^-To ;
9h'CiHnamoylalphanaphthyUhiocarbamide, —
PhCHrCHCONHCS-NHaNapt ;
ctHHamoylthiourta.^-
CSNaHa'COCH.CHPh ; PhCH:CHCONH CSOCaHj,
cinnamoyl p4hiour$than€. All the thioureas above named,
with the exception of the valeryl benzoylphenyl com-
pound, are desulphurised by heating with alkaline lead
tartrate.
It is proposed to extend these experiments with lead
thiocyanate, in the hope of obtaining tbiocarbaraides de-
rived from other adds than those only containing the
group CO'Cl ; for example, picric, phenylsulphonic, and
ethyl sulphuric acids.
128. ** Som$ ConstituiHts of th§ Root of * Polygonum
euspidatum.' " By A. Q. Pbrkin.
Polygonum euspidatum is a native of China and Japan,
and flourishes in parts of India and Russia. The freshly
gathered roots consist of a thick, succulent bark, of an
orange-red colour, and a central woody portion of a light
yellow tint.
The principal constituent of the root bark was found to
be a glucoside, CaxHaoOio* crystallising in lustrous yellow
needles melting at 202—103°. On hydrolysis, this yielded
61*82 per cent of a produ^ which was recognised as
imodin, the reaAion—
CaiHaoOio+HaO-CxsHioOs-l-CeHiaOe
requiring 62*5 per cent of emodin. This glucoside, for
which the name cuspidatin is proposed, differs consider-
ably in properties from frangulin, CaxHaoOg, the glucoside
of emodin which is contained in tbe bark of the Kkamnus
frangula,
A second glucoside was also isolated, but in too small
quantity for analysis. On hydrolysis it yielded a crystal-
hne substance melting at 199°, which by treatment with
■ulphuric acid at 160* was converted into emodin. It
was found to be identical with the emodin monomethyl
ether previously isolated from the root bark of VtntUago
madraspatama (Trans. Chtm. Soc., 1894, 923). The other
substances found were a small amount of free emodin
and a wax which crystallised in colourless leaflets melting
at Z34 — 135^ This latter was found to be identical with
the wax CisHasO, present in the root bark of the Morinda
umbtUata {Trans, Chem, Soc, 1894, ^54)*
An examination is being carried out of the constituents
of the roots of the Polygonum bistorta and Rumex mpal-
fusis, which are closely allied to this plant.
Z29. " Not€ on thi Action of Hydrofluoric Acid upon
Crystallistd Silicon," By G. S. Nbwth.
It is generally stated that hydrofluoric acid is without
adion upon crystallised silicon; that while amorphous
silicon is attacked by it, this acid is incapable of ading
upon the crystallised element.
This statement, however, requires to be made with
some reservation, for although it is doubtless true of the
aqueous acid, and possibly of the liquid acid, it is not true
of^the gas.
If acid potassium fluoride be heated in a platinum
retort, and the pure gaseous hydrofluoric acid so produced
be allowed whilst hot to blow upon a little heap of crys-
tallised silicon supported on a porcelain crucible lid« the
silicon at once takes fire and bums brilliantly in the gaa»
forming silicon fluoride and hydrogen.
If the neck of the retort be mote than an inch or
two in length, it is necessary to heat it in order to keep
the gas sufficiently hot, but if it be quite short, the tem-
perature of the gas as it is disengaged from iu compound
is sufficiently high to enable it to attack the silicon.
The importance of this observation lies in the fad that
the spontaneous ignition of crystallised silicon is generally
regarded as in all cases a sufficient test for free fluorine ;
but it is evident that unless the temperature of the gas is
below a certain point the combustion of silicon is not a
safe criterion.
130. **Notc on th$ Pcriodidis of Thsobroming" By
G. £. Shaw.
Apparently only one periodide of theobromine has been
previously described, viz., that having the formula
C7H8N40a'HI'l3, prepared by Jorgensen by exposing a
solution of theobromine hydrochloride, mixed with potas-
sium iodide, to the air. By varying tbe amounts of
hydrochloric and hydriodic acids present, the author has
obtained compounds having the formulae —
(C7H8N40a)aHI-HCI-Ia and (C7H8N40a)3HI(HCl)aIs.
and by re-crystallisation of a mixture of the three froin
weak alcohol containing hydriodic acid and iodine, a auti-
stance of tbe composition (C7H8N40aHI)a+Ha0 was ob-
tained.
A solution of theobromine in saturated hydriodic acid
deposited on standing crystals having the composition
(C7H8N40aHI)al3.
131. ** A Synthtsis of DiphcnyloxytriaMoUng.'* By
Georob Youno, Ph.D.
The readion between bencaldehyd and phenylaemi-
carbazide described in a previous notice {Proc. ClUm.
Soc.t 1894, 95, 124), and represented by the equation
C7H9N30-|-C7H60-|-0»Cx4HxxN30-|-2HaO, is shown in
the present paper to take place in the following two
stages : — I. C7HgN30 + O - C7H7N3O -I- HaO ;
II. C7H7N30-|-C7H60«Cx4HxxN30+HaO. The inter-
mediate produd, C7H7N3O, is phenylazocarbonamide,
CfiHsNtN'CO'NHa. It is formed immediately by tbe
adion of ferric chloride in aqueous solution, or potassium
permanganate in dilute sulphuric acid. It is also
formed, but very slowly, by the adion of moist air on
phenylsemicarbazide. It forms red needle-shaped crys-
tals, m. p. xz4°. The second stage of the above readion
does not take place so easily when the intermediate pro-
dud is isolated as when tbe benzaldehyd is added
to the phenylsemicarbazide before oxidation. In
the latter case, the whole readioo takes place in boiling
alcohol ; in the former, the azo-derivattve and the
benzaldehyd require to be heated in alcohol in a sealed
tube at Z20° C. The benzoyl-derivative, —
Cx4HxoN30(C7H50),
has been prepared, in addition to those previously men-
tioned, by the adion of benzoyl chloride on diphenyloxy-
triazoline and its silver salt. It forms flat needles, m. p.
133-5^
132. **Nof€ on Piperovatim." By Wyndham R.
DuMSTAN, F.R.S., and Francis H. Carr.
The method previoufily used (Trans., 1895) (orextrading
piperovatine from Piper ovatum being exceedingly tedious,
the authors experimented with tbe view of finding a
better method. The following process is a considerable
improvement, and with its aid the adive constituent can
now be extraded and crystallised in the course of a few
hours. The method consists in percolating with ether;
the dark- coloured extrad thus obtained is freed from
ether and the adhering volatile oil, and then extraded
with hot dilute alcohol (13 per cent) ; on cooling this ex-
trad, crystals separate, which may be re-crystallised £roffl
40 percent alcohol.
i
CBMIICAI.MtWBtl
D«c6, X895. I
Dtbenzaconine and Tetracetylaconine^
279
Forther experiments have been made on the hydrolysis
of piperoYatine with the small remaining quantity of
material. A small quantity was heated with water in a
sealed tube to 160°, with the result that a volatile base,
probably a pyridine derivative, a substance smelling like
anisol and giving phenol, on treatment with sodium
hydroxide, and also an acid were produced.
X33. ** DibenMaconint and Tttracetylaconine.*^ By
VTymdham R. Dunstan, F.R.S., and Francis H. Carr.
The authors having failed so far to produce aconitine by
the acetylation of benxaconine have tried to form bens-
aconine by introducing a benzoyl group into aconioe ;
this, however, has not yet been contrived, but new aconine
derivatives have been obtained. When equimolecular
proportions of aconine and benzoic anhydride are dissolved
together in chloroform and allowed to stand at the or-
dinary temperature, reaaion occurs with produdion of
dtbenzaconine.
DibtHMOConini, Ca4H37(Bz)aNOxoi is unlike aconine in
being insoluble in water and soluble in ether ; it crystal-
lises from ether in rosettes of needles, m. p. 265°. I>t-
btnMactmint hydrobromidi crystallises well from a mixture
of alcohol and ether, m. p. a6I^ DibenMoconine aurichloridt
is precipitated by adding a solution of gold chloride to a
solution of the hydrochloride of the base, and may be
crystallised in yellow tables from a mixture of alcohol,
ether, and petroleum, m. p. 212^ This salt contained z8 2
percent of gold; calculated forC24H37(Bz)2NOxoHAuCl4,
1871 per cent. Hydrolysis of the base furnished 33*3 per
cent of benzoic acid ; the calculated quantity for
Ca4H37(Bz)aNOio is 34-4 per cent.
By the adion of a large excess of benzoic anhydride, a
crystalline base, m. p. 190°, soluble in ether and insoluble
In water, is formed, which has not been further exam-
ined. Benzoyl chloride dissolved in chloroform does not
read with aconine even when heated with the base.
Titracityl'aeonim is formed when a solution of aconine
hydrochloride and acetyl chloride in chloroform is allowed
to stand for thirty-six hours at the ordinary temperature.
It is insoluble in water, but readily soluble in ether and in
alcohol, from either of which solvents it crystallises in
small prisms, m. p. I96^
On hydrolysis, aconine and 35*2 per cent of acetic acid
are formed, the formula C24H35(Ac)4NOio demands 35-8
per cent of acetic acid.
134. •' MoUadar Volumi Change during th$ Formation
of DiluU Solutions in Organic Liquids.** By A. Wbnt-
woRTH Jones, M.A.
The author has determined the volume changes during
the formation of several solutions in benzene and carbon
disulphide, and calculated the molecular volume change
asrxmxW/VxMxtt»-;t.
Where v » observed volume change.
V -
W-
M B
and X a
volume of solution,
molecular weight of substance,
weight of substance taken,
„ solvent „
molecular weight of solvent,
„ expansion or contradion.
The values for molecular weights of several ** non-
associating " liquids are very different, and sometimes
change their sign, and if the phenomena of these solutions
In organic liquids are comparable with those of aqueous
solutions of organic compounds, it is impossible to admit
that these volume changes are measurements of the at-
tradion of substance for solvent and equal for molecular
weights of difi'erent substances, as is stated by Traube
{Bir., X895, xxviii., 410).
The author suggests that these volume changes occur-
ring on solution are of the same nature as the smaller
changes occurring when a moderately strong solution is
diluted, and that both are analogous to the deviations
from Boyle's law observed in the case of gases.
The following values have been obtained by the use of
the specific gravity method : —
Carbon Disuipkidt Solutions
at 15" C.
Methyl formate
Ethyl acetate ..
Ethyl acetoace-
tate
Paraldehyd
Nitrobenzene ..
Benzaldehyd . .
Aniline . • • .
Benzene . . • .
Ethyl iodide . .
Phosphorus tri*
chloride
MolecaUr
expantion.
0-0797
0-0809
0-1072
0*0972
0-0349
0*0305
0-0310
0*0320
-0*0632
.. -0-09x3
A contradion occurs in
the last two.
BenMtni Solutions at 15** C.
Molecalar
expansion.
Methyl formate
0*0156
Ethyl acetate . .
0*0076
Ethyl acetoace-
tate
0*0120
Paraldehyd ..
0*0x41
Nitrot>enzene ..
-0*0040
Benzaldehyd . .
-0*0042
Aniline • • • .
-0-0067
Carbon disul-
phide .. ..
0*0188
Piperidine
0*0020
Phosphorus tri-
chloride . ..
0*0041
A contradion occurs in the
5th, 6th, and 7th cases.
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
Milkt its Natur$ and Composition : a Handbook on the
Chemistry and Baderiology of Milk, Butter, and
Cheese. By C. M. Aixman, M.A., D.Sc. Crown 8vq.
Pp. 180. London : A. and C. Black. 1895.
A TREATISE en milk, as a commercial article of food,
without a notice of the baderia which affed its preserva-
tion, modify its properties, and in some cases serve as a
mattries morbi, would in these days be rightly set aside as
comparatively worthless. Dr. Aikman has therefore done
well to devote a chapter to the baderia of milk, and else-
where to notice the presence and the influence of micro-
organisms on butter and cheese.
We find here, in the first place, an account of the
strudure of the cow's udder and of the secretion of milk.
Dr. Aikman refutes the old theory that milk is filtered
blood. He points out the important chemical difference
that sodium salts predominate in the blood, whilst potas-
sium salts are more abundant in milk.
An important chapter is devoted to the percentage
composition of milk. A table shows the variation in the
composition of cows* milk, as determined by different
authorities. The average of fat in the German samples
is, according to Fleischman, 3-40; according to Kirchner,
3*4; whilst in American samples it is 4*00; and in English
milks the average of 120,540 samples is, according to
Vieth, 4*10.
Milk, the author rightly holds, should be defined under
a Sale of Foods Ad as the " normal secretion of the
mammanr glands of the cow, and that a person selling
abnormal milk should be treated as a sophisticator."
The official standard in England is only 3 per cent,
whilst in Massachusetts it is 3*70, in Vermont 3*25, and
in Philadelphia 3*50.
The three largest mineral constituents found in milk
are potash, lime, and phosphoric acid, each forming from
20 to 26 per cent of the total ash.
The fat in the milk of different herds of cows varies no
little. In the milk of short-horns it is 3*73, in Jerseys
5*02, in Guernseys 4*90, and in Ayrshires 4*15. We have
not been able to meet with an analysis of a trustworthy
specimen of the milk of Lancashire long-horns, but we
believe it is at least as rich in fat as that of the Ayr-
shires.
Dr. Aikman does not accept the view that the richness
of a milk in fat is shown by the depth of the layer of
cream. He rejeds the belief that thunder turns milk
■our.
28o
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
1 Dec. 6, x8q5-
On the importaoce of cletnlineti in every department
of the milk trade the author intiiti most emphatically,
thowing how the hands of milkmen, the teats of cows,
and the milk pails become rapidly contaminated.
The importance of milk as a vehicle of various diseases
is carefully shown. Tuberculosis, typhus, diphtheria, and
cholera are thus conveyed. According to Hart, of fifty
epidemics of typhus investigated in England, twenty-eight
were traced to infeded milk.
We cannot prolong our survey of this valuable work,
but we can conscientiously recommend it to all persons
conneAed with the milk industries.
Thi Handling of Dangtrous Qoodt : a Handbook for the
Use of Government and Railway Officials, Carriers,
Shipowners, Insurance Companies, Manufadurers and
Users of such Goods, and others. By H. Joshua
Phillips, F.I.C. F.C.S. Crown 8vo., pp. 362. London :
Crosby Lockwood and Son. 1895.
Thb number of substances dangerous from one or other
point of view which are met with in modem commerce
18 great. As a consequence, accidents to property and to
human life are constantly occurring, due sometimes to the
ignorance or the recklessness of manufadurers and mer-
chants, and perhaps more frequently to the negligence of
their servants. Hence Mr. Phillips has done well in pre-
senting the public with the work before us. He is already
favourably known to many of our readers by his works on
** Engineering Chemistry ** and on ** Fuels, their Analysis
and Valuation," and in his former capacity as consulting
chemist to the Great Western and Great Eastern Rail-
ways he has enjoved special opportunities of studying the
classes of goods here under consideration.
The first part of the book treats successively of com-
bustible acids, alkalies, salts, and gases, of coal-tar and
its produAs, of petroleum and its produds, of fixed oils
and fats, of volatile oils and of various highly inflam-
mable liquids, of inflammable solids, of substances liable
to spontaneous combustion, and of explosives. These
chapters are exceedingly well written, and, i/ duly studied
and aded upon by the interests concerned, will be pro-
dudive of much good. Some substances, however, are
mentioned which are of little importance, such as
vasolene. As for roasted and ground coffee, their im-
portation and carriage by railway, if it ever occurs, is an
evil ; and as for date-stones and olive-kernels, they should
never be allowed to be landed. The author does not
mention ground dye-woods, the storage of which is often
dangerous. Worst of all substances liable to spontaneous
combustion are weighted or loaded silks, of which
Insurance Companies should beware. The methods laid
down for ascertaining the safety of explosives are those
in pradical use.
The Explosives Ad of 1875 is here given at some
length, together with the comments of Sir F. Abel. In
some cases the penalties enaded for the offences against
the provisions of the Ad are unreasonably low.
The second part of the work narrates a series of acci-
dents which are well named ** instrudive," and which
may serve as a salutary lesson to persons who have to
handle dangerous goods. It appears, from the Bombay
calamity of 1891, that blasting gelatin is—especially in
hot climates— liable to spontaneous decomposition. The
dynamite catastrophe of Santander (1893) seems to show
that the possible gains derived from high explosives are not
enough to compensate for their evil results.
The number of accidents from mineral oil lamps is
alarming, and it is especially to be regretted that such
lamps while burning are frequently thrown at each other
by persons quarrelling.
The intentional outrages efiPeded in many cases by
*' Atlas powder A " exhibit a black record. Here, also,
the perpetrators when deteded too often escape with in-
adequate punishment.
The third part of the work gives the special railway
classification, mode of packing, &c., for the conveyance of
explosives by goods trains. Some of these classifications
are open to objedions.
An Appendix, containing a variety of useful tables,
concludes the work.
The '* Handling of Dangerous Goods '* merits a wide
circulation, and an intelligent, appreciative study.
Laboratory Manual of Inorganic PnparaHons. By H.
T. VuLTi and Gborgb M. S. Nbustadt. New York :
1895. Pp. ii., 180, iii. 12 mo.. 111.
The authors of this useful handbook observe that the
study of organic chemistry is usually conduded on a more
logical plan than that of inorganic, synthetic work pre-
ceding analytical, and researches, and they propose that
this work should be placed in the hands of students be-
fore they begin the study of analytical chemistry. It
shows '* how compounds, often very complex in charader,
rare in occurrence or expensive in preparation, may be
produced from simple substances, or from those which
are comparatively plenty and cheap, and how the bye-
produds may be saved.'* The substances to which the
attention of the student is direded embrace water (am-
monium-free), ethyl-alcohol, oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogea,
chlorine, hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, nitrous oxide, and
after several other mineral acids and oxides, compounds
of calcium, lead, bismuth, of the alkalies, &c., as well as
hydroxylamine, hydrazine, chydrazaine, and carbonoxy-
sulphide.
The instrudions for preparing all these substances are
clearly worded ; perhaps the quantities taken are unne-
cessarily large in some cases, but this is a minor fault.
References to original papers are often introduced, and
equations expressing readions are generally given when
advisable.
In certain instances it is difficult to understand the
reasons for seleding a given substance for study ; but this
remark would apply to any work of similar charader, an-
less the reviewer happened to be the author as well.
The authors generally place the chemical formula off
the substance under discussion at the head of each sec-
tion, but not uniformly ; they have taken pains to inform
the student that hydrochloric acid has the formula HCl,
but they negled to inform him as to the composition of
hydrazine, and of platinoso-chlorides, bodies presumably
less known.
The work has an index, but lacks a table of contents.
The first-named of the authors has had experience in
teaching large classes in the School of Mines, Columbia
College, and undoubtedly knows the needs of students
beginning the study of chemistry.
The handbook can be cordially recommended. —
H. C. B.
CHEMICAL NOTICES FROM FOREIGN
SOURCES.
NoTB.— All degrees of teroperAture are Centigrade ooleM otherwiM
expreMed.
Compits Rmdus Htbdomadaires dts Siafues, de VAcademU
des Sciences, Vol. cxxi.. No. 20, November xx, X895.
On Tempering Extra-Hard Steels.— F. Osmond. —
If we take an ingot of steel carburetted by cementation in
which the proportion of carbon varies in a continuous
manner from end to end (say from X'yo to 0*35 per cent),
submit it to very energetic tempering, and then try with
a sewing needle to scratch a polished surface, we find, as
might be expeded, that the needle scratches the softest
Cbbmical Nbw8, I
Dae 6, 1895. f
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
281
parti up to about 070 per cent ; the mark is then inter-
rupted, but, contrary to all received ideas, it re-appears
when the proportion of carbon exceeds z'30 percent. On
examining this scratch in the most highly carburetted
parts with the microscope it is found to be not con-
tinuous, but presents frequent interruptions. The region
in question is therefore not homogeneous, and contains at
least two constituents which we may call A and B. A,
which is not scratched bv tne needle, scratches glass and
orthose ; B is scratched oy apatite and perhaps by fluor-
spar. A has a slight greyish tint, whilst B is of a silvery
whiteness.
On Nickel and Cobalt Silicidet.— M. Vigouroux.
— M. Moissan has recently made known the adion
of silicon upon iron, chromium, and silver. The author
now describes nickel and cobalt silicides obtained in a
similar manner. These silicides have a distindly metallic
asped and a steel-grey colour perfedly crystalline. Nickel
silicide has a specific gravity of 7*2 at 17° ; cobalt silicide
is yi at the same temperature. They are more easily
fusible than silicon or than the pure metals, but they resist
the highest temperatures without decomposition. Fluorine
attaclu them with incandescence at the ordinary tempera-
ture. In dnr chlorine they burn with incandescence at a
red heat. The composition of the nickel compound is
SiNia, and that of the cobalt silicide is analogous.
On the Alcoholatea.— H. Lescoeur.— The author de-
scribes the compounds CaHcNaO.aCaHfiO, CaH5NaO,
NaHO.CaHeO, and NaHCaCaHfiO.
Properties of the Bmulaine of Mushrooms.— Em.
Bourquelot and H. H^rissey.— One and the same emul-
sine appears to exist in the mushrooms, but we have as
yet no evidence that it differs from the emulsine of
almonds.
Constancy of the Congelation-point of some
Liquids of the Organism.— J. Winter. — As regards
milk the constancy of its congelation-point seems to me
to afford a simple and certain check on its state of purity.
This study reveals to us a novel and unknown fundion of
the blood-globules or of the fibrine.
Fermentations induced by Friedland's Pneumo-
Bacillus. — L. Grimbert. — The author's pneumo-
bacillus differs from that of Frankland by its property of
attacking glycerin and dulcite, by the nature of its fer-
mentation-produds, and by the energy of its aAion.
Diredt Fixation of certain Metallic Oxides by Vege-
table Fibres.— A. Bonnet.— The author finds that the
copper, zinc, cobalt, and iron (ferric) hydroxides may be
diredly fixed upon vegetable fibres in conditions similar
to those observed with the lead oxides.
Zeitschrtft fur Anorganische Chemie,
Vol. viii., Part 6.
Occlusion of Barium Chloride by Barium Sul-
phate.— T. W. Richards and H. G. Parker.— The occlu-
sion af barium chloride by barium sulphate occasions
considerable errors. The occlusion is greater in concen-
trated than in dilute solutions, greater In presence than
in the absence of hydrochloric acid, and greater if the sul-
phate is added to the btrium than in the inverse case.
In the ordinary conditions of careful precipitation in
presence of a slight quantity of free acid, the error occa-
sioned by occlusion is nearly compensated by the solu-
bility of barium sulphate in water or acids ; this solubility
must be taken into account in careful determinations.
The error occasioned by occlusion can be corrected with
great accuracy if the chlorine retained by the precipitate
is determined and the corresponding weight of barium
chloride is deduded from the total weight of the precipi-
tate.
Colour, Specific Gravity, and Surface Tension of
Hydrogen Peroxide.— W. Spring.— Hydrogen peroxide
is a liquid of the same colour as water, though of a darker
shade. Its specific gravity is 1*4996 and its surface tension
smaller than that of water by more than one-half— 3*583
as against 7750. The colour which is shovm by oxygen,
in a higher degree by ozone, reappears in water and in
hydrogen peroxide. All the fads seem to show that in
HaOa the oxygen has lost its charaAeristic attributes to a
less extent than in HaO. In a word, hydrogen peroxide
seems in a chemical point of view to be rather a non-
saturated compound between Oa and Ha than a true
atomic compound. Hydrosen peroxide in a pure dry
state decomposes no less violently than nitrogen chloride
or nitro-glycerin.
Atomic Weight of Molybdenum.— Karl Seubert and
William Pollard.— The authors find from molybdenum
trioxide by the acidimetric process Mo s 95 729, and by
the reduAion of the trioxide to metal Mo s 95 •735. The
results of Dumas, Debray, Liechti and Kempe, Smith and
Maas, and Seubert and Pollard yield a mean of 95*77, or
if he bear in mind the uncertainty of the second decimal,
Moa95*8.
Heavy Metallic Salts of Bichromic Acid.— Gerhard
Kriiss and Oskar Unger.— The authors did not succeed in
obtaining bichromates of the heavy metals in a definite
form, but were merely able to produce crystalline double
Saks of metallic and alkali bichromates. The bichromates
of the heavy metals are in general not capable of crystal-
lisation.
BtUleHn de la Sociiti d* Encouragenunt pour P Industrie
NationaU. Series 4, Vol. x.. No. ii8«
The Smokeless Pyro-collodion Powder of Prof.
Mendeleeff.^This lengthy paper does not admit of ab-
stradion. It concludes with the well-known diAum : Si
vis pacem para bellum.
Industrial Preparation of Liquid Air and Oxygen
by means of the Linde Process.- This memoir requires
the accompanying figures and the table of curves.
Tar of Naphtha.— This paper does not admit of useful
abridgment.
MISCELLANEOUS.
Royal Society.— The following President, Officers, and
Council were eledted on November 30th last :—
Pr»sidtn%—^\t Joseph Lister, Bart., F.R.C.S.. D.C.L.
TT$aiurer—%\x John Evans, K.C.B., D.C.L., LL.D.
Sicretaries—FtoL Michael Foster, M.A., M.D.; The
Lord Rayleigh, M.A., D.C.L.
Fortign Sicntary^Edwud Frankland, D.C.L., LL.D.
OthiT Mimbtrs of tht Comm^i/ — William Crookes,
F.C.S.; Sir Joseph Fayrer. K.C.S.I. ; Lazarus Fletcher,
M.A. ; Walter Holbrook Gaskell, M.D. ; William Hug-
gins, D.C.L. ; The Lord Kelvin, D.C.L. ; Prof. Alex-
ander B. W. Kennedy, LL.D.; Prof. Horace Lamb,
M.A. ; Prof. Edwin Ray Lankester, M.A. ; Proil Charles
Lapworth, LL.D.; Major Percy Alexander MacMahon,
R.A. ; Prof. Jonn Henry Poynting, D.Sc. ; Prof. Arthur
William Rucker, M.A. ; Osbert Salvin, MA.; Prof.
Harry Marshall Ward, D.Sc. ; Admiral William James
Lloyd Wharton, C.B.
Royal Institution. — The following are the Ledure
Arrangements before Easter : — Professor John Gray
McKendrick, Professor of Physiology in the University of
Glasgow, Six Ledures (adapted to a juvenile auditory]
•* On Sound, Hearing, and Speech'* (experimentally illus-
trated) ; Professor Charles Stewart, Fullerian Professor of
Physiology, R.I., Eleven Ledures on **The External
Covering of Plants and Animals: its StruAure and
FunAions '*; The Rev. Philip H. Wicksteed, Four Ledures
282
Meetings for the Week.
fOBSaUCALllMfl,
1 D«.6,ia».
on •• Diuite " ; ProfesMr H. ManhaU Ward, ProfeMor of
BoUny in the UniTertitr of Cambridge, Three Ledarea
on •• Some Atpeda of Modern Botany" ; The Rev. Wil-
liam Barry, D.D., Foor Ledarei, ** Masters of Modern
Thought " — Voltaire* Rovsseao, Goethe, and Spinoza ;
Professor C. Hubert H. Parry, Professor of Musical His-
tory and Composition at ithe Royal College of Music,
Three LeAores on '* Realism and Idealism to Musical
Art '* (with musical illostrations) ; The Right Hon. Lord
Rayleigh, Professor of Natural Philosophy, R.I., Six
Lednres on *' Light." The Friday Evening Meetings will
begin on January zyth, when a Discourse will be given by
the Right Hon. Lord Rayleigh, on ** More about Argon."
Succeeding Discourses will probably be given by Professor
Burdon Sanderson, Mr. W. S. Lilly, Dr. John Murray,
Mr. J. J. Armistead, Dr. Edward Frankland, Mr. A. R.
Binnfe, Mr. Sidney Lee, Professor T. R. Eraser, Profetsor
Dewar, an d other gentlemen.
MEETINGS FOR THE WEEIL
Monday, 9tb.~8ocietir of Aru, 8. '- If echaoicsl Roftd Carriages,"
hf H. Worby Beaamoot, M. Inat.C.E. (Oaator
LeAnrcs).
WaoHBSDAY, iitb.- Society of Arte. 8. Ad(oomed Discauion oo
Iff. Oooyncnane's Paper oo ** Locomotive
Csrrisces for Common Roede."
FaiDAY. isth.— Pbyeical, 5. ** A Mechanical Device for Performing
the Temperature Correaiont of Barometert," by
Dr. John Shield. '* On the Existence of Earth>
Air Elearical Oarrenu,** by Prof. A. W. Rucner,
P.R.S.
ACETONE — Answering all requirements.
JiiC?TT> .A-OETIO— Puw*^ •nd sweet.
— BOE»-A-OIO— Cryst. and powder.
OITIRICHCryat. made in earthenware.
Q.-A-X1X1IO— Prom beet Chinese gallt, pure.
S-A-XiIOlTXilO— By Kolbe's process.
^^ T-A- JCT JCTIC— Po*" Pharmacy and the Arte.
LIQUID CHLORINE
(Compressed in steel cylinders).
FORMALIN (40)t CHaO)-Aniiseptic and Preservative.
POTASS. PERMANOANATE-Cryst., large and small.
8ULPHOCYANIDB OF AMMONIUM.
BARIUM.
POTASSIUM.
TARTAR EMETIC-Cryst. and Powder.
TRIPOLI AND METAL POWDERS.
ALL CHEMICALS FOR ANALYSIS AND THE ARTS
Wholesale Agents—
A. & M. ZIMMERMANN,
6 A 7, GROSS LANE LONDON. E.G.
PETROLEUM JELLY,
PARAFFINUM MOLLE, B.P.
(PIONEER BRAND) Registered Trade Mark.
Equal to and Cheaperthan VASELINE.
FOR MEDICAL AND PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES.
WuiTB, Yellow, Vbtbrinary, and Waterproof.
All kinds put tip in i-lb., 5-lb., 7-lb., 14-lb., 28-lb., and
561b. Patent Tins, and in 300.1b. Barrels.
Sind for SampUs and Pric4s to
GRIHDLfcY AID CO.,LIM., POPUR LONDON, E.
(EatiOiliidied 1868).
MESSRS. MACMILLAN & CO.'S BOOKS
FOR
CHEMICAL STUDENTS.
THE SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATIONS OF ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY TREATED io an ELEMENTARY MANNER.
By WiLRBLM OsTWALD, Ph.D. Translated, with the Aolhor'i
•aoaion, by Gbokgb MacGowas. Ph.D. Croirn tvo., 5s. net.
A LABORATORY MAJf UAL OF ORGANIC CHEHIS-
TRY: A Compeodian of Labormtory Methods ior the ass of
ChemisU . Phytidaas, and Pharmacists. By Dr. Lassab-Cobv.
Translated from the Second German Bdiooo bf Alsiswpsb
Smith, B. Sc. , Ph. D. Crown 8 vo., Ss. 6d.
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. By N. Mbhschutkih,
Prolessor in the University of St. Petersbsr^. Translated from
the Third German Edition, under the snperviaioa of the Aathoc,
by Jambs Locks. Medium 8fa, 17s. net.
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF OILS, FATS. WAXES.
and of the Commeraal ProdaAs derived therefrom. From the
German of Prot Dr. R. Bbnbdikt. Revised and Enlarsed by
Dr J. Lbwkowitscb, F.I.C, F.C.S., late Technical Maaacer
at the Whitehall Soap Works, Leeds. 8vo, 21s. net.
THEORETICAL CHEMISTRY FROM THE STAND-
POINT OF AVOGADRO'S RULE AND THERMO-
DYNAMICS. By Professor WALTBBNBB«BT,Ph.D. Translated
bv Prof. Chablbs Sxhblb Palmbb, Ph.D., of the University of
CTdorsdo. With 26 Woodcuts and Two Appendices. 8vo, 15s. net.
A TREATISE ON CHEMISTRY. By Sn H. E.
RoscoB« F.R.S., end the late C. Scboblbmmbk, F R.S.
Vol. I. Tbe Non-MeuUic Elements. New Edition. Completely
Revised by Sir H. E. Roscoe, assisted bv Dn. H. G. Oofanaa
and A. Harden. With 374 Illustrations and a Portrait of Daltoa
enfraved by C. H. Jeens. 8vo., bis.
Vol. II. Part I. Meuls. i8s. Vol. II. Part II. Metals.
i8s. Vol. III. Organic Chemistry. Parts I., II., IV., and
VI., Bi«. each. Peru III. and V. i8s. each.
THE RISE AND DEVELOPMENT OF ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY. By Cabl SoHOBLBMMBB, LL.D.. F.R.S. Re-
vised edition. Edited by Abtbub Smithbllb, B.Sc Crowa
8vo., 54. net.
ESSAYS IN HISTORICAL CHEMISTRY. By T. E.
Thobpb, F.R.S. Crown 8vo., 84. 6d. net.
HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY FROM THE EARLIEST
TIMES TO THE PRESENT DAY. By Brmest von Mbtbb
Ph.D. Translated by Gbobob McGowan, Ph.D. 8vo. X4S. net
EXPERIMENTAL PROOFS OF CHEMICAL THEORY
FOR BEGINNbRS. By Wiixxam Ramsay, Ph.D., F.R.S.
Second Edition. Pott 8vo., ». M.
OUTLINES OF GENERAL CHEMISTRY. ByPioi.
WiLHBLic OsTWALD. Translated by J. Walxbb* D.Sc, PhJ>.
8vo., los. net.
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY FOR BEGINNERS. By
Sir Hbnby Roscob, F.K.S. Assisted by Josbph Lumt, B.Sc
Globe 8vo , ». 6d.
LESSONS IN ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY INOR-
GAMC AND ORGANIC. By Sir H. E. Roscob, F.R.S.
Sixth Edition, thoroughly Revised. 4s. 64.
A TEXT-BOOK OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. By
Prof. Iba Rbmsbm. 8vo. i6s.
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Bythesame. Crown 8vo..
6s, 6d.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Bythesame. Crown 8vo..
6s. 6d.
THE ELEMENTS OF CHEMISTRY. By the tame.
New Edition. Fcap. 8vo. , ai. 6d.
PRACTICAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. By Fhamcis
Jones, P.R.S.E. 2s.6d,
PRACTICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. By J. B. Coheh,
Ph.D. 2S.64.
LESSONS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. ?•« I.
Elementary. By G. S. Turpin, M.A., D.Sc Globe 8vo.. as. 64,
PRACTICAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. By G. S.
TUBPIM, M.A., D.Sc. Globe 8vo., u. &/.
A SERIES OF CHEMICAL PROBLEMS, WITH MY.
By T. B. Thobpb, F.R.S. New Edition. Reviaed by W. Tatb.
THE ELEMENTS OF THERMAL CHEMISTRY. Br
M. M. PATTI80N MuiB, M.A.. F.R.S.E., aauated by O. M.
Wilson. With a Plate. 8vo., las. 6d, .
MACMILLAN & CO., LONDON.
_1
CnsMicAL News. )
Dec. 13, 1895. 1
Gases obtained from the Mineral Eliasite.
283
THE CHEMICAL NEWS
Vol. LXXII.. No. 1881.
ON THE GASES OBTAINED FROM THE
MINERAL ELIASITE.
By J. NORMAN LOCKYER, C.B., F.R.S.
Observations have been made of the gases obtained
from ihe mineral eliasite heated in vacuo, in the manner
which I have descril^d in a former paper {Roy, Soe, Proc,
Iviii., p. 68), and, in addition to hnes of known gases,
others have been noted, fur which no origins can be traced,
at the following wave-lengths : —
An^^uom.
6l21'2
6064-5
59900
5»74*9
58457
54288
5403' X
Rowland.
6l22'4
60657
5991-6
58759 (D3)
5846-8
54299
5404- 1
The wave-lengths of these lines have been determined
by means of a Sieinheil speAroscope having four prisms,
comparisons being made with adjacent metallic lines, and
the positions interpolated by micrometric measurements ;
the accuracy may perhaps be taken to be within o*x tenth
metres. Other lines have been noted, but they are not
' included ta the list, ior the reason that their wave-lengths
have not yet been determined with the dispersion stated
above.
Of the lines in the foregoing list, six are in all proba-
bility coincident with chromospheric lines, as shown
In the following table, whichralso indicates the frequencies
and brightnesses of the lines according to Young: —
WQve length ofChromosphiric Lines,
(AQg«tr5m't
scale).
6xaz'2
6o6^*5
5990-0
58749 (Da)
5428-8
5403 I
(Rowland's
scale).
6122*4
6065-7
59916
58759
5429-9
54041
Frequency.
5
5
xo
100
8
5
Brightness.
3
2
4
90
3
3
It is important to point out that all these lines do not
appear in the speArum at the same time. For instance,
in the first two specimens of the mineral no trace of D3
was noted, but in the third portion examined, all coming
from the same specimen, D3 appeared as a pretty bright
line. Again, as in the case of a previous operation on
broggerite {Roy. Soc, Proc. Iviii., p. 194), in one experi-
ment with eliasite the produds of distillation, colleAed in
four stages, gave difiPerent spedra.
These fadts seem to indicate that the gas obtained from
eliasite is either a compound or a mixture of gases, just
as is that obtained from broggerite according to former
experiments.
It is also to be remarked that among the lines in the
eliasite spedrum, those at 6x22*4 and 6065*7 have been
recorded in the gases obtained from cl^veite, and 6122*4
has also been noted in the gas obtained from gummite.
It seems to me more than probable, therefore, that the
lines observed in eliasite indicate a new gas, in some way
associated with those given off by cliveite and brdggerite,
• A Paper read before the Royal Society, November 21, 1895.
and the fad that D3 is not necessarily present in the
spedrum furnishes an additional argument in favour of
the view that the gas obtained from cT^veite or brdggerite
is complex.
THE HISTORY OF MOND»S NICKEL
EXTRACTION PROCESS.'
By LUDWIG MONO.
In the present paper I give an account of the history of
my process of extrading nickel from its ores, as an in-
stance of an investigation undertaken in pursuit of pure
science, which has led unexpededly, in a few years, to an
important industrial application. I have often been asked
by scientific men how I came to discover nickel carbonyl,
and can now explain. Soon after I had satisfied myself
that the ammonia soda process was far cheaper than the
Leblanc process for producing carbonate of soda, it be-
came evident to me that a time would come when the
Leblanc process would produce carbonate of soda, as a
by-produd of the bleaching powder manufadure, which it
would have to dispose of at any price it would fetch. I
therefore undertook a series of experiments, with the
objed of producing bleaching powder as a by-produd of
the ammonia soda process. You all know that the usual
form of this process consists in treating a solution of
common salt in which caustic ammonia has been dissolved
by carbonic acid, with the result that bicarbonate of soda
is precipitated, while a solution of ammonium chloride is
formed. In the ordinary course of things this solution of
chloride of ammonium is distilled with caustic lime,
yielding gaseous ammonia, which returns to the process
and a solution of calcium chloride. Other investigators
had endeavoured to produce chlorine from the chloride of
calcium obtained by evaporating these solutions ; others
have proposed to substitute magnesia for the lime in dis-
tilling the solution of ammonia chloride, and to produce
chlorine or hydrochloric acid from the MgCla obtained by
evaporating its solution. I gave my attention to pro-
ducing the chlorine dired from the ammonium chloride,
separated from the solution in which it is originally ob-
tained by refrigeration.
Ammonium chloride when vapourised is, as is well
known, dissociated into ammonia and H4CI ; thus, if the
vapour of NH4CI is passed over a metallic oxide, this
oxide is converted into a chloride and the ammonia passes
on altogether with the steam formed by the readion.
I found that nearly all metallic oxides, with the excep-
tion of the alkalies and alkaline earths, and that even a
large number of metallic salts, were aded upon in this
way by NH4CI vapour, and that a large number of the
metallic chlorides so formed would give up their chlorine
by re-converting them into oxides by submitting them to
the adion of the air at a suitable temperature. I found
that, of all the substances investigated, oxide of nickel
yielded the best results, and that the next best were ob-
tained by magnesia mixed with a certain amount of
chloride of potassium.
In developing this process I had to construd a plant for
volatilising NH4CI, which I found an extremely difficult
problem, as the vapour of this substance not only ads on
oxides and salts, but also violently attacks the large ma-
jority of metals. I succeeded in lining iron vessels with
glazed tiles in such a way that they would withstand this
adion, but I required valves for changing from the current
of ammonium chloride vapour to hot air, and via v$rsa^
which had to be very tight to prevent a large loss of am-
monia. I found that nickel was one of the few substances
suitable for the construdion of these valves, and that it
was not at all attacked by ammonium chloride vapour.
• A Dstrad of Paper read before tbe New York sedion of the Sodstjr
of Chemical Industry.
284
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies. ^^^oSS^IiiS*'
These worked perfeAly on a Uboratoiy scale, but whea
applied on a manufaAuring scale they became leaky, and
the faces became covered with a bltck crust, which on
examination was found to contain carbon. The source of
this carbon seemed mysterious ; the only difference be-
tween the work on the small scale and that on the Urge
was that on the small scale we swept the ammonia out of
the apparatus before admitting the hot air by means of
pure COa, while on the large scale we used the gases from
the lime-kiln containing a few per cent of CO. We found
nickel to have the remarkable property of splitting off
carbon from CO at a moderate heat, transforming it
into COa.
In the course of the experiments finely divided nickel,
formed by reducing nickel oxide at 400^ C. by hydrogen,
was treated with pure CO in a glass tube at varying tem-
peratures for a number of days, and was then cooled down
tn a current of CO before it was removed from the tube.
In order to keep the poisonous CO out of the atmosphere
of the laboratory we simply lit the gas escaping from the
apparatus. To our surpnse we found that, while the ap.
paratus was cooling down, the flame of the escaping gas
became luminous, and increased in luminosity as the
temperature got below 100^ C. On a cold plate of porce-
lain put into this luminous flame, metallic spots were
deposited, similar to the spots of arsenic obtained with
the March apparatus, and on heating the tube through
which the gas was escaping we obtained a metallic mirror
while the luminosity disappeared. Upon examination of
the mirrors we found them to consist of pure nickel. As
it seemed improbable that so heavy a metal as nickel
should form a readily volatile compound with CO we
purified our CO as perfeAly as possible, but still obtained
the same results.
We now endeavoured to isolate this curious and inte-
resting substance by preparing the nickel with great care
at the lowest possible temperature, and treating it with
CO at about 50" C, and thus we greatly increased the
amount of the volatile nickel compound in the gases
passing through the apparatus. We observed the excess
of CO by cuprous chloride solution, and thus obtained a
residue of several c.c. containing the volatile nickel com-
pound mixed with a little nitrogen. By passing this gas
through a heated tube we separated the nickel and ob-
tained an increased flame of gas, and found in this a
Siuantity of CO corresponding to about four equivalents
or one equivalent of nickel. By further improving our
method of preparing the finely divided nickel, and by
passing the resulting gas through a refrigerator cooled by
snow and salt, we at last succeeded in liquefying this
compound, and were able to produce it with ease and
facility in any quantity we desired.
This nickei carbonyl is a colourless liquid, boiling at
43** C, and which solidifies at -25' C, forming needle-
shaped crystals. It is soluble in alcohol, petroleum, and
chloroform ; it is not aaed upon by dilute acids or alkalis,
and can be readily distilled without decomposition. But
on heating the gas to 150^ C, it is completely dissociated
into its components, pore CO being obtained and the
nickel being deposited in a dense metallic film upon the
sides of the vessel in which it is heated.
After continued investigation I came to the conclusion
that it ought to be possible to make use of the ease with
which nickel is converted into a volatile gas by CO for
separating nickel from cobalt and other metals on a manu-
faAuring scale, and for obtaining it in a very pure state.
We have now succeeded in producing nickel at the rate of
li tons per week, from the Canadian nickel matte im-
ported into England. We ereded a plant near Birming-
ham fur this purpose. This matte, which contains about
40 per cent nickel and an equal quantity of copper, is
carefully roasted, to drive out the sulphur as far as pos-
sible, and is then subjeAed to the aaion of hydrogenous
gases, either water gas or producer gas rich in hydrogen,
in an apparatus which is called the " reducer," the tem-
perature of which is under perfed control, so that 400^ C.
is never exceeded. Prom this apparatus the substance
which is now reduced to the metallic state is taken,
through air-tight conveyors and elevators, into another
apparatus called the " volatiliser,'* in which it is subjeded,
at a temperature not exceeding 80® C, to the adionof CO
gas. This apparatus consists of an iron cylinder divided
into numerous compartments by shelves, and provided
with a stirring device which moves the material nrom the
top to the bottom, while the CO gas passes through in an
opposite diredion. The CO gas, which should be as rich
as pradicable, we prepared by passing pure CO3 through
incandescent coke ; the pure COa we make by passing the
flue gas of a boiler or of a fire through a solution of car-
bonate of potash, and subsequently boiling the solution.
The CO gas, charged with nickel carbonyl leaving the
volatiliser, is passed through a series of tubes or chambeis
heated to about 180* C. in which the nickel is deposited
in various forms, according to the speed of the gas cur-
rent, the richness of the gas, and the existing temperature.
The CO gas, thus almost completely free from the nickel,
is taken back by means of a blower into the volatiliser,
where it takes up a fresh quantity of nickel, and is coo-
stantly used over and over, so that the quantity consumed
is limited to the very small amount of unavoidable loss
through leakage of the plant.
The material under treatment is repeatedly dumped
from the volatiliser to the reducer, and via vsrsat by
means of air-tight conveyors and elevators, until the
amount of nickel volatilised begins to fall off. It is then
roasted again, to remove the sulphur which it still con-
tains, and is treated by sulphuric acid to dissolve part of
the copper. The remaining mass, containing all the
nickel, some copper, and the other impurities of the matte,
is again subjeded to the previous treatment until the
nickel has been extraded as far as pradicable, and the ul-
timate residue, still containing a few percentage of nickel,
is melted up into matte again.
If the nickel is allowed to deposit slowly, at a carefully
regulated temperature, it can easily be obtained from the
gas as a coherent metallic flim, so that it is possible to
coat any substance which can stand heatine to 150* C.
with a perfed covering; of metallic nickel, and luso to make
articles of metallic nickel for dired use.
Hollow nickel goods can be made in this way, which at
present either cannot be made at all or only by the use of
very powerful hydraulic machinery, and this will give a
great impetus to iht manufadure of nickel utensils for
domestic purposes, the use of which is so very desirable
from a sanitaiy point of view. The cost of the process,
if carried out on a sufficiently large scale, is inconsider-
able. — Enginiiring and hiining JoumaL
CHEMICAL RESEARCHES AND SPECTROSCOPIC
STUDIES OP VARIOUS ELEMENTa
By JEAN SBRVAIS STAS.
(Continaed from p. 376).
Chaptbr III.
Chemical Rbsbarchbs on thb Chloriob. Culx>ratb,
Perch loratb, and Chloroplatinatb of Potas-
sium.*
Introduction,
AccoRDiNO to my experience up to the present, the mole-
cular weight of chloride of potassium does not agree with
Prout's hypothesis. Does this depend on the fad that
the atomic weight of potassium is not a simple ratio of
that of metallic silver which is used as the standard for
comparison ; or is it rather due to accidental impurities
which might be in the chloride tested; oris it, lastiyt that
• Tbia research was commencod in the month ol Decefflber, 18A
and completed in 188a.
Cbbmical Nbws. I
Dec 13, 189s. I
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
2^5
poUitiam it not an element ? Sacb it the problem I
endeavoured to tolve by re*opening the ttady of chloride
0/ potattiom, which had already been the tubjed of
kmgthy invettigationt on my part.
In my Niw rtstarchts on tht laws of ehunieal propor^
tions I taid ** I mutt admit then that I could not prepare,
try meant of chlorate of potattium, a chloride which I
coold contider abtolutely pure." In fad, after having
tttccettively eliminated the foreign mattera contained in
the poreat chlorate of potastium, I deteded, in the
chloride made from it, the pretence of ailicon in the form
of tilica and alkaline tilicates, and amongtt them tilicate
0/ tedium in varioua quantitiet according to the conditiont
under which the chloride wat produced. The total weight
of tilica and alkaline tilicatet wat at much at x-2o,oooth
of the whole. When changing thit chloride into chloro-
platinate of potattium, I wat able to decreaae to one-half
the weight of the retidue left by volatiliting chloride of
potattium. At far at regarda the tilica and alkaline tili-
catet, the minimum limit wat then i-40,oooth of the
whole* It wat impottible for me to tell exadly the quan-
tity of todium exitting in the chloride, or even the ttate
in which the whole of thit metal exitted. I have alwayt
believed that the bulk wat in the form of a tilicate.
Farther on I thall give the reaton for thit opinion. From
my experience I can ttate that it it not alwayt in the
form of todium chloride. In fad, by uting a tilver talt,
it it pottible, and even eaty, to atcertain the presence of
l-zo,oooth part of chloride in a tolution of chlorate or
perchlorate of potastium in pun water. Now, a tolution
of tbete taltt in abtolutely pure water, which, on tpedrom
analytit, givet pertittent and ttrong indicationt of the
pretence of todium, remaina abaolutelv clear, and, when
expoted to MghttProUcttdfrom atmospheric dust, remaint
colonrlett, after having received a proper amount of nitrate
or tolphate of tilver, — a phenomenon which it it not pot-
tible to obtain with a tolution of chlorate or perchlorate
containing i-xo,oooth of thete taltt. Bunten, moreover,
hat shown that tpedrum analytit ditclotet an amount of
chloride of todium 300,000 timet lest than that thown by
atang tilver taltt. The failure of chemittt to procure, by
cryttallitation or otherwite, potattium taltt which do not
ahow the potattium line when volatiliaed in a colourlett
ftame or in an eledric tpark, hat led Mr. Lockyer to be-
lieve in the tplitting up of potattium into todium and
another metal. I do not altogether agree with thit hypo-
tbesit ; the work I describe farther on it for the purpose
of seeking what foundation it can have on fad, at much
with regard to potattium at to other bodiet, toch at
htbinm, calcium, ttrontium, barium, thallium, tilver,
mercury, platinum, iridium, ftc. Whilat admitting the
postibility of procuring chloride of potattium abtolutely
ttee from todium, tilica, alkaline tilicate, and all other
known forei|{n bodiet, what guarantee have we that the
metal contained in it it truly an element ?
When regarding it from the ttandpoint of experience
adoally acquired, there are at many reatont for con-
sidering the metallic bate of thit chloride to be an element
as there are for considering the hydrogen in hydrochloric
tcid to be an ondecompotable body. In thort, the com-
binationt and decompotitiont of the metal uted in the
vsadiont are alwayt done in tuch a manner at to re-
produce a body identical with ittelf, when tubmitted to
chemical forcet,— quite at powerful, in a different way. at
pbytical forcet,^xadly the tame at hydrogen, no more,
no lett. The chloride from chlorate, and the chloride
from chloroplatinate of potattium, though formed under
very different conditiont, are identical in all their proper-
tiea. By my previout work I know that potastium,
though it may form a chlorate, chloroplatinate, nitrate, or
tartrate of potaatioro, it the tame ; it is repretented by a
consiemt. I think I am right in concludins, with mott
chemittt, that potattium it at much an undecompotable
body aa hydrogen.
Witbing, however, to tnbmit thit condution to a new
proof, 1 have had recourte to a tecond method of invetti-
gation. Before publishing, I beg to tay that I had no
confidence in the tuccett of my undertaking. The aearch
for knowledge and truth hat throughout influenced my
work.
If the metal contained in the chloride of potattium,
formed by the dittociation of pure chlorate by the adion
of heat, be a timple undecompotable body, it teemed to
me that, when tubmitting the chlorate to the adion of
heat, in tuch a manner at to reduce it partially into oxy-
gen, chloride, and perchlorate of potattium, the propor-
tion of chlorine to metal ought to be invariably the tame
in the chloride and in the perchlorate formed timulta-
neously with a timilar chloride. The chloride which wat
made by the formation of perchlorate, and the chloride
given off by the subsequent decompotition of thit per-
chlorate, ought to be identical in every resped.
If, on the other hand, the metallic base of pure chlorate
of potassium it a compound body, capable of being tplit
up, the chloride and the perchlorate made by the dittoci-
ation of pure chlorate of potattium by the adion of heat,
ought to combine chlorine and the metal in different pro-
pot tions, and the chloride made at the tame time at the
Krchlorate ought to be different from the chloride made
, the decomposition of thit perchlorate.
' At a matter of fad, chemical readiont do take place in
thit manner when we tubmit chlorate of potattium con*
taining chlorate of todium to the adion of a tuitable
heat. When heating chlorate of potattium, mixed with
5 per cent of itt weight of chlorate of aodium, in a plati*
num vettel, we find, after complete dissociation of the
chloratet, nearly all the todium in it in the form of chloride
of todium, in the resultant chloride of potattium. The
platinum vessel it tlightly attacked, forming a noticeable
amount of chloroplatinate of todium, at is alwayt the
cate when one decompotet chlorate of todium in
platinum.
The perchlorate formed at the tame time as the
chlorides of potattium and todium, containt only potat-
tium. By a tuitable treatment with alcohol, followed by
auccettive cryttallitationa, repeated tufficicntly often, in
platinum vetselt theltered from atmotpheric todium, one
can make the teparation in tuch a manner at to ob«
tain, on the one band, chloride of potastium containing
all the todium, and, on the other, a perchlorate of potaa*
tium which behaves under spedrnm analysit like all
potaatium perchlorate which haa been long in contad
with air, or rather in contad with a todium compound
more toluble than ittelf, and from which one has elimi-
nated — by meant of tuccettive cryttallitationt and
wathingt in alcohol— >the todium talt which wat mixed
with it.
Now if the metallic bate of chlorate of potastium, in
tuch a ttate of purity at I have been able to prepare it,
it a compound body, one can reaton by analogy inat, by
a properly regulated heat, the teparation ought to take
place in such a manner at to concentrate in tbe chloride
or perchlorate, the whole— or at least a part— of one of the
components of the metallic bate of the chlorate.
The chemical constant of bodiet being different, expe-
rience tbowt that the proportion of chlorine to metal in
a chloride and a percnlorate ought conteqoently to be
different, and to be between the limitt of thete con-
ttantt. For the purpote of atcertaining what the real
fadt are, I started a long course of investigation.
I tried first whether it wat pottible to obtain chlorate
of potastium which would not thow the todium line, and
would be capable of being made to yield a chloride quite
free from bodiet, whether tolid or volatile, foreign to itt
normal compotition. Having had a chance of tucceed-
ing in thit delicate retearch for a chlorate containing tilica
and todium in the form of tilicate of potattium and to-
dium, I subjeded the purified chlorate to the adion of
heat in such a way as to form at the tame time at the
chloride : —
Itt. The greatest pottible quantity of perchlorate.
286
Technical Analysis of Cyanide Solutions.
I CVSMIOAL NBWI,
I Dec. I3« 1895.
and. A quantity of perchlorate just sufficient to make
the chloride necessary for determining its pro*
portional combination with pore silver.
I will describe all these researches and the results at
which I arrived as shortly as possible.
On thi Mithods usid to BliminaU thg Solid Fonign
BodUs ginsrally found in Commireial ChloraU of
Potassium.
It follows, from sufficiently well-known fads, that
chlorate of potassium purified by means of successive
crystallisations to the point of no longer clouding a 10 per
cent solution of silver may yet contain iron, manganese,
copper, and silver, and always has in it some sodium,
aluminium, calcium, and silicon.
Copper and silver are eliminated at once by the addi-
tion of a sufficient quantity of sulphide or hydrosulphide
of potassium to a saturated solution of chlorate at zoo^
At first almost all the iron and manganese remain in so-
lution : they are only precipitated when one keeps the
saline solution slightly boiling for from fifteen to thirty
minutes ; but in this state the liquid, which is alkaline,
perceptibly attacks the porcelain or glass dish in which
the operation is carried on.
The salt which crystallises out on suddenly cooling the
filtered liquid from which the copper and silver have been
thus eliminated is often slightly tinted pink. This colour
disappears on carefully washing the salt with a solution
containing i-ioooth part of hydrosulphide of potassium
cooled nearly to aero, followed by a wash in pure iced
water. When losing its colour, the chlorate loses the
greater part of the iron and manganese, as well as the
aluminium, sodium, calcium, and silicon.
On dissolving the salt thus obtained in pure boiling
water, to saturation, and on adding to the solution a suffi-
cient quantity of pure hydrosulphide of potassium to give
it a strong alkaline readion, one obtains, on suddenly
chilling the filttred liquid, a white, powdery, crystalline
chlorate, from which a wash in a solution containing one
thousandth part of hydrosulphide of potassium, followed
by a second wash in pure iced water, eliminates the re-
maining iron, manganese, and aluminium, but not all the
silicon, sodium, and calcium contained in it. On repeat-
ing the dissolving, crystallisation, and washing a great
number of times under the same conditions, — that is to
say, in porcelain or glass dishes, and in tk^ prestmt of air
containing sodtum and silicon,-~ont can certainly diminish
to a great extent the proportion of sodium, calcium, and
silicon in the chlorate ; but it appears to me that at the
fourth treatment one reaches a limit at which the porce-
lain or glass dishes, and the surrounding air, supply as
much silica, sodium, and calcium as the treatment suffices
to eliminate.
After the third treatment one is therefore obliged to work
in platinum vessels of a proper shape, and in air enclosed
OMd purified. By ading thus, I have been able, by six
successive crystallisations, of which the last three were in
platinum, to obtain chlorate quite free from silicon, from
all solid bodies whatever, and from sodium, provided this
metal exists entirely in the raw chlorate in the form of
silicate of sodium, as has been the case in all the samples
of chlorate, save oii#, supplied to me. If, on the other
hand, the sodium contained in it is partially in the form
of sodium chlorate, there is a limit which one cannot
practically pass, so long as one causes the separation of
the silica by means of sulphide, or hydrosulphide of
potassium* or potash, in addiuon to carefully washing the
trystals with alcohol^ in enclosed air.
I have tried this method of eliminating from chloride,
sulphate, and nitrate of potassium, the silicon, aluminium,
and calcium, which are nearly always met with in these
compounds when purified by successive crystallisations.
With proper care, the elimination of these bodies is
very easy, especially sulphate of poussium. After five
successive ciystallisations, of which the last three were
effeded in platinum and in air enclosed and purified, I
have succeeded in obtaining a sulphate and a nitrate
which, when warmed with just enough pure sal ammoniac,
formed a chloride which volatilised without leaving a
trace of solid residue. This study enabled me to prove
that after the elimination of silicon, aluminium, and cal.
cium, the sulphate, nitrate, and chloride still retain
sodium, the chloride and nitrate in very minute quantitiea,
the sulphate, on the other hand, in comparatively large
quantities, — an evident proof that, in the compounds
submitted to purification, the metal sodium existed
respedively in the forms of sulphate, nitrate, and chloride.
I repeat that the use of sulphide, hydrosulphide* and
hydroxide, to catch the sodium, is only effective pro-
vided this metal is in the potassium salt exclusively as a
silicate.*
I describe farther on, with necessary details, the pre«
paration of the chlorate, perchlorate, and chloride of
potassium used in my researches.
(To be cootinoed).
ON THE TECHNICAL ANALYSIS OF CYANIDE
WORKING SOLUTIONS.t
By W. BETTEL.
For some time past I have felt the need of some quick
method of analysis which would in a reasonable time give
the composition of working cyanide solutions, so that the
chemist- in-charge, or the foreman, in a cyanide works,
could trace to its source any irregularity in the working
of such solutions with a view to its corredion. After
many fruitless trials I have pleasure in drawing your
attention to some volumetric processes, which, although
not all that could be desired, are still sufficiency
accurate to be used for technical work, and have this
advantage, that the work may be performed by men wbo
have not had the advantage of a technical or scientific
training. I do not lay claim to any novelty in this
analytical process, it is merely pieced up ftom well known
analytical methods and chemical readions; but, never-
theless, I hope it will be useful to those of our members
who have to examine cyanide solutions.
It is necessary to state at the outset that my remarks
have reference to the MacArthur-Forrest working solu-
tions containing xinc, an element which complicates the
analysis in a truly surprising manner. Before dealing
with the analysis proper, I will draw your attention to the
peculiarities of a solution of the double cyanide of sine
and potassium, usually written KaZnCy4. As is stated
in works on chemistry, this cyanide is alkaline to indi-
cators. Now here lies the peculiarity. To phenolphtha-
lein the alkalinity, as tested by N/zo acid, is equal to I9'5
parts of cyanide of potassium out of a possible 130*1
parts. With methyl-orange as indicator, the whole of
the metallic cyanide may be decomposed by N/io acid,
as under: —
K«ZnCy44.4HCl - ZnCl2+ 2KCI •f>4HCy.
On titration with nitrate of silver solution the end-readtion
is painfully indefinite. If caustic alkali in excess (a few
cc normal soda) be added to a known quantity of potassic
* I am certain that the ptinciple involved in eliminatinf the eitlca
and alnmininm always contained in chlorate <rf potatatom crystalliaed
from pore water, by meana of cryataUitatioos made in water rendered
alkaUtte by potaah or bydroaalphtde of pocassiom, ta applicable to the
elimination of the ailica and alaminiam contained in ralphate of ao-
dium crystallited in pare water. By transforming satphate thns
parioed, by means of chloride of ammoniam, I have obtained chloride
of sodium capable of being volatilised witboot leaving a trace of re*
sidae,~a thing 1 had not previoualy socceeded in doing. In fatore.
one will be able to ase the proportional combination with ailver and
chloride of sodium, and ascertain, withonc hypothesia. whether the
atomic weight of ailver and the molecular weight of chloride of ao>
dium are integral multiples of that of hydrogeo.— January, 1^9.
f A Paper read before the Chemical and Metailnrgical Sk>cisty,
Johannesburg, S.A.R., August, 1895.
i nitCAI» llBWS« I
Dec. 13, 1895. •
Convenient Form of Universal Hand-clamp.
287
sine cyanide solution together with a few drops of potassic
iodide, and standard silver solution added to opalescence,
the reaaion will indicate sharply the total cyanogen pre-
aant in the double cyanide even in presence of ferro-
cyanides. If to a solution of potassic zinc cyanide be added
a amall quantity of ferrocyanide of potassium, and the
silver solution added, the flocculent precipitate of what
I suppose to be normal cmc ferrocyanide (ZnaFeCye)
appears, the end-rea^ion is fairly sharp, and indicates 19 5
parts of cyanide of potassium out of the adual molecular
contents of 130*2 KCy. If, however, an excess of ferro-
cyanide be present, the flocculent precipitate does not
appear, but in its place one gets an opalescence which
speedily turns to a finely granular (sometimes slimy) pre-
cipitate of potassic sine ferrocyanide, KaZnjfFe^Cyxa.
This introduces a personal equation into the analysis of
such a solution, for if the silver solution be added rapidly
the results are higher than if added drop by drop, as this
ferrocyanide of zinc and potassium separates out slowly in
dilute solutions alkaline or neutral to litmus paper.
This ferrocyanide is decomposed by—
(a) Potassic sodic, or calcic cyanide, &c. ;
(6) Potassic or sodic hydrate ;
(c) Potassic or sodic carbonate ;
as shown by the following equations : —
(a) KaZn3FeaCyxa+i2KCy=2K4FeCy6-f-3KaZnCy4.
(This equation is proved by mixing solutions of potassic
sine cyanide with one of potassic ferrocyanide, no precipi-
tate occurs. Potassic zinc ferrocyanide is dissolved by
cyanide soltition).
(ft) KaZn3Fe2Cyia+X2KHO->
«-2K4FeCy6+3ZnK20a+6HaO.
(Potassic zinc ferrocyanide is readily dissolved by
caustic alkali. If potassic (or sodic) zinc oxide in solu-
tion be added to potassic ferrocyanide no precipitate
occurs even in absence of free alkali).
(tf) KaZn3PeaCyia+i2NaaC034-6HaO=
-2KNa3FeCy6-|- x2NaHC034-3ZnNaaOa.
(This is similar to the (6) reaaion, with the difference
that carbonates are converted into bicarbonates).
I will now draw your attention to the equations in-
volved in the readion previously described. As the per-
centage of alkalinity is definite, and consists of a portion
of potassic cyanide loosely combined with zinc cyanide
more firmly united with less cyanide than corresponds
in carbonates and bicarbonates, by reversing the process,
adding bicarbonate of soda, free from carbonate, to the
solution to be titrated for hydrocyanic acid and free
cyanide. This is the one instance where hydrocyanic acid
turns carbonic acid out of its combinations, and as such
is interesting.
2KHC03-hAgN03-|-2HCya
= KAgCy3+KN03-f>2COa+2HaO.
I will now proceed to describe the method of analysis.
X. FY$t Cyantdt, — 50 cc. of solution is taken and
titrated with silver nitrate to faint opalescence or first in-
dication of a flocculent precipitate. This will indicate (if
sufficient ferrocyanide be present to form a flocculent pre-
cipitate of zinc ferrocyanide) the free cyanide, and
cyanide equal to 7*9 per cent of the potassic zinc cyanide
present.
2. Hydrocyanic Acid.^To 50 cc of the solution add a
solution of bicarbonate of potash or soda, free from car«
bonate or excess of carbonic acid. Titrate as for free
cyanide. DeduA the first from the second result
-HCy I cc AgN03« Q'^HHS,^ 000829 p. c HCy.
3. DouhU Cyanides,^ Add excess of normal soda
(caustic) to 50 cc. of solution and a few drops of a 10 per
cent solution of KI, titrate to opalescence with AgN03.
This gives i, 2, and 3. Dedud x and 2BKaZnCy4 as KCy
less 7'9 per cent.
A corteAion is here introduced. The KCy found in 3
is calculated to KaZnCy4. FaAor : KCy (as KaZnCy4)
Xo'9^93sK2ZnCy4. Add to this 79 per cent 01 total, ur
for every 92*1 parts KaZnCy4 add 7*9 parts. If this frac«
tion, calculated back to KCy, be deauded from x, we get
the true free cyanide (calculated to KCy).
(To be contioaed).
A CONVENIENT FORM OF UNIVERSAL
HAND-CLAMP.
By PETER T. AUSTEN and W. A. HORTON.
The various holders and hand-damps nsed for holding
test-tubes and smaller forms belong, as a rule, to two
classes. The bite is effeded either by a spring or by
A
with KaZnCy4, I venture to propose for provisional adop-
tion the following equations representing the neutralising
of KaZnCy4 by acid and silver nitrate respedively : —
(a) xoKaZnCy4 -1-31101 » 1
-3HCy-f.3KCl.KZnCya)xo,(KCy),7.
(h) 2oKaZnCy4-f-3AgN03= I
-3KAgCya+3KN03-f.2[(ZnCya),o,(KCy),7]. '
Here is a point for investigation, as to whether there is |
more than one definite crystallisable salt containing
K-hZn-|-Cy, neutral to phenolphthalein, and soluble in |
water, or whether ZnCya is soluble in a solution of ,
KaZnCy4 and produces neutrality to phenolphthalein.
For the estimation of free hydrocyanic acid I have made 1
use of Siebold*s ingenious method for estimating alkalis '
pressure exerted by the hand. The difficulty with the
first class of holders is that the spring is often inconve-
niently strong for delicate tubes, and not strong enough
for flasks. The second class often fails when long-con-
tinued holding is involved, as muscular pressure relaxes
after a time.
The following little device was worked out to afibrd a
convenient holder that should take from nothing up to a
diameter of an inch and a half, and yet allow a grasp
which corresponds to the weight of the objeA held, and
also not tire the hand, no matter how long it is held.
The clutch b slides on the parallel bars b, and is
slightly smaller than the counter-clutch A. This, with
its curvature, allows it to grasp any objea, no matter how
small, that is placed between B and a. A double bearing,
288
Influence of Temperature an Refractive Power. {^IX^.^ST'^
to insure ease of movement, it effeded by winding the
wire at d. Tlie double arch c allowi the thumb to
press easily and comfortably against it, and ad as a
knee-joint. The swell o keeps the handle in the grasp,
and the rubber strap f brings the travelling clutch back
and opens the clamp as soon as the pressure is removed
from c.
To nse the apparatus, the handle is securely grasped
and the end of the thumb is placed against c. On
straightening the thumb, in the manner of a knee-joint,
the objed is tightly held between the clutches. The
hand does not tire on continued holding, because the
pressure is taken in a straight line on the bones of the
thumb, and hence calls for so slight a muscular adion as
to be pradically inappreciable.
The clamp is manufadured by Ermei and Amend. —
youmal of iki Amtriean Chemical Sociity.
PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.
CHEMICAL SOCIETY.
Ordinary Muting, Novimbtr 2Ut, 1895.
Mr. A. G. Vbrnon Harcourt, President, in the Chair.
Cbrtificatbs were read for the first time in favour of
Messrs. Joseph Edwin Alger Blyde, Nether House,
Ranmoor, Sheffield; Arnold Eiloart, 2, Lansdowne Road,
Bast Croydon; Walter Thomas Grice, 9, Dalhousie
Square, Calcutta; James William Helps, 3, Tavistock
Road, Croydon ; Laurence W. Matthieson, 104, Grove
Road, Bow, E.: Thomas Francis Rutter, The Huisb
School, Taunton ; Arthur Philip Salt, Sunnyside, Pinner
Road, Harrow; Amrita Lai Sircar, 51, Sankaritola,
Calcutta; Benjamin Bernard Turner, a8, Lady Somerset
Road, N.W. ; and of Cass L. Kennicott, 4050, Ellis Arc,
Chicago, 111., U.S.A., approved by the Council under By-
laws I, 3.
The Prbsidbnt announced that a letter of thanks had
been received from the French Academy, for the Address
presented by the Society on the occasion of the centenary
of the Academy, on Odober 25th.
Of the following papers those marked * were read : —
*I35. " The Influence of Temperature on Refractive
Power, and on the Refraction Equivalents of Acetyl-
acetone and of OrthO' and Para»toluidine,** By W. H.
Pbrxin, Ph.D., F.R.S.
The author points out that whilst he has proved that
the refradion equivalent of certain compounds is subjed
to variation at different temperatures, and Briihl has ob-
served the same fad, his numbers, and those Obtained bv
Briihl, are not in agreement. In the case of acetyf-
acetone, the toluidines, and other compounds, it is ob-
served that the two sets of determinations agree closely
for ordinary atmospheric temperatures, but at higher tem-
peratures Briihrs numbers show an increase, whilst the
author obtains smaller numbers at higher temperatures.
The author has satisfied himself that the apparatus used
by him {Trans., 1892, 288) consisting of a hollow prism
heated in an air-bath, furnishes uniform results, and bv
making observations with different specimens of material,
he has proved that the differences between his numbers
and Briihrs cannot be ascribed to impuritv. Since the
results for higher temperatures obtained by Nasini and
Bemheimer, and by Kettler, using more or less indepen-
dent methods, agree with the author's, he concludes that
there must be some hitherto undiscovered error in the
use of BrCihrs refradometer at any temperature much
above that of the atmosphere.
^136. " The Evolution of Carbon Monoxide by Alkatim
Pyrogallol Solution during Absorption of Oxygen.** By
Frank Clowbs, D.Sc.
It has long been known that under certain conditions
carbon monoxide is evolved during the absorption of oxygen
by alkaline pyrogallol. When a solution, 100 c.c. of which
contains xo grms. of pyrogallol and 24 grms. of potassium
hydroxide, is used for the absorption of oxygen, it evolves
no carbon monoxide until the percentage of oxygen in
the gaseous mixture exceeds 28. The carbon monoxide
evolved, however, increases in amount as the percentage
of oxygen rises above that limit, until the carbon monoxide
finally reaches about 6 per cent of the volume of oxygen
absorbed.
The process of estimation of oxygen is rendered per-
fedly accurate if the carbon monoxide which has been
produced during the absorption is removed by means of
cuprous chloride solution before the reading is taken.
Experiments with pyrogallol solution containing larger
proportions of potassium hydroxide than that given above
proved that the evolution of carbon monoxide may be en-
tirely prevented under all conditions if the potassium
hydroxide is present in sufficiently large proportion.
A solution, 100 C.C. ofwhich contains 10 grms. of pyro-
gallol, and 120 grms. of potassium hydrate, proved per-
fedly satis fadory in this resped ; the weight of pyro-
gallol may be reduced to 5 grms. in this solution.
A solution containing 18 per cent of quinol (hydro-
quinone) and 24 per cent of potassium hydroxide absorbed
oxygen slowly, but the absorption was complete, and no
carbon monoxide was evolved.
It is therefore evident that serious error may arise la
estimating the proportion of oxygen present in a mixture
containing only small proportions of other gases, unless
the absorbent pyrogallol solution is prepared of suitable
strength, or unless the absorption of oxygen is followed
by the treatment of the residual gas with cuprous chloride
solution.
•137. **The Composition of the Limiting Explosive
Mixtures of various Combustible Oases with Air.** By
Frank Clowes, D.Sc.
A series of experiments were made with mixtures in
varying proportions of each combustible gas with air. A
flame was brought into contad with each mixture, some-
times above and sometimes below, and it was noted
whether the mixture burnt back independently of the ex-
ternal air. For each combustible gas there was thus ob-
tained a lower percentage below which the mixture would
not burn independently, and a higher percentage, above
which the gas burnt independently only when it was sup-
plied with mote air.
The limiting percentages were as follows :~For me-
thane, 5 and 13 ; for hydrogen, 5 and 72 ; for carbon
monoxide, 13 and 75 ; for ethylene, 4 and 22 ; for water-
gas, 9 and 55 ; for coal-gas, 5 and 28.
It was also proved that many mixtures which were out-
side but close to the above limits, and which could not be
fired from above could be fired from below.
Hence it is inferred : —
z. That the limiting explosive mixtures for difieient
combustible gases vary widely.
2. That methane shows the narrowest limits, hydrogen
the widest limits.
3. That the risk of a mixture being fired explosively in-
creases with the different gases in the following
order: — Methane, ethylene, coal-gas, water-gas,
carbon monoxide, hydrogen.
4. That the risk of explosion is greater when the mix-
ture is kindled from below than when it is kindled
from above.
Discussion.
Mr. Bennett H. Brough considered that it would have
been a valuable addition to Professor Clowes*s investiga-
tions if the adion of other methods of firing had been
tried. For it had to be remembered that coUiery ezplo-
CsnacAL NBWt,!
Red Spectrum of Argon.
289
■ioBB were sometimes due to inflammatioD by sparks such
as were produced by picks. Some interesting experi-
ments bad recently been made in the Moravian Ostrau
coalfield in Austria with an apparatus for testing the
linbility of gaseous mixtures to inflammation in that way.
A wheel was mounted on a vertical axis inside a casing,
which was hermetically sealed and provided with a large
removable cover. Definite proportions of gas were intro-
doced and mixed with the air by revolving the wheel. An
iron bar sliding through the casing was brought against
the revolving wheel, and in case of an explosion the
coiver, which was secured by a chain, was blown off wi th-
orn farther damage.
*X38. **Not0 OH th$ Estimation of Butyric Acid.*' By
W. H. Wilcox, B.Sc.
In the estimation of butyric acid in the presence of
acetic and formic adds, the acids were neutralised by a
known excess of calcium carbonate. Hydrochloric acid
was added in sufficient amount to neutralise the free cal-
cium carbonate and to liberate the butyric acid from the
calcium salt. The solution was distilled, and when the
greater part had passed over, steam was passed through
tlie liquid as long as the distillate continued acid. The
distillate, which contained the butyric acid, was boiled
with pure barium carbonate, the solution filtered, and
•vaporated to dryness.
It was found that when dried at 100^ C, the salt did
did not attain a constant weight even after it had been
heated for several weeks, diminutions of about a m.grms.
(with I to 2 grms. of salt) occurring after heat had been
applied for three hours. This loss of weight did not
occur at and below 8o^
Some barium butyrate was prepared, and was found to
lose weight in a similar manner. At 90—100^ C. losses of
about a m.grms. occurred with three hours heating of 1*5
grms. of salt, and even at 85^ C. loss of weight occurred
on continued heating. When the salt was kept at 80® C,
however, it speedily arrived at a constant weight, which
was not altered by continued heating.
These results show that in the estimation of mixtures
of the volatile fatty acids, when butyric acid is present,
the fradion of salts containing the butyrate must be dried
at a temperature not exceeding 80° C. ; if this tempera-
tore is exceeded, loss of weight occurs owing to the de-
composition of the butyrate.
Z39. ** Some Derivative of Anthraquinonc,** By
Edward Schuncx, Ph.D., F.R.S., and Lbon March-
LBWSXI, Ph.D.
The authors have prepared the three hitherto unknown
methyl purpuroxanthins. One of them was obtained by
condensation of o-toluic acid with m- hydroxy benzoic
acid. It crystallises in orange-coloured needles (m. p.
246^). Its diacetyl derivative is nearly colourless (m. p.
The other two methylpurpuroxanthins were obtained
by condensation of m-toluic acid and m-hydroxybenzoic
acid. The mixture of methylpurpuroxanthins produced,
3rielded two distind compounds by fradional crystallisa-
tion from a mixture of alcohol and benzene. The con-
stitution of these compounds was determined by studying
the produ^ of their oxidation. The more soluble one
gave, on treatment with nitric acid, trimellitic acid, while
the other one gave, on similar treatment, hemimellitic
add.
The authors point out that the constitutional formulas
proposed 1^ them (Trans., 1894, 186) for the ethers of
alizarin are supported by the work of Lagodzinski {Bit.,
1895, Z427), who obtained a monomethyl ether of alizarin
by the condensation of hemipinic acid with benzoic acid.
The authors give a more precise account of the ethers
of anthraquinoneoxime, mentioned by them in a prelim-
inary paper previously published IBcr,, 1894, 2125). The
methyl ether melts at 247^ the ethyl ether at 97*, and the
bMueyl ether at 8a^«
X40. *' Efflortscencc of DoubU Ferrous Aluminium Suh
phati on Bncks exposed to Sulphur Dioxide.** By David
Patbrson.
The author has analysed the efflorescence which ap-
pears on bricks composing chambers in which wool is
bleached with sulphur dioxide. Four analyses were made,
and the results agree well with the percentages required
by the formula Ala(S04)3,FeS04,a4H20. The salt forms
white fibrous crystalline masses resembling asbestos in
appearance. It is evidently identical with the salt often
found in volcanic regions, and the author's analyses
agree well with those made by Forchammer of a specimen
obtained from Iceland.
Collective Index of the Transactions, Abstracts, and
Proceedings of the Chemical Society,
Volume II., 1873 to 1882. Volume III., 1883 to 1892.
The Council, having determined to publish a ColleAive
Index of their publications from 1873 to 1892 inclusive,
will issue copies to Fellows who may notify their wish to
receive them. Both volumes will be sent to those who
were Fellows of the Society before the end of 1882.
Volume III. will be sent to Fellows who have joined the
Society between ist January, 1883, aQ<1 3^8^ December,
Z892. Fellows who are ineligible to receive copies gratis,
and those who may have negleded to apply for them
within the prescribed period, may obtain them by pur*
chase at a price to be hereafter fixed. Fellows who desire
the Index should notiff their wish by letter, enclosing i/*
for cost of distribution, &c., to the Assistant- Secretary,
Mr. Robert Steele, Chemical Society, Burlington House,
W., before 3xst December, 1895. ^^^ Fellows resident
abroad, who should remit 2/-, which may be paid with
their annual contribution, the time will be extended to
March zst, 1896.
A few copies of Vol. I. (1841—72) can still be obtained,
price 3/- post free.
Research Fund,
A meeting of the Research Fund Committee will be
held in December.
IMPERIAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES OF
VIENNA.
Session of the Mathematical and Natural Science Section,
of October 24th, 1895.
•• On the Red Spectrum of Argon.** By Dr. J. M. Edbr
and Dr. E. Valbnta.
By the kindness of Lord Rayleigh we obtained a speci-
men of argon gas which had been carefully introduced
into vacuum tubes by Herr Goetze, of Leipzig. The
pressure in the tubes which we used in our experiments
was from z to 3 m.m. For the speAroscopic analysis of
the argon we used a concave grating having a radius of
curvature of | metre, employing the photographic method.
We examined the red and the blue speArum obtained by
working according to the dire^ions of Mr. Crooke's, with
weak sparks without Ley den jars, or with sparks from
the jars.
For the red spedlrum of argon we obtained the numbers
quoted below. The lines marked with asterisks in the
author's tables are present also in the blue spedrum of argon.
The other lines are peculiar to the red argon spedrum.
The especially charaderistic lines of the red argon spedrum
are:— X 462856, 4596*22, 4522'49. 4510-85, 4300-18,
4272*27, 425942, 4251*25; especially the group 420076,
4x98*42, 4198*07, 4x64*36, 4158*63 *, and further, 4044*56,
3949*13, 3834*83. Further measurements will appear in
the Transactions of the Imptrtal Academy. It must also
be remarked that the red argon spedrum is well resolved
when the double line {Ij^.lf appears clearly separated.
2go
Simple Methods for Detecting Pood Adulteration.
If the blue and the fed argon spedrum belong to two ele-
ments, which is by no means improbable, the above lines-
woald be the main charaderistic lines of one of them.
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
A Handbook of Industrial Organic Chemistry : adapted
for the Use of Manufadurers, Chemists, and all inte-
rested in the Application of Organic Materials in the
Industrial Arts. By Samuel P. Sadtlbr, Ph.D.,
F.C.S., Professor of Chemistry in the Philadelphia
College of Pharmacy, and in the Franklin Institute of
the State of Pennsylvania, &c. Second and Revised
Edition. 8vo., pp. 537. Philadelphia : J. B. Lippincott
Company. London: 10, Henrietta Street, Covent
Garden. 1895.
PaoF. Saotlbr admits that there is, on the one hand, no
lack of technological manuals for separate chemical in-
dustries, such, i,g,, as tanning and dyeing ; and, on the
other hand, of encyclopasdic works embracing the entire
compass of the chemical arts, but that there is a scarcity of
works which attempt to give, within the compass of a single
volume, a general view of the various industries based
Qpon the applications of chemistry to the arts." The
reason of this rarity is not difficult to find. The chemical
industries are now so numerous and so elaborate that to
give in a single volume anything beyond a mere sketch of
each, of comparatively little praAical value, is indeed an
arduous task. To escape this difficulty the author confines
himself in the volume before us to the organic arts, and
promises to give an account of the inorganic chemical
industries in a future volume. This expedient certainly
reduces the bulk of the matter to be dealt with, but it
encounters the difficulty that there is no hard and fast
boundary line between the organic and inorganic chemical
arts.
If we turn to the subjeds discussed in this volume—'
such as tanning, soap-making, dyeing, bleaching, and
tissue-printing — we find that they are at once organic
and inorganic. The same must be said of the manufac-
ture of chemical manures, of painters* colours, and
writing inks, which are not mentioned in the work before
at, aod each of which would likewise overstride the
boundary line. Again, when the companion volume ap-
pears the work will no longer give a view of the chemical
Industries within the bounds of a sinele volume.
If we iriight suggest, a principle of division preferable
to that of ** organic and inorganic*' might be found,
though it would not be easy to find scientific names for the
two respedive groups of industries. Let us suppose, by
way of explanation, that on visiting some strange town
we were to enquire what chemical works there were in
the distria. We should then feel startled if we were told
of a number of dairies, bake-houses, breweries, and sugar-
works. Yet the processes carried on in these establish-
ments are unquestionably chemical. Still we feel, however
difficult it may be to put the distindion in words, that
they do not belong in the same category as bleach-works,
soap-works, or tanneries.
Passing from questions of arrangement to the subjed-
matter itself, we must congratulate Dr. Sadtler on the
rare felicity with which he has condensed into so small a
space so large an amount of valuable matter. Oversights
and errors are indeed rare. We note merely a passage
which seems to convey the impression that indigo is al-
ways applied to textile goods by means of the cold vat,
whilst in fad the warm vats arc chiefly used in woollen-
dyeing. ... .. ,
A most valuable feature of this book is the biographical
department subjoined to each sedion. The student is
thus furnished with a master-key which opens to him all
the details of technical chemisuy.
f CatMicAL Ntvt,
1 Dec 13, 1605.
Hints on th4 Teaching of Elementary Chemistry in Schools
and Science Classes. By W. A. Tilden, D.Sc, F.R.S.
Crown 8vo., pp. 76. London and New York : Long-
mans, Green, and Co. 1895.
Manuals of elementary chemistry are far from rare,— >
too plentiful, indeed, as we are sometimes tempted to
think. But the little work before us is exceptional in its
charader. It is addressed not to students, but to teachers,
and thoroughly good lessons does it convey. Pity,
though, we must add with bated breath, that any teacher
of chemistry, or of any science, should need such hints.
In the first sentence of the Preface Dr. Tilden rejoices
over the issue of a new " Syllabus.** It may be a very
important advance in the teaching •! chemistry, as giving
more scope to the discretion of the teacher. But there
would be still greater room for congratulation if the new
** Syllabus '* were the last of the race I It is appropriately
urged that the teacher should devote some part of bis
time to extending and consolidating his own knowledge.
Should he need any such reminder ? We find a denun-
ciation of the " crammer,** but due refledion will tell us
that this unlovely being is a bye-prodnd of exam-
inationism.
We are inclined to agree with Prof. Tilden when he
expresses the opinion that the study of chemistry, when
rightly taught, is the best means of cultivating the
faculty of observation. The general incapacity of dis-
tinguishing objeds unless they differ markedly in sise or
colour is duly regretted. This incapacity is, we fear,
most striking in those who have '* enjoyed *' a classical
education.
The author points out that chemistry cannot be learnt
by reading alone. The eye and the hand must first be
trained. One of the dangers of working frona text-books
is that ** the student imbibes the idea that the subjed is
complete, rounded off, and finished, and that he sees 00
room for further inquiry.**
It will not, we hope, be deemed irrelevant if we poiot
out the fatal blow which the examinational system has
just received. In the Chinese Empire, for ages, all
statesmen, generals, judges, and magistrates have been
seleded by competitive examination. The outcome has
been the collapse which the world has just witnessed.
Intelledually and morally the examinee has been weighed
in the balance and found utterly wanting.
SimpU Methods for Detecting Food Adulteration, By
John A. Bower. With 36 Illustrations. Published
under the Diredion of the General Literature and
Education Committee. Small post 8vo., pp. xx8.
London : Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge.
X895.
Time was when the publications of the Society for Pro-
moting Christian Knowledge were spoken of with scanty
resped, but the number of valuable works by writers of
acknowledged merit which have appeared with the
imprimatur of the Society have done away ¥fith such an
unjustifiable feeling. Mr. Bower*s work is not intended
as a guide for the student or a work of reference for the
professional analyst, but it is calculated to guard the
general public against frauds which affed their pocket, if
not their health.
The author concludes that '* adulteration is decidedly
on the decrease,'* and again, that '* our food is not adul*
terated to an alarming extent.** Yet he qualifies these
disclaimers by the admission that, as recently as the year
1891, ** about 12 per c^nt of all the food sold in this
country was adulterated,** that coffee is sometimes sophis-
ticated ** to the amount of 75 per cent,'* that milk may
contain from 20 to 30 per cent of added water. Now
these fads show, we submit, that adulteration is still
carried on to an ** alarming extent,*' and that the apathy
of the public — the persons thus defrauded — is in itsell
almost criminal.
^fs^} Plac^ of Helium in the Classification of Elementary Substances. 291
Dm.
Mr. Bower qaotes several eUuset of the *' Sale of Food
and Drugs Ad,V which has many deficieDciei. Thus, in
the case of coffee, to sell mixtures of coffee and chicory
not contpicuously labelled as such is undoubtedly punish-
able ; but if an enterprising tradesman wishes to sell
cbkory at the price of coffee, and of course to people
who prefer coffee and do not want chicory, he needs
merely sell his mixture as ** French coffee,** or ** Coffee as
in France,** and he escapes the provisions of the Ad I
It would be easy to put a stop to this disgraceful fraud.
Until lately it was prsdicable to avoid this fraud by
always buying coffee unground ; but criminal ingenuity
now manufaAures spurious coffee-beans, as well as spu-
rious peppercorns, nntme^^s, and, we believe, gall-nuts.
Such devices require a punishment heavier than fines. It
should be enaded that any person designing, construding,
vending, offering for sale, or using any machine, mould,
stamp, or die for making up any powder, paste, or pulp
into the shape of any berry, nut, or seed used in food or
medicine, or selling any produds thus moulded, shall on
coovidion be sentenced to imprisonment for not less than
six OMMiths.
A fraud in the sugar- trade has escaped the author's
notice. Continental growers of beet-sugars colour some
of their unrefined produd with yellow coal-tar dyes, and
export the precious mess to England under the name of
Demerara sugar 1 Thus they kill two birds with one
atone. They sell their rank tasting produce for more than
\l is fairly worth, and they damage the reputation of
Knuine Demerara sugars. Even the bees and the wasps
ow the difference between beet- and cane sugars, and
rejed the former if the latter is accessible.
We believe that this work, addressed as it is to the
general public, will aid in the necessary task of creating
a healthy hostility to sophistication and sophisticators.
An Exgrcise Book of BUmtntary Practical Physics, By
Richard A. Gregory, F.R.A.S. (Oxford University
Extension Ledurer). Pp. 172. London and New
York: Macmillan and Co. 1895.
Tbis book, we are told on the title-page, is intended for
** organised Science schools under the Department of
Scteoce and Art, evening continuation-schools and ele-
mentary day-schools." We further learn that it has been
** arranged according to the Head-masters* Association
Syllabus of Pradical Physics.** The table of contents
reproduces the Head-masters* Association Syllabus, with
a few chaogea and additions.
The reader will perhaps find the term *' physics ** here
used in a sense which he scarcely expeded.
Light, eledridty, and magnetism are not touched upon
at all, and heat very slightly. The main subjed of the
work is mechanics, with meteorology. What the book
undertakes to teach, however, is well taught, and thoae
who have made use of it, whether teachers or students,
will not find that they have anything to unteach or un-
learn.
Franklin Instituti : Announctmcnt and Programme of
Ltcimns. 1895—1896. No. 15, South Seventh Street,
Philadelphia.
Tbb organisation of this Society is rather complex. It
haa a board of trustees ; a staff of officers and managers ;
a board of management ; two curators ; four professors
for the respedive departments of mechanics, physics,
chemistry, and economic geology ; and a number of com-
mittees. There are five classes of members, via., contri-
buting members, stockholders, life members, permanent
members, and non-resident members.
Among the ledures in the ensuing session the following
•re, from our point of view, the most interesting:^
*« Metallurgical and other Features of Japanese Swords,*'
by Mr. B. S. Lyman ; ** Recent Improvements in the
Chemical Treatment of Fibres and Fabrics,*' by L. J.
Mates ; ** Modem Theories of Fermentation/* by Dr. P.
Wystt; *' Eledro-metallurgy of Aluminium,** by Dr. J.
W.Richards; ** Some Recent Work in Molecular Phy.
sics,'* by Prof. R. A. Fessenden; "What constitutes a
Good and Safe Drinking Water?** by T. M. DrowOi
M.D., LL.D., of Lehigh University.
Craft Instruction : Photography and Process,
This pamphlet, which is issued at the Polytechnic Insti-
tution, W., bears no suthor's name. It consists of an
elaborate prospedus of the photographic department of
the Polytechnic Institution, which is now in its fourteenth
session. There are also the advertisements of a number
of manufadurers of, and dealers in, cameras, lenses for
photogrsphy, and accessory appliances.
CORRESPONDENCE.
ON THE
PLACE OF HELIUM IN THE CLASSIFICATION
OF ELEMENTARY SUBSTANCES.
To the Editor of the Chemical News,
Sir, — In the report of the recent meeting of the Physical
Society of November 22nd in the Chemical News (vol.
Ixxii., p. 266), in which the investigstions of Profs. Runge
and Paschen on the spedrum of the new gases from
cliveite are referred to, I observe that Dr. Gladstone
places these gases between hydrogen and lithium, in order
that they may come into a classification based on a sup-
posed periodicity of chemical properties when the ele-
ments are arranged in seriatim order of their atomic
weights. I have shown elsewhere why the new gsses
cannot be allocated to the places assigned to them by Dr.
Gladstone, end have to express my surprise thst this
chemist should, by loose arithmetic and still looser
assertions, endeavour to controvert the reasons I have
given for placing the new gases at the head of the second
and third series of my table of elementary substances.
The mis-statements to which I take exception as hindering
the progress of chemical science are —
(x). That the successive differences between the
atomic weights of adjacent members of the metals
in the first group in MendeleeflPs table showed that
these differences increased as we go downward.
And (2). '* That if the new gases have atomic weights of,
say, 2 and 4, we should have for these differences a,
2, 3. 16, x6, 26, ftc, instead of 6, x6, 16, ftc.« as at
present.**
Now the incorredness of these alleged increasing dif«
ferences in the atomic weights will be at once apparent
from a simple inspedion of the first group in Mendeleeff*s
table, in which I have included Dr. Gladstone's numbers
for the new gases.
DiC
H - I
HI, -
Hla - 4
Li « 7
— 2
Na
- 3
- x6
23
K - 39
Cu «- 63
- x6
- ^4
Rb
Ag
Cs - X33
85
to8
- 22
- 23
- 25
ngs
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
iCHBMICAL MBWft,
' ft Dec 13. 189s
It will, moreover, be evident that, even if the successive
differences between the atomic weights in the first groap
increased as Dr. Gladstone alleges, the numerical relation
would afford no ground for placing the new gases above
lithium, as they might for the same reason be placed
above the typical members of any other group in Men-
deleefi^s table.
In my paper on '* Some New Relations of the Atomic
Weights" published in the Chemical Nbws (vol.xxxviii.,
p. 66, ftc), I have shown that in the first group or series
H» all the atomic weights after Na have a constant differ-
ence of 23 ; and in the second series Han a common differ-
ence, after Mg, of 24. As these series are of considerable
interest at the present time, I will, by your permission,
reproduce the part of my table containing them, with the
addition of the accepted atomic weights for the purpose of
comparison.
-f-Hii-
+ H2W-
a.
Li - 7
.. .. 7»
Gl « 8
.. .. 9a
3.
Na» 23
.. .. n
F - 19
.. .. 19
Mg- 24
.. .. 24
0-16
.. .. 16
4-
K - 39
.. .. 39
CI- 35
.. .. 355
Ca a 40
.. .. 40
S ■> 32
.. .. 3a
5-
Cu « 62
.. .. 633
Zn « 64
.. .. 65
6.
Rb» 85
.. .. 85
Brs 81
.. .. 80
Sr « 88
.. .. 87-5
Se - 80
.. .. 79
7.
Ag -X08
.. .. 108
Cd =1x2
.. .. 112
8.
Cs «i3i
.. .. 13a
I eZ27
.. .. U7
Ba -136
.. .. 137
Te -X28
.. .. xa8
9.
M =154
X sx6o
10.
* -177
X -X84
zx.
Hg B200
.. .. aoo
Po =208
.. .. ao7
* Accepted atomic weights.
In this table it will also be seen that the negative ele-
ments of the first and second series after CI and S have
constant differences of 46 and 48 respedively, or double
the differences of the atomic weights of the members of
each adjoining positive series of elements. The common
difference of x6 of the atomic weights in the table above
K, CI, Ca, and S are equally interesting and significant.
I have already, in the paper referred to, direded attention
to the common difference of 4 between the halogens and
the alkaline metals in homologous positions, and the
common difference of 8 between the oxygen series and the
alkaline-earth metals in similar positions : while the fad
that the theoretic atomic weights of the members of the
four series, when taken together, differ by less than half
of one per cent from the aAual determinations establishes
the law of the multiple relations and constant differences
of the atomic weights of these series on a solid and im-
mutable basis — the heritage of chemical science for all
time. — I am, &c.,
Henry Wildb.
December 3. 1893-
CHEMICAL EDUCATION.
To thi Editor of iht Chemical News.
Sir,— Your correspondent '* W. A. D." has certainly
pointed out one of the causes why chemical research is
not more abundant in Britain, and why many of our che-
mical arts are declining. The evil faAor is the exorbitant
price of alcohol, a reagent constantly required both in
research and in manufadures as £ar as organic produAs
are concerned. Methylated spirit did, indeed, to a great
extent lighten the burdens of the chemist, but, suadmU
diavolo, this concession has now been stultified by the
excise ukase demaoding the further addition of mineral
naphtha. Whether this stipulation has been made in the
fancied interest of the revenue or of '* temperance " it has
been decided without any regard to the interests of Science
or Industry. If it is necessary to render methylated spirit
absolutely uodrinkable the addition of a mere trace of
DippePs animal oil, as the German Government allows
for alcohol to be used in the colour industries, would have
met the difficulty.
It is perfe Aly true that a methylated spirit may be obtained
free from mineral naphtha, by dint of a sufficient unrolling
of red tape, and with the pleasant condition of rendering our
laboratories or works open to the visits of the exciseman.
I'he only marvel is not that the Government took a
foolish step, but that the interests threatened did not at
once rise on the defensive and insist on the withdrawal of
the oppressive regulation.— I am, &c.,
W.S.
CHEMICAL NOTICES FROM FOREIGN
SOURCES.
Note.— All degrees of temperature are Centifrade onless otherwiie
expressed.
Compta Rendus HMomadaires des Seances, de t^Academk
des Sciences, Vol. cxxi., No. 2X, November x8, 1895.
On an Element, probably Novel, existing in the
Terbias. — Lecoq de Boisbaudran.— I solicit the Academy
for permission to submit a paper which I have written
formerly (May 3, x886) on an absorption-band observed
in certain portions of a fradionation of terbia, and which
I believe to be charaAeristic of a peculiar element. I had
hoped to continue the study of this band, but having sue-
cessively used up my samples of terbia in various experi-
ments, there remains so little of this earth that further
fradionations have become impossible. My memorandum
of x886 is: — My present terbia is an earth of a deep
reddish brown, the hydrochloric solution of which gives
only a weak absorption spedrum, entirely composed 0^
the bands of dysprosium, and of a band which appears to
belong to a new element. This is a brief description of
this band :-> Micrometer, 140*8 ; X, 4877. Observations :
Apparent medium of a nebulous band, a little more in-
distind on the left than on the right. Breadth, from 2 to
2} degrees of the micrometer ; intensity, moderate. The
band X40*8 does not appear to belong to TatOs, since it
is seen at least as strongly in earth of a little brightet
colouration, as in my purest terbia. It does certainly nor
belong to dysprosium, being more or less strong than the
band Dy /9 148*3, according to the produds examined.
Provisionally I shall name the earth producing the band
X40-8 (X-4877) ZZ,
Origin of Atmospheric Oxygen.—Dr. T. L. Phipson.
The author's views on this subjed have already appeared
in the Chemical News for the years 1893 and 1894.
Synthesis of Metbyleogeool. Congtitution of
Eugenol — Ch. Mooreu. — The author causes allyl iodide,
ICHa — CHsCHa, to read upon veratrol in presence of
xinc powder. The method admits of generalisation, and
he intends to apply it to the synthesis 0/ safrol, anethol,
and estragol.
Choleaterines ol the Cr3rptogam8.~E. Gerard. — The
chloresterines existing in the lower plants all belong to
the group of ergosterine.
Distribution of Petftase in the Vegeuble Kingdom,
and on the Preparation of ibis Dtaataae. — G. Beruand
and A. Mallevre. — Pedase may be considered as occur-
ring oniversally in green planu. It is eapecia)^ aboa*
CHmMICAL NBWt,|
Dec 13, 1895. f
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
293
dant iD the leaves, from which it is extended into the
other organs. The richness of certain leaves in pedase
allows us to realise for the first time the proportion of
this ferment.
Retting of PUx, and on itt Microbian Agent.— S.
Winogradsky.— The organism in question is relatively
large, forming spores in the terminal swellings (tadpole
abape). Its joints are from 10 fito 1$ /i in length by 0*8 fi
in thickness. The retting of flax may be considered as a
pedic fermentation in the microbiological sense of the
word.
Zeitschrtft fur Anorganische Chemie^
Vol. viii., Parts 4 and 5.
The late Professor Q. Kriiss. — A faithful record of
the life and adivity of the late founder and editor of the
Z^itsehri/t fur Anorganische ChemU, with a bibliography
of his memoirs and publications, truly wonderful con-
sidering his early death.
Revision of the Atomic Weight of Strontium. —
Th. W. Richards.— Already inserted.
Determination of Carbon in Iron.— P. Foerster.—
Among the procedures which give trustworthy values for
the determination of carbon in iron, the copper-
ammonium chloride can be executed with the simplest
appliances at hand in every laboratory, and does not make
each demands on the experience ot the analyst as does,
g,g,^ the chlorine process. Sometimes its general appli-
cability is interfered with by the fad that some sorts of
wrought irons, especially tungsten-steels if in contad
with a quite neutral solution of copper-ammonium
chloride, give a violent escape of gaseous hydrocarbons.
In snch cases the author, instead of a solution of copper-
ammonium chloride, uses a solution of copper-ammonium
oxalate. This is obtained by mixing a 10 per cent solu-
tion of copper sulphate with a solution of ammonium
oxalate saturated in heat until the initial precipitate is
re-dissolved. Of this solution, 250 c.c. are poured upon
a to 3 grms. of the tungsten- steel to be analysed, and
heated together in the water-bath at 80* for five hours.
Copper separates out, and the liquid takes a green colour.
It is decanted away from the residue, the copper is dis-
solved away with a solution of copper-ammonium
chloride, when the residual carbonaceous substance, after
filtration and drying, is burnt in a current of oxygen.
Atomic Weights of Nickel and Cobalt.— Clemens
Winkler. — Already inserted.
Acidimetric Determination of Molybdic Acid. —
Karl Seubert and W. Pollard. — In the summer of 1890,
by occasion of the analysis of a hydrated molybdic acid
which had crystallised out of a molybdenum solution, we
made the experiment of determining the proportion of
free acid in the precipitate by supersaturation with soda-
lye and titrating back with hydrochloric acid, using
phenolphthalein as indicator. The results were satisfac-
tory. Various indicators were used, but only phenol-
phthalein and litmus proved satisfadory. The lye must
be carefully prepared, and should be preserved from car-
bonic acid.
Qnantitative Separation of Metals by Hydrogen
Peroxide in Alkaline Solutions.— P. Jannasch and A.
Rdttgen.
Action of Heat upon Carbon Sulphide.— Henryk
Ardowski.— By the adion of beat upon the vapour of
carbon sulphide, the author obtains the substance which
occasions the unpleasant odour of carbon disulphide. It
is probabiy the same as Bela v. Langyel's carbon sesqui-
Bulphide.
New Nitroso-compounds of Iron.— K. A. Hofmann
and O. P. Wiede. — The authors have succeeded in ob-
taining well-charaderised salts of an acid of the formula
Pe(NO)2SSOaOH«
Cause of Osmotic Pressure and of lonisation
(Eledlrolytic Dissociation).— J. Traube.— A continua-
tion of a very extensive memoir, not suitable for abstrac*
tion.
Determinations of the Molecular Weights of
Solids, Liquids, and Solutions.— J. Traube.~Not
capable of useful abridgment.
AAion of Dry Hydrogen Chloride upon Serpen-
tine.— R. Brauns.— This paper is chiefly a critique of the
researches of Clarke and Schneider. It is concluded that
the hydrochloric gas employed by those chemists was
mixed with traces of water, and hence could not be re-
garded as sufficiently dry. It was rendered capable of re-
adion by the presence of watery vapour, and has thus
occasioned the decomposition of the magnesium silicate.
Water was formed by the decomposition of these sili-
cates, and promoted further decomposition. It cannot
be concluded from the occurrence of the readion in
hydrogenous minerals in what manner their hydrogen is
combined. The number of the Mg— OH groups cannot
be inferred from the quantity of the chlorides formed.
Hence the experiments of Clarke and Schneider— in as
far as they refer to the adion of hydrogen chloride upon
silicates— are not adapted to yield a decision on the con-
stitution of the silicates examined.
Simple Method of General Applicability for the
Determination of Water in Silicates.— P. Jannasch
and P. Weingarten, — This paper requires the accom-
panying figure.
The Chemical Composition and Constitution of
Vesuvian.- P. Jannasch and P. Weingarten.— A tabular
view of the analytical composition of vesuvian from
various localities, distinguishing the specimens containing
fluorine and those from that halogen.
Opening Up Silicates by the use of Pure Lead
Carbonate.— P. Jannasch.
Crystalline Copper Perrocyanides.— J. Messar.— A
full account of the formation, composition, and properties
of sodium cuproferrocyanide, sodium cuprocyanide, potas-
sium cuproferrocyanide, ammonium cuproferrocyanide,
ammonium cupriferricyanide, magnesium cuproferro-
cyanide, magnesium cupriferrocyanide, calcium cupriferro-
cyanide, strontium cupriferrocyanide, barium cupriferro*
cyanide, and ferrocyancuprammonium.
J^evue Uniuersille des Mines H de la Mdallurgie.
Series 3, Vol. xxxi., No. 3.
This issue contains no chemical matter.
MISCELLANEOUS.
Salters' Company's Research Pellowship. — The
Executive Committee of the City and Guilds of London
Institute are inviting applications for the appointment to
the Salters* Company's Research Pellowship for the en-
suing year. The Fellowship was founded by the Salters*
Company for the encouragement of higher research in
chemistry in its relation to manufadures, and particulars
of the scheme under which the award is made may be
had on application to the Honorary Secretary, at the
Head Office of the Institute, Gresham College, Basingh all
Street, B.C. The results of the researches by Dr. Martin
O. Forster, the Salters' Research Fellow for the current
year, at the Institute's Central Technical College, were
communicated to the Chemical Society at its last meeting.
Mercury-thymolo-acetate.— E. Merck.— The Che-
mical Nbws not being a medical organ, we cannot give
instrudion for the use of any medicine, especially one of
the ** proprietary " class. The only point we can notice
is that the bacillus of tuberculosis is very similar to that
of syphilis.
294
Meetings for the Week.
knvicAL Mbwi,
HEETIICGS FOR^THE WEEK.
tictnAW, tftku— Society of Aru, 8. *' Mgchaoiail BMd C«rrift«M.'*
br H. Wortor Beaomoot, If . Inat.C.E. (C«iitor
LcAvrttt).
iTovcoAr, iTtk.— iMtitoto of ChriJ BagiMOfS, t.
— Potbo'oficAl, 8 30,
FlMtOfrapbic, 8.
Socioir Of Af
\ Arts, 4.50. ** Januioi in tho Past and
Pnmm,** br Fraak CnndalJ.
WBOSBsnar, i8cb,- Society off Arts, 8. ** Machines lor Oomposinc
Letter-prcas Printioc Sorfaces,'* by John
Sootbwarda
— ^ British Astrooooiical, 5.
— » If cteorolocical, 7.90.
— Geolofficsl, 8.
^-^ Micfoscoptcsf, 8.
Tmvuoav, I9th«— Cbenical, 8. ** Liqacfsaioo of Air '* and ** Pro-
Mrtieft of Liquid Air," by Prof. Dewar. F.R.S.
Uiscassioo 00 ** The Constitution of Terpeoes
and t'amphor/* *' Derivatives of Dimethyl-
sailine/' by If iss Evans, B.Sc
FsfDAT, toih.-^9tk»u Club, 8.
TO CORRESPONDENTS.
C. B. B.— It is doobtfnl whether the proponnder of the question
whether P should rank a'oof with CI, Br, and I could give a atriaiy
■deatiftc answer. He asks why is it not ** usually included in that
gronp ?** He does not say *' iutnrallv*or " legiumately." Fluorine
was dll verjr lately an element of unknown properties, and hence it
WM commonly excluded from the group of the halogens. Its chief
I is (mat its oside has not yet been obtained.
JUST PUBLISHED.
446 Pagsi and X04 lUuitratiom, Price 12' 6^*
A TREATISE ON THE MANUFACTURE
SOAP and'candles,
LUBRICANTS, AND GLYCERIN.
B7 WH. LANT GARPENTER, B.So.
Second Edition. Revised and Enlarged by HENRY LEASK*
CONTENTS.
Historical Epitome and References. Theoretical Principles.
Raw Materials : Their Sources ani Preparation.
Raw Materials : Refining, Clarifying, and Bleaching.
Raw Materials : Their Proximate Analysis.
Caustic Alkali and other Mineral Salts.
Mannia^ure oi Household Soapa 1 The Process of Saponification.
Treatment of Soap after its Removal from the Soap Copper: Cooling,
Cuttin|(, Drying, Moulding.
Soap;— Filling and Sophisticating.
Special Soaps : Household. Laundry, Ploatinff, Disinfedtant, Hard-
water, Sand, Cold'Water, Powders, Manuf«Aurers', Toilet,
Transparent, Fancy, Solidified, Glyceriu, &c.
Theory of the AAion 04 Soap— Its Vahiation and Aaalysis— Distri-
bution and Position of the Trade.
Lubricating Oils, Railway and Waggon Grease, &c.
Csndles— Raw Materials, their Sources and Preliminary Treatment.
Processes for the Conversion of Neutral Fats into Fatty Adds— The
MsnufsAure of Commercial Stearin.
The Msnufadture of Candlen and Night-lights— Their Value as Illu-
minants. Glycerin. Bibliography. Index.
E. ft P. N. SPON, 125, Straod, London.
CITY AND GUILDS OF LONDON INSTITUTE
FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION.
SALTERS* COMPANY'S RESEARCH FELLOWSHIPS.
The Court of the Salters' Company having
placed at the disposal of the City and Guilds oi London Insti-
tute a Grant of ^150 a Year for founding one or more Fellowships
for the encouragement of Higher Research in Cheroittrv in its rela-
tions to ManufaAures, tne Executive Committee of the Institute are
prepared to receive applications from candidates for appointment.
Candidates must be British- born subjects. Preference will be
given to students of the Institute who have completed s full Three
Years* Course of instruAion in the Chemical Department of the
Central Technical Lolle^e, hut other candidates dulv qualified in the
Methods of Chemical Research in its relation to Maoufadturea are
also eligible, without restriction as to age or place of previous study.
A Copy of the Scheme, giving particulars of tenure, &c., under
which the Fellowships will be awarded, may be had 00 application at
the Head Office of the Institute, Greshsm College, Basinghsll Street,
London* B.C.
JOHN WATNEY, Honorary Secretary.
QHEMICAL WORKS FOR SALE.
To be Exposed, within the Facahy Hall, St. George's Place,
Glasgow, on Friday, notb December, 189S. ^ » o'clock Noon,—
The WORKS of DONALD'S CHLORINE SYNDICATE, ai
LONGFORD, KILWINNING, AYRSHIRE.
The Works have been ereAed In a most sohatantial manner for
the purpose of mannfaAuring Bleaching Powder by the Dooild*!
Process, Chlorate of Potaah. Chlorate oi Soda, and Sahcake.
The Buildings and Plant are extcnstre, and inclade CUorioe Plant,
Drying Towers, Oxidising Towers, Decomposing Plant, Recovery
Plant, Bleach Chambers, Refrigerator. Lime Mill, Engines, Boilers,
Steam Pipes. Laboratory, and other Apparatus and Plant. There is
a railway connc^on, with ample siding accommodation throogboot
the Works. Any Movable Plant and Stock remaining on the Preau>
see may he taken by the Purchaser at a Valuation.
The Ground, extending to s| acres, is held on lease at a moderate
rent, with right to obtain a perpetual feu, but if desired by the
Purchaser it may be relinquished at Whitsunday first
A Break-up Valuation of the Works by an experienceo Andioacer
amounted to about ^4200, but they will be exposed at the Low Upset
Price of £4000.
Folly-deuiled Inventories may be seen in the hands of, and ordeis
to view may be obtained from, J. M. Taylor and Foolte. Wiitcn,
180, St. Vincent Street, Glasgow.
PATENTS, DESIGNS. AND TRADE HARKS ACTS,
1883 TO 1888.
TSJOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that
'^^ HaiNsiCH Baum, of No. 28, Forsthausstrasse. Frankfbrt-oo-
the Main, in the Empire of Germany, haa applied for leave toameed
the Specification of the Letters Patent No. 19942 of 1893, for ** Im-
frovements in the ManafaAure of Ortho'halogen- phenol, and in ths
*rodudion of Pvrocatechine therefrom."
Particulars of the proposed Amendments were set forth in the
Illustrated Official Journal (Patents) issued 00 the 4th December,
1895.
Any person or persons may give notice of opposition to the Amend-
ment (on Form G), at the Patent Office, 25, Southampton Bu'ldiogi.
London, W.C, within one calendar month from the date of the said
Journal.
(Signed) H. READER LACK,
Comptroller GenieraL
HASELTINE, LAKE. AND CO.,
45, Southampton Buildings, Chsncery Lane, W.C.,
Agents for the Applicant.
sulphurous" ACID.
SULPHITES AND BISULPHITE OF LIME, SODA, Ac.
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE, 10/30 vols.
CARAMELS, Liquid and SoUd.
B ENNETT d J EN i m Stratf ord , London.
TelepoODS
No.as4i(.
F. WIGGINS d SONS, ISli^iT^SI.cf Lcodon.
MICA MERCHANTS,
lianufactuftfi of Mica Goods for EUciruai and ALL p^posn,
Contractora to Her If ajesty'sOoveromeot
\X7ater-Gla88, or Soluble Silicates of Soot
^ ^ end Potash, in large or small quantities, and sither soli^
or in solution, at ROBERT RUMNEY'S. Ardwick Cbsmicsl
Wirks. Msncbe«ter.
OLD PLATINUM
In any pokm Purchasbd for Cash.
Highest prices allowed hy
ROBERT PRINGLE ft CO.. Gold and Silver
Refiners, ftc, 40 and 4a, Clerkeowell Rd., E.G.
Send for Price List.
Photographic Residues reduced and purchased.
FOREIGN SCIENTIFIC BOOKS.
IMPORTERS OP FOREIGN BOOKa,
Receive regularly all Foreign Scientific Books.
Catalogues sod lists post free on application.
14, Henrietta Strbbt, Covbmt Gardbn, London;
20, South Fredbrick Strbbt. Edinburgh ;
and 7, Broad Strbbt, Oxford.
MICA
CMBMICAt NlWtt)
Dec. 20,1895. I
Expansion 0/ Argon and oj Helium.
295
THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
Vol. LXXII., No. 1882.
EXAMINATION OF GASBS FROM CBRTAIN
MINERAL WATERS.*
By ALSXANOBR KBLLAS, B.Se., mnd
WILLUM RAMSAY. Pb.O., FJl.S.
A SAMPLB of gas of an inflammable nature, sent to Mr.
Crookes by Mr. C. Lowthian Bell, of Middlesbrough,
from ** AUbusen's Well," was sent on to us to be tested
for argon. The usual constituents, nitrogen, hydrocar-
bons, AC, were removed by the usual absorbents, magne-
sium, copper oxide, &c., and finally by sparking with
oxygen over caustic soda. The only noticeable Mature
was the great difficulty in removing the hydrocarbon,
which for lonj( resisted the aAion of red-hot copper oxide.
The circulation had to be continued for two days before
sibsorption was nearly complete. In one case (Kellas)
555 c.c. of gas gave a c.c. of residue, and in another
(Ramsay) 950 c.c. gave 4*5 c.c. This corresponds to
about 0*4 per cent of indifferent gas. The first portion
was unfortunately lost, but the spe^um of the second
portion was carefully compared with that of argon, and
the lines were all found to be coincident. No new tines
appeared, nor was any helium yellow visible.
An incombustible gas from another well at the same
place was also tested, and was found to contain 0*5 per
cent of argon (Kellas).
Some gas from a boihng spring near Reykjavik, Iceland,
was colleded last autumn (Ramsay), and, on removing
the combinable constituents, 7*45 c.c. were obtained from
660 cc of the gas. This is a greater proportion of argon
than is present in air, being x*X4 per cent. No helium
could be deteded in the gas, nor were there any lines
which could not be recognised as belonging to argon.
It has been thought worth while to place on record
these experiments, although they show nothing remark-
able. We have to express our indebtedness to Mr. Noel
Heaton for help kindly rendered.
THE EXPANSION OF ARGON AND OF HELIUM
AS COMPARED WITH THAT OF AIR AND
HYDROGEN.*
By J. P. KUENEN, Ph.D.,
Professor of Phjrtica io Uoiveraity College, Dundee, tad
W. W. RANDALL. Ph.D.,
Leftvrsr io Johns Hopkiai Uoivertity. Bitltimoce, U.SUk.
Accurate comparisons of temperatures, as read with the
aid of thermometers filled with different phases, have not
often been made. The history of the subjed may be said
to have begun with the classical researches of Regnault
(** Relations des Experiences," &c., 1847—62). Of recent
work of this kind, that of Chappuis (Archivti dt Qtnivt
[3]. vol. XX., pp. 5— 36, 153—179. 248—262; also TraiUi
9t iiimoins au Sun^u International, vol. vi.) was per-
formed entirely at temperatures below xoo^ the gases
employed being hydrogen, nitrogen, and carbon dioxide.
The experiments ol Grunmach and Fernet {Mitronomischg
Biitrdge, No. 3) were also condudedat temperatures below
Ioo^ Crafts (CompUs Rendus, vol. xcv., pp. 836—839),
has compared the readings of a number of mercury ther.
mometers with those obtained by Regnault and by himself
with a hydrogen thermometer. Wiebe and Bdttcher
* A Paper lead before the Royal Society.
(Zettschriftjut Instrumintinkundi, vol. x., pp. 16 and 233)
have determined the boiling-points of a number of liquids
in terms of the expansion of air.
In connexion with the work on argon and helium io
progress at University College, it was suggested by Prof.
Ramsay that a comparison should be made between
the readings shown by thermometers containing respe^.
ively argon, helium, hydrogen, and air. The temperatures
used were :— the melting-point of ice and the boiling,
points of water, chlorbenzene, aniline, quinoline, and
bromnaphthalene respeaively. The gas to be experi-
mented upon was contained in a bulb about 12 cm. long
and 2*2 cm. wide, sealed atone end to a fine capillary tube
about 12 cm. long ; this, in turn, was conneded with a
piece of thick-walled glass tubing, having an inside
diameter of about 0-2 cm. The wider tube was fitted
with a stopcock, for convenience in filling the bulb, and
at its lower end was cooneded with a stout rubber tubb,
which led to a movable mercury reservoir. Near the
point at which the fine capillary tube was sealed to the
wider tube, a mark was made on the latter : the mercury
was always brought up to this mark in the experiments,
and the difference of level in the tube and in the meccury
reservoir was read off, with the aid of a telescope^ from a
glass scale graduated in millimetres, which stood direaiy
behind the apparatus.
The bulb of the gas thermometer was heated in one of
Ramsay and Young's vapour-jackets, the mark on the
stem being just below the cork closing the bottom of the
jacket : consequently a small portion of the stem was not
heated to the temperature of the vapour in the jacket.
The error thus introduced was taken into account. No
part of the mercury column which compressed the gas io
the bulb was heated more than a few degrees above the
temperature of the room, screens being employed to cut
off radiation : the temperature of the mercury was, how-
ever, always determined as accurately as circumstances
would permit, and the readings reduced to o®. In order
to protea the thermometer bulb from the effeds of radia-
tion, the jacket was shielded by an outer cylinder of thick
pasteboard, with an air space between.
Since the mercury was always brought to the same
point on the stem of the thermometer bulb, the volume of
the gas, except for the change produced by the expansion
of the glass, was in all the experiments the same, while
the pressure was, of course, different for each temperature
employed. For convenience the bulb was filled, in the
case of each gas, at from two-thirds to three-fourths at-
mospheric pressure : under these circumstances the bulb
was never subjeaed to an internal pressure greater than
about li atmos.
Corr#r/i<ww.— All pressures were reduced to o*. The
coefficient of expansion of the glass of the bulb was
carefully determined, and was found to be 0*00002804 : its
effea was allowed for. The effea of capillarity in de-
pressing the mercury in the narrow tube was determined
and taken into account. The volume of that part of the
stem of the bulb which was not in the ice or vapour, as
the case might be, was found to be 0*0003 of «he whole,
and was allowed for in the calculations. The change of
volume in the bulb due to change of pressure was found
to be negligible.
Oaws.— The first gas experimented with was hydrogen.
This was prepared from pure sine, was washed with
potassium permanganate solution and then with strong
sulphuric acid, and was dried with phosphoric anhydride
before it entered the previously exhausted bulb. The
thermometer was successively filled and exhausted seve-
ral times, in order to remove impurities, and was heated
while vacuous to dislodge any gas clinging to the surfa9e
of the glass. Finally, the purified hydrogen was allowed
to enter slowly until the required pressure was obtained.
Two sets of experiments were made with air. In the
first set no effort was made to remove carbon dioxide,
although the air was of course carefully dried. The read-
ings were made by one of us alone, and, on account of
296
Expansion of Argon and of Helium.
t CaiMtcAL Hwm9t
1 Dec. so, 1895.
CorreAed
Klod of thermometer. prtMare o^.
I. Hydrogen •• •• —
9b Air I —
3. Helium 567*02
4« Argon 1 5x7*02
5* Argon II 5^9*54
6. Air II 5XZ'68
Air<Wiebe) —
Temperature (R. and Y.) —
In iteftm kt khoat
100*, the temper-
ature being
tccuratelv
' calculated.
7x2-56
73774
775x8
706*06
698*79
CoeAcient
of expansioo
at constant
volume 0—100°.
0*003665
0*003668
0003663
0*003670
Temperatures calculated.
Cblor.
benzene.
X3l*6
X3i*8
X32*2
132*15
1321
Brom*
Aniline.
183*9
x83*6
184*1
184*1
184-3
184*4
Qaio<dine.
236-35
Ca34'9J
2369
237*8
237*1
«35'9
237*4
lene.
281*65
[«^-3l
28x*5
280-4
the numerous details to be attended to which adaally
require the attention of two observers to be put beyond
question, are probably not as accurate as the other series.
The second series had to be brought to a close after the
pressures corresponding to o*' and the boiling-points of
water and quinoline had been determined. In this series
care was taken to use air free from carbon dioxide.
The helium used was some of that prepared and purified
by Professor Ramsay. Its density was 2*13, that of oxy-
gen being taken as x6.
The argon employed was prepared from atmospheric
air by the method of Professor Ramsay. A large gas-
' bolder was filled with air which had been slowly drawn
through a long combustion-tube filled with red-hot copper.
This gas was dried, passed again over the hot copper, and
then over red-hot magnesium shavings until absorption of
nitrogen ceased. By these processes a gas was obtained
consisting of about equal volumes of argon and nitrogen.
Passage of this gas, backwards and forwards, through
tubes containing respedively red-hot magnesium, red-hot
copper oxide (to remove the hydrogen given off by the
' magnesium on heating), soda lime, and phosphoric anhy-
dride, failed to remove the nitrogen completely. Finally,
with the aid of a circulating apparatus (See Rayleigh and
Ramsay, Phil. Trans,, 1895, A. p. 212), which ensured the
passage of all the gas over the hot magnesium, a produd
was obtained whose density was found to be 19*99, oxygen
being x6. The thermometer was filled with this gas.
After the pressures exerted by the argon when the bulb
was surrounded by melting ice and by the vapours of
water, chlorbenzene, and aniline, successively, had been
determined, the thermometer was heated in the vapour of
quinoline, when for some unknown reason, it cracked. A
new bulb, of the same glass and as nearly as possible of
the same size, was prepared, cleaned, and filled with
argon, and a second series of readings made.
Finally, the argon was replaced by air, and the second
series of readings for air, referred to above, begun. On
account of the closing of the laboratory for the summer,
this series was not carried as far as would have been
' desirable.
TtrnpitaiHtis. — ^The temperature of the jacket, when
filled with steam from water boiling smoothly under
atmospheric pressure, was taken from Kohlrausch's
'* Physical Measurements.*' The samples of the boiling
liquids used were re- distilled, and were found to pass
over without a rise in temperature of more than a tenth
of a degree, in three cases ; of a fifth of a degree in the
fourth case.
The results of our observations are laid down in the
table. In three cases (3, 4, and 6) the reading was taken
at o^ as well as at the boiling-point of water; this
enabled us to calculate the coefficient of expansion be-
tween these two points. The result is shown in the
fourth column. The higher temperatures determined
with these thermometers have been derived from the ob-
served pressures by using the coefficients thus measured.
As the barometric pressures differed, more or less, from
the normal value, the boiling-points had to be reduced to
normal pressure, for which operation we made use of the
differences in Ramsay and Young's well-known tables
{Chtm. Soc, yourn., vol. xlvii., p. 640 ; vol. !▼., p. 483).
In calculating the temperatures of air thermometer I.,
where the reading at 0° had been omitted, and of argoo
thermometer II., where we did not take the reading in
steam, we used the coefficients found with air thermo-
meter II. and argon thermometer I., respedively, in the
first case basing our calculations on the reading in steam.
With the hydrogen thermometer, where the reading at 0*
had not been taken, we accepted 0*003663 as the coeffi-
cient of that gas, and based our calculations of the tem-
peratures again on the reading in steam.
Since the readings of the mercury surfaces, with the gas
thermometer as well as the barometer, were taken on a
millimetre scale, an occasional mistake in the final
pressure of o*x or 0*2 m.m. is by no means excluded.
Uncertainties of that amount do not, however, account
for the difierences between the results obtained with the
different thermometers. The readings of air thermo-
meter I. are, perhaps, somewhat less to be relied upon than
the others, because they had to be observed, as was stated
above, by one of us in the absence of the other. The
boiling-point of bromnaphthalene, as determined with the
helium thermometer, is also very uncertain, because the
position of the mercurv was not at all stable, probably ou
account of the difficulty of obtaining rapid and smooth
boiling of the liquid. Vet, even if these values are not
taken into account, the differences are very remarkaUe,
especially with quinoline, and the agreement with Wiebe's
result is also not quite satisfadory. Part of these differ-
ences may be doe to impurity in the liquids used in the
jacket. Pains were taken at the beginning of our esperi-
ments to have them quite pure, but as the values shew,
apparently, a tendency to rise, it may be that continaout
boiling produced slight decomposition. In the case of
bromnaphthalene this is more than possible. If more
time had been at our disposal we should have tested the
purity of our substances during the operations. As it is
now, it would be unwise to draw conclusions from our
figures about the exad behaviour of any of the gases used
at high temperatures. The coefficients of expansion be^
tween o** and xoo*' found for argon and helium agree very
well with the values usually found for gases, and there is
no indication of anything extraordinary happening to
these gases at high temperatures. When areon ther-
mometer I. was heated in the vapour of qomoline, a
remarkable expansion of the gas was observed, continuing
for two hours until a maximum value was reached ; this
gave an apparent temperature of 243*5'' for the boiling-
point of quinoline. On cooling the thermometer, how-
ever, it was found to be cracked, and some drops of
quinoline were noticed inside the bulb. The meaanre-
ments made in this case were therefore rejeded, and a
new series was begun with argon thermometer 11., whydh
gave a value about normal. How the quinoline ^tM
have found its way into the bulb while an interior n^f^ion
of about 970 m.m. existed within it, without OWs iffoa
escaping rapidly at the same time, is not qnit<y^ f^. It
may be the vapour passed through the crac^ \ ^^ tbe
temperature was rather low, and that the cOJUt L^iM «ti
closed by the later expansion of the glass, ibttf^
For completeness sake, we give io th/ , tibls 1^
CiibiiicalNiws»I
Dec. 20, i89S« I
Helium and Argon : their Places among the Elements.
297
boiling-points of the tame anbttances determined with a
mercory thermometer, as calculated from Ramsay and
Yonng's Cables. Bat the irregularities of the thermo-
meters prevent our giving any definite numbers for the
reduaion of those tables to accord with any of the gas
thermometer scales. A d'lrtA comparison, such as was
executed by Wiebe and Bottcher, with a mercury thermo-
meter of known constitution, like the Jena glass thermo-
meter, would have been desirable. Differences of
boiling-point resulting from impurities would have affe^ed
both thermometers in the same wav, and would have
enabled us to ascertain how much of the differences found
resulted from that source of error. But here also want
of time prevented our extending our programme beyond
cbe limits fixed beforehand.
Notwithstanding the incompleteness and want of per-
§t€t\on of our work, we do not hesitate to publish our
results; the difiSculties to be overcome in experiments of
this kind are serious, and we did not make it our objed
to obtain results of remarkable accuracy. The real mo-
live of the work was to discover whether argon and
helium show extraordinary behaviour at high temper-
lores, or not, — and our results apparently establish the
U6k that they do not. Their behaviour, so far as ex-
pansion is concerned and within the limits of temperature
which we ifsed, is apparently the same as that of so-called
perfed gases or mixtures of them.
Finally, it is a great pleasure to record our hearty ap-
preciation of the kindly assistance of Professor Ramsay,
at whose suggestion, and under whose supervision, these
experiments have been conduced.
HELIUM AND ARGON:
THEIR PLACES AMONG THE ELEMENTS.
By R. M. DBBLBY.
Thb discovery by Lord Rayleigh and Professor Ramsay
of two new elements having small atomic weights has un-
doubtedly had the effed of greatly shaking the confidence
of chemists in the periodic classification of the elements.
Indeed, a disposition is often shown to place the Periodic
Law altogether in the background and put undue
faith in physical evidence, which is admitted to be incon-
clusive.
Although we cannot hope, in the present state cf our
knowledge, to pronounce a definite opinion in favour of
any one of the hypotheses advanced, it may not be out of
place to review the fads from the standpoint of the
Periodic Law.
In Table I. all the best known elements are placed in
the order of their atomic weights. To bring elements
having similar properties into the same vertical lines, it
has been necessary to leave many blanks. For instance,
on the first line sixteen such blanks have been left, hydro-
gen and helium falling on the last two spaces.
** Every element,*' according to Mendeleeff (** The
Principles of Chemistry,'* vol. ii., p. 33^, ** occupies a
position determined by the group and series in which it
occurs. For instance, Se occurs in the same group as
S«>32 and Te = ia5, and in the same series as As ays and
Br a 80; hence the atomic weight of selenium should be
|(33-f x25+75-h8o)«78, as it is in reality." ** In this
manntr it is potsibU to fonttll tk§ propgrtiis of still mn-
known ilimsnts.** As Mendeleeff does not arrange the
elements as they are placed in the first three lines of
Table I., his argument does not apply to them. Indeed,
he expressly omits elements having atomic weights
smaller than aluminium from his calculations, and calls
them typical tUmtnts, We must not, therefore, suppose
that because argon and helium do not fall satisfadorily
into his system that his arrangement is altogether wrong.
These elements should fall among his typicaTiltmints, the
classification of which is admittedly imperfed. Even as
placed in Table I., grave fault ma^ be found with the ar-
rangement. Hydrogen, althoush it may be conveniently
classed with F, CI, Br, and I, is a metallic element.
Beryllium and magnesium may also, with some reason,
be placed in the column with zinc and cadmium, and
lithium and sodium with copper and silver. There is
consequently grave doubt whether the blank spaces in the
first three lines are really blanks for elements not yet dis-
covered. It would be rash to suggest that there are six-
teen elements having smaller atomic weights than hydro-
gen, for instance.
I have elsewhere* shown that there are good reasons
for supposing that no such blanks really exist, the typicai
elements occupying the whole of the first line above that
commencing with potassium, as in Table II.
In my paper published in 1893 I showed that there was
a blank for om element between H and Li. To this ele-
ment I gave an atomic weight of about 2*5 (p. 86x). If
the element be monatomic, this is about half as large as
it should be ; but if diatomic, it is not far wrong. Pro-
fessors Runge and Paschen have suggested that helium !•
really a mixture of two gases, but the spedroscopic evi-
dence cannot be regarded as very satisfadory.
The difficult]^ of placing argon in position in the
Periodic Table is, however, much greater. Is it mon-
atomic or diatomic ? If monatomic, as is generally sup-
posed, its atomic weight would place it between potassium
and calcium— a position which would not agree with our
present reading of the Periodic Law {Naturit Sept. 26,
1895, p. 537). Its refradion equivalent also indicates 20
rather than 40, and places it between fluorine and sodium,
as shown on Table II. The only argument supporting
the monatomic view is that derived from a consideration
of the ratio of specific heats. This is often regarded as
conclusive. Such, however, is not the case. Mr. J. W.
* *' A New Diagram and Periodic Table of the Elenentt ** (Trtmt,
Chem. Soe,, 1893); ** The Oxides of the Blementt an<l_the Periodic
Lmw*' {Trans. Chem, Soc.ti9^
the Elements and the Periodic
1894); **Tbe Refradion BqotvalccU of
lie Law " {Trans, Chtws, Soc., 1894)*
Tablb I.
-.— — -. — — ^- — -- — — -. — -H He
LiBe- — — — — — — — — — B CNOPA
NaMg— — — — — — — — — — Al Si P SCI —
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Qa Qe As Se Br —
Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo — Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I —
CtBaLaCeDi — — — — — — — — — — — — —
— — Yb — Ta W — Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi — — —
__-«Th— U — — — — — — — — — — — —
Tablb II.
H
He
Li
Be
B
C
N
F
A
Na
Mg
Al
Si
p
S
CI
(?)
K
Ca
Sc
Ti
V
Cr
Mn
Fe
Co
Ni
Cu
Zn
Qa
Qe
As
Se
Br
(?)
Rb
Sr
Y
Zr
Nb
Mo
?
Ru
Rh
Pd
Ag
Cd
In
Sn
Sb
Te
I
(?)
Cs
?
Ba
?
La
Yb
Ce
?
Di
Ta
?
W
?
?
?
Os
?
Ir
?
9t
?
Au
i.
?
tl
?
in>
i
?
?
?
0)
?
?
?
Th
?
u
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
(?)
sgS
/ Cbbmical NBWB,
I Dec. 10, 189$*
Capstick iSci4nci Prognss, 1895, vol. iii., p. aSx) says :—
*' After all, in our present state of ignorance regarding the
status of the atom in the molecule, the argument drawn
from the ratio of the specific heats is little more than an
argument from analogy. The question at issue seems to
be just the sort of case where the argument may break
down, for argon differs in such a remarkable way from all
other known substances that it would be unsafe to deny
the impossibility of further eccentricities in the dynamics
of its molecule.**
Under such circumstances would it not be well to
follow the indications of the Periodic Law and refrac-
tion equivalents rather than a doubtful theory concerning
the dynamics of the molecule ?
Technical Analysis 0/ Cyanide Solutions.
After estimating KCNS and K4FeCy6, a simple caU»*^
lation gives the oxygen to oxidise organic matter. This
ON THE TECHNICAL ANALYSIS OF CYANIDE
WORKING SOLUTIONS.*
By W. BETTEL.
(Ooododed firom p. 287).
4« Firrocyanidis and Sulphocyanidis* — In absence of or-
ganic matter, I have found that an acidified solution of
a simple cyanide, such as KCy, or a double cyanide (as
KaZnCy4), t.#., solution of HCy, is not affeded by dilute
{>ermanganate. On the other hand, acidified solutions of
errocyanides and sulphocyanides, are rapidly oxidised —
the one to ferrocyanide, the other to H2S04+HCy.
aK4FeCy6+0+ HaS04» K6Fc2CyM+ KaS04+ HaO.
aKCNS+2HaO+30a-2KHS04+2HCy.
If now, the ferrocyanogen be removed as Prussian blue,
by ferric chloride in an acid solution, the filtrate will con-
tain ferric sulphocyanide and hydric sulphocyanide, both of
which are oxidised by permanganate as if iron were not
present ; by deducing the smaller from the larger result,
we get permanganate consumed in oxidising ferrocyanide,
the remainder equal permanganate consumed in oxidising
sulphocyanide.
The method of analysis is as follows (in presence of
Mine) !— A burette is filled with the cyanide solution for
analysis, and run into 10 or 20 c.c. N/ioo KaMuaOs
strongly acidified with HaS04 until colour is just dis-
charged. Result noted (a).
A solution of ferric sulphate or chloride is acidified
with HaS04 and 50 c.c. of the cyanide solution poured in.
After shaking for about half a minute, the Prussian blue
is separated from the liquid by filtration and the precipi-
tate and filter paper washed. The filtrate is next titrated
with N/ioo KaMnaOs (6).
Let e ■> c.c. permanganate required to oxidise ferro-
cyanide.
Thena-6-c.
(c) I c.c. N/ioo KaMnaOs ="0*003684 grm* K4FeCy6.
(b) X c.c. N/ioo KaMnaOs-ooooxfizS grm. KCNS.
5. Oxidisabli Organic MatUr in Solution* — In treating
•prait tailings, or material containing decaying vegetable
matter, I offer the following method for testing coloured
Bolations :—
{a) Prepare a solution of a sulphocyanide, so that i c.c.
sulphocyanide = z c.c. N/zoo KaMuaOs.
(6) To 50 c.c. solution add sulphuric acid in excess,
and then a large excess of permanganate, N/ioo.
Keep at 60 — 70® C. for an hour. Then cool and
titrate back with the KCNS solution.
Result O consumed in oxidising organic matter.
» O „ „ K4FeCy6.
„ O „ „ KC NS.
* K Paper read before the Chemical and Metallorgical Society,
Jobanneabarg, S.A.R., August, 1895.
result multiplied by 9 will give approximately the amount
of organic matter present.
In order to clarify such organically charged solutions,
I shake them up with powdered quicklime, and filter ; the
solution is then of a faint straw colour, and is in a proper
condition for analysis. In such clarified solution the
oxidisable organic matter is no longer present, and the
ferro* and sulphocyanogen estimations are readily per-
formed.
6. i4 /ifca/mify .—Potassic cyanide ads as caustic alkali,
when neutralised by an acid ; the end-reaAion, however,
is influenced to some extent by the hydrocyanic acid pre*
sent, and is therefore not sharp. We can, however, esti-
mate —
By
N/ro acid zoo f> KCy
N/zo acid 7*9 ft of I^ZnCy4
N/zo acid zoo ^ of zinc in
KaZnCy4
N/zo acid zoo f> of Zn+K
in ZnKaOa
N/zo acid the KaO in
^ ZnKaOa
With phenolphthalein
as indicator.
With methyl-orange
as indicator.
With phenolphthalein
as indicator.
It will be necessary to point out the decompositions
which result from adding alkali, or a carbonate of an
alkali, to a working solution containing cine.
KaZnCy4+4KHO->Zn%Oa+4KCy.
KaZnCy4+4NaaCOs+2HaO-
-2KCy+2NaCy+2nNaaOa+4NaHC03.
Bicarbonates have no adion upon potassic or sodic xinc
cyanide.
Potassic or sodic zinc oxide (in solution as hydrate)
atts as an alkaii towards phenolphthalein and methyl-
orange.
ZnKaOa+4HCl-2KCl+ZnCla+aHaO.
Calcic and magnesic hydrates decompose the double
salt of KaZnCy4 to some extent, but not completely, so
that it is possible to find in one and the same solution a
considerable proportion of alkalinity towards phenol-
phthalein, due to calcic hydrate in presence of KaZnCw.
The total alkalinity as determined by N/zo acid with
methyl-orange as indicator gives, in addition to those
before mentioned, the bicarbonates. If to a solution con-
taining sodic bicarbonate and potassic zinc cyanide be
added lime or lime and magnesia, the percentage of
cyanide will increase, the zinc remaining in solution as
zinc sodic oxide.
7. Firricyanidt BsHmation,— Thin is effeded by allowing
sodium amalgam to ad for fifteen minutes on the solu-
tion in a narrow cylinder, then estimating the ferro-
cyanide formed by permanganate in an acid solution*
Dedud from the results obtained the ferrocyanide wmd
sulphocyanide previously found, z cc N/zoo perflton-
ganate — 0*003293 grm. KeFcaCyxa.
8. Sulpkidis,— It rarely happens that sulphides are
present in a cyanide solution ; if present, however, shake
up with precipitated carbonate of lead, filter, and titrate
with permanganate N/zoo. The loss over the previous
estimation (of K4FeCy6KCNS, &c.) is due to elimination
of sulphides,
z c.c. N/zoo KaMnaOs « 0*000 1 7 grm. HaS
or —
I i» »f »> «= 0*00053 y, KaS.
The hydrogen alone being oxidised by dilute permanganate
in acid solution where the permanganate is not first of all
In excess.
9. Ammonia, — If sufficient nitrate of silver be added to
a solution (say 10 c.c.) to wholly precipitate the cyanogen
compounds and a drop or two of normal hydrochloric be
added in addition, the whole made up to zoo c.c, and
C SIII6AL News,)
Dec.20, xSgs. I
Boiling-point and the Genesis oj the Elements.
2J99
shaken, then filtered, and zo c.c. filtrate distilled with 150
ac. water from a tubulated fiask, and the steam condensed
in a Liebig*8 condenser (glass), the ammonia coming over
may be readily estimated by colour test with Nessler solu-
tion and comparison with distilled water free from am-
monia and standard ammonic chloride solution containing
o*oz m.grm. per litre, treated with Nessler solution.
Then 10 c.c. taken diluted to 100 c.c.
10 „ from 100 c.c. = i c.c. original
= 1000 m.grms., then every 1 c.c. standard solution
of ammonic chloride taken ■■O'ooi per cent
NH3.
Urea, Qxamidi, and Formates,—! am still investigating
a method for the determination of these substances.
Although these rea^ions and processes take some time
in describing, the 'whole of the operations can be per-
formed ivitbin one hour, and once the operator has a
g radical knowledge of the process, the results, provided
e is sure of the accimicy of the titre of his stock solu-
tions, Inre most accurate. Most valuable information can
in this way be obtained. • •! give «• few^ instances of the
analyst£of working solutions : —
X. Solutioii^ \origirf8flly KCy) in' contad with clean
pyrites from Robinson concentrates for twenty- eight
months ynth a^imited ^u^tly of air t— • •
Per cent.
JPotassid ferrod^anMe .'..•'..•.. 0*77
iPotassic .sulphocyanide •• .. •• 0*14
Pptasstc cyant)ft , .* * . .' . ." . . . • 0*005
Pbtassic carbonate 0*33
Potassre ' form'ifte, ' t>reS6nt but' not
* 'estimated —
AanmoniA .;•..•.."..'.. .. o'2i
Sulphides, absent —
Sulphate^, conbiderEd>le, not estimated —
2. Solution from it€aiih^ dry crushed Robinson G. M.
Company's pre without addition of neutralising agents
after passing th tough' tine box : —
^otassic c}rani\Ib.. " .. .. ..
Potassic-zmc cyanide
Potassic-iinc Hydrate. •' . . • •
Potassic ferrocyanide
^otassic sulphbtyawide . . . .
Totassic bicarbonate 0*566
Ammonia . .' * • • o-8o8
Per cent.
0*085
0*25
0*15
0x74
0*004
3. As abov6, but with use of lime, not passed through
zinc box :—
Potassic cyanide, original 0*3 per cent
Potassic ferrocyanide
Potassi9 ferricy/inide . , ^ . . • • • •
JPotassic sulphocyanide
Ammonia 0003
Calcic hydrate o'o67
Per cent.
0*24
trace
0*033
o'ooS
4. As in No. 2, but with lime in small quantity, after
passing zinc box :— . .
Potassic cyanide, original 0*45 percent
Hydrocyanic acid
Potassic-zinc cyanide . •• •• ••
Potassic ferrocyanide
Potassic sulphpcyanide
Potassic sulphate
Potassic bicarbonate
Ammonia o"oo6
It will be unnecessary to quote more analyses. A
better way will be for chemists and cyanide works
managers to adopt the process and compare results from
analysis of their different solutions.
Per cent.
0*23
0*04
0154
0*059
0*004
nil
0-547
APPARATUS FOR THE ESTIMATION OF
SULPHUR IN IRON.
By E. J. READ, B.A.
In the estimation of sulphur in iron the following
apparatus is very efficient and convenient, and could
probably be. used for other purposes: —
The sample is placed in A, the acid in B. The side-tube
of A is connedted with the wash- bottle c, to which a cal-
cium chloride tube D, filled with glass beads, is attached.
The tube of o dips a regulated distance below the surface
of the absorbing liquid, so that this is forced up among
the beads by the passage of the evolved gas, and a most
efficient absorption is obtained with the use of only a
small quantity of absorbent. If the inlet tube of c dips
below the surface of the liquid, it must be raised before
disconnedling the apparatus, to prevent loss of liquid.
The operation is preferably conduced under reduced pres-
sure, and a current of pure air may be run through the
apparatus at the conclusion to sweep out the remaining
traces of gas from a.
BOILING-POINT AND THE GENESIS OF THE
ELEMENTS.
By C. T. BLANSHARD, M.A.
In a late number of the Chemical Nbws (vol. Ixxi., p.
285) I drew a parallel between the elements and certain
organic compounds, establishing a connexion between
melting-point and periodic groups on the one hand, and
melting point and strudture on the other. In the following
article I hope to show that the physical property of vola-
tility is equally valuable as a clue to the relationship of
the elements to one another.
Data as regards the boiling-points of elements are still
very defedive ; but, if we examine into the elements
group by group, we shall soon see that definite laws of
volatility hold. Thus we have in—
30O
Boiling-point and the Genesis of the Elements.
f CMITil ll«Wt
1 Dce.10, ttgs.
Oroap.
Blemeot.
B. p. out
ObM
I.
N«
74a«
Pennan.
K
«f »"
Perman.
11.0.
Zn
940-
VioUe.
Cd
Hg
1700
770°
ax3®
357°
Carnellej.
Regnault.
Meao ditL • • 191*
In Groapt II., III., Ac, there are not data enough.
Group. Blement. B. p. DUL
VI.
vn.
N
P
As
Sb
Bi
O
S
Se
Te
F
CI
Br
I
-194^
+289*
360°
1440°
483*
xo8o<'
340**
1700"
Mean •• 496*
-i8i<»
+448**
680*
629*
a3a*
Mean .. 434^
?
?
-34°
+^°
184"
9f
lai'
Wroblewski ; Olsxew-
Bid.
Dalton; PelleUer.
Eogel.
Camelley ft Williams.
Mensching and V.
Meyer; Bilta and
V. Meyer.
Okaewtld; Wroblew-
ski.
Kegnanlt
CanieUey.
Regnanlt.
Pierre ; Stat ; ?an der
Plaatt.
Ramsay and Young.
Mean .. X09P
The values are from Landolt and B5mstein, '* Physik*
alische-chemische Tabellen," 1894; except that for iodinoi
which is from the last edition of *• Watts' Did. Chem.**
From the above tables we may fsirlv induce the fol-
lowing laws for the elements regarding boiling-point : —
X. u the metallic groups (1. #., I. to IV. inclusive) the
volatility varies diredly as the atomic weight,
whilst the differences between the successive
boiling-points are more or less constant.
2. In the non-metallic groups (i. #. V. to VII. inclusive)
the volatility varies inversely as the atomic weight,
whilst the differences between successive boihng-
points alternate to a marked degree.
' 3. The mean di£Ferences gradually increase up to Group
v., or group of the highest general atomicity, and
then again gradually diminish.
Let us now, with these fads in view, see what main-
tains in various groups of organic compounds, taking some
of leu, others of grMter complexity.
Karl Windisch, in his '* cesiehungen zwischen den
Siedepunkt u. der Zusammensetxuns Chem. Verbindun-
gen," Berlin, 1889, quotes the researches of the following 1
(the abbreviations are those used in ** Watts' Didionary")
—Kopp (A. 41, 79 ; A. Sopp. 5, 321 ; A. 96, x ; 50, 79 ;
Schorlemmer (A. 161, 28x); Linnemann (A. 163, 41);
Hanuch (A. 115, 36); Schmidt (B. 5, 597; 6, 498);
Michaelis (B. 8, 499); Goldstein (j. R.); besides Nau-
roann, Scbreiner, Henrv, Deoxel, Sabseneyeff', Kahlbaum,
Staedel, and Mills. He finds that all these researches
point to the comparative constancy of the diffmncts
between the boiling-points in various organic series* Each
organic series, he shows, has iu own eonslant difiereoc«
for every increment of CHj. Thus for (i) 25 akobols bt
finds the average difference to be x9-5^ ; (2) 71 hxtf adda,
average difi*. b 2V9P\ (3) mercaptans, average diff. « agP.
Windisch remarks on these figures that ** the dtfEerenoet
in nearly all cases are very near the average dlfl ef en c ca
pven." But the fads reaUy point to a different and moA
mteresting conclusion.
I will take certain org^c series which are tolerabhr
complete at to boiling-points, bcwides being well aatheati-
cated. The temperatures are from Vidor Meyer and Paol
Jacobson, ** Lehrbuch der organ. Chemte " (Vett and Co.,
Leipsig, 1893). I have added the differences, aeleding
only the norwud compounds to base them iqpoo.
x. Normal Pmaffint.
FbnBUnU B**p« I/iffi
c4H,o ; '
36
CsHu 37
3*
C6H,4 69
CyHrt 98 ^
CsHis XS5
C9HJ0 X50
n
CioHaa •• •• •• •• •• 173
23
CnHs4 •• X9S
19
CxaHiS 2x4
20
CxsH,8 234 ^
X8
CmHjo 252
x8
CxsHaa •• 270
Ct6H34 287
x6
C17HJ6 3<^
H
CisHjs 3«7
Avenge •• 23*3
2. Normal Primarf Akokolu
FonBoU. B.-p. Di&
CH3.OH .> •• & *
St
CaHs.OH 78
19
CSH7.OH 97
20
C4Hg.0H •• XX7
2X
C5HII.0H X38
C6H,3 0H X57
19
C7H1S.OH •• X76
X9
C8H,7.0H 195
x8
C9H19.OH 213
x8
CioHai.OH 23X
Average • • X9*5
CRBMICALNBWft,!
Dec. to, 189s. I
Chimical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
301
$• Normal Primary Aldihfds,
Fonnnla. B.-p. Diff.
CHs.COH
CaHj.COH
C3H7.COH
C4Hg.C0H
C5H11.COH
C6H,3.COH
21
28
49
73
34
29
128
26
155
27
16? (25?)
C7HX5.COH 171?
Average • • 26*5
4. Normal Fatty Acids,
FormolA.
H.COaH ..
CHs.COaH
CaHj-COaH
C9H7.COaH
B.-p. Diff.
• o
XOX
zz8
Z62
C4H9.COaH Z85
CsHit.COaH .. •• •• .. 205
C6H,s.C0aH 223
C7Hi5.COaH 236
Average ••
5. Primary Ethyl Bstirs.
17
X3
21
23
(eiceptional).
20
18
13
z8
Formula.
HCOa.CaHs ..
CHaC0a.CaH5
CaH5COa.CaH5
CsHyCOa-CaHs
B.-p. Diff.
o o
55
C4H9COa.CaH5
C5H„COa.CaH5
77-5
99
Z2Z
22*5
21-5
22
145
167
24
(exceptional).
CcHiaCOa-CaH, 187
CyHisCOaCaHs 206
CsHiyCOa-CaHs 2275
Average . •
6- Normal Primary Mircaptans.
22
20
19
21-5
21'5
Fonnola.
CH3.SH •• •• •• .
B.-p.
• •• 6
Diff
C«H>.SH.. •• •• •
• •• 36
30
CSH7.SH
C4H0.SH • • t • ■ • •
. •• 67
. .. 97
3X
30
Average
303
7* Normal Primary Kitonts,
Formula*
(CH3)a.C0 •. •.
(CaH5)a.C0 •• ..
(C^Uyh.OO .. ..
(C4H<,)a.C0 .. ..
(C6H„)a.C0 .• .•
(C6H,5)a.CO .. ..
B.-p,
o
56
X03
144
181
227
264
Diff.
o
47
4X
37
46
37
Average • • 42
In the above aeries we notice : —
z. Following Windiach'a method, the average dififer-
encea in boiling-point are as follows : —
Mean diff.
1. Normal primary acida.. •• •• z8
2. I, „ alcohols •• •• Z9*5
3. v n ethyl esters • . 2z*5
4* I, ,t paraffina •• •• 23*3
5. I, I, aldehyde •• •• 26*5
6. „ „ mercaptana •• 30*3
7. „ n ketones •• •• 42
2. The more complex the members of any series, i,$,f
the more they deviate from the simple stmAnre of the
water type, the greater the mean difference.
3. In all the above series the differences alternate with
more or less regularity ; bat in the series of least differ-
ences the alternation is least, the differences approaching
a constant ; whilst the series of greatest differencea show
the greatest alternations.
In all organic series the volatility varies inversely as
the atomic weight.
With the above>mentioned exception, the laws relating
to the difference of boiling-point of organic compounds,
and the alterations of the same, show a close connexion
with Laws z and 2 applying to the elements.
A comparison of the data so far brought to bear on the
subjeA and the laws induced from these data, leads us
to the conclusion that, of the elements. Groups I. to IV.
—of general valency one to four — are less highly evolved
than Groups V. to VII.— of increasing valency with
regard to oxygen, and of decreasing valency with regard
to hydrogen.
CHEMICAL RESEARCHES AND SPECTROSCOPIC
STUDIES OF VARIOUS ELEMENTS.
By JEAN SBRVAIS STAS.
(Contiooed from p. a86).
On thi Mtthods used to ascertain whether Solid Bodies
were Present in or Absent from Chlorate ^ Perchlorate,
and Chloride of Potassium,
To verify the absence or presence of iron, manganese^
copper, aluminium, and silicon, in chlorate, perchlorate,
and chloride of potassium, I argued from the following
fkas:—
Chlorate and perchlorate, when dissociated by the
adion of heat in a pure polished platinum dish, are
clearly transformed into chloride and oxygen without
liberating a trace of chlorine. The evolution of chlorine,
deteAed bv all chemists during the decomposition of thesto
salts by the adion of heat, is due to the pretence of
foreign bodies in the compounds submitted to dissocia-
tion, and especially to the presence of iron, manganese,
copper, aluminium, or silicon.*
* Id a memorandom iddedto the cbftpter on the " t^reparitioo of
Pare Chlorate, Perchlorate, and Chloride of Potaujomr I dcaciibo
30i
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
{
(■pancALllBwt,!
Dec so, 1895-
FuMd chloride of potatsium is colourlisSt or more or
lets colotred nd^ fink, or gngn, according as it is free
from or contains iron, manganese, or copper.
When heated beyond its fustng-point, colourless
chloride of potassium — except it contains aluminiam,
silicon, or calcium—volatilises without leaving a trace of
residue.
If the quantity of aluminium and silicon, in the form
of aluminous silicate or silica, exceeds about i-50ooth of
the whole in weight, the chloride of potassium when
melted immediately shows brilliant specks floating on
the liquid, caused by alumina or silica, or silicate of
aluminium. In the other case, one only sees the bril-
liant specks appear on volatilising chloride b^ heat,
when the proportion of alumina or silica, or silicate of
aluminium, is brought to about 1.5000th of the weight of
chlorine.
. II the silicon is in the chloride in the form of silicate
of potassium or sodium, as is generally the case, the
chloride when melted is a homogeneous liquid, even
though the proportion of silicate be raised to a consider-
able percentage of the weight.
Dull platinum, and even this metal when polished, are
wetted by melted chloride of potassium. Thus, when
volatilising a chloride containing either silicate of
potassium or silicate of sodium, you may see that— in
proportion as it evaporates — the chloride leaves concen-
tric circles of solid silicate, which keep increasing in
thickness.
The appearance of these concentric circles is so con-
stant that one can rely on them, as I have done during
the preparation of pure chlorate, to judge of the degree
of purification as regards the elimination of silica com*
bined with potassium and sodium.
When applying this method of research to the chloride
obtained from so-called pure chlorate of potassium from
chemical manufadories, I have relied on the same rings
to show me the large quantity of solid matters left on
evaporation.
To verify the above fads, I have volatilised the chloride
of potassium in a concave lid of a large pure platinum
retort with wide flat edges, holding 10 or xa grms. of
melted chlorate. This lid rested by its border on a ring
made of very thick platinum wire, supported by three
blocks of fire-clay. These blocks were arranged so as to
form a passage shut on one side, opened on the other, in-
tended to hold a coal-gas blowpipe worked by bellows,
and to serve for carrying off the produds of combustion.
The coal-gas and air blowpipe was arranged so as to give
the highest possible temperature at the centre of the
platinum lid, whilst raising its flat rim to a red heat so as
to unite it to the ring which supported it. The flat rim
completely covering the ring, the produds of combustion
could not escape around the dish, and were obliged to
pass away by the upcast channel.
When working the apparatus in a closed room, the air
of which has been purified by remaining still for at least
twelve hours, one can go on with the volatilisation of the
chloride without it being necessary to place, at a certain
distance above the lid, a sheet of platinum to prevent the
dust, known to be always in air in motion, from falling
into the chloride. I will add that I have proceeded in
this manner during the numerous qualitative analyses I
have made, as well for ascertaining the degree of purity
of the chloride got by dissociating so called pure chlorate
supplied by dealers in chemicals, as to judge of the state
of progress in purifying the chlorides got from the decom-
position of those chlorates of potassium.
When I have been makins a quantitative analysis I
have taken care to suspend, by a platinum wire, a large
sheet of this metal in a very inclined position, and near
enough to the surface of the dish to diminish the current
which exists whatever one may do, and to prevent the
projedion into it of foreign bodies by draughts.
the method 1 used 10 aBcertain whether chlorine were present in or
absent from oxygen prodaced by the decompotitioa of tbtolately
pure chlorate an perulot ate of potaMium by heat.
By regulating the blowpipe, both for the amount of gas
burnt and for its position, one can volatilise in free air
about 10 grms. of chloride of potassium in from eighteen
to twenty minutes, by the method I have just described.
On the other band, it requires at least thirty minutes when
placing a large sheet of platinum at a great inclination
above and near the surface of the evaporating dish. In
this case a certain part of the volatilised chloride is depo-
sited in a crystalline, transparent, and colourless state, in
the centre of the sheet, surrounded by a snowy border.
One could use this deposit for obtaining chloride free
from all solid bodies, if it were not easier and more cer-
tain to obtain it free from all solid bodies, and from the
sodium of the air, by the method described above, which
I have twice done on a large scale, as I shall describe
further on.
I have compared the result arrived at by this quick
method with that very much longer one I described in my
** New Researches on the Laws of Chemical Proportions,**
and which consists in performing the volatilisation in a
platinum boat, placed in a porcelain tube covered inside
with platinum, and raised to white heat, and causing a
current of dry- nitrogeir to pass through it. *
When applying purified nitre with the greatest care to
part of the chloride in which I- had found, by the latter
method, 0*00056 grm. of solid residue, I found by the
new method o'Ooo6or grm*. per 10 grms. experimented
on. Both methods are evidently of equal value.
To finish this description i ought to add that experience
has shown me that one cannot rely on the weight of the
platinum vessel keeping constant when heated tn the coat*
gas and air blowpipe. I haVe oftten found the 'weight
slightly increased, but more often decidedly decreased.
When one wishes to git ii accurate results as possibloi
one roust weigh the platinum vessel on which one has
evaporated the chloride, ahd weigh i( again after having al-
lowed hydrofluoric acid mixed with its own volume of water
to remain in the cavity in the cbld; and then hydrochloric
acid diluted to i-20th ; and lastly, after having washed it
enough with pure water. Under these conditions pore
platinum does not change in weight.
By taking the difference between the first and second
weight of the platinum vessel when heated to white heat
and then cooled under a bell-jar in air of the same dry-
ness, as the weight of the residue, one is bound to get a
result as accurate as a research of this nature permits of.
To look for calcium in the chlorate and chloride of
potassium I employed speArum analysis ; but the quan-
tity of this metal being seldom enough to be seen in the
compounds put into the flame, I have, after having trans-
formed the chlorate into chloride, volatilised it down to
a few hundredths of its volume. I then put the residue
into a Bunsen flame or into an oxyhydrogen blowpipe
flame, to look for the charaderistic lines of the calcium
spedruro. By doing this, one is easily convinced of the
extreme difiSculty of obtaining chlorate or chloride of
potassium absolutely free from calcium.
On the Preparation of Chlorate of Potassium.
After having ascertained that, by means of a very dilute
solution of sulphydrate or hydroxide of potassium, one
can transform the silicon and sodium in chlorate of potas-
sium to a silicate^ I have, on two different occasions, pro-
ceeded with the purification of commercial chlorate,
which I had submitted to a preliminary analysis, working
the first time on three kilogrms, and the second time on
two kilogrms, of this salt from different sources. The
chlorate to be purified contained irdn, manganese, copper,
a great deal of sodium, silica, aluminium, magnesium,
calcium, chloiides and sulphates, as well as organic dust.
I effeded the purification m the following manner : —
To a sufficient quantity of water; kept at about loo* in
two large porcelain dishes, was added, to saturation, the
powdered chlorate, and the solutibn was filtered to get
rid of the dust in suspension. The filtered liquid, having
been again brought to about xoo°, received an excess of a
Cbbmical Riwi,
Dec. ao, 1895.
}
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies,
303
dilate solution of salphydrate of potassium,* and was
filtered immediately. On suddenly cooling it the solution
precipitated a salt in small fink flakes. The mother-
liquor, which was coloured, was completely separated.
The salt was put into a large shallow funnel, fitted with a
clean linen plug, and a smooth ground-glass cover with
a hole in it. The funnel was fitted on to a large fiask
with two tubes communicating with a water-pump. After
straining the salt in pure air it was sprinkled with iced
water containing about one per thousand of sulphydrate
of potassium, keeping the pump at work until the
chlorate was rendered completely colourless. The
sulphydrate solution was followed by pure iced water, to
remove the alkali and foreign salts as much as possible.
The colourless saline fiakes were finely powdered in a
Wedgewood moitar, and the powder was replaced in the
large funnel and washed afresh with pure iced water.
The chlorate, when treated thus, had a very decided
sodic reaaion. It was saturated with water at xoo^ The
BoltttioD, not being clear, was filtered, and to the liquid-
heated to re-dissolve all the chlorate which had been
crystallised by cooling— was added a solution of sulphy-
drate in sufiBcient quantity to give it an alkalins nacHon,
The liquid was neither cloudy nor coloured, and the
chlorate which was precipitated on suddenly cooling it
was in fine colourless flakes.
The salt was strained and washed with a wash-bottle,
first with iced water containing one per thousand of
sulphydrate of potassium, and then with pure iced water.
The sodium lines were distinaiy visible on analysis, but
by no means so clearly as in the case of the chlorate
from which the salt was made.
When dissolved in water it did not cloud a solution
of chloride of barium, but it did very sensibly nitrate of
silver.
I repeated a third time, in porcelain, the treatment I
have juftt described, and, although I was obliged to work
in the soda-contamioated air of the laboratory, the
chlorate showed the sodium charaderistics in a Bunsen
burner so faintly that it was necessary to resort to spec-
trum analysis before being able to detea with certainty
the presence of sodium in it.
The solution of salt no longer clouded nitrate of silver,
but the chlorate, when decomposed by heat, evolved a
sensible amount of chlorine, and the chloride formed
from it— when volatilised by the method mentioned above
—left a small residue in which I deteded the presence of
silica, potassium, sodium, aluminium, and calcium.
Having learnt, as I have described above, by prelimi-
nary trials, that, by continuing the treatment in porcelain
* The preparation of a solution of hydroxide and salphydrate of
potasslnin, as free as possible from sodium, is a verv delicate opera-
tion. I procured the compounds used in my researches by means of
oxide of potassium made by Wdhler's method.-that is to say, by
heating a mixture oi nitre and pore copper in excess, in a large
copper crucible made by dedrohrus from pure sulphate of copper.
The nitre came from nitrate purified for powder-making. I cryiul-
lised it thrti times in a one per thousand solution of solphydrate of
potassium, stven timet in a one per thousand solution of hydroxide
of poussium, working in enclosed and purified air, in a large plati-
num retort, and fcna ly twice in pure water. The nitrate, which was
crystallised three times in the sulphydrate converted into chloride,
Was completely volatilised ; but when put into a flame it showed, on
spearum analysis, the sodium line with a comparatively great in-
tensity. It therefore still contained some sodium, without doui:t in
the form of a nitrate. After having crystallited it four times more in
water made alkaline tty hydroxide of potassium, and twice in pure
water, it gave the flame a blue tint slightly tinged with violet, and
showed the sodium line very faintly until it was completely vola-
tilised, which was done with very great rapidity. 1 must confess
that when working with nitre already purified 1 was not able to pre-
pare nitrate of potassium absolutely free from sodium by means ot
successive crysUUisations in alkaline and pure water. But, judging
by the faintness of the sodium line, the amount of sodium held by the
nitre did not exceed the amount often found in dry air, when undis-
turbed for eighteen hours in a very large room. The solution of
hydroxide otpoUssiom resulting from the absorption of water by
oxide of potassium always contained copper, owing to the a^ion of
copper on nitre. The separation of copper from the solution was
tfleAed by means of a proper quantity of bydrotulphuric acid. The
transformation of hydroxide free from copper into sulphydrate, and
the preservation of the hydroxide and sulphvdiate solutions, are done
in cfcted platinum vessels, to protect them from contact with the air.
or glass tubes, one introduces as much silica and sodium
into the chlorate as the use of sulphydrate of potassium
enables one to eliminate from it, I continued the opera-
tions entirely in platinum, and, as far as possible, in en-
closed and purified air. For this purpose I dissolved it in
boiling water in a large platinum retort with a lid, ths
neck of which contaimd a large cotton plug washed with
a mixture of ether and alcohol^ dried^ and then soaked m
a saturated solution of chlorate of potassium.
As soon as the water was saturated the liquid was made
alkaline by sulphydrate of potassium, and immediately
cooled by plunging the retort into running cold water, and
finally into snow. By inclining the retort to one side the
mother-liquor was drained off by the opening in the neck
of the dome, from which the cotton plug soaked in the
chlorate solution was removed. By plunging a hard
rubberiube, treated successively with 'a dilute boiling so-
lution of pure potassium with dilute acetic acid, and then
with pure water, into the saline mass, the remaining
mother-liquor was drawn by su^ion ; this was replaced
several times with small quantities of iced water contain-
ing hydrate of potassium, and then with pure iced water,
until the ii<]uor was quite neutral to litmus-paper.
After this fourth treatment, the salt, when introduced
into a Bunsen flame, gave it a pale blue colour. At the
time of n>aking this experiment the air of the large room
in which I was working gave no trace of the sodium spec-
trum ; nevertheless, after the introdudion of chlorate on
the end of a loop of fine platinum wire recently heated
to redness, the sodium line was seen, though very faintly.
Several grms. of this chlorate were reduced to chloride
by the adion of heat, and this was volatilised by the
method mentioned above. When it was reduced to about
i-iooth of its original volume, the residue began to form
very weak concentric rings of silicate fusible at the
highest temperature. On carrying volatilisation to com-
pletion, the chloride was evaporated without depositing
any brilliant specks, though a series of rings, very thin,
colourless, transparent, and ver^ fusible, was deposited.
These little rings, when heated in the oxy hydrogen blow-
pipe, gave it a vioUt colour. SpeArum analysis of the
flame enabled me to deted the presence of the sodium
line, side hy side with the potassium spedrum, but the
charaAeristic calcium lines were entirely absent, althongb
the temperature was high enough to melt the platinum in
which the chloride was volatilised.
In face of this result I repeated the solution and crys-
tallisation of the chlorate in water containing one per
thousand of hydroxide of potassium, made from nitre as
pure as I could get it. I washed the salt first in this
same alkaline iced water, and then with pure iced water,
working, as I have mentioned above, in a large room
apart from the laboratory.
The chlorate from this fifth treatment coloured a Bun-
sen flame pure pale blue, and on spedrum analysis of the
flame I could not see the sodium line any stronger than
in air without chlorate.
I once more reduced part of the sslt to chloride. Its
dissociation was effeded without evolving chlorine. Ten
grms. of absolutely colourless and neutral chloride were
volatilised without leaving a trace of residue visible under
the microscope,
Fearing, nevertheless, the presence of traces of dust
and alkali in this salt, I made the solution in almost
boiling pure water, and I passed the saturated liquid
through small filter-papers, m platinum funnels, purified
with water acidulated by hydrofluoric and hydrochloric
acids, and then with pure water. The filtered liquids
were received into platinum vessels, all of which were
placed on smooth sheets of glass, and covered with a bell*
far, with a ground and polished edge and with its surface
moist4ned, to stop contamination by dust.
After filtration and carefully washing the filters with
water, I was unable to deted on the surface of the paper
the slightest trace of dust, or any deposit whatever.
The filtered solution, which was no longer saturated a
304
Constitution of Pyrazole.
iChihical fiiwt,
I Dec. 20. 1895.
boiling-point, was put back into the large platinum cm-
cible, the neck of which reached very far into a flask, and
was concentrated down almost to dryness, and then
quickly cooled. The niother-liquor, although colouring a
name pale blue and noi showing tht sodium line, was en-
tirely separated. The chlorate was dried in the platinum
crucible covered by a lid, the long neck of which reached
far into a flask full of purified air, by placing the crucible
in an air-bath heated to 100°.
Out of five kilogrms. of commercial salt, worked upon
in two operations, I only saved four hundred grms, of
chlorate that I could consider pure, — that is to say, only
eight per cent of the weight of salt used.
I made, with the greatest care, an experiment on the
chlorate obtained in each operation, to ascertain the
quantity of solid matters left after evaporating the chloride
made by dissociating it in a covered platinum retort. I
took 5*007 grms. of chloride from the first chlorate, and
8*190 grms. of chloride from the second chlorate ; in both
cases the material experimented upon was volatilised
without leaving a trace of residue^ I do not say ** weigh'
abUt** hut not even visible under the microscope.
These two researches, the execution of which was as
laborious as delicate, enable me to state that under suit-
able conditions, it is possible, contrary to my previous
Opinion, to obtain chlorate, and therefore chloride, of
potassium absolutely free from sodium and solid matters.
(To be contiotted).
PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.
PHYSICAL SOCIETY.
Special Meetings December i^th, 1895.
Prof. RsiNOLD, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Thb Resolution with reference to the change in the
amount of the life-composition fee, passed at the Special
General Meeting held on November aand last, was con-
firmedi
The Ordinary Meeting was then held.
Dr. John Shield read a paper on "A Mechanical
Device for Performing the Temperature Corrections of
Barometer s.^^
The form of barometer to which the author has adapted
his device is that devised by Dr. Colley ; it is intended
for general laboratory use, and is capable of being read to
within 0*1 m.m. The barometer tube can be moved in a
vertical direAion, so that the lower meniscus can be
adjusted to the zero of the scale. Attached to the baro-
meter tube is a thermometer with a horizontal stem,
passing in front of a scale which is fixed to the vertical
■cale of the barometer. The graduations of this thermo-
meter scale, with the exception of the one passing through
the o^ C* mark on the thermometer, are inclined to the
vertical, and are so spaced that the reading opposite the
end of the mercury column of the thermometer gives
diredly the correAion to be applied to the observed
height of the barometer (BO in order to obtain the re-
duced height (Bo) ; that is, the reading on the thermo-
meter scale gives the value of B| (/3 -7)^ ; where fi and y
are the coemcients of expansion of mercury and of the
material of which the barometer scale is composed respec-
tively, and t is the temperature.
Mr. Boys admired the simple method the author had
adopted for plotting the correAions, and said that he
always felt that the trouble involved in applying small
conedions ought, if possible, to be avoided, or the correc-
tions would often be omitted.
Mr. Appleyard advised the placing of the bulb of the
thermometer within the barometer tube.
iteMm
,.-1
Dr. Shield, in his reply, said as the barometi
only intended to read to 0*1 m.m., the placing of the
thermometer within the tube did not appear necessary.
A paper by Prof. Rocker on " The Resistance of Vertical
Earth-air Currents in the United Kingdom " was, in the
absence of the author, read by Mr. Kay.
In a paper read before the British Association, at
Oxford, Dr. Schmidt stated that he had expanded the
components of the earth's magnetic force in series, and
had deduced expressions, two of which give the magnetic
potential on the surface of the earth, in so far as it
depends on (i) internal and (2) external forces. ** The
third series represents that part of the magnetic forces
which cannot be expressed in terms of a potential, but
must be due to eleAric currents traversing the earth'a
surface."
Dr. Schmidt concluded that such currents amount on
the average to about o'l ampere per square kilometre.
The author has tested this conclusion, drawn from the
state of the earth as a whole, by means of an examina-
tion of the line integral of the magnetic force round
a re-entrant circuit, taken in the United Kingdom. The
necessary data have been obtained from the results of the
magnetic surveys for the epochs 1886 and 1891, carried
out by the author and Dr. Thorpe. Two circuits called
the a and fi circuits were seledled, having their greatest
extension north and south and east and west respedively.
The work done by a unit magnetic pole on traversing
these circuits was calculated for the epoch 1886 by means
of the terrestrial lines found for that date, and also for
the epoch 1891 by means (i) of the same lines when due
allowance was made for secular change, and (2) of the
independent set of lines found by aid of the 1891 survey.
The same calculation was made for a third circuit (7)
using, instead of the calculated terrestrial lines, the true
values of the forces and delineations as deduced from the
nearest stations. The following table gives the results
in amperes per square kilometre : —
a. /3. y.
i886 -0*026 -0*004 —
1891 fi) +o*ooi -0*005 —
1891 (2) — — -0*008
From these figures the author concludes that there is
not, in the United Kingdom at any rate, a vertical current
amounting on the average to 0*1 per square kilometre.
Mr. Watson said a few words on the difficulty experi-
enced in determining the line integral in South Wales,
due to the presence of closed curves.
The Society then adjourned till January a4tb, 1896.
EDINBURGH UNIVERSITY CHEMICAL
SOCIETY.
Second Ordinary Meetings Monday, December and, xSgs*
Dr. Mackenzie in the Chair.
Dr. Macdonald read a paper on the <' Constitution of
PyraMole," beins an account of the work done by himself
at Jena, of which the following is an abetrad.
It was pointed out that three constitutional formula
had been proposed for pyrazole, and these by Knorr,
Buchner, and Bamberger, modelled on the benzenej for-
mulae of Kekul^, Claus, and Baeyer respeAively. For
derivatives with a substituting atom or group on one of
the nitrogen atoms an unsymmetrical formula accounts
for all observed phenomena; but otherwise, according to
results obtained by him in the Chemical Laboratory at
Jena, each of the above-mentioned formtilae is in-
applicable.
A methylpyrazole, necessarily 3- or 5-methylpyrazoIe,
which showed no trace of isomers, was prepared synthetic
callv. Next both 3- and 5-methylpyrazole were prepared
analytically by burning away, by means of permanganate
ClUIIICAL NlWt, I
D«c. ao, 189s. I
Place Of Helium in the Classification 0/ Elements.
305
of potatb, the phenyl-group from i-phenyl-s-methyl-
pyraxole and z-phenyl-5-inethylpyrazole respe^ively — a
readioo which was found to go better on the introdndion
of a nitro-groap into the benzene ring, and subsequent
reduAion. These analytically prepared substances were
both identified with the synthetically prepared methyl-
pyrazole by the boiling-point and by the preparation of
loar derivatives— the corresponding pyrazole carboxylic
acid and nitromethylpyrazole, and the double salts with
AgNOj and HgCla. Of some twenty derivatives of the
ssmthetical produA, these four had been seleAed as the
liest adapted for the identification.
According to this result, the molecule is synthetical,
and each of the three formulas —
NH
NH
NH
N,f^CH
I y
HC CH
Bochoer'a.
HC CH
Bamberger*!,
Koorr't.
is impossible.
The difficulty of disposing of the H atom, which in the
above formulae is attached to a nitrogen atom, makes it
hard to say what the correA formula may be. It seems
that this H atom must move from atom to atom in the
ring. As to whether it visits every atom in the ring, or
only the two nitrogen atoms and the middle carbon atom,
or the two nitrogen atoms merely, cannot at present be
decided.
Third Ordinary Mating, Monday , Dtamhtr gth, 1895.
Dr. Mackbmzib in the Chair.
Dr. Marshall read a paper on ** Of Heal Activity and
Crystalline Form,*' of which the following is an abstrad.
In an ordinary ray of light the vibrations take place
successively in all possible diredions perpendicular to its
axis. By certain means it is possible to restrid the
vibrations to one particular plane. The ray is then said
to be plane- polarised.
This may be accomplished by means of certain crystals,
anch as calc-spar or tourmaline, which have the property
of double refraAion.
While studying the adion of plane-polarised light on
crystalline plates, Arago noticed that a plate of quartz
cut at right-angles to the optic axis, rotates the plane of
polarisation of light transmitted through it. He further
noticed that some specimens of quartz rotate the plane of
polarisation to the right, and some to the left. This re-
markable phenomenon was carefully investigated by Biot,
who deduced the following laws : —
I. The amount of rotation is proportional to the thick-
ness traversed by the ray.
a. The roution effeaed by two plates is the algebraic
sum of the rotations produced by each separately.
3. The rotation is approximately proportional to the
inverse square of the wave-length of the light used.
Biot soon discovered that many organic liquids, solu-
tions, and vapours also rotate the plane of polarisation.
It was soon noticed that the optical adivity of crystals
wafr a quite distind phenomenon from the optical
adivity of liquids. Thus Herschel, by dissolving quartz
in fused potash, found that the optical adivity disappeared.
Herschel also observed that there was a connexion be-
tween the diredion of rotation and the arrangement of the
piagihedral faces on quartz crystals. Here the optical
adivity is due to crystalline strudure.
In the case of liquids, solutions, and gases, Biot*s ex-
periments on oil of turpentine showed that here the
^ optical adivity is due to individual molecules.
Substances which are optically adive only in the solid
state, such as quartz, sodium chlorate, sodium bromate,
Schlipp's salt, cinnabar, &c., are without exception iso-
tropic or uniaxial. Substances which are optically adive
only in the liquid state, such as tartaric acid and ite
salts, are all compounds of carbon.
Pasteur carefully investigated the two optically adive
tartaric acids. When in solution, they rotate the plane
of polarisation equally, but in opposite diredions. The
crystals are hemihedral and enantiomorphous ; though
this is the case with all optical isomers, the converse is
not true, since many substances are known which, though
crystallising in forms devoid of planes of symmetry, are
not optically adive in solution.
Some substances, such as strjrchnine sulphate and
rubidium tartrate, are optically adive both in the crystal-
line state and when dissolved.
Wyrouboff has studied numerous allied compounds, and
has tried to apply Mallard's theory of the rotatory power
of crystalline substances to solutions. He arrives at the
following conclusions : —
1. That the rotatory power of substances in solution,
like the rotatory power of crystalline bodies, de-
pends on the strudure of the crystalline molecule,
as distinguished from the chemical molecule.
2. In solution the crystal molecules are not broken up,
and therefore there can still less be dissociation
into ions.
CORRESPONDENCE.
ON THE PLACE OP HELIUM IN THE
CLASSIFICATION OF ELEMENTS.
To thi Editor of tht Chitnieal News.
Sir,— In the CHSMrcAL News (vol. Ixxii., p. 291) Mr.
Wilde accuses me of loose arithmetic and looser asser-
tions. This charge is founded on a short report of some
extempore remarks which I made at the Physical Society
on November 22nd, during the discussion of a paper by
Dr. Johnstone Stoney.
My first impulse on reading that report was to write a
letter explaining that it was inaccurate. On second
thoughts I refrained, for the arithmetical mistakes were
so obvious that I thought every reader who knew anything
of the subjed would put them down as a reporter's or
printer's error. The figures given were certainly not
those which 1 wrote on the black board. If they had been
corredly given there would have been little difficulty in
understanding my previous statement, notwithstanding
its very condensed nature.
My objed was to show that if the two new gases of
which helium is probably composed are really analogous
to the alkaline metals, as Prof. Runge's photographs of
the spedra seemed to indicate, there was no serious diffi.
culty in placing them in the same group. It is evident
that the difference of atomic weight between hydrogen
and lithium is only 6 ; between lithium and sodium it
rises to 16; and after two terms it again rises to 24.
Subsequently it is probable that the difference is still fur-
ther increased. There would therefore be no difficulty in
supposing that the first difference might be less than 6.
Excepting in their bearing 00 the position of helium,
the views expressed by me are by no means new. As far
back as 1853 I showed {Phil. Mag.^ May, 1853) that the
atomic weights of several series of analogous elements
differed by certain increments like those in the well-known
organic series, and I drew special attention to the occur-
rence of the numbers 16 and 24. In an address to the
Chemical Sedion of the British Association, in 1883,
sneaking of the atomic weights in Mendeleeff's table, I
observed that " those in the vertical series differ from one
3o6
Chemical Notices from Foreign Sources.
I Ohimical HWMt,
I Dec 20» 1895.
another, as a rule, by the before-mentiooed multiples of 8,
namely, 16, x6, 24, 24, 2±, 24, 32, 32, the elements being
generally analogous in their atomicity and in other che-
mical charaders.'*
I have no desire to discuss Mr. Wilde's ingenious spe-
culations, whether in his paper of 1875 or that of 1894 ;
and, as far as the position of helium is concerned, it
would seem desirable to wait for further light on its
natare.^I am, &c.,
J. H. Qlasstonb.
t7, Pembridge Sqoare«
Movember 17, 1895.
CHEMICAL NOTICES FROM FOREIGN
SOURCES.
NoTB.->AJl dogrsM of tsmptratare are Centigrade unlets otherwise
espresaed.
ComtUs Rendut Hebdomadaires des Stances, de VAcademU
aes Sciences, Vol. cxxi.. No. 22, November 25, 1895.
M. Launelongue has been eleded a Member of the Sec-
tion of Medicine and Surgery, viti the late M. Verneuil.
On Para-ethoxyqainoleine. — C. Grimaux. — The
author describes the preparation and properties of quin-
etbol, CixHiiNO, its hydrochlorate, sulphates, and ni-
trate. Quinethol is a weak base ; its salts with the organic
adds are dissociated by water. By dissolving quinethol
in sulphuric acid and adding two mols. of fuming nitric
acid we obtain nitroquinethoT, CxxHxo(NOa)NO. It has
feeble basic properties. Amidoquinethol, CxxHxo(NHa)NO,
is obtained by reducing the nitro-compound with stannous
chloride in a hydrochloric solution at a temperature below
50^ It is easily diazotised, and yields tindlorial diazo-
compounds. Quinethol has no aAiou upon intermittent
fevers, and has no anti- periodic properties.
Rapid Determination of Nitric Nitrogen in Vege-
table Substances. — P. Pichard. — This paper will be in-
serted in full.
Action of Phenol upon Mercurous Iodide. — Maurice
Francois. — At the temperature of ebullition the decom-
position of mercurous iodide by phenol is limited by the
3uantity(of mercuric iodide existing in solution. The
ecomposition always ceases when xoo parts of liquid
contain 275 grms. mercuric iodide. In presence of me-
tallic mercury if a solution of mercuric iodide in phenol
contains more than 2*75 grms. of mercuric iodide in xoo
grms. of solution, there is found mercurous iodide.
Manganese Silicide. — M. Vigoureux.— Manganese
silicide has a metallic lustre, and is very hard, brittle, and
perfeAly crystalline. Its specific gravity at 15° is 6*6. It
IS unalterable in air and fusible in the reverberatory fur-
nace. Fluorine attacks it at the ordinary temperature,
forming white fumes of silicon fluoride. If heat is applied
there ensues combustion, with flame and incandescence.
Dry chlorine ads at 500" with lively incandesccence, sili-
con chloride being evolved. Iodine and bromine read
lets readily. Caustic potassawith the aid of heat attacks
this compound energetically. Its composition is SiMna.
Toxicity of Acetylene. — L. Brociner. — Acetylene
exerts merely a very feeble poisonous adion, not more
marked than that of the ordinary hydrogen carbides, such
as formene, ethylene, or propylene. Animals exposed to
the adion of mixtures containing considerable proportions
of acetylene for several hours do not succumb if we are
careful to operate in presence of a considerable quantity
of oxygen, and to renew the gaseous mixture so as to pre-
vent the produds of the animal's respiration from accumu-
lating.
Some Readtiona of Tartaric Acid and the Alkaline
Tartrates. — L. Magnier de la Source.~If to a concen-
trated solution of potassium acetate we add a relativelv
small proportion of tartaric acid (though more than snf*
ficient to precipitate with an equal volume of solution of
potassium sulphate) there is no immediate precipitate.
The addition of a mixture of ether and alcohol renders the
precipitation more rapid, and the addition of acetic acid
renders it immediate.
Presence of Laccase in Fungi. — Em. Bourquelot and
G. Bertrand.— Laccase exists not merely in green plants,
but in such as are devoid of chlorophyll.
Distribution of the Nitrogenous and Mineral Sub-
stances in Bread. — There exists no more nitrogenous
and saline matter in the crust of bread than in the crumb
if both are brought to the same degree of dehydration.
The baking of bread does not effed any destmdion of
matter. There is a loss of fatty substances and an increase
of saccharine matter, but the total weight does not vary
to an appreciable extent. Dry bread does not contain
more nutritive matter than the dry flour used in its pro*
dudion.
MISCELLANEOUS.
Corrugated Packing Paper and Boards.— We have
received, from Messrs. Bracht and Friedlaender, speci-
mens of an improved packing material which they are
introducing to the English market. From a careful
examination we think that its use will be found very
convenient and safe for packing breakable goods, as well
as for forwarding samples for analysis, specimens of dry
colours and other fine chemicals, eledros for the illustra-
tion of books and journals, &c. The double corrugated paper
is calculated to supersede other materials as an enclosure
for phials, specimen tubes, and glasses, as it combines light-
ness with great resistance to pressure and concussion.
It is manufadured in a variety of colours and shapes
adapted for various purposes.
NOTES AWD QUERIES.
Glass Cloth for Acid Filtering.— Will lome reader kindly aUto
where the article known as glats cloth for acid filteriof porpotet can
be obtained, and who are the nunufadarert ?— W.
TO CORRESPONDENTS.
H. P, y.—Vfc are of course aware of the two views you mootioa
concerning the electrodes in voltaic cells ; but we cannot trace n^o la
originally responsible for each opinion.
ACGXONEtf — Answering all requirements.
.A-OI3D J^OIEjTIO— Pwest and aweet.
- BOEr-A-GIG— Cryat. and powder.
CITIRIO— C'yst. made in earthenware.
— . r^ A T.T. Tn— Prom best Chinese galls, pure.
S-A-XjIGITIjIO— By Kolbe'a process.
T-A-IEsTXTIO— Por Pharmacy and the Arts.
LIQUID CHLORINE
(Compressed in steel cylinders).
FORMALIN (40^ CHaO)— Antiseptic and Preservative.
POTASS. PBRMANQANATE-Cryst., large and amaU,
8ULPHOCYANIDE OP AMMONIUM.
BARIUM.
POTASSIUM.
TARTAR EMETIC-Cryat. and Powder.
TRIPOLI AND METAL POWDERS.
ALL CHEMICALS FOR ANALYSIS AND THE ARTS
Wholesale Agents—
A. & M. ZIMMERMANN,
6 A 7, CR038 LANE* LONDON; E.G.
"'dS!^.,^*') Investigations oj the Chemical History 0/ the Barley Plant.
THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
Vol. LXXII., No. 1883.
INVESTIGATIONS OP THE CHEMICAL HISTORY
OF THE BARLEY PLANT/
Bj C. P. CROSS mnd CLAUD SMITH.
It it becoming evident that atefal research in matters
agricultural mast henceforth take the form of physiological
diagnoais. The investigation of crops in relation to soils
and fertilisers has of course rendered incalculable service,
and in this country the distinguished group who have pre-
sided over the Rothamstead Experimental Station have
done much to lay the foundation of sound scientific prac-
tice. At this date, however, we have to confess that the
fundamental problem of Asstmilation is, so far as the
agriculturist is concerned, so much '* virgin soil.*' While
experience and the vast accumulation of observations fur-
nish more or less accurate impressions of the results uf
the process, the process itself is one of those fadors of
produdion which are still ** taken for granted." We may
except, perhaps, from this general statement certain
positive results which have followed the application of
methods of seledion based upon observation of variations
of particular produds of assimilation, such as the improve-
ment of the sugar beet in relation to the produdion of
sugar. But even here the methods pursued are empirical
and involve no consideration of the adual mechanism of
assimilation.
Now that methods of more exad proximate resolution
of mixtures of carbohydrates are in our hands, the time
has arrived for their application to growing crops as the
necessary basis of a knowledge of the course of assimila-
• Read before the British Auociatioa (Sedion B), Ipswich
Meeting, x8^.
307
tion, or more generally of the chemical life history of the
Slant. It would be out of place to prejudice the enquiry
y asking what are the useful resulu likely to follow from
such investigations. It must be positively assumed that
such results will certainly issue, and the work must be
begun upon the convidion.
On this view we have carried out for two years periodical
investigation of barley crops growing upon the experi*
mental plots of the Royal Agricultural Society at Wobum.
We seleded two plots giving respedively the minimum
and maximum yields of grain over a succession of years,
viz. —
Plot I. Permanently unmanured.
Plot 6. Manured with 200 lbs. sulphate of potash, 100
lbs. sulphate of soda, 100 lbs. sulphate of magnesia,
3I cwts. superphosphate of lime, and 275 lbs. nitrate
of soda*
Our observations have been chiefly direded to the cellu
lostc basis of the straw. It has been previously shown
that the celluloses of cereals are widely differentiated from
the normal type in the presence of a large proportion of
furfural yielding constituents. While there are in part
pentoses or pentosan groups, they consist in the main of
oxidised derivatives of the hexoses ; and being the most
charaderistic constituents of the permanent tissue it was
clearly necessary to study the history of their assimilation
as the basis of a systematic investigation of the history of
the plant.
We now give without further preliminary explanation
the adual experimental numbers arrived at, as the scope
of the investigation will be grasped from a mere inspedion
of the tables of figures.
In reference to the methods of observation, the results
of which are embodied in the table, it is perhaps necessary
to explain what is meant by ** permanent tissue.*' The
plant may be regarded as made up of cellular and fibrous
tissue, cell contents, and excreted produds. To eliminate
the tatter and isolate the tissue the foUow.ng process has
been employed : —
I. After reducing the plant to <* cha0,*' exhaustive 6x-
tradion with boiling alcohol, a. The residue is digested
Barlby Samflbs.— Woburn.
Date.
Age
of
Crop.
1894. May 7. 6 weeks |
June 4* 10 weeks |
July 10. 15 weeks I
Aug. ai. 21 weeks |
An« «* 22 weeks)
Aug. 31. J j^y, j
1895. May 15. 7 weeks j
June z8. 12 weeks 1
July 16. 16 weeks |
Aug, 16. 20 weeks |
22 weeks j
Sept. 3.
Plot j,-^ Minimum Yitld,
4 days
Plot.
I
6
X
6
X
6
X
6
X
6
X
6
I
6
X
6
I
6
X
6
Total Dry Forforal.
If alter, (a) Per ceot of
Per cent. dry weight
19-4
176
42*0
32*9
64*0
64*6
84*0
864
30*6
17-8
346
33-4
52-8
54*4
668
65*0
848
86-3
7*0
70
V
8-x
90
zo*6
irg
I3'4
127
12*4
6-6
5-8
80
7-6
X2*X
xo'6
9-2
9-8
xo-4
IO'2
Plot e^'-Maximum Yield.
Parmanont
Furfaral from
TiMoe.
Permanent Tiuoe.
P.c. of dry
(6) P.c. on (c) P.c. i
weight.
tissue. total
53-4
X27 6-8
55-9
529
\ri IT
58-5
X3*4 7-8
657
9-8 6-4
657
12'5 8-2
70*0
14-5 lOI
70-5
i5'o io*6
750
165 X2-4
78-4
I5'X ii'8
539
xo-2 55
567
9-6 54
38-2
147 5-6
44*5
150 67
55-6
163 91
46*2
19* I 8-8
^'i
X70 8-3
49-8
191 9'4
457
17-6 8-0
453
17-3 7-8
Ratio.
X*03 J
X-23J
X'26:
104 J
1-40;
1-30:
x-i8:
x'26:
x*o2 :
roSJ
x*2o:
x*07:
x-42:
XX4:
1-33:
x*2o :
x»io:
1*04 :
i-3x:
X'3o:
NoTB.— The experimental results are expressed throughout upon the whole plant. For the agricultural bearings
of the numbers it is necessary to further analyse the later numbers in reference to grain and straw. These
points will be dealt with elsewhere. Our scheme of experiments for 1896 includes an examination into the
effeds of preventing the formation of seed upon the permanent tissue of the stem.
3o8 Percentage of Argon in Atmospheric and in Respired Air. 1^d2^:^S^''
four hoars at the ordinary temperature with dilute caustic
soda (a'o per cent NaOH) and then washed, at first with
cold, lastly with boiling water. 3. The residue is then
digested with dilute hydrochloric acid (2 per cent HCl) in
the cold, and then washed with cold, lastly with boiling
water.
The residue we take as approximately representing the
tissue constituents. The process being one of hydrolysis
is of empirical and somewhat arbitrary value. The value
of the results will be estimated by their own internal evi-
dence. If the definition *' permanent tissue *' be objeded
to, it is easy to substitute the more corred description,
which is **the residue from treatments by chlorophyll
solvents and by hydrolytic agents, alkaline and acid, under
carefully regulated conditions." The produd has served
the purposes of these investigations, and will, we think,
be seen to have the value of a " constant.*!
We draw a number of conclusions from the result : —
X. The conditions of soil nutrition are seen to have very
little influence upon the composition of the plant. Com-
parison of the numbers for the two plots taken in pairs
show certain fluduations, it is true, and these are most
marked at the most aAive period of growth, t./., at the
flowering stage. Contrasted with this, the final condition
of the tissue, f.#., at maturation, maybe taken as identical
under conditions of minimum and maximum soil nutrition,
as it may also at the initial stages of germination and
early growth. The plant, in other words, is, as regards
soil nutrition, constant or invariable in respeA of the
relation of its produdls of assimilation.
2. If we had had the seledion of extreme variations of
' season we could not have chosen better than as between
X894 and 1895. The influence upon the experimental
numbers is extreme, more especially in regard to ** per-
manent tissue." In the comparatively wet season of 1894
there is a steady increase of permanent tissue ; in 1895
the brilliant and continuous sunshine of the period up to
and Including that of flowering determined a totally dif-
ferent course. The proportion of easily hydrolysable
carbohydrates shows ^ steady increase during the matu-
ration period at the expenst of permanent tissue. The total
dry matter t on the other hand, was influenced only in the
stages up to and somewhat after the flowering period.
Dehydration was for obvious reasons much more a&ive in
1895, and the difference of condition in this resped in the
case of plot 6 is quite remarkable. Certain industrial
consequences follow from the history of the tissues
(see foot note to table) : (x) the feeding value of
straws grown in dry seasons is high : and (2), conversely,
the paper-making value of such straws is low. More-
over, while we may well assume a diminishing feeding
value 6f the 1894 straw during the period of maturation,
It would appear that in 1895 there is an adusl increase of
feeding value of the mature straw over the straw taken at
the flowering period. It is of course to be admitted that
artificial hydrolysis is only a crude measure of digesti-
bUity, and it would be important to confirm the conclusion
by adual feeding experiments. That must be deferred to
future opporttmities.
3. The furfuroids have been diagnosed in various ways.
Chiefly with the view of detetmining their distribution as
between hydrolysable and non-hydrolysable (permanent
tissue) constituents. In the early and late periods of
growth the furfuroids are in the main of cellulosic cha-
rader. The greatest divergence is seen to occur at the
most adive period of growth, and here there is an accumu-
lation of easily hydrolysable furfuroids. The maximum
proportion was similar in the two seasons ; in both crops
there is a gradual rise to and falling from the maximum ;
in the 1895 ^^^P there was a marked change after cutting,
and the change in the charader of the furfuroids was
accompanied by a retrograde change in the '* permanent
tissue." This retrograde movement, it will be noted, was
continuous from the flowering period and in exad contrast
to the history of assimilation in 1894.
A fair interpretation of the results appears to be this :
the furfuroids are by no means excreted produds, but
available for assimilation, and they are in fad continuously
assiniilated to permanent tissue (cellulose). Owing to the
deficient moisture in the period to July z6th the building
up of new matter (growth) was interfered with, and the
'* permanent tissue" was put under contribution for
nutrient material which, under ordinarv conditions, would
have been drawn from cell-contents and not from tissue.
In the month July z6ih to August i6th there is, in fad,
a notable falling off in the total quantity (proportion) of
furfuroids, which confirms the view that these constitu*
ents were put under contribution seledively, to the general
needs of the plant.
Viewed broadly and generally these investigations show
how very different are the results of physiological study of
the history of crops from those of investigations of soil
nutrition. The essential charaderistics of the plant are
maintained independently of the fadors of soil nutrition.
The comparative study of the two crops proves this con-
clusively.
In our opinion systematic investigation of the adual
physiological, i.#., chemical, constants of the plant, will
lead to results of which at present it is impossible to pre-
did the import.
Take it that we had been able to make a complete
proximate resolution of the straw substance from time to
time, instead of confining ourselves to one group of the
carbohydrate constituents : it is easy to see that much
wider and more positive conclusions could have been
drawn.
But private enterprise has its obvious limits, and ex*
haustive investigations of this charader can only be tmder-
taken by institutions fully equipped and supported by
adequate funds.
Vve hope this preliminary contribution will serve as an
indication of the results likely to follow from the syste-
matic work of such an institution.
ON THE
PERCENTAGE OF ARGON IN ATMOSPHERIC
AND IN RESPIRED AIR.*
By ALEXANDER KELLAS. B.Sc.,
Assistant in the Chemical Department of University
College, London.
Although blood invariably contains a small amount of
dissolved nitrogen, it appears that with animals no absorp-
tion of that gas takes place than what is due to its solu-
bility in the serum of the blood. Nor is nitrogen eliminated
from the system in the elementary state.
At Professor Ramsay's suggestion, experiments have
been made on the comparative amount of argon in or-
dinary air, and in air which had been frequently breathed,
with the view of ascertaining whether, if the proportion of
oxygen and carbon dioxide in air be very much altered,
argon would either enter into, or be expelled from the
respiratory system. The result of the experiments to be
described is to show that the proportion of argon to nitro-
gen remains nearly normal, even when the air has been
greatly altered in composition by respiration.
I. Percentage of Argon in A tmospheric Air, — A mercury
reservoir, the capacity of which was accurately determined
by weighing with water, held 555*2 c.c. The upper end
was fitted with a three-way tap, sealed on to the glass.
Through this tap was admitted air, purified by passage
over soda-lime and phosphoric anhydride, to remove
water-vapour and carbonic anhydride. This reservoir
was jacketted with water of known temperature, so that
the volume of the air could be measured with great exad*
ness. The other branch of the three-way tap led -to a
tube filled with copper, in order to absorb oxygen ; one
* A Paper read before the Royal Sodtty.
Dec. Z7, 1895. f
Argon and Helium in the Gases Jrom Sulphurous Springs. 309
containing copper oxide to desuoy any organic matter
which might have been present, and one filled with roag-
nesiaro turnings to absorb nitrogen ; these tubes were
kept red hot. Other tubes were filled with soda-lime and
phosphoric anhydride, so as to remove water and carbon
dioxide, which might have been produced. The air was
circulated over these absorbents until little but argon
was left. The gas-holder was filled three times at i8*8°
C, and 752*1 m.m. pressure. After absorption had nearly
ceased, the remaining gas was pumped out of the tubes,
mixed with oxygen, and sparked for many hours in pre*
sence of caustic soda, to remove the last traces of nitro-
gen. The residue, after absorption of oxygen with potas-
sium pyrogallate, measured 15*91 c.c. at 21 V C, and
754*5 m.m. pressure.
Reducing both volumes to standard temperature and
pressure, it appears that—
Z542'o c.c. of air yielded 14*45 c.c. of argon, or
xoo'o c.c. of air contain 0*937 c*c* ^^ argon.
Calculating the percentage in atmospheric nitrogen, we
have —
xoo c.c. of mixed atmospheric nitrogen and argon con-
tain 1*186 c.c.
Owing to the avoidance of the presence of water during
these experiments, they are probably more accurate than
the original experiments of Lord Rayleigh and Professor
Ramsay. They found ("Argon," Phil, Trans,, 1895, A,
pp. 221 and 214) 1*04 and 1*03 in two experiments in
which the nitrogen was removed by sparking with oxygen
in presence of dilute caustic soda; and i*ix when the
nitrogen was removed by means of magnesium.
Owing to the vacation, it has not been possible to put
this result on record before now. And Th. Schloesing,
jun., has recently published Comptes Rendus, vol. cxxi., p.
605) the results of a series of estimations in which the
percentage of argon in atmospheric nitrogen was found to
be i*x8o to 1*185, or as a mean x*x83 per cent, a number
almost identical with that just recorded. M. Schlcesing
has re-calculated the ratio which ought to subsist between
the densities of atmospheric and *' chemical '' nitrogen on
the basis of his determinations ; but in doing so, he has
made use of the value 1*2505 grm. as the weight of one
litre of the latter, instead of 1*2511 {Phil, Trans., 1895, A*
p. 189). Moreover, he has assumed Regnault's value, now
superseded, for the weight of i litre of hydrogen, viz. ,
0*0896 grm., instead of that given by the more recent
determinations, 0*0899 (Phil, Trans., 1895, A, p. 292).
These are not serious errors, but it is more satisfaAory to
calculate the corre^ number. The question is :— If the
weight of a litre of pure nitrogen is X'25xx grm., and of
argon 1*7818 grm., and if atmospheric nitrogen contain
I 185 per cent of argon, what should be the weight of a
litre of the latter? The answer is 1*2574. Lord Rayleigh
found the number x*2572, one almost exa&ly identical.
For material for the second part of this research, I have
to express my thanks to Dr. Marcet, F.R.S., and his
assistant, Mr. Floris. The air was analysed before
having been breathed, and had the normal composition : —
Nitrogen and argon. • •• 79*02 per cent
Oxygen 20*93 »
Carbon dioxide 0*05 ,»
The air was breathed over and over again by Mr. Floris,
until after ten minutes* respiration its composition had
become : —
Nitrogen and argon.. ,. 80*96 per cent
Oxygen 5-40 »i
Carbon dioxide X3'^4 ft
An estimation of the argon was carried out in precisely
the same manner as before, on x 297*8 c.c. of breathed air.
measured at X7'2° C. and 759 m.m. pressure. But the
air was breathed over water, the requisite change of
volume on respiration having been secured by breathing
into one of Dr. Marcet's counterpoised gas-holders. The
argon found measured at 177° C. and 752*3 m.m. pressure
12*85 c.c. These numbers correded give —
1 196 c.c. of breathed air yielded xi'72 c.c. of argon.
100 c.c. „ „ 0980 c.c. of argon.
Calculating the percentage on the nitrogen, we have :—
xoo c.c. of nitrogen and argon of breathed air contains
1*210 c.c.
This percentage is larger than that in normal air. One
of two suppositions may be made: — Either the increased
amount is due to the air having been confined over water
during breathing, or argon is given off from blood in
greater amount than it is absorbed, when the composition
of the air in the lungs is so much altered ; the former
appears the more probable supposition. In any case the
difference is not great ; and it would appear that argon,
like free nitrogen, plays no important part in the animal
economy, save as a diluent.
ON THE
ORIGIN OF THE ARGON AND THE HELIUM
IN THE GASES ESCAPING FROM CERTAIN
SULPHUROUS SPRINGS.
By L. TROOST and L. OUVRARO.
In his communication concerning the presence of argon
and helium in the gases liberated from the sulphurous
springs of Cauterets, Dr. Bouchard has indicated the
importance of examining, from the same point of view,
the gases in solution in waters which flow or stand
on the surface of the ground.
We might, in fad, put forward the idea that the gases
liberated by the sulphur waters are derived exclusively
from the atmosphere. The solubility of argon might
cause us to admit that the gases carried down by the
waters from the surface into the depths of the earth, re*
ascend with the same waters which have been rendered
alkaline by a sulphide.
To throw a light on this question we have examined
the gases from the water of the Seine (supplying the
laboratories of the Sorbonne), and from sea- water, col*
le^ed at high tide on the shore of the ocean. We have
there sought for helium, independently of argon, which
we were certain to find, since it is more soluble than ni-
trogen, which always exists in waters in contad with
the atmosphere.
These gases, colleAed with the ordinary precautions
and freed from carbonic acid by means of potassa, were
treated in two different manner^. The nitrogen was
removed either by causing it to be absorbed by magne-
sium heated to redness, or by combining it with oxygen
under the influence of eledric sparks in presence of
potassa.
This latter procedure is more tedious but more trust-
worthy, since the gas, constantly enclosed in the same
glass tube over mercury, and without any transferences,
is preserved from any mixture, even with very minute
quantities of atmospheric air.
The gaseous residue obtained was dried over melted
potassa and placed in connedtion, as in our former experi-
ments {CompUs Rendus, cxxi., p. 394), with a Pliicker
tube with eledrodes of raagnesmm in which a vacuum
had been made by means of the mercurial pump.
The tube was repeatedly swept out with the gases in
question, the vacuum being made each time anew. Then,
after a final introduAion of the gases, the efHuve was
caused to pass between the magnesium eledrodes.
310
Manufacture and Commercial Separation of Glucinutn.
I Cbimical Niwi,
I Dec ^« 1895.
The speAroBCope from the first constantly indicated
the presence of traces of nitrogen, but on prolonging the
experiment they disappeared. We were then able to de-
cide that the spedira furnished by the gases from the wells
of Cauterets were strikingly different from those afforded
by the gases extraded from the water of the Seine and
from sea-water.
These Utter give the spedlrum of argon, and merely
traces of the spe^rum of helium scarcely perceptible and
often doubtful, whilst the gases colleded at the well-head
of the Bailli^re, or extradled by boiling the water from the
same spring, give very distinAly the charaderistic rays
of argon and those of helium, and that the gases colle^ed
at the well-heads of the sources of the Bois give espe-
cially the charadkeristic rays of helium.
The helium contained in the gases liberated from the
mineral springs of Cauterets does not consequently seem
to us to be due to the atmosphere. The gas is derived
probably from the rocks in the strata which these mineral
waters have traversed.
The presence of helium lately proved in a certain
number of minerals, such as cllveite, brdggerite, orangite,
monazite, &c., renders* this conclusion at least possible,
to that, outside of any medical consideration, the study
of the gases evolved by mineral waters would derive an
especial interest from the fadk that these gases may
supply us with new information concerning the elements
of the rocks which these waters encounter in the strata
whence they issue.
With reference to the above communication, Dr.
Bouchard added the following observations :—
I have stated in the paper to which M. Troost refers
that, in all probability, the therapeutic adivity of the
mineral waters in which I showed the presence of argon
and helium is not due to these gases. I added, that if
these gases were present in the waters which flow or
stand on the surface of the earth, the question would be
decided, since these (surface) waters have not the thera-
peutic value of the mineral springs in question. But if
argon and helium are inert, it may not be the same with
mineral substances with which they are in combination.
It is established, by the communication of M. Troost,
that helium at least is derived from the depths of the
waters. Among the mineral compounds of helium there
may be some wnich, even in minimal cases, may exert a
physiological a6ion upon the organism. On this hypo-
thesis the effeA would be due not to helium, but to the
metal with which it was combined, always supposing
that such a compound or its derivatives were sufficiently
soluble.— Com^</j Rendus, cxxi., p. 798.
ON THE
PRESENCE OF ARGON AND OF HELIUM
IN A SOURCE OF NATURAL NITROGEN.
By CH. MOUREU.
Quite recently M. Bouchard has po'nted out the presence
of helium in the gases of the springs of Bois (Cauterets),
and that of helium and argon in the gases of the Railli^re.
Whilst studying the same subjedt, MM. Troost and
Ouvrard have discovered an important property of argon
and helium— that of being absorbed by magnesium at a
very high temperature.
I have Just recognised the same two elements together
in another natural gas which escapes abundantly in large
bubbles from the spring of Maizieres (Cdte d*Or). The
water of Maizieres is a lithium water containing a little
calcium sulphate, and it has at the source the temperature
of +12^ Thanks to the courtesy of M. Communaux,
the direAor of the company, I have had at my disposal
several litres of the gas. The specimens had been col-
leAed with all the usual precautions, so as to avoid cen-
tal with air, which would necessarily have introduced
argon.
The analysis over mercury showed me at once that the
gas contained a small proportion of oxygen (about a per
cent), the residue presenting all the negative charaAers
of nitrogen.
To deted argon and helium I had recourse to the kind-
ness of M. Deslandres, who has kindly undertaken these
delicate experiments. After absorbing the nitrogen by
lithium at a dull red heat, the gaseous residue was intro-
duced into Pliicker tubes at a low pressure, and, on being
submitted to the effluve, it gave the charaderistic rays of
argon and of helium.
We may add that the proportion of these gases hu
been found rather considerable ; the volume of the gaseous
residue not absorbed by lithium is between one-tenth and
one-fifteenth of the total volume.
Although the analysis has not been carried further, it
seemed to me interesting to communicate these results to
the Academy, not only on account of the presence of
argon and of helium in a source of natural gas, but be-
cause of the relatively high proportion of these two
elements in the gaseous mixture. — CompUs Rindus^cxxu
p. 819.
THE MANUFACTURE AND COMMERCIAL
SEPARATION OF GLUCINUM.
By H. N. WARREN, Research Analyst.
Probably one of the most eccentric metallargical orders
of the times has been recently executed at the Research
Laboratory, in the method of manufaAuring glucinum for
jewellery purposes. In order to ensure a large percentage
of glucinum in the ore seleAed, six pounds of emerald-
dust and stones of dull water were specially imported
from various patts of the world ; ground to a fine powder,
and the finer qualities separated by lixiviation and re-
grinding. The powder so prepared was next thoroughly
incorporated with four times its weight of sodic carbonate,
and finally fused for three hours at the highest tempera*
ture of a powerful blast-furnace, and afterwards cast into
square plates for further treatment. The second opera-
tion consisted in dissolving the melt thus formed as near
as possible by the aid of supersaturated steam; and
further effeding a complete decomposition by the iotro-
dudlion of an excess of hydrochloric acid, and evaporating
it to dryness in order to render insoluble the silica present.
The siliceous residue having been washed and squeezed
in a suitable press, was now rejeded ; the washings, to-
gether with the filtrate, being rendered alkaline by means
of an excess o( sodium carbonate, the solution having
previously been freed from iron and chromium by
acetates, in accordance with the usual separation of these
metals.
The precipitate obtained by the introduaion of the
sodium carbonate was now thrown into a comroodions
glass receptacle, and heated with an excess of gaseous
sulphurous acid, in which both the alumina and glucina
dissolve. The solution thus obtained, upon being raised
to ebullition, precipitates the alumina in a granular form,
in place of the tedious gelatinous deposit obtained by the
old ammonia process, which in the former case is washed
with the greatest of ease. To the second filtrate thus
obtained was added an excess of ammonium carbonate,
and the solution well boiled ; the glucinum carbonate
being thus completely precipitated, also in a granular
form, and admitting of being readily washed. The pre-
cipitate thus obtained being further intimately mixed with
an excess of lamp-black and ignited out of contad^ with
the atmosphere, the mass thus obtained being afterwards
converted into bromide by aAing upon it with .bromine*
vapour at a full red heat in clay retorts. The bromide
distils over, and is readily reduced to the metallic form
C«bmicalNbws,\
Dec. 27. »»95. I
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
311
by decompoftiog the tame with an eleAric current of 12
volts 8 amperes.
The metal thus obtained, having been worked into
articles, is now in the possession of the Ameer of
Afghanistan.
Liverpool Research Laboratory,
18, Albion Street, Evertoo, Liverpool.
CHEMICAL RESEARCHES AND SPECTROSCOPIC
STUDIES OF VARIOUS ELEMENTS.
By JEAN SERVAIS STAS.
(Continaed from p. 304).
Pftparation of Ptrehlorate of Potassium,
The chlorate of potassium, the preparation of which I
bave described above, is used for the pteparation of pure
perchlorate and chloride of potassium.
As I said above, my objed^ was to decompose the
chlorate in such a way as to make on, the one hand, the
greatest possible quantity of perchlorate, and, on the other
hand, a quantityof perchlorate just sufficient to make the
chloride required to estimate its molecular relation to
silver.
M. Marignac has published in his works the methods
of obtaining this result, and to them I have nothing to
add. I will confine myself to saying that I effeaed the
reduAion of chlorate into perchlorate and chloride in a
large platinum retort, tht inside of which was first polishid,
the neck on the lid of which entered into a large tube 50
cm. long, containing a roll of asbestos packing, as I shall
describe farther on in a special memorandum.
The retort rested on an earthenware tripod, which was
strengthened by iron wires ; it was heated by means of a
singli Bunsen flame through two pieces of wire gauze, to
distribute the heat evenly, which is indisptnsablt,
I redaced it in four operations ; two being for the pur-
pose of getting from about 50 to 60 per cent of perchlorate
of potassium, and two for getting 10 per cent only of this
salt, entirely decomposing the chlorate experimented on.
The first operation was done at the lowest possible tem-
perature, and occupied as much as twenty-six hours. I
found that by keeping the fused chlorate at the tempera-
ture at which oxyeen is slowly disengaged, and the vessel
makes a noise or decrepitation similar to that heard when
fresh water is heated beyond So** in a metallic vessel, dis-
sociation took place with an evolution of heat ; the fused
mass was eventually agiuted, and finally became pasty.
When it reached this state, all the chlorate was destroyed,
and the maximum of perchlorate was obtained. The
•eparation was effeded without liberaiing a trace of
chlorine, but the oxygen disengaged smelt of oxom. If,
during the dissociation, which is exothermic, one does
not sufficiently reduce the supply of heat, the mass heats
itself until the platinum vessel becomes incandescent, as
I have often found when reducing chlorate in a covered
platinum crucible. In this case, not only does the
chlorate decompose without forming perchlorate, but the
greater part of the salt already formed decomposes, and
leaves chloride only. This decomposition is, therefore,
slightly explosive, and may, if one does not take care,
cause the loss of part of the salt submitted to the adion
of heat. Whether the separation be made slowly or
quichly, the chloride and perchlorate formed are white ;
there is no evolution of free chlorine, the chloride is
nentrml to litmus paper, and the platinum vessel is not
altered at all.
I took the greatest pains to satisfy myself of these faas,
M mentioned in the special memorandum on this subjed,
because, daring my previous work, when working on
siliceous chlorate, I always noticed a sensible evolution
of chlorine, a very slight attack on the platinum, and tne
presence of this metal in the form of chlorbplatinate in
the chloride made.
I then turned my attention to obtaining the greatest
possible quantity of perchlorate.
In two operations successfully carried on for this pur-
pose, I warmed the chlorate to a temperature just suffi-
cient to induce a very weak evolution of oxygen, and I
kept the temperature constant from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. for
two days and a half consecutively, the length of time
necessary to reduce the mass to a pasty condition, and
obtain at the constant temperature the cessation of the
evolution of oxygen, and the absence of very light lames
in the large long tube into which the neck of the retort lid
entered.
To procure the perchlorate necessary for producing the
amount of chloride required for estimating its molecnlar
relation to silver, I noted the time requir^ for the total
decomposition, at tht lowest ^ssibU conttant temperaturif
of the perchlorate, effeAed by working on a mixture of
almost equal weights of chloride and this salt, made from
about 100 grms. of chlorate.
After oxygen ceased to be evolved at constant tempera-
ture— which is coincident with the complete dissociation
of the chlorate, and the formation of the greatest amount
of perchlorate compatible with this readion— I gently
raised the temperature until I caused once more a slight
evolution of oxygen, and the appearance of the saline
fume ; I then kept the temperature constant for six hoort.
I found, by a preliminary trial, that at least twelve hours
were required to decompose the whole of the perchlorate
in the mixture at this temperature.
Separation of Pirchlorate and Chloride of Potassium,
I effeded this separation by dissolving the salt in pore
cold water and using then just enough water to make a
saturated chloride solution. Diredly the chloride was
dissolved, which was done in enclosed and purified air,
the liquor coloured a Bunsen flame blue, though a very
much lighter tint than chlorate gives. The solution waa
drawn off each time, and, although quite clear, it was
poured into a filter-paper which had been most carefully
washed with dilute hydrofluoric and hydrochloric acids
and pure water, arranged in a platinum funnel covered by
a belljar, the surface of which, as well as the glass plate
on which it stood, was wetted. The solution was evapo*
rated nearly to dryness in a loosely covered platinum dish,
under a bell-jar filled with air saturated with moistivei
so as to prevent, as far as possible, the saturated solution
from rising up to the edge of the dish and depositing solid
chloride on it.
The mother - liquor from chloride, crystallised by
cooling, was neutral to litmus paper; it was drawn off
into a platinum dish, and again evaporated down to satu-
ration point under a damp bell-jar. The chloride
deposited by cooling was separated from the mother-
liquor, and this was evaporated to dryness under a damp
bell-jar, carefully separating the chloride on the edge of
the dish. By working thus, I obtained, in decreasing
quantities, three samples of chloride made at the same
time as the perchlorate.
I have most carefully examined the spedrum of each
of these three samples, and found them to be identical.
I used the second sample to find out what residue it
contained, and found none.
I shall describe further on how I treated each of these
chlorides when estimating their molecular relation to pure
silver.
Without removing the crystalline powdered perchlorate
from the retort, I crystallised it three times, changing
the mother-liquor and the water with which it was par-
tially washed each time ; they yielded a salt which
coloured a hydrogen flame pale blue, and gave a potassium
spedrum without the sodium line, similar to that of the
chloride made at the same time as the perchlorate.
The boiling perchlorate solution, when put into a
Bunsen flame on the end of a fine platinum wire spiral,
coloured it a very pale blue. Spectrum analysis did not
show the sodium line. This experiment was repeated
3i«
Chemical Researches and Spectroscopic Studies.
I CRimcAi, >>wi.
Dec 27, 1895*
several timet— whenever the state of the air allowed it —
and always with the tame result.
I have plunged into thit boiling perchlorate tolution
several fine platinum wire spirals, coated with spongy
platinum, previously heated to redness. I have left them
under a large bell-jar filled with the air of the room
where I was workmg, for the purpose of showing to
several people that pure perchlorate coloured a flame blue
and had no sodium line in its spedrum. I found that
after from twenty-five to thirty minutes the crystallised
perchlorate on the platinum spiral had absorbed enough
sodium from the air to thow the sodium line, very faintly
it it true, but ttill unmittakably. In fad, from the
moment I left the spirals under the bell-jar, the air of the
room, which took the place of the air in the bell-jar by
diffusion, became charged with sodium owing to the
draughts in the room. One must be well acquainted with
all the difficulties met with in a research of this nature in
order to get a true idea of them. I express myself more
fully on this subjedk in my ** Study of Atmospheric Air,"
to which I beg to refer my readers.
The perchlorate of potassium which had been crystal-
lised three separate times in a platinum retort covered by
its domed top, and filled with enclosed and purified air,
was reduced to chloride in it. This decomposition, when
carefully done, is not difficult ; tht separation into chloride
and oxygen was effected without evolving any chlorine, and
the chloride was neutral to litmus paper,
I treated the chloride made from perchlorate in exadly
the same way as chloride made at the same time as this
salt ; that it to tay, I put it into just sufficient cold water to
dissolve it. The solution was passed through carefully
cleansed filter-papers without leaving any residue after
the filter was washed. The clear liquid was evaporated
to saturation at xooS in a platinum dish loosely covered
with a sheet of the same metal, and under a damp bell-jar.
The mother- liquor, when poured off from the crystallised
chloride, was in its turn evaporated to saturation at zoo°;
and, finally, this last mother-liquor was dried in a loosely
covered platinum dish under a damp bell-jar.
I have thus obtained three samples of chloride made from
perchlorate under conditions which yielded by dissocia-
tion of chlorate, on the one hand, the greatest possible
amount of this salt and the least possible of chloride ;
and on the other hand, one-sixth part, at the most, of per-
chlorate, and the rest chloride.
The second sample of chloride made from perchlorate
was used for showing the spedrum of the metal in it. I
found the f pedrum to be identical with that of chloride
made at the »ame time as the perchlorate.
Lastly, I have worked on three samples, in decreasing
quantities, of chloride made by crystallisation during the
course of an experiment undertaken for the purpose of
studying the conditions to be fulfilled in order to partly
decompose the perchlorate formed by the complete disso-
ciation of the chlorate.
All these chlorides, when dissolved in water, gave clear
solutions, neutral to litmus paper ; nevertheless, when
heated in a platinum dish with pure chloride of ammo-
nium, with an acid reaction, to a sufficiently high tem-
perature to evolve white fumes, they gave off vapour which
turned red litmus paper distindly blue.
Fearing that traces of sulphate of potassium were pre*
sent in these chlorides, I submitted them all to special
treatment.
Treatment of Chloride oj Potassium by Pure Chloride
of Ammonium,
All the samples of chloride of potassium mentioned
above were melted in pure sal-ammoniac, which was pre-
pared by passing ammonia and hydrochloric acid gases
through pure water in a large platinum apparatus, sup*
g lying always an excess of ammonia. The gases were
rought through purified rubber tubes, weighted with
platinum to keep the open end down.
The solution, which smelt strongly of ammonia, was
evaporated to saturation in the platinum apparatus. After
cooling it quickly, the mother- liquor was poured off and
entirely changed.
The chloride of ammonium left in the apparatus gave no
sodic reactions^ proof that, under the above-mentioned
conditions, neither the ammonia nor hydrochloric acid
gas brought any trace of sodium. I emphasize this point,
because the use of this sal-ammoniac to reduce oxides
free from sodium into chlorides always forms compounds
which eive conclusive evidence of the presence of sodium
when these chlorides are hygroscopic, I shall return to
this subjed when describing my researches on chloride of
calcium.
Having found that sal-ammoniac, when separated, was
quickly contaminated by sodium from the air, I sublimed
part of it in a platinum retort in an atmosphere of dry am-
monia. In order to do this, I put the platinum retort con-
taining the salt to be sublimed on an iron plate in a gas-
stove that I have described and illustrated on page 553
of my '* New Researches on the Laws of Chemical Pro-
portions,** taking care to leave the upper two-thirds of the
retort outcide the stove, and to shield this part from the
gases at the temperature of the volatilisation of sal-
ammoniac, by means of a second iron plate.
Having ground the neck of the retort lid, as far as pot*
sible into a long tube, I passed a tube for the supply of
dry ammonia, which was admitted through a cork at the
other end of it, through it, as far as the entrance to the
dome of the lid.
The air in the retort being entirely replaced by dry am-
monia, I regulated the heat imparted to the gases by the
combustion of coal-gas in the following manner, so as to
sublime the sal-ammoniac slowly :~I put an open tube
containing sal-ammoniac, with the upper end protruding
from the stove, in the bottom of the retort, to ad at a
thermometer. When, by reason of the high temperature
of the gas, I saw the sal-ammoniac crystallising slowly in
rings on the upper part of the open tube, I kept the
supply of coal-gas burning in the stove constant for five
hours by means of a regulator. Five hours were adually
required for slowly subliming about 150 grms. of sal-
ammoniac, the quantity on which I was working.
I have gone into these minute details because I have
been asked to do so by certain chemists who, having
wished to obtain some sal • ammoniac sublimed in
platinum, have failed to do so, though they followed the
diredions given on page 473 of my " New Researches on
the Laws of Chemical Proportions."
Sal-ammoniac volatilised as I have just described, con-
denses in the same retort in the form of a very thiek^
transparent t colourless, and elastic ring, which becomes
detached after cooling for some time, becoming entirely
opaque. The domed top is filled with powdery sal-
ammoniac, smelling strongly of ammonia, and rapidly
taking up sodium from the air.
Sublimed chloride of ammonium gives no sodic charac-
teristics to flames ; but when kept under a bell-jar
shielded from atmospheric dust, it slowly condenses
sodium compounds on its surface, as all solids do under
similar conditions.
Coming back to the treatment of chloride of potassium
by chloride of ammonium.
To fuse chloride of potassium, I put in the bottom of a
large platinum crucible, quite free from iron,* first of all
a layer of alkaline chloride in powdered crystals, then a
* A crucible made ol pare platinum it deprived of tbe iron intro-
duced into it by welding, by treating it, at a low red heat, with
chloride of ammonium. This treatment ia continued until one gets
a colourless button of melted chloride on fusing a mixture of pure
alkaline chloride and sal-ammoniac. So long at the platinum retaiM
traces of iron, an alkaline chloride melted in it with tal-anunoniac
forma a red or pink mats, and looses the ferric oxide when ditaolved
in water. Alkaline chlorides dissolve ferric oxide when melted, and
loose it when cooled. It it only necessary to dissolve melted
ferriferout chlorides in cold water to obtain, on filtering the aolntioa
and evaporating the liquid, a perfedtiy white saline mass, which one
can melt in a pure platinum crucible with sal-ammoniac, and foriB,
on solidification, an absolutely COlourlett button.
Cbmiical Niwtt I
D«c. S7. r8^. I
Researches on the T&rpenes.
313
piece of sal-ammoniac, and finally I filled the crucible
with melted chloride mixed with small pieces of sal-
ammoniac.
After patting the lid on the crucible, I warmed it
slowly to a dull red heat, then 1 kept it at least fifteen
miniitet at a bright red heat, until, on lifting the lid, the
gaks bubbles seen round the edge of a crucible containing
^ ao alkaline chloride melted with sal-ammoniac, had en-
tirely disappeared. I quickly poured the chloride into a
receotly heated and cooled platinum dish. If the opera-
tion has been properly conduced— that is to say, if the
chloride has been kept fused at a high temperature for a
sii£Scient length of time — the button is eolourltss^ limpid^
amd trantfanntt and contains no gas bubbles.
When I found bubbles present, a sign of the existence
of sal-ammoniac or of the produds of decomposition,/
r^-mglted tkt button in a double crucible of pure platinum,
and I then turned the melted chloride into a platinum
dish.
The buttons, when cold, were broken in an agate
nortar, and the pieces, the edges of which had become
milky, were put into flasks with ground glass stoppers.
Since they were made from chlorates and perchlorates
which left no trace of solid residue on volatilisation, I
( natarally dispensed with testing the chlorides afresh. The
▼ery great care that I took during the work to prevent
siliceous and sodic atmospheric dust from falling into the
aalt is a suflScient guarantee for its purity.
(To be continacd).
PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.
CHEMICAL SOCIETY.
Ordinary Metting, Decimbtr 5M, 2895.
Mr. A. O. ViKMON Harcourt, President, in the Chair.
Cbktificatbs were read for the first time in favour of
Messrs. John Allan, 242, Moss Lane East, Manchester ;
Herbert Lister Bowman, 13. Sheffield Gardens, Kensing-
ton, W. : James Kerry Burbridge, Moor's Lea, Winchmore
Hill ; Frank Dixon, 73, King Edward Road, South Hack.
oey, N.E. ; Joseph Edward Morrison, Montreal ; Harold
Roatfon,70, Davenport Street, Bolton ; Peter 6. Scotland,
30, Stirling Street, Airdrie, N.B. ; Aitken Migget Simp-
son, 4, Kitto Road, St. Catherine's Park, S.E. ; Henry G.
Smith, Technological Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.
Mr. Otto Hshnbr called the attention of the Society
to what he regarded as unprofessional conduA on the part
of a Fellow 01 the Society whose name appeared on the
certificates of certain candidates who were to be ballotted
for that evening.
Professor Armstrong then moved, and Mr. Groves
seconded, that the Council be requested to consider this
caae. Professor Tildbn having spoken in support of the
motion, it was put to the meeting and carried.
The following were duly eleded Fellows of the
Society >— George Percy Bailey. B.A., The Earl of Berke-
ley, Anbnr Jenner Chapman, Wm. Chattaway, George
Bertram Cockburo, B.A., Charles Crocker, Gurney Cuth-
befftaon, William Dixon, Edward Henrv Farr, Charles
Jamea Fauvel, Patrick Joseph D. Fielding, Jervis E.
roakes, Stanley Fox, James Gardner, Edward Graham,
B.Sc., Edward Henry Grossmann, The Rev. Henry Arthur
Hall, M.A., Edgar Septimus Hanes, C. E. Harriton, B. A.,
Jamea Henderson, B.Sc, Thomas Hawkins, Percy
Hertot, Frederick Arthur Hillard, B.A., Arthur Edward
Holme, M.A. (Oxon.), Alfred James, Frederick Edward
Johnson, William Oakes Kibble, Leonard P. Kinnicut,
amea McCreath, David James Morgan, William Henry
Pcfinington, Martin Priest, W. T. B. Ridge, William ,
Round, William Augustus Rugginz, Clarence Arthur
Seyler, B.Sc, Mathew Smith, B.A., Frank R Stephens,
George Stone, W. J. Tibbals, John Williams, B.A.,
Thomas Rowland Wingfield, and Harold E. Wright.
Of the following papers those marked * were read —
•141. •* Researchis on the Ter perns, VI. Products of
the Oxidation of Camhhene : Camhhoic Add ahd its D$»
rivatives," By J. E. Marsh and J. A. Gardnbr.
In this paper some of the oxidation produAs of cam*
phene are described, among them being camphoic acid,
CX0H14O6, as chief produd, camphoric acid in small quan-
tity, terephthalic acid, and succinic acid.
From camphoric acid were obtained :—Anhydrocam«
phoic acid, C10H14O5; cis- and trant-camphopyric acids,
C9H14O4; camphopyric chloride, CgHijClsOa; chloro*
camphopyric chloride, CgHnCljOa; chlorocamphopyric
anhydride, C9HX4CIO3 ; camphopyranilic acid,—
CgHxaOalNHCeHs);
and salts of camphoic and camphopytic acids. With
camphopyric acid is compared camphoric acid in reaped of
their both existing as cis- and trana-isomers, and also as
regards the acid chloride, chloroacid chloride, and chloro-
anhydride, producible from both camphoric and campho-
pyric acids.
The redudion of camphopyric acid to hexahydrometa*
xylene has also been accomplished, while the constitution
of camphene is discussed from the general analogy of
camphoric and camphopyric acids, from the probability
of their both containing a hexamethylene nucleus, from
the fad of the produdion of both acids from camphene
and from the probability that neither camphoic acid nor
camphopyric acid is producible from camphoric acid.
Discussion.
Professor Armstrong inquired whether Mr. Marsh
could give any further information as to the isomeric
bromocamphor described by him on a previous occasion,
since he (Profesor Armstrong) had not been able to con-
firm Mr. Marsh's results.
If a molecular proportion of bromine be added to Cam-
phor heated on the water-bath, using i or 2 per cent in
excess, so as to ensure the absence of camphor, an almost
theoretical yield of bromocamphor (m. p. 7^°) is obtained.
If, to purify the produd, it be dissolved in hot alcohol,
the greater part of the bromocamphor at once crystallises
out as the solution cools, and if tne small amount of oily'
residue obtained from the mother-liquor^a mixture of
mono- and dibromocamphor — be digested with alcoholic
potash, so as to reduce the dibromo*compound, this also
is conveited into well-crystallised bromocamphor.
According to Marsh [Trans, Chem, Soc, x8go, 828), if
camphor be brominated in presence of sJcohol, almost
half the produd consists of an isomeric bromocamphor
of ill-defined crystalline form and very low rotatory poWer.
A produd such as he describes can undoubtedly be ob-
tained, but it is not difficult to separate bromocamphor
from it, and its properties are certainly those of an impure
material. It is desirable that this produd should be more
fully examined, and its nature definitely established, in
view of the interest attaching to isomeric cis- and trans-
modifications of camphor derivatives ; the account given
by Marsh is incomplete as it stands, and it is to be hoped
that he will study further the adion of bromine on cam-
phor in presence of alcohol.
Mr. Marsh, in reply, said he had no doubt as to the
existence of the second bromocamphor. He regarded the
adion of bromine on camphor as very considerably modi-
fied by the presence of alcohol, which, by reading at once
with the bydrobromic acid to form ethyl bromide, favoured
the existence of the unstable isobromocamphor. The
isobromocamphor has been obtained in crystals having a
definite melting-point. Its specific rotation is more than
100^ lower than that of the ordinary modification, while
it is also lower than that of camphor itself. When dis-
tilled it it converted partially, without appreciable decern*
New Derivaiiveifrom AlphA-Dibromocamphor,
314
position, into the ordinary modification, the rotatory
power after one diBtilUtion being raised about 50®, whilst
ordinary broniocamphor may be readily obtained from the
distilled produA by crystallisation from alcohol.
•14a. "N/w Derivatives from a-Dibromocamphor,'*
By Martin O. Forster, Ph.D. . . . ^ •
Early in this year a preliminary note was published in
the Proceedings (p. 4), describing the behaviour of a-di-
bromocamphor towards nitric acid, an investigation
undertaken at the suggestion of Professor Armstrong.
It appears desirable to place on record the results which
have since been obtained in this connexion.
It has been already stated (loc. cit.) that a compound
of the formula CoHuBraOa is produced when o-dibromo-
camphor is aded on by fuming nitric acid {d, i'52), and
that redudion with zinc dust and alcoholic ammonia
converts this substance into a compound of the formula
CxoHi3Bt02. A fuller investigation has shown that the
composition of theie produas is represented by the
formula C,oHx4BraOi and CioHxsBrO, respeaively,
which, in fad, correspond more closely to the analytical
results already published than do the formulas previously
chosen.
The compounds CioH^BraOa and CioHxsBrOa having
given rise to numerous derivatives, it has been found ne-
cessary to adopt some system of nomenclature by means
of which they may be designated, and the scheme which
is now proposed has been seleAed because it aims at re-
presenting in the name of a derivative the class of com-
pounds to which it belongs- It having been found that
the initial compound CioH^BraOa has the properties of a
laaone,this substance will be referred to as dibromo-
eampkolid; the produa of its reduaion, CloHisBrOa, is
an unsaturated (carboxylic) acid, and will be called
bromocamphcnnic acid, the termination "olid ' being
significant of Uaones, whilst eihylenic linking is repre-
senied by the syllable •* en." . . ^ ,. u
Dibromocampholid, CxoHuBraOa, is obtained by the
aaion of fuming nitric acid (rf. 1*52)00 a-dibromocam-
phor in quantity amounting to about 10 per cent of the
material used ; it crystallises in long, colourless, trans-
parent needles, and melts at 15a**. Alcoholic potash
converts it into the lactone, CX0HX4O3, which melts an
174% *n<l y»«*^» *^* ^"'' CxoHx604on hydrolysis; the
laaone is readily converted by bromine into the bromo-
lactone, CioHxsBrOa, which crystallises from alcohol m
lustrous silky needles, and melts at 196—197%
Bromocamphorenic acid. C.oHxsBiOa. is formed when an
alcoholic solution of dibromocampholid is reduced with
line dust and ammonia ; it crystallises from alcohol in
thin, lustrous, six-sided plates, and melts at 159 . The
barium salt contains aHaO, and the Mine, copper, and
silver salts are also crystalline; the methyltc salt is a
fragrant oil, which boils at 255° under a pressure of 767-5
m.m. The unsaturated charaaer of bromocamphorenic
acid is indicated by its behaviour towards potassium per-
manganate, which is immediately decolourised by the
solution in sodium carbonate, a dicarboxylic actd being
produced having the formula CxoHxeOe. and melting
at 184*; a cold solution of bromine in chloroform is at
once decolourised by the acid in the same medium, hy-
drogen bromide and dibromocampholid being formed.
Campkorenic acid, CxoHxcOa, i« obtained by reducing
a boiling alkaline solution of bromocamphorenic acid
with sodium amalgam ; it crystallises from alcohol in
colourless needles, and melts at i6x% The sodium salt
crystallises from strongly alkaline solutions in silky
needles ; the mcthylic salt is a colourless oil, which boiU
at ax5' under a pressure of 7675 m.m., and has the odour
of camphor. The anhydride. CaoHaoOj, melts at 84-85
fCBBIIICALNBWa,
\ Dec. a?. i8«5-
a-Bromocampholtd, CxoHxsBrOai
is obtained by the
acid on bromocam-
aaion of concentrated sulphunc
phorenic acid, and is isomeric with that substance ; the
produaion of an isomeric Uaone under the influence of
sulphuric acid, and the formation of a bromoUaone on
treatment with bromine, are features which charaaerise
/Sy-unsaturated acids. a-Bromocampholid crystallises
from alcohol in lustrous plates, and melts at 9a— 93*^; it is
indifferent towards bromine, and is hydrolysed by a
boiling aqueous solution of barium hydroxide.
fi'Bromocampholid is isomeric with the foreeoing sub-
stance, and is formed from camphorenic acid or the sodium
salt and bromine ; it crystallises from ether in transparent
prisms, and melts at 63% It is indifferent towards bromine,
and when the alcoholic solution is reduced with zinc dost
and ammonia, camphorenic acid is fnrmed.
Campkolid, CxoHxeOa* is obtained by dissolving cam-
phorenic acid in concentrated sulphuric acid, the change
being parallel with that attending the conversion of
bromocamphorenic acid into a-bromocampholid ; it is
very readily soluble in most organic solvents, but sepa-
rates from petroleum in minute white crystals, and melts
at 176—177°. Campholid is very volatile, and sublimes
slowly below 100° ; it resembles camphor in appearance,
and has the odour of that substance. It is indifferent
towards bromine, but yields an acid, CxoHxsOj, on hydro-
lysis, which crystallises from ethylic acetate in magnificent
lustrous needles, melting at 179.
♦143. " Isomeric it - Bromo -a • nitro Camphors.*^ By
Arthur Lapworth, D.Sc, and F. Stanley KiPPtNG,
Ph.D., D.Sc
It has already been shown by one of the authors {Prac,
Chem, Soc, cxlviii., 39) that ir-dibromo-camphor is at-
tacked by concentrated nitric acid, and that the produd
consists partly of a bromocamphoric acid and partly off
an oil, which, by the aaion of alcoholic potash, yields a
bromonitro-camphor.
It has now been found that if this oil be boiled with
concentrated nitric acid until it is free from ir-dibromo-
camphsr ; it subsequently solidifies to a crystalline cake,
from which bromonitro'Camphor can be easily isolated.
(Found C= 34*05 ; H =4*21; Br =44-98 per cent. Calc
C«33-8o; H=3*67; Br =4505 percent).
This compound separates from cold light petroleum m
the form of long flat needles, meling at 54% and is inso-
luble in water, but soluble in most of the usual organic
solvents. When boiled with alcoholic potash it loses
I atom of bromine, and affords the potassium salt of the
bromonitro-camphor previously described (^loc, cit.)^ The
further investigation of this bromonitro-camphor leads to
the conclusion that it is polymorphous. The crystals
from chloroform and petroleum melt sharply at 133— «34%
and solidify on cooling to a crystalline mass, which
fuses at 126®; this is also the melting-point of crystals
obtained from alcoholic or dilute acetic acid solutions,
whereas large pyramidal crystals deposited from a mix-
ture of ethylic acetate and chloroform melt at io8% im-
mediately solidify, and melt once more at 126% A 6 per
cent solution gave [a] d = + 33*04«
Reduaion of v-bromo-a-nitro-camphor with sine dnst
and acetic yields an amido-compound with a strong am-
moniacal odour, which is probably ordinary amido-cam-
phor, as it contains no bromine, and agrees in properties
with the compond described by Schiff {Ber,, xiii., 1404).
If, however, the bromonitro-camphor be carefully re-
duced with sodium amalgam in aikaline solution, it is
converted into a new v-bromo-a-amido-camphor.-—
CxoHx4BrONHa.
the hydrochloride of which crystallises from water or ace-
tone in colourlesss needles or plates. (Calculated for
CxoHx4BrONHaHCl, 0=42-46; H =603 ;Br+Cl«:40'8i.
01 = 12*56. Found, 0=42-57; H=6-05; Br+Cl=40-36.
01 = 1270).
The oxalate is almost insoluble in water, and melts at
201**; the platinichloride forms silky yellow needles, melt*
ing with decomposition about 2x9^
v-Bromr-anitro-camphor dissolves in hot hydrochloric
acid, and the solution on cooling deposits crystals of a
new compound, which is soluble in hot sodium carbonate
solution, and separates from bensene in flat needles melt*
GtoufiCAL Hmrt, I
Dec S7, 1095. '
w-Bromocampkoric Acid.
315
log at X37". This sobstance is an isomeric ir-bromo-a-
nitro-caraphor. (Found, C » 43*57 ; H « 5*32. Calculated,
C">43*47; Ha 5*07 per cent).
It differi from its isomeride inasmuch as it dissolves
readily in hot water, crystallising from the solution in thin
plates melting at xo8' ; it is also much less soluble in
tthylic acetate and in benzene, and it yields a blue copper
salt, that of its isomer being pink. Its specific rotation
ia also much greater, viz., [a]o » +52*7.
That these two v-broroo-a-nitro-csmphor are struc-
turally identical is probable from the fadk that they both
yield v-bromo-campboric acid on oxidation with nitric
acid ; it is concluded, therefore, that the difference be-
tween these two substances is of the same nature as that
•obeisting between cis-and trans modifications of cycloid
derivatives.
•144. •• Dtfivaiivtt of w-Bromocamphoric Acid.** By
F. Stanlbt Kippino, Ph.D., D.Sc
ir>Bromocamphoric acid, CioHisBr04, prepared by
oxidising ir-dibromo- camphor (Proc. Chim* Soc,, cxlviii.,
33), is readily aded on b^ alkalis giving, according to the
conditions of the experiment, a laAonic acid, C10H14O4
!m. p. 164^x65*'), or ir-hydroxy camphoric acid, CX0H16O5
Proc.. cli.. 88).
The ladonic acid is the initial, and not the final, pro-
do A of the aAion, as was at first supposed ; when heated
with excess of aqueous potash it is converted into a salt
of the vhydroxy acid. The hydroxy acid, treated with
acetic chloride, yields an acetyl derivative of its anhy-
dride ; this substance crystallises from ethereal petroleum
10 prisms melting at 89—90^, and is dimorphous, another
modification mehing at 86— 87^ When the hydroxy acid
is distilled, it yields as principal produA a ladonic acid,
CxoHt404 (m. p. about 226% isomeric with the compound
referred to above, and identical with that obtained by
beating ir-bromo-camphoric acid with quinoline {he, cit.).
The ladonic acid of lower melting-point is also converted
on distillation into the isomeride of higher melting-point,
whereas the latter, on fusion with potash, gives the
v-hydroxy acid.
v-Hydroxycamphoric acid and the ladonic acid melting
at 164—165*' are readily oxidised by nitric acid, giving an
acid of the composition CX0H14O6 (he. cit,), but the lac-
tonic acid of higher melting point is exceedingly stable,
and teems not to be attacked by boiling nitric acid ; on
prolonged treatment with alkaline permanganate, how-
ever, either at ordinary temperatures or at loo*', it yields,
amongst other produds not yet investigated, a small quan-
tity of a derivative of dihydroxycamphoric acid,
CtoH|o06f namely, a hydroxy ladonecarboxylic acid of
the composition CtoHi405. This substance crystallises
from hot water, in which it is readily soluble, in long,
slender needles, and from a mixture of moist ether and
ethylic acetate in well-defined transparent prisms melting
at about 265^; these crystals lose iHaO, and become
opaque when heated at zoo*, so that the substance is
probably a monohydroxyladonic acid of the composition
CfoH 14054- HaO, and not a dihydroxy compound. Its
identity wiih the acid obtained from v-dibromocamphoric
anhydride (see following note), and the fad that the lac-
tone ring in the substance (m. p. 226 ) from which it is
derived is very stable, lead to the conclusion that it is
the ir-hydroxy group which has taken part in the ladone
formation.
It leems probable, from the fads already established,
that the fr-bromine atom in ir-bromocamphoric acid is a
Gonstituent of a - CH«Br group.
145. ** w-Dihfomocampkofic Acid and its Derivatives,**
By F. Stamlby Kippimo. Ph.D., D.Sc.
The derivatives of v-bromocamphoric acid, which have
been referred to in the preceding and in previous notes,
are to stable that attempts to obtain from them simple
oxidation produds containing less than 10 atoms of car-
bon have so far been unsticcessful ; as they also resist the
adUoA of bromine, or give with it ilMefined substances.
experiments were made with the objed of brominating
ir-bromocamphoric acid itsel/, in the hope of obtaining a
dibromo-derivative which, on treatment with alkuit,
would yield produds more easily oxidisable than those
prepared from the monobromo acid.
W'Dibromocamphoric anhydride, CioHiaBraOj, it ob-
tained on treating dry v-bromocamphoric acid with
bromine and amorphous phosphorus under the usual
conditions ; it crystallises from chloroform in large trans-
parent plates, melts at about axo* without decomposing,
and is readily soluble in warm chloroform, but very
sparingly in cold ether, and insoluble in cold water and
cold sodium carbonate solution.
W'Dibromocamphoric acid, CioHi4Bra04, is deposited in
small plates when the anhvdride is dissolved in hot con-
centrated nitric and the solution evaporated on the water-
bath; it melts and decomposes at axo— an", and ia
readily soluble in cold ether, but insoluble, or nearly so,
both in chloroform and in hot water. It dissolves in dilute
sodium carbonate solution with effervescence, and on
acidifying the solution after heating for a few minutes
ir-bromocamphanic acid (see below) is orecipitated*
ir-Dibromocamphoric acid is stable at xoo°, but when
heated at its melting-point, part is re-converted into the
dibromo-anhydride and part is transformed into v-bromo-
camphanic acid with liberation of hydrogen bromide.
it'Bromocamphanic acid, CxoHi3Br04, is formed when
the dibromo-anhydride is boiled for some hours with water
and a little alcohol ; it separates from cold dilute alcohol
in fern- like crystals which contain water, but from hot
water and from a mixture of chloroform and ethyl acetate
anhydrous crystals are deposited ; it melts at x^ — XTT^t
and is soluble in sodium carbonate aolution with effer-
vescence.
On prolonged boiling with water, or on heating with
aqueous alkalis, r-dibromocamphoric acid is converted
into an acid melting at about 265^ and identical with the
oxidation produd described in the preceding note.
X46. ** w-Bromocamphorie Acid. By F. Stanley Kip*
PINO, Ph.D.,DSc
The fad that ir-bromocamphoric acid is obtained di-
redly on oxidising irdibromocamphor, whereas the
v-dibromocamphoric acid can be prepared from the cor-
responding anhydride (see preceding abstrad), led the
author to try and isolate the unknown bromocamphoric
acid corresponding with Wreden's bromocamphoric anhy-
dride : this was accomplished by hydrolysing the
anhydride with concentrated nitric acid under suitable
conditions, but the yield was comparatively small, mott
of the anhydride bein^ recovered.
The bromocamphoric acid, which, it is proposed, should
be distinguished from the isomeric ir-acid by using the
initial letter of Wreden's name (he having first prepared
the anhydride), crystallises from a mixture of chloroform
and ether in large transparent orthorhombic pyramids,
having the composition CxoHt5Br04. (Found, CaB4a*9
H«5*4 ; theory, C«43*o, H-i5*4 per cent). It dissolves
freely in ether, but is almost insoluble in bensene and
chloroform, and melts at 195— xgd^, charring slightly and
effervescing; it is readily soluble in todium carbonate
solution, by which it is rapidly decomposed, yielding or-
dinary camphanic acid. When heated for a short time
with acetic chloride the acid is re-converted into the an-
hydride from which it is derived.
Aschan (B#r., xxvii., 2xt2, and xxviii. ; Ref.Qaa) has
recently isolated an acid, which he designates /-bromiso-
camphoric acid ; this compound appears to be different
from the acid which forms the subjed of the present com-
munication, but Aschan's original paper being at present
inaccessible, this point cannot be nnally settled.
The author also refers to a curious phenomenon ob-
served in crystallising sv-bromocamphoric anhydride from
chloroform ; in some cases the solution becomes highly
supersaturated, and crystallisation ultimately takes place
with almost explosive violence.
3t6
Modern Copper Smelting.
f Crbmical MBWt,-
1 Dec 27. S895.
^
^
X47. •• wChlorocampkoric Acid,** By F. Stanley
KiPPiNO, Ph.D., D.Sc., and William J. Pope.
Optically inadive camphor Bulphonic chloride (Kipping
and Pope, Trans. ^ 1893, ixi"., 548) yields, on distillation,
two produds, namely, a crystalline inadive v-chloro-
camphor and an oil {Trans., 1895, Ixvii., 371).
When the mixture of these two compounds is heated
with nitric acid the oil is rapidly oxidised and passes into
solution, but ir-chlorocamphor, like ir-dibremocamphor, is
attacked and dissolved rather slowly.
On cooling the solution, crystals and an oil are deposited.
The crystalline substance is ir-chlorocamphoric acid, the
oil being probably ir-chloro-a-nitrocamphor, the forma-
tion of which, under the above conditions, would be ana-
logous to that of ira-dibromc-a-nitrocampbor from iro-di-
bromocampbor (see preceding note by Lapworth and Kip-
ping) ; other substances are present in the filtrate from
nitric acid, but they have not yet been examined.
Inadive ir chlcrocsmphoric acid,CioHi5C104, resembles
v-bromocamphoric acid very closely in ordinary proper-
ties. It is very sparingly soluble in hot water, from which
it crystallises in small lustrous prisms, melting at about
Z95^ It is almost insoluble in chloroform, but dissolves
freely in ether, methyl alcohol, and acetone.
This chloroacid is doubtless struAurally similar to w-
bromocamphoric acid, but whereas the latter is a deriva-
tive of an optically aAive ir- bromocampbor, the chloro-
acid is derived from an inadive or racemic halogen deriva-
tive of camphor.
A chlorocamphoric anhydride has been recently de-
scribed by Aschan {Ber., xxviii., Ref. 922), but this sub-
ttanct is derived from an acid strudurally as well as opti-
cally different from ir-chlorocamphoric acid.
(To be cootinued).
NOTICES OF BOOKS.
Modern Copper Smelting. By Edward Dyer Peters,
Jun. Seventh Edition, Re-written and greatly En-
larged. London and New York : The Scientific Pub-
lishing Company. 1895. ^^o., pp. 642.
When a work of this character has passed through the
ordeal of seven editions, we may feel sure that it has
given satisfadion to pradical men.
The present edition takes due account of certain capital
improvements in the metallurgy of copper, such as the
introduAion of automatic calcining furnace, the rapid de-
velopment of the copper Bessemer process, the improve-
ments in blast-furnaces and reverberatories, and " per-
haps, above all, by the gradual dawning of the idea that
although copper is worth fifteen times a« much as iron it
is not absolutely necessary to expend fifteen times as
much money in handling and treating its ores."
This is a specimen of the dry humour which crops out
here and there in this work. Thus we read that ** it is
easier to run a furnace on a novel plan with men who
know nothing about it than with those who know too
much.'*
On again speaking of cliques among workmen, Mr.
Peters writes :— ** A judicious mixture of nationalities will
often prevent the deceptions and the attitude of passive
resistance to all improvements which charadlerise a body
of experienced workmen of any one nationality. A mix-
ture of Irish and Cornish furnace-men with an American
foreman usually works well, as the men all dislike and
distrust each other so much that they find it impossible
to combine against the common enemy.*'
The chapter on the distribution of the ores of copper
loses much in value by its being confined to the North
American deposits.
Automatic sampling is an improvement which must do
away with some very unedifying disputes and recrimina-
tions, not merely in metallurgy, but in all the " heavy '
chemical industries.
The Cornish fire assay of copper ores — a *' Pi'erde-
methods'* as we have heard it called in Germany — is
spoken of with too great leniency. A process which gives
results short of the truth, not by a constant value, but by
a proportion which fluAuates in different ores, ought no
longer to be recognised. It is an error to say, as the
author does in a foot-note, that *' in England all analytical
chemists are called assayers," though the exaA connota*
tion of the two terms has never been authoritatively de*
fined. The eledtrolytic process for the determination of
copper is very fully described and illustrated.
Under the cyanide assay, attention is called to the sub-
stances which interfere with the result. Arsenic and
antimony rank as the most dangerous substances, as also
zinc in proportions exceeding 4I per cent. Ferric
hydroxide, if present in quantity, occludes copper and in-
troduces a serious error. Yet we once met with a chemist
who considered he had effedled an improvement in this
process by omitting to filter off the precipitate of ferric
hydroxide before titrating with cyanide.
In the improved cyanide method of A. H. Law, the
copper is first precipitated from the solution of the ore by
meansof metallic aluminium, the deposit is re-dissolved
by means of nitric acid. Silver, if any, is precipitated as
a chloride and filtered off. For the subsequent titration
care is taken that all the conditions shall be identical,
such as the total volume of the solution, the proportion of
ammonia used, and the working temperature.
The iodide process is very highly spoken of. After
giving a table of results, the question is put — ** Can the
eleArolytic method improve upon this ? "
Pyritic smelting, in the strid sense of the term, t./.,
without the use of any carbonaceous fuel, is not, the
author considers, sufi5ciently developed to warrant its
introduAion, except experimentally.
The Bessemer treatment of copper forms the subjeA of
a very interesting chapter.
The most harmful substance which may be present in
a matte is bismuth, as it adheres to copper most ob-
stinately ; and, according to the experiments of Hampe,
renders it red-short even when occurring in such small
proportions as 0*02 per cent.
The eledrolytic refining of copper seems to have proved
very successful in America, as shown by the enlargement,
of existing eleArolytic works, and the establishment of
new ones on the same principle.
A most valuable feature of the work must be recognised
in the numerous and elaborate illustrations.
It is scarcely needful to add that the present edition of
this book must be welcomed as a boon by all persons con-
neAed with the copper industry.
Treatise on Distillery. Distillers* Microbiology. Ferments
and Fermentation, (•• Trait6 de Distillcrie. Micro-
biologie du Distillateur. Ferments et Fermentation ")•
By M. P. GuiCHARD, Member of the Chemical Society
of Paris. Paris : J. B. Bailliire et Fils. 1896. Pp.
392, i6mo.
The study of fermentation is not merely a technological
question. It was the earliest subjea which led us to a
clear conviaion that chemical phenomena may involve
and depend upon biological processes. This fad is of.
profound scientific importance. It shows us that the
simpler sciences of Comte's hierarchy may and do require
a knowledge of those more complex and less general.
But the work before us does more than it promises. It
considers the animal and vegetable proteic matters, the
soluble and figured ferments, and the industrial analysis
of fermented produds.
The author gives a historic study of the process of fer^
mentation. He traces the discovery of alcohol to Abucasi
and Arnold, of Villanova, and quotes a recipe from
c>«2»<^f^*'} Place of Helium in the Classification of Elements. 317
Ramon LuUy for its prodoaion. He briefly traces the
gradaal development of the theory of fermentation and
putrefaaion down from those early experimentalists to
the fall light thrown upon the subjea by Pasteur.
In the second part, M. Guichird considers the albo-
nenoid substances in the widest sense of the word, the
albumens, globulines, peptones, coUagens, caseins, to-
gether with the genesis and transformation of the
albumenoids in the organic economy.
The third sedion is devoted to the soluble ferments,
diasuses, xymoses or enzymes, and the theory of their
aAion.
In the fourth sedion, we pass to the figured ferments —
moulds, their aerobic and anaerobic life; yeasts, their
origin, purification, and chemical composition. There is
alto an account of the reagents and pigments used in their
microscopic examination. The microscope here figured
and recommended is that of V6rick. For photographing
Che ferments we find the instruments of Dr. Roux (manu-
fadured by V€rick) and of Nachet recommended and
ahown in the illustrations. As useful reagents, the
author recommends a hot solution of glycerm, diluted
•odium sulphate, and alum in veiy dilute solution, potas-
sium acetate in an aqueous solution, the reagents of Bar-
foed, Fehling, Millon, and Ehrlich. The last-mentioned
consists of 2 parts of potassium dichromate and 0*50 part
copper sulphate in zoo parts water. The stains or dyes
found most useful are described at some length.
In the fifth sedion we have the classification of fer-
mentations, as the alcoholic, the baderial (under which
head are given some interesting fads as concerning the
vital conditions of the Schizomycetes and the low tem-
peratures which they are able to support), the acetic, the
ladic, butyric, panary, gluconic, and mannitic.
The sixth sedion is occupied with the industrial ana-
lysis of the produds of fermentation.
A seledion of useful tables conclude the work.
M. Ouichard's book may be regarded as useful, both
from a pradical and a theoretical point of view. Few
chemists can now afford to overlook the multiform and
far-reaching agency of fermentation.
CORRESPONDENCE.
ON THB
PLACE OF HELIUM IN THE CLASSIFICATION
OF ELEMENTARY SUBSTANCES.
To tki Editor of thi Chemical News,
Sir,— In the Chbmical News, vol. Ixxii., p. 305, 1 notice
that Dr. Gladstone maintains his wrong assertion ** that
Ihe successive differences between the atomic weights of
adjacent members of the metals in the first group in
Mendeleeff's table showed that these differences increased
at we go downwards,*' notwithstanding that the assertion
was disproved by reference to this table, at well as to the
one set forth in my former letter.
Judging from the remarkable statements now made by
Dr. Gladstone, it would appear to be much more probable
that he has forgotten the numbers he wrote on the black-
board of the Physical Society than that the official record
of these numbers is incorred.
As Dr. Gladstone, at the meeting of this Society, ex-
pressed doubt as to the elementary charader of helium,
he is hardly entitled to have an opinion on its place in
any classification until he has first convinced himself on
this point. ...
His observations on the relations of the atomic weights
10 the year 1853 have little in common with those set
lorth in my tables in the Chemical News of 1878 (vol.
axxviii.), which, as will be seen, anticipated everything of
value that Dr. Gladstone advanced retpeding the atomlg
weights in his Address to the Chemical Sedion of the
British Association in 1883. No chemist knows thlt
better than Dr. Gladstone himself.— I am, &c.,
H. WiLDB.
Decembtrsi, iBgs.
CHEMICAL NOTICES FROM FOREIGN
SOURCES.
NoTB.«AU decrees of tsmperature are Csotlgrads aalsss otherwise
eipreitsd.
Combes Rendus ffeMomadaires des Sianca, de VAcademii
des Sciences, Vol. cxxi., No. 23, December 2, 1895.
Pretence of Sodium in Aluminium produced by
Ele^rolyait. — Henri Moissan. — This memoir will be
inserted in full.
Origin of Argon and of Helium in the Gates given
off by certain Sulpharout Springs.— L. Troott and L.
Guvrard.— (See p. 309).
Studies in Molecular Phyaies.— Ch. V. Zenger.—
The author announces that he has found a simple relation
between the density and the specific heat of the elements.
This relation seems to him to throw a new light 00 the
molecular adions which have governed the formation of
the elements. Perhaps by imitating the charaderistic
conditions of the most remote geological epochs we may
succeed in transforming the physical and chemical proper-
ties of the elements themselves.
Relation between the Intensity of Light and the
Chemical Decompotition which it producet. Bx*
periment with Mixturet of Ferric Chloride and
Oxalic Acid. — Georges Lemoine.— The decomposition
occasioned by light in solutions of ferric chloride and
oxalic acid may serve for measuring the intensity of the
light although the readion is exothermic, for the heat dis-
engaged is rapidly dissipated in the ambient medium, and
the chemical transformation takes a permanent course.
We may conclude approximately that the chemical de-
composition of the mixture of ferric chloride and oxalic
acid is proportional to the luminous intensity.
Pretence of Argon and Helium in a Source of
Natural Nitrogen.— Ch. Moureu.— (See p. 310).
Experimental Determination of the Agglutinatiof
Power of Coal.— Louis Campredon. — There is no corre-
lation between the oom position of a coal as established
by analysis and its caking power.
On Chromium Amalgam and on tome Propertiet
of Metallic Chromium.— J. F€rH.— The author obtains
chromium-amalgam by the eledrolytic method. The pro-
dud obtained had the composition rlgjCr. On submitting
this compound to a pressure of 200 kilos, per square centi-
metre between folds of filter-paper another amalgam wat
obtained of the constant composition of HgCr.
Synthesis of Complex Amides.— Albert Colton.—
Not suitable for useful abridgment.
New Instances of Superpotition of the Optical
Effetftt of Atymmetric Carbons.— Ph. A. Guye and
Ch. Goudret.— Not suitable for abstradion and not of
sufficient importance for insertion in exUnso.
RevM€ UniverseiU des Mines ei de la MdaUur^ie,
Series 3, Vol. xxxi.. No. 2.
Detulphuration of Catt Metal by the Saniter Pro-
cess.— Krewtxoff.— The ingredient used is chiefly calcium
chloride. In samples obtained the proportion of sulphur
before the addition of the calcium chloride was from
0*029 to 0*035. ^^^ ^ procett it wat reduced to 0*019
to 0*016.
3i8
Determioation of Salpbar in Organic Subttancet.
L. L. de Koninclc and £d. Nihoal. — The aothors submit
the specimen operated apon to combustioo with a mixture
which they call nitro-lime. At least 5 parts of quicklime
are incorporated with x part of dry calcium nitrate. The
5 parts of quicklime, in minute fragmeats quite anhydrous
and free from sulphate and silicate, are placed in a porce-
lain capsule and gradually sprinkled with z part of dry
calcium nitrate dissolved in | part water, applying a
moderate heat if needful to set the readion in progress.
The method of operation has a general resemblance to
that used in the Varrentrap and Will process for deter-
mining nitrogen.
Meetings for the Week.
I Cbbmical If •«••
I .Dec 97, 189s-
MISCELLANEOUS.
The Bast London Bzhibition. — It is announced
that in June next there will be held, in the People's
Palace, a General Exhibition of the Trades, Industries,
and Arts of East London, and of the work of the Poly-
technics and Technical Institutes. It includes the fol-
lowing SeAions : — Exhibits of manufaduring aud trading
firms, the work of individual craftsmen ; exhibits by indi-
vidual students and apprentiees; exhibits by students,
colledively and by institutions ; women's work, and loan
exhibits of works of art. The first Sedion comprises the
following groups :— The building trades ; the silver trades,
{goldsmiths, jewellers, &c. ; printing and allied trades ;
eather trades ; clothing trades ; engineering and metal
trades ; food and cookery ; furnishing and brush and basket
trades ; shipping and navigation ; tobacco trades ; glass
and pottery trades; coach-makers, wheelwrights, and
auxiliary trades ; textile trades ; horticulture ; aero-
nautics ; brewing, and manufadure of aerated waters ;
fuel furnaces, stoves, and fireplaces ; india rubber ; photo-
graphy ; educational and physical training appliances ;
toys and games ; bicycles and tricycles ; coopering ; mu-
sical instruments ; chemical manufadures— a department
in which we have still much to learn ; fire-arms and ex-
J>losives ; and, lastly, taxidermy. This last item will, we
ear, include much that is injurious, if not absolutely
criminal, f. #., the destrudion of harmless and useful birds
and inseds at the bidding of fashion. Under Sedion II.
we find scientific instrument making, a department in
which we have, nationally speaking, no little room for
improvement. Prixes will be awarded in the various
groups for excellence of workmanship. We hope that the
Exhibition may prove successful in every sense, and that
it may revive the original objed of the People's Palace.
MEETINGS FOR^THE WEEK.
Tuesday. Dec. 3itt. ) Royal Institution, 3. {The Christmas Lee*
Truksday, Tan. and. > tares). " Sound, Hearing, and Speech,"
Saturday. Jan. 4th . ) by Prof. J. G. McKendrick, B^.D., F.R.S.
Friday, 3rd.— Quekett Club, 8.
— Geologists' Association, 8.
FOREIGN SCIENTIFIC BOOKS.
IMPORTERS OP FOREIGN BOOKS,
Receive regularly all Foreign Scientific Books.
Catalogues and lisu post free on application.
24, Henrietta Street, Covert Garden, London ;
20, South Frederick Street, Edinburob ;
and 7, Broad Street, Oxford.
MICA
Telephone
No. 3348^
P. WIQQINS ft SONS. };i;^SiTn;riesI'l;cf, Loodoft.
MICA MERCHANTS,
MMufactnrert 0/ Mtca Goods /or ElectfictU and ALL pmpoi$t,
QQDtractors to Her Majesty's Qoveroincot
JUST PUBLISHED.
446 pagts aud loi lUustratioms, PriuUs,^.
A TREATISE ON THE MANUFACTURE
SOAP AND 'candles,
LUBRICANTS, AND GLYCERIN.
By WM. LANT GARPEKTER, B.Sc.
Second Bditioo, Revised mod Enlarged by HENRY LEA8K
CONTENTS.
Historical Epitome and Re''exences. Theoretical Principles.
Raw Materials : Their Sonrcet and Preparation.
Raw Materials : Refininc, Clarifying, and Bleaching.
Raw Materials : Their Proximate Analysis.
Canstic Alkali and other Mineral Salts.
Manntaaure of Household Soaps : The Process of Saponificatioa.
Treatment of Soap after its Removal from the Soap Copper: Codioc.
Cutting, Drying, Moulding. *•
Soap-~Filling and Sophisticating.
Special Soaps : Household, Laundry, Floating, DIsinfeaant. Hard.
water. Sand. Cold-water, Powders, Manuf«aiirers', Toilet.
Transparent, Fancy, SolidiBed, Glycerin, &c
Theory of ihe Aaion of Soap-Its Valuation and Aaalytis^Dtatri-
bution and Position of the Trade.
Lubricating Oils. Railway and Waggon Grease, &c.
Candles— Raw Mai- rials, their Sources and Preliminary Treatment.
Processes for the Conversion of Neutral Pats into Fatty Acids— The
Maoufaaure of Commercial Stearin.
The Manufaanre of Candles and Night-lights— Their Valne ea Ula*
minanu. Glycerin. Bibliography. Index.
E. ft P. N. SPON, las, Strand, London.
OLD PLATINUM
In any FORM PURCHASRD FOR CASH.
Highest prices allowed by
ROBERT PRINGLB ft CO., Gold and SUver
Refiners, &c., 40 and 4a, Clerkenwell Rd., E.C.
Send for Price List.
Photographic Residues reduced and porchnsed*
SULPHUROUS ACID.
SULPHITES AND BISULPHITE OF LIME, SODA. Ac.
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE, 10/30 vols.
CARAHELS, Liquid and SoUd.
BENNETT d JENNER, Stratford, London.
AC£XONE# — Answering all requirementR*
.A-OIID JLCETIO— Purctt and tweet.
IBOIR-A.OXO— Cryit. and powder.
CITIRIO— Cryat. made in earthenware.
C3-.A.XiXjXO— From best Chinese galls, pnie,
S-A-IiiaYIilO-By Kolbe'a ptoceea.
TJLlSTlSTXO—^or Pharmacy and the Arta.
LIQUID CHLORINE
(Compreued in steel cylinders).
FORMALIN (405^ CHaO)— AntigepUc and Preservative.
POTASS. PERMANOANATB-Cryat., large and amaU.
SULPHOCYANIDE OP AMMONIUM.
BARIUM.
POTASSIUM.
TARTAR EMETIC-Cryst. and Powder.
TRIPOLI AND METAL POWDERS.
ALL CHEMICALS FOR ANALYSIS AMD THE ARTS.
Wholesale Agents—
A. & M. ZIMMERMANN,
6 A 7, CROSS LANE. LONDON, E.G.
|aa. 10, 1898.
INDEX.— SUPPLEMENT TO THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
319
INDEX.
A BBRDBBN Univenity, 126
Aberyttwyth College, uk
Absorptioa speftra of liqaefied
air, 65
Accumulator, oew form, 2x1
Acetic and formic acidt, ipecific
heats of snperfosed. 98
Acetones of the fatty series,
latent heatt of evaporation
of. 223
Acetylene, toxicity of, 233, 306
Acid. aAive amylacetic, 109
ammoniom sodiam tungsutes,
12
Mchromtc, heavy metallic salu
of, 281
bone, dctermtoation of, 166
bromocamphoric. 315
botyric, estimation, 289
camphoric, coostitution, i^
chlorocamphortc, |i6
citric, formation of, 31, 165, 190,
335. a57. aW
from cane'tufar, 100
cyannric, preparing, 57
ethaneutracarbosylic, ethereal
salts of, 48
filtering glass cloth for, 306
hydrochloric, aaion of, 221
aAioQ of dry, 126
hydrofluoric, aaion of, 278
magentas, 198
malonic aeries, 254
moljrbdic, determination of,
Mphtl
aapbtholsislphonic, 109
new ketonic, 245
0itnc det^ioo of iodic acid
in, 37
of selenium, redaaion of, 156
oxalic, and ftrric chloride, ex-
periment with mixtares, 317
paratungstic, 6z
phosphoric, volumetric estima-
tion, 28
properties of solid carbonic, 49
resorcylic, 233
•elenions, determination, 2to
solutions, ** standard,** 3, 84
solphanilic, thio-derivatives of,
totphoric, fomlng, 73
urtaric. some readtions of,
306
thtoacetic, preparation of, 64
uric, determioatioo of. 40
Acidic oxides, aaion 01 certain,
966
Acidity of winet, Tolatile, 209
Acids, tormic and acetic, specific
heats ot soperfused, 98
of toluene, disolphonic, 58
optically aaire methoxy and
propoxysuccioic, 233
Mpnratioo of Tolatile fatty, 37
Acids, succinic, 253
sulphonic, six (Qchlorotolucnes
and their, <8
Acidylthiocsrbimides, 277
Addey's Science and Art School,
125
Agricultural College. Cirencester,
Royal. ixS
"Agricultural Analysis*' (review),
244
"Agricultural Journal" (review),
233
* 'Agriculture, Cape of Good
Hope Department of (re-
view), 83
Aikman, C. M., **Milk, its Na-
ture and Composition*' (re-
view), 279, ^
Air, aaion of on the must of
graces, 49
liquened absorption speara of,
65
percentage of argon in, 308
respirabiiity in which a candle
flame has burnt, 177
"Aix-la-Chapeile, Programme of
the Roysl Technical High
School at" (review), 172
Alcohol, elhylic, osmo ic pheoo-
mena produced between ether
and, 97
Alcohols derived from a dextro-
terebenthene eucslyptene, 49
reagent for monovalent, 237
synthetic, formation of mixed
98 •
Aldehyd, condensation prodoas
of isovaleric, 98
new formation of glycollic, 47
valeric, 49
•*Alkali Works Regulation Aa,
Report" (review), 108
Atkaline phosphides, 98
AllQrl combined with nitrogen,
deteaion of, 37
Allen, A. H., ** C^iemistry of
Urine" (review), 97
use of mineral oil for excluding
air in Pavy titrations, 11, 24
Ally lie alcohol, phosphoric ethers
of, 61
Aluminium and poUssium phos-
phates, certain deposits of,
■ulphate, e£Bofescence of double
ferrous, 289
utensils, 161
"Aluminium Sulphate, Manufac-
ture of" (review), 83
Alum in wines, 209
Amalgam, chromium, 417
Amines of the fatty smes, prepa-
ration ol, S09
Ammonia, determination of water
in sulphate of, 6
in sine powder, 37
Amnumiacal aalta of lilvcr, X73
Ammonium cyanate, transforma-
tion into ures, 46
sodium tungstates, acid, 12
Amorphous state ot melted
bodies, 185
Amylacetic acid, aaive, 109
Analyses of leucite basalt, recent,
volumetric apparstus for ob-
serving changes of colour in,
243
Aiulysis snd synthesis of argon, i
of carbon steels, microscopic,
report on paper on, i6x
of cyanide solutions, technical,
286, 29S
of emerald, 245
of fatty substances, 20Q
qualitative, of a solution con-
taining hydric sulphide, Ac,
63
quantitative, by means of elec*
trolysis, 200
of galena, 78
**Analysis, Agricultural '* (re-
view), 244
**Analysis of Poods and Drugs,
Aids to" (review), 244
"Analysis, Prsaicsl Chemistry
and Qualitative" (review), at
"Analysis Quantitative Chemi-
cal*' (review), 220
"Analyst, Report of the Trinidad
Government" (review), 232
Aiulytical charaaers of a mix-
ture of salts of barium, stron-
tium, and calcium, 27
"Analytical Chemistry, Manual"
(review), 208
"Anal7tical(;bemistry" (review),
X84
"Analytical Chemistry, Specific
Foundations of (review),
232
Anderson, J. W., "Prospeaor's
Handbook" (review), 22
Anderson's College, 126
Angeli, A., deteaion of hydroxyl-
amine, 258
Ang-khak, 103
Anhydride, hypoiaitric, aaion of,
98
Anhydrides, non-existence of
mixed, xto
Aniline, aaion of, 98
Anthraquinooe, some deriva-
tives, 289
Antimony, determination, 138
phenomena observed m the
precipitation of, 32, 43, 33
Antipyrin, determination of, 238
with di phenols, combinations
of,22X
Apiculated fermentation, x6i
Apparatus, illuminating, for ob-
serving the changes of colour
in volnnatric analytea, a43
Appleyard, I. R., and I. Walker,
ethereal salts of ethanetatra-
carboxylic acid, 18
R., aaion of sulphur vapour,
267
direa-reading platinum ther-
mometer, 267
resistance and its change with
temperature, 267
Appointments, 23, m7
Aqueous solutions of mercuric
chloride, hydrolysis of, 62
Archdeacon, W. H., and J. B.
Cohen, preparing cyanoric
acid. <7
Araowski, H., aaion of heat 00
carbon sulphide, 293
double transposition of gaseous
bodies, 221
hydrolysis of the aqueous solu-
tions of mercuric chloride, 62
Argon, 14, 48, 247
' determination of, 21X, 247
fluorescence of, 13
fluorescent spearum of, 7
in air, percentage of, 308
possible compound of, 31
red spearum of. 289
speara of, 66, 99
synthesis and analysis, i
and carbon, spearum of Ram-
say's compound of, 99
and helium, 89, 207
combination of mainieslaffl
with, X33
discussion on, 223
expansion of. 293
in certain mineral wattn, 152
in natural nitrogen, 310
in the gases froin snlphnroat
springs, 309
refraaion and visooiity of,
XS2
Armature reaAion. so
Aromatic amines, rormyl dariva-
lives of, 37
hydrocarbons, synthesis of, 49
nitriles, new syndesis of soma,
t34
Arsenic, determination of small
qusntities, 91
separation from other ele*
menta,igx
Art and Science, Charterhouse
Schools of, 130
Artocarpus integriMia, conatito*
ents of, 233
Assay, wet, for copper, 70
Assaying. 174
Association, Bntiab, xay, 139,
X4X, X49« 223
address to the Chemical aae-
tion, X4X, X31
President's address, 127, X39
Astre, C, aaion of potaaaa, asi
potassium derivativaa of quti^
000 and bydroqaiBOoe» i6q
3*>
INDBX«-^UPPLBMBNT TO THB CHBMICAL MBWfi.
|a».iOktf06.
Atynmetric ketonic compoandt,
aAion of, ito
Athftoetco, ai., bMic nitrates,
109
Atmotpbere, third permanent
radiation of the solar, 12, 14
Atomic volume, relation between
valence and, 9
'*Atomic Weight of Cobalt, De-
termination of** (review),
333
Atomic weight of carbon, 164
of heliam. as9
of molybdenum, 281
of nickel and cobalt, 40
of Btrootinm, revision, 18, 29,
4«i 54. 7a
of tungsten, 23X
weights of nickel and cobalt,
5t, 109 ^
report of committee, 93, 103,
X57t i67t 179
Auden, H. A., and O. J. Fowler,
aAion of nitric oxide on cer-
uin salts, 163
Austen, T. P^ "How shall Yonng
Men be Bdocated in Applied
Chemistry" (review), 60
P., the science of examining,
P. T., and W. A. Horton, con-
venient form of universal
hand«clamp. 287
Australasian Association for the
Advancement of Science, 73
Aso-compoonds, 133
DACTBKIAL pigment, new,
Baaeridde, new, 184
Baker. J. L.. and A. R. Liog,
aaion oi diastase on starch,
Bautnd, M., composition of the
rices importea into France,
333
preset vation of wheat, 62
utensils sf aluminium, 161
Bamberger, B., an explosion— >as
a warning, 28
Bangor, University College, xi6
Barbier, P., and L. BouveauJt,
essence of linal5e,73
synthesis of aromatic hydro>
carbons, 49 .
Barium chloride, occlusion of,
381
Barley plant, chemical history
of, 307
Baromctera, temperature cor-
redliona,304
Barral, E., hexachlorobeoxene
parachloride, 273
Bthroe oAochlorophenola, 185
asalt. recent analyses of leu-
cite, S3
Baaic nitrafba, too
propartiea of the roaanihnes,
Battcrsea Polytechnic Institute,
130
Banbigny.H., analytical charac
ter of a mixture of aalu of
barium, stvootium, and cal-
cium, 37
Baunek, O., determination of
antimony, 138
Bayard, P., progreaa of the blast
furnace, 12
Bedford. C. S., and A. O. Par-
kin, derivauvea of madurin,
233
Benson, P. P.. nnd S. Shaw,
argon in the gases of rock
Iml. A., and M. Blaiae. attion
of hyponitric anhydride, 08
Behreos, H.. and A. R. Von
Linge, microscopic examina-
tion uf erode cement steel,
Belfast, Queen's College, 123
Beoxsldebyd, oximes of, 57
Benzene, latent beat of evapora*
tion of, 243
Benxil,- condensation of, 36
fienxyliden-campbor, oxidation
produAs, 61
Bergamot, essence of, 205
Berthelot, D., combination of
free nitrogen, zi
description of fluorescent spec-
trum of argon, 78
new combination of argon, z
new studies on the fluorescence
of arson, Z3
and M. Rivals, lactones or
campbolenic olides, 49
Berridge, D. J. P., adion of
light on soluble meuUic iod-
ides, 173
Beitrand. u., deteAion of lac-
case in plants, 73
oxidising power of laccase, izo
and A. Mallevre, distribution
of peAase, 292
Besson, A.^ oxidising properties
of oxomsed oxygen, 61
Battel, W., technical analysis of
cyanide solutions, 286, 298
Bichromic acid, heavy metallic
salts of, 38x
Bidwell, S., elearical properties
of selenium, 30
Birkbeck Literary and Scientific
Inatitotion, 123
Bismuth and cobalt, separation
, •^t 91
from mercury, separation of,
64
Bituminous waters, 269
Blaise. M., and A. B£hal, aaion
of hyponitric anhvdride,98
Blancbsrd, £., remarks on i^ord
Salisbury's address to the
British Association, 1894,
Blanshard, C. T., boiling point
and the genesis of the ele-
ments, 299
specific volume and the genesis
of the elements, 230, 237
Blaat furnace, progress of, xa
Blood pigment, examination of, 9
spots, recognition of, 79
Bloxam,C. L., J. M, Thompson,
and A. O. Bloxsm, '* Chemis-
try. Organic and Inorganic,
Experiments" (review),
W. P., qualitative analysis of
solution containing hydric
sulphide, hydrosulphide, &c.,
63
Blue spaArum of argon, 99
Blytb, A. W., ♦• Poisons • (re-
view), 159
Bodies, melud, amorphous sUte
of, 183
Boiling point and genesis of the
elemenu, 299
Bolam, H. W.. and T. Purdie. ,
optically a^ive methoxy and
propoxysuccinic acids, 253
Bolton, H. C, the latest disciple
of Hermes Trismegistus,
199
Bonnet, A., direA fixation of
certain metallic oxides, 281
Booth, C, *' Life and Labour of
the People in London" (re-
view), 83
Borax and standard acid eola-
tions, 84
Borchera, W., and W. Nernst,
" Year-book of Elearo-Che-
mistry** (review), 22
Boric add, determination, x66
Bomtrager, A., experiments with
invert sugar, 236
influence of lead acetates on the
determination of inverted
sugar by the Febting-Soxh-
lei method, 186
Bothamley, C. H , sensitising
aaion of dyes on getati no-
bromide plates, 187
Bouchard, 0. H., argon and
helium in certain mineral
waters, 132
Bottchardat, G , and M. Tardy,
alcohols derived from a dex-
tfo-terebenthene encalyp.
tene, 49
Bouveault, L., and P. Barbier,
essence of linalde, 73
synthesis of aromatic hydro-
carbons, 49
Bowden, M., elearo-magnetic
effea, 20
Bower, J. A., ** Simple Methods
for Deteaing Food Adulter-
ation" (review), 290
Boyd, B. N., *• Petroleum" (re-
view,36
Bradford Technical College, xi8
Braithwaite, I., redoaion of the
oxides of iron. 21 X
Bran, deteaion of ergot in. xo6
Brauns, R., aaion of dry hydro-
gen chloride^ 293
Bread, distribution of the nitro>
genons and mineral snb-
stancea in, 306
** Bread-Making " (review), 172
Bristol Medical School, 126
University College, xxy
British Asaodation, X27, 139,
X4X, X49, 223
President's addreaa, 127, X39
Brochet, A., and R. Cambier,
haxametnylenetetramine, X07
preparation of monomethyl-
amine, X98
Brociner, L., toxicity of acetyl-
ene, 306
Bromocamphoric acid, deriva-
tives, 313
Brown, H. T.. and G. H. Morris,
the isomaitose of C. J. Lint-
ner, 43
Bmce, J., and W. P. Wynne,
disuiphonic acids of toluene,
38
Bruylants, G., novel reaaions of
morphia, 32
Burker, £., new ketonic acid,
Batter, examination, 246
Butyric acid, eatimation, 389
PALAVBRITB from Cripple
^ Creek. 155
Calcium chlorate, deteaion and
determination of, 236
chromite, neutral crystalline,
370
strontium, and barium salts,
analjTtical charaaer of a
mixture of, 37
cyanate, 197
Calmette, A., treatment of the
bites of venomous serpents,
30
Cambier, R., and A. Brochet,
hexamethyienetetramine, X07
preparation of mocomethyl-
amine, 198
*< Cambridge Natural Science
Series" (review^, x6o
Cambridge University, X13
Camphoric acid, constitution of,
187
Camphors, bromo-nitro-, iso-
meric, 314
Campredon, L., determination of
sulphur in cast metal, &C.,
X3
Campolo, I., easence of berga-
mot, 303
Candle flame burnt, respirability
of air in which, 177
** Candles and Soap, Manufac-
ture " (review), 368
Cane-sugar, citric acid from, xoo
*'Cape of Good Hope, Depart-
ment of Agriculture" (re-
viewj. 83
Carbide, glndnum, 209, 243
Carbon and argon, speamm of
Ramsay's ^impound, 99
atomic weight of, 164
black, a specimen, \^
dioxide, precipitation and de-
termination, 1^4
in iron, determination of, 83,
293
monoxide, evolntion of, 288
sulphide, aaion of heat on, 293
Carbonic add, propertiea 01 so-
lid, 49
Carbons of the elearic fnmace,
I spearoscopic study, 9
Cardiff University College, xi6
Carnot, A., ceruin deposita of
aluminium and potassium
phosphate, 73
determination of small quanti-
ties of arsenic 91
Carpenter, W. L., and H. Leaak*
'* Manufaaure of Soap and
Candlea" (review). a6x
Carr, F. H., and W. R. DnnaUn,
constitution of paeadacooi-
tine, 39
dibenxaconine, 279
note on piperovatine, 378
Caat metal, desnlphuratioo, 3x7
metals, Ac., determination of
sulphur in, X3
Catholic Univeraity, Doblin, xaS
Cavallter, J., phosphoric elhon
of allylic alcohol, fix
Caxeneuve, P., ateriiiaatioa of
milk, 183
Cellulose, fermentation of, 369
Chapman, A.C., derivatives of
bumulene, ^
Charpy, G.. alloys of copper and
xtnc, 308
Charterhouse Sdence and Art
Schools, and Literary Inati-
tute, X30
Chattaway, F. D., and H. Insrle,
new series of hydraxines, 3ft!
Cbay root, colouring matter 01,
Chemical balance, new form, xfi
education, 269, 292
elements, systematic arrangie*
ment of, ft)
equivalents, 343
history of thebarley plant, 307
laboratory of Wiesbaaen, 149
literature, report of committee
on indexing, xofi
physical, anatechnlcal calcola*
tioos, reform in, 7, xoi, X35
researches and spearoacopic
studies, vn, 188, 203, 3x3,
226, 239i 348, 339. 374i 284f
„30i,3«x
Seaion of the British Associ-
ation, Addreu, 141, 131
Society, 43, 36, 203. 264, 377,
ao8, 3EX
of Bdioborgh University, 304
tradea and drugs exhibition,
83, 136 *
** Chemical Analysis, Quantita-
tive " f review), 320
'* Chemical Indttsti7 " (reviewX
** Chemical Laws, Pnakal
Proof of »» (review), 333
** Chemical Technics, Mecban-
ical Anxiliariea '* (review), 30
" Chemical Woraa, Dangers to
Men employed in " (review),
197
Chemistry and phannacy,
schools of, X23, 130
Institute o^ 30
Liverpool College of, jao
of tiuninm, critical atudiea on.
138
of the cyanide process, report
of experiments, 60, 93
of the lignocelluloses, x6
schools of, xxs
" Chemistry, Analytical " (re-
view), 184
'< Chemistry, Analytical, Specific
Foundations of" (review),
333
*■ Chemistry, Applied, How shall
Young Men be Edncated in '*
(review), 60
**Chemiatry. Elementary, Hints
on Teaching, in Schools and
Science Clasaes" (review),
290
<* Chemistry, Elements oi Mo-
dern " (review), 196
*< Chemistry, lodosuial Organic**
(review), 200
'* Chemistry, John Dalton and
the Rise of Modam'* (re-
view), 2X
Jsn. 10, 1896.
INDBX. — SUPPLBMENT tO THE CBBUIOAL NBWS.
301
** CheiDittry, Labontoiy MadhaI
of Orgaoie ** (review). 310
'* ChemntfT, Manoftl of Anaiy*
tIcaJ *• (review), 208
" Cheroittry, Orftoic and loor^
ganic"(reTiew)y36
** Chemiitry, Pradical and Qua-
litative Aoalytia" (review),
at
** Cbemistiy, Year* Book o( Or-
CAoic " (review), 61
•• Chemistry of Nntrition " (re-
view;, 855
•• Chemiitrx of Urine " (review),
«• Chemista and their Wonders "
(review), 48
Chikashig6, M., mercnry per-
chlorates, 354
Chlorate ol calcinm, determioa-
tion of, 236
Chloride, aftfon of dry hydrogen,
293
cotnpoanda of ferroai, 97
of sioc« a^ioD of, 6x
Chlorides of gold, 56
Chloro-camphoric add, 3x6
Chromatea of rare eartha, 69
of thorium, 69
Chromic hjrdrate, molecular
transformations of, xa
Chromium amalgam, 3x7
chloride* solutions of i;reen, 138
Cirencester, Royal Agricnltoral
Colie^, xx8
Citric acid, formation of, 31, 165,
i90,«35,a57iaM
from caoe->^sagar, xoo
City and Guilds of London, 62,
'* City and Ouilds of London In-
atitnte, Report " (review), 13
Clarke. P. W., report of com-
mittee 00 atomic weights,
_ 93. 105, 157. X67. 179 ^
Claases, leAnres, and laboratory
htatruftion, xas
Clay filters^ and their nse in la*
boratones, 86
Clennell, J. B., estimation of
simple cyanides, 227
Clemens, C. P., and P. A. Gooch,
determination of selenioas
acid, ai6
Cl^eitc, constituents of the gas
in, i8x
ape^rom of gas from, 2G7
Clifton laboratorv, xt6
Cloedc, E., and P. Jannaach,
quantitative separation of
meuls, 64
Clowea, P., composition of the
limiting explosive miaturea
of various co mbus tible gases,
aS8
evolution of carbon monoiide,
268
respirability of air in which a
candle flame has burnt, X77
** Pra^cal Chemistry and
Qualiutive Analyaia " re
view), ax
and J. B. Goleman, "Quanti-
tative Chemical Analysis"
(review), 220
Cobalt and biamuth, aeparation,
9>
and nickel, atomk weight of,
Biliade8,28x
*' Cobalt, Determination of the
Atomic Weight" (review),
a33
Cobra, immunity against the
poison of, xa
Cocaine, hydrochlorate, melting-
point o^ 25
Cohen, J. B., and W. H. Arch-
deacon, preparing cyanurie
and H. R. Hint, modiicstioo
ot Ziocke's reason, 57
prmaring the formyl deriva-
tives of the aromatic
amines, 57
Cohn, L., and A. Smith, " Ma-
nual of Organic Ohemiatiy "
(revinw), «ao
Colbum, L. C. and B. E. Slos-
son, <* University of Wyo-
ming*' (review), 60
Coleman, J. B., and P. Clowes,
** Quantitative Chemical
Analvsis " (review). 220
College, King's, free leaure, 276
of Science for Ireland, Royal,
134
of Surgeons in Ireland, Royal,
126
Collegea and universities, itt
Collie, J. If., M. Travers, and W.
Ramsay, helium, 47
*' Colliery Exploaiona, Origin and
Rationale of*' (review), 355
Colouring matter, imw, 57
of chay root, 57
Colours, physical theory of the
perceptioni X03
Colson, A., formula of M. Guye,
49
Cork, Queen's College, xa4
Coniin and nicotin, distinction
between, 73
" C'Ontistence - Meter" (review),
Cooper, W. J., and J. A. Wank-
lyn, nature and composition
of the commercial Russian
kerosene, 7
obaervstioos with a tensio-
meter, 199
Cope, P , and A. G* Parkin, con-
atitueots of Artocarpus inte-
grifolia, 253
Copper and ainc, alloy a of, ao8
ferrocyanides, crystalline, 293
matte and copper, gold and
silver in, 76
** Copper Smelting, Modem "
(review), 316
wet assay for, 70
Cornish. Y., " Praaical Proofs
ot Chemical Laws" (review),
233
Cotton-oil, sulphuretted sub-
stance in, 209
"Craft Instrnaion" (review),
29X
Crompton, H., relation between
valence and atomic volume,9
Crookea, W., apeara of argon,
66
apearum of helium, 87
of Ramsay's compound of
argon and carbon, 99
and J. Dewar, London water
supply, 41, 92, 148, 205,363
Crookes, W., ''Genesis of the
Elements " (review), xyx
Cross, C. P., and 0. Smith, che-
mical hiatory of the barley
plant, 307
Crionydrates, xxo
Cnndall, J. T., dissociation of
liquid nitrogen peroxide, 56
Cursor, radial, 2x9
Cyanacetio ether, synthesis by
means of, 193
Cyanate of cakium, X97
Cyanide mercury compounds, x6i
process, report of experiments
on the chemistry, 80, 95
solutions, technical axulysis of,
386,398
Cyanides, estimation of simple,
227
proouaion of, 40
Cyanurates, formation of sodium
and potassium, i6x
Cyanurio acid, preparing, 57
r\AHL, O. W., and W. C.
'^ Hancock, chemiatry of the
lignocellnlosee, x6
"Dairy Commissioner of the
State of New Jersey " (re-
view), 109
*' Dalton, John, and the Rise of
Modem Chemistry" (review)
2X
Darling. C, R., and J. Young,
method of transferring gases
to vacuum tuoes, 39
Daraens, Q.» pfaysisal theory of
the perception of colours, xq3
Dastre, A^ and N. Ploresco, li-
Suefaaion of gelatin, 345
oisbaudran, M. L., an ele-
ment probably new in tcr-
bias, 392
DoBrujm, 0. A. L., hydraain
hydrate, 165
Do Gramont, A., direa spearum
snalysis of minerals, 103
De Koninck, L. L., and E. Ni-
houl, determination of aul-
fihor, 3x8
ey, R.M., helium and argon,
their placea among the ele-
ments, 397
De la Source, L. M., reaaiona of
tartaric acid, 306
Delaite, J., " Continuity of the
CoUigative Properties, and
the Polymerisation of Mat-
ter through its Three Con-
ditions " (review), 184
Delepine, M.« hexamethylamine,
X85
Deligny, M., and 0. Matignon.
nitro-substitutions, 172
"Designs, Law of Copyright"
(review), 23
Desiandros, H., compariaon be-
tween the epeara of the gas
oi Cliveite and the solar at-
mosphere, 14
discovery of a third permanent
radiation of the solar atmo-
sphere in the gaa of clAveite,
12
spearal researchea on the atar
Altair, 269
apearoecopic study of the car-
bons of the elearic furnace, 9
Desprex, A., new synthesis of
some aromatic nitriles, 334
Dewar, J., and W. Crookes, Loo-
don water aupply, 41, 92,
X48. 205, 262
and M. Liveiag. absorption
spear a of liquefied air, 65
refraaion and diaperaioa of
liquid oxygen, X54
Diamonds, x86
Diastase on starch, aaion of, 45
Dibenaacooine, 279
Oihromocamphor derivatives, 3x4
Dichlorocoloenes, six, 58
Diphenylanthrone, 6x
Diphenyloxyiriaxoline, ayntheais
of, 278
'* Disioteaion and DisinfedUnts.
lotroduaion to the fikody'^
(review). 107, X49, x6o
** Distillery" (teview), 3x6
Disulpbonic acids of toioene, 58
Divers, E., and T. Haga, sodium
niCrososulpbate, 266
Dixon, A. B., acedylthiocarbi-
roidea,^7
Dreverboff, M., filtar-papera, 174
** Drop, Splaah of " (review), 344
Droasbach, G. P., periodical
fluauations of the intenaity
ol the Earth's gravity, 98
Drag and chemical tradea axhi-
bition, 85, 136
" Drugs and Foods, Aids to the
Analysis of " (review;, 344
Dublin catholic Universaty, X36
University, xx3
Dutau, fi., neutral crystalline
calcium chronite, 376
and G. Patem. combinations of
antipyrin with the diphenols,
321
DuUn, R«.S., wet aasay for Gop«
per, 70
Dundee, University College, X32
Dunstan, W. R., and P. H. Carr,
conatiiution of pseudaoonitine,
dibenxacoome, 279
note 00 piperovatine, 378
Dunvilher, E^ propionic ethyl-
hydantoine, 105
Dupasquier, M., and H. Jay, de-
termination of boric acid, 166
Duponc, J., aulpburetted sub-
sunce in cotton oil, 309
Durham College of Science, lao
P ARTH-AIR currents, raatat-
'^ ance of vertical , 304
Earth's gravity, periodical fluctu-
ations of the intensity of» 98
Earths, rare chromates of, 69
Ebert, R., new syphon, 35
Eder, J. M., and B. Valent%red
spearum of argon, 389
Edinburgh University, 133
Chemical Society, t04
Edmunds, L., T. M. Stevens,
and M. W. Slade, " Law of
Copyright in Designs " (tf
view), 32
Elearic current as a source of
beat, use ai, 946
furnace, 13
spearoscopic study of the
carbons of, 9
Elearical propertieaof salaniom,
30
" Blearo-Chemistry, Year-book
of "(review), 32
Blearo-magnetic effea, 30
" Elearolyaia and Solution" <ro-
view), x6o
Elearolyaia, general arrange-
ments for, 346
quantitative analysis by, aoo
Elements, boiling point and
genesis of, 399
genesis of, 330, 337. 399
new grouping of, X36
separatiob of arsenic from
other, 191
systematic arranfemsat of the
chemical, 89
" Elementa, (veoeais of " (re-
view), 17X
Eliaaite, gaaes from the miMral
283
Emerald, analyaia of, 345
Bngel, R., aaion of hydrochloric
acid on copper, 331
Ergot in bran, deteaion of, xo6
Ether and ethyl to alcohol, osmo-
tic p hen o m e na produced be-
tween, 97
cyanacetic, ayntheata by oMans
of, X93
Ethers, phosphoric, of nltoltc
alcohol, 6x
Ethereal aalta of ethanetotoi-
carboxylic acid, 48
Ethylamine, preparation of, 185
Ethylene dihydroxylamine de-
bydrobromida, 334
Kthylhydantoine, propiopic, xOf
Eogenol, constitution of, 292
Everett, W. H., magaetic field
of any cylmdneal ooil or
plane circuit, 343
Examinational system, 154
Examining, the scieoce ot, 103
Exhibition, Beat London. siiT
Exploatan, an— aa a warning, 38
Explosive compositions, mauhes
with, x6o
*' Explosives, Manufaaure of"
(review), 35
PAHRION, W., deteruHnatipn
'*> of Hubl'a iodine number, 85
Pairbanks, Charlotte, and P. A.,
Gooch, estimation of the
halogena in mixed ailver
ealts, 217
Patty acida, aeparation ol vidn-
tile,37
aubstances* analyaia of, 209
Faure, C, calcium cyanate, 197
Fehling-Soxhlet method lor de-
termining inverted sugar,
influence of lead aoetatea on,
x86
Penton, H. J. H., formation of a
new organic acid, 164
new formation of glycoUicalde-
hyd. 47
transformation of ammonium
emanate into urea, 46
Fit€e, J., chromium amalgam,
-, 317
Ferric chloride And oxalic aeid,
expcrimeata with mixtures.
SX7
322
INDEX. — SUPPLBMENT TO THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
Jao. to» i8g6«
FerrDCsrmnldet, crytUUtoe cop-
^ per, 293
PerroM chloride, componndi of,
«.. 57
Filter papert, 174
Filtera, day, aod their ate in
laboratorief , 86
Firth College, Sheffield, 12a
Flame temperatnrea, 76%
Flax, rettiog of, 293
Floreico, N., and A. Dattre,
liqoefaAion of gelatin, 34s
FlGgge, M., hygienic decision on
pouble and houtehold waters,
aio
Foerster, F., determinatioo of
carbon in itoo, 293 \
'* Food Adalteration, Simple
Methods for Deteaing" (re-
view), 290
*' Foods aod Drugs, Aids to the
Analysis" (review), 244 .
Formaldehyd, some readtions of,
Formic and acetic acids, specific
heau of superfnserd, 9s
Forster, M. O., derivates from
dibromo-camphor, 314
Fowler, G. J., and H. A. Anden,
aAion of nitric oxide on cer-
tain salts, 163 .. , . ,
** Franklin Institute*' (review),
29X
Francois, M., aaion of aniline,
aaion of phenol, 306
Fraser, T. R., immunity against
the poison of the cobra, 12
Fremont, 0., special microscope
for the observation of opaque
bodies, 160
Fresenius, R., deteaioo and de-
termination of calcium chlor-
ate, 236 . . *
and E. Hints, determination of
uranium, 206
Friedel, C, valeric aldehyd, 49
Friedheim, C, aod P. Michaelis,
sepsration of arsenic from
other elements, 100
Friedland*s pneumo-bacillus. fer-
mentation induced by, 281
FunaiODS, development of
arbitrary, 219
GALENA, qnantiutive nalysis
of, 78
Galton, D., presidential address
to the British Association,
X37t 139
Galway, Queen's College, 124
Gantter, r., recognition of blood
Gardner,']. A., and J. E. Marsh,
researches on the terpenes,
Gascard, A., examination of seed
lac, 63
Gas from d^veite, spcarum of,
from uranintte, new, 4
in d^veits, constituents of, i8x
of dAveite and the solar atmo-
sphere, comparison of be-
tween, 14 , u J- ^
Oases, apparatus for the direA
determination of the weight
aod volume, 25
composition of the limiting ex-
plosive mixtures of various
combustible, 288
from mineral waters, examina-
tion of, 295 ,. .
the mineral ehasite, 283
nraninite, 271 .. . -
to vacuum tubes, method of
transferring, 39
Gaseous bodies, double transpo-
sition of, 221
Gelatino-bromide plates, sensit-
ising aaion of dyes on, 187
Gelatin, liquefaaion of, 243
Genesis of the elements, 230,237,
boiling point and, 299
•* Genesis ot the Elements'* (re-
view), 171
Georges, M., alum in wines, 209
German Association of Natural-
ists and Physidans, 73, 73
Germany, responsibilities of
manufaaurers in, 98
Gladstone, J. H., place ot helium
in the classification of ele-
ments, 303
Glasgow University, 126
and West of Scotland Techni-
cal College, 123
Glass cloth for acid filtering, 306
tbe expansion of, 269
Glazebiook, R. T., " Physical
Series" (review), x6o
Glendinning, T. A., estimation of
maltose, 234
Glucina, mordant of, 186
tioaorial properties of, 198
Glucinum, 3x0
carbide, 209, 243
salts, purification (rf, 77
Glucose, molecular modifications
of, 234
Glycerin as a heating liquid, use
of 37
Glycoilic aldehyd, new formation
of. 47
Gold and silver, freexing points
of, 234
from iron and steel, separa-
ration of, too
in copper, 76
chloride, aissodationof, 48
chlorides of, 36
Goldsmith's Institute, 123
Gooch, F. A., and C. F. Clemens,
determination of selenious
acid, 216
and Charlotte Fairbanks, esti-
mation of the halogens in
mixed silver salts, 217
and I. K. Phelps, determination
and precipitation of carbon
dioxide, 194
and W. G. Reynolds, reduaion
of the scids of selenium by
hydiiodic acid, 136
** Goods, Handling Dangerous"
(review), 280
Goyder, G. A , report of experi-
ments on the chemistry of
the cvanide process, 80. 95
Graebe, H., examination of blood
pigment, 9
Grapes, aaion of air on the must
of, 49 f
Graphite, study of, 333
of varieties. 229, 233
Gravity, earth's periodical fluau-
ations of the intensity of, 98
Green chromium chloride, solu-
tions of, 138
Greene, W. H.. H. F. Keller,
and C. A. Wuru, " Elements
of Modem Chemistry" (re-
view), 196
G reeves. A., and W. P. Wynne,
six dichlorotoluenes, 38
Gregory, R. A.. " Exercise Book
of Elementary Praaical Phy-
sics" (review), 291
Gr6hant, M., toxicity of acetyl-
ene, 233
Griffiths, A. B., and C. Piatt,
composition of pelageine, 183
E. H., and Miss D. Marshall,
latent heat of evaporation of
beoxene, 243
Grimaux, C, para-ethoxyquino-
leine, 306
C, aaion of zinc chloride, fix
Grimbert, L.. fermenutions
induced by Priedland's
pneumo-bacillus, 28X
Gnichard, M. P., ** Distillery"
(review), 3x6
Guilds of London and City, 62,
123, X73
** Guilds 01 London and City,
Report of Institute** (review),
23
Guillot, M., and M. Massol, spe-
cific heats of superfustd for-
mic and acetic acios, 98
Gum of wines, 161
Outtmann, O., ** Manufaaure of
Explosives" (review), 33
Gnye, M., a formula of, 49
Goyot, A., and A. Halfer, di-
phenyl anthrone, fix
H'
AG A, T., and E. Divers.
sodium nitrososulphate, 26(>
Haller, A., ** L'Industne Chim-
ique" (review), 84
oxidation produas of benzyli-
den csmpbor, fix
and A. Guyot, diphenyl an-
throne, fix
Hallopeau, L. A., add ammonium
sodium tungstates, X2
paratungstic acid, fix
Halogens, estimation of, 2x7
Halpnen, G.. analysis of fatty
substances, 209
Hambly. P. J., and J. Walker,
transformation of ammonium
cyanate into urea, 46
Hampe, W., determination of
sulphur in commercial lead,
35
Hanamann, J., determination of
phosphoric acid, 29
Hancock, W. C, and C. W.
Dahl, chemistry of the ligoo-
cellulosei, x6
Hand-damp, universal form of,
287
Hansseo, C. J., reform in chemi-
cal, physical, and technical
calculations, 7, tot, X36
Harrop. H. fi.. and L. A. Wallis,
'• Forces oi Nature" (review),
220
Hart, E., purification of glucinum
salts, 77
Hartley, W. N., inadequacy of
aids and fadlities for scien-
tific research, 256
Helium, 27, 47, 239
atomic weight of, 239
in monaxite, 32
place in the classification of
elementary snbstsnces, 291,
305. 317
spearum, 9i7
and argon, 89, 297
combination of magnesium
with, 133
discussion 00,223
expsntion of, 293
in certain mineral waters, 132
in natural nitrogen, 310
in the gases from sulphurous
springs, 309
refraaion and viscosity of,
132
Henderson, G. G.. and D. Pren-
tice, aaion of certain acidic
oxides, 266
Henry, L., glucinum carbide, 243
synthetic formation of mixed
alcohols. 98
Henselin, M.. snd M. Rietsch,
apiculated fermentation, xfix
Heut, G., distinaion between
coniin and nicotin, 73
Heriot-Watt College, 123
Hermes Trismegistus, the latest
disciple of, X99
Herxig, J., and H. Meyer, detec-
uon of aikyl combined with
nitrogen, 37
Hetse, O., melting point of coca-
ine hydrochlorate, 23
Heycock, C. T., and F. H. Ne-
ville, freexing points of silver
and gold, 234
Hexachlorobenxene parachloride,
X73
Hexamethylamioe, X83
Hexamethylenetetramine, 107
Hexametbyltriamidotriphenyl -
methan, ammoniated deriva-
tives of, 198
Hexane, normal, 277
Hexylene and hexyl* hydride from
mannite, 73
Hicks, £. F., formation of citric
acid by the oxidation of cane
sugar, 163
Hill, R. W., fuming sulphuric
add, 73
HiUebrand, W. P„ claverita from
Cripple Creek, 133
warning against tbe use of flu-
oriferous hydrogen peroxide
in estimating titanium, 138
Hinu, E., and R. Fresenius, de-
termination of uranium, 206
Hirst. H. R., aod J. B. Cohen,
modification of Zincke's re-
aaion, 37
preparing the formyl deriva-
tivea of the aromatic amiuM,
Hodgkins prixe award, 8fi
Hodgkinson, W. R., leaure ap*
paratus, x8o
Hofmeister, P.. determination of
uric acid. 40
Holmes, P. M., ** Chemisu and
their Wonders" (review), 48
Horton, W. A., and P. T. Aus-
ten, convenient form of uni-
verssl hand-clamp, 287
Hiibrs iodine number, determin*
ation of, 83
Hubert, A., and O. Riviire, gum
of wines, xfix
Hoggins, W., helium, 27
Hughes, J., determination oc
water in sulphate of ammo-
nia, fi
Hngot, C, alkaline phosphides,
98
Hummel, J. J., and A. G. Perkio,
colouring and other constitu-
ents of cosy root, 37
Humulene derivatives, 47
Hunt, H. P., and J. Perry, de-
velopment of arbitrary func-
tions, 219
Hydras in hydrate, 10$
and its salts, quantitative de-
termination of, 79
Hydraxines, new aeries, 2fi«
Hydrste, molecular transforma-
tion of chromic, xs
Hydric sulphide, &c, qnaliutive
anal^s of a solution con-
taining, 63
Hydrochloric add, aaion of,a2X
dry, 126
Hydrofluoric acid, aaion of, 278
Hydrogen and oxygen, occlusion
of, 3
chloride, aaion of dry, 293
peroxide, 28x
Hydroxylamine, deteaion of^ 238
Hypooitric anhydride, aaion of,
98
Hygienic decision on potable and
household waters, 210
IMPERIAL Academy of Scien-
*■ ces of Vienns, 289
Indexing chemical literature, re-
port of committee, xo6
Infra-red rays, aaion on silver
sulphiae, 80
Ingle, H., and F. D. Cbattavay,
new series of hydrazines, 263
Ink, new black, 203
Inorganic compounds, 22t
'* Inorganic Preparations, Labor-
atory Manual of" (review),
280
Institute, Battersea Polytechnic,
150
of Chemistry, 30
"Institute, Franklin*' (review),
29X
Institution, Royal, 23, 234* ^t
, 272, 281
Invert sugar, experiments with,
236
Iodic acid in nitric acid, deteaion
<rf.37
Iodides, aaion of light 00 soluble
metallic, 173
Iodine in urine, deteaion of, 24
number, determination of
Hiibrs, 83
Iridium compounds, xa
Iron, determination of carbon, 83,
*93 .
estimation of sulphur 10, 299
oxides of reduaion, ail
and steel, sepsration of gold
and silver from, xoo
Jafl. Kf 189^
INDBX. — SUPPLEMENT TO THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
323
IwiMltow of C. J. Lintoor, 4s
lMT»leric aldsbyd, coodeatatioD
prodoa*, 98
J AGO, W., " Tcxt-book of the
Science aad Art of Bread-
naktncl* (rertew), 72
JanDaach, P., opening ap aili-
caiee, 51 . .
and E. Clocdt, qaaotitative
•ecaratioo of meuU, 64
and H. IUoimerer,qa«ntitative
analyait of galena, 78
qoandutive aeparatlon of
metalt, ot
J., law of abtOTption
of the bands of the tpe^rum
ofoiTfen, II
Japp, F. K., and O. D. Lander,
coadenaactoo of beoxil, 56
Jarry, R., and P. Villard. proper-
tiea of solid carbonic acid, 49
Jansaeo. J„ researches daring a
jooroey np Mont Blanc, 108
Jajr, Hm ▼olatile acidity of winest
909
and If . Dupaaqoier, determina-
tioo ot boric acid, 166
Jaan, P^ preparation of ethyl-
amine, 183
jcffrc, J ^ nae of aoperphospbates,
JohoTV.. and E. P. Ptrmtn,
borax and standard acid sola-
tioos, 84
Jolles, A., deteaion of iodine in
urine, 24 /
Joly, A., and B. Lddy, com-
pounds of iridiom, la
Jooes. A. W., molecular volnme
change during the formation
of dilute solntioos in organic
Men Bmployedin Chemical
Works ''(review). 197
Jari«:h. K. W. B.,"kanttfae.
tore of Alommiom Sulphate"
(review), 83
ITAMMERBR. H.,and P.Jan-
A^ ouch, quantiutive analysis
of galena, 78
qoantiwtivc separation of
metaU, 9« ^ ,
Kayscr, H.. bloe spearum of
argon, 99
helium and argon, 89
Rellai, A^ pttceatage of argon
in air, foB
uod W. Ramaay, csaminatioa
of gases from certain mineral
watera,a9S
Keller, H. F.,7:. A. WnrL
W. H.Grcsne,-
Modern Chemi'
196
Kehnan, W.
volumsjJf-igSmatioo
phoa^;Kacid,t8
K«™t^^ forging iet crucible
iUel ingou for tool maao*
, V fidore. 5
^' «fia nature and compoai-
)( of
oommcreial RuMiao.y
*ii,ncw, t4S
Ida, aAioo of asym*
, xio
•99, US
ture,a76
'. S., derivativea ol
camphoric acid, 313
Lapwonb, isomeric*
•nitro camphors, 314
). Pope, chloro-cam-
i acid. 316
, ayntneaia by means ol
cetK ether, 19a
., new speiAral photo-
:.a36
L., coodcosatioD>pro-
t Qi iaoraleric aldehyd,
D. A., qoantiutive de-
daatioo of p«rchloraCea»
Krewtaoff, M.. desolphuration of
cast metal, 3x7
Kmpp and Ca, apparataa for tho
direa determination of the
weight and volume of gaaea,
2S
Krfiss, G., the late Professor. 293
and O. Unger, heavy metalUc
salts of bichroroic acid, aSz
Kuenen, J. P., and W. W. Ran-
dall, expansion of argon and
helium, 293
•• Karze*a Handboch der Kohlen-
hydrate " (review), 206
Kyle, J. M., Braailian monaxite,
t4
LABORATORY, Uanres.
classes, and inatruaion,
125
Laccaae in plants, 73
oxidising power of, IIO
Laaones, 49
Lamp, new safety paraffin, 174
Lanchester, F. W., radial cursor,
axq
Lander, G. D., and F. R, Japp
condensation of benxil, 56
Langlet, N. A., atomic weight of
taeiiuro, 259
Lapworth, A., and P. S. Kipping,
iaomeric bromO'oitro-cam-
phora, 314
Lead aceute, influence on the de-
termination of inverted sugar,
186
commercial, determination of
aolphur in. 35
and mercury, separation of, 65
Leask, H , and W. L. Carpenter.
" Manufaaore of Soap and
Candlea '* (review). 268
Lebeau, P., analyaia of emerald,
glucinum carbide, 209
Leaure apparatus, 180
Leaures, classes, and laboratory
instruaion, 123
Lee, T. H.. some reaaiona of
formaldehyd, 133
Leffimann, H» ** Examination^
Water lor Sanitar
Technical Fnrpos]
view), 221
Lcidy, fi., and
pounda of i
Lcmoine, G^^^^^pBta with
mi itm^^^^^Bbchloride
and
of ao-
potaasinm cyan-
H., volumetric deur-
:ion of metals, 66
ng milk, ito
ite baaalt, recent analyses,
Lcvoir, L O., gradation in
pressures, lox
•• Life and Labour of the Peopla
in London *' (review), 81
Light, aaion on aoluble metallic
iodidea,i73 ^ . . ^
Lignocelluloses, chemistry of. 16
Linalde, essence of, 73
Linebarger, C. B^ vapour un-
siobs of mixtures of volatite
hqatds, 167, 182. 196, axa,
a3t. tJ?, 250, x6«
Ling, A. R., and J. L. Baker,
aaion of dustase 00 starch,
Untner, C. J., the isomaltoae of,
43
Liquid, nae of glvcarin aa a
heating, 37
Liqaida, comparing the heats of
evaporation of different, a43
of tna organiam, constancy of
the congeUuon point of
some, a8t
Tolaule, vapour-tensiooa of
mixtntea of, 167, 182, 1981
212,231.238,230,263
Lithium, thermo- chemical r*-
I •aarcbMoa,S4S
Liveiog. M., and J. Dewar, ab-
aorption speara ot liquefied
air, 63
refraaiou and dispersion of
liquid oxvgen, 1^4
Liverpool College 01 Chemistry,
120
University Colleice, xto
Lockyer, J. N., gases from the
mineral eliasite, 283
new gas from Qraainite,4, 271
London Bxhibition, East, 318
University, lit
water aupply, 41, 9a, 148, J05,
262
Long, J. H., phenomena ob-
aerved in the precipitation of
antimony^a, 43* S3 ^
Longuiaine, w., latent heata of
evaporation of the acetonea
of the fatty series. &c. . 233
Loof, M., deteaion of iodic acid
in nitric add, 37
Luminescence, illumination by,
X04
Lnxmoore, C. M.. ethylene di-
hyorosylamine dihydrobro-
mide, 234
isomerism of poiaasiom ni-
trososulphate, 234
oximes of benxaldebyd, 37
Vf ACDONALD, M , conaUta-
^^* tion of pyraxole, 304
Maclunn, derivatives of, 233
McGowan. G., and W. Ostwald.
** Specific Poundations of
Analytical Chemistry** (re-
view), 232
Magentas, acid, 198
are they ethers or salts 7 173
Magnesium, combination
argon and helium, i\ai
Magnetic field of an^^gHRcal
coil or plane^^^l^
Malbot, H. a^^^MHaphates
of Ale^^^^
MalluH^^IVl O. Bsrtrand,
of peaaae, 292
aeries, 234
nation. 254
u, B., tannin in winee,
269
Manganese silicide, 308
and mercury, separation of, 63
and ailver, aenaratioo of, 91
Msnnite, hexylene and hexyl-
hjrdride from, 73
Mannfaaurers in Germany,
reaponsibilites of, 99
Manures, special. 162
Marchlewski, L.. an . B. Schonck,
aome derivativaa of aathra<
qoinone. 289
Margfoy, M., chemical eqoiva-
IcnU, 245 _
Marsh, J. B., and 1. A. Gardner,
researches on ihe urpenea,
Manhall. M.. optical aaivity and
crrstatline form, 303 _
Miss D . snd B. H. Griffiths.
latent heats of evaporation of
beoxene, 243
and Prof. Kamsay, comparing
the heats of evaporation ol
different liquids, 243
Martinand, V., sakm of air 00
the moat of grapes, 49
Mason College, Birmi gham, txy
Maaaol, M., and M. GutHot.
apecific heata of superfosed
formic and acetic scids, 98
Mauhes with explofhrs compoai-
tioos, 160
pim^^ 234
Matignon. C. and M. Detigny,
oitTO-substitutions. 172
** Mechanical Auxiliaries of Che-
nsicnl Technics " (review), 39
Medicine schools, 116
Mciatels, K , and W. Kelman,
voiumetnc estimation of
pho«phoric aad. s9
Maldola, R., Addreta to the Che-
mical Seaioo of th« Britiah
Meldola. R , and P. W Streat-
feild, derivativea of naphtha-
lene, 22(2
Mendeleefit, D , argon, tx
** Men Employed in Chemical
Worka, Dangers to** (review),
197
Menschutkin, N., "Analytical
Chemistry " (review), 184
Mercaric chloride, hydrolysis of
the aqueous solutions of, 62
Mercury, combining beau of, 183,
209
cyanide compounds, z6f
double decompoaition between,
and alkaline and allcalina*
earthy meuls, 309
perchlorates. 2m
separation of bismuth from, 64
and lead, separation of, 63
manganese, separation of, 63
Messar, J., crystalline copper
fcrrocyanides, 293
Metal, desolphuration of cast, 317
Metallic osides, direa fixation of
cerUin, 281
Metala, heavy, determination of,
212
quantitative aeparatlon 01^64,
91
volumetric determination of,
166
Meteoritea, study of, ao8
Meyer, H.. and J. Herxlg, detec*
tion of alkyi combined with
nitrogen, 37
Michaehs, P., and C Preidhelm,
seiMiration of arsenic fimn
other elements, 190
Microscopo for observing opaque
6s, t6o
ipic analysis of carbon-
steels. Report on paper, i6x
examination of cruds cement
steel. 24
Milk, impurities in, 186
sterilisation of, 163
watering, deteaion of, no
** Milk, its Nature and Composi-
tion •• (review), 279
Milla, C new axo-componnda.
Mineral eliasito, gaaea from, 283
oil for excluding air in Pavy
titrations, use of, 11,24
waters, examination ot gaaea
from, 293
Minerala, direa apearum analy
sis of, 103
Minnnni, G., and B. von Meyer,
*• Year-book of Organic Che*
miatry** (review), ox
Moissan, H., preparation and
propertiea ol pure melted
molybdenum, 2
reduaion of silica, 49
specimen of black carbon from
Braxil, 183
study of certain meteorites, ao8
graphite from pegmatite, 233
varieties of graphite, a29, 233
Molecular physics, 37
I transformations of chromic
\ hydrate, 12
volume change. 279
Molybdenum, atomic weight, a8i
preparati m and propertiee of
pure melted, 2
Molybdic acid determination, 293
Mooaxite, a mineral containing
helium, 32
Mond, L., history of Mond*s
nickel extraaion process, a83
W. Ramsay, and J. Shielda,
occlusion of oxygen and hy-
drogen. 3
Menu's nickel extraaion proceaa,
history of, 283
Mooomethylamine, preparatioo
of, 198
Moot Blanc, reeearchea con-
neaed with an ascent of. ao8
Moore, C. G.^ and T. H. Pear-
main, ** Aida to the Anaiysia
of Foods and Drugs'* (re*
T., volnmetric aatimatioo of
Bidml, 9a
3H
tKDBX. — SUPPLEMENT TO THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
I*n. 10, 1896.
Mordant of glucina, 186
M5rner, 0. T., examioition of
butter, 246
Morphia, novel reaAionaof, 51
Morria, G. H., and H. T. Brown,
the iaomaltoae of C. J.
Lintner, 45
Movreu. C, argon and heliam in
natural nitrogen, 310
conatitntion of eagenol, aos
Moter. J.," Manoalot Analytical
Chemittrjr " (review), 208
NAPHTHALENE derivativta,
Naphtholanlpbonic idd, 109
Naphtholi, diatinAion between a
and 0, 246
Naaini, R., argon. 347
Naatnkoff, M.,redodive power of
yeaat, 214
Naturaliita And Physicians, Ger-
man Association, 73, 73
••Nature, Forces of" (review).
Ner^, W., "Yearbook of
Elearo-chemistry" (review),
22
Neumann, O., determination of
heavy metals, 212
Neostadt, M. S., and H. T.
Vulte, ** Laboratory Manual
of Inorganic Preparations '*
(review), 280
Newth, G. S , aAion of hydro*
fluoric acid, 278 :
nickel and cobalt, atomic weighta
oi* 40, S2t 109
rilictdes, 281
extraAjon process, hist
Mond's, 283
volumetric estimation of, 92
Nicotin and coniin, diatinAion
between, 73
Nihool, E.,and L. L. de Koninck,
determination of sulphur, 318
Nitrates, basic, Z09
Nitric oxide, aAion of. 6x, 163
Nitrites, new synthesis of some
aromatic, 234
Nitrogen, argon, and helium io
natural, 310
combination of free, xi
peroxide, aAion of, 233
diaaociatioQ of liquid, 36
Nitro-substitutions, 172
Nitrososulphate, sodium, 266
Nividre. G., and A. Hubert, gum
of wines, 161
Nominations,73
Nottingham, University College,
xai
" Nutrition, Chemistry of " (re*
view), ass
rvBITUARY, the late Louia
^^ Pasteur, 170
Oftochlorophenoli, three. 183
Oil, sulphuretted substance in
cotton, 209
Omelianski, v., fermenUtion of
cellulose, 269
Opaque bodies, microscope for
observing, 160
Optical aftivity and crystalline
form, 303
Organic acid, formation of a new,
X64 .
'* Organic Chemistry, Industrial**
(review), 290
•* Organic Chemistry, Laboratory
Manual of" (review), 220
" Organic Chemistry, Year*book
of" (review), 6x
Organic liquids, molecular volume
change daring the formation
of dilute aolutiona in, 279
Orthobenxoic aulpbinide, 253
Orton, K. J. P., and S. Rube-
mann, malonic acid aeries,
Osmond, P., microscopic analysis
of carbon steels, report on
paper by, z6x
tempering extra hard steels,
280
Osmotic phenomena produced
between ether and ethylic
alcohol. 97
Ostwald. W., ** Speciflc Founda-
tions of Analytical Chemis-
try •* (review), 232
Ouvrard, L., and L. Troost,
argon and helium from the
gases from sulphurous
springs, 309
combination of magnesium
with argon and helium, tS3
Owens College, X2o
Oxmlic add and ferric chloride,
experiment with mixtnrea,
317
Oxford Univeraitv, xx^
Oxide, nitric, adifon of, 6x, 163
Oxides, acidic, aftloo of certain,
266
of iron, redodtion of, 2xx
Oximea of benxaldehyd, 37
Oxygen, law of absorption of the
bands of the spectrum, xx
oxidising properties of oxoolsed,
6x
refraftion and dispersion of
liquid, IS4
and nydi^ofc^n* occlusion of, $
Oxoniaed oxvgen, oxidlaing pro-
pertiea of, 6x
Oxotoluene, 269
pALMBR, C, chromatet of
^ rare eartha, 69
Paper, corrugated, And boards for
packing, 306
Para-ethoxyquinolelne, 306
Paraffin lamp, new safety, 174
" iratungstic add, 6t
"' H. G.. and T. W.
occlusion of barium
Ix
Parmenfl^^Ko bitominona
il Aux.
Tech-
Parnicke, i
iliaries of ____
nics ** (review), f*
Paachen, P., and C. Runge, cO^
Btituenu of the ga« m
clAveite, x8x
spedtrum of new gas from
cidveite, 266
Paateur's successors, 267
Pasteur, the late Louis, X70
Patein. G., and E. Dufau, com-
binations of antipyrin with
the diphenols, 221
Pateraon, D., efiaoreacence of
double ferrous aluminium
sulphate, 289
Patricroft Higher Grade School,
X26
Pavy titrations, use of mineral
oil for excluding air in, xx, 24
Pcarmain, T. H., and C. G.
Moore, " Aids to the Analysis
of Foods aad Drugs ** (re-
view), 244
Pedtase, distribution of, 292
Pedtose, mysterious disappear-
ance, 23
Pegmatite, study of graphite
from, 235
Pelageioe, composition of. x8s
Pennington, Mary E., and E. F.
Smith, atomic wdght of
tungsten, 221
"People in London, Life and
Labour of " (review), 82
People's Palace, X2S, 130
Perchlorates of mercury. 234
qusntitstive determination of,
241, 231, 261
Period-table, 200
Periodidrs of theobromine, 278
** Perken, Sor), and Rayment's
Illustrated Catalogue of
Photographic Apparatua,
. Ac." (review), 268
Perkin, A.G , constituents of the
root of Polygonium cospida*
tum, 278
resorcyiic acid. 233
and C. S. Bedford, derivatives
ofmadurin, 233
A. O. Perkin and K. Cope, con-
Btituents of Artocarpos inte-
grirolia,233
tnd T. J. Hi
and other constituents oT
and J. J. Hummel, colouring
chsy root, 37
W. H., influence of tempera-
ture on refradtive power. 288
Perman, E. P., and W. John,
burax and standard acid solu-
tions, 84
Peroxide of hydrogen, 28x
of nitrogen, sdtion of, 233
Perry, J., and H. F. Hunt, de-
velopment of arbitrary lanc-
tions, 210
Peters, B. D., jun., ** Modem
Copper Smelting** (review),
316
Peterson, /., quantitative deter-
mination oir hydraxin and its
salts, 79
" Petroleum** (review), 36
Petrsilka. H., proteaive capsules
for platinum crucibles, 83
** Pharmaceutical Journal of Aua-
tralasia" (review), X09
Pharmaceutical Society of Oreat
Britain, School, 1x3
Pharmacy, co^tversaxione at the
Melbourne College of, 234
schools, 123
Phelps, J. K, and F. A. Gooch,
precipitation and determina-
tion of carbon dioxide, 194
Phenol, adtion of, 306
Phillips. H. J., "Handling of
Dangerous Goods'* (review),
280
new form of chemical balance.
16
Phipsoo, T. L., cane sugar and
dtric acid, 237
citric acid from cane sugar, xoo
and tartaric acida from cane
sugar. 190
Phoaphates, certain depoaits of
aluminium and potaaaium,
73
of Algeria, X72
Phosphides alkaline, 98
phosphoric add, volumetric esti-
mation 01. 28
g^M of allylic alcohol, 6x
p^^^^us in steels, rapid de-
^^^^|ipn of. X7|
Phd^^^^^^Vtpectral, 236
•« pQII^^^^BM review), 160
Phyaioa^MtTv^ ^^9t 342.
aWf 304
theory of the perca^ion of
coloura, 103
Physicians and Naturalists, Q^r-
man Association of, 73. 75
«' Physics, Elementary Pradtical**
(review), 29X
Phyics, molecular, 3x7
Piccini, A., solutions of green
chromium chloride, 138
Pigment, new badterial, 82
Piperonylioene-acetone, iio
Piper ovatum, note on, 278
Plants, laccsse in detedionof, 73
Platinichloride, produAion of
potassium, 233
Platinum crucibles, protedtive
capsules for, 83
thermometer, diredl reading,
267
Piatt, C, and A. B. Griffiths,
composition of pelageine. X83
Pneumo-bacillus, Friedland's,
fermentations induced by, 281
Poinseo, H. C, ang-kbak, a Chi-
neae fungoid pigment, X03
Poisons, new, 174
••Poiions" (review), 139
Pollard, W.. and K. Seubert,
atomic weight of molybde-
num, 2^1
determination of molybdic
acid, 293
Polygomum cuspidatam,constitu-
ent of the root of, 278 ■
"Polymerisation of Matter
through its Three Conditions,
Continuity of the CoUigative
Properties and** (review), 184
Polytechnic Institute, ia6
Battertea, 130
Polytechnic lonitote of Brook-
lyn*' (review). 172
Ponsoi, A , cryohydrstes, no
rope, w. J.. orihobcMoic rolph-
inide, 233
and V 8. Kippiof. chtoro.
camphonc acid, 316
Potassa, aaion of, xai
Potassium, derivstives of qnioooe
and hydroqaioooe, 160
oitrosoaulphste, isoraeriaa of,
platinichloride, prodoftion of.
*53
alomiaiam
certain deposits of, 71
Pott, E., '* Chemittrjr of Nstri-
tion*' (review), 255
Prentice, D., and a G. Header.
son, aftioo of certsio acidic
oxides, 266
Preasures. gradation ia, loz
Prober, K., bekaviOQr of taaoia
aubstances, 257
Propionic ethyl bydaotoioe, 185
"ProspeAor's Htodbook" (re-
view), 22
Prud'homme, M., s qaestion Of
acid maeentas, X98
mordant of glocioa, 186
sulphoDsted coloariog mstten'
der'ved from tripbenylnetb-
ane, X09
tin Aorial propettiesof ftsdoi,
Pseudacottittae. coostitatios of,
« 59
Purdie, T., and H. W. Bolin,
optically aAive methoxy tod
propoxr^succiuic sddi, 153
and S. Williamsoo, laccioic
acids, 253
Pyraxole, 304
Pyrometry, 8$
QUANTITATIVB satlFiii ^
elearolysis, joo
'* Quantiutive Cbemicsl Aasl^
Bis** (review), 220
determiostioB of bydraxia sb^
its salts, 79
Queen's College, BeUut, m
Coik, X24
Galway, 124
Quinone and bydroqatoooe, pot-
assium derivatives of, 160
P AMSA Y'S conpeoed of irfoa
^^ and carbon, spedram of, 99
Ramsay, W., possible oonpoeod
of argon, 31
c^if\Mushail. ooopsnar
the hSMti*^??***
diflferent 1^
J. N. Colliep
helium, 47 "^teri
and A. Keliaas, exa^^
gases fronai ccruii?L
waters, 295 'h
L. Mond, and /. Sbielda, ^' ,
aiOD of oxygen aad hydrogj
•°1 ^i f •y'eigh, awar
Randall, W. W.. and J. p. kI
nen, expanaioo of arson
helium, 293
Rang. F., the period-table, ;
Raoult, F. M„ oamotic pfavi
meoa produced betweea et4
and ethylic al cohol . 07 1
Rayldgh, Lord, refradtvon J
viscosity of argon and heHm
X32
and W. Ramaay. award of 4
Hodgkins prixe, S6
Read, E. J. ,estimation of aulpl
in iron, 299
Recoura, A., molecular tranf<»J
ationa of chromic hyiSrato,
Red apeArum of argon, aSg 1
Runge, 0., and F. Pascben, od
atituenta of the gmm in cl«
ite, x8x
Jib. 10, 1896.
INDBX. — SUPPLBMBNT TO THB QHBMICAL NBWS.
laS
Rdnfttve power* inflneoM
tempentaxe 00, a88
R«un), A., oxotoluene, 260
cole
E. H., Dew coloariag
(DA^ter, 57
Rcecucb fond of the Balter'f
Compeoy, ag^
RetUtaoce aod itt cbanfe with
Reeorcylic acid, m
Respirator wanted for laboratory
nee* 50
Rettinc of flaz» J93
ReverdiD, P., napbtbokalpbooie
acid, 109
Rajrchkr, A^ amniooiacal ialta
of tUver, 173
Rvjroolda, W. G., aod P. A.
Goocb. reduAion of the adda
of seleoinm by bydriodic acid,
X56
Rhodes, If., armatnre readtioa
OB a aiagle phase altematiag
cnrreat machioe, ao
Rices imported into France,
I conpoaitioo of, 233
t Richards, T. W.. revitioo of the
atomic wetcot of atrontinm,
18, 29, 4X>S4*73
and H. G« Parlcer, occlusion of
bariam chloride, aSx
Richmond, H. D., ••standard"
acid solntioos, s
Ridea), S.. diaiofeaants, 149
** IniroduAion to the Study of
DisiofeAiOQ and DitiofeA*
anu** (review), 107, 149
Riettcb, M., aod M. Heoselin,
apicnlated fermentation, x6i
RigoUot, H.. aAiOQ of the infra-
red rays upon silver solpbide,
80
Rivals, M., and D. Berihelnt,
laaones or campboleoic
olides, 49
RobioesQ, K, and O. Rolhn, am-
monia in atnc powder, 37
RoUin, O.. and P. Kobioeau, am-
I monis in sine powder, 37
Rosanilinea, basic properties of,
"73
Roecoe. Sir H. B.. ** John Dslton
aocl the Rise of Modern
Cbemitnry*' (review), ai
Rose. T. K., dissociation of goM
cnlonde, 48
some physical properties of
cblondet of gold, 56
Roeenleld, M.. sAioo of sodium
on water, 38
Roaentticbl, A., ammoniated de-
rivaiivcs of hesamctbyltri-
amidotripbenylmetbao, 198
are the msgeous ethers or
sahs 7 173
basic properties of the roaani-
lines, 173
Ronaset, L., noo> existence of the
mixed anhydrides, 110
piperonylidene acetone, xio
Royal College of Science, 113
for Ireland, 124
ext. Insulation, as, 234, 343, a7<i sSt
*c«rt»«t ^ Society, 34, a«i,
Riicker, Prof., resistance of verti-
I SbidM^ cat earth-air currents, 304
iatadbrMnhemano, S., aod K J. P.
Ortoo, malonic aad series,
^- 96 ..ange. Prof., and M. Paschen,
from
spectrum of
cidveite, tM
new gaa
3flof«r|oe
.^^!U«^ADTLER, 8. P., •* Industrial
Organic Chemistry" (review).
^^b^m. Andrew's University, 123
*^ inlisbary, Lord, remarks on the
gf^ d t discourse of, on the present
^* ^ limits of our science, iqt
'[LgWfSly^aUiowslii, H., determination of
the thioureas, 83
.^itrntf^'^tpctrc, discovery at the Cape,
^to**a* 186
TL fSf Ahar^ Conpany Reataich Pnnd,
Psi**S ••*
Salts of bariam, strontium, and
caldnm, analytical charafter
of a mixture, a?
glucinum, purincatioo, 77
silver, ammoniacal, 173
vapour pressure of concen-
trsted solutions of, aoz
'* Saoitas ** (review), 160
Schaak, P., determinatioa of
aotipyrin, as8
Schifi; R., preparation of thio-
acetic aad, 64
SchloBsio^ T., jun., determina-
tioa oif argon, ail, a47
matchea with explosive compo-
sitions, 160
pastes, a34
Schneider, B. A., critical studies
un the chemistry of titanium,
138
School of Mines, Royal, xis
Schools of chemistry, X13
medicine, ia6
science and art. 150
Schnnck, B., and L. March-
lewski, kome derivatives of
anthraquinone, 389
Science, Australasian Associa-
tion for the Advancement of,
Durham College of, 120
present limits of, remarks on
discourse, 197
Roy si College of, X13
and Art Schoola ol, Chartar«
bouse, 150
** Science, Wagner Pree Insti-
tute " (review). 333
Sciences, Imperial Academy of
Vienna, 289
Scientific researches, insdequscy
of Aids and facilities for, a36
Searle, A. B.,and A. K. Tankard,
formation of citric acid by the
oxidation of cane-sugar, 31,
a35,a68
Seed- lac, eiaminatioo of, 65
Salenious scid, determinauon of,
ai6
Selenium, ele^rical properties,
ao
reduction of tbe adds of, 136
Sarpenu, treatment of the bitee
of venomous, 30
venomous, 16a
Seubert, K., use of glycerin as a
beating liquid 10 Soxhlet's
drying apparatus, 37
and W. Pollard, atomic weight
of molybdenum, a8i
determination of molybdic
acid, a93
Shaw, G. E.. periodides of theo-
bromine, 178
S., aod P. P. Bedioo, argon in
the gases of rock salt, 48
Shefield Borough Analyst's
Laboratory, ia6
Pirth College, laa
Shanatooe, W. A., "Justus von
Uebig. his Life and Work "
(review), 107
Shield, J., temperature corrac-
tioiM of barometers, 304
Shields, I., W. Ramsay, and L.
Mono, ocdnaion of oxygen
and hydrogen, 3
Schneider, B. A«, aAion of dry
hydrochloric aoid, tad
Silica, redudioo of, 49
Silic«tea, opening up, 3t
Siliade of manganese, 306
Silicides, nickel and cobaii, aSi
Silver, anunoniacai aalu 0^ 173
sulphide, a^oo of intra- red
lays on, 80
aod gold, fraesing-poiou of,
'34
from iron andateel. separation
of 100
in copper, 76
and manganese, separatioo, 91
Simon, L., aAtoo of asymmetric
kctooic compounds, 110
Slade, M. W.. T. M. Sieveoa,
and B. Bdmonda, *' Law of
Oopyright in Oesigna ** (ra-
▼ltw),«i
Sloaaon, B. B., and L. C. Ool-
bum. ** University of Wyo-
ming *' (review), 60
Smith, B. A., gold and silver in
copper and copper matte, yii
R. G., deuaion of sulphatea,
&c.,39
A., and L. Coho, ** Manual of
Organic Cbemiatry " (ro»
view^ aao
C, and C P. Cross, chemical
hiatory of the barley plant,
B. /.,and Marv B. Pennington,
atomic weight of tungsten,
aai
SmithelU, A., fUme tempera-
tures, a63
*'Soap and (handles. Manufac-
ture ** (review). j68
Society, Chemical, 43, 36, a3a,
a64.J77.a88, 311
PharmaceutKal, School, X15
Physica', ao, 2x9, a4a, ab6, 304
Boyal, 34, a8t
Sodium niuoaoanlphate, a66
on water, aAion of, 38
and potaasium cyannratea, for*
roaiion of, x6x
Solar atmosphere and the gaa oC
cUveite, comparison between,
14
atmosphere, third permanent
radiatioa of, ta, 14
Sonstadi, E.,produAioo of potaa-
sium pIstiDicbloride, 333
** Specific Poundationa of Ana-
lytical Cbemiatry " (review),
232
volume aixd the genesis of the
elements, 230, a37
SpeAroscopic studies, chemical
researches aod, 177, 188, 203,
ai3. 23^ 239. 248, 239. >74.
284, 30X, 31X
atttdy of tbe carbooa of tba
eledric furnace. 9
SpeAra of argon, 66, 99
Speeiral photomster, new, 236
researches 00 tbe star Aluir,
269
Spaarum aoalyaia of minerals,
direa, t03
iuorescent, of argon, 78
of helium, 87
of Ramsay's compound of argon
and carbon, 90
red, of argon, 289
Spring, W., hydrogen peroaidOk
aSx
Standard acid solutions, 3, 84
Staa, j. S., chemical rcsearcbaa
and spearosoopic studiee,
X77, x88, 203, ax3, 226. 239,
24d,239.<74.284,3oi,3ii
Steam*boiler exploeiooa, 174
Steel iogota for tool manufaanrt,
forf^ng flat croable. 3
microecopic examination of
crude cement, 24
and iron aeparatioo of gold and
ailver from, too
Steela, rapid determination of
pbospboma 10,173
tempering extra hard, 280
Stenliaation of milk, im
Stevens, T. M., L. Edmunds,
aodM. W. Slade, ** Law ol
Copyright in Ocaigoa" (re-
view). 22
StUbene denvativee, t88
Straatfeild, P. W., and R. Mel-
doia, derivativea of naphtha-
lene, 432
Strontittm, reviaion of tbe atomic
weight, 18,29,41,34,72
Stnart,!). M. l5, '^Origin aod
Rationale of Colliery Bxplo-
sioos" (review), 233
Students, address, 11 x
Sudbotongh, J. J., constitution of
c«mpbonc acid, 187
sttlbeoe derivstivca, t88
Sugar, inverted, tnflaeace of lead
acetateaoo thcdetemunatioo
of, 186
Snlphamlic acid, Ih i odni i vn*
tiv«,47
Solphate, eflorescenea of doobla
ferrous aluminium, 289
" Sulphate of Aluminium, Mann-
faAure of" (review), 83
Sulphatea. detection of, 39
Sulphide, bydric, ftc, qualiutivo
analysis of a aoluuon coo-
uining, 63
of Xiao, X to
Sulphioide, ortbobenxoic, tt3
Sulphur, determination, 3ii7
vapour adUoo of, 967
in cast metal, dUn daiafmina-
tion, 13
in commercial lead, detemlna-
tion, 233
in iron, eeumatloa, 299
Sulphuric acid, fuming, 73
Siilphonic acida, six dichloro*
toluenes and their, 38
Sulphuretted subsuoce in ooctoo
oU,ao9
Sulphurous apriaga, argon aad
hslium from toe gaaea, 309
Snperphoephates, use of, 209
Sorgeons, Royal Collega of in
Ireland, ta6
Swansea, Technical lMtitnlt,xt9
Syphoo,naw,a3
X^KARD, A. R., aod A. B.
^ Searle. formation of citne
acid by the oiidation of cana
sugsr, 31, 233, 268
Tannin in winee, 269
substances, behaviour of, 137
Tardy, M.. aod Q. Boocbardat,
aJcohufs derived from a dex-
tro-terebeoihcne eucaly ptene,
49
Taruric acid, soma reaAioos,
306
Tanret, C, amorphoua state of
melted bodies. 183
molecular modifications of glu-
cose, 234
Tecbnicsl, chemical, aod physical
calculations, reform, 7, ^tot,
136
Colleee, Bradford, tt8
Glasgow aod Wast of Scot-
Isod, 123
institutes, xj6
schools, 126
Temperature correAioos of baro-
meters. 304
influsnce on ref^aAiva power,
2b8
Tensiometer, obssrvatioos with
x»i99
Tsrbiat, an element in, 292
Terpeoes, rtsearchea 00, 3x3
Testimonial, 23
Theobromine, periodides of, 278
Thermo-cbemical reaearchea oa
lithium, 243
Thiaie, H., -^etarminatioii of
the Atomic Weight of (3o-
balt" (review), 133
Thioacatie acid, preparation oi;
fi4
Thio^erivativaafrom solphanilic
acid, 47
Thioureas, determination of the,
Thomaa, O. L., and 8. Yooaft
normal hexaoe, ten
Vn aatoo of nitnc oxide, fit
adtion of nitrogen peroxide.
US
compounds of fetrooa chloride,
Thompaoo, J. M., C. L. Bloxam,
and A. G. Bloxam, ** Che-
mistry, Organic aod lnar>
ganic, with Bxperiesenta"
(review), 36
Thomseo, J , »y«tematic arranga-
mcnu of the chemical ele-
ments, 89
Thorium chromaies, 69
Yhorpe, Am mooaxite, a mineral
coniainiog behum, 32
new baacnal pigment, 8«
recent aaaleea of leocita ba*
■altfrom VaaafiMyjl
326
INDBX. — SUPPLEMENT TO THE CHEMICAL NEWS.
Jan. 10, 1896.
TUdeo» W. A., " Hints on Teach.
ing Elementary ChemiBtry
in Schools and Science
Classes" (review), 290
Tiunium, critical stndies on the
chemistry of, 138
estimation, z^8
ToUens, B., '* Rnraes Handhnch
derKohleohydrate" (review),
206
Toloene, disnlphonic acids of, 58
Tool mannfaoore, forging flat
cmcihle steel ingots for, 5
Toxicity of acetylene, 333
Travers, M. W. Ramsay, and J.
N. Collie, 47
Trey, H.. sensltiveQess of some
aone reaAions, 24
Trillat, A., preparation of the
amines of the fatty series,
ao9
"Trinidad Government Analyst
Report" (review), 232
Trinity Oollege, Dublin, Z13
Tripheoylmetbane, snlphonated
colouring matters derived
from, 109
Troost, L., and L. Onvrard, argon
and helium in the gases from
sulphurous springs, 309
combination of magnesium
with argon and helium. 153
Tubes melted into vessels, pre-
vention of rupture of, as
Tungsten, atomic weight of, 221
ULLMANN, C, prevention of
rupture of tubes melted into
vessels, 25
Unger, O.. and G. Kriiss, heavy
metallic salts of bichromic
add. 281
Universities and colleges, iii
University (Allege, 114
Colleges, Z15, 117, 119, I2Z,
122
of Cambridge, 113
Dub in, 113
Edinburgh, 122
London, iii
Oxford, 113
St. Andrews, 123
Wales. IIS
TutorisI Collegn, 126
•* University of Wyoming" (re-
view) 60
Uraninite, new gas from. 4, 271
Uranium, determination of, 206
Urea, transformation of ammo*
nlum cyanate into, 46
Uric acid, determiuation of. 40
•* Urine, Chemistry oi " (review),
97
Urine, deteAton of iodine in, 24
Utensils of aluminiam, 161
'fTALENCE and atomic volume,
^ relation between, 9
Valenta, B., and J. M. Bder, red
speArom of argon, 289
Valeric aldehyd, 49
Vant 't HofTs constant, experi-
mental proof of, 273
Vapour pressure of concentrated
solutions of salts, 20X
tensions of mixtures of volatile
liquids, 167, 182, 196, 212, 231,
238. 250, 263
Varet, R., combining heats of
mercury with elements, 185,
209
compounds of mercury cyanide,
x6i
double decomposftion between
mercui V cyanide and alkaline
and alaaline-earthy metals,
209
thermo-chemical researches on
lithium, 245
Venable, P. P.. new grouping of
the elements. 126
Veterinary College, Glasgow, 126
Viaoria university, xx8, 120
Vigoreux, M., manganese sili-
cide, 306
nickel and cobalt silicides, 281
Villard, P., and R. larry, proper-
ties of solid carbonic acid, 49
Villiers, A., sine sulphide, zxo
Volumetric detennination of
metals, 166
estimation of nickel, 92
of phosphoric aeid, 28
V(m Bitto, B., reagent for mono-
valent alcohols, 257
** Von Liebig, Justus, His Life
and Work" (review). 207
Von Linge, A. R., and H. Beh-
rens, microscopic examina-
tion of crude cement steel, 24
Von Meyer, E., and G. Minnuni,
** Year-book of Organic Che-
mistry*' (review), 61
Volt6, H. T., and if. 8. Nen-
sudt, '* Laboratory Manual
of Inorganic Preparations'*
(review), 280
TXTADDELL, J., vapour pres-
^^ sure of concentrated solu-
tions of salts, 201
** Wagner Pree Institute of Sci-
ence of Philadelphia" (re-
view), 233
Wales, University of, 1x5
Wslker, J., end J. R. Appleyard,
ethereal salts of ethsnetetra-
carboxylic acid, 48
and F. J. Hambly, transforma-
tioo of ammonium cyanate
into urea. 46
.Wallis, L. A., and H. B. Harrop,
** Forces of Nature** (review),
220
Walter, L. Edna, thio-deriva-
tives from snlphanilic acid,
Wanklyn. J. A., dau for the true
atomic weight of carbon. X64
hexylene and hexyl hydride
from mannite, 75
and W. J. Cooper, observations
with a tensiometer, 199
iwture and composition of the
commercial Russian kero-
sene,?
Warren, H. N.. mannfaAore and
commercial separation of
glucinnm.3XO
new form ot accumulator, 2xt
produ€kion of cyanides, 40
separation of gold and silver
from iron aea steel, xoo
Water, a^ion of sodium on, 38
determination of in sulphate of
ammonis, 6
supply for London, 41, 92, Z48.
203, 262
*• Water, Examination of (re-
view), 22X
Waters, bituminous, 269
exsmi nation of gases from
mineral, 295
hygienic, decision on potable
and household. 2x0
mineral , argon and helium in
certain, 132
Wechsier, M., separation of vola-
tile fatty acids, 37
Weight, atomic, of carbon, 364
Weights, atomic, report of com-
mittee on, 93, X05, X57, 167,
Welti Mdlle L , aftive amylacetic
acid, X09
Werner, A., inorganic com-
pounds. 221
Wheat, preservation of, 6a
Whetham, W. C. D., ** Solution
and EleArolysis" (review),
x6o
Wiesbaden, chemical laboratory
Wilcox,
of, 149
:, W. H,
estimation of
butyric acid, a So
Wilde, H., place of^helium in the
classification of elementary
substances, 291, 317
Wildermann, M., cxperimenta
proof of van't Hoff't coo-
atant,273
Wiley, H. W., «< Asricnltanl
Analysis " (reriewL 244
Williamson, S., and T. Pordie,
succinic adds, 253
Wines, alum in, 309
gqm of, x6i
tibinin in, 269
volatile acidity of. 209
Winkler, 0., atomic weight of
nickel and cobalt. 40, kz, 109
Winogradsky, 8., retting of flax,
393
Winter, J., constancy of the con-
gelation-point of some liquids
of the organism, 281
Wits, A., illumination by Inmin*
escence. 104
Wool, spontaneous combnstioo
of. 173
Worthington. A. M., <* The
Splash of A Drop " (reriew),
244
Wnru, C. A., W. H. Greene, and
H. F„ Keller, *' Elements of
Modem Chemistry^ (review),
X96
Wynne, W. P., and J. Bmce, di-
snlphonic adds of toloene, 58
A. Greeves, six dichlorotolo-
enes, 58
"Wyoming University" (review),
60
\rEAST, rednaive power of,
* 214
Yorkshire (College, Leeds, xi8
Young, G., synthesis of diphenyl-
oxytriaxoline. 278
j., and C. R. Darling, method
of transfetring gases to
vacuum tubes, 39
S., and G. L. Thomas, normal
hexanee, 277
^ENGER, C. v., molecular
^' physics, 3x7
Zinc and copper alloys, 208
chloride, a^ion of, fix
powder, ammonia in, 57
sulphide, xio
Zincke's reaAion, modification
of, 37
Zone reactions, sensitiveness of
some, 24
END OF VOLUME LXXII.